ns
Roane
Matt quinen se mg8e
ita Ae

SMa

wkowtn sy

ce tia sta
tse

oa Aaa Ae Pere a eee
ite hatntere riety 'ada late elton
tet Ha 3
i SHA ea ease

1 i
i oe RR
ca

ee at! oe
TER t AoE Rasy

tact ieacern tt
Spat e

nytt
ay

welt
ahtanants
eh omaha
OU
Bet
iat

Abe tem
fila ta

Pt oad
ae EEE,

Bg Pet
pines ee

EEN ahd ,
z 4 F; pre

RAR
finale

Baltics

rea ain ok ”
eek ia
ist tte easy itn
Y ve , ‘
tO) ite ; : 3 ; ae)
vt , t 1
me 5 A fee ree y i ia
a g rit n “ate <u
a bi SH r ipa
, Arr . " eae aie
piace

Pe Re PHL a : Sai a ne
- d Bia F, eet eden new
i CO amd tt yea
5 ‘ Let Tplapecn (oe
: eee ey

aie
atest

rors i,
cite
Hy
inate.
rtp tata

wie)
ainen

«

1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS saluvygl LIBRARIES SMITHSON

SU Nagy) 2 PE NS 2 Ga ESS" 2.77 "Xs
FAL ln E Mabe i = BN = wasn = SS Se Ss Nose
ul = NOS >t = = > = =
7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNUILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS, S31UVUE II_LIBRARIES SMITHSON!
Bie EL MME Oe lea us é 2 @ wae
= Z er oA < 2 _< = <
= = a > [eg = [ag
= ao” = a ro) a r= oO.
2 — g a z a 2 =
od
| NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSON AN NUN a NT an
z re w z im fe S
i) S ° w 2 ae) 2 ow
= FE x0 Ee rs) 5 rs)
=) a 4 =>) > -. > rs >
E oa E a) = 9) — ee)
= a (= = iB _ 5 =
E Z 2 = o Z o
| LIBRARI ES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOM IUESNIT NVINOSRIINS Fo luvua roel B RAR | ES SMITHSON
z < z 72 eee
< : = < A =
” RK, i \ xy y : as QS (eo)
= & 2 ZENA 3 “iy = Z = \. 2
a ee 5 een z z a Ae
1 NOLLALILSNI saruvudi LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHL
= = 7p) S z ex."
: ; “ é u 3 u z
= = G2. = « =
2 S) < = <x a < al
a c « ind = a
a = Pay = 0 = o =
aj S Coie S an g =a S
—_
an BRARI ES~ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION > NOILALILSNI _NVINOSHLINS 34 lyYVvud ee LIBRARI SSS UA.
= Zz be iff
= o J ae fe) = fo) = fo)
o 2 ty OO = o = ow =
2 = (My, 2 = 2 We 5 20 = CZ
> = i> = > ASS - > =
2 r= 2 ro NS i 2 = UF. ke
7 zy z 2 ia wee ; ay
o = (7) = w sae = n =
{ NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSN!. NVINOSHL
o = 2) ; ” 2) z
= < = , 7 = Zig = <a
= S = . = = x =) z=
= 7
z § d XY § § NA: ig
Zi, = a : a = AS S =
= = >" 5 = SS: =
z wo 2 ae 77) se z 77)
7)
tu
cc
<

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
rn
Gy 4,
%

LIBRARIES
NOILALILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

N NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHL

w
uJ
[vag
res =
o foo
a =
at Ui = Loe
° = Ne 5 — fe) = 5 =
Ee e KS = 2 = 2 = 2
be > aS > R > = >
E a = a rest a = ee)
(7) = F = a = iB ae
= yi ee eo = @ z mn :
Vt B RAR | Be ISCMANT INSTITUTIONS ROT NE SN VINGSB ENS asd lYVYsIT_LIBRARI ES |, SMITHSON
< eee = < we Weer
SS Ws = ; < “ = a = << ~ =
S NS = z NIN. z = z RNS =|
oD. wee. 3 9 GS = re) = 9 WEB =
oa LN 6 aS a a 7) an * CD
= ~~» = x fe) x fe) = \ re)
= BS = 2 = = = s 2
@ sue i She 2 V, reea cs tines W.5 2
N NOLLNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS saluvugil_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
Be a ul 5 us z a 3
_ et (a7) — P w a
< = < 4 x’ = z =
a = w Cc jee (= « c
2 rt ~ oa a o = fea] SI
1” LIBRARIES~ WAN = a 2 = Ss
= ES_SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSOF
ENN: a» Lm eee z Ore = ye z rc >

4
”

a 4

ly
it:
‘Yi
NWINOSI
SO.
y %
On 5
SMITHSC

=
lie
NYVINOSt
Sule

SS

€.
Ns Was
NVINOSEI
SMITHS

Y

ey
NWINOS|

NVINOSRTUNS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI

G7

1917 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUSIT LIBRARIES SMIT

TION NOILALILSNI NVIN

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI
4

LIBRARIES SMITHS(
LIBRARIES SMITHS(

NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

TION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3luvyudly NOILALILSNI_ NWIN

is = ix z ls z rc z
o = o 2 o S = S
2 >). a 5 Po E x0 Sy
Es) ee = = ge = > E xg
= oD = iB = FE Z EY,
mi ra m z2 m on m ” 4
o = 2 = wo we S 7) =
TION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS SAIUVYEIT_LIBRARIES | SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVIN
w= t = x Ko Ed z < g S
. =i na ie ee = D2 \\ S$ =) = = AZ
~~ Se | 8 (O) So. oO MYIN. = Zz =i wit 3 z=
7) ee 72) ny QD W™ GB i) ey 9
. i = o Z WK. 8 x S Ui, =
Nes | = 5 = eS = = fos
Oy ge j 7) 2 my) YS = 22 p =
$G17_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_ x “LIBRARIES” SMIT
& my ac Ww 2 uw z ws
Ly wy
S e S ec 5 z= S = %
= a = as) = = :
(o) ram fo) me rs) ao ro) faa} “
2 my z ny z SS 2 aj
TION | NOLLNLILSNINVINOSHLINS [S31UVYGI1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION | NOILALILSNINVIN
: [p— :
< cee SS & C ty, oa S a
= > YW . > ra .> S Be ON
= 7 3S SW E Ps) — 5 ey) = ee) R
no a SN SR = oe = a yt
z AN aS z mn > m 2 m }
= oa = — w
JIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHIIWS S3IUVEEIT LIBRARIES SMIT
y < ¥ = <x = Hy <x = 2 = ‘y =
Ip 2 * = S 5 £h%= = Wy, z =]
Be Nias Ned £5 Hi NS?
“Ee AS 2 = ae ae Sh = NN
= = = —, : a = — . —
oe 3 = 5 e a ene
TION NOIMLALILSNI_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVIN
2 2 e FA 2 - 2 Zz
as e = a sg G = w
s c Ss a s a = c
4 + é + 4
oO = ao = mM: = [sa] =
= 2 = 3 5 3 = 2
484 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMIT
iz z - Zz (ad z
= 2} of) ° = fo) = fo)
50 = S = oo = g Ey,
> = > z >. = > -ixZ
m n m “ m n m n 4
n = 7.) z 7) z 7) z
w
=
+
a
(o)
=
>
a

w = wn ie eee
eS = = aE NC < g a
Sb = = = WSS Zz =j z %
*. = o foal 9 M&K {o} Se Oo [z
anes # By ZR 2 B B (
» 2 = 2 E x = g = Xe
2 s > 4
~ 8 ; a z 7) », a . 8 ; a
jg1q_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS saiuvugit_ LIBRARIES SMIT
3 2 3 A SZ we w 2 44
J = ok = 4 = a a,
a a = a = oc =— ae. FY,
= x’ =) 4 = < = <i
S PS cS cc S c a“ Y
ro] ca Zp ro) 2 ro) 2 ra) es
2 =) = -! ae ee 2 a)
rTimaar AITO eae URIWhRIReLITINIeG e2salruvuaiIisa IIRBADIEC CAAITHCOANIAN INGCTITIITION NOLIONITICN! NYVIN

in
wi

(rr

Mla

=a) eee

JULY 1958

Vol.20, No.7

Lu
U
>
ae
uu
n
Lu
Li.
oe
(an)
=
0
Cc
©
ae
a
=

i
Bo)
hk
s
a=
iS)
oS
od
———
Oo
ad
Cc
iS)
=
ta
mR
©
Qo
Y
Q
7)
iS)
aa
©
a
N
me)
iS)
4
Cc
=)

UY
fa
5
Oo
Sad
Oo
=
—¢
72)
>

UNITED STATES BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR
FRED A. SEATON, SECRETARY DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH
AND SERVICES

HAROLD E£. CROWTHER, CHIEF

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
ARNIE J. SUOMELA, COMMISSIONER

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES.

Joseph Pileggi, Editor
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior,

Washington 25, D. C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not
responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.

Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source is appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
May 21, 1957. 5/31/60

CONTENTS

COVER: Of approximately 160 species of fish marketed in the United States,
most are suitable in one or more types of diets: low sodium, high protein,
high or low fat, and easily digested. Fishery products, good for anyone, can
be used for variety of flavor and texture in diet-planning for all age groups:
baby, child, teen-ager, young adult, adult, and elderly people. Low in cal-
ories and high in well-balanced protein for growth promotion, fishery prod-
ucts contain a high percentage of the minimum daily requirements of most
vitamins, as well as essential minerals, (See pp. 7-16 of this issue.)

Page
Freezing and Storing Deep-Sea Lobsters--Some Tests on Cooked Whole Lobsters, by Joseph W. Slavin and
JobuvA\Petersmuemsacmmo meu metiemisici Moo ooo cos Sooo ecoooCooOoe oon D HOODOO DO OOe ES 1
Nutritional Value of Fish in Reference to Atherosclerosis and Current Dietary Research, by Charles Bulter .. - 7
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: .... 17 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd. ):
Technical Note No. 45 - Preparation of Dried Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program:
Fish Solubles from Concentrated Press Liquors Exploratory Survey of Sardine-Like Fishes in
on a Laboratory Scale, by George Mangan and Gulf of Mexico (M/V Oregon Cruise 49)... 29
Joseph H. Carver, Maynard A. Steinberg, and Red Snapper Exploratory Trawling Trip on
BonaldiSnydentieg-uet sels iran cet eee 17 Campeche Bank (M/V Silver Bay, Cruise 8) 30
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: "5955, 6 0s 3 19 Survey of Midwater Schooling Fish Continued
American Samoa: in Gulf of Mexico (M/V Oregon Cruise 50) 32
Native Fishermen Learning Long-Line Tuna Maryland:

Fishing Technique ......... siehieinelis 19 Contribution of Shell Plantings to Oyster Pro-
Byproducts Production for U. S. & Alaska in 1957 19 GUEBON GooGaGobaoosoo ODO d Od 32
California: : Marketing Changes Affect Fisheries Catch in

Aerial Techniques Being Developed to Census Cool Ooo OR OOO GO bb MOD OS 34

Commercial and Sport Fishing (Airplane Spot- North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear

ting Flight DO=L))E feunivaiel atralcot eibcunurenetent 20 Research:
Aerial Fish Spotting Utilized by Some California Hard-Shell and Surf Clam Exploration Started
ell apa pioregin aio o ciclo nor 21 by M/V Sunapee GD OO Oo OD Oc o 34
mae ipments for Fishery Products, January - Launce or Sand-Eel Explorations off New Eng-
a PBB ei ayia A Ado 00/5 08 doo00) 22 land|GCoastiInitiated\ei-w-raicimenenenene mene 35
cast an eodetic Survey: Tuna Fishing Explorations in Western North

harting of Coastal Waters Begun ....... 22 Atlantic Continued (M/V Delaware Cruise

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: 58-2) . 35
ees of Defense Purchases, January - North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations: yi
Bees Zias arcs aba Ani eso HOPI aMlelien eS Haddock Samples Collected for Ecological
Iigans Thictigh May 14 ee tes
epee a, ay 14, 1958 ... oslo tee ietys pee Life History Studies of Various Species of In-
aah arketing Specialist GS-5 Examination 25 dustrial Fish and Scallops Initiated (M/V
Nereis & Jacquelynn)):7.2/05 so fenel ene iopee eke aeene ESO
Se: Tagging Frogram oii el silat witeueliome Sitepmin/2O Underwater Television Research off Cape Cod
re ee rice Advance at Government Spring (M/V Albatross Ill Cruise 109) 37
uction Sap Tan itan IY aye
%, Mi ayeh Mae laiwsi0e)s Aeys agotie tejlavsneh 2d, High-Speed Plankton S 1 d Multipl
Great Lakes Fishery Investigations: sede ampler an tiplane
Bele Test ri Chemical for Killing Young Sea 110) Be ee aba Sa 38
araiwer Suieshil tse Sere NM? RTD pO Ic
Siicvey GhiWeree : Coron aoe ertical Distribution of Fish Eggs and Larvae
“3 ry eg m Lake Erie Continued by Studied off Georges Bank (M/V Albatross III
RASCOMT a aWe Neto di ietle 5 PRK. Chaco Ce Cruise 111) Bho woGisthene| soe ete 38

Contents Continued Page 105,

July 1958 Washington 25, D.C. Vol. 20, No.7

FREEZING AND STORING DEEP-SEA LOBSTERS --
SOME TESTS ON COOKED WHOLE LOBSTERS

By Joseph W. Slavin* and John A. Peters**
ABSTRACT
IT WAS FOUND THAT DEEP-SEA LOBSTERS, COOKED ALIVE AND THEN FROZEN IN A

BLAST -AIR FREEZER OR IN AN IMMERSION FREEZER (IN A GLUCOSE-SALT SOLUTION)
COULD BE KEPT SATISFACTORILY IN FROZEN STORAGE FOR 2 TO 4 WEEKS.

>

BECAUSE OF THE LIMITED FROZEN SHELF LIFE OF THE DEEP-SEA LOBSTER, IT
WOULD NOT BE FEASIBLE TO MARKET FROZEN WHOLE LOBSTERS IN THE NORMAL CHAIN OF
DISTRIBUTION. [1 WOULD BE POSSIBLE, HOWEVER, TO FREEZE THEM AT SEA AND THEN
DISTRIBUTE THEM TO LOBSTER PRODUCERS OR TO RESTAURANTS WHERE A RAPID TURN-
OVER OCCURS. THE USE OF A BLAST OR IMMERSION FREEZER IS DISCUSSED, AND REC-
OMMENDATIONS ARE GIVEN FOR SELECTING A FREEZING SYSTEM TO HANDLE LOBSTERS ON
A VESSEL.

INTRODUCTION

Because of the problems in keeping deep-sea lobsters alive aboard commer-
cial fishing trawlers, the lobster resource found off the coast of Massachusetts by the
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel Delaware has not been ade-
quately exploited. Accordingly, information on a satisfactory method of preserving
lobsters at sea would contribute to mae ae ; 3 a |

greater utilization of this fishery.

BAK

Keeping deep-sea lobsters a- ee) ey) ! ‘; ‘
live aboard commercial fishing ves- | 3 j
sels presents the following problems:
(1) the high cost of equipping the ves-
sel with the tanks and pumps neces-
sary to provide the required storage
space and sea-water circulation and
(2) the high mortality rate of lobsters
at certain times of the year in spite
of precautions taken to outfit the ves-
sel properly.

Possible solution to these prob-
lems would be to freeze the cooked!
whole lobsters aboard the vessel in
either a blast or immersion freezer,
since this equipment is well suited
for freezing irregularly shapedprod-
ucts and can easily be installed ona FIG. 1 - LOWERING THE BASKET OF LOBSTERS INTO THE
fishing vessel. Information on the FREEZING SOLUTION,
storage life of cooked, frozen, whole
lobsters is also necessary in order to enable industry to decide if it would be feasi-

ble to market these lobsters.

REFRIGERATION ENGINEER, ) FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY, DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH

*K CHEMIST, oT ARB SERVICES, U, S., BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES, EAST BOSTON,MASS,

1/EARLIER TESTS ON FROZEN LOBSTERS (POTTINGER 1950) SHOWED THAT WHEN WHOLE FROZEN UNCOOKED LOBSTERS
WERE COOKED, THE MEAT STUCK VERY TIGHTLY TO THE SHELL AND WAS EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO REMOVE. IN
THE PRESENT EXPERIMENT, THE LOBSTERS THEREFORE WERE COOKED PRIOR TO FREEZING.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

OBJECTIVES

The objectives of the present study, which was conducted on apilot-plant scale,
therefore were as follows:

1. To determine the freezing rates and requirements for freezing cooked whole
deep-sea lobsters aboard a fishing vessel in (a) an immersion freezeror in (b) a
blast freezer.

2. To determine the keeping quality of deep-sea lobsters that are frozen in an
immersion ieee res or in a blast freezer and that are subsequently stored, unpack-
aged, at 0° F.2

PROCEDURE

The lobsters used in this test were caught by the Bureau's trawler Delaware
on the southeast part of Georges Bank in about 200 fathoms of water. They were
kept alive on the vessel in a tank supplied with circulating sea water. After the
lobsters were unloaded from the vessel, they were trucked to a local lobster pool,
where again a tank of circulating sea water kept them alive.

PREPARING THE LOBSTERS FOR FREEZING: The live lobsters were cooked
in boiling sea water, in a large wooden tank, for 30 minutes. They then were re-
moved from the tank and allowed to cool in air before being frozen.

FREEZING OF COOKED DEEP-SEA LOBSTERS: The cooked lobsters were

in the laboratory immersion freezer and the other in the laboratory blast freezer.

Immersion Freezing: DESCRIPTION OF FREEZER: The immersion freezer
consisted of a rectangular galvanized steel tank with a capacity of 800 pounds of wa-
= . ter. The tank was 30 inches long by
Bi js 2 30 inches wide by 30 inches deep and,
with the exception of a suitable open-
ing on top, was covered with 4 inches
of cork insulation on the outside. The
insulation was covered with 1-inch-
thick tongue-and-groove fir sheathing.

The refrigeration equipment con-
sisted of a 15 horsepower Freon-12
air-cooled condensing unit (capacity
6,800 British Thermal Units (B.T.U.)
per hour at -15° F, refrigerant suc-
tion temperature) connected to two ex-
pansion valves, an evaporator consist-
ing of four banks of copper pipe coils,
and the necessary auxiliary units. The
total effective cooling surface area
_ Was 22 square feet. The evaporator
was located within a section of the
freezing tank that was separated from
the product-freezing area by a wooden
baffle. Openings at both ends of the
baffle allowed the brine to flow around the cooling coils and the product during freez-
ing. Expansion of the Freon-12 refrigerant through the pipe coils provided the neces-
sary cooling effect. Adequate circulation of the freezing medium was maintained by
a +hp. laboratory-type mixer,
2/PREVIOUS STUDIES ON LOBSTERS BY THE BOSTON FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY HAVE BEEN CONCERNED

WITH THE FREEZING AND STORING OF LOBSTER MEAT PACKED IN CANS. RESULTS OF THESE STUDIES INDICATE
THAT UF PROPER CONTROL OF FROZEN-STORAGE TIME AND TEMPERATURE ARE MAINTAINED, IT WILL BE FEASIBLE
fO MARKET THE FROZEN CANNED PRODUCT (PETERS AND SLAVIN 1958). i

FIG, 2 - BUTCHERING THE THAWED LOBSTERS IN ORDER TO
REMOVE THE MEAT FOR TASTE-PANEL TESTS,

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

A basket constructed of $-inch flattened expanded metal, hot dip galvanized, 24
inches deep by 18 inches long by 12 inches wide, having a hinged opening at the top,
was used to hold the lobsters during freezing.

PREPARATION OF THE FREEZING SOLUTION: The solution used as a freez-
ing medium consisted of corn-syrup solids3/ (34 percent by weight) and salt (NaCl--
12 percent by weight) dissolved in tap water. In the preparation of the solution, 540
pounds of water were put into the immersion freezing tank. Then 340 pounds of corn-
syrup solids and 120 pounds of salt pellets, referred to in the trade as ''brine but-
tons,'' were added. The mixture was agitated with the laboratory mixer. After the
corn-syrup solids and salt had dissolved, which required 5 hours, the refrigeration
equipment was started, and the solution was cooled to 3° F.

FREEZING THE LOBSTERS: The basket used to hold the lobsters during freez-
ing had 3 cubic feet of usable space. A ratio of about 17 pounds of lobsters per cubic
foot of basket space was used to prevent the lobsters from packing together and re-
stricting the flow of the glucose-salt solution over them during freezing.4!/

Ten lobsters, totaling 50 pounds in weight, were placed in the basket. Copper-
constantan thermocouples were inserted into the center of the tail muscle of three
of these lobsters, and one thermocouple was put into the glucose-salt solution. The
basket containing the lobsters then was lowered into the solution (fig™1). During
freezing, the temperatures of the lobsters were recorded by means of a multipoint
recording potentiometer. After the lobsters had been cooled to 6 F., they were
removed from the freezer, and the excess solution was allowed to drain off. Final-
ly, the frozen lobsters were transferred to a wooden box and put in a 0° F. commer-
cial-type cold-storage room.

Blast Freezer: DESCRIPTION OF THE FREEZER: The freezer used was sim-
ilar to many low-temperature blast freezers found in commercial freezing plants.
The refrigeration equipment consisted of a 25-hp., two-stage, Freon 22, water-
cooled condensing unit (capacity 36,000 B.T.U. per hour at -40° F. refrigerant suc-
tion temperature), a finned-pipe coil evaporator, and the necessary auxiliary units.
A flow of air at high velocity was provided by a 2 hp. centrifugal fan having a ca-
pacity of 6,000 cubic feet per minute.

The evaporator and fan were within the insulated freezing room. This equip-
ment was located above the product-freezing chamber and separated from it by a
horizontal baffle. Suitable openings in the baffle allowed for circulation of cold air,
at a high velocity, through the product-freezing space.

FREEZING THE LOBSTERS: Eleven cooked whole lobsters, weighing about 50
pounds, were placed in a single layer on an expanded metal shelf of the freezer
truck. The shelf was arranged so that cold air at a high velocity could circulate
over and under the layer of lobsters. Copper-constantan thermocouples were placed
in the center of the tail muscle of three of the lobsters, and one thermocouple was
placed so as to be in the stream of cold air. The truck containing the lobsters then
was wheeled into the blast-freezer room, which had been precooled to -11° F, The
temperatures of the lobsters and of the air circulating over the lobsters were re-
corded on a multipoint recording potentiometer during freezing. After the lobsters
had been cooled to 3° F., they were removed trom the blast freezer, transferred to
a wooden box, and put in storage at 0° F., with the immersion-frozen lobsters.

PREPARATION OF THE LOBSTERS FOR TASTE-PANEL EVALUATION: Prior
to each taste test, two blast-frozen and two immersion-frozen lobsters were re-

3/THE CORN SYRUP SOLIDS IS A COMMERCIAL ACID HYDROLYSATE OF CORN STARCH. FORTY-TWO PERCENT OF THE
SOLIDS IS EQUIVALENT TO DEXTROSE (GLUCOSE) , AND THE REMAINDER CONSISTS OF 2- TO 6-MOLECULE DEX-
TROSE POLYMERS.

4/SLAVIN (1956) REPORTED THAT IN THE JMMERSION FREEZING OF FISH MORE THAN 20 POUNDS OF FISH PER
CUBIC FOOT OF SPACE RESULTS IN PACKING. PRELIMINARY TESTS SHOWED THAT THE RATIO OF PRODUCT TO
SPACE FOR FREEZING LOBSTERS WAS SIMILAR TO THAT FOR FISH.

(4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 7

moved from the 0° F. storage room and allowed to thaw for 18 hours in a 35° F.
chill room. The meat then was removed from the tails and claws and was cut into
pieces for serving to the taste-panel (fig. 2), The control sample used in the taste
tests was obtained from a local lobster dealer and consisted of meat picked from
inshore lobsters that had been cooked alive on the day of the examination.

The taste-panel, consisting of 6 to 8 members of the laboratory staff, graded
the thawed lobster meat for appearance, odor, flavor, and mixture.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

FREEZING OF DEEP-SEA LOBSTERS: The freezing rates of deep-sea lob-
sters (average weight 5 pounds) in an immersion freezer and in a blast freezer are
shown in figure 3. These curves show that lobsters immersion-frozen ina 4 F,
glucose-salt solution were cooled from 74° F. to 6° F, in 120 minutes and that
blast-frozen lobsters were cooled from 80° F. to 6° F. in 128 minutes, indicating
that very little difference existed in the time required to cool the two lots of lob-
sters to 6° F. The immersion-frozen lobsters were cooled to 10° F. at a much
faster rate, however, than were the blast-frozen lobsters. The slower cooling of
the immersion-frozen lobsters, from 10° F. to 6° F. (the temperature at which they
were removed from the feezer) was due to the small temperature difference be-
tween the lobsters and the glucose-salt
solution. If all of the lobsters were
frozen to 10° F. instead of 6° F., which
might well occur in commercial opera-
tion, only 90 minutes would be required
to immersion-freeze lobsters, where-
as 126 minutes would be required to SON
blast-freeze lobsters of the same size.

Blast-Frozen Lobster.
—o— Air Blastl/

Immersion-Frozen Lobster.
Glucose-Salt Solution.

(°F.)

The curves in figure 3 also show
that during freezing, the glucose-salt
solution was at an average tempera-
ture of about 4° F., whereas the cold
air circulating over the lobsters inthe
blast freezer ranged from -10° F. to
-34° F, (These temperatures are rep-
resentative of those used commercial-
ly for blast freezing fish.) The refrig-
erant evaporative temperatures for
both the blast and the immersion freez-
ers were 15° F, lower than were the
temperatures of the respective cooling
media. Slavin (1956) reported that as
the refrigerant evaporative tempera-
ture decreases, the efficiency of the
refrigeration compressor also de-
creases, The lower evaporative tem- FIG, 3 - FREEZING RATE OF COOKED WHOLE LOBSTERS.
perature at which the blast-freezer
compressor operated therefore also resulted in decreased operating efficiency. The
lower operating efficiency of the blast-freezer compressor, the additional compress-
or capacity required because of the heat given off by the blast-air fan, and the elec-
trical energy necessary to operate the blast-air fan indicate that it would be more
costly to freeze a given quantity of lobsters in a blast freezer than in an immersion
‘reezer, Accordingly, the use of an immersion freezer should be seriously consid-
ered for freezing deep-sea lobsters aboard the vessel,

TEMPERATURE

TIME (MINUTES)

V/VELOCITY OF AIR FLOWING OVER LOBSTERS WAS BETWEEN 1200 AND 1400 FEET
PER MINUTE.

STORAGE OF FROZEN LOBSTERS: Table 1 shows the results of the examina-

tions of the lobster meat obtained from the blast-frozen and immersion-frozen lob-

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

sters. After 2 weeks of storage at 0° F., the meat was of fair-to-good quality, and
no signs of deterioration could be detected. After 4 weeks, however, the tips of the
claws had developed a yellow color and had a slightly rancid odor. The rancidity
had not affected the claw meat as a whole, but the rancid sections would have to be
trimmed off before the meat could be marketed. By the end of 8 weeks of storage,
the rancidity had increased to such a stage that the lobsters were considered un-
marketable.

Since yellowing and rancidity appear during the third and fourth week of stor-
age at 0° F., we therefore recommend that frozen cooked whole lobsters should
not be stored at 0° F. longer than 2 weeks, if possible, and certainly no longer than
4 weeks.

Table 1 - Results of Examinations of Blast-Frozen and of Immersion-Frozen Whole Cooked Deep-Sea Lobsters

Storage fz Quality of Thawed Lobster Meat Removed ae
laws

Tree at Ww Tail Section
o” F. ppearance Odor FI Appearance Odor Flavor
Weeks
g Good Ve good Fair | g Ve ‘ood Fair Good
Ws 00 Very goo e ery go ery goo ‘0
Tips yellow ipsislently, iz 2/ 4/ = :
4 Body good arene Borderine Borderline Good Fair Borderline | Borderline
air
5 Tips moder-
8 peated ately rancid Bowd line | Borderli Good
ly goo! 5 rderline rderline 00! Good Good Good
ae Body fair

0 Good Ve ‘ood air Fair od Very good Fair ‘air
2 Good a a {| Fair Fair Good Good Fair Fair

001
4 Tips yellow ps slightly

rancid e i
lobsters Body good Body good Fair Fair Good Fair Fair | 288
a | Tipsyetiow | Revyrancia | 5 2/
Body good Bod iy Borderline | Borderline | Borderline | Borderline | Borderline | Fair
= ia ——— a disease =
ortrol Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent

1/THE GRADES OF QUALITY ARE BASED ON THE AVERAGE SCORES RECEIVED FROM A TASTE PANEL OF 6 TO 8 MEMBERS,

2/TIPS OF CLAWS WERE REMOVED BEFORE THE CLAWS WERE SERVED TO THE PASTE PANEL.

3/LOBSTER MBAT OBTAINEQ FROM INSHORE LOBSTERS COOKED ALIVE ON THE DAY OF THE TASTE-PANEL EXAMINATION,

4/THE TERM BORDERLINE INDICATES THAT THE QUALITY IS BETWEEN SLIGHTLY POOR AND FAIR AND |S OF MINIMUM ACCEPTABILITY.

INDUSTRY APPLICATION

Our study on freezing and storing whole cooked lobsters shows (1) that deep-
sea lobsters can be frozen on board a fishing vessel in either an immersion freez--
er, using a glucose-salt solution, or in a blast freezer and (2) that they can be sat-
isfactorily stored, unpackaged, at 0° F. for 2 to 4 weeks.

This information indicates that it would be feasible to freeze lobsters at sea if
they can be marketed within 2 to 4 weeks after being frozen. Because of the very
limited keeping quality of the frozen lobsters, it would not be feasible to market
them in chain stores. It might be possible, however, to distribute frozen whole lob-
sters to a large producer of lobster food products or to restaurants, where a rapid
turnover is possible.

An immersion freezer would be preferred over a blast freezer for use on the
vessel because of the low space requirements, rapid freezing, and efficiency of oper -
ation. Commercial equipment is available for freezing lobsters at sea. The capac-
ity of equipment employed would depend on the size of the vessel and on the antici-
pated catch.

SUMMARY

A pilot-plant study was conducted to simulate conditions that would occur aboard
a commercial fishing vessel equipped to freeze lobsters at sea. The investigations
concerned the freezing of whole cooked lobsters in an immersion freezer (glucose-

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

salt solution) and in a blast freezer. Information on the freezing rates and keeping
quality of immersion and blast-frozen lobsters, stored at Oo F. was obtained. Re-
sults of the study show that cooked whole lobsters frozen in a glucose-salt solution
at an average temperature of 4° F. were cooled to 10° F. faster than were lobsters
that were frozen in a blast freezer having an air temperature of -10° F to -34° F.

Lobsters, immersion- or blast-frozen, were stored satisfactorily at 0° F. for 2 to

4 weeks.

Information presented in the report indicates that an immersion freezer would
be more satisfactory for freezing lobsters aboard a fishing vessel than woulda blast
freezer and that it would not be possible to market whole frozen lobsters in chain
stores because of the limited storage life. It might be possible, however, to dis-
tribute frozen lobsters to large producers of lobster food products or to restaurants
that have a rapid turnover.

LITERATURE CITED

PETERS, JOHN A. AND SLAVIN, JOSEPH W.
1458, TECHNICAL NOTE NO, 42 - KEEPING QUALITY AND RATE OF FREEZING OF COOKED DEEP-SEA LOB-

STER MEAT FROZEN IN CANS, COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 20, NO, 1 JANU ARY 5
PP, 22-27. (SEPARATE NO. 499).

1956. NEW TECHNIQUES FOR FREEZING AND STORING NORTH ATLANTIC LOBSTERS, COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW, VOL, 18, NO. 7 (uuLy), PP. 22-23. (SEPARATE NO. 443.)

POTTINGER, S. Re
1950, TECHNICAL NOTE NO. 7 - RESULTS OF SOME TESTS WITH FROZEN LOBSTERS AND LOBSTER MEAT.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 12, NO. 11 (NOVEMBER), PP. 31-33. (SEPARATE NO.
268.

SLAVIN, JOSEPH W.
1956. BRINE COOLING OF FISH ABOARD A FISHING VESSEL, INDUSTRIAL REFRIGERATION, VOL, 131,
NO. 4 (OCTOBER), PP. 30, 32, AND 34.
NOTE: IF YOU ARE INTERESTED IN FREEZING LOBSTERS AT SEA, CONTACT THE BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISH-
ERIES TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY AT EAST BOSTON, MASS., FOR PARTICULARS REGARDING SELECTION OF
EQUIPMENT, COSTS OF CONVERTING YOUR VESSEL, AND CATCHES OF LOBSTERS THAT YOU CAN EXPECT .

LARGEST FISH

The three largest fish-like animals in the sea are all sharks. The largest is
the whale shark which attains a length of 50 feet or more and a weight of several
tons. It is an offshore species which feeds primarily on small organisms and is
consequently harmless to man. The basking shark and the white shark are next
in size. Both grow to be 40 feet or more and attain a weight of severaltons. The
basking shark, like the whale shark, is considered harmless. The white shark,
however, is extremely dangerous. Fortunately, this sharkis an offshore species,
but its visits to inshore waters may be accompanied by shark attacks on man. Its
occurrence in inshore waters is very sporadic, except alongthe coasts of Australia
and Venezuela and, to a lesser degree, California.

In the Caspian Sea the large beluga or sturgeon attains a length of 30 feet and
a weight of more than 4,000 pounds. Among the bony fishes, both the black and

| blue a a approach 2,000 pounds incommercial catches, well z«bove rod-and-reel
records.

--"Sea Secrets,"’ January 1958, The
International Oceanographic Foundation,
Miami, Fla.

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

NUTRITIONAL VALUE OF FISH IN REFERENCE TO
ATHEROSCLEROSIS AND CURRENT DIETARY RESEARCH

By Charles Butler*

ABSTRACT

THERE 1S MUCH IN TODAY'S NEWS ABOUT ATHEROSCLEROSIS, A DISORDER ARISING
FROM THE DEPOSITION OF FATTY DEPOSITS, INCLUDING CHOLESTEROL, IN THE ARTERIES
THAT SUPPLY BLOOD TO THE HEART. IN THE UNITED STATES ATHEROSCLEROSIS IS PRES-
ENTLY THE CAUSE OF APPROXIMATELY ONE-THIRD OF THE TOTAL DEATHS OF MEN OVER 45
YEARS OF AGE. ALTHOUGH THERE JS NO AGREEMENT ON THE CAUSES FOR THIS DISEASE,
IT DOES SEEM TO BE OF METABOLIC ORIGIN WITH A DEFICIENCY, EXCESS, OR IMBALANCE
OF DIET POSSIBLY PLAYING AN OBSCURE ROLE IN RELATION TO DISTURBED LIPID META-
BOLISM.

FISH AND FISHERY PRODUCTS OFFER A NUMBER OF DEMONSTRATED NUTRITIVE MERITS
IN THIS OR OTHER DISEASES THAT EVIDENCE NUTRITIONAL IMPLICATIONS. AMONG THESE
FEATURES ARE: COMPLETE AND WELL-BALANCED PROTEIN; EASE OF DIGESTION; UNIQUE
FORTIFICATION WITH UNSATURATED FATTY ACIDS; AND WIDE CHOICE IN FAT CONTENT, IN
SPECIES (SPECIFIC FLAVORS AND TEXTURES) , AND IN MARKET FORM SO THAT EYE AND AP-
PETITE APPEAL NEED NOT BE SACRIFICED TO COMPLY WITH A STRICT DIETARY REGIMEN.

RESEARCH NOW UNDER WAY WILL ACCURATELY PINPOINT WHICH OF THE UNSATURATED
FATTY ACIDS ARE PRESENT IN FISH OILS, INDICATE THE DEGREE OF ESSENTIALI OF
EACH OF THESE ACIDS IN FAT METABOLISM, AND THROW FURTHER LIGHT ON THE EFFECTS
OF INCLUSION OF THESE FATTY ACIDS JIN THE DIET ON THE DEPOSITION OF CHOLESTROL
IN THE ARTERIES.

A SERIES OF TABLES ARE INCLUDED SHOWING THE CHOLESTEROL CONTENT OF SOME
PROTEIN FOODS, THE DISTRIBUTION OF UNSATURATED FATTY ACIDS IN A FISH OIL, THE
UNSATURATED FATTY ACID COMPOSITION OF OILS DERIVED FROM SOME MARINE-ANIMALS,
LAND-ANIMALS, AND VEGETABLES, AS WELL AS THE PROXIMATE COMPOS!TION FOR SOME
SPECIES OF MARINE AND FRESH-WATER FISH, SHELLFISH, AND CRUSTACEA.

In relationship to diet, you hear much these days about arteriosclerosis, ather-
osclerosis, and coronary heart disease. As Samuel Johnson would say, these are
"foot-and-a-half words.'' What do they mean?

ADAPTABILITY TO DIETS

Arteriosclerosis is a general ior. LOW HIGH LY
term for any of the many forms ont Aas Co Sea vil PROTEIN lol
of hardening of the arteries. fees MINERACS —HYDRATES FAT ENERGY
hy yy, \ \ | | |
Atherosclerosis is harden- |. 0G: PERCH 2 ee eee eo
ing of the coronary arteries oe ab 1D | > | SSD
through waxy deposits. It there- : {___,___|

yee ye) | »
DBI ISPO| De®

i

fore is one type of arterioscler-
osis.

T
Coronary heart disease is [SD | ld!
a disorder in which fatty de- | he)
posits form in the arteries that +1 —
supply blood to the heart. The pall \@
deposits result in constriction FIG. 1 - SHOWS THE ADAPTABILITY OF VARLOUS TYPES OF FISH

in the artery. If the process AND SHELLFISH TO DIETS.

continues and the deposits harden, the artery then becomes constricted very con-
siderably. In later stages of the disease, a blood clot may lodge in the artery and
further impede the flow of blood. Coronary thrombosis then results.

TWO VIEWPOINTS

Beyond this point, you can get an argument on almost any aspect of the problem
jof atherosclerosis. Let's look at two of the opposing views for further background.

CHIEF, BRANCH OF TECHNOLOGY , DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES, U. S. BUREAU OF COM-
MERCIAL FISHERIES, WASHINGTON, D. Co

MECHANICAL INJURY: On
often and more markedly inareas

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

e group contends that atherosclerosis occurs more
of stress induced within the artery injured by pressure

of blood flow. Such injury may sensitize the tissues to biochemical action that weak-
ens them and allows further mechanical injury.

A biochemical agent that weakens the tissues could be (1) a normal food ingredi-
ent not properly absorbed or excreted, (2) toxic products ingested or allowed to ac-
cumulate because of bodily imbalance, or (3) normally assimilable materials that
for some reason build up in the blood above normal levels.

CHOLESTEROL DEPOSITS: Another group contends that atherosclerosis re-
sults from cholesterol becoming abnormally deposited in the arterial walls along
with other lipids (fatty materials), protein, and ultimately, minerals.

Table 1 - Cholesterol Content of Some Protein Foods 1/

d Portion Cholesterol
RCo Size
iE Ounces Grams 2/
Fish:
Bluefish eww-penee casos 4 -07
(Chelan gbvoloacs co0ds oo 4 .06
Groakerip-l-c- enone nein 4 .07
INTC oa oon Doo os 4 072
Maddockseper-ecnstencneir one 4 O77
Halibutie yew 4 -072
Herring, smoked . ote 4 -07
Lobster, canned....... tcup .104
Mackerel, Atlantic..... 4 .096
Salmon; Pacificw.. i.e 4 11
Salmon, canned ....... 3 oibal
Sardines (Atlantic), canned
Intoledrainedieren a wees 3 .085
Shrimp, dry-pack, drained 3 18
Swordfish sewers 4 .07
Tuna, canned in oil, 3 .063
rained mninusunuat near 3 .063
Cheese:
Roqueforty. 273. sey ance eae 1 027
Cheddar te iva: aire 4 .032
adam ay cares hastens 4 .018
DWISS|oe coe ae seca ie ye ae 4 .043
Creamiyrg age ee 4 .036
| Cottage (skim-milk).... 4 -002
|Eggs:
WURONE FG Sate a's o oie BIO Medium egg -30
(54 g.)
MANOS 3.0 086 abo O-tia 16 = -00
NOUS it Git eratoupa se others = -30
Beet: i
Hambunpe rman eae 4 .14
Roundisteake= | 2 ans oe 4 aD
Ribiroagtespes.< cus.o ses ere 4 .352
iver sits ead es sioiawe 4 «12:
ork: —
BACON! isiurdiode eo ioe tne 1 strip (8 g.) .008
rE Co Bion Santeeoato 4 .07
Chop ncccrenh newer 3 alla
JORIS Oe Gop pe 3.5 .07
(Veal: ae
Cutler soap eer reese 4 .075
Shoulder roast........ 4 Sih
Ie gikOasthwnmn eee 4
|(Chicken: ue
ANVeGEaucysi at shee Cee 4 .085
4
4

|

Cholesterol is a part of the unsaponi-
fiable fraction of fats and oils along with
the fat-soluble vitamins A and D, squalene,
and a number of the pigments or "'color-
bodies" of the fat. Fish oil may contain from
from 1 to 2 percent of unsaponifiable mat-
ter of which 20 to 25 percent in turn may
be cholesterol or about 0.2 to 0.5 percent
of the total fish oil. Obviously, cholester-
ol is a very minor constituent of fish oils.
Some foods, such as eggs, contain rather
more of it. Table 1 shows the cholesterol
content for a serving portion of several pro-
tein foods.

Among the factors studied by the many
workersin this field, that were believed
might affect the cholesterol level of blood,
were Sex, age, racial origin, economic sta-
tus, body weight, build, obesity or leanness,
hormonal balance, composition of diet, and
stress. Theeffects ofthese factors as
measured on test animals, indicate that no
conclusive statements can yet be made on
any one aspect of atherosclerosis. Weare,
however, gaining a better concept of the
problem. In May 1957, Dr. Wendall Griffith
of the University of California Medical
Center, while reporting to the American
Medical Association, summarized the pres-
ent state of our knowledge as follows:

"Considerable evidence exists to show
that under certain circumstances, sources
of linoleic acid may lower elevated blood -
serum cholesterol levels in man. The evi-
dence favors the concept that essential un-
saturated fatty acids are required for nor-
mal transport of cholesterol as lipoprotein
and possibly phospholipid complexes in the
circulatory system. Circumstances under
which high cholesterol levels can be pre-
vented remain to be spelled out. No valid

experiments have yet shown the relative effects of surplus dietary calories, of an

excess of the total dietar
in the diet, or of numero

y fat, of abnormal ratios of linoleic acid to other fatty acids
us other nutritive factors that may influence adversely the

physical and chemical characteristics of fatty substances in the blood and in the

walls of the vascular system.

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

Lacking a clearcut solution for prevention of atherosclerosis, afaultydiet may
be one of the causative agents. The role of dietary fat remains to be established.
Meanwhile, dietary control to attain and maintain optimum body weight and the choos-
ing of a varied diet containing adequate amounts of those foods, including fats, that
are shown to have special nutritive value is indicated."

ATHEROSCLEROSIS AND THE MARKETING OF FISH

What are the implications of our knowledge of atherosclerosis (although admit-
tedly inconclusive) as it applies to the marketing of fish? If there is any agreement
relating to atherosclerosis, at
this stage, it is that this disorder
is of metabolic origin--with a de-
ficiency, excess, or imbalance of
diet possibly playing an obscure
role in relation to disturbed lipid
metabolism.

THE PLACE OF FISH... =

fh
ENERGY ¥ |
PROTEIN VY

POSSIBLE BOOMERANG: As | /J MINERALS |
Dr. E. Geiger of Van Camp Sea- SY VITAMINS Vf”
foods Laboratory cogently put it, ‘ '
we can suggest what does not help.
He says, in substance, that at-
tempts to exploit preliminary re-
ports may do more harm than
good. Earlier, for example, we
were told to avoid such cholester-
ol-containing foods as eggs and
the land-animal fats. Next fat- fl
free diets were pushed. Then FIG. 2 - FISHERY PRODUCTS POSSESS THE IMPORTANT ELEMENTS
saturated fats were suspect. Soon NECESSARY FOR CHILDREN'S DIETS.
the thinking veered to "essential"
fatty acids as being the more important of the fatsin the diet. Dr. Geiger pointedly in-
dicated that the heart authority who early recommended against canned fish for vic-
tims of coronary disease must have regretted this recommendation when the ideas
on importance of essential
fatty acids and unsaturated
Example of oils, both present in canned
Fatty Acid i i tuna, for example, came to
the fore. Thus during this
period of exploratory med-
ical research, any seeking
of temporary advantage
may boomerang.

_. in CHILDREN’S DIETS

GOOD STRATEGY: It
would seem that a good,
1/7 FROM DATA COMPILED BY E, Fe DREW AND COMPANY, INC., long-range strategy would
NEW YORK 10, NEW YORK. be to push aggressively the
more extensive use of fish
and fishery products on demonstrated nutritive merits. Some of the well-establish-
ed facts are pertinent here.

1. We know that fish are an excellent source of complete and well-balanced
protein, essential to optimum nutrition.

2. We know that fish are easily digested and become readily available for as-
similation, even for those in convalescence, for children, or for the aged.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

3. We know that fish can be prepared with all these desirable qualities, but
with very low sodium content, if that feature is essential, as it may be in cases of
high blood pressure. Recently, Dr. Claude Thurston of the Bureau's Seattle Labora-

tory found that pink salmon can be
H made even more desirable for this
H purpose by the removal of the dark
meat, which he found to contain a

THE PLACE o disproportionately high amount of
stip rpalas tinth di ;
in diabetic diets BOILED SHRIMP - 10 small Seay
9 tee 4. We know that fish oils are
S meny Sloen aire caecureraiens uniquely well fortified with more of
t the unsaturated fatty acids thanare
2 vegetable fats or land-animal fats.
Wines Wee donee dinnet There is also some evidence that
Grapefruit - 4 COD FILLETS - 2 oz 2 z “ E
Cooked cereal - 1 2p wimik Cornbread - 1" x 1" cube fish fat is easily digested and read-
ee US ce yee ce ily used by the body tissues. Table
Aeplesoves ice 2 shows the distribution of the

principal unsaturated fatty acids
! in pilchard oil. At present, those
fatty acids tentatively classed as
_ being essential include linoleic,
FIG. 3 - DIABETIC DIETS INCLUDE FISHERY PRODUCTS TO li A hid B
GOOD ADVANTAGE. inolenic, and arachidonic.

5. We know that fish, within the approximately 160 marketed varieties and the
numerous additional market forms, can supply to the diet any degree of fat desired,
whether it be that of such oily species as sablefish, pilchard, or mackerel; that of
such species as the very lean cod, haddock, halibut, or shrimp; or that of the num-
erous intermediate group composed of such species as salmon, tuna, oysters, crab,
lobster, yellow perch, or flounder.

Thus, proof already is at hand showing that fish is an excellent food, regardless

of the outcome of the additional studies now being conducted on the problem of ather-
osclerosis.

It should be pointed out, in passing, that this demonstrated value of fish may be
applied to the greater utilization of fish in other areas of disease or malnutrition
not specifically touched on here. The well-deserved position gained for fish-liver
oils as a source of vitamins A and D is not necessarily an isolated case.

OUR KNOWLEDGE MUST CONTINUE TO GROW: Whatever the outcome of con-
tinuing worldwide research, we should be alert to benefit from the findings. By cor-
ollary, however, it is essential that our presently-limited knowledge of the nutritive
value of fish and, specifically, of those factors of greatest importance in current
dietary research must continue to grow along with the knowledge being gained in the
field of competing products if we are to keep pace. Additional efforts could actually
put us ahead, since we are working with products of great merit.

Dr. Stare, of the Department. of Nutrition, Harvard University, aptly sums up
the situation for this phase of the atherosclerosis discussion, thusly:

"As a final word, we should like to leave the impression that nutritional re-
Searches in this important area of health are most promising, and we are enthusi-
astic about them. But, we think that such enthusiasm should be directed toward fur-
ther research, to get the many answers we don't have, rather than toward suggest-

ing changes in our accustomed diets, when we aren't too sure at this time, if, or
how they should be changed."' a

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

11

FUNDAMENTAL RESEARCH AND THE SALE OF FISH

This summation logically leads us into the third phase of our problem--what,
specifically, is being done in our research program that will be of effective help?

As was stated earlier, we know that fish oils contain a larger amount anda
greater diversity of the unsaturated fatty acids than do many other food fats. This

information is one of the findings
of fundamental technological fish-
ery research begun with funds
provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy
Act. The elucidation of the de-
tailed chemical structure of the
fatty acids in menhaden oil is now
far enough along to predict that
fish oils generally possess these
unique characteristics. The
characterization of other prin-
cipal fish oils soon will be pos-
sible, using the methods devel-
oped in this study. Thereisno
reason to expect more than the
usual minor variability among
species that have a comparable
oil content, such as menhaden,
sardines, and mackerel. For
purposes of comparison, table 3
is a compilation showing the un-

THE PLACE OF FISH . .

.. in GERIATRIC

FIG. 4 - FISHERY PRODUCTS ARE !DEAL FOR GERIATRIC DIETS.

saturated fatty acid composition of land-animal fats and marine-animal fats and of

vegetable oils.

LIPOPROTEINS AND PHOSPHOLIPIDS: As a follow-up to a study of the phys-
ical-chemical characteristics of all commercially-produced fish oils, we now are

setting up a study of the lipoproteins and phospholipids in fish oils.

From state-

ments made here, you will recall that these two phases of fat transport and meta-
bolism in the body are believed to be a part of the atherosclerosis problem still

unsolved.

DEPOSITION OF CHOLESTEROL: Again, you will recall that there is the un-

resolved problem of the deposition

of cholesterol in the body. A new project now

under way will include fish-oil fatty acids of known degrees of unsaturation in the
diets of miniature pigs to follow the location and extent of deposition of cholesterol

in the arteries.
human beings.

(The metabolism of pigs has been found to be similar to that of
Use of miniature pigs reduces the cost of feeding and, therefore,

of experimentation.) Ultimately, the pigs will be butchered, and their arteries ex-
amined to evaluate the effects of the several diets employed.

ESSENTIAL FATTY ACIDS: Another phase of this study is related again to the

earlier remark about "essential" fatty acids.

throw further light on which of the
determine whether their beneficial

The diets of rats are set up (1) to
several fatty acids are actually essential, (2) to
effects are available in fish oils, and (3) to point

the way to the significance of these factors in human nutrition and in the related

areas of human diseases.

UNSAPONIFIABLE COMPONENTS: Still another phase will include the study
of the values of another portion of fish oil--the unsaponifiable matter--for pharma-

ceutical and nutritive purposes.

Certain of the unsaponifiable components of fish

oil, for example, have been vaguely referred to in the scientific literature as being

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

effective in such diverse disorders as tuberculosis, excessive irritation of the skin,
and wounds. These and other possibilities will be included in the study.

Table 3 - Unsaturated Fatty Acid Composition of Some Marine-Animal, Land-Animal, and Vegetable Oils 1

Percentage of Total Fatty Acid Composition
n
2 | Marine-animal Oils Land-animal and Vegetable Oils
alo T ] ]
Fatty € A | he ox
Acids 2m |. = o|= | 2 zy aloe o| 5
2s |ons (ten G} be] a | & a me o o Fi a 2
r= BN) is ac} Ey 5 S 1 a * o ES o = =
oA);a | 8 a Sy oa Eyl || & le 5 a Be ol) | 6 | &
Aole fe | #| a) e|2| 2/22) 2) 8) ee ial si ela
cine |S EI © S a rs o | ic) K oS) 4 ei © a) a >| 4 3
o | o a a rate ein « o| 0° ae es o a d 5 Gi 5
OVP |o}]z Pl Oh | ey eel lis) tS) AO) I tS) HP Sh VS) G) we] alo] & } =
dhe
22 f
Lauroleic 12} 1 0.4]
a |
Myristoleic ual 0.2 | 0.1] 0.1 | 0.1 1.6
IL
Palmitoleic 16} 1 20 ths 0}17.0)11.8/10.6 |11 B88 4.0
Oleic nee 29.1) 9.0)27.0} 6.2]17.1 |10.0} 35.5/29.5 |38.6 [6.0] 24.7 48.7 82.8/60.0 |29.0
r ST
Gadoleic 20) 1
Erucic [eg = IL 50.0
Linoleic 18} 2 13.0 11.5]11.5 |15.0 3.6 eel) |e 49.7)12.2.) 7.2/21.0 |15.0
Linolenic 18} 3 0.7 1.0
+
Arachidonic 20) 4 |25.4120.0| 20.0/17.9)23.5 |22.0 za 0.4
| wiles
Clupanodonic 2215 age 12.0 13.8]16.2 19.0) 16.0
Tet fo} 7 |
etracosa-
polyenoic Is ? Sez: 12.0
Ee Total 84. 45.0 76.0]76.5|79.0 |77.9| 83.5/39.1/40.6 |88.3] 74.4]62.0 90.0[81.0 [95.0 93.9

\v DATA TAKEN FROM A CHART PREPARED BY THE E. F. OREW AND COMPANY , INC., NEW YORK 10, NEW YORK

PARALLEL STUDIES: To attain the maximum result from our researchefforts,
the fishing industry may wish to launch parallel studies, or to contribute to such
studies. The Maine Sardine Industry now has such projects under way at the Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology and at the Harvard Medical School. Dr. Kinsell, at
the Highland Alameda County Hospital, Oakland, Calif., is even now seeking the aid
of private industry (not government) for a 10-year study of certain aspects of ath-
erosclerosis on humans. He has some support, possibly from such groups as the
meat industry, and is hopeful that other interested segments of the food industry
will cooperate.

ADVANCING MORE WIDESPREAD USE: We come now to the last aspect of the
problem under discussion--what can be done by the fishing industry to advance the
more widespread use of its infinitely diverse and valuable food products in combat-
ing disorders resulting from poor nutrition.

Based on the information already available, the fishing industry can merchan-
dise fish as a dietary staple just as the American Meat Institute, dairy associations,
poultry associations, and many similar organizations now do for their protein prod-
ucts. A fishing firm, for example, could develop a sequence of advertisements or
promotions around such features as already have been mentioned briefly (see also
tables 4 to 7): (1) choice of fat level; (2) well-balanced and complete protein con-
tent; (3) essential vitamin and mineral content; (4) diversity of species each with
characteristic palate and eye appeal; (5) ease of preparation for fresh, frozen, or
canned fish; and (6) the heat-and-serve advantages of the newly-developed fishery
products. All these approaches would stress adequate nutrition as a general means
of combating nutritional disorders.

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

Table 4 - Composition of Some Marine Fishes!

- Scientific |
Nome Renerice range 2 Sodium | Potassium Thiamine| Riboflavin | Niacin
m(Pencent):icaie panei eros 2/

Lophius piscatorius 8.8- 12.4 0.5-4.5 ME; ea Ngee re aca
Pomatomus Saltatrix = = ee = 0.12 0.09 19
Poronotus triacanthus 16.2-18.2 7.6-22.2 = - = = =
Gadus morhua 16.9-19.2 | 0.23-1.1 76 372 0. THO 0.09-50 2.2
eae undulatus = = = = 2 =
Brosme brosme 20.0 1.8 = = 0. 032 0,94 a

8 Sciaenops ocellata 2 = - -
Blackback Pseudopleuronectes
americanus Omid .8-4.2
Starry eee stellatus 39-19) : 3.4 85 285
Yellowtail Limanda ferruginea BS BOG
Fluke Paralichth dentatus 20.6 0.07
Haddock Melanogrammus
aeglefinus 15.5-20.5 elas GH sue O05) COB hot As
Hake rophycis tenuis 15.5-16.3 0.2-
Halibut:
Pacific Hippoglossus stenolepis 15.1-20.6 | 0.21-7.02
Arrowtooth Atheresthes stomias 15.0-18.8 | 0.86-4.38
ccs

Clupea pallasii
Menticirrhus species
16.4-18.4 | 19.3-28.7 48 236 0.15 .” ea
Spanish) 21.6 1.01 89 292 = =
Mullet Cia Lea ae ea SS LE PR ee ee

Beane
79 269 i
ie Sue -
5.4
S ES

323

Atlantic

Scomber scombrus
Scromberomorus

Sebastes marinus 16.0-19.9

Sebastodes alutus alutus
s caerulea

Atlantic
Pacific

17.9-27.

Pollachius virens
eee chalcogramma

Sebastodes melanops
Sebastodes penniger
Sebastodes ruberrimus

tshawytscha
pOxbuscral

Stenotomus versicolor
‘Cynoscion < arenarius

mlosel fsspidigsinaay

Microstomus pacificus

Parophrys vetulus

Hippoglossoides
ellasodon

Pleuronectes
quadrituberculatus

Eopsetta jordani

Clyptocephalus
zachirus

Lepidopsetta bilineata
Limanda a

Leiostomus xanthurus
Roccus Saxatilis
Lopholatilus

Flathead

Lemon

Petrale
Rex

Rock
Yellowfin

Albacore
_ailonine

V/ DATA IN THIS TABLE ARE FROM THE BUREAU'S FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORIES. EDIBLE PORTION OF THE FISH WAS USED FOR ANALYSES. 1N SOME
INSTANCES, ONLY A LIMITED NUMBER OF SAMPLES HAVE BEEN ANALYZED, OTHER DATA ARE BASED ON REASONABLY COMPLETE SAMPLING FOR SEASON, LO-
CALITY OF CATCH, ANO THE HARVEST OF SEVERAL DIFFERENT YEARS.

2/ MILLIGRAMS PER 100 GRAMS OF MEAT. TO CONVERT MG./100 G. TO MG. 14 oz.

MULTIPLY THESE FIGURES BY 1.13.

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

If continuing research further establishes the essentiality of some of the unsat-
urated fatty acids peculiar to fish, the advantages of eating fish can then be more

Composition of Some Fresh-Water Fish of Great Lakes- Mississippi Valley Areal/

Common Scientific Range 0 Range 0
Name Name Protein Oil

een (eercent) ame .. (Mg./100 g.)..
i i - = 285

Car Cyprinus carpio NG) B= il)8} | 1-12 51
Biteteine Stizostedion vitreum |18.3-19.4 OLS) = =

glaucum
Buffalofish Ictiobus species 16.3-19.0 | 1.6-6.9 50 292
Lake chub Leucichthys species |13.8-16.4 4-13 = =
Lake herring (Huron) |Leucichthys artedi 38 280
Lake herring (Superior) |Leucichthys artedi 56 358
Lake smelt Osmerus mordax 17.5-20.0 | 1.5-3.3 = =
Lake whitefish Coregonus clupea-
fOnmisie 16.3-19.8 | 4.7-18.8 53 317
Lake trout Cristisomer namay-

cush namaycush 15238-1956" | 1e9—Ver2 7 =
Mullet (suckers) Catostomidae species 52 344
Sheepshead (Lake) Aplodinotus grunniens|14.9-19.6 | 0.7-10.0 84 278
Sheepshead (River) Aplodinotus grunniens 59 301
Yellow perch Perca flavescens 18.2-20.3 | 0.8-1.2 67 238
Yellow pike Stizostedion vitreum

vitreum LESSUO || Os35ehO 52 324

DATA IN THIS TABLE ARE FROM THE BUREAU S FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORIES. EDIBLE PORTION OF THE FISH
WAS USED FOR ANALYSES. IN SOME INSTANCES ONLY A LIMITED NUMBER OF SAMPLES HAVE BEEN ANALYZED. OTHER
DATA ARE BASED ON REASONABLY COMPLETE SAMPLING FOR SEASON, LOCALITY OF CATCH, AND THE HARVEST OF

SEVERAL DIFFERENT YEARS.

specifically stressed for nutrition in which such fatty acids are important. If fish
oils are practically the only natural source of the more highly unsaturates (table 3),
our studies on the characteristics of the fatty acids will have been well founded and

profitable indeed.

—

Table 6 - Composition of Some Shellfish and Crustaceansl

Homarus vulgarus
Homarus americanus

Pecten maximus

callop, Pacific
hrimp
Crab: Dungeness
King

Cancer magister
‘Paralithodes
camtschatica
Unknown-- probably
blue crab, Callin-
ectes sapid
Eastern Ostrea virginicus
Pacific (Jap.) |Ostrea gigas
| K.
Pandalus borealis
Mya edulus
Mya arenaria
Paphia staminea

Eastern,
hardshell

Little neck

Cockle Cardium corbis
Butter Saxidomus pi

Ppante
Haliotea kamtschat-
kama ifsal 0.7
DATA IN THIS TABLE ARE FROM THE BUREAU'S FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORIES. EDIBLE PORTION OF THE FISH WAS USED FOR

ANALYSIS. IN SOME INSTANCCS ONLY A LIMITED NUMBER OF SAMPLES HAVE BEEN
ANALYZED, OTHER DATA ARE BASED ON REASON-
ABLY COMPLETE SAMPLING FOR SEASON, LOCALITY OF CATCH, ANDO THE HARVEST OF SEVERAL DIFFERENT YEARS.

alone, Alaska

WA

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

15

Table 7 - Composition of Some Protein Foods!

Ounces Nei (Grams oP;
Bacon, Canadian Raw 4 262 17
Beef: Hamburger Raw 3 316 19 26
Porterhouse Boneless 3 293 20 23
Round Boneless 2 197 23 ilal
Rib roast Boneless 3 266 20 20
Roast Canned 3 189 21 11
Bluefish Baked 4 19 3a Oe: 5
Bluefish es Fried a8) 307 34 le ab}
(Cheese: Cheddar = 1 113 7 9
Cottage > 1 27 6 ll
Cream = 1 106 2.6 10.5
(Chicken: Broiler Raw, boneless 8 332 44 16
Roaster Raw, boneless 4 227 23 14
Fryer, breast | Raw, boneless 8 210 47 1
Fryer, leg Raw, boneless B} 159 29 4
Clams Raw, canned 4 92 14.5 1.6
Canned 3 44 6.7 0.9
Cod iS 4 84 18m7 0.5
Dried 1 104 Dee?) 0.8
Eggs Raw or cooked 1 medium eet 6 5.5
Flounder Raw 4 78 17 0.6
Haddock Fried 4 166 2280 6.3
Halibut Broiled 4 207 29.8 9
Pork Raw 3 100 14,4 —2iail a
Herring: Atlantic Raw 4 217 20.8 14,2
Pacific Raw 4 OG man |RSS, bs 2.9
Lamb: Chop Cooked, boneless 3 356 20 30
Le Roasted, boneless 3 230 } 20 eae
Mackerel: Atlantic Canned & 155 16.4 9.4
Pacific Canned 3 153 1e9) 8.5
Milk, whole Raw 3 231 11.9 13.3
Oysters, meats Raw 3 alee 6.6 UST
Peanuts Roasted 1 cup 805 38.7 63.6
Peas Green 1 cup 111 = 7.8 0.6
Pork: Ham Cooked, boneless 3 339 20 28
Loin Raw, boneless 3 i= 284 20 22
Salmon: Broiled 1 steak 204 33.6 6.7
King Canned 3 173 16.8 11.2
Chum Canned 3 118 18.3 4.4
Silver Canned 3 140 17.9 Toil
Pink Canned 3 122 17.4 By 8)
Red Canned 3 147 WL ——! 8.2
Sardines, Atlantic Canned in oil 3 ‘alk 288 iis) 23
Canned, natural 3 171 15a IES
Canned tom. sauce 3 184 ils} ail 12.6
4 252 16.8 18.0
Cooked 4 283 16.0 23.0
Raw 4 89 16.8 0.1
Raw 4 191 21.2 ilioil
Canned, drained 3 108 22.8 12;
Broiled 1 steak 223 34.2 8.5
Canned, not drained 247 20.2 17.8
Cooked, boneless 9
Cooked, boneless 0
47.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

Since the study of the efficiency of these unsaturated fatty acids in lowering
blood-serum cholesterol will move hand in hand with the study on the nutritional
essentiality of them, our work will allow us to keep abreast of the best present
thinking by medical science. We therefore also can build on what may be found by
other research workers with other fats.

In summary, then, an appealing, high-quality, nutritionally adequate, well-bal-
anced food, available in suitable form for any home or institutional use, gives a
strong foundation on which to build a program for aiding buoyant national health and
for combating the inroad of not just one but of numerous types of nutritional dis-
eases, On such a program is a sound and prosperous fishing industry based.

CANNED TUNA

Canned tuna is a familiar item in almost every American home and on every
groceryman's shelf. It is economical, excellent nutritionally, easy to prepare,
and universal in taste appeal.

Several species of fish are marketed as tuna, all of which are
equally desirable to the homemaker. On the Pacific coast, the catch
includes albacore, bluefin, skipjack, and yellowfin. Bluefin and little
tuna aretaken onthe Atlantic coast. Albacore has lighter meat than
the other species and is the only tuna permitted to be labeled as
"White meat.'’ The other species are labeled as "light meat’ tuna.

Canned tuna is available in three different styles of pack. The
pack does not indicate a quality difference, but refers to the size of
the pieces in the can.

"Fancy or Solid Pack''is marketedin 34-, 7-, and 12-ounce cans.
This style is mechanically cut to convenient pieces and packed in oil.
This pack is especially adaptable to salads and other dishes where
chunks of tuna are desirable. It is the moderately-priced pack,

"Chunk Style'' is marketed in 34-, 6-, 64-, and 12-ounce cans. This style is
mechanically cut to convenient pieces and packed in oil. This pack is especially
adaptable to salads andother dishes where chunks of tuna are desirable. It is the
moderately-priced pack.

"Flake and Grated Style'' is marketed in 6- or 1l-ounce cans. This style is
mechanically cut to smaller pieces than the ''chunk style" and is also packed in
oil, Itis excellent for canapes or sandwiches where the tuna is blended into a
paste. Itis generally lower-priced than the preceding packs.

A number of specialty packs are also available, such as ''tonno,' consisting
of solid-meat tuna packedin olive oil and about double the amount of salt; a ''die-

tetic,"' packed in distilled water for people who must avoid salt and fat intheir
diets; a baby food; a tuna paste; and others.

The inexpensiveness andversatility of canned tuna account for this fish being
the most frequently served canned fish in the United States. One or two cans of

tuna, used as an extender in casseroles or salads, or on sandwiches, will provide
an adequate serving for six people.

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW it

thy
i Ln soc

TECHNICAL NOTE NO. 45 - PREPARATION OF DRIED FISH SOLUBLES FROM
CONCENTRATED PRESS LIQUORS ON A LABORATORY SCALE

Recent imports and subsequent use of dried fish solubles in this country have
renewed interest in the possible domestic manufacture of this product. Earlier at-
tempts by the U.S. Bureauof
Commercial Fisheries to
produce dry solubles by
drum drying were not suc-
cessful because the final
product was hygroscopic.
Subsequently, it was
thought that a suitable prod-
uct might be obtained by the
use of organic solvents.
Accordingly, two prelim-
inary laboratory-scale
tests were carried out on
concentrated ocean perch
press liquor containing
50-percent solids.

The first method in- FIG. 1 - PRODUCING DRY MENHADEN SOLUBLES ON PILOT PLANT DRUM
volved distillation with DRIER.

ethylene dichloride. Ap-

proximately two volumes of boiling ethylene dichloride were added to the press
liquor and the two components were mixed together. This mixture was then added
to approximately twice its volume of boiling solvent (ethylene dichloride) in a dis-
tilling flask. Distillation was carried out under reduced pressure, provided by an
aspirator pump, until the distillate was clear. The solids were separated from the
ethylene dichloride remaining in the flask by filtration ena Buchner funnel, washed
with fresh solvent, and then placed under vacuum at 90° C. (194° F.) to remove
final traces of solvent. The total solvent used in the entire procedure was about
five times the volume of the concentrated liquor.

The second method of preparing the dried solubles was a cold extraction with
mixed solvents. Approximately two volumes of methanol-acetone (1:1) were added
to the press liquor in a Waring blendor, and then mixed for two minutes. The sol-
vent was removed by filtration on a Buchner funnel, and the filter cake was remix-
ed for 30 seconds with approximately two volumes of methanol-acetone (0.5:1). The
solids were filtered off and remixed a third time for ten seconds with approximate-
ly one volume of acetone. The mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed
with approximately one volume of methanol. Solvent traces were removed under
vacuum at 90° C. (194° F.) The total solvent used in the entire procedure was a-
bout six times the volume of the press liquor.

A proximate analysis of a sample prepared by each method is shown in table 1.

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

)

The dry solids were readily ground ina mortar to powders which differ in physi-
cal properties in that the distillation-dried material is somewhat lighter in color
and stronger in odor than
the extracted material.
When exposed to the air
the powders do not read-
ily absorb moisture and
remain free flowing.

Table 1 - Proximate Composition of Dried
Solubles Prepared by Ethylene Dichloride Distillation
and by Methanol-Acetone Extraction

Method of Sample Proximate Composition of Sample
Preparation

Ethylene Dichloride
Distillation
Methanol-Acetone
Extraction

These procedures
are tentative and addition-
al trials by industry,
either in the laboratoryor
on a pilot-plant scale,
would probably indicate that smaller volumes of solvent can be used, particularly in
the extraction method where it may also be found that different ratios of methanol
to acetone are more efficient, or even that a single solvent canbeused. These con-
siderations would have an important bearing upon the economics of the process.

Because of the preliminary nature of this work no effort was made to deter-
mine the effect of solvent treatments on the nutritive values of the dried solubles.

--BY GEORGE MANGAN AND JOSEPH H. CARVER, CHEMISTS,
MAYNARD A. STEJNBERG, BIOCHEMIST,
EAST BOSTON (MASS.$ FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY,
DONALD SNYDER, BIOCHEMIST,
COLLEGE PARK (MD.) FISHCRY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY,
BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

aay, Sng

ONE SKIPJACK TUNA TAGGED TWICE AND CAUGHT THREE TIMES

A skipjack tuna (aku) with an insatiable taste for feather lures has set some
sort of record in local piscatorial circles by getting himself on the hook three
times within 16 days, thelasttime for good. According tothe Director of the Pa-
cific Oceanic Fishery Investigations ofthe U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
the small 6-pound tuna was first caught on November 20 by a fisherman on the
Bureau's research vessel John R. Manning off the island of Lanai. A plastic dart
tag was jabbed into the back of the tuna just below his second dorsal fin and he
was tossed back into the ocean ''in the hope that subsequent recaptures (for which
the chances are currently running about 8 in 100) may shed light on the little un-
derstood movements of this commercially-valuable species in Hawaiian waters."

Only three days later, in the same area off Lanai, the same tuna was again
caught bythe John R. Manning. The sea-going scientists, busy tagging tuna, were
a bit surprised to find one of their subjects already outfitted with one plastic

streamer, but they quickly attached a second tag and again tossed the fish back
into the sea.

_ When the commercial sampan Dolphin fished off Lanai on December 6, and
|chicken feather jigs were once again on the menu, the twice-tagged tuna was a-

| gain caught for the last time.
|
EE

July 1958

ee | RENDS See

EDEVELOPMENTS:

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

American Samoa

NATIVE FISHERMEN LEARNING LONG-LINE TUNA
FISHING TECHNIQUE: The native Americar Samoans are
learning the long-line method of tuna fishing, which the
Japanese have successfully developed. A former naval 50-
foot tender has been made available for the project, and
the Samoan fishermen have demonstrated their ability to
catch big fish on a limited commercial scale. The only
limit now seems to be imposed by their boats and fishing
gear, and it has been rumored that the idle M/V Samoa may
be leased by the Government of American Samoa for use as
a fishing vessel.

The Samoancrew fishes off Tutuila, in sight of land, and
disposes of its catch by selling tuna to the local cannery,
and other types of fish are sold in Pago Pago direct to the
local population for 10 cents a pound,

The Governor of American Samoa takes aclose personal
interest in the possibility of developing commercial fishing
as a major Samoan industry. He has arranged permission
to appoint each year a candidate from American Samoa to
the U. S. Maritime Academy in New York on a full scholar-
ship basis with all traveling and tuition expenses paid. This
program should provide qualified Samoan masters of future
fishing vessels.

Looking beyondthe Samoan group, the Governor sees
the possibility of Fijians, Tongans, and other South Pacific
Islanders joining in a large scale commercial-fishing
operation, reaping direct benefit from the valuable fish
which abound in their waters.

A substantial amount of fish is being caught by Japa-
nese fishermen in South Pacific waters for saie to the
American Samoa cannery operated on a lease basis by a
large United States west coast canner. The Governor
feels that the Samoan people should have an opportunity
to share in this growing industry.

The fishing industry has been a great boon to American
Samoa. The Pago Pago cannery employs between 350 and
400 local people in the processing and packing of the tuna
which 30 to 40 Japanese fishing vessels deliver to the
cannery regularly,

The cannery’s payroll is estimated to contribute a
quarter of a million dollars annually to American Samoa’s
national income. More than any other factor, the cannery
operation gives back to American Samoa the prosperity it
lost when the U.S. Navy closed down its base in Pago
Pago in 1950 (Samoa Bulletin, March 28, 1958).

Byproducts Production for U. S. & Alaska in 1957

The United States and A-

United States Production and Imports of Fish Meal, 1936-1957 a

laska production of fish meal 300
and scrap amounted to over
262,000 tons during 1957--a
decline of 33,000 tons or 11 250
percent as compared with1956.
The production during June-
August made up nearly 50 per- ao
cent of the year's total,
Imports of fish meal dur- Eg
ing 1957 amounted to 81.2
thousand tons as compared with

Thousand Tons

LEGEND:

DOMESTIC PRODUCTION]
s+ _ IMPORTS. B

91.4 thousand tons imported ne
during 1956.

Production of fish oil dur-
ing 1957 totaled 20.1 million
gallons, compared with 26.8
million gallons during 1956. A 1936

1940 1945 1950 1955

1957

drop in the production of oil

from menhaden--down 6.6 million gallons--was largely responsible for the over-

all reduction in oil.

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

i i i illi ds. This
The yield of fish solubles during 1957 amounted to 187.8 million pounds.
Lee a decline of 10.3 million pounds as compared with 1956. During 1957,
the production of homogenized-condensed fish amounted to 56.8 million pounds--a
drop of 2.8 million pounds as compared with the previous year.

Domestic Production, Imports, and Exports of Fish Oil, 1936-1957

n
is}
[e}
4
4
Gy
1o)
Sg
°
=
a
=
=
=

EGEND =
eee== DOMESTIC PRODUCTION
IMPORTS
EXPORTS

epeceersa

California

AERIAL TECHNIQUES BEING DEVELOPED TO CENSUS COMMERCIAL AND
SPORT FISHING (Airplane Spotting Flight 58-1): To establish procedures for ap-
plying aerial techniques to census both commercial and sport fishing operations
was the purpose of this airplane flight by the California Department of Fish and
Game's Cessna 3632C. Since the results were encouraging, future aerial scouting
routines will be devised. Considerable information was obtained on the possibilities
of counting units of crab gear in the water and in making instantaneous counts of
sport fishermen, both clam diggers and hook-and-line fishermen.

The inshore area between Yankee Point, Mon-
terey County, and Bodega Bay, including San Fran-
cisco, Drakes, and Tomales Bays was surveyed by
air to: (1) Establish procedures for applying aeri-
al techniques to censusing the crab fleet, crab gear
in operation, and sport clamming activity. (2) Tally
the number of hook-and-line fishermen utilizing
the beaches, piers, jetties, and rocky areas. (Din-
gell-Johnson Federal Aid Project F-12-R). (3)
Scout for pelagic fish schools.

Weather conditions were excellent on March op
with very clear skies and calm water prevailing
over the entire area. On the 3rd rain showers
prevented scouting until 10 a.m. but thereafter
weather conditions were comparable to those on
the previous day,

Crab Fishing Census: The crabbing area from
Half Moon Bay to Bodega Bay was flown to deter-
mine the techniques of aerial censusing applicable
to counting crab gear and crab boats as well as de-
lineating the area of crab fishing activity.

The buoys of crab traps were visible at altitudes
up to 2,000 feet. However, accuracy in survey ob-
serving would be best at 800 to 1,000 feet. Pic-
tures were taken over the buoys at several altitudes
from 800 to 2,000 feet. Infrared and Kodachrome
film was used to determine which film would most
clearly show the buoys on the surface of the ocean.

Twenty-one strings of traps consisting of 24 to
45 units were observed. These traps were set over
sandy bottoms from Half Moon Bay to Bodega Bay

July 1958

at distances of one-half to four miles from shore.
The greatest concentrations of gear were off Stin-
son Beach, Marin County, and the Lake Merced-
Westlake section of San Francisco.

On March 3 the same area of ocean was cover-
ed by air observation of crab boats. The boats
were identifiable as crab boats either while tend-
ing gear or running to port. Twenty crab boats
were observed. However, since all boats do not
operate on the same time schedule, the total boats
fishing on a given day would not be obtained by one
flight on any day.

Bodega Bay

Legend:

- Area surveyed.
Tomales Bay
- Fish school

- Area of crab
fishing intensity

Santa Cruz

Moss Landing

'(_ Monterey

2G Yankee Pt

AIRPLANE FLIGHT S8-1, MARCH 2-3,1958.

An estimate of the area covered by the crab
fleet and the effort expended can be made by cen-
susing the gear as set. A special flight pattern

*
aa

AERIAL FISH SPOTTING UTILIZED BY SOME CALI-
FORNIA VESSELS: Some California vessels regularly
and others erratically utilize planes to aid them in spot-
ting fish. All of the plane spotters operate as independent
contractors and they are hired by the vessels. There is
no cannery, market, or any other commercial processing
plant that hires plane spotters. This is probably due to
the fact that in California there are only a few vessels
that are owned and totally-controlled by canners. Practi-
cally all of the vessels operate individually and have con-
tracts with canners for their fish catches.

Most of the spotters, at the present time, sell their serv-
ices to the individual fishing vessel owners and their crews.
The agreement for payment between the vessel owners and
crews and the plane spotters provides for two different
arrangements, depending upon which the parties prefer.
One arrangement is that the plane spotter receives 7
percent of the gross proceeds of the catches the vessel
makes as adirect result of the spotter setting them on the
fish. The other arrangement is that the vessel pays the fish
spotters 5 percent of the gross proceeds of all the fishthe

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

and counting procedure can be used to reveal the
approximate number of traps fishing at any one
time. Such a census taken at 3- to 4-weekintervals
would reveal the fishing effort expended over a
given area.

Clam Digging Census: During the period of the
March 2 afternoon minus tide, a count of sport
fishermen engaged in clam digging was made from
Bodega Bay south to the mouth of the Salinas River.
The total count was 909 persons. The clammers
counted digging various species in bays and lagoons
numbered 330. Those on the ocean beach after
Pismo clams totaled 579.

This aerial census of clam-digging activity is
the first that has been made for this area of the
California coast. The count represents the num-
ber of persons observed to be harvesting clams
at the time the flight was made. This does not al-
low for turnover of fishermen during the several
hours of clamming during the low tide period.
Therefore, it is recognized that the count of clam
diggers during the flight is considerably less than
the total number of persons harvesting clams dur-
ing low tide period. .

The use of aerial techniques in censusing clam-
digging activity is considered to be of great value
in assessing the public use of the clam resources.

Hook-and-Line Sport Fishing: A total count of
all hook-and-line sport fishermen on the beaches,
rocky shore, jetties, and on some of the piers was
made in conjunction with turnover counts being con-
ducted by personnel on the ground at certain key
areas along the shore.

Because of the large numbers of anglers on the
piers on March 2 and also due to the fact that turn-
over counts were being conducted at several of the
piers, all the piers were not counted on each day.

Pelagic Fish Census: Despite calm seas and
excellent visibility only one pelagic fish school was
observed over this entire area. This small school
was Sighted off San Francisco about two miles from
shore. Species identification was not possible.

*

vessel catches, whether or not the plane spotter is respon-
sible for the catch.

The number of spotters varies greatly. It depends upon
the season, availability of fish, and skill. At the present
time, however, there are 8 pilots or spotters operating out
of San Pedro, Although during the height of the sardine
season there will be as many as 15, only a very small
percentage of these pilots spot for fish on a full-time
basis. Most of them have other jobs and dropin and out of
plane spotting, depending upon whether they can make any
money or not.

The equipment most of them use consists of a small light
plane, such asa Piper or aCessna, whichis equipped with
a two-way radio. None of the planes presently operating
are float planes. Although float planes have been used in
the past, they are considered impractical due to the extra
maintenance costs. Twoamphibious planes were also used
in the past, one a ‘‘Widgen’’ and the other a ‘‘See-Bee.’’
Both these planes proved to be expensive to operate and
maintain and dropped out.

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The spotter pilots fly their planes all hours of the day and
night. It is not uncommon for them to be aloft for periods
up to 7 hours at a stretch and during the season the fliers
will spend as many as 16 hours a day aloft. The opera-
tions range from Point Conception, with occasional trips
farther North, andsouthto San Diego. They search all the
channel islands which lie from 15 to 60 miles offshore
andalso explore banks as far as 90 miles offshore. Flying
these distances offshore in light airplanes and at night is
extremely hazardous, yet only twomen have been lost in
Southern California since 1946, when plane spotting for
fish started.

Several methods of operation have been tried in the
past, but the most successful seems tobe a plane which has
5 or 6 ‘‘steady’’ vessels. The spotter reports exclusively
to these vessels, usually in code, Handling more than this
number of vessels causes arguments and difficulty, as
fishermen continually harass the pilot claiming he favors
one vessel against the others, etc.

While plane spotting for fish appears to be successful
in that numerous catches are made by fishermen when
they cannot see the fish because the spotter directs the
setting of the net from the air, there is still pessimism on
the part of some as to whether or not more fish is actu-
ally caught on an annual basis by those vessels assist-
ed by plane spotters. There is no doubt that ifan individ-
ual vessel would operate exclusively with one plane he
would do better, but the way the planes are spread out a-
mong the vessels it is difficult to accurately gage the net
results.

Woll, AO. NO. 7

Plane spotters were also used in the clipper bait-boat
fleet fishing for tuna. Although they operatedfor several
years and some results were reported, all of them have
been abandoned. The chief use of planes by the clipper
fleet was in the location of bait. When the clipper had
to sail inshore to find bait, it could be directed to a loca-
tion where bait was available. This saved much running
around, The spotting of tuna also proved helpful, but
schools of tunamove sorapidly that information as much
as an hour away is generally worthless, for by the time
the vessel reached the fish they had moved. Other reasons
for the abandonment was the high cost of maintenence, the
difficulty of hoisting the planes abroad on the high seas,
difficulty encountered in making landings onthe high seas,
and the reluctance of pilots to take these jobs, because
conditions were hazardous.

There is no questionthat fish canbe readily spotted and
identified from the plane, much wider areas canbe covered
than by a single vessel, and fish can be caught when they
cannot be seen from the vesselitself. The chief problem
of plane spotting inCalifornia is inthe organization of the
effort being made and is basically due to the returns to
the pilot. Itis not feasible for an individual vesselto hire
a plane as the expenses would outweigh the vessel’s pro-
ceeds. Thus it becomes necessary fora pilot to operate
with a fleet of vessels, andinso doing he cannot serve the
individual vessels as well.

--BY A. D. SOKOLICH, MARKET NEWS REPORTER,
BRANCH OF MARKET NEWS ,
U. S. BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
SAN PEDRO, CALIF.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-March 1958

Total shipments of metal cans during January-March 1958 a-
mounted to 22,772 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel
consumed in the manufacture of cans) as compared with 20,882 tons
in the same month a year ago.
ary-March this year was confined largely to tuna, Pacific mackerel,
anchovies, shrimp, Gulf oyster, and clams.

Canning of fishery products in Janu-

The increase in ship-

ments in the first quarter of 1958 as compared to the same quarter of 1957 is due

to the expectations of more activity

in tuna and salmon canning this year.

NOTE? STATISTICS COVER ALL COMMERCIAL AND CAPTIVE PLANTS KNOWN TO BE PRODUCING METAL CANS. RE-
PORTED IN BASE BOXES OF STEEL CONSUMED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF CANS, THE DATA FOR FISHERY PRODUCTS

ARE CONVERTED TO TONS OF STEEL BY USING THE FACTOR:

OF STEEL,

23.0 BASE BOXES OF STEEL EQUAL ONE SHORT TON

Coast & Geodetic Survey

CHARTING OF COASTAL WATERS BEGINS: The Coast
and Geodetic Survey, U. S. Department of Commerce,
announced on April 1, 1958, that the major units of the
Survey's fleet were due to sail for summer surveying

assignments along the country’s coasts.

Since the Survey was founded in 1807 steady progress
has been maintained in surveying and charting more
than 90,000 miles of coastline. Some of the areas
scheduled for this summer, especially in Alaska, have
never been charted in detail. Even along our much-
traveled Atlantic coast, threats to navigation are present
in the form of recent wrecks, shoreline changes, and
dangerous shoals,

Survey officials stated that these changes, as well as
new lights, buoys, and other aids to navigation must be
noted on the Survey's charts as they are published.

Due tothe urgentdemandfor surveys in some areas,
four of the Survey's ships were already at work prior

to April 1. Those in southern waters continued opera-
tions throughout the winter.

Sailing dates and ports of departure for 10 of the
Survey ships were as follows:

St, Petersburg, Fla.: April 3, the Hydrographer, sailed
to Georges Bank in the Gulf of Maine to complete asurvey
that was started in April 1957. It is the first to be made
of this important fishing ground in the vicinity of Georges
Bank and Nantuckets Shoals in 26 years.

Norfolk, Va.: April 2, the Survey ship Cowie, resumed
surveys in the lower Chesapeake Bay in the vicinity of
Onancock Creek and southward. It is expected that this
project will be completed before the close of the season

and the ship will be moved to the entrance to the Potomac
iver.

April 7, the Hilgard and Wainwright, also at Norfolk,
were assigned to complete ‘‘wire-drag’’ operations that

July 1958

were Started last season in the vicinity of Isle au Haut,
Maine. The ships will also undertake a hydrographic
survey off Schoodic Peninsula, Maine, near the Acadia
National Park. A wire-drag is a metal cable that, when
pulled through the water at a predetermined depth by two
vessels, detects uncharted rocks or wrecks that may be
hazards.

Seattle Wash: April 2, the Bowie, has been assigned to
the Columbia River area. The Bowie is supported by the
West Coast Field Party utilizing hydrographic launches,

April 7, three of the surveying ships sailed from this
port for southeast Alaska. They are the Hodgson, the
Patton, and the Lester Jones.

April 9, the Pathfinder, one of the Survey’s largest
ships, was making a wire-drag survey of Guemes Chan-
nel in Puget Sound. The survey is being made at the re-
quest of the Texas Company to assure that there are no
obstructions for the deep draft tankers which will bring
in Middle East oil to the Company’s new refinery on
Fidalgo Island. The channel will be swept to a depth of
50 feet.

April 16, the Pathfinder sailed for Kasaan Bay in
southeast Alaska where it will complete a survey proj-
ect before departing for Dutch Harbor, Aleutian Islands.
En route to Dutch Harbor the Pathfinder conducted
oceanographic investigations in the vicinity of Pamplona
sea ridge, lat. 59°32’ N., long. 142935’ W. Bottom sam-
ples were obtained by dredging and deep-sea soundings
were made. She will then survey the north coast of the
Alaskan Peninsula. Her sister ship, the Explorer,
sailed directly to the Aleutians, across the Gulf of
Alaska. It was from crossings such as this that infor-
mation was pieced together which led to the discovery of

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

an extensive crack on the Gulf’s floor last September.
The Explorer will concentrate on Atka Pass and the
south coast of Atka Island.

An electronic distance-measuring device, the Tellu-
rometer, which was field tested in the Aleutians last
season and later used on the Interstate Highway surveys
in this country, will be used to establish the control
points for Explorer’s survey along the north and south
sides of Amlia Island.

Four ships at work prior to April 1 are: The Marmer,
which is now making a circularitory survey of New York
Harbor. The Gilbert, making a current survey of
Georgetown Harbor, S.C. The Sosbee, is continuing a
survey of Tampa Bay, Fla., which should be completed
within a year. One unit of the East Coast Field Party,
which has been supporting the Sosbee in Tampa Bay, left
St. Petersburg about April 1, to survey a portion of the
St. Johns River adjacent to the Naval Air Station at
Jacksonville, Fla. The last survey to be made in the area
was in 1934-35. The Scott is now making an inspection
of the east coast from Norfolk, Va., to Key West. The
information will be used in revisions of the Coast Pilots
which are books that contain detailed information to sup-
plement the charts.

The Coast and Geodetic Survey’s responsibility for
charting the coastal waters of the United States and its
possessions involves over 90,000 miles of tidal shore-
line and about 25 million square milesyof water area. In
order to accomplish this task the Survey has resorted
to modern electronic instruments such as Raydist,
Shoran, and the Electronic Position Indicator which are
used to determine the ships position. The water’s depth
is determined by the sonic depth recorder, another elec-
tronic device that accurately measures the time it takes a
sound wave to travel to the bottom and return as an echo.

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PURCHASES, JANUARY-APRIL 1958: Fresh and
Frozen Fishery Products: A total of 2.2 million pounds (value $1.2 million) of fresh

and frozen fishery products
were purchased in April 1958
for the use of the Armed
Forces under the Department
of Defense by the Military Sub-
sistence Market Centers. The
April 1958 purchases were
higher than the purchases in
the preceding month by 31.4
percent and above the same

Table 1 - Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products,
urchased by Military Subsistence Market Centers,
April 1958 with Comparisons

VALUE

April Jan.-April
1958 1957

month in 1957 by 21.5 percent. The value of the purchases this April exceeded the
March 1958 purchases by 18.1 percent and the April 1957 purchases by 22.7 percent.

For the first four months
of 1958 purchases totaled 7.3
million pounds, valued at $4.1
million--a decrease of 1.6 per-
cent in quantity, but 8.1 percent
higher in value as compared
with January-April 1957.

Table 2 - Canned Fishery Products Purchased by
Military Subsistence Market Centers,
April 1958 with Comparisons

Canned Fishery Products:
Tuna was the principal canned
fishery product purchased by
the Military Subsistence Mar-

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

ket Centers in April 1958. During the firstfour months of 1958 the total purchases

of canned fish were up 24.2 percent from the same period of 1957.
NOTE: SOME LOCAL PURCHASES ARE NOT INCLUDED. ACTUAL PURCHASES ARE HIGHER THAN INDICATED BECAUSE
iT 1S NOT POSSIBLE TO OBTAIN LOCAL PURCHASES.

Fisheries Loan Fund

LOANS THROUGH MAY 14, 1958: As of May 14, 1958, a total of 436 applica-
tions for fisheries loans totaling $15,905,558 had been received. Of these 220
($5,701,592) have been approved, and 124 ($3,485,246) have been declined. As sev-
eral applications have been deferred indefinitely at the request of the applicants,
sufficient funds have been available to process all applications received to date. Un-
less the amount of funds applied for increases unexpectedly, funds will be available
to process applications received during the next two months without delay.

The following loans have been approved between July 1, 1957, and May 14, 1958:

New England Area: Kenneth L, Lovett, Rye, N. H., $4,500; Franklin L. Libby,
Beals, Me., $3,000; Charles A. Bennett, Provincetown, Mass., $6,000; Samuel Cot-
tle, Jr., Wakefield, R. I., $27,825; Bluewaters, Inc., Gloucester, Mass., $53,000;
Pasquale Maniscalco, Somerville, Mass., $43,195; Harmon Tibbetts, Jr., Boothbay
Harbor, Me., $2,000; Silver Sea Inc., Portland, Me., $42,282; O'Hara Bros. Co., Inc.,
Boston, Mass., $102,800; Vandal, Inc., Portland, Me., $25,000; Gerald L. Small,
Owls Head, Me., $1,000; Cumberland Fisheries, Portland Me., $46,000; Salvatore
Passanisi, Somerville, Mass., $53,300; Lorenzo Sossanno, Gloucester, Mass.,
$40,000; Muskegon, Inc., Portland, Me., $32,000; Boat M. C. Ballard, Inc., Boston,
Mass., $39,910; Trawler Bonnie Billow, Inc., Boston, Mass., $35,062; Warren S.
Martin, Portland, Me., $6,000; Cleary Corp., New Bedford, Mass., $51,500; Luben-
ray Inc., Fairhaven, Mass., $39,500; Boat Camden Inc., New Bedford, Mass, $34,600;
Robert McLellan, Boothbay Harbor, Me., $23,500; John Bruno & Son Co., Inc,, Bos-
ton, Mass., $27,121; Boat Mary Anne, Inc., New Bedford, Mass., $40,000; Charles C.
Miller, Point Pleasant N. J., $20,469; James Maniscalco, Somerville, Mass., $36,000;
Albert M. Bridges, Brooklin, Me., $4,000; John Field, Monhegan Island, Me., $3,000;
Attilio Marchetti, Newport, R. I., $8,500; Henry S. Powell, Waldoboro, Me., $7,000;
Segura & Segura, Provincetown,Mass., $7,684; John Wright Morton II, Scarborough,
Me., $12,000; Marco A. Giacalone, Boston, Mass., $36,000; and Cosimo Parco,
Gloucester, Mass., $35,000; total, $948,748.

Middle Atlantic Area: Charles H. Smyth, Jr., Absecon, N. J., $4,000.

South Atlantic and Gulf Area: E. H. Holton T/A, Vandemere, N. C., $125,000;
Valcour Vizier, Cut Off, La., $19,306; W. C. Mobley, Aransas, Tex., $24,000; Fred F.
Sanders Seafood, Inc., Savannah, Ga., $49,324; J. H. Morgan, McIntosh, Ga., $20,000;
Louie Rash-Cecil Drake, Pascagoula, Miss., $32,000; Wm. Milton Anders, Kemah,
Tex., $15,500; Paul V. Pitre & Louis J. Pitre, Cut Off, La., $28,000; Billy Jay Brown,
New Orleans, La., $10,991; Monroe & Guy Taylor, Sea Level, N. C., $18,569; Rich-
ard H. Jones, Fernandina Beach, Fla., $16,000; Hilton Toomer, Key West, Fla.,
$14,000; Richard W. Marshall, Gulfport, Miss., $5,800, and Robert D. Smallwood, Jr.,
Everglades, Fla., $24,500; total, $402,990. :

: California: Darrell D. Foreman, Costa Mesa, $10,000; Charles E. Graham
San Diego, $5,000; Malcolm S. Rice, San Diego, $87,780; R. Carpenter & Sons, :
Bodega Bay, $10,000; Anthony F. Bozanich, San Pedro, $30,000; Grover V. Nell
San Diego, $8,900; Nick Trutanich, San Pedro, $68,000; Josie Scuito, San Diego,
$75,000; N. F. Trutanic, San Pedro, $130,000; Charles L. & Catherine N. White,

San Diego, $1,383; Floyd A. Hill, San Diego, $4,975: and Mi ;
Aptos, $4,363; total, $435,401. Be wed:

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

25

Hawaii: John A. Hodges, Lanikai, Oahu, $9,000; Harold Fujiwara, Waialua,
Oahu, $7,290; and Mitsuo Higashi, Waimea, Kauai, $3,250; total, 19,450.

Pacific Northwest Area: Grant U. Baldwin, Westport, Wash., $2,500; K. R.
Thomas, Chehalis, Wash., $7,000; A. T. Davies - Tuna Vessel Commander Inc.,
Tacoma, Wash., $47,187; A. T. Davies, Seafarer, Inc., Tacoma, Wash., $66,872;
Kaare Angell, Snohomish, Wash., $10,000; Richard Branshaw, Tokeland, Wash.,
$5,000; Martin L. Smith, Rockaway, Ore., $6,000; Clarence R. Bushnell, Tokeland,
Wash., $9,634; John W. Nevill, Seattle, Wash., $3,200; Albert A. Anderson, Seattle,
Wash., $2,500; Robert Egelkrout, Burlington, Wash., $15,000; John W. Nevill, Seattle,
Wash., $1,575; Frank E. Deiner, Edwards, Wash., $2,500; Lawrence T. Fleming,
Chehalis, Wash., $3,500; Cal Scott Cutler, Westport, Wash., $1,650; Boat Daily,
Seattle, Wash., $10,000; James H. Cope, Seattle, Wash., $15,000; Erling Jacobsen,
Seattle, Wash., $22,000; Joseph & Peter Evich, Bellingham, Wash., $25,000; and
Samuel E. Hendricksen, Seattle, Wash., $10,000; total, $266,118.

Alaska: Gerald G. Bennett, Ketchikan, $1,200; Charles E. Swan, Douglas, $750;
Allen Sandstrom, Cordova, $2,500; and Orville F. Wagner, Idaho Inlet, $8,000; total,

$12,450.

Great Lakes Area: William Brown, Croswell, Mich.,

a
NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, AUGUST 1957, P. 18.

$8,000. *

Fishery Marketing Specialist GS-5 Examination

The U. S. Civil Service Commission announced on February 18, 1958, Announce-
ment No. 156 (B), an assembled examination for positions of Fishery Marketing Spe-

cialists, GS-5 ($3670 a year). A list of places where ex-

amination will be held accompanies this announcement.
The examination remains open until further notice.

The positions to be filled from this examination are
located in the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service of the De-
partment of the Interior, and other Federal agencies in
Washington, D. C. and throughout the United States, its
Territories and possessions,

Fishery Marketing Specialists' work relates to
fishery production and marketing. The duties involve
investigation and market research concerning commer-
cial fisheries or fishery commodities; also perform
work relating to Fishery Market News reporting ser-
vices--collection, analysis, and dissemination of infor-
mation relating to production, supply, demand, movement,
distribution, prices, and other phases of marketing. In
some of these positions a small amount of typing is ex-
pected.

Except for the substitution of educationfor experi-
ence, applicants must have had 3 years of responsible
experience in any position involving (a) the collection
and compilation of market information and statistics on
fishery products and the preparation from such data of
analytical articles or bulletins for publication; or
(b) marketing research requiring knowledge of commer-
cial methods and practices in producing, processing,

Announcement No. 156 (B)
Issued: May 6, 1958
No Closing Dato

The United States Civil Service

Commission

Announces an Examination for

Fishery
Marketing
Specialist

$3,670 a Year

(Grade GS-5)

APPLY TO
Executive Secretary
Board of U. S. Civil Service Examiners
Fish and Wildlife Service
Department of the Interior
Washington 25, D. C.

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

transporting, or marketing of fishery products; or (c) accounting, market promotion-
al, or production activities in the fisheries requiring a good knowledge of methods
and practices in that field. The experience must have been of a progressively re-
sponsible nature.

Study successfully completed at an accredited college or university may be sub-
stituted for experience as follows: (1) Four years of study which included courses
as shown in (a) or (b) below may be substituted for a maximum of 3 years of experi-
ence: (a) At least 10 semester hours or 15 quarter hours in fisheries subjects.
Majors may include fish and game management, fish and wildlife conservation, bi-
ology, and zoology. (b) At least 10 semesterhours or 15 quarter hours in economics
of food or marketing of food or in statistics. Majors may be economics, business
administration, marketing or statistics. Less than 4 years of education may be sub-
stituted for experience atthe rateof 1 year of education for 9 months of experience
provided that such education included a proportionate number of semester hours in
the qualifying subjects above. (2) Study with a major in economics or marketing in
fields other than food may be substituted for experience at the rate of 1 academic
year of education for 6 months of experience, not to exceed 2 years of the required
experience.

Competitors for all positions will be required to take a written test designed
to measure their ability to understand, learn, and interpret regulations and practices
and in general, to perform the duties of the position. The test will include interpre-
tations of written paragraphs, the meanings of words, arithmetic computations and
problems, and some questions involving spatial ability. Samples of the tests on
Form AN 3514 (see questions 1 through 8) will be furnished to applicants with their
notices of admission to the written test. About 2 hours will be required for the writ-
ten test.

Competitors will be rated on the written test on a basis of 100. To pass the
written test, competitors must attain a rating of at least 70.

You must also show that you are a United States citizen; that you are physical-
ly able to do the work involved in the position for which you apply; and that you have
reached your 18th birthday on the date of filing application. There is no maximum
age limit for this examination.

For further information on how to apply for this examination write to any Civil

Service Regional Office, or U. S. Civil Service Commission, Washington 25, D. C.
NOTE: ALSO = COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, JUNE 1958, P. 27.
dr

Florida

SHRIMP TAGGING PROGRAM: The multimillion dollar fishery for pink shrimp
out of Key West, on the Tortugas grounds, depends on the shallow-water brackish
areas at the southern tip of Florida for its supply of shrimp. The Everglades Na-
tional Park area is part of the "nursery" grounds where tiny shrimp grow, protect-
ed from the dangers of oceanic life. When the shrimp get to be about 3-4 inches
long they move seaward in enormous numbers, Later, when they become larger,
they are caught by night-fishing trawlers out of Key West, Fort Myers, and other
south Florida ports. The adult shrimp, as much as 7-8 inches long, spawn offshore
and their microscopic larvae drift shoreward into Park waters,

Biologists of the Marine Laboratory of the University of Miami suspected that
the large numbers of small shrimp seen in the Park waters were probably the young
of the big shrimp caught offshore, but until recently this was not certain.

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

Then tag number 064, consisting of two kelly-green discs fastened to the shrimp
by a nickel pin, came into the hands of a Marine Laboratory biologist. The tagged
shrimp, which had been free 123 days, was caught on the fishing grounds 62 miles in
a straight line from where it had been tagged in Coot Bay, a few miles north of Fla-
mingo.

The shrimp, one of about 1,000 tagged in the Park area, had grown about 1-5
inches during the four months at large. This is an increase from about 100 "count"
to 36 ''count'' in fishermen's language, meaning that it would have taken about 100
tails of shrimp the size it was when tagged to make a pound and only about 36 at the
time of its capture to make a pound,

In addition to this tagging program, which is part of the research being conduct-
ed by the Marine Laboratory on the shrimp fishery for the Florida State Board of
Conservation, shrimp have been tagged in the commercial fishery and returns have
been surprisingly good. Between 25 and 30 percent of all tagged shrimp released
have been captured a second time. The valuable information obtained on migrations
and growth of the shrimp will eventually help conserve this great resource.

4

Fur-Seal Prices Advance at Government Spring Auction

An average advance of 8.9 percent in prices paid at the semiannual auction of
Government-owned fur-seal skins marked the spring sale held in St. Louis onJune7.
A total of 25,386 skins, products of the sealing industry administered by the Depart-
ment of the Interior's Bureau of Commercial Fisheries on the Pribilof Islands of
of Alaska, brought $1,809,272. This compares with 28,782 skins sold for $1,983,208
at the October 1957 sale. The average for all skins sold for the account of the Unit-
ed States Government at the June 7 sale was $71.27; the average at the October 1957
auction was $68.90.

The Alaska skins included 7,568 black, 14,221 dyed ''Matara'' (brown), and 3,597
of the newest shade called ''Kitovi.'' The black skins sold at an average of $81.04;
Mataras at $67.84; and Kitovis at $64.26.

In addition to the United States skins, 11,324 South Africa fur-seal skins were
sold for private shippers and the account of the Government of South Africa at an
average of $26.60, an advance of 3.4 percent; 500 Uruguay fur-seal skins were sold
for the Government of Uruguay at an average of $26.36.

The auction held at the show rooms of the Fouke Fur Company in St. Louis,
Mo., normally set for April, was delayed because of a labor-management dispute
at the Fouke plant.

NOTE: SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, DECEMBER 1957, P. 21.

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

FIELD TEST OF CHEMICAL FOR KILLING YOUNG SEA LAMPREY SUCCESS-
FUL: A successful field test of a chemical found effective in destroying young sea
lamprey without harming fish was carried out on May 14, 1958, at Mosquito Creek,
a well known rainbow trout stream flowing into Lake Superior about 15 miles east
of Munising, Mich. The action of this particular chemical, one of several being in-
vestigated, had not previously been studied under stream conditions.

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

The chemical was fed into the stream above the areas infested with the parasite

for eight hours.

treatment within an hour and were all dead after seven hours of exposure.

Young lamprey held in cages in the stream showed the effects of

Lamprey

in the stream were similarly affected and sampling crews found many dead, but no

living lamprey, following the treatment.

Rainbow trout in the stream became restless, but only one casualty was ob-
served and this a fish weakened by earlier sea lamprey attack. Several rainbow
actually took anglers' lures during the treatment. Aquatic worms were killed by
the chemical but the damage to insect larvae and other forms of stream life was

negligible.

The test was carried out by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries as part
of the lamprey control program of the Great Lakes Fishery Commission,

Further testing will be carried out during the summer on larger streams where
application will be more difficult. Should these tests continue to prove successful,
the chemical technique will assume an important role in the early control of the sea
lamprey which has destroyed lake trout in Lakes Michigan and Huron and is now

rapidly reducing stocks of trout in Lake Superior.

NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, JUNE 1958, Piweg

sk osle
“6

a

sk
aK

SURVEY OF WESTERN LAKE ERIE CONTINUED BY M/V ''CISCO:" Studies
on the life history of 15 important species of fish in western Lake Erie were con-

tinued by the Great Lakes Fishery Investigations research vessel Cisco.

The major

objective of the work by the Cisco during 1958 is to obtain as much information as
possible concerning spawning habits, egg survival, hatching, fry survival, and early
life history of the fish in western Lake Erie.

Cruise 1 (March 24-April 8, 1958): A record
ice Jam in southern Lake Huron caused a three
weeks' delay in moving the Cisco from its winter
base in Bay City, Mich.,to Lake Erie. Thuscruise
1 was entirely eliminated and cruise 2 was late in
getting started.

Cruise 2 (April 15-18): During this cruise, 4
special trawling stations, designated as ''index"'
stations, were established. These stations will be
visited several times each year to gather data that
may be useful for predicting future abundance of
marketable fish. The Cisco joined the Musky and
an outboard motorboat in the ''index'' trawling op-
erations, The ''index'' stations are located north
of Stony Point, Mich., north of Bono, Ohio, east of
South Bass Island, and east of Cedar Point, Ohio.
Limnological data including water, plankton, and
oe samples were also collected-at these sta-

ons,

CISCO, RESEARCH VESSEL OF THE SERVICE'S GREAT LAKES FISH-
ERIES INVESTIGATION,

In addition to the ''index'' fishing, the Cisco also
trawled in areas southeast of the Detroit River
Light, south of Middle Sister Island, and north of
Lorain, A catch of more than 5,000 smelt was
made in one 10-minute drag near the Detroit River
Light, but otherwise catches were generally light.
Yellow perch predominated in most cases. Smelt
catches were usually small because the majority
of this species were in inshore spawning areas,
Most of the smelt and perch taken were either in
spawning condition or were freshly spent. The
catches also included mooneye, white sucker, carp,
emerald shiner, spottail shiner, silver chub, chan-
nel catfish, brindled madtom, burbot, trout-perch,
white bass, walleye, blue pike, johnny darter, log-
perch, and sheepshead. The mature walleye were
ripe or nearly so. Emerald shiners were the only
species found off the bottom in any numbers. They
were, in fact, apparently more numerous near the
surface than near the bottom. A small plankton net
attached to the trawl took no fish larvae.

A moderate degree of thermal stratification
which had developed in the western basin of Lake
Erie was broken up by high winds toward the end
of cruise 2, Surface temperatures ranged from
6.29 C, to 13.7° C. (43.29 F, to 56.79 F.), except
for somewhat higher temperatures at the mouth of
the Raisin River.

Only common names will be used in the cruise
reports. The following are common and scientific
names of fish that will probably be taken in Lake
Erie this year:

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

Common Names Scientific Names | } gest the possibility of a poor hatch of these species
Quis 5 coupe sues noupE Alosa pseudoharengus in 1957, but it is too early in the season to be cer-
Black crappie.......-.... Pomoxis nigromaculatus tain
IBlueipikemme-eea- e-p-e-a-pon- eerie Stizostedion vitreunr giaucum
Brindled madtom ......... Noturus miurus
Brown bullhead........... Ictalurus nebulosus At the beginning of the cruise an appreciable
aan Be eee 5 smelt die-off (probably post-spawning mortality)
penetrance he See cae was in progress. The dead and dying fish were
sooooscng0o 6 J punctatus yoearstik 6
(Channel darter ........... Percina copelandi adly fungused. By the end of the cruise, however,
elses Make)herring) » +. ++. | Deucichthys artedi the mortality seemed to have run its course, The
ae ena eGo dO nS Od 06 poepss & nemnaldes unaffected smelt showed a striking postspawning
PRS oo ietvekiaiece ped 5 : ae :
[cotaish Re iy lie Ganassiustaunatis improvement in condition during the two-week pe-
lohnnyadanterniersesus ete) pens Etheostoma nigrum riod,
LASS EEE, pomndoaogo0 Acipenser fulvescens
Mopperchw iim er nen Cue a Percina caprodes A few fish fry were taken in plankton nets tow-
Moone yes Soc Gna dono bd odG Hiodon fer usus ae ed at various depths alongside the boat or attached
Seperate Seu Sta pelfecidan to the headrope of the trawls. The fry have not
ISheepshead (fresh-water drum) Aplodinctaai pointe been positively identified as yet, but appeared to
Silvexichubmr nein tpn nnn Hybopsis storeriana be smelt.
ISlimy muddler (sculpin) .... . Cottus cognatus
ema tmouth EES ono ob a5 O05 Gaerobtems solomieul. During the warm, still weather which prevailed
Spoonhead muddler (sculpin) . . | Cottus rlcei toward the end of the cruise, the water in western
Spottail hing neey eee ay Notropis hudsonius Lake Erie became thermally stratified and surface
Stonecatasetenismecen-Semer men ci Noturus flavus water temperature rose rapidly. Surface temper-
furouteperch Stee ee ee eee Percopsis omiscomaycus atures rose from a low of 9.0° C. (48.2° F.) at the
White bass oe, i ee en ae Rasa a aieum “ae beginning of the cruise to a high of 20.09 C.
Whitercrappie 9) 55) ale vole Pomoxis annularis (68.0° F.) at the end of the cruise.
Whitefish ododgotadooan ao Coregonus clupeaformis
Waite acre 0: C-BAND mid Oates a Catostomus commersoni The Cisco participated ina syngptic survey of
NF) a encaptlavescens! western Lake Erie on May 13, 14, and 15. Two

other vessels (the Service's M/V Musky and the
Cruise 3 (May 6-19): Regular trawling stations and the SP-2 from the Ohio Division of Wildlife)

in western Lake Erie east of South Bass Island, cooperated in these surveys. Similar synoptic
south of Rattlesnake Island, northwest of Pelee Is- cruises will be repeated in midsummer and fall
land, south of Kingsville (Ontario), southeast and this year. Each vessel took surface water sam-
southwest of the Detroit River light, northeast of ples and temperatures at 2-mile intervals. Drift
Monroe (Michigan), southwest of West Sister Is- bottles were released at a number of points. Bath-
land, south of Middle Sister Island, east of San- ythermograph casts were made at 4-mile intervals

aboard the Cisco, Analyses for total alkalinity and
turbidity were made on most water samples taken
by the Cisco.

dusky (Ohio), and north of Lorain (Ohio), were
visited during cruise 3. Tows will be repeated at
these stations to follow changes in the distribution
and composition of fish stocks. Limited trawling
was also done in Sandusky Bay. Catches in nearly
every case were predominately smelt and yellow
perch, Emerald shiners, spottail shiners, and :
u : pressure. An anemometer was recently installed
Sten eset Sas eaten Be pence soaea es aboard the Cisco for accurate wind velocity read-
D ~ rh Sos i Soa aN eS ¢ rae EE VA ings. Weather data will be related to information
sneapaliaad andthe avetapacies aecenien eraatiee collected at shore stations to determine how weath-
, infl the lak d the effect of the lake on
white sucker, goldfish, carp, brown bullhead, stone- Sees AAS pet ear iS
cat, burbot, logperch, river darter, sauger, rock
bass, white crappie (Sandusky Bay only), and north- Preliminary analysis of the turbidity and total
ern muddler. alkalinity values provides evidence that the main

‘Ori current of the Detroit River outflow passed between
er a le ms ranegeme lt and yellow Middle Sister Island and West Sister Island on

perch had spawned, but a few were still gravid or REG a Wn aaT Cone deta eanicniensttare
Pes anes Bad comioleiee! SpeNaniae, Noo Oe bidity and alkalinity was Gaacuntenoinneaiarei
Wee GEREE ppecress EEG 2 single northern! muddler, south of West Sister Island. This is probably Mau-
GOES GE! a & SPANTAIY Goaehikoyrs mee River water. Some shift in currents, which
appears to be associated with a shift in wind direc-

Extensive meteorological observations were
made, These included wind velocity and direction,
wet and dry bulb temperatures, and barometric

Most of the smelt were in the 5- to 6-inch size tion from NE. to NW., was noted on May 15. De-
range, and a sizable portion of the yellow perch troit River water extended 2 miles below West
ranged from 5.5 to 7.0 inches in length. Small Sister Island and Maumee River water occurred in
‘catches of year-old smelt and yellow perch sug- a narrow band along the south shore.

NOTE: PREVIOUSLY DESIGNATED CRUISE NUMBERS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED [N ORDER TO PREVENT POSSIBLE
CONFUSION AND SCHEDULE CONFLICTS AMONG AGENCIES COOPERATING IN SEVERAL FUTURE PROJECTS FOR WHICH DATES HAVE BEEN SET.

Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program
EXPLORATORY SURVEY OF SARDINE-LIKE FISHES IN GULF OF MEXICO

(M/V Oregon Cruise 49): Along the west coast of Florida, from Cape San Blas to
Ft. Myers Beach between the 10- and 30-fathom curves, extensive mid-water schools

were located by a cruise (completed April 24, 1958) of the U. S. Bureau of Commer-

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

cial Fisheries vessel Oregon. Sampling of these schools with a 40-foot nylon mid-
water trawl caught primarily sm

all round herring (Etrumeus teres), and lesser a-

mounts of anchovies (Anchoa

sp.), chub mackerel (Scomber
rex), and spanish sardines
ardinella anchovia). The
largest catch in this area
was 100 pounds in a 30-min-
ute tow. Echo-sounder re-
cordings, however, showed
very heavy concentrations

of fish, indicating that the
net was not positioned prop-
erly or that the fish were
avoiding the net.

These concentrations
were observed with echo-

0 ~ No catch,
GY - Approximate area of schools,

4 ~ Night-Light station,
PREDOM | NANTS.

A - ANCHOVIES: - CHUB MACKEREL
D - SCAD = ROUND HERRING
H - RAZOR BELLIES

sounders over a two-week
period. Two weeks prior to
the dark of the moon, mid-
water schools were observed
during hours of darkness and
daylight, but were not attract-
ed to surface lights at night.

M/V OREGON CRUISE 49 (APRIL

but became heavily concentrated

During the dark of the moon,

3-24,1958). midwater schools were not
detected during daylighthours

at depths of 5 to 10 fathoms immediately after sun-

set and remained schooled at these depths until dawn. During the dark of the moon
also, large quantities of these fish, attracted to a 1,000-watt light shortly after sun-
set, would remain all night and begin milling shortly before dawn. These were sam-
pled with a lampara net and found to be composed of the same species as the mid-

water trawl catches.

The last three days of the cruise were spent surveying between Pensacola and

the Mississippi Delta, in depths

of 5 to 20 fathoms. Small anchovies were found in

7; fathoms off the north end of Chandeleur Island. Razorbellies (Harengula pensa-
colae) which were abundant in this area during February and March were not located

on this cruise.

RED SNAPPER EXPLORA-
TORY TRAWLING TRIP ON
CAMPECHE BANK (M/V Silver
Bay Cruise 8): To locate suit-
able trawling grounds and toat-
tempt bottom trawling for red
snapper on Campeche Bank, the
U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries exploratory fishing
vessel Silver Bay conducted a
23-day cruise which ended
May 20, 1958.

Best fishing was south and
southeast of Cay Arcas, in 20-
35 fathoms. During 5 days of
Operation (33 drags), 4,600

M/V SILVER BAY CRUISE 8 (APRIL 28 TO MAY 20, 1958).

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

pounds of snapper and 700 pounds of grouper were caught with the trawl in this area.
The best individual tow caught 870 pounds of snapper and 50 pounds of grouper.

Trawling in the area east of the Tri-
angles resulted in 2 snapper catches of
245 and 248 pounds. Catches to the
north and east across the Bank produced
catches varying from zero to 100 pounds.
The average tow ran 1 to 2 hours, de-
pending on bottom conditions,

A total of 90 exploratory drags was
made, A small, heavy-duty, New Eng-
land-style fish trawl was used on 81
drags. In spite of several hang-ups on
rocks, there was no serious gear dam-
age during the entire trip. The net had
a 52-foot headrope and 72-foot footrope,
and was made of ;<"' diameter braided
nylon twine, 44'' stretched mesh in the
body, and 5'' stretched mesh in the cod
end. The footrope was rigged its entire
length with 20'' diameter rollers and 38
trawl plane floats were spaced along the
headrope. Eight-foot bracket doors were
fished 10 fathoms ahead of the wings.
Towing was carried on at half speed due
to the small size of the net.

The performance of the otter-trawl
gear was considered to be excellent, with
only occasional slight tears in the net-
ting. It was found that with the exception
of scattered high ''peaks'’ which can
uaually be avoided, the red snapper

WE ose

2)

2 eis ah

FIG. 2 - A CATCH OF RED SNAPPER AND SOME GROUP-
ER IN THE COD END OF THE TRAWLING NET, WHICH
1S BEING HOISTED ABOARD THE EXPLORATORY FISH-
ING VESSEL SILVER BAY. THE VESSEL WAS FISHING
ON CAMPECHE BANK.

grounds of Campeche are, for the most part, trawlable with this type of gear.

During the trip, 9 experimental snapper traps were set, but only 1 was success-
ful. In this case, the trap took 13 red snapper (about 2 pounds each) after 2 days in

in the water. Another

[_THE NUMEROUS SMALLER FISH WERE CAUGHT WHEN A 2 STRETCHED MESH LINER WAS USED FOR SAMPLING PURPOSES.

Table I - Weight Tabulation of Snapper and Grouper Catch by M/V Silver Bay Cruise 8
Species —Weig trap caught a 12-pound
Latin Name Common Name Total — Range grouper after the same
Hela inaidok un > Ame bdo i
Snappers and Related Fish: length of time.
Lutianus aya ......... Red snapper 1/3,298 5 1-27
Lutianus synagris ..... Lane snapper 1/1,043 2 1-4
Lutianus analis........ Muttonfish I/ 879 12 3-20 One set was made
Lutianus cyanopterus .. .| Cuban snapper 55 20 15-25 A - s
Lutianus griseus....... Gray snapper 30 2 ilar! with a sink gill net.
Lutianus apodus_ ...... Schoolmaster 58 8 6-30 The net was fished on
Lutianus buccanella Blackfin snapper 14 6 3-8
Lutianus vivianus Silk snapper (yellow-eye 7 7 7 the bottom for 24 hours
Ocyurus chrysurus Yellowtail snapper 1U/ GS 1 1-4 =
Rhomboplites sp. ..... Vermillion snapper a 60 1 1-2 and caught one 3 pound
imus maximus . . | Hogfish 41 9 3-12 lane snapper, but had
Lotalysnappe cies pps Gao eee ee a eee 5,542 been badly fouled by 2

[=a T y .

Groupers and Related Fish: 12-foot tiger shark and
Epinephelus morio ..... Red grouper 870 12 3-20 .
Epinephelus nigretus . . . . | Warsaw grouper 12 12 12 a 150-pound sting ray.
Epinephelus guttatus ... . | Red hind 2 2 2
Epinephelus striatus .... | Nassau grouper 8 8 8
Epinephelus microlepis . . | Gag 60 8 2-16 The total snapper
Mycteroperca phenex Scamp 143 4 3-6
Mycteroperca falcata Scamp 8 4 4 catch of 9,542 pounds
Mycteropenca bonaci Bleck erouE er Be ea npOeTeeta) was comprl sed of 10

romicropsitaira...... potted jewfis = . . -
Total fp@hoe ococesoc cdod vos ep ODuoODENUEoosene 1,892 species, with red snap
GOES NOT: INCLUDE ane MTG SIZES GF SNAPPER CAUGHT. WITH THE 5" STRETCHED MESH COD END WERE 2 TO 1 POUND. per and lane snapper

accounting for approxi-

32 ’ COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Wol, 20, NWO, 7

mately 80 percent of the catch. The grouper catch of 1,892 pounds contained 9 spe-
cies. For the most part, minimum sizes of snapper caught with the 5 stretched
mesh cod end were 2 to 1 pound.

kK KOK OK

SURVEY OF MIDWATER SCHOOLING FISH CONTINUED IN GULF OF MEXICO
(M/V Oregon Cruise 50): From May 12-23, 1958, the southern Gulf, from the north-
ern shelves off the north coast of Yucatan to Arcas Reef on the Campeche Bank, was
extensively investigated by the U. 5S. Eset Permian Fisheries ¢ sp cuca :

ishi ly light signs of midwater schools were observed. Bes
PEEING VOSS aE ee is es er indications were found about
40 miles NE. of Alacran Reef
in 25-30 fathoms where wide-
spread, but loosely aggregated
schools, were observed at
night. Sampling of these
schools resulted in small (up
to 150-pound) catches, con-
sisting predominately of 6-
8-inch round herring (Etru-
meus) with a few scad (Decap-
terus). Further south only —
occasional light trac.ngs were
obtained and sampling efforts

4p ~ Approximate area off schools.

2 = Nighi sain, were generally unproductive.
Ee ale, A few catches indicated that
B= ScaD)E — meamo Kenna some of these tracings were
: squid, On one occasion a
M/V OREGON CRUISE 50 (MAY 10-27,1958). school of chub mackerel sur-

rounded the vessel at the end
of a drag, but sounded and apparently scattered when the vessel resumed towing op-
erations,

Relatively heavy bottom schools were noted on the recorder over most of the
area indicated, but could not be sampled with the trawl. Attempts to attract schools
to night lights were uniformly unsuccessful.

The period of May 24-27 was spent in surveying the area of the north Gulf be-
tween South Pass, Mississippi River Delta, and the north end of Chandeleur Island.
Again, only occasional schools were recorded, although fairly heavy concentrations
of razorbellies were observed one night in 8-10 fathoms of water. One drag, in 10
fathoms southeast of Chandeleur Island, caught 150 pounds of mixed chub mackerel

cigarfish, and small butterfish, but a large part of the catch was lost through tears
in the trawl.

>

In both areas schools were seen on the recorders primarily at night.

Maryland

CONTRIBUTION OF SHELL PLANTINGS TO velop into tiny free-swimming larvae that travel
OYSTER PRODUCTION: Shells planted by State with the tides for about two weeks. At the end of
and private agencies in Maryland waters provide this period they must cement themselves (''set'') on

suitable ''cultch" (oyster shell thus far has proven a firm obj ivi

f % ject, usually an old shell or a living oys-
ie be the most practical cultch under Maryland ter, that will support them above the Bottoms They
conditions). Cultch is a biological necessity forthe| are unable at this stage to survive in or upon the
Survival of baby oysters. Fertile oyster eggs de- layer of silt that exists even in firm bottom. Upon

July 1958

cementing themselves they make certain body
changes (metamorphoses) through which they be-
‘come the oyster with which we all are familiar.
Without suitable cultch no young oysters can be
produced.'

Bare shells obviously cannot receive a set of
young oysters or "spat" unless oyster larvae occur
in the water where they are planted. This means
that there must be brood oysters to produce enough
larvae for satisfactory setting. In some areas
brood oysters have become extremely scarce. In
other areas there are abundant brood oysters but
the larvae become so scattered through strong tid-
al mixing that few are left over the bar where
cultch is available. At times quantities of barna-
cles, Bryozoa, and many other forms of attached
marine growth, as well as silt, may cover the shell
surfaces before the oyster larvae are ready to at-
tach. These and other factors greatly influence the
quantity of oyster set upon the shells and at times
may prevent any set at all.

OYSTER SPAT (MAGNIFIED MANY TIMES) ON SMALL
PEBBLE.

Before man began to harvest them, all oysters
completed their lives and died upon the bottom
where they had set. Their shells thus continuously
added to the cultch upon the oyster bed. Continued
and intensive harvesting has interrupted this nat-
ural accumulation and, as older shells broke down
or were silted over, many former oyster beds now
have very little suitable cultch upon them. Where
it is known that larvae will set in sufficient quan-
tity, and it is decided to utilize the local set for a
crop of adult oysters, then shells can be planted
directly upon the beds and left there for maturity
of the set that they receive. Where it is known that
oyster setting is sparse, or almost absent, shells
can first be planted elsewhere where the rate of
setting is known to be unusually high. Areas of this
nature are called ''seed areas.'' After the spat
have attached, the shells are taken up and planted
as ''seed'' on beds where they are to grow to matu-
rity. Production based upon seed oysters has the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

advantage of even-aged crops in the-right concen-
tration but involves more expense because of the
transplanting from seed areas to growing areas.

Yields from private shell plantings can easily be
measured by the books of the planters, but yields

KEK EK:

33

from plantings on public bars are difficult to meas-
ure since the crops produced are usually combined
with those from natural or unplanted areas. It is
possible, however, to judge the expected yields by
applying a knowledge of the normal natural setting
rate where the shells are planted, the rate of growth,
and the average normal mortality. We know that it
takes 350 oysters of 33-inch length to fillabushel.
In most places a 34-inch size is reached ata little
over three years of age or during the third autumn
season. The normal death rate among young oys-
ters seldom exceeds 10 percent per year after the
first autumn (when the set is counted) under most
Maryland conditions. Also clean shells planted at
the beginning of the summer will usually catch a-
bout four times as many spat as will old cultch.
Oyster research studies have produced a reason-
ably good picture of the average rate of setting on
old or natural cultch in most Maryland waters dur-
ing the past 15 years. By applying the above
knowledge we can calculate how long it will take to
produce a bushel of marketable oysters from a
bushel of planted shell under various rates of set-
ting on natural cultch. Thus it will require an
average setting rate on old cultch of about 125 spat
per bushel (equivalent to 500 spat per bushel on
clean shells) to produce a bushel’of 34-inch oys-
ters on planted shells by the third season, or about
45 per bushel to produce the same amount within
10 years, and at a natural setting rate of only 20
spat per bushel it would take about 24 years for a
bushel of 33-inch oysters to have been produced
for one bushel of shell. The above figures apply
only to early summer planted shells on hardbot-
tom. Shells that settle in the bottom or become
badly fouled before any oysters set will produce
much less.

Since the average amount of oyster set varies
greatly throughout the State, and from year to
year, the relative success of shell plantings canbe
expected to show great differences. Large areas
along the western side of the Chesapeake Bay and
in the upper portion of certain major rivers have
been found to average less than 20 spat per bushel
and shell plantings can seldom pay in such loca-
tions. Other large areas with slightly higher sets
require fairly long periods for the shells to pay
for themselves, while in a few areas, mostly cer-
tain tributary waters, sets of 125 or more arenor-
mal and here shell plantings sometimes produce
excellent yields. There have been numerous in-
stances of individual failures and marked success-
es. Where to locate specific shell plantings, and
whether or not to use shells for seed production
or direct yields, are decisions that involve many
practical and political considerations. For overa
century the original oyster beds of Maryland were
stripped of oysters and shell before any attempts
at rehabilitation were made and the decline in pro-
duction was rapid. The combined efforts of State
and private planting at present cover only a small
percentage of the acreage of charted and potential
oyster bottom. Without the shell plantings of the
past quarter century, however, Maryland oyster
production would have fallen much below its pres-
ent level. Continued efforts in the increased and
most effective use of oyster shell and of substitute
cultch, both by the State and private planters, con-
stitutes an essential step in the building up of
Maryland oyster production. (March-April 1958
Maryland Tidewater News of the Maryland Depart-
ment of Research and Education.)

pa ERs

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

MARKETING CHANGES AFFECT FISHERIES CATCH IN 1957: Two changes in
marketing have affected Maryland's ocean fisheries, according to Maryland's Chesa-
peake Biological Laboratory. This observation was made after analyses of the re-
cords returned by licensed commercial fishermen and cooperating dealers anda

field survey of the Ocean City fisheries.

One change involved industrial fish production. Traditionally, the ocean fisher-
men return "trash" or industrial fish to the water, as they have been considered
worthless. During 1957, however, a processor at Bishopville, Md., started utilizing
for byproducts industrial fish and scrap from fishery plants. Several fish trawlers
from Ocean City supplied industrial fish to this processor. The 1957 catch of in-
dustrial fish from these trawlers amounted to over 5 times that of 1956, while the
1957 value was over 12 times that of 1956.

The second change, that of a lower demand, caused declines in surf clam fish-
ing, due to internal changes of the industry, rather than to any depletion of surf clam
beds. The records indicate that the surf clam beds can support the same amount of
fishing as practiced since 1953, because catches were maintained at high levels by
the active dredgers. The 1957 total catch and wholesale value, nevertheless, amount-
ed to approximately three-fourths of the 1956 totals.

Records also indicate a decrease of 7 percent in total fisheries production dur-
ing 1957 and 9 percent in value as compared with 1956. These fluctuations appear
to be normal for the ocean fisheries and the totals approximate the average of the
last 13 years (base years 1944-1956). The species catch in pounds and value of
croaker, gray sea trout, and surf clams reflected this apparent general decline,
while 1957 totals for bluefish, fluke, spot, sea bass, industrial fish, and conch show-
ed apparent rises.

Officials of the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory feel that the market for in-
dustrial fish can probably be expanded greatly at Ocean City, Md. A plant near
Ocean City should result in higher prices to the fisherman since transportation
costs of raw fish would be effectively reduced.

tet

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

HARD-SHELL AND SURF CLAM EXPLORATION STARTED BY M/V "SUNA-
PEE": The vessel Sunapee has been chartered by the U. 8. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries to conduct a survey of hard-shell and surf clam resources in Nantucket
Sound and adjacent areas. Operations were scheduled to begin on June 2, 1958, and
continue through the months of July and August, using a conventional commercial-
type jet dredge. The purpose of the survey during the three-month period will be to
undertake the location of new grounds and to determine the commercial potentiality
and abundance of hard-shell and surf clams that may be available in those areas,

This exploratory survey program was recommended by t
migsetica Cees g y the Atlantic States Marine

The majority of exploration time will be s i
; pent in Nantucket Sound, and the surf-
clam phase of the survey will be conducted in the offshore area surrounding the
Sound, using the same jet-dredging methods.

Oceanographic and biological information, as it pertains to the survey, will be

collected. Progress cruis iewi indi i
ae pee e reports, reviewing general exploratory findings, will

kk kK

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

LAUNCE OR SAND EEL EXPLORATIONS OFF NEW ENGLAND COAST INITI-
ATED: In order to initiate exploration for commercial concentrations of launce or
sand eels (Ammodytes sp.) off the New England coast, the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries chartered trawler Metacomet departed from East Boston during the week
of May 19, 1958. The Metacomet :
was to utilize a fine mesh otter
trawl of a design now used in the <4
Holland and Denmark sand-eel eee
commercial fisheries.

A commercial reduction fish-
ery now exists off the coasts of
Holland and Denmark for sand
eels, and in 1957 over 75 million
pounds were caught by small and
medium draggers from April
through July. This fishery has
developed since 1953, when the
Danes first started to fishthe sand
eel resource with phenomenonal
success. The fish meal and oil
product of this fishery is said to
be of unusually fine quality.

: SERVICE'S RESEARCH VESSEL METACOMET.
Since sand eels are known to : ——_

exist off the coast of New England in substantial quantities, the exploratory and gear
tests should give further information on the commercial possibilities of this type of
fishery in the New England area.

% OK OK OK OK

TUNA FISHING EXPLORATIONS IN WESTERN NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINUED
(M/V Delaware Cruise 58-2): This cruise is the first tuna long-line exploratory
cruise of the 1958 season and continues the program initiated in 1957 to investigate
the pelagic offshore resources of the western North Atlantic.

450, scotia i | Over 11 tons of bluefin tuna
so” GRAND BANK (Thunnus thynnus) were landed at

2 exploratory long-line stations
aoa: during this Delaware cruise.
=== - Vessel track. a Twelve exploratory stations were
@ - Long-tine station. “| fished in a 76,000-square-mile

“Gar Sea Boe area of the North Atlantic, extend-
ing from south of the Grand Banks
to the Gulf Stream track and west-
ward to anarea southeast of Georges
Bank. This marks the first time
this area has been investigated for
subsurface pelagic resources and
during this exploratory cruise ap-
proximately 15 tons of tuna were
taken.

Tuna long-line gear, of nylon
construction, similar to that being
used commercially in the Gulf of
Mexico, was used on all stations. The normal exploratory set during this cruise was
60 baskets (1 basket--826' long, 10 hooks per basket). On all sets frozen sea herring

M/V DELAWARE CRUISE 58-2 (APRIL 16 TO MAY 14, 1958).

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

(Clupea harengus) was used as tuna bait. No gear was reported lost during the
cruise,

Bluefin was the primary tuna species taken during the cruise, with an occasion-
al capture of yellowfin tuna (Thunnus albacares) and skipjack (Euthyn nus pelamis).
The major captures of bluefin were made on stations 11 and 14 utilizing 60 baskets
of gear at each station. The size of bluefin tuna averaged about 175 pounds each on
station 11, and 130 pounds on station 14. A total of 79 bluefin--the largest number
captured--were taken at station 11, equalling 13 fish for each 100 hooks.

Surface water temperatures ranged from 62° F. in the area south of the Grand
Banks to 73° F. in the area of 38°26' N. latitude, 59°40' W. longitude with principal
catches of bluefin tuna being made in the areas where the surface water ranged from
66° F. to 73° F, Bathythermograph casts were made at all fishing stations and the
results are being analyzed by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution.

Incidental species taken during the long-line operations consisted of 13 blue
sharks (Prionace glauca), 11 lancetfish (Alepisaurus ferox), 1 white-tipped shark
(Pterolamiops longimanus), and 1 silk shark (Eulamia floridan). No white or blue
marlin were taken during the cruise.

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

HADDOCK SAMPLES COLLECTED FOR ECOLOGICAL STUDIES (M/V Silver
Mink): During a one-day cruise (May 12, 1958), the U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries chartered vessel Silver Mink made observations and collected data for
the haddock ecology study. The area covered by the cruise included the Highland
Grounds north-northeast of Cape Cod Light, in 58-64 fathoms. The area fished was
25 miles wide (east to west) and 44 miles long (north to south). Three tows were
made with an otter trawl having a 14-inch mesh cod end liner. Two bathythermo-
graph lowerings were made. All species were identified and enumerated in one sam-
ple tow and the important species were measured. A sample of dabs was collected
for age and growth studies.

The total of 315 haddock taken was measured and scale samples were obtained
from 84 male and 59 female haddock. A total of 53 haddock was tagged.

In a sample of 52 male and 48 female haddock, fish weight, liver weight, gonad
weight and state of development, and drumming muscle length, weight and color were
recorded. Scales, fin rays, and stomach contents were collected.

Red hake were most abundant in the catch; whiting, haddock, and dabs were next
in order of abundance. Compared to previous cruises the average size of haddock
was larger and there was a marked increase in the number of whiting captured. A
few haddock were in spawning condition but the greater majority were spawned out.

kok KK OE

LIFE HISTORY STUDIES OF VARIOUS SPECIES OF INDUSTRIAL FISH AND
SCALLOPS INITIATED (M/V Jacquelyn): The first of a series of regular monthly
trips using the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries chartered vessel Jacquelyn
began on May 21, 1958. These one- and two-day trips were designed to obtain peri-
odic data for life history studies of various species of industrial fish and scallops.

Although fog hampered operations for most of the trip, a considerable amount
of sampling was done and a bed of scallops was located for year-round study.

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

Samples of scallops, red hake, scup, fluke, and yellowtail were brought back to
the Woods Hole laboratory for detailed study.

OK KR OK OK

UNDERWATER TELEVISION RESEARCH OFF CAPE COD (M/V Albatross III

Cruise 109): Underwater television research on the Cape Cod fishing grounds was
conducted by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel Albatross
Il on a three-day cruise that ended April 24.

FIG. 1A - TELEVISION CAMERA RIGGED TO STUDY THE EFFECT OF CHAFING GEAR ON ESCAPEMENT FROM

THE COD END. .

FIG. 1B - TELEVYSION CAMERA RIGGED ON TOP OF COD END TO OBSERVE FISH BEHAVIOR INSIDE THE COVER.

The research was concerned with the possible future use of television as a tool
for estimating sizes of populations of fish. The area off Cape Cod was selected for

ore te
Se Fe eee KS

FIG. 2 - UNDERWATER TELEVISION EQUIPMENT. TOP:
LEFT & CENTER--5 & 17 MONITORS; RIGHT --POW-
ER SUPPLY UNITS. CENTER: CAMERA HOUSING UNITS FIG. 3 - LOWERING UNDERWATER TELEVISION CAMERA
BOTTON: CAMERA COMPONENTS. DURING NIGHT OPERATIONS,

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

i the weather was
learness of the water at this time of the year. Unfortunately, :
aaa ona artificial lights were necessary to see the fish with the television camera.

The television camera was fastened in the cod end of the net so that the behavior
of the captured fish could be observed. In two of the experiments, holes (9 and 22
inches) were left in the ends of the nets so that the fish could escape. Surprisingly,
none of the fish caught made any serious attempt to leave through these back doors,
In all likelihood, this was due to the effect of the artificial light used. The fish caught
included dogfish, blackback and yellowtail flounders, cod, small haddock, and herring.
It was observed that the behavior of the fish was affected by the turbidity caused by
the net itself, especially when towed at slow speeds.

kok ke ok

HIGH-SPEED PLANKTON SAMPLER AND MULTIPLANE KITE OTTER TEST-
ED (M/V Albatross III Cruise 110): This cruise (completed May 8, 1958) of the U.S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries vessel Albatross III was made principally to cali-
brate equipment to be used with the Miller hi-speed plankton sampler. A newtype of
depressor, the multiplane kite otter, was used. Using j-inch wire and this depres-
sor, the wire curve was computed for speeds of 5, 7, and 10 knots, at depths of 50,
75, and 150 meters. The Miller sampler was tested at the same time.

A search for fish eggs and lar-
vae was made with a one-meter net.
A concentration of eggs and/or lar-
vae of haddock, cod, cusk, plaice,
and rockling was found on the south-
east part of Georges Bank.

ook ok ok ok

VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION OF
FISH EGGS AND LARVAE STUDIED
OFF GEORGES BANK (M/V Alba-
tross Ill Cruise 111): Horizontal
high-speed plankton tows were made
at 2-hour intervals for a period of
48 hours in the South Channel and
in the southeast part and southwest
part of Georges Bank during this
cruise of the U. S, Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries research vessel
Albatross III (completed May 28,
1958). The depths sampled ranged
from zero to 75 meters. In addition
96 bathythermograph lowerings were
made and 450 drift bottles released.

Larval haddock, cod, and floun-
der were fairly abundant and in gen-
eral appeared to be concentrated
at the 10-meter level in water deep-
er than 60 fathoms and at the 20-30
meter level in water of less than
60 fathoms,

HAULING IN THE HARDY PLANKTON RECORDER.

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

COMMERCIAL SHRIMP CATCHES OFF COAST OF WASHINGTON (M/V JohnN.
Cobb Cruise 37): Additional shrimp fishery grounds with good commercial fishing
possibilities were found off the coast
of the State of Washington by the U. S, PESO! SK
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries ex-
ploratory fishing vessel John N. Cobb @
during a four-week cruise that ended on 4
May 23, 1958. The grounds discovered 8 eet Yi
by the vessel were in areas unexploited Pere
by commercial shrimp fishermen. -«

Vancouver Island

Best catches of ''cocktail'' size pink
shrimp were made in the area between
Destruction Island and Quillayute (see 7
chart) at depths from 60-68 fathoms. 48
Depths between 64 and 67 fathoms pro-
duced consistent catches at a rate of 400
to 1,500 pounds per hour. The discovery
of this ground extends the present area
of commercial fishing about 18 miles
further to the north.

Six drags made about 20 miles west
of Cape Flattery, Wash., at depths from
68 to 107 fathoms caught shrimp at a
rate of 290 to 630 pounds per hour, and
averaged close to 300 pounds per hour,
Pink shrimp caught in this area were
larger and averaged about 85 to the
pound (heads on), however, a consider-
able amount of incidental fish were
mixed with the shrimp. Incidental fish
catches consisted of Pacific ocean perch,
Dover sole, smelt, turbot, black cod, and
other flatfish.

LEGEND:
== - Shrimp trawl drag.

- Snagged shrimp
trawl drag.

i]
° ]

A number of drags were made in : PY
deep water at depths from 100-200 fath- a Oregon
oms in an attempt to locate the larger O25 FALCON
side-stripe shrimp. No commercial 125° 124
quantities of the species were located,
although one 30-minute drag made M/V JOHN N. COBB CRUISE 37 (APRIL-MAY 1958).

northwest o Swiftsure Lightship yielded
a catch of 30 pounds. These shrimp averaged about 35 to the pound heads

on).

A total of 66 drags was made during the cruise at depths ranging from 49 to 203
fathoms. The areaof operations included the offshore waters between Cape Falcon,
Ore., to the Swiftsure Lightship, northwest of Cape Flattery. All drags, each of 30
minutes duration, were made with a 43-foot Gulf-of-Mexico flat-type shrimp trawl.

This cruise by the Bureau's exploratory fishing vessel was the second in a
series of shrimp surveys being conducted in the North Pacific during 1958. The
first exploration revealed good commercial beds of ''cocktail'' size pink shrimp off
the northwest Oregon coast. Further explorations this year will be undertaken along
the central and southern coasts of Oregon and in the Kodiak-Cook Inlet area of Alaska.
These surveys are being made in cooperation with the fisheries agencies of Wash-
ington, Oregon, and Alaska.

40

Throughout the cruise records were

bottom type, organisms encountered, etc.,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

maintained on bottom water temperatures,

which may be helpful in defining the typi-

cal environmental conditions prevailing in areas where concentrations of shrimp are
located, Samples of shrimp were also taken for laboratory study.

Oysters

HEAVY SPRING RAINS THREATEN VIRGINIA INDUSTRY:
Effects of heavy rains and excessive runoff this spring may
be felt by Virginia’s oyster industry for some years to
come, biologists at the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory stated
on May 8, 1958.

Excessive rainfall in the James River watershed already
has pushed large amounts of fresh water over the oyster
bars in the seed area. This stretch of river, from Hog Is-
land to the bridge at Newport News, provides most of the
seed oysters for Virginia’s multimillion dollar oyster indus-
try.

Although the Virginia oyster thrives in a mixture of
ocean and river water, it cannot tolerate fresh waters very
long. When waters become too fresh, oysters close up and
wait for more favorable conditions. But there is a limit to
the time they can remain closed, and this time shortens as
water temperature rises. For over two weeks many oysters
on beds inthe upper half of the seedareahave been denied
a taste of salt water. Some oysters have died already and
runoff from recent heavy rains has not yet reached the seed
area.

In the upper reaches of the seedarea, in places like Deep-
water Shoal, some oysters are killedby fresh water almost
every year. But this year some deaths have occurred al-
ready on nearly every important bar intheriver, State biol-
ogists fear that, unless dry weather arrives immediately, a

catastrophe may occur. Even if the situation becomes no
worse than it is at present, they expect a shortage of seed
oysters next fall,

Another important oyster areathat can be affectedis the
Rappahannock River. Conditions there are not yetas serious
as in the James, and if a dry spell develops, the industry may
escape damage. Laboratory biologists are keeping a close
watch on conditions in the Rappahannock.

Oystermen in Maryland also are concerned about possible
effects of fresh water. The Susquehanna River is dumping
unusually large amounts of fresh water into the upper bay.
Recent surveys have shown that some of the tributary rivers
are saltier than the Bay, a very unusual situation. If this
condition persists for any considerable time, the rivers could
quickly become fresh for their entire lengths.

Like many clouds, this one has a silver lining. Fresh water
alsokills barnacles, mussels, and other organisms that foul
oyster shells and interfere with setting and growth. No less
important is the effect on oyster drills or screwborers, a
serious oyster enemy that cannot tolerate fresh water as well
as the oyster can. Removal of fouling, pests, and enemies
can improve conditions for oyster setting and growth. Fresh-
ets, though they may cause serious temporary damage, often
are followed by unusually good sets and by greatly improved
oyster harvests for a few years. This has been the experi-
ence in the Rappahannock River during the past oyster season,
following the disastrous mortalities of 1955.

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

CHARTS OF MONTHLY MEAN TEMPERA-
TURES FOR NORTH PACIFIC SURFACE WATERS:
A program of preparing and issuing charts which
show the monthly mean temperatures for the sur-
face waters of the North Pacific and the anomalies
from the mean for the mid-ten-day period of each
month was initiated by the U. S Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries Pacific Oceanic Fishery Inves-
tigations (POFI) in Honolulu. The anomaly charts
revealed that the surface temperatures during 1957
were consistently warmer than normal over vast
areas of the eastern North Pacific, a report on

POFI activities for the first quarter of 1958 re-
veals,

Beginning with January 1958, sea surface tem-
perature charts of the northeastern Pacific were
issued for the mid-ten days of each month for both
1957 and 1958. In addition, anomaly charts for the
particular month for both years from the 30-year
mean and of 1958 from 1957 were prepared. These
charts showed that during the 1957 January-March
period, the coastal waters between 35 N. and
45” N, were colder than normal and the offshore
waters were generally warmer (to 69 F.) than nor-
mal, During the first quarter in 1958, somewhat
the opposite situation existed--the entire coastal
area was Warmer than normal while the offshore

areas showed a progressively increasing amount
of colder than normal areas.

EQUATORIAL TUNA STUDIES: The survey
phase and the processing and analysis of the data
for POFI's two-year study of the abundance and
distribution, and variations therein, of the tuna re-
sources of French Oceania continued during the
first quarter of 1958.

A definite seasonality of occurrence of surface
tuna schools about the Marquesas Islands was con-
firmed by the results from two cruises made to
the area during the quarter, Surprisingly consist-
ent results were obtained from the standardized
inshore surveys.

easonality of Occurence of Surface
Tuna Schools about Marquesas Islands

Number of Tuna
Schools Sighted

anuary 1957...
February 1957. .

In order to determine the role of the Marquesas
group as a concentrating mechanism for surface
tuna schools, a broad survey coverage offshore
from the Marquesas, scheduled for repetitiondur-

July 1958

ing each subsequent cruise, was begun in Novem-
ber 1957. Results from two such surveys and part
of a third, which was under way in the first quar-
ter of 1958, indicate that surface tuna schools are
about three times more available in offshore wa-
ters during the Marquesan summer,

To date, stomachs from 243 skipjack caught in
Marquesan waters have been examined. This study
of the food habits of the Marquesan skipjack show-
ed a preponderance of fish in their diet. Fish com-
prised 65 percent of the food items, crustaceans
30 percent, and the molluscs 5 percent. Of the
food fishes, 22 families have been identified, and
of the latter, 16 are primarily families of reef-
inhabiting forms. Of the crustaceans, the stomato-
pods were the most numerous. Thus the production
of reef fauna appears to play an important role in
the diet of the Marquesan skipjack.

HAWALIAN SKIPJACK STUDIES: Skipjack tagged
in Hawaiian waters during the summer and fall of
1957 continued to be recaptured and returned to the
POFI laboratory at Honolulu, although the rate of
recovery was considerably below that reported for
the previous quarter (213 recoveries). A total of
46 tagged fish was recovered bringing the over-all
recovery rate to 9.1 percent. Recoveries were
made in the areas in which the fish had been re-
leased as well as in other areas of the fishery, with
certain exceptions. The recoveries do indicate,
however, that a large portion of the fish tagged last
season are resident in Hawaiian waters and that a
group of fish tagged at any one location may dis-
perse throughout the body of fish contributing to
the Hawaiian fishery. An important exception to
these statements are fish tagged near Kauai. Very
few of these fish have been recovered, and only one
to the east of the tagging area.

Catches. of skipjack during January by the Ha-
waiian fleet were high, in fact landings during the
month were higher than for any previous January.
During February and March, landings dropped to
more normal low levels.

The collection of temperature records and sa-
linity samples from shore based-monitoring stations
continued. As compared with the same period in
1957, temperatures at Koko Head, Oahu, were about
the same. Salinities, on the other hand, were no-
ticeably higher than in 1957, reaching the highest
level since observations were started in November
1955. This is a continuation of the high level which
started during the last quarter of 1957.

ALBACORE TUNA PROGRAM: Work under the
albacore tuna project during the first quarter of
1958 was confined to laboratory analysis of the data
presently at hand. Biological work included the be-
ginning of the analysis of data pertaining to the
general population of fish north and northeast of
the Hawaiian Island chain, and the herbivore-pre-
dator relation in the plankton for the central North
Pacific. Oceanographic work consisted of a con-
tinuation of the analysis of the chemical and physi-
cal data from the central North Pacific and the
preparation of the current series and historical
series (1957) of sea surface temperature charts
from ship's weather reports for the middle 10 days
of each month.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

41

Data on the ecology of the albacore tuna to date
reveal the generai distribution of the albacore and
its movements as shown by tagging, temperature,
and productivity. The hypothesis relative to the
migration suggested by the data is that there are
three groups of fish with the one containing the
smallest size fish performing a complex migration
to the west coast and then back to the Japanese
winter fishery. It also appears that this migration
is acted upon independently by the environments of
the eastern and western North Pacific.

Northeastern Pacific albacore survey data were
examined in regard to the distribution of the three
major size-frequency curves of albacore. The
small fish were taken in the warmer portion of the
temperature range occupied by the albacore. The
number of these "'roncommercial' small fish that
appear in the catches of the northern United States
west coast is determined by the temperature of the
tongue of warm water which progresses northeast-
ward into the area during spring and late summer.
When the temperature of the tongue reaches or
exceeds 62° F, large numbers of small-size alba-
core may be expected to appear off Oregon and
Washington.

The recovery of only one tagged albacore was
reported during the first quarter of this year. It
was recovered on November 17, 1957, by a Japa-
nese long-liner at 38°08' N., 174°953' E. exactly
one year after its release from the POFI research
vessel Charles H. Gilbert at 36944' N., 127937! W.
During this period it had gained approximately 15
pounds.

It appears that the albacore are found in those
regions where the herbivore-predator ratio is
around 20 to 1 and that they are not found in the
regions of ratio maxima. This replaces the more
narrow belief that the albacore are associated with
the Calanus population although it appears that
Calanus is the most common and abundant herbi-
vore.

TILAPIA STUDIES: The efficiency of the Ha-
waiian skipjack fishery is affected, in part, by an
inadequate supply of natural bait. The species of
natural bait presently available have a low survival
potential in the baitwells. POFI is presently work-
ing towards a possible alleviation of these prob-
lems by studies of the potentialities of tilapia as a
substitute bait. In the tanks at the Honolulu labora-
tory, young tilapia are being produced primarily
for the purpose of physiological and ecological
studies. The production in these tanks dropped
considerably during the first quarter of 1958 (win-
ter months) with monthly totals of 35, 3,181, and
7,952 fish. We continue to be plagued with mor-
tality from a sporozoan parasite. Potassium per-
manganate, copper sulphate, and pyridylmercuric
acetate were used as germicides on the living fish,
with the latter being considered as most effective.
Formalin sterilization of the tanks proved to be an
effective measure.

Another and more ambitious study of tilapia,
particularly the economics of commercial produc~-
tion of bait-size tilapia and the use on commercial
vessels, is a cooperative program managed and
operated by POFI on the island of Maui. During

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 7

the quarter, tanks were stocked and a full-time tanks and devising increasingly efficient methods
feneey biologist stationed at the site. In January, for removing the young fish from the brood tanks)
an estimated 5,000 tilapia were transported to are receiving attention.
Maui and from these 500 adult males and 1,500 : ;
adult females were segregated as a brood stock. To further augment POFI's studies concerning
Eighteen young appeared on February 20, and dur- an economical and efficient substitute for natural
ing successive weeks 768, 8,288, 5,060, 3,188, and bait, a contract with the Territorial Fish and Game
2,855 were produced. is presently being negotiated for a program of rear-
ing tilapia in natural ponds. Also, a biologist is

There was evident mortality among the young being added to the staff for the period of the Ha-
resulting from predation by dragonfly larvae. waiian summer skipjack fishery. He will observe
This, and other problems (such as increasing the the reactions of the tilapia under conditions of
early morning supply of dissolved oxygen in the commercial fishing aboard the local sampans.

HK kK ok

PRODUCTION OF TILAPIA FOR TUNA BAIT CONTINUES SATISFACTORILY:
The production of tilapia for use as bait fish in live-bait fishing for skipjack con-.
tinued satisfactorily during the month, according to May 1958 news notes issued by
the Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations of the U. 8. Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries, Honolulu, Hawaii. The cooperative tilapia rearing plant on the island of Maui
experienced some mortality through disease, but some 30,150 fry were produced
during the month and by the end of May a total of 62,000 fry in 14 tanks was on hand.
At the laboratory site the production of young fry improved with a recruitment of
21,350 during the month, making a total production of 214,000 tilapia fry since the
project was initiated. Total fry on hand at the end of the month was 35,300.

HAWAIIAN SKIPJACK TAGGING PROGRAM: The Hawaiian skipjack tagging
program for this year got under way in May with the charter of two sampans by the
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations in Honolulu. The Buccaneer experienced a
main engine breakdown and it was not until May 26 that she was able to operate.
Nevertheless in the next few days her crew tagged about 2,000 small skipjack near
the island of Kauai. The other sampan, the Corsair, completed her charter on May 16
with a total of 2,001 skipjack tagged off Hilo, Hawaii. Of this total only 230 fish were
considered season fish (20-22 pounds) while most of the balance were in the 4-pound
class, At the end of the month 234 of the tagged fish had been recovered. Two of
last year's tagged fish were also recovered near Hilo. These fish, when tagged in
September 1957, weighed 4 pounds but sealed 11 pounds when recovered.

OK OK ok ok

SURVEY OF MARQUESAS ISLANDS FOR TUNA RESOURCES CONTINUED (M/V _
Hugh M. Smith Cruise 43): The U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research ves-
sel Hugh M. Smith completed-another in a series of cruises tothe Marquesas Islands
for asurvey of surface schools of tuna. The vessel departed from Honolulu on January 3,
1958, and returned on February 25, 1958. In addition to the search for surface
schools of tuna, 12 monitoring stations were occupied off the Island of Oahu and
other physical and biological data were collected.

Inshore Survey: A total of 29 schools of skipjack were sighted, 11 were chum-
med, and 4 were fished. The catch was 416 3- to 6-pound skipjack of which 274 were
tagged. Four schools of mixed skipjack and yellowfin were sighted and chummed,
but the catch from the single mixed school fished was only 9 5.5- to 7.5-pound skip-
Jack and a single 9-pound yellowfin. Two schools of 30- to 50- pound yellowfin were
seen and chummed unsuccessfully. Of 41 unidentified schools seen, one was chum-

med with its identity unestablished. In general, the schools were wild, easily dis-
persed, and most numerous near islands.

Offshore Survey: A total of 34 schools of skip}
y pjack were sighted, 21 chummed,
and 8 fished, The catch consisted of 344 4- to 7-pound aiipiaee and 300 16= to 29-
pound skipjack, Of the 644 fish caught, 336 were tagged. Two mixed schools of

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

skipjack and yellowfin were seen of which one was chummed and fished, producing
a catch of 92 fish (35 fish tagged). Of 38 unidentified schools seen, 8 were chum-
med with no catch being made.

Of the 74 schools seen on the offshore survey, 25 were sighted on the north leg,
22 on the east, 14 on the south, and 13 on the west. Dividing each leg into inner,
middle, and outer portions (75
miles each) gives a school dis-
tribution of 27 (inner), 17 (mid-
dle), and 30 (outer) sightings for
the entire survey. Skipjack of 16-
29 pounds were frequently seen on
the outer portions of each leg,
whereas in the inner portions the
fish were mostly of 4-6 pounds.

HATUTU Boe O

E1A0 @

In addition to the schools

MOTU ITI, 4s F. BANK

listed above, the following were NUKU Hi'vat

sighted on the runs to and from B a

the survey center to baiting sites: “eFATU HuKU
5 skipjack, 1 yellowfin, and 18 To OB iva on

PGS
TAHU, ATAS .MOTANE

unidentified. One school of skip-
jack and 3 of unidentified tuna
were sighted on overlaps between FEGENDS

day's runs on the offshore survey. | | ~~ ~ MORE SURVEY:

None of these schools was chum-
‘ = DIURNAL VARIABILITY
med, STATION,

a
“s_. @THOMASSET
“FATU HIVA

- OFFSHORE SURVEY.

Bait: The vessel carried 32
buckets of nehu and 2 of acclima-
tized tilapia on the run to the
Marquesas. Surface schools of
equatorial tuna could not be fished because of the death of the bait prior to reaching
the grounds.

M/V HUGH M. SMITH CRUISE 43 (JAN. 3-FEB. 25, 1958).

A total of 722 buckets of Marquesan sardines (Harengula vittata) was collected
along with small quantities of non-bait species. Of this amount, 652 buckets were
captured in daytime sets and 70 buckets at night. Taiohae and Haka Ui (Nuku Hiva)
provided 388 and 204 buckets, respectively, while Hanga Haa and Haka Puuae (Nuku
Hiva), Taa Huku (Hiva Oa), and Hananai (Ua Huka) furnished small quantities of bait.
Sardines were scarce or absent at Haka Tea, Houmi, Anaho, and Hatiheu (Nuku Hiva),
Haka Nai (Hua Pou), and Hananui, and Vai Take (Ua Huka), Bait was nowhere suffi-
ciently abundant to warrant the use of a receiver.

Included in the above figures are 230 buckets of sardines collected for introduc-
tion into Hawaiian waters. Survival of this bait was fairly good, and 148 buckets were
released at Ewa, Oahu, on February 25, 1958.

The sardines collected behaved well as chum but may have been slightly too
large for the smaller skipjack fished. Sardines larger than 120 millimeter fork
length were common, with many of these being ripe or spawned females, Length-
frequency and gonad condition were recorded from 25 sardines from each of the
larger sets, and a representative sample of sardines was preserved from each bait-
ing locality. Experiments showed the Marquesan sardine to have a broad salinity
tolerance,

Plankton and Night-Lighting: Ten half-hour, 0-140 meter plankton tows were
made at night on the run to the Marquesas, and 10 on the run back to Honolulu.
Twenty-two 0-140 meter tows (2 per night) were made on the offshore survey, and
12 more were taken on the diurnal variability station. Ten half-hour surface tows

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

i ; all surface
de with an Atlas flowmeter and 4 using a Rigosha flowmeter;
eee were frozen. Twenty-five nonquantitative plankton samples were taken
with a 45-centimeter net from sardine-bditing sites. Two night-light stations were

conducted in the Marquesas.

ale and
Specimens Preserved: In addition to the above, the stomachs from 5 m

5 formate tuna and 5 pairs of ovaries were preserved from all schools fished. Length
measurements and sex were recorded from 25 fish per school. Frozen blood serum
was prepared from 4 skipjack. Numerous reef fish were collected by seine, hand-

line, and barter.

General Observations: Bathythermograph casts and surface salinity and phos-
phate samples were taken as prescribed in the cruise plan. The thermograph was
kept in continuous operation and annotated frequently. Weather observations were
made at regular time intervals except when the vessel was in bays. Four trolling

lines were in use throughout the cruise.
and aquatic mammals sighted.

Records were kept of tuna schools, birds,

Standards

FEDERAL IDENTITY STANDARDS PREVAIL OVER
LOCAL FOOD REGULATION: In a case involving most
of the large meat packers, a Magistrate in the City of
Newark, N. J., recently held that a City Ordinance and
State Statute requiring that all ingredients be shown on
food labels, could not be applied to products for which
there were Federal standards of identity. The City
Solicitor had brought an action to compel the listing of
ingredients on canned corned beef hash and chopped
ham, even though the standards of identity for these prod-
ucts in the Federal meat inspection regulations specifically
provide that the ingredients need not be shown on the label.

The principal issue in the case was whether Federal
laws have pre-empted the field of food regulation, thereby
preventing the enforcement of local laws that prescribe
more stringent requirements for the labels and contents
of food products. This doctrine of Federal pre-emption
is derived from the ‘‘supremacy clause’’ in Article VI of
the Federal Constitution, which provides:

e

“*This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States
which shall be made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties
made, or which shall be made, under the authority of the
United States, shall be the supreme law ofthe land; and the
judges inevery state shallbe boundthereby, anything in
the constitution or laws of any state to the contrary not-
withstanding.’’

In oral argument before the Magistrate, counsel for the
meat canners called attention to several state decisions
and opinions supporting the supremacy of Federal laws
in this area. He also cited numerous decisions of the
Supreme Court of the United States striking down state
laws that conflict with or infringe on the policy of Federal
laws. Atthe conclusion of the argument the Magistrate
dismissed all of the complaints against the packers on the
ground that the Federal Meat Inspection Act and Regula-
tions covered the labeling of meat products and the
‘supremacy clause’’ prevented the enforcement of more
restrictive state laws.

Tuna

NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN FREEZING TECHNIQUES
ON PURSE SEINERS: During 1957 a new method for
freezing tuna on vessels was developed by a practical
Pacific Coast fishing vessel engineer with 14 years of
experience in the use of standard coil and brine-freez-
ing systems. The system has been installed and used
for six trips since the first of 1957 and in at least one
of the trips the system was subject to a severe test.
Since the standard-type coil system does not have the
capacity to freeze large lots of fish without auxiliary
ice, purse-seine vessel owners are enthusiastic about
the possibilities of the new system.

Many tuna purse-seiners equipped with the standard coil
System were faced witha costly job of converting their ves-
sels toa brine-freezing system or being forced out of the
highly competitive tuna fishery. This new system, which
according to reports, canbe installed for $10,000 or less on
vessels with coil equipment, would make it possible for these
tuna purse-seine vessels to compete with the vessels e-
quipped with a brine-freezing system. The problem that
has plagued tuna vessels equipped witha standard coil re-
frigeration system has been one of enough refrigeration ca-
pacity torefrigerate a large tonnage of fish under the hand-
icap of high water and air temperatures,

According tothe inventor, ‘‘the new refrigeration system
is essentially a brine system which builds a reserve of ice
to meet refrigeration needs with a minimum of machinery.’’
He also states that further experimentation is necessary
before the most efficient installation can be developed.

At the present time the system has been installed aboard
the Jo Ann, a standard Pacific coast-type purse seiner
witha length of 79.3 feet, a beam of 22.4 feet, anda draft
of 10.3 feet. The capacity of this vessel prior tothe instal-
lation of the new system was 110 short tons of frozen tuna,
With the new system, the capacity is only slightly less.

The system consists of the standard type ice machine and
coils, The regular coils have been augmented by asmaller
coil which is placed just above the regular coils. Water is
circulated and sprayed onthe refrigerated coils, gradually
building up a large mass oficeas muchas 1 foot in diam-
eter on the refrigerated coils. The entire hold has been
made intoa watertight compartment. Prior tothe catching
of fish, the ice-making machinery is put in operation, and
ice is built up aroundthe coils, The fishare placedin the
hold after they are caught, and brine water is released in-
tothe watertight hold. The ice (which was built up around
the coils) melts, and cools the brine water. Thecold brine

July 1958

water is thencirculatedtofreeze the fish. In addition,
more water is sprayed onthe pipes where the ice has been
built up, and as this cold water drips on the fish it also
chills the fish. The addition of catches on top of already-
frozen fish seems to have no effect, the frozen fish being
sufficiently cold so that they are not thawed. In fact, the
ice that has been built up on them is helpful in cooling the
brine water which is being circulated to freeze the new
catch.

Benefits to be anticipated with the new freezing system:

(1) Efficiency willbe increased in loading and unloading
because the fish can be brought aboard and stowed below in
about half the time required on a standard coil vessel.
This is an extremely valuable factor when the fish are
schooling as at that time every hour gained can be worth
days and even weeks of searching. In this new method, the
fish are brailed directly from the water into the hold
through the hatch or the manholes, instead of being first
brailed on the deck and stowed below later, as is the custom
in the vessels equipped with standard coil systems.

(2) The quality of the fish will be better because it willbe
in the hold and under refrigeration in about half the time
previously taken. When one considers that on the fishing
grounds the water temperature is often as high as 85 a
90° F., with an air temperature of from 100° to 120° F.,
speed in getting the fish under refrigeration as rapidly
as possible is vital.

(3) The back-breaking work of going below and icing
fish, which is necessary in vessels equipped with stand-
ard coils, is virtually eliminated. Now only1 or 2 men go
below when the fish are being brailed into the hatch, and
these men simply steer the fish so that they lay fore and
aft. The Jo Ann’s hold is divided into three compart-
ments extending fore and aft for the full length of the stor-
age space. Thesethree compartments keepthe fish from
rolling about in the hold and damaging themselves or pos-
sibly piling up on one side of the vessel and causing a
list. The compartments also aid inunloading, as one com-
partment canbe completely unloaded to the bottom of the
compartment, and then it is much easier to unload the
other two on either side. Formerly, when the fish were
brailed on deck, it was necessary for at least 8 men to
go below, break loose the ice that was carried by the
vessel, and then have the fish passed downto them through
manholes or the main hatch. The fish were then stowed
in bins which were made of removable planks. Generally
a layer of fish was stowed, anda layer of ice shoveled on
top of them. This process continued until that bin was
filled, and proceeded from binto bin until the vessel was
fully loaded. Due to the cramped quarters in which the
men worked, and the large quantities of ice which were
carried, there was much shifting of ice from bin to bin
and a great deal of manual labor. All of this work has been
eliminated and the physical efficiency of the crew is not
taxed as heavily, with the result that the crew willbe able
to concentrate their physical activity on capturing fish
when they arerunning. Inthe past after a heavy set crews
would be exhausted and wouldhaveto rest rather than fish
available schools. There is also the possibility that 1 or

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

2mencanbe eliminated fromthe crew. This wouldresult
in anincrease of earnings for the remaining crew mem-
bers, and would amount to from $75 to $100 a crew mem-
ber per trip for each man less.

Since installing this new system, the Jo Ann made three
trips in the early part of 1957 with the following results:

Trip 1: The length of the trip was 65 days. The trip
was made during the early part of the year when fishing
was spotty. The vessel came in with a short load,

79,070 pounds of yellowfin tuna, 8,405 pounds of skipjack.
Rejects amounted to 775 paqunds of raw skipjack, 980
pounds of raw yellowfin, and 1,890 pounds of cooked skip-
jack. The catch was small and rejects were a little
higher than the purse-seine average, but the crew felt
that this was due mostly to mishandling on their part be-
cause of unfamiliarity with the new system. The equip-
ment was not considered fully tested, but from the ex-
perience gained some modifications were made before
the second trip.

Trip 2: The length of thetrip was 24days. Fishing was
conducted off Cabo San Lucas, the tip of Lower California,
and vicinity. The vessel came in with a load of 120,560
pounds of yellowfin tuna and 56,145 pounds of skipjack.
Rejects amounted to 180 pounds of raw yellowfin, 1,440
pounds of cooked yellowfin, and 2,880 pounds of cooked
skipjack. The average rejects were 2.4 percent as com-
pared to the purse-Seine average of about 2.5 percent.
The crew felt that most of the rejectsgwere due to their
receiving 20 fons of fish from another vessel which had
the fish in 80° F. water for over 15 hours.

Trip 3: This was practically a recordtrip. The vessel
fished on the West Coast of Lower California and re-
turned with a full load in 8 days. Due to unloading diffi-
culties, the vessel waited 20 days before unloading. The
vessel landed 124,075 pounds of yellowfin and 72,815
pounds of skipjack with only 2,875 pounds of raw skipjack
rejected. There were no cooked rejects and the raw re-
jects were caused, according to the crew, to smashed
fish due to large catches which prevented good sorting.
This trip served as a severe test of the new system of
refrigeration, and inthe opinion of observers proves that
the system is a success,

The principle of this type of refrigeration is not com-
pletely new, but the method is probably unique. At any
rate itis the first time it has been adaptedto a purse-seine
vessel fishing tuna. It is also the first time that a con-
verted coil system has beenused torefrigerate fish under
such warm water and air temperatures. Vessel owners
and fishermen are enthused andpredict agreat future for
the system, and as of April 1958 two other purse seiners
installed similar systems and one seiner installed it parti-
ally.

--BY A. D. SOKOLICH, MARKET NEWS REPORTER
D. MONTGOMERY, FISHERY MARKETING SPECIALIST
BRANCH OF MARKET NEWS
OIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES

BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
SAN PEDRO, CALIF.

Kk OK

YELLOWFIN, SKIPJACK, AND BIG-EYED TUNA FISHERIES TRENDS: Trends

in the domestic yellowfin, skipjack, and big-eyed tuna fisheries is the subject of a
report submitted to the President and the Congress on May 22 by the Secretary of the

Interior Fred A. Seaton.

The report was made under provisions of the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956.
Section 9(b) of that Act authorizes the Secretary of the Interior, upon specific re-
quest, to determine whether or not there has been an adverse trend in a domestic
fishery, and whether or not there has been an increase in imports of a directly com-

petitive product.

The tuna industry, the report points out, is composed of many segments--large
canners, small canners, importers, fishermen, and operators of such large vessels

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

as bait boats and purse seiners and of such smaller craft as albacore trollers. Each
group is confronted with different problems, mainly associated with the species in-
volved or the stage at which it handles the tuna.

The report, which presents findings and
not recommendations, shows that:

The United States landings of yellowfin and uy
skipjack in 1957 were 237,113,000 pounds, 27
percent below the 1950 peak of 324,711,000
pounds. Yellowfin Tuna

(Netothunnus macropterus)

The number of bait boats over 50 gross
tons participating in this fishery declined from 210 in 1951 to 146 in 1957, and the
carrying capacity dropped from 44,300 tons to 33,875 tons.

The average ex-vessel price for yellowfin declined 25 percent from $345 per ton
in 1954 to a low of $258 per ton in 1957; that the skipjack price declined 28 percent
from $304 to $220 a ton in the same period.

The number of employees on bait boats dropped from 2,730 in 1951 to1,989 in
1956; on purse seiners from 1,661 in 1949 to 827 in 1956.

Imports of all types of tuna (adjusted to whole-weight equivalents) accounted for
6 percent of the available supply of tuna in the United States in 1948, 39 percent in
1956, and 46 percent in 1957.

Imports of all tuna (adjusted to whole-weight equivalents) averaged less than
20 million pounds annually in the 1940's, jumped to 117,100,000 pounds in 1950, and
to an estimated 259,600,000 in 1957.

According to the report, such ad-
verse trends as declining landings and
lower prices for domestic tuna have been
intensified by the general upturn incosts,
which has increased the cost of opera-
tions for the United States tunaproducers.
The American fishery must compete with
foreign fisheries having lower vesselcon- .
struction costs, long-term loans at low
interest rates, and government subsi-
dies which have facilitated the construction, rebuilding, and insuring of vessels.

While the Japanese high-seas tuna fleet has practically doubled its capacity
since 1951, vessel construction in the California yellowfin and skipjack fishery has
stagnated and only nine new large vessels have been added to the bait-boat fleet since
1951. Asof November 1957, most of the 146 vessels inthat fleet were about 13 years
old, andowners havehad little incentive to make replacements or additions to the fleet.

The tariff rates established by the Tariff Act of 1930 and since modified by
trade agreement, are based mainly on the import pattern at that time. The present
duty on canned tuna in oilis 35 percent ad valorem; on canned tuna in brine, 12+
percent; on frozen cooked loins and discs, one cent a pound; fresh or frozen raw
tuna, no duty. The duty on cooked tuna is equivalent to about 3.3 percent ad valorem.

The report, including several pages of tables and charts, covers such items as
the world tuna fisheries, United States tuna fisheries, the Eastern Pacific fishery for
yellowfin and skipjack, trends in vessel operations, trends in employment in the tuna
fisheries, price trends, effect of imports on domestic prices and operating costs
Japanese production, and the import situation. ‘

per Ot FO

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

United States Fishing Fleet!/Additions

MARCH 1958: A total of 51 vessels of 5 net tons and over were issued first
documents as fishing craft during March 1958--10 more than during March 1957,

Table 1 - U. S. Vessels Issued First Table 2 - U. S. Vessels Issued
Documents as Fishing Craft First Documents as Fishing
by Areas, March 1958 with Comparisons Craft, by Tonnage, March 1958

ota
| sce in 1957/1958 | 1957] 1957] 5 18

The Gulf led all other areas
with 26 vessels, followed by
the South Atlantic area with 9,
; = - 1 = the Chesapeake area with 7, the
ich ae 51 [| 41 [ 147 {[ 98 | 601 | Pacific with 5, Afaska with 3
VESSELS ASSIGNED TO THE VARIOUS SECTIONS ON THE BASIS ane ened England area with
vessel.

‘Nr onwunwit

Compared with the corresponding month of last year, this was an increase of 2.3
million pounds (26 percent) according to data obtained from the U. S. Bureau of
Customs and published by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Gains of 1.1 mil-
lion pounds from Iceland and 854,000 pounds from Denmark were mainly responsi-
for the over-all increase.

Canada continued to lead all other countries exporting groundfish and ocean
perch fillets to the United States with 7.6 million pounds during May 1958, Denmark
was next with nearly 1.3 million pounds, followed by Iceland with 1.2 million pounds,
The remaining 908,000 pounds were accounted for by West Germany, Norway, France,
the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom.

Imports of groundfish and ocean perch fillets and blocks into the United States
during the first five months of 1958 totaled 56.4 million pounds. Compared with the
same period of last year, this was an increase of only 77,000 pounds (less than 1
percent), Shipments originating in Canada comprised 67 percent during the 1958
period, while Iceland made up 19 percent of the total, and Denmark accounted for 9
percent. The remaining 5 percent was represented by West Germany, Norway,
Miquelon and St. Pierre, the Netherlands, the Union of South Africa, and the United
Kingdom.

NOTE: SEE CHART 7 IN THIS ISSUE.

KOK OK OK OK

48

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY
PRODUCTS, JANUARY-FEBRUARY 1958: In the first two
months of 1958, Imports of many of the major edible fishery
products were slightly behind the same period of 1957.

In the two-month period, imports of groundfish fillets
(excluding blocks) were down 20 percent, frozen tuna

6 percent, canned bonito 31 percent, and lobster 31 per-
cent. Commodities imported in larger amounts during
January and February were canned tuna, canned sardines,
tuna loins and discs, swordfish, and canned crab meat.
Groundfish blocks, shrimp, and canned salmon imports
were about the same. Imports of fish meal were about
double for the two-month period of 1958 as compared

to 1957.

—————

Exports of all major fishery products decreased during
the first two months of 1958 as compared with the same
period of 1957,

Imports: FROZEN TUNA: During the first two months of
1958, Imports were 23.0 million pounds, 6 percent less
than in the same period of 1957; most of the decrease was
in albacore, ‘‘other tuna’’ increased slightly. Imports
from Japan were almost double those of the first two
months in 1957, but imports from Peru were 74 percent
ess.

Tuna loins and discs: Imports for the first two months
of 1958 were 2.0 million pounds, or 74 percent more than
in the similar period last year. Japan, Peru, and Cuba
were the principal sources.

_ CANNED TUNA: Inthe first two months this year, 4.5 mil-
lion pounds were imported, 13 percent more than in the
Same 1957 period; albacore was down 24percent and other
tuna was up 42 percent.

*

imports in excess of this established quota will be dutiable

at 25 percent ad valorem,

} Imports from January 1-May 3, 1958, amounted to
12,490,111 pounds, according to data compiled by the Bu-

reau of Customs.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

GROUNDFISH: Imports of groundfish (including ocean-
perch) fillets for January and February 1958 were 13.0
million pounds, 20 percent less than for the comparable
period of 1957; blocks were about the same.

SHRIMP: Imports during the first two months of 1958 were
10.2 million pounds, an increase of 2 percent over the sim-
ilar period of 1957.

CANNED SALMON: For the first two months of 1958, im-
ports of 5.2 million pounds were about equal to those for
the same period in 1957.

FRESH ANDFROZEN LOBSTER: The January and Feb-
ruary imports this year were 6.1 million pounds, a 31-percent
decrease as compared with the same months last year.
Imports decreased from all major suppliers except the
Union of South Africa.

CANNED SARDINES: Totalimports for the first two months
in 1958 were 5.8 million pounds, an increase of 59 percent
as compared with the same period in 1957. The increase
was largely of sardines not in oil from the Union o£ South
Africa.

CANNED BONITO: The January and February 1958 imports
totaled 2.0 million pounds, 31 percent less than for those
months last year.

SWORDFISH: At the end of the first two months of 1958,
imports were 16 percent more than at the same time in
1957.

CANNED CRABMEAT: In January and February this year
709,000 pounds were imported, 36 percent more than for
the same months last year.’

FISH MEAL: Imports the firsttwo months of 1958 were
18,915 tons, 103 percent ahead of the similar 1957 period.
Imports from Peru and Angola accounted for the increase.

Exports: CANNEDSARDINES: Exports during the first
two months of 1958 of 1.7 million pounds were 64 percent
less than in that period of 1957. Exports were down to all
principal countries of destination, due to the small Cali-
fornia sardine pack during the past year.

CANNED MACKEREL: Exports during January and
February 1958 were 76 percent less than in 1957, due also
to a light pack in California. The principal decline was in
exports to the Philippines.

CANNEDSALMON: For January and February 1958, ex-
ports were 222,000 pounds, 65 percent below that period
in 1957.

FISH OIL: For the first two months of 1958, exports
were only 14.0 million pounds, 31 percent less than in
that period last year. Although exports were less to most
markets the first two months of 1958, exports to Canada
exceeded those for the entire year of 1957.

% AK

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

Virginia
ABUNDANCE OF MENHADEN IN 1959 PREDICTED: Menhaden or bunkers,
scarcer in recent years than in the banner year of 1955, may come back in tremen-
dous numbers in 1959, say biologists of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Glouces-

ter Point. They base their opinion on the tremendous abundance of tiny menhaden
in Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries this spring.

On a recent survey with experimental trawls, the research vessel Pathfinder
of the Virginia Laboratory caught large numbers of tiny menhaden, about 1.5-inch
long, in the lower part of Chesapeake Bay off the mouth of the York River, and in the
York River itself. Baby menhaden also have been observed in tremendous numbers
well up the James River.

This trawl catch is quite remarkable, for the meshes of the net are large enough
to allow much bigger fish to escape. Small fish are brought on deck with this net on-
ly when they are very abundant.

By late summer these young fish, born last fall and winter, will be about 5 inch-
es long. They will begin to appear in pound-net catches in August or September, but
will not be caught in any quantity by the menhaden purse-seine fleet until 1959. If
present indications are reliable, the early 1960's may rival the mid-1950's in num-
bers of menhaden caught. In 1955 more than 300 million pounds of these herring-
like fish were landed in Virginia--71 percent by weight of the entire Virginia catch
of fish and shellfish.

The biologists are careful to point out that the accuracy of this forecast may be
affected by many things. ''Survival of the fish to commercial size may be poor, or
their migrations may carry them to regions inaccessible to the fishing fleet. Never-
theless, in 1951 we predicted good catches ahead on the basis of similar evidence,
and this forecast was amply confirmed a few years later."

Virginia and U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries biologists, who are conduct-
ing a major investigation of this important fishery, will follow the progress of this
new brood of menhaden with great interest. Within a year they should have good
evidence as to how abundant these new fish really are.

OK RS OK XK

FRESH-WATER FISH FROM RIVERS TRIBUTARY TO CHESAPEAKE BAY IN-
VADE SALT WATER: Virginia fishermen have seen unusual numbers of carp in the
York, Rappahannock, and other Chesapeake Bay tidal waters of Virginia during the
spring months of 1958. Biologists of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester
Point, report blue gills, white catfish, and gar caught in traps near the mouth of the
York and Rappahannock Rivers.

One of the fishery biologists attached to the Laboratory states, "T do not recall
seeing such numbers of fresh-water fish in salt-water areas any time during the past
ten years. Fresh-water fish caught in the York River and held in tanks filled with
York River water never survive more than two weeks. Under natural conditions these
fish must return to fresh water within a relatively short period or die. On the other
hand, some common salt-water fishes invade fresh water and live there successfully
for weeks or months. Young croakers, spot, and hogchokers are found in the Mat-
taponi and Paumunkey Rivers and occasionally bluefish and flounder stray into fresh
water. Salt-water fish can tolerate a longer stay in fresh water than fresh-water fish
in salt water. Heavy rains of the past few weeks undoubtedly are responsible for this
unusual situation."

kK

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

AREA INJAMES RIVERSUSTAINS HEAVY OYSTER MORTALITY:
unugeeth Rea serine rains have aroused considerable concern for the seed oyster
beds in James River. Oysters are unable to feed in water containing less than one-
seventh as much salt as found in ocean water, say biologists at the Virginia Fisher-
ies Laboratory at Gloucester Point. They believe that many oysters above Wreck
Shoal Bar in the James River have been deprived of salt water since mid-April.
Wreck Shoal is in the middle of the seed area.

The over-all picture at present is one of minor losses in the lower half of the
seed area from Wreck Shoal downriver but increasing losses of oysters with dis-
tance upriver, report the biologists. Deep Water Shoal, the important last bar up-
river, has experienced a mortality well over 50 percent.

Frequent examinations in James River since mid-April have shed new light on the
ability of oysters to withstand unfavorable conditions. Oysters tonged from fresh
water had no heartbeat when opened and showed no sensitivity.

When placed in salt water, oysters long closed by fresh waters, though seem-
ingly dead, revived quickly. The fine hairs used for pumping water began working
within minutes, and feeble heartbeats were detected in ten minutes.

By remaining closed, oysters are able to tolerate fresh water for weeks--if
temperatures are not too high and ifoysters are slowly acclimated to these condi-
tions, say the biologists. They believe that fat oysters are more likely to survive
than poor ones.

Boxes or hinged empty shells appear to be breaking apart rather rapidly there-

by destroying the evidence of oyster deaths, but tongers will probably note a seareity
of oysters in the upper seed area next fall.

Wholesale Prices, May 1958

WHOLESALE PRICES, MAY 1958: Because landings price index (128.6 percent of the 1947-49 average) in May
were lighter than seasonally expected and because stocks rose 4.6 percent over that for April and was 9.9 percent
of most frozen products were depleted, the amount of fish higher than in the same month of 1957.
and shellfish available was not adequate to meet the needs
of the fresh fish market and the processors. The edible All products under the drawn, dressed, and whole fin-
fish and shellfish (fresh, frozen, and canned) wholesale fish subgroup were higher in May thaninApril. The index

for the subgroup rose 20.0 percent from Aprilto May and
Wholesale Price Indexes For Edible Fish and Shellfish was 37.4 percent higher than a year earlier. From April

to May, prices rose for fresh large offshore haddock at

Boston by 25.7 percent, fresh and frozen king salmon at

New York City by 20.5 percent, and substantially also for

Weeoeiereen frozen halibut, whitefish at New York City and Chicago,
PRODUCTS

FISHERY

and yellow pike at New York City. Compared with May
1957, prices this May were higher for fresh large offshore
haddock by 31.4 percent, for frozen halibut by 19.9 percent,
ee for fresh andfrozen king salmon by 23.8 percent, and also
ASHELUFISNG for all the fresh-water fish included in the subgroup.

Since the active selling season for oysters ended in
April, shucked oyster prices droppedin May andalmost
offset the increasein the prices for fresh haddock fillets
(up 14.5 percent) and shrimp (up 1.1 percent). Prices this
May as compared with May of 1957 were lower for fresh
shrimp at New York City and shucked oysters, but substan-
tially higher (up 12.5 percent) for fresh haddock fillets at
Boston. The subgroup index for fresh processed fish and
shellfish was up 0.5 percent from April to May, but was
0.3 percent lower than in May 1957.

Higher frozen shrimp prices at Chicago this May were
only slightly offset by lower prices for frozen haddock
fillets, while prices for frozen flounder and ocean perch
fillets remained Steady at April levels. Compared with
1956 1987 tase May 1957, prices this May were higher for frozen ocean

perch and haddock fillets, unchanged for frozen flounder

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

fillets, and lower for frozen shrimp at Chicago. The May higher than a year earlier more because of a shift in
1958 index for the processed frozen fish and shellfish pricing specifications rather than an actual price increase,
subgroup index was up 1.3 percent from April to May, but Compared with May 1957, prices this May were higher for
down 2.4 percent from a year earlier because the drop in canned tuna, the same for canned pink salmon, but slightly
shrimp prices more than offset the rise in ocean perch lower for canned Maine sardines. The higher prices for
and haddock fillet prices, canned California sardines were principally due to a shift

in pricing specifications from 48 15-oz. cans per case to

There were no changes in the prices for canned fishery 24 15-oz. cans per case.

products from April to May, but prices were 3.1 percent

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, May 1958 With Comparisons

Point of Avg, Prices1/ Indexes
Pricing Unit (3) ( 1947-49=100)

Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification

Mar. | May
1958 | 1957

ALL FISH & SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Canned). . 2... 2 2 cee

nreshiéphrozenihisheryyEroducts:12/i0) site! lelle els) eens Je ees cis ni 136.4| 141.1 | 128
i

Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish:, .... 2.050 e+ ees
Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh . . . oe
Halibut, West,, 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz,
Salmon, king, lge, & med.,, drsd., fresh or froz,
Whitefish,L, Superior, drawn, fresh... - -
Whitefish,L, Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh

Yellow pike, L, Michigan&Huron,rnd,,fresh .

Processed,Fresh (Fish & Shellfish):
Fillets, haddock, sml,, skins on, 20-lb, tins. .
Shrimp, Ige, (26-30 count), headless, fresh . .
Oysters, shucked, standards .....

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish):, .....
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-lb. pke. .. ©

Haddock, sml,,skins on, 1-lb. pkg... .

Ocean perch, skins on, 1-lb. pkg. . . .

Shrimp, Ige, (26-30 count), 5-Ib. pkg. . «2 © ©

GannedibisherysProducts:iesireiiciist ieleitelisien «ols Ob Bede 104.3 104.3
; Salmon, pink, No.1 tall (16 0z.), 48cans/cs. ... 23,00 | 23.00 120.0 120.0 | 120.0 | 120.0
Tuna, Ir, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 o02z.),
3 ENGI o 6 6 Oo moO OOD ob oO Ob DO
Sardines, Calif,, tom, pack,No, 1 oval (15 02.),
(JEM poo do ego omoOOoD On OS
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No, 1/4 drawn
(3-3/4 02,), 100 cans/cs.. . 2 ee ee » © « « [NewYork |cs, | 7,50} 7.50 79,8 79.8 | 74.3 | 819

11,65 | 11.65 84.0 84.0 | 82.9 | 80.8

5.68} 5.68 |4/132.4 | 4A32.4 | 113.8 | 105.0

1/ Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs.
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level, Daily Market News Serv-
ice ‘‘Fishery Products Reports”’ should be referred to for actual prices.

2/The index for fresh and frozen fishery products for January 1958 was revised from 137.4 to 140,3 and for February 1958

~ from 141.4 to 144.9,
3/Revised,
4/Revised to take care of a shift in specifications from 48 15-oz. cans per case to 24 15-oz, cans per case,

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

International

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION

MEETING ON COSTS AND EARNINGS OF FISHING
ENTERPRISES: An international meeting on ‘‘Costs and
Earnings of Fishing Enterprises’’ will be held in London,
September 8-13, 1958. It was organized by the Food and
Agriculture Organization of the U.N. (FAO), Rome, Italy.
The 77 Member Governments of FAO have been invited to
send experts to it.

“The meeting will focus attention on many questions of
crucial interest to all sections of the world’s fishing in-
dustries and to Governments,’’ according to the Director
of the Fisheries Division, FAO. ‘‘Governments everywhere
are so involved in the maintenance and development of fish-
ing industries that they are directly concerned with costs
and earnings, as much so as the employers and employees
in the industries. Subsidies, credit schemes, tax and duty
concessions, port and shore facilities, insurance, price
support, and marketing schemes are some examples of
Government participation in the fishing industry.

‘‘This interest, and the naturally keen interest of the
fishing industry itself, to investigate costs and earnings
has led to much work being done on the subject, especi-
ally in the countries possessing important and highly

developed fishing industries. But there has been little
collaboration or exchange of ideas and information be-
tween the investigators, so they have not benefited from
each other’s work. The meeting in September will enable
the experts on costs and earnings to exchange views and
experiences and discuss the methods used to study the
subject in various countries.’’

Experts from North America and North and Northwest
Europe, where there is a background of experience of
such investigations in government, industry, and economic
research institutions, are expected to make the main con-
tributions to the meeting, both in technical papers and in
the discussions.

‘“We are convinced that the problems and difficulties
encountered in the investigation of costs and earnings in
the fishing industries are in themselves a hindrance to the
rational development of fisheries,’’ the Director said.
‘“‘This meeting should do much to point the way in many
countries towards finding the facts about costs and earn-
ings and should help to make possible the planning of
realistic programmes for the development of fisheries
on a sound, economic basis.’’

GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE

INTERSESSIONAL MEETING OF CONTRACT-
ING NATIONS: In a three-week meeting at Geneva
that concluded May 2, the Intersessional Commit-
tee of the 37 GATT (General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade) contracting nations carried forward the
work of bringing into harmony the trade arrange-
ments of the European Economic Community--which
is still in an early formative stage--and the GATT
framework of international trade rules and tariff
concessions. The Committee also urged the Ger-
man Government to take further steps to elimi-
nate quota restrictions on imports as that govern-
ment was no longer entitled under GATT to main-
tain import restrictions for balance-of-payments
reasons.

The Intersessional Committee also held consul-
tations on the intensification of quantitative im-
port restrictions which New Zealand had felt
obliged to make because of its worsening foreign
exchange situation. New Zealand gave assurances
that import restrictions would be relaxed as soon
as its financial position improved.

The United States Delegation to the meeting con-
sisted of representatives from the Departments of

State, Agriculture, Commerce, Interior, and
Treasury.

_European Economic Community: The Interses-
sional Committee reached general agreement that

the normal procedures of the GATT were adapted

for consideration of trade questions relating to the
European Economic Community Treaty. The rep-
resentative of the Community undertook to refer

the conclusions of the Intersessional Committee to
the Council of Ministers of the EEC and to inform
the Contracting Parties of the results, a U. S. De-
partment of State news release of May 6 points out.

The problems raised by the association of over-
seas territories with the EEC were discussed in
detail by the Intersessional Committee, whichhad
before it a series of reports on specific commod-
ities and a general report which had been pre-
pared by a working party that met in February and
March. These reports and the discussions that
have been carried out constitute a substantial ac-
complishment by the Contracting Parties in their
examination of the EEC Treaty. There was con-
siderable support for the view that it would be
most fruitful now to direct attention to specific
practical problems, leaving aside for a time the
questions arising out of differing legal interpre-
tations of the GATT.

The Chairman of the United States Delegation
reiterated the importance the United States at-
taches to the successful evolution of the European
Economic Community. He also took cognizance of
the desire of contracting parties, including the
United States, to move forward as rapidly as possible

July 1958

in GATT consideration of the EEC Treaty. He
noted, however, that firm judgments on some im-
portant issues were not practicable because the in-
stitutions of the Community were still in the proc-
ess of organization and much depended on future
decisions and actions to be taken by these institutions.

Commenting on the historic importance of the
EEC Treaty, the United States representative

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

noted the similarity of the objectives of the General

53

Agreement and those of the EEC Treaty inrelation
to the expansion of world trade. In particular, he
expressed the view that these objectives would be
furthered if the Community set its common ex-
ternal tariff as low as possible. The Community
was also requested to make the tariff available as
soon as possible, but not later than July 1, 1959,
and to supply information to facilitate its study by
contracting parties.

INTERNATIONAL LABOR ORGANIZATION

FISHERMEN LABOR PROBLEMS TO BE CONSIDERED AT CONFERENCE:
Approximately 80 nations were expected to have representation at the Conference
of the International Labor Organization (ILO), that began on June 4, 1958, inGene-
va, Switzerland. Among the problems up for consideration were to be three in-

struments pertaining to fishermen:

(1) Minimum age for admission of fishermen to

employment; (2) medical examinations for fishermen; (3) articles of agreementfor

fishermen employed on fishing vessels.

Other considerations of general world labor importance would begsuch subjects
as hours of work, occupational health services, and conditions of a ee for

plantation workers.

These additional subjects will have some relationship, natural-

ly, to the problems pertaining specifically to fisheries.

The ILO is one of the United Nations specialized agencies.

Since its origin

dates back to the League of Nations, it is the oldest specialized agency dealing with
world problems. Since the beginning of the organization, 107 conventions or trea-

ties have been brought into effect.

Representation in the ILO is most unusual since it is the only organization

which is of tripartite character.

Each member government has two government

delegates, one employer delegate, and one worker delegate. The government dele-
gates speak for their government; employer and worker delegates are independent
and may vote independently of their government's position. In the United States,
the employer delegates and advisors are selected upon the recommendation to the
Government by the U. S. Chamber of Commerce and National Association of Manu-
facturers. These organizations have requested Charles E. Jackson, General Man-
ager, National Fisheries Institute, Inc., to advise the employer delegate on the fish-
ing instrument questions, and the Government has approved the recommendation.

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES COMMISSION

We Ss. 5S. R. ADHERES TO NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES CONVENTION:
The Soviet Union has adhered to the Convention for the Northwest Atlantic Fisher-

ies Convention and is now a member of the Commission.

Presumably one or more

Soviet representatives will attend the Commission's June meeting, according to the
United States Fisheries and Wildlife Under Secretary of State.

SCIENTISTS SHOW HOW TO CATCH MORE FISH

An increase of 25 to 50 percent in the catch of fish can
be obtained with fewer boats and fishermen if certain regu-
lations are observed, it is claimed by two young fishery
scientists--one from the Fisheries Laboratory, Lowestoft,
England, and the other from the Fisheries Division, Food
and Agriculture Organization (FAO), Rome.

The commercial application of the prediction methods of
these two young men may have a far-reaching, even revo-
lutionary, effect on the fisheries and fishing industry of
the world, an FAO news release points out.

The formulae are contained in a 530-page book, ‘‘On the
Dynamics of Exploited Fish Populations,’’ recently pub-
lished by Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, London, in
which the authors set out the methodology of predicting
the effects of fishing on fish populations. In doing so, they
provide some startling examples of increased catches,
savings in men and boats, and increase in profits, which
are bound to follow specified regulations of mesh size of
nets and reduced fishing effort.

After eight years of work, the authors arrived at formu-
lae which can be used in predicting the effect of any regu-

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

lation on any fishery in the world, after taking into account than US$2.8 million a year. If similar regulations were
such mare taciores as the recruitment of fish, their enforced in the English west coast hake fishery, the
growth, and death. effect would probably be an extra US$1.4 million earned
; by the fishermen and vessel owners engaged in the in-

An example of how such calculations can be made is dustry. Put in another way, such regulations as these,

provided by the demersal fishery in the North Sea. Here, based on the formulae of the authors, would result in an
the authors calculate, the best results could be obtained increase of about a third in the effectiveness of fishing
by restricting to half or less the fishing effort made in effort as measured by the catch per unit of effort.
the immediate prewar period (before 1939) and enforcinga : )
80- to 90-mm. (3.1- to 3.5-inch) mesh size for trawl nets. If the methods put forward in this book are proved com-
If such conditions were imposed, the authors estimate mercially and are adopted throughout the world, the effect
that the catch of demersal fish from the North Sea would is likely to be revolutionary. It would mean, for instance,
increase by 25 percent, or perhaps, 50 percent. In addi- that in all the countries now seeking to develop their fish-
tion, of course, the substantial reduction in fishing effort eries, a method could be applied to determine the optimum
would result in a very big increase in profits. exploitation of those fisheries, providing certain data are

} supplied. If these data are not available, the authors show

The authors calculate that if the fishing effort in the how the information required may be obtained; thus it

North Sea was reduced to 85 percent of the pre-1939 level has become possible to predict the yield of any fishery.
and the minimum size of the net mesh was 80 mm. (3.1 inches),| This is an achievement of the greatest importance to the
the effect would be to increase the size and quality, and fishing industries throughout the world, and particularly
therefore, the value of the fish caught. At the present to underdeveloped countries which are planning to develop
wholesale prices this might mean an increase of more their fisheries.

Argentine Republic

TWO PLANTS PRODUCE FROZEN FISHERY PRODUCTS: Two plants in the
Rawson Area produce frozen fishery products for sale elsewhere in Argentina and
for export. The products frozen, to a considerable extent in newly-installed fac-
tories, consist principally of shrimp, fish (pejerrey), and octopi.

iy

Australia

FROZEN FILLETS IMPORTED FROM SHANGHAI: Quick-frozen fillets from
Shanghai (Red China) were offered to the Australian fish trade for the first
time in February 1958 by an Australian import firm. The fillets (boneless and
skin -off) are reported to be attractively packed in 7-lb. blocks. The fillet
blocks were sold at about 5.6 6.6 U.S. cents under other imported fish of com-
parable quality. The fillets offered for sale were yellow croaker (similar to
English bream), pomfrets (flatfish), and jewfish.

The Australian importer returned from his second trip to Shanghai in Feb-
ruary 1958 and reported that the fish blocks were processed by the China Na-
tional Foodstuff Export Corporation on the Whampoo River, Shanghai. He stated
that the processing plant from a hygienic standpoint was ahead of similar plants
in many countries. All of the 1,500 employees of the Shanghai plant woreclean

white overalls and a face mask. Visitors to the factory are required to change
into a similar outfit.

The importer stated further that the fish-processing machinery had beenin-
stalled by Danish technicians. These technicians also supervised the packing.
The 7-lb. block was developed at the Australian importer's suggestion because
the 30-lb. blocks or slabs imported from Japan were too big for the average
Australian retailer (Fish Trades Review, February 1958).

OK OK OK

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

JAPANESE PEARL-SHELL FISHERMEN BARRED FROM TERRITORIAL WA-
TERS: Following urgent representation in Canberra by a Western Australian Mem-
ber of Parliament and the State Fisheries Minister, the Australian Government on
April 16, 1958, signified its acceptance of the state view that Japanese pearl-shell
fleets should not be allowed to operate in Western Australian waters during the
coming season. This naturally gratified Western Australian pearl-shell producers,
though it was announced simultaneously that no more than 50 Australian vessels
will be licensed for this industry. Since World War II the pearl-shell industry has
suffered from reduction in demand, as polyester plastics replaced low-quality
pearl shell in button manufacture. Nevertheless, starting from scratch in 1947,
procurement of pearl shell from the oyster beds off Broome on the north coast has
steadily increased during the same period until it now earns more than a million
United States dollars annually.

In 1957, for the first time, a Japanese pearl-shell fleet was permitted to op-
erate off Broome, outside the three-mile limit but over the continental shelf which,
Australia claims, defines her territorial waters. Although it cannot be proven that
Japanese vessels exceeded their allotted catch of 100 tons, subsequent investiga-
tion of the beds gave rise to allegations of "ruthless" overfishing (United States
Consul at Perth, April 29, 1958).

*

Brazil

JAPANESE-CONTROLLED FISHING COMPANY ANNOUNCES PLANS FOR
1958 WHALING SEASON: The Japanese tuna fishing firm established in Pernam-
buco recently purchased a small Brazilian whaling company. It announced plans to
capture 300 whales during the 1958 season. The catch is expected to yield 796 met-
ric tons of oil, 1,350 tons of ground whale meat for animal food, 330 tons of whale
meat for human consumption, and 500 tons of bone meal. The whale meat for hu-
man consumption is to be preserved by salting and drying. In the next five years
the whaling firm expects to increase production about threefold, the United States
Consul in Pernambuco states in a May 9, 1958, dispatch.

FISHERY PRODUCTS EXPORTS, 1957: Exports of fishery products from
British Honduras during 1957 totaled 3 75,744 pounds, valued at US$134,541, as
compared with exports for 1956 of 265,483 pounds, valued at US$110,528.

The United States received 40,250 pounds (value US$14,923) of whole spiny lob-
sters, 155,388 pounds (value US$95,678) of spiny lobster tails, 25,151 pounds
(US$3,479) of fish (fresh, frozen, or live), 11,690 pounds (value US$2,114) of conchs,
100 pounds of shrimp (value US$50), and 514 pounds of shark skins (value US$397).
In 1956, exports to the United States consisted of 125,011 pounds (value US$81,556) of
spiny lobster tails, and 240 pounds (value US$52) of whole spiny lobsters.

The quantity of fishery products shipped to the United States during 1957 amount-
ed to 62.0 percent of the total poundage and 87.7 percent of the total value. In1956
exports to the United States made up 47.2 percent of the volume and 81.0 percent of
the value, according to an April 30, 1958, report from the American Consulate,
Belize, British Honduras. Exports of spiny lobster tails to the United States in 1957
increased 24.3 percent over 1956 and were 94.5 percent above the 1955 exports.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW = Wolk, 205 Nos 7

FISHERIES TRENDS IN 1957: Although the total value of exports was up in
1957, prospects for the British Honduras fishing industry are not good. The most
serious problem is that existing fisheries are being exhausted, nothing is being done
to develop others, and fishing as a vocation is dying out as the old men fail to be re-
placed by the young who prefer a different life. Fishing here is still done almost
exclusively by the centuries-old method of the one-, two- or three-man dugout ca-
noe or sailboat operating with crude lobster pots, hand lines, and occasionally with
small nets. It has been proposed that a fisheries school be operated and that a suf-
ficient monopoly be granted to warrant the introduction of the capital required for
modern fishery methods and equipment. However, two small companies have been
granted concessions and both are finding it difficult to operate. The only forward-
looking plan--and it is still just a plan--is to conduct a far-reaching survey of
potentialities.

There is a small export of salted and dried fish to neighboring countries, but
this is declining rapidly for a variety of reasons: (1) the lesser number of fisher-
men, (2) consumer tastes, and (3) protective import duries. The principal exportis
of frozen spiny lobster tails; frozen whole spiny lobsters are of lesser importance
in value. The export of frozen fish almost doubled in 1957. But expectations of a
considerable industry exporting fish--as distinct from spiny lobster--have not ma-
terialized. It appears that British Honduras simply cannot compete in the United
States market.

Shrimp fishing is negligible to date. Apparently there are few shrimp tobe had.

=

Canada

LIQUID MEASURE FOR SHUCKED OYSTERS PERMITTED: A January 31,
1958, directive of the Canadian Government requiring that all containers of import-
ed shucked shellfish meats must be labeled with the net weight has been reconsid-
ered. Due to protests from the seafood packers in the United States, Canadian la-
beling requirements have been amended to permit containers of shucked oysters
shipped from the United States to be marked with the Imperial Liquid Measure."

It is still necessary to have the name and address of the packer on the container
showing that the product came from the United States. The requirements promul-
gated by the January 31, 1958, directive are as follows:

; (1) Master cartons, shipping containers, barrels, etc. shall be correctly and
legibly marked or labeled with the name and address of the packer or the license
number of the packer.

(2) The container must bear the name of the country of origin. The words

"Product of --'"' are not essential. The country of origin must be evident from the
name and address of the packer.

(3) The wrapper or label of the package must bear the name and address of

the packer or the license number of the packer. The label must bear the name of
the country of origin.

(4) Containers of shucked shellfish meat must be labeled in terms of net weight.

_ This change in the Canadian Government labeling regulations permitting the
liquid-measure designation brings their requirements as to designation of weight

into line with those of the U. S. Food and Drug Administration and oth ies i
F 3S er agencies in
the United States that control weights and measures. .

~<a

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

Denmark

FISH MEAL PRODUCTION UP 17 PERCENT IN 1957: During 1957 the avail-
able Danish supplies of fish meal totaled 66,000 metric tons, or practically the
same quantity as during the preceding year. The domestic production increased
from 47,000 tons in 1956 to 55,000 tons in 1957. This increase was, however, off-
set by a drop in imports of 8,000 tons.

The larger Danish output of fish meal was a result of increased catches of her-
ring and launce or sand eel. Launce has been subject to intensive fishing during
recent years as it has proved valuable in the production of fish meal and oil because
it is found in rather ample quantities in the North Sea.

The exports of fish meal increased from 40,000 tons in 1956 to 42,000 tons in
1957, while the domestic consumption remained unchanged at 21,000 tons.

The major export outlets for Danish fish meal were the United Kingdom
(22,700 tons) and Holland (14,200 tons). Compared to 1957, the exports to those two
countries increased by 12,000 tons and declined by 5,800 tons, respectively. (United
States Embassy, Copenhagen, dispatch dated May 14.)

MARINE OIL PRODUCTION AND IMPORTS DECREASED IN 1957: During 1957
the available Danish supplies of marine oils (fish-liver oil, fish oil, whale and seal
blubber oil, whale oil, and seal oil) totaled 37,334 metric tons, or approximately
2,200 tons less than in 1956 (see table 1). This was the net result of reduced im-
ports and less domestic production.

able 1 - Danish Supply and Distribution of Marine Oils, 1957 and 1956

SUPPLY ST) DO NO wh CO)
Opening Total nding aan
Stocks Production | Imports | < °’: |Exports| Consumption Stocks
January 1 Supply December 31| Distribution

316
8,593

105

Whale and seal blubber oil

N.A. - NOT AVAILABLE,

The reduced imports were due primarily to smaller purchases of whale oil.
The lower domestic production of marine oils was due to a smaller production of
fish oil. This may seem a little unusual considering that production of fish meal
increased notably. The explanation is, however, that certain types of fish used for
reduction possess a lower oil content than those previously constituting the bulk of
the industrial fish landings.

The principal marine oil imported during 1957 was whale oil, practically all
(10,263 tons) of which came from Norway.

The exports of marine oils increased only a trifle during 1957 (9,028 tons) and
were made up almost entirely of herring oil. The principal buyers were Sweden
(5,263 tons), Norway (1,555 tons), and West Germany (1,484 tons).

58

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

The domestic consumption of marine oils declined by approximately 4,200 tons

to 18,261 tons.

Total production of marine oils in 1957 amounted to 14,400 tons, of which
13,200 tons were fish oil (including herring oil). In 1956 the production was 15,772
tons, of which 14,048 tons were fish oil. All of the fish and whale oil in Denmarkis
used in edible products. (United States Embassy report from Copenhagen dated

May 14, 1958.)

OK OK XK OK

FAROESE GOVERNMENT INVITED TO DISCUSS TERRITORIAL WATERS
FISHING LIMITS: The Danish Government has sent an invitation to the local Faroese
Government to discuss the problem of international territorial waters fishing limits.
Bérsen (financial) states that it is the Danish Government's intention to continue to
work for an expansion of the fishing limits around the Faroe Islands. This is in
keeping with the Government's declaration at the Geneva conference that populations
which are to a high degree dependent on the sea because of their geographic posi-
tion as, for example Iceland, the Faroes, and Greenland, should be able to fix their

fishing limits up to 12 nautical miles.

Haiti

JAPANESE FISHERY COMPANY PLANS TO BASE TUNA
FISHING OPERATIONS IN HAITI: The Haitian legislature
has been asked to ratify a contract signed on April 30, 1958,
by the Government of Haiti and a large Japanese fishery
company. If the contract is ratified, the company will use
Haiti as a base for deep-sea tuna fishing operations and
establish a 600-ton freezing plant in Port-au-Prince.

The Japanese firm will probably establish a large fishing
operation out of Haiti and will export tuna and possibly other
fish to the United States. It is doubted that the firm will en-
gage in any type of processing other than simple freezing,
according to a United States Embassy dispatch from Port-
au-Prince, dated May 26, 1958.

The firm has been exploring the Central and South At-
lantic for fishery resources for some time, has located
large quantities of tuna between Haiti and the Ascension Is-
lands, and now has vessels operating in that area. The
company has been looking for a base in the Caribbean from
which to carry on Atlantic Ocean operations and Haiti
seemed to offer satisfactory conditions for this.

The contract provides for the company to operate deep-
sea fishing fleets out of any Haitian ports. Furthermore,
the company will have exclusive rights for 25 years to ex-
port fish taken on the high seas by vessels based in Haiti.
The firm has agreed to make fish available to the Haitian
market, prior to offering it for export, and also has agreed
to assist in every way in developing the coastal fishing with-
in Haitian waters. Upon ratification of the contract, the firm
will bring into Port-au-Prince Bay a freezing ship, which
will receive and handle fish caught by the vessels now oper-
ating in the Atlantic.

ori

Within four months after the ratification of the contract,
the company expects to start building a 600-ton freezing
plant, probably in Port-au-Prince. The firm also plans to
bring in shipwrights and other necessary skilled person-
nel to start constructing coastal fishing vessels in Haiti
for use by Haitian fishermen, as well as for its own use.

The company plans to concentrate its high-seas opera-
tions on tuna, using long-line gear on large vessels,

The contract provides that all vessels operated within
coastal waters will use at least 40 percent Haitian crews
the first year, increasing this to as high as 90 percent or
more before the 25 years of the contract are completed.

Haiti will receive no tax on the fish exported out of Haiti,
but will benefit by the development of her coastal vessels
and by the supplying of fish to the Haitian market without
the loss of foreign exchange. Haitian waters are not being
fished at this time, and therefore any development which is
brought about will be a net gain for Haiti; however, the con-
tract as now written will eliminate any other firms from
using Haitian ports for high-seas fisheries, unless they
want to sell their entire catch into the Haitian market.

The contract calls for the company to observe all fish-
ing ordinances and maritime regulations imposed by the
Haitian Government, but since the company’s chief inter-
est is high-seas fisheries, the Haitian Government would
have no control over these fisheries past the territorial
waters limit.

as

Honduras

SHRIMP FISHERY AND FREEZING PLANT LOCATED ON ISLAND OF GUANAJA:

During the early part

of 1958, a United States shrimp fishing company moved to the

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

Island of Guanaja (Bonacca) with five shrimp vessels. The Guanaja Island is one of
a group of islands (Islas de la Bahia) which lie about 10-40 miles off the northcoast
of Honduras. This island, easternmost of the main islands, is about nine miles long
and five miles wide at its widest point.

A new freezing plant, when completed, will have a capacity of 100,000 pounds
annually. The shrimp grounds are reported to be about 100 miles from the Island
and are promising. Another United States company is reported to be seriously con-
sidering sending a fleet of boats to operate out of Guanaja, according toan April7,
1958, dispatch from the United States Embassy in Tegucigalpa.

Iceland

DECREE CONCERNING EXTENSION OF TERRITORIAL WATERS FISHERY
LIMITS: The text of a decree, scheduled to be released June 30, 1958, concerning
the extension of Icelandic territorial waters fishery limits, was recently published
by the Icelandic newspaper Thjodviljinn. The only material changes to existing Law
No. 21 of March 19, 1952, are as follows:

.
1. The new fishery limits will be 12 miles from the baseline.

2. Icelandic vessels engaged in trawl, floating trawl, or drag-net fishing shall
be permitted to fish within the new limits up to the present limit of four miles.

3. Special regulations regarding fishing areas and fishing periods shall be
made and announced in detail.

4. The decree on fishing limits shall come into force on September 1, 1958.

5. The period from the time of release to the implementation of the decree on
fishing limits shall be used to gain recognition for and understanding of the legality
and necessity for extension of limits.

6. Iceland reserves the right to make adjustments to the baseline.

In addition to the decree, new fishery regulations were expected to be issuedon
June 30, 1958, according to the newspaper story. These regulations are to extend
the conservation area to 12 nautical miles with no change in baselines and ban all
operations of foreign vessels within that area. Icelandic trawlers would be permit-
ted to operate in the outer 8miles, subject to provisions that willbe determined later.

* KOK KK

POLISH TRADE AGREEMENT FOR Table I - Icelandic Fishery Products Exports to

1958/59 INCLUDES FISHERY PRODUCTS: acai rae Lionas aeons oer BSS LUS8:
A protocol, covering the exchange of com- £ Sane <I
modities from March 1, 1958, to Febru- Teer Shipments Shipments
ary 28, 1959, to the 1949 trade agreement 7758 | 1957/58
between Iceland and Poland was signedon reiting ‘roses lezisdon coca
March 20, 1958. It includes exports of Herring, salted | 2,000
fishery products from Iceland to Poland. (Fish meal — 2,000
Shipments of fishery products from Ice- eset ee kato
land to Poland under the new agreement estisnicils 200
for 1958/59 were programmed at 7,900 ish fillets,
metric tons as compared with 5,300 tons site ps is

fallen erent :
(only 5,223 tons valued at US$1,032,000 one WILL BE MADE IF AVAILABLE.

were actually delivered) for the year end-
ing February 28, 1958. Actual shipments

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

may vary from the amount programmed when supplies fail tomeet estimates as was
the case for frozen herring in 1957. The agreement between Iceland and Poland °
may be automatically extended for another year unless one of the contracting parties
declares it wishes to negotiate a new protocol. The exports of fishery products
programmed for the year ending February 28, 1959, the programmed shipments for
the previous year, and the actual shipments for this year are shown in table 1.

Israel
SHRIMP EXPORTS TO UNITED STATES: Shrimp exports from Israel to the
United States in 1958 will reach 15 metric tons, according to an announcement by

the Director of the Department of Fisheries in the Israel Ministry of Agriculture.
The 1957 trial shipment of 10 tons of shrimp reportedly brought about US$2,000 a ton.

During 1958 Israel will also export 15 tons of cuttlefish to Western Europe.
Fresh fish were shipped in 1957 on a trial basis to Cyprus at prices not lower than
those in Israel.

In anticipation of a further increase in the export of frozen fish, the Israel Fish-
ermen's Union is expected to purchase a second freezing plant with a processing
capacity of three tons of fish every 24 hours. The new plant will be acquired in the
United States at a cost of 1£,28,000 (US$50,400), of which the Israel Ministry of Ag-
riculture will grant the Union a loan of I#.15,000 (US$27,000). The new fish-freez-
ing plant is to be located at the Kishon Harbor. At present the only other freezer
plant operating in Israel is situated at the Haifa port, with a capacity of only one
ton per 24 hours. NY

Italy

TWO CANNERIES CUSTOM PACK ALBACORE TUNA: Two leading Italian can-
neries are custom packing canned albacore or white meat tuna for a large Italian
firm, according to a letter received from Milan dated April 19, 1958. Itisbelieved
that most of this is imported Japanese albacore or fish landed at Italian ports di-
rectly by Japanese vessels.

This new venture is part of a plan the Italian firm has been putting into effect
the past two years in order to engage in fishing and canning. The firm has a small
fleet of tuna vessels operating in the Atlantic Ocean and bringing in tuna, mainly
yellowfin, since this is the species most in demand on the Italian market.

All the fish is dressed and frozen on board the vessel.

Japan

CANNED FISH ACCOUNT FOR 60 PERCENT OF ALL CANNED PROD 2
Canned fishery products account for 60 percent of the total output of tae en
neries, The principal canned fish are tuna, crab meat, salmon, sardines, and saury.
Canned fish products of lesser importance are scallops, small clams, Hokki clams
and canned smoked oysters. These products from the Japanese fish canneries are :

sold all over the world (Foreign Agriculture, issued by the -
riculture, April 1958). ‘ i metainiy eet “8

KK ok ok ok

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

DISCOVERY OF PACIFIC ALBACORE TUNA SPAWNING GROUNDS: One of the
great mysteries of nature has been the whereabouts of the Pacific spawning grounds
of albacore--the choicest variety of tuna and a migratory surface-feeding type of
fish found far from land.

Japanese fishery researchers now claim that the mystery has been solved. A
fishing vessel operating along the equator somewhere west of the Gilbert Islands
recently caught swordfish whose stomach contents included newly-spawned albacore.
(Pacific Islands Monthly, April 1958.)

2B OK OK OK OK

UNITED STATES, 1957: During 1957 exports of frozen
tuna to the United States increased about 29.9 percent in
quantity and 23.4 percent in value, as compared with 1956.
Canned tuna exports in 1957 were down slightly in quantity
and value from the previous year. Crab meat exports in-
creased 22.0 percent in quantity and 22.1 percentin value.

Japan’s Exports of Selected Fishery Products
to the United States, 1957

Quantity Value

Product
1957 1956 1957 1956

Other canned fishery products were up by 4.1 percent in (Metric Tons) | .. (US$1,000) ,,
quantity, but declined 3.3 percent in value in 1957 over the Muna ytrozenter acre 15,098 12,235
preceding year. Tuna, canned...... 11,538 ; 11,619

(Crab meat, canned. .
therscannedip.weneacne

6,219
13,524

5,095
13,981

kK KK

FISHERY LANDINGS IN 1957 AT RECORD HIGH: Japan's fisheries landings
(excluding whales) and output of other marine products reached an all-time peak in
1957, according to the Japanese Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry. Japan's
fisheries landings of 5,398,000 metric tons, which includes pelagic fishing, coastal
and offshore fishing, shallow-water culture, and inland fishing and culture, was 13
percent higher than for 1956 and 10 percent higher than for the previous postwar
peak attained in 1955.

The record 1957 output was attributed by the Ministry of Agriculture and For-
estry to favorable migration of fish, improvements in fishing technique, and mod-
ernization of fishing equipment.

Domestic prices for fish in 1957 were about equal to those prevailing in 1956.
The fishing industry therefore had a most successful year.

Whaling operations resulted in a catch of 16,018 whales (including sperm and
baleen whales), an increase of 3,102 whales as compared with 1956 (the Antarctic
whaling fleet was increased by one mothership operation in 1957), the UnitedStates
Embassy in Tokyo reports.

OK OK OK OK OK
STATEMENT ON FISHING IN COASTAL WATERS OF ‘‘The Soviet claim that the territorial question was already
U.S. S.R.: The position of the Japanese Government on settled has always been repeated by the Soviet Union ever
the longstanding territorial issue with the Soviet Union since the Japanese-Soviet talks in London. However, it need
was outlined ina statement by the Director of the Foreign not be pointed out at this stage that the territorial question be-
Ministry’s Public Information Bureau, March 24. Follow- tween Japan andthe Soviet Union is to be decided for the first
ing is a translation of the statement as reported in Japan time in a peace treaty.

Report of April.20, 1958.
‘The disposition of Japanese territorialrights was stipu-

“On March 18, Soviet Deputy Foreign Minister N. T, Fedo- lated for the first time in the San Francisco Peace Treaty.
renko delivered to Japanese Ambassador in Moscow, Suemitsu Inthis Treaty Japan relinquished its authority, title and right
Kadowaki, the Soviet Government’s reply tothe Japanese re- of demand to Southern Sakhalin and the Kurile Islands; but
quest of February 28 concerning the question of fishing in since the Soviet Union refused to sign the said Treaty, the
coastal waters. territorial question between the two countries remains still

unsettled.

“‘Inits reply, the Soviet Union repeatedits past claim that
it believed conditions were not yet Suitable to discuss the ‘Talks for normalization of the Japanese-Soviet diplomatic
question of fishing in coastal waters since the Japanese relations, startedin June 1955, failedto reach agreement on
Government had not expressedreadiness to concludea peace this question. Therefore, the two countries agreed to leave
treaty with the Soviet Union. Atthe same time, it stated that the question unsettled but restore diplomatic relations through
the territorial question had already been settled and that it the issuance ofa joint Japanese-Soviet declaration. They de-
could not consider any request of whatever nature from Ja- cided to continue at a later date the negotiations on the con-

pan. clusionof apeacetreaty. Theterritorial question must thus

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

be included in the talks for the conclusion of a peace treaty,
‘and Japan cannot agree to the Soviet Government's claim that
the territorial question has already been settled.

‘‘Japanis prepared to conclude apeace treaty at any time
ifthe Soviet Union accepts Japan’s just demand to hand over
the two islands of Habomai and Shikotan, which are apart of
Hokkaido, as well as the islands of Kunashiri and Etorofu,
since both are the inherent territories of Japan.

‘The Soviet Government in its latest reply has made clear
its attitude that it regards the territorial question as having
been settled and that it cannot agree with any indication that
the Soviet Union is attempting unilaterally to force upon
Japan its claim on the territorial questionin connection with
fishing in coastal waters. Needless to say, however, the re-

Vol. 20, No. 7

“‘Despite the opposing claims of both countries onthe ter-
ritorial question andthe difficult positionin which the con-
clusion of apeace treaty has beenplaced, Japan, in compli-
ance with the spirit of the joint Japanese-Soviet declaration,
has successively settled various pending problems between
Japan and the Soviet Union and is pursuing a policy of fur-
thering the friendly relations between the two countries.
There will be no change in this policy in the future.

‘‘Japan’s request for talks on the question of fishing in
coastal waters is based on this policy. Japan, therefore,
renews its hope that the Soviet Union will also, from the
standpoint of promoting friendly Japanese-Soviet ties, agree
totalks onthe question of fishing in coastal waters and, at
the same time, strive for a satisfactory settlement of the
problem.”’

turn to Japan of its inherent territories is the united and
fervent desire of the Japanese people, and this claim cannot
be relinquished.

kK OK Ok

VALUE OF FISHERY PRODUCTS EXPORTS, 1957: Exports of fishery products
by Japan in 1957 were valued at US$122 million f. o. b. (exclusive of fish and ma-
rine mammal oils and aquatic products), according to figures compiled from cus-
toms data by the Japanese Ministry of Finance. Fishery products exports made up
about 2.3 percent of the total value of US$2,858 million for all exports.

The exports of fishery products in 1957 to the United States amounted to US$55
million, or about 45.1 percent of the value for all fishery products. The United
Kingdom was second in terms of value with a total of $22 million and the Philippines
was third with a value of US$5 million. These three countries accounted for 67 per-
cent of Japan's foreign trade in fishery products.

_ In addition to the above, Japan exported fish oils valued at US$23 million, of
which the United States share was US$4 million. (United States Embassy report
from Tokyo, dated April 24, 1958.)

JAPANES. GOVERMENT

Mexico

LONG-LINER LANDS TUNA TRIP AT GULF PORT: The single Mexican tuna
long-liner fishing in the Gulf of Mexico out of Veracruz returned to port in May with
6.2 metric tons of yellowfin tuna after a five-day trip (4 days of fishing). This was

a particularly successful voyage since an average of 20 tuna per 100 hooks was
maintained.

The vessel, La Jarocha, is a converted purse seiner about 62 feet long equipped
with a Japanese Tine-hauler, but with no refrigeration. The master fishers fo igen
experienced Japanese fisherman. The boat fishes 10 baskets of 30 hooks each. Up-

on capture the fish were gutted and iced-down in the hold. The fish were delivered
to the Veracruz cannery that owns the vessel.

; At present only tuna are landed, but officials of the recently-for i
Biological Station of the Veracruz Technological Institute have rocoaie aLaeeeere
the project and expect to find a market for the many sharks that are caught. An at-
tempt is also being made to develop a market in Mexico City for fresh yellowfin. It
is claimed that beheaded and gutted yellowfin can be delivered to wholesalers in.
Mexico City at about 18 and 25 U. S. cents a pound, which would place it in the up-

per-middle-class price range for fresh fish, the United S) i i
: ; tat
City reported in a May 21, 1958, dispatch. Ee ea

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

Morocco

FISHING AND CANNING TRENDS, FIRST QUARTER 1958: Canned Sardines:
The current fishing and canning season in Morocco has been among the best for sev-
eral years, as fish supplies were plentiful and of fine quality. France purchased
the whole of its import quota of Moroccan canned sardines free of duty to help keep
local prices down. This official quota was 12,000 metric tons, or 600,000 cases of
100 cans each. As the French catch was short, France accepted an additional
60,000 tons at normal duty.

From June 1, 1957 (beginning of the fishing season) to December 31, 1957, the
pack of canned sardines was estimated at 2 million cases. During the same period,
1.2 million cases were exported. Thus, a serious surplus has developed and mar-
kets for it are now being sought, principally through the use of trade agreements.

Fish: Morocco produces large quantities of fish, but consumes only 3.3 pounds
of fish a year per capita, whereas the average consumption in Europe is 15 timesas
much. To promote increased local consumption of fresh fish, a national committee
decided to start a campaign of price control, to organize fish packing, refrigeration,
transportation, and sanitary control, as well as appropriate advertising. Also, to
permit continued fresh fish exports to Algeria at competitive prices, Moroccan ex-
porters obtained in February the suppression of the Algerian import quota.

New Hebrides

TUNA FREEZING PLANT IN OPERATION: The new tuna freezing plant (re-
ceived its first fish in October 1957) located on the island of Espiritu Santo, New
Hebrides, has a freezing capacity of 32 tons of tuna a day, storage space for 500
tons, a brine- and smoke-curing plant, an ice-making capacity of 20 tons daily, an
ice storage space of 200 tons, and ample docking facilities. More storage space for
an additional 200 tons is planned.

Two Japanese tuna fishing vessels have been landing their catches at the new
plant. Landings from the first few trips have been very good and prospects are
good for the future. Catches have been made up of 60 percent albacore tuna, 10 per-
cent yellowfin tuna, and 30 percent marlin, sailfish, and other fish, the United States
Consulate at Noumea, New Caledonia, reported on May 8, 1958.

gg

=

Norway

COD FISHERIES TRENDS THROUGH MAY 3, 1958: During the week ending
May 3, 1958, in Finnmark, Lofoten, weather conditions were mostly good and land-
ings of young cod continued to increase. The total landings of young cod in 1958
through May 3 amounted to 38,5982 metric tons as compared with 22,143 tons and
17,363 tons, respectively, for the corresponding periods in 1957 and 1956.

Total Norwegian landings of young cod and spawning cod amounted to 106,348
tons as of May 3, compared with 80,129 tons last year and 123,742 tons in 1956 for
comparable periods. Of this year's landings, 60,113 tons were sold for drying,
29,440 tons for curing, and 16,795 tons for fresh purposes.

KOK KK OK

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

U.S.S.R. OFFERS TO INCREASE HERRING PURCHASES:

Although Icelandic herring makes up a relatively small :
proportion of Norway's total herring catch, it is of consid-
erable economic importance, according to a May 19 dis-
patch from the United States Embassy in Oslo. It is fished
off the coast of Iceland by Norwegian vessels which leave
Norway at the end of June.

The Icelandherring, the most desirable of all herring
species, is used entirely for human consumption, since
it is too valuable to be processed into oil and meal, When
the Norwegian fleet leaves for the Iceland fishing grounds,
it takes with it the barrels and necessary salt and spices
for preparation and packing of the herring on board. The
catch of Iceland herring fluctuates widely from year to
year. A normal catch for a season is about 200,000 bar-
rels; however, the fishing boats will sometimes take about
250,000-270,000 barrels in the event of a particularly rich
haul.

The United States and Sweden have traditionally been
the principal purchasers of Iceland herring, and the
amounts sold to these markets do not vary much from

Vol. 20, No. 7

year to year. The U.S.S.R. represents a new element in
the market. Sweden usually contracts for the herring be-
fore the fleet leaves while United States purchases take
place after the fleet returns. In the past, the Soviets
have not purchased in advance and have, in a sense, been
taking what is left after Swedish and United States pur-
chases. The Russian share of Iceland herring has not
been large, but after a rich haul, the Norwegians have
always had the possibility of selling the surplus to the
Russians,

The Russians have recently expressed a desire to in-
crease their share of Iceland herring and have offered
to make firm long-term contracts to purchase as much
as 100,000 barrels annually. Due to this, the Norwegian
fishing interests are faced with a quandry. If the season
is a particularly good one there will be enough herring to
satisfy the Russian contracts and the traditional markets
in the United States and Sweden, but if Norway must first
fill Russian contracts, not enough herring will be left
(in the event of a disappointing season) to cover the
traditional markets.

Panama

NEW FISH MEAL PLANT IN OPERATION: The largest
shrimp fishing and processing firm in Panama has com-
pleted and is now operating a new fish meal plant on
Taboga Island.

In 1956 the company initiated a building program de-
signed to transfer eventually all operations from its
present site on the Gulf of Panama in a suburban resi-
dential district of Panama City to the Island of Taboga.
The 12-hour, 18-foot tide of the Gulf of Panama and the
limited space of its present location were the principal
reasons for the move. The new site, on the southeast
end of the Island, has a deep-water cove which will per-
mit around-the-clock unloading and servicing of its
boats. Substantial leveling and fill work has been car-
ried out in preparation of the site. The program pro-
vides for the construction of expanded facilities for han-
dling and freezing shrimp, docking facilities for up to
12 shrimp boats at a time, a marine yard with accom-
Ppanying shops and storehouses, a 206-foot drydock, a
small fish cannery, and the fish meal plant.

The first stage of the building program was the fish meal
plant. Construction of the modern plant with the ac-
companying floating dock was completed in April 1957,
at a cost of about US$300,000. Used plant equipment
purchased in the United States was supplemented by new
equipment acquired abroad or constructed at plant site.
Management of the plant was placed under an experienced
German technician. Additional personnel presently con-
sists of an American machinist in charge of the Diesel

equipment, an Argentine national as assistant manager,
and seven laborers.

Establishment of the fish meal plant makes possible
the use of scrap fish caught by the Company’s shrimp
fleet and previously discarded as waste. Fish caught
the last day out are left on deck, but if the boat is to be
out for more than a day the fish are stored in the hold,
The boat stops at Taboga on its way in from sea. Un-
loading at the fish meal plant may be done at low tide
when it would not be possible for the trawler to reach the
Company’s dockin Panama City to discharge its shrimp
catch, The fish are unloaded onto a screw conveyer
mounted on the floating dock and are pumped with water
through a pipe to the plant. Water and waste products
and an occasional pelican are separated fromthe washed
fish as they come out on the conveyer. The fish are
weighed as they pass along the belt conveyer and are
separated as to size on entering one of three concrete
holding bins. The difference in cooking time necessi-
tates separate handling of the large and the small fish
The fish are lifted from the bins by bucket conveyer to
the steam sealer. They are carried by screw conveyer

through the steam sealer, the primary and secondary
cookers, and intothepress. Liquids extracted by the press,
which include the oil and some solid residue, are channeled
intoa bin. Solids pass by screw conveyer intothe primary
grinders and continue by screw conveyer to the dryers.
Blow dryers were selected because the meal cannot over-
heat with this process. The dried meal passes through a
second grinder before moving on by screw conveyer to the
sacking chute. Facilities are providedto permit meal con-
sidered too moist for fine grinding and sacking to be re-
channeled through the dryers. The pulverized dried meal
is placed in 100-pound burlap bags lined with tar paper and
is permitted to cool before the bag is closed. These bags,
which cost 40 U.S. cents each, are practically waterproof.

Presently, the oiland press liquors are lost in the liquid
waste dumped intothesea. Pilot tests have shownthe most
efficient operation of the plant to be 9 to10 tons of rawfish
per hour. The footsreel press installed with the original
equipment has an efficient operating capacity of no more
than three tons per hour. This footsreel press is to be re-
placed by new equipment ordered from Germany with a
capacity comparable to that of the other plant equipment,
which will also clarify liquids, remove solids, and refine
oil.

The fish meal recovery is about 20 percent of the raw
fish weight. Recovery of solids from the press liquids
will raise the percentage by 2 or 3 points. Oil content of
the scrap fish is about one barrel (53 gallons) per ton of
fish. The meal runs about 61 percent protein content and
sells at US$6.50 to US$7.00 a 100-pound bag. About half
of the plant’s productionis exported and half consumed in
Panama, primarily in hog feeding.

Production of the plant is still very restricted by the lack
of fish. Presently, production is limited to the scrap fish
caught inthe shrimp nets. The Company pays the boat crew
$10 a ton for the fish. The shrimp boats are bringing in
from 2 to 6 tons each but the limited space on the trawler
does not warrant saving these fish except on the last day
or two of the trip. In order to increase the plant’s fish
supply, the Company has purchased five landing barges for
use in picking up the day’s catch of scrap fish from the
shrimp boats at sea. Plans are to provide the plant with
itS own purse Seiner fleet. The costly nets, however,
make trained captains essential in the operation of apurse
Seine and experienced personnelis not available in Pana-
ma, The establishment ofthe initial fleet of purse seiners,

therefore, is dependent on the import of experienced captains.

There are some 50 varieties of scrap fish of no commerci-
al value found in the Gulf of Panama. The modern plant has
the capacity to handle 240 tons of raw fish on a 24-hour-day

July 1958

basis. Present operations carry the fish from the bin to the
meal sack within 15 minutes. Adequate space has been pro-
vided in the plant layout for additional holding bins for raw
fish and storage room for the hot sacked meal. Any addi-
tional plant labor needed is available on the Island. Special

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

feeding programs now being encouraged for improvement of
the national livestock industry should increase local con-
sumption of fish meal, the United States Embassy in Pana-
ma reports in a March 25, 1958, dispatch.

Poland

FISHERY MOTHERSHIP LAUNCHED FOR U.S.S.R.:

A fishery mothership

built for the U. 8. S. R. was launched in Poland on April 12, 1958, according to a
Polish newspaper. It is reported to be the largest ship, in respect to dimensions,

thus far built in Polish yards.

The vessel will operate in the Arctic, and is rein-

forced against ice. It is described as being 157 meters (515 feet) long, 20 meters
(65.6 feet) wide, and 9 meters (29.5 feet) in depth. Designed for handling the catch-
es of 40 trawlers at sea and a crew of 263, it is equipped with five refrigeration

compartments, a drying chamber, ''enormous fuel tanks,

"and a helicopter.

Spain

BILBAO AREA FISHERIES TRENDS, MARCH 1957: Fish-
ing: Bilbao area fish wholesalers reported that while aver-
age catches were made in January and February 1958 by the
trawling fleet on the high seas, smaller vessels operating
close to the coast obtained poor results, because of the bad
weather.

Fishing in Dakar: To fill in the gap of forced unemploy-
ment due to poor fishing in the Cantabrian waters during
the month of November to February, a sizable portion of
the fishing fleet of the provinces of Viscaya and Guipuzcoa
has been seeking new fishing areas in the past few years.
Efforts have been concentrated in the Dakar waters (off
French West Africa) and in the Mediterranean,

During the 1956 winter season, 8 fishing vessels from
Bilbao area ports fished for tuna in the region off Cabo
Blanco, just north of Dakar. Operating about 60 days from
the middle of November until the middle of January, the
vessels caught 623 metric tons of tuna which sold for
US$95,238.

Encouraged by the goodresults obtainedin 1956, 20 fish-
ing vessels participated in this fishery in 1957, in the
neighborhood of Dakar. Approximately 1,600 tons of tuna
were caught and sold (headless) to canning factories in
Las Palmas and Arrecife inthe Canary Islands for about
7.7 U.S. cents a pound(US$154 ashortton). While satisfied
with their season’s earnings, most of the returning fish-
ermen expressed some disappointment in that they did not
obtain the excellent catches made by the French vessels in
the same waters. They pointed out that they were handi-

capped by the lack of adequate equipment and supplies,
such as refrigeration and freezing units, nylonnets, fish
detectors--all standard equipment of the French vessels.

Cod Fishing: After months of study and discussion an
agreement was Signed on March 6, 1958, in San Sebastian
among Spanish, French, and Portuguese cod interests.
The agreement is described as an attempt to find amicable
solutions to certain basic problems, such as mutual aid to
injured and sick fishermen, assistance in lifesaving, col-
lision rights, etc., which result from the close-quarter
methods of fishing traditionally employed by the fishermen
of the three countries off the banks of Newfoundland,
Labrador, Spitzbergen, and in the Barents Sea.

Early in March the Spanish cod fleet headed for the fish-
ing banks off Newfoundland where it fishes until the end of
October. Of the 100 ships of various tonnage, the largest
were trawlers of 1,300 tons. The fleet carrieda combined
crew of 3,500 men. Annually about 80,000 metric tons of
cod are caught which are valued at approximately US$19
million. A round trip to Newfoundland requires about 30
days.

As usual, two sore problems will beset the fishermen.
One concerns the lack of hospital facilities to take immedi-
ate care of sick orinjuredseamen. The other problem arises
from the scarcity of water either for drinking or cooking.
There will be a strict rationing of water among the seamen
who will be away from their base port of operations in the
French island of St. Pierre de Miquelon for over 70 days
at a time.

Kk KOK

VIGO FISHERIES TRENDS, JANUARY-MARCH 1958:
Fishing: Despite bad weather during March 1958, fish
landings at Vigo, Spain, rose to 9.3 million pounds, valued
at US$973,000. Leading species were dollarfish or pomfret,
Brama raii (3.4 million pounds), small hake (1.5 million
pounds), and horse mackerel (1.3 million pounds). The
landings represented anincrease of 0.3 million pounds over
the preceding month, but were below the March 1957 total
by 1.4 million pounds.

Total landings for the first quarter of 1958 were 25.3 mil-
lion pounds valued at US$2,820,000. This was anincrease
of 363,492 pounds and US$347,000 over the first quarter of
1957.

About 20 fishing boats (mostly ‘‘parejas’’) left for the
fishing banks off Newfoundland during February and March.
This was an increase of seven from this area due to the
additions to the fleet, and the shift of some vessels from
the southern tuna fishery.

The closed season on mollusks and crustaceans went into
effect on April 1. It was reportedthat the shellfish season
for January-March 1958 was poor and below the 1957 landings.

The sardine season began in March after a two-month
closed season in the Northeast and Cantabrian regions.
Fishing circles were optimistic that this year might see the
end of the poor sardine catches which have plagued the in-

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

dustry since 1946. This optimism is based on the 1957
figures for sardine landings at the port of Vigo. Although
official statistics put these landings at 16.2 million pounds,
it is estimated that landings exceeded 22.0 millionpounds.

The 1957 total catch of sardines was far from the 30,000-
40,000 metric tons which were common in some past years.
The same amount of effort applied to the sardine fishery in
these good years, it is estimated, would have doubled or
tripled the 1957 landings.

Fish Canning and Processing: Fish canners in the Vigo
area bought 710,000 pounds of fresh fish in March bringing
the total for the quarter to 1.1 million pounds, a drop of
209,000 pounds from the first quarter of 1957, Primary
cause for the drop was the low catchin January when the
industry could only purchase 7,100 pounds.

Fish bought for smoking and salting amounted to 192,817
pounds for January-March 1958, a drop from the 2.5 million
pounds used for this purpose in the first quarter of 1957.
This decline was due to increased shipments (3.5 million
pounds) of fresh fish to interior markets where demand
pushed up prices 10-15 percent over last year.

Supplies for Canning Industry: The supply of olive
oil and tinplate remains, as in the past, inadequate to

Vol. 20, No. 7

meet anticipated demand. Prices for olive oil have gone
up to about 46.2 U.S, cents per quart, and there is talk of it
going higher. The only relief the industry sees in sight is the
soybean oil which the United States has recently agreed to
ship to Spain. It is rumored that the Director General of
Abastecimientos y Transportes made a quick trip to the
United States in an effort to expedite the shipment.

Tinplate prospects for the year do not look bright. Of
the 250,000 boxes needed by fish canners in Spain for a
year’s production, canners hope to get approximately half.

Imports of tinplate this year will be largely from England,
as it was in 1957. Some tinplate will be imported from
France under the Spanish-French accord of December 4,
1957.

Talk has died down of the new plant at Aviles installing
cold rolling equipment for the production of tinplate but
optimistically there are hopes that Altos Hornos de
Vizcaya will start producing tinplate by the beginning of
next year.

Tinplate prices are declining and the English have prom-
ised a slight cut, but German firms, until now too high
priced for Spanish canners, are talking of cuts up to15 per-
cent.

NOTE: VALUES CONVERTED TO US$ EQUIVALENT AT RATE OF 1 PESETA EQUALS uS$0.0238.

Taiwan

FROZEN TUNA SHIPPED TO UNITED STATES: In januak 195 i

: we : y 8 the China
Fisheries Corporation, a Taiwan Government Corporation, made a trial shipment
of 28 metric tons of frozen tuna to Los Angeles.

The shipment was sold to a California firm at c.i.f i i
: .l.f. prices ranging from US$310
for yellowfin to US$330 for albacore, the former predominating. he :

China Fisheries Corporation operates 4 tuna long-liners and 21 otter trawlers
the latter procured from the United Nations Near East Relief Agency. The four :
long-liners were built in Taiwan and self-financed. The only International Corpo-
ration Administration aid financing received by the Company is NT$4,820,000
(US$237,000) under a refrigeration project, which is still under construction.

It is reported that the price obtained for this trial shi
pment at Formosa was
about NT939 (US$46) and NT412 (US$20) under the local sales price for yellowfin

and albacore, respectively.

U. S. S. R.

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATIVE HE

PLANNED: The 1 ae
SEA PLANNED: The leader of Soviet fishery research recently stated that Soviet —

RRING RESEARCH IN THE NORWEGIAN

Science 18, among other things, working toward the d ientifi
: S , evelopment of scientific coop-
eae lan Norway, Denmark, and Iceland for the development of a joint netewee
Pee oe ee ts in ae Norwegian Sea. A Soviet research vessel, Pro-
Jev, will take part in the joint hydrological research in the Norwe ian
Sea, accor ing to the May 14, 1958, issue of the Norwegian periodical Fiskacee

OK OK OK Ok

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

67

TWO NEW-TYPE FACTORYSHIPS LAUNCHED: Two large factoryships were
recently launched at a shipyard in Leningrad. One of them, the Krasnogwardjejetz,
is viewed as the prototype for a series of factoryships to be built and is an improved
version of the factory-trawler Pushkin, which was the first of 25 large Soviet fac-
tory-trawlers built in Kiel, Germany. The new type of factoryship has atotallength
of 278 feet (246 feet between perpendiculars), a breadth of 46 feet, and a depth of
32 feet from the upper deck to the keel, and a tonnage of 3,712 tons. The vessel is
already in operation according to the Norwegian periodical Fiskaren, May 14, 1958.

United Kingdom
19TH RUSSIAN TRAWLER LAUNCHED: The 19th of the 20 trawlers ordered
by Russia from a British ship-building firm was launched in early April 1958.

These fishing vessels are almost 190 feet in over-all length and have a loadeddis-
placement of 1,300 metric tons. They are also especially constructed to meet

Arctic weather conditions (World Fishing, May 1958).
NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, MAY 1958, P 70; FEBRUARY 1958, P. 75; DECEMBER 1957,

Ral Alo

Ok KK Ok

TEMPERATURE OF FISH AT ALL STAGES OF DISTRI-
BUTION CHAIN STUDIED: The temperature of fish at all
stages of the distribution chain, from unloading at the port
to sale in the stores, was studied during the summers of
1956 and 1957 by scientists of the Humber Laboratory of
the British Department of Scientific and Industrial Research.
This was done partly as a result of requests from the fish
trade itself in order to find out whether existing conditions
needed improvement and, if so, how improvements could
be brought about,

Altogether, nearly 30,000 temperatures of fresh fish
were taken and a great deal of information collected of
the treatment and temperature of fish at all stages in the
distribution chain.

On The Market: Although the majority of the read-
ings obtained of temperatures of fish at the time of un-
loading from distant-water vessels was in the region of
the temperature of melting ice (32° F.), a Significant
proportion was above 34° F. In work previously carried
out by the Department on commercial vessels, tempera-
tures as high as 52° F. were recorded.

Since at 42° F. fish spoils roughly 2.5 times as rapidly
as at 32° F., although these temperatures appear to be
only slightly higher than that of melting ice, they could
nevertheless with advantage be lower. Fish that has
been stored for a week at 42 F. will be very stale, while
if it is stored in ice at 32° F. it will still be quite fresh.
Bad handling on the trawler can result in the landing of
very poor or indifferent fish.

When this has been said, however, it must be admitted
that temperatures on the trawler are much lower than
anywhere else in the distribution chain.

As soon as the fish is unloaded into market containers
and removed from the ice, it begins to warm up towards
the temperature of the air. The speed with which it does
this depends upon air temperature, where the fish is in
the market container, whether it is in direct sunlight,
and so on. It is hardly surprising that fish on the surface
warms up rapidly--the highest temperature recorded on
the market before filleting (61° F.) was probably obtained
from a fish on the top of a container--but fish at the
bottom warms up almost as rapidly.

Filleting: By the time the fish comes to be filleted
it is already warm and in the case of the highest tempera-~
tures recorded the fish would have suffered the same

amount of deterioration as fish stored for 2.5 days in
ice. Even the bulk of the readings indicate that the loss
of ‘‘shelf life’’ may be somewhere in the region of 24
hours up to the time of filleting.

When the fish is filleted, there is a sharp rise in tem-
perature for the bulk of the readings. The reason for this
is that the temperature of the water in the filleting opera-
tion is considerably higher than that of the fish. The
warmest fish, on the other hand, is cooled down.

Boxing and Icing: After the fish is iced down in boxes
and put on rail it begins to cool down. It takes a consider-
able time to do this and in many cases it appears that not
nearly enough ice is added even to cool the fish down, let
alone to keep it cool. In the case of the warmest fish, the
amount of ice added is only sufficient to bring the tempera-
ture down to 50° F. or so--a temperature at which fish is
going bad roughly five times as fast as at 32° F. or, in
other words, five hours at this temperature equals a day’s
storage at 32° F. in ice.

It is by no means easy to suggest any remedy. Never-
theless it is imperative that something should be done.
Much of the fish comes from distant waters and its average
age is perhaps 10 days at landing. If care is not taken, it
can easily be very stale by the time it reaches the house-
wife 24 hours or so later.

Icing Market Containers: The first thing to do is to
try to stop the fish from warming up when it is unloaded,
but how is this to be done? Top-icing the market contain-
ers, as is done in Grimsby for North Sea fish in the sum-
mer, could be adopted, but would have much less effect on
the fish in the tub-shaped Hull kit than it would in the flat
Grimsby box, because the Grimsby box exposes a greater
surface of fish to the ice. Also, top-icing would make it
very difficult to look at the fish before and during the
auction.

Perhaps the most realistic suggestion is that the mer-
chant should make sure that fish is well iced as soon as
possible after he has purchased it,

In this survey it was found that a significant proportion
of fish could still be lying in market containers at 4 p.m.,
either on the market or in merchants’ premises. By this
means the highest temperatures would almost certainly be
avoided, although more rapid spoilage due to the fish
warming up would not be entirely prevented.

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Cooling the Fillets: The rapid rise in temperature
when the fish is filleted could to some extent be overcome
by adding lumps of ice to the water in the filleting operation.
It should be noted that such a procedure is most necessary
in warm weather. A better alternative, however, would be
to cool the fillets down in ice-cold water as soon as they
are filleted and then to pack them down in plenty of ice.

Add Enough Ice: The present trade practice is to ice
fillets down with a layer of ice on top of a 28-pound box
and in a 70-pound box to put a layer of ice at the top and
the bottom. Even if enough ice is added, and this is
rarely the case, it takes many hours for the ice to cool
down the fish at the center of the box. If the fillets started
off their journey at the temperature of melting ice, how-
ever, and the box had a layer of ice at the top and bottom
to stop heat warming them up again, there would be little
fault to find with present practice.

In passing, it may be observed that the custom of pack-
ing fillets with ice at each end of the box is virtually use-
less. The bulk of the fish is quite uncooled by the ice in
the course of a normal journey from port to store.

The same general considerations apply to fish sent away
whole. Since whole fish are not processed, however,
under commercial conditions they are almost always a few
degrees colder than fillets prepared at the same time from
similar fish. It is, nevertheless, just as important for
whole fish to be iced adequately as it is for fillets.

What is Adequate Icing? Adequate icing is difficult to
define closely, since the amount to be added will depend
on air temperature, the temperature of the fish to be
cooled, the conditions of transport, and so on. As a gen-
eral guide, however, it may be said that 42 pounds of
ice to 56 of fish would by no means be excessive in sum-
mer time.

If more ice is to be added, however, freight on the
actual weight of fish transported will be increased, and
thus must inevitably mean an increase in the cost of fish.
Obviously there is need for discussion between the
appropriate authorities in order to arrive at a reasonable
and just solution to this problem since the existing con-
ditions encourage the transport of fish with the minimum
of ice. Much can still be done, however, by making sure
that the fillets are as close to 32° F, at the time of pack-

Vol. 20, No. 7

ing as is reasonably possible, so that all the ice which is
added is used to prevent heat leaking into the fish from
outside and not to cool the fish down.

At the Inland Market: When fish arrives at the rail-
way terminus from the port it has reached its lowest
temperature and is about to start warming up again. It is
common practice to unload the fish from the rail cars and
allow it to stand until sale time some hours later. Under
these conditions it does, of course, begin to warm up to
air temperature, although if sufficient ice had been added
at the port, which is rarely the case, this would not occur.

Even where there is no ice on fish reaching the inland
wholesale market, it is unusual for more ice to be added
at this stage.

Although it is true that if sufficient ice is added to fish
at the port, there should still be sufficient at the inland
market to last until it reaches the shop, there are occa-
sions when, for various reasons, nearly all the ice has
melted and it therefore should be one of the duties of the
inland wholesale merchant to inspect the fish passing
through his hands and to re-ice where necessary.

In the Stores: The fish retailer inherits neglect at any
of the previous stages in the distribution chain, and it is
therefore all the more essential for him to inspect fish
as soon as it arrives in his store and add ice where
necessary.

When he puts his fish on display he is spreading it out
in a thin layer exposed to the warm air and it therefore
warms up much more rapidly than at any other stage in
the whole distribution chain. It is absolutely essential
to keep the fish cool on display and the best way of doing
this is to use ice. Refrigerated slabs are still not in
general use and some of those which are in existence are
little better than uncooled slabs. There is obviously
scope for further improvements in design and operation
of this type of equipment.

It is most important that fish retailers should have
all their cooling equipment regularly inspected by acom-
petent refrigeration engineer. (Fish Trades Gazette,
April 26, 1958.)

KOK KOK OK

TWO NEW FACTORYSHIPS SIMILAR TO ‘‘FAIRTRY:”’
The British firm in Leith, Scotland, that owns the fish
factoryship Fairtry, will add two similar vessels to its
fleet. The second ship is due to be delivered in December
and the third six months later.

After preliminary trials in a converted vessel, the Fair-
try was launched 3-1/2 years ago. Russia, also operates a
fleet of factoryships (moulded largely upon the plans of the
Fairtry and her predecessor),

The new vessels, being built by a shipyard in Renfrew,
Scotland, will be slightly shorter in length than the Fair-
try, namely 235 feet between perpendiculars, compared
with 245 feet. They are more compactly designed with an
absolute minimum of waste space. Moulded breadth will
be 48 feet and moulded depth 25 feet.

The vessels will be powered by Diesel electric engines,
the three main generators providing current for the double
armature propulsion motors of 2,000 s.h.p. at 130 r.p.m.

The freezing equipment will be much the same as that
on the Fairtry. Three machines will handle 30 tons of
fillets in 24 hours, with storage at 10° F, in the fish holds.

The fish meal plant will be of the continuous-process type

instead of the batch type on the Fairtry and it is hoped that
it will have a work capacity of 10 tons a day.

Four filleting machines are being installed and five
plate freezers, Both Loran and Decca will be installed for
navigational purposes and, in spite of the rapid advances
in electronics, which sometimes Seem to outdate equipment
before it can be utilized, the new vessels will certainly
be equipped with the finest range of equipment possible.

Accommodations are being provided for 96 people, includ-
ing a certain number of specialists, in addition to the
normal ship and factory crews.

When the Fairtry was first commissioned and the
prospect of voyages of 2 to 3 months duration was dis-
cussed, it was thought by some that difficulty would arise
in finding crews to remain at sea for such long periods of
time. The firm, however, withits background of whaling
experience and voyages lasting up to six months or more,
proved that these pessimists were wrong.

In general, the crews have shown that they like the ship
and the accommodations, comfort, and facilities provided,
and the firm has had the best of support from the fishing
section of the Transport and General Workers Union in
finding crews, and negotiating conditions and pay.

The manning of the two new vessels is not therefore con-
sidered to be any real problem. A number of: competent
skippers and officers have already shown interest in them
and the firm, in addition, hopes to be able to promote
some of their own staff who are already experienced in
operating the Fairtry.

The engineering personnel is somewhat more of a pro-
blem because of the diverse and highly technical nature
of the machinery. Special training to selected personnel
is being given as far as possible. The problem is to get
the ordinary merchant marine engineer to interest him-
self in a fishing vessel, and on the other hand, for engi-
neers used to ordinary trawlers to adapt themselves to
the different types of equipment and method of operation,

Speaking in general terms on the experience of the Fair-
try as to the hopes entertained for the new vessels, a

July 1958

spokesman of the firm said that for the first year of the
Fairtry’s operation, the fishing was particularly good,

and very satisfactory financial results were secured, For
the past year, the fishing was not as good as formerly, and
the firm was naturally concerned about it.

Nevertheless, it had been shown that profitable results
could be obtained, even on the capital investment made in
the Fairtry and contemplated in the new vessels, This
was basically because the factoryship could remain fish-
ing for such a long period and make sure of getting a
catch before returning to port. The Fairtry cost, fully
equipped, about £700,000 (almost US$2.0 million), andthe
cost of each new vessel with equipment would be approxi-
mately £950,000 (US$2.7 million). To safeguard the posi-
tion of storing and marketing the increased output that
would be attendant on the enlarged fleet, the firm was al-
ready taking steps in Hull and Grimsby to get increased
cold-storage accommodations. At Hull, a warehouse which
will hold nearly 2,000 tons of refrigerated fish is now be-
ing completed, and another to hold 3,000 tons was being
provided in the new Grimsby development area.

Questioned about stern trawling, the firm’s spokesman
stated that the firm’s experience showed it was the only satis-
factory method for their purpose. They normally fish down
to 250 fathoms with perfect safety andon occasions go down
to 300 fathoms. Special safety devices have been installed
to prevent accident in the case of snagging.

In connection with trawls, the firm has recently been ex-
perimenting with a new type of design aimed at getting a
wider vertical mouth. With it they have secured good
catches because the headline has beenheld at more than

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

69

twice the normal height above the footrope, This is in fact,
the most promising development of recent date and they
are pleased with the prospects of further improvement,

Another point made was that it had definitely been pro-
fitable to use the large-size mesh. The firm began using
the maximum size of mesh now required, even before the
regulations came into effect, because they had proved it
was advantageous to avoid catching the small fish which
could escape and grow into bigger fish.

The smallest average size of fish caught was approxi-
mately 16 inches in length. With the improved equipment,
these were filleted in the round without gutting. That was
a great saving of labor and it meant that now, with the re-
cent improvements effected in their type of fish meal
plant, all of the fish waste remained after filleting was
processed for fish meal.

The only exception is large cod which are gutted for
the livers. The oil in the livers of the small fish was
squeezed out before the offal was converted to meal. The
residue of the larger livers that were treated was also
brought back to earn a further premium from shore facto-
ries for additional extraction.

“*Thus the position is now achieved,’’ concluded the firm’s
spokesman, ‘‘that the whole of the fish caught couldbe andis
processed without any waste at all. The main product
brought back--the sea-fresh filleted cod--fas now established
itself in selected markets as a special product and is begin-
ning to command a deserved premium because of its
quality.’’ (The Fishing News, a British fishery periodical,
dated March 14. )

KK KK

WHITE FISH AUTHORITY ANNOUNCES FISH PUBLICITY
CAMPAIGN FOR 1958/59: Details have been announced of
the forthcoming fish publicity campaign of the White Fish
Authority for 1958/59. Advertisements will appear in 78
newspapers, including the three London evening papers.
This will mean a total circulation of about 9.8 million in
the provinces, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland, and
readership will be approximately 24 million.

In view of the fact thatthe British Trawlers’ Federation
will be advertising on a reduced scale this year, the
Authority has increased the frequency of its insertions,

New store display material will again be available for
both retailers and friers as part of the merchandising
campaign. In view of the great success of the full color
posters which the Authority produced last year, an attrac~
tive new set has been prepared. The Authority will con-
tinue to supply the trade with the popular laminated plastic
price and name tickets.

During the last year the Authority has been building up
a new service to the retailer--a sales advisory bulletin.
Two editions have now reached the trade and in general
have been well received.

The vital importance of increasing the sale of fish to
hospitals, schools, industrial and other catering organiza-
tions, has long been recognized by the Authority, and this
year they are intensifying their drive to obtain recognition
for fish as a first-class food in all institutional cooking.

A booklet on the subject of fish for industrial catering
is now in preparation, and this will be distributed to all
those in the catering industry,

The utility companies are also being regularly supplied
with information about choosing, preparing, and cooking
fish,

During 1958 it is hoped that the Authority will be able to
produce at least one film for showing to bulk users of fish.

In addition to advertising for the greater use of fish in
school meals, the Authority believes that it is essential to
interest children and young people in fish,

Several booklets are in preparation, The first of these
is designed to interest younger school children and will
describe simply, and with many illustrations, the history
of Fish-From the Sea to the Table.

A second and more detailed book is being prepared and
will be a complete and authoritative manual for grammar
school teachers and such of their pupils as are interested
in all aspects of the fish industry.

Last year the Authority carried on a very successful and
amusing series of cookery competitions for men, which re-
sulted in valuable publicity in the editorial columns of the
Press in a number of cities throughout the country.

A variation of these is planned for the coming year and
the flow of editorial publicity by the means of syndicated
articles and recipes is to be maintained.

The authority sums up its campaign this year by saying
that they will continue to focus attention on both the fish
retailer and fish frier. They feel that increased expendi-
ture on the educational promotion of fish will gain serious
and welcome attention, from which every section of the in-
dustry will benefit, and which will, in turn, increase the
sales of fish. (Fish Trades Gazette, April 26, 1958.)

70

Z OME

Federal Communications Commission

RULES FOR USE OF RADIO-
TELEPHONE ON FISHING VESSELS:

During 1955, 1956, and1957, Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) en-
gineers working inclose cooperation with
the U. S. Coast Guard and the Federal
Bureau of Investigation, identified several
trawler captains who used profane and in-
decent language while communicating
over their radiotelephone stations. The
offense is considered to be exceedingly
serious because many families of small
boat captains listen to the radiotelephone
bands at home. Passengers on sport
fishing boats and yachts can usually hear
such communications coming in over the
radio receiver on board.

To date, five captains have been
charged with uttering obscene, indecent,
and profane language by means of radio
communication, in violation of Sec. 1484,
Title 18 U. S. Criminal Code, while on
the high seas in the Gulf of Mexico, and
others are pending. Four captains have
pleaded guilty as charged and two have
been sentenced to two years probation,
with one paying a $500 fine.

The FCC's next important phase of
enforcement will have to do with proper
operation on the air. Visiting andother
superfluous communications must now
be curtailed and eventually stopped on
the working frequencies 2638, 2738, and
2830 ke. In order for one boat to call
another boat on a working frequency a
pre-arranged schedule must be made
and evidence of the pre-arranged sched-
ule must be shown over the air. The
rest of the time any radio equipment is
in operation, 2182 kc., the distress fre-
guency, must be monitored. The use of
radio for pleasure or personal diversion
must be stopped.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

~, FEDERAL @
ACTIONS 4

Vol. 20, No. 7

The FCC Rules are as follow: (1)
Keep Part 8 of the Rules handy--post
your station license prominently. (2) Do
not turn transmitter on without an oper-
ator license or permit. (3) License can-
not be transferred, (4) Renew them be-
fore they expire. (5) Keep your receiver
tuned to 2182 kc. for calls. (6) Keep a
log. (7) Give your call sign clearly when
you begin and end each transmission. (8)
Stop conversation with another ship after
five minutes. do not contact the same
ship again in less than five minutes. (9)
Say only what is necessary, and sign
off--others are waiting. (10) Swearing
and use of indecent language on the air
is a criminal offense.

— =e

=

= =

Federal Trade Commission

ANOTHER SEATTLE CANNED SALMON BROKER
CHARGED WITH PAYMENTS OF ILLEGAL BROKERAGE:

Another Seattle, Wash., primary broker of canned salm-
on and other food products was charged on April 21, 1958,
by the Federal Trade Commission with granting illegal
brokerage to some of its customers.

The firm and its president, the complaint alleges (com-
plaint 7099, Food Products), have favored certain buyers
with substantial allowances in lieu of brokerage or price
concessions reflecting brokerage. In some transactions
the unlawful rebates are not charged back to the packer-
principals in whole or in part but are absorbed from the
firm’s customary 5-percent brokerage fee, the complaint
says. In other instances, the payments are shared by the
firm’s president and the field broker involved out of the
2-1/2 percent split each receives. (A field broker is one
hired to handle transactions in marketing areas other
than Seattle.)

According to the complaint, these typical means have
been used to make these allowances to favored buyers:
(1) selling at net prices less than the amount accounted
for to the packer-principals; (2) granting price deductions,
a part or all of which were not charged back to the packer-
principals; and (3) taking reduced brokerage on sales in-
volving price concessions.

These practices, the complaint concludes, violate Sec.
2(c) of the Robinson-Patman Amendment to the Clayton
Act.

The parties were granted 30 days in which to file an-
swer to the complaint.

Ok ok KOK

July 1958

SEAFOOD PACKER CHARGED
WITH MAKING ILLEGAL BROKERAGE
PAYMENTS:

A Chinook, Wash., packing company
was charged on May 29, 1958, by the
Federal Trade Commission with grant-
ing illegal brokerage to some of its
customers.

According to a Commission com-
plaint (7147, Seafood), the packing firm
generally sells its pack of canned salm-
on through brokers who receive fees
ranging from 2 to 5 percent for their
services. The complaint alleges, how-
ever, that the company and its president
and treasurer have made many sales to
brokers purchasing for their own ac-
count for resale, and allowed them al-
lowances or discounts in lieu of broker-
age. This practice violates Section 2 (c)
of the amended Clayton Act, the com-
plaint charges.

The parties were granted 30 days in
which to file answer to the complaint. A
hearing is scheduled for August 18 in
Seattle, Wash., before a Commission
hearing examiner.

ok OK Kk

CONSENT ORDERS APPROVED PRO-
HIBITING ILLEGAL BROKERAGE BY
SEATTLE CANNED SALMON PACKERS:

The Federal Trade Commission on
May 1, 1958, approved consent orders
(6904, 6905, 6906, 6907, canned salmon)
prohibiting three Seattle canned salmon
packers and an affiliated group of five
firms, and their officers, from making
illegal brokerage payments to their
customers.

The Commission adopted separate
initial decisions by Hearing Examiner
Abner E, Lipscomb containing consent
orders agreed to by the respondents and
the Commission's Bureau of Litigation.

The Commission's complaints of Oc-
tober 7, 1957, charged the packers with
granting large grocery chains discounts
or allowances in lieu of brokerage in
violation of Sec. 2(c) of the Clayton Act,
as amended by the Robinson-Patman Act.

The complaints cited these typical
methods used to make these payments:

COMMERCIAL FISHERY REVIEW 71

On direct sales not involving brokers
they reduce the market price to the
chains by the customary brokerage fee
of 5 percent; when only one broker is
used, either a primary or field broker,
these favored customers are given a 23-
percent reduction and the price differ-
ential is taken out of the broker's com-
mission.

The packers generally sell through
both types of brokers, the complaints
said. Primary brokers are the selling
agents for the Seattle area while field
brokers are those employed by the pri-
maries to handle transactions elsewhere.

The orders forbid these practices in
the future.

The agreements are for settlement
purposes only and do not constitute ad-
missions by the respondents that they
have violated the law.

Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare

FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION

REQUIREMENT ON LISTING

OF INGREDIENTS FOR CANNED
CLAMS, FISH ROE, AND SHRIMP
ON LABEL POSTPONED:

The Food and Drug Administration
has postponed for one year--to Septem-
ber 17, 1959--the effective date of its
order requiring a list of ingredients on
the labels of certain nonstandardized
food products; includes canned clams,
canned fish roe, and canned shrimp (dry
and wet pack), among other foods. The
agency's statement of policy terminating
the exemption was amended so that the new
date appears.

Among the reasons given by several of
the organizations requesting the exten-
sion was the need for additional time to
agree on standards of identity for cer-
tain of the affected commodities.

The postponement as published in the
Federal Register of May 7 follows:

72

TITLE 21—FOOD AND DRUGS

Chapter I—Food and Drug Adminis-
tration, Department of Health, Edu-
cation, and Welfare

Part 3—STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY
OR INTERPRETATION

TERMINATION OF EXEMPTION FOR DESIG=
NATED FOODS FOR WHICH LABEL DECLARA=
TION OF INGREDIENTS HAS NOT BEEN
REQUIRED PENDING STANDARDIZATION;
EXTENSION OF EFFECTIVE DATE

On September 17, 1957, there was pub-
lished in the FepERAL REGISTER (22 F. R.
7393) an order terminating the exemp-
tion for certain designated foods for
which label declaration of ingredients as
prescribed by section 403 (i) (2) of the
Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

had not been required. The Commis-
sioner of Food and Drugs has received
requests from the National Canners As-
sociation, Canners League of California,
Northwest Canners and Freezers Asso-
ciation, California Olive Association,
New York State Canners and Freezers
Association, and other members of the
canning industry for an extension of the
effective date of the above-cited order;
and good reason therefor appearing,
pursuant to authority vested in the Sec-
retary of Health, Education, and Wel-
fare by the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (sec. 701, 52 Stat. 1055; 21
U.S. C. 371) and delegated to the Com-
missioner of Food and Drugs (22 F. R.
1045): It is ordered, That thé effective
date of the above-referenced order be
extended until September 17, 1959.

NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, DECEMBER 1957, P. 79.

USE OF CHEMICAL SANITIZING

AGENTS IN FOOD-MANU-
FACTURING PLANTS:

The Food and Drug Administration

* Ok OK kK x

Vol. 20, No. 7

The statement of policy in which this
order appeared (21 CFR 3.1 (22 F. R.
7393) ) is amended by changing the in-
troduction to the section to read as
follows:

§ 3.1 Termination of exemption for
designated foods for which label decla=
ration of ingredients has not been
required pending standardization. Ef-
fective September 17, 1959, the exemption
from the label declaration of ingredients
requirements of section 403 (i) (2) of
the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
Act is terminated for the following foods:

* * 7 . s

(Sec. 701, 52 Stat. 1055; 21 U.S. C. 371)
Dated: May 1, 1958.

[SEAL] Gero. P. Larrick,
Commissioner of Food and Drugs.

which has led to confusion about the

Food and Drug Administration's views
on the use of quarternary ammonium

has issued a revised statement of policy

with regard to the use of chemical san-
itizing agents in food manufacturing es-
The statement of policy

tablishments.

is a substitute for one issued last year

TITLE 21—FOOD AND DRUGS

Chapter I—Food and Drug Adminis-
tration, Department of Health, Edu-
cation, and Welfare

Subchapter A—General

Part 3—STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY
OR INTERPRETATION

USE OF CHEMICAL SANITIZING AGENTS IN
~FOOD-MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS

Section 3.203 Quaternary ammonium
compounds in foods, which was pub-
lished in the FEDERAL REGISTER on No-
vember 30, 1957 (22 F. R. 9544) has led
to confusion about the Food and Drug
Administration’s views on the use of
quaternary ammonium sanitizing agents.
This confusion requires the substitution

Department of the Interior

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

PROPOSED REGULATIONS FOR
INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION
OF PROCESSED FISHERY PRODUCTS
BY INTERIOR INSTEAD OF
AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT:

of the following statement of policy for
the earlier one.

Now, therefore, under the authority
vested in the Secretary of Health, Edu-
cation, and Welfare by the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act (sec. 701 (a),
52 Stat. 1055 as amended; 21 U. S. C.
371) and delegated to the Commissioner
of Food and Drugs by the Secretary (22
F. R. 1045), and pursuant to the pro-
visions of the Administrative Procedure
Act (sec. 3, 60 Stat. 237, 238; 5 U. S.C.
1002), § 3.203 is changed to read as
follows:

§ 3.203 Use of chemical sanitizing
agents in food-manufacturing establish-
ments. (a) The Administration rec-
ognizes the need for sanitizing procedures
in food-manufacturing plants; it recog-

Sanitizing agents.

Following is the text of the new
statement of policy as published in the
Federal Register of May 30:

nizes that chemical sanitizing agents aid
in the maintenance of plant cleanliness;
and it recognizes that a number cf sani-
tizing agents that are poisonous or de=
leterious may properly be employed so
that they are effective and do not leave
residues in food.

(b) The Food and Drug Administra-
tion does-not object to the use of effective
chemical sanitizing agents on food han-
dling equipment in _ establishments
subject to its jurisdiction provided pre-
cautions are taken to prevent adultera-
tion of food that comes in contact with
the treated equipment.

(Sec. 402, 52 Stat. 1046; 21 U. S. C.342)
(Sec. 701, 52 Stat. 1055; 21 U. S. C.371)

Dated: May 23, 1958.

[SEAL] Geo. P. Larrick,
Commissioner of Food and Drugs.

Since the Department of the Interior

is scheduled to assume, under the au-

thority of the Fish and Wildlife Act of

1956, the responsibility for furnishing

inspection and grading services to the
fishing industry now performed by the
Department of Agriculture, the Federal

Register of May 30 carried a notice of

the regulations proposed to be issued by

July 1958

the Commissioner of Fishand Wildlife to
govern the inspection and certification of
processed fishery products,
products thereof, andcertain other proc-
No substantive
changes in the requirements imposed by
the regulations have been made. Only
the changes are proposed which arenec-

essed food products.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
[ 50 CFR Part 170]
INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION
NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULE MAKING

All functions of the Department of
Agriculture which pertain to fish, shell-
fish and any products thereof, performed
under the authority of title II of the act
of August 14, 1946, popularly known as
the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946,
as amended (7 U. S. C. 1621-1627), in-
cluding but not limited to the develop-
ment and promulgation of grade stand-
ards, the inspection and certification, and
improvement of transportation facilities
and rates for fish and shellfish and any
products thereof, were transferred to the
Department of the Interior by the
Director of the Budget (23 F. R. 2304)
pursuant to section 6 (a) of the act of
August 8, 1956, popularly known as the
Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 (16 U.S.C.
sec. 742e)..

In furtherance of the transferred func-
tions it is now incumbent on the Depart-
ment of the Interior to prescribe regula-
tions to govern the inspection and certi-
fication of Processed Fishery Products,
Processed Products Thereof, and Certain
Other Processed Food Products.

Notice is hereby given that pursuant
to section 4 (a) of the Administrative
Procedure Act of June 11, 1946 (60 Stat.
237), the Commissioner of Fish and
Wildlife proposes to recommend to the
Secretary of the Interior the adoption of
regulations in the form tentatively set
forth below entitled Part 170—Inspection
and Certification. The proposed regula-
tions, to become effective on or about July
1, 1958, are to be issued under the au-
thority of the Agricultural Marketing
Act of August 14, 1946, as amended (7
U. S. C. 1621-1627) and represent an
adaptation of regulations appearing as
7 CFR Part 52 to fit the needs of a fishery
products standards program. No sub-
stantive changes in the requirements im-
posed by the regulations are being made.
Only the changes are proposed which are
necessary to codify the regulations under
Title 50 with a substitution of the De-
partment of the Interior for the Depart-
ment of Agriculture as the administering
agency.

Prior to the final adoption of the pro-
posed regulations, consideration will be
given to any data, views or arguments
relating thereto which are submitted in
writing to the Commissioner, U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Washington 25,
D. C., in time to reach the office not
later than June 16, 1958.

Dated: May 28, 1958.

D. H. JANzEN,
Acting Commissioner
of Fish and Wildlife.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

processed

Part 170—INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION
Sec.

170.1 Administration of regulations.
DEFINITIONS

170.6 Terms defined.

170.7 Designation of official certificates,
memoranda, marks, other identifi-
cations, and devices for purposes
of the Agricultural Marketing Act.

INSPECTION SERVICE

170.12 Where inspection service is offered.

170.13 Who may obtain inspection service.

170.14 How to make application.

170.15 Information required in connection
with application.

170.16 Filing of application.

170.17 Record of filing time.

170.18 When application may be rejected.

170.19 When application may be with-
drawn.

170.20 Disposition of inspected sample.

170.21 Basis of inspection and grade or
compliance determination.

170.22 Order of inspection service.

170.23 Postponing inspection service.

170.24 Financial interest of inspector.

170.25 Forms of certificates.

170.26 Issuance of certificates.

170.27 Issuance of corrected certificates.

170.28 Issuance of an inspection report in
lieu of an inspection certificate.

170.29 Disposition of inspection certifi-
cates.

170.30 Report of inspection results prior
to issuance of formal report.

APPEAL INSPECTION

170.36 When appeal inspection may be re=-
quested.

170.37 Where to file for an appeal inspec-
tion and information required.

170.38 When_an application for an appeal
inspection may be withdrawn.

170.39 When appeal inspection may be re-
fused.

170.40 Who shall perform appeal inspec-
tion.

170.41 Appeal inspection certificate.
LICENSING OF SAMPLERS AND INSPECTORS
170.47 Who may become licensed sampler.
170.48 Application to become a licensed

sampler.

170.49 Inspectors.

170.50 Suspension or revocation of license
of licensed sampler or licensed in-
spector.

170.51 Surrender of license.

SAMPLING

170.57 How samples are drawn by inspec-
tors or licensed samplers.

170.58 Accessibility for sampling.

170.59 How officially drawn samples are to
be identified.

170.60 How samples are to be shipped.

170.61 Sampling plans and procedures for
determining lot compliance.

170.62 Issuance of certificate of sampling.

170.63 Identification of lots sampled.

FEES AND CHARGES

170.69 Payment of fees and charges.

170.70 Schedule of fees.

170.71 Fees to be charged and collected for,
sampling when performed by a
licensed sampler.

170.72 Inspection fees when charges for

73

essary to codify the regulations under
Title 50 with a substitution of the Depart-
ment of the Interior for the Department
of Agriculture as administering agency.

The notice and the proposed regula-
tions as published in the May 30 Federal
Register follow:

sampling have been collected by a
licensed sampler.

170.73 Inspection fees when charges for
sampling have not been collected
by a licensed sampler.

170.74 Fee for appeal inspection.

170.75 Charges for micro, chemical, and
certain other special analyses.

170.76 When charges are to be based on
hourly rate not otherwise pro-
vided for in this part.

170.77. Fees for score sheets,

170.78 Fees for additional copies of in-
spection certificates.

170.79 Travel and other expenses.

170.80 Charges for inspection service on a
contract basis.

MISCELLANQUS

170.86 Approved identification.

170.87 Fraud or misrepresentation.

170.88 Political activity.

170.89 Interfering with an inspector or
licensed sampler.

170.90 Compliance with other laws.

170.91 Identification.

REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTS OPERATING UNDER
CONTINUOUS INSPECTION ON A CONTRACT
BASIS

170.97
170.98
170.99
170.100
170.101
170.102

Plant survey.

Premises.

Buildings and structures.

Facilities.

Equipment.

Operations and operating proce-
dures.

170.103 Personnel; health.

§ 170.1 Administration of regula-
tions. The Secretary of the Interior
is charged with the administration of
the regulations in this part except that
he may delegate any or all of such func-
tions to any officer or employee of the
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries of the
Department in his discretion.’

DEFINITIONS

§ 170.6 Terms defined. Words in the
regulations in this part in the singular
form shall be deemed to import the plu-
ral and vice versa, as the case may
demand. For the purposes of the regu-
lations in this part, unless the context
otherwise requires, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

Acceptance number. “Acceptance
number” means the number in a sagn-

1 All functions of the Department of Agri-
culture which pertain to fish, shellfish and
any products thereof, now performed under
the authority of title II of the act of August
14, 1946, popularly known as the Agricultural
Marketing Act of 1946, as amended (7 U.S.C.
1621-1627), including but not limited to the
development and promulgation of grade
standards, the inspection and certification,
and improvement of transportation facilities
and rates for fish and shellfish and any prod-
ucts thereof, were transferred to the Depart-
ment of the Interior by the Director of the
Budget (23 F. R. 2304) pursuant to section,
6 (a) of the act of August 8, 1956, popularly
known as the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956
(16 U..S. C. sec. 742e).

74

pling plan that indicates the maxinfum,
number of deviants permitted in a sam-
ple of a lot that meets a specific require-
ment.

Act. “Act” means the applicable pro-
visions of the Agricultural Marketing Act
of 1946 (60 Stat. 1087 et seq, as
amended; 7 U.S. C. 1621 et seq.).

Applicant. “Applicant” means any in-
terested party who requests inspection
service under the regulations in this part.

Case. ‘‘Case” means the number of
containers (cased or uncased) which, by
the particular industry are ordinarily
packed in a shipping container.

Certificate of loading. ‘Certificate of
loading” means a statement, either writ-
ten or printed, issued pursuant to the
regulations in this part, relative to check-
loading of a processed product subse-
quent to inspection thereof.

Certificate of sampling. “Certificate of
sampling’ means a statement, either
written or printed issued pursuant to the
regulations in this part, identifying offi-
cially drawn samples and may include a
description of condition of containers
and the condition under which the proc-
essed product is stored.

Class. “Class” means a grade or rank
of quality.

Condition. “Condition” means the de-
gree of soundness of the product which
may affect its merchantability and in-
cludes, but is not limited to those factors
which are subject to change as a result
of age, improper preparation and proc-
essing, improper packaging, improper}
storage or improper handling.

Department. “Department” means
the United States Department of the
Interior.

Deviant. “Deviant” means a sample
unit -affected by one or more deviations
or a sample unit that varies in a specifi-
cally defined manner from the require-
ments of a standard, specification, or
other inspection document.

Deviation. “Deviation” means any
specifically defined variation from a par-
ticular requirement.

Director. “Director” means the Direc-
tor of the Bureau of COmmercial Fisher-
ies.

Inspection certificate. “Inspection
certificate” means a statement, either
written or printed, issued pursuant to
the regulations in this part, setting forth
in addition to appropriate descriptive in-
formation relative to a processed prod-
uct, and the container thereof, the qual-
ity and condition, or any part thereof,
of the product and may include a de-
scription of the conditions under which
the product is stored.

Inspection service.
ice” means:

(a) The sampling pursuant to the
regulations in this part;

(b) The determination pursuant to
the regulations in this part of:

(1) Essential characteristics such as
style, type, size, sirup density or identity
of any processed product which differen-
tiates between major groups of the same

“Inspection serv-

(2) The class, quality and condition
of any processed product, including the
condition of the container thereof by
the examination of appropriate samples;

(c) The issuance of any certificate of
sampling, inspection certificates, or cer-
tificates of loading of a processed prod-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

uct, or any report relative to any of the|
foregoing; or

(d) Performance by an inspector of
any related services such as assigning
an inspector in a processing plant to ob-
serve the preparation of the product
from its raw state through each step in
the entire process, or observe conditions
under which the product is being pre-
pared, processed, and packed,-or observe
plant sanitation as a prerequisite to the
inspection of the processed product,
either on a continuous or periodic basis,
or checkload the inspected processed
product in connection with the market-
ing of the processed product.

Inspector. °‘‘Imspector’’? means any
employee of the Department authorized
by the Secretary or any other person
licensed by the Secretary to investigate,
sample, inspect, and certify in accord-
ance with the regulations in this part to
any interested party the class, quality
and condition of processed products
covered in this part and to perform re-
lated duties in connection with the in-
spection service.

Interested party. “Interested party”
means any person who has a financial
interest in the commodity involved.

Licensed sampler. ‘Licensed sampler”
means any person who is authorized by
the Secretary to draw samples of
processed products for inspection service,
to inspect for identification and con-
dition of containers in a lot, and may,
when authorized by tne Secretary, per-
form related services under the act and
the regulations in this part.

Lot. “Lot” has the following mean-
ings:

(a) For the purpose of charging fees
and issuing certificates, ‘‘Lot’’ means
any number of containers of the same
size and type which contain a processed
product of the same type and style lo-
cated in the same or adjacent ware-
houses and which are available for
inspection at any one time: Provided,
That:

(1 Processed products in separate
piles which differ from each other as
to grade or other factors may be deemed
to be separate lots;

(2) Containers in a pile bearing an
identification mark different from other
containers of such processéd product in
that pile, if determined to be of lower
grade or deficient in other factors, may
be deemed to be a separate lot; and

(3) If the applicant requests more
than one inspection certificate covering
different portions of such processed
product, the quantity of the product
covered by each certificate shall be
deemed to be a separate lot.

(b) For the purpose of sampling and
determining the grade or compliance
with a specification, “Lot’’ means each
pile of containers of the same size and
type containing a processed product of
the same type and style which is sep-
arated from other piles in the same
warehouse, but containers in the same
pile bearing an identification mark dif-
ferent from other containers in that pile
may be deemed to be a separate lot.

Officially drawn sample. “Officially
drawn sample” means any sample that
has been selected from a particular lot
by an inspector, licensed sampler, or
by any other person authorized by the
Secretary pursuant to the regulations in
this part.

Vol. 205-No.at-

Person. “Person” means any indi-
vidual, partnership, association, business
trust, corporation, any organized group
of persons (whether incorporated or
not), the United States (including, but
not limited to, any corporate agencies
thereof) , any State, county, or municipal
government, any common carrier, and
any authorized agent of any of the fore-
going.

Plant. “Plant” means the premises,
buildings, structures, and equipment (in-
cluding, but not being limited to, ma-
chines, utensils, and fixtures) employed
or used with respect to the manufacture
or production of processed products.

Processed product, ‘Processed prod-
uct” means any fishery product or other
food product covered under the regula-
tions in this part which has been pre-
served by any recognized commercial
process, including, but not limited to,
canning, freezing, dehydrating, drying,
the addition of chemical substances, or
by fermentation.

Quality. “Quality” means the inher-
ent properties of any processed product
which determine the relative degree of
excellence of such product, and includes
the effects of preparation and processing,
and may or may not include the effects
of packing media, or added ingredients.

Rejection number. “Rejection num-
ber” means the number in a sampling
plan that indicates the minimum num-
ber of deviants in a sample that will
cause a lot to fail a specific requirement.

Sample. “Sample” means any number
of sample units to be used for inspection.

Sample unit. “Sample unit” means
a container and/or its entire contents,
a portion of the contents of a container
or other unit of commodity, or a com-
posite mixture of a product to be used
for inspection.

Sampling. “Sampling” means the act
of selecting samples of processed prod-
ucts for the purpose of inspection under
the regulations in this part. )

Secretary. “Secretary” means the
Secretary of the Department or any
other officer or employee of the Depart-
ment authorized to exercise the powers
and to perform the duties of the Sec-
retary in respect to the matters covered
by the regulations in this part.

Shipping container. “Shipping con-
tainer” means an individual container
designed for shipping a number of pack-
ages or cans ordinarily packed in a con=
tainer for shipping or designed for pack-
ing unpackaged processed products for
shipping.

Unofficially drawn sample. “Unoffi-
cially drawn sample” means any sample
that has been selected by any person
other than an inspector or licensed sam-
pler, or by any other person not author-
ized by the Director pursuant to the
regulations in this part.

§ 170.7 Designation of official certifi-
cates, memoranda, marks, other identi-
fications, and devices for purposes of the
Agricultural Marketing Act. Subsection
203 (h) of the Agricultural Marketing
Act of 1946 provides criminal penalties
for various specified offenses relating to
official certificates, memoranda, marks
or other identifications, and devices for
making such marks or identifications,
issued or authorized under section 203
of said act, and certain misrepresenta-

July 1958

tions concerning the inspection or grad-
ing of agricultural products under said
section. For the purposes of said sub-
section and the provisions in this part,
the terms listed below shall have the
respective meanings specified:

Official certificate. “Official certifi-
cate” means any form of certification,
either written or printed, including those
defined in § 170.6, used under this part
to certify with respect to the inspection,
class, grade, quality, size, quantity, or
condition of products (including the
compliance of products*with applicable
specifications) .

Official device. “Official device”
means a stamping appliance, branding
device, stencil, printed label, or any
other mechanically or manually oper-
ated tool that is approved by the Direc-
tor for the purpose of applying any
official mark or other identification to
any product or the packaging material
thereof.

Official identification. “Official iden-
tification” means any United States
(U. S.) standard designation of class,
grade, quality, size, quantity, or condi-
tion specified in this part or any symbol,
stamp, label, or seal indicating that the
product has been graded or inspected

and/or indicating the class, grade, qual- |

ity, size, quantity, or condition of the
product approved by the Director and
authorized to be affixed to any product,
or affixed to or printed on the packaging
material of any product.

Official mark. ,“Officia} mark” means
the grade mark, inspection mark, com-
bined form of inspection and grade mark,
and any other mark, or any variations
in such marks, including those pre-
scribed in § 170.86 approved by the
Secretary and authorized to be affixed
to any product, or affixed to or printed
on the packaging material of any prod-
uct, stating that the product was graded
or inspected or both, or indicating the
appropriate U. S. Grade or condition of
the product, or for the purpose of main-
taining the identity of products graded
or inspected or both under this part.

Oficial memorandum, “Official
memorandum” means any initial record
of findings made by an authorized per-
son in the process of grading, inspecting,
or sampling pursuant to this part, any
processing or plant-operation report
made by an authorized person in con-
nection with grading, inspecting, or
sampling under this part, and any report
made by an authorized person of services
performed pursuant to this part.

INSPECTION SERVICE

§ 170.12 Where inspection service is
offered. Inspection service may be fur-
nished wherever any inspector or
licensed sampler is available and the
facilities and conditions are satisfactory
for the conduct of such service.

§ 170.13 Who may obtain inspection
service. An application for inspection
service may be made by any interested
party, including, but not limited to, the
United States and any instrumentality
or agency thereof, any State, county,
municipality, or common carrier, and
any authorized agent in behalf of the
foregoing.

$170.14 How-to make application. An
application for inspection service may

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

be made to the office of inspection or to
any inspector, at or nearest the place
where the service is desired. An up-to-
date list of the Inspection Field Offices
of the Department may be obtained
upon request to the Director. Satis-
factory proof that the applicant is an
interested party shall be furnished.

§ 170.15 Information required in con-
nection with application. Application
for inspection service shall be made in
the English language and may be made
orally (in person or by telephone), in
writing, or by telegraph. If an applica-
tion for inspection service is made orally,
such application shall be confirmed
promptly in writing. In connection
with each application for inspection
service, there shall be furnished such in-
formation as may be necessary to per-
form an inspection on the processed
product for which application for in-
spection is made, including but not
limited to, the name of the product,
name and address of the packer or plant
where such product was packed, the lo-
cation of the product, its lot or car
number, codes or other identification
marks, the number of containers, the
type and size of the containers, the in-
terest of the applicant in the product,
whether the lot has been inspected pre-
viously to the application by any Federal
agency and the purpose for which in-
spection is desired.

§ 170.16 Filing of application. An ap-
Plication for inspection service shall be
regarded as filed only when made in ac-
corence with the regulations in this
part.

§ 170.17 Record of filing time. A
record showing the date and hour when
each application for inspection or for
an appeal inspection. is received shall
be maintained,

§ 170.18 When application may be re-
jected. An application for inspection
service may be rejected by the Secretary
(a) for non-compliance by the applicant
with the regulations in this part, (b)
for non-payment for previous inspection
services rendered, (c) when the product
is not properly identifiable by code or
other marks, or (d) when it appears that
to perform the inspection service would
not be to the best interests of the Gov-
ernment. Such applicant shall be
promptly notified of the reason for such
rejection.

§ 170.19 When application may. be
withdrawn. An application for inspec-
tion service may be withdrawn by the
applicant at any time before the inspec-
tion is performed: Provided, That, the
applicant shall pay at the hourly rate
prescribed in § 170.76 for the time in-
curred by the inspector in connection
with such application, any travel ex-
penses, telephone, telegraph or other
expenses which have been incurred by
the inspection service in connection with
such application.

§ 170.20 Disposition of inspected
sample. Any sample of a processed prod-
uct that has been used for inspection
may be returned to the applicant, at his
request and expense; otherwise it shall
be destroyed, or disposed of to a chari-
table institution.

§ 170.21 Basis of inspection and grade
or compliance determination. (a) In-

75

}spection service shall be performed on
the basis of the appropriate United
States standards for grades of processed
products, Federal, Military, Veterans
Administration or other povernment
agency specifications, written contract
specification, or any written specifi-
cation or instruction which is approved
by the Secretary.

(b) Unless otherwise approved by the
Director compliance with such grade
standards, specifications, or instructions
shall be determined by evaluating the
product, or sample, in accordance with
the requirements of such standards,
specifications, or instructions: Provided,
That when inspection for quality is based
on any United States grade standard
which contains a scoring system the
grade to be assigned to a lot is the grade
indicated by the average of the total
scores of the sample units: Provided
further, That:

(1) Such sample complies with the ap-
plicable standards of quality promul-
gated under the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act;

(2) Such sample camaplies with the
product description;

(3) Such sample meets the indicated
grade with respect to factors of quality
which are not rated by score points;
and

(4) With respect to those factors of
quality which are rated by score points,
each of the following requirements is
met:

(i) None of the sample units falls more
than one grade below the indicated grade
because of any quality factor to which
a limiting rule applies;

(ii) None of the sample units falls
more than 4 score points below the min-
imum total score for the indicated grade;
and

(iii) The number of sample units
classed as deviants does not exceed the
applicable acceptance number indicated
in the sampling plans contained in
+§ 170.61. A “deviant,” as used in this
paragraph, means a sample unit that
falls into the next grade below the in-
dicated grade but does not score more
than 4 points below the minimum total
score for the indicated grade.

(5) If any of the provisions contained
in subparagraphs (3) and (4) of this
paragraph are not met the grade is de-
termined by considering such provisions
in connection with succeedingly lower
grades until the grade of the lot, if as-
signable, is established.

§ 170.22 Order of inspection service.
Inspection service shall be performed,
insofar as practicable, in the order in
which applications therefor are made ex-
cept that precedence may be given to any
such applications which are made by
the United States (including, but not
being limited to, any instrumentality or
agency thereof) and to any application
for an appeal inspection.

§ 170.23 Postponing inspection serv-
ice. If the ineee ctor determines that it
is not possible to accurately ascertain the
quality or condition of a processed prod-
uct immediately after processing be-
cause the product has not reached equi-
librium in color, sirup density, or drained
‘weight, or for any other substantial
reason; he may postpone inspection serv-
‘ice for such period as may be necessary.

76

§ 170.24 Financial interest of inspec-!
tor. No inspector shall inspect any proc-
essed product in which he is directly or
indirectly financially interested.

§ 170.25 Forms of certificates. In-
spection certificates, certificates of sam-
pling or loading, and other memoranda
concerning inspection service shall be
issued on forms approved by the Secre-
tary.

§ 170.26 Issuance of certificates. (a)
An inspection certificate may be issued
only by an inspector: Provided, That,
another employee of the inspection serv-
ice may sign any such certificate cover-
ing any processed product inspected by
an inspector when given power of attor-
ney by such inspector and authorized by
the Secretary, to affix the inspector’s
signature to an inspection certificate}
which has been prepared in accordance
with the facts set forth in the notes,
made by the inspector, in connection
with the inspection.

(b) A certificate of loading shall be is-
sued and signed by the inspector or li-
censed sampler authorized to check the
loading of a specific lot of processed
products: Provided, That, another em-
ployee of the inspection service may sign
such certificate of loading covering any
processed product checkloaded by an
inspector or licensed sampler when given
power of attorney by such inspector or
licensed sampler and authorized by the
Secretary to affix the inspector’s or li-
censed sampler’s signature to a certifi-
cate of loading which has been pre-
pared in accordance with the facts set
forth in the notes made by the inspector
or licensed sampler in connection with
the checkloading of a specific lot of proc-
essed products.

§ 170.27 Issuance of corrected certifi-
cates. A corrected inspection certificate
may be issued by the inspector who is-
sued the original certificate after dis-
tribution, of a certificate if errors, such
as incorrect dates, code marks, grade
statements, lot or car numbers, container
sizes, net or drained weights, quantities,
or errors in any other pertinent informa-
tion require the issuance of a corrected
certificate. Whenever a corrected cer-
tificate is issued, such certificate shall
Supercede the inspection certificate
which was issued in error and the super-
seded certificate shall become null and
void after the issuance of the corrected
certificate.

§ 170.28 Issuance of an inspection re-
Port in lieu of an inspection certificate.
A letter report in lieu of an inspection
certificate may be issued by an inspector
when such action appears to be more
Suitable than an inspection certificate:
Provided, That, the issuance of such re-
Port is approved by the Secretary.

§ 170.29 Disposition of inspection cer-
tificates. The original of any inspection
certificate, issued under the regulations
in this part, and not to exceed four copies
thereof, if requested prior to issuance,
shall be delivered or mailed promptly to
the applicant, or person designated by
the applicant. All other copies shall be
filed in such manner as the Secretary
May designate. Additional copies of any |
such certificates may be supplied to an
interested party as provided in § 170.78.

prior to issuance of formal report. Upon
request of any interested party, the re-
sults of an inspection may be telegraphed
or telephoned to him, or to any other
person designated by him, at his expense.

APPEAL INSPECTION

§ 170.36 When appeal inspection may
be requested. An application for an ap-
peal inspection may be made by any
interested party who is dissatisfied with
the results of an inspection as stated in
an inspection certificate, if the lot of
processed products can be positively
identified by the inspection service as the
lot from which officially drawn samples
were previously inspected. Such appli-
cation shall be made within thirty (30)
days following the day on which the
previous inspection was performed, ex-
cept upon approval by the Secretary
the time within which an application for
appeal inspection may be made may be
extended.

§ 170.37 Where to file for an appeal
inspection and information required.
(a) Application for an appeal inspection
may be filed with:

(1) The inspector who issued the4n-
spection certificate on which the appeal
covering the processed product is re-
quested; or

(2) The inspector in charge of the
Office of inspection at or nearest the
place where the processed product is
located.

(b) The application for appeal inspec-
tion shall state the location of the lot of
processed products and the reasons for
the appeal; and date and serial number
of the certificate covering inspection of
the processed product on which the ap-
peal is requested, and such application
may be accompanied by a copy of the
previous inspection certificate and any
other information that may facilitate
inspection. Such application may be
made orally (in person or by telephone),
in writing, or by telegraph. If made
orally, written confirmation shall be
made promptly.

§ 170.38 When an application for an
appeal inspection may be withdrawn.
An application for appeal inspection may
be withdrawn by the applicant at any
time before the appeal inspection is per-
formed: Provided, That, the applicant
shall pay at the hourly rate prescribed
in § 170.76, for the time incurred by the
inspector in connection with such appli-
cation, any travel expenses, telephone,
telegraph, or other expenses which have
been incurred by the inspection service
in connection with such application.

§ 170.39 When appeal inspection may
be refused. An application for an ap-
peal inspection may be refused if:

(a) The reasons for the appeal inspec-
tion are frivolous or not substantial;

(b) The quality or condition of the
processed product has undergone a ma-
terial change since the inspection cov-
ering the processed product on which
the appeal inspection is requested;

(c) The lot in question is not, or can-
not be made accessible for the selection
of officially drawn samples;

(d) The lot relative to which appeal
inspection is requested cannot be posi-
tively identified by the inspector as the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

§ 170.30 Report of inspection results:

Vol. 20, No. 7

Jot from which officially drawn samples
were previously inspected; or

(e) There is noncompliance with the
regulations in this part. Such applicant
shall be notified promptly of the reason
for such refusal.

§ 170.40 Who shall perform appeal in-
spection. An appeal inspection shall be
performed by an inspector or inspectors
(other than the one from whose inspec-
tion the appeal is requested) authorized
for this purpose by the Secretary and,
whenever practical, such appeal inspec-
tion shall be conducted jointly by two
such inspectors: Provided, That the in-
spector who made the inspection on
which the appeal is requested may be
authorized to draw the samples when
another inspector or licensed sampler is
not available in the area where the prod-
uct is located.

§ 170.41 Appeal.inspection certificate.
After an appeal inspection has been
completed, an appeal inspection certifi-
cate shall be issued showing the results
of such appeal inspection; and such cer-
tificate shall supersede the inspection
certificate previously issued for the
processed product involved. Each ap-
peal inspection certificate shall clearly
identify the number and date of the in-
spection certificate which it supersedes.
The superseded certificate shall become
null and void upon the issuance of the
appeal inspection certificate and shall
no longer represent the quality or con-
dition of the processed product described
therein. The inspector or inspectors is-
suing an appeal inspection certificate
shall forward notice of such issuance to
such persons as he considers necessary to
prevent misuse of the superseded cer-
tificate if the original and all copies of
such superseded certificate have not
previously been delivered to the inspec-
tor’ or inspectors issuing the appeal in-
spection certificate. The provisions in
the regulations in this part concerning
forms of certificates, issuance of certifi-
cates, and disposition of certificates
shall apply to appeal inspection certifi-
cates, except that copies of such appeal
inspection certificates shall be furnished
all interested parties who received copies
of the superseded certificate.

LICENSING OF SAMPLERS AND INSPECTORS

$170.47 Who may become licensed
sampler. Any person deemed to have
the necessary qualifications may be li-
censed as a licensed sampler to draw
samples for the purpose of inspection
under the regulations in this part. Such
a license shall bear the printed signa-
ture of the Secretary, and shall be
countersigned by an authorized em-
ployee of the Department. Licensed
samplers shall have no authority to in-
spect processed products under the reg-
ulations in this part except as to identi-
fication and condition of the containers
in a lot. A licensed sampler shall per-
form his duties pursuant to the regula-
tions in this part as directed by the
Director.

§ 170.48. Application to become a li-
censed sampler. Application to become
a licensed sampler shall be made to the
Secretary on forms furnished for that
Purpose. Each such application shall be
signed by the applicant in his own hand-

July 1958

writing, and the information contained
therein shall be certified by him to be
true, complete, and correct to the best of
his knowledge and belief, and the appli-
cation shall contain or be accompanied
b .

Ys

(a) A statement showing his present
and previous occupations, together with
names of all employers for whom he has
worked, with periods of service, during
the ten years previous to the date of his
application;

(b) A statement that, in his capacity
as a licensed sampler, he will not draw
samples from any lot of processed prod-
ucts with respect to which he or his
employer is an interested party;

(c) A statement that he agrees to
comply with all terms and conditions of
the regulations in this part relating to
duties of licensed samplers; and

(d) Such other information as may he
requested.

§ 170.49 Inspectors. Inspections will
ordinarily be performed by employees
under the Secretary who are employed as
Federal Government employees for that
purpose. However, any person employed
under any joint Federal-State inspection
service arrangement may be licensed, if
otherwise qualified, by the Secretary to
make inspections in accordance with this
part on such processed products as may
be specified in his license. Such license
shall be issued only in a case where the
Secretary is satisfied that the particular
person is qualified to perform adequately
the inspection service for which such per-
son is to be licensed. Each such license
shall bear the printed signature of the
Secretary and shall be countersigned by
an authorized employee of the Depart-
ment. An inspector shall perform his
duties pursuant to the regulations in this
part as directed by the Director.

§ 170.50 Suspension or revocation of
license of licensed sampler or licensed
inspector. Pending final action by the
Secretary, the Director may, whenever
he deems such action necessary, sus-
pend the license of any licensed sam-
pler, or licensed inspector, issued pur-
suant to the regulations in this part, by
giving notice of such suspension to the
respective licensee, accompanied by a
statement of the reasons therefor.
Within seven days after the receipt of
the aforesaid notice and statement of
reasons by such licensee, he may file an
appeal, in writing, with the Secretary
supported by any argument or evidence
that he may wish to offer as to why his
license should not be suspended or re-
voked. After the expiration of the afore-
said seven days period and consideration
of such argument and evidence, the Sec-
retary shall take such action as he deems
appropriate with respect to such sus-
pension or revocation.

§ 170.51 Surrender of license. Upon
termination of his services as a licensed
sampler or licensed inspector, or suspen-
sion or revocation of his license, such
licensee shall surrender his license im-
mediately to the office of inspection
serving the area in which he is located.
These same provisions shall apply in a
case of an expired license.

SAMPLING

§170:57 How samples are drawn by
inspectors or licensed samplers. An in-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

spector or a licensed sampler shall select
samples, upon request, from designated
lots of processed products which are so
placed as to permit thorough and proper
sampling in accordance with the regu-
lations in this part. Such person shall,
unless otherwise directed by the Secre-
tary, select sample units of such prod-
ucts at random, and from various loca-
tions in each lot in such manner and
number, not inconsistent with the regu-
lations in this part, as to secure a rep-
resentative sample of the lot. Samples
drawn for inspection shall be furnished
by the applicant at no cost to the
Department.

§ 170.58 Accessibility for sampling.
Each applicant shall cause the processed
products for which inspection is re-
quested to be made accessible for: proper
sampling. Failure to make any lot ac-
cessible for proper sampling shall be suf-
ficient cause for postponing inspection
service. until such time as such lot is
made accessible for proper sampling.

§ 170.59 How officially drawn samples
are to be identified. Officially drawn
samples shall be marked by the inspector
or licensed sampler so such samples can
be properly identified for inspection.

§ 170.60 How samples are to be
shipped. Unless otherwise directed by
the Secretary, samples which are to be
shipped to any office of inspection shall
be forwarded to the office of inspection
serving the area in which the processed
products from which the samples were
drawn is located. Such samples shall be
shipped in a manner to avoid, if possible,
any material change in the quality or
condition of the sample of the processed
product. All transportation charges in
connection with such shipments of sam-
ples shall be at the expense of the ap-
plicant and wherever practicable, such
charges shall be-prepaid*y him.

§ 170.61 Sampling plans and proce-
dures for determining lot compliance.
(a) Except as otherwise provided for in
this section in connection with in-plant
inspection and unless otherwise ap-
proved by the Secretary, samples shall be
selected from each lot in the exact num-
ber of sample units indicated for the lot
size in the applicable single sampling
plan or, at the discretion of the inspec-
tion service, any comparable multiple
sampling plan: Provided, That at the
discretion of the inspection service the
number of sample units selected may be
increased to the exact number of sample
units indicated for any one of the larger
sample sizes provided for in the appro-
priate plans.

(b) Under the single sampling plans
with respect to any specified require-
ment:

(1) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific
requirement) in the sample does not ex-
ceed the acceptance number prescribed
for the sample size the lot meets the
requirement;

(2) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the sample exceeds the
acceptance number prescribed for the
sample size the lot fails the requirement.

(c) Under the multiple sampling plans
inspection commences with the smallest

UU

.sample size indicated under the appro-
priate plan and with respect to any
specified requirement:

(1) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the sample being con-
sidered does not exceed the acceptance
number prescribed for that sample size,
the lot meets the requirement;

(2) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the sample being con-
sidered equals or exceeds the rejection
number prescribed for that sample size,
the lot fails the requirement; or

(3) If the number of deviants (as
defined in connection with the specific
requirement) in the sample being con-
sidered falls between the acceptance and
rejection numbers of the plan, additional
sample units are added to the sample
so that the sample thus cumulated
equals the next larger cumulative sample
size in the plan. It may then be de-
termined that the lot meets or fails the
specific requirement by considering the
cumulative sample and applying the pro-
cedures outlined in subparagraphs (1)
and (2) of this paragraph or by consid-
ering successively larger samples cumu-
lated in the same manner until the lot
meets or fails the specific requirement.

(d) If in the conduct of any type of
in-plant inspection the sample is ex-
amined before the lot size is known and
the number of sample units exceeds the
prescribed sample size for such lot but
does not equal any of the prescribed
larger sample sizes the lot may be
deemed to meet or fail a specific require-
ment in accordance with the following
procedure:

(1) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the nonprescribed sample
does not exceed the acceptance number
of the next smaller sample size the lot
meets the requirements;

(2) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the nonprescribed sample
equals the acceptance number prescribed,
for the next larger sample size additional
!sample units shall be selected to in-
crease the sample to the next larger
prescribed sample size;

(3) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the nonprescribed sample
exceeds the acceptance number pre-
scribed for the next larger sample size
the lot fails the requirement.

(e) In the event that the lot compli-
ance determination provisions of a
standard or specification are based on
the number of specified deviations in-
stead of deviants the procedures ‘set
forth in this section may be applied by
substituting the word “deviation” for
the word “deviant” wherever it appears.

(£)' Sampling plans referred to in this
section are those contained in Tables I,
II, II, IV, V, and VI which follow or
any other plans which are applicable.
For processed products not included in

these tables, the minimum sample size
shall be the exact number of sample
units prescribed in the table, container
group, and lot size that, as determined
by the inspector, most closely resembles
the product, type, container size and
amount of product to be sampled.

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Wo 20, No. 7

SINGLE SAMPLING PLANS AND ACCEPTANCE LEVELS

TABLE I—CANNED OR SIMILARLY PROCESSED FISHERY PRODUCTS, AND PRODUCTS THEREOF CONTAINING UNITS OF SUCH SIZE AND CHARACTER AS TO BE READILY SEPARABLE

Container size group Lot size (number of containers)

GROUP 1

Any type of container of less | 3,600 or less__|3, 601-14, 400 |14, 401-48, 000 | 48, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001-156, 000 |156, 001-228, 000 |228, 001-300, 000 |300, 001-420, 000 | Over 420,000.
volume than that of a No. 300
size can (300 x 407).

GROUP 2

Any type of container of a vol- | 2,400 or less__|2, 401-12, 000 |12, 001-24, 000 | 24, 001-48, 000 | 48, 001-72, 000 | '72, 001-108, 000 |198, 001-168, 000 |168, 001-240, 000 | Over 240,000.
ume equal to or exceeding that
of a No. 300 size can, but not
exceeding that ofa No. 3 cylin-
der size can (404 x 700).

GROUP 3

Any type of container of a vol- | 1,200 or less__| 1, 201-7, 200 | 7, 201-15, 000 | 15, 001-24, 000 } 24, 001-36, 000 | 36, 001-60, 000 | 60, 001-84, 000 | 84, 001-120, 000 | Over 120,000,
ume exceeding that of a No. 3
cylinder size can, but not ex-
ceeding that of a No. 12 size
can (603 x 812).

GROUP 4

Any type of container of a vol- | 200 or less__- 201-800 801-1, 600 1, 601-2, 400 2, 401-3, 600 3, 601-8, 000 8, 001-16, 000 | 16, 001-28, 000 | Over 28, 000.
ume exceeding that of a No. 12
size can, but not exceeding that
of a 5-gallon container.

GROUP 5
Any type of container of a vol- | 25 or less___- . 26-80 81-200 201-400 401-800 801-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-3, 200 | Over 3,200.

ume exceeding that of a &
gallon container.

Single sampling plans !

Sample size (number of sample 3 6 13 21 29 33 48 60 72
units) .? &

Acceptance number___--_------- 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ‘ 8
1 For extension of the single sample sizes beyond 72 sample units, refer to table 2 The sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups 1,

V of this section; for multiple sampling plans comparable to the various single sam- 2, and 3—1 container and its entire contents. Groups 4 and 5—approximately 2

pling plans refer to table VI af this section. pounds of product. When determined by the inspector that a 2-pound sample unit

is inadequate, a larger sample unit may be substituted

TABLE JI—FROZEN OR SIMILARLY PROCESSED FISHERY PRODUCTS, AND PRODUCTS THEREOF CONTAINING UNITS OF SUCH SIZE AND CHARACTER AS TO BE READILY SEPARARLE™

Container size group Lot size (number of containers)

GROUP 1

Any type ofcontalnenola pound 2,400 or less__|2>401-12, 000 |12, 001-24, 000 | 24,001-48,000 | 48, 001-72, 000 | 72, 001-108, 000 |108, 001-168, 090 |168, 00i-240,000 | Over 240,000.
or less net weight.

GROUP 2
Any type of container over 1 } 1,800 or less__} 1, 801-8, 400 | 8, 401-18, 000 | 18, 001-36, 000 | 36, 001-60,000 | 60, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001-132, 000 |132, 001-168, 000 | Over 168,000.

pound but not over 4 pounds
Det weight.

GROUP 3
Any type of container over 4 | 900 or less...) 901-3, 600 | 3, 601-10, 800 | 10, 801-18, 000 } 18,001-36,000 | 36,001-60,000 | 60, 001-84, 000 | 84, 001-120, 000 | Over 120,000.
pounds but not over 10 pounds
net weight.
GROUP 4
Any type of container over 10 | 200 or less.-- 201-800 801-1, 600 1, 601-2, 400 2, 401-3, 600 3, 601-8, 000 8, 001-16, 000 | 16, 001-28, 000 | Over 28,000.

pounds but not over 100
pounds net weight.

GROUP 5
Any type of container over 100 | 25 or less.=-- 26-80 81-200 201-400 401-800 801-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-3, 200 | Over 3,200.
pounds net weight. ,
Single sampling plans!
Sainple size (number of sample 3 6 13 21 29 38 48 60 72
units).
Acceptance number = 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 For extension of the single sample sizes beyond 72 sample units, refer to table V 1, 2, and 3—1 container and its entire contents. Groups 4 and 5—approximately 3
of this section; for multiple sampling plans comparable to the various single sampling pounds of product. When determined by the inspector that a 3-pound sample unit
plans refer to table VI of this section. is inadequate, a larger sample unit or 1 or more containers and their entire contents

3 The sample units for the various container size groups are as follows; Groups may be substituted for 1 or more sample units of 3 pounds

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 79

SINGLE SAMPLING PLANS AND ACCEPTANCE LEVELS—Continued
TABLE I—CANNED, FROZEN, OR OTHERWISE PROCESSED FISHERY AND RELATED PRODUCTS, AND PRODUCTS THEREOF OF A COMMINUTED, FLUID,

OR HOMOGENEOUS STATE

Container size group ! Lot size (number of containers)

GROUP 1

Svat De) paecontalien of 12 | 5,400 or less_-|5, 401-21, 600 |21, 601-62, 400 |62, 401-112, 000 |112, 001-174, 000 174, 001-240, 000 |240, 001-360, 000 |360, 001-480, 000 | Over 480,000.

GROUP 2

Any type of container over 12 | 3,600 or less._/3, 601-14, 490 |14, 401-48, 000 | 48, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001- ES KS
ounces but not over 60 ounces. ~ , 001-156, 000 |156, 001-228, 000 }228, 001-300, 000 |300, 001-420, 000 | Over 420,000,

GROUP 3

Any type of container over 60 | 1,800 or less__} 1, 801-8, 400 | 8, 401-18, 000 | 18, 001-36, 000 | 36, 001-60, 000 10, 001- =) =
ounces but not over 160 ounces. 60, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001-132, 000 |132, 001-168, 000 | Over 168,000.

GROUP 4

Any type of container over 160 | 200 or Jess___ 201-800 801-1, 600 1, 601-3, 200 3, 201-8, 000 - 6
ounces but not over 10 gallons 8, 001-16, 000 | 16, 001-24, 000 | 24, 001-32, 000 | Over 32,000.
or 100 pounds whichever is
applicable.

GROUP 5
Any type of container over 10 | 25 or less_.-- 26-80 81-200 201400 401-800 801-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-3, 200 | Over 3,200.

gallons or 100 pounds which-
ever is applicable.

Single sampling plans?

Sample size (number of sample 3 6 13 21 20 38 48 60 72
units).? —

Acceptance number_...-.------ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Ounces pertain to either fluid ounces of volume or avoirdupois ounces of net weight 3 The sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups 1, 2,

whichever is applicable for the product involved. and 3—1 container and its entire contents, A smaller sample unit may be substituted
3 Ror extension of the single sample sizes beyond 72 sample units, refer to table V in group 3 at the inspector’s discretion. Groups 4, 5, and 6—approximately 16

of this section; for multiple sampling plans comparable to the various single sampling ounces of product. When determined by the inspector that a 16-ounce sample unit

plans refer to table VI of this section. is inadequate, a larger sample unit may be substituted,

TABLE IV—DEHYDRATED FISHERY AND RELATED PRODUCTS

Container size group Lot size (number of containcrs)

GROUP 1

Any type ofeontaines of1pound | 1,800 or less__} 1, 801-8, 400 | 8, 401-18, 000 | 18, 001-36, 000 | 36,001-60,000 | 60, 001-96, 000 | 96, 601-132, 000 | 132, 001-168, 000} Over 168,000.
or less net weight.

GROUP 2
Any type of container over 1 | 900 or less_--] 901-3, 600 | 3, 601-10, 800 | 10, 801-18,000 | 18, 001-36,000 | 36, 001-60, 000 | 60, 001-84, 000 | 84, 001-120, 000 | Over 120,000.
pound but not over 6 pounds
net weight.
GROUP 3
Any type of container over 6 | 200 or less-.- 201-800 801-1, 600 1, 601-3, 200 3, 201-8, 000 8, 001-16, 000 | 16, 001-24,000 | 24, 001-32, 000 | Over 32,000.
pounds but not over 20 pounds
net weight.
GROUP 4

Any type of container over-20 | 48 or less_.._ 49-400 401-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-2, 800 2, 801-6, 000 6, 001-9, 600 9, 601-15, 000 | Over 15,000,
pounds but not. over 100
pounds net weight.

GROUP 5

Any type of container over 100 | 16 or less..-- 17-80 81-200 201-400 401-800 801-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-3, 200 | Over 3,200.
pounds net weight.

Single sampling plans !

Sample size (number of sample

units) 3 6 13 21 29 38 48 60 72
Acceptance number. 0 1 2), 3 4 6 6 7 8
1 For extension of the single sample sizes beyond 72 sample units, refer to table V 2 The sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Group 1—
of this section; for multiple sampling plans comparable to the various single sampling 1 container and its entire contents. Groups 2, 3, 4, and 5—i container and its entire
plans refer to table VI of this section. contents or a smaller sample unit when determined by the inspector to be adequate.

TABLE V—SINGLE SAMPLING PLANS FOR USE IN INCREASING SAMPLE SIZE BEYOND 72 SAMPLE UNITS

384
32

400
33

258
23

272
24

286
25

300
26

314
27

216
20

230
21

244
22

192
18

204
19

168
16

180
V7

144
14

156
15

96
10

108
ll

120
12

132

Sample size, n.
13

356 | 370
Acceptance numbers, ¢c.

28 30

328 | 342
29

4

80

MULTIPLE SAMPLING PLans?

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

TABLE VI—MULTIPLE SAMPLING PLANS COMPARABLE TO THE INDICATED SINGLE SAMPLING PLANS

Indicated single sampling plan:

SinglosamplesizeyWeeseseacsessenctantennsanecdaasasaecn ame msesmcecee

Acceptance numbers, ¢

Cumulative sample sizes, n-, and acceptance numbers, ¢, and rejection

nunibers, r, for multiple sampling.

6 13 21 29 38 48 60 72

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Mec Me CT Me CT Mo CT Ne CF Me c fr Ne CT Ne C Ff
40 2 8 0 3 10 0 3 12 0 4 14 0 4 16 0 4 18 0 6 220 5
6 0 2 10 0 3 14414 16 0 4 20.0 5 24 156 23 1 6 32 1 7
812 12 1 3 18' 1 4 2015 261 6 32 2 6 38 2 7 42 2 8
142 3 22.2 65 242 6 32 2 6 40 3 8 48 3 8 62 3 9
26 4 5 28 3 6 38 3 7 48 4 8 58 4 8 62 5 10
32 3 6 4467 66 7 8 68 8 9 72 6 10
36 6 6 82 9 10

1 These multiple sampling plans may be used in licu of the single sampling plans listed at the heading of each column.

§ 170.62 Issuance of certificate of
sampling. Each inspector and each
licensed sampler shall prepare and sign
a certificate of sampling to cover the
samples drawn by the respective person,
except that an inspector who inspects
the samples which he has drawn need
not prepare a certificate of sampling.
One copy of each certificate of sampling
prepared shall be retained by the in-
spector or licensed sampler (as the case
may be) and the original and all other
copies thereof shall be disposed of in
accordance with the instructions of the
Secretary.

§ 170.63 Identification of lots sampled.
Each lot from which officially drawn
Samples are selected shall be marked in
such manner as may be prescribed by
the Secretary, if such lots do not other-
wise possess suitable identification.

FEES AND CHARGES

§ 170.69 Payment of fees and charges.
Fees and charges for any inspection
service shall be paid by the interested
party making the application for such
service, in accordance with the appli-
cable provisions of the regulations in
this part, and, if so required by the per-
son in charge of the office of inspection
serving the area where the services are
to be performed, an advance of funds
prior to rendering inspection service in
an amount suitable to the Secretary, or a
surety bond suitable to the Secretary,may
be required as a guarantee of payment
for the services rendered. All fees and
charges for any inspection service per-
formed pursuant to the regulations in
this part shall be paid by check, draft, or
money order payable to the Treasurer of
the United States and remitted to the
Office of inspection serving the area in
which the services are performed, within
ten (10) days from the date of billing,
unless otherwise specified in a contract
between the applicant and the Secretary,
in which latter event the contract pro-
visions shall apply.

§ 170.70 Schedule of fees.
otherwise provided in a written agree-
ment between the applicant and the
Secretary, the fees to be charged and
collected for any inspection service

(a) Unless |

performed under the regulations in this |

part at the request of the United States,
or any agency or instrumentality there-
of, shall be at the rate of $4.50 per hour.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in the
regulations in this part, the fees to be
charged and collected for any inspection

service performed under the regulations
in this part shall be based on the ap-
plicable rates specified in this section.”

(1) Canned or similarly processed
fishery products, and products thereof.

OFFICIALLY DRAWN SAMPLES

For each lot packed in containers of a
volume not exceeding that of a No. 12 size
can (603 x 812):

Minimum fee for 600 cases or less__-
For each additional 100 cases, or
fraction thereof, in excess of 600
cases but not in excess of 10,000

1+$9.00

a 71.00
For each additional 100 cases,
fraction thereof, in excess

10,000 cases. 2.80

1 However, the fee for any additional lots
of 200 cases or less which are offered for
inspection by the same applicant at the
same time and which are available for in-
spection at the same time and place shall
be $6.75.

*The fees specified in this section are
exclusive of charges for such micro, chemi-
cal and certain other special analyses, other
than salt and acidity by direct titration,
soluble solids (by refractometer) or total
solids (by refractometer), which may be re-
quested by the applicant or required by the
inspector to determine the quality or con-
dition of the processed product. ~

UNOFFICIALLY DRAWN SAMPLES

For containers of a yolume not exceeding
that of a No. 3 size can (404 x 414):

Minimum fee for 4 containers or less $4.50
For each additional container in ex-

cess of 4 containers 1.00

For containers of a volume exceeding that
of a No. 3 size can (404 x 414), but not ex-
ceeding that of a No. 12 size can (603 x 812):

Minimum fee for 2 containers or less $4.50
For each additional container in ex-
cess of 2 containers

2.00

(2) Other processed food products.
The fee to be charged and collected for
the inspection of any processed product
not included in subparagraph (1) of
this paragraph shall be at the rate of
$4.50 per hour for the time consumed
by the inspector in making the inspec-
tion, including the time consumed in
sampling by the inspector or licensed
sampler: Provided, That, fees for sam-
pling time will not be assessed by the
office of inspection when such fees have
been assessed and collected directly
from the applicant by a licensed sampler.

§ 170.71 Fees to be,charged and col-
lected for sampling when performed by
a licensed sampler. Such sampling fees
as are specifically prescribed by the Sec-

retary in connection with the licensing
of the particular sampler (which fees
are to be prescribed in the light of the
sampling work to be performed by such
sampler and other pertinent factors)
may be assessed and collected by such
licensed sampler directly from the ap-
plicant: Provided, That if such licensed
sampler is an employee of a State, the
appropriate authority of that State may
make the collection, or they may be
assessed and collected by the office of
inspection serving the area where the
services are performed.

§ 170.72 Inspection fees when charges
for sampling have been collected by a
licensed sampler. For each lot of proc-
essed products from which samples have
been drawn by a licensed sampler and
with respect to which the sampling fee
has been collected by the licensed sam-
pler, the fee to be charged for the in-
Spection shall be 75 percent of the fee
provided in this part applicable to the
respective processed product: Provided,
That, if the fee charged for the inspec-
tion service is based on the hourly rate
of charge, the fee shall be at the rate of
$4.50 per hour prescribed in this part.

§ 170.73 Inspection fees when charges
for sampling have not been collected by
a licensed sampler. For each lot of proc-
essed products from which samples have
been drawn by a licensed sampler, and
with respect to which the sampling fee
has not been collected by the licensed
sampler, the fee to be charged for the
inspection shall be 75 percent of the fee
as prescribed in this part, plus a reason-
able charge to cover the cost of sampling
as may be determined by the Secretary:
Provided, That, if the fee charged is
based on the hourly rate, the fee shall
be at the rate of $4.50 per hour pre-
scribed in this part, plus a reasonable
charge to cover the cost of sampling, as
determined by the Secretary.

§ 170.74 Fee for appeal inspection.
The fee to be charged for an appeal
inspection shall be at the rates prescribed
in this part for other inspection services:
Provided, That, if the result of any ap-
peal inspection made for any applicant,
other than the United States or any
agency or instrumentality thereof, dis-
closes that a material error was made in
the inspection on which the appeal is
made, no inspection fee shall be assessed.

§ 170.75 Charges for micro, chemical,
and certain other special analyses. (a)
The following charges shall be made for

July 1958

micro, chemical, and certain other spe-
cial analyses which may be requested by
the applicant or required by the inspec-
tor to determine the quality or condition
of the processed product: *

For first
analysis

For each
additional
analysis

Type of analysis

SVLOIUICOUN tenennesnenee aceasta ee
Worm larvae and insect fragment

wn

S38 S888 S38 S8SSSSS SSSSSSSSSSSSsSs 8 SSS3 S88 S

_ $150

wo
3

wont
an
—)

Alcohol insoluble solids _ __
Alcohol (distillation and specific

gravity)
Ascorbie acid (vitamin C)_ z
Total ash (carbonated or sulfated)_
Ash, acid insoluble__-_---_--------
Ash, water soluble or water insol-

method—total ash less NaCl)
Ash, NaCl free (P:Os x
Catalase test_
Crude fiber__
Ether extract (crude fat)
Fat (acid hydrolysis) ____
Fiber (green and wax bean
Iodine number__--_--__-__
Moisture (air oven method) _ a
Moisture (vacunm oven method) _-
Nitrogen or crude protein_ A
Non-volatile ether extract_
Phosphorous pentoxide (P20s5)_
Potash (K20)
Phosphorous pentoxide

_

PS Reko me Baad ewh BoowMonMOONwAD DM AMoo meoes
S338 8 8883 Ss:

a
Ss

$s

ao

(P20s)
and aluminum trioxide (Al203)_
Recoverable oil_
Peroxidase test (
Reducing sugars __------
Reducing sugars plus sucrose.
Sucrose (direct polarization) _
Sucrose (chemical methods) _ 2
Starch or carbohydrates (direct
hydrolysis) es eee eS
Sulpbur dioxide (direct titration) _
Sulphur dioxide (distillation

—

me

“4
SH Swope 90 HaebOrwnd ADPwWWWRUIMAMH SY ow wot

88 S888 SS SSSSsss SSsssss

_

_

nw

Volatile and non-volatile ethe
tract___--
Water extract _

_

(b) The following charges shall be
made for analyses which are requested
by an applicant and are not in connec-
tion with an inspection to determine the
quality or condition of the product: *

For first. | For each
‘Type of analysis analysis jadditional
analysis
Brix readings (refractometric or
aemcemaemeep ec $3, 00 $1.00
‘ings (double dilution) -___ 3.00 2.00
Total acidity (direct titration) - 3.00 1.00
Free fatty acids________-___- 4,50 1,50
Salt (NaCl)—direct titration 4.50 1.50
Soluble solids (refractom
metho 3.00 1,00
Total
method) __ 3.00 1.00

§170.76 When charges are to be
based on hourly rate not otherwise pro-
vided for in this part. When inspection
is for condition only or when inspection
services or related services are rendered
and formal certificates are not issued or
when the services rendered are such that
charges based upon the foregoing sec-
tions would be inadequate or inequitable,
charges may be based on the time con-
sumed by the inspector in performance
of such inspection service at the rate of
$4.50 per hour,

8 When any of these analyses are made at
the request of an applicant and are not in
connection with an inspection to determine
the quality or condition of the product, the
listed fees shall be increased by 30 percent.

4 When these analyses are made in connec-
tion with an inspection to determine the
quality or condition of the-product no fee
shall be charged for the analyses.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

§ 170.77 Fees for score sheets. If the
applicant for inspection service requests
score Sheets showing in detail the inspec-~
tion of each container or sample in-
spected and listed thereon, such score
sheets may be furnished by the inspector
in charge of the office of inspection serv-
ing the area where the inspection was
performed; and such applicant shall be
charged at the rate of $2.25 for each
twelve sample units, or fraction thereof,
inspected and listed on such score
sheets.

§ 170.78 Fees for additional copies of
inspection certificates. Additional copies
of any inspection certificate other than
those provided for in § 170.29, may be
supplied to any interested party upon
payment of a fee of $2.25 for each set of
five (5) or fewer copies.

§ 170.79 Travel and other expenses.
Charges may be made to cover the cost
of travel and other expenses incurred in
connection with the performance of any
inspection service, including appeal in-
spections: Provided, That, if charges for
sampling or inspection are based on an
hourly rate, an additional hourly charge
may be made for travel time including
time spent waiting for transportation as
well as time spent traveling, but not to
exceed eight hours of travel time for
any one person for any one day: And
provided further, That, if travel is by
common carrier; no hourly charge may
be made for travel time outside the em-
ployee’s official work hours.

§ 170.80 Charges for inspection serv-
ice on a contract basis. (a) Irrespective
of fees and charges prescribed in fore-
going sections, the Secretary may enter
into contracts with applicants to perform
continuous inspection services or other
inspection services pursuant to the regu-
lations in this part and other require-
ments as prescribed by the Secretary in
such contract, and the charges for such
inspection service provided in such con-
tracts shall be on such basis as will re-
imburse the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries of the Department for the full
cost of rendering such inspection service
including an appropriate overhead
charge to cover as nearly as practicable
administrative overhead expenses aS may:
be determined by the Secretary.

(b) Irrespective of fees and charges
prescribed in the foregoing sections, the
Secretary may.enter into a written mem-
orandum of umderstanding or contract,
whichever may be appropriate, with any
administrative agency charged with the
administration of a marketing agree-
ment or a marketing order effective pur-
suant to the Agricultural Marketing
Agreement Act of 1937, as revised (16
U. S. C. 661 et seq.) for the making of
inspections pursuant to said agreement
or order on such basis as will reimburse
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries of
the Department. for the full cost of
rendering such inspection service in-
cluding an appropriate overhead charge
to cover as nearly as practicable ad-
ministrative overhead expenses as may
be determined by the Secretary. Like-
wise, the Secretary may enter into a writ-
ten memorandum of understanding or
contract, whichever may be appropriate,
with an administrative agency charged
with-the administration of a similar pre-
gram operated pursuant to the laws of
any State.

81

; (c) No Member of, or Delegate to Con-
‘gress, or Resident Commissioner, shall
‘be admitted to any share or part of any
‘contract provided for in this section or
to any benefit that may arise there-
from, but this provision shall not be
construed to extend to such contract
if made with a corporation for its gen-
eral benefit, and shall not extend to any
benefits that may accrue from the con-
tract to a Member of, or Delegate te
Congress, or a Resident Commissioner
in his capacity as a fisherman,

MISCELLANEOUS

§ 170.86 . Approved identification—(a)
Grade marks. The approved grade mark
or identification may be used on con-
tainers, labels or otherwise indicated for
any processed product that (1) has been
packed under continuous inspection as
provided in this part to assure compli-
ance with the requirements for whole-
someness established for the raw prod-
uct and of sanitation established for the
preparation and processing operations,
and (2) has been certified by an inspec-
tor as meeting the requirements of such
grade, quality or classification. The
grade marks approved for use shall be
similar in form and@design to the ex-
amples in Figures 1 through 4 of this
section,

= BLUE

= WHITE

= RED

Shield using red, white, and blue background
or other colors appropriate for label.

FIGURE 1.

U.S. GRADE }

A

Shield with plain
background.

FIGURE 2.

U.S. GRADE A

FIGURE 3.

U. S.
GRADE

Ficurs 4.

(b) Inspection marks. The approved
inspection marks may be used on con-
tainers, labels or otherwise indicated for

82

any processed product that (1) has been
Packed under continuous inspection as
provided in this part to assure compli-
ance with the requirements for whole-

someness established for the raw prod-

uet and of sanitation established for the
preparation and processing operations,
amd (2) has. been certified by an inspec-
tor as meeting the requirements of such
quality or grade classification as may be
approved by the Seeretary. The inspec-
tion marks approved for use shall be
similar in form and design to the ex-
amples in Figures-5, 6, and 7 of this
section,

PACKED UNDER
CONTINUOUS
INSPECTION

OF THE
DEPARTMENT
OF THE INTERIOR

Statement enclosed
within a shield.

Ficurr 5.

(c) Combined grade and inspection

marks. The grade marks set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section and the
inspection marks set forth in paragraph
(b) of this section may be combined into
@ consolidated grade and inspection
mark for use on processed products that
have been packed under continuous in-
Spection as provided in this part.

PACKED UNDER
CONTINUOUS
INSPECTION

OF THE
U. S. DEPT, OF
THE INTERIOR

(d) Products not eligible for approved
identification. Processed products which
have not been packed under continu-
ous inspection as provided in this part
shall not be identified by approved grade
or inspection marks, but such products
may be inspected on a lot inspection
basis as provided in this part and iden-
tified by an authorized representative of
the Department by stamping the ship-
ping cases and inspection certificate(s)
eovering such lot(s) with an officially
drawn sample mark similar in form and
design to the example in Figure 8 of
this section.

OFFICIALLY SAMPLED

MAR, 12, 1958

U. S. DEPARTMENT
OF THE INTERIOR

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

§ 170.87 Fraud or misrepresentation.
Any or all benefits of the act may be
denied any person committing wilful
misrepresentation or any deceptive or
fraudulent practice in connection with:

(a) The making or filing of an appli-
cation for any inspection service;

(b) The submission of samples for in-
spection;

(c) The use of any inspection report
or any inspection certificate, or appeal
inspection certificate issued under the
regulations in this part;

(d) The use of the words “Packed
under continuous inspection of the U. S.
Department of the Interior,” any legend
Signifying that the product has been
Officially inspected, any statement of
grade or words of similar import in the
labeling or advertising of any processed
product;

(e) The use of a facsimile form which
simulates in whole or in part any official
U.S. certificate for the purpose of pur-
porting to evidence the U. S. grade of any
Processed product; or

(f) Any wilful violation of the regula-
tions in this part or supplementary rules
or instructions issued by the Secretary.

§ 170.88 Political activity. All inspec-
tors and licensed samplers are forbidden,
during the period of their respective ap-
pointments or licenses, to take an active
part in political management cr in politi-
cal campaigns. Political activities in
city, county, State, or national elections,
whether primary or regular, or in behalf
of any party or candidate, or any meas-

PACKED BY

UNDER CONTINUOUS
INSPECTION OF THE
U. S. DEPT. OF THE INTERIOR
Statements without the use of the shield.
FIGURE 6.
a

FIGURE 7.

ure to be voted upon, are prohibited.
This applies to all appointees or licensees,
including, but not limited to, temporary
and cooperative employees and employ-
ees on leave of absence with or without
pay. Wilful violation of this section will
constitute grounds for dismissal in the
case of appointees and revocation of
licenses in the case of licensees.

$170.89 Interfering with an inspector
or licensed sampler. Any further bene-
fits of the act may be denied any appli-
cant or other interested party who either
personally or through an agent or repre-
sentative interferes with or obstructs, by
intimidation, threats, assault, or in any
other manner, an inspector or licensed
sampler in the performance of his duties.

§ 170.90 Compliance with other laws.
None of the requirements in the regu-
lations in this part shall excuse failure
to comply with any Federal, State,
county, or municipal laws applicable to
the operation of food processing estab-
lishments and to processed food
products.

§ 170.91 Identification. Hach inspec-
tor and licensed sampler shall have in his
Possession at all times and present upon
request, while on duty, the means of
identification furnished by the Depart-
ment to such person.

Vol. 20, No. 7

REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTS OPERATING
UNDER CONTINUOUS INSPECTION ON A
CONTRACT BASiS °

§ 170.97 Plant survey. (a) Prior to
the inauguration of continuous inspec-
tion service on a contract basis, the
Secretary will make, or cause to be made,
@ survey and inspection of the plant
where such service is to be performed to
determine-whether the plant ahd meth-
ods of operation are suitable and ade-
quate for the performance of such
services in accordance with:

(1) The regulations in this part, in-
cluding, but not limited to, the require-
ments contained in §§ 170.97 through
170.103; and

(2) The terms and provisions of the
contract pursuant to which the service
is to be performed.

§ 170.98 Premises. The premises of
the plant shall be free from conditions
objectionable to food processing opera-~
tions; and such conditions include, but
are not limited to, the following:

(a) Strong offensive odors;

(b) Litter, waste, and refuse (e. g.,
garbage, viner refuse, and damaged con-
tainers) within the immediate vicinity
of the plant buildings or structures;

(c) Excessively dusty roads, yards, or
parking lots; and

(d) Poorly drained areas,

$170.99 Buildings and _ structures.
The plant buildings and structures shall
be properly constructed and maintained
in a sanitary condition, including, but
not being limited to, the following re-
quirements:

(a) There shall be sufficient light (1)
consistent with the use to which the
particular portion of the building is de-
voted and (2) to permit efficient clean-
ing. Belts and tables on which picking,
sorting, or trimming operations are car-
ried on shall be provided with sufficient
nonglaring light to insure adequacy of
the respective operation.

(b) If practicable, there shall be suf=
ficient ventilation in each room and com-
partment thereof to prevent excessive
condensation of moisture and to insure
sanitary and suitable processing and op=
erating conditions. If such ventilation .
does not prevent excessive condensation,
the Secretary may require that suitable
facilities be provided to prevent the
condensate from coming in contact with
equipment used in processing operations
and with any ingredient used in the man-
ufacture or production of a processed
product.

(c) There shall be an efficient waste
disposal and plumbing system. All
drains and gutters shall be properly in-
stalled with approved traps and vents,
and shall be maintained in good repair
and in proper working order.

(d) There shall be ample supply of
both hot and cold water; and the water
shall be of safe and sanitary quality
with adequate facilities for its (1) dis-
tribution throughout the plant, and (2)
protection against contamination and
pollution.

5 Compliance with the above requirements
does mot excuse failure to comply with all
applicable sanitary rules and regulations of
city, county, State, Federal, or other agencies
having jurisdiction over such plants and
operations.

July 1958

(e) Roofs shall be weather-tight.
The walls, ceilings, partitions, posts,
doors, and other parts of all buildings
and structures shall be of such materials,
construction, and finish as to permit
their efficient and thorough cleaning.
The floors shall be constructed of tile,
cement, or other equally impervious ma-
terial, shall have good surface drainage,
and shall be free from openings or rough
surfaces which would interfere with
maintaining the floors in a clean condi-
tion.

(f) Each room and each compartment
in which any processed products are han-
dled, processed, or stored (1) shall be
so designed and constructed as to insure
processing and operating conditions of a
clean and orderly character; (2) shall be
free from objectionable odors and va-
pors; and (3) shall be maintained in a
clean and sanitary condition.

(g) Every practical precaution shall be
taken to exclude dogs, ¢ats, and vermin
(including, but not being limited to, ro-
dents and insects) from the rooms in
which processed products are being pre-
pared or handled and from any rooms in
which ingredients (including, but not
being limited to, salt, sugar, spices, flour,
syrup, and fishery products) are han-
dled or stored. Screens, or other de-
vices, adequate to prevent the passage
of insects shall, where practical, be pro-
vided for all outside doors and openings.
The use of poisonous cleansing agents,
insecticides, bactericides, or rodent poi-
sons shall not be permitted except under
such precautions and restrictions as will
prevent any possibility of their contami-
nation of the processed product.

§ 170.100 Facilities. Each plant shall
be equipped with adequate sanitary
facilities and accommodations, includ-
ing, but not being limited to, the follow-
ing:

(a) There shall be a sufficient number
of adequately lighted toilet rooms, ample
in size, and conveniently located, Such
rooms shall not open directly into rooms
or compartments in which processed
products are being manufactured or pro-
duced, or handled. Toilet’ rooms shall
be adequately screened and equipped
with self-closing doors and shall have
independent outside ventilation.

(b) Lavatory accommodations (in-
cluding, but not being limited to, run-
ning water, single service towels, and
soap) shal] be placed at such locations in
or near toilet rooms and in the manufac-
‘turing or processing rooms or compart-
ments as may be necessary to assure the
cleanliness of each person handling in-
gredients used in the manufacture or
production of processed products.

Department of Labor

WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION

AMERICAN SAMOA MINIMUM WAGE
ORDER INCLUDES WAGE RATES FOR

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

(c) Containers intended for use as
containers for processed products shall
not be used for any other purpose.

(d) No product or material which
creates an objectionable condition shall
be processed, handled, or stored in any
room, compartment, or place where any
processed preduct is manufactured
processed, or handled.

(e) Suitable facilities for cleaning
(e. g., brooms, brushes, mops, clean
cloths, hose, nozzles, soaps, detergent,
sprayers, and steam pressure hose and
guns) shall be provided at convenient
locations throughout the plant.

§$ 170.101 Equipment. All equipment
used for receiving, washing, segregating,
Picking, processing, packaging, or stor-
ing any processed products or any in-
gredients used in the manufacture or
production thereof, shall be of such de-
sign, material, and construction as will:

(a) Enable the examination, segrega-
tion, preparation, packaging and othe»
processing operations applicable to proc-
essed products, in an efficient, clean, and
sanitary manner, and

(b) Permit easy access to all parts to
insure thorough cleaning and effective
bactericidal treatment. Insofar as is
practicable, all such equipment shall be
made of corrosion-resistant material
that will not adversely affect the proc-
essed product by chemical action or
physical contact. Such equipment shall
be kept in good repair and sanitary con-
dition.

§ 170.102. Operations and operating
procedures. (a) All operations in the
receiving, transporting, holding, segre-
gating, preparing, processing, packaging
and storing of processed products and
ingredients, used as aforesaid, shall be
strictJy in accord with clean and sani-
tary ‘methods and shall be conducted as
rapidly as practicable and at tempera-
tures that will not tend to cause (1) any
material increase in bacterial or other
micro-organic content, or (2) any de-
terioration or contamination of such
processed products or ingredients there-
of. Mechanical adjustments or practices
which may cause contamination of foods
by oil, dust, paint, scale, fumes, grinding
materials, decomposed food, filth, chemi-
cals, or other foreign materials shall not
be conducted during any manufacturing
or processing operation.

(b) All processed products and ingre-
dients thereof shall be subjected to con-
tinuous inspection tnroughout each
manufacturing or processing operation.
All processed products which are not
manufactured or prepared in accordance
with the requirements contained in
§§ 170.97 through 170.103 or are not fit for
human food shall be removed and seg-

83

regated prior to any further processing
operation.

(c) All ingredients used in the manu-
facture or processing of any processed
product shall be clean and fit for human
food.

(d) The methods and procedures em-
ployed in the receiving, segregating, han-
dling, transporting, and processing of
ingredients in the plant shall be adequate
to result ina satisfactory processed prod-
uct. Such-methods and procedures in-
clude, but are not limited to, the follow-
ing requirements:

(1) Containers, utensils, pans, and
buckets used for the storage or trans-
porting of partially processed food in-
gredients shall not be nested unless re=
washed before each use;

(2) Containers which are used for
holding partially processed food ingredi-
ents shall not be stacked in such manner
as to permit contamination of the par-
tially processed food ingredients;

(3) Packages or containers for proc-
essed products shall be clean when being
filled with such products; and all reason-
able precautions shall be taken to avdid
soiling or contaminating the surface of
any package or container liner which is,
or will be, in direct”tontact-with such
products. If, to assure a satisfactory
finished product, changes in methods
and procedures are required by the
Secretary, such changes shall be effec-
tuated as soon as practicable.

§ 170.103 Personnel; health. In ad-
dition to such other requirements as may
be prescribed by the Secretary with re-
spect to persons in any room or compart-
ment where exposed ingredients are
prepared, processed, or otherwise han-
dled, the following shall be vomplied
with:

(a) No person affected with any com-
municable disease (including, but not
being limited to, tuberculosis) in a
transmissible stage shall be permitted;

(b) Infections or cuts shall be covered
with rubber gloves or other suitable
covering;

(c) Clean, suitable clothing shall be
worn;

(d) Hands shall be washed immedi-
ately prior to starting work and_each
resumption of work after each absegce
from the work station;

(e) Spitting, and the use of tobacco
are prohibited; and

(f) All necessary precautions shall be
taken to prevent the contamination of
processed products and ingredients
thereof with any foreign substance (in-
cluding, but not being limited to, per-
spiration, hair, cosmetics, and medica~
ments).

FISH CANNING AND PROCESSING

INDUSTRY:

In accordance with an investigation and
a hearing conducted by a special industry

committee and its recommendations, the
Department of Labor published minimum

84

wage rates to be paid to employees in
America Samoa, who are engaged in
commerce or in the production of goods
Included are minimum

in commerce.

TITLE 29—LABOR

Chapter V—Wage and Hour Division,
Department of Labor

Part 697—INDUSTRIES IN AMERICAN
Samoa, MINIMUM WAGE ORDER

Pursuant to section 5 of the Fair Labor
Standards Act, of 1938, as amended (52
Stat. 1062, as amended; 29 U.S. C. 205),
the Secretary of Labor by Administra-
tive Order No. 502 (23 F. R. 1604), ap-
pointed, convened, and gave notice of
the hearing of Special Industry Com-
mittee No. 2 for American Samoa to
recommend the minimum wage rate or
ratés to be paid under section 6 (a) (3)
of that act (70 Stat. 1118, 29 U. S. C.,
Supp. V, 206 (a) (3)) to employees in
American Samoa, who are engaged in
commerce or in the production of goods
for commerce.

Subsequent to an investigation and a
hearing conducted pursuant to the
notice, the committee filed with the
Acting Administrator a report contain-
ing its findings with respect to the mat-
ters referred to it.

Accordingly, as authorized and re-
quired by section 8 of the Fair Labor
Standards Act of 1938, as amended, (52
Stat. 1064, as amended; 29 U.S. C. 208),
Reorganization Plan No. 6 of 1950 (64
Stat. 1263; 3 CFR, 1950 Supp., p. 165),
and General Orders Nos. 45-A (15 F. R.
3290) and 85-A (22 F. R. 7614) of the
Secretary of Labor, the recommenda-
tions of the Committee are published in
this order amending Part 697 of Title 29
of the Code of Federal Regulations,
effective June 21, 1958, to read as
follows:

Sec.

697.1 Definitions of industries in American
Samoa.

697.2 Wage rates.

697.3 Notices.

AvurHoriITy: §§ 697.1 to 697.3 issued under
sec. 8, 62 Stat. 1064, as amended; 29 U.S. C.

Eighty -Fifth Congress

(Second Session)

Public bills and resolutions which may
directly or indirectly affect the fisheries
and allied industries are
reported upon. Introduc-
tion, referral to commit-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

208. Interpret or apply secs. 5, 6, 52 Stat.
1062, as amended; 29 U. S. C. 205, 206.

§ 697.1 Definitions of the industries
in American Samoa. The industries in
American Samoa to which this part shall
apply are hereby defined as follows:

(a) Fish canning and processing in-
dustry. This industry shall include the
canning, freezing, preserving or other
processing of any kind of fish, shellfish,
or other aquatic forms of animal life and
the manufacture of any by-product
thereof.

(b) Shipping and transportation in-
dustry. This industry shall include the
transportation of passengers and cargo
by water or by air, and all activities in
connection therewith, including, but not
by way of limitation, the operation of
air terminals, piers, wharves and docks,
including stevedoring, storage, and
lighterage operations, and the operation
of tourist bureaus and travel ticket
agencies: Provided, however, That this
definition shall not include bunkering
of petroleum products.

(c) Petroleum .marketing industry.
This industry shall include the whole-
sale marketing and distribution of gaso-
line, kerosene, lubricating oils, diesel
and marine fuels, and other petroleum
products, including bunkering opera-
tions in connection therewith, and re-
pair and maintenance of storage
facilities.

(d) Miscellaneous industries. Miscel-
Janeous industries shall include all op-
erations and activities not included in
the shipping and transportation indus-
try, the petroleum marketing industry,
or the fish canning and processing indus-
try, as defined herein.

§ 697.2 Wage rates. (a) Wages at a
rate of not less than 52 cents an hour
shall be paid under section 6 of the Fair
Labor Standards Act of 1938, by every

Vol. 20, No. 7

wage rates for the fish canning and
processing industry in American Samoa.
The order as it appeared in the June 6,
1958, Federal Register follows:

employer to each of his employees in the
fish canning and processing industry in
American Samoa, who is engaged in
commerce or in the production of goods
for commerce.

(b) Wages at a rate of not less than 50
cents an hour shall be paid under section
6 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of
1938, by every employer to each of his
employees in the shipping and trans-
portation industry in American Samoa,
who is engaged in commerce or in the
production of goods for commerce.

(c) Wages at a rate of not less than
52 cents an hour shall be paid under
section 6 of the Fair Labor Standards
Act of 1938, by every employer to each
of his employees in the petroleum mar-
keting industry in American Samoa, who
is engaged in commerce or in the pro-
duction of goods for commerce.

(d) Wages at a rate of not less than
38 cents per hour shall be paid under
section 6 of the Fair Labor Standards
Act of 1938, by every employer to each
of his employees in the miseellaneous
industries in American Samoa, who is
engaged in commerce or in the produc-
tion of goods for commerce.

§ 697.3 Notices. Every employer sub-
ject to the provisions of § 697.2 shall post
in a conspicuous place in each depart-
ment of his establishment where em-
ployees subject to the provisions of
§ 697.2 are working such notices of this
part as shall be prescribed from time
to time by the Administrator of the
Wage and Hour and Public Contracts
Divisions of the United States Depart-
ment of Labor, and shall give such other
notice as the Administrator may pre-
scribe.

Signed at Washington, D. C., this 2d
day of June 1958.

CLakENcE T. Lunpquisr,
Acting Administrator.

ALASKA STATEHOOD: H. R. 7999, providing
for the admission of Alaska into the Union as a
state, was passed by the House May 28, 1958. The

bill as passed contains the proviso:
that the administration and management of the fish
and wildlife resources of Alaska shall be retained
by the Federal Government under existing laws
until the first day of the first calendar year follow-
ing the expiration of 90 legislative days after the
Secretary of the Interior certifies to the Congress

"Provided,

that the Alaska State Legislature has made adequate
provision for the administration, management, and
conservation of said resources in the broad nation-
al interest.'' In the Senate the bill was placed on
the calendar on May 29, 1958.

tees, pertinent legisla-
tive actions, hearings,
and other chamber ac-
tions by the House and
Senate, as well as signature into law or
other final disposition are covered.

ANTIDUMPING ACT OF 1921: H. R. 6006 (Co-
oper) a bill to amend the Antidumping Act of 1921,

July 1958

and for other purposes, introduced in the First
Session of the 85th Congress and passed by the
House on August 29, 1957, was reported (S. Rept.
1619) on May 21, 1958, by the Senate Committee
on Finance. The bill passed the Senate with com-
mittee amendments on May 26, 1958, and was re-
turned to the House.

Senate Report No. 1615, Antidumping Act, 1921,
(May 21, 1958,85th Congress, 2nd Session, Report
of the Committee on Finance to accompany H. R.
6006), 18 pp., printed. The Report by the Senate
Committee presents the purpose, principal features,
analysis, and a section-by-section explanation of
the bill, as well as changes in existing law. Prin-
cipal features of H. R. 6006 are as follows: (1) As-
sessment of dumping duties: Assessment of dump-
ing duties is provided for in the present law if
there are (a) sales at less than fair value of im-_
ported merchandise and (b) injury to an industry
in the United States resulting therefrom. Due to
the wording of section 205 of the present law de-
fining ''foreign market value" and to Treasury
rulings and court decisions construing this word-
ing, it is possible for situations to arise where
sales at less than fair value and injury are found,
but where no duties can be collected. The bill
would revise this wording and is thus designed to
put an end to this anomalous situation which can
presently arise. (2) Definitions: The new defini-
tions of certain terms enacted in the Customs
Simplification Act of 1956 (Public Law 927, 84th
Cong.) would be incorporated into the Antidump-
ing Act by the bill, with occasional modifications
necessitated by the differences between the proc-
ess of valuation for ordinary duties and the calcu-
lation of dumping duties. Customs officials would
thereby be enabled in large measure to apply a
similar set of definitions both in the calculation
of ordinary duties and of dumping duties. (3) Pub-
lic notice and reports: Provision is made in the
bill for mandatory public notice when there is
reason to believe or suspect sales of imported
merchandise at a dumping price, and mandatory
public notice by the Treasury Department and the
Tariff Commission of their decisions in dumping
cases, whether affirmative or negative, with rea-
sons therefor.

CHEMICAL ADDITIVES IN FOOD: Food Ad-
ditives (Hearings before a Subcommittee of the
Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce,
House of Representatives, 85th Congress, on Bills
to Amend the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
Act with Respect to Chemical Additives in Food,
July 15-24 and August 6-7, 1958, and April 15, 1958,
533 pp., printed). Includes texts of H. R. 366
(O'Hara), H. R. 6747 (Harris), H. R. 7700 (Fulton),
H. R. 7798 (Delaney), H. R. 8112 (Miller, Nebraska),
H. R. 8390 (Harris), and H. R. 10404 (Williams of
Miss.), all related bills on chemical additives to
food. Also contains an analysis of the principal
features of the chemical additives bills and testi-
mony and statements submitted for the record by
government officials, numerous associations and
industrial firms, and individuals (See Commercial
Fisheries Review, March 1958, p. 63 for addition-
al information on these bills.)

EXEMPT TRUCK ’'USE TO BE LIMITED: S. 3778
(Smathers) introduced in the Senate on May 8, 1958,
a bill to amend the Interstate Commerce Act, as
amended, so as to strengthen and improve the na-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

85

tional transportation system, and for other pur-
poses; to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce. This bill labeled 'Transportation Act
of 1958" is a committee bill and designed primari-
ly to aid the railroads, but contains some provi-
sions that would curtail the use of exempt trucks
for the transportation of fishery products. The
bill would exclude from the fishery exemption of
the Motor Carrier Law all frozen imported fish-
ery and agricultural products and would also ex-
clude some processed fishery products from the
exempt list. This bill was reported favorably to
the Senate on June 3, 1958, by the Committee on
Interstate and Foreign Commerce (S. Rept. 1647).
Similar bills introduced in the House: H.R. 12671
(Michel), May 23, 1958; and H. R. 12832 (Harris),
June 5, 1958. Ta

Senate passed on June 11 with amendments
S. 3778, after taking the following actions on a-
mendments: Adopted: All committee amendments
en bloc, which were thereafter considered as origi-
nal text for purposes of further amendment; Re-
jected: Beall amendment to exempt from certain
economic regulation frozen fruits and vegetables.
As passed the bill exempts ''cooked or uncooked
(including breaded) fish or shellfishfwhen fro-
zen or fresh.'' On a question from Senator Kennedy
on the Senate floor: "Is it the interpretation of the
Senator from Florida that the bill attempts to ex-
empt such frozen fisheries products as cod fish
cakes, deviled crab, fish with sauce, fish dinners,
and similar sea food products, even though they
are shown as 'not exempt! in ICC ruling No. 107?"
Senator Smathers replied: ''The answer to that
question is in the affirmative, 'Yes.' It was our
intention that the items be exempt... . As best
we could we made reference to these subjects in
the report and in the colloquy on the floor. I am
very happy to say 'Yes,' it is our understanding
such products would be exempt under the provi-
sions of the bill.'' As indicated in further dis-
cussion on the Senate floor seafoods which are
preserved, such as canned or smoked fish, for ex-
ample, are not exempt, but fresh or frozen sea-
foods which are perishable are exempt. Further,
such items as imperial.crab, crab cakes, hard
shell crabs, fish with sauce or prepared for food,
or fish frozen and shipped ready for serving are
in the exempt status.

House Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce in executive session on June 12 order-
ed favorably reported to the House H. R. 12832
(amended), to amend the Interstate Commerce Act
so as to strengthen and improve the national trans-
portation system. (H. Rept. 1922). This bill ex-
empts from I, C, C. regulation all fish or shellfish,
and fresh or frozen products thereof containing
seafood as the basic ingredient, whether breaded,
cooked or otherwise p7epared (but not including
fish and shellfish which have been treated for pre-
serving, such as canned, smoked, salted, pickled,
spiced, corned or kippered products).

Senate Report No. 1647, Transportation Act of
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, Report of the
Cornmittee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce
on S. 3778 together with individual views), 37 pp.,
printed. As amended by the Committee, S. 3778 to
amend the Interstate Commerce Act, as amended,
so as to strengthen and improve the national trans-
portation system, and for other purposes, recog-

86

nizes that the seafood industry is due an additional
measure of relief from regulation in the transpor-
tation of some of its products under section 203 (b)
(6). The amendment suggested is not intended to
include within the exemption fish and shellfish
which have been treated for preserving, such as
canned, smoked, salted, pickled, spiced, corned,
or kippered products. The committee's changes
are reflected in the following:

Clause (6) of subsection (b) of section 203 of the
Interstate Commerce Act, as amended, is amended
by striking out the semicolon at the end thereof and
inserting in lieu thereof a colon and the following:

"Provided, That the words 'property consisting
of ordinary livestock, fish (including shellfish), or
agricultural (including horticultural) commodities
(not including manufactured products thereof)' as
used herein shall include property shown as 'Ex-
empt! in the 'Commodity List' incorporated in
ruling numbered 107, March 19, 1958, Bureau of
Motor Carriers, Interstate Commerce Commission,
but shall not include property shown therein as
"Not exempt': Provided further, however, That
notwithstanding the preceding proviso the words
‘property consisting of ordinary livestock, fish (in-
cluding shellfish), or agricultural (including horti-
cultural) commodities (not including manufactured
products thereof)' shall not be deemed to include
frozen fruits, frozen berries, or frozen vegetables
and shall be deemed to include cooked or uncooked
(including breaded) fish or shellfish, when frozen
or fresh."

The report contains the full Committee's adop-
tion of the subcommittee report with amendments
and discusses the changes in the subcommittee
report made by the full Committee; points out that
the full Committee adopted Senate Resolution 303,
as recommended by the subcommittee, to provide
for a study of basic long-range transportation
problems in the public interest; and presents a-
gency comments. Also gives the report of the sub-
committee on surface transportation, individual
views, and changes in existing law. The change
effecting the exemption of certain fishery products
under section 203 (b) (6) is as follows:

(6) motor vehicles used in carrying property
consisting of ordinary livestock, fish (including
shellfish), or agricultural (including horticultural)
commodities (not including manufactured products
thereof), if such motor vehicles are not used in
Carrying any other property, or passengers, for
compensation: Provided, That the words ''property
consisting of ordinary livestock, fish (including
shellfish), or agricultural (including horticultural)
commodities (not including manufactured products
thereof)'"' as used herein shall include property
shown as "Exempt" in the ''Commodity List" in-
corporated in ruling numbered 107, March 19, 1958,
Bureau of Motor Carriers, Interstate Commerce
Commission, but shall not include property shown
therein as ''Not exempt'': Provided further, how-
ever, That notwithstanding the preceding proviso
the words ''property consisting of ordinary live-
stock, fish (including shellfish), or agricultural
(including horticultural) commodities (not includ-
ing manufactured products thereof)" shall not be
deemed to include frozen fruits, frozen berries, or
frozen vegetables and shall be deemed to include
cooked or uncooked (including breaded) fish or
shellfish, when frozen or fresh.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

FISHERIES ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1958: House
Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries on
June 10 held hearing on H. R. 10529, and identical
bills, to provide a 5-year program of assistance to
enable depressed segments of the fishing industry
to regain a favorable economic status.

FISHERMEN'S COOPERATIVE ASSOCIATION
BANK: dH. R. 12584 (Lane) introduced in the House
May 20, 1958, a bill to provide credit facilities for
the use of fishermen's cooperative associations
through. the establishment of a Bank for Fisher-
men's Cooperative Associations, and for other
purposes; to the Committee on Merchant Marine
and Fisheries (see Commercial Fisheries Review,
June 1958, p. 82, for H. R. 2466 (Tollefson), the
original bill on this subject). Both bills provide
for a $10 million revolving fund to be administered
by a Board of Directors to be headed by the Secre-
tary of the Interior.

INSECTICIDES STUDY OF EFFECT UPON FISH
AND WILDLIFE: S. 2447 (Magnuson) passed by the
Senate on May 29, 1958. The title of the bill was
amended to read as follows: a bill to authorize and
direct the Secretary of the Interior to undertake
continuing studies of effects of insecticides, herbi-
cides, and fungicides upon fish and wildlife for the
purpose of preventing losses of those invaluable
natural resources following application of these
materials, and to provide basic data on the various
chemical controls so that forests, crops, wetlands,
rangelands, and other lands can be sprayed with
minimum losses to fish and wildlife.

INTERIOR DEPARTMENT APPROPRIATIONS:
The Conference Report (H. Rept. No. 1757) on H. R.
10746 was approved by the House on May 22 and
by the Senate on May 26, 1958, and the bill was
cleared for and signed by the President on June 4,
1958 (Public Law 85-439).

Public Law 85-439, 85th Congress, H. R. 10746,
June 4, 1958: An Act making appropriations for the
Department of the Interior and related agencies for
the fiscal year ending June 30, 1959, and for other
purposes. The appropriations as they apply to
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service are as follows:

Fiso ann Witpuire Service
OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND WILDLIFE
Salaries and Expenses
For necessary expenses of the Office of the Commissioner, $307,800.
BUREAU OF SPORT FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE
Maragement and Investigations of Resources

For expenses necessary for scientific and economic studies, con-
servation, management, investigation, protection, and utilization of
sport fishery and wildlife resources, except whales, seals, and sea
lions, and for the performance of other authorized functions related
to such resources; operation of the industrial properties within the
Crab Orchard National Wildlife Refuge (61 Stat. 770) ; maintenance
of the herd of long-horned cattle on the Wichita Mountains Wildlife
Refuge; purchase or rent of land, and functions related to wildlife
management in California (16 U. S. C. 695-695c) ; and leasing and
management of lands for the protection of the Florida Key deer;
$11,616,000; and, in addition, there are appropriated amounts equal
to 1214 per centum of the p: Is cov into the Treasury during
the next preceding fiscal year from the sale of sealskins and other
products, for management and investigations of the sport fishery
and wildlife resources of Alaska, including construction.

62 Stat. 238,

Construction

For construction and acquisition of buildings and other facilities
peared in the conservation, management, investigation, protection,
and utilization of sport fishery and wildlife resources, and the
acquisition of lands and interests therein, $3,929,350, to remain avail-
able until expended.

July 1958

General Administrative Expenses

For expan necessary for
of Sport Fisheries and
gional offices, $714,100.

for general administration of the Bureau
ildlife, including such expenses in the re-

BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
Management and Investigations of Resources

_ For expenses necessary for scientific and economic studies, conserva-
tion, management, investigation, protection, and utilization of com-
mercial fishery resources, including whales, sea lions, and related
pyuatic plants and products; collection, compilation, and publication
of information concerning such resources; promotion of education
and training of fishery personnel; and the performance of other func-
tions related thereto, as authorized by law; $5,866,000; and, in addi-
tion, there are appropriated amounts equal to 1214 per centum of the
proceeds covered into the Treasury during the next preceding fiscal
year from the sale of sealskins and other products, for management
and investigations of the commercial fishery resources of Alaska,
including construction.

Construction

For gonstruction and acquisition of buildings and other facilities
required for the conservation, management, investigation, protection,
and utilization of commercial fishery resources and the acquisition of
lands and interests therein, $500,000, to remain Svawtabts until
expended.

Limitation on Administrative Expenses, Fisheries Loan Fund

During the current fiscal year not to exceed $313,000 of the fisheries
loan fund shall be available for expenses of administering such fund.

General Administrative Expenses

For expenses necessary for general administration of the Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries, including such expenses in the regional
offices, $175,000.

Administration of Pribilof Islands

For carryi gout the provisions of the Act of February 26, 1944, as
amended (16 U. S. C. 631a-631q), there are appropriated amounts
equal to 60 per centum of the proceeds cael into the Treasury
during the next preceding fiscal year from the sale of sealskins and
other products, to remain available for expenditure during the current
and next succeeding fiscal years.

58 Stat. 100,

72 Stat. 163,

ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

_ 2s Brspriauons and funds available to the Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice shall be available for purchase of not to exceed ninety-six passen-
ger motor vehicles for replacement only; purchase of not to exceed
nine aircraft for replacement only ; not to exceed $30,000 for payment,
in the discretion of the Secretary, for information or evidence con-
cerning Violations of laws administered by the Fish and Wildlife
Service; publication and distribution of bulletins as authorized by
law (7 U. S. C. 417); rations or commutation of rations for officers
and crews of vessels at rates not to exceed $3 per man per day; repair
of damage to public roads within and adjacent to reservation areas
caused by operations of the Fish and Wildlife Service; options for
the purchase of land at not to exceed $1 for each option; facilities
incident to such public recreational uses on conservation areas as are
not inconsistent with their primary purposes; and the maintenance
and improvement of aquaria, buildings and other facilities under
the jurisdiction of the Fish and Wildlife Service and to which the
United States has title, and which are utilized pursuant to law in
connection with management and investigation of fish and wildlife
resources.

34 Stat. 690,

(See Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1958, pp. 83-
84 for other actions on H. R. 10746.)

INTERNATIONAL GEOPHYSICAL YEAR: Na-
tional Science Foundation (Hearings before the
Subcommittee of the Committee on Appropriations,
House of Representatives, Eighty-Fifth Congress,
2nd Session, Review of the first eleven months of
the International Geophysical Year), 193 pp.,
printed. Contains, among other reports, one on
the status of the oceanography program.

LOAN FUND FOR FISHERIES: S. 3295 (Magnu-
son and Payne), a bill to amend the Fish and Wild-
life Act of 1956 in order to increase the authoriza-
tion for the fisheries loan fund established under
such act. Passed by the Senate on May 29, 1958,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

without amendment. The bill as passed provides
that subsection (c) of section 4 of the Fish and Wild-
life Act of 1956 (70 Stat. 1121) is amended by strik-
ing out $10 million and inserting $20 million. Ss.
3295 is a new bill substituted for S. 2720 which was
introduced in the first session of the 85th Congress
(see Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1958,

p. 84 and May 1958, p. 79, for additional details on
S. 3295).

87

MARKETING FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT ACT:
S. 3883 (Humphrey) introduced in the Senate on
May 22, 1958, a bill to encourage the improvement
and development of marketing facilities for handling
perishable agricultural commodities; to the Com-
mittee on Agriculture and Forestry. S. 3883 is a
companion bill to H. R. 4504 (Cooley) introduced
in the first session of the 85th Congress. Seafoods
are included under the definition of perishable agri-
cultural commodities (See Commercial Fisheries
Review, April 1958, p. 79), for additional informa-
tion).

SHIP MORTGAGE INSURANCE PLEDGE-OF-
FAITH CLAUSE: H. R. 12739 (Bonner), a bill to
amend section 1105 (b) of title XI (Federal Ship
Mortgage Insurance) of the Merchant Marine Act
of 1936, as amended, to implement the pledge-of-
faith clause, introduced in the House on May 29; to
the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries.

S. 3939 (Magnuson), introduced in the Senate on
June 4; §. 3919 (Magnuson), introduced in the Sen-
ate May 28: both similar to H. R. 12739 and refer-
red to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce.

House Committee on Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries held hearing and also met in executive ses-
sion on June 9 but took no final action on H. R. 12739
to amend title XI (Federal Ship Mortgage Insurance)
of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, to implement
the pledge-of-faith clause.

SMALL BUSINESS EQUITY AND LONG-TERM
CAPITAL LOANS: H. R. 12699 (Christopher) in-
troduced in the House on May 27, 1958, a bill to
make equity capital and long-term credit more
readily available for small business concerns; to
the Committee on Banking and Currency. Similar
to nine or more bills previously introduced (See
Commercial Fisheries Review, June 1958, p. 83,
for other bills on this subject).

SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT ADMINISTRA-
TION ACT: Senate passed on June 9 with amend-_
ment S. 3651, Small Business Investment Adminis-
tration Act of 1958. Provides for a Small Business
Investment Division in the Small eh pened Adminis~
tration, small business investment ompanies to
provide a source of needed equity capital for small
business concerns, and other things. Sets up a
$250,000,000 revolving fund for the Administration
to (1) purchase the subordinated debentures of
small business investment companies: (2) make
loans to small business investment companies:

(3) make loans to State and local development
companies. Reported in Senate on June 4 by the
Committee on Banking and Currency (S. Rept. 1652).

Senate Report No. 1652, Small Business Invest-
ment Act of 1958 (June 4, 1958, 85thCongress, 2nd
Session, Report of the Committee on Banking and
Currency together with individual views to ac
company S. 3651), 33 pp., printed. Contains legis-
lative history, purpose of the bill, need for legis-
lation, foreign experience, domestic precedents,
explanation of the bill, sectional analysis of the
bill, individual views of several Senators, and
changes in existing law.

SMALL-BUSINESS FINANCING: Problems of
Small Business Financing (Hearings before the

88

Select Committee on Small Business, House of
Representatives, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, pur-
suant to H. Res. 56, a resolution creating a Select
Committee to conduct a study and investigation of
the problems of small business. Part II, April 16,
17, and 28, 1958), 194pp., printed. Contains data
submitted to the Select Committee by the Small
Business Administration, Federal Reserve System,
trade associations, consultants, and industrial eco-
nomic researchers.

STARFISH ERADICATION EMERGENCY PRO-
GRAM: H. R. 12554 (Fogarty) introduced in the
House on May 19, 1958, a bill to provide that the
Secretary of the Interior shall develop and carry
out an emergency program for the eradication of
starfish in Long Island Sound and adjacent waters;
to the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries; also, H. R. 12666 (Forand) introduced in
House on May 23, 1958. Both bills are similar to
three other House bills and one Senate bill previ-
ously introduced (see Commercial Fisheries Re-
view, June 1958, p. 83, for additional information
on these bills).

STATE DEPARTMENT APPROPRIATIONS:
H. R. 12428 (Rooney), a bill making appropriations
for the Departments of State, Justice, and Judici-
ary, and related agencies for the fiscal year end-
ing June 30, 1959, and for other purposes. Passed
the House on May 15, 1958. The bill as passed
includes the sum of $1,644,900 for the use of Inter-
national Fisheries Commissions. Thisis $15,100
below the budget estimate and $35,100 below the
amount appropriated for fiscal year 1958. The ap-
propriations as approved by the House for Inter-
national Fisheries Commissions are as follows:
International Pacific Halibut Commission, $111,000;
International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission,
$233,000; Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commis-
sion, $363,000; International Commission for the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, $5,250; International
Whaling Commission, $600; International North
Pacific Fisheries Commission, $17,650; Great Lakes
Fishery Commission, $900,000; and Expenses of
U. S. Commissioners, $14,400.

Senate Committee on Appropriations in execu-
tive session on June 9 ordered favorably reported
with amendments, H. R. 12428, fiscal 1959 appro-
priations for the Departments of State and Justice,
and the Judiciary. Includes funds for international
fisheries commissions. Passed by the Senate
June 11 and sent to conference. For the interna-
tional fisheries commissions the Senate approved
the same funds previously approved by the House
(See Commercial Fisheries Review, June 1958,
pp. 83-84 for further details on H. R. 12428).

Departments of State, Justice, the Judiciary,
and Related Agencies Appropriations, 1959 (Hear-
ings before the Subcommittee of the Committee on
Appropriations, United States Senate, Eighty-Fifth
Congress, 2ndSession, on H. R. 12428, making ap-
propriations for the Departments of State and Jus-
tice, the Judiciary, and related agencies for the
fiscal year ending June 30, 1959), 804 pp., printed.
Contains the statements, testimony, and other facts
regarding the appropriations to the Departments
mentioned, including funds for the International
Fisheries Commissions.

TRADE AGREEMENTS ACT EXTENSION: Bills
to extend the authority of the President to enter

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

into trade agreements under section 350 of the
Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, and for other pur-
poses; and all referred to the House Committee

on Ways and Means. In addition to the 14 or more
bills previously announced (see Commercial Fish-
eries Review, March 1958,p.65, April 1958, p. 84,
and May 1958, p. 79), the following bills have been
introduced: May 14, 1958: H. R. 12522 (Moore),

H. R. 12562 (Withrow), H. R. 12529 (Henderson),
H. R. 12530 (Mack of Washington), H. R. 12532
(Utt); May 15, 1958: H. R. 12546 (Cederburg),

H. R. 12553 (Berry); May 21: H. R. 12591 (Mills)
and H. R. 12610 (Fisher); May 26, 1958: H.R. 12676
(Simpson), H. R. 12680 (DornofS.C.), H. R. 12683
(Bailey), H. R. 12686 (Davis of Georgia), and H. R.
12688 (Moore). May 27, 1958: H. R. 12703 (Hen
derson). The various bills would extend the Presi-

‘dent's authority to enter into trade agreements for

periods ranging from one to five years. The only
bills which were debated or the subject of hearings
were H. R. 10368 (Mills) which was the original
bill that included the Administration's recommenda-
tions and the subject of extensive hearings, and

H. R. 10591 (Mills) a substitute bill for H. R. 10368.
As a result of the hearings and in order to meet
some of the objections raised to H. R. 10368, the
House Ways and Means Committee introduced a
“clean bill'’ H. R. 12591 (Mills). This bill (intro-
duced on May 21, 1958) was reported (H. Rept. No.
1761) on same day. On June 9, the House adopted
H. Res. 578, closed rule with eight hours of debate
for consideration of H. R. 12591. This bill was
passed, with amendments, on June 11, 1958, by the
House and sent to the Senate. In course of the pas-
sage of the bill in the House, a substitute bill,

H. R. 12676 (Simpson) was rejected. H. R. 12591
as passed by the House would provide for the
following: Extend the authority of the President to
enter into reciprocal trade agreements for five
years--to June 30, 1963. Pursuant to such agree-
ments the President would be able to reduce tariff
rates existing on July 1, 1958 as follows: (a) by
25 percent, with no yearly reduction exceeding 10
percent of the duty rate; (b) by 2 percentage points
ad valorem, without any yearly reduction exceed-
ing 1 percentage point; or (c) to 50 percent ad
valorem if an existing rate of duty is in excess of
that amount, with no more than one-third of the
total reduction occurring in any one year. With
the approval of the Administration, the Committee
recommended nine provisions that are designed to
restrict the President's authority in the trade a-
greements program. Chief of these would amend
the ''escape clause" procedure to provide that in
cases in which the President has disapproved the
recommendations of the Tariff Commission for
tariff relief for a domestic industry, the Presi-
dent's action may be overturned by a two-thirds
vote of both houses of Congress in a concurrent
resolution. Other restrictive amendments would:
(a) increase the time for "peril point'' investiga-
tions, which precede trade agreement negotiations,
from 120 days to six months; (b) decrease the time
in which the Tariff Commission must conclude es-
cape clause investigations from nine months to six
months; (c) authorize the Tariff Commission to
recommend and the President to impose a rate of
duty on an item on the free list which has been
bound in a trade agreement; and (d) make it possi-
ble for organizations or groups of employees to
file an application for escape clause investigation.

House Document No. 384, Second Annual Report
on the Trade Agreements Program (May 19, 1958,

July 1958

85th Congress, 2nd Session, Message from the
President of the United States transmitting the
Second Annual Report on the operation of the Trade
Agreements Program, pursuant to Section 350 (3)
(i) of the Tariff Act of 1930 as amended by Section
3 (d) of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of
1955, referred to the Committee on Ways and
Means), 55 pp., printed. Discusses general trade
policy developments, United States foreign trade
during 1957, special trade policy developments, the
Trade Agreements Program and regional integra-
tion, and the administration of the program. Ap-
pendix A reports on the relaxation of quantitative
restrictions against imports from the dollar area,
and Appendix B is the report to the Secretary of
State by the Chairman of the United States Delega-
tion to the Twelfth Session of the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade.

H. Eee No. 1761, Trade Agreements Extension
Act of 1958 (Report of the Committee on Ways and
Means, House of Representatives, 85th Congress,
2nd Session, to accompany H. R. 12591, a bill to
extend the authority of the President to enter into
trade agreements under section 350 of the Tariff
Act of 1930, as amended and for other purposes),
135 pp., printed. Report gives principal features
of H. R. 12591, an explanation of the provisions of
the bill, and the history of the legislation. Also,

a review of the need for extension of the President's
authority to enter into trade agreements, a section-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

89

by-section explanation of the bill, changes in ex-
isting law, minority views, and two appendixes.

UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF IN DEPRESSED
AREAS: S. 3683 (Douglas and others), a bill to es-
tablish an effective program to alleviate conditions
of substantial and persistent unemployment and un-
deremployment in certain economically depressed
areas. Passed the Senate on May 13, 1958, with-
out amendment. Bill provides for setting up an
Area Redevelopment Administration under the
Housing and Home Agency. The new agency would
be headed by a Commissioner with an advisory
board of 11 members from other government
agencies. Any area in the United States with 6to15
percent unemployment for periods ranging 6 months
to 24 months would be eligible for redevelopment
aid. A sum not to exceed $300 million would be
used to carry out the purposes of Act and $4.5
million is set aside for technical assistance to de-
pressed areas (See Commercial Fisheries Review,
June 1958, p. 84, for additional bills on this sub-
ject).

VESSEL PERSONNEL MEDICAL CARE: S. 3724
(Magnuson) introduced in the Senate on April 29, a
bill to provide medical care of certajn persons en-
gaged on board a vessel in the care, preservation,
or navigation of such vessel. Would also cover
self-employed fishermen which are not now included
in Section 2 (h) of the Public Health Service Act
42 U.S. C., sec. 201 (h)).

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe

Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, Helen Joswick, and Vera Eggleston

OK OK OK OK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-
tographer for each photograph in this issue, Photographs on pages not mentioned
were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

P, 35--Basil L. Smith System, Philadelphia, Pa.; p. 37, figures la &
1b--Frank A. Bailey; pp. 37, figures 2 & 3, and 38--Bob Brigham,
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,

Woods Hole, Mass.

90 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

FISHERY
INDICATORS .

CHART | - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, AND RHODE ISLAND LEGEND: NEW JERSEY AND NEW YORK

CUMULATIVE DATA —_— — 1957 CUMULATIVE DATA

1958 - 230.6 4 MQS. 1958 - 28.4
1957 - 245.5 4 1957 = 38:5

1957 - 972.8 12," 1957 - 621.9

_—

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NORTH CAROLINA, SOUTH CAROLINA, AND GEORGIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

S MQsS. 1958 51-2 S mgs. 1958
SF Wey > es) Stiegl 95z7

12 1957 - 280.0 12

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

4 MQs. 1958 - 49.3 4 QS. 1958 -
4 i 1957 - 48.4 ae eat o570=
12 1957 - 158.2 12 1957 - 22.8

CALIFORNIAL!

CUMULATIVE DATA

S MQS. 1958 - 184.4
5, 1957 = 260.6
12 1957 - 654.9

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 Mgs. 1958 - 13.8
4) 1957) = 127)
12 1957 = 56.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

V/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

In Mill

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

ions of Pounds

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT. OCT NOV DEC

L/ SHRIMP
(Gulf States~including Florida West Coast)

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-
PLETE.

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

Ss QS. 1958 - 6:
1957 - 8

PILCHARD
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

1957/58 SEASON,

AUG. - JAN. - 20.5
1956/57 SEASON,
AUG, - JAN. - 31.7

LEGEND:

me — 1957/58
eeneceqeesses 1956/57

C JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DE

In Millions

LEGEND:

OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE DATA

c= 1958
= 1957

Mgs. 1958 - 55.1

91

1957 - 42.9
1957 - 133.4

5
8 u

1

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

S mgs 19: 6.6

1957 22.2
1957 - 120.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

In Thousands of Tons

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)
CUMULATIVE DATA
5 MgS.

5
1218

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

92 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

LEGEND:

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

oes 1959

CIEE) CUMULATIVE DATA

S Mgs. 1958 - 69.2
1957 - 92.9
1957 - 314.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY» JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDincs2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDincs2/

CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

* Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products.

—_— ~~

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93

| CHART 4 -RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds

/

RECEIPTS+ AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET
(Fresh and Frozen)

aT Teasaninl os Tossa asa a

NEW YORK COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS2/

CITY

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 Mgs. 1958 - &I
Bre 1957

fo!

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

~ 1V/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.
AT NEW YORK CLTY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS
(Fresh and Frozen) CHICAGO

CUMULATIVE DATA
6 MQS. 1958 - 44.3

1957 - 41.8
1957 - 91.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEATTLE BOSTON

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

5 mgs. 1958 - 32.3
5 1957 - 32.8

12 1957 - 95.8

LEGEND:

JAN FEB

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MAR

FISH OIL

FISH MEAL (In Millions of Gallons)

In Thousands of Tons)
CUMULATIVE DATA

5 mgs. 1958 - 29.1
Ge) ite © eee)
12 1957 - 262.5

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV D

94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

LEGEND: MACKEREL2! - CALIFORNIA
ees 1955

CUMULATIVE DATA Soreness CUMULATIVE DATA

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA

S mgs. 1958 S mgs. 1958 - 117.3
Si 957, 2 5, 1957 - 640.5
12 12 1957 - 1,326.6

ANCHOVIES - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

5 Mgs. 1958 - 29.9
5 |, 1957 - 409.0
12 1957 - 549.9

6 MQS. 1958 - 174.3
6) je 1957) =) 20225
12 1957 - 2,441.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV_DEC

STANDARD CASES
CUMULATIVE DATA

6 WQS. 1958 - 302.0 . 2 r

6 , 1957 - 645.8 Variety No.Cans Designation Net Wet.

12 1957 - 2,266.4
SARDINES..... 100 3 drawn 32 oz.
SHRIMP....... 48 oe 5 oz.
TUNA. js othe cre 48 #4 tuna 6&7 oz.
PILCHARDS... 48 # 1 oval 15 oz.
SALMON...... 48 1-lb. tall 16 oz.

ANCHOVIES...

48 $7lb. 8 oz.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA : SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
1957/58 SEASON,

TOTAL 1957/58 | AUG. - MAY 279.5
SEASON ~ 497. 57 SE entra
TOTAL 1986/57 ae Te ERED 612.3
= AUG. - MAY - 612.

SEASON ~ 732.7 1956/57 SEASON,

oo 0 ae se eo
AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY. AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB. MAR APR MAY. JUNE JULY

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

95

GROUNDFISH (including Ocean Perch) FILLETS
(Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA

5 mgs. 1958
5 ve 1957 :
12 1957 - 141.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP FROM MEXICO
(Fresh and Frozen)
CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH

CUMULATIVE DATA

3 mgs. 1958 - 11.2 |
Sq ikey Sie
1957 - 59.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CHART 7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH
10 (Fresh and Frozen)
CUMULATIVE DATA

go || 3 mgs. 1958 - 14.3

“eG. ey
12 1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT N

LOBSTER AND SPINY LOBSTER

CUMULATIVE DATA

7| 3 tg 323 Log :
12 "1957 - 50.4 | I
6 2 ft See
|
1
z 1 \
L
4 n ry
Nol \
3 ad Se aN
ww

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

S mgs. 1958 - 4.4

5 , 1957 - 1.5

s
12 1957 - SS.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(in Oil and not in Oil}

CUMULATIVE DATA

5
5.8
4.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

96

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 7

«Ml Seca C= Sha 8k Gs a? a 0p cw mma PaaS Peas

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILOLIFE SERV
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS.
FL - FISHERY LEAFLETS.

SSR.- FISH.-SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
(LIMITED DISTRIBUT|ON).
SEP.- SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

REVIEW.

Number Title

CFS-1757 - Massachusetts Landings, November
1955) 0) pp:

CFS-1764 - New York Landings, 1957 AnnualSum-
mary, 8 pp.

CFS-1770 - North Carolina Landings, February
LOS Se oep ps

CFS-1771 - South Carolina Landings, February
1958, 2 pp.

CFS-1772 - Mississippi Landings, January 1958,
2 pp.

CFS-1774 - Fish Meal and Oil, February 1958, 2 pp.

CFS-1775 - Georgia Landings, February 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1776 - New Jersey Landings, February 1958,
3 pp.

CFS-1777 - Shrimp Landings, December 1957, 6 pp.

CFS-1778 - Frozen Fish Report, March 1958, 8pp.
CFS-1780 - Texas Landings, January 1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1781 - Louisiana Landings, January 1958,

2 pp.
CFS-1783 - Alabama Landings, January 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1787 - Mississippi Landings, February 1958,

2 pp.

CFS-1788 - California Landings, December 1957,
4 pp.

CFS-1789 - Fish Stick Report, January-March
1958, 2 pp.

CFS-1790 - Rhode Island Landings, February
1958, 3 pp.

CFS-1792 - Alabama Landings, February 1958,
2 pp.

CFS-1797 - North Carolina Landings, March 1958,
3 pp.

CFS-1800 - New Jersey Landings, March 1958,
3 pp.

CFS-1801 - Ohio Landings, March 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1802 - Mississippi Landings, 1957 Annual
Summary, 3 pp.

CFS-1803 - California Landings, January 1958, 4 pp.

CFS-1805 - Maine Landings, March1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1809 - Florida Landings, March 1958, 6 pp.

Firms Canning, 1957 (Revised):

SL-102 - aS Sardines (including sea herring),
2p

SL-102A - Pacific Sardines, 1 p.

SL-104 - Mackerel, 1 p.

SL-108 - Salmon Eggs for Bait, 1 p.

SL-116 - Food for Animals from Marine Animal
Products, 2 pp.

SL-120 - Anchovies, 1 p.

FL - 393 - Fisheries of the United States and Alas-
ka, 1957 (A Preliminary Review), by E. A. Power,
42 pp., April1958. Apreliminary review of
commercial fishery activities in 1957. Reports
that the total catch of United States and Alaska
fishermen in 1957 was 4.75 billion pounds, ade-
crease of 10.5 percent as compared with the pre-
vious year. The 1957 catch had a total estimated
ex-vessel value of about $351 million--about $18
million less than 1956, despite the fact that the
average ex-vessel price per pound for the 1957
catch increased to 7.39 cents as compared with
7.03 cents per pound for 1956. The decline of
the 1957 catch resulted from decreases in both
edible and industrial fish catches. The total
1957 catch of industrial fish was 2.23 billion
pounds as compared with 2.58 billion pounds for
the previous year. Menhaden, the principal in-
dustrial species, decreased 400 million pounds
or 20 percent in 1957. The total catch of edible
fish in 1957 amounted to 2.52 billion pounds as
compared with 2.67 billion pounds in 1956.
There were decreases in the catch of cod, had-
dock, Pacific halibut, Atlantic ocean perch,
salmon, tuna, oysters, and shrimp. Record in-
creases, however, were made in the Dungeness
crab harvest and the whiting catch. Small in-
creases occurred in the catch of herring, floun-
ders, mackerel, pollock, scallops, and lobsters.
The fishing boats employed 142,000 men in1957
as compared with 144,000 in 1956. Employment
in shore establishments was estimated at 100,000.
The number of boats used totaled approximately
84,000. Of the total catch, 30 percent or 1.4bil-
lion pounds was sold as fresh or frozen fish, 24
percent was canned, and 2 percent was cured.
Byproducts--oil and meal--accounted for 2.1
billion pounds or 44 percent of the catch. In ad-
dition to data on production, processing, prices,
and supplies of the domestic catch, this leaflet
contains information on the fishery imports and
exports, and world fisheries.

FL - 449 - Organizations and Officials Concerned
with the Commercial Fisheries, 1958, 13 pp.,
March 1958.

July 1958

SSR-Fish. No. 236 - Downstream Movement of
Salmonids at Bonneville Dam, by Joseph E.
Gauley, Raymond E. Anas, and Lewis C. Schlot-
terbeck, 16 pp., illus., January 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 237 - Food of Salmonid Fishes of
the Western North Pacific Ocean, by George H.
Allen and William Aron, 15 pp., illus., Janu-
ary 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 241 - Hull Insurance and Protection
and Indemnity Insurance of Commercial Fish-
ing Vessels, by Warner C. Danforth and
Dr. Chris A. Theodore, 348 pp., December 1957.
The problems of the commercial fishing indus-
try with marine insurance are complicated and
controversial. There have been complaints from

the fishing industry, particularly in New England, |

that the cost of insurance has risen substantially.
On the other hand, many insurance firms have
withdrawn from the field because of disastrous
loss experience. This survey is an inquiry into
the situations, forces, conditions, and factors
which have given rise to the hull and protection
and indemnity insurance problem in the New
England, Gulf of Mexico, and California areas.
On the basis of the information assembled, a
number of conclusions are made which throw
light on the fishing industry's insurance prob-
lems. The report consists of two parts each in
a separate publication. A summary of conclu-
sions and recommendations, an extensive dis-
cussion of the insurance problem and two ap-
pendices which contain the basic tables and a
summary of sampling techniques are included
in this publication. A supplement contains ade-
scription of accidents, the owner's reasons for
insurance coverage, and his occupational activ-
ities together with comments made by the inter-
viewed vessel owners on the hull and protection
and indemnity insurance problems.

SSR-Fish. No. 251 - Sardine Eggs and Larvae and
Other Fish Larvae, Pacific Coast, 1956, by
Elbert H. Ahlstrom, 90 pp., illus., January 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 253 - Sodium Cyanide as a Fish
Poison, by W.R. Bridges, 16 pp., February 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 254 - Foreign Shrimp Fisheries
(Other than Central and South America), 75 pp.,
illus., March 1958. The growth of the domestic
shrimp industry since World War II and a grow-
ing interest in sources of supplies have created
a demand for detailed information regarding the
shrimp fisheries of foreign countries. This re-
port discusses the shrimp fisheries of Canada
and Greenland, the Caribbean area, Europe,
North Africa and the Near East, Asia, Australia,
and Oceania. The report states that ''The larg-
est foreign shrimp fisheries are in Asia. Here,
millions of fishermen, using primitive methods
for the most part, fish for shrimp and other
species of fish and shellfish. The individual
fisherman’s3 daily catch is often poor by Western
standards, although the aggregate catch may be
very large. A modest start has been made in
recent years to modernize shrimp fishing and
processing methods in some Far Eastern coun-
tries, notably in Pakistan and India. European
waters support long-established and important
shrimp fisheries. In general, the shrimp are
small and catches are sufficient only for Euro-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

97

pean markets. Except for the Mediterranean
area, no information has been assembled about
shrimp fisheries for African countries. For
most African nations, however, the shrimp
fisheries are unimportant."

Sep. No. 511 - Damariscotta (Maine) Alewife
Fishery.

Sep. No. 512 - The Blue Crab and its Fishery in
Chesapeake Bay: Part I - Reproduction, Early
Development, Growth, and Migration.

Sep. No. 513 - Research in Service Laboratories
(June 1958): Contains these articles--''Frozen
Packaged Halibut Voluntary Standards Discuss-
ed at Meeting;" "Progress in Fish-Oil Re-
search;" ''Report on Development of Fungicides
from Fish Oil;"" and ''Technical Note No. 44 - In-
dustry Tests Show Brine-Frozen Haddock to be
of Good Quality."

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,
March 1958, ll pp. (Market News Service, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg., San
Pedro, Calif.) California cannery receipts of raw
tuna and tunalike fish, herring, mackerel, ancho-
vies, and squid; pack of canned tuna, herring,
mackerel, anchovies, and squid; market fish re-
ceipts at San Pedro, San Monica, San Diego, and
Eureka areas; California imports; canned fish and
frozen shrimp prices; trends in the California
fisheries; ex-vessel prices for canneryfish; A-
merican Tuna Boat Association tuna auction sales;
for the month indicated.

(Chicago) Monthly Summary of Chicago's Fresh
and Frozen Fishery Products Receipts and _
Wholesale Market Prices, Apr , 12 pp.

(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife

Service, 565 W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Ill.)

Receipts at Chicago by species and by states

and provinces; fresh-water fish, shrimp, and

frozen fillet wholesale market prices; fisheries
trends at Chicago; for the month indicated.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments
of Fishery Products, April 1958, 5 pp. (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, 609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans 12,
La.) Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and
blue crab landings; crab meat production; LCL
express shipments from New Orleans; and whole-
sale prices of fish and shellfish on the New Orleans
French Market; for the month indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products in Selected
Areas of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mary-
Tand, April 1958, 4pp. (Market News Service, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, 18 So. King St., Hampton,
Va.) Fishery landings and production for the Vir-
ginia areas of Hampton Roads, Lower Northern
Neck, and Eastern Shore; the Maryland areas of
Crisfield, Ocean City, and Cambridge; and the
North Carolina areas of Atlantic, Beaufort, and
Morehead City; together with cumulative and com-
parative data; for the month indicated.

‘New England Fisheries--Monthly Summary, April
1958, 21 pp. (Market News Service, U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, 10 Commonwealth Pier,
Boston 10, Mass.) Reviews the principal New

98

England fishery ports, and presents food fish
landings by ports and species; industrial fish
landings and ex-vessel prices; imports; cold
storage stocks of fishery products in New Eng-
land warehouses; fishery landings and ex-vessel
prices for ports in Massachusetts (Boston,
Gloucester, New Bedford, Provincetown, and
Woods Hole), Maine (Portland and Rockland),
Rhode Island (Point Judith), and Connecticut
(Stonington); frozen fishery products prices to
primary wholesalers at Boston, Gloucester, and
New Bedford; and landings and ex-vessel prices
for fares landed at the Boston Fish Pier and
sold through the New England Fish Exchange; for
the month indicated.

(New York) Monthly Summary - Receipts of Fish-
ery Products at the New York City Wholesale
alt-Water Market, March 1958, is pp.; Apr
1958, 13pp. (Market News Service, U.S. Fish and

Wildlife Service, 155 John St., New York 38,

N. Y.) Receipts in the salt-water section of the
Fulton Fish Market by species and by states and
provinces; for the months indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,
February 1958; March 1958; 4 pp. each. (Mar-
ket News Seryice, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, Pier 42 South, Seattle 4, Wash.) Includes
landings and local receipts, with ex-vessel and
wholesale prices in some instances, as report-
ed by Seattle and Astoria (Ore.) wholesale deal-
ers; also Northwest Pacific halibut landings; for
the months indicated.

Receipts and Prices of Fresh and Frozen Fishery
Products at Chicago, 1957, by G. A. Albano, 60
Pp., processed, May 1958. (Available free from
the Market News Service, U.S. Fishand Wildlife
Service, 565 W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Il.)
In the first part of this report, the author presents
an analysis of receipts of fishery products at
Chicago, and discusses sources of receipts,
methods of transportation, receipts by months,
receipts by species and varieties, lake trout and
whitefish fishery and receipts, U.S. imports of
frozen fillets, U.S. imports of freshand frozen
fresh-water fish from Canada, cold-storage in-
ventories, and trends and developments in 1957.
Also included is a table giving the names, classifi-
cations, and approximate weights of certain fishery;
products as used in the Chicago wholesale markets.
The second section presents statistical data on
fresh and frozen fishery products receipts at Chi-
cago by species and by states and provinces of ori-
gin, states and provinces by species, species by
months, states and provinces by months, totals by
species, and totals by states and provinces. Re-
ceipts are tabulated by method of transportation
(truck, express, and freight). A table shows the
monthly range of wholesale prices of some of
the leading varieties of fresh and frozen fishery
products handled in the Chicago market.

Sodium and Potassium Content of 34 Species of
Fish, by Claude B. Thurston, 4 pp., printed.
(Reprinted from Journal of the American Die-
tetic Association, vol. 34, no, 4; April 1958.)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

Fishery Technological Laboratory, Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Seattle, Wash. The objective of the
work reported in this paper was to determine
the content of sodium in as wide a variety as
possible of the principal species offresh- and
salt-water fish. Potassium values were in-
cluded for comparative purposes because con-
siderable attention now is being directed to the
sodium-potassium balance. The collection and
preparation of samples, experimental proce-
dure, and results of the study are discussed.
Thirty-four species of fresh- and salt-water
fish were analyzed for sodium and potassium
content. Sodium content of the individual spe-
cies of salt-water fish ranged from 35 to 96 mg.
per 100 gm. fish and averaged 68 mg. That for
individual species of fresh-water fish ranged
from 48 to 84 mg. per 100 gm. fish with an av-
erage of 56 mg. Large differences were noted
in the sodium values for similar speciesfrom
various geographic areas. Albacore tuna and
Lake Huron herring had the lowest content of
sodium of the species analyzed. Even the spe-
cies having the highest individual sodium values
would be well suited for inclusion in low-sodium
diets, since no specimens contained as much as
100 mg. sodium per 100 gm. fish. The ratio of
the sodium content to that of potassium was
quite similar in both the fresh- and salt-water
fish, being approximately one part by weight of
sodium to five parts by weight of potassium.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND
ARE AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS,
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.

High-Speed Plankton Sampler, by Elbert H. Ahl-
strom, John D. Isaacs, James R. Thrailkill, and
Lewis W. Kidd, Fishery Bulletin 132 (From Fish-
ery Bulletin of the Fish and Wildlife Service, vol.
58), 31 pp., illus., printed, 50 cents, 1958.

Factors Causing Decline in Sockeye Salmon of
Karluk River, Alaska, by George A. Rounsefell,
Fishery Bulletin 130 (From Fishery Bulletin of
the Fish and Wildlife Service, vol. 58), 90 pp.,
illus., printed, 55 cents, 1958.

Laws and Regulations for Protection of the Com-
mercial Fisheries of Alaska, 1958, Regula-
tory Announcement 56, 38 pp., printed, March
1958, 25 cents. This publication is divided
into two sections. One section contains laws
for the protection of the commercial fisher-
ies of Alaska and related information, includ-
ing the authority for regulation, rules regard-
ing oyster culture, Bristol Bay residence re-
quirements, regulation of salmon escapement,
fishing-gear restrictions, exceptions to week-
ly closed seasons, ete. The second section
contains all the regulations governing the
commercial fisheries in Alaska. These 1958
regulations supersede the regulations publish-
edin Regulatory Announcement 51 which became
effective April5, 1957. Theyhavebeen recodi-
fied, andas aresult they contain many minor
changes as well as the seasonal changes for 1958.

July 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 99

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND
WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OR-
GANIZATION ISSUING THEM, CORRESPONDENGE REGARDING PUBLICA-
TIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE OR-
GANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES, IF READ-
ILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

ADVERTISING:

White Fish Authority Publicity Campaign, 1958/59,
Bpp., illus., processed. White Fish Authority, Til-
bury House, Petty France, London, England. A
brief description of the forthcoming advertising
campaign planned by the United Kingdom's White
Fish Authority to promote the "'fishmonger" and the
"man in the friedfish shop."' Includes six samples
of the advertisements that will be used in 75 even-
ing newspapers in England, Scotland, Wales, and
North Ireland.

AUSTRALIA:

Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Re-
search, vol. 9, no. 1, March 1958, 158 pp., illus.
printed. Commonwealth Scientific and Industri-
al Research Organization, 314 Albert St., East
Melbourne, C. 2, Victoria, Australia. Contains,
among others, the following articles: ''Obser-
vations on the Biology of the Greentail Prawn,
Metapenaeus mastersii (Haswell)--Crustacea
Decapoda: Penaeidae,” by W. Dall; and ''Repro-
duction in Australian Pearl Oysters (Lamelli-
branchia)--Part I, Pinctada albina (Lamarck):
Primary Gonad Development and Part I, Pinc-
tada albina (Lamarck): Gametogenisis,'' by
D. J. Tranter.

CANADA:
Analyse Comptable des Activités des Pécheurs

Cotiers, Gaspésie, Québec, 1949-19 tatis -

- ical Analysis of the Activities of the Coastal
Fisheries, Gaspésie, Québec, 1949-1953), by
John Proskie and R. G. Gosselin, Etude sur
l'Industrie Primaire, vol. 1, no. 3, 35 pp., illus.,
printed in French. Ministere des Pécheries du
Canada, Ottawa, Canada, 1958.

"Canadian Fish Finds Worldwide Markets," by
T. R. Kinsella, article, Foreign Trade, vol. 107,
no. 8, April 13, 1957, pp. 2-5, illus., printed,
single copy 20 Canadian cents. The Queen's
Printer, Government Printing Bureau, Hull,
Canada. Details are given on the production and
export of fishery products in Canada during 1956.
Sales of Canadian fish to foreign countries dur-
ing 1956 reached a record C$133.7 million, de-
spite a small salmon pack and drop in salt-fish
shipments. The pattern of distribution followed
the usual trend, with the United States taking a-
bout half of the output. Fresh and frozen fish
was Canada's leading seller, reaching a value of
C$78 million; lobster shipments totaled over
C$20.5 million.

Fisheries Statistics of Canada (Nova Scotia),1956,
93 pp., printed in French and English, 50 Cana-
dian cents. Queen's Printer and Controller of
Stationery, Ottawa, Canada, 1958. Consists of
tables giving the value of fish and shellfish
landed in Nova Scotia, 1949-1956, by species;
the quantity and value by species and fisheries
districts of landings and fishery products, 1955-
56; and capital equipment employed andnumber

of persons engaged in the primary operations
by fisheries districts, 1955-56.

Progress Reports of the Pacific Coast Stations, no.
110; 20 pp., illus., printed. Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Technological Station, 898
Richards St., Vancouver 2, B.C., Canada, April
1958. Contains, among others, the following ar-
ticles: ''Dogfish,''byH. L. A. Tarr; and "Some
Recent Experiments on Preservation of Fish with
Tetracycline Antibiotics,''by B. A. Southcott,

R. Moyer, E. G. Baker, and H. L. A. Tarr.

Summary of Fisheries Statistics of British Co-
Tumbia, 1957 (Preliminary), [3 pp., processed.
Canadian Department of Fisheries, Vancouver,
Canada, April 8, 1958. A preliminary review of
fisheries statistics for British Columbia for
1957, presenting the total value of fish and by-
products, and fishery trends. Statistical tables
cover the marketing of salmon by species; land-
ed and marketed value of salmon by method of
process, and by species; production and utili-
zation of salmon by species; canned salmon
pack by species; total herring landed and mar-
keted and byproducts; halibut landed and mar-
keted; crab and shrimp landings; Mandings and
value of all products marketed of the most im-
portant species; landed and marketed value of
fish and fish products; landings and manufac-
tured products marketed; summary of liver and
viscera production; salmon pack by area where
canned; inventories of vessels, and gear and
equipment used in primary fishery; and the num-
ber of fishermen licensed in British Columbia.

COD:

"The Omnivorous Codfish,'"' by Bernard L. Gor-
don, article, Nature Magazine, vol. 51, no. 4,
April 1958, pp. 205-207, illus., printed, single
copy 50 cents. American Nature Association,
1214 16th St. NW., Washington 6, D. C. The
cod was an important item in the economy of the
United States and Canada in earlier days, and
although there has been a marked decrease in
the cod population on the Grand Banks, millions
of pounds of cod still are landed annually. This
article tells where the cod fishery is located,
and describes briefly the life history of the cod
past and present methods of capture, andmeth-
ods of preservation.

COMMISSIONS:

Sixteenth Annual Report of the Atlantic States
Marine Fisheries Commission (to the Congress
of the United States and to the Governors and
Legislators of the Fifteen Compacting States),
79 pp., printed. Atlantic States Marine Fisher-
ies Commission, 22 West First St., Mount Ver-
non, N. Y., April 1958. Includes a report on the
state of the Commission and development of the
new committee system. Contains reports on
the following sections: North Atlantic--cover-
ing quality controls and research on clams,
Connecticut River shad, striped bass, and blue-
fish; Middle Atlantic--presenting the results of
investigations of marshlands and estuarine wa-
ters, dams on the Delaware River, and greysea
trout (weakfish); Chesapeake Bay--including
reports on the conflicts of Virginia and Mary-
land over the Potomac River fisheries, blue
crab research, and industrial pollution; and
South Atlantic--covering differences in shrimp

100

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDL|FE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION JSSUING THEM.

fishing privileges, exploratory fishing, reorgan-
ization of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
and Tortugas shrimp fishing problems. Appen-
dices cover, among other items, state legisla-
tion needed, reports on the technological and
biological sections, summaries of clam and
shad investigations, and results of the striped
bass program.

CRABS:

"Life-History and Biology of the Oyster Crab,
Pinnotheres ostreum, Say,"' by Aage Méller
Ghristensen and John J. McDermott, article, The
Biological Bulletin, vol. 114, no. 2; April 1958, —
pp. 146-179, illus., printed, single copy $2.50.
The Biological Bulletin, Marine Biological Lab-
oratory, Woods Hole, Mass.

Notes on a Non-Commercial Crab of the Genus
CALLINECTES in Trawl Catches in South Caro-
fina, by G. Robert Lunz, Contributions from
Bears Bluff Laboratories No. 27, 17 pp., illus.,
printed. Bears Bluff Laboratories, Wadmalaw
Island, S. C., May 1958. The results of astudy
concerning the noncommercial crab of the Cal-
linectes family which is abundant in trawl catch-
es in South Carolina. The author states that
"Regardless of what species this small noncom-
mercial crab turns out to be, the questions posed
by its abundance probably are the same, for it
is a small crab which only seldom reaches the
legal marketable length in South Carolina." This
report describes the spawning; sex ratio; and
temperature, salinity, and depth preference of
the noncommercial Callinectes. The author
states that ''The abundance of this noncommer-
cial crab has presented a management problem."

DENMARK: E

Arsberetning fra Fiskeriministeriets Fors¢gslab-
oratorium for 1957 (Annual Report to the Danish
Fishing Industry for 1957), 44 pp., illus., print-
ed in Danish with English translation of the main
experimental results. Fiskeriministeriets
Fors¢gslaboratorium, Copenhagen, Denmark,
1958. Describes the results of the following ex-
periments: oil in herring and sand eels; food
value of fish for animal feeding; chilling of fish;
antibiotics as a means for preserving fish;
preservation with aureomycin ice; freezing fish
and shellfish, such as trout, mackerel fillets,
Norwegian lobster, and sauces; smoked fish;
semi-preserved caviar; canned cod roe; alu-
minum cans; fish meal; and fish silage.

DIRECTORIES:

A Directory of White Fish Exporters in the United
Engen 28 pp., printed. White Fish Authority,
Tulbury House, Petty France, London SW1, Eng-
land, March 1958. A directory of white fish ex-
porters containing a list of fish names in Eng-
lish, French, German, and Spanish; a table of
weights as quoted in the directory; classifica-
tion of exporters by varieties sold and byports
or other centers of distribution; and lists of
brand names and trade associations. A Code of
Practice for the freezing of fish, dealing with
the processing, packing, storage, and sale of
quick-frozen fish, is included as an appendix.
The firms that comply with the Code are indi-
cated in the directory.

EAST AFRICA:
East African Fisheries Research Organization,
, 47 pp., printed. East African Fish-

eries Research Organization, P. O. Box 343,
Jinja, Uganda, 1958. This report covers the
period from July 1956 to December 1957, and
contains a general account of the scientific work
of the Organization, including fishery biology
and growth studies. Reports on the following
investigations are included: growth rate of
Tilapia and Mormyrus in Lake Victoria; andthe
food of young Til ae Protopterus, Clarias, and
Mormyrus. Includes, among others, a paper en-
titled "On the Growth of Tilapia esculenta (Gra-
ham),"' by D. J. Garrod.

FLORIDA:

Check List of the Florida Game and Commercial
Marine Fishes (Including Those of the Gulf of
Mexico and the West Indies, with Approved
Common Names), by C. Richard Robins, Educa-
tional Series No. 12, 46 pp., printed. State
Board of Conservation, Tallahassee, Fla.,
March 1958. This is a check list of the game
and commercial marine fish of Florida and the
West Indies with a standardization of common
names. Some of the reasons are given for the
application of different names to a single spe-
cies of fish. Thus, the basis for the selection
of many of the names used in this list may be
better understood. A selected bibliography of
books on the identification of Florida fish is al-
so included.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION:

The Economics of Fisheries, editedby Ralph Tur-

“vey and Jac iseman, pp., illus., printed.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Rome, Italy, 1957. Proceedings of a
Round Table organized by the International E-
conomic Association and held in Rome in Sep-
tember 1956, sponsored by the Food and Agri-
culture Organization of the United Nations. The
problems examined in the background papers of
this Round Table and discussions cover only
some of the economic aspects of fisheries and
fish marketing. Two papers consider cost con-
ditions in fishing, one with particular reference
to wages. The problem of fishery regulation is
treated in no less than three papers, one of which
refers to a particular case--the North Sea.
Marketing is the subject of two papers, both
marketing at the port and distribution inland
being examined. In addition, there isa discus-
sion of many of the same problems with partic-
ular reference to poor countries. Lastly the
problems of Iceland's fisheries are considered.
The following papers and discussions are in-
cluded: ''A Note on Costs in Fisheries," by
G. M. Gerhardsen; ''Fishermen's Remunera-
tion,"' by H. Zoeteweij; "Optimal Utilization and
the Control of Fisheries,'' by Anthony Scott;
"Obstacles to Agreement on Control in the Fish-
ing Industry,'"' by H. Scott Gordon; "Special
Problems of Fisheries in Poor Countries," by
E.S. Kirby and E. F. Szczepanik; "The Control of
North Sea Fisheries," byG. Lienesch; "Port Mar-
kets,'' by Ian Bowen; ''The Marketing of Fishery
Products inthe U.S. A.,'' by Ralph Cassady, Jr.,
and ''Fish Marketing in Iceland with Special Ref-
erence to Foreign Trade," by Olafur Bjornsson.

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

101

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

FRANCE:

Poissons de Mer Frais (Fresh Salt-Water Fish),
105 pp., ilus., in color, printedinFrench. Di-
rection Generale des Prix et des Enquetes Eco-
nomiques, 41, Quai Branly, Paris VII , France,
(Comite National de Propagande Pour La Con-
somination du Poisson, 11 Rue Anatole-de-la-
Forge, Paris XVII.) A guide for the identifica-
tion of the principal salt-water fish consumed
in France, containing colored plates of each spe-
cies. Includes a list of characteristics for. de-
termining the extent of freshness of salt-water
fish. Also presents a list of the common fish
names in French, German, English, Danish,
Dutch, Norwegian, and Swedish, with correspond-
ing scientific names.

FUNGI:

Literature on Halophilous and Halolimnic Fungi,
by T. W. Johnson, Jr., and Samuel P. Meyers,
Contribution No. 190, 30 pp., printed. (Reprint-
ed from Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 330-359, De-
cember 1957.) The Marine Laboratory, Univer-
sity of Miami, Virginia Key, Miami 49, Fla. A
bibliography of references to publications on
marine and brackish-water fungi, together with
annotations on some articles, is presented. The
references are world-wide in scope, and include
all phases of marine mycology.

GENERAL:

Federal Aid in Fish and Wildlife Restoration (An-
nual Report on Dingell-Johnson and Pittman-
Robertson Programs for the Fiscal Year Ending
June 30, 1957), 97 pp., illus., printed. Wildlife
Management Institute, Wire Bldg., Washington
Bs IDG (Ca

How to Know the Freshwater Fishes, by Dr. Sam-
uel Eddy, 259 pp., illus., printed. Wm. C.
Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 1957. Includes keys
for identification of all the fish of the United
States which are regarded as strictly fresh-water
species, and also includes a number of marine
species which often enter fresh water. Thenum-
ber of marine fish which may enter the mouthof
rivers is so great that only part of them are in-
cluded here. Also covers some facts about fish,
such as distribution and conditions for existence,

activities, and reproduction; and structure of a fish.

Wise Use of the Food Dollar--Meeting 1, Plan Be-
fore Buying; and Meeting 2, Know Your Protein
Foods: Meat and Fish, by Irene H. Wolgamot,
Leaflets 215 and 216, respectively, 8 pp. each,
printed. Extension Service, College of Agricul-
ture, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, N. J.,
October 1957. One leaflet is a guide for meal plan-
ning andbuying. It discusses the importance of the
four basic food groups (in which fish is included)
and shows how much food is needed from each group
each day for goodhealth. It also suggests how to
make the most of food by proper storage and cook-
ing, etc. The second leaflet is a guide to buyers of
meat and fish. It describes the market forms of
fish, signs of freshness, how much to buy for
each serving, and how to cook fish.

JAPAN:

Bulletin of Hokkaido Regional Fisheries Research
Laboratory, No. 17, March 1958, 174 pp., illus.,
printed in Japanese with summaries in English.
Hokkaido Regional Fisheries Research Labora-
tory, Yoichi, Hokkaido, Japan. Contains, among
others, the following papers: ''Studies on Lar-
val Development and Fishery Biology of King
Crab, Paralithodes camtschatica (Tilesius),'' by
Sakae Sato; "A Study of Qualities with Migratory
Fish. I. Ultraviolet Absorption Spectra in Re-
lation to the Deterioration due to the Oxidation
of Oil with Mackerel Meal," by Katsutoshi Miwa,
Echiko Kinoshita, and Yoshikazu Sato; "Studies
on the Preservation of Marine Products--Ill.
On the Spore-Forming Anaerobic Bacteria in
Fish Canning. No. 1,'' by Hiroshi Oshima,
Shinichiro Hagiwara, and Shoji Matumoto; and
"Studies on the Preservation of Marine Prod-
ucts--IV. On the Spore-Forming Anaerobic
Bacteria in Fish Canning. No. 2," by Hiroshi
Oshima, Shinichiro Hagiwara, Masatoki Sasa-
jima, and Motonobu Yokoseki.

.
LAW OF THE SEA:

Background Material on the Activities in the Or-
ganization of American States Relating to the
Law of the Sea (Prepared for Submission to the
United Nations Conference, Geneva, Switzer -
land, 1958), 47 pp., processed. Department of
International Law, Pan American Union, Wash-
ington, D. C., December 1957.

LOBSTERS:

Lobster Storage, by H. J. Thomas, 20 pp., illus.,
“printed. Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Edin-
burgh, Scotland, 1958. A guide to lobster stor-
age, devoted mainly to medium and long-term

storage over periods of several months, and
describing the factors involved and methods a-
dopted in the United Kingdom and elsewhere.
Covers factors affecting storage--siting and
construction of storage plants, water conditions,
and handling of lobsters; installations --floating
boxes and welled boats, pools, lobster ponds,
shore-based installations, and inland storage;
and marketing. A brief list of reference publi-
cations is also included.

Practical Hints for Lobster Fishermen, 16 pp.,
illus., printed. Her Majesty's Stationery Office,
Edinburgh, Scotland, 1952. A guide to lobster
fishing, containing data on the distribution of
lobsters on the Scottish coasts, fishing seasons,
equipment, bait, methods of operating creels,
(pots), storage boxes and ponds (pounds), han-
dling of lobsters, immature and unmarketable
lobsters, packing and marketing, cooperative
arrangements, scientific investigations, and in-
formation service offered by the Scottish Home
Department. Packing materials recommended
are wood wool, wood shavings, peat litter, and
sawdust. States that seaweed should not be used
as it heats up and often results in losses. Four
photographic plates show two views of a lobster
pot, a male lobster, and a female berried lob-
ster. A description and life history of the lob-
ster is included as an appendix.

102

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION JSSUING THEM.

MARINE BORERS:

Marine Borer Investigations (Annual Report
1957), 36 pp., us., processed. The Marine
Laboratory, University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla. This report presents the results of inves-
tigations conducted to develop an efficient, de-
pendable wood preservative treatment for pro-
tection against marine borers. Creosote, which
serves as an adequate wood preservative in
temperate regions, is not very adequate in trop-
ical and subtropical areas; therefore, part of
the research has been devoted to the improve-
ment of the preservative qualities of creosote.
Equal effort has been devoted to the development
of preservatives unrelated to creosote.

MARLINS:

On the Biology of the Atlantic Marlins, MAKAIRA
~ AMPLA (eee yandl MAKAIRA ALBIDA (Poey), |
48 pp., illus., printed, $1. (Reprinted from Bul-
letin of the American Museum of Natural Histo-
ry, vol. 114, article 5, pp. 373-416, text figures

1-14, plates 75-82, tables 1-7.) American
Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y.,
March 24, 1958. Contains five separate papers,
as follows: 'Scales of the Atlantic Species of
Makaira,' by Francesca R. LaMonte; ''Notes on
the Alimentary, Excretory, and Reproductive
Organs of Atlantic Makaira,'' by Francesca La-
Monte; ''Relative Weights of Some Viscera in the
Atlantic Marlins,'' by Louis A. Krumholz; ''Some
Foods of Marlins near Bimini, Bahamas," by
Louis A. Krumholz and Donald P. DeSylva; and
"Juvenile Blue Marlin, Makaira ampla (Poey),
from Miami, Fla., and West End, Bahamas," by
Donald P. DeSylva.

MALAYA:

Report of the Fisheries Division, 1956, 30 pp.,
printed. Ministry of Commerce and Industry,
Singapore, Malaya. Presents a general review,
developments, and inventory of the fishing in-
dustry in Malaya. Statistical tables cover the
number of fishermen and licensed gear or boats
used by area; number of licensed fishermen by
type of fishery; licensed fishing boats by type
of fishery; tonnage of vessels employed; power-
ed vessels by method of fishery; arrivals and
departures of licensed fishing vessels ata
central control point; fishing gear; pond cultiva-
tion; fresh fish supplies; estimated production
by method of fishery; Singapore imports and
exports of fresh fish; marketing; monthlyaver-
age daily retail fish prices for the principal
species landed; Singapore imports and exports
of dried and salted fish; value of imports and
exports of processed marine products; and an-
nual average prices of producer goods used in
the fishing industry. An appendix to this re-
port summarizes the annual report on the op-
erations of the Malayan Fisheries Loan Fund.

MUSSELS:

Fors¢k med Dyrking av Blaskjell (Experimental
Cultivation of Sea Mussels, Mytilus edulis),
Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrifter Nr. 4, pp.,
illus., printed in Norwegian. A.S. JohnGriegs
Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1957.

NORWAY:

Lofotfiskets Iénnsomhet 1957 (Value of Lofoten
Fisheries, 1957), Fiskeridirektoratets

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

Smaskrifter Nr. 1, 41 pp., illus., printed in Nor-
wegian. A.S. John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen,
Norway, 1958.

PACIFIC NORTHWEST:

Pacific Northwest Marine Fishes, 12 pp., illus.,
printed. State of Washington Department of
Fisheries, Olympia, Wash., May 1957. De-
scribes the most important commercial species
of Pacific salmon, sole and flounder, rockfish,
cod, lingcod, sea perch, halibut, smelt, the her-
ring family, tuna, sablefish, sturgeon, sharks,
and skates. Also presents a brief summary of
salmon management problems and methods of
taking fish.

PLANKTON:

Plankton of the Florida Current. IV. Factors In-
fluencing the Vertical Distribution of Some
Common Copepods, by H. B. Moore and D. L.
O'Berry, Contribution No. 189, 19 pp., illus.,
printed. (Reprinted from Bulletin of Marine
Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 7, no. 4,
pp. 297-315, December 1957.) The Marine Lab-
oratory, University of Miami, Virginia Key,
Miami 49, Fla.

PORTUGAL:

Estatistica das Pescas Maritimas no Continente
e Ilhas Adjacentes no Ano de 1955 (Statistics of
Marine Fisheries of the Mainland and Adjacent
Islands, 1955), 134 pp., printed in Portuguese.
Commissao Central de Pescarias, Ministerioda
Marinha, Lisbon, Portugal, 1957. Presents sta-
tistics on landings by species, methods of catch,
and area; catch of marine mammals; and ves-
sels and gear.

Relatorio do Trienio 1955-1957 (Report for the

Period 1955-1957), 54 pp., processed in Portu-
guese.

Gabinete das Estudos das Pescas, Lis-
bon, Portugal. Describes the technical and
scientific work of the Portuguese Council for
Fisheries Studies and the assistance afforded
the Portuguese fishing industry during the peri-
od 1955/57.

Statistical Account of Portuguese Fisheries (Re-
Sumo BStatistico das Pescas Portuguesas),
Gabinete de Estudos das Pescas Publication No.
34, 50 pp., illus., printed in Portuguese and
English. Gabinete de Estudos das Pescas, Lis-
bon, Portugal, 1957. A summary on the actual
state of the Portuguese fisheries and their de-
velopment, presenting complete statistical data
on the fishing industry for the period 1938-1956.

PRESERVATION:

"Preservation of Food Without Heat,'' by E. M.
Hoshall, article, Association of Food and Dru
Officials U. S. Quarterly Bulletin No. 21, 195 a
pp. 200-210, printed. Baltimore District, Food
and Drug Administration, Baltimore, Md.

Status Report to Management on Radiation Pres-
ervation of Food, by Colonel W. D. Jackson,
PB 131171, 15 pp., illus., processed, 50 cents.
Office of Technical Services, U. S. Department
of Commerce, Washington 25, D. C., July 1,
1957. This document is designed to aid inana-
lyzing the significance of the use of nuclear
rays to preservefood. Itdescribes the principal

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 103

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

features of the process of radiation preservation of
foods, some of the current obstacles to full utiliza-
tion of the process, history of the radiation preser-

vation process, andthe current state of radiation
preservation. It also tells what the successful
development of the process can do for the farm-
er, grain broker, food processor, Public Health
Officer, military logistician, grocer, consumer
and housewife, and instrument manufacturer;
what the various organizations in this country
are doing in research on the irradiation of food;
what other governments are doing; and whatour
government is doing. It also discusses regula-
tions and licensing; patent structure and its ap-
plication; and the effect the adoption of radiation
preservation methods may have on employees,
union, stockholders, and customers. A sche-

matic drawing of the United States Army Ionizing

Radiation Center is also included.

RED TIDE: :
The Relationship of Total Phosphorus Concentra-
tion Sea Water to Red Tide Blooms, bySelwyn

Jack Bein, Contribution No. 184, 14 pp., illus.,
printed. (Reprinted from Bulletin of Marine
Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 7, no. 4,
December 1957, pp. 316-329.) The Marine Lab-
oratory, University of Miami, Virginia Key,
Miami 49, Fla.

SALMON:

The Salmon Crisis, 12 pp., illus., printed. Wash-

“ington Department of Fisheries, 4015 20th Ave.
W., Seattle 99, Wash., August 1954. Briefly
presents a report on the environmental changes
to which a drastic depletion of the salmon re-
sources of Washington may be attributed. Also
describes salmon rehabilitation activities of the
Washington Department of Fisheries.

Statistics on Salmon Sport Fishing in the Tidal
Waters of British Columbia, 1957, 19 pp. text,
2 pp., maps, processed. Department of Fisher-
ies of Canada, 1110 West Georgia Street, Van-
couver 5, B. C., Canada, May 16, 1958. Pre-
sents British Columbia's commercial and sport
catch of salmon by species for 1953-57, com-
mercial catch of troll-caught salmon, and sum-
mary of sport fishing catches by area.

Salmon Rehabilitation and Hatcheries--Activities
and Accomplishments, 12 pp., illus., printed.
Washington State Department of Fisheries,
Olympia, Wash., January 1958. A brief report
containing facts about salmon; the role of hatch-
eries; a description of original experiment sta-
tions; developments in artificial propagation;
summary of the Pacific salmon family; hatch-
ing methods and accomplishment of hatcher-
ies; over-all rehabilitation objectives; and loca-
tions of hatcheries in Washington.

SCOTLAND:

Report on the Fisheries of Scotland, 1957, 68 pp.,
printed. Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 13A
Castle Street, Edinburgh 2, Scotland, April
1958. A report, containing many statistical ta-
bles, which covers the means of capture and
number of persons engaged in Scottish fisher -
ies; herring, white fish, shellfish, and salmon

fisheries; byproducts production; fishery regu-
lations; scientific investigations; and harbor
studies and improvements. Contains various
appendices which present supplemental data on
the above-mentioned subjects.

SEA LAMPREY:

''The Sea Lamprey and the Death of the Great
Lakes Lake Trout Fishery," by Edmund K.
Swigart, article, Yale Conservation Studies, vol.
4, printed. Yale Conservation Club, New Haven,
Conn. A brief account of the alarming influxof

| the sea lamprey through the Great Lakes and
the consequent toll of the lake trout, which had
provided one of the most profitable fisheries of
the region. The article outlines the plan of cam-
paign for the elimination of the lamprey, in-
cluding the search for a larvacide which could
destroy either the larvae or the young adults
drifting back from the streams where they have
spawned to the lakes. The plan, international in
scope because Canada is affected as well as the
United States, calls for the eventual reintroduc-
tion of lake trout and other species under at-
tack to a full capacity as quickly and as econom-
ically as possible. The author says that if the
lamprey is not the sole cause of the fisheries
decrease, it is at least one of the major two or
three factors and must be controlled before any
optimistic view of the return of this lucrative
industry can be formulated.

SEALS:

"Canada's Atlantic Sealfishery,''by Bruce Wood-
land, article, Trade News, vol. 10, no. 8, Feb-
ruary 1958, pp. 3-8, illus., printed. Department
of Fisheries of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Two
articles on Canada's Atlantic sea fishery. The
first article describes the decline of sealing op-
erations in Newfoundland, the traditional home
of the seal hunt. The second article, entitled
"Halifax Now Main Centre,‘ by G. J. Gillespie,
contains a report on sealing out of the port of
Halifax. A brief history of the Atlantic seal
fishery is given, along with present operations,
and prospects for future sealing operations.

SHARKS:

"A Review of the Eastern Pacific Sharks of the
Genus Carcharhinus, with a Redescription of C.
malpeloensis (Fowler) and California Records
of C. remotus (Dumeril),'' by Richard H. Rosen-
blatt and Wayne J. Baldwin, article, California
Fish and Game, vol. 44, no. 2, April 1958, pp.
137-159, illus., printed, single copy 75 cents.
Printing Division, Documents Section, Califor-
nia Department of Fish and Game, Sacramen-
to 14, Calif.

SHRIMP:

The Use of Sodium Bisulfite for the Control of
Black Spot in Shrimp, by C. Isaac Camber,
Mary H. Vance, and James E. Alexander, Tech-
nical Series No. 20, 19 pp., illus., printed. The
Marine Laboratory, University of Miami, Vir-
ginia Key, Miami 49, Fla., December 1957. Re-
sults of work which was undertaken to deter-
mine the optimum concentration and exposure
time of a sodium bisulfite sea-water dip for
preventing the development of black spot in pink ©

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 7

104
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,
shrimp. It was found that sodium bisulfite ap-

plied as a 14-percent dip for one minute was
effective in reducing the incidence of black spot
in shrimp for at least 10 days of iced storage.
When used at this level, no detrimental effects
on the flavor, odor, toughness, nor bacterial
counts of treated shrimp were observed. Sul-
fur dioxide residuals were less than 10 parts
per million, and no evidence of thiamine de-
struction was noted. Full benefits from the use
of the chemical will not be obtained unless
quick and careful handling procedures are fol-
lowed. Using too much of the chemical or dip-
ping the shrimp too long in the sodium bisulfite so-
lution may cause a slight sharporacidtaste which
would render them less desirable to the buyer.

SNOOK:
A Survey of the Snook Fishery of Florida, with

~ Studies of the Biology of the Principal Species,
CENTROPOMUS UNDECIMALIS (Bloch), by

Arthur R. Marshall, Technical Series No. 22,
39 pp., illus., printed. The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, Virginia Key, Miami 49,

Fla., March 1958. The results of a survey, con-

ducted from April 1954 to May 1955, which was
undertaken to obtain a description of the snook
fishery of Florida, in which the dominant spe-
cies is Centropomus undecimalis (Bloch), and
to determine certain aspects of the biology of
that fish. It includes discussions of the fishery;

TIDES:

Tide Tables--West Coast, Northand South Amer-
ica (including the Hawaiian Islands), 1958, 222
pp., printed, 50 cents. U.S. Department of
Commerce, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Wash-
ington 25, D. C. This publication contains ta-
bles on daily tide predictions for 188 reference
ports, tidal differences and other constants for
about 5,000 stations, approximate height of tide
at any time, local mean time of sunrise and sun-
set, reduction of local mean time to standard
time, moonrise and moonset, andastronomical
data. Explanatory notes to facilitate usage of
each table are included. Also, contains a list
of Coast and Geodetic Survey publications re-
lating to tides and tidal currents.

TRADE AGREEMENTS:

"How a Trade Agreement is Made,''by Honoré M.
Catudal, Department of State Publication 6615,
Commercial Policy Series 165, 6 pp., illus.,
printed, 5 cents, Department of State, Washing-
ton, D. C. (For sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C.) A step-by-step account
of the manner in which a trade agreement is
negotiated. Background information is present-
ed on trade agreements legislation, interdepart-
mental organization, and preparatory procedure.

TUNA:

biology, geographic range, and aspects of the life
history of Centropomus undecimalis; and ecolog-
ical considerations. The author states that''Al-
though snook have been caught in Florida by
sport fishermen for many years, a steady com-
mercial fishery for them has existed only since
about 1930. Sport and commercial fishing activ-
ities are confined generally to the southern half
of the State. Brackish water mangrove areas
produce the bulk of the catch, though a low per-
centage comes from fresh waters. The com-
mercial fishery ranks about 15th in dollar value
among the State's food-fish fisheries, with an
annual value estimated at $75,000, and annual
production of } million pounds or more. Com-
mercial production for the period 1941 to 1955
reached its highest peak in 1948, at 800,000
pounds, when the snook seine was in use and
price was high. A decline since 1948 hasoc-
curred, possibly because of lessening market
demand for fresh fish.'' This report was pre-
pared in 1956. In 1957 the Florida State Legis -

lature enacted a law prohibiting the sale of snook.

Consequently all references to commercial fish-
ing for snook apply to the situation prior to this
legislative action.

TERRITORIAL WATERS:

Laws and Regulations on the Regime of the Terri-
~ torial Sea, LEG/SER.B/ CoN Legislative
Series, Sales No. 1957, V.2), 811 pp., printed, $7.
United Nations, New York, N. Y., November 1957.

Tuna Fish (Report on Investigation Conducted
Pursuant to a Resolution by the Committee on
Finance of the United States Senate dated Au-
gust 20, 1957), 180 pp., processed. UnitedStates
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D. C. This
is a report of the results of an investigation on
tuna made in response to a resolution of the
Committee on Finance of the Senate adopted Au-
gust 20, 1957. The investigation was made pur-
suant to section 332 of the Tariff Act of 1930,as
amended, and was similar in scope to aprevious
investigation made by the U. S. Tariff Commis-
sion in response to a resolution of the Commit-
tee adopted June 26, 1952. This report discuss-
es the consumption of tuna in the United States
in recent years; gives general information on
the domestic tuna fishery, and detailed informa-
tion on the operations of the bait-boat, purse-
seine, and albacore fishing fleets; discusses at
some length the operations of the domestic tuna-
canning industry; and gives information on a
number of other subjects, including tariff rates,
tuna imports, and the tuna fisheries of Japan
and Peru.

WASHINGTON:

Washington State Shellfish, 8 pp., illus., printed.
Washington State Department of Fisheries, Olym-
pia, Wash., January 1957. This leaflet briefly
covers Washington's most important commercial
species of oysters, clams, and shrimp.

July 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd. ):
North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program:
Commercial Shrimp Catches off Coast of
Washington (M/V John N. Cobb Cruise 37 ..
Oysters:
Heavy Spring Rains Threaten Virginia Industry,
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations:
Charts of Monthly Mean Temperatures for North
Pacific Surface Waters. ....
Equatorial Tuna Studies ......
Hawaiian Skipjack Studies ...
Albacore Tuna Program .
Tilapia Studies. ....
Production of Tilapia for Tuna Bait Continues
SatistactorilysemeMelomeneucricieoielisl.e loirelelienic
Hawaiian Skipjack Tagging Program .....
Survey of Marquesas Islands for Tuna Resources
Continued (M/V Hugh M. Smith Cruise 43) .
Standards:
Federal Identity Standards Prevail Over Local
RoodtRegulationmemewelicy sileiiel sltelie sc «ie
Tuna:
New Developments in Freezing Techniques on
Purse Seiners, by A. D. Sokolich ......
Yellowfin, Skipjack, and Big-Eyed Tuma Fish-
EriesMUrendsMecllMeleliciicdcficiielle) el clielioiiel le re
United States Fishing Fleet Additions ......
U. S. Foreign Trade:
Groundfish Fillet Imports, May 1958 .....
Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Products,
Rebruarygl95 Smut mel smell sd stele ceenene is
Imports of Canned Tuna in Brine Under Quota
Proviso, January 1-May 3, 1958
Virginia:
Abundance of Menhaden in 1959 Predicted . .

ee ese

ec ee ee

Fresh -Water Fish from Rivers Tributary to Chesa-

peake Bay Invade Salt Water .......6.
Upper Seed Area in James River Sustains Heayy
OystersMortality societies ee ehisi tells) «else ee)
Wholesale Prices, May 1958 ......2e2cc6
EOREIGN- Vegan Mcconnell en eneiiolcmenelion tee fe
International:
Food and Agriculture Organization:
Meeting on Costs and Eamings of Fishing En-
TpPEES oooong oD ob ono Om oO
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade:
Intersessional Meeting of Contracting Nations
International Labor Organization:
Fishermen Labor Problems to be Considered at
ConterencemememelMeiteiiciiolci omen olen ehonisis
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Commission:
U.S. S. R. Adheres to Northwest Atlantic
Fisheries Convention ......-..ee2++6
Scientists Show How to Catch More Fish. . . .
Argentine Republic:
Two Plants Produce Frozen Fishery Products . .
Australia:
Frozen Fillets Imported from Shanghai ....
Japanese Pearl-Shell Fishermen Barred from
Territorial Waters
Brazil:
Japanese -Controlled Fishing Company Announces
Plans for 1958 Whaling Season. .....ce-s
British Honduras:
Fishery Products Exports, 1957 .....2.2--.
Fisheries Trends in 1957... ...2.e2-ee0
Canada:
Liquid Measure for Shucked Oysters Permitted .
Denmark:

Fish Meal Production Up 17 Percent in 1957 .
Marine Oil Production and Imports Decreased in
IGE poo acco booo boda nnOODO
Faroese Government Invited to Discuss Territo-
vial Waters Fishing Limits ......-.22.c

(Contents continued on outside back cover.)

Page

39

52
52

53

33

53

54

54
55

55

55
56

56
57
57
58

105
Page
FOREIGN (Contd. ):
Haiti:
Japanese Fishery Company Plans to Base Tuna
Fishing Operationsiin'Haiti .)5 0. 3 2 2 ee 58
Honduras:
Shrimp Fishery and Freezing Plant Located on
IslandiofiGuanajayewomemeienciomoiemeleletlet oll 58
Iceland:
Decree Concerning Extension of Territorial
Waters Fishery Limits ...... go EY
Polish Trade Agreement for 1958/59 Includes
Fishery Products momen syicite) iolieiieiieniei«) (= . 59
Israel:
Shrimp Exports to United States .......2. 60
Italy:
Two Canneries Custom Pack Albacore Tuna. . 60
Japan:
Canned Fish Account for 60 Percent of all Can-
nediProducts AewemoleweicnamcueN oh Melons i -lrel > 60
Discovery of Pacific Albacore Tuna Spawning
(inet S85 eguolo Oo ooo Oo Go OO Go 61
Exports of Selected Fishery Products to the
United States, 1957 2 ccs wwe ss 61
Fishery Landings in 1957 at Record High ... 61
Statement on Fishing in Coastal nar of
Wetets ks coo oo po oan ac o° 61
Value of Fishery Products Exports, 1557 | GOoQ0 62
Mexico:
Long-Liner Lands Tuna Trip at Gulf Port ... 62
Morocco:
Fishing and Canning Trends, First Quarter 1958 63
New Hebrides:
Tuna Freezing Plant in Operation ....... 63
Norway:
Cod Fisheries Trends Through May 3, 1958 . . 63
U. S. S. R. Offers to Increase Herring Pur-
CHASCS sree le seliclse pel eliel ome lel ieMieliey site! oie 64
Panama:
New Fish Meal Plant in Operation ......- 64
Poland:
Fishery Mothership Launched for U. S. S. R. . 65
Spain:
Bilbao Area Fisheries Trends, March 1957. . . 65
Vigo Fisheries Trends, January-March 1958. . 65
Taiwan:
Frozen Tuna Shipped to United States ..... 66
WE Rig Big isd
International Cooperative Herring Research in
the Norwegian Sea Planned ......+2-2-- ~ 66
Two New-Type Factoryships Launched .... 67
United Kingdom:
19th Russian Trawler Laumched .....- +e 67
Temperature of Fish at all Stages of Distribution
GChaintStudied! rey cr sitertetteielelbelieiieteirejrelle 67
Two New Factoryships Similar to Fairtry 68
White Fish Authority Announces Fish Publicity
Campaign for 1958/59... 2.222 e2eee 69
Iya) VN NEVO Gooopooopodnooo LY
Federal Communications Commission:
Rules for Use of Radio-Telephone on eared
Vessels . . sss» Dooconeogo O85 elelte 70
Federal Trade Commission:
Another Seattle Canned Salmon Broker Charged
with Payments of Illegal Brokerage. ..... 70
Seafood Packer Charged with Making Heo
Brokerage Payments .....+-+-- 71
Consent Orders Approved Prohibiting Legal
Brokerage by Seattle Canned Salmon Packers 71
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare:
Food and Drug Administration:
Requirement on Listing of Ingredients for
Canned Clams, Fish Roe, and ee on
Label Postponed. .......-- ° = 71
Use of Chemical Sanitizing ‘Agents 3 in ’ Food—
Manufacturing Plants. ....-++se++es 72
INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C. 38934

STRIPED BASS

Fishery Leaflet No. 451 (Striped Bass) containsa short description of the striped
bass andits importance asasportand commercialfish. Itdescribes its relationships,
geographical distribution, races, introduction into California, migrations, reproduc-
tion, rate of growth, and conservation problem.

Striped Bass . The striped bass, or

(Roccus saxitilis) 4 rockfish asit is called from

uae. Maryland southward, is a

popular and valuable food

and game fish of the Atlan-

tic and Pacific coasts. Its

meatisfirm, flaky, and

of excellent flavor. Along

the Atlantic coast, it sup-

ports extensive commercial

and recreational fisheries,

yielding more than 5 million

pounds annually to market fishermen and about the same amount to sport fishermen.

The commercialfishery is centered in Maryland, Virginia, and North Carolina. The

sport fishery is active in the Chesapeake Bay region and in the coastal areas of New
Jersey, New York, and New England.

In California, from 1946 to 1953, 1,380,000 to 1,750,000 pounds of striped bass
were taken annually by 113,000 to 166,000 anglers. In 1953, astudy by California biol-
ogists valued the State's striped bass sportfishery at$18 million, basedonanaverage

expenditure of $9.00 per-angler-day.

Recreational fishing areas, such as those in the western quarters of Long Island
Sound and in the Santee and Cooper Reservoirs of South Carolina, are very popular.
On the basis of a creel census of 1 year's fishing, the Cooper Reservoir yielded
64,000 striped bass weighing 0.5 million pounds.

In Coos Bay, Ore., the first striped bass were taken in 1914, and at present
this species supports important commercial and sport fisheries.

Copies of Fishery Leaflet No. 451 (6 pages) are available free from the Division] .
of Information, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D. C.

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

FEDERAL ACTIONS (Contd. ): Page FISHERY INDICATORS (Contd.)
Department of the Interior: Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries ..
Fish and Wildlife Service: Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings
Proposed Regulations for Inspection and of Fishery Products. ....++.+-e-++eee
Certification of Processed Fishery : Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings
Products by Interior Instead of Agriculture of Fishery Products at Principal Distribution
Departirentss maaan meen enonan cients (Centers ile anon elejanreleelielie
Department of Labor: Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production --U.S.
Wage and Hour Division: and’ Alaska) o <3 © «5 = Gao 5 So
American Samoa Minimum Wage Order Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery
Includes Wage Rates for Fish Canning and Products!) sy/stiatte: ole elie! ehtet ollie we tteimeiteieire)
Processing) Industry) (ciel c) lo sti stte lel ele Chart 7 - U.S. Fishery Products Imports sere
Eighty-Fifth Congress (Second Session). .... RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: ........
FISHERY INDICATORS:. . Fish and Wildlife Service Publications. ....
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States . Miscellaneous Publications .......+.+-.

= fal yr fb AEN NE Pr
: mrp ir} k wa wee rt

4

COMMERCIALBEW FEL
FISHERIES ete e be ee

INSPECTION and CERTIFICATION
GUARANTEES QUALITY,

PACKED UNDER
CONTINUOUS
INSPECTION

" OF THE
DEPARTMENT
OF THE INTERIOR

JULY 10, 1958

U.S. DEPARTMENT
OF THE INTERIOR

Vol.20, No.8 __ AUGUST 1958

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
United States Department of the Interior

W ashington, D.C.

UNITED STATES BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR

a) ot SCI SSE EULNN DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE AND SERVICES

ARNIE J. SUOMELA, COMMISS|ONER HAROLD E. CROWTHER, CHIEF

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES.

Joseph Pileggi, Editor
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries: Address correspondence and requests
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not
responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.

Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source is appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
May 21, 1957. 5/31/60

CONTENTS

COVER: On July 1, 1958, inspection and grading services for fishery products
became the responsibility of the U. S. Department of the Interior. Regula-
tions to govern the grading and inspection services as a function of the De-
partment of the Interior were adopted by that Department on June 30. In-
spection and certification guarantees quality and marketing confidence.
(Also see page 16.)

Page
Chemical and Enzymatic Hydrolysis of Fish Scales, by C. R, Fellers, N. I. Lemack, and G. E. Livingston . . 1
Amino Acid Composition of the Protein and Inorganic Constituents of the Ash of Pollock Fish Scales,
by Donald G. Snyder .......-2-2- Ono io : 6000 0d FC OD OO D.A0000 60/0 00 4
Gloucester's Trawl Fishery for Industrial Fish, by “Robert L. Edwards Co0.° boooacooOoco0oaD 9a00 10
Inspection and Certification of Fishery Products by U. S. Department of the ‘Interior Goo obooan Do OOO 16
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: .. . 21 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd. ):
Changes in Composition of Sole During Re- Great Lakes Fishery Investigations:
frigeration, by Claude E. Thurston .... . 21 Western Lake Erie Survey Continued (M/V
Bacterial Content of Processed Shrimp Under Cisco Cruise 5) .......- oonoDG 35
Car Goo ooo odd o Oo DDO : 22 Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program:
Fish Stick Quality Improved by Better ‘Pack- Exploratory and Commercial -Scale Fishing for
agi Gooodon8 codon dO OU 23 Royal-Red Shrimp Off Florida East Coast
Oxidative Enzymes in Fish "Tissue oo0o0000 23 (M/V Silver Bay Cruise 9) ......... 35
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: .... o000 25 Preliminary Experiments to Catch Red Snap-
Alaska: pers with Bottom Traps Unsuccessful (M/V
Game Law Revision Includes Protection of George M. Bowers Cruise 12)....... 36
Walrus on High Seas .....-.. 25 Lobsters:
Wildlife Refuge Created to Protect Sea Otter 26 Canned Catfood Used As Spiny Lobster Bait . EYA
California: Maine Sardines:
Anchovy Concentration Reported Off Coast . 26 Season Off to Slow Start ......... . 37
Commercial Fisheries Landings Decline in 1957 27 Canned Stocks, June 1, 1958 ..... : 37
LAWS soGobbog 0008 600 28 Sardine Industry Increases Advertising Ex-
Spawning Sardine Behavior Observed by Nerial Ppenditureswrw-Mcmeieit lel Me leon eitciehTsitaine 38
Scouting 9) (Aarplane \Spotting Flight 58-2A) . 29 Maryland:
Aerial Techniques Used to Census Commer- Progress Report on Causes of Red Discolora-
cial and Sport Fishing (Airplane Spotting tion in Oysters and Soft Clams. ...... 38
Elight)58'=3)icmeymcme mei siteicle inom ont 30 North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear
Sardine Distribution and Abundance Off Research:
Southern California Surveyed from Air Exploratory Trawling for Commercial Quan-
(Airplane Spotting Flight 58-2B) ..... 31 tities of Launce by M/V Metacomet .. . 39
Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January - North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations:
MAprilylO5Suleti sence detben cP isisein ie 32 Demonstration Cruise Made by M/V Alba-
Container to Reduce Handling of Refrigerated tross IT. 2 2. ee ee eee cee 40
IFGOdS! Ferner mlverns. Go a.a odo Racial ecrowleure 32 Groundfish Behavior Studied with Underwater
Crabs: Television (M/V Albatross III Cruise 112) . 40
Investigation of Blue-Crab Abundance and Number of Stations Reduced on Life -History
Catch Fluctuations ........ ssi 33 Studies of Scallops and Industrial Fish (M/V
Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: Jacquelyn) /jyewemey cd cpt oulsi ian snSi= 41
Department of Defense Purchases, January - North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program:
Ia TERI 5 SMGeG Gobo oo Go Ceaharg 33 Exploratory Fishing for Pink Shrimp and Two-
Films: Trawl Rig Tested Off Oregon Coast (M/V
Filming to Start on First of Two Salmon Films 34 John N. Cobb Cruise 38) .....-.+.s-- 41

Contents Continued Page 135.

August 1958 Washington 25, D.C. Vol. 20, No.8

CHEMICAL AND ENZYMATIC HYDROLYSIS OF FISH SCALES

C. R. Fellers, N. I. Lemack, and G. E, Livingston*
INTRODUCTION

Fish scales, a byproduct of the fish-processing industry, normally are wasted.
Their only commercial use at this time is in the preparation of pearl essence from
scales of some species such as herring. The scales, which are removed mechani-
cally from the fish, are washed away by jets of water, and eventually find their way
to the harbor, where unless tidal flows
are strong they settle to the bottom and
become a potential nuisance.

Attempts to process the scales in
fish-meal driers have been only partial-
ly successful. The scales mass inlarge
balls which are difficult to dry, stick
to the equipment, and clog the driers;
and some scales are drawn up the ex-
haust stack. Attempts have been made
to find other uses for the scales but
apparently without success.

This general project is designed to
attack the problem of scale disposal by
determining if the scales may have val-
ue as a source of protein in the diets of
farm animals.

There is some reluctance on the
part of the fish-meal manufacturers to
handle the abrasive raw scales, owing
to their poor grinding properties. A
ae ve & more suitable form for commercial

5 <3.5°, handling therefore is to be desired.
ati For this reason, the study reported here
“i pdece “ES concerns an investigation of the opti-

FIG. 1 - GROUND AND WHOLE POLLOCK FISH SCALES. mum conditions of hydrolyzing the
scales of ocean perch (Sebastes marin-
us) for use in animal feeding. Hydrolysis also may alter the nitrogen compounds
in the scales physically into a more palatable form and perhaps chemically into a
more available form.

% THE RESEARCH REPORTED IN THIS PAPER WAS CONDUCTED BY THE UNIVERSITY OF MASSA CHUSETTS UNDER A
CONTRACT WITH THE U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. IT WAS FINANCED BY FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE
UNDER PROVISIONS OF PUBLIC LAW 466, 83RD CONGRESS, APPROVED JULY 1, 1954, GENERALLY TERMED
THE SALTONSTALL-KENNEDY ACT. THE RESEARCH WAS UNDER THE GENERAL SUPERVISION OF THE STAFF OF
THE FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY, EAST BOSTON, MASS. THEY ALSO AIDED THE CONTRACTOR IN
OBTAINING SUPPLIES OF FISH SCALES AS NEEDED THROUGHOUT THE STUDY. THIS ARTICLE WAS PREPARED
BY DONALD G. SNYDER, BIOCHEMIST, FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY, COLLEGE PARK, MD., FROM
PROJECT REPORTS SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

EXPERIMENTAL AND RESULTS

Seven 5-gram samples of dried scales from ocean perch were hydrolyzed by
refluxing them for 10 hours in 250 milliliters of the following solutions: (a) water,
(b) 10- and 5-percent sodium hydroxide, (c) 33- and 5-percent sulfuric acid,

(d) sodium hydroxide solution at pH 9.7, and (e) sulfuric acid solution at pH 3.8.
The extent of hydrolysis, as measured by percentage reduction in amount of insolu-
ble solids, was 52.4, 57.8, 50.8, 52.4, 57.2, 47.6, and 48.4 percent, respectively.

Since these acid-base hydrolysates resulted in yields of only about 50 percent,
an investigation into the value of enzymatically hydrolyzing the scales was suggest-
ed. Five grams of scales was added to 250 milliliters of a 0.20-percent solution of
pepsin adjusted to pH 1.7 with hydrochloric acid. The mixture was placed in an in-
cubator for approximately 20 hours at 37 C. This treatment resulted in 98.5-per-
cent hydrolysis.

Since this treatment produced nearly completed hydrolysis, it was desirable to
investigate what ratio of scales to pepsin was best for optimum hydrolysis with
minimum amount of liquid. Five grams of scales was added to 250 milliliters of a
0.1-percent solution of pepsin in 0.1 N hydrochloric acid; 100 milliliters of a 0.2-
percent solution of pepsin in 0.1 N hydrochloric acid; and 50 milliliters of a 0.2-
percent solution of pepsin in 0.1 N hydrochloric acid. Each mixture was placed in
an incubator for approximately 20 hours at Be C., after which time the hydrolysis
was 96.6, 97.6, and 80.0 percent complete, respectively. From these data, it was
evident that the best solution to use would be 100 milliliters of a 0.2-percent pepsin
solution in 0.1 N hydrochloric acid containing 5 grams of scales.

Initially, some concern was shown because of the large amount of sodium hy-
droxide needed to neutralize the hydrochloric acid. This requirement would result
in a dried hydrolysate containing relatively large concentrations of sodium chloride,
which might possibly affect the palatability of the scale hydrolysate and, thereby,
the nutritive value.

Three hydrolysates were prepared in order to determine the final salt content:
the first was unadjusted; the second, partially neutralized to pH 4.5; and the third;
neutralized to pH 7.0. The percentages of sodium chloride (calculated from sodium
content), of crude protein, and of ash were 2.89, 38.6 and 39.7; 4.14, 35.6 and 44.6;
and 5.42, 33.3 and 59.4, respectively. It was thought that the most satisfactory hy-
drolysate might be the one neutralized to pH 4.5 since it was lower in acidity than
the unadjusted hydrolysate and lower in salt content than the fully neutralized ma-
terial. Subsequent investigation showed, however, that this hydrolysate was the
least desirable, owing (1) to its highly hygroscopic nature, which made drying dif-
ficult, and (2) to the odors formed during further processing. As a result, the com-
pletely neutralized hydrolysate was deemed most desirable. This hydrolysate was
not hygroscopic and was easily ground.

Since a less expensive economic proteolyti¢ (FERgen: than reagent-grade pepsin
was desirable, the effectiveness of Proteose 15=' for hydrolyzing fish scales was
investigated. Proteose 15 is a purified form of Rohm and Haas Rhozyme B-6, which
currently is used to facilitate the concentration of fish solubles. The optimum pH
for Proteose 15 is reported as being 7. Digestion at this pH would eliminate the
need for acidification and neutralization with resultant formation of salt.

Five-gram samples of scales were hydrolyzed in 100-milliliter solutions of
various concentrations ranging from 0.2 to 1.0 percent of Proteose 15 adjusted from
pH 2.1 to 7.0. These mixtures were placed in an oven at 60 C. (the reported opti-
mum temperature for proteose 15 hydrolysis) overnight, and one mixture, which
served as a control, was incubated at 37° C. overnight. Visual examination of these
mixtures showed that the hydrolysis was quite incomplete.

VY MANUFACTURED FOR ROHM AND HAAS CO., PHILADELPHIA, PA.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

The results indicated that the best solution would be 100 milliliters of a 0.2-
percent pepsin solution containing 5 grams of scales. Use of this solution resulted
in 98-percent hydrolysis. At completion of hydrolysis, the solution was filtered, and
the filtrate neutralized with sodium hydroxide. The water then was evaporated, the
hydrolysate was dried, and not being hygroscopic, was ground easily. The result-
ing material was a fine, soft, white powder, for which the percentage analyses were
as follows: moisture 1.8; crude protein, 34.0; calcium, 10.5; phosphorous, 5.5; so-
dium, 1.2; sodium chloride, 3.1; potassium, 0.2; and ash, 60.1. In addition, the
scales contained 0.177 milligrams of riboflavin and 0.2 micrograms of cyanocobala-
min per 100 grams of hydrolysate.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

The yield from the hydrolysis of scales from ocean perch was only about 50
percent when the scales were hydrolyzed in water and in different concentrations
of sodium hydroxide and sulfuric acid. The scales were 98.6 percent hydrolyzed,
however, when 5 grams of scales was added to 250 milliliters of a 0.2-percent so-
lution, of pepsin adjusted to pH 1.7 with hydrochloric acid and incubated for 20 hours
at 37. C. This extent of hydrolysis was not affected when the volume was reduced
to 100 milliliters of the 0.2-percent solution of pepsin. .

A need for complete neutralization of the hydrolysates was indicated when they
tended to resist dehydration and produced repulsive odors. The completely neutral-
ized hydrolysate was not hygroscopic and was easily pulverized. Hydrolysis of the
scales under different conditions with Proteose 15 was found to be very incomplete.

This study indicates that the best method of preparing scale hydrolysates in
small amounts is to place 5 grams of scales in 100 milliliters of a 0.2-percent pep-
sin solution adjusted to pH 1.7, and to incubate for 20 hours at 37 C. This method
results in about 98-percent hydrolysis. After hydrolysis, the solution is filtered,
and the filtrate is neutralized with sodium hydroxide. The water then is boiled off,
and the hydrolysate is dried and pulverized. The resulting material is a fine, soft,
white powder. Sufficient quantities of fish-scale hydrolysates will be prepared in
this manner for use in future animal-feeding tests. In these tests the biological
value of the hydrolyzed scales will be compared with that of the raw scales.

LN
Mes

PACKAGED FROZEN OYSTERS

Research has shown that frozen oysters packaged unglazed but
overwrapped have a storage life of about 6 months. Frozen oysters
glazed with water and with weak brine were still acceptable after
8 months. The best frozen stored oysters were those which had
been packed in a tin under an 18-inch vacuum.

--Southern Fisherman, April 1956.

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

AMINO ACID COMPOSITION OF THE PROTEIN AND
INORGANIC CONSTITUENTS OF THE ASH OF
POLLOCK FISH SCALES

By Donald G. Snyder*
ABSTRACT

THE AMINO ACID COMPOSITION OF THE PROTEIN OF POLLOCK FISH SCALES WAS DE-
TERMINED BY PAPER PARTITION CHROMATOGRAPHY AND MICROBIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS. THE
DATA INDICATE THAT THE PROTEIN OF POLLOCK FISH SCALES IS PROBABLY A SCLEROPRO-
TEIN OF THE COLLAGEN TYPE CONTAINING HIGH LEVELS OF GLYCINE AND AMOUNTS OF
ARGININE AND SERINE ABOUT EQUAL TO THAT FOUND IN THE PROTEIN OF WHOLE EGG. THE
SCALE PROTEIN CONTAINS FAIR AMOUNTS OF ALANINE, PROLINE, AND HYDROXYPROLINE,
AND EXTREMELY SMALL AMOUNTS OF CYSTINE AND TRYPTOPHAN. ALSO, THE SCALE PROTEIN
CONTAINS SLIGHTLY LESS ASPARTIC ACID, GLUTAMIC ACID, AND THREONINE, AND MUCH
SMALLER AMOUNTS OF HISTIDINE, ISOLEUCINE, LEUCINE, LYSINE, METHIONINE, PHENYL-
ALANINE, TYROSINE, AND VALINE THAN DOES WHOLE -EGG PROTEIN. THE INORGANIC CON-
STITUENTS OF THE ASH OF POLLOCK SCALES WERE DETERMINED SEMIQUANTITATIVELY- BY
SPECTROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS. THE DATA INDICATE THAT NO UNUSUAL KINDS OR QUANTITIES
OF INORGANIC CONSTITUENTS THAT MIGHT CAUSE BIOLOGICAL INJURY WHEN FED TO ANIMALS
ARE PRESENT IN THE ASH OF THE SCALES. AN INTERPRETATION OF THESE FINDINGS IS
MADE IN RELATION TO CONCLUSIONS OBTAINED FROM A PREVIOUSLY REPORTED RAT -FEEDIN
STUDY ON THE COMPARATIVE NUTRITIVE VALUE, DIGESTIBILITY, AND BIOLOGICAL VALUE
OF POLLOCK-FISH-SCALE AND CASEIN-LACTALBUMIN PROTEINS.

INTRODUCTION

During the past few years, the fishing industry has had the increasingly diffi-
cult problem of annually disposing of thousands of tons of fish scales because fillet-
ed fish now have replaced unprocessed fresh fish in sales volume. Harbors that are
close to plants normally provide an inexpensive area of scale disposal, but unless
tidal flows are strong, pollution
may result.

ia

Chemical engineers and
pharmaceutical houseshave been
contacted to obtain suggestions
for utilizing the scales, but this
approach has been unsuccessful.
Attempts to use the scales as
fertilizer on local farms also
have not met with success.

In the past, very little re-
search has been conducted with
fish scales. The calcium oxalate
and total calcium contents were
determined in the scales of 30

Japanese species of teleosts :
(Nishihara 1954). Obata et al F4iG. 1 - PAPER PARTITION CHROMOTOGRAPHY IS USED TO |DEN-

(1950 and/1953)) and Groen(i953) DUS UNKNcHNIAMING ACIES SUN PROTEIN HYDROLYSATES.
studied the identity of the pearl essence of fish scales. Corti and Keller (1952)chro-
matographed fish-scale hydrolysates and identified a few of the amino acids present.
A purple or blue fluorescent substance in the skin and scales of some fish was stud-
ied by several investigators (Fontaine and Busnel 1938, Polonovski et al 1943, and
Hama et al 1952), Block et al (1949) showed that herring scales contain gelatin and
a collagen-lile protein, namely ichthylepiden. Randoin et al (1938) reported that the
skin and scales of certain fish contain a flavin that can be utilized by rats in place
of riboflavin. Nichols (1956) investigated to a limited extent the physical structure
of fish scales. Thus, the information found in the literature is brief and is of little

value in suggesting a solution to the present problem.
%BIOCHEMIST, FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY, DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES, U. S,
BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES, COLLEGE PARK, MD.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW )

Recently, however, as part of a general study to determine whether scales may
have value as a supplemental source of protein in the diets of animals, Snyder and
Nilson (1957) conducted rat-feeding tests to compare the nutritive value for growth,
the biological value for maintenance, and the digestibility of pollock-fish scale and
casein-lactalbumin proteins. The data from these studies indicate that pollock-fish
scale protein is digested about 80 percent, but is utilized about 30 percent less ef-
ficiently than is a protein supplement consisting of three parts casein and one part
lactalbumin (CL), The data also indicate that fish scales as the only source of pro-
tein in a diet containing 9 percent protein are incapable of supporting growth of
young rats but can be utilized as a limited source of protein when supplemented
with CL protein. Increased utilization of pollock-fish scale protein, in combination
with stepwise higher levels of CL protein, indicate that no toxic substances per se
for growing rats are present in the scales. eens.

The nutritional inadequacy of pollock-fish scale protein alone and the increased
utilization of that protein in combination with stepwise higher levels of CL protein
were interpreted as likely due to a deficiency and/or imbalance of specific nitrogen
nutrients in pollock-fish scales. This interpretation was supported also by informa-
tion obtained in the literature concerning deficiency states caused by feeding similar
types of waste protein that serve a protective function in the animal organism, such
as wool (Routh 1942), hog hoofs (Wagner and Elvehjem 1942, 1943), and chickenfeath-
ers (Wilder et al 1955). Chemical analyses of similar proteins that have a support-
ing function in the animal organism, such as collagen (Bowes et al 1955) and elastin
(Graham et al 1949) have indicated deficiencies of some "essential'' amino acids.

Information on the amino acid-composition of pollock-fish scale protein was
considered necessary, therefore, to evaluate properly the conclusions suggested
from the results of the rat-feeding study. A knowledge of the inorganic constituents
present in the ash also was deemed desirable, since the scales contain nearly 40-
percent ash, presumably as various apatites (Corti and Keller 1952), which might
contain unusual inorganic constituents or great excesses of other constituents that
could affect nutritive quality.

MATERIAL AND ANALYSIS

The fish scales received at this laboratory for these studies were furnished by
the staff of the Fishery Technological Laboratory, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries, East Boston, Mass. Pollock (Pollachius virens) were scaled by hand. The
scales were washed thoroughly with water, drained, and spread in pans to dry in an
oven at 100° C. They then were shipped to this laboratory, where they were ground,
as finally as possible, in a Hobart coffee grinder.

No great variation was found in the moisture, protein (N x 6.25), fat, and ash of
representative samples of scales from the various lots. The mean and ranges of
moisture content for 4 lots of scales were 4.4 and 1.0-6.9 percent, respectively; the
protein content for 11 lots was 59.5 and 56.6-62.5 percent; the fat content for 4 lots
was 0.004 and 0.0-1.0 percent; and the ash content for 5 lots was 38.9 and 36,1-43,1
percent. The methods of analyses of the Association of Official Agricultural Chem -
ists (1955) were used,

A representative sample of ground scales was chosen randomly from one of the
lots received at this Laboratory for use in the present study. The means of three
analyses each of this sample of scales on a moisture-free basis were 60.1 percent
for protein and 39.4 percent for ash.

No significant difference was found between the nutritive value of the scale pro-
tein from the lot of scales from which this sample was obtained and that of the va-
rious other lots of scales. It can be concluded, therefore, that the sample from this
lot of scales was representative of the scales of pollock in general. The small dif-

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

ferences in moisture, protein, fat, and ash contents found among the various lots of
scales probably can be attributed to the nutritional status and age of the fish from
which the scales were collected (Nishihara 1954),

‘EXPERIMENTAL AND RESULTS

PAPER-PARTITION CHROMATOGRAPHY: Initially, paper-partition chromato-
graphy was employed to determine the amino acids present in an acid and alkaline
hydrolysate of pollock fish scales. Whatman No. I paper for chromatography was
used with the following solvent systems, either employed separately for one- dimen-
sional, or in various combinations for two-dimensional chromatography: (1) phenol;
water (80/20 v/v) to which was added 0.004 percent 8-hydroxyquinoline; (2) as above,
but with a beaker of 0.3 percent NH4,OH introduced into the chromatographic cham-
ber; (3) 1-butanol:acetic acid:water (40:10:50 v/v/v); and (4) 2, 6-lutidine:2, 4, 6-col-
lidine: water: diethylamine (100:100:100:3 v/v/v). The chromatograms were develop-
ed by dipping in a 0.25-percent acetone solution of ninhydrin.

Semiquantitative data were obtained by visually comparing a series of dilutions
of known and unknown concentrations of the amino acids under investigation on the
same one or two dimensional chromatograms (Block et al 1955).

Some difficulty was experienced in interpreting the chromatograms owing to the
extremely high content of salt in the scales; but in general, glycine was present in
the hydrolysate in great excess, whereas most of the other amino acids were pres-
ent in lesser amounts than those amounts usually found in natural proteins. Proline
and hydroxyproline were present in fair amounts. Cystine and tryptophan either
were missing or were present in extremely small amounts.

MICROBIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS: Although the data on amino acid content ob-
tained from chromatographic analyses were enlightening, it was believed that more
precise quantitative data obtained from microbiological analyses would better sup-
ply the information needed on how to conduct further feeding studies to determine

the nat f ibl ‘Gl fivalseall=
aig a oc aca has py) «eee Table 1 - Amino Acids Per 16 Grams

ances in the protein from fish scales. 5 ; ;
These data also would aid in determining of ee nes peeey

the nature and amount of amino acid sup-
plementation needed to enhance the nu-
tritive value of the pollock-fish scale
protein and to reduceimbalances. Asam-

w, p

ple of the ground pollock fish scales was

sent to the Wisconsin Alumni Research

Foundation, Madison, Wis., tobe assayed ‘Aspartic acid
for 18 amino acids by a microbiological Cystine

method. The method of analysis used Glutamic acid...
was that of Henderson and Snell (1948).
A single media was employed that contain-
ed all the nutrients required for growth by
the various lactic acid-producing test
organismsused to conduct the assay.

7

5.
2.
2.
3.
2

Ue
9.
U6
4,
6.

The microorganisms employed were
Lactobacillus arabinosus 17-5 for glu-
tamic acid, leucine, phenylalanine, valine,
and tryptophan; Streptococcus faecalis R
for arginine, histidine, methionine, and
threonine; Latobacillus citrovorum for
alanine; Lactobacillus casei for serine
and Leuconostic mesenteroides P-60 for
aspartic acid, lysine, proline, isoleucine,
glycine, cystine, and tyrosine.

Ywounrpud] ws)3d

Threonine
Tryptophan
Tyrosine

NOR GCWNYNE PRONE AIOOPC p"
WOFOUNTORUMTAMRRUIMDA-H

See
iN

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

The results of the microbiological assay, as grams of amino acid per 16 grams
of nitrogen, and the amino acid composition of whole-egg protein (Hawk et al 1954)
are included in table 1. Whole-egg protein is considered by many to be an ideal pro-
tein and thus should be an excellent protein for comparison and reference,

The amino acid analyses show that the pollock-fish scale protein is rich in
glycine and contains about the same amount of arginine and serine as does whole-
egg protein. Pollock-fish scale protein contains slightly less aspartic acid, glutam -
ic acid, and threonine, and much smaller amounts of isoleucine, lysine, methionine,
phenylalanine, tyrosine, and valine. Extremely small amounts of cystine and try-
ptophan are present.

SPECTROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS: The inorganic constituents of the two samples
of ashed scales from the same lots were determined semiquantitatively by spectro-
graphic analysis in a Bausch and Lomb quartz spectograph with direct arc excitation.
The data were kindly furnished by Maurice J. Peterson of the U. S. Bureau of Mines,
College Park, Md. The first sample of scales was dry-ashed at 550° C , and the
second sample was wet-ashed with sulfuric and nitric acid at about 200° C,

Each of these samples of ashed scales was mixed with graphite powder of high
purity and the mixtures were placed in a graphite electrode. The mixture in the
graphite electrode then was arced against a graphite counter-electrode, using direct-
current arc excitation, with the current being approximately 12 amperes. The com-
pleted vaporization of the sample required about 2.5 minutes. While the arcing was
taking place, the spectrograph recorded on photographic plates the spectrum of the
elements present in the sample.

Two different types of Eastman plates were used to record the spectrum from
2400 to 8600 Angstrom units: A spectrum analysis number 2 plate was used for the
ultra-violet and,blue region, and an I-L plate was used for the remainder of the blue
region to 8600 Angstrom units.

These photographic records, or spectrograms, were compared visually with
spectrograms of varing concentration standards of mineral elements, the wave-
lengths of which were recorded under identical conditions on separate plates. The
semiquantitative results of the spectrographic analyses are presented in table 2.

The Percentage Range of Inorganic Constituents
of Pollock Fish Scales

Ba

>10 |>10]0.3-] .01-].03-].01-] .005- JOS =H : 0 5 0
Day sened)| [so | to 30 Ja [cos | = [a0 [ios [a0 | 05 | 0|

>10) [>10] .3-] .02-[.03-/.02-] .005-] .005- | .03=).001-) .3-] .005-] -1-
wet sated [IY [P| to [so [50 ['2" [ios |05” [50 [or [s'0 | os [a0
cer AR ORIG my Toe waa rn A oe

1/NOT DETECTED.

Manganese, copper, barium, and lithium were present in amounts of less than 0.1
percent by weight in both samples of ashed scales. Nickel was present in a similar
amount in wet-ashed scales, but was absent in the dry-ashed scales. Aluminum,
potassium, and silicon were present in amounts of less than 0.1 percent in the dry-
ashed, but were present in slightly greater percentages in the wet-ashed scales,
Strontium and magnesium were present in amounts of less than 3.0 percent in both
samples. Calcium and phosphorus were present in amounts of more than 10 percent
in both samples.

CONCLUSIONS

Disposal problems associated with an accumulation of waste fish scales at fil-
leting plants have stimulated an investigation of the value of scales as a supplemen-
tal source of protein in the diets of farm animals.

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

As an initial study in this investigation, Snyder and Nilson (1957) conducted rat-
feeding tests to compare the nutritive value for growth, the biological value for
maintenance, and the digestibility of pollock-fish scale protein and a protein supple-
ment consisting of three parts casein and one part lactalbumin (CL). They found the
mean apparent digestibility of pollock-fish scale protein to be nearly 80 percent
when fed to male and female rats at a 9.00-percent level in the diet. Pollock-fish
scale protein was found to be completely digested, as indicated by true digestibility
values, when only enough was fed to equal metabolic nitrogen. The initial amino acid
analyses by paper-partition chromatography reported herein apparently supplies a
reasonable explanation for this rather unexpectedly high level of digestibility of scale
protein. The presence in extremely small quantities of tryptophan and cystine and
in large quantities of glycine and the presence of fair amounts of hydroxyproline sug-
gest that pollock-fish scale protein is not a keratin that would be digested with dif-
ficulty, but probably is a scleroprotein of the collagen type that would be digested
easily.

This classification of fish-scale protein is not necessarily original, since Block
et al in 1949, from chemical analyses alone, reported that herring scales contained
a collagen-like protein. The classification of scale protein as keratin has persisted,
however, probably owing to anatomical and presumed embryological considerations.
Also, the studies of Block and his co-workers may not have received sufficient pub-
licity, or perhaps, supplied enough evidence to warrant classification of fish-scale
proteins as collagens. The results of the amino acid analysis presented herein and
the digestibility studies presented earlier indicate rather strongly, however, that
fish-scale protein is most likely a scleroprotein of the collagen type and not a kera-
tin. These conclusions are based on interpretations of results from pollock scales
only, but probably apply to scales from all species of fish.

The quantitative amino acid content found probably also explains why, in the rat-
feeding study reported earlier, pollock-fish scale protein alone was not adequate for
growth and why the utilization of that protein was increased when combined with step-
wise higher levels of CL protein. The microbiological as well as the paper chroma-
tographic analyses show that the pollock-fish scale protein is deficient in all the so-
called essential amino acids, except arginine, and in some of the nonessential amino
acids when compared to whole-egg protein. These deficiencies in essential amino
acids also would explain the decreased assimilation by rats of pollock-fish scale pro-
tein as compared to CL protein.

The fact that scale protein contains nearly 40-percent glycine suggests a pos-
sible glycine imbalance or toxicity when the scales are fed at high levels. This, in
turn, may cause the manifestations of other nutritional inadequacies of pollock-fish
scale protein.

The results of the spectrographic analyses suggest that no unusual inorganic
constituents, or great excesses, are present in pollock fish scales that would cause
biological injury when fed to animals. This conclusion is also in accord with the
conclusions based on results from the rat-feeding study; that is, that scales contain
no toxic substances per se for growing rats,

The evidence presented herein therefore supports the conclusions arrived at
from interpretations of the results of the rat-feeding study. The fact that the pollock-
fish scale protein is well digested but is not utilized by rats when fed alone, and yet
is increasingly better utilized when fed in combination with higher levels of CL pro-
tein, apparently is explained by classifying pollock-fish scale protein asa collagen that
is deficient in many essentialamino acids andimbalancedin glycine content, The re-
sults of the spectrographic analyses, in turn, do not indicate that the concentrations
of the various inorganic elements are likely to cause the depression of growth that
was noted when the diets containing the pollock fish scales were fed to the rats.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

LITERATURE CITED

ANONYMOUS WITH VARIOUS MICOORGANISMS. J. BIOL. CHEM.,
1955, OFFICIAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS. ASSOC. OF OFF. VOL. 172, PP. 15-29, im
AGR. CHEM., WASHINGTON, D. C.
“o_o NICHOLS, JOHN TREADWELL
BLOCK, RICHARD J.; DURRUM, EMMETT L.; AND ZWEIG, GUNTER 1956, FISH SCALES. THE FISH CULTURIST, VOL. 36, P. 3.
4955, A MANUAL OF PAPER CHROMATOGRAPHY ANO PAPER
ELECTROPHORESIS. ACADEMIC PRESS INC., PUB- NISHIHARA, HATASU
LISHERS, NEW YORK. 19542 CALCIUM OXALATE CONTENT OF FISH SCALES. SCIENCE
REPORTS. SAITAMA UNIVERSITY SER. B, VOL. 1,
; HORWITT, M. K.; AND BOLLING, DIANA P. 159.
1949, COMPARATIVE PROTEIN AND CHEMISTRY. THE COM-
POSITION OF THE PROTEIN OF HUMAN TEETH AND OBATA + IGARASHI, H.; AND ISHIDA, M,
FISH SCALES. J. DENTAL RES., VOL. 28, PP. 1050. STUDIES ON THE IRIDESCENT SUBSTANCE OF FISH
518-524, a —— ES SCALES. BULL. JAPAN. SOC. SCI. FISHERIES,
VOL. 16, PP. 141-144, SIME UT
BOWES, JOANE H.; ELLIOTT, R. G.; AND MOSS, J.A.
1955, THE COMPOSITION OF COLLAGEN AND ACID-SOLUBLE Sores AND MARUTANI, FEIGIRO
Rp OT aT eg | SS aa eo Ge
; ; VOL. 19, P, 639, ‘ Feng :
CORTI, ULRICH A. AND KELLER, L.
1952, TWO-DIMENSIONAL PAPER CHROMATOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS POLONOVSKI, MICHEL; BUSNEL, R. G.; AND PESSON, M,
OF FISH SCALE HYOROLYSATES AND HYDROLYSATES OF 1943, FLUORESCYANINE, A PIGMENT WITH BLUE FLUORESCENCE
SEVERAL OTHER FISH ORGANS. SCHWEIZ Z. HYDROL., FROM THE SCALES OF CYPRINIDES. COMPT. REND.
VOL. 14, PP. 336-337. SOC. BIOL., VOL. 217, PP. 163-164,
FONTAINE, M. AND BUSNEL, R. Ge RANDOIN, LUCIE; FONTAINE, M.; BUSNEL, R. G.3; AND RAFFY, Aw
1938, FLAVIN AND SUBSTANCES WITH A BLUE FLUORESCENCE 1938, GROWTH FACTORS FOR THE RAT FOUND IN THE SKIN AND
IN THE SKIN OF TELEOSTEANS. COMP. REND. SOC. SCALES OF CERTAIN FISH, COMPT. REND. SOC. BIOL.,
BIOL., VOL. 128, PP, 370-372. VOL. 129, PP. 473-476,
GRAHAM, CLAIRE E.; WAITKOFF, HELEN K.; AND HIER, STANLEY W. Foes JOSEPH I.
1949, THE AMINO ACID CONTENT OF SOME SCLEROPROTEINS. 942, NUTRITIONAL STUDIES ON POWDERED WOOL, J, NUTRI-
J. BIOL. CHEM., VOL. 177, PP. 529-532, LION, VOL. 23, PP. 125-130.
GROEN, ih SNYDER, DONALD G. AND NILSON, HUGO w.
f953. PEARL ESSENCE. PAINT, OIL AND COLOUR YOURNAL, 1957. MANUSCRIPT PREPARED FOR PUBLICATION.”
VOL. 124, P. 502.
, WAGNER, JOSEPH R. AND ELVEHJEM, C. A.

HAMA, TADAQ} GOTO, KAN; AND KUSHIBIKI, KENICHI 1942, NUTRITIVE VALUE OF KERATINS. 1. POWDERED SWINE
”1952, PURPLE FLUORESCENT SUBSTANCES IN THE SKIN AND HOOFS. PROC. SOC. EXP, BIOL. MED., VOL. 51,
SCALES OF FISH. KAGAKU (SCIENCE), VOL. 22, PP, 394.396. :

P. 478
: 1943, THE NUTRITIVE VALUE OF KERATINS. I1. POWDERED
HAWK, PHILIP B.; OSER, BERNARD L.; AND SUMMERSON, WILLIAM H. SWINE HOOFS IN POULTRY RATIONS. POULTRY SCIENCE,
1954, PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. THE BLAKIS- VOL. 22, PP. 275-276.

TON COMPANY, INC., PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK,
WILDER, O. H. M.; OSTBY, PAUL C.; AND GREGORY, BARBARA R.

HENDERSON, L. M. AND SNELL, ESMOND E. 1955, THE USE OF CHICKEN FEATHER MEAL IN FEEDS, POUL-
1948, A UNIFORM MEDIUM FOR DETERMINATION OF AMINO ACIDS TRY SCIENCE., VOL. 34, PP. 518-524,

[ NORTH ATLANTIC SEA SCALLOP FISHERY

Most of the scallop-fishing vessels out of New Bedford, Mass., use
two dredges, each 11 feet wide. They are towed together, one from each
forward gallowsframe, and broughtup alternately to be dumped on deck,
The dredges are very sturdy so that they will stand up under the rough
use that they get. A complete 11-foot dredge with 3-inch rings weighs
about 1,400 pounds when empty. Some of the smaller boats with less
power use 8- or 10-foot dredges and 13-foot models have been tried on
the larger boats but the 11-foot dredge is now fairly standard in the New
Bedford fleet. Thereisreally no standard designfor adredge; each fish-
ing captainhashis own ideas on what makes for efficient gear and modi-
fies and alters the basic design to suit himself.

--Fishery Leaflet 442, Sea Scallop Boats and Gear,
~ August 1957.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

GLOUCESTER’S TRAWL FISHERY FOR INDUSTRIAL FISH
By Robert L. Edwards*

DISCUSSION AND SUMMARY

The Gloucester trawl industrial fishery is based primarily on a whiting econo-
my, in contrast to that of southern New England which is based on a flounder econ-
omy. Red hake are the principal species landed for reduction at Gloucester, with

Yy
Y, GLOUCESTER

Y
“

openly
7
g

Fig. 1 - The three principal areas fished by Gloucester trawl fieet

fishing for industrial fish.

and they are not covered in this article.

plants prefer menhaden since they yield both meal and oil.

useful only as a source of meal be-

whiting ranking second in quantity. On southern New England grounds, skates make

up a considerable portion of the
trawl industrial landings, but in
the Gulf of Maine, several spe-
cies, depending on area and sea-
son, take third place. These in-
clude the angler, eelpout, and
alewife. Only very small quan-
tities of food fish are landed in
the industrial catch at New Bed-
ford and Pt. Judith from southern
grounds while consistent small
percentages of haddock, dab, and
white hake show up in Gulf of
Maine landings.

The term "industrial fish" |
as used here refers to those
species commonly taken by trawl-
ers and referred to as ''trash
fish.'' They are taken along with
desired food species and sold
separately for reduction to fish-
ery byproducts or meal plants.

Menhaden are industrial fish
in the strict sense of the word,
but they are the object of a highly
specialized purse-seine fishery
Because of their high oil content, reduction
Industrial trawl fish are

cause they contain only very small
amounts of oil.

The trawl fishery for industrial
fish started in Gloucester as else-
where in New Englandin 1949. The
Gloucester landings of this fishery
have not been very consistent or
large, although in recent years a
slow but steady increase has occur-
red. As a result of the very poor
landings of menhaden in 1957, the
Gloucester landings of trawl indus -
trial fish more than doubled, amount-

JTable 1 - Gloucester Trawl Industrial Fish and Menhaden Landings
Months Men- |Trawl |Men- |Traw
i haden_ |Fish _ |haden Fish
100]

by Month, 1955 to 1957
1955

en-
haden

ing to over 37 million pounds (see table 1). During this same year, over 42 million
pounds were landed at New Bedford and almost. 100 million pounds landed at Pt. Judith.

' Fishery Research Biologist, No

Commercial Fisheries, Woods Hole, Mass.

antic Fishery Investigations, Division of Biological Research, U. S. Bureau of

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

The Gulf of Maine and southern New England trawl industrial fisheries differ in
their emphasis on food species. In general, the southern New England fishery is
based ona flounder economy, di-
recting its effort toward the cap- (ae NUMBER OF SAMPLES LEGEND |
ture of yellowtail flounder, fluke, 100-—> 13 16 16 7 4 2
and blackback flounder, in addi- Bho8 : SCN
tion to red hake and other ''trash"' ALL Ouse
species. The Gloucester whiting-
industrial fishery is primarily
for whiting with secondary inter- 807
est in such groundfish as haddock,
cod, white hake, and pollock. The
Gloucester whiting-industrial

904

WHITING

oe Bs a\\\\\\N Wh. HAKE

fishery may be said to be based on BIG SKATE
a whiting economy. £0
; HADDOCK
FISHING AREAS 50+ :
A
The trawl industrial fish ol DABS

PERCENT BY WEIGHT

landed at Gloucester are mainly
taken from three grounds (see
fig. 1), the Nauset area along
Cape Cod's outer shore, Stell-
wagen Bank, andthe local grounds 20
around Cape Ann. The location
of the fleet depends upon weather, a
the season, and the relative abun- [he MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT _ NOV
dance of fish, especially whiting. Fig. 2 - Percentage by weight species composition of trawl industrial
Although the fleet is occasionally fish landings at Gloucester from the Nauset area. Data for 1956 and
found concentrated on the local ae cae cae

Gloucester grounds or Stellwagen Bank, the Nauset area contributes 80-90 percent
of the total landings. Stellwagen Bank contributes the second largest share, andthe
local Gloucester grounds contribute the least.

30 ALEWIVES

EEL POUT

oe =|

RED HAKE

If the demand for trawl industrial fish continues to increase, the amount of fish-
ing on these various grounds will certainly change, and additional areas will be ex-

ploited to supply this demand. Concen-

Table 2 - Percentage by Weight of Species Composition of the Trawl j j ] =
Industrial Fish Landings at Gloucester from the Three Principal trations of red hake will be sought tt) ad

Areas for the Entire Period for Which Information is Available dition to whiting.
Area and Period Covere
Species Nauset tellwagen loucester
(Ma SNow. | Gupestan.) (Ma; NEVE SPECIES COMPOSITION

1.7 39.1 13.3
34 26 2:3 The species composition of the land-
aa ne era ings is presented graphically for each
el 1.0 ue fishing ground (figs. 2-4). Upwards of
1.5 1.9 3.0 20 species may be included in individual
RA aR arn catches in significant quantities, depend-
a a3 oe ing on the season and the area fished.
0.3 op aa To keep the graphs reasonably simple,
0.1 c - only those species that appear consist-
ea ae ee ently and in some quantity are plotted.
on Os a8 The "all others" category on the graphs
0.1 1.2 1.3 does not include significant quantities

Sse 0:3 0.3 0.1 of species of particular interest here.

o¢9 = 4.3 10.2

eee 0.1 0.2
= 0.5 0,2 i i

—+- 55 a = Figure 2, the percentage by weight

of species composition of landings from

the Nauset area, indicates that the red hake ee chuss) makes up the bulk
of the fish landed, being approximately 55 percent of the total for the entire period.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

The whiting, or silver hake (Merluccius eilinearis), makes up about 22 percent of
the landings, with the eelpout (Macrozoarces americanus) ranking as a poor third,
or about 5 percent of the total.
NOWIEES Ole SNWAEIES It should be observed that only
100s lee r S ! 3 ! three food species (other than
Soak s : ‘ whiting), haddock (Melanogram-
mus aegelefinus), dab (Hippoglo =
soides platessoides), and white
hake (Urophycis tenuis) appear
in any number and constitute only

avery small part of the landings, in
allless than 6 percent.

The composition of the land-
ings from Stellwagen Bank (fig. 3)
is quite different. Red hake do
not make up the bulk of the land-
ings until fall and early winter
in sharp contrast to the other
areas. Whiting dominate the
catch in the summer and fall.

The red hake and whiting together
make up approximately 73 per-
cent of the total catch. Dabs are
present in significant quantities,
making up about 5 percent of the
total landings. The white hake and

- - - — - haddock appear consistently but
Fig. 3 - Percentage by weight species composition of trawl indus-

trial fish landings at Gloucester from Stellwagen Bank. Data for make up a very small part of the
1956 and 1957 have been combined. total catch.

PERCENT BY WEIGHT

| JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN

The local Gloucester grounds, Ipswich Bay, Isle of Shoals, Thatchers (fig. 4),
and other nearby fishing grounds present roughly the same picture as that of the
Nausetarea. Red hake predominate, making up about 45 percent of the total, whiting
are second in quantity, contributing about 13 percent to the catch. Angler (Lophius

Table 3 - Catch per Hour of Trawl Industrial Fish, Round Whiting, and Other Food Fish by the Gloucester Fleet on Nauset Grounds.
Data for 1956 and 1957 are Combined

Catch Per Hour

ound I Os
eS Whitin Food Species

Average Catch per Trip and

Percentage of Total Trip
f d ~All Other
iti Food Species

Industrial
Lbs. | Percent
50.4

aga Neopian ag 1,600 1,450 120 30,900 ;
piece of 3 4,080 2,130 100 46,200 64.6
oe ea eH 7,720 360 240 78,700 92.4
Tap Agee yas 4,930 1,170 50 56,600 80.2
Lh ove apne 3,050 1,590 180 39,000 63.4
et i IE 2,180 1,130 370 31,300 63.2
ns Oe 1,440 890 330 24,600 54.4

americanus) are in third place, making up about 10 percent of the total. Dabs and
haddock together make up a consistent but relatively small (about 6 percent) con-
tribution to the total catch.

Table 2 lists the percentages by weight of all species landed as trawl industrial
fish from each of the three areas discussed. These figures are based on all the
samples available and are not weighted according to the landings of individual months.
They represent only an approximation, therefore, of the actual breakdown in per-
centage by weight of the landings.

The species composition picture presented for these grounds differs consider-
ably from that of the landings at New Bedford and Pt. Judith (Edwards and Lux 1938).
In southern New England waters, red hake are clearly the predominant species for
almost the entire year. On the average, they make up over 60 percent of the entire

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

catch. Whiting rank second, about 20 percent. Little skate (Raja erinacea) and its

relatives, big skate (R. ocellata), and the barndoor skate (R. laevis), make up about
10 percent of the total, in sharp =

contrast to the Gloucester land- NUMBER OF SAMPLES
ings. 100 3 -

ABUNDANCE

Adequate interviewing for
abundance studies be gan in
Gloucester early in 1956, The
interviewers obtained informa-
tion for each trip, on the num-
ber of tows made and the aver-
age length of tow. The catch
per unit of effort was obtained
by simply dividing the land-
ings by the actual number of
hours that the net was fishing.
The fleet is made up mostly of
vessels with an average gross
tonnage of about 50 tons, and
no corrections were made
(or were felt necessary at this
stage) for individual boats, ac-

PERCENT BY WEIGHT

RED HAKE
tual vessel size, or gear. Since 10
most of the landings come
from the Nauset area, the fol- 6 a
lowing discussions will be lim- MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV.
ited to that area. Fig. 4 - Percentage by weight species composition of trawl industrial

fish landings at Gloucester from the local Gloucester grounds. Data

Figure 5 shows the sea- for 1956 and 1957 have been combined.

sonal variation in abundance as measured by catch in pounds per hour for the peri-
od May through November. All data available for 1956 and 1957 have been combined
to elicit the general seasonal pattern. A fisherman may expect to catch about

4,000 pounds per hour in May, with the catch increasing rapidly to over 8,000 pounds
per hour in July. The decline in August and early September to about 6,000 pounds
per hour is followed by a low level of 2,500 pounds per hour in October and Novem -
ber.

Figure 6 demonstrates that two species, red hake and whiting, account for most
of the significant changes observed. The changes in the abundance of red hake are
marked and reflect all of the general changes in figure 5. Red hake reach their
peak of abundance in July (fig. 6), when the average vessel catch is about 5,000
pounds an hour. Whiting catches of over 3,000 pounds an hour were made in June.
In general, whiting are present at levels of at least 1,000 pounds an hour, usually
more,

The graph of the catch per hour of whiting (fig. 6) includes both the fish landed
for reduction and as human food. Figure 6 also demonstrates that the proportion of
whiting landed for reduction is directly related to the abundance of red hake rather
than to the whiting's own level of abundance. In figure 6 the industrial portion of
the whiting catch expressed in percentage of the total whiting catch is plotted a-
gainst the catch per hour of red hake. As the catch of red hake increases, it is
easier to get a full boatland more quickly, and a fisherman needs to do less culling
of fish of higher value to have a successful trip. When ''trash fish'' are abundant
a good trip can be made very quickly. Apparently, the price differential is not suf-
ficient to make it worthwhile for the fishermen to cull out the whiting intensively for
the food market under these conditions.

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

The over-all picture of the Nauset landings is summarized in table 3. Here
listed are the statistics on the various portions of the catch for the months of May

‘our,

Table 4 - Landings of Food Fish by the Gloucester Whiting-Industrial Fish Fleet in September 1956. Total Quantity Landed, Catch Per
and Average Catch Per Trip of Food Species (by Market Category) y

Sept. 1-10 Sept. 21-30 Totals for Month

15 Trips, 242 Hours Fishing | 54 Trips, 737 Hours Fishing

otal Catch Trip Trip

Landings | per Hour |Average Average

ounds)......
1,477.3 |23,800.0

1,240,600

- J 4 1.49 24.0 1,340 5

. A -0 1,850 7.64 123.3 6,950 9.43 128.7

: Hosodo5 1,720 8.80 114.7 7,218 24,10 300. 12,865 53.16 857.7 21,803 29.58

See 5,650 28.90 376.7 16,205 53.50 675. 34,265 141.59| 2,284.3 56,120 76.15] 1,039.3

ad aoccod wD 315 21.0 30 0.10 1.2 = = 345 0.47
Ain rete ie 2,810 9.38 117.1 2,800 11.57 186.7 6,600 3

, 93 5 9.38 = 08 x 04

5 cs

No

through November. It should be noted that the number of trips is not the total num-
ber made during this period but represents only those trips for which adequate in-
terview data were available to perform the analysis.

FOOD-FISH LANDINGS

The month of September 1956 has been chosen to illustrate the nature of the
food-fish landings from the Nauset grounds because of an abundance of data and be-
cause they illustrate some important problems associated with this fishery. The

WHITING

POUNDS PER HOUR(IN THOUSANDS)
POUNDS PER HOUR (IN THOUSANDS)
°
°

PERCENT OF WHITING

for May through November, Number of interviewed Fig. 6 - Catch in pounds per hour of red hake and whiting
trips for each period iscircled, Data for 1956 and 1957 in Gloucester landings from the Nauset area, Whiting

MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT

Fig. 5 - Catch perhour of allspecies on the Nauset grounds

data are based on the amount landed for reduction plus
: : that landed as food. Data are for May through Novem -
data were broken down into three peri- ber. Data for 1956 and 1957 have been combined, Su-

ods and are summarized in table 4, The perimposed on the red hake histogram is the graph of the
average boat, aside from its industrial percentage of the total whiting catch sold for reduction.
catch, lands more whiting than anything else. Various gadoids, haddock, cod, white
hake, and pollock make up most of the rest of the food-fish hails. Flounders make
up only a small percentage of the total.

have been combined.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

Landings of both market categories of cod--large and market--decreased dur-
ing September 1956. The average monthly catch per hour was 9.43 pounds for mar-
ket, decreasing from 13.68 pounds for the first ten days to 7.64 pounds for the last
ten days of the month. While landings of large white hake in September 1956 de-
creased from a catch per hour of 1.61 pounds to nothing, market hake substanti-
ally increased, in fact landings doubled from the first to the last period. A curious
fact worthy of further study is the similarity between the catches per hour of the
white hake and the pollock. The gray sole and dab catches both substantially in-
creased, while yellowtail flounder was captured only during the first 10-day period.

The amount of whiting landed for reduction by the trawl industrial fleet at
Gloucester is directly related to the abundance of red hake rather than to the abun-
dance of whiting itself. This situation is probably caused by the relatively small
price differential between whiting and industrial fish.

The trawl industrial fishery also lands various groundfish for the food market,
including haddock, cod, white hake, pollock, dab, yellowtail, and gray sole.

Only small percentages of valuable food species are going to the reduction
plants at this time. An expansion of Gloucester's trawl industrial fishery should
be possible without foreseeable undue impact on the stocks of valuable food species,
considering present practices. The whiting is a possible exception to this since it
is in demand for both food and reduction.

The data for haddock are particularly interesting, the catch per hour increasing
markedly for both categories. During the last l1u-day period the average trip of the
two market categories of haddock combined was in excess of 3,000 pounds, in con-
trast to only 500 pounds during the first 10 days.

= LITERATURE CITED

Edwards, Robert L. and Lux, Fred E. ‘
1958. New England's Industrial Fishery. Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. 20, No.5 (May), pp. 1-6.
(Also Separate No. 509.)

NEW PACKAGING TECHNIQUE INVOLVES AROMATIC PACKING

Inasmuchas increased attention is being given to improving packaging tech-
niques such as containers and wrappings, the fishery trade may be interested in
a recent report concerning the development of aromatic packaging for foods.
According to a prominent food trade journal, preliminary steps have been taken
by at least two large food manufacturing corporations to develop aromatic pack-
aging materials. Although thisis still inthe trial stage, it indicates another step
toward customer appeal on the part of packaging manufacturers and food merchan-
disers.

While the report made no specific reference to the use of this new type of
packaging as far as fishery products are concerned, it certainly is something
that the fishery trade should watch for possible application.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION OF FISHERY PRODUCTS
BY U. S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

INTERIOR BEGINS INSPECTION OF FISHERY PRODUCTS: Inspection and
grading services for fishery products became the responsibility of the U.S. Depart-
ment of the Interior on July 1, 1958. These responsibilities were recently trans-
ferred from the Department of Agriculture by the Bureau of the Budget in accord-
ance with the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956. Regulations to govern the grading and
inspection services as a function of the Department of the Interior were adopted by
that Department on June 30. i

Inspection and grading services are available on a fee basis to processors who
meet the existing voluntary Federal standards of quality for fishery products. The
standards are devised by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, United States Fish
and Wildlife Service, and were previously made effective by the Department of Ag-
riculture. After July 1, promulgation of voluntary United States standards for fish-
ery products will also be made by the Department of the Interior. Standards in ef-
fect at present are for fish sticks, fish blocks from which the sticks are cut, and
frozen raw breaded shrimp. Inspection services are also available to assure
wholesomeness of the product and conformity to written specifications for fishery
products not presently covered by established standards.

Fishery products labels referring to the Department of Agriculture inspection
services will be approved by the Department of the Interior for continued use until

| PROCESSED FOODS

[FROZEN PREFRIED™ |
INSPECT LON \
i

‘BREADED FISH STICKS)

STANDARDIZATION“ INSPECTION «= ae"
Promofs

fe
MARKETING CONFIDENCE |

}

a i * Aid in packing beHer und more uniform quality foods:
* Provide o unitorm basis Tor sales transactions

* Promote fair practices among processors

* faoilitate financing with toon agencies and
warehouses

US DEPARTMEN
T OF
FISH AND WILDLIFE 4

the supply is exhausted. The Federal shield will continue to be the background for
the quality label under the Department of the Interior. There will be no essential
change in the label declarations nor in the operations of the inspection and certifi-
cation service.

Ten employees of the Department of Agriculture who have been engaged in fish-
ery products inspection have been transferred to the Bureau of Commercial Fish-

eries which reassigned them to their posts in the New England States.
ee p.930 is issue.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 17

An additional inspection corps of six persons was given specialized training
necessary to perform this service. They were assigned where needed, mostly in
the South Atlantic and Gulf States.

1. Continuous Inspection: This service provides that an inspector or inspectors
be stationed at the plant during all shifts of the processing operation. He will
check (a) plant personnel and equipment for sanitation, (b) the raw material for
wholesomeness, (c) the processing of the finished product, and (d) select finished
product samples for grading. When the final inspection of the finished product is
made he will issue certificates attesting to the grade or quality and condition of the
lot. He also furnishes the plant management with a daily inspection report com-
menting on the sanitary conditions and the results of the products inspected.

Continuous inspection services assure the processor and purchaser of satis-
factory compliance with the requirements for wholesomeness of the raw materials
used and of sanitation established for the handling and processing operations. The
processor, in such case, may label his product as being packed under continuous in-
spection. Several prescribed labeling forms are available. .

Costs of continuous inspection are nominal, averaging between $7,000 and
$9,000 a year. Usually the costs are at the lower end of the range. Final decisions
as to costs are reached through the negotiation of administrative contracts between
the processor and the appropriate Government agency. Continuous inspection is
necessary if the processor wishes to grade-label his product.

Applicants for continuous inspection must conform to certain basic require-
ments as to health of employees, plant arrangement, and processing techniques.
These requirements are primarily intended to facilitate application of sanitary pro-
cedures. Minimum, sensible regulations as to health of employees are prescribed.
Blueprints of the plant layout are studied and a plant survey made prior to sugges-
tion of any changes which may be necessary in processing techniques. A suitable
space for use by the inspector, as an office and laboratory, must be provided. E-
quipment cleaning requirements are sensible and realistic.

The continuous inspection is based on use of the applicable U. S. Standards of
grades for the particular product, if promulgated, or upon Federal, Military Quar-
termaster Corps, Veterans Administration, or other suitable and satisfactory sets
of specifications. Grading services, if applicable and requested, are rendered by
the inspector as well. In the latter case, the pack may be distinctively labeled as to
grade and to the fact that it was produced under continuous inspection.

The values received from continuous inspection are not alone those of assur-
ance of wholesomeness and quality in the product and the advertising value of the
inspection service seal where used. The resident inspector is a source of ideas, of
advice and, when his duties permit, of assistance to the research staff at the plant.

2. Lot Sampling: The inspector or official sampler draws random samples from
specific lots specified by the interested party. The samples are examined to de-
termine compliance to a Federal Standard or Specification or to any specification
approved by the Bureau. An official certificate is issued denoting the grade or qual-
ity and condition of the lot.

Any interested person may request the services of an inspector for the sampl-
ing, grading or loading of a specific lot of a product. The costs average $4.50 per
hour, which includes travel time. Such services will be given provided an inspec-
tor is available and the facilities and working conditions at the point of inspection

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

are satisfactory. The addresses of the inspectors nearest to your plant may be ob-
tained from the local U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries representative.

Oral requests may be made for inspection services, but should be confirmed
immediately in writing. An application should include: (1) the name of the product
to be inspected, (2) name and address of packer, (3) location of product to be tested,
(4) its lot or car number, (5) codes or other identification marks, (6) the number of
containers, (7) the type and size of containers, (8) the interest of the applicant in
the product, (9) whether the lot has been inspected previous to the application by
any Federal agency, and (10) the purpose for which inspection is desired.

Inspection services may be performed on the basis of the appropriate U. S.
standards for grades of fishery products; Federal, Military, Quartermaster Corps
or Veterans Administration specifications; written buyer and seller contract speci-
fications; or any specification which is supplied by the applicant and is of accept-
able content.

If the inspector, or a duly authorized and licensed representative, personally
samples the lot presented for inspection, he may so attest by issuing a certificate
of sampling.

Normally, the inspector will then certify the product on an official document as
to (1) quality, (2) condition, or (3) both quality and condition, depending upon the
service requested. In addition, an inspector may, upon request, check the loading
of a specific lot of fishery products. He will then attest, by an official certificate
of loading, that a certain specific lot was loaded, that packing and icing procedures,
as applicable, were of a certain nature, and that the car was officially sealed. The
certificates of sampling, inspection and of loading constitute a complete assurance
that the product, at time of loading, was of the grade requested and was shipped in
accordance with instructions. Reports are promptly prepared and forwarded to the
applicant. In certain cases, telegraphic reports, at the request and expense of the
applicant, may be made prior to preparation of the official documents.

Since, usually, no certain knowledge as to compliance with sanitary and proc-
essing requirements is available to the inspector, the lot so inspected may not be
labeled as to grade on the individual package. It may, however, be so advertisedin
accompanying material. Further, the master cartons are stamped with an official
seal attesting to the fact of official sampling by an accredited inspector. The car-
ton stamp and grade certificate then constitute an assurance as to product quality
when forwarded.

3. Unofficial Samples: This service consists of examining samples as de-
scribed in Lot Sampling, submitted by an interested party. A certificate is issued
concerning the particular samples examined.

Inspections can cover factors other than quality of the product that areneces-
sary to give the applicant an accurate description of the quality and condition of the
samples. Factors having a bearing on the market value of the product are consid-
ered, such as condition of the labels and packaging. A special analysis also can be
made upon request.

requirements of the grades set forth in the United States standards for the product.
But only fishery products packed under continuous inspection of the U. S. Depart-
ment of the Interior (U. S. D. I.) may include ''U. S." before the grade designation.
The packer and distributor are both responsible for the accuracy of statements on
the labels. If the products are not of the grade claimed, the packer and distributor
are subject to penalties for misbranding under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

Act. Those interested in the official grade marks permitted by the U. S. Depart-
ment of the Interior should refer to the U. S. D. I. Regulations governing Inspection
and Certification of processed Fishery Products, promulgated by the Secretary of
the Interior in the Federal Register of July 3, 1958. 1/

COSTS OF INSPECTION SERVICES: Fees are charged for inspection and grad-
ing services to reimburse the Federal Government as nearly as possible for the

actual cost. The fee is paid to the Treasurer of the United States through the Bu-
reau's Regional Offices.

Applicants and persons interested in receiving information concerning the in-
spection and certification of fishery products should write to one of the following
addresses:

(1) Chief, Branch of Technology, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. De-
partment of the Interior, Washington 25, D. C.

(2) Chief, North Atlantic Technological Research, Fishery Technological Lab-
oratory, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, 61 Sumner Street, East Boston 28,
Mass.

.

(3) Chief, Middle and South Atlantic Technological Research, Fishery Techno-
logical Laboratory, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Post Office Box 128,
College Park, Md.

HOW VOLUNTARY U.S, STANDARDS FOR FISHERY PRODUCTS ARE DEVEL-
OPED: ‘Owing to the critical shortage of technical manpower and to the multitude of
fishery products, a system has been developed to organize the process of develop-
ment of individual fishery products standards along orderly economical lines. The
system used at present is as follows:

The first requirement is the full realization on the part of industry of the need
for standards for a particular product. The National Fisheries Institute, under the
terms of its contract with the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, has acted as liai-
son agent between industry and Government, making standards information avail-
able to the former and advising the latter as to the desires of the industry. The
benefits of standards in promoting orderly marketing procedures are pointed out to
the industry members.

An industry statement is forwarded to the Secretary of the Interior requesting
that such development work be initiated. Such a request should represent the think-
ing of a substantial portion of the processors producing the particular product for
which the standards are desired. The product, in addition, should be one of such
relative importance in the fisheries industry as to justify the expenditure by the De-
partment of moneys and of valuable scientific manpower.

After acceptance of the request by the Secretary of the Interior, the project is
scheduled for initiation as soon as availability of funds and manpower permit.
Qualified technical people in the industry are requested to furnish such information
as they may possess. Industry members at the policy level are contacted as to the
acceptability of proposed requirements to prevent inclusion of unrealistic features
in the standards,

The area technical people work with the designated Service representative to
establish the principal quality factors of the product together with an assessment of
the relative importance of these factors. Information on regional industrial tech-
niques of evaluation according to quality gradations is included for study and for in-

corporation, if found applicable, in the standards.
1/See p.93 of this issue.

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

Ancillary standards for product-related matters, such as packing or packaging,
may be developed if considered necessary to the success of the standards of quali-
ty. Information as to product forms, sanitation requirements, handling, processing
and distribution techniques is necessary to develop intelligently a realistic set of
standards.

The industry policy group advises on the general acceptability of the tentative
requirements of the provisional draft of standards and inspectors handbook as de-
veloped from the information supplied by the industry technical committee and by
the Bureau's technological laboratories. The recommendations of the groups are
considered and revisions deemed necessary are made.

The proposed voluntary U. S. standards are submitted for promulgation in the
Federal Register in the form of a Notice of Proposed Rule Making. A 30-day peri-
od for further industry comments is then allowed prior to insertion in the Federal
Register of a Notice of Final Rule Making. On the effective date of this Notice the
standards become an official documentation of the definition of a product and of its
several grades of quality and condition. The procedures of development, through-
out, are such as result in the utmost cooperation between industry and Govern-
ment. Standards, so developed, reflect the earnest desire of the industry for en-
hanced quality, and yet, are realistic and capable of being applied under commer-
cial conditions.

IRRADIATED FOODS--A GLIMPSE IN THE FUTURE

In 1954 the United States Quartermaster Corps, in co-
operation with several other government agencies, began
investigating the possibilities of a new method of food proc-
essing--irradiation of foods with gamma rays. Foods given
a proper dosage of gamma rays can remain atordinary stor-
age temperature for longer periods of time without spoiling.
Low amounts of radiation inhibit the sprouting of potatoes,
carrots, and onions. A slightly higher dosage controls tri-
china in pork. The higher the dosage the more spoilage mi-
croorganisms are destroyed.

When the food has gone through a radiation bath and is
deemed safe for shipment, it goes to Army installations and
universities which further test the food for flavor, toxicity,
and radiation. At present, only volunteers have tested these
irradiated foods and have found no harmful consequences.

This new process of food preservation is a glimpse into the
future that the Army is hoping willprove successful. Among
other irradiated foods that have shown promise at the close of
1957 are blanched scallops, halibut, oysters, and shrimp.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

Z IN SERVICE LABORATORIES

Z Vi: Vb tte nartere...- ee

CHANGES IN COMPOSITION OF SOLE DURING REFRIGERATION

ABSTRACT

Extensive changes in mineral content of the meat of fish take place during the stor-
age of the fish in ice and in refrigerated brine. In the present report, changes in the
composition of sand sole and English sole are discussed.

INTRODUCTION

Changes in composition taking place in the meat of fish under various condi-
tions of storage now are being studied at the Bureau's Seattle Fishery Technological
Laboratory. In particular, the effects of
ice and chilled brine are being investi-
gated. A report on analyses of Puget
Sound pink salmon is being prepared,
and analyses of other species will be re-
ported upon as results become avail-
able. The present paper reports on a-
nalyses of sand sole (Psettichthys
melanostictus) and English sole (ear
phrys vetulus).

EXPERIMENTAL

In this section is discussed the
method of preparing the samples andthe
analytical procedures employed.

PREPARATION OF SAMPLES: Sand
sole and English sole, caught in Puget
Sound waters by School of Fisheries
personnel on the University of Washing-
ton exploratory vessel The Commando,
were stored in ice on board the vessel
until landed at Seattle.

The fish then were treated in two
different ways. Some of the fish from
each species were filleted, and the fillets
were ground and sealed under vacuum in
individual half-pound salmon cans. The
cans were stored at 0° F. until the contents were analyzed. The remaining fish
were placed in plastic bags containing a 3-percent solution of sodium chloride (com -
mon salt) in the ratio of two parts of fish to one part of brine, by weight. The bags
were sealed, immersed in a 3-percent solution of chilled sodium chloride, andkept
at 30° F. Samples were removed at intervals of about 3 days for a period of 2 to
3 weeks. Fillets were taken from these samples, organoleptically examined, and
prepared and stored as above.

Fig. 1 - Ashing sample of fish.

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES: The cans containing the samples from both of
these groups were placed in lukewarm water for about 30 minutes to soften the con-
tents. The cans were opened, and 40-gram portions then were removed, reground
in a high-speed grinder, and placed in plastic weighing bottles.

Analyses for moisture, oil, protein, and ash were made according to standard
methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists (1955). Theashsam-
ples were analyzed for sodium and potassium by the procedure developed in the re-
search laboratory of the National Canners Association (1956).

DISCUSSION OF RESULTS

The sole had the typical composition of a flat fish: namely, about 81 percent
moisture, about 18 percent protein, less than 1 percent oil, and a little more than
1 percent ash. The content of sodium and potassium averaged about 60 and 350
milligrams, respectively, per 100 grams of sample. The content of moisture, oil,
and protein showed only slight variation during storage under these two types of
refrigeration. After storage in ice, the meat showed a large decrease in potassium
and in ash and a slight decrease in sodium. The meat, when stored in refrigerated
brine, took up relatively large quantities of sodium, and its content of ash was in-
creased by about one-half. Potassium showed an apparent loss of about one-fourth
of its original value. This decrease was due, in part at least, to the fact that the
large increase in sodium gave so much more total ash that the relative percentage
of potassium was much less, although there undoubtedly was some actual leaching
of potassium. Compared with data for other species where the brine-to-fish ratio
was much higher, the uptake of sodium for the sole stored in refrigeration brine
was much less. Thus, it would appear that the gain in sodium content can be con-
trolled to quite an extent by maintaining a high fish-to-brine ratio.

CONCLUSIONS

Studies on composition of sole reveal that there is extensive leaching of min-
erals during storage in ice. Storage in refrigerated brine involves excessive up-
take of sodium. The degree of absorption can be controlled to some extent by regu-
lating the weight ratio of fish to brine.

LITERATURE CITED

ASSOCIATION OF OFFICIAL AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTS
1955. Official Methods of Analysis. Eighth edition. Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, P. O. Box 540,
Benjamin Franklin Station, Washington 4, D. C., pp. 310 (18.5), 311 (18.12), 12 (2.23), 534 (29. 12).

NATIONAL CANNERS ASSOCIATION RESEARCH LABORATORY
1956. A Laboratory Manual for the Canning of Food. National Canners Association, 1133 20th St. NW., Washing-
ton 6, D. C., Chapter 20, p. 50.

--By Claude E, Thurston, Chemist,
Fishery Technological Laboratory,
Division of Industrial Research and Services,
U. S, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Seattle 2, Wash.

BACTERIAL CONTENT OF PROCESSED SHRIMP UNDER STUDY

A survey of the bacterial content of raw headless and raw breaded shrimp will
be conducted by private research firms located in Baltimore, Md., and Washington,
D. C., under contracts awarded by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. The
survey will attempt to pinpoint stages in the production-distribution chain where
quality deterioration occurs. Sampling will begin at the retail level and may be

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

carried back to the processing level as the survey progresses. All sampling will
be done by technologists of the Bureau, while the bacterial studies will be made by
the private research firms.

ai <—Dy <=

FISH STICK QUALITY IMPROVED BY BETTER PACKAGING

The loss of quality in fish sticks during frozen storage at 0° to -5° F. can be
related to the quality of the packaging materialsused. The use of overwrapping ma-
terials with a low rate of moisture-vapor transmission results in an extension of
the shelf life of the frozen product.

These results were obtained from tests to determine the effect of improved
packaging materials on the quality of the frozen fried fish sticks, conducted at the
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Technological Laboratory in East Boston,
Mass. In this study packages of fried fish sticks were overwrapped with commer-
cial packaging materials consisting of (1) waxed glassine paper, (2) waxed bleached
sulfite paper, (3) aluminum foil-paper-polyethylene laminate, and (4) MSAT cello-
phane. The samples were stored in a commercial-type cold-storage r6om at tem-
peratures of 0° to -5 F. for 12 months.

Results of taste-panel tests showed that after 12 months of frozen storage the
fish sticks overwrapped with waxed bleached sulfite paper, aluminum foil laminate,
or MSAT cellophane had lost little weight and were still of good quality. However,
the samples overwrapped with waxed glassine paper were dehydrated due to ex-
cessive moisture loss and were of only fair quality.

Average weight losses for the various samples after 12 months of frozen stor-
age were (1) aluminum foil laminate, 0.28 percent; (2) cellophane, 0.93 percent; (3)
waxed sulfite paper, 1.20 percent; and (4) waxed glassine paper, 4.9 percent.

= rb> =_>

OXIDATIVE ENZYMES IN FISH TISSUE

A study is being made of the oxidative enzymes of fish as part of a collabora-
tive research project between the Department of Food Technology of the University
of California and the Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory. Knowledge of such
enzymes is of value in two areas of interest to fishery technologists: (1) the nature
and properties of enzymes that are active after the death of the fish and (2) the
enzymes and pathways of intermediary metabolism in fish.

Enzymes, the chemical catalyts which aid in the metabolism of foods, for in-
stance, must be studied at a basic biochemical level in order to establish a founda-
tion for sound subsequent research at the applied level.

The action of the enzymes in fish tissue is important both to the life processes
of the fish and to the changes that take place in the fish after death. A knowledge of
the intermediary metabolism of fish would help research workers to understand the
details of the enzymatic reactions involved both in the synthesis and in the break-
down of proteins, fats, and carbohydrates. The potential applications of this knowl-
edge are in the fields of fish nutrition and in improved commercial handling of fish
and fishery products.

The nature and properties of the enzymes that are active after death are im-
portant because of their potential effect on fish held in refrigerated storage. The

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

potential changes may be either detrimental or beneficial to the final product. In
either case, anunderstanding of these changes is necessary if they are to be controlled.

Early in the collaborative investigations, it became apparent that knowledge of
the fundamental pathways of metabolism in live fish was essential to understanding
the actions of the surviving enzymes. The work therefore has been concentrated on
the enzymes of intermediary metabolism of fish, with emphasis on oxidative enzymes.

Carp were used as the test fish in the investigations because they are available
and relatively easy to maintain in aquaria.

The initial approach to the problem was to compare directly the reactions
caused by the enzymes in fish with those caused by the enzymes in mammals. The
research to date has been concentrated in the areas of carbohydrate metabolism
and of fatty acid metabolism. Results now available indicate that the tricarboxylic
acid cycles of carhohydrate metabolism in fish is similar to that inother animals.

The multienzyme system that causes the oxidation of fatty acids in fish tissue
was studied in detail. In general, the behavior of this system has been found to re-
semble that observed in mammals, but with some differences in detail.

The work now in progress essentially is an extension of the work already re-
ported. Because of the importance of the unsaturated fatty acids in fish, both in
terms of nutritional value and as a possible source of rancidity, the investigation of
the oxidation of the highly unsaturated fatty acids will be intensified in the near future.

SMOKING FISH BY ELECTRICITY

A method of smoking fishby electricityis being success-
fully used in the Kiev Fish Combine of the U. S.S. R. The
advantage is that the process is shortened by 8 to 10 times,
and allows operations to be easily controlled. The electrical
apparatus consists of a chamber over a smoke generator.
Smoke formed by burning sawdust reaches a temperature of
60° C. (140° F.). In the smoking chambers, the smoke is
heated, by another electrical heater to a temperature of 80
to 100° C. (176° to 212° F.). The whole process is regulated
by varying the density of the smoke and its temperature and
by the strength of the current. This method, claimed to be
the only possible one for mechanized, moving production
lines, is reported to improve the taste of the fish (The Fish-
ing News, July 26, 1957).

August 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

—

see | RENDS See

= AND

DEVELOPMENTS &

25

Alaska

GAME LAW REVISION INCLUDES PROTEC-

bear and the walrus, which until recently have
been living in comparative safety on the edges of
the Arctic ice pack, will have protection on the
high seas should the Congress accept the revi-
sions of the Alaska Game Law recommended by
Secretary of the Interior Fred A. Seaton. The De-
partment, through authority already granted by the
Congress (S. 4115), can control the taking of these
animals in Alaska and in the adjacent Territorial
waters.

A new hunting technique has been developed--
spotting polar bears afloat on ice floes from air-
planes and then following up with a motor boat and
rifle to effect the kill. This has been taking an in-
creasing toll of the bear on the high seas where
authority to regulate such hunting is entirely lack-
ing.

Modern transportation, modern guns, and a
market for polar bear skins and walrus ivory are
taking both of these animals out of their historic
role of subsistence items for the Eskimo and in
many instances are making them articles of com-
merce.

Because of the seriousness of the situation,
Secretary Seaton has already asked that more bio-
logical data be acquired and better population esti-
mates of these animals be made to assure keeping
the harvest within limits.

The Secretary is also asking that more authority
be given to the Alaska Game Commission.

Many of the provisions of the bill to revise the
Alaska Game Law were worked out jointly by the
Alaska Game Commission and the Department.

The new legislation would cover game and fur mam-
mals, game and nongame birds, and game fishes.

At the present time the responsibility for pre-
scribing regulations governing the harvest, man-
agement, and protection of Alaska's fish and wild-
life resources rests with the Secretary of the In-
terior, with the Alaska Game Commission acting
in an advisory capacity. Under Secretary Seaton's
proposal the responsibility for prescribing such
regulations would rest with the Alaska Game Com-
mission, with the approval of the regulations by
the Secretary. This proposal to place the entire
rule-making function with the Commission is in
keeping with the practice followed by most States.

The future of the polar bear and the walrus is
of primary concern. There is no existing law un-
der which the Department of Interior or the Terri-

tory of Alaska can restrict the taking of polar bears
and walruses on the high seas. Unrestricted hunt-
ing of these animals on the high seas has increased
at an alarming rate in recent years. The proposed
amendments, applicable to American nationals,
would provide for protection of these animals on
the high seas subject to the provisions of existing
law which allows natives to take walruses for sub-
sistence purposes.

Other changes would eliminate many inflexible
provisions from present legislation and permit the
Commission to adopt or change management prac-
tices to meet changing situations.

The Commis-

sion would also have the right to prescribe regu-
lations, subject to approval by the Secretary, on
reasonable fees for licenses, tags, or permits.

The existing authority of the Commission re-
quiring nonresidents to employ guides would be
changed to permit the adoption of regulations, in
the interest of public safety, to require that all
persons hire guides when engaged in hunting or
photographing specified species of game or mar-
ine animals in specified areas. The Commission
would also be given more authority in regard to
the qualifications of guides and the conduct of
guiding activities. Provision is also made for
mandatory revocation of a guide license for a peri-
od of from one to five years whena guide is
found guilty of violation of the game law or
the regulations.

When Alaska becomes a state, responsibility
for prescribing and enforcing regulations applic-
able to the taking of marine mammals on the high
seas by persons subject to the jurisdiction of the
United States will remain with the Secretary of
the Interior.

ok ok OK OK

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

WILDLIFE REFUGE CREATED TO PROTECT SEA OTTER: Creation of the

The new refuge contains approximately 10,442 acres. It includes all of Simeonof
Island and the island's tidelands together with all adjacent water areas extending
one mile beyond mean low water. Simeonof, one of the Shumagin group off the south-
easterly coast of the Alaska Pen-
insula, is approximately 250 miles
Spacer ie te eee —— southwest of Kodiak Island.

Assistant Secretary of the
Interior Ross Leffler said Simeonof
Island's luxuriant kelp growth
provides an ideal habitat for the
otters. The population of the herd
is estimated at approximately 500.
Otter herds live on other islands.

The species is slowly increas-
ing because it has received vigi-
lant protection since the Alaska
Game Commission discovered a
few otters surviving in an Aleu-
tian bay, Assistant Secretary
Leffler said.

Man is the otter's only serious enemy. From time immemorial Eskimos and
Aleuts had hunted otters, but in moderation and with little harm to the vast herds.
But in 1741 a shipwrecked crew of sailors returned to Russia with 700 sea otter
furs and a ruthless hunt began for the silky, valuable fur. Aleuts were hired to
spear the prey. Scores of otter ships put out from ports as distant as Boston and
Mexico. So tremendous was the slaughter that by 1840 sea otters were at the brink
of extinction.

Simeonof Island is well adapted to livestock production. The order creating the
wildlife refuge permits grazing to continue, but only one grazing permit will be per-
mitted at any one time. Violation of game regulations or undue interference with the
otter herd by the grazing lessee, his agents or employees, will constitute valid rea-
son for cancellation of the lease.

Establishment of the refuge will also give increased protection to other wild-
life in the area, including tufted and horned puffins, glaucaus-winged gulls, murres,
cormorants, fulmars, kittiwakes, insectivorous birds, eider and harlequin ducks,
arctic terns, and sea lions.

California

ANCHOVY CONCENTRATION REPORTED OFF COAST: An apparent 'explo-
sion™in the anchovy population off the California coast from Pt. Arena to Pt. Conception
was reported the week of June 15, 1958, by the California Department of Fish and Game.

The Department said the population is made up of anchovies from last year's
spawning and some from this year's, and is the greatest since 1952. The anchovies
are too small to be of commercially-catchable size, but they are already food at
least for salmon. The Department said good salmon catches are being made adja-
cent to anchovy schools.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

The abundance of anchovies follows five consecutive lean years in which very
few anchovies were found north of Pt. Conception. This year massive schools were
spotted throughout the central California area. Largest numbers, noted by the De-
partment's aerial spotting runs and checks with fishermen, were located off Pt.
Reyes where some 5,000 schools were seen. The Department estimates the size of
the population to average about 20 tons a school. Some 300 to 400 schools were
spotted near San Francisco off Fleischacker's and an equally large number in Morro
Bay.

OK OK OK OK OK

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES LANDINGS DECLINE IN 1957: Commercial land-
in 1957, a drop of about 35 million pounds as compared with the 1956 total of
771.7 million pounds. During 1955, 710.2 million pounds were landed or shipped
into the State, according to figures released by the California Department of
Fish and Game. The record was set in 1936 at 1.7 billion pounds, most of it sar-
dines (1.5 billion pounds). A drop of 23.7 million pounds in the sardine catch and
13.7 million pounds in tuna landings were major contributors to the decline in
1957. A major decline of 6 million pounds of salmon from the 1956 figure was off-
set by an increase of 5 million pounds of crabs and oysters and slight increases
in other catches.

In terms of landed weight, the Eureka region climbed from 5th to 4th place,
moving ahead of the Monterey region. Other port regions held the same position
in 1957 as the previous year.

Los Angeles was the leading port with 334.5 million pounds of fish landed. Other
regions, by pounds landed, were: San Diego, 121.2 million; Santa Barbara, 73.1 mil-
lion; Eureka, 47.6 million; Monterey, 27.1 million;San Francisco, 22.4 million; and
Sacramento, 1.3 million pounds.

Total landings and shipments consisted of 627.2 million pounds landed by the
California fishing fleet and 110.6 million pounds brought into the State by common
carrier and not caught by the California fishing fleet.

Of the fish landed by the fishing fleet, more than half were caught in California
waters. Landings from waters north of the state boundary accounted for 1.5 million
pounds. Landings of fish caught below the international boundary amounted to 259.5
million pounds. Most of this catch was (257.7 million pounds) made up of five spe-
cies of tuna.

In weight, yellowfin tuna was the leading species caught in 1957 by California's
commercial fishermen, who landed 136.9 million pounds of this species in 1957.
Jack mackerel led the list of landings from California waters with 82.0 million
pounds.

Other leading commercial species, in pounds, landed from California waters
in 1957 were: Pacific mackerel, 62.0 million; sardines, 45.8 million; anchovies,
40.5 million; albacore, 22.6 million; crab, 19.0 million; rockfish, 15.7 million; squid,
12.4 million; giant Pacific oyster, 11.1 million; bluefin tuna, 10.5 million;Dover sole,
6.9 million; salmon, 5.6 million; and abalone, 5.4 million. Individual catches of
other species were less than 5 million pounds in each case.

* ok OK OK Ok

28

KELP STUDY: Even underwater plant life, such
as kelp, can be "sunburned."' Perhaps kelp in the
future can be grown in special large tanks, then
transplanted while still young to now-barren oce-
anic areas,

Fascinating facts and possibilities such as these
are beginning to emerge from a five-year study
being conducted under contract for the California
Department of Fish and Game by scientists of the
Scripps Institution of Oceanography at La Jolla.
They've thrown quite a task force into getting the
facts on the giant kelp of the California coast,
known scientifically as Macrocystis.

They have a rather large order confronting
them, for there's been a long-standing controversy
over whether commercial kelp cutting on a regular
harvest basis does any damage to the extensive
sport fishery which itself has become big business
in Southern California.

It's well known, of course, that fishes and other
forms of marine life take a fancy to kelp beds as
a good place to find food and shelter. It's also a
fact that kelp is a valuable product as fertilizer,
as a food additive, for its chemicals, and in many
other important ways too numerous to list.

Although there have been previous limited stud-
ies on the same subject, none was thorough enough
or objective enough to satisfy the avid anglers who
see in kelp cutting a threat to their favorite sport.

Helping to shape and guide the kelp research
program is a committee representing a broad va-
riety of interests and groups. Plans call for the
Institution's scientific team to report regularly on
progress being made to the committee, which will
be responsible for informing the public and the Leg-
islature as to results being obtained.

The program now is inits second year. Early
stages of the study are devoted mainly to gather-
ing basic information about kelp and its environ-
ment,

Four main lines of research are being pursued.
These include the relationship between kelp and
fish life, plant physiology, the reproductive cycle
and growth rates, and environmental conditions.
As many as 10 men--staff members, graduate stu-
dents, and other specialists--are engaged in vari-
ous phases of the study.

Most of the kelp scientists spend much of their
time underwater, using self-contained underwater
breathing apparatus (SCUBA) to attack the problem
at close range. The work also entails cruises to
sections of Southern and Baja California coastal
waters to study kelp beds untouched by man so that
information may be obtained for comparison with
the harvested beds.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20,No. 8

One of the interesting things being discovered
about the complex and little known life of the kelp
plant is that it can be successfully made to repro-
duce in the laboratory. This leads to the cautious
hope that eventually it can be grown in quantity in
special tanks ashore, then transplanted to oceanic
areas now lacking in desirable plant life--which,
in turn, probably would attract more fishes and
thus provide better fishing in readily accessible
spots along the coast.

It has been found also that kelp can be seriously
damaged by ''sunburn'' and that the plant's ability
to grow is restricted by too large doses of light and
too high water temperatures. Near the ocean bot-
tom where light is dimmer and temperatures cool-
er, kelp seems to grow better, which helps to ex-
plain why the heaviest beds often are located in
colder water.

Effects of almost daily cutting on thickness of
a kelp bed are being studied at Paradise Cove near
Malibu. Here a pier, popular with fishermen, is
located behind a large kelp bed. The comings and
goings of many small craft keep a channel open
through the bed, since the propellers continually
chop off the tops of the plants.

The studies reveal that the kelp bed thickness
below the surface in such constantly cut areas is
only one-half to one-third as great as in the sur-
rounding uncut areas. As might be expected, there
are far fewer adult stems than usual but many more
young plants in continuously cut areas.

On the other hand, comparisons between thick-
nesses of kelp in commercially-harvested beds
(usually two to four times a year) and unharvested
beds reveal no consistent differences so far.

Of great interest to the kelp investigators is the
result of a shipwreck last year on a rocky point in
Baja California. A loaded tanker went aground
there and the resulting oil spill killed many marine
organisms which graze on kelp, yet the oil did not
do much damage to the kelp itself. This has given
the scientists a unique opportunity to study a bed
free from most of the natural depredation.

In addition to these studies being pursued at La
Jolla, personnel of the Department of Fish and
Game have photographed the entire Southern Cali-
fornia and Channel Island coastline from the air
and are preparing charts showing where the kelp
beds are located. Another department worker is
reviewing the history of kelp harvesting to tie in
with other phases of the over-all study.

The Institution's researchers emphasize, how-
ever, that kelp beds vary from place to place and
season to season, and the plant itself is a complex
organism, so that it won't be easy to draw any firm
conclusions. (Outdoor California, June 1958, of the
California Department of Fish and Game.)

OK OK OK

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

SPAWNING SARDINE BEHAVIOR OBSERVED BY AERIAL SCOUTING (Airplane
Spotting Flight 58-2A): Coastal waters from Point Arguello south to the o. eee
ican boundary and offshore around the Northern Channel Islands, Santa Catalina Is-
land, Los Coronados Islands were scouted from the air on March 18-19 to observe
the behavior of spawning sardines. The
scouting was conducted by the California

LEGEND!

Department of Fish and Game with their Fre JARGUELLO primer
4 ARO INE
Beechcraft plane. \ Whniccoucccs

Sere SURVEYED

In general, atmospheric conditions
suitable for aerial observing were fair
to good, with morning fog and smog the
major deterrents. The Los Angeles
basin was particularly bad, affecting ad-
jacent areas as far offshore as Santa
Catalina Island, south to Dana Point, and
northwestward to Santa Barbara. Fig-
ures 1 and 2 depict the areas covered
by the survey and the locations of sight- Fig. 1 - Airplane Spotting Flight 58-2A,
ings of the various animal species.

HUENEME

Three of the 13 groups of fish schools sighted were identified as sardines and
five as anchovies, while four were composed of large fish, probably yellowtail. One
group was too deep for identification but
appeared to be either sardines or jack
mackerel.

Small groups of California gray
whales, 25 in all, were sighted through-
out the surveyed area; several were
young of the year and all were moving
northward.

DEEP SCHOOL
ort

Scattered groups of porpoise and
seals were also seen; however, positive
identifications were not made.

The sighting of sardine schools about
the Channel Islands was of particular
interest because the presence of sardine
eggs in plankton tows, made from the
research vessel N. B. Scofield just pre-
vious to the flight, indicated that sardines
were actively spawning in the area. It
would appear that during spawning the
fish school near the surface of the wa-
ter for a portion of the day. This behavior does not differ significantly from that
observed at other times of the year.

Fig. 2 - Airplane Spotting Flight 58-24

The sardine school groups were relatively small and distinct but widely sepa-
rated. A school group sighted close to shore just north of Point Conception was
composed of 4 to 6 small schools. The largest group observed was estimated to
contain 15 to 20 schools. These were seen inthe channel between Santa Rosa and
Santa Cruz Islands. Four schools in the area off Oceanside were all relatively
small.

The anchovy schools and school groups were also very small with not more
than two schools per group. Three of the five groups were found in the San Diego

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

area while the other two were at widely separated localities: Horseshoe Kelp south
of Point Firmin and south of Point Conception.

ok ok ok ok

AERIAL TECHNIQUES USED TO CENSUS COMMERCIAL AND SPORT FISH-
ING (Airplane Spotting Flight 58-3): The inshore area between Monterey and Fort
Bragg (including San Francisco, Drakes, Tomales and Bodega Bays) was surveyed
(April 24-25) by the second of a series of flights designed to: (1) assess the num-
bers of clam diggers, abalone pickers, and hook-and-line fishermen utilizing the
coastline in Central and Northern California; (2) record the number and location of
commercial salmon trollers; (3) scout for pelagic fish schools. The flight was made
by the staff of the California Department of Fish and Game on April 24-25 in that
Department's Cessna 3632C.

Weather conditions were ideal for scouting and the entire area surveyed was
covered each day. A low tide in the morning attracted Pismo clammers to the
beaches and bay clammers to the lagoons, but the tide was not low enough to attract
many abalone pickers. The tide was -0.3 feet on the 24th and -0.2 feet on the 25th.
Northwest winds upto 14 knots developed in mid-afternoon on each day.

Clamming Census: Compared to the large numbers of clammers (909 tallied
on Sunday, March 2, 1958) relatively few clammers (182) were tallied over the
same section of the coast on this flight on April 24-25. 'Other'' clammers include
all persons digging for cockles and littleneck clams on the ocean beach (Bolinas
Bay) and for fish bait which includes mussels, sand worms, and crustaceans at Half
Moon Bay, Scott Creek, Pescadero Pt., and Sharps Park. It is difficult from the
air to determine exactly what species are being gathered and all people picking and
digging in and around the rocks in the intermediate tide zone are listed under this
"other" category.

Two abalone pickers were sighted on this flight--one at Soquel Pt. (Santa Cruz
County), and the other off Waddell Creek (San Mateo County).

Hook-and-Line Fishermen: Aerial counts of fishermen are instantaneous and
do not take into account the turnover of fishermen throughout the day. Turnover
counts were made at the Cement Ship at Seacliff Beach State Park, Santa Cruz Pier,
Baker's Beach, and Berkeley Pier and these counts will be used to convert the in-
stantaneous aerial tally into the total number of fishermen using the ocean in the
area surveyed on these two days.

There was a very similar distribution of fishermen on both days. On each day
nearly a third of all the shore fishermen were located at Baker's Beach near the
Golden Gate Bridge. Shore fishermen were encountered in nearly every ten-mile
section of the coast but were not present in any great numbers except at Baker's
Beach. A tally in each ten-mile section surveyed from Monterey to Bodega Bay
revealed that on both days there were 188 surf fishermen and 55 rock fishermen.

Counts of pier fishermen were made early in the morning in the Monterey Bay
area and the numbers of fishermen cannot be compared directly to the numbers
tallied on the piers in the San Francisco Bay region which were made later in the
day. The peak of abundance of anglers on piers occurs sometime between 10 a. m.
and 2 p. m. so direct counts of pier fishermen cannot be compared. Again turnover
curves are necessary to convert instantaneous counts into totals which can be com-
pared.

Commercial Salmon Trollers: Commercial salmon fishing has been poor so
far this season and consequently only a relatively small number of trollers were

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

sighted. On the 24th a total of 28 commercial salmon trollers were sighted; 9 off
Monterey, 8 in the area between San Francisco and Bodega, and 12 off Fort Bragg.
On the 25th a total of 34 were sighted; 20 in Monterey Bay and 14 inthe San Francisco
to Bodega area. The area to the north of Bodega Bay was not covered on the 25th.

Pelagic Fish: Anchovies are beginning to appear at the surface, thus repeating
the seasonal behavior of "disappearing" throughout the winter and early spring
months and reappearing sometime in April or June. All the schools sighted were
very small surface schools. One school was sighted off Pt. Reyes on the 24th and
about a dozen schools were sighted in the area between Pedro Pt. and Pigeon Pt.
on the 25th. Fishermen working out of Princeton were contacted, and it was dis-
closed that these small schools were made of small (probably 1957 year-class)
anchovies.

* OK OK OK

SARDINE DISTRIBUTION AND ABUNDANCE OFF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
SURVEYED FROM AIR (Airplane Spotting Flight 58-2B): To determine the coastal
distribution and approximate abundance of sardines and other pelagic fishes off the

LEGEND:

NO. OF ANCHOVY SCHOOLS

SANTA BARBARA

OF SARDINE SCHOOLS

OF LARGE=FISH
seeeee selina) SCHOOLS

"GREY

WHALES

Bea 2 "
‘Ties eens i Sapa HJ Ne * AREA SURVEYED
SANTA ROSA |. Soe

STA.» CATALINA |.

LAGUNA

Fig. 2 - Flight (58-2B) of April 18-19, 1958,

coast of southern California was the principal
purpose of an airplane spotting flight made by
the California Department of Fish and Game

LEGEND: g 8 with their Beechcraft plane April 17-19. Asec-

A. No. OF ANCHOVY Bg ondary objective was to locate and count abalone
SCHOOLS 23 boats working in the area surveyed. The in-
P PORPOISE > ?(\Isan vieco shore area from the beach to four miles off-

shore from Long Beach to the U. S.-Mexican
Border was surveyed on April 17. The area 8

to 10 miles offshore from Laguna Beach to
Oceanside, from Oceanside to Santa Catalina
Island and the area around Santa Catalina Island
was surveyed on April 18. The inshore area
from Malibu to Point Mugu and the area around the islands of Santa Cruz and Santa
Rosa was surveyed on April 19.

“AREA SURVEYED

Fig. 1 - Flight (58-2B) of April 17, 1958.

Fog and overcast hampered work during the first two days, April 17 and 18,
and permitted only limited flying with poor visibility.

On April 17, 5 schools of anchovies were observed off Huntingtor: Beach and 3
schools of anchovies were seen in the area around the Newport sewer outfall. A
small school of porpoise was noted 1 mile SE. of the Newport beach jetty. Water
conditions near shore were muddy but green to dark blue farther offshore.

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

On April 18, the offshore area was scouted to determine if scattered fish and
numerous small spots of sardines, observed from the Department of Fish and Game
research vessel Alaska, would
be visible from the air. In gen-
eral, they were not--only 2 small
schools of anchovies were seen
in the area which had been scouted
by the vessel. However, 2 schools
of anchovies were observed near
shore off Oceanside, and, in addi-
tion, one school of large fish was
seen 8-10 miles off Laguna Beach,
The live bait operator at Ocean-
side had reported many schools
of anchovies and sardines in 120
feet of water with the fish appear-
ing at a depth of 90 feet; these
fish were not observed from the
air. A school of large fish (pos-
sibly white sea bass) was located
at Santa Catalina Island and one
large unidentified school (pos-
sibly anchovies) was seen in the
channel between the island and California Department of Fish and Game research vessel Alaska.

Long Beach.

On April 19, no schools of fish were observed. Three adult and two young grey
whales were seen near Point Dume and one shark off Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz
Island.

Abalone boats were observed and counted and their locations noted on the flights
of April 17 and April 19.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products January-April 1958

Total shipments of metal cans during January-April 1958 a-
mounted to 29,239 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel
consumed in the manufacture of cans) as compared with 50,652 tons
in the same period a year ago. Canning of fishery products in Jan-
uary-April this year was confined largely to tuna. The sharp de-

os cline in shipments of metal cans is attributed to the sharp drop in
the canning of mackerel, anchovies, and shrimp and a slight drop in the pack of tuna
due to lighter supplies of raw material,

Note: Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans. Reported in base boxes of
steel consumed in the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the
factor: 23.0 base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel.

Container to Reduce Handling of Refrigerated Foods

A new perishable food container which its backers hope will substantially re-
duce the cost of transporting perishable foods is reported to be under development
by a truck line, a railroad, and a supplier of railroad equipment, according to Quick
Sheet (National Association of Refrigerated Warehouses).

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

The plan calls for the use of refrigerated containers of a size which could be
handled from a piggy-back trailer directly into a supermarket's walk-in refrigera-
tor without having to be handled during transit. Each container would have its own
refrigerating unit so that the piggy-back trailer could accommodate mixed loads of
commodities requiring different temperatures. Project engineers believe that use
of ae a container would reduce from six to one the number of handlings now re-
quired.

©)

Crabs

INVESTIGATION OF BLUE-CRAB ABUNDANCE AND CATCH FLUCTUATIONS:
An investigation to determine the causes of fluctuations in the abundance and catch
of blue crab in the Chesapeake Bay area has been initiated by the U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries by awarding a
contract to the Oyster Institute of North rae
America to conduct the study. Financed
by funds provided by the Saltonstall-
Kennedy Act, the researchers hired by
the Institute will utilize laboratory fa-
cilities provided by the Bureau's Fish-
ery Biological Laboratory at Beaufort,
IN, (Ge

\

Laboratory facilities provide sea
water at five different temperatures or
five different salinities at a single con-
stant temperature. Cultures of marine
plankton and a number of ''sponge''crabs
(egg-bearing females) in running sea-
water tanks are available.

er
é>
Blue Crab

The ultimate goal of this investiga-
tion is to determine what factors in na-
ture cause the rather large fluctuations in the year broods of crabs, and to find
means of predicting, and possibly controlling, the fluctuations in abundance.

= 234

Federal purchases of Fishery Products

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PURCHASES, JANUARY-MAY 1958: Fresh and
Frozen Fishery Products: For the use of the Armed Forces under the Department
of Defense, 2.1 million pounds (value $1.2 million) of fresh and frozen fishery prod-

Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased by Military Subsistence
Market Centers, May 1958 with Comparisons

QUANTITY i VALUE
Jan.-May

May |
1958 [ 1957 1958 19
ice, ae ($17 000) eae
1,274 | 5,294

ucts were purchased in May 1958 by the Military Subsistence Market Centers. This
was lower than the quantity purchased in April by 8.0 percent and 22.0 percent less
than the amount purchased in the same month a year ago. Thevalue of the purchases
this May was lower by 3.2 percent as compared with the previous month, and down
9.6 percent from May a year ago.

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

For the first five months of 1958 purchases totaled 9.3 million pounds, valued
at $5.3 million--a decrease of 6.9 percent in quantity, but an increase of 3.7 per-

Table 2 - Canned Fishery Products Purchased by raes pennants peraren with
Military Subsistence Market Centers, 2 Shee ere) .
May 1958 with Comparisons

VALUE

Prices paid for fresh and
frozen fishery products by the
Department of Defense in May

ate -).. | . . ($1,000). . 1958 averaged 56.1 cents a
Bate gee 158 640 pound, 1.0 cent less than the
ets 57.1 cents paid in April, but
[Sardine ... re were 7.8 cents higher than the
48.3 cents paid during May a year ago.

Canned Fishery Products: Tuna was the only canned fishery product purchased
for the use of the Armed Forces during May 1958. Prices paid for canned tuna in-
creased from 44.2 cents a pound in May 1957 to 50.2 cents a pound in May 1958.

Note: The Armed Forces installations make some local purchases not included in the data given. Actual total purchases
are higher than indicated, but it is not possible to obtain local purchases.

Films

FILMING TO START ON FIRST OF TWO SALMON FILMS: All commercial
species of salmon, all methods of catching them, and the way in which they are can-
ned will be portrayed in a film now being produced by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service.

The film is the first of two which the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries will
produce in cooperation with the Canned Salmon Institute of the Association of Pa-
cific Fisheries. A salmon recipe booklet in
full color, which will be distributed with the
films, is also under preparation. Both of the
films and the recipe booklet are being com-
pletely financed by the Association of Pacific
Fisheries. Production is under the direction
of the technical film expert for the Bureau.
The filming is to be done under contract by
MPO Productions of New York City.

Sequences will be filmed of the 1958
salmon run in the Columbia River, Puget
Sound, and in the Alaska fisheries. Other
sequences will show activities in the process-
ing plants with additional footage on cooking
and serving.

In the second film the emphasis will be on purchasing, cooking, and serving
with some sequences on catching and processing. Contract for this work will be
awarded shortly.

Each film will run 14 minutes. Each will be 16 mm. in sound and color. The
films, which will not be ready for distribution for several months, will be available
free of charge through the Bureau's film distribution system. When the recipe
booklet is available, which will be concurrent with the release of the films, copies
may be secured through the Government Printing Office at a nominal cost.

August 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

WESTERN LAKE ERIE SURVEY CONTINUED
(M/V Cisco Cruise 5): Trawling operations were
conducted in 12 areas in western Lake Erie by
the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries re=
search vessel Cisco during Cruise 5 between
June 17-30, 1958. Ten of these areas include sta-
tions scheduled for visits every cruise. As during
previous cruises, this year yellow perch and smelt
made up the bulk of most of the catches. Smelt,
except for fry, were not common in catches in ex-
treme western Lake Erie, suggesting the begin-
ning of a general easterly movement of the spe-
cies, Sheepshead, emerald shiners, spottail shin-
ers, and trout-perch were the only other species
regularly caught in large numbers, About 2,700
emerald shiners were taken in one 10-minute tow,
but the catch of this species was usually much
smaller. Many of the mature sheepshead appeared
ripe, but none had spawned, Trout-perch have be-
gun spawning and emerald shiners and spottail
shiners are nearing that stage. Other species
taken include walleye or yellow pike (very few),
silver chub, white sucker, carp, white bass, chan-
nel catfish, burbot, white crappie, smallmouth
bass, and gizzard shad, The latter species, as
well as the alewife, continues to be rare in the
catches,

An experimental nylon gill net (mesh sizes 1-,
13 -, 2-, 23-, 3-, and 4-inch) was set in 4 fathoms
off Sandusky, The net was ‘‘canned up’’ so that
its float line was 6 feet below the surface. The
catch was almost entirely 2~year-old yellow
perch except for several smelt which were taken
in the smallest mesh.

The examination of large numbers of stomachs
of several species of fish taken from Lake Erie
err OO R9eeeeeeee—o

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958, for scientific
names of species mentioned in this article.

this year has begun and is progressing satisfac-
torily. The analyses are being made by the Ohio
State University at its Stone Laboratory at Put-
in-Bay, Ohio.

In an attempt to gain information regarding
vertical movements of fish, gill nets were set
obliquely from top to bottom for two-hour periods
from mid-afternoon until midnight. Practically
no fish were caught until the last set, indicating
that there was little movement into midlevels until
well after dark,

Fish fry were collected with large-mesh plank-
ton nets which were either towed alongside the
boat or attached to the headropes of the trawls,
and by use of a ‘‘sled’’ trawl fitted with a bobbinet
liner in its cod end and designed to operate on
rough bottom. Some of the very small fry are as
yet unidentified, but the larger were mostly smelt
and yellow perch. Some unidentified pelagic eggs
were also taken. Considerable difficulty was en-
countered with the plankton nets becoming heavily
laden with zooplankton, principally Daphnia
retrocurva. In spite of the great abundance of
cruStacean plankton, the water in western Lake
Erie was comparatively clear, apparently due to
a general scarcity of phytoplankton, especially
filamentous diatoms.

Owing to the cool weather which prevailed,
water temperatures during Cruise 5 did not in-
crease aS much as would be expected at this time
of the year. Surface temperatures in the western
basin ranged mostly from 18.5° C, (64.3° F.) to
2002 ce (68.0° F.) but temperatures as low as
16.6° C. (61.8° F.) were recorded off Lorain, Ohio,
in the central basin, Thermal stratification was
observed in the central basin with the metalimnion
just off the bottom in 10 fathoms of water.

Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program

EXPLORATORY AND COMMERCIAL-SCALE FISHING FOR ROYAL-RED

SHRIMP OFF FLORIDA EAST COAST (M/V Silver Bay Cruise 9): (During June 1958,
the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries chartered fishing vessel M/V Silver Bay
made a shrimp trawling survey off the east coast of Florida. The cruise was di-
vided into two parts: exploratory fishing and royal-red shrimp (Hymenopenaeus

robustus) fishing on a commercial scale.

The exploratory trawling included

drags in depth varying from 25-590 fathoms, 13 of the 24 drags were made in depths
greater than 300 fathoms. Although the data gained from this phase of the cruise
greatly supplemented existing knowledge of offshore conditions, no significant con-
centrations of commercially-valuable species were found.

The second phase of the cruise was devoted primarily to simulated production-
type fishing for royal-red shrimp. Utilizing a full week of around-the-clock fishing

effort, 34 drags were made.

Two types of gear were employed during this part of the cruise; a 65-foot bal-
loon net fished on a bridle with a single warp, and an 85-foot balloon trawl fished
with two warps. Bracket-type doors were used with both rigs; 53-foot doors in
combination with the 65 foot net, and 8 foot doors with the 85-foot balloon trawl.
Twelve successful tows, with the 65-foot trawl, yielded about 195 pounds of royal -
red shrimp (heads-on) per 3-hour drag, 8 drags with the 85-foot balloon trawl av-
eraged 225 pounds of red shrimp per 3-hour tow. Best fishing was found in depths

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

between 180-200 fathoms off St. Augustine, Fla. After 7 days of operation, 2,143
pounds (heads-off) of 20-30 count royal-red shrimp were caught. Current fluctua-
tions and resulting gear fouling caused considerable loss of fishing time during the
7-day period.

Of special interest was the capture of a giant squid on June 11. The damaged
specimen, which was estimated to be 43 feet in length, was found floating on the
surface of the Gulf Stream off Cape Canaveral. It has been turned over to the Ma-
rine Laboratory, University of Miami, for study.

OK OK OK OK

PRELIMINARY EXPERIMENTS TO CATCH RED SNAPPERS WITH BOTTOM
TRAPS UNSUCCESSFUL (M/V George se M. Bowers Cruise 12): Only 50 pounds of
red Snappers were caught in 87 sSEaORE: sets (2 hours to 8 days aay made in the
upper Gulf of Mexico offshore from Mobile, Ala., and Tampa, Fla., by the U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisher -
ies exploratory fishing vessel
George M. Bowers. Tests be-
tween January 6 and June 6,
1958, were conducted to deter-
mine the feasibility of using
traps for the commercial cap-
ture of red snappers. Most of
the effort was concentrated in
the Pensacola area.

Fish traps of several de-
signs, principally arrowhead,
"I," shaped, and rectangular,
were used during the cruise.
Red snapper were caught in 8
of the 87 sets. The largest

ah: de ds : be catch of red snappers was made
M/V George M, Bowers Cruise 12 (Jan. 14-June 6, 1958) during a two-hour set when 8
snappers (14-24 pounds) were
caught. The traps also caught
groupers and scrap fish but not in commercial quantities. The largest catch by
hand lines made at any location was about 1,700 pounds of red snappers and 600
pounds of groupers during a two-day period.

In addition, an underwater television unit was mounted on fish traps of various
designs, and 25 tests of this gear were made. The time of these sets ranged from
5 minutes to over 14 hours. Observations of the TV monitor screen were made and
3,400 feet of film was taken off the screen. This film shows snappers, groupers,
triggerfish, and other species around, entering, and some leaving the traps. The
observations of the reactions of fish to the traps indicated that modification of the
trap entrance tunnel might be desirable. After modifications were made, fish en-
tered the trap more readily. The largest catch, however, during this series of 25
sets was about 55 pounds of groupers and 10 pounds of red snapper during one 30-
minute set of a modified trap.

During the January-March period, operations were greatly hampered because
of weather conditions in the upper Gulf. Time was also lost from this cruise dur-
ing April when the vessel was in drydock.

Films of the TV screen made in this period are presently being studied and
edited for future showing. i
Eas, 7

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

Lobsters

CANNED CATFOOD USED AS SPINY LOBSTER BAIT: In Key West, Fla., spiny
lobster fishermen have turned from the fish heads and noncommercial or trash fish
normally used for bait in lobster pots to canned cat food (made with a fish base).
Two holes are punched in an 8-oz. can which is wired into the pot. The canned bait
is as effective as the previously used waste fish and lasts, even in warm tropical
waters, up to a week. It has the additional advantage that, unlike the customary bait,
the trapped spiny lobster cannot consume it.

Maine Sardines

total for the same date last year. Several plants working sporadically had packed a
total of about 3,000 cases as compared with 271,000 cases
of canned Maine sardines in the same period of 1957, a
June 11 news release from the Maine Sardine Council
points out.

About 33 plants were ready to operate, but the fish
supply had been soa limited that it was impossible to start
full-scale production on an efficient basis. The industry
expected increased operations would begin soon since con-
ditions seemed to be ideal for the usual June run of fish.

The 3,000 cases processed was the smallest pack as of the first week in June
for 20 years and minute in comparison with 1954 when the industry had produced
501,000 cases. Packs for similar periods in other years were as follows: 1951--
87,000; 1952--297,000; 1953--207,000; 1955--44,000; and 1956--95,000 cases.

The industry is again faced with higher operating costs, for the sixth year ina
row, due to increeses in the price of cans and other items.

* KOK KK

CANNED STOCKS JUNE 1, 1958: Distributors' stocks of Maine sardines totaled
237,000 actual cases on June 1, 1958--7,000 cases or 3 percent more than the 230,000
cases on hand June 1, 1957. Stocks held by distributors on April 1, 1958, amounted
to 293,000 cases, and on January 1, 1958 totaled 230,000 cases, according to esti-
mates made by the U. S. Bureau of the Census.

Canned Maine Sardines--Wholesale Distributors’ and Camners' Stocks,
une 1, 1958, with Comparisons

eee ee eee ee ee eer
Uni 1957/58 Season 1956/57 Season
aoe 6/1/58 14/1/58] 1/1/58 | 11/1/57 | 7/1/57 | 6/1/67] 4/1/57] 1/1/57
20
Actual Cases
Em

Canners' stocks on June 1, 1958, totaled 235,000 standard cases (100 32-02.
cans), a decrease of 181,000 cases (44 percent) as compared with June 1, 1957, and
a decrease of 78.2 percent (876,000 cases) from the 1,111,000 cases on hand Janu-
ary 1, 1958. The total supply for the 1957 season (April 15-December 1) was close
to 2,543,000 stardard cases. This amount includes a pack of 2,117,000 cases plus

38

a carryover of 426,000 from the 1956 season.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

The pack of Maine sardines from A-

pril 15, 1958 to June 1, 1958 was only 1,500 cases.

The packing season opened on April 15, 1958, but the pack was very light dur-
ing the first two months of the season. Catches improved early in June and as a
result the canners' stocks begain to improve, but the pack was still only half of that
in 1957. As of June 28, only 302,000 standard cases had been packed this season as

compared to 672,000 cases as of the same date last year.

While there was a good

run of fish in the area west of Boothbay Harbor, many were too large for canning

purposes.

KOK KKK

SARDINE INDUSTRY INCREASES ADVERTISING EXPENDITURES: Acceler-
ating its promotional activities, the Maine Sardine Council will spend $50,000 for

publicity and public relations during the fiscal year starting

July 1, 1958. The Council's Executive Secretary said on June 25,
that the budget for these items had been nearly doubled from the
previous year and was in line with the Council's efforts to in-
crease markets for and consumption of Maine sardines.

He said that the promotional activities would feature the

industry's new mandatory grading and quality-control programs
as well as recent research findings in the nutritional and health field which are fa-

vorable to sardines.
key target for the first time.

The volume feeding and institutional markets will also be a

A New York advertising agency is retained by the Council to handle the pro-
motions in cooperation with its Augusta offices.

CBS

Maryland

PROGRESS REPORT ON CAUSES OF RED DIS-

Commercial shellfish packers occasionally experi-
ence a red coloration in the pack of oysters
(Crassostrea virginica) and/or soft clams (Mya
arenaris). Usually the predisposition for color de-
velopment is not evident at the time of shucking,
making the problem even more Serious for the
packer. One known cause of red coloration is
“pink yeast,’’ which grows and develops in the
pack, even under proper refrigeration. Apparently
these Torulae are quite common, but can be con-
trolled by proper plant sanitation and handling.
Another type of red coloration, similar in some
respects but differing in others, has been experi-
enced by both oyster packers and soft clam pack-
ers. Under rather standardized conditions of oys-
ter and clam packing houses, packs of shellfish
during the cool and cold months sometimes develop
a very definite, beet-juice or blood-red coloration
after three to five days storage under refrigeration.

Oysters exhibiting this phenomenon in the Rap-
pahannock River developed red coloration for peri-
ods of about 3 or 4 weeks only, and oysters from
these bars were normal after this period, In soft
clams in the Chesapeake Bay, in the vicinity of
the Bay Bridge at Annapolis, red coloration was
noted the first week in October 1957, persisted
throughout the winter, finally clearing up in the
spring. Soft clams in the Patuxent River, on the

other hand, had only occasional brief occurrences
of red coloration.

At the Maryland Chesapezke Biological Labo-
ratory, these problems were attacked:

(1). Is color production due to the growth of
living organisms in the pack after shucking?

(2).

Is color production due to the conversion
of non-red pigments in the clams?

(3).

Is color production the release of a red
pigment already in tie clams?

(4).

What part, or organ,in the clam releases
the red pigment?

The development of red c)loration is not dueto
the growth of living organisms, because color de-
veloped when the clams were placed in substances
inimical or inhibitory to the zrowth of living organ-
isms. In some cases, color leveloped faster in
the treated clams than in theones that were not
treated. The causative pigm:nt is apparently en-
tirely held in the small brow ‘‘liver’’ or ‘‘diges-
tive gland,’’ the small, browtish organ in the clam
located near the hinge. This was indicated by care-
fully dissecting some clams and storing the vari-
ous parts in separate sterile containers. Only in
the containers containing the ‘/liver’’ did red
coloration develop. As to the guestion of whether

\
}
|

August 1958

the pigment is a conversion of a nonred pigment,

or the simple release of red pigment from this
gland, the evidence seems to indicate the red pig-
ment is stored in this gland. When fresh glands
from clams that would develop red coloration were
streaked on a piece of porous paper, the red ma-
terial diffused out with the liquid onto the surround-
ing paper and became visible. Extraction experi-
ments further indicated this pigment is stored

in the gland.

Several other pertinent facts were discovered
in the course of these investigations.

(1). Heating at 50° C, (122° F.) for 15 minutes
modifies or destroys this pigment, while
heating at 40° C. (104° F.) for 30 minutes
did not alter the pigmentation. However,
the meats became grayish when heated to
these temperatures.

(2). Soft clams held as shell stock for 40 days
under refrigeration (4° C. or 39° F.) did
not show noticeable red coloration when
shucked, while shucked clams from the
same lot developed red coloration in the

pack.
(3).

Bacteriological tests showed no red bac-
teria present.

(4). In some early experiments, red clam liquor

from a commercial pack was inoculated in-

to some "nonred"' clams and some "non-

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, March 1955 view, March 1958 p. 25, January 1958
Pp.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

39

red'' oysters. Red coloration developed in
the inoculated clams and oysters, while
those left uninoculated did not develop red
coloration. Later experiments, using
freshly dug red clams, did not indicate
transmissibility. These circumstances in-
dicate pink yeast coloration may have oc-
cured along with the form of red colora-
tion being studied.

The Chesapeake Bay Institute, Johns Hopkins
University, ran experiments to identify the red
pigment. By using extraction and adsorbtion tech-
niques with spectrophotometric analysis, the
scientists were able to characterize the redcolor-
ation as a plant pigment, probably from microscop-
ic water plants called phytoplankton. The red pig~
ment is probably a carotenoid from these plants.
They also found that the ‘‘liver’’ of a clam that
will turn red shows a characteristic color under
ultraviolet light, while a clam that has no redcolor-
ation does not show this fluorescence.

The U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries also
investigated several aspects of thegred clam pro-
blem. Investigations of the phytoplankton in the
Chesapeake Bay in the area where red coloration
persisted were made throughout the winter, In
addition, the Bureau’s laboratories at Milford,
Conn., and Beaufort, N, C., ran experiments to
culture and identify phytoplankton from this area,
The results of these studies are not yet available.
(Maryland Tidewater News, May-June 1958.)

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

EXPLORATORY TRAWLING FOR COMMERCIAL QUANTITIES OF LAUNCE
BY M/V "METACOMET.” The first ina Series of cruises off the New England coast for
the purpose of measuring commercial concentrations of launce or sand eels (Ammody-

tes sp.) was completed by the U. S. Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries chartered fish-
ing vessel Metacomet on June 17, 1958.

These surveys were initiated due to
the fact that a considerable fishery for
launce has been developed in Europe.
The same or closely related species of
Ammodytes has been observed off the
Massachusetts coast and inother areas.
They are also frequently found in cod
stomachs. If concentrations of the sand
launce were available, a fishery of value
for the reduction plants could be estab-
lished. This year 400 Danish, 100 West
German, and a few Norwegian vessels
are participating in the European fishery.

Service's chartered vessel M/V Metacomet.

Since the launce fishery began off the Danish coast, 148,604 metric tons have been landed.

Trawling operations off New England were conducted from the M/

V Metacomet

using the same type trawl used in Holland in the launce fishery. This trawl has several
sizes of mesh from 43 inches in the wings and leading body section, down to six-milli-

meter (approx. inch) meshes in the
ropes measure 100 feet each.

extension--cod-end piece. The head and sweep

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

Though commercial concentrations were
found to be present in most areas, important
tp Fs geai Mal aoa commercial catches were made in only one.

Inslanircanr \Aunce ATH Other areas gave indications, through traces
me on the fishscope, that substantial quantities

NO LAUNCE

of launce may be available, though none were
taken.

The most important catch was approxi-
mately five tons of launce caught in four 30-
minute tows on Stellwagen Bank off Glouces-
ter, Mass., during daylight hours. Other tows
caught substantial quantities of several spe-
cies, such as haddock, cod, whiting, flounder,
scup, squid, and dogfish.

Tests on the diurnal effects, using the
fishscope, showed that the launce rose to
surface waters at night; other species be-
CAPE COD 2 came more concentrated on the bottom, sug-
gesting that the launce may be taken in quan-
tity by trawls only during daylight hours.

Poor weather conditions for this time of
year hampered fishing operations and caused
considerable loss of time. Surface water
temperatures averaged 53 F.

M/V Metacomet exploratory cruise for launce orsand eels
in June 1958.

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

DEMONSTRATION CRUISE MADE BY M/V "ALBATROSS III:" Due to wide-
spread interest among members of the New England fishing industry in research
conducted by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, a one-day demonstration
cruise was scheduled by the Bureau's re-
search vessel Albatross III on July 23, 1958.

During the course of this cruise guests
were given an opportunity to observe the op-
erations of equipment used in modern marine
fishery research including underwater tele-
vision techniques in use aboard the vessel.

By viewing the monitor screen, it was SEIVAGE'E DESEEHEN Wesel AvnAaES Wt
possible to observe groundfish as they entered the net and their reactions in the
cod end. Escapement of small fish through the meshes also were observed. Other
types of scientific equipment including a bottom sampler, plankton nets, midwater
trawl gear, etc., were demonstrated.

Ok ok ok OK

GROUNDFISH BEHAVIOR STUDIED WITH UNDERWATER TELEVISION (M/V
Albatross III Cruise 112): Studies of the behavior and orientation of groundfish were
continued by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel Albatross
Ill by means of an underwater television camera. Observations were made between
June 9-13 on Stellwagen Bank on the eastern edge of Massachusetts Bay.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

The television camera was rigged at the end of a standard No. 41 trawl where
behavior was observed in various cod ends extending 7 to 14 feet from the camera.
Both open and closed cod ends were used and were towed at different speeds. Ground
chain was substituted for wooden rollers on the ground rope. Observations were
recorded on film and on tape.

Most species of groundfish on entering the cod end oriented upstream. The
strength of this orientation appeared to be related to the towing speed.

The upstream orientation of some fish was so great that they continued to swim
in the net when they could have easily slipped back through the cod end. Ananalysis
of this behavior will be made from the moving picture films which recorded the ob-
servations.

Visibility was improved by the use of ground chain on the ground rope in place
of wooden rollers which are believed to be a source of turbidity. Clear pictures
were possible by natural daylight to depths of 132 feet. An interesting side light
was a cod feeding on Ammodytes (launce or sand eel) while in the cod end.

KOK OK OK OK

—

NUMBER OF STATIONS REDUCED ON LIFE-HISTORY STUDIES OF SCALLOPS
AND INDUSTRIAL FISH (M/V Jacquelyn): The complete planned circuit of stations
off Rhode Island was made during a one-day cruise on June 12, 1958, by the M/V
Jacquelyn (under charter to the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries). It was de-
cided, however, to cut out one station on all future cruises so that the circuit may
be made in winter and in bad weather with no trouble. The plan now calls for 3
fishing stations and one scallop station during each cruise.

All operations went satisfactorily and samples of scallops and fish were brought
back to the station at Woods Hole for detailed study. Of note on this trip was the ex-
ceedingly large catch of eel pout. There have been indications recently in the in-
dustrial (trash) fish landings as well that there has been a buildup in this fish's num-
bers as compared with the numbers taken in the last three years.

More of the larger red hake were taken than was anticipated--a fact that will

require further study. ‘<

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

EXPLORATORY FISHING FOR PINK SHRIMP AND TWO-TRAWL RIG TESTED
OFF OREGON COAST (M/V John N. Cobb Cruise 38): Commercial concentrations
of pink cocktail-size shrimp were located off the central Oregon coast by the U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries exploratory fishing vessel John N. Cobb during
a three-week exploratory cruise ending June 27, 1958. The area of exploration in-
cluded the waters between Cape Falcon and Cape Foulweather, Ore. A total of 54
drags were made in the area at depths between 62 and 195 fathoms. All drags were
made witha43-foot flat shrimp trawl. No quantity of side-stripe shrimp (a larger
variety of Pacific shrimp) were located during the cruise.

Best catches of shrimp were made off Cape Lookout, Ore., at depths ranging
from 90 to 114 fathoms. Seven drags in this region produced catches at rates of
380 to 850 pounds per hour. Commercial catches were also taken off Manhattan
Beach and Cape Foulweather. Drags made west of Cape Foulweather at depths
from 80 to 99 fathoms yielded catches at rates ranging from 200 to 450 pounds per
hour, while drags made off Manhattan Beach at depths from 96 to 105 fathoms caught
shrimp at rates of 440 to 600 pounds per hour.

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

The largest concentrations of pink shrimp found during this cruise were at sub-
stantially greater depths than previously noted along the coasts of Washington and

5O_FATHOMS nse

LEGEND:

‘ H 3 = CAPE
— vRAG ; MEARES

ap Siac
YY} 500-850 LES.

Q 200-460 Les.

¢' GOVERNMENT

Service's research vessel M/V John N. Cobb. ; 3
“7144

Oregon. During explorations conducted in 1955, M/V_Jobn N. Cobb (Cruise No. 38, June 1958).
1956, and earlier this year best shrimp concen-
trations were found at depths between 60 and 85 fathoms.

Oceanographic and biological observations were made at all stations and rep-
resentative samples of the catches were preserved for laboratory analysis. The
samples will be studied by biologists of the Oregon Fish Commission. Surface wa-
ter temperatures off the Oregon coast were considerably higher than normally ex-
pected for the month of June and a high of 63 F. was recorded.

During the cruise, experiments were conducted on fishing two 43-foot nets si-
multaneously. The ''Texas rig'' method of fishing two nets at the same time, com-
monly used in the Gulf of Mexico, utilize twin booms or "outriggers"' to tow one net
from each side of the boat. Aboard the John N. Cobb the nets were fished from the
standard trawl davits on the stern of the vessel. To preclude fouling, the nets were
staggered so that one net fished about 20 fathoms astern of the other. No operation-
al difficulties were encountered during five tests in which two nets were fished in
this manner. The resultant catches indicated that the twin-rig method would prob-

ably double the yield obtained using a single 43-foot net.
Note: See Commercial Fisheries Reyiew, June 1958, p. 37 and July 1958 for first two cruises in this series.

Oysters

SEED SCARCITY AND PREDATOR PROBLEMS IN eries program to help the American oyster industry solve
ATLANTIC COAST OYSTER INDUSTRY UNDER STUDY: its two toughest problems--scarcity of seed oysters and
Fresh water is a ‘‘deadly poison’’ to the oyster-~a bit an abundance of predators. Another problem in which the
of unslaked lime can be the beginning of the end for a star- Bureau is helping is the study of unexplained mortality
fish--and the oyster drill can’t stand fences, if the fences suchas that in which 40 to 95 percent of the oysters on the
have copper trimming. Such random bits of information, New Jersey side of Delaware Bay perished in the spring
gleaned from fishery biology findings, are among the of 1957,

factors important to the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fish-

August 1958

Skin divers carrying their own air supply will be utilized
in certain phases of the underwater research.

Federal responsibility for oyster research rests with
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, United States Fish
and Wildlife Service. Management of the oyster resource is
the responsibility of the respective States, many of which
have research programs of their own on phases of the oyster
problem,

Bureau officials indicate that their chief concern is with
two predators --the oyster drill whichis a perennial plague
in oyster beds; and the starfish, an enemy which at times,
for some unknown reason, surges to devastating propor-
tions. The oyster drill is a slow-moving snail which fastens
itself toan oyster, ‘‘drills’’ through the shell, and extracts
the oyster meat. A third oyster predator, the blue crab,
is a table delicacy in its own right and its value as a food
usually outweighs or balances its liability as a predator.

The long-range attack on the oyster drill is being con-
ducted at the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries laboratory
at Milford, Conn. A more immediate remedial measure,
a copper-trimmed fence, is being tested in the waters of
Chincoteague Bay off the Maryland-Virginia boundary.

At Milford a search is being made for a selective poison
which will kill the oyster drill but not injure oysters or
other valuable sea life. (A similar quest for a selective
sea lamprey poison was successful after five or six years
of testing some 5,000 chemical combinations.)

Research has already proved that the oyster drill will
not cross a copper strip or even a copper wire. The
reason for this idiosyncrasy is not known but tests have
borne out that the oyster drill will shuffle across steel,
lead, zinc, aluminum, and other materials but not copper.
Some research must be done to see if sea water, which
varies chemically from place to place, has any effect on
copper to make it less repulsive to oyster drills. Up to
date no such condition has been found, Thus the problem
is to design the best type of fence and develop the most
inexpensive method of laying it.

The fence most acceptable to date is made out of plastic
mesh, about a foot high, with concrete rods along the bottom
for ‘‘sinkers’’ and plastic floats at the top. A copper strip
near the top is the barrier the drill will not cross although
it does climb the fence to the copper. The reason the copper
is kept above the bottom is to protect it from being covered
with silt or other material. The bottom of the fence must
be buried a few inches to keep the oyster drill or other
marine life from tunneling underneath it.

This year the fence will be put around a half-acre plot
in Chincoteague Bay. Other tests are being made on plots
which approximate 5 feet by 10 feet.

A third approach to the drillproblem is now almost com-
plete. It is an evaluation of the current industry practice
of trapping oyster drills. A trap consists of a chicken-wire
bag filled with young oysters and placed in an area infested
with drills. The young oysters attract the drills away from

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

the adults. In addition the young oysters offer an attractive
surface on which the female drill can lay its eggs. The
traps are periodically raised and cleaned. Research to
date indicates that a trap’s value is for a very limited area
only.

The work on starfish control will be primarily an evalu-
ation of present control now in effect. The big biological
question which still must be answered is why the starfish
has sudden increases in populations which often are ten
times normal, as now evidenced in the Long Island Sound
oyster beds.

The three current control methods are ‘‘mopping,’’
dredging, and killing by chemical contact. Skin divers
will be used in these evaluations.

Mopping consists of dragging a cotton ‘‘mop,’’ several
feet wide, across an oyster bed, The oysters are not affect-
ed but the sharp projections on the back of the starfish
cling to the fibers of the mop and the predator is brought
to the surface.

Dredging is in effect an underwater vacuum cleaning
process in which oysters as well as starfish are sucked
into the container and brought to the surface. The oysters
can be replanted or marketed, depending upon conditions.

The chemical process now used by the industry consists
of getting particles of granulated unslaked lime onto the
starfish. Thisis done either by releasingthe granules into
the water and letting them sift down, or placing them more
directly through an underwater spout, Lime particles
reach the starfish and during the slaking process set up a
condition in the starfish which leads to its destruction.

The scarcity of seed oysters is a perennial problem
for the oyster industry. Current interest of the Bureau
centers on the salt water ponds on Martha’s Vineyard, an
island off the shore of Massachusetts, Here the reefs al-
most isolate the bays from the sea. These ‘‘ponds’’
appear to have the various attributes necessary for seed
production but the adult oysters which develop from
Martha's Vineyard seed are too stunted to be of much com-
mercial value.

Should Bureau research now being conducted prove that
the oysters native to these salt water ponds are of a defi-
nite dwarf variety, the channels to the sea will be closed,
fresh water will be introduced, and the native oyster colo-
nies destroyed. The area will then be restocked with Long
Island Sound oysters which will produce seed oysters of
more commercial value,

The Bureau's current program relative to the 1957
Delaware Bay mortality consists of supplying very modest
amounts of money for research which Rutgers University
is doing for the State of New Jersey. This plague, which
struck at the New Jersey shore but not at the Delaware
side, was not predation, nor did it appear to be caused by
pollution, There was no proof that it was the fungus dis-
ease which strikes at oysters in warmer waters or in
warmer months. As yet the cause is unknown.

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

OCEANOGRAPHIC SURVEY MADE BY HELICOPTER: The first known attempt
to conduct oceanographic surveys in the open ocean off Hawaiifrom a helicopter was
completed on June 19, 1958, by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Pacific
Oceanic Fishery Investigations (POFI) and the Kaneohe Marine Corps Air Station.
The basic test was to determine whether the helicopter could complete the same
mission as a surface ship, and the results have shown the test a success.

The HOK-1 helicopter was piloted by an Assistant Airfield Operations Officer,
after the mission was authorized by the Commanding Officer of the airfield and two
took the trip to make the observations from the air.

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

The survey extended from 50 miles north of Kaneohe to 50 miles south with one
refueling stop. There were three scientific objectives--estimate the abundance of

schools, collect samples of sea water, and measure the water temperature. Each
was successful.

In order to estimate fish and bird abundance, the helicopter cruised at 50 feet
above the sea, providing excellent visual scouting. There were no fish schools over
most of the track, but about 40 miles north of Kaneohe several were sighted and
birds were abundant. This information was relayed to the commercial fleet.

Sea-water samples and temperature measurements were made at predeter-
mined stations identical to those occupied by POFI vessels when they conduct an
"Oahu monitoring survey.'' When the helicopter came on station, it stopped, and
let down to about 20 feet above the sea. The scientists then lowered devices to col-
lect a water sample and measure temperature. Time on station was about one min-
ute, and all stations were successfully occupied.

During this operation, the survey helicopter was escorted by a "navigator
plane."’ This was necessary because helicopters do not carry as standard equip-
ment the apparatus necessary for precise over-water navigation.

There are three important aspects to the problem of helicopters versus ves-
sels for certain oceanographic missions. One is cost. The just-completed survey
would take a POFI vessel about 36 hours at an operational cost of over $1,000. The
helicopter costs about $90 an air hour, or about $450 for the operation. The second
is the speed. The vessel takes 36 hours and the helicopter takes 4or5hours. The
shorter time period enhances the value of the data because time changes in the
ocean are greatly reduced.

OK OK Kk

NEW OCEAN CURRENT AND TUNA IN THE MARQUESAS SURVEYED (M/V

10,800-mile expedition in which 3 weeks were spent withthe M/V Horizon of Scripps
Institution of Oceanography, in a study of a newly-discovered ocean current, the
Equatorial Undercurrent (now called the Cromwell Current). These investigations
were part of the International Geophysical Year program, and were conducted about
1,500 miles southeast of Honolulu. The survey of the current was conducted on the
Equator and to a distance of several hundred miles of each side of the Equator.

A new instrument and a new method were employed in these investigations. A
current meter, lowered over the side of the drifting vessel, transmitted back to the
ship through a conductor cable an electric signal which indicated the apparent di-
rection and velocity of the ocean current. This information was corrected for the
ship's drift in order to calculate the true current. To measure the ship's drift, it
was necessary to have a fixed reference point. For this purpose deep parachute
drogues, attached by wire cable to surface buoys, were placed at depths of about
3,000 feet; also other surface buoys were actually anchored to the bottom where
the depth was 23 to 3 miles.

From the results obtained, this new current, which was first observed by the
Fish and Wildlife Service about 4 years ago (by the late Townsend Cromwell, for
whom it was named), may be described as a thin ribbon of fast-flowing water--a
veritable river in the sea--moving eastward along the Equator beneath a shallow
surface layer of westerly flowing South Equatorial Current. This "river" was a-
bout 200 miles wide from north to south and between depths of 100 and 500 feet at
the longitude where it was studied. It occurs in a part of the Pacific Ocean where

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

only westerly currents were previously thought to exist. This survey completes the
first real study of the current and gives an indication of its magnitude.

Upon completing this work, both ves-
sels proceeded to Tahitifor refueling. The
_| Hugh M. Smith then returned to the Mar-
LEGEND: quesas Islands for a month of tuna fishing
RIROCEANOGRACH LCLSTATILONS) and baitfish studies. This portion of the
cruise was the seventh and final investi-
gation of the tuna and tuna-bait resources
of the Marquesas area to be conducted by
_| the Bureau. May and June are the fall of
| the year in that part of the Pacific and, as
would be the case in Hawaii, it was found
that the abundance of tuna had declined
since the surveys in the summer months

| of January, February, and March. On the
O°

DEPART MARCH 28
RETURN JUNE 23.

offshore portion of the survey, 45 tuna
schools were sighted in 12 days, 23 were
chummed and fish were captured from 11.
Although the major objective was to sam-
ple the school and not to catch the maxi-
WARQUESAS 15. | mum quantity of fish, the catch consisted
of 307 skipjack of 4- to 6-pound size, 168
of 17 to 21 pounds each, and 90 of 24-25
pounds. Of these 311 were tagged and re-
leased. Of the 33 tuna schools sighted on
8 days of inshore survey, 6 were chummed
and 2 were fished for a catch of 223 skip-
jack, averaging 4 to 6 pounds each. Of
these, 163 were tagged and released. More
schools would have been fished if bait had
been available. But bait in the form of the Marquesan sardine was very scarce dur -
ing the period of the cruise. Fortunately, however, the sardine is most abundant
euaie ne season of best tuna fishing, which is the Marquesan summer (January-
March).

a

MAY 11-JUNE 12 -j92.

MAY 2-7 & TAHITI

160° 150° 140°
——— a o rn

J
Fig. 1 - Track and itinerary of Hugh 'M, Smith (Cruise 45).

Bait in the form of the Marquesan
sardine (Harengula vittata) was very
scarce. Of the total of 325 buckets ob-
tained, 230 were used in the offshore
survey, 74 on the inshore survey, and
21 were secured near the end of the
cruise for transport back to Hawaii. Of
the baiting areas on Nuku Hiva, Taiohae
Bay provided 219 buckets, Taioa Bay 52
buckets, and Comptroller Bay (Hanga
Haa) 40 buckets. On Hiva Oa, 10 buckets
were obtained at Taa Huku Bay, and 4 at
Mana Menu.

The sardines ranged in size from
45 to 120 mm. (12 to 43 inches); they
withstood handling well and behaved SHORE: SURVEYS,
well as chum. Length-frequency and == === DIURNAL VARIABIL
gonad condition were recorded for sqm-
ples examined at each baiting locality.
A salinity and a plankton sample were Fig. 2 - Offshore and inshore tuna-school surveys conducted
obtained at each baiting locality. by the Hugh M. Smith (Cruise 45).

1a3ew 1a2°w 1ajew. gew 139°W 138°W

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

A special study of sardine distribution, abundance, and biology in Taiohae Bay,
Nuku Hiva, was carried out by one of the field party members who was stationed a-
shore during the period of the tuna surveys.

Stomachs from 5 males and stomachs and ovaries from 5 female skipjack were
preserved from each school fished; length, sex, and gonad condition were recorded
for 25 fish (occasionally less) from each school. One giankton haul was made each
night on the runs between Hawaii and the Equator, 140 W., and from the Marquesas
to Hawaii; and 3 hauls were made each night during the offshore tuna survey.

Secchi disc and water color observations were taken at noon each day while in
the Marquesas. Using a photometer, depths of 10, 5 and 1 percent light transmis-
sion were measured at specified intervals during the Undercurrent survey and from
5 S. to 10° N. on the run between the Marquesas and Hawaii. Surface trolling was
conducted with two lines at almost all times during daylight hours when the vessel
was under way. All tuna schools, birds, and aquatic mammals sighted during the
daylight runs were recorded. Several specimens of possibly poisonous fishes were
frozen for use in fish toxicity studies being conducted at the University of Hawaii.
Four night-light collections were made in the region of the Equator, 140 W., and
one in Tautira Bay, Tahiti. The standard marine weather observations were made
four times daily and transmitted whenever radio conditions permitted.

Two employees of the Hawaii Division of Fish and Game accompanied the ves-
sel to the Marquesas where they were put ashore, and during the period of the tuna
surveys collected about 3,000 reef fishes, mostly snappers and sea bass, and also
70 specimens of fresh-water shrimp, which were held alive and transported back to
Hawaii for stocking.

7K OK OK OK

TUNA TAGGING DEVELOPMENTS: During July of 1957 the Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations conducted a Northeastern
Pacific Albacore Survey, which involved the research vessels Hugh M. Smith, the
John R. Manning, and several chartered vessels. During the course of this survey
a number of tagged albacore tuna were released into the sea. Near the end of June,
on the same day, two of these tags were returned from Japan where they had been
recovered by Japanese fishermen during May and June 1958. Both of the tagged
fish had crossed the Pacific, a journey of more than 4,000 miles, in less than a
year and were retaken in the Japanese live-bait fishery off southern Japan. One of
the recoveries was particularly interesting because it was the first albacore re-
covered with a POFI-developed dart tag. It was one of the 111 albacore released
with dart tags by the Hugh M. Smith and John R. Manning during NEPAS, These re-
coveries bring the total POFI recoveries of tagged albacore to 11. There were fish
tagged in midocean north of Hawaii which moved in both directions and were re-
captured in the Japanese fishery as well as in the American fishery. And thenthere
were these fish tagged in the eastern Pacific and retaken in the western Pacific.
The results would seem to support the hypothesis that there is but a single popula-
tion of albacore in the North Pacific.

During May 1958, approximately 2,000 skipjack tuna were tagged by POFI from
a chartered sampan off Hilo. By the end of June over 16 percent of these tags had
been recovered from tagged fish taken in the Hilo fishery. There had been no re-
covery of tags from this group apart from the Hilo fishery. These fish were small
fish of approximately 4 to 6 pounds in weight and since the original tagging the fish
had apparently remained very much in the same areas for more than a month and a
half.

Approximately 2,000 tags were also released from another chartered sampan
around the island of Kauai. Since the release, only a single tag has been recovered,

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

and this was recovered in the vicinity of Barbers Point ontheisland of
Oahu.

This skipjack tagging program was originally designed in order to test the hy-
pothesis that skipjack may enter island waters from the southeast and depart ina
northwesterly direction. The tagging results to date would indicate that the fish
present in the southeastern part of the archipelago were not moving, and aside from
one tag recovered, those in the northwest had disappeared. However, it is yet too
early to draw any conclusions from the information at hand.

TILAPIA PROPAGATION AS A LIVE-BAIT FISH: The production of tilapia as
ment, disappointingly low. Some improvement was seen in the number of young
produced in May; however, during the week ending June 6, only 7,750 young were
produced. During the week ending June 13, the production increased to 17,250 young;
for the week ending June 20, production was 44,000 young; and for the week ending
June 27, it was 76,400 young. This rapid increase in production through the last
half of June was most encouraging and contained a promise that the Paia installa-
tion would produce baitfish at or near the original estimates made for it.

ge :
ae

Pacific Salmon Investigations

INITIAL TESTS ON "ENDLESS" FISHWAYS COMPLETED: The first tests on
the so-called endless fishways at the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Re-
search facility at Bonneville Dam have been completed. The fishway is of endless
rectangular design and raises the fish to a height of several feet and then drops
them to the starting level to again ascend the fishway. In the initial tests individual
salmon ascended the equivalent of 80 feet of elevation by making several ''round
trips." The fish have ascended a 1-8 gradient with a few signs of fatigue. Another
endless fishway has the usual gradient of 1-16; fish moved less rapidly through this
than through the 1-8 gradient. Use of the higher gradient fishways at dams would
result in substantial savings in construction costs.

——_S
ZN

Salmon

POND-REARING STUDIES INITIATED BY OREGON FISH COMMISSION: Natu-
ral pond and lake rearing of juvenile salmon--heralded by some to be the answer to
salvation of salmon runs in the Pacific Northwest--is under scrutiny by the Oregon
Fish Commission with the idea of determining what applications such a program
might have in the lower Columbia River system with particular reference to silver
salmon.

The Assistant State Fisheries Director stated that experiments to evaluate the
merits of releasing newly-hatched silver salmon fry into small impoundments were
initiated by the Commission's research division as early as April 1957. Prelimi-
nary tests, which were completed this spring, demonstrated that under given con-
ditions, silver salmon growth (without artificial feeding) was good for up to at least
10 months in ponds. Salmon survival in the two experiments varied considerably.

The research was conducted at two Willamette valley farm ponds--one near
Aurora and the other in the vicinity of Salem. In the Salem pond, 87 percent of
4,500 silver salmon fry planted the previous spring were accounted for when the

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

pond was drained at the completion of the experiment. Growth of the fish on only
natural foods present in the pond was considered good, and their survival was term-
ed excellent.

Although growth of approximately 3,000 fry planted in the Aurora pond was bet-
ter than growth of fish in the Salem pond, only 7 percent of the original plant could
be accounted for when the pond was emptied. Discovery of at least 90 largemouth
bass in the Aurora pond was more than likely the reason for the poor survival.
Presence of the bass was not detected until several months after the experiment
began.

The Assistant Director states, ''We are reasonably convinced that juvenile sil-
ver salmon will fare well in certain ponds, but the basic question still unanswered
is how well the fish will survive after they are released from a natural rearing
pond.'' He said experiments with fin-clipped fish that have been raised in larger
bodies of water will have to be carried out to gain information on this aspect of the
natural rearing proposal.

The Commission now has two persons spending a major part of their time on
the prospects of pond rearing salmon and steelhead. The program now amounts to
finding suitable impoundments that can be used for larger-scale experiments. Par-
ticular attention is being given to raising small salmon in some of the lakes in the
lower Columbia River gorge. Construction of one or more impoundments strictly
for salmon production is being considered if suitable sites can be located.

xR KOK

RESEARCHERS PROBE PROBLEMS OF PROPAGATION: A four-point pro-
gram in the continuing effort to solve problems incident to salmon propagation was
announced June 16 by United States Fish and Wildlife Service. Work will consist
of research on disease, nutrition, improvement of hatchery techniques for Pacific
salmon, and various studies related to the restoration of the Atlantic salmon.

The research will be done primarily by biologists and technologists of the Serv-
ice but about half of the work on salmon disease studies will be contracted to State
fishery agencies in Oregon and Washington and the University of Washington. The
Service biological research facilities in Seattle, Willard, and Entiat, Wash., and in
Boothbay Harbor, Maine, will be used in the investigations. Maine agencies are co-
operating on Atlantic salmon projects.

The disease research will include studies on parasites as purveyors of disease
in the hatcheries and in the streams; columnaris and relates ailments, especially
on recognition and control of the virulent strains; red mouth disease; and labora-
tory probing of marine types of disease organisms and their relation to marine
survival of salmon. ’

There are several nutrition studies in various stages of completion and work
on these will be continued. These include salmon requirements of amino acid,
fatty acids, vitamins, minerals and carbohydrates; development of water-soluble
and fat-soluble vitamin test diets; and characteristics of digestive enzymes of
salmonids.

Hatchery improvement at Entiat is for the development of improved techniques
and equipment--rearing pond design, high humidity incubators, diversion, holding,
spawning, accelerated maturation, algae control, and practical diet testing.

The headquarters for the Atlantic salmon restoration investigations will be in
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries laboratory at Boothbay Harbor, Maine, but

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

much of the work will be done in the Sheepscot River and its estuary, and at the
Craig Brook fish cultural station of the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife.

Atlantic salmon restoration research is a cooperative program with three Maine
fishery agencies and the University of Maine cooperating with the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service. The work includes fresh-water and marine survival studies,
stream and estuarine ecology, and experimentation in salt water rearing of salmon
to smolt size. Special emphasis will be placed on the salt water rearing of salmon

to smolt size and if it is successful it might have considerable bearing on similar
experiments with Pacific salmon.

Sea Lions

POPULATION CENSUS ALONG CALIFORNIA COAST: A census of the sea lion
population along the California coast was begun the week of June 15, 1958, by the
California Department of Fish and Game. The census, taken periodically, is for the
purpose of determining fluctuations in abundance
of the marine mammal. .

The last census was taken in 1947 and revealed
a population of 8,700 sea lions from Crescent
City to San Diego, Calif.

The count, which is made photographically
by airplanes, takes about two days with suitable
flying weather. Enumeration and evaluation of
the figures, however, will not be completed until
the end of July.

There are minor concentrations of sea lions
up and down the coast during the breeding season,
= Er ee but the major concentrations are in five areas.
ae eee LIE These are St. George's Reef in the north, the Far-

; rallones and Ano Nuevo in central California, and
the Channel Islands and the Coronado Islands in the south.

The two species foundinthese watersare the Steller sea lionand the California
sea lion. The latter is the species most often trained as circus seals.

Shrimp

SHRIMP LANDINGS ON PACIFIC COAST IN-
CREASED IN 1957: Landings of shrimp in the States
of Washington, Oregon, California, and the Territory
of Alaska increased from about 5.0 million pounds
in 1956 to about 8.2 million pounds (heads on) in
1957. The increase was due primarily to the dis-
covery of new shrimp fishing grounds off the coasts
of Oregon and Washington and availability of peel-
ing machines for processing the small shrimp that
make up the West Coast shrimp catches.

and Alaska Heads-On
1957 and 1958
Ar | 19S 7

(1,000 Lbs.)
3,716 | 3,044
2,439
230

500
1, 300

Sani

th

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

South Carolina

FISHERIES BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH PROG-
RESS, APRIL-JUNE 1958: Oyster Research:
Oyster studies during April-June 1958 have dealt
primarily with growth and mortality of oysters;
methods of producing seed oysters; cultivation of
oysters in ponds; and some detailed studies on in-
ternal temperatures of oysters, according to Prog-
ress Report No. 36 (April-June 1958) of the Bears
Bluff Laboratories.

Oysters began setting on May 17, with a heavy
spat fall. Several types of cultchhave beenplanted
in We Creek and Wadmalaw River to obtain seed
oysters. Seed oysters will be shipped soon, on an
experimental basis, to the Virgin Islands, Louisi-
ana, and New York State.

Two types of cultch are being tested for the
Division of Tidewater Fisheries of Maryland.
Dredged oyster shell and shell from the soft clam
(Mya) have been shipped to the Wadmalaw Island
Research Station where they were placed over-
board in wire baskets. A comparison is being
made between the normal South Carolina steamed
shell cultch and these two types of cultch from
Maryland. Since these tests could be made ear-
lier in South Carolina than in Maryland, the re-
sults can help the Division of Tidewater Fisheries
of Maryland decide whether or not this cultch is
suitable, and allow them to plant with greater
confidence, The Maryland dredged shell, so far,
has proven almost as satisfactory as South Caro-
lina steamed cultch. The clam shells, while
catching a fair number of oyster spat, are not as
suitable because of the lower survival rate than
on oyster shells. Just why this is so has not yet
been determined,

Good quality seed oysters collected last year
on cement-dipped cardboard have shown good
growth in the one-acre experimental pond during
the year. In approximately 11 months the major-
ity of these oysters have reached a length of three
inches, with some even exceeding this figure.
Seed oysters collected on steamed cultch and
planted in the pond in 1957 have not grownas well;
the majority are now from 2 to 23 inches inlength.

Using a thermometer built into the core of a
hypodermic needle, internal temperatures of oys-
ters have been studied in relation to external
temperatures, There is a considerable lag inthe
internal temperature of an oyster in an environ-
ment of changing temperatures. These investiga-
tions, being carried on under the Hughes grant,
are still in their preliminary stages.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, May 1958, p. 40.

Shrimp Survey: The brown-spotted or pink-
shrimp (Penaeus duorarum) were extremely abun-
dant during the second quarter of 1958--roughly
five times as abundant in experimental trawls as
in the similar periods of 1953-1957.

White shrimp (Penaeus setiferus) have been
and are still almost completely absent from South
Carolina waters. Only a few large roe shrimp
are occasionally taken in offshore waters. Almost
all of the wintering-over population of white
shrimp were killed by the extreme cold in Febru-
ary.

Brown shrimp (Penaeus aztecus) are unusual-
ly abundant this year. They first made their ap-
pearance in early June in creeks and rivers. By
mid-June they had begun to enter the commercial
catch in small size and in small numbers; how-
ever, during the last week in June, still small in
size, brown shrimp are being landed at a rate of
an estimated 10,000 pounds a day.

Fish Studies: Fish, particularly spot, croaker,
mullet and menhaden, in June were beginning to
become fairly abundant, but are about amonth
late this year.

Exploratory fishing off the coast in the second
quarter of 1958 has been confined to one cruise
out to the 50-fathom curve, A new depth record-
er recently borrowed from the Gulf Fisheries Ex-
ploration and Gear Research station of the U, S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, has been in-
stalled and is an excellent help in offshore work,
This recorder is capable of reading to a depth of
2,400 feet. On this cruise good catches of snap-
per, grouper, and scup or porgy were made east
of Charleston.

Crab Studies: Due to the extremely cold win-
ter, crabs were almost completely unavailable
until after mid-March, Since then they have been
more abundant than any year since Bears Bluff
Laboratories has been keeping records on crabs.

The joint tagging program carried on by the
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries out of
Beaufort, N. C. and by this Laboratory, has
shown some interesting results. The tag returns
have not been numerous andthe majority, by far,
have been returned from within a few miles of the
mouth of the North Edisto River where the crabs
were released, However, tags have been return-
ed from Charleston, 20 nautical miles to the
north; from several localities in St. Helena
Sound, 15 miles to the south; from the vicinity of
Port Royal Sound, 30 miles to the south; andfrom
St. George's Island, Florida, 150 miles to the
south.

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

Transportation

PROPERTY TRANSPORTATION TAX REPEALED: The fishing industry will
realize an estimated reduction in transportation costs of about $2 million annually
because of the repeal of the 3 percent property transportation tax, as provided by
the “Tax Rate Extension Act of 1958" (P. L. 475 - 85th Congress) which was signed

by the President on June 30, 1958. This was the only tax reduction made by this
session of Congress.

The bill provides for the elimination of the tax to be effective on all payments
made for transportation of property on or after August 1, 1958, regardless of when
the movement took place, with the exception of some oil pipeline movements, for
which transportation must originate on or after August 1, 1958.

; The transportation tax is levied on the payer of transportation for hire which
includes rail freight and express; contract and exempt trucking; and domestic air

and water transport.

[SS

Tuna

productive and various other factors fluctuate, so that this
theoretical value could be less,

LOCATION OF PACIFIC SEAMOUNTS MAY AID FISHERY:
A potential new source of tuna has been added to the Pa-
cific tuna resources by new information for accurately lo-

cating seamounts, recently released by the U. S. Naval Hy-
drographic Office. Seamounts, or underwater mountains,
have been demonstrated to be points of concentration of the
rapidly-moving schools of offshore Pacific tunas. One
known seamount was credited during 1957 as the source of
tuna production valued at $2 million ex-vessel. The infor-
mation now available on seven new seamounts could theo-
retically account for an astounding $14 million increase in
tuna production; however, all seamounts are not equally

As new Hydrographic Office charts are reprinted, the
depth and location of each of these seven previously-unre-
corded seamounts will be published.

The following soundings, 300 fathoms or less, with their
approximate position, were found: 46 fathoms 07°10’N.
79905’ W.; 50 fathoms 07°20’N. 79°35'W.; 105 fathoms
01 26’N. 80 07’W.; 260 fathoms 00 57’S. 87, 45’W.; 265
fathoms 25 00’S. 97 40'W.; 186 fathoms 25 55’S. 100 42’W.;
and 160 fathoms 10 32’S. 137 43’W.

bor i

U. S. Foreign Trade

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS EXPORTS, MARCH AND APRIL 1958: March
1958: United States exports of processed fish and shellfish in March 1958 were

lower by 22.9 percent in quantity and
37.5 percent in value as compared
with February 1958. Compared with
the same month in 1957, the exports
in March 1958 were down by 73.0
percent in quantity and 64.3 percent
in value.

Table 2 - U. S. Exports of Edible Fishery Products,
April 1958 With Comparisons

sh and shellfish:
Processed only
erclnding fresh &

frozen J)

Table i - U. S. Exports of Edible Fishery Products,
March 1958 With Comparisons

Fish and shellfish:
Processed only
(excluding fresh and

1.3} 3.2] 69.7} 0.3}0.7| 16.8

1/ Includes pastes, “sauces, clam chowder and juice, and
other specialties.

[Quantity [Value
| Mar, _| Year| [ Mar. | Year|

April 1958; United States exports
of processed fish and shellfish in April
1958 were lower by 30.0 percent in
quantity and 40.0 percent in value as
compared with March 1958. Compared
with the same month in 1957, the ex-
ports in April 1958 were down by 58.4
percent in quantity and 57.1 percent in
value. The sharp decreases in March
and April 1958 in both quantity and value

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

as compared with the same months of 1957 were due primarily to a shortage of can-
ned Pacific and jack mackerel, and California sardines.

OK OK OK OK

GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS, JUNE 1958: Imports of groundfish (excluding
ocean perch) fillets and blocks in June 1958 amounted to 10.2 million pounds. As
compared with the corresponding month of last year, this was an increase of 79,000

pounds (less than 1 percent).

Canada was the leading country with 8.3 million pounds--an increase of 1.5 mil-
lion pounds compared with last year. Denmark was next with 1.2 million pounds,

followed by West Germany with 456,000 pounds and Iceland 163,000 pounds.

The re-

maining 76,000 pounds were accounted for by the Netherlands and the United King-

dom.

Imports of groundfish and ocean perch fillets and blocks into the United States
during the first six months of 1958 totaled 66.6 million pounds. Compared with the
same period of last year, this was an increase of 139,000 pounds (less than 1 per-
cent). Shipments originating in Canada comprised 69 percent of the total during the
1958 period, while Iceland made up 16 percent of the total, and Denmark accounted

for 10 percent.

The remaining 5 percent was represented by West Germany, Nor-

way, Miquelon and St. Pierre, the Netherlands, France, the United Kingdom, Japan,

and the Union of South Africa.
Note: See Chart 7 in this issue.

KK KK OK

IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA IN BRINE UNDER QUOTA: The quantity of tuna
canned in brine which may be imported into the United States during the calendar
year 1958 at the 125-percent rate of duty has been established as 44,693,874 pounds.
Any imports in excess of this established quota will be dutiable at 25 percent ad

valorem.

Imports from January 1-May 31, 1958, amounted to 16,035,401 pounds, accord-
ing to data compiled by the Bureau of Customs. Last year from January 1-June la
total of 15,667,098 pounds had been imported.

OK Ok KOK

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY
PRODUCTS, MARCH 1958: Imports of most fishery pro-
ducts were lower in March 1958 than in March 1957. The
major exception was for imports of canned salmon which
were Six times those of March 1957.

Imports of most fishery products declined in the first
three months if 1958 as compared to the first three months
of 1957. The only major products with increases in the
first quarter of 1958 were swordfish, canned salmon, canned
sardines, canned crab meat, and fish meal.

Exports of major fishery products in the first quarter of
1958 also declined, with the exception of frozen shrimp,
shucked oysters, and sardines canned in oil, all of which
were exported in larger quantities. Significant declines
were notedin canned mackerel, sardines not in oil, canned
California anchovies, and fish oils.

Imports: GROUNDFISH: In January-March 1958 the im-
ports of groundfish fillets declined 17 percent below the
same period in 1957. Imports of groundfish blocks were
about the same in both periods. Total fillet and block im-
ports in January-March 1958 amounted to 30.9 million
pounds.

FROZEN TUNA: During the first three months of 1958 im-
ports totaled 32 million pounds, or 13 percent less than the

same period in 1957. Imports of frozen albacore declined
31 percent and imports of other tuna remained practically
unchanged.

CANNED TUNA: Imports in January-March1958 amounted
to 8.6 million pounds, 2 percent more than those of the com-
parable period of 1957. Canned albacore tuna (2 million
pounds) composeda much smaller share of the total canned
tuna imports in the 1958 period.

TUNA LOINSANDDISCS: Imports during January-
March amounted to 2.1 million pounds, an increase of 9
percent over the same period in 1957.

CANNED BONITO: Imports continued below the 1957
levels. Imports in January-March 1958 amounted to 2.6
million pounds, 34 percent below the same periodin1957.

CANNED SALMON: Imports of 6.7 million pounds in
March 1957, a sixfold increase over March 1957, brought
the total for January-March to 11.9 million pounds, an
increase of 90 percent over the January-March 1957.

CANNED SARDINES: Imports for the first three months
of 1958 were 7.5 million pounds, an increase of 29 percent
aS compared with the same period in 1957.

August 1958

SWORDFISH: During the first quarter of 1958, imports
totaled 4.7 million pounds, a little more than in the first
quarter of 1957.

SHRIMP: During the first three months of 1958, imports

of 15.1 million pounds were 2 percent less than inthe same
period of the previous year.

beewe~-

«
as

’
\

SS

Bt
: He

I a
EG Bee
Or L 3
Se te

A 4.
6 TO Ses
‘ ae
‘ a7, a SS
ay i. Whee Fe ee qs Ki
ines! -— Sa se Stim the:
pt 4 ‘ i be <eLIY Le
Ses eal
ELY-- y ~-<aA ““ttppe-- ES
PG eg |e
Lecthty FE
eee TZ a.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

53

FRESH OR FROZEN LOBSTERS: Imports in the first
three months of 1958 of 10.2 million pounds declined 19
percent below the first quarter of 1957.

CANNED CRAB MEAT: Imports in the first quarter of
1958 totaled 1.2 million pounds, 16 percent more than in
the first quarter of 1957.

FISH MEAL: First quarter 1958 imports totaled 26,148
tons, 16 percent more than in the first quarter last year.

Exports: CANNED SARDINES: During January-
March 1958, exports of sardines not in oil were 67 per-
cent less than in the comparable period of a year earlier.

CANNED SALMON: In the first three months of 1958,
exports were 335,000 pounds, down 67 percent from the
1957 period.

CANNED MACKEREL: In January-March 1958, ex-
ports of 1.5 million pounds were 84 percent less than
the 9.4 million pounds imported in the first three months
of 1957.

CANNED ANCHOVIES: Exports of miscellaneous
canned fish (principally canned anchovies) during the
first three months of 1958 totaled 746,000 pounds as com-
pared with 4.9 million pounds for the same period of the
previous year.

FISH OIL: Exports for January-Marchl958 of 26.5
million pounds were down 25 percent from the same
period a year earlier.

Wholesale Prices, June 1958

Over-all landings, stocks of frozen fishery products, and
canned fish packs were lighter in June this year than for the
same month in 1957. The June edible fish and shellfish
(fresh, frozen, and canned) wholesale price index (131.5 per-
cent of the 1947-49 average) increased about 2.3 percent
over the preceding month and was 12.2 percent higher than
for the same month of 1957. The June 1958 index was the
highest recorded for any month since January 1947, the be-
ginning of the base period for the current index.

Price trends for the drawn, dressed, and whole finfish sub-
group were mixed in June this year with the increases just
about offsetting the decreases (net decrease 0.7 percent).
From May to June prices increased for fresh large offshore
haddock (up 19.6 percent), fresh western halibut (up 16.0 per-
cent), and Great Lakes yellow pike (up 15.8 percent). These
increases were balanced by declines of 30 percent for white-
fish at Chicago and New York and a 6.3-percent decline in
fresh king salmon prices, due to seasonally better supplies.
As compared with June 1957 prices for the subgroup this
June were higher by 32.4 percent. Prices were higher in
June this year than in the same month in 1957 for fresh large
offshore haddock (up 59.0 percent), fresh western halibut
(up 23.1 percent), red king salmon (up 21.0 percent), and
yellow pike (26.5 percent); these increases more than offset
substantial declines in Lake Erie and Lake Superior white-
fish prices.

The fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup rose by
6.0 percent in June this year as compared with the preceding
month and was also up by 7.6 percent from June 1957. The
catch of fresh East Coast shrimp was below normal and as
aresult prices at New York for 26-30 count headless shrimp
jumped 8.9 percent from May to June this year and were
higher by 10.6 percent as compared with June 1957. Fresh
small haddock fillets at Boston were sharply higher (21.6
percent) this June as compared with the same month a year
ago and 1.4 percent higher than the previous month in
accordance with higher ex-vessel prices for drawn haddock.

Frozen processed fish and shellfish were higher by 4.2
percent in June this year as compared with the preceding

month. Higher wholesale prices for frozen shrimp (8.6 per-
cent) at Chicago more than compensated for a slight drop in
prices for haddock and ocean perch fillets from May to
June. All of the subgroup items (except for flounder

fillets which were unchanged) were higher in June this year

Edible Fish and Shellfish (Fresh, Frozen, and Canned)
Wholesale Price Index

FRESH AND FROZEN
FISHERY PRODUCTS:

ALL
FISH AND
SHELLFISH
7
ONG

ve NM

CANNED FISH

ee

as compared with June a year ago and resulted in a 7.4 per-
cent increase in the index for the group.

Canned fishery products prices in June this year when
compared with the preceding month and with the same month
in 1957 continued to show an upward trend. In June 1958 the

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

index increased 0.4 percent from the preceding month and California sardines, 4.0 percent for tuna, and 0.7 percent
was 3.5 percent above June last year. All canned fishery for Maine sardines. In June this year the market was firm
products, with the exception of Maine sardines (up 3.4 per- for most canned fishery products due to a healthy inventory
cent) were unchanged from May to June this year. But situation and lighter packs, especially Maine Sardines,
compared with the same month in 1957, the June 1958 in- California mackerel, and anchovies.

dex was higher because of increases of 26.1 percent for

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, June 1958 With Comparisons

Avg. Prices1/ Indexes

Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification Unit ($) (1947-49=100)

May | Apr. | May
1958 | 1958 | 1957

128.6 | 122.9 | 117.2

Fresh & Frozen Fishery Products: ......+-+-scs+eeecesee ere ero ee 146,0 136,4 | 198.5 |
Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish:. ......+-e+2-++-+2--> 148.3 | 123.6 | 111,2|
Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh . . . .. {| Boston 101.7| 80.9] 176.5
Halibut, West., 20/80 Ibs., drsd., fresh or froz. 106.7 | 104.7 | 100.6
Salmon, king, Ige. & med., drsd., fresh or froz. 168.5 179.8 | 149.2 | 139.3
Whitefish,L, Superior, drawn, fresh .... . 132.6 190.9 | 183.4 | 154.9
Whitefish,L. Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh 141.6 | 202.2| 136.5 | 176.9
Yellow pike, L. Michigan& Huron, rnd.,fresh . 129.0 111.4| 172.7 | 102.0

New York
Chicago

New York
New York

Processed,Fresh (Fish & Shellfish): ........++--- 142.7 | 142.0
Fillets, haddock, smi, skins on, 20-lb. tins. . E37/|(ES6 124.2 122.5 | 107.2
Shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), headless, fresh . . 1.04} .95 163.5 150.1 | 148.5
Oysters, shucked, standards . ....-. © « 5.63| 5.50 139.2 136,1 | 139.2

140.6
102.1
147.8
142.3
Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish):. . . . . - -» «+ «++» + «+ elee- 139.7 | 184.1 | 132.4 | 130.1
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-Ib. pkg. .. . Boston bb. 40 40 103.4 103.4 | 103.4 | 103.4
Haddock, sml.,skins on, 1-Ib. pkg... . lb 33 34 102.0 106.7 | 109.9 | 91.0

Ocean perch, skins on, 1-lb. pkg. . . . | Boston tb. -29/| .30 116.8 118.8 | 118.8 | 112.8

Shrimp, lge, (26-30 count), 5-Ib. pkg. . . . » bb. E99) |e 152.0 140.0 | 135.8 | 145.8

Canned Fishery Products: . ......s«-ee-ee Se eho alas 104.7 104.3 | 104.3
Salmon, pink, No. 1 tall (16 0z.), 48cans/cs. . .
Tuna, It, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 oz.),
AB) Cans/CS> aie tey ew elelomey sie
Sardines, Calif., tom. pack,No, 1 oval (15 cZ.),
ZANCANS/ CSA ee olitenne cli diciistiomcmcntei
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn
CRA) IMCS 655660500000

5.68 | 5.68 132.4 132.4 | 132.4 | 105.0

7.75 | 7.50 82.5 19.8 | 79.8

1/ Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs.
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level, Daily Market News Serv-
ice ‘‘Fishery Products Reports”’ should be referred to for actual prices.

NORTH ATLANTIC SEA SCALLOP FISHERY

The sea scallop fishery isthe mostvaluable of the United States North At-
lantic offshorefisheries. During 1955, total United States landings of sea scal-

lops were valued at $11.4 million. In the same year, haddock landings were
worth $8.1 million andocean perch $6.0 million. Another $0.7 million worth of
sea scallops were landed in Canada. New Bedford, Mass., the major sea scal-
lop port, had landings of 13.9 million pounds worth $7.2 million.

--Fishery Leaflet 442,Sea Scallop
Boats and Gear, August 1957.

August 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

International

FIVE CENTRAL AMERICAN COUN-
TRIES SIGN TRADE AND IN-
DUSTRIAL AGREEMENTS

Five Central American countries
signed a multilateral free trade and
economic integration treaty in Teguci-
galpa, the capital of Honduras,

The signing of the treaty came at the
close of the fifth session of the Central
American Economic Cooperation Com-
mittee which has been meeting since
June 4 in Tegucigalpa. The five coun-
tries concerned were Costa Rica, El
Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and
Nicaragua,

The Committee is a subsidiary organ
of the U. N. Economic Commission for
Latin America (ECLA) and works in con
junction with an intergovernmental body
composed of the five Ministers
of Economy. Panama has at-
tended all the sessions ofthe
Committee as an observer and
has taken part in much of the
work,

The Committee also signed
an agreement on integrated in-
dustries which acts as a corol-
lary to the free-trade treaty. It
aims to establish Central Amer
ican manufacturing actrvittes
that could not previously mate-
rialize due to the lack of an ad-
equate market in each country.
The over-all objective is to
transform five small markets into one
larger, more efficient market.

The treaty includes a long list ofraw
materials and manufactured products
which will be exempt from customs du-
ties and other taxes or restrictions in
trade between the five countries. The

E fonicn

UNITED

XM EX IC OF

e ee

list covers items which amount to about
3 percent of the countries! over-all trade,
but covers items that amount to 20 per-
cent of the trade between the five coun-
tries. The commodities and goods on
the list will be accorded "national treat-
ment'' between all five countries. Trad-
ing items not mentioned in the list will
be given unconditional and most-favored-
nation treatment by all parties, thus ac-
cording an exchange of goods at the low-
est current rates of duty.

The treaty will take effect upon rati-
fication by each of the parties. As soon
as two countries ratify, it will take ef-
fect for those two countries. The new
treaty was considered by the Commit-
tee as the first essential step toward a
unified tariff system, multilateral free
trade, and the integrated development of
Central American industries. As such,

it will form the basis for the gradual
establishment of a common market cov-

SIAN IES

(

GUATEM P
EL SALVADO ' at
SERIE RAG!

ering all five countries. At least one
speaker at the Committee meeting said
itmight lead to eventual political union.

In effect, the integration program has
been a joint effort by the countries con-
cerned and the United Nations. In some
respects the Central American program

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International (Contd.)

has actedas aprecursor for the concept
of a Latin American regional market.

Before the conclusion of the meeting
in Tegucigalpa, the Committee adopted
a series of 24 resolutions, in the main
dealing with the future work of the pro-
gram.

Some of these concerned continuing

activities for economic integration, while

others were procedural, for instance, es-
tablishing the Committee's next meeting
for the first half of 1959. Approval was
also given to a resolution proposing the
standardization of import duties for for-
eign trade and dealing with agriculture,
livestock, and fisheries.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE
ORGANIZATION

MEDITERRANEAN FISHERIES MEETING
TO BE HELD IN ROME:

The Fifth Meeting of the General Fisheries Council for
the Mediterranean (GFCM) will take place at the Rome
Headquarters of the Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO), October 13-18, 1958.

The Governments of Egypt, France, Greece, Israel, Italy,
Monaco, Morocco, Spain, Tunisia, Turkey, the United King-
dom (Cyprus, Gibraltar and Malta), and Yugoslavia have been
invited to send delegations. The Governments of Bulgaria,
Lebanon, Libya, Portugal, Rumania, Sudan, Syria, United
States, and U.S.S.R, and a number of international organi-
zations have been invited to send observers.

“‘We shall have a good many interesting technical papers
dealing with fishery problems of the Mediterranean,’’ stated
the Secretary of the GFCM, speaking at FAO headquarters.
‘“‘These papers will cover, broadly speaking, such subjects
as fisheries biology, production, economics and Statistics of
the Mediterranean fisheries, the utilization of the catch, and
problems concerned with the development of inland fisheries
of the Mediterranean area....

“‘Scientists, technicians and research workers who cannot
attend the meeting but wishto submit papers ontheir work,
can do so through the delegations from their countries.’’

Among the interesting subjects to be discussed at the forth
coming meeting will be the study of the trawling grounds of
the Mediterranean. Itis hoped that eventually the GFCM will
be able topublish the results of this study, detailing the size
and location of the trawling grounds, nature and extent of the
catch, and other relevant data.

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC
HALIBUT COMMISSION

FIRST SEASON IN AREAS 2 AND 1B CLOSED:

The International Pacific Halibut Commission announced
the closure of the first season in Areas 2 and 1B to halibut
fishing effective at 6 a.m. (P.S.T.) July 2, 1958, until the
beginning of the second fishing season in these areas. The
Commission estimated that the 26.5-million-pound limit
set for Area 2 would have been caught by that date. Area
1B which has no catch limit was also closed when the quota
for Area 2 was attained. The Commission announced the
closure on June 23,

Vol. 20, No. 8

The official opening date for halibut fishing in the
Pacific regulatory area this year was May 4 at 6:00 a.m.
(P.S.T.) except that fishing in Area 3B commenced on
April 1, 1958. In 1957 the opening date was May 1, but the
Canadian fleet did not sail until May 3 and started fishing
about 5 days after the United States fleet because of a labor-
management dispute over certain fringe benefits and ‘‘lay”’
apportionments. In 1956 the official opening date was
May 12, but both the United States and Canadian fishermen
voluntarily agreed not to start fishing until May 20.

Areas 2 and 1B this year were open to halibut fishing for
59 days as compared with 47 days in 1957 and 46 days in
1956 (because of the voluntary agreement to start fishing
on May 20, actual fishing took place for only 38 days).
These same areas were fished for 24 days in 1955, 21 days
in 1954, and 24 days in 1953.

The grounds in Area 2 off Masset at the north end of
Queen Charlotte Islands and off Timbered Islet off the west
coast of Prince of Wales Island in southeastern Alaska,
which have been closed for a number of years as small
fish grounds, were opened in 1958 only, to utilize an
accumulation of large and old halibut which have been re-
vealed in those areas by the Commission's experimental
fishing.

The longer period required to catch the Area 2 catch
limit is attributed to (1) the difficulty of vessels catching
capacity loads early in the season, (2) the continuation of
the lay-over between trips initiated in 1956 except that the
period was extended from 7 to 8 days in 1957 and (3) a
smaller fleet.

The second fishing season in Areas 2 and 1B is sched-
uled to commence at 6:00 a.m. (P.S.T.) August 31, fora
period of 7 days without a catch limit, except that in Area
2 the Cape Scott and Goose Islands grounds in Queen Char-
lotte Sound at the north end of Vancouver Island shall be
closed to halibut fishing during the second season. There-
after, these areas are closed to halibut fishing until the
commencement of the halibut fishing season in 1959. Area
2 includes all convention waters between Willapa Bay,
Wash., and Cape Spencer, Alaska. Area 1B includes all
convention waters between Willapa Bay and Heceta Head,
Oreg.

Area 3A with one fishing season opened on May 4 and
will close when the catch limit of 30 million pounds has
been attained. Area 3A is between Cape Spencer anda
line running southeast one-half east from Kupreanof
Point, Alaska, near Shumagin Islands.

The fishing season in Area 1A extends from 6:00 a.m.
May 4 and will end at 6:00 a.m. October 16 or to the clo-
sure of Area 3A, whichever is later. In Area 3B the sea-
son opened April 1 this year and it will extend to Octo-
ber 16 or to the closure of Area 3A whichever is later.
Area 3B includes all waters west of Area 3A including the
Bering Sea. Area 1A is south of Heceta Head, Oreg.

The fishing season in all areas automatically closes at
6:00 a.m. December 1, 1958, if not already closed by
catch limit or date prior to that time. This closure con-
tinues until the season is opened in the following year.

INTERNATIONAL WHALING
COMMISSION

INCREASE IN BLUE-WHALE UNIT
QUOTA PROPOSED AT MEETING:

At the meeting June 23-28, 1958, of
the International Whaling Commission,
the Japanese, with the support of the
Netherlands, were expected to request
an increase in the Antarctic blue-whale
unit quota of from 14,500 units to15,000
units. An official of the Netherlands
Ministry of Fisheries has stated that his
office is in possession of data which clear-

August 1958

International (Contd.):

ly shows that a limit of 15,000 blue-
whale units would not be damaging to the
supply. The 14,500 blue-whale unit quota
was imposed for the first time on the
catch for the 1956/57 season, the United
States Embassy at The Hague reported
on June 13, 1958.

(NORTH EUROPEAN) INTERNATIONAL
FISHERIES CONVENTION

U.S. 5. R. ACCEDES TO CONVENTION:

The Soviet Union has acceded to the
International Fisheries Convention of
1946. This achieves 100 percent cover-
age of the nations regularly fishing in
the eastern part of the North Atlantic
and also of those fishing in the North
Sea, according to the May 23 issue of
The Fishing News, a British fishery pe-
riodical. The United Kingdom Govern-
ment, as the depository Government for
the Permanent Commission set up under
the Convention, has notified all the con-
tracting governments concerned of the
accession,

The accession is notable not only for
its final achievement of 100 percent a-
lignment of the nations concerned, but
because it will inaugurate an era in which
the whole principle of the conservation
of fishing stocks in the areas concerned
will be observed by all nations engaged
in the industry. The immediate practi-
cal outcome of Russia's action will be
that her nationals will be required to
observe the mesh regulations and size
limits embodied in the Convention. In
addition, the valuable aid of her scien-
tists and fishery technologists will be
available in considering further meas-
ures that may be necessary for imple-
menting the principle of conservation
and maintaining the stocks of fish to give
maximum yield.

As is now well known, Russia has
embarked on a big campaign to develop
her fisheries. Her present catch from
the Arctic waters, the North Atlantic,
and the North Sea areas is placed at a-
bout 2,500,000 metric tons--practically
as much as is taken by all the other na-
tions concerned--but future estimates
place her prospective landings at
5,000,000 tons by 1975. To achieve this,
her present fleet of factoryships con-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

57

sisting of 24 Pushkin-type stern trawlers
is being supplemented by a further 70
with additional expansion later, while her
normal fishing fleet comprising mother-
ships and supplementary catchers is be-
ing heavily enlarged.

Ng

FISH-OIL INDUSTRY:

Angolan marine fish-oil production
amounted to 11,200 short tons in 1957 as
compared with 5,200 tons in 1956, ac-
cording to Foreign Crops and Markets
of May 5, 1958, a United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture publication. Since
the record output of 13,000 tons in 1954,
fish-oil production has fluctuated con-
siderably from year to year depending
on market prices and the availability of
fish. It is estimated that about 13,200
tons of fish oil will be produced during
1958.

Angola

Angolan exports of fish oil amounted
to 13,400 tons in 1957 as compared with
5,700 tons in 1956. West Germany has
been the principal market for fish oil. It
is estimated that about 13,200 tons will
be exported from Angola during 1958.

Sg

FROZEN FISH IMPORTS INCREASE:
Australian imports of frozen fish dur-

ing July-February of the 1957/58 fiscal

year were 28 percent higher in volume

Australian Frozen Fish Imports,
July 1957-February 1958 with Comparisons

Australia

sieleimereite)i<is

ee ee ee eee

ej ¢ 16) 8) le) ell s),0, he). 0) (01 ©

ejkelielielicl shiek =iisicel (e

Soocodoo don

nie! fellas) eo: te e1, 0) (e's)

6,099

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Australia (Contd.)

than for the corresponding period of
1956/57, and the value was up from
£987,130 to £1,488,247 (US$2.2 million
to $3.3 million).

However, it should be remembered
that during 1957/58 import restrictions
were relaxed and also placed on a dif-
ferent basis. (Australian Fisheries
Newsletter, May 1958.)

ok kok ok

REPORT ON JAPANESE CANNED FISH
IMPORTS AND DOMESTIC CANNED FISH TRADE:
The Australian Minister for Trade announced
earlier this year that he had accepted a recom-
mendation by the Advisory Authority on the Japa-
nese Trade Agreement that no emergency action be
taken on behalf of the Australian fish canning in-
dustry. Accompanying the Minister's announce-
ment was a "Summary of a Report by the Advisor
Authority on Imports of Canned Fish from Japan.’
The report states:

On November 25, 1957, representatives of the
Australian fish canning industry asked the Minister
for Trade to consider a request for protection a-
gainst imports from Japan.

The Minister on December 3 asked the Advisory
Authority to advise (a) if they considered that the
industry was likely to suffer serious injury as a
result of the Trade Agreement and (b) if so, what
action should be taken by the Government to over-
come this situation.

The Advisory Authority conferred with repre-
sentatives of the fish canning industry in Melbourne
on December 19. Further information requested
was received on February 20. Canned fish im-
porters nominated by the Associated Chambers of
Commerce of Australia were also interviewed.

The main conclusions arrived at as a result of
these interviews were:

(a) The reductions in duty arising from the
Trade Agreement varied slightly in favor of Japan;
the wide competitive margins existing before the
agreement, and to the extent to which they created
new oppcrtunities for Japanese imports of canned
fish was at the expense of other supplying coun-
tries rather than the Australian industry.

(b) The Australian industry would not obtain
any worthwhile assistance by the restoration of the
position that existed before the Agreement or even
by action, beyond simple restoration, aimed at
Japan alone.

(c) If the Australian industry was to be assisted
by discouragement of, or impediments to imports,
such discouragement to be effective should extend
to all classes of fish and to all sources of supply.

The Advisory Authority therefore recommended
to the Minister, consistent with their belief, that the
Australian industry is not likely to suffer serious in-
jury as a result of the Japanese Trade Agreement. It
was recommended that no emergency action be taken.

Vol. 20, No. 8

In the last three years total sales of Australian
canned fish have been:

1,000 lbs.

The industry has clearly suffered no setback in
the last six months of 1957 when the Trade Agreement
with Japan was in operation, as sales in the last six
months of recent years have been:

Nevertheless Australian canners contend that
competition from Japan prevented sales from in-
creasing to levels that otherwise would have been
reached. Stocks from an increasing supply of fish
processed accumulated, and at the end of December
1957 were 66 percent higher than at the end of 1956.

The species of fish canned in Australia are impor-
tant. In 1957 the quantity of each sold in Australia was:

More than half of the Australian canned fish
pack consists of a fish which is called ''salmon"
but which is really a species of perch. Australian
canners agree that the salmon canned by them is
not comparable with imported salmon but contend
that their production is competitive with lower
grades of Japanese salmon, which they claim makes
up the bulk of imports.

This is not supported by the available statistics,
or by importers. Importers claim that by far the
bulk of salmon imports consists of higher quality
fish. The present c.i.f. price offancypink salmon
is 3/8 (41 U. S. cents) per pound yet the average
f.o.b. price per pound of Japanese salmon landed
in Australia in recent years has been: 1954/55,
5/-(56 U. S. cents); 1955/56, 4/3 (48 U. S. cents);
1956/57, 4/-(45 U. S. cents).

These figures show that most imports have
been of a better quality than ''Fancy Pink" and that
they are not likely to be competitive, even on the
Australian canners' own assessment. Selling
prices of Australian ''salmon'' range from 23s. to
26/6 (US$2.58-29.3) per dozen 8-oz. cans. The
landed duty-paid cost of Japanese salmon insim-
ilar size cans per dozen are approximately: sock-
eye, 41s. 6d.(US$4.65); cohoe, 31s. 10d. (US$3.57);
pinks, 24s. 9d. (US$2.77); chum, 23s. 6d. (US$2.63).

Imported fish is subject to 123 percent sales
tax; Australian fish is exempt. The result is that
the cheapest Japanese fish would carry an extra
cost of at least 3s. per dozen and would not be
cheaper than the dearest Australian fish; but as al-
ready pointed out the average value of actual im-
ports is very much higher than the price of the
cheapest quality.

So far as the volume of imports from Japan is
concerned, statistics disclose that the value of
salmon imported from Japan during the six months
of the current financial year was lower than in the
corresponding period of the two previous years:

August 1958

Australia (Contd.):

July to December

955/56 1956/57 1957
E859,000 £474,000 £453,000

US$1,924,160) | (US$1,061,760) | (US$1,014,720)

That is to say, despite the reduction of duties as
a result of the Trade Agreement, imports of salm-
on from Japan have been lower since the Agreement
than before it.

A second claim by the Australian industry is
that imports of canned mackerelhave resulted ina
loss of trade by Australian canners of barracouta.
It is not possible to identify mackerel in import
statistics for they are classified under a statis-
tical group Other" which includes a variety of fish.

A third claim by the Australian fish canners
concerns tuna. Practically no licences have been
issued to import tuna in the last four months. As
this species of fish is well accepted on the Aus-
tralian market, the local canners have little diffi-
culty in disposing of their limited stock, especially
when availability in terms of imports is very low.
(Australian Fisheries Newsletter, May 1958.)

Ae.

Canada

NEWFOUNDLAND FACTORY TO
MAKE FISH-SKIN GLUE:

One of the world's biggest producers
of adhesives has opened a new fish glue
plant in St. John's, Newfoundland. Pre-
liminary production began January 22
and the plant expected to reach full-scal
operation in early February.

Construction of the concrete-block
building was begun June 1957 and was
completed in November. The installa-
tion of manufacturing equipment took
approximately two months. Some of the
equipment was brought from the compa-
ny's original fish-glue plant at Gloucester,
Mass., while additional equipment was
fabricated by St. John's contractors.

The plant has employed nine men.

When located in Gloucester, the com-
pany bought cod skins from three com-
panies in Newfoundland. Last year, it
was decided to close the Gloucester
plant in view of rising costs of produc-
tion. The demand for fish glue has steadi-
ly declined both in the United States and
Canada, largely as the result of price
competition with animal glue and syn-
thetic adhesives. Commenting on this

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

aspect, a company spokesman said: 'In
closing our Gloucester plant and opening
a plant in Newfoundland, we hope to get the
costof fish glue on a more competitive
footing. Increasing sales shouldfollow."

The St. John's plant will be the larg-
est producer of fish glue in the Atlantic
Provinces. There are three others, lo-
cated at Lockeporte, N. 8., Black's Har-
bour, N. B., and Saint John, N. B.

The new plant will utilize both fresh
and salted cod and haddock skins, The
company will secure its fresh skinsfrom
fish plants within a 200-mile radius of St.
John's. Salted skins may be obtained
from plants at greater distance from the
glue factory, and, in addition, local sup-
plies may be augmented by importations
from European sources. .

Cod and haddock skins are the most
desirable of fish skins because they have
a high degree of collagen (protein) with
very little or no contaminating oil. The
skins have little commercial value as
meal because they foul fish meal manu-
facturing equipment and cause costly
stoppages. Consequently, their use in
fish glue becomes an important part of
the economics of fish-plant operations
salvaging a part of the fish which would
otherwise be wasted.

The basic fish glue processhas changed
little over the years since the first plant
began operations at Gloucester, Mass.,
in 1880. The skins are washed to remove
the salt. The collagen is then cooked out
of them, and the ''glue liquor" thus pro-
duced is evaporated down to the desired
viscosity. Preservatives and other chem-
icals are added and the product is ready
for sale.

When the glue has been extracted from
the fish skins, the residue can be utilized
in fish meal. The company is understood
to have made arrangements with a New-
foundland firm to handle this byproduct
of the operations.

Fish glue makes an excellent wood-
working adhesive and is also used as an
additive in many other kinds of glue where
its unique properties, high initial tack,
and remoistenability are valuable.

60

Canada (Contd.):

The St. John's plant will operate sea-
sonally, to some extent, as do the fish
plants. It is anticipated that the New-
foundland cod and haddock catch will
provide considerably more than enough
skins for the operation of the plant.
Should lower costs be realized, however,
the product will be priced more com-
petitively and an increasing sales volume
would result in increasing production,

Working at full capacity, the plant
will process approximately 100 tons of
fish skins each week. The glue product,
which will be in a semi-processed state,
will supply part of the requirements cf
the company's plants in the United States
and Canada. (March 1958 Trade News
of the Canadian Department of Fisheries.)

ce ee EY Se oe
NEW RESEARCH VESSEL LAUNCHED:
The M/V A. T. Cameron, a new re-

search vessel of the Fisheries Research

‘a _

Fig. 1 - The A. T. Cameron,
builders.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

Board of Canada, was launched on May 30,
1958, at Sorel, Quebec. The vessel was
named for the late A. T. Cameron, who
for 13 years prior to his death in 1957
was chairman of the Research Board.

After the vessel is commissioned she
will go into service in Atlantic and Arctic
waters, based at St. John's, Newfoundland,
for about two-thirds of the year and at
Halifax the remainder of the time. Her
length is 177 feet and her breadth 32 feet.
She will carry a crew of 25 and will have
accommodation for 9 scientists and tech-
nicans. There will be 5 laboratories,
each fitted out with modern equipment and
gear for various research procedures as
well as oceanographic, hydrographic, and
survey work. There willalsobe an1,800-
cubic-foot fish hold.

The A, T. Cameron was built along
trawler lines; Diesel powered; and her
hull is strengthened for navigation
in ice. As shewill be required at
times to make extended trips of from

malatnnaSal
Se

a [=

new research vessel of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, in the shipyards of the

August 1958

Canada (Contd.):

6-8 weeks' duration, provision was made
for a cruising range of 7,500 miles with-
out refueling.

Fig. 2 - Scene immediately after the christening of the
A. T. Cameron.

The new vessel was originally design-
ed in England, but was finally built to de-
sign plans and specifications prepared by
Montreal naval architects to meet the re-

quirements of the Research Board, The
main hull is of steel and the superstruc-
ture of aluminum. Navigational and
scientific survey equipment aboard will
include the latest radar, depth sounding,
and other electronic devices.
sets will be provided for long, interme-
diate, and short-range protection, thus
enabling the use of one set in survey op-

erations while the other is in use for safe
navigation. The cost of the vessel, com-

plete with modern scientific equipment,
was nearly C$1,750,000.

KKK KOK

NEW TYPE HERRING TRAWL DEVELOPED
FOR MIDWATER OR BOTTOM FISHING:

In 1951 Canadian herring fishermen began trying Euro-
pean-style midwater trawls for taking autumn and winter
herring in British Columbia waters. In 1954 the Fisher-
ies Research Board’s biological station at Nanaimo, B. C.,
undertook the development of a midwater trawl and asso-

Two radar

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

ciated gear for use on single boats of about 150 to 175
horsepower.

Construction of Trawland AssociatedGear: The use of
nylon and the technique of brailing fish from the cod end
allowed the employment of light netting with little water
resistance. The net is 35 feet square and 180 feet long.
Mesh sizes range from 5 inches in the wings and square
to 1-1/4 inches in the cod end. The four 75-foot ‘‘head’’
ropes are of combination wire-manila. Rib lines are
5/16-inch braided nylon. The ‘‘zipper’’ cod-end opening
is 36-feet long. Curved, 5-1/2- by 3-foot plywood otter
boards with stabilizing fins are suspended from 10-fathom
pennants, Eleven aluminum, lifting trawl floats are
attached about 2 feet apart in the center of the top ‘‘head’’
rope. A leadline of braided nylon with about 25 pounds of
small sectional leads is attached along the bottom ‘‘head’’
rope at 18-inch intervals. Depressors are uSed on the
towing lines just ahead of the lower wings. The towing
lines (dandylines) are 3/8-inch galvanized wire rope
30-fathoms long.

Operation of the Trawl: Herring are located with an
echo-sounder. The net is shot over the stern. Trawl
depth is controlled by speed and by the length of the tow-
ing warps and is calculated from the angle of descent of
the warps. In hauling, the otter boards, depressors, and
body of the net are brought aboard and the cod end is
secured alongside before opening the ‘‘zipper’’ to make
the catch available for brailing. .

Dual-Purpose Otter Board: The plywood otter boards
work well at mid-depths, but are easily damaged upon
contact with the bottom, which is likely when attempting
to catch herring near the bottom. A V-shaped dual-pur-
pose aluminum otter board, which is stable in midwater
at speeds of 2 to 6 knots, was developed in 1956.

Early Fishing Tests: Herring in British Columbia
waters during January and February occur in dense, 5-
to 10-fathom thick layers and tend to rise toward the
surface in the evening and descend at daybreak. Catches
during these times were 20 to 30 tons per 30-minute tow.
Catches were smaller at night. Two daylight tows caught
15 and 35 tons. The more active autumn fish were taken
in amounts of 5 to 15 tons per half hour at mid-depths,
and in amounts of 20 to 75 tons in 20- to 30-minute tows
with the net ‘‘flying’’ just off the bottom. Conventional
otter-boards, which ride the bottom, were used.

Commercial Use of the Trawl: In the late autumn and
winter of 1955 to 1956, fishing close to the bottom with
conventional otterboards, seven trawlers took 2,000 tons
of herring averaging 5 to 6 tons per half-hour tow. In
the winter of 1956 to 1957, 19 trawlers took part in the

fishery.

Midwater Trawls for Faster-Swimming Fish: Work is
continuing on the development of a midwater trawl capa-
ble of catching the more active summer herring and other
fast-swimming fish. Two approaches are being made to
the problem: (1) a small, strong net, for towing at fast
speeds and (2) slow-moving trawl with a large opening
(article by the Fisheries Research Board of Canada
which appeared in the December 1957 issue of the
Canadian Fisherman).

OK OK OK OK

RECORD HALIBUT TRIP
LANDED AT VANCOUVER:

The 74-foot steel-hulled Silver Viking
IL arrived at Vancouver, British Colombia,
on June 25, 1958, with the largest catch of
halibut to enter that port since the days of
steam and line-trawling for halibut from
dories or as far back as about 1918.

The Silver Viking I came in with a-
bout 1£ feet of freeboard and 172,000
pounds of halibut from the Gulf of Alaska

62

Canada (Contd.):

area. The round trip took 30 days, but
only 10 days were spent fishing. The
catch sold ex-vessel for 15 cents a
pound for 2,000 pounds of chicken hali-
but; 22.6 cents for 120,000 pounds of
mediums; and 22.5 cents for 50,000
pounds of large. The trip brought a
gross stock of C$38,670 and each mem-
ber of the crew shared about $3,000.

This was the maiden voyage for the
Silver Viking I--she is the first steel-
hulled all-purpose fishing vessel in
Canada's west coast fleet. The vessel
has a capacity of 160,000 pounds of hali-
but in her brine tanks, and can carry
another 30,000 pounds of iced fish. The
Captain of the vessel reported that hali-
but were plentiful and the weather was
good except for two days.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The vessel proved all her designers'
claims--took the weather well, and aver-
aged 9 knots on the trip home. The big
feature of the trip was the performance
of the brine tanks. The fish were unload-
ed in Vancouver as firm and fresh, with
absolutely no sign of bruising, as they
were the minute they came out of the wa-
ter. A high proportion of the fish were
large--running around 150 pounds each.
The crew set an average of 40 skates a
day, and landed about 2,300 pounds per
skate (Canadian Broadcasting Company,
Farm and Fisheries Department news
release).

Cuba

FROZEN COOKED TUNA LOINS
NOT BEING PRODUCED:

Although the new joint Cuban-Japa-
nese fishing firm intends to produce tuna
"hams'' and ''sausages,'' areliable source
advises thatno such productionhas asyet
occurred.

The Japanese fishing vessel Sumiyoshi
Maru (usedas a training vessel for Cu-
ban fishermen and also as a fishing ves-
sel) returned from its second training
voyage with Cuban trainees about the
middle of March 1958. On its second

Vol. 20, No. 8

voyage it had reportedly encountered a-
nother Japanese fishing vessel off the
coast of Brazil and exchanged skipjack,
marlin, etc. for already filleted tuna.

The Sumiyoshi Maru returned from
its first voyage with 11,448 pounds of
tuna; the remainder of the 300-odd tons
of fish caught consisted of species other
than tuna,

The purely Cuban catch of tuna by
Cuban fishermen does not supply all of
the Island's domestic requirements,
making it necessary to import substan-
tial quantities of canned tuna from Spain,
United States, and Portugal.

In Cuba tuna is not processed (tuna,
albacore, bonito, etc.) in cooked and fro-
zen fillets or loins, reports the Cuban
National Fisheries Institute. Therefore
there are as yet no producers of such
products.

The bonito and similar species dis-
charged in Cuba from vessels under Cu-
ban registry are usedfor canning for in-
ternal consumption. The pack is not suf-
ficient for domestic needs as there is a
considerable importation of similar prod-
ucts to meet the requirements of the Cu-
ban market. In 1957, 4.2 million pounds
of these species were fished.

The Japanese vessel Sumiyoshi Maru
which fishes on the high seas with long
line and with which the Institute has en-
tered into a contract for the training of
Cuban fishermen in this type of fishing,
on its first voyage brought in 110,448
pounds of fish, a small amount of which
consisted of tuna, albacore, etc. Onits
second trip it brought in 477,738 pounds
already filleted and 78,521 pounds in
large pieces and heads-off fish. All this
fish was discharged and processed by the
joint Cuban-Japanese firm at its Rincon
de Melones plant, in Havana, and was ex-
ported frozen to the United States.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, June 1958,
p- 65, April 1958, p. 55.

August 1958

Denmark

EXPERIMENTS ON USE OF
NYLON THREAD IN OYSTER
CULTURE DISAPPOINTING:

An oyster crop was planted last year
for the first time in the Limfjord, Den-
mark, on nylon threads with the date of
planting marked on a bobbin attached to
the thread, The industry thought that
this method would do away with the wast-
age caused by scraping, a harvesting op-
eration in which about one third of the
oysters are either smashed or drowned.
The industry failed, however, to consider
the difficulties caused by mussel larvae
which attached themselves to the young
oysters and suffocated them.

Beginning in April of this year, the
industry expected to make another at-
tempt to plant oysters attached to nylon
threads, but would raise the threads a-
bove the surface for a few minutes every
fifth day. It was believed that this proc-
ess would dry up the mussel larvae and
not affect the hardier oysters.

At the end of the oyster season it ap-
peared that the harvest this season would
be approximately 25 percent less than
last year, states an April 1 dispatchfrom
the United States Embassy at Copenhagen.
The industry believes the decrease was
due to the difficulties in scraping opera-
tions caused by ice, but it seems that the
industry has not yet overcome the loss
of oysters during the 1955/56 winter
when several million oysters died of
starvation,

Re OOK OK OK OK

PROPOSED EXTENSION OF
FISHING LIMITS BY FAROESE
MAY HURT FISHERMEN:

The unilateral decision of the Faroe
Islands authorities to extend Faroese
fishing jurisdiction to 12 miles, has a-
roused feelings of apprehension amongst
Danish fishermen, They foresee the pos-
sibility of German retaliation should
Faroese-Danish discussions on the mat-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ter end in an endorsement of the exten-
sion. Danish fishermen have had tradi-
tional interest in fishing grounds within
nine miles of German territorial waters
in the North Sea, Although these grounds

63

are of lesser importance than the Dogger
Bank area to the north, their closure by
German extension of fishing jurisdiction
to 12 miles would deprive the Danish fish-
ing industry of a substantial source of in-
come, the United States Embassy at Co-
penhagen reports in a June 10, 1958, dis-
patch,

Egypt

JAPANESE-EGYPTIAN FISHING
COMPANY TO TRAWL IN MEDI-
TERRANEAN AND RED SEAS:
~~An Egyptian-Japanese fishing com-
pany has been founded in Alexandria,
Egypt, with the financial participation
of the Egyptian Government. @It is pro-
posed to create agencies of this com-
pany in other countries bordering the
Mediterranean Sea, Red Sea, and the
Gulf of Aqaba. Japanese trawlers will
operate in the Red Sea and the Indian
Ocean. (Giornale della Pesca, Decem-
ber 1957).
I,

-35 Bas

Faroe Islands

BRITISH CONVENTION ON
FISHING LIMITS DENOUNCED:

The Government of the Faroe Islands
announced that it could no longer be bound
by the present fishing limits convention
with the United Kingdom, as a change in
the Icelandic limits might increase for-
eign fishing off the Faroe Islands. The
Faroes reserve the right to renegotiate
the agreement or, if that should fail, uni-
laterally to take the same action as Ice-
land. (United States Embassy dispatch,
June 5, 1958, from London.)

Greece

FISHERIES SURVEY PLANNED:

A committee was recently formed by
a decision of the Greek Government to
carry out research and ascertain the up-
to-date situation of the Greek fisheries

64

Greece (Contd.):

with regard to supplying the Greek popu-
lation with sufficient quantities of fish-
ery products at suitable prices. The
committee consists of 7 members.
(Aleia, November 1957.)

SPONGE PRODUCTION IN 1957:
Greek sponge production in 1957 was
below that in 1956.

Greek Sponge Production in Principal
Producing Areas, 1956-57

Greek waters
Cyrenaica
AAO) 5G

e 6 © © ©

In 1957 the Greek production in Egyp-
tian waters amounted to 7.5 metrictons.
(Aleia, January 1958.)

Reg beh Bos
Italy

FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS
INCREASED IN 1957:

Italy's fish imports reached an all-
time high in 1957--128,060 metric tons
against 121,881 tons in 1956. Most of
this increase resulted from larger im-
ports of fresh and frozen fish and salted
cod, which together made up about 67
percent of total purchases from abroad.

able 1 - Italian Fish Imports by Type

Ree ee Pn we Serr ia Eee
. (Metric

Saltediicod@ea-meech-i-len-i-it- tel i ait iti
aks, 58 cae cOro G-aur) Otoko 8,440
cocoon ODD 31,733
Herring, salted or smoked ..... 4,232
Pilchardstisaltediere-nepeu-neianeleten 7183
Anchovies and sardines, salted .. 2,990
Crustaceans and molluscs ..... 2,803
Other fish, fresh, salted or smoked 119
Salmonsicannedcr-a-u-n-eeise nie 1,326
Sardines and anchovies, canned . . 9,496
8,936

128,060

Various types of canned fish made up
most of the remainder, but these imports
fell off by over 14percent. This decrease
can be attributed in part to larger im-
ports of fresh and frozen fish, nearly half
of which was used by local canneries.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

The Italian fishing industry, assisted
by anumber of Government measures which
provided loans and outright contributions,
has made substantial progress inthe past
decade in constructing new fishing craft and
in carrying out aprogram of modernization.

In spite of these improvements, the
annual catch has increased very little
during the past several years. In fact,
landings in 1957 were down by 4.4 per-
cent, totaling 186,724 tons as compared
with 195,283 tons in 1956.

Additional funds have recently been
allotted by the Italian Government for
the further development of the fishing
industry, part of which have been ear-
marked for research and study in the
field of fisheries technology.

Salted cod accounted for over 36 per-
cent of total purchases from abroad and,
in the traditional pattern, led imports,
followed closely by fresh and frozen fish.
Italy's purchases from Canada were a-
gain confined almost entirely to salted
cod and British Columbia canned salmon.

Table 2 - Italian Cod Imports by
Country of Origin

ee © © © © © © © 8 ew

000001000 D560 0 0

(Federal Republic)....
Iceland yea cual 5 aces omoleun
INGE Wye Bary, sais: sewyemeus wemat
Other countries1/

46 ,250/ 43,696
L/includes Tandings of Italian deep-sea trawlers. _|

Although Italians prefer fresh fish to
all other types, salted cod is in strong
demand because of its high protein con-
tent (due to partial removal of water dur-
ing salting) and comparative low price.
Wet-salted cod, which has been bled when
caught and presents a white, attractive
appearance, ranks first in popularity and
is sold in all parts of Italy. There is,
however, a strong demand in certain sec-
tions of the country for the hard-dried,
light-salted cod produced on the coasts
of Gaspe and Newfoundland. This type of
cure is especially appreciated in inland
areas where, apart from taste prefer-
ences, Canadian salted cod has been found
to keep well despite the lack of adequate
cold-storage facilities.

2° 2 © = + © © © 2

August 1958

Italy (Contd.):

Fish similar to the Gaspe and New-
foundland cures cannot be obtained in
worthwhile quantities from other export-
ing countries. However, imports of
dried, heavy-salted French and Faroese
cod are offering serious competition to
the lower grades of Newfoundland shore |
cure,

Total imports of canned salmon show-
ed a further decline in 1957, and pur-
chases from Canada fell off by over 66
percent. Higher asking prices anda
growing demand for less expensive types
of canned fish were largely responsible
for this decrease.

Italian Canned Salmon Imports

Though imports of dried, salted, and
smoked fish are free, fish in other cat-
egories, including canned varieties, re-
main on the list of restricted items for
which import licenses must be obtained
from the Italian authorities. It is highly
probable that these restrictions will con-
tinue as long as sufficient supplies are
available from other than dollar sources.

Because canned salmon cannot be ob-
tained in volume except for payment in
dollars, the Italian Government has dur-
ing each of the past several years enter-
ed into a special arrangement with the
Government of Canada for the purchase
of British Columbia canned salmon. It
is hoped by Canada that negotiations for
a similar agreement this year will be
successful, and that enough dollars will
be forthcoming to cover Italy's require-
ments of this Canadian product.

Most of the salted fish entering Italy
in 1957 was imported by two groups.
The first of these groups is located at
Naples and its purchases are confined
to dried salted cod coming from Canada.
The other group imports wet-saited fish,
mainly from Iceland, Denmark, and Nor-
way, and has its headquarters at Genoa.
There are a few individual importers of

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

65

both dried- and wet-salted cod, but the
majority of the regular importers are
members of one or both of these groups.
A large proportion of the heavy-salted,
dried cod from France is shipped over-
land directly to wholesalers in small lots.
Both groups have their own selling or-
ganizations and sell directly to local
wholesalers,

The marketing of salted cod has been
orderly during the 1957/58 season, due
largely to group buying and selling. The
competition among individual importers,
which often led to unnecessary price-
cutting, has been eliminated and as a re-
sult prices on the local market have
shown very little fluctuation.

Stocks of salted cod on hand at the
end of 1957, though larger th&n those at
the end of 1956, were not considered
heavy, and imports since the beginning
of 1958 have been kept to a minimum.

Sales over the winter months have
been fairly satisfactory, mainly because
bad weather has hampered local fishing
operations, Demand is expected to slack-
en in the next few months, but currently
there is no indication of a large carry-
over of Canadian salted cod into the new
selling season, which begins in Septem-
ber.

Prospects for increased sales of can-
ned salmon to Italy depend on lower
prices, particularly in respect to chums
which constitute the largest imports
from Canada, Present prices are con-
sidered too high to allow a worthwhile
turnover in sales, and the demand for
canned salmon is being supplanted by re-
quests for less expensive types of can-
ned fish, particularly tuna. Today, can-
ned salmon sales are largely limited to
the luxury trade in the bigger cities, and
there is every indication that this situa-
tion will continue unless prices are re-
duced. (Canada Foreign Trade, May 10,

1958.)
ox
if

66

Japan

KING CRAB PRODUCTION AND EXPORTS
ESTIMATED FOR 1958:

It is estimated that Japan’s total king crabpack for
1958 will be 447,000 casesl/ of which 377,000 cases will
be from high-seas fishing (in the Okhotsk Sea and Bristol
Bay) and 70,000 cases from domestic shore-based crab
fishing operations. Crabs caught in the Okhotsk Sea will be
processed on board four motherships and the Bristol Bay
catch will be processed by one mothership. Crabs caught
in waters near Japan will be processed by coastal canneries,

Since Japan’s 1957 king crab pack figures have not yet
been published, it is not possible to make a comparison
with Japan’s estimated total 1958 pack. It has been esti-
mated, however, that the 1958 canned king crab meat pack
will be slightly lower than the 1957 pack. Japan’s high-
seas crab fishing catch and pack willbe lower thanin 1957
by at least 24,400 cases, due to the new provisions con-
tained in the recently-concluded Japan-Soviet Fisheries
Agreement affecting Japan’s crab fishing in the Okhotsk Sea.

Japan’s four fleets operating in the Okhotsk Sea in 1957
packed 344,400 cases. In 1958 there will be the same
number of fleets but each mothership will be permitted to
pack a maximum of 80,000 cases, or a total of 320,000 cases
for the four fleets. The canned king crab pack goal for 1957
was 320,000 cases, the same for 1958, but there was some
flexibility in the 1957 agreement which permitted Japan to
exceed that figure. The flexibility clause was eliminated
for 1958.

Japan’s 1958 king crab pack quota from operations in the
Bristol Bay area has been set at 57,000 cases, the same as
for the previous year. Also, as in the previous year, Japan
will have one fleet operating in that area. It is estimated
that Japan’s king crab pack in the Bristol Bay area for 1958
will total 59,850 cases, the same as for 1957, or five per-
cent above the set quota. The Japanese Fisheries Agency
permits its crab fleet to pack a maximum of five percent

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

in excess of the quota.

Shore-based king crab fishing and packing operations are
estimated at about the same levelas for 1957. Although 1957
pack figures are not available, Japanese industry plans indi-
cate that about 70,000 cases will be canned by canneries in
Japan. The actual pack figure will depend onthe crab catch
in waters near Japan where there is some indication of a de-
cline in output. A decline in the king crab catch by about 25
percent between 1956 and 1957 is indicative of declining re-
sources. The domestic shore-based crab catch in 1956
totaled 6,124 metric tons as compared with 4,605 metric
tons in 1957.

There are no published government or industry plans that
indicate the amount of canned king crab which willbe exported
during 1958. Based on announced individual company plans,
however, it is estimated that 1958 exports will total between
385,000 and 410,000 cases. The lower exports indicate that
Japan’s crab-canning industry will attempt to meet domestic
demand for canned crab of between 60,000 and 65,000 cases
out ofthe 1958 pack. If Japan should export 410,000 cases in
1958, the crab-canning industry will be required to meet a
part of this export quantity from domestically-held stocks.
No published information on Japan’s canned king crab stocks
is available. Assuming that Japan will export 410,000 cases
of canned king crabin 1958, it has been estimated that about
250,000 cases will be exported to the United States, 100,000
cases to the United Kingdom, and 60,000 cases to all other

areas. If the total export goal should be reduced, it is con-
sidered most likely that the cut-back will be in exports to
the United States.

Although some Japanese fisheries sources have indicated
that Japan willbe exporting increasing quantities of frozen
king crab tothe United States, officials of large fishing com-
panies and of the Japanese Fisheries Agency have denied
these reports, stating that Japanese industry plans to export
frozen king crab are largely experimental in nature and
that the high cost of freezing and preparing crab for export
as well as strict United States sanitation requirements
make export prospects doubtful. Only one fishing company
has definite plans to export frozen king crab, andtheir plans
for export do not exceed five tons. Two other companies

Vol. 20, No. 8

hope to export small quantities on an experimental basis
(dispatch from Tokyo, dated May 9, 1958).
T/STANDARD CASES OF 48 62-02. CANS.

ok ok kK

NORTH PACIFIC MOTHERSHIP
SALMON FISHING:

The 15 Japanese North Pacific salm-
on fishing mothership fleets (432 catcher
boats) operating in the Aleutian area in
the North Pacific (the Bering Sea east of
Kamchatka) as of May 31 had caught
11,259 metric tons of salmon as com-
pared with 19,393 tons on the same date
in 1957. As of May 20 the 15 fleets had
caught 4,150 tons of salmon as compared
with 11,499 tons a year earlier. These
reports indicate that fishing is not up to
the same level as it was in 1957 because
of bad weather. The quota for these 15
fleets for 1958 is 85,667 tons as com-
pared with 87,000 tons for 1957. The
same number of mothership fleets in
1957 had 405 catcher boats fishing.

The 15 mothership fleets operating in
the Aleutian area as of June 10 had caught
18,658 metric tons of salmon as com-
pared with 30,954 tons on the same date
in 1957. On June 12 they were reported
fishing approximately in the area bound
by 48900' N.-54036' N. and 163°00' E.-
171°00' E.

As of June 20 only 5 days before the
midpoint of the permitted fishing period,
the fleets had caught 28,884 metric tons
of salmon as compared with 47,930 tons
on the same date in 1957--34 percent of
the quota. Last year at the same time
55 percent of the quotahad been caught.
On June 23 the 15 fleets were reported
fishing approximately in the area bound
by 48°30' N.-52°30! N. and 160°00' E.-
169°24' E,

The one fleet scheduled to operate in
the Okhotsk area with a quota of 6,000
tons left for the fishing grounds on May 28.

The over-all quota for Japanese North
Pacific salmon fishing for 1958 is 110,000
tons: 85,667 tons for the fleets fishing in
the Aleutian area, 6,000 tonsfor the fleet
fishing in the Okhotsk area, and 18,333
tons for the shore-based salmonfleets on
Hokkaido Island. (Hokkai Suisan and Ja-
pan Fisheries News).

August 1958

Japan (Contd.):

The one fleet (28 catcher boats) op-
erating in the Okhotsk area caught 529
tons as of June 10 as compared to 1,094
tons for the same period last year with
two motherships. The Okhotsk fleet was
reported fishing on June 12 at 51°06' N.-
15Bo36E.

As of June 20 this fleet caught 1,643
tons as compared to 2,776 tons for the
same period last year. This fleet was
reported fishing on June 23 at 51°36' N.-
SOMA ae

The termination date for these fleet
operations under the Russo-Japanese
fisheries treaty was scheduled as Au-
gust 10, however, the year's agreement
provides that salmon fishing was to
cease July 20 east of Kamchatka north
of 52° N. and west of 176925' E, "in
order to conserve red salmon,"

Characteristics of this part of the 1958
season were said to be catches of pinks
earlier than usual, rather good catches
of reds, and a low proportion of chums
in the catch.

Late in June the trade press began to
express doubt that the fleets would attain
their catch goal by the end of the fishing
period. Although little has been made
public on the species composition of the
catch, it is reported that fishing is equal-
ly poor for all species. One fleet oper-
ating near Attu is quoted as reporting
catching practically nothing but chums.
Another press item reports that as of
June 15 only about 4 million red salmon
had been captured, and doubt is express-
ed that the catch quota of 11 million fish
for this species can be attained this sea-
son,

The fish meal factoryship Ginyo Maru,
proceeding to its fishing grounds in the
Bering Sea, reported that on June 14-15,
while passing from 48°30' N., 161930! E.

toward Attu, it passed 7 of the mothership |

fleets and found an eighth operating near
Attu. The sea in this area was reported
to be flat calm, with unusually low water
temperatures and high transparency.

JAPANESL GOVUDNMENT

FY

COMMERCIAL FISHER ES REVIEW

67

Republic of Korea

MARINE PRODUCTS YIELD
INCREASED IN 1957:

The 1957 production of marine prod-
ucts by the Republic of Korea totaled
403,000 metric tons (including 6,000 tons
of products derived from marine algae)
to exceed that for 1956 by 13 percent.
This was the largest catch attained since
the end of World War II.

Fisheries development programs plan-
ned for 1958 will include the expenditure
of US$325,000 of fiscal year 1957 Interna-
tional Cooperation Administration funds.
The funds will be expended on the improve-
ment of shrimp trawling, the tuna and shad
fisheries, and alsofor processing facilities
(including refrigeration and canning).

Mexico

CONCESSION FOR KELP
HARVESTING GRANTED:

A15-year concessionhas been granted
to a Mexican subsidiary of a United States
firm for the harvesting of kelp (Macrocystis
pyrifera) along the west coastof Baja Cali-
fornia. The company hasbeen granted ex-
clusive rights to harvest kelp in 12 specific
zones covering an area of about 292 square
miles between latitudes 30°28'10" and
32915'35'' N. Thetermsof the concession
require that the firm establish aprocess-
ing plant at Ensenada, employ vessels of
Mexican registry and Mexican crews for
harvesting the kelp.

The company will be obliged to supply
the Mexican market with alginate prod-
ucts and invest a minimum of US$96,000
in plant and harvesting equipment. The
contract concession was published in the
Diario Oficial on June 12, 1958, states a
dispatch from the United States Embassy
in Mexico City.

Kk KK Ok

EXPORT DUTIES FOR

NUMEROUS FISHERY ITEMS:

~~ ‘Mexican export duties on numerous
fishery items and products were lowered
in April 1958. The changes were report-
ed in the Diario Oficial of April 1, 3, 10,
17, 18, and 21, 1958.

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

Mexico (Contd.):

New Mexican Export Duties For Fishery Items iai|

Mexican Classification New Old
Item number
Peso/gross % Peso/gross %
kilo ae kilo 2
Effective April 18:

040-00-04 Live frogs 0.20 15 0.20 26
040-00-05 Fresh-water turtles 3 10 0.02 15
0040-00-06 Tortoise shell turtles 3 20 3 25
040-00-07 Sea turtles not for shell = 10 0.02 15
041-00-01 Fresh abalone in chilled

or frozen fillets = 8 0.03 25
041-00-04 Freshtuna, chilled or

frozen = 10 6.01 12
041-00-05 Fresh ‘“‘bagre,’’ chilled

or frozen = 10 0.01 12
041-00-06 Fresh barracuda,

chilled or frozen = 10 0.01 12
041-00-07 Fresh crab (barrilete),

chilled or frozen 2 10 0.01 12
041-00-08 Fresh bonito, chilled

or frozen a 10 0.01 12
041-00-15 Fresh dogfish or shark

(cazon), chilled or

frozen = 3 0.01 12
041-00-16 Fresh ''curvina,"

chilled or frozen = 10 | 0.01 12
041-00-18 Fresh red snapper,

chilled or frozen - 10 0.01 12
041-00-20 Fresh jack (jurel),

chilled or frozen = 10 0.01 12
041-00-23 Fresh ‘‘lisa}’’ chilled

or frozen 2 10 0.01 12
041-00-24 Fresh mackerel,

chilled or frozen = 10 0.01 12
041-00-26 Fresh mojarra,

chilled or frozen o 10 0.01 12
041-00-28 Fresh snapper or

porgy (pargo), chilled

or frozen = 10 0.01 12
041-00-29 Fresh pompano,

chilled or frozen = 10 0.01 12
041-00-30 Freshhalibut, chilled

or frozen = 10 0.01 12
041-00-31 Fresh wahoo (peto),

chilled or frozen c 10 0.01 12
041-00-33 Fresh octopus, chilled

or frozen 2 5 0.03 10
041-00-34 Fresh frogs, chilled

or frozen 2 10 0.01 12
041-00-35 Fresh haddock or

snook (robalo),

chilled or frozen > 10 0.01 12
041-00-36 Fresh tarpon or shad

(sabalo), chilled or

frozen = 10 0.01 12
0411-00-37 Fresh sardines,

chilled or frozen = 10 0.01 12
041-00-38 Fresh kingfish (sierra),

chilled or frozen 2 10 0.01 12
042-00-00 Salted abalone = 8 0.03 25
042-00-01 Shelled, salted clams ce 5 0.03 25

(Table continued on following page.)

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

Mexico (Contd.):

ew Mexican Export Duties For Fishery Jtems (Contd,)
old |
Specific & Ad valorem _
Peso/gross Peso/gross
kilo Te kilo h_
Effective April 18: |
042-00-03 Shelled, salted oysters - 5 | 0.03 25
042-00-04 Salted octopus = 5 0.03 10
042-00-98 Crustaceans or mol-
lusks, smoked, salted
or dried, not else-
where specified = 10 0.03 | 30 4
Effective April 21: |
040-00-02 Live oysters in shell = 20 0.01 | 30
040-00-03 Live fish for food a 10 0.03 | 30
040-00-99 Live fresh water or
marine animals not |
elsewhere specified = 12 0.02 30
041-00-02 Fresh albacore,
chilled or frozen S 10 0.01 *| 12
041-00-25 Fresh grouper or
jewfish (mero),
chilled or frozen o 10 0.01 12
0041-00-39 Fresh shark (tiburon), |
chilled or frozen = 3 0.01 10
044-00-01 Fish entrails © 15 S 25
280-00-00 Snail shells = 3 = 25
280-00-04 Unworked coral 2 10 = 25
280-01-00 Natural or cleaned
sponges = 5 = | 25 |
900-03-04 Fish for aquaria © 10 0.03 30 |
900-99-98 Marine animals not
for food not else-
where specified 2 15 0.03 30
9000-99-99 Live animals not for
food, not elsewhere
specified 2 15 = 25
OK OK OK OK

IMPORT DUTY ON FISHING VESSELS INCREASED:
On March 31, 1958, effective five days after publication,

The transitory article states:

Mexico’s Diario Oficial carried a decree (signed on Feb-
ruary 17, 1958) increasing import duties on propeller-
driven boats up to 35 meters (about 115 feet) in length.
This decree will affect United States shipbuilders who have
been supplying shrimp trawlers to Mexico, It is estimated
that a 65-foot shrimp trawler, valued at US$45,000, willnow
be subject to an import duty of about US$17,350. Under

the old rates the duty would have been about US$3,600.

For those boats en route prior to March 31, in order
that they may enter under the old rates, a nonextendible
period of 30 days was granted for the purpose of establish-
ing proof that the boats sailed before the date of publica-
tion of the decree.

The new import duties are:

‘‘Paragraph 756.01.00 - Propeller-driven boats, of
whatever type, when they measure up to 35 meters
in length’’ Per lineal meter of length - 1,000 pesos
(US$80) plus 35 percent.

‘‘Paragraph 756.01.01 - Propeller-driven boats, of
whatever type, when they measure more than 35
meters. Per lineal meter of length - exempt plus
8 percent.’’

‘The present decree shall enter into force 5 days
after publication in the Diario Oficial of the Federation,
and merchandise that is fully proven to the Direccion
de Estudies Hacendarios de la Secretaria de Hacienda y
Credito Publico, within a period of 30 days that cannot be
extended, to have been embarked at sea before the date of
publication, the previous quotas shall be applied, or those
actually in force when they favor the importer.’’

ok ok ak ok

SHRIMP EXPORT DUTIES INCREASED:
Mexico increased export duties on
fresh, iced, and frozen shrimp and equal-
ized the export duties on shrimp for all

of Mexico on June 3, 1958.

Export duties for frozen shrimp from
the Gulf of Mexico, Salina Cruz, and Santa
Rosalia were increased about US$5.88 a
metric ton and frozen shrimp from the

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Mexico (Contd.):

remainder of the Pacific Coast were
increased about US$2.74 a ton.

Export duty increases on fresh or
iced shrimp amounted to about US$125.76
a ton for the Gulf of Mexico, Salina Cruz,
and Santa Rosalia and about US$103.76a
ton for the remainder of the Pacific.

Previously, the duties were less on
fresh, iced, and frozen shrimp from the
Gulf of Mexico and from Salina Cruz,
Oaxaca, and Santa Rosalia, Baja Cali-
fornia, on the Pacific than from else-
where on the Pacific. Now export duties
are the same for shrimp from anywhere
in Mexico.

The new duty rates (including munic-
ipaltax) for frozen shrimp amount to a-
bout US$57.57 a ton (about US$0.026 a
pound) and for fresh or iced shrimp to
about US$486.15 a ton (about US$0.221
a pound).

It is estimated that the new duty will
increase the revenue derived from ex-
ported shrimp by about US$80,000 a year
and that total export revenue derived from
shrimp will amout to about US$1,250,000
annually, according to a June 4, 1958,
dispatch from the United States Embassy
in Mexico City. Practically all--over
99 percent--of the Mexican fresh and
frozen shrimp are exported to the United
States. Only a very small percentage of
the shrimp are exported in the fresh or
iced form.

TV

KM
(sain
a)

SS S
Netherlands

ANTARCTIC WHALE PRODUCTS
PRODUCTION HIGHER FOR
1957/58 SEASON:

Antarctic production of whale and
sperm oil by the Netherlands factory-
ship William Barendsz totaled 17,307
metric tons (103,841 barrels) of whale
oil and 2,109 tons (12,656 barrels) of
sperm oil during the season that ended
early in 1958. Production this season
of whale oil was up 18 percent over the

Vol. 20, No. 8

14,078 tons produced in 1956/57 and the
sperm -oil production was almost double.
Other byproducts from the 1957/58 catch
included 2,277 tonsof whale-meat meal
and 15 tons of whale-liver oil, states a
March 21, 1958, dispatch from United
States Embassy at The Hague.

Kok OK

HERRING INDUSTRY IN 1957:

In 1957 the supply of salted herring
in the Netherlands amounted to 756,400
erans (about 134,496 metric tons), com-
pared with 799,900 crans (142,230 tons)
in 1956. On the other hand, exports of
salted herring showed an increase--
48,404 tons, valued at fl.31 million US$8.2
million) in 1957, compared with 46,799
tons valued at f1.28.5 million (US$7.5
million) in 1956. Belgium was the larg-
est buyer (11,392 tons), followed by Rus-
sia (10,000), East Germany (8,474), and
West Germany (8,420).

In 1957 a total of 40,667 tons of fresh
herring were marketed, compared with
41,960 tons in 1956. Of this quantity,
4,000 tons went to the fish-meal industry
as compared with 1,900 tons in 1956.
Fresh herring exports in 1957 reached
18,737 tons, valued at f1.8.2 million ($2.2
million), compared with 18,755 tons,
valued at f1.8 million ($2.1 million) in
1956. Exports to West Germany amount-
ed to 9,172 tons, to Belgium 5,590 tons,
and to Czechoslovakia 1,539 tons. Ex-
ports of canned herring products de-

creased from 12,488 tons in 1956to11,262

tons in 1957. (Canada Foreign Trade,
June 7, 1958.)

Note: Crans of salted herring converted to tons on basis of
1 cran equals 392 pounds. Values converted at rate of

fl. 3.80 equals US$1.

as

New Guinea

DEVELOPMENT OF THE
FISHING INDUSTRY:

New Guinea and Papua's annual im-
ports of fish are valued at approximately
£A275,000 (US$620,400), but it is hoped
that eventually the Territory's entire fish
requirements will be produced locally.

August 1958

New Guinea (Contd.):

With this objective in mind, the fishing
industry is steadily being developed,
according to a plan adopted in 1956.

To implement this program, demon-
strations of modern fishing gear are
being given to Papuan fishermen to en-
courage them to use the latest tech-
niques. In inland regions fresh-water
fish, including tilapia, are being grown.

A new fisheries research vessel, the
Tagula--designed in Scotland and built
in Brisbane--is operating off the south-
ern coast of Papua. The vessel is 60
feet long with a beam of 18 feet anda
draft of 7 feet, and has accommodations
for a master engineer, a technical staff
of three, and a crew of ten. The main
engine is 140 hp. Diesel, giving the ves-
sel a cruising speed of 81 knots with a
fuel consumption of 5 gallons an hour.
Cruising range is 1,200 miles. Naviga-
tion and fishing aids comprise a two-
way radio, an echo-sounder with a view-
ing unit and a range up to 480 fathoms.

The vessel has a refrigeration instal-
lation with a capacity for freezing one
ton of fish in 16 hours and a maximum
capacity of 5 tons. There is an addition-
al holding room, without refrigerated
coils, with a storage capacity of five

tons (South Pacific Commission, Quarter-

ly Bulletin, April 1958).

The Tagula is demonstrating commer-

cial fishing techniques in Coral Sea wa-
ters to encourage private enterprise to
provide adequate fish supplies for the
expanding populations of Port Moresby
and other centers in Papua and New
Guinea,

Norway

COD FISHERIES TRENDS AS OF
MAY 31, 1958:

From January 1 to May 31, 1958,
North Norway's total landings of young
cod and spawning cod amounted to
124,340 metric tons as compared with
98,859 tons last year and 150,473 tons
in 1956 for comparable periods. Of this

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW wi

year's landings, 74,640 tons were sold
for drying, 30,918 tons for curing, and
18,782 tons for fresh purposes. (Fiskets
Gang, June 3, 1958.)

ook ok ok ok

EXPORTS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS

AND FISH MEAL TO U. S., 1957:

Norwegian exports of fishery products
(not including fish meal) to the United
States during 1957 were valued at US$10.5
million (75.1 million kroner) as compared
with US$9.9 million (70.6 million kroner)
during 1956. The over-all increase in
exports of fish and fishery products to
the United States, is the result of a 15-
percent increase in the export of canned
fish--largely sardines. Exports of fro-
zen fillets and salt herring were both
well below 1956 levels. NorWegian fro-
zen fillet plants suffered from a lack of
raw materials during most of 1957, re-
ducing their export possibilities.

Norwegian exports of fish meal to the
United States during 1957 were valued at
US$0.5 million (3.7 million kroner) as
compared with US$1.4 million (10.1 mil-
lion kroner) during 1956. Herring meal
exports to the United States continued
the decline which has been evident since
the record level reached in 1954. The
decline in fish meal exports was partly
caused by the poor herring season in
1957. Tue continual downward trend of
exports to the United States, however,
indicates that fish meal is encountering
stiff price competition from other types
of meal, particularly soybean meal, and
from the increasing use of synthetic vi-
tamin preparations. The long-range
prospects for fish meal are not promising
unless there is a change in the price re-
lationship of the competing feeds. The
poor herring catch in 1958 makes likely
a continued decline in fish meal exports
to the United States, states a March 24
dispatch from the United States Embassy
in Oslo.

Ok KK Ok

FISHING AND WHALING
INDUSTRIES, 1957:

Landings and Vessel Prices: Norway's
fish catch in 1957 was 1,556,000 metric
tons, about 22 percent below the 1,986,300
tons landed in 1956, and about 160,000

72

Norway (Contd.):

tons below the 5-year average for 1952-
56. The total ex-vessel value was 611
million crowns (US$85.5 million), or a
decline of 14 percent below 1956.

The unsatisfactory results from the
fishing in 1957 were caused by (1) the
reduction in the winter herring (down
30 percent to 795,600 tons) because of
high winds during the fishing season,
and (2) the poor availability of spawning
cod for the Lofoten fisheries. Total cod
production declined by about 21 percent
to 241,300 tons, whereas the landings of
all other fish remained stable at approxi-
mately 298,000 tons.

Ex-vessel prices were somewhat
higher in 1957 than in 1956. Thus the
average price paid for winter herring
(large herring) and spring herring, in-
creased from 20.18 crowns per hectoliter
(about US$1.38 per 100 pounds) to 21.40
crowns per hectoliter (about $1.46 per
100 pounds, or by about 6 percent. The
prices for fat herring rose from about
221 crowns (US$31) to 228 crowns
(US$32) per ton (about 3 percent) and
small herring prices increased from
169 crowns (US$24) to 177 crowns
(US$25) per ton, or by about 5 percent.
The guaranteed minimum ex-vessel
prices for winter herring for the 1958
season were increased by 0.50 crown
per hectoliter (about 3 U. S. cents per
100 pounds).

The minimum level for cod prices
during the 1957 Lofoten fishing was the
same as during the preceding year, 0.70
crown per kilogram (4.5 U.S. cents a
pound). However, the small supply
brought the actual average price paid
up to about 0.76 crown per kilogram (5
U.S. cents a pound). The cod prices for
1958 were being negotiated in Oslo be-
tween representatives of the Government,
the fishermen, and the fish processors,
and exporters when this was written.
The Price Equalization Fund for Fish,
which previously has been supporting
the cod prices, is now nearly exhausted
as a result of declines in world market
prices and higher operating costs.

The outlook for the fishing in 1958 is
moderately optimistic. The expansion

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

of the herring fishing fleet has continued,
the shoals of winter herring under migra-
tion to the Norwegian coast were report-
ed to be very large, and participation by
fishermen was expected to increase. Op-
timistic forecasts have also come from
scientific sources on the availability of
cod for the Lofoten fisheries.

Canning: The fish canning industry
increased its production sharply in 1957
because the brisling fisheries improved
in 1957 over 1956. Exports increased
and prices were favorable throughout the
year. As in the past, the United States
was the leading market for Norwegian
canned fish, followed rather closely by
the United Kingdom.

Whaling: The 1957 whaling season _
produced good results. Norway partic-
pated in the Antarctic whaling with nine
expeditions, the same as the previous
season. The catch was larger and Nor-
wegian expeditions produced 1,004,000
barrels of whale and sperm oil or 152,000
barrels more than the previous season.
The value of the catch rose by more than
20 percent to 298 million crowns (US$41.7
million), statesan Economic Report (Part
I, No. 58-22), a publication of the U. S.
Department of Commerce, World Trade
Information Service.

KK ok ok

FROZEN FISH FILLET SALES IN 1957:

Sales of Norwegian frozen fish fillets
and fillet products reached approximately
20,000 metric tons in 1957. Of this, some
17,000 to 18,000 tons were exported; the
main customers were the United States,
the Soviet Union, Sweden, Czechoslovakia,
Israel, and Holland. Norway has recent-
ly been successful in introducing frozen
fillets on the Australian market. The
distribution system has not'!yet been built
up sufficiently to allow regular frozen
fish exports to other markets.

OK OK OX OK

MARINE-OIL INDUSTRY:

Norwegian production of marine-animal oils
dropped to 261,711 metric tons in 1957, a decrease
of 5 percent from the previous year. This is the
lowest production in many years. The 1958 pro-
duction is now estimated to be about 27 percent
below that of 1957.

Several controversial theories are advanced for
the decline in production--one is the Warming up of

August 1958

Norway (Contd.):

the water causing fish to migrate to cooler water,
and another is that Russian fishing may have de-
pleted the fish catch normally available in these
areas. It will be some time before the real rea-
son for the reduced catch can be determined.

Whale and Sperm Oil--Antarctic: Norwegian
whale-oil production for 1957 was about 25 percent
larger than in 1956. However, the 1958 production
is likely to drop to nearly the 1956 level. The 1957
output of sperm oil, on the other hand, decreased
about 15 percent from the previous year but pro-
duction is expected to be somewhat larger in1958,

The International Association of Whaling Coun-
tries reports that Norway accounted for approxi-

Other fish liver ....{ 20,000} 11,000 | 13,000
IBGE 6 5 a oto oo oo 20,000
Scall@iinnen nse an 5,000 5,000 |

Anitanectici. 1-7 ss) << 22,568
|_Shore Stations ..... 469
Whale Oil:

LNMEWAKOHO 650 650 O16

190,007 | 261,711 {276,184

mately 40 percent of the total whale-oil production
for the 1958 season.

The Husvik Harbor station at South Georgia was
not in operation in 1958; and at this time it is not
known whether the station will be in operation dur-
ing the next season.

Whale and Sperm Oil--Shore Stations: Only two
shore stations were in operation in Norway during

Table 2 - Norway's Imports of Marine Oils,
1956-57

1957 [1956

Crude:
Whale oil
Sperm andbottlenose whale oil. .
Herring oil

Other Marine-Animal Oils:

High potency (vitamin A)
Liver Oils:

Veterinary fish
Industrial fish
Mixed fish
Residual fish

the 1957 season and only two are expected to op-
erate during the 1958 season.

Herring Oil: The 1957 herring season suffered
from adverse weather conditions and the total catch
was considerably reduced from previous years.
Only about 65,000 tons of herring oil were produced.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW U3

The 1958 season was influenced by unpredict-
able behavior of the herring schools and by the re-

Table 3 - Norway's Exports of Marine Oils, |

1956-57
"fr 1957 1956
|; (Metric Tons).

Product and
Country of Destination1/

Crude:
Whale oil:

Othercountries .......... 106,215 ;
Sperm and bottlenose whale oil:
Othericountrie staan amen Oprtatal

Herring oil:

WnitediStatesru np.) aieisieencneis 19
Otherzcountriesinannarn neni 547
Seal oil:
Otherscountrie's twee ane 5,136
Fish-liver oils: | |
Cod (cold-cleared):
UnitediStates tier secre oie one 918 1,118
Othericoun trie siwmmewa eam 3,524 4,552)
Veterinary: if
UnitediStatesm cusses ie lens 130 145
Otherkcountriesinieeneeeuseeeneae 4,035 | 5,328)
Other:
UnitediStatestaencnenn neces ® 281 751
Othericoiuntnile siew-meil-meeieeme | 7,460 7,499
Marine animal oils, refined:
INGE So ooo oobooooaKoOS 2,100 3,307
OWNS ooo oon oon soba ona 2,569 3,353
Marine-animal oils: |
Polymerized, oxidized, etc.,
Odib lene cnieacesunt na eae ee ae __ 948 | _ 916
Hardened Fats:
JIMS 3 5 ooo oa doe obo b OD 49,786 | 54,769
Mechnicalisem.w.u.wen.uensw aol) sO alisy( 22.204
Fatty acidsfrom marineoils.... 4,900 | 5,168
Products from sperm and bottle- 5
NOS chwhalevoil/Siewem.u.ee wen ewe we | 3,20)
Otherserodiucts Mai memem-memenoar 1,508

Total 214,213 |202,381
1/Some destinations not known.

latively adverse weather conditions. Consequently,
the 1958 winter herring catchis the smallest record-
edsince 1944. The production of winter herring oil
was only 20,000 tons, or equivalent to less than one-
third of the 1957 catch.

Fish Liver Oils: Reduction in the volume of cod
catches during 1957 reduced the fish-liver oil pro-
ductionfor the year. However, the preliminary re-
sults for 1958 indicate a slight increase for this sea-
sonover last year.

Seal Oil: Seal oil production remains relatively
stable from year to year. Production data avail-
able are rather incomplete.

Imports: Total Norwegian imports of marine oils
increased in 1957 over 1956 by about 1,400 tons. Be-
cause of the relatively low production of herring oil
this season, it may be necessary to increase imports
of crude herring oilfrom the United States. This item
reacheda rather sizable volume in1957. Imports of
herring oil from the United States in 1957 totaled 8,356
metric tons as compared to 1,405 tons in 1956.

Imports of animal fats and oils totaled 1,757
tons in 1957--30 percent below the previous year.
The United States was the second largest exporter of
"premier jus.’

74

Norway (Contd.):

Table 4 - Norway's Whale-and Sperm
Production, 1956/57

Whale Oil Sperm Oil Total Oi

Pelagic Production
in Antarctic:

123,455
145,148
111,409

144,047
164,140
133,681

Husvik Harbor,
South Georgia:

Shore Stations
in Norway:

Exports: Total exports of crude and processed
marine oils increased about 6 percent in 1957.

Norway's pelagic Antarctic whale oil production,
as usual, was sold through the Norwegian whaling
companies' common marketing pool.

Prices obtained for the 1957 production varied
greatly: about 10,000 long tons were sold at E91
(US$254.80) per ton, 62,000 long tons at E90
(US$252), 48,000 long tons at E85 (US$238), 18,000
long tons at E75 (US$210), and smaller lots at
prices varying between L76 (US$212.80) and E82
10s. (US$230) per long ton. The average for the
season was E85/17/6 (US$240.45) per long ton
compared with £.85/7/1 (US$239) during 1956.
Based on the average 1957 price, the value of the
1957 whale oil production was estimated at 256
million kroner (US$36.3 million), compared with 206
million kroner (US$29.2 million) for the previous sea- |
son. The total value of all whale oil, including sperm
oil and byproducts, was 298 million kroner (US$42.3
million) in 1957 as against 245 million kroner
(US$34.7 million) a year earlier.

Table 5 - Distribution of the Norwegian-Produced
Antarctic Whale Oil

Stocks: Total stocks of marine oils increased
by approximately 5 percent in 1957.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Consumption: According to official statistics,
consumption of whale and herring oil on crude ba-

Vol. 20, No. 8

sis declined from about 58,800 metric tons in 1956
to 57,500 tons in 1957.

Fish-Meal Industry, 1957: The total production
of herring meal dropped from about 247,000 metric
tons in 1956 to 165,000 tons in 1957.

Exports of fish meal dropped from 189,729 tons
in 1956 to 134,667 tons in 1957--about 30 percent.

Table 6 - Norway's Stocks of Marine Oils, 1954,
1955, 1956 and 1957 as of December 31

Crude herring oil and whale oil
Other marine oils
Total

72,019 | 68,410

The United Kingdom remained the most important
market, taking about 24 percent of total exports,
compared with 34 percent in 1956. Other markets
for fish meal were West Germany, Netherlands,
and France.

The average export price obtained for fish meal
during 1957 improved slightly over 1956, from
about 1,154 kroner (US$164) per ton in 1956 to1,162
kroner (US$165) per ton in 1957.

OK OK Ok

NEW OCEAN RESEARCH
VESSEL "JOHAN HJORT:"

The new ocean research vessel Johan
Hjort was delivered in late March to the
Norwegian Director of Fisheries, accord-
ing to Fiskets Gang (April 3, 1958) and
Fiskaren (March 26, 1958), Norwegian
fishery periodicals. The vessel is built
in accordance with the highest class in
Det Norske Veritas and is equipped for
voyages in all waters under the rules of
the Norwegian Ship Control. The dimen-
sions of the vessel are: over-all length
171.7 feet; length between perpendiculars.
153.5 feet; breadth 30.5 feet; and depth
17.3 feet. The gross tonnage of the ves-
selis 697 tons. The crew consists of 32
men and in addition space is provided for
8 research workers.

On the main deck in the aft deckhouse
there is a mess for the officers, research
staff, and crew, together with a large gal-
ley and adjoining food storage and cooler
space, plus the engineer's quarters. For-
ward of the engineroom is a laboratory
for the research staff. On the main deck
forward there are storerooms for the
master fisherman and a 2-man stateroom.
In addition, there is a fish sampling room,
a cooler for fish samples, a shower room,
drying room, and various rooms for
stores. Between decks forward there
are four 2-man staterooms for the crew,

August 1958

Norway (Contd.):

a large workroom, and 9 staterooms for
officers and research staff, together
with a gyroroom, drafting room, and
darkroom. Between decks aft there are
9 staterooms for officers, crew, anda
food-storage room, On the boat deck
there are staterooms for the captain,
the chief of the research staff, and the
mate, together with a salon and a sick-
room, On the bridge deck there is a
pilothouse, boatroom, asdic room, radio
room, and instrument room. All state-
rooms are white-enameled and have
furniture of light mahogany or oak and
are provided with hot and cold water.
The furniture in the officers' staterooms
is upholstered with woolen material, and
the salon and elsewhere with imitation

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

leather.

75

Each has a 110-kilowatt direct-current
generator. A large motor drives the hy-
draulic pumps for the trawl winch. In
addition to the usual central heating, the
vessel is equipped with a warm-air ven-
tilation system with fans forcing warm
fresh air to all staterooms. The fresh-
water equipment furnishes hot and cold
water to all the staterooms. The boiler
for central heating is oil-fired.

The vessel has the most modernnav-
igation equipment available on the mar-
ket--the latest model radar, direction
finder, electric log, gyro compass, and
5 echo-sounder and asdic installations.
The radio, telegraph, and telephone equip-
ment is supplied with emergency sender
and receiver. The steering equipment is
electric hydraulic. The electrical in-
stallation is 220-volt direct current with

Eee |

Norwegian research vessel John Hjort.

On the forward deck the vessel has
two hatches, an unloading boom lifting
5 metric tons, a trawler winch with a
tractive effort of 25 tons, two hydraulic
hydrographic winches, and trawl gallows.
On the forecastle deck there is a hydrau-
lic anchor winch and on the boat deck a
smaller hydraulic trawl winch.

The Johan Hjort is completely equip-
ped with the most modern machinery.
The main engine is a single-acting 4-
cycle Diesel engine of 1,300 hp. at 275
r.p.m. equipped with fresh-water cool-
ing in a closed system. The propeller
is adjustable from the bridge. Between
the main engine and the propeller there
isa hydraulic oil coupling, There are
two auxiliary 4-cycle Diesel motors of
335 and 165 hp., rated at 500 r.p.m.

a transformer and coupling for land in-
stallations. The vessel has 10 loudspeak-
ers posted in various places on the ves-
sel, all of which are connected to a cen-
tral point in the pilothouse. There is an
automatic telephone exchange for 30 tele-
phones with connections all over the ves-
sel. The vessel's lifeboats are made of
aluminum.

OK OK KK

SALES AND PRICES OF WHALE
AND SPERM OIL, 1958:

Up to about April 1958, 50,000 tons of
whale oil have been sold at £.77/10/0
(about US$217) a long ton; no sperm oil
has yet been sold. Assuming that the
price holds for the remainder of the

76

Norway (Contd.):

whale oil and that an average price ob-
tains for sperm oil, the value of this
season's output will be substantially less
than last season. The sales of whale oil
from the 1956/57 production averaged
close to US$238 per ton.
Note: 1. ues converted at rate of £1 equals US$2. 80.

2. Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, June

1958, p. 57.

TRADE AGREEMENT WITH POLAND
INCLUDES FISHERY PRODUCTS:
Norway and Poland concluded acom-
modity exchange agreement on June 3,
1958, providing for trade valued at about
67 million kroner (US$9,380,000) in both

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

Poland

FACTORY TRAWLER WITH STERN
CHUTE FOR NET:

A factoryship capable of fishing from
the stern has been constructed by Poland.
It is equipped with a stern trawl bridge.
The fish are fed directly into the factory
deck via a hatch immediately abaft the trawl
bridge. This makes possible an elaborate
superstructure, over two-thirds of the
ship's length, curved forward, raked aft,
and fitted with square windows, and look-
ing like an excursion passenger ship.

The ship is Diesel-electrically pro-
pelled. Main generators are apparently
arranged above and forward of the pro-
pelling motors geared to the shaft. The

generators face forward and seem to be

| driven by medium-speed, four-cycle,
airless-injection, blower supercharged

| units. No details are available of the
machinery, but it would appear that there
is a small-diameter motor attached di-
rectly to the propeller shaft driving the
propeller in a nozzle rudder.

directions during the period May 1,1958-
April 30, 1959. Included in Norwegian
exports will be herring, fish oils, and
hardened fats. Imports from Poland will
consist mainly of products other than
fish.

ok ok ek

WINTER HERRING CATCH FOR
1958 DOWN 50 PERCENT:

The 1958 winter herring season in
Norway, which ended April 2, 1958, re-
sulted in an approximate catch of only
758.5 million pounds (344,053 metric
tons), according to preliminary figures
recently released. This is only 43 per-
cent of the 1957 catch which was also a
below-average year. The poor catch was
largely due to the irregular movements
of the fish and to bad weather, which re-
duced the number of fishing days to 55
as compared with 69 in 1955-57.

The hull measures 270.7 feet, has a
beam of 41 feet, and a depth of 28.9 feet,
| and a draught of 15 feet 6 inches mean,
| Hull and machinery are to be completely
standard.

The Poles believe the most economi-
cal type of fishing vessel for them is the
factory trawler.

Their fishing fleet falls into three
main groups--those fishing for herring
to be salted; those fishing for herring
and for mackerel to be frozen; and those
fishing for whitefish. The vessel is
described as having a ''specialized su-
perstructure'' and processing plant to
make it suitable for any of the threetypes
of fishing mentioned.

Only 389.5 million pounds (176,676
tons) of herring were sold to the oil and
meal factories in 1958, or less than one-
third of the quantity delivered in 1957.
Production of oil and meal was therefore
reduced correspondingly, There is ap-
parently a shortage of herring oil al-
ready, and one consumer has reportedly
purchased whale oil as a substitute, states
a May 23, 1958, dispatch from the United |
States Embassy in Oslo.

The general plan, while not clear on
various details, shows that a long super-
structure is possible--one-and-a-half
decks in height, above the main level.

The machinery is aft. The deep-
freeze hold forward has a capacity of
1,500 cubic meters (52,971 cubic feet)
Fis 12) (6, (Ws! 13)

August 1958

Poland (Contd.):

The midship portion of the ship be-
low the factory deck is taken up with
stores, fuel oil, and a refrigerator en-
gineroom. There are large tanks for-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 77

vision for an unusually large
crew.

The foredeck is flush and open. A
hatch leads down into the upper 'tween-
deck, and another smaller hatch with an

oc 06 go oe

_—— Se
[yd

1 @

H
=p

Profile of the Polish factory trawler to be used for herring, mackerel, and white-fish fishing.

ward, and below the waterline in the
forepeak there is a device described as
a ''bugruder."

Such a ship would be capable
of long voyages. There is pro-

Portugal

CANNED FISH EXPORTS,
JANUARY-MARCH 1958:

Portugal's exports of canned fish
during January-March 1958 amounted
to 12,006 metric tons (768,200 cases),
valued at US$6.8 million, as compared

Portuguese Canned Fish Exports

an. -March 1958
| Metric US$
Tons 1,000
Sardines 4 inlolive; Or) jj.) . « «° 8, 363 4, 656
lSardinelike fish in olive oil . . 1,671 1, 155
'Sardine & sardinelike fish in brine! 235 64
(Tuna & tunalike fish in olive oil . 267 214
Tuna & tunalike fish in brine. . . 138
Mackerel in olive oil ......

with 10,841 tons, valued at US$6.9 mil-
lion, for the same period in 1957. Sar-
dines in olive oil exported during the
first three months of 1958 amounted to
8,363 tons, valued at US$4.7 million.

elevator comes up into the foreward end
of the superstructure. A lot of original
thought has been given to the layout, so
entirely different from that of most other
fish factoryships. (The Fishing News,
August 23, 1957.)

During January-March 1958 the lead-
ing canned fish buyer was Germany with
1,972 tons (valued at US$1,120,000), fol-
lowed by Italy with 1,469 tons (valued at
US$791,000), the United States with 1,320
tons (valued at US$986,000), Great Brit-
ian with 1,261 tons (valued at US$677,000),
and Belgium-Luxembourg with 892 tons
(valued at US$469,000). Exports to the
United States included 427 tons of sar-
dines and 739 tons of anchovies. (Con-
servas de Peixe, May 1958.)

OK OK OK OK

CANNED FISH PACK,
JANUARY 1958:

The total pack of canned fish of Jan-
uary 1958 amounted to 2,560 metric tons
as compared with 2,652 tons for the same
period in 1957. Canned sardines in oil
(1,960 tons) accounted for 76.6 percent
of the January 1958 total pack, higher by
11.1 percent than the pack of 1,764 tons

78

Portugal (Contd.):

Portuquese Canned Fish Pack, Janu

ee © © © © © © © eo oe

ike fish
ecies

ee 0 e ¢ ce 6

40 6
UCTS oa A a An eA ooo 2,560 1,510

[ERR Tic ail PSs WP | 215 OO | aS LOM
! ote Values converted at rate of 28.75 escudos equals
S$1.

for the same month of 1957, the May 1958
Conservas de Peixe reports.

* kk Ok ok

CANNED SARDINE TRENDS:

Activities of the Portuguese fisheries
industry were seasonally at a low level
during the winter months. Sardines
landed in continental Portugal in 1957
reached a near-record total of 112,840
metric tons, compared with 99,830 met-
ric tons in 1956, which was another ex-
cellent year.

While exports of canned sardines may
reach a high level in 1958 in terms of
quantity, the value of the pack may be
affected by the sharp decline in prices
for canned fish.

Ok Kk OK

FISHERIES TRENDS,
JANUARY-MARCH 1958:

Sardine Hishing: During January 1958,
the Portuguese fishing fleet landed 6,408
metric tons of sardines (valued at
US$521,000 ex-vessel or $81.30 a ton).
In January 1957, a total of 3,858 tons of
sardines were landed (valued at
US$680,000). Due to the closed season,
no sardines were landed during Febru-
ary and March.

Canneries purchased 45.2 percent or
2,898 tons of the sardines (valued at
US$276,000 ex-vessel or $95.24 a ton)
during January. Only 54 tons were salt-

ed, and the balance of 3,456 tons, or 53.9 |

percent of the total was purchased for
the fresh fish market.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

Matosinhos lead all other ports in
January landings of sardines with 5,072
tons or 79.2 percent, followed by Peniche
869 tons (13.6 percent), and Setubal 350
tons (5.5 percent).

Other Fishing: The January-March
1958 landings of fish other than sardines
consisted of 4,983 tons (value US$283,000)
of chinchard, 387 tons (value US$18,500)
of mackerel, 23 tons (value US$4,139) of
bonito, and 350 tons (value US$33,000) of
anchovies. (Conservas de Peixe, May
1958.)

OK OK KOK

NEW TYPE FISHING
TRAWLER LAUNCHED:

A new type of fishing trawler was
recently launched in a Lisbon, Portugal,

| shipyard. It is the first of three trawl-
| ers to be built in this new design. The

vessel has an aluminum superstructure
with a displacement of 725 tons, a capac-
ity of 400 tons of fish, and a speed of 12
knots. In addition to the most modern
navigation and safety equipment, the
trawler has two stainless steel refriger-
ation holds, one of which is for rapid
freezing and the other for storage. (Ca-
nadian Foreign Trade, May 24, 1958.)

Somalia

TUNA FISHERY AND INDUSTRY:

A recent report of a survey of the
tuna industry in the Migiurtinia area of
Somalia states that there are three tuna
canneries in the area, located at the
ports of Habo, Bosaso, and Candala;
however, only the cannery at Candala is
presently in operation.

The tuna fishing season in Somalia

| usually opens during the latter part of

October and ends in May. At the end of
March 1958, the cannery at Candala had
processed 13,000 cases of tuna, and it

was expected that by the end of the sea-

| son, production would reach 16,000

cases--the largest pack since the can-
nery began operation.

The cannery at Candala, which has
undergone many improvements, has a

August 1958

Somalia (Contd.):

processing capacity of 50 tons of tuna
per day; however, due to a lack of re-
frigerated storage facilities, the can-
nery is operated each day regardless of
the quantity of fish caught. The canning
firm is presently negotiating to install
refrigeration for the 1958-59 season.

If the plan is successful, the firm will
start the tuna fishery one month earlier.

Me Crete Cyprus oy SYRIA { 3 eZ /
TERRA NEA NOSEA h ve Ne IRAN SATCHANISTANE
: {GROANS nt iS i
= met BUDA So PaKISTAN
EGYPT _— Q
LIBYA SAUDI ATARS
i ARABIA :
Pee
iy i
i? A
| 1
byl |
{ a
| 5 SUDAN
) FRENCH
FEQUATORIADY ( es
EATON \ & ETHIOPIA 4 i
‘. * S AS )
yA a, : A AS 1 MALDIVE 1S
j <p cr Oy

[BELGIAN c
CONGO Winanon. A

GANDA)
7 KENYA |

Mi victoria

A shortage of bait caused the loss of
|30 fishing days during the 1957/58 sea-
‘son. Refrigeration facilities would solve
this problem since bait could be stored
in times of abundance to be used in pe-
riods of scarcity. The cannery employs
180 canoes, with two fishermen to each
canoe, and provides the fishermen with
bait. At present, bait must be caught
each morning, resulting in the loss of
two hours. of tuna fishing. Refrigeration
would make it possible to distribute the
bait early each morning and thus in-
crease production considerably. Sar-
dine bait, which is most plentiful in Feb-
ruary, is of primary importance.

During an aerial survey of the waters
from Alula to Point Ras Antara, on
March 21, 1958, a total of 18 schools of
fish were sighted, 4 of which were defi-
nitely identified as tuna. The schools
were estimated to average about 5 to 7
tons. Most of the schools sighted were
between Candala and Ras Antara--an
area which seems to have vast and rich
fishing potentials. Sardines were also
sighted, but in quantities not sufficient to

_ supporta full-scale canning plant. (ICA
Report 219, Mogadisco, May 22, 1958.)
jr

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 79

Spain

VIGO FISHERIES TRENDS, APRIL 1958:

Fish Exchange: Landings at the Vigo Fish Exchange were
8.2 million pounds during April 1958, a drop of 1.2 million
pounds from March, and about the same amount below April
1957. The landings were valued at US$929,763. This was
a decrease of US$43,100 from the preceding month, but an
increase of US$154,000 over April of 1957. The increased
value this April was due to the sharp rise in fresh fish
prices since last year, and to landings of the more expen-
sive species.

Leading species sold over the Fish Exchange were small
and large hake (1.8 million pounds), horse mackerel (1.3
million pounds), sardines (0.5 million pounds), and pomfret
(0.4 million pounds). There was a severe drop in catches
of pomfret, but sardine landings increased. Pomfret, usually
a dependable species during this time of the year, decreased
to about 0.4 million pounds from the March figure of 3.4 mil-
lion pounds, and the April 1957 landings of 2.5 million
pounds, Sardine landings increased 216 metric tons over
the April 1957 figure of 22 tons. The sardine catches were
all made after the season opened on April 15.

Fish Canning and Processing: Fish canners were pri-
marily engaged in canning pomfret in April 1958. Like
the fishermen, canners patiently waited for May and June
when activity goes into full swing. During April 1958 can-
ners bought over the Exchange 384 metric t@ps of fresh
fish, only 63 more tons than in March, and 65 more tons
than in April 1957, Fish bought for drying, smoking, salting,
etc. totaled 220 tons, an increase of 139 tons from March,
but a drop of 66 tons from April 1957, the United States
Consul at Vigo reported on May 13, 1958.

45,

‘Surinam

FISHING INDUSTRY, 1957:

n the whole, 1957 was a disappointing
year for fish and shrimp production in
Surinam, according to a dispatch (June 2,
1958) from the United States Embassy in
Paramaribo. Production fell off for the
first time since 1954, when an active pro-
gram was begun by Surinam Government
to develop local fishery resources. Of-
ficial estimates set 1957 fishery produc-
tion at 5.9 million pounds--down 19 per-
cent from 1956. The major reason given
for the decrease was the unusually long
period of dry weather in 1957. The lack
of normal rainfall tended to upset the sa-
line balance of the coastal fishing waters
and the leased fish-farming areas located
on reclaimed coastal plantations.

Fish meal production in 1957 totaled
51 metric tons as compared with 36 tons
in 1956. Production in the first three
quarters showed a good increase over
the prior year but the last quarter was
only one third of the comparable 1956
period.

Surinam's imports of fishery products
in 1957 were valued at Sf1.0 million

80

Surinam (Contd.):

(US$530,000) as compared with Sf800 ,000
(US$424,000) for 1956.

Shrimp production in 1957 amounted
to 365 tons--down over 50 percent from
the 1956 landings of 736 tons. The shrimp
plant opened in 1956 was inoperative for
most of the year due to supply problems.
In 1957, the plant handled only 80 tons of
shrimp (1956, 215 tons). Exports of
shrimp in 1957 totaled 35 tons (1956, 72
tons). Ten percent of the frozen shrimp
was sold locally. Forty-five percent of
the catch was dried and sold in the local
market, and prices were higher than in
previous years.

Despite the bleak production picture,
1957 was not without its encouraging
side. During the course of the year, the
Government-financed survey of shrimp
resources in offshore waters was com-
pleted. The survey report, verified by
catches, indicated the presence offshore
of commercial-size shrimp and seatrout.
In view of the survey results, the Suri-
nam Government has purchased atrawl-
er and leased it to the operators of the
shrimp plant. The Government also a-
greed early in 1958 to construct a pier
and ice facilities at the plant. With this
equipment, there is reason to feel that
a commercially-feasible shrimp opera-
tion would be practical provided ar-
rangements can be made for a few ex-
perienced trawlers to do the catching.

Experimental work in fish farming
on the reclaimed diked areas, used in
colonial times for agriculture, made
progress during most of the year. Har-
vesting data obtained in July 1957 demon-
strated that despite relatively high sa-
linity, the ponds could produce large
quantities of tilapia and snook.

Late in the year, there was an indi-
cation of interest by a United States
firm in fish oil and fish meal prospects
using fish found in Surinam's offshore
waters.

The Fisheries Service, using funds
from the Ten Year Plan continued its
work on developing fisheries stations.
Construction of a station at Nickerie,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

delayed by site acquisition problems,

was planned for 1958 or 1959. A station
at Coronie was carried in the 1959 work
plan. Ten Year Planfunds were budgeted

| in 1958 to purchase a shrimp trawler

and construct the pier and ice facilities
at the shrimp plant in Paramaribo.

There were certain obvious problems
other than rainfall which have to be faced
in developing Surinam fishing resources.
The major problemsare: (1)Surinam fish-
ermen are relatively few and they are
part-time operators; (2) better equipment
and more modern catching methods are
required for any large production increase
in ocean or estuarian fishing; and (3) im-
proved organization of indigenous small-
scale fishing operations. Fish farming
using reclaimed plantation areas, when
the operators are willing to work hard,
has clearly proven profitable. Theprob-
lem of the local shrimp plant, once the
ice facilities and pier are completed, ap-

| pears to be additional trawlers manned

by experienced crews. There is little
favorable prospect at present for the part-
time local fishing group producing a suf-
ficient supply of small shrimp (sea bob)
to keep the factory at a satisfactory op-

erating level.

Sweden

FISHERMEN'S EARNINGS ON WEST

, COAST VARY WITH VESSEL SIZE:
The economic adviser of the Swedish
| West Coast Fishermen's Central Associ-
ation has made a survey of the earnings
of Swedish fishermen outside of the offi-
‘cial statistics, using such gauges as the
horsepower capacity of the various craft
or their insurance value, and basing the
annual catch value on a combination of
different seasons with a better or poorer
' yield.

His study shows that the financial re-
_turn for each branch of fishing on the
‘West Coast rises in proportion to the
‘size of the fishing boat up to a certain
point, whereupon it drops.

| His investigations also reveal that the
| annual amount earned by fishermen in

August 1958

Sweden (Contd.):

different localities on the West Coast
fluctuates widely. In southern Bohuslan,
for example, which is an area of high
production, the figure may be 16,000
crowns (US$3,088), while a fisherman

in the Halland district may show a re-
latively modest figure of 6,700 crowns
(US$1,293) or less.

In seeking to determine how long it
takes a West Coast fisherman to catch
100 crowns (US$19.30) worth of fish,
the insured value of the boat was used
as a gauge. On this basis the survey
shows that small craft require 8 to 9
workdays. As the insured value rises,
however, the number of days drops. For
example a 20,000-crown (US$3,860) fish-
ing boat needs five days, a 40,000-crown
(US$7,720) boat 3.5 days, and the largest
and most expensive boats 1.2 days.

He ok Ok ok Ok
REVIEW OF THE FISHERIES, 1957:

Landings of fishery products at Swed-
ish ports in 1957 amounted to 211,300
metric tons, according to preliminary
statistics. This was a record amount
and exceeded the 1956 landings by 20,000
tons and the 1955 landings by 2,000 tons.
The previous record was established in
LOSS,

The total ex-vessel value of the catch
in 1957 also exceeded previous years
and amounted to 148.3 million crowns
(US$28.7 million) as compared with 131.7
million crowns (US$25.5 million) in 1956
and 133.5 million crowns (US$25.8 mil-
lion) in1955. The relatively large in-
crease in value during 1957 was due to
increased landings of more expensive
fish, such as salmon and eel.

The quantity of fish landed on the
Swedish west coast amounted to 71 per-
cent of the total landings as compared
with 18 percent for the South Coast, and
11 percent for the East Coast. A notice-
able change has taken place during the
last 20 years--in 1947, 73 percent of the
catch was landed on the West Coast, 13
percent on the South Coast, and 14 per-
cent onthe East Coast. In 1937, the per-
centage for the West Coast was 63, the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

South Coast 10, and the East Coast 27
percent.

The main reason for the significant
decrease in the quantity landed on the
East Coast is reduced catches of Baltic
herring. In value, the decrease is not
as Significant, since the catch is made
up of more expensive fish species.

A comparison of the total landings
during 1937 and 1957, shows an increase
in landings during this period of 100 per-
cent, while the number of fishermen de-
creased by 25 percent.

The largest increase in value from
1937-1947 was made by the South Coast
fisheries, which rose from 12 million
crowns (US$2.3 million) in 1937 to 39
million crowns (US$7.5 million) in 1957.
During the same period the quantity land-
ed on the West Coast doubled, and now
amounts to 150,000 tons,

Export of fish and fish products in-
creased in 1957 to 76,500 tons as com-
pared with 73,000 tons in 1956. The
value of the fish and fish products export-
ed during 1957 amounted to 58.6 million
crowns (US$11.3 million).

Import of fish and fish products in
1957 amounted to 41,300 metric tons,
as compared with 47,200 metric tons in
1956, a decrease of 5,900 metric tons.

The total value of the imported fish
‘and fish products in 1957 amounted to
85 million crowns (US$16.4 million), re-

‘sulting in an import surplus of 26.4 mil-
‘lion crowns (US$5.1 million), which is
6.6 million crowns (US$1.3 million) less
'than in 1956, when the import surplus
‘amounted to 33 million crowns (US$6.4
million).

The relatively large difference in the
value of fish exported and imported is
due to the export of low value fish and the
import of more expensive fish, the United
States Consul at Goteborg reports in a
March 12, 1958, dispatch.

&

82

Turkey

SHRIMP FISHERY IN IZMIR DISTRICT:

Shrimp production in the Izmir district of Turkey is
low, due to primitive catching methods, reports a United
States consular dispatch from Izmir, dated May 21,1958.
According to the statements of fishermen, Foca, Cesme,
and Aliaga are the best places to catch shrimp in the dis-
trict. The southern part of the district, near Kusadasi,
Fethiye, and Gulluk, also has an abundance of shrimp,
but production in these places is consumed locally due
to transportation problems and a lack of refrigerated
trucks. The shrimp season starts in early March and
continues until June or July, but during some years
shrimp may be caught in other months.

Most of the catching is done either by trawling or with
manually-operated silk nets, in the grass and sands of the
shallow coasts. For the purpose of increasing production,
local fishermen draw attention to the necessity for taking
steps to set up artificial shrimp ponds in available places
along the shallow coasts of the Gulf of Izmir.

The bulk of the shrimp catch is handled by small firms
or by the fishermen. Izmir fishermen sell most of their
catches to retailers by bargaining and not at auction in the
municipally-controlled fish market. The total average
daily catch of shrimp brought to market in Izmir by the
fishermen has beenestimated at about 2,000 shrimp. Shrimp
sales are made by piece and not by weight in Izmir, but
local shrimp average about 16-18 to the pound heads on and
about 27 to the pound heads off. Four or five years ago,
shrimp prices were very low compared with this year, but
now, due to an increase in consumption, wholesale prices
range from 38 to 45 kurus (about 7-9 cents) for each
shrimp.

After a thorough investigation of available statistics, it
has not been possible to find any record of any exports of
shrimp from Izmir or the smaller ports of this district.
At present, the very small supply and the high prices rule
out the Izmir district as a possible source of supply for
United States importers. It also seems certain that a
shrimp freezing plant is not feasible for Izmir and may
be considered only inIskenderun, where shrimp production
is reportedly rather high and prices are lower.

es

Union of South Africa

SOUTH AND SOUTH-WEST AFRICA
PILCHARD-MAASBANKER
INDUSTRY, 1957:

The Union of South Africa and South-
West African pilchard (sardine) and ma-
asbanker (jack mackerel) landings during
1957 totaled 463,080 metric tons. South-
West Africa accounted for 254,976 tons
and the Union of South Africa Cape west
coast for 208,104 tons.

Although the final figures for the can-
ned fish pack are not yet available, the
South-West Africa Walvis Bay fishery
yielded 46,801 tons of fish meal and that
of the Cape west coast 40,178 tons for a
total of 86,979 tons. Fish-meal exports
during the year from South-West Africa
and the Union amounted to 57,224 tons.

The production of fish-body oil by the
six Walvis Bay factories was 9,616 tons

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

and that of the Union factories was
10,357 tons.

With fair catches on the Cape west
coast during January and February 1958,
South and South-West African fish meal
exporters may have a good year ona
strong market in 1958. (The South Afri-

can Shipping News and Fishing Industry
Review, April 1958.)

hh oh
KOK OK OK

PILCHARD-MAASBANKER INDUSTRY,
JANUARY-FEBRUARY 1958:

February was a good month for the
pilchard-maasbanker fishermen of the
Union of South Africa fishing off the Cape
west coast. Returns released by the Di-
vision of Fisheries show that 25,093 met-
ric tons of pilchards, 1,309 tons maas-
banker, and 13,768 tons mackerel were
caught. These figures compare with
17,965 tons pilchards, 4,363 tons maas-
banker, and 1,197 tons mackerel in Feb-
ruary 1957; and 7,212 tons pilchards and
593 tons maasbanker in February 1956.

The total quota fish catch in February
(pilchards and maasbanker) was 26,402
tons and the total for the first two months
of the present season was 34,242 tons.

The February 1958 catch yielded
6,979 tons fish meal, 287,989 gallons
fish-body oil, 619,866 pounds canned
pilchards, 58,422 pounds canned maas-
banker, and 2,711,718 pounds mackerel.

Reports during March indicated a
drop from the February total although
there were periods of good fishing.

The pilchard-maasbanker fishing sea-
son got off to a reasonable start during
January when 7,690 tons of pilchards,
150 tons of maasbanker, and 3,142 tons
of mackerel were landed in South-West
Africa and the Union of South Africa.
These figures compare with: 4,551 tons
pilchards, 605 tons maasbanker, and
3,267 tons mackerel in January 1957;
and 4,730 tons pilchards and 23 tons
maasbanker in January 1956.

The January catch this year yielded
2,018 tons fish meal, 62,757 gallons fish-
body oil, 322,896 pounds canned pilchards,
and 275,390 pounds canned mackerel,

* kK kK

August 1958

Union of South Africa (Contd.):

TRAWLER FISHERY LANDS
RECORD CATCH IN 1957:

The development of South African and
export markets for fresh and frozen fish,
the opening of new depots in inlandareas,
further improvements in the distribution
system, and the steady replacement of
the old trawlers by larger new vessels
enabled the Union's trawling industry to
reach a new record catch of 160 million
pounds in 1957. This was more than 8
million pounds above the previous record
in 1956 of 152 million pounds and is
moving towards a threefold increase
over the 60 million pounds of trawled
fish landed ten years ago.

As in previous years, the bulk of the
catch was made up of hake, which last
year totaled 133 million pounds, com-
pared with 125 million pounds in 1956.
Other important fish species in the 1957
total were: kingklip, 2.4 million pounds;
sole, 2.5 million pounds; kabeljou, 2.4
million pounds; pangas, 6.9 million
pounds; and maasbanker, 2.2 million
million pounds, (The South African
Shipping News and Fishing Industry Re-
view, March 1958.)

U. S. S. R.

FISHERIES PROGRAMS EXTENSIVE
FAO BIOLOGIST REPORTS:

The vast extent of Russian programs
and work in fisheries was commented on
recently at the Rome headquarters of
the Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO), by the Chief of the Biology Branch,
Fisheries Division, FAO, on his return
from Moscow,

"The Russians have about 50 groups,
employing thousands of people, working
on fisheries research,'' he stated. ''The
staff of the All Union Institute of Re-
search in Marine Fisheries and Ocea-
nography alone amounts to 500 persons."

As a result of this widesparead ac-
tivity, the Russians are ''accumulating
vast amounts of material,"

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

83

"My impression was that this exten-
sive work in fisheries research is well
coordinated even though it involves many
institutions and scientific bodies,'' the
Chief of the Biology Branch said.

While in Moscow, where he attended
a meeting of the International Advisory
Committee on Research in the Natural
Sciences Program of UNESCO, the Chief
of the Biology Branch conferred with a
number of Russian officials and scien-
tists. One result of his visit is that the
Russians have promised to supply FAO
with amonthly annotated listof U.S. S.R.
fisheries literature. They have also
promised to collaborate in the prepara-
tion of a manual on institutions, research
organizations, and scientific bodies en-
gaged in fisheries work in Russia.

ales se EE °

SPONGE RUBBER FENDERS FOR
VESSELS LOADING AT SEA:

At the ninth meeting (1957) of the In-
ternational Whaling Commission the Rus-
sian Commissioner submitted a descrip-
tion of the manufacture of porous rubber
fenders intended to obviate the use of
whales as fenders when whaling vessels
are loading or unloading at sea.

The sponge rubber fender is intended
to prevent damage to the sides of whalers
and tankers during loading operations on
the open sea in the Antarctic.

"The fender is made in the following way:

"In the first place a ship's mat is
woven on a loom from manila rope yarn.
The mat is sewn into a cylindrical bag
9'2'' high and 5 feet 94 inches indiameter.
When completed, the bag is hung on brack-
ets and stuffed with sponge rubber with
aram. The bag is then sewn up.

"Two grommets 94 inches in diameter
are made from a strand of 14-inch 'Her-
cules' cable. The grommets are fittedto
the ends of the bag. One strand of 'Her-
cules! cable is rove through one of the
grommets and is then snaked from one
grommet to the other round the entire
fender. The 'Hercules' strand is strain-
ed with a 'handy-Billy.'. This insures
that the cable will be sufficiently tight on

84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

U.S. S. R. (Contd.):

the bag. The longitudinal 'Hercules'
strands are intersected by similar
strands round the entire fender every
15# inches. After this, an eye made of
a 32-inch strand of 13-inch cable is fit-

ted to the fender. Forged thimbles are

Vol. 20, No. 8

strands of the transverse cable are
opened where they intersect the longi-
tudinal ribs.

In order to fix the fender over the
side of the vessel, mooring ends of a 1-
inch steel cable 82 feet long are made
fast to its eyes. In order to lower it

ae PLIANT SPONGE-RUBBER FENDER

STEEL CABLE.

3. gp INCH

2. THIMBLE.

1. GENERAL VIEW.

6. SPECIAL MANILA FABRIC

4. TIGHT ENCIRCLING
CABLES, 1g -INCH

go . H iy “STEEL CABLE.

. "HERCULES" CABLE

"1 iy
B. STEEL CABLE at AND
35 DIAMETER.

9. MANILA-ROPE MATTING
(RUSSIAN WEAVE)
6" THICK.

11. MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR 1 FENDER.

SPONGE RUBBER ( WASTE) 2,948 Les.

MANILA ROPE B/U (?) 1,654
"WERCULES” CABLE J 13"
STEEL CABLE pity"

" " 2s a
pi
ba

FORGED THIMBLES

fitted against the 'Hercules' grommets
into the eye, and are secured by adouble
lashing of 3 -inch cable. The fender is
covered with strands of manila rope
woven by the Russian method. This mat-
ting is made from strands of 75 yarns
each. A network of steel cable is work-
ed on to the manila matting. Two grom-
mets gf inches in diameter are made
from the cable and these are slipped
over the eyes (with the thimbles) and
are made fast to the manila matting. A
steel cable 6g inch in diameter is rove
through one of the grommets and is
strained by means of a 'handy-Billy'
from one grommet to the other round
the entire fender at intervals of 7% inch-
es. Transverse turns of cable 44-inch
in diameter are run round the fender at
right-angles to the longitudinal ribs of
cable and at intervals of 74 inches. The

overboard and to lift it on to the deck,

a strop of cable+4-inch in diameter
and 194 feet long is passed through the
eyes. The fenders are fastened in a
horizonal position on the cylindrical part
of the whaling ship. Some of the fenders
are let down into the water and floatfree-
ly at the paid-out hawser end, Others
are suspended high above the waterline
where the waves cannot reach them.

S

United Kingdom

FISHING INDUSTRY URGES
GOVERNMENT TO CONDUCT
TRAWL EFFICIENCY STUDIES:

A large British fishery firm has been
conducting experiments for some time to

August 1958

United Kingdom (Contd.):

try to improve the efficiency of trawls
and have now sought the help of the Gov-
ernment and the White Fish Authority
(W.F.A.) in the research in the same
way as they participated in the fish-
freezing-at-sea experiments with the
Grimsby trawler Northern Wave.

Hull and Fleetwood trawler owners
are also keenly interested in the proj-
ect, which is being considered by the
British Trawlers' Federation.

In view of the possibility which faces
the fishing industry of an extension of
fishing limits which would bar British
trawlers from many thousands of square
miles of open sea in which they now catch

a considerable proportion of the deep-wa- |

ter fish landed in Great Britain, any im-
provement in the efficiency factor of
trawls is obviously of primary impor-
tance to the whole fishing industry. It
is thought that the present net couldhave
its fishing powers increased by as much
as 15 percent.

The general principle of the trawl has
not altered materially in the past half a
century and the basic principles have not
changed greatly since trawls were in-
vented many centuries ago.

The large fishery firm together with
another fishery firm have been studying
trawl efficiency for some time and are
prepared to spend quite a lot of money
on it, but the cost of a thorough study
and exhaustive experiments is obviously
far more than any one company can pos-
sibly bear, and so outside aid is being
sought from the Government and the rest
of the fishing industry, the whole of which
will benefit from any new discoveries or
developments.

The first job to be undertaken by the
scientists is to test thoroughly the pres-
ent trawl in Arctic waters. Little is yet
known from a scientific point of view of
the behavior of a trawler's net under
water, and for the scientists to tackle
the job they will first have to obtain
complete data of stresses and strains.
Only when they have obtained this pre-
liminary accurate information, collected
in the vital Arctic waters, will they be
able to turn to experiments.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

While the primary objective is the
improvement of the catching efficiency
of the trawl, no less important is that of
devising a net and gear which will tow at
a faster speed. At present this is be-
tween 3 and 4 knots and it is obvious that
if this can be increased materially with
the same or a higher efficiency, trawlers
will have to spend less time on the fish-
ing grounds, will be able to make quicker
trips, and land their fish in even better
condition than at present. Last, but by
no means least, operating costs would
be reduced.

It is understood that the aid sought
from the W.F.A. and the Government for
help to carry out this investigation will
be forthcoming. (Fish Trades Gazette,
May 31, 1958.)

FREEZE-DRYING FOODS
TRIED COMMERCIALLY:

An Aberdeen (Scotland) firm pre-
serves fish steaks (and chips, fruit, and
vegetables) by a method which combines
freezing with dehydration. Layers of
fish steaks of uniform thickness are fro-
zen under pressure in trays in a plate
freezer. The trays are then placed ina
vacuum drier where they are compressed
by hydraulic mechanism, A batch of 700
pounds of wet fish can be freeze-dried in
about 6 hours to a final moisture content
of only 5 percent. Freeze-dried foods
packed in cans, can be stored in the
tropics without refrigeration for up to
6 months without loss of quality. They
are reconstituted by soaking in water for
a short time and, it is claimed, retain
their original flavor, consistency, and
food value. (Australian Fisheries News-

letter, May 1958.)

Se SSei sk sk
cre Ens £63 Fa phe

FRIED FISH SHOPS USE
PORTION-PACK FISH FILLETS:

In Britain the fried fish trade is be-
ing supplied with raw frozen portion-
pack cod fillets of uniform size and
weight which are ready for breading,
battering, and frying without defrosting.
The fish fillets are obtained by an adap-
tation of the fish stick process. The
skinned and boned fillets are cut into
portions of exactly 4 oz. each and the
fish frier receives cod fillets which he

86

United Kingdom (Contd.):

can store in his freezer or fry immedi-
ately after breading and battering (Fish
Trade Gazette, May 25, 1957).

* KOK OK

PROPOSED ICELANDIC DECREE ON
12-MILE FISHING LIMITS REJECTED:

The British Government issued a declaration on June 3
rejecting as without legal effect the Icelandic decree
expected to be issued on June 30, states a June 5, 1958,
United States Embassy dispatch from London, This de-
cree, according to the British statement, would claim ex-
tension of Icelandic fishing limits to 12 miles as of Sep-
tember 1, 1958; it would seek to subject fishing within the
new limits to Icelandic control, and to reserve the right
to alter the base lines from which the Icelandic fishery
limits are at present measured.

Although the British Government is aware of the impor-
tance of fisheries to Iceland, the declaration says that
‘fisheries are also of great importance to the United
Kingdom.’’ Asserting that it would be the duty of the
British Government ‘‘to prevent any unlawful attempt to
interfere with British fishing vessels on the high séas,”’
the declaration states that the British Government was and

is prepared to negotiate an acceptable fisheries agreement.

It expresses the hope ‘‘that the Icelandic Government will
agree that negotiation is in every respect preferable to
unilateral action, and that the period before September 1
should be used to negotiate a lasting solution acceptable
to all concerned.’’

An editorial in the Manchester Guardian stated on
June 3 that ‘‘If Iceland declines to admit any existing rights
within 12 miles . . . other governments and fishing indus-
tries may have to apply such sanction as they can’’ which

would include refusal to allow Icelandic fish to land in Eng-

land. The editorial concluded with the hope that such
measures of economic warfare can be averted by good
sense on both sides. The Financial Times on the same
day alluded also to naval protection of British trawlers as
a theoretic possibility, but concluded that ‘‘a series of
light naval engagements to determine territorial waters
is not a prospect which can readily be contemplated.”’

British trawler fishermen at Grimsby were reported to
have welcomed the news that the British Government will
provide protection for fishing vessels operating within the
Iceland 12-mile limit, although it was noted that the nature
of this protective action remained to be seen.

HR OK KK AS

STUDIES ON BOXING FISH AT SEA:

Ways are continually being sought for improving the
techniques of storing fish aboard trawlers at sea.
Studies of the effect of boxing on the quality of fish taken
from distant waters have been initiated. In addition, a
theoretical study has been made to learn the limitations
in the designof boxes and supports as relatedto the space
in the hold of a trawler. If boxes are used to replace
shelves, more hold space will be required aboard the
trawler.

Effect of Fish Gills on Keeping Quality: Fish with gills
intact usually develop stronger and more readily discern-
ible odors in the raw state than fish from which the gills
have been removed at the time of evisceration. Differ-
ences in the quality of the cooked fish prepared from
gilledand from ungilled eviscerated fish, however, could
not be detected,

Effect of Clean Boxes: Previous findings have shown
that the bacterial load of the ice used in icing fish has
considerable influence on the keeping quality of the iced
fish. Clean boxes also are of importance in retaining
quality. To study the problem, the investigators care-
fully eviscerated washed codling and packed them in new
wooden boxes and in used wooden boxes. The used or

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

I

Vol. 20, No. 8

dirty boxes had a bacterial load of 10,000 to 1,000,000
times the bacterial load of the new or clean boxes.

Clean ice was used throughout this study. According tothe
results, which have not beenfully analyzed, the effect of the
cleanliness of the fish box on keeping quality is of the
same order of magnitude as the effect of the cleanliness
of the ice.

Fish that had been iced in clean boxes usually were
organoleptically superior to fish that had been iced in
dirty boxes, particularly from the standpoint of appear-
ance of the meat of the raw fish. After both lots of iced
and boxed fish had been in storage for 12 days, fish iced
in clean boxes were about 1 to 3 days fresher organolep-
tically than fish that had been iced in dirty boxes. After
16 days of storage in ice, however, these differences
were less obvious. Fish that had been washed before
they were boxed in ice showed some improvement in the
retention of quality but this fact was not as apparent as the
effect of cleanliness of the box.

Methods for Cleaning Boxes: The Humber Laboratory
at present is engaged in a study of the efficiency of
commercial detergents and sanitizers for use in the
fishing industry. The cleaning and the sterilizing of
wooden surfaces present a particularly difficult problem
to the fishing industry.

Properties of Commercial Ice: Representatives of the
fishing industry have requested that a study be made to
determine if there is a basis for a belief that manu-
factured ice from various sources varies in efficiency
during use. Rates of melting of the various ices will be
determined. The rate of the melting of ice under, practi-
cal conditions probably is subject to considerable vari-
ation that depends (1) on differences in air temperature,
(2) on the drafts to which the ice is exposed, and (3) on
the pattern of melting. Melting patterns involved in the
formation of crevasses and ice bridges will be studied.
Experiments to date have shown that wide variations in
particle size distribution have very little effect on the rate
of melting (Report of Great Britain’s Food Investigation
Board for 1956).

Yugoslavia

MARINE FISHING INDUSTRY, 1957:

In 1957 the Yugoslav sea fishermen
landed 20,100 metric tons of fish, an in-
crease of nearly 2,000 metric tons over
1956 when 18,270 tons were landed.

In 1957, a total of 6,400 metric tons
of fish were canned; 2,900 metric tons
of fish were salted; and 1,000 metric
tons of fish were manufactured into fish
meal; the balance was sold fresh.

The 1957 landings in the must im-
portant fishing ports were as follows:
Split 3,700 metric tons; Pula 2,900 tons;
Zadar 2,500 tons; Koper 2,400 tons; Ri-
jeka area 4,900 tons.

The fleet was increased by the pur-
chase of 12 new fishing boats, and 15
units were re-equipped (Commercial
News of Yugoslavia, vol. IV, no. 4, 1958).

ar

August 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 87

Federal Trade Commission

PRIMARY BROKER OF CANNED
SALMON CHARGED WITH
ILLEGAL BROKERAGE PAYMENTS:

A Seattle, Wash., primary broker of
canned salmon and other seafoods was
charged on June 16, 1958, bythe Feder-
al Trade Commission with granting il-
legal brokerage to some ofits customers.

According toa Commission complaint
(7151, Seafood Products), the brokerage

firm generally sells canned salmon
through hired field brokers and its cus-
tomary 5-percent brokerage fee usually
is split with the field broker handling a
sale.

The firm, which is a partnership, is
charged with granting certain buyers
substantial allowances in lieu of broker-
age in violation of Sec. 2(c) of the Rob-
inson-Patman Amendment to the Clay-
ton Act,

These illegal grants, the complaint
alleges, are made by giving favored
buyers price differentials or conces-
sions and rebates and allowances, which
are not charged back to the packer-
principals but taken from the broker-
age earnings of the firm and its field
brokers.

The complaint cites these typical
methods used by the firm in making the
unlawful payments: (1) selling at net
prices lower than those accounted for to

the packers; (2) granting price deduc-

tions, a part or all of which are not
charged back to the packers; (3) taking
reduced brokerage on sales involving
price concessions.

The parties are granted 30 days in
which to file answer to the complaint.
A hearing was scheduled for July 28 in
Seattle, Wash., before a Commission
hearing examiner. .

* KK KX

PRIMARY SEAFOOD BROKER
CHARGED WITH PAYMENT
OF ILLEGAL BROKERAGE:

A Seattle, Wash., primary broker of
canned salmon and other seafood was
charged (Complaint 7154, Seafood) on
June 23, 1958, by the Federal Trade
Commission with making illegal broker-
age payments to favored customers.

The firm and its president, the com-
plaint alleges, have granted certain buy-
ers rebates in lieu of brokerage or price
concessions reflecting it, in violation of
Sec. 2(c) of the amended Clayton Act,

According to the complaint, in some
transactions the firm absorbs the un-
lawful rebates from its customary 5-
percent brokerage fee, and in others it
shares the payments with the field bro-
ker involved out of the 23-percent com-
mission each receives.

For example, the complaint says, the
respondents sell at net prices lower
than those accounted for to their packer
principals; grant price deductions, whol-
ly or partly not charged back to the
packers; and take reduced brokerage on
sales involving price concessions.

The parties were granted 30 days in
which to file answer to the complaint. A
hearing was scheduled for July 28 in
Seattle, Wash., before a Commission
hearing examiner.

88

Department of the Interior

WHALING REGULATIONS:
The whaling regulations,

nationals and whaling enterprises of the

United States, were amended and repub-
lished in the May 8 Federal Register.

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE |

Chapter III—International Regulatory
Agencies (Fishing and Whaling)

Subchapter B—International Whaling Commission
Part 351—WHALING

Basis and purpose. Section 13 of the
Whaling Convention Act of 1949 (64
Stat. 421, 425; 16 U. S. C., 1952 ed.,
916k), the legislation implementing the
International Convention for the Regu-"
lation of Whaling signed at Washington
December 2, 1946, by the United States
of America and certain other Govern-
ments, provides that regulations of the
International Whaling Commission shall
be submitted for publication in the
FEDERAL REGISTER by the Secretary of the
Interior. Regulations of the Commis-
sion are defined to mean the whaling
regulations in the schedule annexed to
and constituting a part of the Conven-
tion in their original form or as modified,
revised, or amended by the Commission.
The provisions of the whaling regula-
tions, as originally embodied in the
schedule annexed to the Convention,
have been amended several times by the
International Whaling Commission, the
last amendments having been made in
October 1957. The whaling regulations,
as last amended in October 1957, have

been edited to conform the numbering, }

internal references, and similar items to
regulations of the Administrative Com-
mittee of the Federal Register but no
changes have been made in the sub-
stantive provisions. The provisions of
these regulations are applicable to na-
tionals and whaling enterprises of the
United States.

Amendments to the whaling regula-
tions are adopted by the International
Whaling Commission pursuant to Arti-
cle V of the Convention without regard
to the notice and public procedure re-
quirements of the Administrative Pro-
cedure Act (5 U. S. C. 1001). Accord-
ingly, in fulfillment of the duty imposed
upon the Secretary of the Interior by
section 13 of the Whaling Convention

Act of 1949, the whaling regulations
published as Part 351, Title 50, Code of

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

applicable to

Federal Regulations, as the same ap-
peared in 22 F. R. 1721, March 16, 1957,
are amended and republished to read
as hereinafter set forth.

Ross LEFFLER,
Assistant Secretary of the Interior.

May 2, 1958.

Sec.

351.1 Inspection.

351.2 Killing of gray or right whales pro-
hibited.

351.3 Killing of calves or suckling whales
prohibited.

351.4 Operation of factory ships limited.

351.5 Closed area for factory ships in
Antarctic.

851.6 Limitations on the taking of hump-
back whales.

351.7. Closed seasons for pelagic whaling
for baleen and sperm whales.

351.8 Catch quota for baleen whales.

351.9 Minimum size limits.

351.10 Closed seasons for land stations.

351.11 Use of factory ships in waters other
than south of 40° South Latitude.

351.12 Limitations on processing of whales.

351.13 Prompt processing required.

351.14 Remuneration of employees.

351.15 Submission of laws and regulations.

351.16 Submission of statistical data.

351.17 Factory ship operations within terri-
torial waters.

851.18 Definitions.

AUTHORITY: §§ 351.1 to 351.18 issued under
Art. V, 62 Stat. 1718. Interpret or apply
secs. 2-14, 64 Stat. 421-425; 16 U.S. C. 916-
9161.

§ 351.1 Inspection. (a) There shall
be maintained on each factory ship at
least two inspectors of whaling for the
purpose of maintaining twenty-four
hour inspection. These inspectors shall

| be appointed and paid by the Govern-

ment having
factory ship.

(b) Adequate inspection shall be
maintained at each land station. The
inspectors serving at each land station
shall be appointed and paid by the Gov-
ernment having jurisdiction over the
land station.

§ 351.2 Killing of gray or right whales
prohibited. It is forbidden to take or
kill gray whales or right whales, except
when the meat and products of such

jurisdiction over the

Vol. 20, No. 8

Section 13 of the Whaling Convention Act of
1949, the legislation implementing the In-
ternational Convention for the Regulation
of Whaling signed at Washington Decem-
ber 2, 1946, by the United States and cer-
tain other governments, provides that reg-
ulations of the International Whaling Com-
mission shall be submitted for publication
in the Federal Register by the Secretary of
Interior. The regulations as published are
the same as those issued by the Com-
mission except that certain editorial
changes have been made to conform to
the required presentation of regulations
in the Federal Register.
as published follow:

The regulations

whales are to be used exclusively for
local consumption by the aborigines.

§ 351.3 Killing of calves or suckling
whales prohibited. It is forbidden to
take or kill calves or suckling whales or
female whales which are accompanied by
calves or suckling whales.

§ 351.4 Operation of factory ships lim=
ited. (a) It is forbidden to kill or at-
tempt to kill blue whales in the North
Atlantic Ocean for a period of five years.*

(b) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a factory ship for
the purpose of killing or attempting to
kill baleen whales in any of the follow-
ing areas:

(1) In the waters north of 66° North
Latitude except that from 150° East
Longitude eastwards as far as 140° West
Longitude the taking or killing of baleen
whales by a factory ship or whale catcher
shall be permitted between 66° North
Latitude and 72° North Latitude;

(2) In the Atlantic Ocean and its de-
pendent waters north of 40° South Lati-
tude;

(3) In the Pacific Ocean and its de-
pendent waters east of 150° West Longi-
tude between 40° South Latitude and 35°
North Latitude;

(4) In the Pacific Ocean and its de-
pendent waters west of 150° West Longi-
tude between 40° South Latitude and 20°
North Latitude;

(5) In the Indian Ocean and its de-
pendent waters north of 40° South Lati-
tude.

§ 351.5 Closed area for factory ships
in Antarctic. It is forbidden to use a
whale catcher attached to a factory ship
for the purpose of killing or attempting
to kill baleen whales in the waters south
of 40° South Latitude from 70° West
Longitude westward as far as 160° West
Longitude. (This article, as the result

1This paragraph was objected to within
the prescribed period ending November 7,
1954, by the Government of Iceland, and sub-
sequently by that of Denmark. Neither ob-
jection was withdrawn and the paragraph
came into force on February 24, 1955, but is
not binding on Iceland and Denmark. It
ceases to operate as from February 24, 1960.

August 1958

of the seventh meeting at Moscow, was
rendered inoperative for a period of
three years from November 8, 1955, and
as a result of the ninth meeting in Lon-
don was rendered inoperative for a fur-
ther period from November 8, 1958, after
which it will automatically become oper-
ative again on November 8, 1959.)

§ 351.6 Limitations on the taking of
humpback whales. (a) It is forbidden
to kill or attempt to kill humpback
whales in the North Atlantic Ocean for
a period of five years. (This five-year
period comes to an end on November 8,
1959.)

(b) It is forbidden to kill or attempt
to kill humpback whales in the waters
south of 40° South Latitude between 0°
Longitude and 70° West Longitude for a
period of five years. (This five-year
period comes to an end on November 8,
1959.)

(c) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a factory ship for
the purpose of killing or attempting to
kill humpback whales in any waters
south of 40° South Latitude except on
the Ist, 2d, 3d, and 4th of February in
any year.

§ 351.7 Closed seasons for pelagic
whaling for baleen and sperm whales.
(a) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a factory ship for the
purpose of killing or attempting to kill
baleen whales (excluding minke whales)
in any waters south of 40° South Lati-
tude, except during the period from Jan-
uary 7 to April 7, following, both days
inclusive; and no such whale catcher
‘shall be used for the purpose of killing
or attempting to kill blue whales before
‘February 1 in any year.

(b) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a factory ship for the
purpose of killing or attempting to kill
sperm or minke whales, except as per-
mitted by the Contracting Governments
in accordance with paragraphs (c), (d)
and (e) of this section.

(c) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all factory ships and
whale catchers attached thereto under
its jurisdiction, one continuous open sea-
son not to exceed eight months out of
any period of twelve months during
which the taking or killing of sperm
whales by whale catchers may be per-
mitted: Provided, That a separate open
season may be declared for each factory
ship and the whale catchers attached
thereto.

(d) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all factory ships and
whale catchers attached thereto under
its jurisdiction one continuous open sea~
son not to exceed six months out of any
period of twelve months during which
the taking or killing of minke whales
by the whale catchers may be permitted:
Provided, That:

(1) Aseparate open season may be de-
clared for each factory ship and the
whale catchers attached thereto:

(2) The open season need not neces-
sarily include the whole or any part of
the period declared for other baleen
whales pursuant to paragraph (a) of
this section.

(e) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all whale catchers un-
der its jurisdiction not operating in con-
junction with a factory ship or land

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

station one continuous open season not
to exceed six months out of any period
of twelve months during which the tak-
ing or killing of minke whales by such
whale catchers may be permitted.

§ 351.8 Catch quota for baleen
whales. (a) The number of baleen
whales taken during the open season
caught in any waters south of 40° South
Latitude by whale catchers attached to
factory ships under the jurisdiction of
the Contracting Governments shall not
exceed fifteen thousand blue-whale units
in any one season: Provided, That in the
Season 1957-58 the number shall not
exceed fourteen thousand five hundred
blue-whale units.

(b) For the purposes of paragraph
‘(a) of this section, blue-whale units
shall be calculated on the basis that one
blue whale equals:

(1) Two fin whales or

(2) Two and a half humpback whales
or
Six sei whales.

Notification shall be given in ac-

(3)
(c)

cordance with the provision of Article)

VII of the Convention, within two days
after the end of each calendar week, of
data on the number of blue-whale units
taken in any waters south of 40° South
Latitude by all whale catchers attached

to factory ships under the jurisdiction of |

each Contracting Government: Pro-

vided, That when the number of blue-|

whale units is deemed by the Bureau of
International Whaling Statistics to
have reached 13,500 (but 13,000 in the
season 1957-58) notification shall be
given as aforesaid at the end of each
day of data on the number of bluewhale
units taken. ;

(d) If it appears that the maximum
catch of whales permitted by paragraph
(a) of this section may be reached be-
fore April 7 of any year, the Bureau of
International Whaling Statistics shall
determine, on the basis of the data pro-
vided, the date on which the maximum
catch of whales shall be deemed to have
been reached and shall notify the master
of each factory ship and each Contract-
ing Government of that date not less
than four days in advance thereof. The
killing or attempting to kill baleen
whales by whale catchers attached to
factory ships shall be illegal in any
waters south of 40° South Latitude after
midnight of the date so determined.

(e) Notification shall be given in ac-
cordance with the provisions of Article
VII of the Convention of each factory
ship intending to engage in whaling op-
erations in any waters south of 40°
South Latitude.

§ 351.9 Minimum size limits. (a) It
is forbidden to take or kill any blue, sei
or humpback whales below the following
lengths:

Blue whales 70 feet (21.3 metres),

Sei whales 40 feet (12.2 metres),

Humpback whales 35 feet (10.7 metres),

except that blue whales of not less than
65 feet (19.8 metres) and sei whales of
not less than 35 feet (10.7 metres) in
length may be taken for delivery to land
stations: Provided, That the meat of such
whales is to be used for local consump-
tion as human or animal food.

(b) It is forbidden to take or kill any
fin whales below 57 feet (17.4 metres) in
length for delivery to factory ships or

89

land stations in the Southern Hemi-
sphere, and it is forbidden to take or kill
fin whales below 55 feet (16.8 metres)
for delivery to factory ships or land sta-
tions in the Northern Hemisphere; except
that fin whales of not less than 55 feet
(16.8 metres) may be taken for delivery
to land stations in the Southern Hemi-
sphere and fin whales of not less than 50
feet (15.2 metres) may be taken for de-
livery to land stations in the Northern
Hempishere provided in each case that
the meat of such whales is to be used
for local consumption as human or ani-
mal food.

(c) It is forbidden to take or kill any
sperm whales below 38 feet (11.6 metres)
in length, except that sperm whales of
inot less than 35 feet (10.7 metres) in
length may be taken for delivery to land
stations.

(ad) Whales must be measured when
at rest on deck or platform, as accurately
as possible by means of a steel tape meas-
ure fitted at the zero end with a spiked
| handle which can be stuck into the deck
planking abreast of one end of the whale.
The tape measure shall be stretched in a
straight line parallel with the whale’s
body and read abreastthe other end of
the whale. The ends of the whale, for
measurement purposes, shall be the point
of the upper jaw and the notch between
the tail flukes. Measurements, after
| being accurately read on the tape meas-
ure, shall be logged to the nearest foot,
that is to say, any whale between 75 feet
6 inches and 76 feet’ 6 inches shall be
logged as 76 feet, and any whale between
76 feet 6 inches and 77 feet 6 inches shall
be logged as 77 feet. The measurement
of any whale which falls on an exact half
foot shall be logged at the next half foot,
e. g. 76 feet 6 inches precisely shall be
logged as 77 feet.

| § 351.10 Closed seasons for land sta-

tions. (a) It is forbidden to use a whale
catcher attached to a land station for
the purpose of killing or attempting to
kill baleen and sperm whales except as
permitted by the Contracting Govern-
ment in accordance with paragraphs (b),
(c), and (d) of this section.

(b) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all land stations under
its jurisdiction, and whale catchers at-
tached to such land stations, one open
season during which the taking or killing
of baleen (excluding minke) whales by
the whale catchers shall be permitted.
Such open season shall be for a period
of not more than six consecutive months
in any period of twelve months and shall
apply to all land stations under the juris-
diction of the Contracting Government:
Provided, That a separate open season
may be declared for any land station
used for the taking or treating of baleen
(excluding minke) whales which is more
than 1,000 miles from the nearest land
station used for the taking or treating of
baleen (excluding minke) whales under
the jurisdiction of the same Contracting
Government,

(c) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all land stations under
its jurisdiction and for whale catchers
attached to such land stations, one open’
season not to exceed eight continuous
months in any one period of twelve
months, during which the taking or kill-
ing of sperm whales by the whale catch-
ers shall be permitted, such period of

90

eight months to include the whole of
the period of six months declared for
baleen whales (excluding minke whales)
as provided for in paragraph (b) of this
section: Provided, That a separate open
season may be declared for any land
station used for the taking or treating
of sperm whales which is more than
1,000 miles from the nearest land station
used for the taking or treating of sperm
whales under the jurisdiction of the same
Contracting Government.?

(d) (1) Each Contracting Government
shall declare for all land stations under
its jurisdiction and for whale catchers
attached to such land stations one open
season not to exceed six continuous
months in any period of twelve months
during which the taking or killing of
minke whales by the whale catchers
shall be permitted (such period not being
necessarily concurrent with the period
declared for other baleen whales, as pro-
vided for in paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion): Provided, That a separate open
season may be declared for any land
station used for the taking or treating
of minke whales which is more than
1,000 miles from the nearest land station
used for the taking or treating of minke
whales under the jurisdiction of the
same Contracting Government.

(2) Except that a separate open sea-
son may be declared for any*land station
used for the taking or treating of minke
whales which is located’in an area hav-
ing oceanographic conditions clearly
distinguishable from those of the area
in which are located the other land sta-
tions used for the taking or treating of
minke whales under the jurisdiction of
the same Contracting Government; but
the declaration of a separate open sea-
son by virtue of the provisions of this
paragraph shall not cause thereby the
period of time covering the open seasons
declared by the same Contracting Gov-
ernment to exceed nine continuous
months of any twelve months.

(e) The prohibitions contained in this
section shall apply to all land stations
as defined in Article II of the Whaling
Convention of 1946 and to all factory
ships which are subject to the regula-
tions governing the operation of land
stations under the provisions of § 351.17.

§ 351.11 Use of factory ships in wa-
ters other than south of 40° South Lati-
tude. It is forbidden to use a factory
ship which has been used during a sea-
son in any waters south of 40° South
Latitude for the purpose of treating
baleen whales, in any other area for the
same purpose within a period of one year
from the termination of that season:
Provided, That this paragraph shall not
apply to a ship which has been used
during the season solely for freezing or
salting the meat and entrails of whales
intended for human food or feeding
animals.

§ 351.12 Limitations of processing of
whales. (a) It is forbidden to use a fac-
tory ship or a land station for the pur-
pose of treating any whales (whether or

4This paragraph came into force as from
February 21, 1952, in respect to all Contract-
ing Governments, except the Commonwealth
of Australia, who lodged an objection to it
within the prescribed period, and this ob-
jection was not withdrawn. The provisions
of this paragraph are not therefore binding
on the Commonwealth of Australia.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

not killed by whale catchers under the
jurisdiction of a Contracting Govern-
ment) the killing of which by whale
catchers under the jurisdiction of a Con=
tracting Government is prohibited by
the provisions of §§ 351.2, 351.4, 351.5,
351.6, 351.7, 351.8 or 351.10.

(b) All other whales (except minke
whales) taken shall be delivered to the
factory ship or land station and all parts
of such whales shall be processed by boil-
ing or otherwise, except the internal
organs, whale bone and flippers of all
whales, the meat of sperm whales and
of parts of whales intended for human
food or feeling animals.

(ec) Complete treatment of the car-
casses of “Dauhval’’ and of whales used
as fenders will not be required in cases
where the meat or bone of such whales
is in bad condition.

§ 351.13 Prompt processing required.
(a) The taking of whales for delivery to
a factory ship shall be so regulated or re-
stricted by the master or person in charge
of the factory ship that no whale carcass
(except of a whale used as a fender,
which shall be processed as soon as is
reasonably practicable) shall remain in
the sea for a longer period than thirty-
three hours from the time of killing to
the time when it is hauled up for treat-
ment.

(b) Whales taken by all whale catch-
ers, whether for factory ships or land
stations, shall be clearly marked so as
to identify the catcher and to indicate
the order of catching.

(c) All whale catchers operating in
conjunction with a factory ship shall
report by radio to the factory ship:

(1) The time when each whale is
taken,

(2) Its species, and

(3) Its marking effected pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section.

(d) The information reported by radio
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this sec-
tion shall be entered immediately in a
permanent record which shall be avail-
able at all times for examination by the
whaling inspectors; and in addition there
shall be entered in such permanent rec-
ord the following information as soon as
it becomes available:

(1) Time of hauling up for treatment,

(2) Length, measured pursuant to
paragraph (d) of § 851.9,

(3) Sex,

(4) If female, whether milk-filled or
lactating,

(5) Length and sex of foetus, if pres-
ent, and

(6) A full explanation of each infrac-
tion.

(e) A record similar to that described
in paragraph (d) of this section shall be
maintained by land stations, and all of
the information mentioned in the said
paragraph shall be entered therein as
soon as available.

§ 351.14 Remuneration of employees.
Gunners and crews of factory ships, land
stations, and whale catchers, shall be en-
gaged on such terms that their remun-
eration shall depend to a considerable
extent upon such factors as the species,
size and yield of whales taken and not
merely upon the number of the whales
taken. No bonus or other remuneration
shall be paid to the gunners or crews of
whale catchers in respect to the taking
of milk-filled or lactating whales.

Vol. 20, No. 8

§ 351.15 Submission of laws and reg-
ulations. Copies of all official laws and
regulations relating to whales and whal-
ing and changes in such laws and regu-
lations shall be transmitted to the
Commission.

§ 351.16 Submission of statistical
data. Notification shall be given in ac-
cordance with the provisions of Article
VII of the Convention with regard to all
factory ships and land stations of statis-
tical information (1) concerning the
number of whales of each species taken,
the number thereof lost, and the number
treated at each factory ship or land sta-
tion, and (2) as to the aggregate amounts
of oil of each grade and quantities of
meal, fertilizer (guano), and other prod-
ucts derived from them, together with
(3) particulars with respect to each
whale treated in the factory ship or land
station as to the date and approximate
latitude and longitude of taking, the spe-
cies and sex of the whale, its length and,
if it contains a foetus, the length and sex,
if ascertainable, of the foetus. The data
referred to in (1) and (3) above shall
be verified at the time of the tally and
there shall also be notification to the
Commission of any information which
may be collected or obtained concerning
the calving grounds and migration routes
of whales. In communicating this infor-
mation there shall be specified:

(a) The name and gross tonnage of
each factory ship;

(b) The number and aggregate gross
tonnage of the whale catchers;

(c) A list of the land stations which
were in operation during the period con-
cerned.

§ 351.17 Factory ship operations with=-
in territorial waters.’ (a) A factory ship
which operates solely within territorial
waters in one of the areas specified in
paragraph (c) of this section, by per-
mission of the Government having juris-
diction over those waters, and which flies
the flag of that Government shall, while
so operating, be subject to the regula-
tions governing the operation of land
stations and not to the regulations goy-
erning the operation of factory ships.

(b) Such factory ship shall not, within
a period of one year from the termina=
tion of the season in which she so opera=
ted, be used for the purpose of treating
baleen whales in any of the other areas
specified in paragraph (c) of this section
or south of 40° South Latitude.

* This section was inserted by the Commis-
sion at its first meeting in 1949, and came
into force on January 11, 1950, as regards all
Contracting Governments except France, who
therefore remain bound by the provisions of
the original § 351.17, which reads as follows:

§ 351.17 Notwithstanding the definition of
land station contained in Article II of the
Convention, a factory ship operating under
the jurisdiction of a Contracting Govern-
ment, and the movements of which are con-
fined solely to the territorial waters of that
Government, shall be subject to the regula-
tions governing the operation of land stations
within the following areas:

(a) On the coast of Madagascar and its
dependencies, and on the west coasts of
French Africa;

(b) On the west coast of Australia in the
grea known as Shark Bay and northward to
Northwest Cape and including Exmouth Gulf
and King George’s Sound, including the port
of Albany; and on the east coast of Australia,
in Twofold Bay and Jervis Bay.

August 1958

(c) The areas referred to in para-
graphs (a) and (b) of this section are:

(1) On the coast of Madagascar and
its dependencies;

(2) On the west coasts of French
Africa;

(3) On the coasts of Australia, namely
on the whole east coast and on the west
coast in the area known as Shark Bay
and northward to North-west Cape and
including Exmouth Gulf and King
George’s Sound, including the Port of
Albany.

§ 351.18 Definitions. (a) The follow-
ing expressions have the meanings re-
spectively assigned to them, that is to
say:
“Baleen whale’ means any whale
which has baleen or whale bone in the
mouth, i. e., any whale other than a
toothed whale.

“Blue whale” (Balaenoptera or Sib-
baldus musculus) means any whale
known by the name of blue whale, Sib-
bald’s rorqual, or sulphur bottom.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

“Dauhval” means apy unclaimed dead |,
whale found floating.

“Fin whale” (Balaenoptera physalus)
means any whale known by the name of
common finback, common rorqual, fin-
back, finner, fin whale, herring whale,
razorback, or true fin whale.

“Gray whale” (Rhachianectes glau-
cus) means any whale known by the
name of gray whale, California gray,
devil fish, hard head, mussel digger, gray
back or rip sack.

“Humpback whale” (Megaptera
nodosa or novaeangliae) means any
whale known by the name of bunch,
humpback, humpback whale, hump-
backed whale, hump whale or hunch-
backed whale.

“Minke whale” (Balaenoptera acutore-
strata, B~Davidsoni, B. huttoni) means
any whale known by the name of lesser
rorqual, little piked whale, minke whale,
pike-headed whale or sharp-headed
finner.

“Right whale” (Balaena mysticetus;
Eubalaena glacialis, E. australis, etc.;

91

Neobalaena marginata) means any
whale known by the name of Atlantic
right whale, Arctic right whale, Biscayan
right whale, bowhead, great polar whale,
Greenland right whale, Greenland whale,
Nordkaper, North Atlantic right whale,
North Cape whale, Pacific right whale,
pigmy right whale, Southern pigmy right
whale, or Southern right whale.

“Sei whale” (Balaenoptera borealis)
means any whale known by the name of
sei whale, “Ruldophi’s rorqual, pollack
whale or coalfish whale and shall be
taken to include Bryde’s whale (B.
brydet).

“Sperm whale” (Physeter catodon)
means any whale known by the name of
sperm whale, spermacet whale, cachalot
or pot whale.

“Toothed whale’ means any whale
which has teeth in the Jaws.

(b) “Whales taken” means whales
that have been killed and either flagged
or made fast to catchers.

2K ok ok Ok

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

CHANGES IN FISHERY LOAN

FUND REGULATIONS PROPOSED:
Changes in the regulations govern-

ing the granting of loans made from the

Fishery Loan Fund were proposed by

the U. S. Department of the Interior in |

a Notice of Proposed Rule Making pub-

lished in the Federal Register of June 26, |

1958. A 30-day period for comment,

suggestions, or objections was provided. |

The Fishery Loan Fund was establish-
ed to make loans for financing and re-
financing of operations, maintenance,
repairs, replacement, and equipment of
fishing vessels and fishing gear and for
research into basic problems of the
fisheries. |

Under the proposed changes, fishery
marketing cooperatives could qualify
as applicants for loans. However, any
money loaned could be used only in that
part of the cooperative's activities which
relate to vessel operations. The law
does not provide funds for use in activ-
ities generally considered as''marketing.''

Numerous changes based upon the ex-
perience of a year and a half are also
suggested. Most of these are for clari-
fication. Some would put into regulatory
form practices and policies which have
evolved in day-to-day operations under
the loan program.

The Fishery Loan Fund was estab-
lished by the Fish and Wildlife Act of
1956. It is a $10,000,000 revolving fund.
Up to June 6, of this year, 230 applica-
tions have been approved for approxi-
mately $6,000,000.

The proposed changes in the regula-
tions for the Fishery Loan Fund as pub-
lished in the Federal Register of June 26,
1958, follow:

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service

[ 50 CFR Part 160 ]
LOAN PROCEDURES
NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULE MAKING

Notice is hereby given that pursuant
to the authority vested in the Secretary
of the Interior by section 4 of the Fish
and Wildlife Act of 1956 (70 Stat. 1119,
1121), it is proposed to adopt the regu-
lations set forth below as a revision of
Part 160—Loan Procedures. The pur-
pose of. this revision is to clarify the
meaning of several sections of the regu-
lations, to include fishery marketing co-
operatives as qualified loan applicants,
to delete the provision allowing a person
using a fishing vessel or fishing gear un=
der his control on a lease or share basis
to be a qualified applicant for financial
assistance, and to specify additional pur-
poses for which applications for finan-
cial assistance cannot be considered.

The regulations proposed to be revised
related to matters which are exempt
from the rule making requirements of
the Administrative Procedure Act (5
U.S. C. 1003) ; however, it is the policy
of the Department of the Interior, that,
wherever practicable, the rule making
provisions of the act be observed volun-
tarily. Accordingly, prior to the final
adoption of the regulations set forth be-

92

low in tentative form, consideration will,
be given to any comments, suggestions,
or objections relating thereto which are
submitted in writing to the Director,
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Wash-
ington 25, D. C., within thirty days of the
date of publication of this notice in the
FEDERAL REGISTER.

Dated: June 20, 1958.

RoceER ERNST,
Assistant Secretary of the Interior.

Sec.

160.1 Definition of terms.

160.2 Purposes of loan fund.

160.3. Interpretation of loan authorization.
160.4 Qualified loan applicants.

160.5 Basic limitations.

160.6 Applications.

160.7. Processing of loan applications.
160.8 Approval of loans.

160.9 Interest.

160.10 Maturity.

160.11 Security.

160.12 Books, records, and reports.
160.13 Penalties on default.

AUTHORITY: §§ 160.1 to 160.13 issued under
sec. 4, 70 Stat. 1121.

§ 160.1 Definitions of terms. For the
purposes of this part, the following terms
shall be construed, respectively, to mean
and to include:

(a) Secretary. The Secretary of the
Interior or his authorized representative.

(b) Administrator. Administrator of
the Small Business Administration or his
authorized representative.

(c) Person. Individual, association,
partnership or corporation, any one or
all as the context requires.

(d) State. Any State, the Territories
and possessions of the United States, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the
District of Columbia.

-§ 160.2 Purposes of loan fund. The
broad objective of the fisheries loan fund
created by the Fish and Wildlife Act of
1956 is to provide financial assistance
which will aid the commercial fishing
industry to bring about a general up-
grading of the condition of both fishing
vessels and fishing gear thereby con-
tributing to more efficient and profitable
fishing operations.

(a) Under section 4 of the act, the
Secretary is authorized, among other
things:

(1) To make loans for financing and
refinancing of operations, maintenance,

replacement, repair and equipment of
fishing gear and vessels, and for research
into the basic problems of fisheries.

(2) Subject to the specific limitations
in the section, to consent to the modifica-
tion, with respect to the rate of interest,
time of payment of any installment of
principal, or security, of any loan con-

tract to which he is a party.

(b) All financial assistance granted by
the Secretary must be for one or more of
the purposes set forth in paragraph (a)
of this section.

§ 160.3 Interpretation of loan author-
ization. The terms used in the act to
describe the purposes for which loans
may be granted are construed to be
limited to the meanings ascribed in this
section.

(a) Operation of fishing gear and ves-
sels. The words “operation of fishing
gear and vessels’ mean and include all
phases of activity directly associated

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

with the catching of fish and shellfish
for commercial purposes.

(b) Maintenance of fishing gear and
vessels. The words “maintenance of
fishing gear and vessels’ mean the
normal and routine upkeep of all parts
of fishing gear and fishing vessels, in-
cluding machinery and equipment.

(c) Replacement of fishing gear and
vessels. The words ‘replacement of fish-
ing gear and vessels” contemplate the
purchase of fishing gear or equipment,
parts, machinery, or other items incident
to outfitting for fishing to replace lost,
damaged, worn, obsolete, inefficient, or
discarded items of a similar nature, or
the purchase or construction of a fishing
vessel to operate the same type of fishing
gear aS a comparable vessel which has
been lost, destroyed or abandoned or has
become obsolete or inefficient. Any ves-
sel lost, destroyed or abandoned more
than two years prior to the date of
receipt of the application shall not be
considered eligible for replacement.

(d) Repair of fishing gear and vessels.
The words “repair of fishing gear and
vessels” mean the restoration of any
worn or damaged part of fishing gear
or fishing vessels to an efficient operating
condition,

(e) Equipment of fishing gear and
vessels. The words “equipment of fish-
ing gear and vessels’ mean the parts,
machinery, or other items incident to
outfitting for fishing which are pur-
chased for use in fishing 6perations.

(f) Research into the basic problems
of fisheries. The words “research into
the basic problems of fisheries” mean in-
vestigation or experimentation designed
to lead to fundamental improvements in
the capture or landing of fish conducted
as an integral part of vessel or gear
operations.

§ 160.4 Qualified loan applicants. (a)
Any person residing or conducting busi-
ness in any State shall be deemed to be
a qualified applicant for financial assist-
ance if such person;

(1) Owns a commercial fishing vessel
of United States registry (if registration
is required) used directly in the conduct
of fishing operations, irrespective of the
tybe, size, power, or other characteristics
of such vessel;

(2) Owns any type of commercial fish-
ing gear used directly in the catching of
fish or shellfish;

(3) Owns any property, equipment, or
facilities useful in conducting. research
into the basic problems of fisheries or
possesses. scientific, technological or
other skills useful in conducting such
research.

(4) Is a fishery marketing cooperative
engaged in marketing all catches of fish
or shellfish by its members pursuant to
contractual or other enforceable ar-
rangements which empower the coopera-
tive to exercise full control over the con-
ditions of sale of all such catches and
disburse the proceeds from ali such sales.

(b) Applications for financial assist-
ance cannot be considered if the loan is
to be used for:

(1) Any phase of a shore operation.

(2) Refinancing existing preferred
mortgages or secured loans on fishing’
gear and vessels, except in those in-
stances where the Secretary deems such

Vol. 20, No. 8

refinancing to be desirable in carrying
out the purpose of the Act.

(3) Paying creditors for debts previ-
ously incurred, except for marshalling
and liquidating the indebtedness of the
applicant to existing lien holders in those
instances where the Secretary deems
such action to be desirable in carrying
out the purpose of the Act.

(4) (Gi) Effecting any change in own-
ership of a fishing vessel (except for re-
placement of a vessel or purchase of the
interest of a deceased partner), (ii) re-
plenishing working capital used for such
purpose or (iii) liquidating a mortgage
given for such purpose less than two
years prior to the date of receipt of the
application.

(5) Replacement of fishing gear or
vessels where the applicant or applicants
, owned less than a 20 percent interest in
| said fishing gear or vessel to be replaced
or owned less than 20 percent interest in
| a corporation owning said fishing gear
; or vessel: Provided, That applications
| for a replacement loan by an eligible ap-
plicant cannot be considered unless and
until the remaining owners or share-
; holders shall agree in writing that they
will not apply for a replacement loan on
the same fishing gear or vessel.

(6) Repair of fishing gear or vessels
where such fishing gear or vessels are
not offered as collateral for the loan by
the applicant.

(7) Financing new business ventures
involving fishing operations.

§ 160.5 Basic limitations. Applica-
tions for financial assistancé may be con-
sidered only where there is evidence that
the credit applied for is not otherwise
available on reasonable terms (a) from
applicant’s bank of account, (b) from
the disposal at a fair price of assets not
required by the applicant in the conduct
of his business or not reasonably neces-
sary to its potential growth, (c) through
use of the personal credit and/or
resources of the owner, partners, man-
agment, affiliates_or principal stock=
holders of the applicant, or (d) from
other known sources of credit. The
financial assistance applied for shall be
deemed to be otherwise available on
reasonable terms unless it is satisfac-
torily demonstrated that proof of refusal
of the desired credit has been obtained
from the applicant’s bank of account:
Provided, That if the amount of the loan
applied for is in excess of the legal lend-
ing limit of the applicant’s bank or in
excess of the amount that the bank nor-
mally lends to any one borrower, then
proof of refusal should be obtained from
a correspondent bank or from any other
lending institution whose lending capac-
ity is adequate to cover the loan applied
for. Proof of refusal of the credit ap-
plied for must contain the date, amount,
and terms requested. Bank refusals to
advance credit will not be considered the
full test of unavailability of credit and,
where there is knowledge or reason to
believe that credit is otherwise available
on reasonable terms from sources other
than such banks, the credit applied for
cannot be granted notwithstanding the
receipt of written refusals from such
banks.

§ 160.6 Application. Any person de=-
Siring financial assistance from the fish-
eries loan fund shall make application to

August 1958

the Fish and Wildlife Service, Depart-
ment of the, Interior, Washington 25,
D. C., on a loan application form furn-
ished by that Service except that, in
the discretion of the Secretary, an ap-
plication made other than by use of the
prescribed form may be considered if the
application contains information deemed
to be sufficient. Such application shall
indicate the purposes for which the loan
is to be used, the period of the loan, and
the security to be offered.

§ 167.7 Processing of loan applica-
tions. If it is determined, on the basis
of a preliminary review, that the appli-
cation is complete and appears to be in
conformity with established rules and
procedures, a field examination shall be
made. Following completion of the field
investigation the application will be for-
watued with an appropriate report to the
Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of
the Interior, Washington 25, D. C.

§ 160.8 Approval of loans. Loan
agreements shall be executed on a form
approved by the Secretary. The Secre-
tary will evidence his approval of the
loan by issuing a loan authorization
covering the terms and conditions for
making the loan. Such loan authoriza-
tion shall be referred to the Adminis-
trator who will direct the closing of the
loan with the applicant in the field and

FISHERY PRODUCTS

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

render services involving the collection
of repayments and such other loan serv-
icing functions as may be required. Any
modification of the terms of a loan agree-
ment following its execution must be
agreed to in writing by the borrower and
the Secretary.

§ 160.9 Interest. The rate of interest
on all loans which may be granted is
fixed at five per cent per annum.

§ 160.10 Maturity. The period of ma-
turity of any loan which may be granted
shall be determined and fixed according
to the circumstances but in no event
shall the date of maturity so fixed exceed
a period of ten years.

§ 160.11 Security. Loans shall be ap-
proved only upon the furnishing of such
security or other reasonable assurance of
repayment as the Secretary may require.
The proposed collateral for a loan must
be of such a nature that, when consid-
ered with the integrity and ability of the
management, and the applicant’s past
and prospective earnings, repayment of
the loan will be reasonably assured.

§ 160.12 Books, records, and reports.
The Secretary shall have the right to
inspect such books and records of the ap-
plicant as the Secretary may deem nec-
essary. Disbursements on a loan made
under this part shall be made only upon

Kok OK KOK

93

|the agreement of the loan applicant to
! maintain proper books of account and to
submit such periodic reports as may be
required by the Secretary during the
period of the loan. During such period,
the books and records of the loan appli-
cant shall be made available at all rea-
sonable times for inspection by the
Secretary.

§ 160.13 Penalties on default. 2=Unless
otherwise provided in the loan agree-
ment, failure on the part of a borrower to
‘conform to the terms of the loan agree-
ment will be deemed grounds upon
which the Secretary may cause any one
or all of the following steps to be taken:

(a) Discontinue any further advances
of funds contemplated by the loan

agreement.

(b) Take possession of any or all col-
lateral given as security and the property
purchased with borrowed funds.

(c) Prosecute legal action against the
borrower.
| (da) Declare the entire amount ad-
|vanced immediately due and payable.

(e) Prevent further disbursement of
and withdraw any funds advanced to the
borrower and remaining under his con-
ltrol.

standards for grades of (1) frozen fried

INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION
REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS
FOR FISH STICKS, BREADED SHRIMP,
AND FROZEN FISH BLOCKS REISSUED:
The Department of the Interior has as-
sumed, under the authority of the Fish and
Wildlife Act of 1956, the responsibility for
furnishing inspection, certification, and
grading services to the fishing industry
and issuing United States voluntary stand-
ards for fishery products. Promulgation
of regulations for fishery products inspec -

fish sticks, (2) frozen raw breaded shrimp,
and (3) frozen fish blocks were published
in the Federal Register of July 3, 1958. As
of July 1, 1958, the Department of the In-
terior has begun to exercise primary re-
sponsibility for these functions. Primary
responsibility for these functions has been
exercised by the U.S. Department of Agri-
culture since 1956, and that agency dis-
continued the exercise of that responsi-
bility on June 30, 1958. Theregulations
and standards as they appeared in the

tion and certification and United States

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE
Chapter I—Fish and Wildlife Service,
Department of the Interior

Subchapter K—Processed Fishery Products, Proc-
essed Products Thereof, and Certain Other
Processed Food Products

Part 170—INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION

Part 171—Unitep STaTES STANDARDS FOR
GRADES OF FROZEN FRIED FisH STIcKs

Part 172—Uwnitep StaTES STANDARDS FOR’

GRADES OF FROZEN RAW BREADED
SHRIMP

Part 173—UNITED STaTES STANDARDS FOR
GRADES OF FROZEN FisH BLocKS

Basis and purpose. Functions relating
to the inspection and certification of
processed fishery products, processed
products thereof, and certain other proc-
essed food products for quality and con-

dition, have been performed since 1956
by the Department of Agriculture under
authority contained in Title II of the
Agricultural Marketing Act of August 14,
1946, as amended (7 U.S. C. 1621-1627),
and in accordance with regulations con-
stituting Part 52, Title 7, Code of Fed-
eral Regulations.

In furtherance of the inspection and
certification program for processed fish-
ery products and upon recommendations
by the Fish and Wildlife Service, the
Department of Agriculture has hereto-
fore promulgated standards for fishery
products as follows: =

Subpart—United States Standards for
Grades of Frozen Fried Fish Sticks, is-
sued July 18, 1956; published July 21,
1956 (21 F. R. 5475; 7 CFR, 52.3141-
52.3151) ; effective August 21, 1956.

Subpart—United States Standards for
Grades of Frozen Raw Breaded Shrimp,

Federal Register follow:

issued December 30, 1957; published Jan-
uary 7, 1958 (23 F. R. 99; 7 CFR 52.3601-
52.3607) ; effective March 1, 1958.

Subpart—United States Standards for
Grades of Frozen Fish Blocks, issued
February 3, 1958; published February 6,
1958 (23 F. R. 786; 7 CFR 52.3681-
52.3692) ; effective April 1, 1958.

As found and determined by the Direc-
tor of the Bureau of the Budget on March
22, 1958 (23 F. R. 2304), all functions of
the Department of Agriculture which
pertain to fish, shellfish and any prod-
ucts thereof, performed under the au-
thority of Title IT of the Agricultural
Marketing Act of August 14, 1946, as
amended (7 U.S. C. 1621-1627), includ-
‘ing but not limited to the development
and promulgation of grade standards for
fishery products, the inspection and cer-
tification of such products, and the im-
provement of transportation facilities

94

and rates for fish and shellfish and any
products thereof, were transferred to the
Department of the Interior by section 6
(a) of the act of August 8, 1956, popularly
known as the Fish and Wildlife Act of
1956 (16 U.S. C. Sec. 742e).

By notice of proposed rule making
published on May 30, 1958 (23 F. R. 3780),
notice was given of the intention of the
Commissioner of Fish and Wildlife to
recommend to the Secretary of the In-
terior the adoption of regulations, set
forth therein in tentative form, to be
codified as Title 50, Code of Federal Reg-
ulations, Part 170—Inspection and Cer-
tification and constituting an adaptation,
without substantive change, of regula-
tions currently codified as Title 7, Code
of Federal Regulations, Part 52, to fit the
needs of.a fishery products standards
program to be administered by the De-
partment of the Interior in substitution
for the Department of Agriculture. The
public was informed that consideration
would be given to any data, views, or
arguments relating to the regulations
which were received by the Commis-
sioner, U. S, Fish and Wildlife Service,
Washington 25, D. C., not later than
June 16, 1958.

No data have been received from the
public in response to the notice of pro-
posed rule making. It has been deter-
mined, however, that the regulations set
forth below to govern inspection and
certification (Part 170) and prescribing
grade standards for the fishery products
identified in Parts 171, 172, and 173 are
necessary and desirable to facilitate the
administration of a fishery product in-
spection and certification service by the
Department of the Interior.

The adoption of these regulations with
an effective date of July 1, 1958, is neces-
sary to implement the transfer from the
Department of Agriculture to the De-
partment of the Interior of functions
relating to the promulgation of grade
standards and the inspection and cer-
tification of fishery products. By virtue
of an administrative agreement con-
cluded between the two agencies, the
Department of Agriculture will discon-
tinue the exercise of primary respon-
sibility for the inspection and certifica-
tion of fishery products at the close of
business on June 30, 1958, and the De-
partment of the Interior will begin to
exercise primary responsibility for these
functions on July 1, 1958. All persons
who currently are parties to contracts
with the Department of Agriculture for
the furnishing of inspection and cer-
tification services for fishery products
have been notified in writing of the in-
tention to substitute the Department of
the Interior for the Department of Agri-
culture as the administering agency
effective July 1, 1958, and have been given
ample opportunity to prepare for the
effective date of the regulations being
adopted herein. No substantive changes
have been made in these regulations and
only those revisions are being accom-
plished which are necessary to codify
them under Title 50, Code of Federal
Regulations. In the circumstances, it
has been determined that the 30-day ad-
vance publication requirement imposed
by section 4 (c) of the Administrative
Procedure Act of June 11, 1946, 60 Stat.
238; 5 U. S. C. 1003 (c), may be waived
under the exemptions provided in that

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

section. Accordingly, the regulations set
forth below are adopted pursuant to the
authority contained in Title II, section
205, of the Agricultural Marketing Act of
1946, as amended (7 U.S. C. 1624), and
shall become effective on July 1, 1958.

Dated: June 30, 1958.
Frep A, SEATON,

Secretary of the Interior.

Part 170—INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION

Sec.

170.1 Administration of regulations.

DEFINITIONS

170.6 Terms defined.

170.7 Designation of official certificates,
memoranda, marks, other identifi-
cations, and devices for purposes
of the Agricultural Marketing Act.

INSPECTION SERVICE

170.12 Where inspection service is offered.

170.13 Who may obtain inspection service.

170.14 How to make application.

170.15 Information required in connection
with application.

170.16 Filing of application.

170.17 Record of filing time.

170.18 When application may be rejected.

170.19 When application may be with-
drawn.

170.20 Disposition of inspected sample.

170.21 Basis of inspection and grade or
compliance determination.

170.22 Order of inspection service.

170.23 Postponing inspection service.

170.24 Financial interest of inspector.

170.25 Forms of certificates.

170.26 Issuance of certificates.

170.27 Issuance of corrected certificates.

170.28 Issuance of an inspection report in
lieu of an inspection certificate.

170.29 Disposition of inspection certifi-
cates.

170.30 Report of inspection results prior
to issuance of formal report.

APPEAL INSPECTION

170.36 When appeal inspection may be re-
quested.

170.37 Where to file for an appeal inspec-
tion and information required.

170.38 When an application for an appeal
inspection may be withdrawn.

170.39 When appeal inspection may be re-
fused.

170.40 Who shall perform appeal inspec-
tion.

170.41 Appeal inspection certificate.
LICENSING OF SAMPLERS AND INSPECTORS
170.47 Who may become licensed sampler.
170.48 Application to become a licensed

sampler.

170.49 Inspectors.

170.50 Suspension or revocation of license
of licensed sampler or licensed in-
spector.

170.51 Surrender of license.

SAMPLING

170.57 How samples are drawn by inspec-
tors or licensed samplers.

170.58 Accessibility for sampling.

170.59 How officially drawn samples are to
be identified.

170.60 How samples are to be shipped.

170.61 Sampling plans and procedures for
determining lot compliance.

170.62 Issuance of certificate of sampling.

170.63 Identification of lots sampled.

FEES AND CHARGES

170.69 Payment of fees and charges.

170.70 Schedule of fees.

170.71 Fees to be charged and collected for
sampling when performed by a
licensed sampler.

170.72 Inspection fees when charges for

sampling have been collected by a
licensed sampler.

Vol. 20, No. 8

170.73 Inspection fees when charges for
sampling have not been collected
by a licensed sampler.

170.74 Fee for appeal inspection.

170.75 Charges for micro, chemical, and
certain other special analyses.

170.76 When charges are to be based on
hourly._rate not otherwise pro-
vided for in this part.

1170.77 Fees for. score sheets.

170.78 Fees for additional copies of in-
spection certificates.

170.79 Travel and other expenses,

170.80 Charges for inspection service on a
contract basis.

MISCELLANEOUS

170.86 Approved identification.

170.87 Fraud or misrepresentation.

170.88 Political activity.

170.89 Interfering with an inspector or
licensed sampler.

170.90 Compliance with other laws.

170.91 Identification.

REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTS OPERATING UNDER
CONTINUOUS INSPECTION ON A CONTRACT
BASIS

170.97
170.98
170.99
170.100
170.101
170.102

Plant survey.

Premises.

Buildings and structures.

Facilities.

Equipment.

Operations and operating proce-
dures.

170.103 Personnel; health.

AUTHORITY: $§ 170.1 to 170.103 issued under
sec. 205, 60 Stat. 1090, as amended; 7 U.S. C.
1624.

§ 170.1 Administration of regula-
tions. The Secretary of the Interior
is charged with the administration of
the regulations in this part except that
he may delegate any or all of such func-
tions to any officer or employee of the
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries of the
Department in his discretion.*

DEFINITIONS

§ 170.6 Terms defined. Words in the
regulations in this part in the singular
form shall be deemed to import the plu-
ral and vice versa, as the case may
demand. For the purposes of the regu-
lations in this part, unless the context
otherwise requires, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

Acceptance number. “Acceptance
number” means the number in a sam-
pling plan that indicates the maximum
number of deviants permitted in a sam-
ple of a lot that meets a specific require-
ment.

Act. “Act” means the applicable pro-
visions of the Agricultural Marketing Act
of 1946 (60 Stat. 1087 et seq, as
amended; 7 U. S. C. 1621 et seq.).

1 All functions of the Department of Agri-
culture which pertain to fish, shellfish and
any products thereof, now performed under
the authority of title II of the act of August
14, 1946, popularly known as the Agricultural
Marketing Act of 1946, as amended (7 U.S.C.
1621-1627), including but not limited to the
development and promulgation of grade
standards, the inspection and certification,
and improvement of transportation facilities
and rates for fish and shellfish and any prod-
ucts thereof, were transferred to the Depart-
ment of the Interior by the Director of the
Budget (23 F. R. 2304) pursuant to section
6 (a) of the act of August 8, 1956, popularly
known as the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956
(16 U.S. C. sec. 742e).

August 1958

Applicant. “Applicant” means any in-
terested party who requests inspection
service under the regulations in this part.

Case. ‘‘Case” means the number of
containers (cased or uncased) which, by
the particular industry are ordinarily
packed in a shipping container.

Certificate of loading. “Certificate of
loading” means a statement, either writ-
ten or printed, issued pursuant to the
regulations in this part, relative to check-
loading of a processed product subse-
quent to inspection thereof.

Certificate of sampling. ‘Certificate of
sampling” means a. statement, either
written or printed issued pursuant to the
regulations in this part, identifying offi-
cially drawn samples and may include a
description of condition of containers
and the condition under which the proc-
essed product is stored.

Class. “Class” means a grade or rank
of quality.
Condition. “Condition” means the de-

gree of soundness of the product which
may affect its merchantability and in-
cludes, but is not limited to those factors
which are subject to change as a result
of age, improper preparation and proc-
essing, improper packaging, improper
storage or improper handling.

Department. “Department” means
the United States Department of the
Interior.

Deviant. “Deviant” means a sample
unit affected by one cr more deviations
or a sample unit that varies in a specifi-
cally defined manner from the require-
ments of a standard, specification, or
other inspection document.

Deviation. “Deviation” means any
specifically defined variation from a par-
ticular requirement.

Director. “Director” means the Direc-
tor of the Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies.

Inspection certificate. “Inspection
certificate’ means a statement, either
written or printed, issued pursuant to
the regulations in this part, setting forth
in addition to appropriate descriptive in-
formation relative to a processed prod-
uct, and the container thereof, the qual-
ity and condition, or any part thereof,
of the product and may include a de-
scription of the conditions under which
the product is stored.

Inspection service.
ice’ means:

(a) The sampling pursuant to the
regulations in this part;

(b) The determination pursuant to
the regulations in this part of:

(1) Essential characteristics such as

“Inspection serv-

style, type, size, sirup density or identity |

of any processed product which differen-
tiates between major groups of the same
kind;

(2) The class, quality and condition
of any processed product, including the
condition of the container thereof by
the examination of appropriate samples;

(c) The issuance of any certificate of
Sampling, inspection certificates, or cer-
tificates of loading of a processed prod-
uct, or any report relative to any of the
foregoing; or

(d) Performance by an inspector of
any related services such as assigning
an inspector in a processing plant to ob-
serve the preparation of the product
from its raw state through each stép in

the entire process, or observe conditions
under which the product is being pre-
pared, processed, and packed, or observe
plant sanitation as a prerequisite to the
inspection of the processed product,
either on a continuous or periodic basis,
or checkload the inspected processed
product in connection with the market-
ing of the processed product.

Inspector. ‘Inspector’? means any
employee of the Department authorized
by the Secretary or any other person
licensed by the Secretary to investigate,
sample, inspect, and certify in accord-
ance with the regulations in this part to
any interested party the class, quality
and condition of processed products
covered in this part and to perform re-
lated duties in connection with the in-
spection service.

Interested party. “Interested party”
means any person who has a financial
interest in the commodity involved.

Licensed sampler. “Licensed sampler”
means any person who is authorized by
the Secretary to draw samples of
processed products for inspection service,
to inspect for identification and con-
dition of containers in a lot, and may,
when authorized by the Secretary, per-
form related services under the act and

he regulations in this part.

_ Lot. “Lot” has the following mean-
ings:

(a) For the purpose of charging fees
and issuing certificates, “Lot” means
any number of containers of the same
size and type which contain a processed
product of the same type and style lo-
cated in the same or adjacent ware-
houses and which are available for
inspection at any one time: Provided,
That:

(1) Processed products in separate
piles which differ from each other as
to grade or other factors may be deemed
to be separate lots;

(2) Containers in a pile bearing an
identification mark different from other
containers of such processed product in
that pile, if determined to be of lower
grade or deficient in other factors, may
be deemed to be a separate lot; and

(3) If the applicant requests more
than one inspection certificate covering
different portions of such processed
product, the quantity of the product
covered by each certificate shall be
deemed to be a separate lot.

(b) For the purpose of sampling and
determining the grade or compliance
with a specification, “Lot”? means each
pile of containers of the same size and
type containing a processed product of
the same type and style which is sep-
arated from other piles in the same
warehouse, but containers in the same
pile bearing an identification mark dif-
ferent from other containers in that pile
may be deemed to be a separate lot.

Officially drawn sample. “Officially
drawn sample” means any sample that
has been selected from a particular lot
by an inspector, licensed sampler, or
by any other person authorized by the
Secretary pursuant to the regulations in
this part.

Person. “Person” means any indi-
vidual, partnership, association, business
trust, corporation, any organized group
of persons (whether incorporated or
not), the United States (including, but
not limited to, any corporate agencies

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

95

thereof), any State, county, or municipal
government, any common carrier, and
any authorized agent of any of the fore-
going.

Plant. “Plant”? means the premises,
buildings, structures, and equipment (in-
cluding, but not being limited to, ma-
chines, utensils, and fixtures) employed
or used with respect to the manufacture
or production of processed products.

Processed product. “Processed prod-
uct” means any fishery product or other
food product covered under the regula-
tions in this part which has-been pre-
served by any recognized commercial
process, including, but not limited to,
canning, freezing, dehydrating, drying,
the addition of chemical substances, or
by fermentation.

Quality. “Quality” means the inher-
ent properties of any processed product
which determine the relative degree of
excellence of such product, and includes
the effects of preparation and processing,
and may or may not include the effects
of packing media, or added ingredients.

Rejection number. “Rejection num-
ber” means the number in a sampling
plan that indicates the minimum num-
ber of deviants in a Sample that will
cause a lot to fail a specific requirement.

Sample. “Sample” means any number
of sample units to be used for inspection.

Sample unit. “Sample unit’? means
a container and/or its entire contents,
a portion of the contents of a container
or other unit of commodity, or a com-
posite mixture of a product to be used
for inspection.

Sampling. “Sampling” means the act
of selecting samples of processed prod-
ucts for the purpose of inspection under
the regulations in this part.

Secretary. “Secretary” means the
Secretary of the Department or any
other officer or employee of the Depart-
ment authorized to exercise the powers
and to perform the duties of the Sec-
retary in respect to the matters covered
by the regulations in this part.

Shipping container. “Shipping con-
tainer” means an individual container
designed for shipping a number of pack-
ages or cans ordinarily packed in a con-
tainer for shipping or designed for pack-
ing unpackaged processed products for
shipping.

Unofficially drawn sample. “Unoffi-
cially drawn sample” means any sample
that has been selected by any person
other than an inspector or licensed sam-
pler, or by any other person not author-
ized by the Director pursuant to the
regulations in this part.

§ 170.7 Designation of official certifi-
cates, memoranda, marks, other identi-
fications, and devices for purposes of the
Agricultural Martceting Act. Subsection
203 (h) of the Agricultural Marketing
Act of 1946 provides criminal penalties
fox various specified offenses relating to
official certificates, memoranda, marks
or other identifications, and devices for
making such marks or identifications,
issued or authorized under section 203
of said act, and certain misrepresenta-
tions concerning the inspection or grad-
ing of agricultural products under said
section. For the purposes of said sub-
section and the provisions in this part,
the terms listed below shall have the
respective meanings specified:

96

Official certificate. “Official certifi-|
cate” means any form of certification,|
either written or printed, including those
defined in § 170.6, used under this part,
to certify with respect to the inspection,
class, grade, quality, size, quantity, or
condition of products (including the
compliance of products with applicable,
specifications). {

Official device. “Official device”
means a stamping appliance, branding
device, stencil, printed label, or any
other mechanically or manually oper-
ated tool that is approved by the Direc-
tor for the purpose of applying any
official mark or other identification to
any product or the packaging material.
thereof.

Official identification. “Official iden-}
tification” means any United States’
(U. S.) standard designation of class,
grade, quality, size, quantity, or condi-.
tion specified in this part or any symbol,
stamp, label, or seal indicating that the
product has been graded or inspected
and/or indicating the class, grade, qual-
ity, size, quantity, or condition of the!
product approved by the Director and
authorized to be affixed to any product,
or affixed to or printed on the packaging
material of any product.

Official mark. “Official mark” means
the grade mark, inspection mark, com-
bined form of inspection and grade mark,
and any other mark, or any variations
in such marks, including those pre-
scribed in § 170.86 approved by the
Secretary and authorized to be affixed
to any product, or affixed to or printed
on the packaging material of any prod-
uct, stating that the product was graded
or inspeeted or both, or indicating the
appropriate U. S. Grade or condition of
the product, or for the purpose of main-
taining the identity of products graded
or inspected or both under this part.

Oficial memorandum. “Official
memorandum” means any initial record
of findings made by an authorized per-
son in the process of grading, inspecting,
or sampling pursuant to this part, any
processing or plant-operation report
made by an authorized person in con-
nection with grading, inspecting, or
sampling under this part, and any report
made by an authorized person of services
performed pursuant to this part.

INSPECTION SERVICE

§ 170.12 Where inspection service is
offered. Inspection service may be fur-
nished wherever any inspector or
licensed sampler is available and the’
facilities and conditions are satisfactory
for the conduct of such service.

§ 170.13 Who may obtain inspection,
service. An application for inspection’
service may be made by any interested
party, including, but not limited to, the
United States and any instrumentality
or agency thereof, any State, county,
municipality, or common carrier, and
any authorized agent in behalf of the
foregoing.

§ 170.14 How to make application. An
application for inspection service may
be made to the office of inspection or to
any inspector, at or nearest the place;

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

factory proof that the applicant is an
interested party shall be furnished.

§ 170.15 Information required in con-
nection with application. Application
for inspection service shall be made in
the English language and may be made
orally (in person or by telephone), in
writing, or by telegraph. If an applica-
tion for inspection service is made orally,
such application shall be confirmed
promptly in writing. In connection
with each application for inspection
service, there shall be furnished such in-
formation as may be necessary to per-
form an inspection on the processed
product for which application for in-
spection is made, including but not
limited to, the name of the product,
name and address of the packer or plant
where such product was packed, the lo-

cation of the product, its lot or car}
number, codes or other identification!
marks, the number of containers, the!
type and size of the containers, the in-
terest of the applicant in the product, |
whether the lot has been inspected pre- |
viously to the application by any Federal
agency and the purpose for which in-'
spection is desired.

§ 170.16 Filing of application. An ap-
plication for inspection service shall be
regarded as filed only when made in ac-
cordance with the regulations in this
part.

§ 170.17 Record of filing time. A
record showing the date and hour when
each application for inspection or for
an appeal inspection is received shall
be maintained.

§ 170.18 When application may be re-
jected. An application for inspection
service may be rejected by the Secretary
(a) for non-compliance by the applicant
with the regulations in this part, (b)
for non-payment for previous inspection
services rendered, (c) ‘when the product
is not properly identifiable by code or
other marks, or (d) when it appears that
to perform the inspection service would
not be to the best interests of the Gov-
ernment. Such applicant shall be
promptly notified of the reason for such
rejection.

§ 170.19 When application may be
withdrawn. An application for inspec-
tion service may be withdrawn by the}
applicant at any time before the inspec-
tion is performed: Provided, That, the}
applicant shall pay at the hourly rate;
prescribed in § 170.76 for the time in-
curred by the inspector in connection
with such application, any travel ex-
penses, telephone, telegraph or other:

| expenses which have been incurred by

the inspection service in connection with
such application.

§ 170.20 Disposition of inspected
sample. Any sample of a processed prod-
uct that has been used for inspection
may be returned to the applicant, at his
request and expense; otherwise it shall
be destroyed, or disposed of to a chari-
table institution.

§ 170.21 Basis of inspection and grade
or compliance determination. (a) In-
spection service shall be performed on|

where the service is desired. An up-to-||the basis of the appropriate United
date list of the Inspection Field Offices States standards for grades of processed
of the Department may be obtained products, Federal, Military, Veterans

upon request to the Director.

Satis-|Administration or other government’

Vol. 20, No. 8

agency specifications, written contract
Specification, or any written specifi-
cation or instruction which is approved
by the Secretary.

(b) Unless otherwise approved by the
Director compliance with such grade
standards, specifications, or instructions
shall be determined by evaluating the
product, or sample, in accordance with
the requirements of such standards,
specifications, or instructions: Provided;
That when inspection for quality is based
on any United States grade standard
which contains a scoring system the
grade to be assigned to a lot is the grade
indicated by the average of the total
scores of the sample units: Provided
further, That:

(1) Such sample complies with the ap=
plicable standards of quality promul-
gated under the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act;

(2) Such sample complies with the

‘| product description;

(3) Such sample meets the indicated
grade with respect to factors of quality
which are not rated by score points;
and E

(4) With respect to those factors of
quality which are rated by score‘points,
each of the following requirements is
met:

(i) None of the sample units falls more
than one grade below the indicated grade
because of any quality factor to which
@ limiting rule applies;

(ii, None of the sample units falls
more than 4 score points below the min-
imum total score for the indicated grade;
and c
(iii) The number of sample units
classed as deviants does not exceed the
applicable acceptance number indicated
in the sampling plans contained in
§ 170.61. A “deviant,” as used in this
paragraph, means a sample unit that
falls into the-next grade below the in-
dicated grade but does not score more
than 4 points below the minimum total
score for the indicated grade.

(5) If any of the provisions contained
in subparagraphs (3) and (4) of this
paragraph are not mét the grade is de-
termined by considering such provisions
in connection with succeedingly lower
grades until the grade of the lot, if as-
signable, is established.

§ 170.22 Order of inspection service.
Inspection service shall be performed,
insofar as practicable, in the order in
which applications therefor are made ex-
cept that precedence may be given to any
such applieations which are made py
the United States (including, but not
being limited to, any instrumentality or
agency thereof) and to any application
for an appeal inspection.

§ 170.23 Postponing inspection serv-
ice. If the inspector determines that it
is not possible to accurately ascertain the
quality or condition of a processed prod-=
uct immediately after precessing be-
cause the product has not reached equi-
librium in color, sirup density, or drained
weight, or for any other substantial
reason, he may postpone inspection serv-,
ice for such period as may be necessary.

§ 170.24 Financial interest of inspec-
tor. No inspector shall inspect any proc-
essed product in which he is directly or
indirectly financially interested.

August 1958

§170.25 Forms of certificates. In-
spection certificates, certificates of sam-
pling or loading, and other memoranda
concerning inspection service shall be
issued on forms approved by the Secre-
tary.

§ 170.26 Issuance of certificates. (a)
An inspection certificate may be issued
only by an inspector: Provided, That,
another employee of the inspection serv-
ice may sign any such certificate cover-
ing any processed product inspected by
an inspector when given power of attor-
ney by such inspector and authorized by
the Secretary, to affix the inspector’s
signature to an inspection certificate
which has been prepared in accordance
with the facts set forth in thé notes,
made. by the inspector, in connection
with the inspection.

(b) A certificate of loading shall be is-
sued and signed by the inspector or li-
censed sampler authorized to check the
loading of a specific lot of processed
products: Provided, That, another em-
ployee of the inspection service may sign
such certificate of loading covering any
processed product checkloaded by an
inspector or licensed sampler when given
power of attorney by such inspector or
licensed sample: and authorized by the
Secretary to affix the inspector’s or li-
censed sampler’s signature to a certifi-
Gate of loading which has been pre-
pared in accordance with the facts set
forth in the notes made by the inspector
or licensed sampler in connection with
the checkloading of a specific lot of proc-
essed products.

§ 170.27 Issuance of corrected certifi-
cates. A corrected inspection certificate
may be issued by the inspector who is-
sued the original certificate after dis-
tribution of a certificate if errors, such
as incorrect dates, code marks, grade
statements, lot or car numbers, container
sizes, net or drained weights, cuantities,
or errors in any other pertinent informa-
tion require the issuance of a corrected
certificate. Whenever a corrected cer-
tificate is issued, such certificate shall
supercede the inspection certificate
which was issued in error and the super-
seded certificate shall become null and
void: after the issuance of the corrected
certificate.

§ 170.28 Issuance of an inspection re-
port in lieu of an inspection certificate.
A letter report in lieu of an inspection
certificate may be issued by an inspector

when such action appears to be more i

suitable than an inspection certificate:
Provided, That, the issuance of such re-
port is approved by the Secretary.

§ 170.29 Disposition of inspection cer-
tificates. The original of any inspection
certificate, issued under the regulations
in this part, and nos to exceed four copies
thereof, if requested prior to issuance,

shall be delivered or mailed promptly to i

the applicant, or person iesignated by
the applicant. All other copies shall be
filed in such manner as the Secretary
may designate. Additional copies of any
such certificates may be supplied to any
interested party as provided in § 170.78.

§ 170.30 Report of inspection results
prior to issuance of formal report. Upon
request of any interestec party, the re-
sults of an inspection may be telegraphed
or telephoned to him, or to any other

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

person designated by him, at his expense.
APPEAL INSPECTION

§ 170.36 When appeal inspection may
be requested. An application for an ap-
peal inspection may be made by any
interested party who is dissatisfied with
\the results of an inspection as stated in
an inspection certificate, if the lot of
processed products can be positively
identified by the inspection service as the
lot from which officially drawn samples
were previously inspected. Such appli-
cation shall be made within thirty (30)
'days following the day on which the
‘previous inspection was performed, ex-
icept upon approval by the Secretary
the time within which an application for
‘appeal inspection may be made may be
extended.

§ 170.37 Where to file for an appeal
inspection , and information required.
(a) Application for an appeal inspection
may be filed with:

(1) The inspector who issued the in-
spection certificate on which the appeal
covering the processed product is re-
quested; or

(2) The inspector in charge of the
Office of inspection at or nearest the
place where the processed product is
located.

(b) The application for appeal inspec-
tion shall state the location of the lot of
processed products and the reasons for
the appeal; and date and serial number
of the certificate covering inspection of
the processed product on which the ap-
peal is requested, and such application
may be accompanied by a copy of the
previous inspection certificate and any
other information that may facilitate
inspection. Such application may he
made orally (in person or by telephone),
in writing, of by telegraph. If made
orally, written confirmation shall be
made promptly.

| §170.38 When an application for an
appeal inspection may be withdrawn.
An application for appeal inspection may
be withdrawn by the applicant at any
time before the appeal inspection is per-
formed: Provided, That, the applicant
shall pay at the hourly rate prescribed
in § 170.76, for the time incurred by the
inspector in connection with such appli-
cation, any travel expenses, telephone,
telegraph, or other expenses which have
been incurred by the inspection service
in connection with such application.

8170.39 When appeal inspection may
be refused. An application. for an ap-
peal inspection may be refused if’

(a) The reasons for the appeali spec-
tion are frivolous or not substantial;

(b) The quality or condition of the
'processed product has undergone a ma-
\terial change since the inspection cov-
jering tha processed product on which
the appeal inspection is requested;

(c) The lot in question is not, or can-
not be made accessible for the selection
of officially drawn samples; P

(d) The lot relative to which appeal
inspection is requested cannot be posi-
tively identified by the inspector as the
lot from which officially drawn samples
were previously inspected; or

(e) There is noncompliance with the
regulations in this part. Such applicant
shall be notified promptly of the reason
for such refusal.

97

§ 170.40 Who shall perform appeal in-
spection. An appeal inspection shall be
performed by an inspector or inspectors
(other than the one from whose inspec-
tion the appeal is requested) authorized
for this purpose by the Secretary and,
whenever practical, such appeal inspec-
tion shall be conducted jointly by two
'3uch inspectors: Provided, That the in-
spector who made the inspection on
which the appeal is requested may be
vuthorized to draw the samples when
another inspector or licensed sampler is
aot available in the area where the prod-
uct is located.

§ 170.41 Appeal inspection certificate.
After an appeal inspection has been
completed, an appeal inspection certifi-

ate shall be issued showing the results
lof such appeal inspection; and such cer-
'tificate shall supersede the inspection
lcertificate previously issued for the
processed product involved. Each ap-
peal inspection certificate shall clearly
identify the number and date of the in-
spection certificate which it supersedes.
The superseded certificate shall become
null and void upon the issuance of the
appeal inspection ceftificate and shall
no longer represent the quality or con-
dition of the processed product described
therein. The inspector or inspectors is-
suing an appeal inspection certificate
shall forward notice of such issuance to
such persons as he considers necessary to
prevent misuse of the superseded cer-
tificate if the original and all copies of
lsuch superseded certificate have not
previously been delivered to the inspec-
tor or inspectors issuing the appeal in-
spection certificate. The provisions in
‘the regulations in this part concerning
forms of certificates, issuance of certifi-
cates, and disposition of certificates
shall apply to appeal inspection certifi-
cates, except that copies of such appeal
inspection certificates shall be furnished
all interested parties who received copies
lof the superseded certificate.

LICENSING OF SAMPLERS AND INSPECTORS

§ 170.47 Who may become licensed
sampler. Any person deemed to have
the necessary qualifications may be li-
censed as a licensed sampler to draw
samples for the purpose of inspection
under the regulations in this part. Such
‘a license shall bear the printed signa-
ture of the Secretary, and shall be
countersigned by an authorized em-
ployee of the Department. Licensed
‘samplers shall have no authority to in-
spect processed procucts under the reg-
ulations in this part except as to identi-
fication and condition of the containers
in a lot. A licensed sampler shall per-
form his duties pursuant to the regula-
tions in this*part as directed by the
‘Director.

§ 170.48 Application to become a li-
censed sampler. Application to become
a licensed sampler shall be made to the
“Secretary on forms furnished for that
purpose. Each such application shall be
signed by the applicant in his own hand=
writing, and the information contained
therein shall be certified by him to be
true; complete, and correct to the best of
his knowledge and belief, and the appli-
cation shall contain or be accompanied
iby:

98

(a) A statement showing his present
and previous occupations, together with
names of all employers for whom he has
worked, with periods of service, during
the ten years previous to the date of his
application;

(b) A statement that, in his capacity
asa licensed sampler, he will not draw
Samples from any lot of processed prod-
ucts with respect to which he or his
employer is an interested party;

(c) A statement that he agrees to
comply with all terms and conditions of
the regulations in this part relating to
duties of licensed samplers; and

(d) Such other information as may be
requested.

§ 170.49 Inspectors. Inspections will
ordinarily be performed by employees
under the Secretary who are employed as
Federal Government employees for that
Purpose. However, any person employed
under any joint Federal-State inspection
service arrangement may be licensed, if
otherwise qualified, by the Secretary to
make inspections in accordance with this
part on such processed products as may
be specified in his license. Such license
shall be issued only in a case where the
Secretary is satisfied that the particular
person is qualified to perform adequately
the inspection service for which such per-
son. is to be licensed. Each such license
shall bear the printed signature of the
Secretary and shall be countersigned by
an authorized employee of the Depart-
ment. An inspector;shall perform his
duties pursuant to the regulations in this
part as directed by the Director.

§ 170.50 Suspension or revocation of
license of licensed sampler or licensed
inspector. Pending final action by the
Secretary, the Director may, whenever
he deems such action necessary, sus-
Rend the license of any licensed sam-
pler, or licensed inspector, issued pur-
suant to the regulations in this. part, by
giving notice ef such suspension to the
Tespective licensee, accompanied by a
statement of the reasons therefor.
Within seven days after the receipt of
the aforesaid notice and statement of
reasons by such licensee, he may file an
appeal, in writing, with the Secretary
supported. by any argument or evidence
that he may wish to offer as to why his
license should not be suspended or re-
voked. After the expiration of the’afore-
Said seven days period and consideratfon
of such argument and evidence, the Sec-
retary shall take such action as.he deems!
appropriate with respect.to such sus-
pension or revocation.

§170.51 Surrender of license. Upon
termination of his services as a licensed
sampler or'licensed inspector, or suspen-
sion or revocation of his license, such
licensee shall surrender his license“im-
mediately to the office of inspection
serving the area in which he is located.
These same provisions shall apply in a
case of an expired lidense.

SAMPLING

§ 170.57 How samples are drawn by
inspectors or licensed samplers. An in-
spector or a licensed sampler shall select
samples, upon request, from designated
lots of processed products which are so
placed as to permit thorough and proper
sampling in accordance with the regu-
lations in this part. “Such person shall,
unless otherwise directed by the Secre-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

tary, select sample units of-such prod-=.

ucts at random, and from various loca-
tions in each lot in such manner and
number, not inconsistent with the regu-
lations in this part, as to secure a rep-
resentative sample of the lot. Samples
drawn for inspection shall be furnished
by the applicant at no cost to the
Department.

§ 170.58 Accessibility for sampling.
Each applicant shall cause the processed
products for which inspection is re-
quested to be made accessible for proper
sampling. Failure to make any lot ac-
cessible for proper sampling shall be suf-
ficient cause for postponing inspection
service until such time as such lot is
made accessible for proper Sampling.

$170.59 How omczally druwn sumpies
are to be identified. Officially drawn
samples shall be marked by the inspector
or licensed sampler so such samples can
be properly identified for inspection.

§ 170.60 How samples are to be
shipped. Unless otherwise directed by
the Secretary, samples which are ‘to be
shipped to any office of inspection shall
be Iorwardea to wne ofice or inspection
serving the area in which the processed
products from which the samples were
drawn is located. Such samples shall be
shipped in a manner to avoid, if possible,
any material change in the quality or
condition of the sample of the processed
product. All transportation charges in
connection with such shipments of sam-
ples snall be at the expense of the ap-
plicant and wherever practicable, such
charges shall be prepaid by him.

§ 170.61 Sampling plans and proce-
dures: for determining lot compliance,
(a) Except as otherwise provided for in
this section in connection with in-plant
inspection and unless otherwise ap-
Pruved by the secretary, Sampies shall pe
selected from each lot in the exact num-
ber of sample units indicated for the lot
size in the applicable single sampling
plan or, at the discretion of the inspece
tion service, any comparable multiple
Sampling plan: Provided, That at the
discretion of the inspection service the
number of sample units selected may be
increased to the exact number of sample
units indicated for any one of the larger
sample sizes provided for in the appro-
priate plans.

(b) Under the single Sampling plans:
with respect to any specified require-
ment:

(1) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific
requirement) in the sample does not ex-
ceed the acceptance number prescribed
for the sample size the lot meets the
requirement;

(2) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the sample exceeds the
acceptance number prescribed for the
sample size the lot fails the requirement.

(c) Under the multiple sampling plans
inspection commences with the smallest
sample size indicated under the appro-
priate plan and with respect to any
Specified requirement;

(1) If the number of deviants (as de=
fined in connection with the specific ré-
quirement) in the sample being con-
sidered doés not exceed the acceptance

udamber prescribed lor that sample size,

the lot meets the requirement;

Vol. 20, No. 8

(2) If the number 6f deviants-(as de-
fined in connection with the specific re~
quirement) in the sample being con-
Sidéred equals or ,exceeds the rejection
number prescribed for that sample size,
the lot fails the requirement; or —

(3) If the number of deviants (as
defined in connection with the specific
requirement) in the sample being con-
sidered falls between the acceptance and
rejection numbers of the plan, additional
sample units are added to the sample.
so that the sample thus cumulated
equals the next larger cumulative sample
size in the plan. It may then be de-
termined that the lot meets or fails the
Specific requirement by considering the
cumulative sample and applying the pro-
cegures outlined in-subparagraphs (1)
and (2) of this paragraph or by consid-
ering successively larger samplés cumu-
lated in the same manner until. the lot
meets or fails the specific requirement.

(d) If in the conduct of any type of
in-plant inspection the Sample is ex-
amined before the lot size is known and
the number of sample units exceeds the
prescribed sample size for such lot but
does not equal any ofthe prescribed
larger sample sizes the lot may be
deemed to meet or fail a specific require-
ment in accordance with the following
procedure:

(1) If the number of deviants (as de-
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the nonprescribed sample
does not exceed the acceptance number
of the next smaller sample size the lot
meets the requirements;

(2) If the number of deviants (as de=
fined in connection with the specific re-
quirement) in the nonprescribed sample
equals the acceptance number prescribed
for the next larger sample size additional
Sample units shall be selected to in-
crease the sample to the next larger
prescribed sample size; t

(3) If the number of deviants (as de=
fined in connection with the specific re«
quirement) in the nonprescribed sample
exceeds the acceptance number pre-
scribed for the next larger sample size
the lot fails the requirement.

(e) In the event that the lot compli-
ance determination provisions of 2
standard or specification are based-on
the number of specified deviations in-
stead of deviants the procedures set
forth in this section may be applied h~
substituting the word “deviation” for

the word “deviant” wherever it appears.

(f) Sampling plans referred to in this
seetion are those contained in Tables I,
I, Ii, IV, V, and VI which follow or
any other plans which are applicable,
For processed products not included in
these tables, the minimum sample size
shall be the exact number of sample
units préscribed in’ the table, container
group, and lot size that, as determined
by the inspector: most closely resembles
the product, type, container size and
amount of product to be sampled.

§ 170.62 Issuance of certificate oy,
sampling. Each inspector and_ each
licensed sampler shall prepare and sign
a certificate of sampling to cover the
Samples drawn by the respective person,
except that an inspector who inspects
the samples which he has drawn need
not prepare a certificate of sampling.
One copy of each certificate or sampling
prepared shall be retained by the in-
spector or licensed sampler (as the case

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 99

SINGLE SAMPLING PLANS AND ACCEPTANCE LrVELs

TARLE I—CANNED OR SIMILARLY PROCESSED FISHERY PRODUCTS, AND PRODUCTS THEREOF CONTAINING UNITS OF SUCII SIZE AND CHARACTER AS TO BE READILY SEPARARLE

Container size group Lot size (number of containers)

GROUP 1
Any type of container of less | 3,600 or less__|3, 601-14, 400 14, 401-48, 000 | 48, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001-156, 000 |156, 001-228, 000 |228, 001-300, 000 |300, 001-420, 000 | Over 420,000.
volume than that of a No. 300
size can (300 x 407).
GROUP -
Any type of container of a vol- | 2,400 or less__}2, 401-12, 000 |12, 001-24, 000 | 24, 001-18, 000 | 48, 001-72, 000 | 72, 001-108, 000 |108, 001-168, 000 /168, 001-240, 000 | Over 240,000.
ume equal to or exceeding that
of a No. 300 size can, but not
execeding that ofa No. 3 cylin-
der size can (404 x 700).
GROUP 3
Any type of container of a vol- | 1,200 or less__} 1, 201-7, 200 | 7, 201-15, 000 | 15, 001-24, 000 | 24, 001-36, 000 | 36, 001-60, 000 | 60, 001-84, 000 | 84, 001-120, 000 | Over 120,000.
ume exceeding that of a No. 3
cylinder size can, but not ex-
ceeding that of a No. 12 size
can (603 x 812).
GROUP 4
Any type of container of a vol- | 200 or less__- 201-800 §u1-1, 600 1, 601-2, 400 2, 401-3, 600 3, 601-8, 000 8, 001-16, 000 | 16, 001-28, 000 | Over 28, 000
ume exceeding that ofa No. 12
size can, but not exceeding that
of a 5-gallon container,
GROUP 5
any type of container of a vol- | 25 or less___- 26-80 81-200 201-400 401-800 801-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-3, 200 | Over 3,200.
ume exceeding that of a & i
gallon container. .
Single sampling plans!
Sample size (number of sample 3 6 13 21 29 38 48 60 72
units).?
Acceptance number___-..------- 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 For extension of the single sample sizes beyond 72 sample units, refer to table
V of this section; for multiple sampling plans comparable to tbe various single sam-

pling plans refer to table VI al this section.

pounds of product.

2 The sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups 1,
2, and 3—1 container and its entire contents.

Groups 4 and 5—approximately 2

When determined by the inspector that a 2-pound sampk unit

is inadequate, a larger sample unit may be substituted

TABLE II—FROZEN OR SIMILARLY PROCESSED FISHERY PRODUCTS, AND PRODUCTS THEREOF CONTAINING UNITS OF SUCH SIZE AND CHARACTER AS TO BE READILY SEPARARLE

Container size group

Lot size (number of containers)

- GROUP 1
Any type of container of l pound | 2,400 or less__!2, 401-12, 000 |12, 001-24, 000 | 24, 001-48, 000 | 48, 001-72, 000 | 72, 001-108, 000 | 108, 001-168, 000 |168, 001-240, 000 | Over 240,000.
or Jess net weight.
GROUP 2
Any type of container over 1 | 1,800 or less__| 1, 801-8, 400 | 8, 401-18, 000 | 18, 001-36,000 | 36, 001-60,000 | 60, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001-132, 000 |132, 001-168, 000 | Over 168,000
pound but not over 4 pounds
net weight.
GROUP 3
Any type of container over 4 | 900 or less__- 901-3, 600 | 3, 601-10, 800 | 10, 801-18, 000 18, 001-36, 000 | 36, 001-60,000 | 60, 001-84, 000 | 84, 001-120, 000 | Over 120,000.
pounds but not over 10 pounds
net weight.
GROUP 4
Any type of container over 10 | 200 or Iess-_-- 201-800 801-1, 600 1, 601-2, 400 2, 401-3, 600 3, 601-8, 000 8, 001-16, 000 16, 001-28, 000 | Over 28,000.
pounds but not over 100
pounds net weight.
GROUP 5
Any type of container over 100 | 25 or less___- 26-80 81-200 201-400 401-800 801-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-3, 200 | Over 3,200.
pounds net weight.
Single sampling plans?
Sample Size (number of sample 3 6 13 21 29 38 48 60 72
units) .
Acceptance number--_-.-.------ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 | 7)

1 For extension of the single sample sizes beyond 72 sample units, refer to table V
of this section; for multiple sampling plans comparable to the various single sampling

plans refer to table VI of this section.

+ The sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups

may be) and the original and all other
copies thereof shall be disposed of in
accordance with the instructions of the
Secretary.

§ 170.63 Identification of lots sampled.
Each lot from which officially drawn
samples are selected shall be marked in
such manner as may be preséribed by
the Secretary, if such lots do not other-
wise possess suitable identification.

pounds of product.

1, 2, and 3—1 container and its entire contents.

Groups 4 and 5—approximately 3

When determined by the inspector that a 3-pound sample unit

is inadequate, a larger sample unit or 1 or more containers and their entire contents

may be substituted for 1 or more sample units of 3 pounds

FEES AND CHARGES

§ 170.69 Payment of fees and charges.
Fees and charges for any inspection
service shall be paid by the interested
party making the application for such
service, in accordance ~71!:1 the appli-
cable provisions of the regulations in
this part, and, if so required by the per-
son in charge of the office of inspection
serving the area where the services are

to be performed, an advance of funds
prior to rendering inspection service in
an amount suitable to the Secretary, or a
surety bond suitable to the Secretary,may
be required as a guarantee of payment
for the services rendered. All fees and
charges for any inspection service per-
formed pursuant to the regulations in
this part shall be paid by check, draft, or
money order payable to the Treasurer of

100 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

SINGLE SAMPLING PLANS AND ACCEPTANCE LEVELS—Continued

TABLE IM—CANNED, FROZEN, OR OTHERWISE PROCESSED FISHERY AND RELATED PRODUCTS, AND PRODUCTS THEREOF OF A COMMINUTED, FLUID, OR HOMOGENEOUS STATE

Container size group ! Lot size (number of containers)

GROUP 1

Any type ol container of 12 | 5,400 or less__|5, 401-21, 600 |21, 601-62, 400 |62, 401-112, 000 |112, 001-174, 000 |174, 001-240, 000 |240, 001-360, 000 |360, 001-480, 000 | Over 480,000.
ounces or less,

GROUP 2

Any type of container over 12 | 3,600 or less__|3, 601-14, 400 |14, 401-48, 000 | 48, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001-156, 000 |156, 001-228, 000 |228, 001-300, 000 |300, 001-420, 000 | Over 420,600.
ounces but not over 60 ounces.

GROUP 3

Any type of container over 60 | 1,800 or less_-| 1, 801-8, 400 | 8, 401-18, 000 | 18, 001-36, 000 | 36, 001-60, 000 | 60, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001-132, 000 |132, 001-168, 000 | Over 168,000.
ounces but not over 160 ounces.

GROUP 4

Any type of container over 160 | 200 or less_._ 201-800 801-1, 600 1, 601-3, 200 3, 201-8, 000 8, 001-16, 000 | 16, 001-24,000 | 24, 001-32, 000 | Over 32,000.
ounces but not over 10 gallons
or 100 pounds whichever is
applicable.

GROUP 5
Any type of container over 10 | 25 or less_.-- 26-80 81-200 201-400 401-800 1, 201-2, 000 Over 3,200.

gallons or 100 pounds which-
ever is applicable.

Single sampling plans 2

Ese size (number of sample 3 6 13 21 29 38 48 60 2)

units).'

Acceptance number-_-.....------ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Ounces pertain to either fluid ounces of volume or avoirdupois ounces of net weight * The sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups 1, 2.

whichever is applicable for the product involved. A and 3—1 container and its entire contents. A smaller sample unit may be substituted
2 For extension of the single sample sizes beyond 72 sample units, refer to table V in group 3 at the inspector’s discretion. Groups 4, 5, and 6—approximately 16

of this section; for multiple sampling plans comparable to the various single sampling ounces of product. When determined by the inspector that a 16-ounce sample unit

plans refer to table VI of this section, is inadequate, a larger sample unit may be substituted. S

TARLE IV—DEHYDRATED FISHERY AND RELATED PRODUCTS

Container size group Lot size (number of containers)

GROUP1

Any type of container of 1 pound | 1,800 or less_-| 1, 801-8, 400 | 8, 401-18, 000 | 18, 001-36,000 | 36, 001-60, 000 | ~ 60, 001-96, 000 | 96, 001-132, 000 | 132, 001-168, 000} Over 168,000.
or less net weight.

GROUP 2
Any type -of container over 1 | 900 or less---| 901-3, 600 | 3, 601-10, 800 | 10, 801-18, 000 | 18, 001-36, 000 | 36, 001-60,000 | 60, 001-84, 000 | 84, 001-120, 000 | Over 120,000.
pound but not over 6 pounds
net weight.
GROUP 8
Any type of container over 6 | 200 or less-.- 201-800 801-1, 600 1, 601-3, 200 3, 201-8, 000 8, 001-16, 000 | 16,001-24,000 | 24, 001-32, 000 | Over 32,000.

pounds but not over 20 pounds
net weight.

GROUP 4
Any type of container over 20 | 48 or less... 49-400 401-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-2, 800 2, 801-6, 000 6, 001-9, 600 9, 601-15, 000 | Over 15,000.
pounds but not over 100
pounds net weight.
GROUP 5

Any type of container over 100° 16 or less. .-- 17-80 81-200 201-400 401-800 801-1, 200 1, 201-2, 000 2, 001-3, 200 | Over 3,200.
pounds net weight.

Single sampling plans !

Sample size (number of sample 3 6 13 21 29 38 48 60 12
units) .?

Acceptance number.--_-.-.------ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 For extension of the single sample sizes beyond 72 sample units, refer to table V 3 The sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Group 1—

of this section; for multiple sampling plans comparable to the various single sampling 1 container and its entire contents. Groups 2, 3, 4, and 5—1 container and its entire

plans refer to table VI of this section. contents or a smaller sample unit when determined by the inspector to be adequate.

TABLE V—SINGLE SAMPLING PLANS FOR USE IN INCREASING SAMPLE SIZE BEYOND 72 SAMPLE UNITS

328
28

244
22

258
23

272
24

286
25

300
26

314
27

342 | 356
29] 30

168
16

180 | 192 | 204 | 216 | 230
17| 18] 19] 20] 21

84
9

96
10

108
11

120
12

132
13

144
14

156
15

Sample size, n

370 | 384 | 400
Acceptance numbers, ¢

31] 32] 33

the United States and remitted to the|ment between the applicant and thefservice performed under the regulations
office of inspection serving the area in]|Secretary, the fees to be charged andjin this part shall be based on the ap-
which the services are performed, within|collected for any inspection service}|plicable rates specified in this section.*
ten (10) days trom the date of billing,}performed under the regulations in this] (1) Canned or similarly processed
unless otherwise specified in a contract|part at the request of the United States,| fishery products, and products thereof.

between the applicant and the Secretary, for any agency or instrumentality there- GRaaniie BARS GRRE
in which latter event the contract pro-|of, shall be at the rate of $4.50 per hour. y
visions shall apply. (b) Unless otherwise provided in the}, For each lot packed in containers of a

= f a No. 12 si
§ 170.70 Schedule uf fees. (a) Unless|regulations in this part, the fees to be|son (cosg 812),

otherwise provided in a written agree-|'charged and collected for any inspection

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 101
MULTIPLE SAMPLING PLANS!
TABLE VI—MULTIPLE SAMPLING PLANS COMPARABLE TO THE INDICATED SINGLE SAMPLING PLANS
Indicated single sampling plan:
Single sample size, n a 6 13 21 29 38 48 60 72
Acceptance numbers, ¢-- 1 2 3 4 5 6 if 8
_ ee eee ee
Ne C TF Ne CT Me CT Rere Cyt: Ne CT Me CT Ne CT Me C TF
Cumulative sample sizes, ne, and acceptance numbers, c, and rejection 4 0 2 8 0 3 10 0 3 120m 40 4 16 0 4 18 0 5 22) 10) 35)
numbers, r, for multiple sampling. . 6 0 2 10 0 3 1414 16 0 4 20 0 5 24°15 28 1 6 Ep il ys
8a 2 || 12°91 3 | 182 47} 20) 1-5 | 26 1 6 || 32 26 | 38 27 || 4252) 18
VAC 12h) 3) i 220127°5 24g 5 32 26 | 40 3 8 | 48 3 8 | 52 3 9
26 45 | 23 36] 38 37 | 48 4 8 | 58 4 8 | G2 5 10
32 36 | 4467 | 567 8 | 68 8 9 | 72 6 10
36 5 6 82 9 10
1 These multiple sampling plans may be used in lieu of the single sampling plans listed at the heading of each column.
Minimum fee for e00 cases or less_-- * $9.00 | § 170.72 Inspection fees when charges paces TEA aT 5.00 3.00
Sea eae awit Neetese, Of 600 for sampling have been collected by @|" gravity) o-oo nanan 9.00 5.00
ee put not in excess of 10,000 licensedisamnler, ;Ror each lot ol/procs| eeol eon caarsonated Sociatea)s 5.00 3.00
: 11,00 | essed products from which samples have} Ash, acid Heats ree tame red I Eat 3,00
For each additidnal 100 cases, or ; been drawn’ by a licensed sampler and | Ash, water soluble or water insol- AbD AG
fraction thereof, in excess of with respect to which the sampling fee] 4s), NaCi free approximatel ; :
10,000 cases_----.----------------- 2.80 | has been collected by the licensed sam- ee NaCl). 9.00 3.00
UNOFFICIALLY. DRAWN SAMPLES ee the ee te Re gcharecd for the in-| Ash, NaCl free (P20s x 2) 15. 00 6.00
4 spection sha e percent of the fee 12.00 6.00
For containers of a volume not CRBS SEES provided in this part applicable to the} o - 9.00 5.00
that of a No. 3 size can (404 x 414): A : Fat (acid hydrolysis) -_- 9.00 6.00
aah respective processed product: Provided,| Piber (green and wax be 6.00 3.00
Minimum fee for 4 containers or less $4.50 | That, if the fee charged for the inspec- | Iodine number---...----- 9.00 4. 50
For each additional container in ex- tion service is based on the hi 1 t Moisture (air oven meth 3.00 3.00
cess of 4 containers__ 1.00 e ul Se n € hourly rate | Moisture (vacuum oven me' 3.00 3.00
RS E of charge, the fee shall be at the rate of | Nitrogen or crude protein 9.00 3.00
BG containers of volume seeesc ine Vast $4.50 perhour prescribed in this part. Fee ee ee erase G aaa et
ofa Oo. size can x ut not ex- ’ oC) . ‘
, ‘ tash (X20) -_. 15.00 6.00
ceeding that of a No. 12 size can (603 x 812): | $170.73 Inspection fees when charges CEST eave
ee eat elon ineretori iene @250 for sampling have not been collected by wan aluminum trio 18,00 12400
D i ecoverable oll _ 3. 5
For each additional container in ex- | @ licensed sampler. For each lot of proc- Peroxidase test (f 4. 50 3. 00
Canclotholcontainersse eal 2.00 | essed products from which samples have | Reducing sugars- 12.00 6,00
been drawn by a licensed sampler, and| BE Ee SE aae relat B00
(2) Other processed food products. | with respect to which the sampling fee! sucrose (chemical methods) “"---|_ 18.00] 12.00
The fee to be charged and collected for | has not been collected by the licensed Starch oeyloarbioby arate (direct ar ae
the inspection of any processed product | sampler, the fee to be charged for the | guipnur dioxide (direct titration) | 5.00] 3.00
not included in subparagraph (1) of | inspection shall be 75 percent of the fee; Sulphur dioxide (distillation ie Be
this paragraph shall be at the rate of | as prescribed in this part, plus aj veasonal|| son eee aecmanal =ail seco Riso
$4.50 per hour for the time consumed | able charge to cover the cost of sampling | ‘Total solids (drying method) 3.00 3.00
by the inspector in making the inspec- | as may be determined by the Secretary: | Vann thor ex. 12. 00 9.00
tion, including the ti * < y x q y ECC are | Volatile and non-volatile ether ex-
a g e time consumed in | Provided, That, if the fee charged is: ¢t 10.00 6.00
sampling by the inspector or licensed Water extract- 5.00 5.00

sampler: Provided, That, fees for sam-
pling time will not be assessed by the
office of inspection when such fees have
been assessed and collected directly
from the applicant by a licensed sampler.

§ 170.91 Fees to be charged and col-

lected for sampling when performed by |
a licensed sampler. Such sampling fees |

as are specifically prescribed by the Sec-
retary in connection with the licensing
of the particular sampler (which fees
are to be prescribed in the light of the
sampling work to be performed by such
sampler and other pertinent factors)
may be assessed and collected by such’
licensed sampler directly from the ap-
plicant: Provided, That if such licensed
sampler is an employee of a State, the
appropriate authority of that State may
make the collection, or they may be
assessed and collected by the office of
inspection serving the area where the
services are performed. _ oh

THowever, the fee for any additional lots
of 200 cases or less which are offered for
inspection by the same applicant at the
same time and which are available for in-
spection at the same time and place shall
be $6.75.

2The fees specified in this section are
exclusive of charges for such micro, chemi-
cal and certain other special analyses, other
than salt and acidity by direct titration,
soluble solids (by refractometer) or total
solids (by refractometer), which may be re-
quested by the applicant or required by the
inspector to determine the quality or con-
dition of the processed product. i

|
i

|; other than the United States or any
| agency or instrumentality thereof, dis-

| and certain other special analyses.

based on the hourly rate, the fee shall}
be, at the rate of $4.50 per hour pre-!
scribed in this part, plus a reasonable
charge to cover the cost of sampling, as
determined by the Secretary.

§ 170.74 Fee for appeal inspection.
The fee to be charged for an appeal

inspection shall be at the rates prescribed
in this part for other inspection services:
Provided, That, if the result of any ap-
peal inspection made for any applicant,

closes that a material error was made in
the inspection on which the appeal is
made, no inspection fee shall be assessed.

§ 170.75 Charges for micro, chemical,
(a)
The following charges shall be made for
micro, chemical, and certain other spe-
cial analyses which may be requested by
the applicant or required by the inspec-
tor to determine the quality or condition
of the processed product: *

For first | For each

Type of analysis analysis |additional

analysis
Mold count. ----.----..----------- $1. 50 $1. 50
Worm larvae and insect fragmen
Smelecooceceeeerocae on 3.00 3.00
3.00 1.50

8 When any of these analyses are made at
the request of an applicant and are not in
connection with an inspection to determine
the quality or condition of the product, the
listed fees shall be increased by 30 percent.

(b) The following charges shall be
made for analyses which are requested

| by an applicant and are not in connec-

tion with an inspection to determine the
quality or condition of the product: a

For first | For each
‘Type of analysis analysis |additional
analysis
———————————
Brix readings (refractometric or
ispindlé) hse Saeeee == =a $3. 00 $1.00
Brix readings (double diluti 3.00 2.00
Total acidity (direct titration 3.00 1,00
Free fatty acids_-_-------- 4.50 1.50
Salt (NaCl)—direct titration -_---- 4.50 1.50
Soluble solids (refractometric
mcthod) a eae 3.00 1.00
Total solid metric
method)-...-...----------------- 3.00 1.00

§ 170.76 When charges are to be
based on hourly rate not otherwise pro-
vided for in this part. When inspection
is for condition only or when inspection
services or related services are rendered
and formal certificates are not issued or
when the services rendered are such that
charges based upon the foregoing sec-
tions would be inadequate or inequitable,
charges may be based on the time con-
sumed by the inspector in performance
of such inspection service at the rate of
$4.50 per hour.

—‘TWhen these analyses are made in connec-
tion with an inspection to determine the

quality or condition of the product no fee
shall,be charged for the analyses.

102

$170.77 Fees for score sheets. If the
applicant for inspection service requests
score sheets showing in detail the inspec-
tion of each container or sample in-
spected and listed thereon, such score
sheets may be furnished by the inspector
in charge of the office of inspection serv-
ing the area where the inspection was
performed; and such applicant shall be
charged at the rate of $2.25 for each
twelve sample units, or fraction thereof,
inspected and listed on such score
sheets.

§ 170.78 Fees for additional copies of
inspection certificates. .Additional copies
of any inspection certificate other than
those provided for in § 170.29, may be
supplied to any interested party upon
payment of a fee of $2.25 for each set of
five (5) or fewer copies.

§ 170.79 Travel and other expenses.
Charges may be made to cover the cost
of travel and other expenses incurred in
connection with the performance of any
inspection service, including appeal in-
spections: Provided, That, if charges for
sampling or inspection are based on an
hourly rate, an additional hourly charge
may be made for travel time including
time spent waiting for transportation as
well as time spent traveling, but not to
exceed eight hours of travel time for
any one person for any one day: And
provided further, That, if travel is by
common carrier, no hourly charge may
be made for travel time outside the em-
ployee’s official work hours.

§ 170.80 Charges for inspection serv-
ice on a contract basis. (a) Irrespective
of fees and charges prescribed in fore-
going sections, the Secretary may enter
into contracts with applicants to perform
continuous inspection services or other
inspection services pursuant to the regu-
lations in this part and other require-
ments as prescribed by the Secretary in
such contract, and the charges for such
inspection service provided in such con-=
tracts shall be on such basis as will re-
imburse the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries of the Department for the full
cost of rendering such inspection service
including an appropriate overhead
charge to cover as nearly as practicable
administrative overhead expenses as may
be determined by the Secretary.

(b) Irrespective of fees and charges
prescribed in the foregoing sections, the
Secretary may enter into a written mem-
orandum of understanding or contract,
whichever may be appropriate, with any
administrative agency charged with the
administration of a marketing agree-
ment or a marketing order effective pur-
suant to the Agricultural Marketing
Agreement Act of 1937, as revised (16
U.S. C. 661 et seq.) for the making of
inspections pursuant to said agreement
or order on such basis as will reimburse
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries of
the Department for the full cost of
rendering such inspection service in-
cluding an appropriate overhead charge
to cover as nearly as practicable ad-
ministrative overhead expenses as may
be determined by the Secretary. Like-
wise, the Secretary may enter into a writ- |
ten memorandum of understanding or |
contract, whichever may be appropriate,
with an administrative agency charged
with the administration of a similar pro-
gram operated pursuant to the laws of
any State.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

(c) No Member of, or Delegate to Con-
gress, or Resident Commissioner, shall
be admitted to any share or part of any
contract provided for in this section or
to any benefit that may arise there-
from, but this provision shall not be
construed to extend to such contract
if made with a corporation for its gen-
eral benefit, and shall not extend to any
benefits that may accrue from the con-
tract to a Member of, or Delegate to
Congress, or a Resident Commissioner
in his capacity as a fisherman.

MISCELLANEOUS

§ 170.86 Approved identification—(a)
Grade marks. The approved grade mark
or identification may be used on con-
tainers, labels or otherwise indicated for
any processed product that (1) has been
packed under continuous inspection as
provided in this part to assure compli-
ance with the requirements for whole-
someness established for the raw prod-
uct and of sanitation established for the
preparation and processing operations,
and (2) has been certified by an inspec-
tor as meeting the requirements of such
grade, quality or classification. The
grade marks approved for use shall be
similar in form and design to the ex-
amples in Figures 1 through 4 of this
section.

@= BLUE
= WHITE

= RED

Shield using red, white, and blue background
or other colors appropriate for label.

FIGURE 1.

U.S. GRADE

A

Shield with plain
background.

FIGURE 2,

U.S. GRADE A

FIGURE 3,

U.S.
GRADE

FIGuRE 4.

(b) Inspection marks. The approved
inspection marks may be used on con-

Vol. 20, No. 8

tainers, labels or otherwise indicated for
any processed product that (1) has been
packed under continuous inspection as
provided in this part to assure compli-
ance with the requirements for whole-
someness established for the raw prod-
uct and of sanitation established for the
preparation and processing operations,
and (2) has been certified by an inspec-
tor as meeting the requirements of such
quality or grade classification as may be
approved by the Secretary. The inspec-
tion: marks approved for use shall be
similar in form and design to the ex-
amples in Figures 5, 6, and 7 of this
section.

PACKED UNDER
CONTINUOUS
INSPECTION

OF THE
DEPARTMENT
OF THE INTERIOR

Statement enclosed
within a shield.

Ficure 5.

(c) Combined grade and inspection
marks. The grade marks set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section and the
inspection marks set forth in paragraph
(bo) of this section may be combined into
a consolidated grade and inspection
mark for use on processed products that
have been packed under continuous in-
Spection as provided in this part.

(d) Products not eligible for approved
identification. Processed products which
have not been packed under continu-
ous inspection as provided in this part
shall not be identified by approved grade
or inspection marks, but such products
may be inspected on a lot inspection
basis as provided in this part and iden-
tified by an authorized representative of
the Department by stamping the ship-
ping cases and inspection certificate(s)
covering such lot(s) with an officially
drawn sample mark similar in form and
design to the example in Figure 8 of
this section,

OFFICIALLY SAMPLED

MAR. 12, 1958

U. S. DEPARTMENT
OF THE INTERIOR

FIGURE 8,

§ 170.87 Fraud or misrepresentation.
Any or all benefits of the act may be
denied any person committing wilful
misrepresentation or any deceptive or
fraudulent practice in connection with:

(a) The making or filing of an appli-
cation for any inspection service;

(b) The submission of samples for in-
spection;

August 1958

PACKED UNDER
CONTINUOUS
INSPECTION

OF THE

USS I DERTENO

THE INTERIOR

PACKED BY

UNDER CONTINUOUS
INSPECTION OF THE
U. S. DEPT. OF THE INTERIOR

Statements without the use of the shield.

FIGURE 6.

Sn On EEE

(c) The use of any inspection report
or any inspection certificate, or appeal
inspection certificate issued under the
regulations in this part;

(d) The use of the words “Packed
under continuous inspection of the U. S.
Department of the Interior,” any legend
Signifying that the product has been
Officially inspected, any statement of
grade or words of similar import in the
labeling or advertising of any processed
product;

(e) The use of a facsimile form which
simulates in whole or in part any official
U.S. certificate for the purpose of pur-
porting to evidence the U.S. grade of any
processed product; or

(f) Any wilful violation of the regula-
tions in this part or supplementary rules
or instructions issued by the Secretary.

§ 170.88 Political activity. All inspec-
tors and licensed samplers are forbidden,
during the period of their respective ap-
pointments or licenses, to take an active
part in political management or in politi-
cal campaigns. Political activities in
city, county, State, or national elections,
whether primary or regular, or in behalf
of any party or candidate, or any meas-
ure to be voted upon, are prohibited.
This applies to all appointees or licensees,
including, but not limited to, temporary
and cooperative employees and employ-
ees on leave of absence with or without
pay. Wilful violation of this section will
constitute grounds for dismissal in the
case of appointees and revocation of
licenses in the case of licensees.

§ 170.89 Interfering with an inspector
or licensed sampler. Any further bene-
fits of the act may be denied any appli-
cant or other interested party who either
personally or through an agent or repre-
sentative interferes with or obstructs, by
intimidation, threats, assault, or in any
other manner, an inspector or licensed
sampler in the performance of his duties.

§ 170.90 Compliance with other laws.
None of the requirements in the regu-
lations in this part shall excuse failure
to comply with’ any Federal, State,
county, or municipal laws applicable to
the operation of food processing estab-
lishments and to processed food
products.

§ 170.91 Identification. Each inspec-
tor and licensed sampler shall have in his
possession at all times and present upon
request, while on duty, the means of
identification furnished by the Depart-
ment to such person.

REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANTS OPERATING
UNDER CONTINUOUS INSPECTION ON A
__CONTRACT BASts ©

© Compliance with the above requirements
does not excuse failure.to comply with all
applicable sanitary rules and regulations of
city, county, State, Federal, or other agencies
having jurisdiction over such plants and
operations.

FIGURE 7.

§ 170.97 Plant survey. (a) Prior to
the inauguration of continuous inspec-
tion service on a contract basis, the
Secretary will make, or cause to be made,
a survey and inspection of the plant
where such service is to be performed to
determine whether the plant and meth-
ods of operation are suitable and ade-
quate for the performance of such
services in accordance with:

(1) The regulations in this part, in-
cluding, but not limited to, the require-
ments contained in §§170.97 through
170.103; and

(2) The terms and provisions of the
contract pursuant to which the service
is to be performed. j

§ 170.98 Premises. The premises of
the plant shall be free from conditions
objectionable to food processing opera=
tions; and such conditions include, but
are not limited to, the following:

(a) Strong offensive odors;

(b) Litter, waste, and refuse (e. g.,
garbage, viner refuse, and damaged con-
tainers) within the immediate vicinity
of the plant buildings or structures;

(c) Excessively dusty roads, yards, or
parking lots; and

(d) Poorly drained areas.

§ 170.99 Buildings and _ structures.
The plant buildings and structures shall
be properly constructed and maintained
in a sanitary condition, including, but
not being limited to, the following re-
quirements:

(a) There shall be sufficient light (1)
consistent with the use to which the
particular portion of the building is de-
voted and (2) to permit efficient clean-
ing. Belts and tables on which picking,
sorting, or trimming operations are car-
ried on shall be provided with sufficient
nonglaring light to insure adequacy of
the respective operation.

(b) If practicable, there shall be suf-
ficient ventilation in each room and com-
partment thereof to prevent excessive
condensation of moisture and to insure
sanitary and suitable processing and op-
erating conditions. If such ventilation
does not prevent excessive condensation,
the Secretary may require that suitable
facilities be provided to prevent the

condensate from coming in contact with
equipment used in processing operations
and with any ingredient used in the man-
ufacture or production of a processed
product.

(c) There shall be an efficient waste,

disposal and plumbing system. All
drains and gutters shall be properly in-
stalled with approved traps and vents,
and shall be maintained-in good repair
and in proper working order.

(d) There shall be ample supply of
both hot and cold water; and the water
shall be of safe and sanitary quality
with adequate facilities for its (1) dis-
tribution throughout the plant, and (2)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

| pared or handled an

103

protection against contamination and

pollution.
(e) Roofs shall be weather-tight.
The walls, ceilings, partitions, posts,

doors, and other parts of all buildings
and structures shall be of such materials,
construction, and finish as to permit
their efficient and thorough cleaning.
The floors shall be constructed of tile,
cement, or other equally impervious ma-
terial, shall have good surface drainage,
and shall be free from openings or rough
surfaces which would interfere with
maintaining the floors in a clean condi-
tion.

(f) Each room and each compartment
in which any processed products are han-
dled, processed, or stored (1) shall be
so designed and constructed as to insure
processing and operating conditions of a
clean and orderly character; (2) shall be
free from objectionable odors and va-
pors; and (3) shall be maintained in a
clean and sanitary condition.

(g) Every practical precaution shall be
taken to exclude dogs, cats, and vermin
(including, but not being limited to, ro-
dents and insects) from the rooms in
which processed products are being pre-
from any rooms in

which ingredients (including, but not

| being limited to, salt, sugar, spices, flour,
| syrup, and fishery products) are han-

dled or stored. Screens, or other de-
vices, adequate to prevent the passage
of insects shall, where practical, be pro-
vided for all outside doors and openings.
The use of poisonous cleansing agents,
insecticides, bactericides, or rodent poi-
sons shall not be permitted except under
such precautions dnd restrictions as will
prevent any possibility of their contami-
nation of the processed product.

§ 170.100 Facilities. Each plant shall
be equipped with adequate sanitary
facilities and accommodations, includ-
ing, but not being limited to, the follow-
ing:

(a) There shall be a sufficient number
of adequately lighted toilet rooms, ample
in size, and conveniently located. Such
rooms shall not open directly into rooms
or compartments in which processed
products are being manufactured or pro-
duced, or handled. Toilet rooms shall
be adequately screened and equipped
with self-closing doors and shall have
independent outside ventilation.

(b) Lavatory accommodations (in-
cluding, but not being limited to, run-
ning water, single service towels, and
soap) shall be placed at such locations in
or near toilet rooms and in the manufac-
turing or processing rooms or compart-
ments as may be necessary to assure the
cleanliness of each person handling in-
gredients used in the manufacture or
production of processed products.

(c) Containers intended for use as
containers for processed products shall
not be used for any other purpose.

(d) No product or material which
creates an objectionable condition shall
be processed, handled, or stored in any
room, compartment, or place where any
processed product is manufactured
processed, or handled.

(e) Suitable facilities for cleaning
(e. g., brooms, brushes, mops, clean
cloths, hose, nozzles, soaps, detergent,
sprayers, and steam pressure hose and
guns) shall be provided at convenient
locations throughout the plant.

104

§ 170.101 Equipment. All equipment.

used for receiving, washing, segregating,
Picking, processing, packaging, or stor=-
ing any processed products or any in-
gredients used in the manufacture or
production thereof, shall be of such de-
sign, material, and construction as will:

(a) Enable the examination, segrega-
tion, preparation, packaging and cther
processing operations applicable to proc-
essed products, in an efficient, clean, and
Sanitary manner, and

(b) Permit easy- access to all parts to
insure thorough cleaning and effective
bactericidal treatment. Insofar as is
practicable, all such equipment shall be
made of corrosion-resistant material
that will not adversely affect the proc-
essed product by chemical action or
physical contact. Such equipment shall
be kept in good repair and sanitary con-
dition.

§ 170.102 Operations and operating
procedures. (a) All operations in the
receiving, transporting, holding, segre-
gating, preparing, processing, packaging
and storing of processed products and
ingredients, used as aforesaid, shall be
strictly in accord with clean and sani-
tary methods and shall be conducted as
rapidly as practicable and at tempera-
tures that will not tend to cause (1) any
material increase in bacterial or other
micro-organic content, or (2) any de-
terioration or contamination of such
processed products or ingredients there-
of. Mechanical adjustments or practices
which may cause contamination of foods
by oil. dust, paint, scale, fumes, grinding

materials, decomposed food, filth, chemi- ,

cals, or ouner foreign materials shall not
be conducted during any manufacturing
or processing operation.

(b) All processed products and ingre-
dients thereof shall be subjected to con-
tinuous inspection throughout each
manufacturing or processing operation.
All processed products which are not
manufactured or prepared in accordance
with the requirements contained in
§§ 170.97 through 170.103 or are not fit for
human food shall be removed and seg-
regated prior to any further processing
operation.

(c) All ingredients used in the manu-
facture or processing of any processed
product shall be clean and fit for humar
food.

(d) The methods and procedures em-
ployed in the receiving, segregating, han-
dling, transporting, and processing of
ingredients in the plant shall be adequate
to result in a satisfactory processed prod-
uct. Such methods and procedures in-
clude, but are not limited to, the 1ollow-
ing requirements:

(1) Containers, utensils, pans, and
buckets used for the storage or trans-

porting of partially processed food in-:

gredients shall not be nested unless re-
washed before each-use;

(2) Containers which are used for
holding partially processed food ingredi-
ents shall not be stacked in such manner
as to permit contamination of the par-
tially processed food ingredients;

(3) Packages or containers for proc-
essed products shall be clean when being
filled with such products; and all reason-
able precautions shall be taken to avoid
soiling or contaminating the surface of
any package or container liner which is,

| thereof with any foreign substance (in-
‘cluding, but not being limited to, per-

i Part 171—UnitTep STATES STANDARDS FOR’

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

or will be, in direct contact with such
products. If, to assure a satisfactory
finished product, changes in methods)
and procedures are required by the
Secretary, such changes shall be effec-'
tuated as soon as practicable.

§ 170.103 Personnel; health. In ad-
dition to such other requirements as may
be prescribed by the Secretary with re-
spect to persons in any room or compart-!
ment where exposed ingredients are
prepared, processed, or otherwise han-|
dled, the following shall be complied’
with:

(a) No person affected with any com-
municable disease (including, but not
being limited to, tuberculosis) in a|
transmissible stage shall be permitted; ;

(b) Infections or cuts shall be covered
with rubber gloves or other suitable
covering;

(c) Clean, suitable clothing shall be
worn;

(d) Hands shall be washed immedi- |
ately prior to starting work and each
resumption of work after each absence
from the work station;

(e) Spitting, and the use of tobacco
are prohibited; and

(f) All necessary precautions shall be

taken to prevent the contamination of |

processed products and ingredients

spiration, hair, cosmetics, and medica-
ments).

GRADES OF FROZEN FRIED FISH STICKS *
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION AND GRADES

Sec.

171.1 Product description.

171.2 Grades of frozen fried fish sticks.
WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

171.6 Recommended weights and dimen-
sions.

FACTORS OF QUALITY

171.11 Ascertaining the grade. i

171.12 Ascertaining the score for the fac-
tors which are rated.

171.18 Appearance.

171.14 Defects.

171.15 Character.

DEFINITIONS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS
171.21 Definitions and methods of analysis.
LOT INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION

171.25 Tolerances for certification of offi-
cially drawn samples.

SCORE SHEET

171.31 Score sheet for frozen fried fish
sticks.

AUTHORITY: §§ 171.1 to 171.31 issued under
sec. 205, 60 Stat. 1090, as amended; 7 U.S. C
1624,

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION AND GRADES

§ 171.1 Product description. Frozen)
fried fish sticks are clean, wholesome,
rectangular-shaped portions of breaded,
pre-cooked, and frozen fish flesh. The
portions of fish flesh, composed primarily
of large pieces, are coated with a suit-
able batter and breading; are cooked
by frying in suitable oil or fat;
and are frozen in accordance with,

1 Compliance with these standards does not

Vol. 20, No. 8

good commercial practice and main-
tained at temperatures necessary for the
preservation of the product. Frozen
fried fish sticks contain not less than 60
percent, by weight, of fish flesh. All
sticks comprising an individual package
are prepared from the flesh of only one
species of fish.

§ 171.2 Grades of frozen fried fish:
sticks. (a) “U.S. Grade A” is the quality
of frozen fried fish sticks that possess a
good flavor and odor, that possess a
good appearance, that are practically
free from defects, that possess a good
character, and that for those factors
which are rated in accordance with the
scoring system outlined in this part
the total score is rot less than 85 points:
Provided, That the frozen fried fish sticks
may possess a reasonably good appear-
ance and a reasonably good character if
the total score is not less than 85 points.

(b) “U. S. Grade B” is the quality of
frozen fried fish sticks that possess &
reasonably good flavor and odor, that
possess a reasonably good appearance,
»that are reasonably free from defects,
that possess a reasonably good character,
and that for those factors which are
rated in accordance with the scoring sys-
tem outlined in this part the total
| score is not less than 70 points: Pro-
vided, That the frozen fried fish sticks
may fail to possess a reasonably good
appearance and fail to possess a rea-=-
sonably good character if the total score
is not less than 70 points. .

(ce) “Substandard” is the quality of
frozen fried fish sticks that fail to meet
‘the requirements of U. S. Grade B.

WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

§ 171.6 Recommended weights and
dimensions. The recommended weights
and dimensions of frozen fried fish sticks
are not incorporated in the grades of the
finished product since weights and di-
mensions, as such, are not factors of
quality for the purposes of these grades.
It is recommended that the largest di-
mension of @ fish stick be at least three
times that of the next largest dimension
and that the average weight of the indi-
vidual sticks be not less than 34 ounce
and not greater than 1% ounces.

FACTORS OF QUALITY

§ 171.11 Ascertaining the grade—(a)
General. In addition to considering
other requirements outlined in the stand-
ards, the following quality factors are
evaluated in ascertaining the grade ol
the product:

(1) Factor not rated by score points.
(i) Flavor and odor.

(2) Factors rated by score points.
The relative importance of each factor
which is rated is expressed numerically
onthe scale of 100. The maximum num-
ber of points that may be given such
factors are:
Factors:

Appearance

Defects

Character

100

Total score-..--------------

(b) Ascertaining of grade. The grade
of frozen fried fish sticks is ascertained

excuse failure to comply with the provisions
of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

by observing the product in the frozen
state and after it has been heated in a
suitable manner.

August 1958

(c) Good flavor and. odor, “Good
flavor and odor” means that the product
has the good flavor and odor of properly
prepared breaded fish sticks. The flesh
portion has the good flavor and odor of
properly prepared fish of the particular
species. The coating has the good flavor
and odor obtained when all components
have been properly prepared, used, and
maintained. The product is free from
Tancidity, bitterness, and staleness, from
bacterial spoilage flavors and odors, and
from off-flavors and off-odors of any
kind.

(d) Reasonably good flavor and odor.
“Reasonably good flavor and odor”
means that the product may he some-

what lacking in good flavor and odor, |

but is free from rancidity and from ob-
jectionable bacterial spoilage flavors and
odors, and from off-flavors and off-odors
of any kind.

§ 171.12 Ascertaining the score for
the factors which are rated. The es-
sential variations within each factor
which is rated are so described that the
value may be ascertained for each factor
and expressed numerically. The numer-
cai range within each factor which is
rated is inclusive. (For example, ‘21
to 25 points” means 21, 22, 23, .24, or 25
Points.)

§ 171.13 Appearance—(a) General.
The factor of appearance refers to the
uniformity of size and shape of the
frozen sticks, the color of the heated
sticks, and the continuity of the coating
of the product after heating.

(b) (A) classification. Frozen fried
fish sticks that possess a good appear-
ance may be given a score of 30 to 35
points. “Good appearance” means that
the sticks are practically uniform in
size and shape; that the product after
heating possesses a prattically uniform
light brown to golden brown color or
reddish-brown color characteristic of
Properly prepared frozen fried fish
sticks; and that the sticks, after heating,
Possess a continuity of the coating not
more than slightly affected by cracking
or slipping.

(c) (B) classification, Frozen fried

fish sticks that possess a reasonably good |

appearance may be given a score of 25 to
29 points. “Reasonably good appear-
ance’’ means that the sticks are reason-
ably uniform in size and shape; that
the product after heating possesses a
reasonably uniform light. brown to
golden-brown color or reddish-brown
color characteristic of properly prepared
frozen fried fish ,sticks; and that the
sticks, after heating, possess a continu-
ity of the coating not materially affected
by cracking or slipping.

(d) (SStd.) classification. Frozen
fried fish sticks which fail to meet the
requirements of paragraph (c) of this
section may be given a score of 0 to 24
points, and shall not be graded above
U. S. Grade B regardless of the total
score of the product (this is a partial
limiting rule).

§ 171.14 Defects—(a) General. The
factor of defects refers to the degree of
freedom from bones, broken sticks, dam-
aged sticks, and from blemishes.

(1) Bones. “Bones” means any bonés
that can be separated from the product,
can be identified, and are of such char-
acter as to be potentially harmful.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

(2) Broken stick. “Broken stick”
means a fish stick which is separated in
'two or more parts or is strained apart
ito the extent that it cannot be readily
handled as one stick.

(3). Damaged stick. “Damaged stick”
means a fish stick which has been
crushed or otherwise mutilated to the

extent that its appearance is materially '

affected.

(4) Blemished. “Blemished” means

the presence (in or on the fish flesh) of
blood spots, bruises, skin, protein curd
spots, and objectionable dark layer fat,
and (on or in the coating) of burned
jmaterial, dark carbon specks, and other
| harmless extraneous material.
(5) Seriously, blemished. “Seriously
\blemished” means blemished to the ex-
tent that the appearance is seriously
affected.

(b) (A) classification. Frozen fried
fish sticks that are practically free from
‘defects may be given a score of 34 to 40
points. ‘‘Practically free from defects”
means that:

(1) None of the sticks are broken;

(2) The sticks may be blemished to
only a minor degree; and

(3) Not more than a total of 20 per-
cent, by count, of the sticks may be dam-
aged or contain bones: Provided, That
bones may be present in not more than 10
percent, by count, of all the sticks.

(c) (B) classification. Frozen fried
fish sticks that are reasonably free from
defects may be given a score of 28 to 33
;points. Frozen fried fish sticks that fall
into this classification may not be graded
above U. S. Grade B regardless of the
|total score for the product (this is a lim-
iting rule). “Reasonably free from
defects” means that not more than a
total of 30 percent, by count, of the sticks

\

damaged sticks, broken sticks, or seri-
ously blemished sticks: Provided, That
| (1) Not mére than 10 percent, by
‘count, may be broken sticks;

(2) Not more than 30 percent, by
‘count, may be damaged sticks;

(3) Not more than 20 percent, by
count, of the sticks may contain bones;
and

(4) Not more than 10 percent, by
count, of the sticks may be seriously
blemished.

(d) (SStd.) classification. Frozen
fried fish sticks that fail to meet the re-
quirements of paragraph (c) of this sec-
tion may be given a score of 0 to 27
points, and may not be graded above
substandard regardless of the total
score for the product (this is a limiting
rule).

§ 171.15 Character—(a) General
The factor of character refers to the
presence or absence of free oil in the
package and its effect on the condition
of the package; the ease of separating
the frozen sticks without damaging the
soating or breaking the sticks; the tend-
ency of the sticks to remain whole and
unbroken when they are heated, han-
dled, and served in the normal manner;
the degree of freedom of the breading
from either an oiliness or crumbliness;
the tenderness and moistness of the
flesh; the consistency of the breading
in the heated product; and the adher-
ence of the coating of the heated

product.
(b) (A) classification. Frozen fried
fish sticks that possess a good character

105

may be given a score of 21 to 25 points.
“Good character” means that oil from
the product does not more than slightly
damage the package; that there may be
present not more than a very small
amount of loose breading in the pack-
age; that the sticks may be separated
easily; that the sticks are not more than
very slightly damaged by the normal
handling incident to heating and serv-
ing; that no excess oil remains on the
cooking utensil; that the breading is not
more than slightly oily; that the flesh
after heating has a good texture which

may be defective because of bones, or are |

is firm, tender and moist, characteristic
of properly fried fish sticks for the
species used; and that after heating the
coating has a good crisp, tender texture
not more than slightly affected by blis-
tering or wrinkling,

(c) (B) classification. Frozen fried
fish sticks that possess a reasonably good
character may be given a score of 17 to
20 points. ‘Reasonably good character”
means that oil from the product does
not materially damage the package;
that there may be present not more than
a reasonable amount of loose breading
in the package; that the sticks may be
separated with only moderate damage
to the coating; that the sticks are not
more than moderately damaged by the
normal handling incident to heating and
serving; that the breading is not more
than moderately oily; that the flesh after
heating has a reasonably good texture
which is not more than moderately
tough, stringy, crumbly, mushy or
spongy; and that after heating the coat-
ing has a reasonably good texture which
may be not more than moderately pasty,
mushy, tough, or crumbly and is not
materially affected by blistering or
wrinkling.

(d) (SStd.) classification, Frozen
fried fish sticks that fail to meet the
requirements of paragraph (c) of this
section may be given a score of 0 to 16
points and shall not be graded above U.S.
Grade B regardless of the total score for
|jthe product (this is a partial limiting
jrule).

DEFINITIONS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS

$171.21 Definitions and methods of
analysis—(a) Percent of fish flesh.
“Percent of fish flesh’? means the per-
cent, by weight, of fish flesh in an indi-
vidual package as determined by the
following method:
(1) Equipment needed.
bath (2 to 3 liter beaker).
(ii) Balance, accurate to 0.05 gm.
(iii) Paper towels.
(iv) Spatula, small with curved tip.
(2) Procedure. (i) Remove from 0°
F. storage and obtain the weight of each
stick in the package while still in a hard
|rrozen condition.
(ii). Place each stick individually in
jthe water bath (maintained at 17° to 30°
C.—63° to 86° F.) and allow to remain
for 25 seconds. Remove from the bath;
‘plot off lightly with double thickness
,paper toweling; scrape off coating with
spatula; and weigh the fish flesh portion
of the stick.
(iii) Calculate the percent of fish flesh
in the package by the following formula:
Total weight of fish flesh 100
Total weight of frozen sticks
=percent fish flesh.
(e) Heating in a suitable manner.
“Heating in a suitable manner’ means

dd) Water

106

heating in accordance with the recom-
mendations accompanying the product.
However, if specific instructions are
lacking, the product should be heated as
follows:

(1) Place the product while still in
the frozen state on a flat or shallow pan
of sufficient size that at least 10 ounces
of the product can be spread evenly on
the pan with no portion of a stick closer
than % inch to another or to the edge
of the pan.

(2) Place the pan and frozen contents
in a properly ventilated oven pre-heated
to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and remove
when the product is thoroughly heated.

LOT INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION

§ 171.25 Tolerances for certification
of officially drawn samples. The grade
of a lot of the processed product covered
by these standards is determined by the
procedures set forth in the regulations
governing inspection and certification of
processed fishery products, processed
products thereof, and certain other proc-
essed food products (§§ 170.1 to 170.103).

SCORE SHEET

§ 171.31 Score sheet for jrozen fried
fish sticks.

Number of samples__
Net weight (ounces) __
Number of sticks per container-

Factors

Soore points

(A) 30-35

Appearance. -_---.---=----.--- 35 |4(B) 25-29

(SStd.) 10-24

(A 34-40

Doelectsierasesencneoasaneaces 40 }4(B 228-33

SStd.) 20-27

21-25

Obaracterseee-seseaeeeee eee 25 |4(B 20

(SStd.) 10-16

Total score-_._--.-.----- 100

Grade -__-

Flavor.._-

1Indicates pecial limiting rule.
2 Indicates limiting rule.

Part 172—UniTeD STATES STANDARDS
FOR GRADES OF FROZEN RAW BREADED
SHRIMP *

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION, TYPES, AND GRADES"

Sec.
172.1 Product description.

172.2 ‘Types of trozen raw breaded shrimp.
172.3 Grades of frozen raw breaded shrimp.
FACTORS OF QUALITY

172,11 Ascertaining the grade.

172.12 Factors evaluated on product in
frozen state.

172.13 Factors evaluated on product in

thawed debreaded state.
DEFINITIONS AND METSODS OF ANALYSIS
172.21 Definitions and methods of analysis.
LOT INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION :
172.25 Ascertaining the grade of-a lot.
SCORE SHEET
172.31 Score sheet for frozen raw breaded
shrimp.

1Compliance with the provisions of these
standards shall not excuse failure to comply
with the provisions of the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

AUTHORITY: §§ 172.1 to 172.31 issued under
sec. 205, 60 Stat. 1090, as amended; 7 U. S. C.
1624.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION, TYPES, AND GRADES

§ 172.1 Product description. Frozen
raw breaded shrimp are clean, whole-
some, headed, peeled, and deveined
shrimp, of the regular commercial spe-
cies, coated with a wholesome, suitable
batter and breading. They are prepared
and frozen in accordance with good com-
mercial practice and are maintained at
temperatures necessary for the preserva-
tion of the product. Frozen raw breaded
shrimp contain not less than 50 percent
by weight of shrimp material.

§ 172.2 Types of frozen raw breaded
shrimp—(a) Type I, Fantail—(1) Sub-
type A. Split (butterfly) shrimp with
the tail fin and the shell segment imme-
diately adjacent to the tail fin.

(2) Subtype B. Split (butterfly)
shrimp with the tail fin but free of all
Shell segments.

(b) Type II, Round fantail—(1) Sub-
type A. Round shrimp with the tail fin
and the shell segment immediately adja-
cent to the tail fin.

(2) Subtype B. Round shrimp with
the tail fin but free of all shell segments.

(ec) Type III, Split. -Split (butterfly)
shrimp without attached tail fin or shell
segments.

(ad) Type IV, Round. Round shrimp
without attached tail fin or shell seg-
ments.

§ 172.3 Grades of frozen raw breaded
shrimp. (a) “U. S Grade A” is the
quality of frozen raw breaded shrimp
that when cooked possess an acceptable
flavor and odor, and that for those fac-
tors which are rated in accordance with
the scoring system outlined in the follow-
ing sections the total-score is not less
than 85 points.

(b) “U. S. Grade B” is the quality of
frozen raw breaded shrimp that when
cooked possess an acceptable flavor and
odor, and that for those factors which
are rated in accordance with the scoring
system outlined in the following sections
the total score is not less than 70 points.

(c) “Substandard’’ is the quality of
frozen raw breaded shrimp that fail to
meet the requirements of “U. S. Grade
B.”

FACTORS OF QUALITY

§ 172.11 Ascertaining the grade—(a)
General. In addition to considering
other requirements outlined in the
standards, the following quality factors
are evaluated in ascertaining the grade
of the product:

(b) Factor not rated by score points:
acceptability of flavor and odor. A prod=
uct with an acceptable nayor and odor
is one that is free from any abnormal
flavor and odor. The acceptability of
flavor and odor is determined on the
product after it has been cooked in a
suitable manner,

(c) Factors rated by score points. The
quality of the product with respect to
factors scored is expressed numerically
on the scale of 100. Weighted deductions
from the maximum possible score of 100
are assessed for essential variations of
quality within each factor. The score of
frozen raw breaded shrimp is determined
by observing the product in the frozen
and thawed states.

Vol. 20, No. 8

§ 172.12 Factors evaluated on prod-
uct in frozen breaded state. Factors af-
fecting qualities which are measured on
the product in the frozen state are: loose
breading or frost; ease of separation;
uniformity of size; condition of coating;
and damaged or fragmented breaded
shrimp. For the purpose of rating the
factors which are scored in the frozen
state, the schedule of point aeductions in
Table I applies. This schedule of point
deductions is based on the examination
of one complete individual package
(sample unit) regardless of the net
weight of the contents of the package.

§ 172.13 Factors evaluated on prod-
uct in thawed debreaded state. Factors
affecting qualities which are measured
on the product in the thawed debreaded
state are: degree of deterioration; dehy-
dration; sand veins; black spot; extra
shell; and swimmerets. For the purpose
of rating the factors which are scored in
the thawed debreaded state, the schedule
of point deductions in Table I applies.
This schedule of point deductions is
based on the examination of 20 whole
shrimp selected at random from one or
more packages.

DEFINITIONS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS

8172.21 Definitions and methods of
analysis—(a) Halo. “Halo” means an
easily recognized fringe of excess batter
and breading extending beyond the
shrimp flesh and adhering around the
perimeter or flat edges of a split (butter-
fiy) breaded shrimp. Y

(b) Balling up. “Balling up” means
the’ adherence of lumps in the breading
material to the surface of the breaded
coating, causing the coating to appear
rough, uneven, and lumpy.

(c) Holidays. “Holidays” means voids
in the breaded coating as evidenced by
bare or naked spots.

(d) Damaged frozen raw breaded
shrimp. ‘Damaged frozen raw breaded
shrimp” means a frozen raw breaded
shrimp which has been separated into:
two or more parts or that has been
crushed or otherwise mutilated to the
extent that its appearance is materially
affected.

(e) Fragmented shrimp. “Frag-
mented shrimp” means a breaded unit
containing less than one headed, peeled
deveined shrimp.

(4) Black spot. “Black spot” means
any blackened area which is markedly
apparent on the flesh of the shrimp.

(g) Sand vein. “Sand vein” means
any black or dark sand vein that has
not. been removed, except for that portion
under the shell segment adjacent to the
tail fin when present.

(h) Louse breutzny and frost. “Loose
breading and frost” is determined by
use of a balance and by following the
steps given below:

(1) Remove the overwrap.

(2) Weigh carton: and all contents.

(3) Remove breaded shrimp, and
weigh shrimp alone.

(4) Weigh carton less shrimp but in-
cluding waxed separators (if used),
crumbs and frost.

(5) Remove crumbs and -frost from
carton and separators.

(6) Weigh cleaned carton and separa-

S.

August 1958

(7) Calculate loose breading and frost:

(i) Percent of shrimp material. “Per-
cent of shrimp material’ means the per-
cent by weight of shrimp material in a
sample as determined by the method de-
scribed below or other methods giving
equivalent result. Results are com-
monly expressed as percent of breading
which is calculated by difference.

(1) Equipment needed. (i) ‘Two-gal-
lon container approximately nine inches
in diameter;

(ii) Two vaned wooden paddle, each
vane measuring approximately one and
three fourths inches by three and three
fourths inches;.

(iii) Stirring device capable of rotat-
ing.the wooden paddle at 120 rpm;

Gv) Balance accurate to 0.01 ounce
(or 0.1 gram) ;

(v) U. S. standard sieve—ASTM—~—
No. 20, twelve-inch diameter;

(vi) U. S. standard sieve—one-half
inch sieve opening, twelve-inch diam-,
eter;

(vii) Forceps, blunt points;

(viii) Shallow baking pan.

(2) Procedure. (i) Weign sample to
be debreaded. Fill container three-
fourths full of water at 70-80 degrees
Fahrenheit. Suspend the paddle in the
container leaving a clearance of at least
five inches below the paddle vanes, and
adjust speed to 120 rpm. Add shrimp
and stir for ten minutes. Stack the
sieves, the one-half inch mesh over the
No. 20, and pour contents of container
onto them. Set the sieves under a faucet,
preferably with spray attached, and
rinse shrimp with no rubbing of flesh,
being careful to keep all rinsings over
the sieves and not having the stream of
‘water hit the shrimp on the sieve di-
rectly. .Lay the shrimp out singly on
the sieve as rinsed, remove top sieve and
drain of a slope for two minutes, then
remove shrimp to weighing pan. Rinse
contents of the No. 20 sieve onto a flat
pan and collect any particles other than
breading (flesh, tail fin or extraneous
material) and add to shrimp on balance
pan and weigh.

c ap Calculate: percent. shrimp mate-
lal:

Percent shrimp material=

weight of debreaded sample
weight of sample

temperature for not more than 6 minutes.
Does not separate easily after being removed from carton and exposed
to room temperature for 6 mjnutes,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 107
Percent loose breading and frost
weight carton less breaded shrimp material (4) —weight cleaned carton (6) 100
= 2
weight of carton and all contents (4) —weight cleaned carton (6)
TABLE I—ScHEDULE OF POINT DEDUCTIONS FOR RATING IN FROZEN BREADED STATE
Factor Quality description Deductions
allowed

1, Loose breading or frost..... Less than 2 percent by weight of product.- eo
2 percent but less than 3 percent_-.- | 3
3 percent but less than 6 percent._ wf 6
6 percent or more----------------- a @

2, Ease of separation... Separate easily immediately after opening package--__ 0
Separate easily after being removed from carton and exposed to room | 4

temperature for not more than 4 minutes.

Separate easily after being removed from carton and exposed to room 6

SB pUniformit¥oucecacsosacceas

c=

wo
BLS

&

HERO! welght of 3 largest to 3 smallest breaded shrimp in sample unit:
1.70.

BURARONMS

_
co

4, Condition of coating-.....-
circling proper word):
No obvious. -

Degree of halo or paltae up or holidays (identify tyna of defect by
*

rool apne

(2) Lower the basket into suitable
liquid oil or hydrogenated vegetable oil
at 350-375 degrees Fahrenheit. Fry for
three minutes, or until the shrimp attain
a pleasing golden brown color; and

(3) Remove basket from oil and allow
to drain for fifteen seconds. Place the
cooked shrimp on a paper napkin or
towel to absorb excess oil.

LOT INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION

§ 172.25 Ascertaining the grade of a
lot. The grade of a lot of Frozen Raw
Breaded Shrimp covered by these stand-
ards is determined by the procedures set
forth in the regulations governing in-

|spection and certification of processed

fishery products, processed products

| thereof, and certain other processed food

products.

100415

1A tentative correction factor of five per-

cent is employed pending completion of
@efinitive studies.

(iii) Calculate percent breading:

Percent breading
=100—percent shrimp material.

(j) Cooked in a_ suitable manner.

‘Cooked in a suitable manner” means
cooked. in accordance with the instruc-
tions accompanying the product. How-
ever, if specific instructions are lacking,
the product for inspection is cooked as
follows:
_G) Place the sample to be cooked
while still frozen in a wire mesh deep
fry basket sufficiently large to hold the
shrimp in a single layer without touching
each other:

SCORE SHEET

§ 172.31 Score sheet for frozen raw
breaded shrimp.

Size and kind of container ~---------------. 2
Container mark or identification

Actual net weight (ounces) -
Number of shrimp per containe:
Descriptive size name -------

Product type -------
Breading percentage -----
Loose breading percentage ---------
Ratio weights: 3-largest/3-smallest
Ease of separation ~----------------
Condition of coating —
Damaged shrimp ------
Degree of deterioration
Dehydration ~--------
Sand veins --.-

Black spot ~-.---..------------------------
Extra shell -_-
Swimmerets
Rating for scored factors
Flavor and odor ------
Final grade

Part 173—UnNItTED StTaTES STANDARDS FOR
GRADES OF FROZEN FISH BLOcKs*

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION AND GRADES
Sec.

173.1
173.2

Product description.
Grades of frozen fish blocks.

‘WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

Recommended weights and dimen-
sions.

173.6

FACTORS OF QUALITY

Ascertaining the grade.

Evaluation of the unscored factor
of flavor and odor.

Ascertaining the rating for the fac-
tors which are scored.

Appearance.

Uniformity of size and shape.

Defects.

Character.

173.11
173.12

173.13

173.14
173.15
173.16
173.17

DEFINITIONS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS.
173.21 Definitions and methods of analysis.
LOT INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION

173.25 Tolerances for certification of offl<
cially drawn samples,

SCORE SHEET
173.31 Score sheet for frozen fish blocks.

AvuTnoriTY: §§ 173.1 to 173.31 issued under
sec. 205, 60 Stat. 1090, as amended; 7
U.S-C. 1624.

+Compliance with the provisions of these
standards shall not excuse failure to comply
with the provisions of the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

108

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

TABLE II—ScHEDULE FOR POINT DEDUCTIONS FOR EXAMINATION IN THAWED, DEBREADED STATE
(Subtotals brought forward]

eee

Factor

1, Degree of deterioration_..._ None obvious.

Slight, but obvious, on average_
Moderate, on average-___
PAM y) mark ed—eachy sh rina po Seem eeeseaneai teil eet t iy anna anna

Quality description

Deductions
allowed

|

2, Dehydration.......-...-__-

Moderate, on average__

Excessive—each shrimp-___

None obvious_-__-________

Slight but obvious, on aver

Wawo'l w~nwo

8. (a) Sand veins!__-___...._

WRAWOWNES

C9 tC et

nt

1 The deduction points assessed for sand veins and black spot occurring together on an individual shrimp shall

not exceed the larger deduction for either factor.

2 The deduction points assessed for extra shell and swimmerets occurring together on an individual shrimp shall

not exceed the larger deduction for either factor.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION AND GRADES

§ 173.1 Product description. Frozen
fish blocks are rectangular-shaped
masses of cohering frozen fish flesh of a
Single species consisting of adequately
drained whole, wholesome, skinless fillets |
or pieces of whole, wholesome, skinless
fillets cut into small portions but not
ground or comminuted. They are fro-
zen, but not glazed, and maintained at|
temperatures necessary for the preserva-
tion of the product.

§ 173.2 Grades of frozen fish blocks.;
(a) “U.S. Grade A” is the quality of fro-
zen fish blocks that possess a good flavor
and odor; and for those factors which
are rated in acordance with the scoring’
system outlined in these standards have
a total score of 85to 100 points. =|

(b) “U.S. Grade B” is the quality ot
frozen fish blocks that possess at least
a reasonably good flavor and odor; and
for those factors which are rated in ac-
cordance with the scoring system out-
lined in these standards have a total
score of 70 to 84 points: Provided, That
no factor receives maximum point score
deduction.

(c) “Substandard” is the quality of
frozen fish blocks that fail to meet the
requirements of U.S. Grade B.

WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

§173.6 Recommended weights and
(a) The recommendations

dimensions.
as to weights and dimensions of frozen
fish blocks are not incorporated in the
grades of the finished product since
weights and dimensions, as such, are not
factors of quality for the purpose of the
grades. The degree of uniformity of size
and shape among units of the finished
product is rated since it is a definite fac-
tor affecting the quality of the end prod-
uct prepared from the blocks. ;

(b) It is recommended that the thiek-
ness or depth (smallest dimension) of the
frozen fish block be not greater than 10
centimeters (4.0 inches) and that the
average weight be not less than 2.3 kilo-
grams (5.0 pounds) and not greater than
22.7 kilograms (50.0 pounds).

FACTORS OF QUALITY

§ 173.11 Ascertaining the grade—(a)
General. In addition to considering
other requirements outlined in the
standards, the following factors are
evaluated in ascertaining the grade of
the product:

(1) Factors not rated by score points.
Flavor and odor.

(2) Factors rated by score points.
The relative importance of each factor
which is rated is expressed numerically
on the scale of 100. The four factors
and the maximum number of points
that may be given each are as follows:

Factors: Points
APDealance ena ae eee eee 25
Uniformity of size and shape____ 20
Defects, 2 ee aS 40
Charactergeanaasa eee 15

Dotali scores saeeeee ee eeee 100

(b) Condition of product for evalua-
tion. The grade of frozen fish blocks
is ascertained by observing the product
in the frozen state and after representa-
tive portions have heen heated in a suit-
able manner.

§ 173.12 Evaluation of the unscored
factor of flavor and odor—(a) Good)
flavor and odor. “Good flavor and
odor” (essential requirement fora Grade
A product) means that the product has
the good flavor and odor characteristic
of the species of fish; and that the prod-
uct is free from staleness, and from off-
flavors and off-odors of any kind.

(b) Reasonably good flavor and odor.
“Reasonably good flavor and odor”
(minimum requirement of a Grade B
product) means that the fish flesh may
be somewhat lacking in the good flavor
and odor characteristic of the species of
fish; is reasonably free from rancidity;
and is free from objectionable off-flavors'
and objectionable off-odors of any kind..

§ 173.13 Ascertaining the score for
those factors which are rated The es-
sential variations within each ractor
which is rated are so described that the

Vol. 20, No. 8

value may be ascertained for each factor
and expressed numerically. Point de-
ductions are allotted for each degree or
amount of variation within each factor.
The value for each factor is the maxi-
mum points allotted for the factor less
the sum of the deviation deduction-
points within the tactor.

§ 173.14 Appearance—(a) General.
The factor of appearance refers to the
color of the fish flesh, and to the degree
of surface dehydration of the product.

(b) For the purpose of rating the fac-
tor of appearance the schedule of devia-
tion deduction-points in Tables I and II
apply.

§ 173.15 Uniformity of size and
shape—(a) General. The factor of uni-
formity of size and shape refers to the
degree of conformity to declared dimen-
sions and to rectangular shape.

(1) “Angles” of a block. There are 12
angles considered to form a block. Right
angles are formed by the intersection of
the four sides with the top and bottom
(tne two largest surfaces) ; and four an-
gles are formed by the intersection of the
four sides with one another. In a per-
1ect biock tne surfaces form into a right’
angle (90 degrees).

(b) For the purpose of rating the fac-
tor of uniformity of size and shape, the
schedule of deviation deduction-points
in Tables III and IV apply.

TaBLE IV—ScorE DEDUCTIONS FOR “ANGLES”

SUBFACTOR
ee ee
Number of Deduction
“anacceptable” points
angles

1 0

2 1

3 2

4 3

5 4

6 6

7 8

8 10

Nore; There are 12 angles considered to form a block.
Right angles (edge) are formed by the intersection of the
four sides within the top and bottom; four angles (cor-
ner) are formed by the intersection of the four sides with
one another. - 3 5 #

An “acceptable” edge angle is one in which the tévo sur-
faces forming the angles are within 1.0 cm. (34 inch) of
the apex of a carpenter's square placed along the sur-
faces (use 3 readings for each edge angle measurement,
2or3 must meet the requirement). An “unacceptable”
edge angle js-one showing greater deviation than the 1.0
cm. (36 inch).

An ‘‘acceptable’’ corner angle is one in which at least
one edge surface is within 1.3 em. (}4 inch) of the apex
of a carpenter’s square placed on the edge surfaces (use
1 reading for each corner angle). An ‘‘unacceptable”
corner angle is one showing greater deviation than the
1.3 cm. (}4 inch).

§ 173.16 Defects—(a) General. The
factor of defects refers to the degree of
freedom from damage, blemishes, im-
proper fill, and bones.

(1) “Damaged.” Damaged means
crushed or mutilated block, and imbed-
ding of the packaging material into the
block, to the extent that the usability of
that portion of the block has been ad-
versely affected; and cut or separation
of the masses of fish flesh in the block.

(2) “Blemish.” Blemish means a piece
of skin, scales, blood spot, a bruise, a
black belly lining, a fin, or harmless ex-
traneous material. One “piece of skin”
consists of one piece 3.3 square centi-
meters (4% square inch) in area; except
that skin patches larger than 9.9 square
centimeters shall be considered as two

August 1958

TasBLE I—ScorE DEDUCTIONS FOR COLOR SUBFACTOR

Condition of the surface of the block

Deduction
Points

“Light” portion of fish flesh 1.

“Dark” portion of fish flesh 3_ } 0
“Light” portion of fish flesh

“Dark” portion of fish flesh Slight yellowing } 2
“Light” portion of fish flesh Slight yellowing_

“Dark’’ portion of fish flesh Moderate yellowing; no rustin } 4
“Light” portion of fish flesh Moderate yellowing; slight rusting_ } 7
“Dark” portion of fish flesh Excessive yellowing; slight rusting_

“TLight’’ portion of fish flesh Excessive yellowing; moderate rusting_ \ 16
“Dark” portion of fish flesh Excessive yellowing; moderate rusting

“Light” portion of fish flesh Excessive yellowing and rusting____ } Fy
“Dark” portion of fish flesh-_ . Excessive yellowing and rusting 25

1“Tight” portion refers to fish fillet flesh comprising the main portion of the fillet.
1“Dark”’ portion refers to the dark-colored portion of the fillet appearing under the skin, the main part of which

occurs slong the lateral lino.

4 Fish blocks which receive 25 deduction points for this subfactor shall not be graded above Substandard regard-
less of the total score for the product. This is a limiting rule.

Note: Color of the block should be norma! to that of the species of fish used. Deviations from the normal color
result from oxidation or other changes that have taken place in the fish prior to freezing and after freezing and storage.
Ordinarily, the type of discoloration observed is due to oxidation and results in yellowing and “rusting” of the

fish surfaces. +

TaBLE II—Score DEDUcTIONS FOR “DEHYDRATION” SUBFACTOR

Condition of surface of block

Burface area affected

Percent

Greater than 0 and up to 25_
Greater than 25 and up to 50.
Greater than 0 and up to 25.
Greater than 50_-.__---.----
Greater than 25 and up to 50.
Greater than 0 and up to 25..
Greater than 60.-.....----
Greater than 25 and up to 50.
Greater than 50.

Excessive -
Marked

Excessive -
Excessive ---

Deduction
points
Degree of dehydration

1 Fish blocks which receive 25 deduction points for this subfactor shall not be graded above Substandard regardless

of the tota! score for the product.

Norr: Dehydration is classified in four degrees:
(a) Slight. Shallow and not color masking;

This is a limiting rule.

) Moderate. Deep but just deep enough to mask color of fish flesh;
c) Marked. Deep and easily scraped off with finger nail, and masks color of flesh; and

(d) Excessive.

Deep dehydration not easily scraped off.

‘PaBLE I1J—ScorE DEpucTIONS FOR DIMENSIONS SURBFACTOR

Deviations (+ or —) from the declared dimensions

Length and width

Millimeters

Up to3.
Greater than 3 and up to
Greater than 3 and up to
Greater than 5 and up to
Greater than 5 and up to 8.

Deduction
Thickness points

Thickness (individual

reading) 1

Millimeters Millimeters
Up to 2_. 4 0
= 4 1
Greater than 2and up to 3. | 4 2
Greater than 2.and up to 3 5 4 3
Greater than 3 and up to 4. a 6 4
Greater than 3 and up to 4 2 5 5
Greater than 4 and up to 5 A 6 6
Greater than 4and up to 5. a 6 7
Greater than 5 and up to 8. a 10 8
Greater than 5 and up to 8 a 10 9
Greater than 8 and up to 11_ a 13 10
Greater than 8 and up to 11_ “ 13. 12
Greater than 11. and up to 14 I 16 14
Greater than 14 320

1 These values refer to deviations of any one of the four readings taken for the thickness of the individual block

from the declared thickness of the block.

~ .2 Fish blocks which receive 20 deduction points for this subfactor shall not be graded above Substandard regardless
of the total score for the product, This is a limiting rule.

Nore: Measurements are made in millimeters.
four for the thickness. Each group is averaged.

pieces of skin. “Blood spot” is one of
such size and degree as to be considered
objectionable. “Black belly lining” is
any piece longer than 1.3 centimeters
Q-inch). “Fin” is one fin or one iden-
tifiable part of a fin, “Scales” are ag-
gregates of one or more scales of such
degree as to be considered objectionable.

(3) “Improper fill’? Improper fill
means the frozen block does not form a
completely solid mass as evidenced by

presence of air spaces, ice, depressions, |

and ragged edges (pieces of fish protrude

Two readings are taken for the length; three for the width; and

! or recede at the edges of the block).
| (4) “Bones.” Bones means any bones
that can be separated from the product,
can be identified, and are objectionable.
One instance of bone means one bone or
one group of bones occupying or contact-
ing a circular area of 6.45 square centi-
meters (one square inch).

(b) For the purpose of rating the fac~
tor of defects, the schedule of deviation-
! deduction-points in Tables V, VI, VI,
!and VIII apply.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

|
|

109

- TABLE V—ScorE DEDUCTIONS FOR “DAMAGE”

SUBFACTOR
Amount of damage to block Deduction
points
(Olto|O:30!percent sess nna
For each 0.20 percent above 0.30 percent
and up to 8.10 percent_._- 2 ai
8.11 percent and over__- 40

Note: Damage is measured by volume of the block
affected. The area of damage is measured in cubic cen-
timeters using a millimeter rule to determine the exact
length, width, and thickness of the block affected.

Calculate damage in ‘‘percent’’ using the following
formula:

Total damage in “percent’”’ (volume/weight)

(Total damage)

re A
(Weight of blocky “1°
Taste VI—ScorE Depvuctions FOR “BLEMISH”.
SUBFACTOR
Number of blemishes per 2.3 kg. (6 1bs.) | Deduction
of block points
0 to 1.0 0
1.1 to 2.0 1
2.1 to 3.0. 2
3.1 to 4.0. 3
4.1 to 5.0. 5
6.1 to 6.0. 8
6.1 to 7.0 12
7.1 to 8.0. 17
8.1 to 9.0. 23
9.1 to 10. 30
10.1 or more. 40

TABLE VII—ScorE DEDUCTIONS FOR “IMPROPER
FrtL” SUBFACTOR

Amount of “improper fill” in block 1 Deduction
points
O\to/0.80 percent Seiie ce ean neceeeneseneeeeeee 0
For each 0.20 percent above 0.30 percent
and up to 8.10 percent 1
3.11 percent and over 2_ 40

1 Air spaces, ice spaces, depressions, and ragged ‘edges.

Note: Improper fill is measured by the volume of the
lock affected. Air spaces and ice spaces are measured
by filling these spaces with water or other material and
measuring the volume.~ Spaces less than 3 ml. in volume
or less than 2mm. deep are not considered. Depressions
and ragged edges are measured by exact volume of the
block affected using a mm. rule to determine the length,
width, and thickness of the block affected. Calculate
the total ‘improper fill” in ‘‘percent”’ from the following
ormula:

Total “improper fill” in “percent” (volume/weight)

— (Total volume of “improper fill’’) x100.
(Weight of block) :

TABLE VIII—ScorE DEpUCTIONS FOR BONES

SUBFACTOR
Instances of bone per 2.3 kg. (5.01b.) of | Deduction
fish points
= 0
S) 1
= 3
=| 6
2 10
= 16
" 25
2 40

.§ 173.17. Character—(a) General.
The factor of character refers to the
tenderness and to the moistness of the
properly heated fish flesh, and to the
tendency of the pieces of fish or fillets in
the block to remain as a unit when the
block or portions of the block are heated.

(b) For the purpose of rating the fac-
tor of character, the schedule of devia-
tion deduction-points in Tables TX and
X apply.

DEFINITIONS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS

§ 173.21 Definitions and methods of
analysis—(a) “Heating in a_ suitable
manner.” Heating in a suitable manner
means heating the product as follows:

110

TABLE [X—ScorE DEDUCTIONS FOR TEXTURE
SUBFACTOR

Texture condition of the cooked fish Deduction
ints

point

Firm; slightly resilient but not tough or

rubbery; moist but not mush:
Moderately firm; only slightly tough or

rubbery; does not form a fibrous mass in

the mouth; moist, but not mushy_______- 2
Moderately tough or rubbery; has notice-

able tendency to form a‘ fibrous mass in

the mouth; or is dry; or is mushy
‘Tough or rubbery; has marked tendency to

form fibrous mass in the mouth; or is very

dry; or is very mushy--_-_-_--______--_-_- 7
Objectionably tough, rubber: a rc

mushy--__--.-.--- -

1 Fish blocks which receive 15 deduction points for
this subfactor shall not be graded above Substandard
regardless of the total score for the product. This is a
limiting rule. re

TABLE X—ScORE DEDUCTIONS FOR COHESION

SUBFACTOR
Deduc-
Cohesion condition of the cooked fish tion
points
The pieces comprising the cooked sample co-
here very tightly. They can be separated | Points
only by significant tearing of the flesh________ 0
The pieces comprising the cooked sample co-
here fairly tightly and they can be separated
only by moderate tearing of the flesh_________ 1

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The pieces comprising the cooked sample co-

here slightly. They can be separated easily

with slight or no tearing of the flesh___-_-____ 3
The pieces comprising the cooked sample show

no tendency to cohere. They can be sepa-

rated very easily...-.....---------.--- Sooros:| 6

(1) Cut three or more portions about
four by three by one-half inches from a
frozen block. Wrap individually or in
single layer in aluminum foil. Place
packaged portions on a wire rack sus-
pendeéd over boiling water in a covered
container. Steam the packaged portions
until the product is thoroughly heated, or

(2) Cut and package the portions as
described in subparagraph (1) of this
paragraph. Place the packaged portions
on a flat cookie sheet or shallow flat-
bottom pan of sufficient size so that the
packages can be spread evenly on the
sheet or pan. Place pan and frozen con-
tents in a properly ventilated oven heated
to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and remove
when the productras thoroughly heated.

LOT INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION

§ 173.25 Tolerances for certification
of officially drawn samples. The sample
rate and grades of specific lots shall be

Vol. 20, No. 8

certified on the basis of the regulations
governing inspection and certification of
processed fishery products, processed
products thereof, and certain other proc-
essed food products.

SCORE SHEET

§ 173.31 Score sheet for frozen fish
blocks.

ple
Species of fish declared
Actual net weight____

Standards
score
points

Sample
Score

Factor

25

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958, p. 72; June 1958, p. 81; May 1958, p. 72; April 1958, p. 76;

March 1958, p. 58; February 1958, p. 82; January 1958, p. 103; October 1957, p. 7; and June 1957, p. 65

Department of State

UNITED STATES REPEATS PROTEST
OF RUSSIAN CLAIM THAT PETER THE
GREAT BAY IS INTERNAL WATERS:
The designation on the part of the
U.S. 5S. R. of Peter the Great Bay as in-
ternal waters was protested for the sec-
ond time in a note dated March 6, 1958,
delivered to the Soviet Ministry of For-
eign Affairs by the United States Em-
bassy in Moscow. The Soviets ina
note dated January 7, 1958, in answer to
United States' first protest made on
August 12, 1957, reiterated their claim
that waters of Peter the Great Bay are
historical waters of the Soviet Union,
The text of the second United States note
follows:

"The Embassy of the United States of
America presents its compliments to the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics and, on in-
structions from its Government, has the
honor to refer to the Ministry's Note No.
2/OSA of January 7, 1958."

"As was made clear in this Embassy's
Note No. 147 of August 12, 1957, under
international law the Government of the
United States cannot regard the body of
water enclosed by a line drawn between

the estuary of the River Tyumen-Ulaand
the Povorotny promontory as constitut-
ing, either geographically or historically,
a part of the internal waters of the Un-
ion of Soviet Socialist Republics. The
configuration of the coast in the area of
Peter the Great Bay is not such that that
body of water could in any way be re-
garded as being comprised of landlocked
waters which could properly be consid-
ered internal waters of the Soviet Union.
Encroachments on the high seas are of
concern to the entire world and neither
internal regulations of the Russian Gov-
ernment, which were not communicated
to the Governments of other States, nor
fishing agreements between the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics and Japan
could be sufficient to establish the degree
of acceptance on the part of the rest of
the world that would be necessary to
justify the Government of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics in claiming
that the body of water referred to above
constitutes internal waters of the Soviet
Union either as an historic bay or under
any other principle of international law.
Moreover, the Government of the United
States notes that the Government of Ja-
pan does not agree with the interpreta-
tion of the Government of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics of the fishing

August 1958

agreements of 1928 and 1944, to which
the Ministry of Foreign Affairs referred
in its Note No. 2/OSA."

"The Government of the United States
must therefore, continue to regard any
measures to effectuate the degree of the
Council of Ministers, regarding the bound-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ary of internal waters in the area of

Peter the Great Bay, as violative of the
fundamental principles of international

law, and reserves its right to take such ac-
tion as it deems necessary to protect each
and all ofits rightsinthatarea."" (Depart-

ment of State Bulletin, March 24, 1958.)

Treasury Department
BUREAU OF CUSTOMS

CUSTOMS RESTRICTION ON
OBTAINING DATA FROM VES-
SELS' MANIFESTS LIBERALIZED:

A recent change in Customs regula-
tions liberalizes the amount of data which
can be obtained from vessels' manifests
and summary statistical reports of im-
ports and exports for publication or
other legitimate public use. The only
restriction is that the names ofthe con-
signee may be withheld upon applica-
tion. All other data of a general na-
ture and of statistical value to the pub-
lic is now made available on a current
basis to accredited representatives of
the press, including newspapers, com-
mercial magazines, trade journals, and

Formerly, upon written application of
an importer, exporter, or master or own-
er of avessel, information contained in the
manifest could be withheld upon applica-
tion if supported by evidence that publica-
tion of such data had beenor would be de-
trimental to the applicant.

Customs officials felt that in ‘the in-
terest of providing the public through ac-
credited representatives witha maximum
of current data relating to imports and
exports consistent with the necessary
protection to private business relation-
ships, the dissemination of such current
data should be limited to the withholding,
upon application, of the names of consign-
ees of imports only.

Customs Regulations on restriction
of manifest information as amended
appeared in the May 13 Federal Reg-

similar publications.

TITLE 19—CUSTOM§ DUTIES

Chapter I—Bureau of Customs,
Department of the Treasury

[T. D. 54585]
Part 26—DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
RESTRICTION ON MANIFEST INFORMATION

Certain commercial data relating to
imports and exports is made available on
@ current basis to accredited representa-
tives of the press under the terms and
conditions set forth in §§ 26.5, 26.6, and
26.7 of the Customs Regulations. Sec-
tion 26.7 provides in part that upon re-
ceipt of a written application of an im-
Porter, exporter, or master or owner of
any vessel, the information identified in
§ 26.5 will be withheld if the application
is supported by evidence that the publi-
cation of such data has been or will be
detrimental to the applicant.

In the interest of providing the public,
through accredited representatives of
the press and associations designated in
§ 26.5, with a maximum of current data
relating to imports and exports consist-
ent -with the necessary -protection to
private business relationships, it has now

ister as follows:

been decided that the restrictions pro-
vided for in § 26.7 (a) ‘upon dissemina-
tion of such ‘current data should be
limited to the withholding, upon appli-
cation, of the names of consignees of
imports. The disclosure of other data
identified in § 26.5, which data is of a
general nature but of considerable sta-
tistical value to the public, should not

be restricted. Therefore, § 26.7 (a) of

the Customs Regulations is amended to
Tread as follows:

(a} Upon written application of a
consignee or importer, the collector of
customs shall refuse to permit any per-
son, except as provided in § 26.4, to copy
the name of such consignee from
manifests.

(R. 3. 161, 251, sec. 624, 46 stat. 759, sec. 3,

60 Stat. 238, 6 U. S. C. 22, 1002, 19 U. S.C. 66,
1624)

Notice of the proposed issuance of the
foregoing amendment was published in
the FEDERAL REGISTER on October 5, 1957
(22 F. R. 7942). Due consideration was
accorded to all data, views, and argu-
ments received pertaining to the pro-
posed amendment, none of which was
found to warrant any change. How-

E> =P =L_ =p

ever, some minor changes in terminology
have been made to conform to related
Provisions in § 26.5 (c).

This amendment terminates suspen-
sions of disclosure heretofore granted by
collectors of customs. However, to re-
duce administrative problems for col-
lectors of customs 2=< to make it un-
necessary for reapplication by those
importers who had previously obtained
Suspensions of disclosure of data. or
whose applications have not yet been
acted on,*any applications by importers
which have been previously granted or
have not been acted on shall remain in
effect or be granted, respectively, only
as to the disclosure of the consignee’s
name.

(R. S. 161; 5 U. S. C. 22. Interprets or
applies R. S. 251, sec. 624, 46 Stat. 759, sec. 3,

60 Stat. 238; 5 U. S. C. 1002, 19 U.S. C. 66,
1624)

[SEAL] Ra.pH KELLY, ~
Commissioner of Customs.
Approved: May 2, 1958.
A. GILMORE FLUES,
Acting Secretary of the Treasury.

112

White House
PACIFIC HALIBUT

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

April 3 Federal Register and were as
follows:

FISHERY REGULATIONS FOR 1958
APPROVED BY THE UNITED STATES:
The Pacific halibut fishery regula-
tions for 1958 as issued by the Inter-
national Pacific Halibut Commission
were approved by the President of the
United States on March 28. The reg-
ulations as approved appeared in the

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE between Area 1B and a line running’
through the most westerly point of Gla-

Chapter III—International Regulatory] cier Bay, Alaska, to Cape Spencer Light
Agencies (Fishing and Whaling) as shown on Chart 8304, published in
June, 1940, by the United States Coast

[Bepartmentel) Bee: 108200] ‘and Geodetic Survey, which light is ap-

Part 301—PaciFic HALIBUT FISHERIES | proximately latitude 58°11'57’’ N., longi-
Regulations of the International Pa-|' tude 136°38’18’" W:, thence south one-
cific Halibut Commission adopted pur-|| Warter east and except in the year 1958
suant to the Pacific Halibut Fishery|'iS exclusive of the nursery areas closed,
Convention between the United States] except im the year 1958, to all hallibut

of America and Canada, signed March 2, [aeeine an ee Spencentorshunmae

EE \ gin Islands) shall include all the con-
sect Reguistoryavese vention waters off the coast of Alaska
301.2 Length of halibut fishing seasons. vet are between ae . and or erent
301.3 Closed seasons. ine running southeast one-half eas
301.4 Catch limits in Areas 2 and 3A, from the highest point on Kupreanof
301.5 Size limits. Point,-which highest point is approxi-
301.6 Licensing of vessels. ‘mately latitude 55°34’08’’ N., longitude
301.7 Retention of halibut taken under |-159°36’00’’ W.; the highest point on
ecm : '|Kupreanof Point shall be determined
301.8 Conditions limiting validity of per- from Chart 8859 as published May, 1954
mits. are fs ?
301.9 Statistical return by vessels. (2d Edition) by the United States Coast
301.10 Statistical return by dealers. and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C.
301.11 Closed nursery grounds. (f) Area-3B (West of Shumagin Is-
301.12 Dory gear prohibited. lands including Bering Sea) shall includ
301.13 Nets prohibited. all the’ convention waters off the coast of!
801-12 Retentiomot tagged’ halibut. Alaska which are not included in area
301.16 Supervision of unloading and weigh-| 34 or in Area 2 or in the nursery’ areal
i ing. '| described in paragraph (b) of § 301.11.
801.17 Previous regulations superseded. § 301.2 Length of halibut fishing sea-|
AUTHORITY: §§ 301.1 to 301.17 issued under | S07s. (a) In Area 1A, the halibut fish-
Art. TI, 50 Stat., Part II, 1353. ing season shall commence at 6:00 a. m.
§301.1 Regulatory areas. (a) Con-' of the 4th day of May and terminate at
vention waters which include the terri- Bataan or ne Gan ony of Cae
torial waters and the high seas off the SUE OF er aon e nau

western coasts of Canada and the United
States of America including the southern
as well as the western coasts of Alaska
Shall be divided into the following areas,
all directions given being magnetic unless
otherwise stated.

(b) Area 1A (South of Heceta Head) |,

shall include all convention waters
southeast of a line running northeast and
southwest through Heceta, Head Light,
as shown on Chart 5802, published in
July, 1947, by_the United States Coast
and Geodetic Survey, which light is ap-
proximately latitude 44°08’18’' N., longi-
tude 124°07'36’’ W.

(c) Area 1B (Heceta Head to Willapa
Bay) shall include all convention waters
between Area 1A and a line running
northeast and southwest through Wil-
lapa Bay Light on Cape Shoalwater, as
shown on Chart 6185, published in July,
1939, by the United States Coast and Geo-
detic Survey, which light is approxi-
mately latitude 46°43’17’’ N., longitude
124°04’15’" W.

(d) Area 2 (Willapa Bay to Cape
Spencer) shall include all convention
waters off the coasts cf the United States
of America and of Alaska and of Canada

fishing season in Area 3A, whichever is

later.

(b) In Area 1B, the halibut fishing sea=
sons shall commence and terminate at
the same times as the halibut fishing sea-
sons in Area 2 shall commence and
terminate. ;

(c) In Area 2, except as provided in
paragraph (d) of this section, there shall
be two halibut fishing seasons: the first
season commencing at 6:00 a. m. on the
4th day of May and terminating at 6:00
a. m. on a date to be determined and
announced under paragraph (b) of
§ 301.4; the second season commencing
at 6:00 a. m. on the 31st day of August
and terminating-at 6:00 a. m. on the 7th
day of September.

(d) During the second halibut fishing
Season in Area 2, provided in paragraph
|) (c) of this section, the Cape Scott-Goose

Islands area shall be closed to halibut

fishing and no person shall fish for

| halibut in said closed area or shall have
halibut in his possession while fishing
for other species therein or shall have
halibut of any origin in his possession
therein excepting in the course of a cone

tinuous transit across said.closed area.
The boundaries of said area, stated in
terms of the magnetic compass, are:
from Bush Point on Don Peninsula, ap-
proximately latitude 52°15’38”" N., longi-
tude 128218’54’’ W., to McInnis Island
Light on Mefnnis Island, approx-
imately latitude 52°15’48’’ N., longitude
128°43’22’ W.; thence southwest by
south one-quarter south approximately
ninety-five miles to a point approx-
imately latitude 51°24’00’’ N., Jongitude
130°48’00’’ W.; thence approximately
eighty-one and one-half miles southeast,
by east one-quarter east’to a point ap-
proximatély latitude 50°17’10’" N., lon=-
gitude 129°36’00’’ W.; thence approx-
imately fifty-four mifes northeast by
north one-quarter north to Cape Scott
Light on Vancouver Island, approx:
imately latitude 50°47'13’’ N:/ longitude
128°25’50’’ W.; thence along the eastern
shore of Vancouver Island to Dillon
Point, approximately one mile southeast
of Masterman Island Light, approx-
imately latitude 50°44’50’’ N., longitude
127°24'22’’ W.; ‘thence to Tomlinson
Point at the easterly entrance of Blun-
den Harbor on the mainland, approx-
imately latitude 50°54’10’’ N., longitude
127°15'24’’ W.; thence along the-main-
land shore to the point of origin at Bush
Point. The points on Bush Point and
McInnis Island shall be determined from
Chart 328, as published July 193Q by the
Canadian Hydrographic Service, Depart=-
ment of Marine, Ottawa; the points on
Cape Scott, Dillon Point and Tomlinson
Point shall be determined from Charts
3593, 3572 and 3574 respectively as pub-
lished May 1955, June 1956 and March
1956 respectively, by the Canadian Hy-
drographic Service, Surveys and Map-
ping Branch, Department of Mines and
Technical Surveys, Ottawa, provided that
the duly authorized officers of Canada
may at any time place a plainly visible
mark or marks at any point or points\as
nearly as practicable on the bounda:'
line defined herein, and such marks shail
thereafter be considered as correctly de=
fining said boundary.

(e) In Area 3A, the halibut fishing
season shall commence at 6:00 a. m. of
the 4th day of May and terminate at 6:00
a.m. on a date to be determined and an-
nounced under paragraph (b) of § 301.4.

(f) In Area 3B, the halibut fishing
season shall commence at 6:00 a. m. of
the 1st day of April and terminate at
6:00 a. m. of the 16th day of October,
or at the time of termination of the
halibut fishing season in Area 3A, which-
ever is later.

August 1958

(g) All hours of opening and closing
of areas in this section and other sections
of this part shall be Pacific Standard
Time.

§ 301.3 Closed Seasons. (a) Under
paragraph 1 of Article I of the Conven-
tion, all convention waters shall be
closed to halibut fishing except as pro-
vided in § 301.2.

(b) All convention waters, if not al=
‘ready closed under other provisions of
‘the regulations in this part, shall be
closed to halibut fishing at 6:00 a. m. of
the 1st day of December and shall re-
main closed until reopened as provided
in § 301.2, and the retention and land-
ing of any halibut caught during this
closed period shall be prohibited.

(c) Nothing contained in this part
shall prohibit the fishing for species of
fish other than halibut or prohibit the
International Pacific Halibut Commis-
sion, hereafter in the regulations in this
part referred to as “the Commission”,
from conducting or authorizing fishing
operations for investigation purposes as
provided for in paragraph 3 of Article
I of the Convention,

§ 301.4 Catch limits in Areas 2 and
3A. (a) The quantity of halibut to be
taken during the first halibut fishing
season in Area 2 and during the halibut
fishing season in Area 3A in 1958 shall
be limited to 26,500,000 pounds and
30,000,000 pounds respectively of salable
halibut, the weights in each limit to be
computed as with heads off and entrails
removed.

(b) The Commission shall as early in
the said year as is practicable determine
and announce the date on which it deems
each limit of catch defined in paragraph
(a) of this section will be attained, and
the limit of each such catch shall then
be that which shall be taken prior to
said date, and fishing for halibut in the
area to which each limit applies shall
at that date be prohibited until each
area is reopened to halibut fishing, as
provided in § 301.2, and provided that if
it shall at any time become evident to the
Commission that the limit will not be
reached by such date, it:may substitute
another date.

(c) Catch limits shall apply only to
the first halibut fishing season in Area 2
and to the single halibut fishing season in
Area 3A.

$301.5 Size limits. Tne catch of
halibut to be taken from all areas shall
be limited to halibut which with head on
are 26 inches or more in length as
measured from the tip of the lower jaw
to the extreme end of the middle of the
tail or to halibut which with the head
off and entrails removed are 5 pounds or
more in weight, and the possession of any
halibut of less than the above length, or
the above weight, according to whether
the head is on or off, by any vessel or by
any master or operator of any vessel or
by any person, firm or corporation, is
prohibited.
$301.6 Licensing of vessels. (a) All
vessels of any tonnage which shall fish
for halibut in any manner or hold halibut
in possession in any area, or which shall
transport halibut otherwise than as a
common carrier documented by the Gov-
ernment of the United States or of
Canaua for the carriage of freight, must
be licensed by the Commission, provided
that vessels of less than five net tons or

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

vessels which do not use set lines need
not be licensed unless they shall require
a permit as provided in § 301.7.

(b) Each vessel licensed by the Com-
mission shall carry on board at all times
while at sea the halibut license thus
secured whether it is validated for hali-
but fishing or endorsed with a permit as
provided in § 301.8 and this license shall
at all times be subject to inspection by
authorized officers of the Governments
lof Canada or the United States or by
representatives of the Commission.

(c) The halibut license shall be issued
without fee by the customs officers of the
Governments of Canada or the United
States or by representatives of the Com-
mission or by fishery officers of the Gov-
ernments of Canada or the United States
at places where there are neither cus-
toms officers nor representatives of the
Commission. A new license may be is-
sued by the officer accepting statistical
return at any time to vessels which have
furnished proof of loss of the license
form previously issued, or when there
shall be no further space for record
thereon, providing the receipt of statisti-
cal return shall be shown on the new
form for any halibut or other species
taken during or after the voyage upon
which loss occurred.

“(d) The halibut license of any vessel
shall be validated before departure from
port for each halibut fishing operation
for which statistical return is required.
This validation of a license shall be by
customs officers or by fishery officers of
the Governments of Canada or the
United States when available at places
where there are no customs officers and
shall not be made unless the area in
which the vessel will fish is entered on
the license form and unless the pro-
visions of § 301.9 have been complied
with for all landings and all fishing oper-
ations since issue of the license, provided
that if the master or operator of any
vessel shall fail to comply with the pro-
visions of § 301.9, the halibut license of
such vessel may be validated by customs
officers or by fishery officers upon evi-
\dence either that there has been a judi-
cial determination of the offense or that
the laws prescribing penalties therefor
have been complied with, or that the said
master or operator is no longer respon-
sible for, nor sharing in, the operations
of said vessel.

(e) The halibut license of any vessel
(fishing for halibut in Area 1A as defined
in § 301.1 must be validated at a port or
place within Area 1A prior to each such
| fishing operation during the second hali-
put fishing season in Areas 1B and 2 as
defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of
§ 301.2 and when Areas 1B and 2 are
closed to halibut fishing.

(f) The halibut license of any vessel
fishing for halibut in Area 3B when Area
3A is closed to halibut fishing must be
validated at a port or place within Area
3B prior to such fishing, except that a
vessel already fishing in Area 3B with
a halibut license that was validated for
halibut fishing in Area 3B or in Areas 3A
and 3B prior to the date of closure of
Area 3A, may continue to fish in Area
‘3B until first entry at a -port or place
with a validating officer ‘or until any
halibut is unloaded.

(g) The halibut license of, any ves-
sel departing from Area 3¥ with any
halibut on board when Area 3A is closed

113

to halibut fishing, must be validated at
a port or place in Area 3B subsequent
to fishing and prior to such departure.

(h) A halibut license shall not be vali-
dated for departure for halibut fishing
in Areas 1A or 1B or 2 more than 48
hours prior to the commencement of any
halibut fishing season in said areas; nor
for departure for halibut fishing in Areas
3A or 3B from any port or place inside
said areas more than 48 hours prior
to the commencement of the halibut
fishing season in said areas; nor for de-
parture for halibut fishing in Areas 3A
or 3B from any port or place outside said
areas more than 5 days prior to the
commencement of the halibut fishing
season in said areas.

G) A halibut license shall not be valid
for halibut fishing in more than
lone of Areas 1A, 1B, 2 or 3A, as defined
in § 301.1, during any one trip nor shall
it be revalidated for halibut fishing in
another of said areas while the vessel
has any halibut on board.

(j) A halibut license shall not be valid
for halibut fishing in any area closed to
halibut fishing nor for the possession.
of halibut in any arga closed to halibut
fishing except while actual transit to
or within a port of sale and as provided
in paragraph (m) of this section.

(x) Any vessel which is not required
to be licensed for halibut fishing under
paragraph (a) of this section shall not
possess any halibut of any origin in any
area closed to halibut fishing except
while in actual transit to or within a
port of sale.

(1) A halibut license shall not be valid
for halibut fishing in any area while a
permit endorsed thereon is in effect, nor
shall it be validated while halibut taken
under such permit is on board.

(m) A halibut license when validated
for halibut fishing in Area 3A shall not
be valid for the possession of any halibut

in Area 2 if said vessel is in possession
of baited gear more than 25 miles from
Cape Spencer Light, Alaska; and a hali-
but license when validated for halibut
fishing in Area 3B shall not be valid for
the possession of any halibut in Area
3A, when Area 3A is closed to halibut
fishing, if said vessel is in possession
of baited gear more than 20 miles by
navigable water route from the boundary
tween Areas 3A and 3B.

(n) No person on any vessel which is
required to have a halibut license under
paragraph (a) of this section shall fish
for halibut or have halibut in his posses-
sion, unless said vessel has a valid license
issued and in force in conformity with
the provisions of this section.

§ 301.7 Retention of halibut taken
under permit. (a) There may be re-
tained for sale on any vessel which shall
Ihave a permit as provided in § 301.8
such halibut as is caught incidentally
to fishing by that vessel in any area
after it has been closed to halibut fish-
ing under § 301.2 or § 301.4 with set
lines (of the type commonly used in the
Pacific Coast halibut fishery) for other
species, not to exceed at any time one
pound of halibut for each seven pounds
of salable fish, actually utilized, of other
species not including salmon or tuna,
and such halibut may be sold as the
catch of said vessel. the weight of all
tisn vo be computed as with heads off
and entrails removed: Provided, That it
shall not be a violation of this regula-

114

tion for any such vessel to have in pos-
session halibut in addition to the amount
herein allowed to be sold if such addi-
tional halibut shall not excéed thirty
percent of such amount and shall be
forfeited and surrendered at the time
of landing as provided in paragraph (e)
of this section.

(b) There may be retained for sale
on any vessel which shall have a permit
as provided in § 301.8 such halibut as}
is caught incidentally to fishing for spe-!
cies of crab by that vessel in that partl|
of Area 3B known as Bering Sea atter
6:00-a.,m. of the 1st day of April of
the’ year 1958 with bottom trawl nets
(of the type commonly used in the Ber-
jhg Sea king crab fishery) whose cod
ends or fish bags shall consist of web-
bing whose dry-stretched mesh shall
measure not less than 12 inches be-
tween knots or hog rings, not to exceed
at any time one pound of halibut for;
each five pounds drained weight of sal-
able picked crab meat or the equivalent
drained weight of crab meat in the shell
or in vacuum-packed heat processed
containers. The equivaient weight of
meat in the shell shall be computed on
the basis of 15 pounds of meat in the
shell being equal to 6 pounds of drained
picked crab meat-and the equivalent
weight of processed meat shall be com-
puted on the basis of 6% ounces of
drained weight of proce8$sed crab being
equal to 8 ounces of picked crab meat.

(c) Halibut retained under such per-
mit shall not be filleted, flitched,
steaked or butchered beyond the re-
moval of -the head and entrails while
on the catching vessel.

‘(d) Halibut retained under such per-
mit shall not be landed or otherwise
removed or be received by any person,
firm-.or corporation from the catching
vessel until all halibut on board shal
have been reported to a customs, fish-
ery or other authorized enforcement of-
ficer of the Governments of Canada or
the United States by the captain or op-
erator of said vessel and also by the
person, firm or corporation receiving the.
halibut, and no halibut or other fish or
crabs shall be landed or removed o1
be received from the catching vessel,,
except with the permission of said offi-
cer-and under such supervision as the
said officer may deem advisable.

_(e) Halibut retained under such per-
mit shall not be purchased or held in
possession by any person other than the
maaster, operator or crew of the catch-
ing vessel in excess of the proportion
allowed in paragraph (a) of this sec-
tion until such excess, whatever its ori- !
gin,.shall have been forfeited and sur-
rendered to the customs, fishery or other
authorized officers of the Governmen
of Canada or the United States. In
forfeiting such excess, the vessel shall;
be permitted to surrender any part of
its catch of halibut, provided that the
amount retained shall not exceed the
proportion herein allowed.

(f) Permits for the retention and
landing of halibut caught in Areas 1A,
1B, 2, 3A or 3B, exclusive of that part
known as Bering Sea, in the year 1958
shall become invalid at 6:00 a. m. of the
16th day of November of said year or
at such earlier date as the Commission
shall determine.

(g) Permits shall become invalid for
the retention of halibut caught in that

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

part of Area 3B known as Bering Sea
after 6:00 a. m. of the 15th day of No-
vember in the year 1958 and shall be-
come invalid for the landing of. halibut
caught under permit in that part of
Area 3B known as Bering Sea after

6:00 a. m. of the 15th day of December
of the year 1958 or at such earlier dates
as the Commission shall determine.

§ 301.8 Conditions limiting validity of
permits. (a) Any vessel which shall be
used in fishing for other species than'
haliput in any area after it has been
closed to halibut fishing under § 301.2 or!
§ 301.4 must have a halibut license and a |
permit if it shall retain, land or sell any |
halibut caught incidentally. to such fish-
ing or possess any halibut of any origin
during such fishing, as provided in
§ 301.7.

» (b) The permit shall be shown by en- | |
dorsement of the issuing officer on the
face of the halibut license form held by |
said vessel and shall show the area or.
areas for which the permit is issued.

(c) The permit shall terminate at the
time of the first landing thereafter of
fish or crabs of any species and a new
permit shall be secured before any sub-
sequent fishing operation for which a
permit is required.

(d) A permit shall not be issued to any
vessel which shall have halibut on board
taken while said vessel was licensed to
fish in an open area unless such halibut
shall be considered as taken under the
issued permit and shall thereby be sub-
ject to forfeiture when landed if in
excess of the proportign permitted in
paragraph (a) or (b) of § 361.7.

te) A permit shall not be issued to, or
be valid if held by, any vessel which shall
fish with other than set lines of the type
commonly used in the Pacific Coast hali-
but fishery except in that part of Area
3B known as Bering Sea as provided in
paragraph (b) of § 301.7.

(f) The permit of any vessel shall not
be valid unless the permit is granted

before departure from port for each fish-
ing operation for which statistical re-
turns are required. This granting of a
permit shall be by customs officers or by
fishery officers of the Governments of
Canada or the United States when avail-
able at places where there are no customs
officers and shall not be made unless the
area or areas in which the vessel will
fish is entered on the halibut license form
and unless the provisions of § 301.9 have
been complied with for all landings and
all fishing operations since issue of the
license or.permit, provided that if the
master or or operator of any vessel shall fail
to comply with the provisions of § 301.9,
the permit of such vessel may_be granted
by customs or fishery officers upon evi-

| dence either that there has been a judi-

cial determination of _the offense or that
the laws prescribing penalties therefor
have-been complied with, or that the said
master or operator is no longer responsi-
ble for, nor sharing in, the operations of
said vessel.

‘(g) A permit shall not be valid for the
landing of halibut caught incidentally
to fishing for crabs in that part of Area
3B known as Bering Sea unless the vessel
shall show documentary evidence of date
of departure from some port or place
within said area, or from Akutan, Alaska,
subsequent to such fishing. Such docu-
mentary evidence may consist of a certi-

Vol. 20, No. 8

fied written stdtement of a properly
identified and responsible resident within
that part of Area 3B known as Bering
Sea or at Akutan.

(h) The permit of any vessel shall not
be valid if said vessel shall have in its
possession at any time halibut in excess
of the amount allowed under paragraph
(a) or (b) of § 301.7.

(1) No person shall retain, land or sell
any halibut caught incidentally to fish=
ing for other species in any area closed
to halibut fishing under § 301.2 or § 301.4,
or shall have halibut of any origin in his
possession during such fishing, uniess
such person is a member of the crew of
and is upon a vessel with a halibut li-
cense and with a valid permit issued and

in force in conformity with the provi-

| sions of §§ 301.7 and 301.8.

§ 301.9 Statistical return by vessels.
(a) Statistical return as to the amount
of halibut taken during fishing opera-

| tions must be made by the master or op-

erator of any vessel licensed under the
regulations in this part and as to the
amount of halibut and other species by
the master or operator of any vessel op-
erating under permit as provided for in
§§ 301.7 and 301.8, within 96 hours of
landing, sale or transfer of halibut or of
first entry thereafter into a port where
there is an officer authorized to receive
such return.

(b) ‘The statistical return must state
the port of landing and the amount of
each species taken within the area or
areas defined in the regulations in this
part, for which the vessel's license is
validated for halibut fishing or within
the area or areas for whith the vessel’s
license is endorsed as a permit.

(c) The statistical return must in-
clude all halibut landed or transferred
to other vessels and ait halibut held in
possession on board and must be full,
true and-correct in all respects herein
required.

.(d) The master or operator or any
person engaged on shares in the opera=
tion of any vessel licensed or holding a
permit under the regulations in this part
may be required by the Commission or
by any officer of the Governments of
Canada or the United States authorized
to réceive such return to certify to its
correctness to the best of his information
and belief and to support the certificate
by a sworn statement. Validation of a
halibut license or issuance of a permit
after such sworn return is made shall be
provisional and shall not render the li-
cense or permit valid in case the return
shall later be shown to be false or fraud-
ulently made.

(e) The master or operator of any
vessel holding a license-or permit under
the regulations in this part shall keep. an
accurate log of all fishing operations
including therein date, locality, amount

gear used, and amount of halibut
taken daily in each such locality. This
log record shall be open to inspection by
representatives of the Commission au-
thorized for this purpose.

(f) The master, operator or any other
person engaged on shares in the opera~
tion of any vessel licensed under the
regulations in this part may be requited
by the Commission or by any officer of
the Governments of Canada or
United States to*certify to the correct-
ness of such log'record to the best of his

August 1958

information and belief and to support
the certificate by a sworn statement.

‘$301.10 Statistical return by deaiers.
(a) All persons, firms or corperations
that, shall buy-halibut or receive halibut
for any purpose from fishing or trans-
porting vessels or other carrier shall keep
and on request furnish to customs officers
or to any enforcing officer of the Gov-
ernments of Canada or the United States
or to’representatives of the Commission,
records of each purchase or receipt of
halibut, showing date, locality, name of
vesst], person, firm or corporation pur-
chased or received from and the amount
in pounds according to trade categories
of the halibut and other species landed
with the halibut.

(b) All persons, firms or corporations
receiving fish from a vessel fishing under
permit as provided in § 301.7 shall within
48 hours make to an authorized enforce-
ment officer of the Governments of
Canadg or the United States a signed
statistical return showing the date, local-
ity, mame of vessel received from and
the amount. of halibut and of other
species landed with the halibut and cer-
tifying that_permission to receive such
fish was seoured in accordance with
paragraph (d) of § 301.7. Such persons,
firms or corporations may be required by
any officer of the Governments of Canada
or the United States to support the
accuracy of the above signed statistical
return with a-sworn statement.

{c) All records of all persons, firms or
corporations concerning the landing,
purchase, receipt and sale of halibut and
other species landed therewith shall be
open at all times to inspection by any
enforcement officer of the Governments
of Canada or the United States or by any
authorized representative of the Com-
mission. Such persons, firms or corpora-
tions may be required to certify.to the
correctness’of such records and to sup-
port the certificate by a sworn statement.

(d) . The possession by any person, firm
or corporation of halibut which such per-
son, firm or corporation knows to have
been taken by a vessel without a valid
halibut license or a vessel without a per-
mit when such license or permit is re-
quired, is prohibited.

Xe)} No person, firm or corporation
shall unload any halibut from any vessel
that has fished for halibut in Area 3B
after the closure of Area 3A unless the
license of said vessel has been validated
at a port or place in Area 3B as required
in paragraphs (f) and (g) of § 301.6 or
unless permission to unload such halibut
has béen sec
officer of the Governments of Canada or
the United States.

3301.11 Closed nursery grounds. (a)
The following areas have been found to
be populated by small, immature halibut
and are designated as nursery grounds
and except in the year 1958 are closed to
halibut fishing, and, except in the year
1958, no person shall fish for halibut in
either of such areas,or shall have halibut
in his possession while fishing for other
species therein, or shall have halibut of
any origin in his possession therein ex-
eept in the course of a continuous transit
peross such area, or during continuous
transit through such-area for landing at
the Port of Masset, Q. C. I.

d from an enforcement!

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

‘ (bo) First, that area in the waters off
the coast of Alaska within the following
boundary as stated in terms of the mag-
metic compass unless otherwise indi-
cated: from the north extremity of Capg
Ulitka, Noyes Island, approximately lat-
itude 55°33’48’' N., longitude 133°43’35’’
W., to the south extremity of Wood Is-
land, approximately latitude 55°39'44’”
N., longitude 133°42’29’’ W.; thence to
the east extremity of Timbered Islet, ap-
proximately latitude 55°41'47’’ N., iong-
itude 133°47’42”" W.; thence to the true
west extremity of Timbered Islet, ap-
proximately latitude 55°41’46’’ N., longi-
tude 133°48’01’’ W.; thence southwest
three-quarters south sixteen and five-
eighths miles to a point approximately
latitude 55°34'46’"" N., longitude
134°14'40’’ W.; thence southeast by
south twelve and one-half miles to a
point approximately latitude 55°22’23'’
N., longitude 134°12’48’’ W.; thence
hortheast thirteen and seven-eighths
miles to the southern extremity of Cape
Addington, -Noyes Island, latitude
55°26'11’’ N., longitude 133°49'12’’ W.;
and to the point of origin on Cape Ulitka.
The boundary lines herein indicated
shall be determined from Chart 8157,
as published by the United States Coast
and Geodetic Survey at Washington,
D. C., in June 1929, and Chart 8152, as
published by the United States Coast and
Geodetic Survey at Washington, D. C.,
in March 1933, and reissued March 1939,
except for the point of Cape Addington
which shall be determined from Chart
8158, as published by the United States
Coast and Geodetic Survey in December
1923, provided that the duly authorized
officers of the United States of America
may at any time place a plainly visible
mark or marks at any point or points as
nearly “as practicable on the boundary
line defined herein, and such mark or
marks shall thereafter be considered as
correctly defining said boundary.

(c) Second, that area lying in the
waters off the northern coast of Graham
Island, British Columbia, within the fol-
lowing boundary, as stated in terms of
the magnetic compass unless otherwise
indicated; from the outer Entry Point
Light, latitude 54°02’40’’ N., longitude
132°11’30'’ W.; thence northwest ten
miles to a point approximately latitude
54°12'20’’ N., longitude 132°16’30’’ W.;
thence true east approximately fourteen

and one-half miles to a point which shall |,

lie northwest of the highest point of Tow
Hill, Graham Island, latitude 54°04’24’’
N., longitude 131°48'00’’ W.; thence
southeast to the said highest point of
‘Tow Hill. The. points on the above men-
tioned island shall“be determined from
Chart 3754, published at the Admiralty,
London, April 11, 1911, provided that the
duly authorized officers of Canada may
at any time place a plainly visible mark
or marks at any point or points as nearly
as practicable on the boundary line de-
fined herein, and such marks shall there-
after be considered as correctly defining
Said boundary.

§ 301.12 Dory gear prohibited. The
use of any hand gurdy or other appli-
ance in hauling halibut gear by hand

‘power in any dory or small boat operated

from a vessel licensed under the pro-
visions of the regulations in this part
is prohibited in all convention waters.

115

§ 301.13 Nets prohibited. ‘a)y-It is
rohibited to retain halibut taken in
Areas 1A, 1B, 2, 3A, and in Area 3B, ex-
jclusive of that part known as Bering Sea,
‘with a net of any kind or to have ip pos=
‘session any halibut in said areas while
‘using any net or nets other than bait
nets for the capture of other species of
fish, nor shall any license or permit vali-
dated for said areas under the regula-
tions in this part be valid during the use
or possession on board of any net or-nets
other than bait nets: Provided, That the
character and the use of said bait nets
conform to the laws and regulations of
the country where they may be utilized
and that said bait nets are utilized for
no other purpose than the capture of
bait for said vessel.

(b) It is prohibited to retain halibut

/taken in that part of Area 3B known as
Bering Sea with any nev wnlen aoes nov
have a cod end or fish bag of webbing
whose dry-stretched mesh measures 12
‘inches or more between knots or hog
\rings, nor shall any license or permit
held by any vessel fishing for crabs in
that part of Area 3B known as Bering
Sea be valid for the possession of halibut
during the use or possession on board of
}any net which does not have a cod end
er fish bag of webbing whose dry-
stretched mesh measures 12 inches -or
more between knots or hog rings, _
! $301.14 Retention of tagged nalibut.
{Nothing contained in the regulations in
ithis part shall prohibit any vessel at any
time from-retaining and landing say
halibut which bears a Commission tag at
the time of capture: Provided, That such
halibut with the tag still attached is re-
ported at the time of landing to repre-
sentatives of the Commission or to en-
forcement officers of the Governments of
Canada or the United States and is made
available to them for examination.

§ 301.15 Responsibility of master.
Wherever in the regulations in this part
any duty is laid upon. any vessel, it shall
be the personal responsibility of the
master or operator of said vessel to see
that said duty is performed and-he shall
‘personally be responsible for the per=
‘formance of said duty. This provision
shall not be construed to relieve any
member of the crew of any responsibility
with which he would otherwise be
chargeable.

§ 301.16 Supervision -of unloading
and weighing. The unloading and
| weighing of the halibut of any vessel li-=
'censed under the regulations in this part
‘and the unloading and weighing of hali-
but and other species of any vessel hold-
ing a permit under the regulations in
{gis part shall be under such supervision
‘as the customs or other authorized officer
{may deem advisable in order to assure
ithe fulfillment of the provisions of the
regulations in this part,

§301.17 Previous regulations super-
seded. The regulations in this part shal}
supersede all previous’ regulations
adopted pursuant to the Convention be-=-
tween Canada and the United States of
America for the preservation of the hali-
but fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean
and Bering Sea, signed March 2, 1953,
except as to offenses occurring prior to.
|the approval of the regulations in this

116

part. The regulations-in this part shall
be effective as to each succeeding year,
with the dates herein specified changed
accordingly, until superseded by subse=
quently approved regulations. Any de<
termination made by the Commission
pursuant to the regulations in this part
shall become effective immediately.

SETON H. THOMPSON,
Chairman,
WiLtram M. SPRULEs,
Vice-Chairmam
Harovp S. HELLAND,
Mattias MapsEN.
J. W. MENDENHALL,
RICHARD NELSON.
Signed:
SETon H. THOMPSON,
Chairman,
Signed:
H. A. Duntop,
Secretary.

Approved: March 28, 1958.
Dwicut D. EIsENHOWER.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, June (1958)
p. 55; April 1958, p. 49.

Eighty-Fifth Congress

(Second Session)

Public bills and resolutions which may
directlyor Hee) affect the fisheries
and allied industries are
reportedupon. Introduc-
tion, referral to commit-
tees, pertinent legisla-
tive actions, hearings,
andother chamber ac-

tions by the House and
Senate, as wellas signature into law or
other final disposition are covered.

enable the people of Alaska to form a constitution
and State government and to be admitted to the Un-
ion on an equal footing with the original States.
Passed by the Senate on June 30, 1958, and clear-
ed for the President,
85-508). The Act as it applies to fish and wildlife
reads as follows: Sec. 6. (e) All real and per-
sonal property of the United States situated in the
Territory of Alaska which is specifically used for
the sole purpose of conservation and protection of
the fisheries and wildlife of Alaska, under the pro-
visions of the Alaska game law of July 1, 1943 (57
Stat. 301; 48 U. S. C., secs. 192-211), as amend-
ed, and under the provisions of the Alaska com-
mercial fisheries laws of June 26, 1906(34 Stat.
478; 48 U. S. C., secs. 230-239 and 241-242),
and June 6, 1924 (43 Stat. 465; 48 U. S. C., secs.
221-228), as supplemented and amended, shallbe
transferred and conveyed to the State of Alaskaby
the appropriate Federal agency: Provided, That

ALASKA STATEHOOD: H. R. 7999, a bill to

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Signed on July 7, 1958 (P. L.,

Vol. 20, No. 8

the administration and management of the fish and
wildlife resources of Alaska shall be retained by
the Federal Government under existing laws until
the first day of the first calendar year following
the expiration of ninety legislative days after the
Secretary of the Interior certifies to the Congress
that the Alaska State Legislature has made ade-
quate provision for the administration, manage-
ment, and conservation of said resources in the
broad national interest: Provided, That suchtrans-
fer shall not include lands withdrawn or otherwise
set apart as refuges or reservations for the pro-
tection of wildlife nor facilities utilized inconnec-
tion therewith, or in connection with general re-
search activities relating to fisheries or wildlife.
Sums of money that are available for apportion-
ment or which the Secretary of the Interior shall
have apportioned, as of the date the State of Alas-
ka shall be deemed to be admittedinto the Union,
for wildlife restoration in the Territory of Alaska,
pursuant to section 8 (a) of the Act of September 2,
1937, as amended (16 U. S. C., sec. 669g-1), and
for fish restoration and management in the Terri-
tery of Alaska, pursuant to section 12 of the Act
of August 9, 1950 (16 U. S. C., sec. 777k), shall
continue to be available for the period, and under
the terms and conditions in effect at the time the
apportionments are made. Commencing with the
year during which Alaska is admitted into the Un-
ion, the Secretary of the Treasury, at the close
of each fiscal year, shall pay to the State of Alas-
ka 70 per-centum of the net proceeds, as determin
ed by the Secretary of the Interior, derived during
such fiscal year from all sales of sealskins or
sea-otter skins made in accordance with the pro-
visions of the Act of February 26, 1944(58 Stat.
100; 16 U. S. C., secs. 631a-631q), as supple-
mented and amended, In arriving at the net pro-
ceeds, there shall be deducted from the receipts
from all sales all costs to the United States in
carrying out the provisions of the Act of Febru-
ary 26, 1944, as supplemented and amended, in-
cluding, but not limited to, the costs of handling
and dressing the skins, the costs of making the
sales, and all expenses incurred in the adminis-
tration of the Pribilof Islands, Nothinginthis Act
shall be construed as affecting the rights of the
United States under the provisions of the Act of
February 26, 1944, as supplemented and amend-
ed, and the Act of June 28, 1937 (50 Stat. 325), as
amended (16 U. S. C., sec. 772 et seq.). (See
Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958 p. 84,
December 1957 p. 80, October 1957 pp. 42-43,
September 1957 p. 76, July 1957 pp. 44-45, June
1957 p. 69, May 1957 p. 71, and February 1957
p. 62 for preceding actions on this bill.)

ALASKA TIDELAND LEASES: H. R. 8054, a
bill to provide for the leasing of oil and gas depos-
its beneath inland navigable waters in the Terri-
tory of Alaska. Passed the Senate on June 20,
1958, and later returned to calendar for recon-
sideration of a new amendment. The amendment
concerning the rate of royalty to be charged was
accepted by the Senate and the bill was finally
passed on June 23, 1958. Signed by the President
on July 3, 1958(P. L. 85-505). Section 5 pro-
tects the validity of existing or future rights to
take natural resources including fish and game
from the waters themselves and protectsthe nav-
igational servitude. The section allows simultan-
eous use of such rights and servitudes and opera-
tions under oil and gas leases, but all operations

August 1958

under such leases are subject to rules and regu-
lations prescribed by the Secretary for the pre-
vention of injury to fish and game. As finally en-
acted the words "inland navigable waters'' were
changed to 'nontidal navigable waters.'' Nontidal
is defined as all points upstream from a line con-
necting the headlands at the mouth or mouths of
such streams. The rate of royalty shall be iden-
tical with those prescribed for leases covering
similar lands in the States of the United States.
The bill was reported (H. Rept. 774) in the House
on July 9, 1957, and passed by the House on Au-
gust 5, 1957.

S. Rept. No. 1720, Providing for the Leasing
of Oil and Gas Deposits in Lands Beneath Nontid-
al Navigable Waters in the Territory of Alaska,
and for Other Purposes (June 17, 1958, 85th Con-
gress, 2nd Session, to accompany H. R, 8054),
14 pp., printed. The report by the Senate Com-
mittee on Interior and Insular Affairs gives the
suggested changes in the House bill, background
information, purposes of the major amendments
to the bill, section-by-section analysis, some
communications from the Department of the In-
terior, definitions, and changes in existing law.

ANTIDUMPING ACT OF 1921: H, R. 6006, a
bill to amend the Antidumping Act of 1921, and
for other purposes. Passed by the House, with
amendments, on August 29, 1957, and by theSen-
ate on May 26, 1958, with amendments. Confer-
ees to a Committee on Conference were appoint-
ed by the House on July 1, 1958, and by the Sen-
ate on July 7, 1958. (See Commercial Fisheries
Review, July 1958 pp. 84-85, November 1957
p. 65, October 1957 p. 43, May 1957 p. 71, April
1957 p. 65, and March 1957 p. 79.)

EXCISE TAX RATE EXTENSION: H. R, 12695,
a bill to provide a 1-year extension of the exist-
ing normal-tax rate and of excise-tax rates, and
to provide for the repeal of the taxes onthe trans-
portation of property. This bill was passed by
both the Senate and the House and signed by the
President on June 30, 1958 (P. L. 85-475). The
bill as enacted provides for elimination of the 3
percent tax on the transportation of property (in-
cluding fishery products).

EXEMPT TRUCK USE: H. R. 12832, a bill to
amend the Interstate Commerce Act so as to
strengthen and improve the national transportation
system was passed by the House, as amended, on
June 27, 1958. Following the passage of H. R.
12832 the House passed S, 3778, with an amend-
ment, that substituted the language of H. R, 12832,
except for the enacting clause. The House ap-
pointed conferees and the bill was sent to confer-
ence. The bill as passed retains the fisheries ex-
emptions and reads as follows: ''to include fish
or shellfish and frozen products thereof contain-
ing seafood as a basic ingredient, whether breaded,
cooked, or otherwise prepared (but not including
fish and shellfish which have been treated for pre-
serving, such as canned, smoked, salted, pickled,
spiced, corned, or kippered).'' (See Commercial
Fisheries Review, July 1958 pp. 85-86 for addi-
tional information.

H. Rept. No. 1922, Transportation Act of 1958
(June 18, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session), 54pp.,
printed. To accompany H. R, 12832(together
with supplemental views). The report from the
(House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Com-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

117

merce gives the changes made in the original bill
by the Committee, the agricultural commodities
exemption, views of Committee members that dis-
agree in one way or the other with the report, and,
appendixes which list exempt and nonexempt com-
modities.

H. Rept. No. 2007, Consideration of H. R.

832 (June 25, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Ses-
sion), 1 p., printed, to accompany H. Res. 608.
The report recommended the passage of H, Res.
608, which would limit debate on H,. R. 12832.

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE: Review of
Fish and Wildlife Service (Hearings before the
Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries,
House of Representatives, Eighty-Fifth Congress,
Second Session, January 10, 13, 14, and 15, 1958),
378 pp., printed. Presents the information given
at the hearings held by the House Committee on
Merchant Marine and Fisheries on the status of
Fish and Wildlife Service reorganization and cur-
rent activities. Includes statements presented to
the Committee by Interior Departmental, Service,
and Bureau officials. The activitigs of the Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries are described in detail
with accompanying illustrations and charts,

FOREIGN TRADE STATISTICS COLLECTION
AND PUBLICATION: S. 4005 (Johnson of So. Car-
Olina) introduced in the Senate on June TORO 585
a bill to amend title 13 of the United States Code
to provide for the collection and publication of
foreign trade commerce and trade statistics and
for other purposes; referred to the Committee on
Post Office and Civil Service. The bill would give
the Secretary of the Treasury authority toimpose
fines of $100 per day but not exceeding $1,000 for
failure to meet the reporting regulations,

MARINE MAMMAL PROTECTION ON THE
HIGH SEAS: S. 4115 (Murray), introduced in the
Senate on July 9, 1958, a bill to revise the Alaska
game law and provide for the protection of marine
mammals on and off the coast of Alaska; to the
Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs, The
bill provides for the protection of walrus and polar
bear on the high seas and makes certain other
changes in the Alaskan game laws.

MIGRATORY BIRD HUNTING STAMP ACT
AMENDMENT: S. 2617 (Magnuson), abillto amend
the Migratory Bird Stamp Act of March 16, 1934,
as amended; referred to the Committee on Inter-
state and Foreign Commerce, Reported (S. Rept.
No. 1426) in Senate on March 26, 1958 and passed
by the Senate in June 1958. The bill provides for
increases in the cost of the duck stamp from $2
to $3 and earmarks the increase for acquisition
and leasing of wet lands. Areas to be purchased
would include marsh and fresh-water areas along
the coasts which would benefit fish and shellfish
by protecting important spawning and nursery are-
as that may be lost through various types of de-
velopment.

OUTDOOR RECREATION RESOURCES RE-
VIEW COMMISSION: S. 846, a bill to create a
National Outdoor Resources Review Commission
to study the outdoor recreation resources of the
public lands and other land and water areas cf the
United States, and for other purposes; referred
to Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs, This
bill provides for a Commission to study outdoor

118

recreation resources of land and water areas, An
advisory council would be appointed consisting of
representatives of various groups, including com-
mercial fishery interests. This bill was reported
in the Senate on June 19, 1957(S. Rept. No. 471),
passed by the Senate on June 26, 1957 and refer-
red to the House Committee on Interior and Insu-
lar Affairs on June 27, 1957. The bill passed

the House in June 1958 and final action by both
the Senate and the House was completedonJune 19,
1958. Signed by the President on July 9, 1958
(P. L. 85-470). "Secs. 7 and 8 of the law point
out: Sec. 7. The Commission, inits inquiries,
findings, and recommendations, shall recognize
that present and future solutions to problems of
outdoor recreation resources and opportunities
are responsibilities at all levels of government,
from local to Federal, and of individuals and pri-
vate organizations as well, The Commissionshall
recognize that lands, waters, forest, rangelands,
wetlands, wildlife and such other natural resourc-
es that serve economic purposes also serve to
varying degrees and for varying uses outdoor rec-
reation purposes, and that sound planning of re-
source utilization for the full future welfare of
the Nation must include coordination and integra-
tion of all such multiple uses. Sec. 8. There are
hereby authorized to be appropriated not more
than $2,500,000 to carry out the purposes of this
Act, and such moneys as may be appropriated
shall be available to the Commission until ex-
pended."

POWER PROJECTS FISHERIES RESOURCES
DEVELOPMENT: H. R. 13057 (Blatnik) intro-
duced in the House on June 19, 1958, a billtopro-
mote the conservation of migratory fish and game
by requiring certain approval by the Secretary of
the Interior of licenses issued under the Federal
Power Act; to the Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce. Also introduced on July 2,
1958, H. R. 13729 (Saylor), similar toH, R.
13057, and to S. 3185 (Newberger), reported fa-
vorably on June 13, 1958.

SHIP MORTGAGE INSURANCE PLEDGE-OF-
FAITH CLAUSE: H. R. 12739 (Bonner), a bill to
amend section 1105(b) of title XI (Federal Ship
Mortgage Insurance) of the Merchant Marine Act
of 1936, as amended, to implement the pledge-of-
faith clause, The bill was passed by the House on
June 26, 1958, withoutamendment. S. 3919, asim-
ilar Senate bill was passed by the Senate on July 1,
1958, Later onthe same day, the Senate substituted
H. R. 12739 (in lieu of S. 3919) and passed this
bill without amendment. The bill provides for
temporary loans to the Secretary of Commerce
from the Secretary of the Treasury in case of a
default on a ship mortgage. The bill was signed
by the President on July 15, 1958(P. L. No. 85-
520).

S, Rept. No. 1759, Implementing the Pledge-
of-Faith Clause in the Federal Ship Mortgage Stat-
ute (June 24, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session,
to accompany S. 3919), 8 pp., printed. The re-
port by the Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce gives the purpose of the bill, back-
ground of the proposed legislation, statements by
Government officials, and changes inexisting law.
(See Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958,

p. 87, for earlier actions on the bills.) Underthe
terms of the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, the au-
thority of the Secretary of Commerce to guarantee

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

ship mortgages insofar as concerns fishing ves-
sels could be delegated to the Secretary of the In-
terior. If this comes about, fishing vessels could
be built under the same favorable terms as now
exist for the United States Merchant Marine,

SMALL BOAT REGULATION: Committee on
Rules on June 12 reported (H. Rept. No. 1877) to
the House H. Res. 591, providing for the consid-
eration of, and 2 hours of debate on, H. R,. 11078,
to promote boating safety on the navigable waters
of the United States and provide coordination and
cooperation with the States in the interest of uni-
formity of boat laws. H. R. 11078 was later re-
turned to the Committee due to some technical er-
rors and reported (H. Rept. No. 2039) favorably
on June 26, 1958, with amendment, by the Com-
mittee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries, A sec-
ond resolution (H. Res. 626) to bring the bill be-
fore the House with limited debate was reported
favorably by the Committee on Rules onJuly 9, 1958
(H. Rept. No. 2125). (See Commercial Fisheries Re-
view, June 1958p. 83 for additional information. )

SMALL BUSINESS: H. Rept. No. 1889, Prob-
lems of Small-Business Financing (June 17, 1958,
a report of the Select Committee on Small Busi-
ness, House of Representatives, 85th Congress,
2nd Session, pursuant toH. Res. 56, a resolution
creating a Select Committee to conduct a study
and investigation of the problems of small busi-
ness), 109 pp., printed. Presents reports, ta-
bles, and graphs from private industry and Gov-
ernment officials on the need for long-term debt
and equity capital and failure of existing lending
agencies to provide debt and equity capital for
small businesses, Recommends that the Federal
Government provide leadership in authorizing,
promoting, and assisting in the establishment of
new facilities to provide long-term loans and equi-
ty capital for small business, (See Commercial
Fisheries Review, July 1958, pp. 87-88.)

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PERMA-
NENT STATUS: H. R. 7963 (Spence), a bill to
amend the Small Business Act of 1953, as amend-
ed. Reported by Senate Committee on Banking :
and Currency on June 16, 1958 (S. Rept. No. 1714).
The bill, previously passed by the House on
June 25, 1957, was passed by the Senate on Julyl,
1958, with numerous amendments. The bill as
passed by the Senate provides permanent status
for the Small Business Administration, increases
the revolving fund for business, disaster, and
prime contract loans (total for business loans
would be $500 million) by $120 million, increases
the maximum of loans from $250,000 to $350,000.
Also directs the Administration to assist small
business in obtaining Government research and
development contracts; obtain research and devel-
opment information from other contracts entered
into by the Government with other firms; author-
izes small business to join together in research
and development work without regard to antitrust
laws, providing the Administration and the Attor-
ney General agree that national interest would be
served thereby. Rejected the House provision
requiring the Small Business Administration to
proyide a new definition of small business. The
Senate insisted on its amendments and appointed
Conferees to a Committee on Conference. The
House appointed Conferees on July 2, 1958 andthe
Committee on Conference reported (H, Rept. 2135)
on July 9, 1958. The conference report provided

August 1958

for a 53-percent limit on interest and an individ-
ual loan limit of $350,000.

S. Rept. No. 1714, Small Business Act(June 16,
958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
The report by the

8,

H. R. 7963), 40 pp., printed.
Senate Committee on Banking and Currency gives
the legislative history of the bill, a summary of
Small Business Programs, the principal changes
in existing law, and the amendments to H, R, 7963
as passed by the House. In effect H,. R. 7963 com-
pletely rewrites the Small Business Act of 1953

in both the House and Senate versions of the bill.

SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT CORPORA-
TION: S. 3651, a bill to establish a Small Busi-
ness Investment Corporation to furnish needed
equity capital to small business concerns in the
United States; and for other purposes. Reported
(H., Rept. No. 2060) by the House Committee on
Banking and Currency on June 30, 1958, and re-
ferred to the Committee of the Whole House,

H. Res. 618, a resolution to suspend the rules
and limit debate to two hours in consideration of
S. 3651, was reported (H. Rept. No. 2115) favor-
ably on July 2, 1958. (See Commercial Fisheries
Review, July 1958 p. 87 for further information
on S. 3651.)

H. Rept. No. 2060, Small Business Investment
Act of 1958 (June 30, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd
Session, to accompany S. 3651), 35 pp., printed.
Describes purpose of bill, provisions and purposes
of funds for encouraging the establishment of pri-
vately-owned small-business investment compa-
nies to be supervised by a Small Business Invest-
ment Division of the Small Business Administration,
The sum of $250 million(same as recommended by
Senate) would be appropriated for capital funds.
The report also outlines the organization of small
business investment companies, capital stock re-
quirements, limits of loans by Administration to
investment companies, loans to small-business
concerns by small-business investment companies,
and an outline of the differences between S. 3651
as passed by the Senate and the bill as reported in
the House.

SMALL BUSINESS RESEARCH AND DEVELOP-

introduced in the Senate on June 19, 1958, a bill
to amend the Small Business Act of 1953 to assist
small-business concerns to participate in and de-
rive benefits from research and development; to
the Committee on Banking and Currency. This
bill, similar in title and purpose to S. 2993 (Ful-
bright), introduced in the Senate on January 13,
1958; provides loans of up to $250,000-by the Small
Business Administration to any research and de-
velopment organization established by a group of
small concerns which could presently qualify for
individual loans under the provisions of the Small
Business Act of 1953. The total amount available
for loans shall not exceed $20 million. Loans of
this type to groups of small business concerns
would enable these groups to undertake applied re-
search on their own initiative, and to share re-
sults with members, This bill includes some of
the provisions of H. R. 7963 which has passed

the House and Senate.

STATE DEPARTMENT APPROPRIATIONS:
Senate on June 11 passed H. R. 12428, fiscal 1959

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

11/9

appropriations for the Departments of State and
Justice, and the Judiciary, after adopting all com-
mittee amendments en bloc. Senate insisted on
its amendments, and askedforconference with
House, and appointed conferees. The Committee
on Conference reported to the House on June 24
and the bill was sent to both Houses for final ac-
tion. The bill was signed into law by the Presi-
dent on June 30, 1958(P. L. 85-474). The bill
as signed includes $1,644,900 for the operation of
International Fisheries Commission for fiscal
year 1959. (See Commercial Fisheries Review,
July 1958 p. 88, and June 1958 pp. 83-84.)

S. Rept. No. 1683, Departments of State and
Justice, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Ap-

propriation Bill, 1959 (June 9, 1958, 85th Con-

gress, 2nd Session, to accompany H. R, 12428),
13 pp., printed. The report by the Senate Com-
mittee on Appropriations as it concerns funds for
(International Fisheries Commissions made no
changes in funds for these functions.

H. Rept. No. 1980, Departments of State and
Justice, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Ap-
propriation Bill, 1958 (June 24, 1958, 85th Con-
gress, 2nd Session, to accompany H. R. 12438),
6 pp., printed. As further reported by the Com-
mittee on Conference no changes were made inthe
funds appropriated for International Fisheries
Commissions.

TRADE AGREEMENTS ACT EXTENSION:
H. R. 12591, to extend the authority of the Presi-
dent to enter into trade agreements under section
350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended. Hear-
ings were held by the Senate Ways and Means
Committee beginning on June 18 and concluded on
July 3, 1958. The bill was reported to the Senate
by the Committee on July 15, 1958. (See Com-
mercial Fisheries Review July 1958 pp. 88-89,
June 1958 p. 84, May 1958 p. 79, April 1958 p.
84, and March 1958 p. 65.)

S. Rept. No. 1838, Trade Agreements Exten-
sion Act of 1958 (July 15, 1958, 85th Congress,
2nd Session, to accompany H. R. 12591), 47 pp.,
printed. The report by the Senate Committee on
Ways and Means, together with individual and mi-
nority views, summarizes the amendments to the
bill as passed by the House as follows: (1) The
authority to reduce tariffs in trade agreements
was extended for aperiod of 3 years, until June 30,
1961. The House bill would have extended such
authority for a period of 5 years, until June 30,
1963. (2) Authority is granted to the President to
reduce duties a total of 15 percent below present
levels at the rate of 5 percent per year on the
same basis as existed under the 1955 act. In
other words the amount of decrease becoming in-
itially effective at one time must not exceed 5 per-
cent of the rate existing on July 1, 1958. Also,
no part of any decrease in duty under this alter-
native shall become initially effective after the
expiration of the 3-year period which begins on
July 1, 1958. (3) The House-passed provisions
relating to escape clause procedure under which
Presidential disapproval of the Tariff Commis-
sion recommendation would be overridden by the
adoption of a congressional concurrent resolution
by a two-thirds vote of both Houses were deleted,
In place of these provisions the Finance Commit-
tee inserted language providing that the Tariff
Commission's recommendations would become

120

effective unless the President's disapproval of
those recommendations was sustained by major-
ity vote of each House of Congress. Incase ofa
divided vote by the Tariff Commissionas toinjury,
the affirmative findings would be considered the
findings of the Commission, In any case where
there existed a divided vote as to the remedy for
the injury, the recommendation specified by the
President in his report to Congress as providing
the greatest measure of relief would be consider-
ed as the findings of the Commission, (4) The
committee broadened the language of the House
provisions relating to national security by provid-
ing that in the administration of those provisions
the President must take into consideration the
effect on the national security of a weakening of
the general economy by excessive imports of com-
petitive products. It also provided, in national
security cases, that unless the President deter-
mines the article in question is not being import-
ed into the United States in such quantities as to
threaten the national security he shall take steps
to adjust the imports of the article and its deriv-
atives. (5) The Finance Committee added to the
bill an amendment to establish a nine-member bi-
partisan commission to investigate andreport on
the international trade agreement policy of the
United States and to recommend improvements in
policies, measures, practices, and administra-
tion. An interim report is to be filed on or before
June 30, 1959, and a final report, including rec-
ommendations, must be presented to the Presi-
dent and the Congress on or before June 30, 1960.
The Commission is to be composed of 3 members
appointed by the President, none of whom may be
members of the executive branch; 3 from the Sen-
ate Committee on Finance, appointed by tne Vice
President; and 3 from the House Ways and Means
Committee, appointed by the Speaker of the House.
No more than two in each group are to be from the
same political party. Also, gives ageneral state-
ment concerning the legislation, a section-by-sec-
tion explanation of the reported bill, the individuals'

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

views of Senator Douglas, a minority report, and
changes in existing law.

Trade Agreements Act Extension (Hearings be-
fore the Committee on Finance, United States Sen-
ate, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, on H. R. 12591,
an Act to Extend the Authority of the President to
Enter into Trade Agreements under Section 350 of
the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, and for other
purposes, Part 1, June 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 26,
1958) 837 pp., printed. Presents an analysis and
the text of H. R, 12591, reports by a number of
Federal Agencies (including the Department of the
Interior), statements by individuals and business
representatives, and letters and telegrams ex-
pressing views on the bill. In addition, reports on
action by the President on Tariff Commission rec-
ommendations on escape-clause cases, Adminis-
tration trade policy, calendar oftrade agreements,
comparisons between imports and United States
domestic production, statistics on United States for-
eign trade, etc.

TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM STUDY: S. Res.
303 (Smathers) introduced in the Senate on May 12,
1958, a resolution providing for study of transpor-
tation policies in the United States; referred tothe
Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce,
This resolution was reported, with amendments,
and referred to the Committee on Rules and Ad-
ministration on May 28, 1958. Provides the sum
of $100,000 for the Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce, or a duly authorized subcom-
mittee thereof, for a comprehensive study of trans-
portation policy and related problems. Present
Federal regulations and exemptions from these reg-
ulations would be included in the studies.

UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF IN DEPRESSED
AREAS: S. 3683, a bill to establish an effective
program to alleviate the conditions of excessive
unemployment in certain economically depressed
areas. This bill which was passed by the Senate

on May 28, 1958, was reported (H. Rept. No. 2099)
in the House on July 1, 1958. “

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe

Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, Helen Joswick, and Vera Eggleston

* kK kK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-
tographer for each photograph in this issue. Photographs on pages not mentioned
were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

Pp. 1 & 4--Rex Gary Schmidt; p. 21--F. B. Sanford; p. 34--G. Sund-
strom; p. 40--Bob Munns; p. 42--Branch of Exploratory Fishing
and Gear Research, Seattle 2, Washington.

August 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 121

INDICATORS

CHART I - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, AND RHODE ISLAND

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 mgs. 1958 - 324.2
Os, 1957 - 383.6
12 1957 - 972.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

NORTH CAROLINA, SOUTH CAROLINA, AND GEORGIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 19!
6 |, 1957 x
12 1957 - 280.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FLORIDA

CUMULATIVE DATA
5 mgs.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CALIFORNIA2!

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1958 - 228.2
1957 - 310.7
1957 - 654.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

LEGEND:

es 1955

—— a = 1957

NEW JERSEY AND NEW YORK

CUMULATIVE DATA

S mgs. 1958 - 39.1
Sou 1957 - 67.4
12 1957 - 621.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 Mgs. 1958 - 135.0
6 , 1957 - 199.9
12 1957 - 513.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

S mgs. 1958 - 10.2
Sia 1957 - 12.9
12 1957 - 22.8

A =~
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

5 Mgs. 1958 - 18.0
5 , 1957 - 17.9

H 12 1957 - 56.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

122 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1958 - 67.7
6 , 1957 - 64.1
12 1957 - 116.9

LEGEND: OCEAN PERCH
GSD (Maine and Massachusetts)
me = 1957 CUMULATIVE DATA

6 mgs. 1958 - 73.1
6 , 1957 - 56.3
12 1957 - 133.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
In Millions of Pounds

/ SHRIMP
(Gulf States~including Florida West Coast)

CUMULATIVE DATA

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE
6 MQs. 1958 -

6 4 Wa > 7d
12 1957 - 120,

6 M9S. 1958 - 60.4
6 4 1957 62.2

12 1957 - 166.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
T/A. & ALA. DATA BASED GN LANDINGS AT FRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-

RUSTE: In Thousands of Tons

MENHADEN PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(East and Gulf Coasts) (California)
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

6 MQS. 1958 - 183.5 6 MQS. 1958
6 t 1957 - 213.6 Oy 19!
12 1957 - 841.6 12 1957

NOV_DEC

1/

PILCHARD TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH —

(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

1957/58 SEASON,

AUG. - JAN. - 20.5
1956/57 SEASON,
AUG. - JAN.

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1958 - 95.4
6 , 1957 - 94.2
12 1957 - 198.7

- 31.7

LEGEND:

1957/58
senpareanenes 1956/57

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

August 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

123

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS

of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

| Leceno:

es 1958

er CUMULATIVE DATA

6 Mgs. 1958
6 “ 1957
12 1957

U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGS

CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY,

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

* Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

124 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds

RECEIPTS! AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET | COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS2/
(Fresh and Frozen) NEW YORK’

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 mgs. 1958 - 94.4 CITY

Vien 957= 0 0803
12 1957 - 167.8

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
J/INCLUDE. TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET

(Fresh and Frozen) CHICAGO

CUMULATIVE DATA

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

7 MAS. 1958 - 53.6
7, 1957 - 51.4
12 1957 - 91.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEATTLE BOSTON

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS, COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS
& IMPORTS (Fresh and Frozen

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 Ms. 1958 - 41.9

6 , 1957 - 42.4
12 1957 - 95.8

LEGEND:

ees 1955
ee = 1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FISH MEAL : FISH OIL
In Thousands of Tons (In Millions of Gallons)

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1958 - 60.2 6 mgs. 1958 - 5.8
6 1957 - 73.5 6 , 1957 - 4.7

ee 1957 - 262.5 12 1957 - 20.1

A —=
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 125

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

LEGEND:

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA

= 1958

--- 1907

JAN FEB MAR _APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ANCHOVIES - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1958 - 40.1
6 | 1957 - 451.8
12 1957 - 549.9

CUMULATIVE DATA

IS. 1958 848.0
1957

ms957;

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

TOTAL 1957/58
SEASON - 497.8

TOTAL 1956/57
SEASON - 732.7

MACKEREL2/ - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

| 6 MQS. 1958
6 | 1957

12 1957 -

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/INCLUDES PACIFIC MACKEREL AND JACK MACKEREL.

SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR_APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

STANDARD CASES

Variety No.Cans Designation Net Wet.
SARDINES..... 100 + drawn 33 oz.
SHRIMP....... 48 <2 5 oz.
TUNA Me oe ees 48 #4 tuna 6&7 oz
PILCHARDS... 48 # 1 oval 15 oz.
SALMON...... 48 1-lb. tall 16 oz.

SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA

TOTAL 1957/58

SEASON - 579.5
TOTAL 1956/57

SEASON - 671.1

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC ‘JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

126 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

CHART 7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

GROUNDFISH (including Ocean Perch) FILLETS 4 FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH
Fresh and Frozen

(Fresh and Frozen)
CUMULATIVE DATA

CUMULATIVE DATA
6 MQS. 1958 66.6 S MgS. 1958 - 25.3
6 , 1957 - 66.5 5 | 1957 - 24.3
12 1957 - 141.3 12

1957 - 63.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP FROM MEXICO LOBSTER AND SPINY LOBSTER
(Fresh and Frozen) Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
5 mgs. 1958 - 15.5
15.4
- 47.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS
Fresh and
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
5 mgs. 1958 Ss. 1958 - 7.5
5 : 1957 = 5 i‘ UeeY
12 1957 - 139.3 1957 - 55.7

) = AS
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH CANNED SARDINES
in Oil and in Brine (in Oil and not in Oil)
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

S mgs. 1958 - 21.5 5 MQS . 1958 - 10.5
5 4) 1957 = 23.9 5, 1957 - 8.4
12 1957 - 59,9 12 1957 - 24.7

I~

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

August 1958

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. ©. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

StL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS,
SSR.- FISH.

- SPECIAL SCIENTJFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
LIMITED DISTRIBUTION).

FL - FISHERY LEAFLETS.
SEP.- SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW.
Number Title
CFS-1763 - Frozen Fish, 1957 Annual Summary,
14 pp.
CFS-1767 - Massachusetts Landings, December
1957, 6 pp.
CFS-1785 - New York Landings, February 1958,
4 pp.
CFS-1786 - Maine Landings, 1957 AnnualSummary
by Months, 6 pp.
CFS-1791 - Alabama Landings, 1957 Annual Sum-
mary, 4 pp.
CFS-1794 - Fish Meal and Oil, March 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1795 - Frozen Fish Report, April 1958, 8 pp.
CFS-1796 - Fisheries of the United States and
Alaska, 1956 AnnualSummary, 12 pp.
CFS-1798 - South Carolina Landings, March 1958,
2 pp.
CFS-1799 - Georgia Landings, March 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1804 - Massachusetts Landings, January
1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1806 - Fish Meal and Oil, 1957 Annual Sum-
mary, 4 pp.
CFS-1807 - Shrimp Landings, January 1958, 6 pp.
CFS-1808 - New York Landings, March 1958, 4 pp.
CFS-1810 - Mississippi Landings, March 1958,
2 pp.
CFS-1811 - Rhode Island Landings, March 1958,
3 pp.
CFS-1812 - Alabama Landings, March1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1813 - California Landings, February 1958,
4 pp.
CFS-1814 - Ohio Landings, April 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1815 - New York Landings, April 1958, 4 pp.
CFS-1816 - Georgia Landings, April 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1818 - South Carolina Landings, April 1958,
2 pp.
CFS-1821 - Texas Landings, February 1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1822 - North Carolina Landings, April 1958,
3 pp.
CFS-1823 - Fish Meal and Oil, April 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1824 - Mississippi Landings, April 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1827 - Florida Landings, April 1958, 7 pp.
CFS-1828 - Maine Landings, April 1958, 3 pp.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

+ le aed Cha Be —— “fs

127

PO See a

ta? if e 0p ewmmanr: *

Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products (Revised):

SL-1I - Maine, 1957.

SL-2 - New Hampshire, 1958.

SL-14 - South Carolina, 1958.

SL-31 - New York (Lakes Area), 1957.

SL-32 - Minnesota (Mississippi River and Tribu-
taries Area), 1958.

SL-41 - Arkansas, 1957.

SL-43 - Alabama (Mississippi River and Tribu-
taries Area), 1957.

Firms Canning (Fishery Products), Revised:

SL-101 - Salmon, 1957.

SL-103 - Tuna and Tunalike Fishes, 1957.

SL-105 - Alewives and Alewife Roe, 1957.

SL-106 - Shad or Shad Roe, 1957.

SL-107 - Fish and Shellfish Specialties, 1957.

SL-109 - Caviar and Fish Roe, 1957.

SL-111 - Clam Products, 1957.

SL-113 - Crab Meat, 1957.

SL-119 - Squid, 1957.

SL-152 - Firms Manufacturing Oyster Shell Prod-
ucts, 1957 (revised).

SL-160 - Firms Manufacturing Menhaden Prod-
ucts, 1957 (revised).

SL-161 - Producers of Packaged Fish, 1957

(revised).

SSR-Fish. No. 240 - Selected References on the
Channel Catfish, Ictalurus punctatus, byCarlD.
Riggs, 10 pp., February 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 244 - Use of Diagnostic X-Ray for
Determining Vertebral Numbers of Fish, by
Doyle F. Sutherland, 14 pp., illus., March1958.
The purpose of this paper is to (1) describe the
types of X-ray machines commonly used infish
radiography, (2) describe necessary accessory
equipment and supplies, (3) present techniques
for successful resolution of fish vertebrae by
radiography, (4) show a cost analysis of invest-
ment and operation of an X-ray machine, and
(5) furnish a parts list and a circuit diagram
from which an efficient, inexpensive machine
may be assembled. Diagnostic X-ray equipment
and supplies are described and methods given
for resolving vertebral centri of menhaden larg-
er than approximately 27-inch in length. Ac-
cording to the author, only a minimum amount
of technical knowledge is necessary to produce
satisfactory radiographs from which vertebral
counts can be made, thus reducing the time re-
quired to determine the vertebral numbers of
large samples of fish and forming a fixed im-
pression of the vertebrae which can be conven-
iently stored for future reference."

SSR-Fish. No. 247 - Further Studies on Green or
Offcolor Condition in Precooked Yellowfin Tuna,

128

by John J. Naughton, Michael M. Frodyma, and |
Harry Zeitlin, 18 pp., illus., November 1957.
Results are reported from a study of the ''green-
ing" condition that appears in certain samples
of yellowfin tuna on precooking. Evidence is
presented that this is an actual color condition
similar to discoloring processes that occur in
other meats, and is caused by an anomalous
heme protein oxidation. Related to this tenden-
cy to turn green on precooking are the presence
of high concentrations of metmyoglobin, some
denaturation, and a slightly high fat peroxide
content in the raw meat. In addition, green
meat generally has a high flesh pigment con-
tent. Oxygen starvation due to the exhaustion of
the fish that might occur in the process of catch
ing does not seem to produce the factors that
lead to greening, but rather a deterioration that
goes on even in the frozen state seems to be
responsible. Spectral reflectance was employ-
ed in much of the work and revealed important
in situ changes or processes in flesh pigments
that would have been impossible to note by
other means.

SSR-Fish. No. 250 - Catch Rate, Size, Sex, and

Food of Tunas and other Pelagic Fishes Taken
by Trolling off Oahu, Hawaii, 1951-55, by Al-
bert L. Tester and Eugene L. Nakamura, 25 pp.,
illus., December 1957. Presents the catchrate,
lure preference, size, weight-length relation,
sex and maturity, and food data for four marine
species--skipjack tuna, little tuna, yellowfin
tuna, and dolphin. Where possible, similar data
on frigate mackerel, wahoo, and jack mackerel
have been reported.

FL-445 - Operation of North Atlantic Type Otter

Trawl Gear, by Boris O. Knake, 19 pp., illus.,
May 1958. Describes and illustrates in detail
the method of side-trawl fishing. The basic
principles of operation apply to any size net or
vessel since the weight of the otter doors has
no effect on the basic procedure. Each stepis
given in the procedure of setting the net, ''shoot-
ing" the trawl, hauling the net, and landing the
catch. Also contains a list of available publi-
cations on fishing gear.

Sep. No. 514 - Freezing and Storing Deep-Sea Lob-

sters--Some Tests on Cooked Whole Lobsters.

Sep. No. 515 - Nutritional Value of Fish in Refer-

ence to Atherosclerosis and Current Dietary
Research.

Sep. No. 516 - Research in Service Laboratories

(July 1958): ''Technical Note No. 45 - Prepara-
tion of Dried Fish Solubles from Concentrated
Press Liquors on a Laboratory Scale."

Fresh or Frozen Yellowfin, Skipjack, and Bigeye
Tuna (Report of the Secretary of the Interior to

the President and the Congress), 83 pp., illus.,
processed, May 1958. This report is concern-
ed only with the factors affecting the condition
of the domestic yellowfin, skipjack, and bigeye
tuna fisheries. The report, including several
pages of tables and charts, covers such items
as the world tuna fisheries, United States tuna
fisheries, the Eastern Pacific fishery for yel-
lowfin and skipjack, trends in vessel operations,
trends in employment in the tuna fisheries,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

price trends, effect of imports on domestic
prices and operating costs, Japanese production,
and the import situation. The tuna industry, the
report points out, is composed of many seg-
ments--large canners, small canners, import-
ers, fishermen, and operators of such large
vessels as bait boats and purse seiners and of
such smaller craft as albacore trollers. Each
group is confronted with different problems,
mainly associated with the species involved or
the stage at which it handles the tuna. Accord-
ing to the report, such adverse trends as de-
clining landings and lower prices for domestic
tuna have been intensified by the general upturn
in costs, which has increased the cost of opera-
tions for the United States tuna producers. The
American fishery must compete with foreign
fisheries having lower vessel construction costs
long-term loans at low interest rates, and gov-
ernment subsidies which have facilitated the
construction, rebuilding, and insuringof vessels.

’

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY

FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED:

California Fisheries Trends and Review for 1957,

by V. J. Samson, 43 pp., processed. (Available
free from the Market News Service, Post Of-
fice Bldg., San Pedro, Calif.) This is a review
of the 1957 trends and conditions in the Cali-
fornia fisheries, including a resume of Ameri-
can Tuna Boat Association tuna auction sales.
Among the subjects discussed are the tuna fish-
ery (cannery receipts; total pack for 1946-57;
imports of frozen tuna and canned tuna inbrine;
ex-vessel prices; domestic albacore fishery
and prices; canned tuna market conditions,
prices, and standards; changes in the tuna fleets;
and tuna catch and weighted average prices per
ton, 1948-57); California sardine (pilchard)
fishery (landings, ex-vessel prices, canned
pack, and canned sardine prices); mackerel fish-
ery (cannery receipts, ex-vessel prices, and
canned mackerel markets and price quotations);
anchovy fishery; canned pet-food production;
and changes in fishery regulations. Includedin
the statistical tables are data on tuna and tuna-
like fish (canners' receipts by species and by
months; domestic landings; cannery receipts of
frozen imported tuna; and canned pack by style
of pack and by months); sardines (landings,
canned pack, and meal and oil produced); mack-
erel and jack mackerel (canners' receipts, and
canned pack); canners' receipts and production
of miscellaneous fishery products (receipts and
canned pack of anchovies, herring, and squid;
pet food pack; meal and oil production); Cali-
fornia canned tuna price ranges, 1956/57; freez-
ings of fish and shellfish by months; cold-stor-
age holdings of fish and shellfish by months;
landings of market fish and shellfish at Eureka,
San Pedro-Santa Monica, and San Diego by spe-
cies and by months; and imports of fresh, fro-
zen, canned, dried, salted, smoked, and mis-
cellaneous fishery products into Arizona and
California by commodity and country of origin.

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,

April 1958, 11 pp. (Market News Service, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg.,
San Pedro, Calif.) California cannery receipts
of raw tuna and tunalike fish, herring, mackerel,
anchovies, and squid; pack of canned tuna, herring,

August 1958

mackerel, anchovies, and squid; market fish re-
ceipts at San Pedro, Santa Monica, San Diego,
and Eureka areas; Californiaimports; canned
fish andfrozenshrimp prices; American Tuna
Boat Association auction sales; for the month
indicated,

(Chicago) Monthly Summary of Chicago's Freshand
Frozen Fishery Products Receipts and Whole-_
sale Market Prices, May 1958, 12 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
656 W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Ill.) Re-
ceipts at Chicago by species and by states and
provinces; fresh-water fish, shrimp, andfrozen
fillet wholesale prices; for the month indicated.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments
of Fishery Products, May 1958, 5 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans 12, La.)
Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and blue
crab landings; crab meat production; LCL ex-
press shipments from New Orleans; and whole-
sale prices of fish and shellfish on the New
Orleans French Market; for the month indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products in Selected
Areas of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mary-

Iand, May 1958, 4 pp. (Market News Service,
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 18 So. KingSt.,
Hampton, Va.) Fishery landings and production
for the Virginia areas of Hampton Roads, Low-
er Northern Neck, and Eastern Shore; the Mary-
land areas of Crisfield, Ocean City, and Cam-
bridge; and the North Carolina areas of Atlantic,
Beaufort, and Morehead City; together with cum-
ulative and comparative data; for the month
indicated.

New England Fisheries--Monthly Summary, May
1958, 21 pp. (Market News Sovices uw. Fish
and Wildlife Service, 10 Commonwealth Pier,
Boston 10, Mass.) Reviews the principal New
England fishery ports, presenting food fish
landings by ports and species; industrial fish
landings and ex-vessel prices; imports; cold-
storage stocks of fishery products in New Eng-
land warehouses; fishery landings and ex-vessel
prices for ports in Massachusetts (Boston,
Gloucester, New Bedford, Provincetown, and
Woods Hole), Maine (Portland and Rockland),
Rhode Island (Point Judith), and Connecticut
(Stonington); frozen fishery products prices to
primary wholesalers at Boston, Gloucester, and
New Bedford; and landings and ex-vessel prices
for fares landed at the Boston Fish Pier and
sold through the New England Fish Exchange;
for the month indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,
April 1958, 6 pp.; May 1958, 7pp. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Pier
42, South, Seattle 4, Wash.) Includes landings
and local receipts, with ex-vessel and wholesale
prices in some instances, as reported by Seattle
and Astoria (Oregon) wholesale dealers; also
Northwest Pacific halibut landings; for the
months indicated.

INGTON 25, D. C.

Description and Distribution of Larvae of Four

Species of Tuna in Central Pacific Waters, by

Walter M. Matsumoto, Fishery Bulletin 128

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

129

(From Fishery Bulletin of the Fish and Wild-
life Service, vol. 58), 44 pp., illus., printed,
30 cents, 1958.

IMISCELLANEOUS

[PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH
AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM. CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUB-
LICATIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPEC-
TIVE ORGANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES,

IF READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

ALMANAC:

The American Nautical Almanac for the Year

"1959, 276 pp., illus., printed, $2. Nautical Al-
manac Office, U. S. Naval Observatory, Wash-
ington, D. C., 1958. (For sale by Superintend-
ent of Documents, Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C.) The object of this vol-
ume is to provide, in a convenient form, the
data required for the practice of astronomical
navigation at sea. 8

BELGIUM:

Belgium: An Act Empowering the Crown to Pre-
scribe Measures to Protect Sea Reserves of
Fish, Crustaceans, and Molluscs, Food and
Agriculture Legislation, vol. 6, no. 3, XVI.5/57.2,
2 pp., printed. Food and Agriculture Organiza-
tion of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. (For
sale by the Columbia University Press, Inter-
national Documents Service, 2960 Broadway,
New York 27, N. Y.)

CANADA:

The Canadian Fish Culturist, Issue 22, May 1958,

"26 pp., printed. Information and Educational
Service, Department of Fisheries, Ottawa, Can-
ada. Contains the following papers which were
presented at a meeting of the Committee on
Biological Investigations of the Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada held at Ottawa in Jan-
uary 1957: "Some Principles Involved in Regu-
lation of Fisheries by Quota," by W. E. Ricker;
"Regulation of the Atlantic Salmon Fisheries,"
by C. J. Kerswill; "Regulation of the Lobster
Fishery,'' by D. G. Wilder; ''Some Sociological
Effects of Quota Control of Fisheries,'' by J. L.
Hart; and ''Some Economic Aspects of Control
by Quota,'' by W. C. MacKenzie.

"A Century of B.C. Fishing," by L. G. Swann, ar-
ticle, Trade News, vol. 10, no. 10, April 1958,
pp. 3-8, illus., printed. Department of Fisher -
ies, Ottawa, Canada. A brief accountof British
Columbia's fishing industry, describing the ear-
ly fishing and processing methods and the many
changes that have occurred in this industry dur-
ing the last century. Expansion of the various
fisheries is discussed, as well as the early su-
pervision and present regulation of the fisher-
ies in British Columbia.

Journal] of the Fisheries Research Board of Can-
ada, vol. 15, no. 3, May 1958, 218 pp. text, 6
photographic plates, illus., printed. Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, Ottawa, Canada.
Contains, among others, the following articles:
"The Fecundity of Pacific Herring (Clupea pal-
lasi) in British Columbia Coastal Waters,” by

130

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

Fezuko Nagasaki; ''A Comparison of Sockeye
Salmon Catches at Rivers Inlet and Skeena Riv-
er, British Columbia, with Particular Reference
to Age at Maturity," by Harold Godfrey; and
"The Evolution of Migratory Behavior Among
Juvenile Salmon of the Genus Oncorhynchus," by
William S. Hoar.

COD:

Factors Influencing the Size of the Year Classes
in the ane lo Nemwegian Tribe of Cod, by
Kristian Fredrik Wiborg, Fiskeridirectoratets
Skrifter, Report on Norwegian Fishery and
Marine Investigations, vol. XI, no. 4, 24 pp.,
illus., printed. A. S. John Griegs Boktrykkeri,
Bergen, Norway, 1957.

COLUMBIA RIVER BASIN:

Columbia River Basin Fishery Program, Part
I--Comprehensive Research Program for De-
velopment of the Fishery Resources, 55 pp.,
processed; and Part II--Inventory of Streams
and Proposed Improvements for Development of
the Fishery Resources, 100 pp., illus., process-
ed. Fishery Steering Committee, Columbia Ba-
sin Interagency Committee, 206 Custom House,
Portland 9, Ore., January 1957.

DELAWARE:

Fiscal Year July 1, 1956 to June 30, 1957, 7 pp.,
processed. The Delaware Commission of Shell
Fisheries, State House Annex, Dover, Del., 1957.
An annual report of the Delaware Commission of
Shell Fisheries describing its activities in Dela-
ware Bay, Indian Bay, and Rehoboth Bay. Also
includes a report of the Commission's appro-
priations and disbursements during the fiscal
year beginning July 1, 1956, and ending June 30,
LOB.

EXPORTS:

Schedule B--Statistical Classification of Domestic
and Foreign Commodities Exported from the
United States, January 1, 1958, Edition, 1180pp.,
printed, $6.00 domestic and $7.50 foreign. For-
eign Trade Division, Bureau of the Census, U.S.
Department of Commerce, Washington, D. C.
(For sale by the Superintendent of Documents,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D.C.) Schedule B is the statistical classifica-
tion of commodities exported from the United
States used in compiling the official United
States export statistics. It shows for each ecom-
modity description (including fishery products
and related commodities) the commodity code
numbers to be shown on the required Shipper's
Export Declaration. Also includes classifica-
tion of country designations used in compiling
United States foreign trade statistics (Schedule
C); code classification of customs districts and
ports (Schedule D); units of quantity and conver-
sion factors; code classification of economic
classes; and export commodity group and sub-
group classifications. The price of the Schedule,
includes supplemental bulletins and pages which
will be issued irregularly to keep the Schedule
which is in loose-leaf form, up to date for an
indefinite period.

FISH HANDLING:

Inspection and Consumer Service, Department
of Fisheries, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1958.
Presents 11 examples of the right and wrong
way to handle fish in trawlers at sea. Brief ex-
planatory captions are included with each il-
lustration.

Quality Product, 16 pp. photographs, processed.
Inspection and Consumer Service, Department
of Fisheries, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1958.
Presents 8 examples of the right and wrong way
to handle fish to ensure a first-quality product
for constmption. Brief explanatory captions are
included with each illustration.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION:
Films on Fisheries and Related Subjects, 111 pp.,

processed. Food and Agriculture Sraanicatinn
of the United Nations, Rome, Italy, 1957. This
is a revised list and augmented edition of the
first list of films on fisheries and related sub-
jects which was issued by FAO in May 1953.
The title, technical data, and content summary
of 401 films are given, as well as the address-
es of the distributors.

FOREIGN TRADE:

"A Progress Report on the European Common
Market and the Proposed Free Trade Area," by
Wilfred Lavoie, article, Foreign Trade, vol.
109, no. 13, June 21, 1958, pp. 37-41, printed,
single copy 20 Canadian cents. Department of
Trade and Commerce, Ottawa, Canada. (For
sale by the Queen's Printer, Government Print-
ing Bureau, Ottawa, Canada.) Presents the pro-
visions and outlines the steps being taken for
implementation of the Treaty of Rome, insti-
tuting the European Economic Community (also
known as the Common Market Treaty)--between
Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, France,
West Germany, and Italy--which came intoforce ©
on January 1, 1958. Also reports on the progress
made in negotiations. for a Free Trade Area.

FRESHNESS TESTS:

"Problems in Determining Fish Freshness," ar-
ticle, Food Technology, vol. 12, no. 5, May 1958,
pp. 260-262, printed, single copies of periodical--
domestic US$1.50, foreign US$1.75. (Published
monthly by the Institute of Food Technologists.)
The Garrard Press, 510 North Hickory, Cham-
paign, Ill.

GERMANY:

Seefischerei und Fischversorgung im Jahre 1956
(See Fisheries and Fish Situation in the Year
1956), Statistik der Bundesrepublik Deutschland
Bank 178, 71 pp., illus., printed in German. W.
Kohlhammer Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany.

HAKE:
"Fresh Fish. 3--Chilled Storage of Hake," by

C. E. B. Cooper and C. E. Rosseau, article, An-
nual Report of the Fishing Industry Research In-
stitute, 1955-56, vol. 9, pp. 8-9, printed. Fish-
ing Industry Research Institute, Cape Town,

August 1958 COMMERCIAL

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

Union of South Africa. Covers a study of pos-
sible differences in the storage life of two dif-
ferent sizes of trawl-caught hake. These hake
were headed and gutted, packed in crushed ice,
delivered to the Institute's laboratory less than
24 hours after removal from the sea, and di-
vided into two weight groups. Group 1 contain-
ed hake weighing from 13 te 24 pounds, where-
as group 2 contained hake weighing from 4 to 6
pounds. Their rates of decomposition during
storage in crushed ice were compared on the
basis of belly-cavity odor, meat odor when sep-
arated from the backbone by a deep internal cut,
and odor of the steamed and broiled meat. The
external appearance of the skins and cut sur-
faces and the meat firmness of the two size
groups did not differ significantly. Compari-
sons of hake caught during February and March
showed that large hake stayed fresh for 8 days
without the development of objectionable odors
in raw or cooked samples. On days 9 and 10,
however, the larger fish were judged to be off in
odor. Small hake remained fresh for anaverage
of 7 days, after which they were judged off in
odor. Further comparisons will be made
throughout the year, particularly during the win-
ter when the storage life of hake is § belieyed to
be rather long. Hake stored at 70° to 75° F.

and 95 percent relative humidity were compared
for deterioration with hake stored at the same
temperature and 30 to 35 percent relative hu-
midity. These hake were suspended in stillair
in sealed containers. Their condition (deterio-
ration) was evaluated by the degree of off-odor
development in the belly-cavity. Comparisons
of similar hake showed that hake held under
humid conditions developed fishy, sour odors
within 20 hours; whereas hake stored under rel-
atively dry conditions were either fresh smell-
ing or possessed only slightly fruity odors after
20 hours of storage. Both groups of hake had
developed objectionable odors after 30 hours of
storage. Hake stored at the low relative humid-
ity showed surface drying. Earlier studies have
shown that the storage life of trawled hake can
be extended by dipping the hake before they are
iced in a solution that contains a preservative
such as sodium benzoate. A further confirma-
tory test of sodium benzoate dips was carried
out aboard the trawler Gilia during Mayof 1955.
In this study, headed and gutted hake weighing

2 to 3 pounds were dipped immediately after
they were gutted--in groups of 24--for 30 min-
utes in 8 gallons of either 1-percent sodium
benzoate dissolved in fresh water or 1-percent
sodium benzoate dissolved in 10-percentbrine.
A third group of 24 hake was retained undipped
as acontrol. All 3 groups of hake were then
stored separately in crushed ice.

Hake that had been dipped in either of the
benzoate solutions remained fresh and without
the development of objectional odors in raw or
cooked samples for 11 days. These fish, how-
ever, were judged off in odor after 13 to 14days
of storage. Undipped control hake remained
fresh for 8 days after they were caught. These
hake were judged off in odor after 10 to 11 days.

FISHERIES REVIEW 131

THE FISH ANDO WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

HONDURAS:

Investigacion y Estudio de Puertos Pesqueros de
Honduras Costa Norte y Costa Sur (Gavestiga =
tions and Studies of the North and South Coast
Fishery Ports of Honduras), by Adolfo Naranjo
Betancourt, 137 pp., map folder, processed in
Spanish. Banco Nacional de Fomento, Division
Tecnica, Tegucigalpa, Honduras, 1957. Re-
ports on the present fishery activities in Hon-
duras and discusses the possibilities of devel-
oping the fishery industry to elevate it to a posi-
tion of major importance in the national econ-
omy. Contains a list of the common and scien-
tific names of the most important commercial
species of fish, crustaceans, and mollusks;
fishery production statistics; statistics on ves-
sels and gear; and comprehensive surveys of
the most important fishery ports of Honduras.

IMPORTS:

United States Imports of Merchandise for Con-
sumption ~ sumption (Commodity by Country of igin),
Calendar Year 1957, Report No. FT 10,197 pp.,
processed $1. Bureau of the Census, U. S. De-
partment of Commerce, Washington, D. C.
June 1958. (For sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C.) The import statistics in-
clude government as well as nongovernment
shipments of merchandise (including fish and
shellfish and fishery byproducts) from foreign
countries to the United States.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSIONS:

International Fisheries Convention of 1946 (Re-
port by the President on the Sixth Meeting of the
Permanent Commission), 34 pp., processed, in
English and French. Office of the Permanent
Commission, 3 Whitehall Place, London, S. W. 1,
England, 1958. A complete report of the Sixth
Meeting of the Permanent Commission which
was held in London during October 1957. All
thirteen member governments were represented
by Delegations. Observers were present from
the United States and the Union of Soviet Social-
ist Republics. Observers from the Internation-
al Council for the Exploration of the Sea, the
International Commission for the Northwest At-
lantic Fisheries, and the Food and Agriculture

Organization of the United Nations also attended.

ISRAEL:

Fishermen's Bulletin, no. 15, March 1958, 40pp.,
illus., printed in Hebrew with summaries in
English. Ministry of Agriculture, Division of
Fisheries, P. O. B. 699, Haifa, Israel. Contains,
among others, the following articles: ''Around
the Fisheries of Israel,'' by M. Shavit; ''The In-
ternational Council for the Exploration of the Sea
Conference in Bergen, 1957,''by E. Gottlieb;
"Ancient Fishing of the Hebrews from Foreign
Literary Sources," by M. Nun; ''Know Your Fish,"
and "A Comparison between the Fish Fauna of
the Hastern Mediterranean and the Red Sea," by
Dr. A. Ben-Tuvia; ''Measurements of Trawl Gear
by Means of Underwater Equipment," by M. Ben-
Yami; and "On the Performance of the Portu-
guese Otter Boards."

132

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

ITALY:

Bollettino di Pesca, Piscicoltura e Idrobiologia
(Bulletin of Fishery, Fish Culture, and Hydro-
biology), vol. 12, no. 1, January-June 1957, 115
pp., 6 pp. photographs, illus., printed in Italian
with English summaries. Laboratorio Centrale
di Idrobiologia, Piazza Borghese, 91, Rome,
Italy. Contains, among others, the following ar-
ticles: ''Prime Osservazioni sulla Biologia della
Sardina (Sardina pilchardus Walb.) del Tirreno
e Considerazioni Relative alla Pesca"! (Prelim-
inary Observations on the Biology of the Sar-
dine (Sardina pilchardus Walb.) in the Tyrrhen-
ian Sea and Factors Related to the Fishery), by
Ernesto Sommani; and ''Omologazione delle

Voci Locali-Dialettali coi Momi Italiani e Scien-

tifici di Pesci, Crostacei, Molluschi, ecc., che
si Pescano nello Stretto di Messina e Zone
Viciniori, e che Interessano, in Massima Parte
1'Alimentazione" (List of the Italian and Scien-
tific Names of the Most Common and Generally
Edible Fish, Crustaceans, Mollusks, etc., Found
in the Strait of Messina and Vicinity), by An-
tonino Cavaliere.

Statistica della Pesca e della Caccia, 1957 (Fish-
ing and Hunting Statistics, 1957), 131 pp., illus.,
printed in Italian. Istituto Centrale diStatistica,
Rome, Italy, 1957. Landings of fish in 1956, ex-
vessel prices by species, average wholesale
prices, number of fishing vessels by type onDe-
cember 31, 1956.

JAPAN:

Memoirs of the Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido
University, vol. 5, no. 2, 52 pp., illus., printed.
The Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University,
Hakodate, Japan, 1957.

REPUBLIC OF KOREA:

A Report on the Development of the Fresh Water
Fisheries of South Korea, by Charles L. Fuqua,
23 pp., ilus., processed. Office of the Econom-
ic Coordinator Korea, Division of Agriculture,
Branch of Fisheries, Seoul, South Korea, May
1958. A study and evaluation of the fresh-water
fishery resources of South Korea was made to
assist the Korean Government in its program to
secure greater food production. This study in-
cludes information on the species of fresh-wa-
ter fish; the carp fishery and the possibility of
producing about 220 million pounds of carp an-
nually; fish production in water impoundments;
the salmon fishery; trout; eels and other speci-
es; and tilapia. Fish culture and management,
research and education, construction of new
hatcheries, and related subjects are also dis-
cussed. The report contains definite conclu-
sions and recommendations regarding the future
development of the fresh-water fisheries and
presents a basis for the development of a fresh-
water fisheries program for South Korea.

LOBSTER:

"The Yarmouth Project," by G. J. Gillespie, ar-
ticle, Trade News, vol. 10, no. 10, April 1958,
pp. 9-11, fillus., printed: Department of Fisher-
ies, Ottawa, Canada. Undersea experiments in
Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, waters to study the ef-
ficiency of metal traps have been completed.

The original project involved the use of steel
traps fishing against wooden traps. In the ex-
periment just completed, steel traps and dif-
ferent types of aluminum traps were used. Ny-
lon rope and twine, aluminum floats, aluminum
and fiberglass lobster buoys were also tested.
The author states that ''Assessments of the re-
sults of the Yarmouth experiment cannot be
made until all findings are correlated and stud-
ied by fisheries biologists and engineers. Sta-
tistics on comparative catches by wooden and
metal traps have been compiled and these fig-
ures will be used in the general appraisal of the
whole operation. If the efficiency of metal
traps can be established, the use of such equip-
ment could have far-reaching effects on the lob-
ster fishery of Canada's Atlantic Provinces."

MULLET:

The Age and Growth of the Red Mullet MULLUS
BARBATUS L. in Israel Waters, 1953-1955, by
E. Gottlieb, Bulletin No. 12, 20 pp., illus.,
printed. Sea Fisheries Research Station, Haifa,

Israel, June 1956.

NEW GUINEA:

"Freshwater Crayfish in Netherlands New Guinea
Mountains,'' by L. B. Holthuis, article, SPC
Quarterly Bulletin, vol. 8, no. 2, April 1958, pp.
36-39, illus., printed, single copy 30 US cents.
South Pacific Commission, Noumea; New Cale-
donia. Reports on the fresh-water crayfishre-
sources of the Wissel Lakes region of Nether-
lands New Guinea. The article is especially
timely since the South Pacific Commission has
begun to explore the possibilities of introducing
new species of edible pondfishto this area.

NORWAY:

Norges Fiskeries, 1956 (Fishery Statistics of
Norway), Norges Offisielle Statistikk XI, no.
293, 99 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian with
foreword, table of contents, and summary in
English. Fiskeridirektoren, Bergen, Norway,
1958. A detailed statistical report on the fish-
eries of Norway with discussions of the number
of fishermen, craft, processing plants, and gear;
quantity and value of total landings; herring,
sprat, cod, mackerel, tuna, dogfish, and capelin
fisheries; fisheries in distant waters; andcatch
of small whales, and sealing. Statistics are
given on quantity, value, and average prices of
all species of fish caught commercially. Also
contains a list of scientific and common names,
in four different languages, of fish, crustaceans,
mollusks, and other aquatic organisms in Nor-
wegian waters; drawings of the principal spe-
cies of fish, mollusks, and crustaceans; and
drawings of the different types of fishing gear.

OYSTERS:

"Chlortetracycline for Preserving Gulf Oysters,"
by A. F. Novak, E. A. Fieger, and M. E. Bailey,
article, Food Technology, vol. 12, no. 5, May
1958, pp. 237-239, printed, single copies of
periodical--domestic US$1.50, foreign US$1.75.
(Published monthly by the Institute of Food
Technologists.) The Garrard Press, 510
North Hickory, Champaign, Il.

August 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 133

El Ostion Cubano (The Cuban Oyster), by Dr. Ma-
“rio Sanchez Roig and Federico Gomez de la
Maza, Folleto de Divulgacion No. 1, 52 pp.,
illus., printed in Spanish. Ministerio de Agri-
cultura, Asesoria Tecnica de Pesca, Havana,
Cuba, 1954. Reviews the biology of the Cuban
oyster (Crassostrea rhizophorae Guiding), pre-
senting comparative background data on Cras-
sostrea virginica, the most important oyster
species of the United States Atlantic coast. Al-
so covers the possibilities of artificial cultiva-
tion of oysters in Cuba and governmental regu-
lations for the protection and conservation of
Cuba's oyster resources.

PORTUGAL:

Estatistica das Pescas Maritimas no Continente
e Uhas Adjacentes no Ano de 1955 (Marine Fish-

eries Statistics of the Mainland and Adjacent
Islands, 1955), 133 pp., printed in Portuguese.
Ministerio da Marinha, Comissao Central de
Pescarias, Lisbon, Portugal, 1957. Covers
fisheries production by districts, species, and
methods of catch; catch of marine mammals;
vessels and gear; and number of fishermen.

Gremio dos Armadores da Pesca da Baleia, Re-
latorio e Contas do Exercicio de 1957 e Or-
camento para 1958 (Whaling Vessel Owner's
Guild, Report of Operations in 1957 and Budget
for 1958), 35 pp., printed in Portuguese. Gremio
dos Armadoreg da Pesca da Baleia, Rua D.
Pedro V, 29-1, Lisbon, Portugal

Resumo Estatistico das Pescas Portuguesas 1938-
1956 (Statistical Account of Portuguese Fisher-
ies, 1938-1956), Publicacao No. 34, 52 pp., illus.,
printed in Portuguese and English, Gabinete de
Estudgs das Pescas, Avenida da Liberdade, 211,

4°, dt’, Lisbon, Portugal, 1957.

RED SEA:

Contributions to the Knowledge of eed Sr aare:
Sur Quelques Annelides Polychetes du Golfe
d'Akaba (On Some Annelid Polychaeta of the Gulf
of Aqaba), by Pierre Fauvel and 2. Pycnogonida
from the Gulf of Aqaba, by J. H. Stock, Bulletin
No. 13, 14 pp., illus., printed, no. 1 in French
and no. 2 in English. State of Israel Ministry of
Agriculture, Division of Fisheries, Haifa, Israel,
July 1957.

SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA:

Convenio Internacional para la Seguridad de la
Vida Humana en el Mar (International Confer-
ence on the Safety of Life at Sea)--London, 1948,
208 pp., printed in Spanish. Ministerio de
Asuntos Exteriores, Madrid, Spain, 1953.

SALMON:

The Movements of Salmon Tagged in the Sea,
Altens, Kincardineshire, 1952, by K. A. Pyefinch
and W. M. Shearer, Scottish Home Department
Freshwater and Salmon Fisheries Research No.
19, 10 pp., illus., printed, 3s. (42 U. S. cents).
Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Edinburgh,
Scotland.

Notes on the Relationship between Plankton Sam-
pling and the Food of Pacific Salmon, by
George H. Allen, Fishery Report No. 3, 41 pp.,

illus., processed. Department of Oceanography,
University of Washington, Seattle 5, Wash., No-
vember 1956.

SARDINES:

‘A Consumer Survey Versus Panel Testing for
Acceptance Evaluation of Maine Sardines," by
Elizabeth F. Murphy, Berton S. Clark, and
Ralph M. Berglund, article, Food Technology,
vol. 12, no. 5, May 1958, pp. 222-226, printed,
single copies of periodical--domestic US$1.50,
foreign US$1.75. (Published monthly by the In-
stitute of Food Technologists.) The Garrard
Press, 510 North Hickory, Champaign, Il.

Etude sur les Differentes Methodes de Cuisson
de la Sardine (Study of the Different Methods of
Cooking Sardines), by R. Meesemaecker and Y.
Sohier, French version 34 pp., English version
28 pp., processed, available in either Frenchor
English. Federation des Industries de la Con-
serve au Maroc, 37 Rue Mareuil, Casablanca,
Morocco, October 1957. Presents "brief reports
of the results obtained in cooking sardines by
various methods--in water, brine, oil, hot air,
and steam--discussing the advantages and dis-
advantages of each method. Includes statistical
tables showing, for each method of cooking, the
variations in weight and composition of sardines
during cooking as compared with turnips, car-
rots, and beef cooked in the same manner.

SEA LAMPREY:

"Attack on the Sea Lamprey," by J. W. Moffett,
article, Michigan Conservation, vol. XXVII, no.
3, May-June 1958, pp. 21-27, illus., printed.
Michigan Department of Conservation, Lansing,
Mich. Describes the use and effectiveness of
various mechanical and chemical devices to
control the sea lamprey in the Great Lakes.
Briefly covers the problems of reestablishing
the depleted lake trout populations of the upper
Great Lakes.

SEAWEED:

"Bright Future for Seaweed," article, Food Man-
ufacture, vol. 33, March 1, 1958, p. 90, printed.
Leonard Hill, Ltd., Stratford House, 9 Eden
Street, London, NW1, England. Discusses the
encouraging prospects of the seaweed industry
as a result of the high mineral and vitamin con-
tent of seaweed. Reports on a new seaweed
meal being produced in Norway which has pro-
vided beneficial results in use as an animalfood
supplement--especially in feeding experiments
with dairy cattle and sheep.

SHARK:

Notes on the Greenland Shark, ACANTHORHINUS
CARCHARIAS (Gunn), Fiskeridirektoratets
Skrifter, Report on Norwegian Fishery and Ma-
rine Investigations, vol. XI, no. 10, 12 pp., illus.,
printed. A.S. John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen,
Norway, 1957. Contains two papers: (1) ''The
Reproduction Problem of the Greenland Shark," by
Paul Bjerkan; and (2) ''A Uterine Foetus and the U-
terus from a Greenland Shark," by Einar Koefoed.

SHRIMP:
Comparative Fishing Trials with Shrimp Nets,
-1956, by M. N. Mistakidis, Fishery

134

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION 1SSUING THEM.

Investigations Series II, vol. XXII, no. 1, printed,
5s. 10d(80 U. S. cents). Her Majesty's Station-
ery Office, York House, Kingsway, London,

W. C. 2, England.

Los Camarones de Mar Cubanos (The Marine
Shrimp of Cuba), by Dr. Mario Sanchez Roigand
Federico Gomez de la Maza, Folleto de Divul-
gacion No. 2, 83 pp., illus., printed in Spanish.
Ministerio de Agricultura, Asesoria Tecnica de
Pesca, Havana, Cuba, 1954. Covers the biology
of Cuba's most important commercial species
of shrimp--Penaeus setiferus, P. schmitti, P.
duorarum, P. aztecus, and P. brasiliensis. Re-

ports on the possibilities of developing Cuba's
shrimp fisheries through improved fishery
methods and exploratory research. Presents
extensive background material on the shrimp
fisheries of the UnitedStates Gulf Coast.

Prawn and Prawn Fishery of East Pakistan, Nazir
Ahmad, 31 pp., 10 plates, illus., printed. Di-
rector of Fisheries, Dacca, East Pakistan, 1957.

TROUT:

"Freezing at World's Largest Trout Hatcher,"
article, Quick Frozen Foods, November L957;
pp. 50-51, 117, illus., printed. Quick Frozen
Foods, E. W. Williams Publications, 82 Wall Size
New York 5, N. Y. This article describes the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 8

process of freezing trout at the world's largest
trout hatchery. Trout are caught, dressed, and
placed in the freezer within 30 minutes. The
trout are seined while still alive and are placed
into individual grading boxes. After eviscera-
tion and dressing, the fish are placed on trays
and then loaded on carts and rolled to the sharp
freezerat-50 F. Theyare glazed with3 coats of
ice, then packaged and carried to the storage room.

The Meee and Homing Behaviour of Brown
Trout, (SALMO TRUTTA L.), by T. A. Stuart,
Scottish Home Department Freshwater and
Salmon Fisheries Research No. 18, 30 pp., illus.,
printed, 8s. (US$1.12). Her Majesty's Station-
ery Office, Edinburgh, Scotland.

VESSELS:
Driving Efficiency with Active Rudder (Advantages
of Main and Auxiliary Propellers in Tandem), by
F. Busmann, 4 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted
from The Shipping World, December 30, 1953.)
The Shipping World, 1 Arundel St., London, W. C.
2, England. :

The Pleuger Active Rudder, 4pp., illus., printed.
‘(Reprinted from Ship and Boat Builder, July 1953.)
Ship and Boat Builder, John Trundell Ltd., Temple
Chambers, Temple Ave., London, E. C. 4, England.

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page
FOREIGN (Contd. ):
U.S. S. R.:
Fisheries Programs Extensive FAO Biologist
Reports . 202s ee eee ee cee ee 83
Sponge Rubber Fenders for Vessels Loading
atiSeayecelene icin Thelolon otelemeh ole ielie 83
United Kingdom:
Fishing Industry Urges Government to Con-
duct Trawl Efficiency Studies. ...... 84
Freeze-Drying Foods Tried Commercially . 85
Fried Fish Shops Use Portion-Pack Fish Fillets 85
Proposed Icelandic Decree on 12-Mile Fish-
ing Limits Rejected. ......0.2.+06 86
Studies on Boxing Fish atSea ....2.2--s 86
Yugoslavia:
Marine Fishing Industry, 1957 ...... » 86
FEDERAL ACTIONS: .....2.22e+e-+es 87
Federal Trade Commission:
Primary Broker of Canned Salmon Charged
with legal Brokerage Payments ....-. 87
Primary Seafood Broker Charged with Pay -
ment of Illegal Brokerage... 2-2 © 87

Department of the Interior:
Whaling Regulations ......2+-+-2-+-+- ° 88
Fish and Wildlife Service:
Changes in Fishery Loan Fund Regulations
roposedecuiciteiietelt euch oiiel elteMoll olieMelce ite 91
Fishery Products Inspection and Certifica-
tion Regulations, and Standards for Fish
Sticks, Breaded Shrimp and Frozen Fish
Blocks Reissued ......+-++s-+ee-s 93

Page
FEDERAL ACTIONS (Contd.):
Department of State:
United States Repeats Protest of Russian
Claim That Peter the Great Bay is Internal
VWECGAS ooo .00 00 0b Cao bo 056 110
Treasury Department:
Bureau of Customs:
Customs Restriction on Obtaining Data from
Vessels! Manifests Liberalized ....-- 111
White House:
Pacific Halibut Fishery Regulations for 1958
Approved by the United States ...--- 112
Eighty -Fifth Congress (Second Session) . - - - 116
FISHERY INDICATORS: ......- o45 G00 121
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected
States. 22. cece eer cece ces se eee 121
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries . . 122
Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freez-
ings of Fishery Products. ....-++-+-++e-s 123
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings
of Fishery Products at Principal Distribution

Gentersiey ret yieuleh ile ese ul ontomeniaice 124
Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U.S.
pGlLNEWR 5 G66 ooo Kb oon 0D008 124
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery
Products cievrar sito clisitei ei elteicniel model oit= 125
Chart 7 - U. S. Fishery Products Imports .. 126
RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: ...... 127
Fish and Wildlife Service Publications ... . 127
Miscellaneous Publications ....+.c-+++-. 129

gogaa0oo00o0

August 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 135

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page Page
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd. ): FOREIGN (Contd. ):
Oysters: Denmark (Contd. ):
Seed Scarcity and Predator Problems in At- Proposed Extension of Fishing Limits by Fa-
lantic Coast Oyster Industry Under Study . 42 roese May Hurt Fishermen ........ 63
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations: Egypt:
Oceanographic Survey Made by Helicopter . 43 Japanese -Egyptian Fishing Company to Trawl
New Ocean Current and Tuna in the Mar- in Mediterranean and Red Seas ...... 63
quesas Surveyed (M/V Hugh M. Smith Faroe Islands:
(Cruise 45): ©. 2s se wells ele se oe oe 44 British Conyention on Fishing Limits De-
Tuna Tagging Developments .....-.. 46 NOMUNCEAM RM awalteloialisltcleielisiicialolielotala 63
Tilapia Propagation as a Live-Bait Fish .. 47 Greece:
Pacific Salmon Investigations: Fisheries Survey Planned ........- 63
Initial Tests on "Endless" Fishways Com- Sponge Production in 1957 ......... 64
MaEmtl Goo ooooood OUD OOOO 47 Italy:
Salmon: Fishery Products Imports Increased in 1957 . 64
Pond-Rearing Studies Initiated by Oregon Japan:
Fish ' Commission . 2.2 ee ee ew oe 47 King Crab Production and Exports Estimated
Researchers Probe Problems of Propagation . 48 Mey IES goo ooooooodooon GO 66
Sea Lions: North Pacific Mothership Salmon Fishing. . 66
Populations Census along California Coast . 49 Republic of Korea:
Shrimp: Marine Products Yield Increased in 1957 . . 67
Shrimp Landings on Pacific Coast Increased Mexico:
HNL OS 7/1 ie} lolicival «| ellejieis) 6) elle! (©! 0 © « 49 Concession for Kelp Harvesting Granted .. 67
South Carolina: Export Duties for Numerous Fishery Items. . 67
Fisheries Biological Research Progress, April- Import Duty on Fishing Vessels Increased, . 69
NTO SS eee Sheek aia ewes ae 50 Shrimp Export Duties Increased. .....- 69
Transportation: Netherlands:
Property Transportation Tax Repealed ... 51 Antarctic Whale Products Production Higher
Tuna: for1957//58 Se asOniel sc) alreileilellclfelleliniisie 70
Location of Pacific Seamounts May Aid Herring Industry in 1957 .....222e- 70
ishe ry aaa MM Miaicieiloienioniclemieloliciiclions 51 New Guinea:
U. S. Foreign Trade: Development of the Fishing Industry .... 70
Edible Fishery Products Exports, March and Norway:
onl WEB Goo ooadoadsonggad $1 Cod Fisheries Trends as of May 31, 1958 . 7fas
Groundfish Fillet Imports, June 1958 .... 52 Exports of Fishery Products and Fish Meal to
Imports of Canned Tuna in Brine Under Quota 52 Wi S65 EEVio Gono oon OOOO O One 71
Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Prod- Fishing and Whaling Industries, 1957... . 71
Netsse March1958)yemeweneiteiemel lie) icicle! © 52 Frozen Fish Fillet Sales in 1957 ....... 72
Wholesale Prices, June 1958 .......2.2. 53 Marine-Oil Industry ......222-2-+e68 72
ROREIGN )siyeic)io =<) «is rele) ©» «) els 55 New Ocean Research Vessel Johan Hjort .. 74
Intemational: Sales and Prices of Whale and Sperm Oil,
Five Central American Countries Sign Trade I} Goaoooacos eile) lolkene 75
and Industrial Agreements ......20.6 55 Trade Agreement with Poland “Includes Fish-
Food and Agriculture Organization: ery Products .... 6 O.0 010 76
Mediterranean Fisheries Meeting to be Held Winter Herring Catch for i958 Down 50
MiBMNS “onoogagd0oDdooOoUG 56 Percents) )c) c)iolke) oie elieflel oliohieleyieltente 76
International Pacific ‘Halibut Commission: Poland:
First Season in Areas 2 and 1B Closed . .. 56 Factory Trawler with Stern Chute for Net . 76
International Whaling Commission: Portugal:
Increase in Blue-Whale Unit Quota Proposed Canned Fish Exports, January-March 1958 . 77
ZB INIEREHG) 6 Oo no On oOOd Ho oOOddO 56 Canned Fish Pack, January 1958 ...... 77
(North European) International Fisheries Canned Sardine Trends .......2.2..---. 78
Convention: Fisheries Trends, January-March 1958 ... 78
U. S. S. R. Accedes to Convention ... 57 New Type Fishing Trawler Launched ... 78
Angola: Somalia:
Hehonl inerene eoh ae 57 Tuma Fishery and Industry .......--. 78
Australia: Spain:
Frozen Fish Imports Increase ..... 2 & 57 Vigo Fisheries Trends, April 1958 ..... 79
Report on Japanese Canned Fish Imports and Surinam:
Domestic Canned Fish Trade ....... 58 ishing pindustry/sat95 (i ellell<ileisiel oileitsieite 79
Canada: Sweden:
Newfoundland Factory to Make Fish-Skin Fishermen's Earnings on West Coast Vary
GOs cacaos6 OOOO aO OG 59 with) Vessell'Size) |) ci) <1 «16» «) 5) 0) #10) 80
New Research Vessel Launched nboocdD 60 Review of the Fisheries, 1957 ......-¢ 81
New Type Herring Trawl Developed for Mid- Turkey:
water or Bottom Fishing ........-.2-2 61 Shrimp Fishery in Immir District ...... 82
Record Halibut Trip Landed at Vancouver . 61 Union of South Africa:
Cuba: South and South-West Africa Pilchard-Ma-
Frozen Cooked Tuna Loins Not Being Produced 62 asbanker-Industry, 1957... .+-+e-+es-e 82
Denmark: Pilchard-Maasbanker Industry , RU
Experiments on Use of Nylon Thread in Oyster February 1958 .....- 82
Culture Disappointing ........-2> 63 Trawler Fishery Lands Record Catch in 1957 ; 83

Contents Continued Page 134, INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C. 38982

NATIONAL FISH AND SEA FOOD PARADE--OCTOBER 6-12, 1958

The United States Department of the Interior Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies and the Fishing Industry are working together to encourage the greater use of
all fishery products during the ''Fish 'n' Sea Food Parade''--October 6-12, 1958.
Reports indicate that a great deal of interest has been generated in this fall pro-
motion.

This is the Fishing Industry's all-out pro-
motion channeled over radio, television, news-
papers, magazines, and other media. The many
advantages of serving fish are being stressed.
Many appetizing new fish dishes are being fea-
tured. Alltypes offresh, frozen, canned, smoked,
precooked, and cured fishery products and fish
dinners willbe advertised. Every effort has been

made to get retail stores to display, stock, and
promote fishery products during the period as-
signed to the ''Fish 'n' Sea Food Parade" and the

months that follow.

¥, pound cooked O \, teaspoon paprika Cut lobster meat into 14-inch pieces. Melt butter;
lobster meat O Dash cayenne pepper blend in flour and seasonings. Add cream gradually

Vs cup butter or oO 1 pint coffee cream and cook until thick and smooth, stirring constantly.
margarine o 2 egg yolks, beaten Stir a little of the hot sauce into egg yolk; add to

2 tablespoons flour ral 2 tablespoons sherry remaining sauce, stirring constantly. Add lobster

1 teaspoon salt O Toast points meat; heat. Remove from heat and slowly stir in

sherry. Serve immediately on toast points. Serves 6.

Cover page of new fish-cookery recipe leaflet
prepared by the Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies foruse during "Fish 'n' Sea Food Parade."

Typical recipe contained
in the recipe leaflet.

COMMERCIAL
SISHERIES

ee
ie
oe

i

PTEMBER 1958

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE

United States Department of the Interior
W ashington, D.C.

UNITED STATES BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR

. a Y
cE OTe SEATON RSE CRELAR DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE AND SERVICES

ARNIE J. SUOMELA, COMMISSIONER HAROLD E. CROWTHER, CHIEF

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES.

Joseph Pileggi, Editor
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not
responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.

Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source is appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
May 21, 1957. 5/31/60

CONTENTS

COVER: A cod end full of red snapper and some grouper oneeie the U, S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries exploratory fishing vessel Silver B ay on
Campeche Bank in the Gulf of Mexico. The purpose of the trip in May 1958
was to locate suitable trawling grounds and to attempt bottom trawling for
red snapper. At present the Gulf of Mexico red snapper fishery employs only
hand lines which have become uneconomical,

Page
A Practical Depth Telemeter for Midwater Trawls, by Richard L. McNeely ...........-. 1
Color and Quality of Canned Gulf of Mexico Yellowfin Tuna as Related to Weight of Fish, by Amold w.
MubmanvandiLynnel Gam McKee ew. uemcmalici icici Melfi mia ieli-It-Di-ll« Oo 0000 6.9 ooo000D0 so pOo° 11
1957: The Year of Warm Water and Southern Fish off California (EGS Soo ODO CO ODO A aon a 4 O00 1S
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: ... 25 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd. ):
Enzymes in Fish Tissue Under Study .....-. 25 Groundfish:
Improved Handling of Fish Aboard Massachu- Broad Analysis of New England Groundfish

setts Fishing Vessels, by Frederick C. Industry Problems Planned .......-. 37

Wallboursi) ramen iiciiiisitsien ene Dooogoo0 26 Great Lakes Fishery Investigations:

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: ........ ei Lake Superior Biological Research Program,
California: IBS Googaoooaodgoo0cokoo De 38

Spawning Sardines Surveyed off Coast of Cali- Western Lake Superior Herring and General
fornia (M/V N. B. Scofield) ...... 27 Fishery Survey (M/V Siscowet)...... 40

Spawning Sardines Surveyed in Southern Cal Survey of Western Lake Erie Fish Populations
fornia Waters by M/V Alaska ....... 28 Continued (M/V Cisco Cruise 6) ....-. 41

Albacore Tuna Occurrence and Migration Pat- Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program:
tern Studied (M/V Alaska Cruise 58A3 - Gulf of Mexico Explored for Hard Clams and
Albacore) .. cod 00g0'600 30 Scallops (M/V Silver Bay Cruise 10) ... 41

Aerial Census of Commercial and Sport Fish— Maine Sardines:
ing Operations Continued (Airplane Spotting Canned Stocks, July 1, 1958........ 43
Flights 58-4, 58-6, and 58-7) ....... 31 Marketing:

Pelagic Fish Distribution and Abundance off Edible Fishery Products Marketing Prospects,
Southern California Observed by Aerial Summer-Fall 1958 .....+seeece2es 43
Scouting (Airplane Spotting Flight 58-5) . . 32 Maryland:

Census of Sea Lion Populations off Coast of Commercial Fishery Landings at Ocean
California (Airplane Spotting Flight 58-9) . 33 Giby, HEY sooo ooe ob o000500 44

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January - National Fisheries Institute:
WEP ICE Tea ig Oe GeomomONe Guceo -lomoeala 34 Conservation Policy Resolution Adopted at
Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: 13th Annual Convention ..... . 45

Department of Defense Purchases, January - North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration andl Gear

Jere WS oo sg boohbonos alo coe 34 Research:
Fisheries Loan Fund: Hard-Shell and Surf Clam Exploration by

Voans Dhroughi July, 14591958) 92 3. 3 sic ele 35 M/NeSunapeedsiemelietoitei elise lionel 45
Fish Meal: Hard-Shell and Surf Clam Explorations Con-

Recent California Marketing Trends .... 35 tinued (M/V Sunapee) ....-+.-+--s 46
Florida: Tuna Fishing Explorations Continued in

DIGECMIES NESE 5 6 gona bop oo OOO 36 Western North Atlantic (M/V Delaware
Frozen Processed Fishery Products: Cruises 58-3 and 58-4) ....-.--+e+ 47

Contract Let for Study of Institutional Con- North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations:

Sumption .. 1. se ss ew ccc ee es 37 Scallops Tagged and Length-Frequency Samples
Collected(M/V Albatross Il] Cmise 113) . 48

Contents Continued Page 135,

September 1958 Washington 25,D.C. Vol. 20, No.9

A PRACTICAL DEPTH TELEMETER FOR MIDWATER TRAWLS
By Richard L. McNeely*
SUMMARY

A direct-reading electrical depth telemeter for midwater trawls hag been de-
veloped and used successfully in the northeastern Pacific. The system utilizes an
electrical trawl cable to transmit continuous depth information from a pressure-
sensing unit on the gear to a pilothouse meter which shows trawl depth in feet and
fathoms. Slip rings and brusheson
the trawl winch complete the elec- &
trical circuit, which is powered by
a 45-volt battery located in the con-
trol box in the radio-chart room.
Maximum depth range of the sys-
tem with the present potentiometer
is 225 fathoms, but this can be in- oe
creased or decreased as may be cates
required. Advantages of the sys-
tem are its simplicity and practi-
cability, requiring no extra hand-
ling on deck and no specially-
trained operator. It has beentest-
ed and used successfully during
the spring and summer of 1957
aboard the U. 5. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries exploratory

fishing vessel John N. Cobb based Fig, 1 - Pilothouse depth meter for the electrical telemeter, cali-
at Seattle id brated to show depth of the trawl in feet and fathoms.

i
4
B

INTRODUCTION

A depth telemetering system, utilizing a low-voltage electrified trawl cable for
determining the depth of midwater trawls, was installed and used successfully a-
board the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries exploratory fishing vessel John N.
Cobb in the northeastern Pacific during the spring and summer of 1957. -,

Accurate knowledge of the depth of the net is essential to successful midwater
trawling. No matter how efficient the gear might be, unless it is placed at the prop-
er depth indicated by fish signs on the echo-sounder or by other means, the school
of fish will be missed entirely or only a small catch will be made. This problem has
been apparent during the several years of intermittent midwater trawling research
by the Bureau's Branch of Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research. A variety of
methods have been usedin various parts of the world to determine the depth of mid-
water trawls, but there has always been the need for a more practical instrument
which is accurate, simple to use, and economically within reason for commercial
Electronic Scientist, North Pacific Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research, Division of Industrial Research and Services,

U. S, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Seattle, Wash.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

fishermen. The electrical depth telemeter, which was designed, constructed, and
installed at Seattle by Bureau personnel, appears to meet this need.

Although midwater trawl-
ing by commercial fishing ves-
sels thus far has been limited
primarily to herring in north-
ern Europe and British Co-
lumbia, there is evidence that
at times other species of fish
may be available to midwater
gear, thus opening up vast new
fishing areas of the ocean.
Echo-sounders and sonar-type
instruments have shown that
schools of fish may be found
at any depth between the sur-
face and the bottom. A method
to permit accurate positioning
of the net is necessary because
some schools of fish occupy a
relatively thin vertical layer
of water and can be missed
easily if the net is a few fathoms too high or too low. During a single tow separate
schools of fish may be found at different depth levels, necessitating raising or low-
ering the net at intervals (Richardson 1957). Also, when attempting to catch fish
very near hard or uneven bottom, the position of the gear must be accurately known
in order to avoid contact with the bottom which could snag the trawl doors and de-
pressors or damage the net itself.

baiea. E aa as
Fig. 2 - Pressure-sensing unit attached to the end of the electrical trawl
cable just in front of one of the trawl doors.

EARLY METHODS OF TRAWL-DEPTH DETERMINATION

Many methods and devices have been used in attempts to accurately determine
the depth of midwater trawls. None have been entirely satisfactory due to inaccura-
ey, cost, depth limitation, operating difficul-
ties, or fragility.

Calculation based on length and angle of
towing warp to determine the gear depth is
one of the oldest methods. Also, a second
vessel has been used to sound the net as itis
being towed at various depths. Bathythermo-
graphs have been attached to the trawl to re-
cord the depth range and to check other meth-
ods of calculation. Tables and graphs have
then been prepared to show the probable trawl
depth for each wire angle-length combination
(Barraclough and Johnson 1956). Shortcom-
ings in these methods arise from the effects
of currents, wind, and tide on the wire angle
at any given throttle setting and length of
towing warp, and from the unknown changes
in the underwater wire angle with varying

sea conditions. Fig. 3 - Bronze pressure vessel with cap removed
to show pressure potentiometer, feed-throughs,
and "0"' ring seal.

Several accurate depth telemetering sys-
tems have been used with a fair degree of success. An electronic-acoustic tele-
meter was built and tested by the Woods Hole (Mass.) Oceanographic Institute (Dow

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

1954). An improved version of that instrument was constructed by the University of
Miami Marine Laboratory under contract with the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service

(Stephens and Shea 1956). This instrument was used in midwater trawl research on
several of the Bureau's vessels and on the John N. Cobb until the present electrical

POURED

7 PRESSURE PORT

NYLON SHEATH

ANANAAUAAAANNNAANANAAAAAAAAAAAAAE NNN 77

rey

ELECTRICAL ™
TRAWL CABLE

N Ss
WS
ao
DSSS \
/] S\

CONDUCTORS SET SCREW SOCKET

s"
716

PRESSURE POTENTIOMETER

Fig. 4 - Sensiag unit, housing, and cable termination of the electrical depth telemeter.

telemeter was installed. Although it was satisfactory in determining trawl depth
during approximately 200 tows ranging in depth from surface to 225 fathoms, dis-
advantages of cost, maintenance, size, weight, and need for a specially-trained oper-
ator make any commercial application doubtful.

A unique and accurate air-pressure
equalization system for trawl depth determi-
nation has been developed and used recently
during midwater explorations for herring in
the Gulf of Maine (Smith 1957). Activities
were confined to relatively shallow water,
with the equipment having a maximum oper-
ating depth of about 100 fathoms.

DESCRIPTION OF THE ELECTRICAL
DEPTH TELEMETER

The system transmits continual depth
information from the midwater trawl gear to
the pilothouse of the vessel. A small pres-
sure-sensing unit (see fig. 2) located on the
end of the trawl cable at one trawl door ac-
tuates a pilothouse-mounted milliammeter
which is calibrated to read depth in bothfeet Fig. 5 - Electrical trawl cable prepared for splicing,
and fathoms (see fig. 1). Electrical continu- showing core ae conductors, and the two lay -
ity at the trawl winch is through a slip-ring “~° %°S S7anc®-
and brush assembly mounted on the outside of the winch drum. Steel trawl cable
having insulated conductors for a core provides a fullelectrical circuit for the sys-
tem.

The dial of the depth meter in the pilothouse is calibrated in one-fathom and
5-foot intervals from 0-50 fathoms and 0-300 feet. An off-on range selector switch

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

permits selection of successive 50-fathom segments from 0-225 fathoms (which is
the maximum depth of the particular pressure potentiometer used). The captain
refers to the meter and adjusts the length of
towing cable or speed of the vessel in order
to raise or lower the trawl to any desired
depth.

SENSING UNIT AND HOUSING: Thesens-
ing unit consists of a precision pressure po-
tentiometer encased in a Tobin bronze pres-
sure vessel 3# inches long and 276 inches in
diameter (see fig. 3). Threaded cap and '"'O"
ring seal provide a watertight access port.
Stuffing-tube type feed-throughs for the elec-
trical conductors are located in the housing
cap. A small hole in the center of the cap
admits sea-water pressure to the castor oil-
filled bourdon tube of the potentiometer (see
fig. 4). The sensing unit is placed inside a
steel housing lined with sponge rubber, which
screws onto the cable termination socket.
There is a shackle hole in the opposite end of
the housing for connection to the bridle lines
or chain of the midwater trawl gear. The
housing is 742 inches long by 3 inches in di-
ameter, over-all size.

The sensing unit potentiometer has a
pressure range of 0-600 p.s.i., with an elec-
hie atti trial resistance differential of 10,000 ohms.
Fig. 6 - Electrical trawl cable, midwater trawl bri- Thus, the depth range of the instrument is
Pee ane he sensing unit on winch of 0-225 fathoms. Linearity deviation is less
eee than one percent, with friction of the potenti-
ometer slider accounting for the major part,

Other pressure potentiometers having
greater or lesser pressure-resistance values
are available commercially. The 225-fathom
depth range was selected as the most practi-
cal for present use.

CABLE AND TERMINATION: The elec-
trical trawl cable is 0.528 inches outside di-
ameter, double-armored steel, consisting of
an electrical conductor core and two layers
of 24-strand opposed helical-wound high ten-
sile galvanized steel (see fig. 5). The six
rubper-covered conductors are each made
up of seven strands of 0.012-inch diameter
copper wire and are wrapped around a solid-
rubber center filler. Only three conductors
are used, the remaining three being spares. = °
The wire size of each conductor is equal to Fig. 7 - Access port ot the trawl winch showing loca-
No. 21 a.W.g., and resistance is 11.1 ohms tion of the slip rings between the winch shaft bear-
per 1,000 feet. Nylon fillers and sheath en- fn9 ee saa ca Teas
case the conductors, making a round electrical core approximately # -inches in di-
ameter. Breaking strength of the cable, according to the manufacturer, is 18,000
pounds.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

Type of termination developed for the cable used on the John N, Cobb is an ex-
treme wide-angle and shallow poured-babbitt socket (see fig. 4). Glass tape is wrap-
ped around the conductors for protection during babbitting. This termination re-
lieves external pressure on the conductors, as opposed to the common deep narrow-

CLAMP HOLE
(in winch drum

ie} Pion] HOUSE

a ——<

Vee
N wT)

SECTION A-A

Fig. 8 - Slip-ring and brush assembly for the electrical depth telemeter.

angle socket which tends to squeeze and cause shorting. The wide-angle socket al-
so requires a minimum of length making it possible to contain the cable termination
and pressure-vessel sensing unit
in a single small housing which
will pass through the trawling
blocks and wind up on the winch
(see fig. 6).

SLIP RINGS AND BRUSHES:
A set of three bronze face-type
slip rings are groove mounted in
plexiglass and installed on the
outside of the drum near the shaft
(see figs. 7and 8). Inorder touti-
lize a minimum of space in the
winch-drum housing area and a-
void disassembly of the winch, the
rings and mountings are split
halves with the ring joints rotated
45° so that on assembly around : - ==
the winch shaft they become a sol- Tig.2 5 Agangement of Jrtnments in the pilothouse of the John N.
id unit. Jumper wires on the back
of the mounting provide electrical continuity ucross the ring joints. Spring-mount-
ed, solid brass, button-type brushes with direct connected pilothouse leads are bolt-

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

ed to the winch shaft bearing cap. The winch end of the electrical trawl cable is fed
through the clamp hole of the drum, and the conductors are connected to the slip
ring terminals to complete the cir-
cuit from potentiometer to pilot-
house. A weathertight cover on the
winch housing protects the slip-
ring assembly.

INDICATOR AND CONTROLS:
Electrical resistance differential
in the precision potentiometer is
measured by a simple electrical
bridge circuit. This difference in
resistance, when fed with proper
line voltage, is shunted across a
milliiammeter calibrated to read
depth in fathoms and feet. The
meter is provided with a 100-ohm,
one milliampere actuation coil for
Fig. 10 - Control box in radio-chart room with cover off to show bat- aa -volt full-scale deflection. With

tery, controls and test mechanisms. zy bridge TMM OF O.095 wok
giving a readout of 50 fathoms, the remaining five percent of the available pointer
travel is used as a line-voltage test. A small three-pole triple-throw rotary selec-
tor switch connects either the pressure potentiometer or a preset calibrating test
potentiometer to the meter bridge circuit.

Circuitry, battery, control, and test mechanisms are housed in a small metal
box mounted on a bulkhead in the radio-chart room in a manner that allows the
depth meter and the line control and off-on range selector switch knobs to be mount-
ed on the opposite side of the bulkhead in the pilothouse (see fig. 9). Holes drilled
in the bulkhead connect the two units and provide compactness of installation, A 45-
volt ''B'' battery located in the control box is the voltage source (see fig. 10). Bat-
tery drain is 4.2 milliamperes, which should require a minimum of battery replace-
ments. Actual line voltage is 28 volts; thus the 32-volt battery system carried on
most fishing vessels could be used as a power source provided that voltage changes
were checked and compensated for during telemetering operations. The low voltage
used presents no hazards to personnel,

Range selection is divided into four-and-one-half 50-fathom increments. To
accomplish this, eight precision 2,222-ohm resistors are mounted on a two-pole six-
throw rotary selector switch, which is used to return the meter pointer to zero at
the end of each 50-fathom deflection.

SEA TESTS AND TRIALS

A series of calibration tests were made aboard the John N. Cobb at sea by low-
ering and raising the sensing unit to measured depths. A ten-minute warm-up period
with the sensing unit immersed in sea water, to neutralize capacitance and temper-
ature effect, preceded all tests. Accuracy of the electrical depth telemeter was
found to be at least 98 percent during all tests. A slight lag of one-half fathom was
noted during ascending and descending at normal winch speed. Depth readings of the
telemeter agreed closely with two types of echo depth sounders during comparison

tests when the sensing unit was dropped to the bottom at intervals out to a maximum
depth of 187 fathoms.

Chief concern during construction, testing, and early use of the new telemeter-
ing system was the unknown ability of the electrical trawl cable to withstand the
punishment of regular fishing operations. Full-power test runs towing a 70-foot-
Square-opening nylon midwater herring trawl were executed with normal turns and

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

excess cable played from the opposite drum to put the greater load on the electrical
trawl cable. A cable dynamometer showed a maximum cable strain of 4,700 pounds
at full throttle with 360 fathoms of cable out and the net at 83 fathoms. To date the
cable has been used during some 50 tows with no sign of damage or fatigue noted.
There has been no apparent damage to the electrical conductors.

NY
VOLTAGE
©, CONTROL
Ss
%) 45 VOLT
yi
BATTERY

MILLIAMETER

2222 n

2222 n
OF F-ON-RANGE
SELECTOR
SWITCH

evectaicat| |

TRAWL
CABLE

LINE

TEST
SWITCH

Ss
fo)
a
pe
wn
Wd
=
Ww
2
ay

PRESSURE POT.
10 K. 600 PS.

SLIP RINGS

Fig. 11 - Schematic layout of electrical depth telemetering system installed on M/V John N. Cobb,

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 8

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES

The greatest advantage of the electrical depth telemetering system is its sim-
plicity and practicability. Since it is a direct-reading instrument with a simple off-
on range selector switch and line control rheostat to set, no specially-trained op-
erator is needed. Likewise, no special handling on deck is required as the sensing
unit is attached as a permanent part of the fishing gear.

UPPER WING OF TRAWL

Zan

—— — ‘a SENS SN
a OE, Mee OS
\\,

<\—

DEPRESSOR

3"
+ SEE DETAIL DRAWING OF CABLE CONNECTOR. ALL CHAIN IS g GALVANIZED STEEL.

Fig. 12 - Midwater trawl door-to-net assembly.

Being electrical, the system is not affected by distance, directivity, water cur-
rents, wake, ambient sea noises, etc., as are acoustic telemeters.

The 225-fathom range can be increased with the installation of a suitable pres-
sure potentiometer, and recalibration.

Use of the system on bottom trawls is feasible due to the small size and rugged ~
construction of the sensing unit and housing.

Routine maintenance can be performed by relatively unskilled personnel.

The accomplishment of connecting an electrical circuit from the pilothouse of
a fishing vessel to a trawl deep beneath the ocean surface makes possible the trans-
mission of other types of desirable information to the vessel operator. Constant
monitoring of water temperature at trawl depth is possible with the addition of a
small thermistor inside the pressure housing of the sensing unit, similar to the
S-T-D used by oceanographers (Collias and Barnes 1951).

Ink pen recordings of depth and temperature can be made if permanent records
are desired. Also, graphic presentation of telemeter depth readings onto the echo-
sounder recording paper used during fishing operations is entirely practical. Even
some form of automatic or adjustable controls on the fishing gear could be installed
if found to be desirable and practical in the future (Fryklund 1956).

Apparent possible disadvantages of the electrical depth telemeter are few and
may prove to be of minor importance with continued use of the system.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

Splicing the electrical trawl cable is more difficult and time-consuming than
splicing standard cable used on fishing vessels. A 50-foot long-splice is required,
which was found to be not unduly difficult after some experience. The 3,000-foot
cable in use on the John N. Cobb is made up of two sections which were spliced to-
gether by two staff members in approximately two working days.

1$'' PIPE COUPLING

STEEL SPACER POURED BABBITT

14''PIPE PLUG

NZ WSN77\ WN
LOS Cl) yy SS

——S—Sa a —————

WEES

: Pp NY DAP/AAS DY PAYAN

RUBBER TAPED
CONNECT | ONS

ELECTRICAL
TRAWL CABRE

SET SCREW

Fig. 13 - Connector for electrical trawl cable.

Present cost of the electrical cable is roughly 60 percent higher than the cost
of regular plow steel trawl cable, but this cost differential cannot be properly evalu-
ated until the life expectancy of a new cable is determined through actual service
over an extended period of time.

LATEST REFINEMENTS

Certain refinements to the electrical telemeter hook-up were made on subse-
quent field trials to provide more accurate lead-line depth when midwater trawling
very near the bottom. The depth-
sensing unit was moved from in
front of the trawl door to the low-
er port wing of the trawl (see
fig. 12). This necessitated use of
two electrical trawl cable con-
nectors at the trawl door (see
fig. 13).

Some breaking of the elec-
trical conductors in the core of
the trawl cable was experienced
during later bottom trawling op-
erations, This was caused by
the stresses created as the elec-
trical trawl cable passed around
the standard size 9-inch diame-
ter towing blocks (see fig. 2).

Keer is te ia ntl
Fig. 14 - Large Block--20-inch diameter, aluminum --used with elec-

The use of specially -design- iociteamibenbles

ed and fabricated 20-inch diame- !
ter aluminum trawl blocks has apparently remedied this condition (see fig. 14).

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

LITERATURE CITED

Barraclough, W. E., and Johnson, W. W.
1956. A New Midwater Trawl for Herring. Bulletin No. 104, Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa.

Collias, E. E., with Bares, C. A.
1951. The Salinity-Temperature-Depth Recorder, University of Washington Oceanographic Laboratories, Seattle,
August.

Dow, Willard
1554, Underwater Telemetry: A Telemetering Depth Meter. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. 54-39,
Woods Hole, Mass.

Fryklund, Robert A.
1956, Controllable Depth Maintaining Devices. U. S, Patent Office publication, Patent No. 2,729,910, Washing-
ton, D. C., January 10.

Richardson, I. D.
1957. Some Problems in Mid-Water Trawling. World Fishing, vol. 6, No. 2, John Trundell, Ltd., London, Feb-
ruary.

Smith, Keith A.
1957. An Experimental Air-Pressure Depth-Meter for Use with Midwater Trawls. Commercial Fisheries Review,
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D. C., vol. 19, no. 4 (April),
pp- 6-10. (Also Sep. No. 474.)

Stephens, F, H. Jr., and Shea, F. J.
1956, Underwater Telemeter for Depth and Temperature. Special Scientific Report.- Fisheries No. 181, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D. C., June, 15 pp.

FOOD FOR FITNESS - A DAILY FOOD GUIDE

Food for Fitness - A Daily Food Guide, Leaflet No. 424, compiled by the In-
stitute of Home Economics, U. S. Department of Agriculture, which supercedes
The Basic Seven is now available to the public. In this guide, the main part of the
daily diet is selected from these four broad groups:

Milk Group:
Some milk for everyone. Children 3to 4cups; teen-agers 4 or more
cups; adults 2 or more cups.

Meat Group:
Two or more servings of beef, veal, pork, lamb, poultry, fish, or
eggs. Alternates may be dry beans, dry peas, and nuts.

Vegetable Fruit Group:

Four of more serving including: A citrus fruit or other fruit or
vegetable important for vitamin C. A dark-green or deep-yellow veg-
etable for Vitamin A--at least every other day. Other vegetables and
fruits including potatoes.

Bread-Cereal Group:
Four or more servings of bread and cereals that are whole grain,
enriched, and restored

Choose at least the minimum number of servings from each of the four food
groups. Make choices within each group according to suggestions given in the leaf-
let. Choose additional foods to round out your meals both from foods in the four
groups and from foods not listed in these groups. Try to have some meat, poul-
try, fish, eggs, or milk at each meal.

Leaflet No. 424 is sold for 5cents a copy by the Superintendent of Documents,
. 5. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

COLOR AND QUALITY OF CANNED GULF OF MEXICO
YELLOWFIN TUNA AS RELATED TO WEIGHT OF FISH

By Arnold W. Tubman* and Lynne G. McKee**

ABSTRACT

Both color (Munsell value attribute) and flavor score of canned yellowfin tuna from
the Gulf of Mexico became less desirable with increasing weight of the fish from which
the product was made. The dominant factor controlling quality is the weight of the
fish and not one or more of the experimental handling variables studied.

On two successive years, yellowfin tuna caught and landed by the U. S. Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries exploratory fishing vessel Oregon were shipped frozen
to the Fishery Technological Laboratory, College Park, Md., for canning. The first
shipment consisted of 31 yellowfin landed in July 1956; the second shipment consist-
ed of 8 yellowfin landed in August 1957.

The Gulf of Mexico tuna industry was a new industry in 1956. Yellowfin tuna,
the principal catch, had not, prior to that year, been critically examined in the can-
ned state and the results public-
ly reported. Accordingly, advan-
tage was taken of the availability
of the tuna landed by the Oregon.
The purpose of the present work
was to can the yellowfin tuna in
a commercial manner, note the
color and general acceptability
of the pack, andnote also whether
these factors were related to any
observable characteristics of the
fish.

PRECOOK TIME AT 216° F.IN HOURS

0 J PROCEDURE

ho 60 60 100 120 140 160
WEIGHT OF WHOLE FISH IN POUNDS

Fig. 1 - Relationship of precook time at 216° F. to the weight of f After the frozen tuna were re-
the whole frozen fish. ceived at the laboratory, they

were wrapped individually in waxed
freezer paper, overwrapped in burlap, and storedat3 F. in commercial cold storage.
The first shipment of 31 fish was not canned until 8 months after receipt; the long
delay was necessitated by the fact that canning equipment had first to be installed at
the laboratory. The second shipment was canned within a month of receipt.

Fish were removed from cold storage as needed, thawed overnight in fresh
water, and precooked the following day at 216° F. Owing to the comparatively large
size of the tuna, the fish were sawed into right and left halves before being pre-
cooked. The halves were placed exposed meat side down on a wire tray covered
with punctured kraft paper. The relationship of the precook time used to the weight
of the whole frozen fish is presented in figure 1. The fish, after being precooked,
were removed from the retort on the wire trays and cooled at room temperature
through the night. The following morning--the second day after the tuna had been
placed in the thaw tank--the fish were skinned and cut into loins, and the dark meat
was removed. The afternoon of that second day the loins were cut and packed.
From each fish, 36 cans of solid pack and 10 cans of flake meat were prepared in
307 x 113 '"'C" enamel cans.

To each can of packed tuna were added 13 ounces of corn oil and one heaping
4 teaspoon (an average of 2.3 grams) of salt. While the tuna meat was being packed,
* Mechanical Engineer, Fishery Technological Lab-
boratory, College Park, Md. \
4 Fishery Products Technologist, Fishery Technological
Laboratory, Seattle, Wash.

Division of Industrial Research and Services, U.S. Bu-
reau of Commercial Fisheries.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

observations were made of the color, texture, degree of honeycombing, and
moisture.

Immediately after the meat of the tuna was placed in the cans, the cans were
steamed under vacuum and then processed at 250 F. for 55 minutes in a retort con-
trolled with a Taylor Instrument system SP-1. The cans were cooled under pres-
sure at 17 psi. and then removed
to storage at room temperature.

None of the cans was stored
less than 1 month before being
opened, at which time the vacuum
was 13 inches of mercury. The
lightness or darkness of the can-
ned meat (Munsell value at 555
millimicrons) was evaluated ac-
cording to the proposed tuna stand -
ards (Federal Register, August 28,
1956) by one of the authors at the
laboratories of the Food and Drug
Administration inWashington, D.C.
Three cans (solid pack) packed
from each fish were opened in
the prescribed manner, and the
meat was compared with neutral
reflectance standards (Munsell
value scale) under an optical
comparator. One can packed from “epreimes crhenis a ieee ie
each fish (solid pack) was examined
organoleptically at College Park
by three persons. The organoleptic test sample of one can was adequate as the sol-
id pack cans were uniform when packed. Scores of 0 to 100 were given for appear-

: : ance, flavor and texture. A max-
oe i i . .
Table 1 - Canned Product Ryalustion Date on Galt of Mexico Yellowfin Tuna i score of 1 00 s ssi e 1

na
Zz
fe)
a
ie)
=
4
Sl
=
rr)
ry
ro)
B
<

Q

2

4
<

>

4

|
Q
a
Zz
=)
=

Fig. 2 - Munsell value as related to weight of the whole frozen fish.

Code | Weight of Evaluation of Canned Products to represent excellence.
Number Whole oney- exture |Appearance
Jesse rozen Fish | combing !/| Score2/| Score2/
bree, | For = RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
2-10AA 83 -- 90 87 87 6.37
- 7 .57
RS is i a ia ah GS QUALITY CHANGE NOTED
1-3C 100 = 90 90 93 6.3 i Y a a
Pabeewl|irery 2 aD a0 83 ae WITH INCREASING WEIGHT:
1- 120 - 7 63 71 5.97 The weight of fish was apparently
1-6 120 = 80 63 70 5.63 . .
2-3A 120 e 73 63 17 5.47 the most important factor in de-
1-5 128 = 50 27 37 5.5 in} | -
Fae | eS re an ae ak ae termining the lightness or dark
p38 155 - 47 63 50 5.87 = ness and the flavor of the canned
aemialess 42 : ne oF an ALS product. The data in tables 1 and
Sas # : 100 BS By o73 2 indicate that the meat in all of
1-11¢ 50 + 85 85 90 6.4 the cans examined would grade
1-11D 5 80 3 87 6.3 . .
Pana 38 af o3 a3 ah era "light meat'' according to the
2-7 68 + 93 100 87 6.4 . j
Soon re u a3 ea an eae proposed standards; that is, the
24 17 = 80 90 85 6.3 Munsell values determined on
-10DB 5 2 7 tales
2-11AB 87 + a = s a the opened cans all were above
1-10AA 94 “i 70 17 57 5.9 j i i
fon ren t 0 at an aan Dow Ne 555 millimicrons. Yet the
2-10BB | 100 + 66 53 57 6.07 data also indicate that some of
1-10CB 0 7 5
1-10BA | 105 i a3 os 80 38 the fish were of much lower

of 5:88 quality than were others.

g 5.83

ats 6.3

1] + indicates boneycombing. : The data in figure 2 indicate
an inverse correlation of Mun-
sell value at 555 millimicrons

100 indicates a perfect score.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

with weight of fish(r = -0.687). The data in figure 3 indicate an inverse correlation be-
tween flavor and weight of fish (r = 0.558). Both correlations are highly significant.
These relationships were found

~ | even considering the variations in
handling aboard the catchboat,
which variations are known to oc-
cur in commercial catching prac-
tice. These variations included
delays in putting the fish to freeze,
the use of the brine or air well in
freezing, and the stunning of hard-
to-handle fish.

Examination after precook and
examination of the resulting pack
indicated that the color of the meat
from the larger fish tended towards
a dark tan color and the meat from
the smaller fish tended towards
light pink. Changes in texture also
were found to be associated with in-
creased weight. More moisture
was retained in the larger fish aft-
er being precooked, and the larger

40 60 80 100 120 69 | fish were often slippery or spongy
WEIGHT OF WHOLE FISH IN POUNDS to the touch. Muscle fibers were
Fig. 3 - Flavorscore of canned meat as related to weight of whole frozen longer and toughenas the fish Ios
fish, The flavor of excellent canned yellowfin was assigned a score of came larger; thus it became in-
100. creasingly difficult to rub the meat
through a wire mesh screen preparatory to determination of the Munsell value. The tex-
ture score assigned refers to the eating quality and reflects the sum of subtexture
factors of moisture, firmness, and toughness. As such, the texture score is not
especially indicative of the textural changes associated with increasing weight of
fish. With increasing weight of fish, the flavor of the pack changed from a pleasant,
mild, tangy fish flavor to some-

FLAVOR SCORE

thing quite flat and not char- able 2 - Canned Product Evaluation Data on 8 Gulf of Mexico Yellowfin Tuna
= c Caught in August 1957
acteristic of the best canned Gane | Weight of |[_ Evaluation of Canned Products a
fish. Itis interesting to note Me bes Whole Hon every Texture Appearance mayor; Munsell
that the Munsell values and Brozen Fish | combing=' | Score=' | Score _Seore—"_vatue 4
quality scores of the fish pack-|Males: | ~~ =p 5er
ed immediately after receipt f aie : a a a Bee
are only slightly higher on the 3 102 > 93 70 90 6.23
qe 4 115 - 70 1 1 6.33
average than are those obtain- fRamaies:
ed for the fish canned 8 months 2 as = Bs a 6.53
after receipt. 7 99 - 63 43 67 5.93
8 114 S 80 83 83 6.3
+ indicates hone mbing.
ANOMALOUS FISH- [2/100 indicates a perfect score. ba

GREENING: The two females

1-10AA and 2-10BB, which yielded canned meat of marked low flavor, were of low
quality after being precooked. Notes taken at the time described the loins as being
honeycombed and dark tan with greening. The loins of 2-10BB were moist and
slippery, whereas those of 1-10AA had a heavy custard-like curd between segments
of muscle. Since no unusual conditions of handling were noted, the greening, in at
least this case, was an unusual condition not related to the method of handling. No
other fish had marked greening after being precooked. The lowest flavor score
and one of the very low Munsell-value scores were found in meat packed from fish
1-5, Fish 1-5, after being precooked, had loins uniformly dark and with much ge-
latinous material between the segments of muscle. Fish 1-10BB received almost
the same treatment, yet the canned meat scored unusually high both in flavor and
in Munsell value.

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

HONEYCOMBING: None of the honeycombing (marked + in tables 1 and 2) was
of an extensive nature. Most often, the honeycombing appeared as afew small (less
than ¢-inch diameter) voids between the large lateral muscles and the smaller lat-
eral "eyes'' at the extreme dorsal and ventral positions. The next most frequent
location was in the region of the nape. None of the fish packed immediately after
receipt had any evident honeycombing.

YIELD: Dark meat accounted for a constant 5.5 percent of the weight of the
whole uncooked fish. The total light-meat scrap and dark meat was fairly constant
at 11 percent of the weight of fish. The percentage of canned meat yield increased
from 30 percent from a 60-pound fish to 38 percent from a 120-pound fish.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

All of the Gulf of Mexico yellowfin tuna canned in this experiment could be
graded as "light meat" according to the proposed tuna standards. The quality of
the pack, based mainly on flavor and color, decreased from optimum with packs
made from small fish towards less desirable flavor and color with packs made
from the larger fish. This progressive decrease of flavor and color of canned meat
with weight of fish overshadowed the effect, if any, of the variations in handling
these yellowfin aboard the M/V Oregon.

TAGGED SAILFISH RECAPTURED TWICE

Sailfish evidently do not learn from experience, if they are to be judged by an
authenticated story emanating from Palm Beach. The story relates that the same
sailfish was caught by two different anglers fishingfrom two different boats on the
same day, and there is no doubt that it was the same sailfish.

The sailfish, measuring 7 ft. 2 in. in length, was first caught by a woman
fishing from the charter cruiser Bacardi inthe morning of January 26, 1956. The
fish was tagged with a Marine Laboratory, University of Miami, dart-type tag
and released.

Just about noon of the same day, a sailfish, bearinga tag, was hooked, fought,
and boated by another fisherman. Incredible as it may seem, the tag (Number
10180) was the one affixed to the sailfish 13 hours earlier. The tag, along with
an explanatoryletter from the fishing editor of the Palm Beach Post-Times, was
received at The Marine Laboratory by the research instructor on the Laboratory
staff who is in charge of the sailfish tagging program.

To date, seven sailfish bearing Marine Laboratory tags have been re-caught
and reported. So far, the sailfish tagging program at the Laboratory has been
going on for 10 years, with about 2,550 sailfish tagged. Three types of tags have
been used: (1) a monel-metal cattle ear tag that is attached to the pectoral fin
of the fish prior to the release, (2) a neoprene ring tag that is slipped over the
bill of the sailfish, and (3) a dart tag that is imbedded in the fish alongside the
forward end of the dorsal fin. Four of the seven sailfish so far tagged and re-
caught have borne the cattle ear tag, indicating that this is the best type of tag
for sailfish. (The Marine Laboratory, University of Miami, Miami, Fla.)

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

1957: THE YEAR OF WARM WATER AND
SOUTHERN FISH OFF CALIFORNIA COAST

ABSTRACT

A preliminary report on oceanographic conditions and the pelagic
fisheries of California during 1957 prepared for the Marine Research
Committee by the agencies participating in the California Cooperative
Oceanic Fisheries Investigations (CCOFI)L/. The year 1957 was un-
usual compared with the last several years, The question seems to be
whether 1957 is unusual or perhaps the only "normal" year in the past
10. Oceanographic and biological data are presented and discussed.

BACKGROUND

By now it is common knowledge that climatically 1957 has been an extraordi-
nary year. This condition seems to have been Pacific-wide: Hawaii had its first
recorded hurricane; the Peruvian coast was afflicted with the fish-killing El] Nino;
the ice went out at Pt. Barrow at the earliest time in history; on the western edge
of the Pacific, the tropical rainy season lasted almost six weeks beyond its usual
term.

This widespread
variation in the weath-
er has manifested it-
self dramatically on YY ——
a local scale. At La
Jolla, for example,
the temperature of the
sea surface reached
the highest averages
during July, August,
and September 1957
it had achieved in 26
years. Southern
California has had
one of its rainiest
autumns in several
years. By mid-De-
cember, for exam-
ple, the weather sta-
tion at Lindbergh
Field, San Diego,
had recorded 3.57
inches, against a
normal (the mean
from 1920 to 1950)
to that date of 2.48
inches. Throughout
the summer reports
came in of the ap-
pearance in quantity
of fishes that in re-

TEMPERATURE

CRESCENT

PACIFIC GROVE

+4m/sec
J FMAMJJASO

JFMAMJJASO noe-115°wZA

Fig. 1 - Temperature and wind anomalies at shore stations, 1957 compared to the

cent yearshadbeen
caught only as strag-
glers: by the end of
September, the party

1949-56 means, Wind anomalies show variations in the northerly component of the

geostrophic winds (computed from pressure charts), A negative anomaly means that
the northerly component was weakened. Positive temperature anomalies indicate
warmer water,

boats had landed 2,805 dolphinfish against a previous high of 15 in 1947.

1/California Academy of Sciences; California Department of Fish and Game; Stanford University, Hopkins Marine Sta-
tion; U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, South Pacific Fishery Investigations, Uni-
versity of Califomia, Scripps Institution of Oceanography.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

To the agencies conducting research under the California Cooperative Oceanic
Fisheries Investigations, the year 1957 presents both an opportunity and a challenge.
In previous years, large amounts of data were collected on the ocean and the fisher -
ies, so that it has been possible to describe in considerable detail what has happen-
ed to oceanographic conditions since 1949. This material will now offer an invalu-
able basis of comparison with a year which differs strikingly from those immediate-
ly preceding but which may have been similar to others in the past for which not so
large an amount of data exists. Thus, 1957 may offer an opportunity to explain both
the immediate past and perhaps throw further light on the years of the thriving sar-
dine fishery.

Some of the oceanographic data for 1957 are still being processed, but results
already available for publication are striking. (Processing of the remaining 1957
data has been given priority over other processing.) Shore temperatures (which
have proven to be useful clues to conditions offshore) have been higher than at any
time throughout the 1949-56 period. The winds in 1957 had less of a northerly com-
ponent than at any time during this period.

Sea surface temperatures for the entire CCOFI area are available for 1957 and
these tell virtually the same story when compared with those for the period 1949 to
1954: warmer water, as much as 3 degrees Centigrade, prevailed over most of the
area from January through October.

Interestingly enough, these higher temperatures do not necessarily mean that
a wave of southern water swept northward, The California Current continued to
flow southward, although perhaps with reduced transport. Most probably the warm
water came from offshore, from the west or northwest. At most, only a small part
of the increase in temperature was caused by the sun's heating in the CCOFI region.
One of the most striking features of the year, preliminary analysis shows, is that
the warming extended to great depths, a quarter of amile or so. This warm water
had higher salinities than usual.

The energy contained in 560 billion barrels of fuel oil would be required to pro-
duce the observed heating and change in salt content in the 200,000 square miles of
the California coastal region. This is about half the total estimated oil reserves on
earth.

About four times more solar heat than the area actually received would be need-
ed to explain a change by this amount over average conditions,

Sardine spawning during 1957 was also unique. On the usual offshore grounds,
spawning was limited and discontinuous. Most of the spawning took place in a coast-
al band from Punta Baja to San Pedro. For the first time in several years, some
sardine spawning occurred north of Pt. Conception, reaching at least as far as Mon-
terey Bay.

The 1957-class of sardines soon made itself evident in the live-bait fishery.
Preliminary figures indicate these ''firecrackers'' will account for at least 6.0 per-
cent of the live-bait catch, as against 0.3 percent in the best previous year,

Survival of the 1957-class of sardine off southern California has undoubtedly
been better than in recent years. It is possible that the 1957-class will prove to be
large. Judgment should be reserved, however, since these juveniles may have been
overavailable during the year because of their inshore origin, and been oversampled.

The plankton collections so far examined reveal no striking changes from pre-
vious years, a fact of importance so far as the South Pacific Fishery Investigations
are concerned, implying as it does that the distribution of these creatures may not
be determined by surface temperatures.

IL7/

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

September 1958

he collec-

-class of jack mack-

An unusual abundance of larger jack mackerel larvae appeared in t

The plankton collections do point toward a successful 1957

erel,
tions.

So far as the fisheries are concerned, the most startling information for 1957
comes from the sport fishery. The year will unquestionably be the best for south-

ern California anglers since party-boat records were re

Yel-

established in 1947.

lowtail have been caught off all southern California sport-fishing ports and in large

1

APRIL

OCTOBER

Te"

yee"

JANUARY

yee"

nae
a

+

Ce

<==
114°

x
Ti8*

laee

Lower left, July 1957 compared with
Differences are expressed in degrees

Upper right, April 1957 compared with 1949-54 average.

1949-54 average. Lower right, October 1957 compared with 1949-54 average.

Centigrade. Shading indicates warming.

Fig. 2 - Differences between sea surface temperatures in 1957 and in earlier period. Upper left, January 1957 compared
with 1949-55 average.

18 COMMERCIAL FISHE RIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

numbers south of Port Hueneme, and the barracuda catch has also increased great-
ly over the past several years. More bonito and yellowtail have been taken by party
boat anglers than in any year previously recorded.

Equally as remarkable as this upsurge in landings of game fish by sportsmen
is the fact that many species have been taken much farther north than in recent
years, White sea bass have been taken off the Golden Gate, for example; skipjack
tuna, dolphinfish, and bonito were taken 30 to 80 miles off the Farallon Islands and
as far north as Eureka; bluefin tuna off Cape Flattery; dolphinfish off Grays Harbor;
white sea bass off the Columbia River; marlin and sailfish have been reported seen
in widely scattered areas and swordfish taken off Monterey Bay.

OCEANOGRAPHY

At the present stage of processing the measurements made on the 1957 CCOFI
cruises, the oceanographers have had five sources of data to draw from, the shore
stations, surface temperatures, processed data from some of the hydrographic sta-
tions, drift bottles, and the cruises in Monterey Bay. They show the following:

SHORE STATIONS: The data from the shore stations indicate that the warming
began south of Port Hueneme as long ago as December 1956. It progressed north-
ward to Monterey Bay in January and reached Puget Sound in March (fig. 1). The
warming along the coast averaged 1° C.

At the same time that the water at the shore stations was warming, the north-
erly component of the winds was decreasing (fig. 1).

SURFACE TEMPERATURES: The surface temperature charts tell
the same story (fig. 2). Here the differences between 1957 and the 1949-54
average have been plotted. Warming in various places along the coast and off-
shore amounted to more than 30 C. A few spots of cooler than average water do
appear, but these were small in size and presumably were caused by local upwelling
and decreased mixing. In October, there was a fairly large area of cooling from Pt.
Eugenia southward.

HYDROGRAPHIC STATIONS: A preliminary analysis has been prepared of the
data from four selected hydrographic stations. The locations are given in figure 3.
Stations 80.90 and 100.70 were chosen as representative of offshore conditions, Sta-'
tions 80.60 and 90.45 of inshore conditions. The physical and chemical properties
for the months April, July, and October were analyzed and were compared with the
average values obtained at the same stations in the same months in the years 1950,
1952, 1953, 1954, 1955, and 1956 for April; 1950, 1952, and 1953 for July; and 1952,
1954, and 1955 for October.

These comparisons reveal the following:

April: The two inshore stations showed warming in the upper 50 meters. The
salinity did not change significantly from earlier years. The two offshore stations
showed warming down to 75 meters in the north, 150 meters in the south. The sa-
linity at both these latter stations down to 125 meters increased 0.2 to 0.3 parts per
mille. At 200 meters at Station 100.70, there was an average of 0.3 parts per mille
less salinity than in former years. The depth of the mixed layer and the thermo-
cline--the region where temperature decreases most rapidly--were much the same
as in the past years for all four stations.

July: Warming occurred in the upper 75 to 100 meters for Stations 80.60, 80.90,
and 90.45. The salinity for the two inshore stations was little changed. At Station
80.90, offshore, the salinity increased an average of 0.35 parts per mille from the

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REIVEW 19

surface to 100 meters, and0.15 partsper mille from100to150 meters. At 200 meters
the salinity decreased over the other years by an average of 0.01 parts per mille.
The oxygen values at Station 80.90 at 200 meters was much higher than usual, 4.0
milliliters per liter. The depth of the mixed layer was the same as in past years.

October: By October a very noticeable change had occurred from Pt. Concep-
tion to Pt. Eugenia. The temperatures at the four stations increased as deep as
400 meters with Station 80.90 having the largest increase. At 50 meters, the depth
of the mixed layer, the temperature was over 2° C. higher than the average, and at

NT CONCEPTION

SAN DIEGO_

i

Fig. 3 - Location of four hydrographic stations for which 1957 data have been analyzed.

150 meters it was 1.8° C. higher. The salinity also increased for all stations ex-
cept 90.45, where it was slightly less than in former years, The increase in sa-
linity was the greatest at Station 80.90, averaging 0.4 parts per mille to 125 meters.
Again at this station the salinity was less at 200 meters, by an average of 0.2 parts
per mille. The oxygen value at Station 80.90 was 4.6 milliliters per liter, The
mixed layer was the same as in previous years at all stations.

DRIFT BOTTLES: At present, clues to the currents during the year come only
from the drift-bottle experiments, as the hydrographic data must be processed be-
fore the standard current computations can be made. Other clues will come from
the further analysis of the plankton.

The drift-bottle experiments indicate that the eddy often found off southern Cali-
fornia was in existence during November and December 1956, and during June, July,
October, and November 1957. The eddy was not observed during February, March,
April, and May. There are no data for January, August, and September.

The Davidson countercurrent, which sweeps along the central California coast
during some months, usually in the winter, was apparently active during November
and December 1956 and February, March, July, October, and November 1957. This
is indicated by the fact that drift bottles released off Pt. Conception were found to
the north. The two previous years of drift-bottle experiments had shown the pres-
ence of the countercurrent only in November and December,

Though warming began in the south and shifted northward in time, there is no
indication that southern water moved northward. Study of the zooplankton shows no

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

species from other areas. The northerly winds were greatly reduced in the first
partofthe year. This may have retarded the normal transport of water along the coast
allowing advection of warmer offshore water into the region off southern California
and Baja California. The slight increase in salinity at Station 80.90 in April and
the larger increase at Sta-
tion 100.70 indicate that
water from farther west 122°00' Line 121°50"
than usual was in fact pres- \S7 SE:

ent. By July, Station 80.90
more clearly shows the
presence of a different wa-
ter mass. The higher tem-
perature and salinity and \:

the higher oxygen at 200 \:: 36°55'
meters indicate that this eo

water mass was not from
the south; it must have
come from the west or
northwest. Indeed, the
water at Station 80.90 in
July and October strong-

ly resemblesthe warmer,
more saline water found
several hundred miles off-
shore of Cape Mendocino
during the NORPAC cruises
of August and September
1955. By October the water
mass had affected the in-
shore Station 80.60.

We may summarize our
conclusions to date by say-
ing that the water was warm-
er, the northerly winds re-
duced, and that the warm
water did not seem to come
from the south, but at pres-
ent we do not understand the
combination of the oceanog-
raphic and meteorological
mechanisms by which these
changes took place.

CRUISES IN MONTE-
REY BAY: Monterey Bay is
historically one of Californ-
ia's richest fishing grounds.
It is broadly open to the sea,
and conditions in the Bay

Fig. 4 - Path of regular oceanographic cruises in Monterey Bay. The solid
line and small numbers show the cruise pattern and stations occupied at

therefore reflecttoalarge approximately weekly intervals from September 1951 to February 1954.

extent the conditions which The broken line and large numbers represent the cruise pattern and stations

. similarly occupied during the period March 1954 through November 1957
occur in the offshore waters and continuing. At each station the vessel records weather and water tem-
of central California. peratures, and takes water samples and plankton hauls for analysis.

Since 1951 the Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University has operated for

yy 19)

CCOFI what amounts to an oceanographic ''weather station'' on Monterey Bay, with
approximately weekly cruises that sample the water conditions and plankton organ-
isms at several points in the bay (fig. 4). The Department of Fish and Game biolo-

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

gists, also located at the Hopkins Marine Station on Monterey Bay, have followed
conditions and catches of the fishery in this area, and conducted aerial surveys of
pelagic fish schools in the region from San Francisco south to Point Conception.

Warmer Water Conditions: Monterey Bay and the ocean beyond have shown a
definite trend toward warmer conditions since 1955. The year 1955 was cold, with
surface temperatures rarely rising above 14° C., even in inshore waters (fig. 5).
September and October, nearly always the two warmest months of the year, showed
monthly average temperatures on the bay of 13.19 C. The year 1956 was warmer,
with September and October average surface temperatures of 14.6 and 14.99 C. The
year 1957 has been warmer yet, with September and October monthly averages of
15.7 and 16.49 C., some two and a half degrees warmer than in 1955. Changes in
other seasons parallel those indicated above, though differences in winter tempera-
tures are not as large as those given above. For oceanographic conditions this rep-
resents a fairly conspicuous change.

SURFACE TEMPERATURES - MONTEREY BAY, CALIF.
MONTHLY AVERAGES

ii
1o—

1951 ' 1952 1953 ' 1954 fe 1955 \ 1956 ' 1957

JFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJ JASONOJFMAMJJASONOJFMAMJJASONOJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASOND

SHORE TEMPERATURES -MUSSEL PT., PACIFIC GROVE, CALIF
MONTHLY AVERAGES

Fig. 5 - (Top) Surface temperatures, Monterey Bay (monthly averages in degrees Centigrade). Curve A--Monthly aver-
ages of tie hiyhest surface temperature recorded during each weekly cruise. Curve B--Monthly averages of the lowest
surface temperature recorded during each weekly cruise. Curve C--Monthly average of all surface temperatures re -
corded during each weekly cruise. The surface temperatures in Monterey Bay show a characteristic pattern of change
through the year. During the fall and winter months there is little temperature variation from place to place in the
Bay. Conversely, during the period March through July or August the range of temperatures encountered during any
particular cruise is relatively great. This increased temperature range during spring and summer results from a com -
bination of upwelling in the center of the Bay and surface warming in peripheral areas. Cold waters rise in a slow foun-
tain from the Monterey submarine canyon in the center of the Bay, and move toward the shores, gradually warming as
they spread. For the cruise patterns used, the range of surface temperatures encountered on a particular day provides a
good indirect measure of the amount of upwelling occurring. Curves A and B approach each other rapidly as upwelling
ceases. The chart shows a clear shift toward warmer conditions in the surface waters of the Bay since 1955. (Bottom)
Shore temperatures, Mussel Point, Pacific Grove (monthly averages in degrees Centigrade), Curve D shows monthly
averages of the shore temperatures at the southem end of Monterey Bay, based on daily measurements recorded by Hop-
kins Marine Station for the Scripps Institution of Oceanography. As do the surface temperatures of the Bay, the shore
temperatures show a clear trend toward warmer conditions since 1955, ‘ihe warmer conditions in 1957 were accompa-
nied by indications of a good spawning of anchovies in the montlis cf May and June, and a light spawning of sardines
(the first recorded off Monterey since 1950) in the same period, Young current year-class anchovies and sardines entered
the Bay in numbers in September and October,

BIOLOGY

SARDINE SPAWNING: Sardine spawning during 1957 was also unique. On the
usual offshore grounds, spawning was limited and discontinuous. Most of the spawn-
ing took place in a coastal band from Punta Baja to San Pedro (Station lines 90-107).

For the first time in several years, some sardine spawning occurred to the
north of Pt. Conception. Sardine eggs and/or larvae were taken at five stations on
lines 67 to 77 in June. Spawning north of Pt. Conception was observed in July, the
northernmost locality being off Monterey Bay.

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Sardines of the 1957-class were taken in the live-bait fishery and were com-
monly observed by sardine fishermen fishing out of Port Hueneme. Sardines of the
1957-class have also been reported from north of Pt. Conception at least as far
north as Monterey Bay.

Survival of the 1957-class of sardines off southern California has undoubtedly
been better than in recent years. It is possible that the 1957-class will prove to be
a large one. Judgment should be reserved, however, since these juveniles may have
been overavailable owing to their inshore origin, and been oversampled.

PLANKTON COLLECTIONS: Anumber of plankton samples collected off Cali-
fornia during the June and July cruises of 1957 have been examined in order to de-
termine if there was anything unusual about the distribution of plankton organisms
during this period. Inasmuch as there had been marked incursions of warm water
fish into the area, it was of interest to ascertain whether there were also incursions
of the plankton animals associated with tropical or central Pacific water. On this
basis, from the plankton, there is no evidence for the incursion of a tropical water
mass into the area during June and July. At some stations in June a species with
affinities for central Pacific water was collected. This species may approach close
to the coast at times, but its presence supports the physico-chemical evidence of an
incursion of central Pacific water. Except for this species, the plankton in the area
off California was made up of species ordinarily associated with the California Cur-
rent and hence did not differ materially in June and July 1957 from the plankton of
these months in other years.

LARVAE IN JUNE AND JULY: The June and July 1957 plankton collections
appearing in abundance as adults, were present. No such occurrences were noted.
However, an exciting finding was the unusual abundance of larger jack mackerel
larvae (between 5 and 10 millimeters in length) in the collections. The survival to
these sizes is better than in any recent year. Barring unusual mortality during the
juvenile period, the 1957-class of jack mackerel should be a successful one.

THE FISHERY: Despite the earlier starting date (September 1) in 1957, a dis-
pute on price kept the San Pedro sardine fleet idle and as of November 1, 1957, a
price settlement had not been reached; consequently, the vessels fishing out of Port
Hueneme and Santa Barbara landed almost the entire catch. The sardines appeared
to be widely scattered and not very abundant in 1957.

AERIAL SURVEYS: Results of the two first aerial surveys in 1957 showed a
decrease of anchovy stocks coastwide, especially in central California; however,

Table 1 - Total Annual Party-Boat Catch of Several Species,
1947 through September 1957

Barracuda} Yellowtail] Bonito
19572/ 490,075 176,849 |186,587 =
1956 87,603 29,198 61,404 523,063
1955 154,962 36,468 22,409 0 496,286
1954 282,552 40,872 70,078 12 532,190
1953 170,550 27,702 6,321 0 502,146
1952 336,550 59,263 7,649 2 562,898
1951 269,545 23,721 14,475 0 556,949
256,367 6,971 2,399 il 544,264
366,423 U7 STO B) BUA 0 469,915
384,056 13,028 14,519 0 407,757
677,449 6,948 36,496 15 359,436

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

there are good indications that the 1957-class should be a strong one, particularly
off central California.

It is noteworthy that on Flight 57-2 (May 14-24), a school group of sardines ap-
peared in the area around the Coronados Islands and Pt. Loma. These fish were
reported about May 1 by commercial aerial spotters and samples of the live bait
collected at San Diego proved them to be nearly all of the 1955-class. Over the past
three seasons sardines were not seen on aerial flights until late in June.

BAIT SAMPLING: In 1957 there has been an enormous increase in the percent-
age Of young sardines ("firecrackers'') in the live-bait catch. Firm figures are not
yet available, but it appears that the ''‘firecrackers'’ may exceed 6,0 percent (as
against 0.3 percent for 1955, the best previous year for which records were taken).
Even more significant is the fact that these sardines of the 1957-class have been
taken by the live-bait fleet off all sportfishing ports from San Diego north to Morro
Bay. In addition, the sardines of the year have been collected from Monterey Bay
for the first time in several years.

THE SPORT FISHERY IN 1957: Aside from the obviously better survival of the
1957-class of sardines, there has been in this year of unusually warm waters a
phenomenal increase in the catch of many sport fish. The year 1957, unquestionably,
will be the best sport-fishing year southern California ocean anglers have enjoyed
since party boat records were re-established in 1947. Yellowtail have been caught
off all southern California sportfishing ports and in large numbers south of Port

Preliminary List of Other Warm-Water Species Taken in California Waters in 1957
Years Formerly Location of
Reported Capture in 1957
918
1919 Coronado Island
1935
Sharpchin flyingfish | Fodiator acutus 1931 Long Beach
alemuss 1953? Oceanside
brachysomus
: Tetrapturus (Never previously foes
SROSMORIS SICEANENN anguistirostris taken off California) SUES [eke

Lactoria

diaphanus

Scientific
Name

Common
Name

Bullet mackerel Auxis sp.

Spiny trunkfish Santa Monica Bay

Pilotfish Naucrates

San Clemente Island
ductor

Verrunculus

Santa Monica Bay,
polylepis

Laguna Beach, and
1950 San Diego

Triggerfish

Monterey Spanish
mackerel

Scomberomorous
concolor

Santa Barbara

Green jack Caranx caballus Belmont Shore

1/Probably other years, also.

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Hueneme, and the barracuda catch has also increased greatly over the past several
years. More bonito and yellowtail have been taken by party boat anglers than in
any year previously recorded.

The catch in numbers of several game species from 1947 through September
of 1957 are shown in table 1.

Even pier anglers were able to snag small (1957-class) sardines for bait to
catch large numbers of bonito and occasional barracuda.

In addition to the good fishing for yellowtail, barracuda, and bonito, party boats
also encountered skipjack tuna and dolphinfish in greater amounts than during the
past 10 years, and they occasionally landed yellowfin tuna.

Equally remarkable as this upsurge in landings of game fish by sportsmen is
the fact that many species have been taken much farther north than in recent years.
White sea bass have been taken off the Golden Gate in fair numbers both by sports-
men and by commercial fishermen trolling for salmon. A rather substantial sports
fishery for white sea bass began in Monterey Bay. Meanwhile, commercial albacore
fishermen were taking skipjack, dolphinfish, and bonito 30 to 80 miles off the Faral-
lon Islands and as far north as Eureka.

Biologists from Oregon and Washington have reported bluefin tuna taken by com-
mercial fishermen off Cape Flattery, skipjack as far north as Cape Blanco, dolphin-
fish off Grays Harbor, and white sea bass off the Columbia River. Unusually warm
sea temperatures have been reported all along the coast by the albacore fishermen
in the former offshore albacore fishing areas. Marlin and sailfish have been re-
ported seen in widely scattered areas and swordfish have been taken off Monterey
Bay.

In addition to the warm-water species listed in table 2, hammerhead sharks
were seen frequently in California waters during 1957 andmany were caught. Sever-
al green sea turtles were taken, especially: by bait haulers in Los Angeles Harbor,
and others have been reported sighted as far north as the Farallons.

At Pismo Beach the set of Pismo clams in 1957 was the best to occur at that
locality in the past 10 years. This set compares favorably with the best sets since
the Department's Annual Pismo Clam census was inaugurated in 1923,

The year 1957 was, indeed, unusual compared with the last several years, and

sportfishing seems more nearly like it was in the years prior to World War II. The
question seems to be whether 1957 is unusual or perhaps the only ''normal'' year in

the past 10.

DRY FISH SILAGE

A dry fish silage feed which can be sold in paper sacks and
; Which has good keeping quality has been produced in Denmark,
|H2SOq4 silage is mixed with drier materials, such as wheat bran,
alfalfa meal, etc., the resulting mixtures containing 40 to 50 per-
cent water. Moldgrowthisprevented by addition of mold inhibitors

(Arsberetning fra Fiskeriministeriets Forsegslaboratorium for
ie 505, Copenhagen, Denmark).

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

ENZYMES IN FISH TISSUE UNDER STUDY

Applied research to be effective must have a foundation of fundamental infor-
mation derived from basic research. Enzymes, for instance, must be studied ata
basic biochemical level in order to establish a foundation for sound research on ef-
fects of such chemical entities at the applied level.

The action of the enzymes in fish tissue is important both to the life processes
of the fish and to the changes that take place in the fish after death. A kgowledge of
the intermediary metabolism of fish would help research workers to understand the
details of the reactions involved both in the synthesis and in the breakdown of pro-
teins, fats, and carbohydrates. The potential applications of this knowledge are in
the fields of fish nutrition and in the commercial handling of fish and fishery prod-
ucts.

As part of a collaborative research project between the Department of Food
Technology of the University of California and the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries' Fishery Technological Laboratory at Seattle, Wash., a study is being made
of the oxidative enzymes of fish. Knowledge of such enzymes is applicable in two
areas of interest to fishery technology: (1) the nature and properties of enzymes
that are active after the death of the fish and (2) the enzymes and pathways of inter-
mediary metabolism in fish.

The nature and properties of the enzymes that are active after death are im-
portant because of their potential effect on fish held in refrigerated storage. The
potential changes may be either detrimental or beneficial to the final product. In
either case, an understanding of these changes is necessary if they are to be con-
trolled.

Early in the collaborative investigations, it became apparent that knowledge of
the fundamental pathways of metabolism in live fish was essential to understanding
the actions of the surviving enzymes. The work therefore has been concentrated
on the enzymes of intermediary metabolism of fish, with emphasis on oxidative en-
zymes.

Carp were used as the test fish in the investigations because they are available
and relatively easy to maintain in aquaria.

The initial approach to the problem was to compare directly the reactions
caused by the enzymes in fish with those caused by the enzymes in mammals. The
research to date has been concentrated in the areas of carbohydrate metabolism
and of fatty acid metabolism. Results now available indicate that the tricarboxylic
acid cycles of carbohydrate metabolism in fish is similar to that in other animals.

The multienzyme system that causes the oxidation of fatty acids in fish tissue
was studied in detail. In general, the behavior of this system has been found to re-
semble that observed in mammals, but with some differences in detail.

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

The work now in progress essentially is an extension of the work already re-
ported. Because of the importance of unsaturated fatty acids in fish, the investiga-
tion of the oxidation of the highly unsaturated fatty acids will be intensified in the
near future.

IMPROVED HANDLING OF FISH ABOARD
MASSACHUSSETTS FISHING VESSELS

During the period June 18, 1957 to June 18, 1958 a contract was in effect be-
tween the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Branch of Technology, and the
Division of Marine Fisheries, Department of Natural Resources, Commonwealth
of Massachusetts. Funds were provided under the terms of the Saltonstall-Kennedy
Act of 1954. The purpose of this contract was to improve the handling and icing of
fish at sea aboard vessels of the Massachusetts commercial fishing fleet. Details
of the project were administered through the Division of Marine Fisheries, Massa-
chusetts Department of Natural Resources, under the general supervision of the
Bureau's Technological Laboratory in East Boston, Mass.

Under the terms of the contract an experienced man was assigned to instruct
fishing vessel crews at sea in the best methods of handling their catch, particular
attention being paid to the icing and stowage of fish in the hold. In addition, condi-
tions aboard each vessel were noted and recommendations were made to the own-
ers with regard to improvements and modifications.

Sixteen trips were made during the period under consideration, twelve of these
on steel otter trawlers of the Boston fleet. Of the remaining four trips, three were
aboard large wooden draggers (OTM) fishing out of Boston, and the fourth on a sea-
scalloper based at New Bedford.

Results of the project, with respect to cooperation by fishermen and boat own-
ers, were distinctly encouraging. Only two cases of indifference to suggestions
were reported, and three other instances were cited where crew members were
not wholly in accord with the aims of the program. Sellovers and condemnations
of fish could largely be associated with poor icing and handling practices at sea
and/or bad hold conditions, arising from such causes as infrequent cleaning and
painting, mutilated pen boards, inadequate shelving, etc.

By mutual agreement, the contract has been renewed for another year. Em-
phasis will be placed on the training of fishermen engaged in the whiting and ocean
perch fisheries. Good fish-handling techniques are known and can be easily taught.
If reasonable care is taken of the catch at sea, the landing of a first quality product
is inevitable.

--By Frederick C. Wilbour, Jr. , Director
Division of Marine Fisheries,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts

September 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SSS =

=== | RENDS. =

AND —

EDEVELO PMENTS

27

=

California

SPAWNING SARDINES SURVEYED. OFF COAST
OF CALIFORNIA (M/V N. B. Scofield): Cruise __
58-S-1, February 21-28, 1958: The coastal waters

LEGEND:
Each mark represents one sample

<J Todos Santos Bay

eo

- ANCHOVY .

Cape Colnett »

4

San Martin 1.3,

M/V N._B. Scofield) Cruise 58-S-1, February 21-28, 1958.

from one-half to 30 miles offshore of Baja Cali-
fornia from Ensenada to Ballenas Bay were sur-
veyed by the California Department of Fish and
Game research vessel N. B. Scofield to locate and
sample spawning populations of sardines for age
composition and subpopulation studies. This cruise,
the first of its type and exploratory in nature, was
planned to develop techniques and methods of ef-
fective sampling of spawning sardines.

Other objectives included: (1) collection of live
sardines for genetic subpopulation studies by the
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries; (2) collect-
ing blood serum from yellowtail and bonito to be
used in genetic studies on sardines; (3) experi-
mentation with different colored lights for attract-

ing fish; and (4) collection of specimens as re-
quested by other departmental investigations.

Fishing stations were made at night onvisually-
located schools and in previously productive bays.
Stations were also occupied where plankton tows
yielded sardine eggs and larvae. A 1,500-watt light
was used for attracting the fish and a blanket net
or snag gangs were used for sampling.

A total of 55 fishing stations wasyccupied and
sardines were taken at 9, northern anchovies at 3,
Pacific mackerel at 2, and jack mackerel at 2.

All fish taken except 2 samples of anchovies were
caught within 5 miles of shore. Most of the sardine
samples were taken in Sebastian Viscaino Bay.

In the 803 miles scouted onthe cruise, 28 schools
of pelagic fish were observed; 26 were identified
as sardines and 2 were unidentified. Most of the
sardine schools were sighted in the vicinity of Ced-
ros Island and several at Soledad and Ballenas
Bays. California gray whales were observed fre-
quently during the cruise. The greatest numbers
were observed near Scammon Lagoon and Asun-
cion Island.

No ripe-running sardines were taken, but a
large percentage were in a gravid condition. The
largest sardines taken were from Sebastian Vis-
caino Bay. Plankton tows produced sardine eggs
and larvae in 9 of 14 tows. Anchovy eggs were
present in large numbers at several locations in
Sebastian Viscaino Bay.

Observations on the behavior of sardines and
their reaction to types of gear were made as a
basis for developing an effective sampling tool.

Although offshore plankton tows yielded sardine
eggs and larvae, no fish were observed or caught.
The larger sardines caught inshore were feeding
vigorously on the surface and were captured easily
with snag gangs and blanket net. The smaller fish
stayed deep and could be caught only with much dif-
ficulty in the blanket net. Sardines were taken in
9 of 13 locations where sampling was attempted.
Visually-located schools either ignored the attract-
ing light or remained at such a distance as to make
capture improbable.

Offshore operations were greatly hampered with
all types of gear available due to weather conditions.
Blanket-net sets offshore were made difficult be-
cause of roll and drift of the vessel.

Limited experiments with colored lights were
conducted. Green and blue lights were used si-
multaneously with a standard 1,500-watt white

light. Observations were made on the degree of
attraction and behavior of fish under each light.
Colored lights were used both above and below
water. In the experiments conducted, the white
light apparently was much superior in attracting
fish. There was some evidence that the green
light was slightly superior in attracting larval fish.

Surface water temperatures ranged from 14.9° C.
(58.8 EF.) at Cape Colnett to 20.0° C. (68.0° F.) off
Asuncion Bay. Bathythermograph casts indicated
subsurface waters varying but little from surface
temperatures to a depth of nearly 200 feet.

Cruise 58-S-2, March 12-28, 1958: The second
in this series of cruises was made in the coastal
waters from San Pedro to Point Buchon and the
waters around Santa Catalina, San Clemente, Santa
Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miguel Islands. The ob-
jJectives were: (1) to locate and sample spawning
sardines in order to determine their age and length
composition, and to attempt to distinguish between
sardines spawning in different areas or at different
times; (2) to collect live sardines for genetic
studies by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies; and (3) to observe the behavior of spawning
sardines in order to develop more efficient sam-
pling techniques.

Two methods were used in locating fish: (1) a
light station; and (2) visual scouting while under
way. The methods were used alternately begin-
ning with a light station at the anchorage of the
previous day.

At each light station: (1) A 10-minute oblique
plankton tow was made with a standard 1-meter
plankton net from a depth of 20 meters to the sur-
face. (2) After the plankton tow was completed,
the vessel was allowed to drift and a 1,500-watt
incandescent light was suspended above the sur-
face of the water for a period of time--up to one
hour. (3) While the light was turned on, the sur-
face water temperature and the water temperature
at 10 meters was measured; a bathythermograph
was made; and the plankton sample was examined
for the occurrence of sardine eggs and larvae.

(4) If fish appeared under the light, attempts were
made to catch them with blanket net, snag gangs,
baitless lures, or dip nets.

Visual scouting consisted of observing fish
schools while the vessel was under way or by de-
tecting schools with the recording echo-sounder.
When a school of fish was sighted or detected on
the echo-sounder, the vessel was stopped and a
light station was made.

Locating and sampling spawning groups of sar-
dines was severely hampered by a series of storms
which occurred throughout the survey period. Most

Do
=e

sk
*

*

SPAWNING SARDINES SURVEYED IN SOUTH-
ERN CALIFORNIA WATERS BY M/V ALASKA:
Cruise 58-A-1, April 12-30, 1958: The first of a
series of cruises was made by the California De-
partment of Fish and Game researchvessel Alaska
off the coast and islands of southern California
from Santa Barbara to the Coronado Islands. The
objectives were: locate and sample spawning

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

of the work was accomplished during calm periods
between the storms.

Scattered and isolated schools of fish were ob-
served between Pt. Buchon and San Pedro. Schools
were more numerous between Pt. Sal and Pt. Ar-
guello and around the Channel Islands.

LEGEND:

PT. BUCHON

VESSEL TRACK.
SURVEYED AREA.
SARDINE.

PACIFIC MACKEREL.

« CONCEPTION
SANTA BARBARA

San Miguel I;

pos Sta. Cruz I.

sw.

San Nicolas 11

San Clemente I:

M/V N. B. Scofield Cruise 58-S-2 (March 12-28, 1958),

Sardine eggs in various stages of development
were found only in the plankton tows made around
Santa Cruz, San Nicolas, and Santa Catalina Is-
lands--27 out of 50 plankton tows contained sardine
eggs.

Sardines came to the night light on only 2 of the
stations occupied. One sample was obtained at a
station made in the channel between Santa Cruz
and Santa Rosa Islands. At this station 3 sets of
the blanket net yielded 1 sardine and 1 saury; how-
ever, 16 sardines and 1 Pacific mackerel were
caught on snag gangs and 1 squid was dip-netted.
| These sardines were between 63 inches to 94 inches
long (158-222 mm. standard length).
| The other light station at which sardines appear-
ed was southwest of Santa Rosa Island.

Anchovy larvae were found in the plankton tows
throughout the surveyed area. The greatest con-
centration occurred between Pt. Hueneme and
Santa Barbara.

The sea surface temperatures ranged from
13.1” €. to 15.5" C. (55.6 F. to 59.9" F.),

OK

sardines in southern California waters as a part of
age composition and subpopulation studies; (2) de-
velop methods of capturing spawning sardines;

(3) collect live sardines for genetic subpopulation
studies by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries; and (4) collect specimens as requested by
other departmental investigations.

September 1958

Fishing stations were occupied in areas where
fish were observed visually or detected by echo-
sounding or echo-ranging devices. Other stations

Santa Barbara

Pt. Hueneme

* sta.Catalina 1.

NG Clemente I.

LEGEND:
Each mark represents
one sample.
ssssss - VESSEL TRACK.
- SARDINE.
PACIFIC MACKEREL.

JACK MACKEREL.

ANCHOVY.

M/V Alaska Cruise 58-A-1 April 12-30, 1958

were occupied at certain locations. A 1,500-watt
incandescent light was used for attraction and cap-
ture was made with a blanket net and snag gangs.
Plankton tows for eggs and larvae were made as
an aid in locating spawning fish.

A new use of the blanket net was employed on
this cruise. A section of black 14-inch mesh webb-
ing was added which made it possible to use the
net as a gillmet. Whenever sardines could not be
caught by the normal use of the blanket net, it was
hung vertically over the side of the vessel and the
attracting light dimmed. The 1}-inch mesh sec-
tion thus fished as a gill net.

Sardines were present at 18 of the 72 fishing
stations occupied and were captured at 16 stations--
the largest number of sardine samples taken in
southern California waters since 1951. Sizes
ranged from 129mm. to 244 mm. standard length--
80 percent of the fish sampled were between 145
mm. to 175 mm. No ripe-running female fish were
caught, but most of them over 175 mm. in length
were ina gravid condition. Many sardines between
145 mm. and 175 mm. were gravid. All fish under
145 mm. were sexually immature.

In the 381 miles scouted, 38 sardine-schools
were observed. All but 6 were small--less than
3 tons. The small schools were most numerous
from Huntington Beach to San Mateo Point and off-
shore to Lasuen Seamount. The 6 large schools
were observed near Santa Cruz Island.

In addition to sardines, 26 schools of sauries,
5 of anchovies, and 26 unidentified schools were
observed; and 6 samples of anchovies, 1 of jack
mackerel, and 1 of Pacific mackerel were collected.

The blanket net with the modification for use as
a gillnet operated with encouraging results. Al-
though only a few full 50-fish samples were taken,
there were only two occasions when the net failed

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

to catch fish when sardines were present beneath
the attracting light.

Due to adverse weather conditions, investiga-
tion was curtailed in the Santa Cruz Basin and the
Tanner-Cortez Bank area. Surface water tempera-
tures ranged from a high of 68 F. at San Diego to
a low of 51.8 F. at Santa Rosa Island.

Cruise 58-A-2, May 12-28, 1958: The second
of this series of cruises was made Off the coast
and islands of Southern California from Santa
Barbara to San Diego. The objectives were: (1) to
locate and sample spawning sardines in order to
determine their age and length composition, and to
attempt to distinguish between sardines spawning
in different areas or at different times. (2) to
continue gear experimentation in an attempt to in-
crease sampling efficiency; and (3) to collect
specimens of barracuda and white seabass where-
ever possible.

Of 71 light stations occupied, sardines were
taken at 14, northern anchovies at 10, Pacific
mackerel at 5, and jack mackerel ag 1.

Two gravid female sardines containing free
transparent eggs were taken at different locations
at Santa Catalina Island. (Less than 40 California
sardines have been observed in this condition.)
These fish measured 181 mm. and 214 mm. The
remainder of the samples consisted largely of
males. The behavior of the schools containing
the ripe fish was typical of many others attracted
to the light. The schools were small--less than 1
ton--with the fish occasionally darting to and from
the surface.

SANTA BARBARA

STA. MONICA BAY

SAN PEDRO

Sua Catalina 1.

LEGEND: vo A
Each mark represents one " ox:
sample.

- VESSEL TRACK.

- SARDINE San Clemente] “'S._.

~ PACIFIC MACKEREL,
JACK MACKEREL.
ANCHOVY .

M/V Alaska Cruise 58-A-2 May 12-28, 1958

The Alaska scouted 372 miles during which 58
sardine schools were sighted. All but three were
observed in the vicinity of Anacapa Island. A
plankton tow through a school group in this area
failed to produce evidence of spawning. Other
pelagic fish school sightings included 6 anchovies,
4 Pacific mackerel, 2 saury, and 16 large uniden-
tified tunalike fish.

30

The sardine samples consisted predominately
of 2 distinct size groups with modes at 170 mm.
and 200 mm. Nearly all females in the large size
group were in an advanced stage of sexual maturity.
The smaller group contained nearly all stages,
ranging from immaturity to highly gravid.

Difficulty was experienced in attracting and cap-
turing sardines. The fish were attracted with a
1,500-watt incandescent lamp and caught with snag
gangs, baitless lures, and by gilling in the blanket
net. Of the 100 fish collected, 43 were gilled in the
blanket net, 36 were caught with hook and line and
21 with the blanket net. With one exception, schools
sighted visually did not come to the light.

The blanket net did not operate effectively be-
cause most of the schools sounded immediately
when the net was placed in the water. The best re-
sults were obtained by using it as a gillnet. When

ALBACORE TUNA OCCURRENCE AND MIGRA-
TION PATTERN STUDIED (M/V Alaska Cruise
- Albacore): An exploratory survey prior to
the commercial albacore fishing season was con-
ducted by the M/V Alaska of the California Depart-
ment of Fish and Game in an attempt to determine

1230 Pt
‘Arguello

$

San Pedro.

@San Diego

hy
Ls

Mpa
MEG.

HOWBOAT
spoT ¢

Ensenada
~

‘Cape Colnett

San Quintin

119°

M/V Alaska Cruise 58A3 - Albacore (June 9 to 29, 1958),

the occurrence and migration pattern of albacore
schools as they approach the Pacific Coast. The
cruise commenced on June 9 and ended on June 29
when the vessel returned to Los Angeles Harbor.
The area survey covered the waters that lie 80 to

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

fish appeared under the light, the net was placed
in the water and allowed to remain until fish gilled
in the large webbing. Varying the light intensity
seemed to have little effect on the number of fish
gilled. Hook-and-line fishing with baitless lures
yielded more fish but considerable time and effort
were required to catch them.

Sea-surface temperatures ranged from 58° F.
at San Diego to 66 F. at Santa Catalina Island.
Temperatures were one to several degrees above
normal to the north of Los Angeles and slightly
below normal to the south. In the San Diego area
a cooling of 8 F. from the previous month's tem-
perature was noted. Sardines were taken in waters
ranging from 60.6 F. to 64.6 F. The 2 pipe fish
were taken in waters of 62.0 F. and 64.6 F.
Bathythermograph and reversing thermometer
casts were made on stations where depths were
greater than 10 fathoms.

250 miles off the coast of southern California and
northern Baja California. Secondary objectives of
the cruise were to tag and release albacore, and to
gather pertinent biological and oceanographic data,
which might be related to the occurrence of alba-
core.

Approximately 1,700 nautical miles in the near-
ly 63,000-square-mile survey area were scouted
during daylight hours using surface trolling gear.
No incoming schools of albacore were located dur-
ing the course of the survey, although commercial
fishermen working inshore from the survey area,
within 60 miles of the mainland shore were catch-
ing a few large (20- to 40-pound) fish.

Three attempts were made to scout areas far-
ther, north and west, i. e. San Juan Seamount to
123° W. longitude. Each time, inclement north-
westerly weather conditions made visiting these
areas imprudent. Commercial boats, from north-
ern ports, heading for southern California were re-
ported to be catching afew smaller (10- to 15-pound)
fish shoreward of this proposed scouting area.

No tagging was accomplished on this cruise as
no incoming schools of albacore were located.

Sea surface temperatures were observed and
recorded at intervals of 15 to 60 minutes during
daylight hours and continually graphed by recording
thermometer. Warmesttemperatures (upto 70 F.)
were encountered in the southwest portion of the sur-
vey area; coolest temperatures (downto62.6 F.)in
the northern area from about Sixty-mile Bank toward
Cortez Bank and San Clemente Island. Dirty green
water characterized the cool surface temperatures
to the north while clear, blue water prevailed over the
remainder of the area surveyed.

Bathythermograph casts were made at the end of
eachday's run and additional casts were made when
conditions warranted. Cursory examination of the
resulting slides indicated deepest thermoclines south
and east of Guadalupe Island. The shallowest thermo-
clines were found at the more northerly stations; while
the most distinct (sharpest) were at those stations
farthest offshore.

September 1958

A night light station, usinga 1,500-watt bulb, was
occupied each night that drifting conditions permit-
ted. At nearly every light station, many of the
usual albacore food components were collected. It
seems unlikely that absence of albacore in the sur-
vey area couldbe attributed to lack of food organisms.

Apparently, no new schools of albacore enter-
ed the southern fishing grounds immediately
north or south of Guadalupe Island during the
month of June. The fish caught by commercial
fishermen between San Benito Islands on thesouth

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

and Todos Santos Island to the north were con-

OK Ok
AERIAL CENSUS OF COMMERCIAL AND SPORT
FISHING OPERATIONS CONTINUED (Airplane Spot-
ting Flights 58-4, 58-6, an -7): These airplane
flights by the California Department of Fish and
Game's Cessna 3632C were designed to assess the
numbers and distribution of clam diggers, abalone
pickers, hook-and-line fishermen, and commercial
salmon trollers, and to locate pelagic fish schools.

Flight 58-4 (May 8-9, 1958): The inshore area
between Pt. Sur, Monterey County, and the Russian
River, including San Francisco, Bodega, Bolinas,
and Tomales Bays was surveyed in the third of a
series of flights.

Fog prevented scouting for pelagic fish on both
days of this flight. The area from the Russian Riv-
er to Fort Bragg could not be scouted because of
fog and commercial salmon trollers could not be
sighted farther offshore than about 4 miles. The
fog, however, was not too low to prevent a survey
of shoreline activity. A -0.8 tide on May 8 attract-
ed abalone pickers to the rocky areas but the -0.2
low tide on May 9 was evidently not low enough for
good abalone picking.

ABALONE PICKERS: On May 8 atotal of 35 aba-
lone pickers were sighted in the area between Pt.
Sur and the Russian River; of these, 19 were ob-
served near Pigeon Point, San Mateo County. On
May 9, only 2 abalone pickers were observed--1
was a skin diver off Tomales Point.

CLAMMERS: The Pismo clam season closed on
May 1, 1958, in Monterey Bay, and the only clam-
mers sighted were those digging for mud clams in
the bays and for cockles and little neck clams at
Bolinas and Sharps Park.

Bay clammers were sighted on each day but in
fewer numbers than on previous flights this year,
despite the good low tide on May 8.

HOOK-AND-LINE FISHERMEN: Hook-and-line
fishermen were comparable in numbers to that of
previous flights this year with the largest concen-
tration of shore fishermen at Baker's Beach and
the largest number of pier fishermen at Berkeley
Pier. In addition to the pier and shore fishermen,
24 skiffs were sighted on May 8--20 of these were
in Monterey Bay where salmon were being caught.
Due to limited visibility no skiffs were counted on
May 9 in Monterey Bay.

SALMON TROLLERS: On May 8, 37 commer-
cial salmon trollers were tallied in Monterey Bay

31

sidered to be numbers of a small, "holdover"
population from the preceding season.

The only indication of new schools of alba-
core moving into range of the California fleet
comes from boats traveling to southern Califor-
nia from northern ports. Several of these fish-
ermen caught scattered small fish north of Point
Conception while running on a direct course.

It appears that this year's run of albacore
will occur at latitudes farther to the north than
has been characteristic of at least the past
eight years.

Kk

*

but limited visibility prevented sighting of com-
mercial trollers to the north of Monterey Bay.
(On Saturday, May 10, 14 commercial trollers off
Pt. Reyes and 71 trollers between Bodega Bay and
Teen eS were sighted from a commercial air-
line.

PELAGIC FISH CENSUS: Pelagic fish schools
could not be sighted because of the fog. Some scout-
ing was attempted off San Francisco and in Monte-
rey Bay but excessive glare on the water and fog
patches close to the ground made scouting imprac-
tical.

Flight 58-6 (May 22-23, 1958): The inshore
area between Pt. Arguello and Bodega Bay, includ-
ing Bodega, Bolinas, Drakes, and Tomales Bays
was surveyed during the fourth of this series of
flights.

On May 22 several rain squalls were encounter-
ed, and it was necessary to stop over at Watson-
ville airport for a period before proceeding south
to Morro Bay. Fortunately, very little wind was
encountered and a good survey for both shoreline
activity and pelagic fish scouting was possible in
the area from Moss Landing to Bodega Bay. On
May 23 the rain squalls had passed but low fog
prevented scouting for pelagic fish in the area to
the south of Monterey Bay. It was possible, how-
ever, to scout the shoreline from Pt. Arguello to
San Francisco.

PELAGIC FISH CENSUS: Schools of anchovies
were observed in relatively large numbers as com-
pared to past years in the area from Bodega south
to Pigeon Pt. A total of 1,078 schools was observed
in this area with the greatest concentrations ap-
pearing off San Francisco and in Half Moon Bay.

| Commercial salmon fishermen reported these an-
| chovies to be small fish, probably of 1957- and

1958-year classes.

COMMERCIAL SALMON TROLLERS: A total
of 134 trollers was sighted in the area between
Moss Landing and Bodega Bay; of these, 127 were
operating in the area from Drakes Bay to Bodega
Bay.

CLAMMERS AND ABALONE PICKERS: A total
of 21 bay clammers and 6 ocean clammers were
tallied between Moss Landing and Bodega Bay.
(The Pismo clam seasonclosed on May 1 in Monte-

rey Bay; hence, no tallies of Pismoclammers were
expected to be made until the season reopened on
September 1.) Theocean (outer beach) clammers

w
iw)

were sighted near Bolinas and San Francisco, and
the bay clammers were sighted in Bodega, Tomales,
and Drakes Bays.

HOOK-AND-LINE FISHERMEN: The beaches
around San Francisco and Sharps Park continued
to be the most favored surf-casting areas in Cen-
tral California. About half of all the surf casters
tallied on each day's flight were sighted in this
area. The numbers of both surf and rock fisher-
men were very much the same as tallied previous-
ly.

Flight 58-7 (May 26-27, 1958): The inshore
area between Monterey and Trinidad Head was
surveyed on this flight, and excellent flying con-
ditions prevailed on both days, making it possible
to cover over 350 miles of coastline. The tide
was not low enough for clammers and abalone
pickers. Both pelagic fish and salmon trollers
were scouted while flying one way along the coast
and on return trips shore fishing activity was noted
by flying at low altitude over the shoreline.

PELAGIC FISH: Large numbers of anchovy
schools (over 4,500) were sighted on this flight.
This represents more anchovy schools than have
been seen on any flight made over the past four
years in both California and Baja California
waters. All the school groups encountered on
this flight were a mixture of very small- to med-
ium-gize schools with a few large schools. The
average fish school probably contained around
15-20 tons of fish.

The tally of these schools was made on the re-

turn trip from Trinidad Head south to Palo Alto and

time did not permit intensive survey of each school
group. Instead, one straight-line flight was made
over each school group area, and all the schools
visible on both sides of the plane were counted.
Thus, schools passing directly under the plane and
those beyond the visibility zone were not counted

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

and the numbers of schools given--especially those
for the school group of Tomales Point to Point
Reyes--are less than the actual number present at
the surface.

Anchovy schools were also sighted in Monterey
Bay during this flight. Future flights, however,
will give a more representative estimate of the
amount of fish present in this region of the coast
because the water is still quite rich in phytoplank-
ton which prevents sighting of fish schools unless
they are very near the surface. Over the past four
years fish schools have appeared at the surface in
greater numbers from late June through November
in Monterey Bay. Commercial fishermen and party-
boat operators have reported large numbers of 5-
inch anchovies in Monterey Bay, indicating most of
the fish in this area are of the 1957-year class.
Several sardines ranging from 135-161 mm. stand-
ard length were picked out of a haul of anchovies
taken in Monterey Bay, but no pure schools of sar-
dines were seen from the air or were reported by
fishermen.

COMMERCIAL SALMON TROLLERS: The main
concentrations of salmon trollers were adjacent to
and sometimes within the school group area. In all
cases the salmon trollers were in or at the sea-
ward edge of the anchovy school group. A total of
255 salmon trollers was sighted. Over 170 of them
were in the area from Pt. Reyes to Fort Ross.

HOOK-AND-LINE FISHERMEN: For the first
time this year the area to the north of Fort Bragg
was surveyed for sport fishermen, but few were
seen in this northern area. Only 10 surf fishermen
were sighted north of the Russian River, and 4 were
surf-netters in quest of the daytime spawning sil-

ver smelt (Hypomesus).

From the Russian River to Monterey the favor -
ite shore fishing areas continued to be on the beach-
es near San Francisco and in Monterey Bay.

Ok ok KOK

FELAGIC FISH DISTRIBUTION AND ABUN-
DANCE OFF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA OBSERVED
BY AERIAL SCOUTING (Airplane Spotting Flight
58-5): The mainland coast between Rocky Point
(Santa Monica Bay) and San Diego; the oceanarea
between the city of San Clemente and the east end
of Santa Catalina Island; the inshore waters along
the northeast shore of Santa Catalina Island; and
the ocean area between the west end of Santa Cata-
lina Island and Rocky Point were scouted from the
air on May 8, 1958, to study pelagic fish distribu-
tion and abundance off Southern California and to
familiarize new personnel with aerial spotting
techniques. The scouting was conducted by the
California Department of Fish and Game with its
Beechcraft plane.

Initially, 2 days were scheduled to scout the de-
sired area but due to a heavy overcast, only 33
hours during the afternoon of May 8, 1958, could
be spent in the air. Even then, haze and generally
poor visibility hampered the operation and resulted
in an unsatisfactory flight.

No fish were sighted offshore or along the inner
shoreline of Santa Catalina Island. Aside from a
single, medium-size school of fish off Rocky Point,

Santa Monica

- TRACK OF PLANE.

~ SAROINE SCHOOL
GROUP

= SARDINE SCHOOL.

~ YELLOWTAIL SCHOOL.

> Newport Beach

Sa. Clemente Isiand

Airplane Spotting Flight 58-5 of May 8, 1958.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES RE\EW 33

|

Santa Monica Bay--tentatively identified as yellow- A large, farz;moving school of big fish--assumed
tail--the only schools observed were along the to be yellowta--wa{ seen breaking the surface of
mainland shore between San Clemente and Mission | the water justutsi¢ the kelp, off San Onofre. In-
Beach. dividual fish ithisSchool were easily distinguish-
able from an ¢<itu¢ of 1,500 feet; they were grey-
One group of 10 small sardine schools was sight- | brown in apperan¢ and ''flashed"' frequently with-
ed off Mission Beach. in the school.

SK OK ok oo ok

CENSUS OF SEA LION POPULATIONS OFF eae CALIFORNIA (Airplane
Spotting Flight 58-9): A census of the Stellar and Califaia sea lion populations off
California was conducted by the California Department Fish and Game's Beech-
craft plane from June 16-18, 1958.

The days selected for the sea lion census survey weregeneral good, insofar as
atmospheric conditions were concerned; however, mornifog and local concentrations
of fog of the Channel Islands limited observations mainb the afternoon periods.

Significant or large concentrations of the animals re photographed on their
rookeries and hauling-out grounds. The entire coast wcovered with the excep-
tion of two small sections between San Mateo Pt. and Ig Beach, and between

= 3/Crescent City

FLIGHT LEGEND

FLIGHT LEGEND:
JUNE 16 -

JUNE 17 - 4

JUNE 18 -emeees le

Sacramento

Farallon by3>4 =~
~

=~

: une 16
Airplane Spotting Flight 58-9 on sea lion census, June 13, Airplane Spottinf light 58-9 on sea lion census, J ,
1

16, & 18, 7, & 18,
Santa Monica and Redondo where significant concentratons of sea lions oe atte
been found in the past. Pictures were taken at elevatims ranging between aeons
1,500 feet. Strip-photographic methods were used for ireas where the sea 11 Heit
centrations were spread out over relatively long linealdistances and single Bea
lapping photographs were taken of the smaller groups. Wherever possible, v1

34 COMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9
|

estimates of the number of sa lions were also made. In those areas where small
numbers of animals were préent, visual counts only were made.

Visual estimates inlicati that the Channel Islands, Santa Barbara Island in
particular, appeared to lavene greatest concentrations of sea lions. During past
censuses the largest nunbey were found at Ano Nuevo Island.

Note: Coverage of restricted offshorSoupm California islands was made through cooperation of the United States Navy,
11th Naval District.

Cans--Shipmettfor Fishery Products, January-May 1958

Total shnents of metal cans during January-May 1958 amount-
ed to 37,143 art tons of steel (based on the amount of steel consumed
in the manufalre of cans) as compared with 54,426 tons in the same
period a yearjo. Canning of fishery products in January-May this
year was contd largely to tuna. Holdover stocks of metal cans
from the 195 ‘ason, plus light packs of shrimp, mackerel, and sar-
dines during tfirst five months of 1958 may account for the sharp
drop in shipments this year.

Note: Statistics cover all commercial andtive plants known to be producing metal cans. Reported in base boxes of
steel consumed in the manufacture of calhe data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the

factor: 23.0 base boxes of steel equal onért ton of steel.

DEPARTMENT OF DEFSE PURCHASES, JANUARY-JUNE 1958: Fresh and
BDefense F>-, Froducts: Fthe use of the Armed Forces under the Department
Heanor . million poundgalue $1.3 million) of fresh and frozen fishery prod-

© purchased in June }8 by the Military Subsistance Market Centers.

[Table 1 - Fresh and Frozen hery Products Purchased by Military Subsistence |
Market Ces, June 1958 with Comparisons !

| ; QUANTITY VALUE

Ue | Jan june June Jan. -June

| 1958 | 1957} 9581-1957} 1958 jmg57 - 1958 { 1957

| pumas ee (TOC Om b Ss) rw: Trane nn nae ree (315000) aaa
: 2,023 11,595 | 12,025 LOS I 08) 6.600 || Gas

Thi :

Resouence the quantity puhased in May by 11.2 percent and was 13.0 percent

Rae een purchased inine 1957. Thevalue of the purchases this June was 13.4
igher than the previo, month and almost 26.0 more than in Junea year ago.

oe G geo ne first six monthsf 1958 purchases totaled 11.6 million pounds, valued
i se lon-~a decrease of}.6 percent in quantity but higher by 7.4 percent in
S compared with the snilar period of 1957.

Table 2 - Canned Fishey Products Purchased by Military Subsistence |
, Market Chters, June 1958 with Comparisons
ee

|

his QUANTITY VALUE
ener: (ame IE Jan. -June June Jan.-June_|
1958 Loew NOS SP ROSY 1958 1958 |

ae oP Me Pe Seer ae as 1OOOMMESa ee ee | SE Gi000 ey
FAR UI EW i AEE, 513 | LASOmieg 250 | 890

768
Geman Mal Ty)

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

Prices paid for fresh and frozen fishery products by the Yepartment of Defense
in June 1958 averaged 57.2 cents a pound, about 0.9 cent a poud higher than the 56.1
cents paid in May and 5.8 cents above the 51.4 cents paid durilg June a year ago.

Canned Fishery Products: Tuna was the principal canned ish purchased for
the use of the Armed Forces during June. The total quantity ofcanned tuna, salm-
on, and sardines purchased for the first six months (3.2 millionpounds) was about
27.6 percent higher than the total for the comparable period of 957.

Note: Armed Forces installations generally make some local purchases not included in the da given; actual total pur-
chases are higher than indicated, because it is not possible to obtain local purchases,

at Sang ot

Fisheries Loan Fund

LOANS THROUGH JULY 14, 1958: As of July 14, 1958, a totaiof 453 applica-
tions for fisheries loans totaling $16,332,773 had been received. O these, 244
($5,692,079) have been approved and 146 ($4,484,535) have been turied down. As
several applications have been deferred indefinitely at the request d¢ the applicants
and collections have been coming in, sufficient funds have been avaiable to process

all other applications received to date. .
The following loans have been approved between May 14, 1958, andJuly 14, 1958:
New England Area: Willard-Daggett, Inc., Portland, Maine, $70,(00; Harold S.

Chilles, Vinalhaven, Maine, $1,100; Joseph Giacalone, Medford, Mass., $22,000;
Elmer Jacobsen, Marion, Mass., $60,000.

Middle Atlantic Area: James Beebe, Islip, N. Y., $7,722.

South Atlantic and Gulf Area: Simmons and Carrier, Southport, N. C., $12,233;
Thomas P. Duke, McClellansville, S. C., $38,000; Forpoise Fish Co., Beaufort, 5.C.,
$24,509; John Clifford Smith, Charles City, Va., $5,000; Herbert M. Sorier, Naples,

Fla., $27,758; Leo Angelette and Eugene Lafort, Cut Off, La., $14,526; Herbert Gal-

jour, Cut Off, La., $12,385; Burke Collins and Alidore Bruce, Galiano, La., $24,862;

Robert J. Theriot, Houma, La., $11,861.

California: M. Machado Medina, et al., San Diego, Calif., $86,000; Zarco Fish-
ing Co., San Diego, Calif., $35,000; August John Felando, Jr., et al., San Pedro,
Calif., $73,000.

Pacific Northwest Area: Adolph Sandness, Bellingham, Wash., $3,260; Eldon
Roger Wills, Friday Harbor, Wash., $5,669; Fishing Vessel Seattle, Port Blakely,
Wash., $10,850; FloydD. Furfiord, Westport, Wash., $6,000.

Alaska: Joseph E. Ott, Felican, $1,400; Howard E. White, Petersburg, $25,000;

Leo Lyster, Wrangell, $14,500. F
a" 3

Fish Meal
RECENT CALIFORNIA MARKETING TRENDS: The California Fish Meal Imports
shortage of wet fish (sardines, mackerel, and anchovies)
and the use of more dark or red meat from tuna for pet Country hile | Mexi N Total
food have resulted in short supplies of California fish of Origin Chile | Mexico opway, 3

meal, and brokers in that State have stepped up impor-
tation of meal from foreign countries, according to a re-
port from a Market News Reporter at San Pedro.

4.50.0 QO 2 (Million Pounds) ...}....

1958 Jan.-May
1957 Jan.-May

The chief port of entry in California for imported meal 1957 Total

is San Francisco, and the imported meal comes mainly

36

}
|

from Peru, where it is producedfom a small variety

of the true anchovy (Engraulis ens), There are,

at present, about 36 reduction pjnts in Peru engaged in

the manufacture of fish meal an/oil; half of these oper-

ating in conjunction with cannes. Other main sources
of meal imported into Californj (in order of importance)
are Chile, Mexico, and Norwa

The increase in imports of Jeal into California from
foreign countries for the firs¥our months of 1958 with

comparisons are shown isthe table. The imports are ex-
pected to rise sharply if pe shortage of California wet
fish continues. In 1957, Mports dropped sharply after
the first half of the yearpecause of good California
mackerel production.

SOMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

Imported fish meal prices are usually several dollars
per ton less than domestic production; but, according to
brokers, the mixer prefers domestic meal for several
reasons: (1) imported meal is almost 100-percent burlap
bagged; (2) quantities have to be bought in large lots rather
than by delivered order; (3) the buyer must remove meal
from the dock before the seven-day free period allowed
by port authorities is up; and (4) poor weights per 100-
pound sack that may vary 2 to 3 pounds either way. Addi-
tionally, the protein units are generally higher--about
65-70 percent as against California’s 60 percent, so that
when using imported meal, mixers claim extensive form-
ula manipulation is necessary which adds to che expense
of their operation. The reason for the greater protein
content of foreign meal is that whole fish is used in the
manufacture of meal while domestically waste or only the
parts of the fish not canned or otherwise utilized are used.
Lowering the protein content is difficult; water, oil, or
bone meal has to be added which has to be obtained from
some other source.

The demand for fish meal has greatly stepped up pro-
duction in Peru and Chile, and no doubt has resulted in
the expansion of facilities. If there is a return of Cali-
fornia wet fish, as is expected, California~produced
meal will have to meet increased competition.

Florida

FISHERIES RESEARCH: Fisheries research conducted
by the Marine Laboraory of the University of Miami with
funds provided by the Florida State Board of Conservation,
the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and private sources as
reported in the July 1958 Salt Water Fisheries Newsletter
from that Laboratory.

Shrimp Studies:/ Since the shrimp fishery is Florida's
most valuable single resource, a great deal of the research
effort is being devoted to studying the various aspects of
the life history of the shrimp which affect the yieldof the
commercial fishery. At present most of the studies have
been concerned with the Tortugas fishery.

The tag being used at present consists of two green
plastic discs attached by a pin that pierces the mid-section
of the body. Information on size distribution by depth of
water, growth, migrations, and fishing intensity is alsobe-
ing collected by monthly sampling trips on a chartered
shrimp trawler. Many shrimp dealers have permitted the
examination of historical records of catches. These sug-
gest that the catch per unit of effort since 1950 has shown
little change. These records have also provided a great
deal of other useful and interesting data, such as annual
and seasonal changes of abundance.

Another important part of the shrimp studies is the one being

conducted bya student working ona fellowship provided by the
Shrimp Association of the Americas on the spawning habits.
Samples are being obtained monthly from the commercial
fishery and the degree of maturity is being measured by
different methods. Preliminary observations suggest that
while spawning might take place throughout the year, the
peak of spawning activity occurs in the spring and the fall.

Scallop and Clam Studies: Exploratory fishing studies
with commercial gears have been initiated to determine
the possibility of expansion of the commercial fisheries
for these species. The scallop studies are being made in
the Cedar Key area and the clam study in the waters of
Collier County,

Florida Bay Studies: In association with the shrimp
biology and tagging experiments in Florida Bay, other
animals and plants and the water conditions are being
studied there. This work can help the fishing industry by
finding out the conditions required by the important spe-
cies for survival, particularly in their early life. This
information is especially important to Florida where so
many changes are being made in the natural habitats
through dredging, filling and other land development and

pollution activities. The Everglades National Park area
was chosen for this work because it was considered to be
fairly typical of Florida’s inshore environment, it was an
area where a wide variety of animals live and it has been
subjected to few manmade changes. The effects of tem-
perature, salinity, oxygen saturation, total sulphide pro-
duction, turbidity and other chemical and physical factors
on the marine life are being measured. The effects of the
recent unseasonable weather is proving of particular in-
terest.

Spotted Sea Trout Studies: The spotted sea trout in the
Indian River area was Studied last year. The trout in
other parts of the state appear to differ in growth rate and
in other ways from those in the Indian River. Toinvesti-
gate the reasons for the difference and because it is an
important species to the area, spotted sea trout studies
are now being done in the Apalachicola-St. Marks area.
The factors being investigated include age and growth,
spawning time, feeding habits, and the chemical and phys-
ical nature of the water in which the fish are living.
Other species present in the area are also being col-
lected and identified.

Synthetic Crab Baits: The crab industry in some parts
of the State has recently experienced difficulties in ob-
taining fish in a large enough quantity and at a low enough
price as bait for their crabbing operations. The possibil-
ity of developing a synthetic crab bait was suggested. If
such a bait, attractive to crabs, yet of low cost could be
developed it would be of benefit to the industry. Balsa
wood, rubber, plastics, and gelatine have been impreg-
nated with fish oils, blood, and other similar products
under pressure. These have been tested in commercial
crabbing operations along with regular baits. Prelimi-
nary results with balsa wood and menhaden oil are en-
couraging and the tests are continuing.

ne SL Control of Fish: Two of the most impor-
tant changes that occur in frozen fish are the development
of rancidity and the loss of the characteristic color. Ran-
cid or stale odors or flavors result when unsaturated fat in
the fish is oxidized. The oxidation is slowed but not pre-
vented by low temperature storage. Chemicals called an-
tioxidants can be used to retard oxidation and hence the
occurrence of rancidity. One chemical tested so far with
encouraging results is butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) in
varying concentrations and in combination with other chem-
icals. Spanish mackerel, an oily fish, much subject toran-
cidity is being used in the present experiments.

September 1958

The retention of the characteristic red color in red
Snapper is the object of another experiment. The antioxy-
dant BHT, which is also proving its usefulness in combat-
ing rancidity, is helping toretain the color after prolonged
storage. Other chemicals have also given encouraging re-
sults for this purpose.

Studies on the prevention of bacterial spoilage and black
spot formation in shrimp have been under way for a few
years and important discoveries have been made. Among
the antibiotic chemicals tested, aureomycin and other

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

similar products have proved effective in retarding spoil-
age caused by bacteria. This year, other products, some
of which are giving promising results, are being tested.

The use of these chemicals by the fishing industry a-
waits the approval of the Food and Drug Administration
and the Marine Laboratory is playing its part in testing
for any possible harmful side effects from their use.
Studies on the types of bacteria which cause spoilage and
on their tolerances of certain conditions are also being
made by the Marine Laboratory technologists.

Frozen Processed Fishery Products

CONTRACT LET FOR STUDY OF INSTITUTIONAL CONSUMPTION: A study
of frozen processed fish and shellfish consumption in institutions and public eating
places in 10 selected cities will begin shortly. A contract for $57,000 was awarded
in July by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. 5S. Fish and Wildlife Service, to
Crossley, S-D Surveys, Inc., of New York City. The survey will be financed from
funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act to increase production and markets
in the domestic fishing industry.

.

Since the mass feeding industry is among the best of all potential markets for
frozen fishery products, the Bureau proposes to obtain information through this
study which will benefit the fishing industry in finding ways to diversify and in-
crease the use of fish and shellfish in these establishments.

The cities involved in the survey are Atlanta, Ga., Chicago, Ill., Cleveland,
Ohio, Denver, Colo., Houston, Tex., Los Angeles, Calif., New York City, Omaha,
Nebr., Fortland, Oreg., and Springfield, Mass. They have been selected because
they are fairly well distributed geographically and account for a good proportion
of the consumption of frozen fish and shellfish by mass-feeding establishments.

“Mass-feeding" establishments include: (1) restaurants, cafeterias, and eating
places in hotels, (2) eating places in schools, dormitories, industrial plants, and
office buildings, (3) hospitals, prisons, and other similar public and private institu-
tions, and (4) department stores or drug stores serving food, lunchrooms, etc.

The survey is scheduled for completion within 10 days.

Groundfish

BROAD ANALYSIS OF NEW ENGLAND GROUNDFISH INDUSTRY PROBLEMS
PLANNED: A study to determine the underlying economic and technological factors
which may dictate the long-term competitive status of the New England groundfish
industry is being made by the U. S. Department of the Interior.

A contract to make this analysis has been awarded to Boston College by the
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service. The contract
price is $31,700. Boston College's Bureau of Business Research will conduct the
study.

The work will necessarily involve collection and compilation of comparative
cost data. However, the Bureau is asking that the study ''go behind such cost data"
and establish, by basic economic and sociological analysis, the reason for cost dif-
ferentials. The Bureau wants to have explored the present and future alternative
economic opportunities available to capital and labor, the degree of dependence of

38

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

the area upon the fishery, the growth of other industries and their demands upon
investment capital and labor supply, and the effect of changes in social habits.

Among the factors which will be evaluated are the cost of production, and the
availability of the groundfish resources; the labor market; living standards; man-
agement of capital in terms of types of vessels and equipment; primary marketing
arrangements; and the role of governmental bodies in terms of capital grants, sub-
sidies, price supports, research, and tariffs. The Bureau of Business Research of
Boston College expects to assemble and evaluate available source material influenc-
ing the general economic and social trends and to compile cost of production data
from published or unpublished material already available.

A secondary feature of the contract with Boston College is to make a limited
evaluation of the sea scallop fishery in relation to its general economic background.

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

LAKE SUPERIOR BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH
PROGRAM, 1958: The initiation of intensive sea
lamprey control on Lake Superior by the Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries makes it most important
to study the abundance, distribution, and biology
of fish inhabiting the lake. The presence of the
lamprey influences nearly every species of fish to
some degree. Species directly affected by the
predator, and species of existing or potential com-
mercial importance, require early consideration.
Their abundance and availability will determine the
success of the fishery during the periods of inten-
sive lamprey control and lake trout rehabilitation.
It is also necessary that environmental conditions
be measured to aid in understanding changes in the
fish populations that have occurred and may continue
to take place.

Suggested objectives and approaches to the prob-
lems of Lake Superior have come from the several
states and province surrounding Lake Superior
through the Great Lakes Fishery Committee and
from the Great Lakes Fishery Commission through
its Scientific Advisory Committee.

The lake trout, lake herring, and whitefish have
been the most important species in the United States

Lake Trout
(Christivomer namaycush) \&

waters of Lake Superior, averaging over 98 per-
cent of both the total catch and ex-vessel value
over the last 10 years of record (1947-1956). The
lake trout which contributed 18 percent of the pound-
age (2,642,000 pounds) and 55 percent of the value
($1,087,000) over this period has been most seri-
ously depleted by the lamprey. Maintenance of the
fishery must now rely more heavily on species less

affected by the lamprey or on stocks not now fully
exploited. ,

Depletion of the lake trout population is reflected
by the continuous decline in United States commer-

cial production from 3.2 million pounds in 1950 to
a catch of 1.8 million pounds in 1956. The incidence
of lake trout bearing lamprey scars increased from
3 to 27 percent over this same period while large
fish became less frequent and spawning stocks
greatly diminished--all symptoms of depletion re-
sulting from lamprey predation that were demon-
strated in Lakes Michigan and Huron. Current
measures for controlling the sea lamprey should
save the lake trout from the near extinction that
occurred in Lake Michigan, but cannot halt the ec-
onomic depression that is already upon the fish-
ery.

The whitefish which contributed 6 percent of
the United States poundage (880,000 pounds) and 18
percent of the value ($358,000) of the total catch in
1947-56 has provided a supplemental source of in-
come to the Lake Superior fishery. Preliminary
evidence has shown that some local populations
may not be cropped most efficiently under present
fishery regulations and could be more useful in
providing immediate relief for the industry. It has
been demonstrated in other lakes, however, that
the whitefish is subject to depletion by the lamprey
following the extreme reduction of the lake trout
stocks and consequently can be considered only of
temporary value in lessening the distress of the
fishery.

Although the lake herring has supplied 74 per-
cent (11,219,000 pounds) of the total United States
catch over the past 10 years of record (1947-1956),
it has produced only 25 percent ($503,000) of the
total income of Lake Superior fishermen and ves-
sel owners. The low value of this fishery has re-
sulted in large measure from the seasonal nature
of production and the resulting market gluts--79
percent of the annual catch is taken during about
3 weeks in November or December. This very
abundant species has been affected little by lam-
prey predation in other lakes. If the same holds
true in Lake Superior, it may be of great value in
providing continued support to the fishery. For
use to maximum economic advantage, however, it
must be cropped more evenly throughout the year.

Other abundant species not fully utilized by the
fishery are the chubs (deep-water ciscoes), smelt,
menominee whitefish, and suckers. Problems of
distribution, abundance, fishing methods, effects

September 1958

of increased production, and markets must be ex-
plored for these species to determine the contri-
bution they could make to the fishing industry.

Fishery-Limnological Surveys: The research
vessel Siscowet has been reconstructed so it can
be used in lakewide operations in Lake Superior,
and to handle various types of experimental fish-
ing gear and limnological equipment. This boat
will be a major tool in the 1958 field studies in
gathering data on species composition, distribution,
abundance, ....of Lake Superior fish and on the
environmental conditions under which the fish live.

Fishery and limnological surveys will, except
for cruise 5, be concentrated in the area west of
Ontonagon, Mich. These surveys will be designed
to collect information on all species in the area
and on general limnological conditions. Cruise 5
in the Isle Royale area will include collection of
data on the abundance and distribution of lake trout,
whitefish, lake herring, and other species of the
area. Studies of lake herring emphasize the dis-
tribution and habits during summer.

In addition to work conducted from the Siscowet,
inshore fishery and limnological studies will be
carried on from a 16-foot boat powered with an
outboard motor and equipped for trawling. Col-
lections will also be made from the commercial
fishery.

Lake Trout Studies: Studies of the lamprey-
scarring rate and composition of the lake trout in
the commercial catch will be continued. Records
of returns of tagged and fin-clipped trout released
in the lake in recent years will be accumulated as
in the past. These operations will continue to be
restricted, mainly to the Marquette area.

Studies of the abundance of immature lake trout
will be intensified. This information is of vital
importance in developing and maintaining an index
of the status and changes in stocks of lake trout that
are small enough to be partly free from lamprey
predation. It was demonstrated in Lake Michigan
that the commercial chub fishery can serve as a
source of valuable data on the abundance of small
trout. The success of the project in Lake Superior
depends, however, on the submittal by the commer-
cial fishermen of accurate records of lake trout
catch in chub nets. An attempt will be made to ob-
tain the data required for satisfactory estimates
of the status and changes in the population of im-
mature lake trout.

In some areas where the commercial fishery
for chubs is nil or limited, the Siscowet may be
used in special studies to obtain information on
the lake trout population. Collections on regular
cruises of the vessel will also be designed to ob-
tain distributional and biological information not
available from the commercial fishery.

Lake Herring Studies: Information on the dis-
tribution of lake herring during the summer is
scanty. Greater knowledge of the summer habitat
is of vital importance in gaining a better under-
standing of factors influencing the herring popula-
tions. Knowledge of summer distribution may per-
mit the development of afishery for this very abun-
dant species throughout much of the year and thus

make possible more orderly marketing at better
prices.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

39

The Siscowet's even-numbered cruises will be
spent in studies of the distribution and habits of the
lake herring from early summer up to the spawning
period. Sweeps will be made with a special fish-
magnifying fathometer to learn where and at what level
lake herring are found. When they have been located,
experimental fishing gear of several types will be
used to sample the herring to determine their com-

Lake Herring
(Leucichthys artedi)

position, habits, and concentration. If herring
schools are found near the surface in summer,
flights will be made to determine if the schools
can be spotted from an airplane and information
on size, distribution, and frequency of schools will
be gathered.

Whitefish Studies: Research iMtiated in 1957 to
determine the growth characteristics, and age and
size composition of the local whitefish populations

Whitefish
(Coregonus clupeaformia

Whine ray
i my DH ISS, “ead

Ai)
ona) DAD OKD HN

of Lake Superior will be continued. Much of this
information will be collected from the fishery.
Findings may permit recommendations for more
efficient harvesting of the stocks. Additional in-
formation on the distribution, abundance, and bio-
logy of whitefish that have not entered the com-
mercial fishery will be gathered in fishery and
limnological surveys of the Siscowet. In fact, a
primary objective of cruise 5 to the Isle Royale
region will be to study the abundance and distri-
bution of whitefish in that area.

Other Species: The fishery and limnological
surveys of the Siscowet will be designed to obtain
information on all species of fish. Particular em-
phasis, however, will be given to those species
that may be of greater use in the commercial fish-
ery--chubs, smelt, menominee whitefish, and suck-
ers. All of these fish are in greater abundance,
local or lakewide, than has been reflected in the
commercial catch. It has been demonstrated at
other times in Lake Superior or in other lakes that
these species have a market potential not now re-
alized in Lake Superior. Information on the dis-
tribution and abundance of species in this group
will be gathered to produce data needed to evaluate
their potential contribution, Where possible, ad-
ditional knowledge will be accumulated on other
less abundant yet locally-important species such
as northern pike, yellow pike (walleye), yellow
perch, sauger, and carp, and on forage fish serv-
ing as food of piscivorous species.

Environmental Studies: Some general limnolo-
gical features of Lake Superior were brought out
by the work of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial

40

Fisheries research vessel Cisco in 1952 and 1953,
and in other studies. Due to its size, depth and
low content of organic and inorganic constituents,
this lake presents some special problems of meas-
urment, analysis, and interpretation. Some studies
during fishery and limnological cruises of the Sis-
cowet will be directed toward refining these pro-
cedures and techniques. Preiiminary work will be
done to establish long term ''environmental-index"

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

stations for measurement of trends in lake char-
acteristics.

During all cruises of the Siscowet and in other
studies, limnological data will be collected to es-

| tablish the environmental preferences and require-

ments of the various species of fish. These data
will be used wherever possible to interpret the dis-
tributional and biological traits of the species.

ESS inc ra Ny MN PC
Note: Common and scientific names of fish mentioned: Carp, Cyprinus carpio; chubs (deep-water ciscoes), Leucichthys spp.; lake herring, Leucich-
thys artedi; lake trout, Salvelinus namaycush; menominee (round) whitefish, Prosopium cylindraceum; northern pike, Esox lucius; sauger, Stizostedion
Canadense; smelt, Osmerus mordax; suckers, Catostomus spp.; yellow pike oryellow pike-perch (walleye), Stizostedion vitreum vitreum; whitefish,

Coregonus clupeaformis; yellow perch, Perca flavescens,

WESTERN LAKE SUPERIOR HERRING AND
GENERAL FISHERY SURVEY (M/V Siscowet): The
M/V Siscowet was recently converted from a Great
Lakes gill-net tug to a fishery and hydrographic
research vessel for the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries Great Lakes Fishery Investigations
in Lake Superior. The vessel is powered by a
147-horsepower Diesel engine, is 53 feet long, with
a 15-foot beam and 6-foot draft, and weighs 43 tons.
The Siscowet has sleeping accommodations for 5
people, a galley, and laboratory facilities, and
is equipped with trawling and hydrographic winches,
a gill-net lifter, a fish-finder fathometer, radar,
radio-direction finder, automatic pilot, and radio-
telephone. The vessel's cruising speed is 10 miles
per hour and its cruising radius exceeds 1,100
miles.

Cruise 1 (June 3-11): A fishery and environ-
mental study of western Lake Superior was initi-
ated during Cruise 1 (June 3-11, 1958) of the Sis-
cowet. Three index stations were established for
measuring species composition, abundance of fish,
and recording environmental conditions. These
stations are located (1) north of Little Girls Point,
Mich., (2) southeast Stockton Island, and (3) north-
east of Bear Island (two of the Apostle Islands, Wis.).
Fish were collected with gill nets and trawls at

Spottail Shiner
(Notropis hudsonius)

each station, and samples were taken for studies
of plankton, bottcm fauna, and water chemistry.
Bathythermograph casts were made at and between
stations. These stations will be visited periodical -
ly to determine the seasonal and annual changes
that may occur.

Trawl catches at all stations were light. The
slimy muddler and ninespine stickleback domi-
nated in most catches. Other species taken were

Ninespine Stickleback
(Pungitius pungitius)

trout-perch, smelt, pigmy whitefish, burbot, and
chubs. Only two lake trout were taken in trawl
tows.

Gill-net catches were somewhat better with chubs
dominating catches in depths of 22-35 fathoms.
Longnose suckers and menominee whitfish were
the best represented species in nets fished in depths
of 1-17 fathoms.

Although inshore areas had some temperature
drop between the surface and bottom, no well de-
fined thermocline had developed. Surface temper-

(Leucichthys spp.)
OF) SITE BOIG SE S 5

nr

atures remained close to 45° F. Ch? C.) and bot-
tom temperatures 40 F. (4.4 C.) in the area cov-
‘ered. Open lake areas were homothermous.

Cruise 2 (June 23-July 11): Wasdevoted to gather-
ing data on the summer distribution of the lake herring

Slimy Muddler

in Western Lake Superior. Four sampling stations
were established (1) northwest of Sand Island,

(2) northwest of Rocky Island, (3) west of South Twin
Island, and (4) north of Outer Island, all inthe Apostle
Islands, Wis. Bull nets (gill nets 300 feet long and 25

feet deep) with mesh sizes of 23 and 29 inch were set
at each station at various depths below the surface.
These sets will be repeated at these stations through-
out the season to follow changes in distribution of her-
ring. Thesenets may also be set in other areas of the
lake if required to gather additional data or to follow
movements of herring.

Water temperatures were recorded and plankton
and bottom samples collected at each station. Plank-
ton samples were collected repeatedly throughout the

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FIS

night at one station to detect possible changes in verti-
cal distribution. With the exception of one set, all
nets were anchored. Other nets were floated at depths
of 6, 26, 46, and 66 feet below the surface. The depth
of the water among the 4 stations ranged from 25 to
240 feet. At one station the nets were set at 5 and 26
feet below the surface in water 60-240feetdeep, and |
drifted throughout the night using the boat as a drift
to pull the nets along. These nets measured 1,500
feet and drifted about 4 miles before being lifted.
Where possible, trawl tows were made at each
station concurrent with gill-net sets.

Catches in the trawl were predominately nine-
spine sticklebacks and the slimy muddler. Species
less common in the trawl catches were chubs
(hoyi and kiyi), smelt, and longnose suckers. In
many cases bot-
tom conditions
did not permit
trawling.

Lake herring
were taken in a-

HERIES REVIEW 41

bundance only at the station northwest of Sand Is-
land where the water was 180 feet deep. Bull nets
set with cork lines 6 and 26 feet below the surface
took 269 herring ranging from 9-14 inches long.

In this set no herring were caught in depths above
about 16 feet. The following night nets were set

at this same location with cork lines 26, 46, and
66 feet below the surface and 40 herring were
taken. Less common species taken in the bull nets
were chubs (hoyi and kiyi), smelt, and lake trout.
Sets in shallow water (20-25 feet) predominately
caught menominee whitefish, longnose suckers,
and burbot, and very few herring. The drifting set,
which drifted in water from 60-240 feet deep,
caught 32 herring ranging from 14 to 16.5 inches
in length.

Although the weather on Lake Superior has been
unseasonably cold and windy, the water north of
Outer Island was becoming thermally stratified.
Surface temperatures varied from 47 to5l F.

(8° to 11 C.) with a definite thermocline occurring
between 50 and 100 feet, below which thé tempera-
ture was about 40° F. (4° C.)

Note: Common names for chubs vary throughout the Great Lakes and sometimes the same name may apply to different species in Bitrerent lakes. There-
fore the various species of chubs are designated by their specific name to avoid confusion.

A oy ok
KOK OO*K

SURVEY OF WESTERN LAKE ERIE FISH POP-
ULATIONS CONTINUED (M/7V CISCO Cruise 6):
In spite of delays due to engine repairs, the U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel
Cisco visited all 10 of its regular trawling stations
in western Lake Erie during the July 9-21, 1958,
cruise. Limited trawling was also done in San-
dusky Bay. The most striking feature of the catch-
es was the almost complete lack of smelt (other
than fry), as contrasted with the large catches of
cruise 5. Smelt fry were common everywhere,
but larger smelt were numerous only north of
Pelee Island. Apparently most of the larger smelt
have moved into the cooler waters of the central
and eastern basins,

Yellow perch predominated in most of the
catches. Several of the yellow perch bore small,
fresh lamprey scars, and one silver lamprey
(Ichthyomyzon unicuspis) was taken in a catch
which contained one of these scarred fish. The
presence of large numbers of yellow perch fry in
many areas suggests the possibility of a highly
successful 1958 hatch. Other species taken in a-
bundance were sheepshead, emerald shiners, spot-
tail shiners, and trout-perch.

Some sheepshead had still not spawned, but most
of the smaller mature ones were spent. A few

sheepshead fry were caught. The sheepshead
spawning season appears to extend over a longer
period of time than for most other species. Trout-
perch had, with an occasional exception, completed
spawning, and a few fry of this species were also
taken. Most spot-tail shiners had spawned, but
emerald shiners had not begun.

The following species were taken in small num-
bers: yellow pike (walleye), burbot, channel cat-
fish, brown bullhead, stonecat, logperch, sand
darter, carp, goldfish, white sucker, silver chub,
white bass, smallmouth bass, white crappie, ale-
wife, gizzard shad, and mooneye. The latter four
species were taken only in Sandusky Bay.

Surface water temperatures were appreciably
warmer than dyring the previgus cruise, ranging
mostly from 22 tg 24 GAT Gmiton(o-2ue ks.) sek x
tremes were 20.8 and26.1 C.(69.4 and79.0 F.).
There was no well-marked thermal stratification in
the western basin, but east of Sandusky, barely in
the central basin, a thermocline existed at about
6-fathoms depth. Oxygen was quite scarce below
the thermocline with concentrations as low as 1.6
parts per million recorded. Catches were very
small in the area of lowest oxygen concentration.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958, p. 29, for scientific namesoffish mentioned in this and the previous article.

p=>

Gulf Exploratory F

GULF OF MEXICO EXPLORED FOR HARD
CLAMS AND SCALLOPS (M/V Silver Bay Cruise 10):
Explorations to assess the hard clam and scallop
resources in the Gulf of Mexico on the continental
shelf along the coasts of Florida, Alabama, and
Mississippi were conducted by the exploratory fish-
ing vessel M/V Silver Bay of the U. S. Bureau of |

Commercial Fisheries during a crui

ishery Program

on July 17 and ended on August 4, when the vessel
returned to Pascagoula, Miss.

A total of 202 stations were made between Cape

Romano, Fla., and Chandeleur Island, Miss., in
depths ranging from 16 to 120 feet.

Sixty-nine tows were made between Cape Rom -

se which began | ano, Fla., and Anclote Keys with two 12-tooth ''Fall

42

River" type hard-clam dredges. Hard clams (Ve-
nus sp.) were taken in all tows in this area where
bottom conditions were suitable to the gear, with
best fishing confined to the areas off Pass-a-Grille
Beach, Venice, Fla., and Marco Island. The catch
in these areas in depths from 16 to 22 feet (the ves-
sel's deep draft, 13 feet, precluded any attempt to
explore inside the 16-foot curve) varied from a few
clams to a 1.5 bushels per 15-minute tow. One 5-
minute tow slightly north of Venice with one dredge
fishing produced a bushel of hard-shell clams. The
clams range in size from 2" to 43" with the bulk of
the catch (75 percent) made up of 3'' clams. Yield
was approximately one gallon of meats per bushel

Legend:

@- Tows clams present.

A- Tows scallops present.

86°

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

O- Tows clams not present.

A\- Tows no scallops present,

Vol. 20, No. 9

The clams were held in a wooden tank in which
sea water was circulated continuously and were
kept alive for 15 days with negligible loss.

Forty-six tows with the clam dredges between
Cape San Blas and Horn Island in the 20-foot depth
range failed to produce any hard clams. :

The results obtained from this phase of the cruise
suggest that the use of modern hydraulic dredging
techniques will be required to fully evaluate the
hard-clam potential of the Gulf of Mexico.

Eighty-seven tows were made with an 8-foot
"Georges Bank"' type sea scallop dredge south and

84°

M/V Silver Bay Cmise No. 10 (July 17 to Aug. 3, 1958).

Though clams were taken in practically all tows
west of Marco Island, considerable difficulty was
experienced in this area due to the abundance of
parchment worms on the bottom which clogged the
teeth of the dredge, greatly reducing their efficien-
cy. Hard sand and coral fragments also affected
the efficiency of the dredges in many areas. This
was partly overcome by substituting nylon line for
towing warp in place of steel cable.

west of Appalachi Bay in depths of 5 to 20 fathoms
in an attempt to delineate the grounds presently be-
ing fished for Gulf scallops (Pecten gibbus) and to
discover and define any new scallop beds in the area.

The heaviest concentration of scallops present-
ly fished here was found approximately 5 miles
SSW. of St. Joseph Point, Fla., in 11 fathoms of
water. Catches of 40 bushels per 15-minute tow
were common in this area. Production fell off

September 1958

considerably both shoaler and deeper than 11 fath-
oms; however, larger scallops (average 23") were
present in the deeper water. The main bed appears
to run for 10 miles in a northerly direction to a'
point south of Panama (City. These scallops aver-
aged approximately 23"' in diameter and yielded ap-
proximately 2 quarts ‘of meats per bushel. Texture
and taste are comparable to the northern bay scallop.

Exploratory tows in an area approximately 20
miles ESE. of Cape St. George resulted in the discov -
ery of an extensive bed of smaller Gulf scallops (av-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

43

erage 1") indepths ranging from 10 to 15 fathoms.
Production in this area ranged from 1 to 40 bushels

| per 30-minute tow. Another less extensive bed of

small scallops (}"'to 1''diameter) was found midway
between Mobile and Pensacola in 10to 15 fathoms.

Two-inch metal rings and connectors originally
were used throughout the chain bags on both types
of gear. However, as escapement of both clams
and scallops was found to be excessive with this
size ring and connector, a 2-inch stretched mesh
line was used on all dredges.

sas)

Maine Sardines

CANNED STOCKS, JULY 1, 1958: Distributors' stocks of Maine sardines total-
ed 184,000 actual cases on July 1, 1958--26,000 cases or 13 percent less than the

212,000 cases on hand July 1, 1957.

Stocks held by distributors on June 1, 1958, a-

mounted to 237,000 cases, and on January 1, 1958, totaled 230,000 cases, according

to estimates made by the U. S. Bureau of the Census.

Canners' stocks on July 1, 1958, totaled 386,000 standard cases (100 32-02.
cans), a decrease of 509,000 cases (57 percent) as compared with July 1, 1957, and
a decrease of 65.3 percent (725,000 cases) fromthe 1,111,000 cases on hand Janu-

ary 1, 1958.

1,000
Neral Cases

Distributors

Table 1 - Canned = _Sardines--Wholesale Distributors' and Canners' Stocks July 1, 1958, with Comparisons _
1957/58 Season

| SSRROREIEENS(957/581Season annem nnn
ee Bea eer SBS 4/1/58 TSS oo 7/4/57 Lee a

1956/57 Season _ Season

1,000
Std. Cases 2/
3 -OZ. Cans equal one standard case.

212
1,111 il, SRY/ 416

The 1958 pack from the season which opened on April 15, 1958, to July 26, 1958,
amounted to about 848,000 standard cases as compared with 1,216,000 cases packed
in the similar period of 1957. The pack for the 1957 season totaled 2,117,151 stand-

ard cases.

For the 1957/58 season there was an available supply of 2,543,000 actual cases
(426,000 cases carried over from the previous season plus the 2,117,000 cases

packed during the season).

Marketing

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS MARKETING PROSPECTS
SUMMER-FALL 1958: United States civilian consumption
of edible fishery products per person during the summer and
early fall may be a little under the year-earlier rate. With
the population larger this year and supplies of processed
fishery products likely to be down some, retail prices proba-
bly will at least equal the high level of a year earlier.

The total commercial catch of fish and shellfish usually
begins to increase in early spring and reaches a peak at
about midyear. This year the rise has been less than usual
because of the cold, late spring and scarcity of fish and
shellfish in the established commercial fishing areas. Un-
less the commercial catch this summer and early fall is
especially large, the seasonal build-up in stocks of proc-
essed items will undoubtedly be lower than in recent years.

Imports of canned and frozen fish and shellfish, which are
an important supplement to domestic production, may be
no larger than a year earlier.

Through late spring, total supplies of edible fish and
shellfish were a little lower than in the same part of 1957.
Commercial landings were down somewhat, with the
slight increase for the species marketed in fresh or frozen
forms more than offset by the reduction for those used
mainly in canning. As of early spring, imports of fresh
and frozen tuna for canning were noticeably lower than a
year earlier. Imports of frozen groundfish and ocean
perch fillets through the end of May about equalled the
year-ago level. Domestic stocks of processed fishery
products were down, reflecting reduced levels of production
and imports, and the continued relatively strong demand
for these products,

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

eries, U. S. Department of the Interior, and published in the
former agency’s July 29, 1958, release of The National
Food Situation (NFS.-85).

Maryland

This analysis appeared in a report prepared by the Agri-
cultural Marketing Service, U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, in cooperation with the Bureau of Commercial Fish-

COMMERCIAL FISHERY LANDINGS AT OCEAN CITY, 1957: Commercial fish
quantity and 9 percent in ex-vessel value in 1957 totals as compared to 1956, ac-
cording to the May-June 1958 Maryland Tidewater News of the Maryland Depart-
ment of Research and Education. These fluctuations appear to be normal for the
ocean fisheries and the totals ap-
proximate the 13-year mean
weight and value (base years 1944-
1956). The 1957 statistics, as in
past years, were compiled by
the Maryland Department of Re-
search and Education at Solomons
from the records of licensed com-
mercial fishermen and coopera-
tive dealers.

The catch (both quantity and
value) of butterfish, croaker, sea
bass, sturgeon, gray sea trout,

Atlantic otter trawl. and surf clams reflected this
general decline. Contrary to
this, the totals for bluefish, fluke, scup (porgy), spot, whiting, industrial fish, and
conch rose during 1957. Spot showed the greatest increase for an edible fish species,
when the catch rose to 2.5 times the 1956 catch. The croaker catch for the year
dropped to one-half that of 1956.

Two changes in marketing have affected the fishery. One change, that of lower
demand, caused a decline in surf-clam fishing effort and catch. This decrease in
fishing effort and the resulting lower catch were due to internal changes of the indus-
try, rather than to any depletion of surf-clam beds. The evidence indicated that the
surf-clam beds can support the same amount of fishing as practiced since 1953, be-
cause trip catches were maintained at high levels by the active dredgers. Never-
theless, the 1957 total catch and ex-vessel value amounted to approximately three-
fourths of the 1956 totals. The surf clam, which each year since 1953, except for
1955, had ranked first in ex-vessel value of allfish and shellfish landed at Ocean
City, dropped to second place in 1957, below fluke. From 1953 through 1956, the
surf clam accounted for 40 percent of the annual value of the Maryland ocean fish-
eries. In 1957 the surf-clam value dropped to 333 percent of the grand total.

The second change in marketing involved the industrial fish catch. Included in
this classification are kinds of fish not generally used for human consumption, some
examples of which are skates, sea robins, menhaden, and anglerfish. Traditionally,
the ocean fishermen return such fish to the water, as they have been considered
worthless. During recent years, however, a processor at Bishopville has begun to
process industrial fish and scrap for chicken feed. Several trawlers from Ocean
City have started supplying industrial fish to this processor. These trawler cap-
tains contend that since the non-commercial species have to be handled, they would
prefer to get something for their trouble. One captain maintains that this catch
pays his fuel bill each day. From these trawlers the 1957 catch of industrial fish

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

amounted to over 5 times that of 1956, while the 1957 value was over 12 times that
of 1956.

Department biologists feel that the market for industrial fish can probably be
expanded greatly at Ocean City. Possibly with a great expansion, facilities for
processing would have to be located near Ocean City itself. A plant at Ocean City
should result in higher prices to the fishermen since transportation costs of raw
fish would be reduced. Other fishermen may consider handling this product at 80
cents or $1.00 per 100 pounds against the 50 cents they can now expect.

a]

National Fisheries Institute

CONSERVATION POLICY RESOLUTION ADOPTED AT desirous of associating itself with other groups who have
13th ANNJAL CONVENTION: Among several resolutions similar conservation objectives;
adopted at the National Fisheries Institute 13th Annual Con-
vention held in San Francisco, April 19-23, 1958, was the “NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the NATION-
following which is of considerable interest to the fishery AL FISHERIES INSTITUTE at its 13th Annual Convention in
and allied industries. San Francisco, California, on April 23, 1958, that:
Resolution No. One - Policy on The Conservation of | ‘'(1) The policy of the National Fisheries“nstitute is to do
Natural Resources: ‘‘'WHEREAS, the effective conserva- everything it can to foster the conservation and wise
tion of natural resources is essential for the well being | use of the natural resources of the United States, par-
of the commercial fishing industry; and ticularly the fishery resource itself, and the water and
related land needed to support the fishery resource
‘“‘WHEREAS, the demands of the Nation’s growing pop- ' and the wildlife resource of the Nation; and
ulation on natural resources have resulted in tremendous
competition for water and associated land resources a- ““(2) The National Fisheries Institute declares the harmony

mong the various segments of our economy, threatening
the destruction of the quality and the reduction in quantity
of much of the waters and lands needed as habitats for sound conservation of water and land with the objec-
fishery resources, and closely related wildlife resources; tive, among others, of preserving and improving habi-
and tat for the fish and wildlife resources of the United
States; and

of its conservation objectives with those of other
similar organizations who are working to advance

‘‘WHEREAS, the wise use and conservation of water and

soil is a ‘must’ if fishery resources and wildlife resources ‘*(3) The Institute desires to cooperate with other organi-
are to survive to support the commercial and recreational zations in the development and support of conserva-
industries which depend on those resources; and tion legislation and conservation programs at both the
& National and State levels which are in accord with this
‘‘WHEREAS, the National Fisheries Institute, as repre- conservation policy statement.’’

sentative of the Nation’s commercial fisheries industry, is

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

HARD-SHELL AND SURF CLAM EXPLORATION BY M/V ''SUNAPEE:" The
M/V Sunapee, under charter to the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, began
operations on June 2, 1958, to conduct a survey of Nantucket Sound and adjacent wa-
ters for the purpose of evaluating the commercial potential of hard-shell and surf
clams, as recommended by the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission.

The first month of exploration was hampered by unusually bad weather, limiting
operations to 68 tows in the Nantucket Sound area; only 5 tows showed commercial
concentrations. There were 4 tows of one-hour duration made 13 miles SE. = S.
from Tuckernuck Shoal Buoy in 36-41 feet of water on a mixture of mud and sand.
These 4 tows yielded an average catch of 7-8 bushels (85 pounds shell to the bushel)
of hard clams (Venus mercenaria) with a meat yield of about 8.5 pounds per bushel.

The other area having a significant commercial concentration was located 1%
miles SW. and S. from Great Point, Nantucket Island, in 41 feet of water. The bot-
tom was a mixture of mud, sand, and slipper shell. In a 20-minute tow, 11 bushels
of hard-shell clams were dredged. The remainder of the area surveyed showed
nothing of commercial value. The Great Point area, which showed the best yields,
lies within the boundaries governed by the Town of Nantucket. There have been no

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

indications of new spat being set in the area, and determinations, so far, showed
that the hard-shell clams taken to date are from the 15-20 year-class.

Observations made of the gear showed that winds of over 15-18 miles and strong
tides affect the dredging unfavorably, making it impossible to fish under those con-
ditions. It was planned to continue exploration through August, and it was expected
that with better weather, the number of stations occupied during July would be in-
creased.

kk ok Ok Ok

HARD-SHELL AND SURF CLAM EXPLORATIONS CONTINUED (M/V Sunapee):
The Nantucket Sound phase of a jet-dredging survey for hard clams (Venus mercen-
aria) was completed on August 1, 1958, by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies chartered vessel Sunapee. The survey was conducted on a grid basis by locating
stations one mile apart on an east-west line and one-half mile on a north-south line.

There were two phases of the survey.

The first phase was conducted during July south of 41°25'N, latitude, bounded
by Nantucket Island on the east and Cape Poge, Martha's Vineyard, on the west. A
total of 86 stations were completed in this area with only 6 having indications of
commercial value. Of these 6 stations, one was northeast of Edgartown with a depth
of 36 feet on a mixture of mud and sand; four were 14-2 miles to the south and east
of Tuckernuck Shoal Buoy on a mixture of mud and sand; and the other one was 2
miles SSW. from Great Point, in 41 feet of water on a brown sand bottom. The
Great Point and Edgartown tows were within the township areas. A total of 76 bush-
els of hard clams were taken in these areas. Meat-yield tests showed 50 pounds of
shell to 4 pounds 14 ounces of meat to be the average for the area. Surface water
temperatures showed a high of 67 F. and alow of 62 F. Tests were made for
clams of smaller than commercial size, without success.

During the second phase, a total of 300 stations were covered of which 107 could
not be fished que to rough bottom conditions. Operatigns were conducted in the area
bounded by 70 04' W. - 70 38'38"' W. longitude and 41 25'N. - 41 31'38" N. latitude.
The entire channel from Vineyard Sound to Pollock Rip was found to be unfit for jet-
dredging operations because of strong tides, rocks, and sand ridges. The bottom
from Bishops and Clerks, west to Wreck Shoal Buoy 16, was found to be composed
primarily of sand and rocks. The Succonesset area to Nobska Point was also rocky. .
From Horseshoe Shoal on the east, including L'Hommedieu Shoal, to Bell Buoy 18
on the west, strong tides, rocks, and sand ridges made this area also unfit for fish-
ing. Where it was possible to tow, no indications of hard clams were found.

The only area that showed a commercial potential during operations of the sec-
ond phase, was 13 miles NNW., 4 miles NNE., and 3 miles ENE. from Half Moon
Shoal buoy on a bottom of mud and sand in depths of 31-50 feet of water. Meat-
yield tests, conducted from several stations, showed 40 pounds of shell to 63 pounds
of meat. Small clams were sought, but, as in the other area, none were found. Ac-
cording to all indications, the hard clams caught were from the same set of a few
years ago.

The survey will continue on August 4, 1958, in the area south of Martha's Vine-
yard and Nantucket Island. The purpose will be to explore this area for concentra-
tions of surf clams and to evaluate their commercial potential. A final progress
report, covering this phase of the project, will be published after the completion of
the Sunapee charter on August 30, 1958.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

TUNA FISHING EXPLORATIONS CONTINUED IN WESTERN NORTH ATLANTIC
(M/V Delaware Cruises 58-3 and 58-4): Significant concentrations of yellowfin tuna
(Thunnus albacares) and big-eyed tuna (Thunnus obesus) were found during the sec-
ond tuna long-line exploratory cruise of the 1958 season made by the U. S. Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries exploratory fishing vessel Delaware, July 8-August 4.

The cruise covered 19 stations in an
area ranging from south and east of
Georges Bank, west to off the coast of

Virginia and east to the Bermuda area. r

As in previous cruises, the most fs
productive area was south of Georges 2
Bank. Three of the stations in this area 4 aN
produced by weight, 65.2 percent of all ft
yellowfin tuna and 41.8 percent of the : \

total quantity of fish landed during this
cruise. Two of the stations were lo-
cated north of the mean axis of the Gulf
Stream and the other station was located
to the south, The surface water tem-
perature was 75.0 -79.5 F. Yellowfin
tuna were taken at all of the 19 stations,
except that for 5 stations the surface
water temperatures were 70.5 -83.0 F.
The largest numbers of fish occurred in
temperatures between 75.0 F. and

198) 12"

The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries exploratory fishing ves-
sel Delaware.

All of the bluefin tuna (Thunnus thyn-
nus) caught on this cruise were taken at 2 stations. Both of these stations were lo-
cated south of Georges Bank along the 1,000-fathom line. Surface water tempera-
tures were 60.0 F. and 64.0 F., respectively. The presence of bluefin in this
temperature range closely agrees with the findings of previous cruises. The ag-
gregate weight of bluefin was
| 1,030 pounds, asmall amount
|

in contrast to the large quan-
tities previously taken at the
same locations during other
months of the year. This may
<0 be due to the inshore move-
ment of bluefin tuna during
this season.

- Long-line station.
- Vessel track
~ Mean position,
~ - Axis of Gulf Stream.
———4]

|
| | The same stations that
| yielded bluefin also produced
2,950 pounds of big-eyed tuna.
| This is a heavier concentra-
| tion than previously encoun-
tered and may represent the

vanguard of the big-eyed pop-

—__— ulation during the seasonal
M/V Delaware cruise 58-3 (July 8-August 4, 1958). movement.

The first blackfin tuna (Thunnus atlanticus) caught during the North Atlantic
offshore explorations was at a station located ESE. of Cape Hatteras. A second
specimen was found in the stomach of a large blue marlin taken at the same station.
The surface water temperature was 83.0 F.

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

At 7 stations, 15 albacore tuna (Thunnus alalunga), having an aggregate weight
of 750 pounds, were taken as singles except for 3 stations which yielded 4, 5, and
2 fish respectively. The surface water temperatures at these three stations were
16,9". 12, G4,0- 125, clave 74.00 F., respectively. guhe temperatures, at the other four
stations were all below 77.0 KF. and above 69.0 F., except for 1 station which had
a temperature of 83.0 F.

Incidental species taken during the long-line operations consisted of 7 blue
marlin (Makaira ampla) 17 white marlin (Makaira albida), 19 blue sharks (Prionace
lauca), 6 white tip sharks (Pterolaminopa longimanus), 16 lancetfish (Alepisarus
ferox), 4 wahoo (Acanthocybium petus), 6 dolphin (Coryphaena hippurus), 1 skipjack
bonito (Euthynnus pelamis), I opah (Lampris regius), 2 silk sharks (Eulamia floridan),
1 swordfish (Xiphias gladius).

Commercial-type long-line gear of nylon construction was used at all stations.
On the first ten stations, frozen herring (Clupea harengus) was used exclusively for
bait. The common butterfish (Poronotus triacanthus) was used on one station. At
8 stations both butterfish and herring were used with no appreciable difference in
results.

After completion of fishing on the first 10 stations, 750 pounds of tuna were un-
loaded in Norfolk, Va., for shipment to the Washington, D. C., area.

In cooperation with the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution and Virginia Fish-
eries Laboratory, bathythermograph casts were made and surface temperatures
and other oceanographic data, morphometric data, and biological material were
taken. Night lighting was conducted at each station.

The Delaware was scheduled to depart from East Boston on August 25, 1958,
for a combined 5-day safety and gear research cruise in the Gulf of Maine, Georges
Bank area.

New equipment to be tested includes an improved type winch head for use in
hooking up the trawl wires, a pilothouse-operated control for emergency main engine
stops, a distance reception test of an aluminum radar target, and a new plastic -type
trawl float. Also distances to be covered over the bottom during trawling tows, em-
ploying standard #41 otter trawl, will be accurately measured over a buoyed course
in the South Channel-Western Georges Bank area.

During this cruise a special lookout will be maintained for schools of small
bluefin tuna and if they are sighted, advice on their position will be given the com-

mercial fishing industry.

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

SCALLOPS TAGGED AND LENGTH-FREQUENCY SAMPLES COLLECTED
(M/V Albatross III Cruise 113): The U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries re-
search vessel Albatross III (June 19-26, 1958) collected length-frequency samples
and tagged sea scallops on Georges Bank, and took 345 underwater photographs of
the bottom at 7 different locations.

Fifty-six scallop dredge hauls were made for length-frequency and length-
weight data; and 7,654 scallops were tagged and dropped on 13 different locations.
A bathythermograph section was taken from Great Round Shoal along the southern
edge of Georges Bank to the Southeast Part and up to the Northeast Peak.

Ok ok ok ok

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

WHITING TAGGED AND LENGTH FREQUENCY SAMPLES COLLECTED (M/V
Albatross III Cruise 114): Fifty-eight tows were made on Georges Bank and along
the inshore waters of the New England coast to collect whiting (silver hake) for
tagging. Bathythermographs were taken regularly after each tow during this cruise
of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel Albatross III (com-
pleted July 16, 1958). Br

A total of 2,500 whiting were tagged and released in 6 different locations, in-
cluding Cultivator Shoals, Ipswich Bay, Cape Cod Bay, offshore Cape Cod, and SE.
No Mans. An additional 1,200 fish were measured, and haddock and yellowtail floun-
der samples were brought back to the laboratory for detailed study.

He OK OK OK 3K

HADDOCK FISHERY FUTURE TO BE ASSESSED BY M/V "ALBATROSS III:"
So as to obtain critical information on the abundance of baby haddock upon which the
success of the commercial fishery will depend in the next few years, the U. S. Bu-
reau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel Albatross III in August was pre-
paring for an extended fall cruise. rane
Catches of haddock since June have
fallen off sharply due to a scarcity of
young fish. The Albatross III cruises
will attempt to measure the extent of
this scarcity.

The stocks of Georges Bank had- ,
dock have been fished down to the point
where the catches depend upon large
numbers of comparatively small fish.
Before 1950, the landings of large had-
dock (over 2.5 pounds) always exceeded
the landings of scrod haddock (less than
2.5 pounds). Since 1950, scrod has ex-
ceeded large in the landings.

In terms of age, the fishery was
once supported in large part by fish
5-9 years old, but in recent years 2-
to 4-year-old fish have dominated the
catches. The depletion of large fish
has placed the fishery in a precarious
position. Since 1950 a continual supply
of small fish has been required to main-
tain the catches. Since haddock broods are frequently failures, the abundance of
the precommercial sizes has been of extreme interest to the fishing industry.

Service's research vessel M/V Albatross III.

Fortunately, since 1950, there have been some extraordinarily large year broods
so that the catches have been well maintained, although composed of smaller fish
than in former years. The alternate year broods: 1948, 1950, 1952, and 1954 have
been large ones. The intervening year broods have been failures. It has been re-
alized for many years that two failures in succession would spell poor fishing for
a year at least.

There are now indications that such a condition has occurred. The first reli-
able measure of the abundance of an incoming brood or year class is obtained when
the fish are two years old. If the brood is a large one they begin showing up in the
commercial landings as small scrod in June and July of their second year of life.

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Last year these small scrod failed to appear which means that the 1955 year-
class is a small one. This is in keeping with the alternation that has occurred in
recent years. If the alternation continues, the 1956 year-class should be a big one.
However, evidence is now appearing that this is not so. It is already late August
and the small scrod are not being landed in quantity. This has had a serious effect
on the landings during these summer months. For the period July 1 to August 15
Boston landings of haddock dropped from 14 million pounds in 1957 to 10 million
pounds in 1958, The abundance of fish is expressed by the average catch per trip.
This index dropped from 82,000 pounds in 1957 to 55,000 pounds in 1958 for the a-
bove period.

There is one possible hope for the immediate future. The 1956 year-class may
simply be abnormally late in arriving. If it appears in September, all will be well
for another year or two. If it does not appear, if this year-class is a failure, the
abundance of commercial sizes of haddock on Georges Bank will be abnormally low
for at least a year to come.

In this case interest turns to the next two year-classes that are present on the
banks, the one-year-olds, spawned last year, and the young-of-the-year which were
spawned in March of this year and which are just now settling to the bottom to take
up their permanent habit as bottom feeders. The abundance of these two year-
classes is of the greatest importance to the haddock fishery during the next few
years.

Fish of last year's spawn are due to enter the fishery next year. Albatross III
cruises of last year failed to turn up many of these fish. They are not expected fo
contribute much to the fishery. This scarcity focuses even greater attention on the
brood to follow, namely, the current one of 1958.

There are signs that this current year brood is a large one. Fish of about four
inches long have been reported in cod and pollock stomachs in large numbers, usu-
ally a sure sign of a big brood. In July when the Albatross III was fishing at mid -
depth for ocean perch fry she encountered numerous young haddock where few had
been found last year.

The fall cruises will give us a better estimate of the abundance of this critical
year-class as well as additional information on the abundance of the one-year-olds.
The vessel will survey the entire area of Georges Bank at all depths where small
fish occur. She was scheduled to leave on September 22, when all of the new year-
class is expected to have reached the bottom, and will work until October 24. The
results of her survey will be announced upon her return.

y kok ok Kk

HADDOCK SAMPLES COLLECTED FOR ECOLOGICAL STUDIES (M/V Silver
Mink): During a one-day cruise (June 8, 1958), the U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries chartered vessel Silver Mink made observations and collected data for
the haddock ecology study. The area covered by the cruise included the Highland
Grounds north-northeast of Cape Cod Light in 29-32 fathoms. The area fished was
5 mile wide (east to west) and 53 miles long (north to south). Three tows were
made with an otter trawl having a 13 inch mesh cod end. One bathythermograph
lowering was made. All species were identified and enumerated in one sample tow
and the important species were measured. A sample of dabs was collected for age
and growth studies.

A total of 4,628 haddock were caught from which a sample of 1,064 were meas-
ured and scale samples were obtained from 91 male, 86 female, and 10 unsexed
haddock. A total of 91 haddock was tagged.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

In a sample of 48 male and 50 female haddock, fish weight, liver weight, gonad
weight and state of development, and drumming muscle length, weight and color
were recorded. Scales, fin rays, and stomach contents were collected.

Haddock were most abundant in the catch, with over 75 percent of them one-
year-olds; ocean pout, longhorn sculpin, and whiting were next in order of abundance,

About 5 percent of the mature female haddock examined had running ripe eggs
in the ovaries; the rest were completely spawned out. A few female whiting were
observed with ripening ovaries.

wk ok kek

HADDOCK ECOLOGY STUDIES CONTINUED (M/V Shirley and Roland): Ob-
servations and the collection of data for the haddock ecology study were conducted
by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries chartered vessel Shirley and Roland
during two cruises--on July 12 and August 9, 1958--in an area NNE. of Cape Cod
Light, Mass.

During the July 12 cruise, two tows were made in depths of 56-58 fathoms, with
an otter trawl having a 13-inch mesh cod-end liner. The area fished was 4 miles
wide (east to west) and 15 miles long (north to south). The first tow was aborted
when it hung up after 5 minutes of towing. The second tow was one hour long but
the net was badly torn when hauled back and very few fish were retained in the cod
end. One bathythermograph lowering was made. No haddock were obtained for the
purposes of the ecology study and, because of the extensive damage to the net, the
cruise was terminated.

The August 9 cruise was conducted in depths of 32-59 fathoms. Five tows were
made with an otter trawl having a 13-inch mesh cod-end liner. The area fished was
5 miles wide (east to west) and 43 macs long (north to south). A total of 95 haddock
were caught and measured.

In a sample of 30 male and 23 female haddock, fish weight, liver weight, gonad
weight and state of development, and drumming muscle length, weight, and color
were recorded. Also, scales, fin rays, and stomach contents were collected. No
haddock were tagged, because of the high mortality of the fish in the holding tank
on deck. A strong thermocline occurred at this station and it is presumed the fish
died from the shock of the rapid temperature change to which they were subjected
during haulback of the net.

All species were identified and enumerated in one sample tow and the impor-
tant species were measured. Red hake were most abundant in the catch. Next in
order of abundance were whiting, dabs, and skates. Haddock were extremely scarce.
Some whiting and red hake with ripe ovaries were observed.

A sample of dabs was collected for age and growth studies. Two bathythermo-
graph lowerings were made.

OK Kk

LIFE HISTORY STUDIES OF INDUSTRIAL FISH AND SCALLOPS (M/V_ Jac-
quelyn Cruise July 18): During a one-day cruise (July 18, 1958), the U. S. Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries chartered vessel Jacquelyn collected samples at the regu-
lar fishing and scallop stations off Block Island. Length frequencies were taken of
many species of fish. Samples of scallops, butterfish, and yellowtail were brought
back to the Bureau's Woods Hole Laboratory for study. There was a marked de-
crease in numbers of eelpouts (Macrozoarces anguillaris). Fluke have also moved
off stations in shoaler water.

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

LIFE HISTORY STUDIES OF FISH AND SCALLOPS (M/V Jacquelyn Cruise Au-
gust 18): Selected fish and scallop stations off Block Island were sampled on Au-
gust 18 during a cruise by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries chartered ves-
sel Jacquelyn, operating out of Point Judith, R. I. Collections were made of scal-
lops and other invertebrates.

Samples of scallops, red hake, yellowtail, butterfish, scup, blackback, and fluke
were brought back to Woods Hole for study. Two dozen live gravid scallops were

brought back for experimentation.

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

SHRIMP AND SCALLOP SURVEY STARTED IN ALASKA (M/V John N. Cobb
Cruise 39): An 8-week exploratory shrimp cruise in Alaska by the U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries vessel John N. Cobb was scheduled to begin on July 14, 1958.
ie Explorations were to be conduct-
ed in the waters adjacent to Ko-
diak Island and in lower Cook In-
let. From Seattle, the vessel was
to proceed to Seldovia on Kenai
Peninsula and commence fishing
activities in nearby waters. Work
was to extend from this area to
northeastern Kodiak Island.

Objectives of the investiga-
tions will be to determine the
distribution, abundance, and spe-
cies of shrimp inhabiting this
region. Concurrent with the
shrimp studies, an attempt was
to be made to locate commercial
concentrations of the large Alas-
Service's research vessel M/V John N. Cobb. ka scallop.

The John N. Cobb was to use a variety of gear to carry out the studies: Gulf of
Mexico flat and semi-balloon trawls, beam trawls, traps, and a scallop dredge.

The adoption and success of the shrimp peeling machine on the west coast of
the United States has developed renewed interest as to the possibilities of develop-
ing a large shrimp fishery in the bays and ocean waters off Alaska. Several shrimp-
peeling machines are now in operation in Alaska and more will be put into use this

a

Oysters
USE OF PLASTICS FOR COLLECTING OYSTER SET: One of the problems

difficulty of obtaining sufficient quantities of oyster shells to be planted as cultch.
The Milford (Conn.) Marine Biological Laboratory of the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries realized the existence of this problem and experimented with differ-
ent materials that could be used as set collectors. The qualities that were sought
in these materials were lack of toxicity to oyster larvae and spat, low cost, ease of
handling, and versatile usage.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

Early experiments conducted during the war and soon after, used some of the
plastics available at that time and also materials used in insulating buildings. A-
bout 1950 the first efforts were made, under laboratory conditions, to secure oys-
ter set on plastic films and screens. Most of these experiments were not too suc-
cessful because the materials used were probably toxic enough to repel the larvae
or cause their mortality. Nevertheless, the idea of using plastics continued to ap-
peal to us and, eventually, in a series of lab-
oratory experiments we found that several
plastics, especially the polyethylenes, were
fully suitable for the attachment of oyster
larvae and, apparently, normal growth of
young spat. Collectors made of the same
material and placed in natural waters also
caught set. Oysters attached to polyethylene
collectors have been demonstrated at several
meetings of biologists during the last few years.

Work on the development of various types
of plastic collectors is being continued at our
laboratory. We visualize collectors of various
shapes and sizes adaptable to different sets of
conditions. For example, in deep open waters,
such as Long Island Sound, collectors resem-
bling a spiral, three or four feet in diameter,
perhaps several hundred feet long and anchor- ;
ed at the ends, may be used. Large areas of oyster se tion Piet oma renale sho bord Marine
such collectors would not be touching bottom, am Barut
a condition which will protect the recently set oysters from silting and, at the same
time, from some of their enemies. These collectors will not interfere with naviga-
tion, and because of the depth they may be relatively safe during storms.

Jn ponds or well-protected bodies of water, sheets or strips of plastic of re-
quired thicknesses will hang vertically, utilizing, if necessary, the entire stratum
of the water in which setting of oyster larvae is possible. The collectors may be
suspended from regular floats, or so manufactured that their upper portions will
contain large numbers of air bubbles acting like floats, while the bottom will be
weighted down by some heavy material, such as sand. These two devices can main-
tain the plastic sheet collectors in a vertical position and, at the same time, off the
bottom so as to protect the recently-set oysters from such enemies as starfish,
drills, crabs, etc.

Before the ideal type of plastic collector is developed many improvements are
needed. At present, we find that the surfaces of most polyethylene films are too
smooth and this condition causes the oyster set to peel off the collectors as soon as
it reaches the size of +-inch or somewhat larger. By making the surfaces coarser
or incorporating in them, if possible, material like sand or fine particles of oyster
shells, attachment of spat to the collectors may be more secure.

Another important aspect in the development of collectors is to incorporate in
them or adsorb to their surface certain chemical compounds that will repel some
undesirable aquatic forms, such as mussels, barnacles, tunicates, etc., thus pre-
venting fouling. The same principle may also help to repel some of the predators,
such as worms of the genus Stylochus, which usually set at the same time as oys-
ters and soon begin to attack them. Some progress has already been made in this
direction.

The cost of plastic collectors, per foot of the surfaces available for setting of
oysters, may compare favorably with that of oyster shells. Some of the plastic
films found by us suitable for the collection of set are sold for about one cent per

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

square foot if bought in large quantities.

Vol. 20, No. 9

Considering that both sides of this material

will be used in getting set, the actual cost will be less than one cent per square foot

of collecting surface.

--V. L. Loosanoff, Director,
Marine Biological Laboratory,
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Milford, Conn.

He OK OK OK OK

SPRING FRESHETS KILLED VIRGINIA'S JAMES RIVER SEED: Substantial kills

usually heavy freshets this spring, according to a report by an oyster biologist of
the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory made to oystermen attending the 50th Annual Con-
vention of the Oyster Growers and Dealers Association and the Oyster Institute of
North America in Baltimore, Md., July 20-24, 1958.

"About 90 percent of the oysters on Deepwater Shoal, the uppermost bar in the
James, were killed,"' the biologist reported. On other bars in the upper seed area,
about 30 percent died. Fortunately, bars lower down, like Wreck Shoal, were not
affected. Effects of these kills will be noted by tongers when the seed-oyster sea-

son opens in October.

Oysters brought to the Virginia Laboratory from the affected area and placed
in running fresh water began dying after 17 days, but some remained alive 62 days.
It is not known how long they had been subjected to fresh water before they were placed
in running water. Laboratory scientists have determined that oysters which are grad-
ually subjected to fresh water are able to survive better than those suddenly flooded.

ok kk

INDUSTRY PROBLEMS SUBJECT OF REMARKS AT OYSTER INSTITUTE OF

of the Interior Ross Leffler before the Oyster Institute of North America at Balti-

more, Md., on July 21, 1958, follow:

ut . Like many other fisheries today, you are

faced with problems. Some of the problems are
the result of man's doings. Had we had the techni-
cal know-how of today during the developmental peri-
ods of our Nation's growth, perhaps our situation
would be different.

"But we didn't have that know-how and now we
have problems. To many of us the magnitude of
these trouble areas seems overwhelming. But,
gentlemen, I am confident that there are none which
we can't lick by working together. If we can join
our forces--the industry, the States, and the Fed-
eral GOvernment--in a well-organized team, I see
no reason why the oyster industry will not assume
its rightful place in our fisheries economy. To
me, it looks like a bright future because we al-
ready have launched the kind of apartnership effort
which is necessary. I am also encouraged by the
commendable attitude of the oyster industry. In
the face of all the difficulties being encountered, the
industry is not sitting on its hands waiting for its
problems to be solved but is striving on its own to
get the answers. We're happy to be partners with
that kind of courageous fighters.

"Let us quickly review the industry's problems--
the age-old predator problem is still with us, the

problems of man-made influences, changing envi-
ronment, pollution--and increased production costs
are also with us.

"The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries is keenly
aware of your problems and is forging ahead as
fast as time and funds permit to help lick your
problems. But, we are primarily afact-finding or-
ganization, an organization which can help you
through your industry and State agencies to meet
the problems head-on.

"TI know from an on-the-spot investigation that
the Long Island Sound situation is bad. With star-
fish increasing some ten times in a single year and
ruining up to 90 percent of the oyster cropinsome
beds, you oystermen are no doubt having a rough time
of it. Incidentally, you should be commended on
the fine efforts you have been putting forth to con-
trol these predators on the private oyster grounds.
Unfortunately, starfish flourish on natural bottoms
as well as on your managed grounds.

"Under ordinary conditions, the common control
methods can do the job. But the present problem
is so great that these methods can't dothe job, par-
ticularly when no control is applied to the public
beds. As you know, legislation has been introduc-

September 1958

ed which authorizes funds with which to carry out
an extensive emergency starfish eradication pro-
gram, This program would not only protect the
market oysters but would also protect the extensive
seed beds so vital to production in New York, Con-
necticut, Massachusetts and Rhode Island.

"Of course you want to know what we are doing
on this and other problems. With Saltonstall-Ken-
nedy funds, our researchers are engagedinan ex-
tensive search for better predator control methods,
Our people are screening hundreds of chemicals
to see if any might be useful as selective poisons
for starfish. As most of you know, we have had
great success in the Great Lakes with selective
poisons for sea lamprey. We feel that this chem-
ical program is going to provide us withavery val-
uable tool to solve many fisheries problems.

"T would like now to mention also what we are
doing in the way of research on that other common
predator, the oyster drill. Mostof youare aware
that the copper barrier studies have been success-
ful. Our biologists are now actively developing
low portable fences containing copper and testing
them under natural field conditions so that they can
recommend to you the most efficient and economi-
cal types. We feelthis advancement in our knowl-
edge of drill control is a large step forward.

"Also we have contracted with several univer-
sities, State fishery laboratories, and other organ-
izations for research into special studies on shell-
fish problems, I am pleased to report that all of
our contract work is coming along exceedingly well
and the results we hope can be applied in the very
near future to achieve more efficient predator con-
trol and better oyster production.

"We are particularly proud of the work whichis
being accomplished at our Shellfish Laboratory at
Milford, Conn. Our researchers there are attack-
ing the problem of increasing the production of
seed oysters, The shortage of seed oysters from
Chesapeake Bay northward is, as I understand it,
one of your most serious problems and has been
since around 1945. The biologists at the Milford
Laboratory have already developed the basic tech-
niques of artificial propagation of seed oysters,

At the present time they are directing their efforts
to making these methods commercially applicable.
We feel confident that through artificial propaga-
tion we will also be able to selectively breed the
most desirable oysters so that the industry can
eventually produce nothing but a top-quality product,

"The destruction of seed beds inrecent years by
environmental changes from industrialization fill-
ing, dredging, and pollution has beenavery serious
problem. For that reason, I'm convinced we are
striking right at the heart of our difficulties when
we expand our efforts torestore the seedbeds. You

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

55

will reap real benefits when those efforts begin to
pay off.

"As another assistance to your industry, we
have recently sent personnel to Europe and Japan
to study their methods of oyster and fish farming.
We will make those findings available to you at an
early date.

"IT am sure also that all of you here will be very
pleased to know that the Interior Appropriations

Oyster drills attacking mussels.

Bill provides money for the construction of a new
shellfish laboratory in the Chesapeake Bay area.
Our people are now investigating possible sites and
we will shortly select a location so that the con-
struction can get under way assoonas possible. We
anticipate the construction of this laboratory will
provide a place for expansion of'shellfish research
so that we will be in a better positiontotackle the
problems of the industry.

". , . We are all aware of the continued prob-
lems you encounter in terms of the amounts of
"free liquor" in your product and of the large vari-
ations in its total solids content, Our technologists
have studied these problems and only last year their
expert testimony was requested on these matters
inaFederalcourtcase. Weare presently engaged in
developing plans for a three-way study of these prob-
lems, plans in which industry, the Department and the
Food and Drug Administration will cooperate. Iam
sure that this willbe a fruitful approach.

In recent years, much study has been given to the
well-known problems encountered when one wishes to
market southern oysters inany but thefreshform. We
haven't the whole solution, as yet, but enough is now
known to justify continuation of the work in our Service
laboratories onasemicommercialbasis. We are
certain that shortly you willbe able to market these
oysters in many other forms than those to which you
have been accustomed and which have served to re-
strict the growth of your industry. . at

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

ANNUAL REPORT FOR FISCAL YEAR 1958: During the year (July 1, 1957-
June 30, 1958) and the preceding fiscal year the program of the Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries Tacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations (FOFI) has been in transition,
from the exploration of high-seas fishery resources of the United States territories
and island possessions in the tropical and subtropical Pacific Ocean to increasing
the efficiency of utilization of these resources.

Increasing the efficiency of utilization may conveniently be considered in three
aspects, which are: (1) the nature of the resource, its magnitude, size composition,
and relation to stocks of the same species in adjacent areas; (2) the seasonal move-
ments and migration in relation to oceanographic features of the environment; and
(3) reactions of the fish to gear and related circumstances accompanying fishing op-
erations. A knowledge of the first is a prerequisite for properly evaluating a fish-
ery resource in terms of its commercial worth. A knowledge of the second is needed
for predicting the location of schools of fish and so enable the fisherman to find ex-

peditiously areas of commercial abundance of fish. A knowledge of the third would
seem to be essential for any increase in the efficiency of the means of capturing

fish and of improving fishing appliances.

The immediate subjects of research were concerned, however, with the sur-
face tuna of northeastern French Oceania (Marquesas Islands), skipjack tuna in the

Hawaiian waters, and the albacore of the northeastern Pacific.

The investigation of

the tuna in each of these areas represented, in one or more aspects, an attempt to
reach the goals previously mentioned. Several supporting projects which relate not
solely to one of the three research subjects listed are described separately, since
in one form or another they contributed to all.

Equatorial Tuna Program: During September 1956,
POF initiated a survey program primarily planned
to determine the geographical and temporal varia-
tions in abundance of the tuna, particularly the sur-
face schools of skipjack, in the waters of northeast-
ern French Oceania. Various oceanographic and
biological observations were included. This pro-
gram, consisting of 9 cruises to the waters sur-
rounding the Marquesas Islands, was completed on
June 23, 1958, with the return of the research ves-
sel Hugh M. Smith to Honolulu. Analyses of the
resulting data are presently under way witha sched-
uled completion date of June 1958. A preliminary
review of these analyses reveals:

1. The abundance of the surface tuna schools
reaches its peak during January-March, the Mar-
quesan (southern hemisphere) summer. A stand-
ardized "'inshore'' survey path around the Marque-
sas Islands at an average distance of approximate-
ly 15 miles from land, was followed at least once
each cruise for a total of 9 such surveys. An "off-
shore'' survey pattern, extending 225 miles sea-
ward, was included in the program commencing
with the November 1957 cruise. The rate of sight-
ings of the surface schools for each survey is
shown in table 1.

A study of the locale of the surface school sight-
ings expressed in table 1 hasnot revealed any areas
along either the inshore or offshore paths wherein
concentrations of schools consistently occurred.
Most of the surface tuna schools sighted were skip-
jack. Some yellowfin, which were usually found
mixed in the schools with the skipjack, were caught.
The general behavior of the tuna schools in the
Marquesas area can be described as ''wild'' and
fast-moving. The biting response to live-bait fish-

ing techniques was not particularly favorable. Of
1,146 skipjack measured, 88 percent were under

10 pounds, with most 4-6 pounds. Somewhat fur-
ther south, in the waters surrounding the Tuamo-
tus, larger fish were relatively more abundant with

Table 1 - Rate of Sightings of Surface Tuna Schools off the

ae Marquesas Islands
Survey | Sighting Rate Per

No. DENS ose Run
Inshore

1 September 7-14, 1956 0.7

2 January 25-30, 1957 1.8

3 February 23-29, 1957 1.7

4 October 14-21, 1957 0.6

S November 24-30, 1957 0.8

6 January 18-25, 1958 1.3

a February 27-March 5, 1958 1.8

8 April 11-19, 1958 1.0

9 | June 1-10, 1958 1.2
Offshore

i October 24-December 6, 1957 0.3

2 January 28-February 11, 1958 0.8

3 March 26-April 8, 1958 0.6

4 May 15 -29, 1958 0.6 sul

skipjack over 10 pounds in weight comprising 43
percent of the samples. The biting response of the
schools encountered during surveys in the Tuamo-
tus was much more favorable than for those near
the Marquesas.

A total of 4,461 skipjack and yellowfin were
tagged using the POFI D-2 dart tag. To date, there
have been no reported recoveries of these tagged
fish. The lack of recoveries of these tagged Mar-
quesan tuna is of interest when compared to the
recoveries of tagged tuna in Hawaiian waters, where
about 9 percent of all tagged fish have been recov-
ered. The lack of recoveries in the Marquesas is
of little significance, but the failure to make re-
coveries in other fisheries is, for it suggests the

September 1958

"Marquesan population" is not being fished at pres-
ent and thus represents an unutilized resource.

2. The bait used for live-bait fishing in the wa-
ters of French Oceania was the Marquesan sardine
(Harengula vittata). In various bays of the Marque-
sas Islands, the availability of these fish to baiting
techniques showed considerable variability. Ecol-
ogical and biological observations accompanied each
baiting operation. The results to date suggest that
the supply of these sardines, at least in the shallow-
er areas of the bays, are inadequate to support live-
bait fishing by a tuna clipper on a commercial scale.

3. Preliminary results from three of the sup-
porting biological studies--skipjack gonad, tuna
larvae, and tuna food--are available. The mean
diameters of the most advanced group of eggs from
skipjack ovaries collected in Marquesan waters
ranged from 0.37 mm. to 0.74 mm. Over 90 per-
cent of the Marquesan skipjack examined had ov-
aries in which the most advanced group of eggs had
mean diameters greater than 0.5 mm.

Although only one fully ripe skipjack has been
caught, the distribution of larvae caught in plank-
ton tows suggest rather extensive spawning in the
area. For example, on an offshore survey conduct-
ed during the October-December cruise of the re-
search vessel Charles H. Gilbert, the numbers of
skipjack larvae taken (a mean of 2.0 larvae under
a 10 m®@ area of sea surface in both the offshore and

inshore sectors) indicate, on the average, that these |

larvae were distributed homogeneously throughout
the area of the survey. The sightings of bird flocks
and tuna schools, on the contrary, were much more
frequent in the immediate vicinity of the Marque-
sas than farther offshore, with a tuna school sight-
ing rate per 10-mile run of 0.5 along the inshore
sector and 0.1 along the outer.

To date, stomachs from 370 skipjack caught in
Marquesan waters have been examined, revealing
a preponderance of fishes in their diet. Percent-
age occurrences of the various food items were as
follows: fishes 59.9 percent, crustaceans 33.4 per-
cent, molluscs 6.4 percent, and tunicates less than
1 percent. Of the food fishes, 27 families have been
identified and, of these, 19 are primarily families
of inshore or neritic forms.

Mid-Ocean Skipjack Program: THE FISHERY:
An estimated catch of 3 million pounds in the Ha-
waiian skipjack fishery for the first 6 months of
1958 provides little hope of a profitable year for
the industry. During the first 6 months of 1957 the
catch was 3.1 million pounds and the year turned
out to be the poorest (6.1 million pounds for the
calendar year 1957) since 1948 and the war years.

The poor fishing during 1957 and the first half
of 1958 have, however, provided unexpected aid in
relating catch statistics to environmental changes.
The theory that fluctuations in the fishery can be
rationalized on the basis of changes in the environ-
ment has also received strong support from ocean-
Ographic and monitoring investigations.

HAWAIIAN OCEANOGRAPHY IN RELATION TO
THE FISHERY: The work on the atlas of Hawaiian
oceanography, which is essentially a climatic study
of the ocean, has progressed far enough to indicate
that the islands are bathed principally by either

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

jing stations.

57

downstream Kuroshio Current type of water or
downstream California Current type of water. The
former tends to predominate throughout the year
except for the spring and early summer months
when the latter seems to intensify sufficiently to
spread into the high-islands region. In other words,
the Hawaiian Islands are so located that the bound-
ary between these two systems moves northwara
into the islands region in spring and then retreats
southward at the end of summer. The seasonal
migration of this boundary depends upon the rela-

|tive strength of the two systems and at times may

fail to move far enough north to traverse the high-
islands region.

In connection with this work we are studying the
rates of change of temperature at selected monitor-
Certain rates appear to be a charac-
teristic feature of the locality so that deviations
from the ''characteristic'' curves can be interpret-
ed in terms of the environmental processes de-
scribed above. This feature promises to become
an important tool in interpreting data from the co-
operative temperature and salinity sampling pro-
grams described later. In the vicimity of the Ha-
Waiian Islands the boundary between the two sys-
tems is well defined by a relatively sharp salinity
gradient. Thus in addition to the ''characteristic"
temperature curves, the salinity shows promise of
being a very sensitive indicator of environmental
changes.

With this oceanographic picture in mind, it now
appears that the skipjack population is concentrated
in the boundary between the downstream California
Current type of water and the downstream Kuroshio
Current type of water. The indices mentioned show
that the oceanographic system was displaced south-
ward during 1957 and the first 6 months of 1958 so
that the boundary between the two types of water
did not reach the islands. This may provide a ba-
sis for understanding the failure of the Hawaiian
skipjack fishery during these two seasons. Admit-
tedly, an examination of these oceanographic fea-
tures for a series of ''good'' seasons would provide
a better background for interpretation of the rela-
tions between skipjack availability and oceanograph-
ic features.

LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES: An inten-
sive study of seasonal variation in Hawaiian zoo-
plankton was completed. The study showed that if
the island area is considered as a whole there is
little seasonal variation in the amount of zooplank-
ton. If the area is subdivided into windward and
leeward sections, significant variations in amount
and kind of zooplankton are apparent. These dif-
ferences may well relate to seasonal changes in
the flow pattern around Hawaii.

In addition to the environmental studies connect-
ed with the gross seasonal changes of the skipjack
fishery, studies have been undertaken to determine
factors in the environment which may be associated
with local concentrations of fish. During the year
an area in the vicinity of Cape Kaea, Lanai, where
skipjack could be brought to the surface any time
during spring and summer was Studied intensively.
This "concourse" provides an ideal laboratory to
determine the environmental factors which make
the location particularly attractive to skipjack, Ex-
periments to determine the reason for the persist-
ent occurrence of skipjack here are still in progress.

58

Another study has been initiated which is con-
cerned with the influence of environmental factors
on local fluctuations in the availability of skipjack.
This is a study of temperature discontinuities as
possible food-concentrating mechanisms. One such
temperature discontinuity has been persistently
found in the vicinity of the Lanai concourse. Pre-
liminary investigations have shown that the discon-
tinuity may contain 200 percent more fish eggs,
100 percent more fish larvae, and 50 percent more
invertebrate plankton than the waters to either side
of the discontinuity. The preliminary investiga-.
tion also suggests that tidal currents in the vicin-
ity of Lanai are involved in the formation of this
discontinuity.

STUDIES OF MOVEMENTS OF FISH BY TAG-
GING: Tests of the dart-type tag, as a tool for
studying the growth and migration of skipjack, are
almost completed. From 10,360 releases, 1,038
or 10 percent have been recovered. Four long-
term recoveries were obtained in which the skip-
jack had been at liberty for 260 to 282 days. The
average growth of the fish amounted to about 7
pounds, or 0.8 pound per month. All recoveries
were made within the commercial fishing area.
The greatest net distance covered was about 330
miles, from Hilo, Hawaii, to Niihau.

The simplicity of the tag and rapidity of applica-
tion, among other advantages, make tagging opera-
tions so efficient that the use of commercial sam-
pans for this purpose becomes feasible. As a con-
sequence, during the fiscal year, three charters
were undertaken. The first was in September 1957
when 3,200 tagged fish were released in one week.
During May and June 1958, twocommercial sam-
pans were chartered, one for operations in the vi-
cinity of the island of Hawaii and one in the vicin-
ity of the island of Kauai. During a two-week peri-
od one vessel released 2,000 tagged fish and the
other 1,700. It is hoped that the results from these
latter releases will give us some indication of the
direction from which the skipjack population enters
the fishery.

Minor improvements in the tag are still being
made. The latest of these was the replacement of
the barb, which was a short piece of 7¢"' nylon or
lucite rod on ithe D-2 tag, with a new barb molded
out of nylon. This change is not expected to affect
the recovery rate, but may reduce breakages to a
negligible amount during application.

The application of a dart tag is not, apparently,
a particularly disturbing experience to the fish.
On several occasions fish have been recovered im-
mediately after their release while the vessel was
still in the process of fishing and tagging from the
same school. In another instance, a fish caught
twice and tagged twice was captured a third time.

Tuna Behavior: DIRECT OBSERVATION OF
TUNA: The usefulness of direct observations of
tuna in relation to the circumstances affecting
fishing in any program to improve fishing gear
and methods is beyond question. The practicality
of attempting direct visual observation at sea is,
of course, another matter. During the early part
of fiscal year 1958, POFI initiated a program for
studying the behavior of tuna in their natural en-
vironment. A bucket constructed of steel and plas-
tic in which the observer equipped with a breathing

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

device could watch the actions of a school of tuna
during fishing operations was mounted on the re-
search vessel Charles H. Gilbert. Although con-
siderable data were obtained on the behavior of
chum and of the tuna themselves during the direct
observation by the observer, it became apparent
that both still and moving pictures were desirable.
Late in fiscal year 1958, a new bucket was con-
structed in which the observer could both directly
observe and photograph the behavior of tuna with-
out himself being submerged in the water. Several
experiments were designed and successfully brought
off in which a single variable affecting fishing was
modified and the results of such modification clear-
ly observed and documented. The usefulness of
this method of direct observation seems to have
been demonstrated.

RESPONSE OF TUNA TO FISHING GEAR: A
preliminary study of the relation between water
clarity and the efficiency of gill-netting and troll-
ing for albacore was completed. The results
showed that both sampling methods were affected--
trolling in a negative sense and gill-netting in a
positive sense.

VARIATIONS IN THE RESPONSE OF SKIPJACK
TO CHUM: A study of data collected from sampans
fishing skipjack by the live-bait, method and of the
stomach contents of the skipjack caught was com-
pleted with the following results:

Fifty-two percent of the schools chummed yield
ed no fish. The rate at which skipjack are caught
during the fishing of a school increased to a peak
and then decreased with elapsed fishing time. The
percentage of fish in the stomach contents de-
creased with a decrease in skipjack size while the
percentages of molluscs and crustacea increased.
The genera Decapterus and Cubiceps of the famil-
ies Carangidae and Nomeidae, respectively, were
the most important fish in the diet of the skipjack.
The rate of catching large skipjack increased with
distance from land. Fishing duration after the
time of the highest catch rate was negatively cor-
related with the mean volume of the stomach con-
tents. (Fishing of a school lasted longer if the
stomachs were emptier.) Post-peak duration was
also negatively correlated with the stage of diges-
tion of the stomach contents. Skipjack feeding on
fast-swimming fish were caught at a faster rate
and fished for a longer period than those feeding
on slow-Swimming fish. Biting response was not
affected by the time of day or weather conditions.

LARVAL TUNA PROJECTS: These projects
were designed to solve problems in the identifi-
cation and description of the larvae of various
species of tuna and in their quantitative sampling.
For the first mentioned, considerable work was
done on material from the Dana collections, es-
pecially on Auxis and various species of Euthyn-
nus. In an attempt to develop a good quantitative
measure of larval tuna abundance, some 335 plank-
ton samples were sorted for larval fish during the
year. Most tuna larvae were captured between the
surface and 60 meters' depth, with about 20-25
percent of the catch surface and 60 meters! depth,
with about 20-25 percent of the catch between 70
and 130 meters, and practically none between 140
and 200 meters. There were marked day-night
differences in catch at the surface but these be-
came less at greater depths and were not present

September 1958

in the 0-200 meter catches. Diurnal differences
in the catch were attributed to vertical migrations
and to dodging of the net during the day. Some ev-
idence was presented indicating that the 60° F. is-
otherm may be limiting to the occurrence of tuna
larvae. It appeared that the 0-200 meter tow pro-
duced more reliable abundance estimates than
more shallow tows. No significant relation was
found between the number of yellowfin taken by
long line and the number of their larvae captured
by the 0-200 meter plankton tows. Similarly, no
significant relation was obtained between the num-
ber of skipjack schools sighted per 100 hours'
scouting and the number of larvae taken by 0 and
0-60 meter tows.

TUNA SEROLOGY AND PAPER CHROMATOG-
RAPHY: In an attempt to develop metheds which
might enable an identification of larval tuna to be
made without reference to morphological charac-
ters and to distinguish populations of various spe-
cies of tuna when it becomes appropriate to study
this problem, a joint study was begun with Bureau
installations in Seattle on the serology of tuna as a
means of distinguishing species and different popu-
lations of the same species. Numerous blood se-
rum samples were collected from albacore, skip-
jack, yellowfin, little tuna, and dogtooth tuna and
shipped to the Seattle Biological Laboratory. Pre-
liminary tests showed no individual differences
among albacore, but slight to moderate differences
among individual skipjack and yellowfin. In gen-
eral, species separation of adult tuna is quite easi-
ly achieved with serological techniques. A micro-
diffusion technique requiring 0.02 milliliter of
serum was also employed successfully in distin-
guishing species. Initial tests of paper chroma-
tography as a tool for differentiating species of
tuna were conducted late in the year. If success-
ful, it is hoped to employ this technique for the
identification of tuna larvae. No definite report
can be made as yet on the results.

QUANTITATIVE TUNA FORAGE SAMPLING
PROJECT: In order to better understand the rela-
tion of tuna abundance and tuna forage, laboratory
analysis was completed on approximately 288 mid-
water trawl collections taken on 23 cruises, em-
ploying trawls of four types, and the data are be-
ing studied critically. These data were obtained
through the operation of a 6-foot beam trawl, a 1-
meter ring trawl, a 6-foot Isaacs-Kidd trawl, and
a 10-foot Isaacs-Kidd trawl. A Nanaimo-type mid-
water trawl was obtained late in the year and will
be tested on forage organisms next fall.

ARTIFICIAL CULTIVATION OF TUNA BAIT
FISH: The apparent magnitude of the populations
of surface dwelling tunas about island areas in the
tropical Pacific would seem to be beyond the ca-
pacity of available bait-fish supplies to permit ad-
equate levels of exploitation using the live-bait
fishing method for the capture of tuna. This is
clearly true for, as an example, the Hawaiian skip-
jack fishery. Also for that fishery, the principal
species of bait presently being utilized has a low
survival potential. POFI is engaged in a 4-point
program to help alleviate these conditions. Since
it had been demonstrated that young tilapia (Tila-
pia mossambica) was a satisfactory bait fish for
use in the skipjack fishery, and since it appeared
to offer the best possibilities for bait-fish culture
of the immediately available species, our efforts

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

59

have been concentrated on this fish. First, a lab-
oratory program is continuing with studies of the
ecology, nutrition, and diseases of young tilapia.
Second, in collaboration with a local fishing con-
cern, a semicommercial-scale plant was estab-
lished to determine the economic possibility of
rearing large quantities of bait-size tilapia in
concrete tanks under well-controlled conditions.
This project got under way in January when the
brood tanks were stocked with 2,000 adult fish.
The production of young during the spring months
has been as follows: February 768, March 20,190,
April 20,629, May 31,200, June 160,000; Total
232,787. With the advent of increased water tem-
perature, the plant is now producing close to the
anticipated yield of young fish. Moderate mortali-
ties have been experienced due to a variety of dis-
eases and to predation by dragonfly larvae.

In addition to this rearing project, a contract
was negotiated with the Hawaii Division of Fish
and Game concerning a program for rearing tila-
pia in small ponds to determine the biological and
economic success of this culture method as com-
pared with the more concentrated tak system.

Attention was also given to other species which
might be useful in solving Hawaii's bait-fish prob-
lem. In cooperation with the Hawaii Division of
Fish and Game, POFI arranged for the introduc-
tion of a small lot of threadfin shad (Dorosoma
petensis) which will be cultured and tested asatuna
bait fish, and varying amounts of the Marquesan
sardine were released in Hawaiian waters follow-
ing each trip to the Marquesas area. Though there
have been several recoveries, there is no clear
indication that the species has become established
here.

Albacore: DISTRIBUTION: Two facets of alba-
core distribution in the North Pacific were studied
during the past fiscal year. The first was concern-
ed with fish in the central and eastern areas and
the second in the northern areas of the west coast
of North America, These studies were directed
towards an understanding of the relations between
variations in albacore abundance and variations
in the physical and biological features of the en-
vironment. The results indicate, when considered
with returns from tagging, that (1) both of the ma-
jor North Pacific fisheries, American and Japan-
ese, fish the same stock or stocks of albacore.

(2) the migration route of the albacore between
these two fisheries is through the central North Pa-
cific and is such that an untapped resource is pres-
ent in this area during the summer, and (3) a ten-
tative hypothesis can be drawn concerning the de-
tails of albacore migration through the central North
Pacific. This hypothesis suggests that there are
three groups of migrating fish with the one contain-
ing the smallest fish performing a complex migra-
tion between the fisheries. A portion of this group
is retarded in their movement to the west coast by
the development of summer productivity in the
boundary between warm transition zone water and
nutrient-rich subarctic water south of the Aleutian
Islands.

Plans have been completed for the assessment
of the commercial potential of this group of fish
south of the Aleutian Islands. A contract has been
awarded to a commercial vessel to test the com-
mercial feasibility of this area this summer (July-

60

September 1958). Concurrently, a POFI vessel
will conduct a survey of biological and oceano-
graphic conditions associated with the presence of
albacore in the area and will also conduct a limited
amount of fishing to determine the efficiency of
certain fishing gears.

The Northeastern Pacific Albacore Survey
(NEPAS) was conducted in July-August 1957 to
map the distribution of albacore off the northern
portion of the United States west coast, and to de-
termine whether the distribution was related to
oceanographic and biological phenomena. NEPAS
differed from previous albacore cruises in that it
represented a transition from broad to more spe-
cific studies. A different survey method was also
used so that detailed problems of microdistribution
could be investigated. Instead of having a Bureau
vessel do both fishing and related oceanographic
and biological studies, 7 commercial vessels were
employed in a quasi-synoptic trolling survey while
two Bureau vessels made detailed studies of the
microdistribution of albacore and biological and
oceanographic conditions. Preliminary analysis
of the fishing and oceanographic data indicates
that albacore were scattered throughout the area,
with concentrations of possible commercial mag-
nitude found on the warm side of the band of up-
welling along the coast. The largest of these con-
centrations were in cells or tongues of warm wa-
ter which extended shoreward between cells of
cold water.

BIOLOGY: In August 1957 a biologist was sent
to American Samoa to institute an albacore gonad
sampling program at Pago Pago. Long line-caught
albacore from a wide area in the tropical Pacific
are delivered throughout the year to the cannery
by Samoa-based Japanese fishing vessels. Ar-
rangements were made to obtain seven pairs of
gonads from each vessel landing. Cannery per-
sonnel were instructed to weigh and measure the
fish and collect the gonads which are shipped fro-
zen to POFI for study.

The program progressed satisfactorily and as
of April a total of 964 albacore was sampled. Each
shipment of gonads was accompanied by an excel-
lent log which gave the length and weight of each
fish as well as the location of its capture. Labora-
tory examination of the gonads will commence
early next fiscal year.

Two survey projects of general interest were
completed. One involved assembly of all available
Pacific albacore catch records to see if there was
any indication of a leveling off of landings despite
generally rising effort. Though the data are some-
what unsatisfactory they give no indication that
fishing is affecting the stocks. Rather, there isa
parallel rise of effort and catch through a back-
ground of erratic fluctuations. The second project
was to assemble all data on seasons and areas of
catch of Pacific albacore.

TAGGING: Seven albacore tag recoveries were
reported during the year. This brings the total
of POFI recoveries to 11. The data for all recov-
eries are summarized in table 2.

Of the 7 recoveries, 4 were of fish tagged off
the West Coast during NEPAS. Two of the NEPAS
recoveries were relatively short-term and were

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

retaken in 47 and 77 days, respectively. Both fish
showed little net movement during the intervals
and were recaptured during the same season in the
West Coast fishery. The other two NEPAS releases
(Nos. 10 and 11), one of which was a release by the
chartered vessel, the M/V Flicker, and the other
by the Hugh M. Smith, were recaptured on the Jap-
anese side of the Pacific in little less than a year;
each showed a net movement of more than 4,000
miles. These fish had moved clear across the Pa-
cific from the American fishery to the Japanese
live-bait fishery and were retaken there.

In addition, there were two recoveries of fish
tagged in mid-ocean; one was tagged in October
1955 and the other in July 1956. The first fish
was recaptured in the Japanese long-line fishery
in November 1957 and the second in the United
States west coast fishery in July 1957, thus dem-
onstrating once again a movement in both directions
from mid-ocean. Another recovery was of a fish
tagged off California in November 1956 and retaken
in the Japanese long-line fishery one year later.
These tag recoveries support the contention that
there is a single intermingling population of alba-
core in the North Pacific.

The last recovery (No. 11) was of particular
interest since this was the first time in which an
albacore was successfully tagged with the POFI
dart tag. This albacore was one of 111 released
with the POF I-developed dart tags during NEPAS,

EASTERN NORTH PACIFIC TEMPERATURE
CHARTS: One of the prime difficulties in oceano-
graphic work is in obtaining synoptic data over a
wide area. The meteorologist is not presently
confronted with this problem because he has a
network of weather stations at his disposal over
most land masses. He can also obtain synoptic
reports of weather conditions at sea from com-
mercial and naval vessels.

These marine weather reports have been made
available to us by the Honolulu office of the U. S.
Weather Bureau. Ships' messages relayed to the
Weather Bureau include, among other things, re-
ports of position, sea and air temperatures. We
have utilized the sea temperature data to construct
quasi-synoptic charts showing isotherms east of
the 180 meridian. Data are taken from the mid-
dle 10 days of each month, plotted, and averaged
over 1-degree squares. The resultant isotherms
give us a picture of sea temperature from the
Aleutian Islands to about 20° N. latitude. Com-
bined with Japanese charts to the west of 180 the
surface distribution of temperature is available
for the entire North Pacific.

In the region between 30° S. to 20° N. latitude,
temperatures are shown as averages over 1-
degree squares. The averages themselves are
shown because in this region shipping coverage is
insufficient to allow us to draw isotherms.

Charts have been completed for each month in
1957 and will be prepared for all months of 1958.
Data available for certain seasons prior to 1957
will also be utilized. In addition to the isotherm
charts, charts are prepared which show variations
of temperature from the 30-year mean and year-
to-year variations.

September 1958

The temperature anomalies which these charts
show raises the question as to the mechanism of
generation of such anomalies. For example, are

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

timate of the energy available to the sea from di-
rect solar radiation can be attained. This will at
least tell us about the part insolation plays in the

Table 2 - POFI Albacore Tag Recoveries

Distance
Date
Traveled
Tagged Longitude] (Miles)
1 |10/4/54 N. N.j157°39'E.| 2,055
2 |10/5/54 N.|161°16' Wl /19/56 N.(141°20' E.| 2,670
3 |10/9/55 N.|147°16' W.6/24/56 |31°54' N.|158°37' E.| 2,660
4 |10/17/5544 N./144°48' W48/1/56 |31°21'N.117°17' W1,515
5 |7/31/56 N.|174°55' wj7/23/57 |30°08' N.\119°03' W.| 2,775
6 |8/1/57 N.|121957' W9/17/57 |34049' N|121026' W. 26
7 17/22/57 (35043! N.|122°58' WJ10/7/57 136224! N.[123°07' Ww. 41
8 110/16/5543°40' N.|144°40! WJ11/23/57/33022' N.[174°07' E.| 2,025
9 |11/17/56|36044' N.127°37' WJ11/17/57/38208' N.|174°53' E.| 2,800
10 17/23/57 |42°20' N.|127°33' Wi5/26/58 |32°15'N.j144°15' FE] 4,230
11 |7/22/57 N.|126°18' WJ6/10/58 |33°40' N.jl44°00' F.| 4,300
the colder than average waters the result of reduc- | development of relatively warmer or colder wa-

tion of incoming solar radiation, the advection of
relatively colder waters, or the result of mixing
caused by greater wind stresses? Probably all of
these factors enter into the picture. In order to
evaluate one factor, namely differences in incom -
ing radiation, we are in the process of examining
cloud cover data from ships' reports on file at the
U.S. Weather Bureau and the University of Hawaii.

From the observed cloud cover distribution an es-
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, September 1957, p. 38.

ters.
.

The surface isotherm chart is a useful presen-
tation from several points of view. To the ocean-
ographer temperature contours give an indication
of current direction since flow tends to take place
parallel to isotherms,*at least in the regions of
swiftest flow.

By oth, 505 sk
SET RIS

UNDERWATER PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT TESTED AND TUNA FEEDING

BEHAVIOR STUDIED (M/V Charles H. Gilbert Cruise 39): Underwater Observation
Techniques: Underwater photographic equipment was tested by the U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries research vessel Charles H. Gilbert during a cruise from
May 30 to July 3, 1958. Movies were taken of a strip of plyboard 48 x 8 x 4-inches
divided into 8-inch square panels of white, gray, black, blue, and red. Distances

varied from 10-100 feet.

Various types of film were observed when exposed at the

recommended exposure opening, and at one stop above and one stop below the rec-

ommended opening.

Water bubbles caused by turbulence gave much trouble.

Fishing was tried at a

dead stop, with the ship going at 50 r.p.m. (slower than usual fishing speed), and

chumming was done from the position of the forward brine tanks.
and movies were taken out of the side porthole.

This worked best
Water was prevented from slopping

over the top of the observation chamber by the attachment of a plyboard hatch cover.

Skipjack Feeding Behavior:

Experiments to determine the effect of dead bait,

water sprays, tilapia, differing rates of chumming, and sound on skipjack feeding

were conducted at the Lanai concourse.

In general, the activity of the skipjack was

lessened and the skipjack went deeper with tilapia, dead bait, and without sprays.
The effect of changing the rate of chumming depended on the size of the school, In
small schools the skipjack fell back with increased chumming, but in large schools,
activity increased with increased chumming. Sound caused by beating on the hull

with metal hammers had no effect.

The effect of water sprays on the feeding of 20- to 30-pound skipjack was tested.
The skipjack seemed to be closer to the surface when the sprays were on.

Sea Scanar Observations:

The port transducer of the sea scanar was not tilting

properly at the beginning of the cruise. On June 28 the tilt control of the starboard

transducer was also found to be faulty.

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Test of the Floy Dart Tag: Off Cape Kaea, Lanai, 479 skipjack were tagged and
another 120 were tagged north of Kahului, Maui. Of these, 318 were tagged with
the Floy tags. Of the skipjack caught, 10 percent were saved as samples for length,
weight, stomach contents, and gonad condition.

Oahu Environmental Monitoring Survey: Bathythermograph casts were made and
surface salinities collected at various stations off Oahu Island during May 30-June 1
and again during June 20-21.

IGY Stations: Stations No. 11 and No. 12, established for the International Geo-
physical Year were occupied according to routine on May 30 and June 21-22. Dur-
ing the first occupation, two additional 0-300 meter Nansen bottle casts were made
for temperatures and salinity samples.

Lanai Environmental Survey: Bathythermograph casts, collection of surface sa-
linity samples, and plankton tows were accomplished as prescribed for various sta-
tions off Lanai except for 4 stations where hazardous circumstances precluded work.

General Observations: Ten dolphins (Coryphaena hippurus) were caught on the
trolling lines. Weather observations were recorded and transmitted whenever the
ship was at sea and as time permitted.

OK OK OK OK

OBSERVATIONS TO DELINEATE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF DOWN-STREAM
H. Gilbert Cruise 40): During the cruise 40 (July 14-21, 1958) of the research ves-
sel Charles H. Gilbert six lines of stations were run during daylight hours ex-
tending from land seaward in order to delineate by means of surface salinity
and temperature observations the northern boundary of down-stream California
Current type of water. On these runs, bathythermograph and surface salinity
observations were made every 3 hours and a careful watch was maintained for
bird flocks as signs of fish schools. In addition, seven 60-meter oblique plank-
ton tows were made near the start and finish of several seaward legs. Theves-
sel is operated by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Pacific Oceanic Fishery
Investigations from Honolulu.

On two legs to the southeast of Ha-
waii the boundary between the western
North Pacific water and down-stream
California Current water was well de-
finedby sharp salinity gradients. On
the average these gradients were ap-
proximately 5 times as great as the
average latitudinal rate of change of
salinity between 10° and 22°N. and
can be readily detected.

The active bird flocks with more
than 50 birds are predominantly found
in the lower salinity water and specif-
ically in the vicinity of the boundary
between western North Pacific and
downstream California Current water
(seefigure). Ononeof the two cross-
ings of the boundary to the southeast of
Hawaii, 4large schools were sighted Charles H. Gilbert Cruise 40,Bird flock sightings & salinity
one of which was positively identified Bound any
as skipjack tuna.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

The absence of bird-flock activity was particularly pronounced on the run from
Maui northeastward to 75 miles offshore and from Kailua, Hawaii, westward. In
each case the salinity encountered was well above that encountered in areas where
bird flocks are found.

Incidental to the scouting, a small temperature discontinuity 10 miles south of
the southern tip of Hawaii was encountered. Three surface plankton tows were
made, one in the discontinuity, and one on both sides of it.

The eddy in the lee of Hawaii, which has been described by POFI scientists as
a semipersistent feature, was also crossed. It appeared to be centered about 30
miles west of Kailua, Hawaii.

Portion Control Automatic Machine for Fish

An automatic portion control machine for fish processing has been developed
by a Washington State poultry equipment firm. The unit also has application in the
rest of the food processing industry.

The unit has a capacity of 2,700 pieces an hour, with accuracy reported to be
within a fraction of an ounce.

In operation, pieces of frozen fish travel along a conveyor track to be sorted
into six weight groups between 4 and 10 ounces.

Two stations are assigned each weight group to synchronize with the movements
of an operator using both hands to load the conveyor.

Abeam balance at each station is connected by a solenoid coil to the tripping mech-
anism. Mercury switches areusedthroughout. (Frosted Food Field, June 1958.)

es y

—

Red Tide
FEDERAL AND STATE BIOLOGISTS SEEK MEANS OF CONTROL: Arelent-

less search for a weak spot in the life cycle of the organism responsible for the red
tide is being sought by biologists of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Red
tide is a water condition which has occurred periodically in the Gulf of Mexico for
more than a century. It is often accompanied by fish kills so great that untold mil-
lions of dead fish float for miles along adjacent shores. It gets its name from the
color of the water, often but not always red. The coloring is caused by the presence
of Gymnodinium breve, an organism so tiny that more than a thousand of them could
line up on an inch of hair. The organism is probably always present, but develops
into dangerous proportions with great rapidity when conditions are right to start

the "bloom."

The last outbreak occurred in October 1957 off Florida's West Coast. Pastre-
search has indicated that application of copper sulphate to an infested area might
bring about the desired results. Many tons of this material were used in aneffort to
break the back of the October outbreak which appeared and developed suddenly in
spite of the many official and unofficial sea and air patrols made to spot any indi-
cation of red-tide infestation.

At a meeting early this year at the Galveston, Tex., research laboratory-of the
Bureau, 33 American scientists representing State, Federal and private research

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

groups met to evaluate past red-tide research and to formulate plans for the con-
tinuing of red-tide investigations.

The scientists generally agreed that the copper sulphate treatment, given a
good test during the fall, was not the answer to the problem for three reasons--the
cost of extensive application would be enormous; its effect is short-lived; its side
effects on other marine life is uncertain. It was also agreed that the cost of patrol-
ling Florida's west coast on a round-the-clock basis to spot incipient outbreaks
would require fantastic numbers of men and machines. The concensus was that vic-
tory over red tide seems a long way off and that victory can best be won by hard
work and through the cooperative efforts of State, Federal and private agencies.

A final decision of the type of cooperative program to recommend was held in
abeyance pending a thorough sifting of all data presented. But the probable line of
attack will be a close-knit effort by the Florida State Board of Conservation and the
Bureau. This approach will include:

(1) continued laboratory studies with living red-tide organisms to seek a con-
trol mechanism, possibly some associated“microscopic animal food element or
chemical that checks red-tide growth; (2) exhaustive studies to be made in selected
areas on Florida's west coast to determine the conditions of life required by the red
tide. It is the hope of the biologists that a better knowledge of the organism in its
natural surroundings, coupled with the results of laboratory studies, may show a
weak link in the life cycle that will allow its effective control by man.

Bureau biologists, who have been investigating the problems for the past 11
years, showed that the red-tide organism, first isolated in 1947, is widely dispersed
in the Gulf of Mexico. Painstaking research at the Galveston laboratory has pro-
duced bacteria-free cultures of red tide that are poisonous to fish, a demonstration
vital in proving that massive outbreaks of the organisms in nature are the direct
cause of fish kills.

The first recorded appearance of this fish-killing plague was in 1844. It oc-
curred again in 1954, 1878, 1882, 1883, 1908, 1916, and in 1946. Its earlier appear-
ances have been described as "poison water," "black water," ''yellow water,'' and
"rotten water.'' The term "red tide" is actually a misnomer for there is no "tide"
and sometimes the water is green interlaced with yellows and browns.

Salmon

ALASKA'S AFOGNAK FISHWAY BRINGS LARGE RED SALMON RUN TO ONCE
ed eggs, returned during June and July 1958 to the Pauls Bay Fishway on Afognak Island,
the Director of the Alaska Department of Fishand Game, reportedon July 23, 1958.

This is the largest run of reds since the Department surmounted the 23-foot
falls with a fishway in 1952, to open the hitherto barren 550-acre Laura Lake to
salmon spawning. The higher rate of survival of the 1958 red salmon indicates that
runs of commercial importance will be returning to Laura Lake much sooner than
was expected.

The 7,000 red salmon that ascended the ladder this year were produced from a
1954 plant of 450,000 eggs taken from 180 females in nearby Perenosa Lake.

Since the Department constructed the fishway to open Laura Lake, eyed eggs
have been planted inthe lake's inlet stream to introduce runs to the once barrenarea.

September 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

65

Returns of adult red salmon in 1955, 1956, and 1957 from the egg plants made in 1951,
1952, and 1953 fluctuated between 200 and 500 adult fish yearly. The annual plant-

ing ranged from 210,000 to 500,000 eggs.

It is estimated by Department biologists that an annual catch of 10,000 red
salmon and an escapement of 7,000 would assure a good sustained yieldfora water-

shed of this size.

One of the main functions of the Commercial Fisheries Division of the Depart-
ment is to open up watersheds now blocked by falls and other barriers to salmon

spawning.

There are numerous potentially-productive watersheds in Alaska, nowblocked
by falls, which would lend themselves to this type of a program, the Director states.
Some of these are now under investigation for further fishway possibilities.

Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects

ALLOCATION OF FUNDS FOR COMMERCIAL FISH-
ERIES PROGRAMS: The allocation of $5,042,000 of
Saltonstall-Kennedy funds for commercial fishery investi-
gations during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1959, were
approved on July 13 by Secretary of the Interior Fred A.
Seaton.

The Saltonstall-Kennedy Act provides that 30 percent
of the money derived from import duties levied on fishery
products be directed to increasing the production and con-
sumption of domestically-produced fish and fishery pro-
ducts. The activity is under the jurisdiction of the U.S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.

Almost $700,000 is included for various projects relating
to salmon, such as $608,500 for projects in Alaska and
$100,750 for North Pacific studies which will include con-
siderable salmon work.

Other allotments are: Northwest Atlantic fisheries,
$539,000; Great Lakes and inland waters, $174,000; sardine
studies, $387,350; oyster projects, $300,300; shrimp,
$295,000; tuna, $258,000; menhaden, $87,000; striped bass,
$56,500; king crab, $22,500; Pacific Coast rockfish, $16,000.
There was $112,000 provided for the study and control of
red tide, $54,800 for Pacific oceanographic studies; $24,000
for hydrographic studies on the Atlantic Coast; $10,000 for
fishing vessel and insurance studies, and $54,185 for coor-
dination of Saltonstall-Kennedy projects in southern Cali-
fornia.

Allocation for activities not necessarily related toa
specific fish or fishery include: economic studies,
$152,000; Market News, $130,000; promotion of use of
domestically-produced fishery products through fish-
cookery demonstrations, and related public service radio
and TV demonstrations, $100,000; market promotion, on
a national scale, through cooperation with press, radio, TV,
and other media at local, State or national levels, $257,000;
market research and analysis studies and related activities
on a national scale, $160,000; coordination of these market-
ing activities, conduct of foreign marketing programs, and
liaison and consulting services, $61,000; special reports on
trade, tariff and legislation, $74,000; continue collection
throughout the United States of fishery statistics on oper-
ating cost, catch, and manufactured products and the expe-
diting of publication of these data for use by the industry, the
States and other S-K projects, $175,700; gear research,
$62,500; and technological studies on subjects of national
scope, including standards for fishery products, new uses
for fish oils, and nutritive quality of fish meal, and Great
Lakes fisheries utilization problems, $390,915. In addition
$296,000 was allotted for administrative purposes.
monge ance Commercial Fisheries Review, March 1958,

p- ©

The money made available for salmon investigations will
be utilized as follows: development of methods of counting
and recording escapement, $162,000; studies of migrations,
predators, the effects of logging and other environmental
factors, $240,000; development of more accurate methods
of predicting salmon runs, $153,000; analysis of fishery
research data already accumulated and supervision of con-
tact projects, $30,500; fishery surveys of Alaska rivers
north of Bristol Bay, $23,000.

All three of the herring or sardine areas are getting funds
for various types of investigations--for the identification
of the Alaska herring populations and for the development
of methods of predicting abundance, $119,000; for a cooper-
ative program of research on the fluctuation in abundance
of the Pacific (California) sardine, anchovy, and mackerel,
$116,350; for biological studies of the Maine herring or
sardine, $102,000, to be used together with another $50,000
in the exploration category.

The funds to be used on the oyster projects are distri-
buted as follows: New England research, $100,000; Middle
Atlantic, $128,000; Gulf of Mexico, $32,000; technological
studies in Middle Atlantic and .;ulf States on background for
oyster standards, and problems relating to the canning,
freezing, and composition of fishery products in these
areas were given $40,300.

The shrimp funds are distributed $131,000 for research
on nursery grounds and shrimp migrations; $48,000 for
tagging shrimp at sea in the Tortugas fishery; $91,000 for
exploratory work in the Gulf and South Atlantic, and $25,000
for a Statistical survey of the Gulf of Mexico bait shrimp
industry.

To provide additional research on albacore tuna and to
define the location of stocks in waters north of Hawaii,
$225,000 has been made available; for a study of improving
tuna quality by improving methods of freezing tuna at sea
and bettering other stages of the processing $33,000.

Great Lakes and inland fisheries research has been
allocated $103,000; explorations, $36,000; and technological
studies, $35,000. Commercial propagation of catfish was
given research funds of $6,000.

Among the projects which should develop results benefi-
cial to many sections of the domestic fishing industry are
such studies as development of voluntary quality standards
for fishery products, $195,000; new uses of fish oils,
$100,000; studies on nutritive value of fish meals, $46,415;
effects of distribution upon frozen fish products, $25,000;
market research to determine basic marketing patterns for
canned fish, $42,000; and promoting the use of domestic
fishery products through education and market development,
$416 500

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Tuna

MORE DETAILS ON NEW DEVELOPMENT IN FREEZING TECHNIQUES ON

1957 by a practical Pacific Coast fishing vessel engineer and some of the details
were reported in the July 1958 issue of Commercial Fisheries Review (p. 44). Ves-

Fig. 2 - Two high-speed 6-cylinder ice machines with a ca-
pacity of 10 tons each aboard the Jo Ann. Direct drive off
3-cylinder 60 hp. auxilliary engine which also runs the
brine -circulating pump and winch and which can run off
230-hp. main engine also.

Fig. 1 - General view of the tuna purse seiner Jo Ann

which is using the new method of freezing tuna on the

vessel.

sels with a coil refrigeration system are
plagued with inadequate refrigeration. Con-
version to a brine-freezing system is very
expensive. The new system is a compro-
mise brine system which builds a reserve of
ice on coils to meet refrigeration needs with
a minimum of machinery. This
additional information and photographs
showing some details of the new system
installed in the purse seiner Jo Ann

were received from the San Pedro Mar-
ket News Office.

Note in figure 5 that the fish inthe lower
portion are stacked fore and aft. Two men
go into the hatch when the fish are beingload-
ed aboard and guide them into position. The
upper third are crossed more (crossed fish
can be piled higher) because there isno room
for a man to work below when the pile of fish
reaches the top. This is no different than on Fig. 3 - Showing the hatch aboard the Jo Ann just
regular brine-freezing vessels as they have a few minutes after the cover was removed and un-

| , loading commenced. The fish are yellowfin tuna
the same problem. The fish frozen with the averaging about 18 pounds each.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

new coil system are all loose and can be picked out by hand, while in regular purse
seiners with other refrigeration systems they would be still frozen to one another

re Ss

Rau Mk BS
Fig. 5 - Starboard, or right side, of Jo Ann's hold. At
Fig. 4 - Bringing up frozen yellowfin tuna from the hold of the top are the small pipes (crisscross ae: the larger
the Jo Ann, One of the planks which form one of the two coils ) which spray water on the larger oils (notice that

fore and aft partitions is shown. they still have ice on them),

and would have to be broken
loose by means of a bar or
pick, which damages the
fish.

The ice on the coils is
built up to more than one
foot in diameter (see fig. 6).
When the brine water is re-
leased into the hold, thisice
melts, rapidly cooling the
brine water. When most of
the ice is melted, the brine
water is near 32° F., and
the fish have been proper-
ly chilled. The tempera-
ture in the coils is then
lowered to -20° F.; the
temperature of the brine
water then drops to -20° F, Fig. 6 - Starboard view of the Jo Ann's hold. Notice ice on coils, These

coils, as well as those on the sides, are the ones that the water is sprayed onto.
Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958, p. 44.

3K Oe OK ON OK

CALIFORNIA'S PACK OF CANNED TUNA FOR JANUARY-JULY 1958 AT REC-

million standard cases set a new high for any comparable preceding 7-month period..
This was 350,000 standard cases or 6 percent above the previous 7-month record
high of 539 million cases in 1956. In January-July 1957 only 5.5 million cases were
packed.

Principal factors accounting for a new high in the California canned tuna pack
this year through July 31 were record tuna purse-Seine catches and record-high
frozen tuna imports.

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

The increase in the case yield--from 46.5 cases per ton of tuna for the first
seven months of 1957 to 49.5 cases per ton for January-July 1958--was due to the
fact that a larger percentage of the imports consist of gilled and gutted yellowfin
tuna and the greater proportion of the pack consists of chunk-style.

ff aa

United States Fishing Fleet! Additions

APRIL 1958: A total of 58 vessels of 5 net tons and over were issued first
documents as fishing craft during April 1958--13 more than during April 1957, The

Table 2 - U.S. Vessels
Issued First Documents as
Fishing Craft, by Tonnage,
April 1958

Table 1 - U. S. Vessels Issued First Documents as
Fishing Craft, by Areas, April 1958 with Comparisons

sss aaa
ines April Jan.-April | Total
1958 {1957} 1958] 1957 | 1957

New England ..... 4 3
Middle Atlantic. ... = 2
Chesapeake ...... 6 9
South Atlantic 5 9
BU ee atte cure gualled 28 13
CRESPO ES 10 5
Great Lakes ..... = 2
TRUS RAG Me Yiewie ie: Kalua ts 5 2
Sekt ce = = = = i
Virgin Islands .... as vs 1 Ss - | Gulf area led all others
Bee AA with 28 vessels, followed

by the Pacific with 10, the
Chesapeake area 6, the
South Atlantic and Alaska areas 5 each, and the New England area with 4.

Note:

Vessels assigned to the various sections on the basis of their home ports.

MAY 1958: During May 1958, 80 vessels of 5 net tons and over were issued
first documents as fishing craft. Compared with the same month of 1957, this was
an increase of 14 vessels. The Gulf States continued to lead with 27 vessels, the
Pacific area was second with 17 vessels, and the South Atlantic third with 14 ves-
sels.

Table 1 - U. 5S. Vessels Issued First Documents as
Fishing Craft, by Areas, May 1958 with Comparisons

1958 19581/ [1957] 1957

ee © e ew eo ee 6 KANULTIVE LTP © 2 we ew we ww

. Vessels
Issued First Documents as
Fishing Craft, by Tonnage,
May 1958

New England :
Middle Atlantic. .
Chesapeake ....
South Atlantic

i)
NrOOOW! w

Adars kan il) Wir uausinel es
Puerto Rico
Virgin Islands .. = ei e
Mota wun:
1/Revised.
Note: Vessel assiqned to the various sections on the basis of their home ports.

=

t)

Fishing craft that were
issued first documents as
fishing craft during thefirst
five months of 1958 totaled

288 vessels--an increase of 79 vessels as compared with the same period of 1957.
1/Includes both commercial and sport fishing craft,

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

Of the vessels documented for fishing, 41 percent were reported from the Gulf
States.

JUNE 1958: During June 1958, 76 vessels of 5 net tons and over were issued
first documents as fishing craft. Compared with the same month of 1957, this was
a decrease of one vessel. The Gulf States continued to lead with 32 vessels, the
Pacific area was second with 20 vessels, and the South Atlantic third with 10 ves-
sels.

Table 2 - U.S. Vessels
Issued First Documents as
Fishing Craft, by Tonnage,

June 1958

Tune Total

1958|1957 | 195817 [195717 | 1957

Fishing craft that were
issued first documents as
fishing craft during the first
six months of 1958 totaled
364 vessels--an increase of 78 vessels as compared with the same period of 1957,

Of the vessels documented for fishing, 41 percent were reported from the GulfStates.

Note: Vessels assigned to the various sections on the basis of their home ports.

Bas 2
United States Fishery Landings

DOWN 11 PERCENT DURING FIRST SEVEN MONTHS OF 1958: Landings of
fish and shellfish in the United States and Alaska during the first seven months of
1958 dropped 11 percent as compared with the same period last year, Fisheries
which produced 1.8 billion pounds from January to July 1958, yielded almost 2,1
billion pounds from January to July 1957.

Menhaden, with landings of 701 million pounds, showed the greatest decline--
132 million pounds less than in the same months of 1957, Increased menhaden land-
ings in the Gulf States and in Virginia were more than offset by sharply reduced pro-
duction in the Middle Atlantic and New England States. On the Pacific Coast, an-
chovies were down 31 million pounds and the catch of jack mackerel was off 29 mil-
lion pounds. Maine herring was down 23 million pounds, Herring landings in Alas-
ka were off 33 million pounds. Whiting receipts in Maine, and at Boston and Glouces-
ter, Mass., were 35 million pounds this year as compared with over 55 million pounds
for the same period in 1957.

Ocean perch in New England was up 17 million pounds over the similar 1957
period. Fish for industrial use in New England was likewise taken in greater vol-
ume--66 million pounds--up 8 million pounds. The catch of salmon in Alaska to
August 10 was 38 million pounds greater than the 151 million pounds taken during
this period in 1957.

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

United States Fishery Landings by States for Periods
Indicated, 1958 and 1957 1/

United States Fishery Landings of Certain Species for
Periods Indicated, 1958 and 1957 1/

Total Total
1957 Item Period 1958 1957 1957

sat iuevere Sooo OL WNOIIE)S cos566

iAnchovies, Calif. 38,650| Maine...... |6 mos. 89,213] 105,048] 290,528

Cod: | Massachusetts:

TWA oos806 1,987 | 1,587 2,032| Boston .... |7 mos. 81,851} 91,271] 185,072
OSG Goano 9,782} 12,363 17,487| Gloucester.. {7 ”’ 112,433| 141,905] 248,928
Gloucester .. 1,842 | 1,167 2,020 New Bedford eta 68,391 50,357} 104,334

Provincetown |7 ”’ 10,055} 13,594] 25,109

Total cod . 15,117 21,539
Total Mass, 272,730
Haddock: SSS Sai ————
Maineyrerveret= 6 mos, Rhode Island 2/ [5 mos. 37,868 48,384| 121,273
Bostonye eure 93,617 | New York2/.. |6 ” 21,274] 23,021) 40,293
Gloucester .. 8,898 | New Jersey 2/ (j 0 23,767 28,629 50,541
North Carolina 2/|6 ” 32,142] 30,590] 64,634
Total haddock 67,939 | South Carolina 2/ |6 ” 4,701 4,177| 24,316
Georia sono |B ™ 5,724 6,169| 18,584
Halibut 2/: | Plorida2/... (6 °* 71,943| 65,905} 140,698
Washington .. 12,142 | 20:733)|) Alabamal seis) |4 22 2,008 2,647| 11,882
(Nas kaleenerenere 15,421! 17,330 15,430 | Mississippi2/, 5 ”’ 3,751 5,787; 19,991
Louisiana 27,. {1 ”” 2,551 2,994] 68,322
Total halibut 27,563| 28,729] 36,163] Texas2/;>,.. |3 ” 8,720] 10,972) 77,156
Senne t= === =| Ohio (Mar.=hune) |6 " 11,887} 18,919) 22,944
Herring: | OLSON soa00 |B 18,003] 17,921} 56,660
Maines cei 6 mos. 23,926! 47,100] 153,621) Washington .. |6 ” 58,912} 49,609! 142,576
Naskawreeewete es e380) (eel Ose 044 ame 8008 ee
Industrial fish, | California:
Maine & Mass. 3/ 66,494| _58,162| 112,446 | Certainspecies3/|6 mos. 162,380] 226,552
Mackerel: | Othersaeype rome 4 a 32,182] 34,791
VEG “Goooo6 6 mos. 6,524; 35,772 86,300
Pacificupwusuets Total California 194,562
Menhaden .... 1je2. 122 | es al a
| Rhode Island, Middle
Atlantic, Chesapeake,

Ocean perch:
Maine......
IBOStOnMrereretene
Gloucester...

6 mos, 36,694; 28,393 64,723 South Atlantic, and
Tate HEBER) 2,320 3,819 Gulf States,

65,389 (menhaden onlyy7 mos. | _700,267| 817,927 |1,661,480
--+---—_———__| Alaska: in

Total ocean perch 82,823] 65,706| 133,931] Halibut 4/,.. mos. 15,421| 17,330] 20,733
Herring ... i 71,880 | 105,204 | 118,300
Salmon: Salmon .... to Aug. 10 188,807 | 150,998} 194,712
Washington .. 6 mos, 2,889 4,420 43,000 oe
ORegon eyes fy 2 1,651 1,396 11,354 Total all above items 1,836,131 |2,070,701 |4,277,894
Alaska ..... to Aug. 10 | 188,807] 150,998] 194,712, -——————— = —o
Scallops, sea, New Other 5/ 5/ 472,106
Bedford .... 7 mos. 8,753 9,429 16,46] |——--------- --------- —--- 4-----== ---- --=-—---4
Shrimp (heads-on) Grand Total ii 5/ 5/ 4,750,000
South Atlantic and wee esern----------b-----3--- 1b -- 2 L-
Gulf States .. 4mos.| 32,453} 33,679 | 166,737 | 1/Preliminary.
Squid, Calif, .. @ 3,050 5,602 10,758 | 2/Excludes menhaden landings.
Gitinae| Garin @ 137,692| 140,918| 386,724 | 3/Includes catch of: Anchovies, jack and Pacific mackerel,
ae ~ tuna, and squid,
Whiting: 4/Dressed weight,

Maine eriere 15,810 5/Data not available,

OSION Gobo 1,002
eres A 76,521

Total whiting 34,872 54,549 93,333
Total all above items 1,487,164 | 1,701,986 | 3,468,984
Others (not listed) 348,967] 368,715 | 1,281,016 y

Grand Total 1,836,131] 2,070,701 | 4,750,000

1/Preliminary, 2/Dressed weight, 3/Excluding menhaden,

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW rel

U. S. Fish Stick Production

APRIL-JUNE 1958: The United States production of fish sticks during the sec-
ond quarter of 1958 totaled 13.8 million pounds, an increase of 2.6 million pounds
(or 23 percent) as compared with the second quarter of 1957. The peak month of
the 1958 second
quarter was April . 8. Production of Fish Sticks, April-June 1958
when 4,9 million [Month ~————_—~*(Y Cooked | Uncooked | Total |
pounds were report-
ed, June was the sec-
ond highest month
with 4.7 million
pounds, while during

May 4.2 million /|fotal 2nd Quarter.1957 ....
pounds werereport- |Total First 6 Months 1958
ed. Mowe First 6 Months 1957

The Atlantic
Coast States led all other areas with 11.4 million pounds (or 83 percent) of the total
production, The Inland, Gulf Coast States, and the Pacific Coast States accounted
for the remaining 17 percent. .

Table 2 - U. S. Production of Fish

AtlantierCoast, states: sf 4 6. .6 6 26 6
lnqulewarel gual (Grube SHENISIS) Gg 5606050500056
Pacinie Corsi SENOS 6546566000065 c

TROVE utes sre eta ee a a ii U8 3,788 11,221

During the first six months of 1958, a total of 30.7 million pounds of fish sticks
was produced--an increase of 5.0 million pounds over the same period of 1957,
Cooked fish sticks were up 4.6 million pounds, while the production of uncooked fish

sticks was up 376,000 pounds.

United States Commercial Fisheries Gear

Nearly 14 million fish hooks of assorted sizes, and more than 1 million crab,
lobster, and spiny lobster pots of varied design, are part of the fish gear used to
capture the fish and shellfish for the United States consumer,

But despite these imposing numbers, only about 11 percent of the annual fish
harvest is taken by these types of gear, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries rec-
ords show. It is the purse seine and the otter trawl which not only bring in the larg-
est catch of food fish but of industrial fish as well,

The 14 million hooks may be utilized at the rate of a fourth of a hook to a line,
as in the case of some tuna fishing when it takes four lines, four poles, four men--
and one hook--to bring in the big ones; or there may be as many as a thousand hooks
on an attached series of lines in the fisheries that use the long-line gear. In many
more instances the use of a single line and hook by one fisherman does the work
satisfactorily in making catches of grouper, snapper, and tuna.

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Bureau records show that the various hook-and-line combinations in recent
years caught more than 450 million pounds of fish a year, The catch with pots has
been averaging about 120 to 130
million pounds a year. The total
SALMON PURSE SEINING annual harvest of all fish and

ae : shellfish for the last few years
! has approximated 5 billion pounds,
sometimes a bit higher, some-
times lower.

About 2,400 purse seines
(which are used to encircle the
schools of pelagic fish) catch a-
bout 2.4 billion pounds of fish an-
nually, or nearly half the total
harvest. Much of the catch con-
sists of menhaden, but there is
included in the total large amounts
of salmon, tuna, mackerel, and
Pacific sardines.

LIFTING THE PURSE HAULING THE SEINE Otter trawls (a name applied
to several types of gear towed
over the bottom to capture many bottom-dwelling species) catch about 1 billion
pounds annually, or 20 percent of the catch. The otter trawl brings in cod, haddock,
ocean perch, flat fishes, whiting, and shrimp. There were more than 9,000 trawls
in operation during 1957.

An average of 28,000 gill nets are responsible for 4 percent of the catch; 3,300
pound nets, which include fish traps, take 3-4 percent. Shellfish dredges bring in
an average of about 100 million pounds of clams (meats), crabs, oysters (meats), and
scallop (meats); the balance is divided between ''stop'' seines (used to cut off the re-
treat of fish entering coves), haul seines, dnd miscellaneous gear.

ue ep.

my.

U. S. Foreign Trade

GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS, JULY 1958: Imports of cod, haddock, hake,
pollock, cusk, and ocean perch fillets (including blocks) into the United States during
July 1958 totaled 19.7 million pounds. Compared with the corresponding month of
1958, this was an increase of 4.2 million pounds, Canada continued to lead all other
countries as supplier with 15.1 million pounds, or 77 percent
of the month's total imports.

During the first seven months of 1958, these imports a-
mounted to 86,2 million pounds--4,4 million pounds above the
quantity imported during the same period of 1957. Imports
from Canada represented 71 percent of the total. Iceland ac- :
counted for 23 percent, and the remaining 6 percent was comprised of imports from
nine other countries.

The quota of groundfish and ocean perch fillets and blocks permitted to enter
the United States at 14 cents per pound in the calendar year 1958 is 35,892,221
pounds, based on a quarterly quota of 8,973,055 pounds, The quota for the calendar
year 1957 amounted to 37,375,636 pounds. Imports during individual quarters in ex-

cess of the established quarterly quota enter at a duty of 25 cents a pound.
Note: See Chart 7 in this issue

* kK KOK OK

September 1958

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY
PRODUCTS, JANUARY-MAY 1958: Imports: GROUND-
FISH FILLETS AND BLOCKS: Imports of cod, haddock,
hake, pollock, cusk, and ocean perch fillets and blocks during
January-May were about equal to the quantity imported
during the corresponding period of 1957, Principal in-
creases in imports of blocks or slabs and cod fillets from
Iceland and Denmark were counterbalanced by declines
in blocks or slabs and haddock fillets from Canada and
ocean perch from Iceland.

A new groundfish product, ‘‘fish bits,’’ has recently
entered the United States in substantial quantity. This
product consists of bits of fish derived from trimming
fillets and the backbone of the fish after filleting. These
bits are assembled and frozen into blocks (generally
about 7 pounds) primarily for use in the preparation of
fish flakes. By a ruling of the Customs Court at New
York on June 4, 1957 (Treasury Decisions, June 13,
1957, Abstract No. 60817), such products were deter-
mined dutiable at one cent a pound, classified under
Tariff paragraph 720(b), ‘‘fish, prepared or preserved,
n.s.p.f.’’ As a result, imports of ‘‘fish bits’’ are not in-
cluded under the ‘‘groundfish fillet and block’’ classi-
fication.

FROZEN TUNA: Total imports through May this year
were about 1 percent below those of the first five months
of 1957. Frozen albacore imports were 25 percent less,
but yellowfin and skipjack 17 percent greater. Receipts
of yellowfin and skipjack from Peru declined by 8 mil-
lion pounds, but those from Japan increased by 13 mil-
lion pounds.

TUNA LOINS AND DISCS: In May 1958 practically no im-
ports direct from Japan were recorded because of voluntary
restrictive measures adopted by the Japanese. A gain
was reported in receipts through Cuba as a result of Japa-
nese operations in the South Atlantic. January-May 1958
imports of cooked tuna loins and discs were about half
those of the first five months of 1957.

CANNED TUNA: During January-May 1958, canned tuna
imports were 3 percent below those of the same 1957
period. Receipts of canned albacore or white~meat
tuna were down 30 percent; canned light-meat tuna in-
creased 12 percent.

CANNED BONITO: Imports from Peru inthe first five
months this year were 24percent lessthan in the simi-
lar period last year.

FRESH OR FROZEN LOBSTERS: Imports this year
January-May were 9 percent less than during January to
May of 1957; principal decreases were in receipts from
Mexico, Cuba, Australia, and New Zealand.

SHRIMP: Gains in shipments from Hong Kong and many
sources in Central and South American countries pri-
marily accounted for the 11 percent increase in shrimp
imports the first five months of 1958. Receipts from
Panama and Japan were less than in the same period of
1957.

CANNED OYSTERS: Receipts during January-May 1958
registered large gains, particularly from Japan. Quanti-
ties received were about double those imported in the
comparable period of 1957.

CANNED SARDINES: Imports of canned sardines in oil
January-May 1958 were 16 percent less than during the
first five months of 1957. Imports of sardines, not in
oil, were about six times those of the corresponding 1957
period, primarily the result of large gains in shipments
from the Union of South Africa.

Reports indicate that in 1958 the South African pilchard
canning industry will have the best season since the rec-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

ord catch of 1952. After six years of reduced catches,
the fish returned in abundance early in February and
subsequent catches have been good. The April catch

set a new record, Fish were reported within a few miles
of the coast. Large quantities of jack mackerel were
also available. According to reports, improved fishing
was matched by greater sales to export markets, prin-
cipally to the Philippines and other Far East countries.

CANNED SALMON: Increased shipments from both Japan
and Canada have raised the imports for January~May
1958 to 160 percent of a year ago. In Japan, a sub-
stantial carryover of canned salmon from the 1957 pack
was reported on hand early this year, but mid-year re-
ports indicate it has been sold.

CANNED CRABMEAT: Imports during the first five
months this year were about 12 percent below those
of a year ago.

FISH MEAL: Imports during January-May 1958 were
17 percent above a year ago. Receipts from Canada
declined to less than half those in the similar 1957 period,
but large increases occurred in imports from Angola,
Peru, Chile, and the Union of South Africa. Heavy
catches of pilchards and mackerel in South Africa have
resulted in increased exports of fish meal from South
Africa toGreat Britain, Western Europe, and the United
States.

Exports: CANNED SARDINES, MACKEREL, AND
ANCHOVIES: Compared to the first five months of 1957,
exports during January-May 1958 of canned California
sardines declined 64 percent; canned mackerel, 82 per-
cent; and canned anchovies, about 89 percent. Major re-
ductions in the domestic catch resulted in reduced ex-
ports of these products to established markets in Cuba,
other Latin American countries, and the Philippines.

CANNED SALMON: Canned salmon exports during Jan-
uary-May 1958 were 51 percentlessthanfor the similar
period of 1957.

FISH OIL: Sharp declines were noted in shipments to
Western Germany and the Netherlands; exports to Canada
increased, Total exports of fish oil during the first five
months of 1958 were 45 percent less than during the
same period a year ago. Because of the large catches of
pilchard and mackerel, South Africa’s output of fish body
oils and exports to Europe have increased. This probably
rae had an effect upon sales and exports of United States
ish oils.

ok ke kk

IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA IN BRINE UNDER QUOTA: The quantity of tuna
canned in brine which may be imported into the United States during the calendar
year 1958 at the 124-percent rate of duty has been established as 44,693,874 pounds,

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Any imports in excess of this established quota will be dutiable at 25 percent
ad valorem.

Imports from January 1-July 5, 1958, amounted to
20,407,245 pounds, according to data compiled by the Bureau
of Customs. This leaves a balance of 24,286,629 pounds of
the quota which may be imported during the balance of 1958
at the 125-percent rate of duty. Last year from January 1-
June 1 a total of 17,764,752 pounds had been imported.

He sk ok oe oc

IMPORTS OF EDIBLE FISHERY United States Imports of Edible Fishery Products, 1
PRODUCTS, MARCH 1958: United States Masciit 20S NEUNE CREE res
imports of edible fresh, frozen, and proc- Quantity
essed fish and shellfish into the United
States during March 1958 were higher by
10.0 percent in quantity and 20.2 percent
in value as compared with February 1958. (Millions of Lbs.)| (Millions of $)
Compared with March 1957, the imports

; 3 : IFish & shellfish:
this March were higher by 1.0 percent in Fresh, frozen, &

quantity and 8.9 percent in value processed 1/. . . .| 68.5 | 67.8 | 837.0] 22.0| 20.2 | 248.4|

[T7Includes pastes, sauces, clam chowder and juice, and other specialties.

al le le Je
2 ok ook ok

IMPORTS OF EDIBLE FISHERY
PRODUCTS, APRIL 1958: Imports of edi-
ble fresh, frozen, and processed fish and
shellfish into the United States during
April 1958 were down 3.7 percent in quan-
tity and 11.3 percent in value as com-
pared with March 1958.

Table 1-United States Imports of Edible Fishery Products,
April 1958 with Comparisons

Quantity Value

1958 1957 1957 |1958/|1957)} 1957

(Millions of Lbs.) (Millions of $)

Item

Fish & shellfish:
Fresh, frozen, &
processed 1/...| 66.0 62.6 | 837.0 |19.5| 17.2) 248.4

/Includes pastes, sauces, clam chowder and juice, and other specialties.

Compared with April 1957, the im-
ports this April were higher by 5.4 per-
cent in quantity and 13.4 percent in value.

Wholesale Prices, July 1958

The July edible fish and shellfish wholesale price index,
although slightly lower, was still very close to the June
record peak when it was the highest for any month since
January 1947, the beginning of the 1947-49 base period
for the index. Although there were some price declines for
fresh and frozen processed fishery products, they were al-
most completely offset by the higher ex-vessel prices for
fresh unprocessed fish because of continued light landings.
The July edible fish and shellfish (fresh, frozen, and can-
ned) wholesale price index (131.2 percent of the 1947-49
average) dropped only 0.2 percent from the previous month’s
record high level, but was 9.4 percent higher than for the
same month of 1957.

Continued light landings, particularly in the New Eng-
land and Middle Atlantic area, were responsible for the
record high prices in July for drawn, dressed, and whole
finfish. During the summer prices are generally low be-
cause landings are usually heavy. Increases in ex-vessel
prices for fresh large drawn haddock at Boston (up 8.2
percent) and wholesale prices for fresh large and medium
king salmon and yellow pike (up 27.2 percent) at New York
City more than offset a substantial drop in whitefish whole-
sale prices at New York City. Compared with July 1957, inside a wholesale fish house in the Chicago Fulton
this July’s prices were up for fresh large haddock by 38.1 Market area.

September 1958

percent, for fresh Western halibut by 8.1 percent, for
fresh king salmon by 20.4 percent, and for whitefish by
about 13.7 percent. The drawn, dressed, or whole finfish
subgroup index this July was 2.6 percent higher than the
previous month and 23.3 percent above July 1957.

The light haddock landings were reflected in higher
prices this July for fresh haddock fillets at Boston--up
8.2 percent from the previous month and 33.9 percent
from the same month in 1957. The increase in fresh had-
dock fillets and shucked oyster prices was more than off-
set by a drop of 4.3 percent in July’s fresh shrimp prices
at New York. Compared with July 1957, prices this July
for fresh haddock fillets were up 33.9 percent and for fresh
large shrimp were up 4.2 percent. The index for the fresh
processed fish and shellfish subgroup dropped 1.3 percent
from June to July but was 5.4 percent higher than in the
same month of 1957.

A drop in the prices for frozen shrimp at Chicago of 4.5
percent and for frozen ocean perch fillets more than offset

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

75

a 3.1-percent rise in the prices of frozen haddock fillets
from June to July. Compared to July a year ago, prices
this July for frozen haddock fillets were 26.4 percent high-
er and for frozen ocean perch fillets were 5.5 percent high-
er. On the other hand, frozen shrimp prices were 2.8 per-
cent lower and flounder fillets also slightly lower. The July
index for the processed frozen fish and shellfish subgroup
was 2.4 percent lower than the previous month, but 5.7 per-
cent higher than in the same month a year ago.

There was only a slight drop in the prices of canned fish-
ery products from June to July because of slightly lower
prices for California sardines (as dealers started to clean
up their stocks for the beginning of the new season) and
slightly lower prices for Maine sardines. When compared
with a year ago, this July’s prices for canned tuna were up
4.0 percent, for California sardine up 25.0 percent, and for
Maine sardines were up 3.7 percent. This July’s canned
fishery products subgroup index was almost the same as a
month earlier, but 3.8 percent higher than in July 1957.

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, July 1958 With Comparisons

Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification

Indexes
(1947-49=100)

Avg, Prices1/
(8)

July June July | Jime | May] July
1958 1958 1958 1958 1958 | 1957
ALL FISH & SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Canned). .......e-ee-s Ooo D8 131.2 131.5 | 128.6} 119.9
breshiébrozenirisheryyProducts:}) silo) ofc sc) Welles sles 150.0 | 150.4 | 146.0 | 133.3
Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish:. . ....... 2. ee es 151.0 | 147.2 | 148.3] 122.5
Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh . . . . . |Boston 131.6 | 121.6 | 101.7 95.3
Halibut, West., 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz. |New York 123.8 | 123.8 | 106.7] 114.5
Salmon, king, lge. & med., drsd., fresh or froz. |New York 169.1 | 168.5 |179.8 | 140.5
Whitefish,L. Superior, drawn, fresh ..... Chicago
Whitefish,L. Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh New York
Yellow pike, L. Michigan&Huron,rnd.,fresh . |New York

Processed,Fresh (Fish & Shellfish):

Fillets, haddock, sml., skins on, 20-1b, tins .

Shrimp, lge. (26-30 count), headless,
Oysters, shucked, standards

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish):. . .

(eager et ete; eu se

G00 O00 0

freshivcurs

Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-lb, pkg. .
Haddock, sml,,skins on, 1-lb. pkg... .
Ocean perch, skins on, l-Ib. pkg. . . .

Shrimp, lge, (26-30 count), 5-lb. pkg.

Canned Fishery Products:

Salmon, pink, No. 1 tall (16 0z.), 48cans/cs.

Tuna, lt, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 02.),

ASicans/CSarsmaeeiiel

Sardines, Calif., tom. pack,No. 1 oval (15 02.),

24Tcans/CSsuemeiien ene

Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn

(G=8/Atoz2) 1 00tcans/CSayei elie i) elec

'1/ Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs,
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level, Daily Market News Serv-

. « |New York

. |LosAngelests,
. |Los Angelesics.

cs.

ice ‘‘Fishery Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices.

er

————

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

International

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE
ORGANIZATION

NAVAL ARCHITECT REPORTS ON WORLD MARKETS
FOR AND DESIGN OF FISHING BOATS AND ENGINES:

The “engine barrier” which existed among fishermen in
the underdeveloped countries has been broken down, re-
ported the Chief Naval Architect,
Fisheries Division, Food and Agri-
culture Organization (FAO), Rome,
Italy, on his return from an 80-day
round-the-world trip. The purpose
of the trip was to discuss with gov-
ernment officials and private indi-
viduals in various countries partici-
pation in the second World Fishing
Boat Congress, which will be held at
FAO headquarters, Rome, April 5 to
HOW1SI5.9%

Fishermen Eager to Mechanize Boats: ‘I was im-
pressed by the developments in mechanization which are
taking place in the underdeveloped countries of the Far
East,’’ he said. ‘‘It is quite clear that the fishermen now are
convinced of the value of mechanization which enables them
to catch3 or 4 times more fish.. . but there is the problem
of finding ways and means to supply the engines required
by the fishermen. However, that is chiefly an economic
problem, especially as it is often closely tied up with a
system of government subsidies.

“Apart from this aspect, the main question now seems
to be the introduction of an extension service which will
help overcome the difficulties arising from lack of commun-
ication between fishing villages. It is surprising to realize
that the news of the successful introduction of mechanized
fishing craft in a village does not spread along the coast.
The next village, perhaps 20 or 30 miles away, will hear
nothing of it, chiefly because there is no road communica-
Lioness

Fisheries Departments Stimulating Production: A very
noticeable change in the attitudes of governments towards
fisheries has taken place, according to the Chief Naval
Architect. Until recently fisheries departments seemed
to approach fishery development work from the scientific
and biological point of view and were mostly concerned
with introducing fishing regulations. But now the fisheries
departments are trying to stimulate production through the
introduction of modern motors, mechanized gear, synthetic
fibre nets, and so on.

Great Savings in Fuel Costs Possible: While in Japan
the FAO Chief Naval Architect conferred with scientists
of the Fisheries Agency, Tokyo, where FAO-sponsored
tests of fishing vessel models are being carried out in
the Agency’s tank. ‘‘We have, for a long time past, been
advocating the construction of fishing vessels with a low
prismatic coefficient, because the results of tests sponsor-
ed by FAO have shown that such vessels would cut fuel
costs by at least 15 percent while operating in calm water
conditions,’’ he stated.

A boat with a low prismatic coefficient has a hull design-
ed to concentrate the main volume of water displacement
around midships, he explained, but a boat with a high pris-
matic coefficient has a hull designed to carry the displace-
ment of water more evenly along its whole length.

The tests in the Tokyo tank have been made in rough
water conditions, and these have shown some remarkable
results. In fact, the data obtained so far indicate that a
traditional hull requires about 60 percent more fuel in rough-
water conditions than a fishing boat with a low prismatic
coefficient. Such a saving could be effected by all fishing
vessels of 30 to 200 feet.

The effect of the prismatic coefficient was dramatically
illustrated in the Tokyo tank during tests whena model with
a high prismatic coefficient was so heavy in its movements
in rough water that it broke the testing instruments. There
are at least two other advantages in designing fishing boats
with a low prismatic coefficient. The first is that such
boats will be seakindlier, which means that they will pro-
vide much pleasanter conditions forthe crew. The second
is that they will be able to continue fishing in rougher
water and higher wind force than is possible in the usual
type of fishing boat of today.

Enclosed Working Deck for Long-Liners: in the
course of his trip the FAO Architect visited the United
States, Canada, and Newfoundland. While in Newfoundland
he advised on the construction of some 30 long-liners,

‘‘It had been proposed to build boats with the line-haul-
ing operation on the open deck,’’ he explained, ‘‘but I sug-
gested a design to provide a completely enclosed working
deck which would enable the crew to bait, set, and handle
the fishing lines under cover and also split the catch. I
proposed that the accommodation throughout should be
heated by infrared rays. The Newfoundland naval architects
are now working on this design and 20 boats of 60-70 feet
and 10 boats of 90-100 feet willbe constructed at a cost of
About $1,600,000.’’

(NORTH EUROPEAN) INTERNATIONAL
FISHERIES CONVENTION

PERMANENT COMMISSION
TO MEET IN DUBLIN:

A British Ministry of Agriculture,
Fisheries and Food spokesman confirm-
ed recently the news from Oslo that the
Permanent Commission of the Interna-
tional Fisheries Convention of 1946 would
hold their regular meeting in Dublin in
November 1958, to discuss, among other
things, the draft of a new convention.

The meeting is of prime importance
because the Soviet Union joined the con-
vention recently and so will take part in
a meeting of the Permanent Commission
for the first time. The Commission com-
prises representatives of all the 14 mem-
ber countries.

The Commission regulates fishing in
the Arctic and North Atlantic from the

September 1958

International (Contd.):

coast of Labrador to the western parts
of the Barents Sea. The Baltic is, how-
ever, excluded from the convention area.
Moreover, all Soviet sea areas are sim-
ilarly exempted.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, August
1958, p. 57.

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC SALMON
FISHERIES COMMISSION

PROSPECTS FOR 1958 RUN OF
FRASER RIVER SOCKEYE:

The Early Stuart run, which has pro-
vided the entire catch of sockeye to date,
is later than any previously recorded
Early Stuart run. Catches in the Fraser
River indicate that the peak is now ap-
pearing--at least a week later thannor-
mal, a July 16, 1958, ''Information Bul-
letin'’ of the International Pacific Salm-
on Fisheries Commission points out.

Ocean temperatures are at a record
high, and the Fraser sockeye may have
moved further north than normal during
their marine existence. Reports on oth-
er species indicate that a northern shift
in ocean habitat has taken place during
the current season.

A careful analysis, based on several
factors, indicate that the size of the Ear-
ly Stuart run is in accordance with pre-
season anticipations. The 1958 runs up
to July 20 were not expected to equal
those of the brood cycle for the same
period in 1954. The four-year-oldStuart
fish, unselected by the gill-net fishery,
averaged 5.3 pounds from July 1-7 and
5.6 pounds from July 8-14 as compared
with an average weight of 5.7 and 6.1
pounds, respectively, for the same aged
fish during the same weekly periods for
the cycle from 1918 through 1954. The
fish, therefore, are averaging smaller
than normal as was anticipated in ad-
vance of the season.

General information provides justifi-
cation for reasonable optimism on the
prospects of the 1958 run. The only
change in the anticipated character of
the 1958 Fraser sockeye run is the tardy
appearance of the Early Stuart run. If
the runs to come, including the important
Adams River population, follow the late

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

77

migrating character of the Stuart run the
catch will not follow the expected pattern
established by the 1942 run.

SEALING

NORWEGIAN-U. 5S. 5S. R. NORTH
ATLANTIC AGREEMENT RATIFIED:

The instruments of ratification of the
Norwegian-Soviet agreement concerning
sealing in the North Atlantic, signed in
Oslo on November 22, 1957, were ex-
changed in Moscow on June 27, 1958,
states a U. S. Embassy dispatch from
Oslo dated July 2, 1958. The treaty be-
came effective immediately.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries

Review, February
1958, p. 50.

TRADE AGREEMENTS
.
U. 5. 5. R.-WEST GERMAN TRADE

AGREEMENT INCLUDES FISH:

A Long-Term Trade and Payments
Agreement between the German Federal
Republic and the U. 5. 5S. R. was signed
on April 25, 1958. The agreement took
effect retroactively as of January 1,1958,
and is in force until December 31, 1960.

Among the commodity quotas establish-
ed for imports from the U. 8. 5S. R. into
the German Federal Republic are the fol-
lowing for fishery products: canned crabs
DM4 million (US$956,000) for 1958,
DM4.5 million (US$1,075,500) for 1959,
and DM5 million (US$1,195,000) for 1960;
caviar and canned fish during 1958 at
DM2.5 million (US$597,500), and for 1959
and 1960 DM3 million (US$717,000).

Note: Values converted at rate of DM1 equals
US$0.239.

WHALING

ANTARCTIC WHALE LIMIT FOR
1958/59 SEASON:

At a meeting of the International
Whaling Commission in The Hague,
Netherlands, June 23-27, 1958, it was
decided to set the Antarctic pelagic whale
catch limit for the 1958/59 season at
14,500 blue-whale units, the same asfor
the previous 2 seasons. This limit is
subject to approval of the member coun-
tries. (Foreign Crops and Markets, vol.

U5 XD), Be se

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Australia

TUNA CATCH FOR 1958
SEASON SETS RECORD:

The South Australian tuna catch this
season (now ended) totaled 545 metric
tons. This compares with 230 tons in
1957 and 150 tons in 1956. The 545-ton
catch was taken by two boats--Fairtuna
and Tacoma. Fairtuna caught 335 tons,
which was believed to be a record for

one boat in Australia.

Adding the New South Wales catch of
approximately 950 tons, gives a record
Australian tuna catch of 1,495 tons.

Belgium

PROPOSED EXTENSION OF FISHING
LIMITS BY ICELAND
CREATES PROBLEMS:

The recent announcement by Iceland
of the extension of its fishing limits to
12 miles, has caused speculation on the
problems that will arise in relation to
the Belgian fishing industry, states a
July 16 dispatch from the United States
Consulate in Antwerp. As a result of
declining yields and rising operating ex-
penses, two of the last three years have
been particularly unprofitable for the
fishing industry, and the Belgian fishing
fleet has tended to depend increasingly
on the more productive fishing grounds
off the Icelandic coast.

The growing importance of these fish-
ing grounds is illustrated by the percent-
age of the Belgian catch in 1957 which
was landed from Iceland. The total
Belgian landings in 1957 amounted to
109.3 million pounds valued at US$9.8
million. Of this total, the landings from
off Iceland amounted to 36.6 million
pounds valued at US$3.1 million or 33.5
percent of the total quantity landed and
23.4 percent of the total value. The total
landings of whitefish (mainly cod and
haddock) in 1957 amounted to 29.3 mil-
lion pounds, of which 18.1 million pounds
or 61.8 percent was caught off Iceland.

The fishing grounds around Iceland
are very narrow except on the west and
northeast side-of the island. The north-

Vol. 20, No. 9

eastern fishing grounds are fished main-
ly by German trawlers. The western
shores of Iceland are mainly fished by
the Icelanders. The Belgians operate off
the southeast coast between Ingolsholdi
and the Vestmaens islands, where the
continental shelf is extremely narrow
and the bottom slopes rapidly into the
oceanic depths.

Due to disappointing returns in the
North Sea, medium-sized vessels of the
Belgian fleet, designed for North Sea
fishing, started several years ago to fish
intensively on the Icelandic grounds.
This proved successful and an increasing
number of Belgian vessels engaged in
fishing these waters. The smaller ves-
sels met several difficulties not only be-
cause of the diminishing density of the
fishing stocks further from the coast,
but also because the bottom rapidly be-
comes too deep to be worked by less
powerful vessels. In order to operate
successfully, modifications of these ves-
sels were required. Their hulls were
strengthened and elongated and more
powerful engines were installed at con-
siderable cost to the Belgian owners.
This fleet of medium-sized long-distance
trawlers and some large steam trawlers
developed into the most profitable part
of the Belgian fishing fleet. For two of
the last three years, these were the only
vessels which not only covered their op-
erating costs but returned profits totheir
owners. Due to their inability to operate
in deeper waters, the medium-sized ves-.
sels will not be able to fish the Icelandic
grounds once the boundaries are moved
out further into the sea.

The finding of substitute fishing
groundsisaproblem. More distant fish-
ing grounds, suchasnear Greenland and
the Bear Island, have been previously
explored without financial success. Only
the largest vessels can work these
grounds and the fish that have been caught
there do not seem to be of the quality ex-
pected by the Belgian market. Other fish-
ing grounds off East Iceland can perhaps
provide a substitute, but it is uncertain
that they can be fished by the smaller
vessels of the Belgian fishing fleet. In
addition, the species of fish most abun-
dant there is the ocean perch. This spe-
cies is comparatively unknown on the
Belgian market and fishing industry

September 1958

Belgium (Contd.):

officials are not certain that it can be
successfully sold.

Another problem which the Belgian
industry foresees as a result of the Ice-
landic action is depletion of the North
Sea grounds. It is anticipated that the
greater part of the smaller trawlers
now fishing the Icelandic grounds will
swarm over to the North Sea. Since the
maximum sustainable yield is being at-
tained at present, it is believed that
should this redeployment of the small
vessels take place, the North Sea grounds
will be overfished in a very short time.

Canada

FISH-VISCERAL FLOUR USED AS
PROTEIN SUPPLEMENT FOR HOGS:

Fish-visceral flour, a new byproduct of the Canadian
fishing industry, was found to be a satisfactory protein
supplement in the rations of growing and finishing hogs,
in tests at the Nappan, Nova Scotia, Experimental Farm,
Canadian Department of Agriculture. The hogs had no
objection to the fish-flour ration and their rate of gain,
feed efficiency, and carcass grade were quite Satisfactory.

The hogs used in the Nappan tests received a ration of
barley, oats, and minerals, plus fish visceral flour at the
rate of 10 percent by weight of the grain allowance, from
weaning until the pigs reached a live weight of 100 pounds,
At this point the fish flour was reduced to 4 percent of the
grain mixture and kept at this level until the pigs reached
the market weight of 200 pounds.

Fish flour was prepared by collecting fresh cod and had-
dock viscera on the vessels. Sodium nitrite, a preservative,
was addedtothis material andthe viscera kept at a tem-
perature of 80 to 100 F., for several days. During this
time most of the solids go into solution. The solution is
then drum-dried and the dried material is ground into flour.

An estimated 90 million pounds of fish viscera are dis-
carded annually in the Atlantic area. From this amount
of viscera, approximately 18 million pounds of fish-visceral
flour could be produced each year. The fish flour used in
the tests was produced on an experimental basis by the
Fisheries Technological Station, Halifax, N.S. Investi-
gations on the use of this new feed are continuing at the
Nappan Experimental Farm. (March 1958 Trade News
of the Canadian Department of Fisheries.)

2K ok ok ok
MARINE-OIL OUTPUT DROPS:
Marine-oil production in Canada in
1957 fell more than 40 percent below
1956, and probably will decline further
in 1958. The drop resulted primarily
from a smaller British Columbian her-
ring catch, which in turn resulted from
cold weather early in 1957, and a scar-
city of fish. Also, a price disagreement
between fishermen and processors cur-

tailed fishing and processing.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

79

The disagreement continued into 1958.
Consequently there were no herring for
processing and no oil produced in Janu-
ary and February. In the corresponding
months of 1957 herring oil production
totaled 4,950 short tons. On the Atlantic
coast, however, herring oil output in Jan-
uary and February 1958 totaled 538 tons,
compared with 117 tons in the first 2
months of 1957.

{Canada's Marine-Oil Productionby Type
and Major Producing Area, 1956-57

—

(Short Tons)

Atlantic Coast:
Cod-liver oil
Herring oil

Othe) MoS COR melo)
Total Atlantic Coast 7,376 6,841
———$

3,689 | 4,347
1,127| 668!

[British Columbia:
Herring oil
RO tale ee aa es

1/Preliminary. 2/Includes seal oil and other fish oils.

There has been a sharp change in the
use of fish oils in Canada over the last
several years. In 1956--the latest sta-
tistics available--all the fish oil used in
Canada went into margarine and shorten-
ing manufacture. In 1955, only 14 tons
of fish oil went into soap, whereas in
1948 about 800 tons--representing about
75 percent of all the marine oil used that
year--were used for this purpose (For-
eign Crops and Markets, July 7, 1958,
U.S. Department of Agriculture).

9,224 | 21,284

oe OK ok ook OOK
HERRING RESEARCH IN
NORTH PACIFIC:

Far out in the Pacific Ocean (up to 200
miles offshore) a single British Columbia
research vessel fished for herring this
summer. The Canadian Fisheries Re-
search Board's A. P. Knight was sched-
uled to make two cruises of approximate-
ly one month each in July and August.

The objective was to determine the
offshore limits and ocean distribution of
herring spawned in British Columbia
coastal waters and to study and appraise
the mixture of their stocks.

Midwater trawl and drift nets were
used in fishing wherever herring schools
are located. The drift nets are designed
to be set at varying depths ranging from

80

Canada (Contd.):

the surface down to 50 fathoms. (May
1958 Trade News of the Canadian De-
partment of Fisheries.)

HK OK A OK OK

NEW CONTAINERS FOR SHIPPING
LOBSTERS BY AIR DEVELOPED:

The distribution of live lobsters to markets across the
continent has become a major phase of the Canadian lob-
ster industry. For shipments within the Maritime Province
and to the nearby New England States lobsters are often
packedin simple woodencrates. These are transported by
train or truck which are iced during warm weather. For
greater distances lobsters are usually packed in double-
walled boxes or barrels. In one type, 50 pounds of lobsters
and about 10 pounds of seaweed are packed in the inside
compartment. Forty or more pounds of flake ice are placed
in the outside compartment. The gross shipping weight for
50 pounds of lobsters is often more than 125 pounds.

When lobsters are taken out of sea water they often weaken |
and die rather quickly. Evenunder good shipping conditions
they cannot be expected to remain vigorous for more than
a few days. Obviously the quality of lobsters reaching dis-
tant markets could be improved by faster transportation.
Shipment by aircraftis apossible answer that could extend
the live lobster trade to distant areas which cannot be sup-
plied at present. The usual methods of packing are unsuit- |
able for air transport because of excessive weight and leak- |
age. There isa growing need for a light-weight, leakproof |
method of packing for air shipment. )

A Canadian company has designeda double-walled, corru-
gated, cardboard box with an aluminum foil covering for
insulation. Depending on holding temperatures, up to 20
pounds of ice are used to keep the lobsters cool. The ice
is sealed in a polyethelene bag to protect the lobsters from
melting ice and to avoid undesirable leakage. To improve
insulation, the box is well sealed withtape but tests showed
that twol/2-inch air holes were necessarytoprevent suffo- |
cation of the lobsters. Whenpacked with 50 pounds of lob-
sters and 10 pounds of ice the container has a gross weight
of 64 pounds.

On October 29, 1957, through the cooperation of Trans-
Canada Airlines, a trial shipment of 250 pounds was |
trucked from St. Andrews, New Brunswick, to St. John, !
New Brunswick, and then flown to Montreal and return.
During the 30-hour shipment temperatures inside the
boxes averaged 43 F. at an average air temperature of i
47°F. On completion of the return flight over 95 percent |
of the lobsters were found to be in excellent condition.

A radically different idea, packing lobsters in dry wood |
shavings, has been demonstrated by two lobster buyers

from Belgium. Lobsters were allowedto drain for 15 min-
utes to remove excess water. Dry wood shavings were placed
in the bottom ofa cardboard box anda layer of lobsters was
packed on top of the shavings. Wood shavings were added
to cover the lobsters. This process was repeated until

the box was filled. In all, three boxes were packed in this
manner, each box containing 50 pounds of lobsters and 5
pounds of wood shavings. The boxes were not iced but they
were kept cool at a room temperature of 50°F. The gross
weight for 50 pounds of lobsters was only 57 pounds.

The lobster dealers who watched the demonstration felt |
that this was rather drastic treatment. However, the 150
pounds of lobsters were in surprisingly good condition with
no sign of weakening after 2 days’ storage. The potential val-
ue of this method of packing for air shipment was obvious.

To find out how long lobsters could be expected to live in
wood shavings at different temperatures some tests were
done at St. Andrews. Six boxes were packed with 20
pounds of lobsters, and about 4 pounds of shavings in each.
As in the demonstration, the boxes were not iced but were
stored at various room temperatures. One-box was stored
at 70 F., three boxes at 45 F. and two at 35°F. The tem-
perature inside the boxes was 50 F. when packed.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

To see if survival could be prolonged by icing, 5 pounds
of ice sealed in a plastic bag was placed in each of four
other boxes that were held at 70 F. In addition one fairly
tight cardboard box was packed with 20 pounds of lobsters
without wood shavings and without ice. Two small holes in
the box prevented suffocation. This box was stored at aly 10's

The 11 boxes were examined periodically and the tests
were stopped when it was certain that some lobsters were
weakening.

These tests show that lobsters packed in wood shavings
willremainin vigorous condition for reasonably long periods
(upto 6 days) ifthey are storedat low temperatures. When
held at 70° F. without ice, the temperature in the box in-
creased rapidly and the lobsters were in poor condition by
24 hours. However, with 5 pounds of ice added, low tem-
peratures were maintained for 24 hours and the lobsters
remainedingoodcondition. After that time the temperature
began to rise and the lobsters were in poor condition at 48
hours,

In the tests at 35° F., lobsters packed without wood shav-
ings remained vigorous for 5 days and those with shavings
for 6 days, a slight difference considering the times in-
volved.

The insulating quality of wood shavings is probably the
most important feature of this method of packing. Small
quantities of ice (5 pounds) will maintain low temperatures
for 24 hours during warm weather. To extend the safe
holding time beyond 24 hours more ice, more shavings, or
more ice and shavings could be used, The effectiveness
of these treatments has not been studied as yet.

A commercial shipment of 12,600 pounds of lobsters pack-
edby a New Brunswick firm was flownfrom St. John, N. B:,
to Belgium during early December. Since air temperatures
were low no ice was needed. Although they were shipped
more than 3,000 miles, over 97 percent of the lobsters re-
mained in excellent condition,

The possibility that air shipment will become apractical
method of transportation for live lobsters ora continuing
basis is approaching reality with the development of light-
weight leakproof methods of packing. (Trade News,
March 1958, of the Canadian Department of Fisheries.)

*K Ok ok Ok
NEWFOUNDLAND FISHERIES
ACT IN FORCE:

The Fisheries Act is now in force in
Newfoundland, the Canadian Minister of
Fisheries announced earlier this year.
A proclamation has been issued setting
the date on which the Act became effec-
tive as May 1, 1958.

The fisheries in Newfoundland were
previously administered under the New-
foundland statutes existing at the time of
union in 1949 and which remained inforce
until the present time.

Proclamation of the Fisheries Act in
Newfoundland will have the effect of bring-
ing fisheries administration for all Canada
under the basic statue relating to the man-
agement and regulation of the resource.

Since Confederation, Newfoundland
fisheries regulations have been author-
ized under several old Newfoundland

September 1958

Canada (Contd.):

acts, such as the Department of Natural
Resources Act, the Fish and Wildlife
Act, the Fisheries Board Act, etc. This
situation created many serious problems
with respect to fisheries legislation.
These problems are now resolved asa
result of the proclamation.

The Fisheries Act is a comprehen-
sive document, but essentially the main
points covered are: the powers of the
Minister and Fishery Officers; conser-
vation and protection of various species
of fish; authority for fisheries regula-
tions, pollution, andobstruction of
streams; and the licensing of fishing ves-
sels and fishermen. (May 1958 Trade
News of the Canadian Department of
Fisheries.)

ok kk

SALMON RESEARCH IN
NORTH PACIFIC, 1958:

Two fishing vessels, Key West 2 and
Fort Ross, chartered by the Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, have begun
Canada's third Pacific Ocean survey,as
part of the program of scientific re-
search under the International North Pa-
cific Fisheries Convention between Can-
ada, United States, and Japan.

Both boats were fitted out at the
Board's biological station at Nanaimo
and will be cruising the high seas through-
out the summer. While at sea the ves-
sels will fish for salmon and other spe-
cies to build up knowledge already gain-
ed on the racial characteristics and mi-
gratory patterns of salmon. Nine test
fishing stations have been plotted and
fishing operations will follow closely a-
long lines established in 1956 and 1957.
The Canadian vessels will be responsi-
ble for the area of the Pacific Ocean
north of latitude 42 degrees and east of
longitude 155 degrees. American and
Japanese research teams will cover oth-
er parts of the North Pacific.

This year the Canadian vessels are
carrying surface drift nets with mesh
sizes varying up to a maximum of nine
inches, Other drift nets will be set to
fish at depths varying from the surface

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

81

to 200 feet under water. In addition both
vessels will use midwater trawls when
conditions warrant.

Fish will be kept in refrigerated stor-
age holds. At the conclusion of the sea-
son's operations, specimens will be ex-
amined for fish-scale markings, parasites,
stomach contents, feeding habits, and oth-
er factors that may have some bearing
on the past history of the fish. Informa-
tion and specimens will be pooled with
the other countries concerned. Some
tagging will be carried out when condi-
tions are favorable. (May 1958 Trade
News of the Canadian Department of Fish-
eries.)

Ceylon

FISHING FLEET MECHANIZATION
IMPROVES EARNINGS:

Mechanized fishing is becoming popu-
lar in most of the fishing centers around
the island of Ceylon. After the Ceylonese
Department of Fisheries, with the assist-
ance of the Canadian Colombo Plan and
Food and Agriculture Organization ex-
perts, gave a series of demonstrations
to prove the efficiency of this method,
many fishermen have purchased marine
Diesel engines and outboard motors for
use in their fishing boats. These have
been obtained through the Department of
Fisheries on easy repayment terms. The
Department assists in their installation
and also trains the fishermen in the pro-
per use and maintenance of the new en-
gines.

It is reported that fishermen who have
started using mechanized boats have in-
creased their income by being able to
spend more time on the fishing grounds,
reach them even at times when there is
no wind, and return to the market when
the price is normally at its highest.

Most of the fishermen have also a-
dopted the use of more modern fishing
methods, such as long lines and nylon
drift nets (Trade News, Canada's De-
partment of Fisheries, May 1958).

=S

82

Colombia

FISHERY LANDINGS INCREASED
CONSIDERABLY IN 1957:

Colombia's total fishery landings in
1957 amounted to 66.4 million pounds,
valued at Ps 24,451,400 (US$3.0 mil-
lion), as compared with 46.7 million

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

|
|

Vol. 20, No. 9

panding operations. The number of fish-
ing companies with vessels has increased
from 3 in 1956 to 5 in 1957 and 9 in 1958.
In 1956, there were only 9 vessels of
more than 10 metric toms as compared
with 14 in 1957 and 56 in 1958. The num-
ber of canning firms has increased from
2 in 1956, to 4 in 1957, and 6 in 1958.

Colombia's Landings and Utilization of Fish and Shellfish, 1957

wena 5 For Fresh Use or Salting or Freezin or
Palaeipall Rsecles Quantit Value Quantity Value Quantity Vatue Quantit
1,000 Lbs. | US$1,000| 1,000 Lbs. | US$1,000|] 1,000 Lbs. | US$1,000/ 1,000 Lbs.
arine Fish: CFLs Re Ved AR TRU DAN| SESE NOS ll ee
Herring and related species 1,279.6 71.0 0.2
Tuna andtunalike ...... 19.4 Weal -
IMackerellsi nett names 124.6 6.6 =
Res Gop eop aan 2,625.9 155.6 21.0
Mule tera noha. a socue ee 1,081.9 45.9 PAV. 7)
(Crustaceans:
Shrimps eo eis een Ded 25.0
SpinyaGobsterswe seca eee 12.1 3.2 2
iresh-water fish... 2.02. 27,239.4 1,140.8 29,684.4 1,257.2
Geta rene la ccecueee etches ae 305.7 17.4 17.3
Mota amassed a te oie QMi282 1,446.7 29,769.1 1,264.4
1/Includes all other marine fish and crustaceans, mollusks, and sea turtles.
estes a ee ee a
pounds, valued at Ps 12,806,000 (US$1.6
million), in 1956, recent statisticsfrom
the Ministry of Agriculture indicate.
This was an increase of about 50 per- Cuba

cent over the 1956 landings, states a
recent dispatch from the United States
Embassy at Bogota, dated July 10, 1958.

Fresh-water fish from the Magdalena
River accounted for about 84 percent of
the total 1957 landings, or 55.8 million
pounds as compared with 37.7 million
pounds from that same area during 1956.
This increase was attributed to favor-
able climatic conditions. Thus far in
1958, the landings of fish from the Mag-
dalena River have decreased as compared
with the same period in 1957.

Since the demand for fishery products
in Colombia is still greater than the sup-
ply, the average price of fish per pound
increased from Ps 0.27 (3 U. S. cents)
in 1956 to Ps 0.37 (5 U. S. cents) per
pound in 1957, despite the increased
catch. The prices of fish and shellfish
are expected to continue rising.

Over-all fishing activity has also in-
ereased, due partly to the effects of De-
cree 0376 of December 13, 1957, which
was designed to foster the development
of the fishing industry. Almost all the
firms connected with the fishing indus-
try are augmenting their capital and ex-

COD FISHING VESSEL PURCHASED:
The Cuban National Fisheries Institute

| has purchased from West Germany the
| M/V Arktis for the purpose of cod fish-

| ing on the fishing banks in the North At-
| lantic, according to a June 29, 1958, press

report.

The vessel is 128.9 feet in length, and
was built in Kiel, Germany, in 1950. It
has a beam of 39.3feetand a draft of 11.1
feet. Refrigerating facilities consist of
300 cubic meters capacity, and the ves-
sel is expected to be able to transport 180
metric tons of fish. The Arktis is also
equipped with radar, sonar, navigational
equipment, and a fish-finding device. —

The Cuban Economic and Social De-
velopment Bank, a Government financial
agency, has granted the Institute a
US$225,000 credit to cover the purchase
of the above vessel.

In 1957, 21.3 million pounds (valued
at US$4.4 million) of dried cod were im-
ported by Cuba. Such imports came
principally from Canada, Norway, Ice-
land, the United Kingdom, and France.
The Institute expects to set up its own

September 1958

Cuba (Contd.):

cod industry to reduce imports of this
traditional Cuban food staple. The Ark-
tis will be manned by a Spanish crew,
experienced in cod fishing , according to
trade sources. The green cod will be
brought refrigerated to Cuba for further
processing ashore.

eK OK OK

CONTRACT WITH CUBAN-JAPANESE TUNA
FISHING COMPANY TO BE TERMINATED:

The Cuban Institute Nacional de la Pesca (National
Fisheries Institute) has indicated that at a meeting of its
Board of Directors on May 21, 1958, it was decided not to
renew its contract with the joint Cuban-Japanese Fishing
Company (Cia. Pesqueras Internacionales, S. A.) when
it expires in September 1958.

The Vice President of the firm indicated that his com-
pany was not Satisfied with the arrangement to furnish fro-
zen tuna loins to the United States firms since it considers
the real profits in the tuna fishing industry to be inthe can-
ning business itself and not in the supplying of raw material
to the processors. He also pointed out that if, to comply
with Cuban laws, the Japanese tuna clipper were to be
purchased by a Cuban firm, the real problem would still
be the use of a Cuban crew sufficiently capable of handling
such a modern complicated fishing vessel. To do so
would require the continued use of some Japanese fisher-
men who would have to be declared ‘‘technicians”’ in
order to be excluded from the jurisdiction of current Cuban
labor legislation restricting the employment of non-Cubans. In
any case, the Institute had already shown some reluctance
to continue with the contractual relationship with Pesqueras
Internacionales, S, A. and the Japanese vessel Sumiyoshi
Maru No. 12, andthis has now culminated in the decision toter-
minate the contract with the company, effective as of Septem-
ber 1958.

The quantity of frozen cooked tuna loins prepared in
Cuba from November 1957 to April 1958 was 375 tons
(includes loins and flakes). These products were shipped
to a Boston firm via New York City as frozen loins packed
in 50-pound boxes (210 tons) for processing into tuna hams
and sausages on a continuing basis. Also on a one-time
basis only, 165 tons were shipped to a New York broker
for canning in a Maryland plant for shipment outside the
United States.

The joint Cuban-Japanese fishing company, defrosts
and cooks the raw tuna and processes it into frozen loins
for export.

As of the end of April 1958 the catch (principally off the
Gold Coast near Africa) of the Japanese tuna vessel
Sumiyoshi Maru No. 12 consisted of three trips of approx-
imately 300 tons each. Out of a total catch of 907 tons,
800 tons consisted exclusively of tuna.

A small amount of tuna was permitted by the National
Fisheries Institute to be consumed in Cuba during the
period when local supplies were light. The joint Cuban-
Japanese firm supplied such tuna to two local companies.
One of the firms also has a contract, effective July 1,
1958, with the joint Cuban-Japanese firm to co-pack a
canned product for export to all of Europe with the ex-
ception of Germany, under its own label.

As of April 1958 there were no other tuna products
(frozen, canned, or prepared as ‘‘hams”’ or ‘‘sausages’’)
produced in Cuba.

Raw tuna was purchased from the Japanese firm at prices
based on United States west coast landed prices determined
by cable sent to the west coast on the day the tuna is landed
in Cuba. This price has varied from $225 a ton to $250 a
ton. Sales prices on the frozen loins are based on a three-
to-one formula, e.g., if the West Coast price is $225 a ton,
the price charged is $675 per ton for frozen cooked tuna
loins,

xk KK OK

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

OPEN AND CLOSED SEASONS ON
SOME MARINE SPECIES ANNOUNCED:
The Cuban National Fisheries Insti-
tute imposed closed seasons, effective
June 15, 1958, on the following marine
varieties: oysters, turtles, tortoises,
and shrimp. The pertinent resolutions
invoking the above closed seasons ap-
peared in the Official Gazette No. 109 of
June 9, 1958 and will remain in force
until cancelled by subsequent resolutions.

The closed season on oysters affects
all of the aquatic regions of Cuba with
the exception of the entire province of
Oriente and the south coast of the prov-
ince of Camaquey. Shipment of oysters
captured in those regions must he ac-
companied by a transport permit issued
by an Institute Port Delegate or the Naval
Port Captain indicating the date, source,
shipper, andthe quantity of oysters cov-
ered by the permit.

Also effective June 15, 1958, the In-
stitute resolved to terminate the closed
season originally imposed April 1, 1958
on the capture of mojarra, states a
June 13, 1958, dispatch from the United
States Embassy in Habana.

sk * ste
mK OK OK *

SEASONS ON BULL FROGS, SNAPPERS,
AND CRABS REVISED:

The closed season on the capture of
bull frogs, imposed on April 2, 1958, was
terminated by the Cuban National Fisher -
ies Institute effective July 5, 1958.

Bull Frog

The imposition of closed seasons, ef-

fective July 15, 1958, was announced for
Moro or stone crabs, Cuban snapper ("'cu-

84

Cuba (Contd.):

bera''), cubereta, and gray snapper
("‘caballerote"'). :

These revisions in seasons were pub-
lished in the Official Gazette of July 4,
1958, states a July 11 dispatch from the
United States Embassy in Havana.

FAROES' PROPOSAL FOR 12-MILE
FISHING LIMITS SUPPORTED:

The Danish Government announced
on June 17, 1958, its support of a Faroe
Islands Resolution that sets up a 12-
mile fishing zone around the Islands for
the exclusive use of Faroese fishermen.
The Faroe Islands local Parliament early
in June decided to join Iceland in extend-
ing territorial waters fishing limits for
the Faroes to 12 nautical miles effective
September 1, 1958. The formal resolu-
tion read: ''Since Iceland has decided to
remove her fishing limit to 12 miles
from September 1, 1958, this fact has
altered conditions for territorial waters
so fundamentally that the Faroes must
consider themselves free from the agree-

Denmark
|

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ment with Britain dated June 24, 1901,
as modified in the temporary agreement
dated April 22, 1955, and the fishing
limit around the Farcezs will therefore
have to be widened tu 12 miles at the
same date as Iceland.'' As the Faroes
are under Danish jurisdiction, the reso-
lution passes to Denmark for implemen-
tation internationally.

Following a discussion with the Fa-
roese on the extension of fishing limits,
the Danish Prime and Foreign Minister
pointed out that the Government has as-
sumed the standpoint during the recent
Geneva Conference on the Law of the Sea
that people like the Faroese, Icelanders,
and Greenlanders, who by reason of their
isolated geographical position are depend-
ent to an unusual degree on the ocean,
should be entitled to maintain a fishing
zone of up to 12 miles from the basic
lines constituting the point of departure
for fixing territorial waters.

Vol. 20, No. 9

The Minister also pointed out that
"the Danish Government fully under-
stands the serious situation confronting
the Faroe Islands and continues to ad-
here to the view that the present state of
affairs with respect to the fixing of the
limits of the fishing zone cannot continue
to exist. In conformity therewith, the
Government is in accord that the fishing
zones of the islands ought to be 12 miles
and it is fully prepared in conformity
with the spirit and letter of the Home Rule
Law to endeavor to have the Faroe Is-
lands wishes, as expressed in the Reso-
lution adopted by the Lagting (Island Leg-
islature) on June 6, 1958, fulfilled. For
the purpose of achieving this end Den-
mark will contact the British Govern-
ment.

"The Danish Government had hoped
that support might have been obtained
from interested countries concerning
the holding of a regional conference with
a view to making an effort to bring about
a joint solution of the fishing problem in
the north Atlantic Ocean. According to
investigations made, the Government
does not expect that this idea can be real-
ized."

ok ok kK Ok

POND TROUT INDUSTRY:

Pond-trout farming began in Denmark in 1904, and after
several experiments it was found that the American rainbow
trout variety was robust and well-suited for pond farming.
It is known throughout Europe as a ‘‘Danish-born’’.trout.

The existence of pond-trout farming in Denmark is largely
determined by the economics of location. In Jutland there
is an abundance of clear fresh water in small streams
which are easy to dam. The temperatures of the air and
water are good for the trout year-around; and, most impor-
tant of all, there is an abundance of inexpensive trout food,

There are about 400 trout farms in Denmark in which
about 8.8 million pounds are produced annually at a value
of US$3.8 million. Almost all of the production is exported,
principally to the United States, Italy, Sweden, and the
United Kingdom.

Table 1 - Danish Exports of Pond Trout, 1957

Country o
Destination

Italy

Dressed
Ms United States

Sweden
United Kingdom
Others

[Note: Values converted at the rate of 6.907 kroner equals US$1.

In the spring the female trout are scientifically stroked
to induce spawning. The males are similarly milked.
After being mixed with the sperm and some water, the eggs

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

Denmark (Contd.):

are then placed in a special spawn hatchery, and set in
gently running fresh water. Here they remain until the eye
of each embryo can dimly be perceived through the pellicle.

The Danes have found that the eggs transport well at
this stage and have developed a considerable export of trout

eggs.

Table 2 - Danish Production of Pond Trout
Quantity Value
1,000 Lbs. US$1,000

9,489 4,267
8,680 3,604
7,998 3,131

If the egg is to develop in pond culture, it remains in the
hatchery until it casts off its yolk sack. Only then is it
transported to other ponds as a young fish for further
culture. This usually does not happen until fall. Trout do
not reach edible size for another 1 1/2-2 years, and still
another year is required if they are being produced for
breeding purposes,

According to a trout research organization, 7 pounds of
food are required to produce 1 pound of trout. This
figure is disputed by the Ministry of Fisheries, which
estimate that each fish consumes 11 to 17 pounds of food
annually per pound of final weight. In Denmark the trout
are fed exclusively on salt-water fish, mostly small her-
ring with some sand eel (tobis) and whiting.

The problem of cannibalism is met, but not entirely
successfully, by frequent sortings according to size.

Three years ago in Bréns, Jutland, a trout research
organization, known as I/S Dansk Fors¢gsdam-Kultur, was
established, and at present is concerned with nutritional
research, hormonology, and the treatment offish diseases.
The director of the research organization hopes to begin
research soon on the hereditary biology of the species,
aimed toward attaining uniformity in size. He claims that
the breeders, owing to short-run economic considerations,
have marketed the larger fish and used the smaller ones
as breeders. He is convinced that the species could be im-
proved, with eventual economic rewards, if the larger
fish were kept for breeding.

The research organization is also concerned with the
problem of stream pollution due to lignite mining, spill-
age from sewers and ensilage, and waste from chemical
factories.. The research Station seeks out the source of
the pollution on behalf of the breeder who is then able to
obtain legal action against the pollution source because
of Danish laws which were originally enacted in the inter-
ests of sports fishermen (U. S. Embassy in Copenhagen,
dispatch dated April 9, 1958).

German Federal Republic

IMPORTS OF JAPANESE CANNED
TUNA INCREASING:

Imports of Japanese canned tuna by
West Germany have developed in a short
period to the point where there has oc-
curred an important change in the canned
fish market, according to Allgemeine
Fishchwirtschaftzeitung of June 14, In
fishery circles this increase has caused
some worry.

In 1953 West Germany imported only
87.6 metric tons of Japanese canned tuna,
while by 1955 it had reached 945.7 tons.
In 1956 it increased to 1,609.7 tons and
in 1957 to 2,810.3 tons. Because of the
substantial increase in imports, the Ger-
man fishery industry is questioning as
to whether or not the Government is con-
sidering the curtailment of imports in the
interest of retaining the domestic market
for West German fishery products. (Fisk-
ets Gang, July 3, 1958.)

Hong Kong

EXPORTS OF FISHERY
PRODUCTS, 1957:

Exports of fishery products from Hong
Kong during 1957, with one exception,
were approximately the same as in 1956,
according to a June 6, 1958, report from
the United States Consulate in Hong Kong.
The one significant change was in the ex-
port of fresh, frozen, or chilled crustacea
and mollusks. Shipments of these prod-
ucts, mostly frozen shrimp, increased
from 744 metric tons in 1956 to 1,328 tons
in 1957. The greatest portion of this in-
crease was represented by shipments to
the United States which rose from 258 tons
in 1956 to 696 tons in 1957, and at the end
of the year there were indications they
would continue to increase during 1958.

Shrimp exports to Canada also in-
ereased substantially during 1957. The
Fisheries Officer of the Department of
Agriculture believed the increased ex-
ports of frozen shrimp to the UnitedStates
and Canada to be the most important de-
velopment during 1957/58 for the local
fishing industry. .

Iceland

EXPORT FUND BILL PASSED:

The Icelandic Government’s long-awaited Export Fund
Bill was passed on May 29, 1958. The bill is the result of
protracted research, internal debate, and compromises
over the problem of how to meet the inflationary deficit in
the state budget andthe kindred problem of the growing gap
between Icelandic costs and world fishprices, as reflected
in the deficit in the Export Fund.

At first glance the new law might give the impression
that the new scheme will make the existing complex multiple

86 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Iceland (Contd. ):

exchange rate system even more complex. But for all its
detail, the new law represents a considerable simplification,
as regards imports, exports, and invisibles, compared to
the 43 different effective rates of exchange in the system
which it replaces.

Although the officialrate of exchange will remain at 16.32
kronur tothe U. S. dollar (buying rate 16.26), the effect of the
Act can be summarized most easily as establishing, for the
majority of currency transactions, an effective devaluation
of 35 percent, or a selling rate of approximately 25.30
kronur to the dollar. For these transactions, importers and
other purchasers of foreign exchange will pay a conversion
fee of 55 percent, and--as an innovation, from the prewar
system, purchases of kronur with foreign exchange will be
credited with a 55-percent premium. This applies to tourists,
foreign embassies, and even drawings on foreign loans, but
not to the official kronur purchases of the Defense Force
or the contractors thereto, and to certain other minor re-
ceipts.

A most important innovation in the new Act is to equalize
the supported prices paid for groundfish, delivered to pro-
cessors, whether from motor boats or trawlers, thus ending
the discrimination from which trawlers suffer under the
present system. Herring fisheries will still receive a lower
level of export supports, but the margin below cod and other
groundfish is narrowed. (United States Embassy dispatch
from Reykjavik dated June 2, 1958.)

Following is a comparison of the percentage level of sup-
ports on f.o.b. export prices, under the old system and that
proposed in the bill. The fisheries would, under the new
plan, be required to pay a conversion fee of 55 percent on
fuel, imported nets, and other supplies from abroad which
at present they can purchase free of any special currency
or import fees:

Iceland’s Present and Future Support Levels for Fisheries

New Support
Levels

Present Support
Levels

eee (eccent)insu.

All Fish Except Herring:

Motor boats

North Coast
Other Areas

The bill originally provided for a level of only 50 percent
for the North Coast herring fisheries, but this was raised
to55percent. The barrels for the coming summer season’s
herring have already been purchased, but next year, when
the industry will have to pay the conversion fee on such
imported supplies, the demand will be insistent that herring
should be placed on the same support level as groundfish.

Payments under the new law are also equalized in the
case of iced fish sold abroad, thus ending a form of dis-
crimination objectionable to trawler owners. This is
achieved by granting them the 55~percent exchange premium
on the foreign currency which they turn into the banks from
their sales, plus an additional 25 percent on the f.o.b. value
of the catch to equal the 80-percent compensation for all
groundfish exports.

Since the export industries will have to pay an estimated
IKr 202 million (US$12.4 million) annually in fees on their
fuel oil, nets, etc., the increased supports are extended to
leave the motor boat operators in much their present posi-
tion, but will give some additional relief to trawlers.

To add to its complexity, Icelandic foreign commerce is
characterized not merely by supports to the export fisher-
ies, but by taxes on these exports as well, which one
Althing member described as taking money from one pocket
and putting it into another. The existing law provides for
a 2.25-percent export fee on fisheries products, whose pro-
ceeds are divided as follows: 74 percent to Fisheries Loan
Fund (to purchase new vessels); 4 percent to fisheries re-
search (on new processing methods); 4 percent to Union of
Icelandic Fishing Vessel Owners; and 18 percent to Fish-
eries Experimental Fund (on new catch methods). é

Vol. 20, No. 9

The new law, as amended by the Althing, adds a surcharge
to this fee of 65 percent of which 11/13 will go to the Fish-
eries Fund, 1/13 to the Experimental Fund, and 1/13 to the
Fisheries Department of the University Research Institute.

Ok ok OK OK

FISHIN IMITS EXTENDED
TO 12 MILES BY DECREE:

An advance text of a decree extending Icelandic territo-
rial waters fishery limits from 4 miles to 12 miles was
published in the Icelandic newspaper Thjodviljinn in
May 1958. Iceland on June 30, 1958, officially published
regulations concerning fishery limits as follows:

“‘Article 1, The fisheries’ limits off Iceland shall be
drawn 12 nautical miles outside base lines drawn between
the following points: (baselines as defined in March 19,
1952, regulations):

‘‘Article 2. Within the fisheries’ limits all fishing ac-
tivities by foreign vessels shall be prohibited in accordance
with the provisions of Act No. 33 of June 19, 1922, concern-
ing fishing in territorial waters.

‘Article 3. Icelandic vessels using bottom trawl, float-
ing trawl, or Danish seine netting shall be allowed to fish
within the fisheries’ limits but outside the limits determined
by Regulations No. 21 of March 19, 1952.

‘‘Before these regulations become effective special pro-
visions about such licences shall be promulgated stating
further about fishing zones and periods.

“Article 4. Trawling vessels shall have all their fishing
gear properly stowed aboard while staying at places where
fishing is prohibited.

“Article 5. Fisheries’ statistics shall be forwarded to
the Fiskifelag Islands (Fisheries Association of Iceland)
in the manner prescribed by Act No. 55 of June 27, 1941,
concerning catch and fisheries’ reports.

‘Tf the Ministry of Fisheries envisages the possibility
of overfishing the Ministry may limit the number of fishing
vessels and the maximum catch of each vessel.

“‘Article 6. Violations of the provisions of these regu-
lations shall be subject to the penalties provided for by
Act No. 5 of May 18, 1920, concerning prohibition against
trawling; Act No. 45 of June 13, 1937, concerning Danish
seine netting in territorial waters, Act No. 33 of June 19,
1922, concerning fishing in territorial waters, as amended,
or, if the provisions of said Acts do not apply to fines from
Kr. 1000.00 to 100,000.00 1/.

“‘Article 7, These regulations are promulgated in ac-
cordance with Act No. 44 of April 5, 1948, concerning the
scientific conservation of the continental shelf fisheries,
as amended by Act No. 81 of December 8, 1952. As soon
as it becomes operative Regulations No, 21 of March 19,
1952, concerning conservation of fisheries off the Icelandic
coasts shall cease to be effective.

‘‘Article 8. These regulations become effective on
September 1, 1958.

‘‘Ministry of Fisheries, Reykjavik, June 30, 1958.’’

According to a Reuters news item of July 1 from Ice-
land, that country’s Fisheries Minister said the Icelandic
continental shelf really is a part of his country and is
clearly demarked from the shelf of other countries. Also,
that it is only sensible that Icelanders, not foreigners,

should work the fishing grounds around their own country.
1/About US$61-$6, 130.

September 1958

India

OFFSHORE EXPERIMENTAL
FISHING PLAN INITIATED:

The Government of India has decided
to pool together the new types of large
mechanized vessels (a total of 21) for
experimental fishing in deep-sea waters.
The fishing vessels will be grouped into
four fleets, one each to be established at
Bombay, Cochin, Tuticorin, and Visak-
hapatman, for systematic exploration of
the seas for offshore fishery resources
in their respective regions.

The organization of experimental fish-
ing on a regional basis will, however, be
flexible enough to allow fishing vessels
to be moved from one area to another,
particularly when these cannot be oper-
ated because of monsoon or bad climatic
conditions. This will not only ensure
fuller use of fishing vessels but also en-
courage commercial fishing by State,
cooperative, or private agencies, accord-
ing to the May 1958 Trade News, pub-
lished by Canada's Department of Fish-
eries.

“ns
=

Israel

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
IN THE FISHERIES:

The official inauguration of a new fish-
ing base at the basin off the coast of Ash-
dod, Israel, took place on June 26, 1958,
states a July 2 dispatch from the United
States Embassy at Tel Aviv. The selec-
tion of this new fishing base was made
after investigations proved that it was
the richest fishing area on Israel's south-
ern Mediterranean coast which, in the
March-June 1958 period alone, yielded a
catch of 600 metric tons of sardines,
nearly as much as the record catch of
636 tons for the entire year of 1957.

The basin, the only one south of Tel
Aviv and originally built by the Palestine
Electric Corporation for its power plant
there was turned over to the Ministry of
Agriculture by that company for the ex-
clusive use as a fishing base. The base
began operations with five workers last
December, and at present, the Ashdod
fishing base has 20 fishermen who oper-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

87

ate 2 motor vessels and 4 small boats.
Apart from two Italian instructors, all
the fishermen are new immigrants, most-
ly from North Africa, who reside in Ash-
dod and work on a percentage basis, re-
ceiving from 4 to 6 percent of the catch.

According to the Minister of Agricul-
ture at the dedication ceremony, the es-
tablishment of this fishing base is re-
garded as another modest step toward
the conversion of Ashdod into a major
port city, which is in line with the plans
of the Government of Israel to erect a
deep-sea port in Ashdod. In the mean-
time, the Fisheries Department of the
Ministry is studying plans for the es-
tablishment of a fish cannery in the area,
or a branch plant of an already existing
enterprise, although the Fisheries De-
partment is currently dealing¥mainly with
transport and marketing problems of
fresh fish. Fishing in Israel hereto had
been concentrated largely between Tel
Aviv-Haifa, whereas it is now intended
to explore this new rich fishing area in
the southern sector of the country's Med-
iterranean coast. The local fishing in-
dustry currently provides only about hal
of the fish consumed in Israel,

Fishing in Israel
es Unit 1957 : 1953_
Sardine Fishing:
| Fishermen groups . No. 20 14
Fishermen) =: -. .. No. 200 168
Yield of fish ..... __| Metric tons ___ 636 252
[Fish Canning Industry:
Enterprisesm-tn nae No. 8 6
Fish processing .. - Metric tons 1,000 300
Qutputieenet-t-nee- > Million cans 5 | 1.5
Work days ...... No. 41,000 12,000
[ June 1958 | January 1958
Fishing in Ashdod:
Hishermente-yegster t= No. 20 5
Fishing vessels ... No. 9 2
Yield of fish ..... Metric tons 3.0 0.3 J

Another development in Israel's fish-
eries over the past several months is a
seven-year expansion plan drawn up by
the Fish Breeders' Union for the large-
scale breeding of nutria (coypu), a South
American rodent, in their fish ponds to-
gether with the carp, as done in Argentina.
The Breeders! Union is confident that it
will eventually be in a position to export
hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of
furs and the latest reports show that the
animal lives well in ponds without affect-
ing the carp.

Experiments have also been carried

out by local fish breeders with the sabra

88

Israel (Contd.):

buffalofish in Israel ponds, following

the importation two years ago of 35
young buffalofish from Alabama in
the hope that they would produce a brood
to coexist with local carp in the country's
fish ponds. However, fish breeders have
now given up hopes for the natural birth
this season of a generationof this type
of fish and they now intend to give the
females hypopsis injections to speed the
laying process. Last year the fish laid
no eggs, although they thrived in Israel
ponds to a good size, without producing,
however. An earlier attempt to import
buffalofish in the form of eggs failed
with the death of all the fish that were
hatched. Even if the planned injections
should fail to bring results, the breeders
will wait another year, since there isa
possibility that the fish may need longer
to mature in Israel waters. Officials at
the Dor Research Station of the Israel
Department of Fisheries are keeping

the fish in the best possible prespawn-
ing condition, and experts are of the
opinion that there will be no integration
problems as experiments have shown
that the buffalofish and the Israel carp
together thrive well in Israel.

Mexico

COOPERATION OF U. S. SHRIMP
VESSELS FISHING OFF
COAST REQUESTED:

The U. S. Department of State re-
ceived a communication from the Mexi-
can Government in May 1958 requesting
cooperation by United States shrimp
vessels fishing in waters off Mexico.

The communication requested that
United States shrimp vessels carry their
nets inboard when present in Mexico's
territorial waters and that prior author-
ization be obtained from the Mexican
Ministry of Marine to anchor in such
waters. It was also requested that when
an American vessel is forced to put into
a Mexican port, the captain, unless pre-
vented by justified physicai impossibil-
ity, report personally to the authorities
informing them of the reasons for entry
with an estimate of the time the vessel
will remain in Mexican waters.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

The communication also called atten-
tion to a requirement that before leaving
a Mexican port, United States fishing ves-
sels must obtain clearance (which in-
cludes approval of the vessel's manifest,
the bill of health, and the crew list) from
the appropriate Mexican Consular Offi-
cial.

Mexican national officials have re-
quested that American shrimp vessels
be asked to fly the United States flag and
to permit identification visits by Mexi-
can naval vessels when in Mexican ter-
ritorial waters and for the purpose of
safety of navigation to refrain from turn-
ing off lights and running when a Mexi-
can naval vessel appears.

Laws of the United States require the
maintenance of appropriate lighting a-
board American vessels and the failure
to do so creates a problem of safety at
sea. The United States, however, does
not require United States vessels to fly
the United States flag. This information
is passed on to the American shrimp
fleet so that it may know of the Mexican
request in this connection for purposes
of identification.

The U. 5S. Department of State is in-
forming the Mexican Government that it
is communicating the request of the Mex-
ican Government to the United States
shrimp industry, on the understanding,
however, that it has reference only to
the shrimp fleet's activities within three
marine miles of territorial sea recog-
nized by the United States.

ook ok ok

VERACRUZ FISHERIES TRENDS,
APRIL-JUNE 1958: :
Landings of 11.0 million pounds of
fish, made off the coast of Veracruz by
Mexican fishermen in 1957, will be equal-
ed or surpassed during the current year,
indicates a United States Consulate dis-
patch (July 7, 1958) from Veracruz.

During April-June 1958 there were
excellent catches of mackerel, robalo,
and other fish. With the possible excep-
tion of the robalo, in each instance, the
catches were of such size that the mar-
ket was temporarily flooded, causing a
drop in prices. In at least one instance,
the fishermen discontinued their opera-

September 1958

Mexico (Contd.):

tions after a few days of successful fish-
ing, because the market price was so
low. There was no incentive for them

to continue their work, even though fish
were available in nearby waters inlarge
quantities.

As usual, the problem of adequate
refrigeration facilities to handle large
catches of fish continues to plague the
Veracruz fishermen. There appears to
be no indication of plans to build new
refrigeration facilities in the coastal
area to service the needs of the fisher-
men.

Recently, a tuna resource was dis-
covered off the coast between Veracruz
and Alvarado, but press reports indi-
cate that the resource is not too large,
and that in any event Mexico does not
possess the boats, equipment, and fish-
ermen adequate for this particular type
of fishing.

Netherlands

ANTARCTIC WHALING
TO BE CONTINUED:

Holland will not discontinue whaling
expeditions with the factoryship William
Barendsz Il, according to the Director
of Fisheries of the Netherlands Ministry
of Agriculture, Fisheries, and Food.
Commenting on recent suggestions by the
Audit Office to stop whaling expeditions
because of the losses involved, the Di-
rector said that it would be wrong to do
so since Holland would ''cast away the
possibility of supporting itself in the
field of whale oil if future conditions
should take a turn for the worse.'' The
Director saidthat it would be difficult to
resume whaling operations once the ex-
peditions were discontinued. He said that
he was optimistic about Dutch whaling op -
erationsin1958. (June 18 UnitedStates
Embassy dispatch from Amsterdam. )

Ok OK

FISHING ASSOCIATIONS PROTEST
ICELAND'S FISHING
LIMITS EXTENSION:

Private fishing associations from sev-
en European countries at a meeting on

*K OK

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

89

July 15, 1958 at Scheveningen discussed
the decision of the Icelandic Government
to extend its fishing limits from 3 to 12
miles. The press reported that a joint
resolution was prepared asking the gov-
ernments of the respective associations
to urge Iceland to reconsider its decision.
It was decided to hold a further meeting
before September 1 to consider further
measures provided no satisfactory solu-
tion was found.

Although Dutch trawlers do not ordi-
narily operate off Iceland, they fear that
the waters in which they normally fish
may become overcrowded if the trawlers
of other nations are displaced from Ice-
landic fishing grounds, states a July 18,
1958, dispatch from the United States

Embassy at the Hague.
.

Seiskisk) ok esk

HERRING CATCH LOWER IN 1957:

Landings of 166.7 million pounds of
herring in the Netherlands in 1957 were
the lowest since 1945, according to the
1956/57 report of the Netherlands League
of Herring Dealers. Prices increased
with the drop in landings, but the herring
trade has reaped relatively little from
the upward trend in business during the
past few years. There is growing con-
cern about the failure to provide protec-
tive measures for Dutch herring in the
European market. Biologists are not a-
greed on the causes of the continual de-
cline in herring catches.

Contracts concluded with the Russians

in 1957 called for the export of 100,000
casks of herring. No exports of herring
to Russia were made in 1956, states a
June 13, 1958, dispatch from the United
States Consul at Rotterdam.

oy) ~

¥

SS

New Hebrides

TUNA FISHING INDUSTRY TRENDS:
Reports from the tuna plant at Pal-
likulo (southwest coast of Espiritu Santo)
New Hebrides, indicate a high percentage
of albacore in the catches of the Japanese

boats supplying the plant.

2

Built in 1957, the plant is now in full
operation. The plant can handle 32 tons

90 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

New Hebrides (Contd.):

of fish a day, has smoke-curing and
brine facilities, has a storage capacity
of 500 tons of fish at present (with an
additional 200-ton capacity planned),
and also can manufacture 20 tons of ice
(in 200-pound blocks) a day for the use
of the fishing vessels.

Only frozen and cured fish are being
exported so far, but a cannery may come
later.

At the time that the company that op-
erates the plant was being formed, it
was stated that a catch of 3,000 tons a
year would be necessary to make the
venture worthwhile. Heaviest catches
were anticipated during the cooler
months. The company, a local one, set
up the plant with United States and Jap-
anese backing and Japanese fishing
know-how.

Eight to twelve Japanese boats are
working under contract for the New
Hebrides plant.

7

COD FISHERIES TRENDS
THROUGH JUNE 7, 1958:

From January 1 to June 7, 1958,
North Norway's total landings of young
cod and spawning cod amounted to
127,987 metric tons as compared with
106,244 tons last year. Of this year's
landings, 78,335 tons were sold for dry-
ing, 30,344 tons for curing, and 19,308
tons for fresh purposes, (Fiskets Gang,
June 12, 1958.)

Norway

OK He OK AC

FISHERIES TRENDS,
JANUARY-APRIL 1958:

Herring Fisheries: The winter herring shoals
arrived unuSually late off Norway this season.
Apparently they were not as dense as formerly.
The weather was cold and stormy through most of
February and in the beginning of March. All this
gave birth to the fear that the present herring
period, which has lasted nearly 70 years, is draw-
ing near its expiration. The landings through
April 1958 (when the bulk of the herring landings
were made) amounted to less than half of last

Vol. 20, No. 9

year’s and less than a third of those in 1956. For
the fleet of some 2,600 purse seiners and drifters
and their crew of 26,000 fishermen, the season
was highly unremunerative. Their gross income
was 80.3 million kroner (US$11.2 million) against
183.0 million kroner ($25.6 million) in 1957 and
248.7 million kroner ($34.8 million) in 1956. On
the other hand, the equipment and operational
costs are estimated at 125 million kroner ($16.1
million) in 1958.

Table 1 - Norwegian Herring Landings and ]
Disposition, January-April 1956-58

Landings ......

IDisposition:

Iced or frozen..... 101,64
Curingeeeweey eae ese 107,508)
(CAM Good ao00 11,997
Reductiontier-nes-lenet 913,074
po0000 6,417

5,208

The foreign buyers of iced winter herring got
29,700 tons, which is 26,000 tons less than last
year. None of them got what they planned.

The production of frozen winter herring a-
mounted to some 620,000 standard cases (about
31,620 tons) against 870,000 cases last year. The
industry was forced to negotiate for reduction of
their advanced sales, The marketing prospects
this year were good.

The production of cured herring amounted to
about 590,000 barrels. After a change of the ori-
ginal sales agreement with the Soviet Union, the
shipment obligation for that market and for Po-
land, Eastern Germany, and Czechoslovakia a-
mounted to 475,600 barrels. The balance was
subject to special treatment and was earmarked
for customers in free markets.

The severe cold this winter had a limiting
effect on the operation possibilities for fat and
small herring. Thus most of the catch of fat and
small herring was landed through April when the
conditions had improved. Lastyear's correspond-
ing catch was twice as big.

Capelin; The capelin fishery, which takes
place in Finnmark waters, has been very success-
ful. From mid-March to April 1958 more than
90,000 metric tons were landed and practically all
for reduction. Last year’s final figure was 72,200
tons.

Meal: The production of herring meal and
meal of capelin amounted to 60,000 tons. Ad-
vanced contracts for shipments abroad of 40,000
tons of meal had been negotiated. In addition,
40,000 tons have to be reserved for Norwegian
requirements. In other words, a considerable
credit has been drawn on future production, and
Norway has at present no herring meal available
for further sales.

In order to improve this situation of scarcity,
an extensive fishing campaign in Icelandic waters
was planned for the summer.

September 1958

Norway (Contd.):

Cod Fisheries: North Norway’s (Finnmark and
Lofoten) landings of spawning cod January-April
1958 were higher than last year’s, Nevertheless,
they were considerably below average. The Lofo-
ten fishery yielded 33,006 metric tons as against
22,938 tons in 1957 and 63,492 tons in 1956, The
1956 Lofoten catch is considered a normal one.

In the Finnmark young cod fishery, the period
from the end of March to mid-June plays an im-
portant part in the seasonal Norwegian cod fisheries,
Certain conditions of sea temperature, wind, and
currents tend to lead the migrating shoals of
young cod to the waters off Finnmark at this time
of the year, and may, if the weather permits, form
the basis of good fishing. This season has obvi-
ously complied with the conditions. The fishing
has been very rich.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

91

Iced fish and frozen cod has moved rather well
this year.

Cod-liver oil and other fish oils are moving
,Slowly in dull markets. (Norwegian Fishing News,
vol. 5, no. 1.)

OF Ok OK OK

EXPORTS OF FISHERY
PRODUCTS, 1957:

Norwegian exports of fishery products
and byproducts during 1957 amounted to
724,684 metric tons, valued at US$186.6

million, according to

Norwegian Fishing
News (no. 1, vol. 5, 1958).

Norwegian Exports 0:

Spawning and Young Cod Landings and aa ereee
January-April 1956-58

... (Metric Tons) ...
67,642 | 57,975 |106,041
0,112[16,413 0

Disposition:
Dried (unsalted)

Icing or freezing ....
Byproducts produced:
Cod-liver oil. . a6
Roes for curing 0
Roes for fresh purposes

16,004| 9,700

4396
2,394
1,376

3,063
2,541
1,074

As indicated in table 2, obviously the producers
have had much confidence in the stockfish (dried
fish) marketing prospects. This situation seems,
however, at least to have entered a temporary
change. The stockfish exports developed very
satisfactorily last year and through January and
February of this year. Since March, however, the
important African market has been a very re-
served buyer. Competition from Iceland, andper-
haps also too optimistic price demands, created
this situation. As to the Italian market, the trade
at present can only offer insignificant quantities
of the qualities and sizes preferred. The pros-
pects of the Italian trade are expected to improve
in July and onwards, when this year’s production
is dry and ready for shipment. Italy prefers the
big size Lofoten fish, which this year ought to com-
mand a high export price. In any case the produc-
tion is not too big, and producers have paid ahigh
price for the raw fish.

The smaller production of salted cod is a re-
sult of poor marketing prospects for klipfish
(dried salted cod). The deflationary development
in Brazil has stopped exports. As Brazil is the
chief Norwegian klipfish market, every effort is
being made in order to normalize the situation.
On the Portuguese market low-priced offers from
France, Iceland, and partly Newfoundland has re-
duced the sales prospects for Norwegian klipfish.
Altogether the bright spots of the klipfish trade
are few.

Fishery Products and Byproducts,
1957
PARSE: Quantity | Value
Metric | 1,000
Tons US$
Hire Shyhe cringe. eet eh: weteN ate iet =i -U- stalls 57,138 3,839
saeera Westies Gooaobpemdosceeoo 45,686 4,009
[Rreshifishyparet-repterstl ier -feiel dati ia 26,375 6,417
|Rreshtfillets@eaeaes-pourt Net scien etek oto » 316 100
\Frozen fish, LOUNG) eae eee, eked dene tote eriewe 7,872 4,152
iBrozentlilletSascweace-a closed een eauecltedalclov age 17,318 6,237
Stockfish (dried unsalted fish) ....... 36,040 21,772
|Fish, salted and dried (Klipfish)........ 42,193 20,058
Saltedtherring 205. suet ehetepe life tienenolelens 62,883 8,381
Saltedifish Wipe yo rtstenetem-tene meters k= 9,942 2,324
alted'smoked herring, (0.5 0s. sy-0se 6 = = 4,004 833
GMT Agcougoonopaos¢uagaane 2,897 4,034
\Cannedifishy(allikinds) js seepsneerelenene nee 42,881 | 24,284
Salted cod roe ......--.--22- eee 1,387 239
Herring meal .........5-2-+-+-5.2 120,468 20,005
Groundfishjmealjce.y.te teh or steicl eel onet ie 14,231 1,921
Seaweedimeal’s 22. Svunwactaon cereal 7,342 415
Rish-liver;mealeeeeseytcrluen-neneren et ee at 920 139
Whale-meatsmeal May aievcke gene ieedeicl shelonete 10,106 1,285
Fish oils and fish-liver oils .......... 141,697 34,166
efined hardened oils and fats made of
aquatic animaloils, edible andinedible... 72,988 21,941
IL AWiG saan enna oe 24,664 | 186,551

FISHING LIMITS PROBLEM
CONSIDERED BY STORTING:

In answer to a question on fishing
limits raised in the Norwegian Storting
on June 18, 1958, the Foreign Minister
stated that if the problem continues,
Norway will be forced to extend its fish-
ery limits. He stated further that: (1)
Norway was not in agreement with the
decision made by Iceland to extend its
fishing limits to 12 miles; (2) the prob-
lem is much broader than whether or not
Iceland and the Faroe Islands will con-
sider Norwegian fishing interests and al-
so hinges on whether these States are
willing to consider interests connected
with maintenance and strengthening of
the ''Law of the Seas;'' (3) the best meth-
od of changing fisheries boundaries is by
international agreement; (4) for Iceland
and the Faroe Islands the 12-mile fishing
limits merely mean a delay until an in-

92 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Norway (Contd.):

ternational conference is held; (5) the
Norwegian Government strongly desires,
through informal, friendly discussions
with Iceland to find a way out of present
situation and would like to see such dis-
cussions take place with all countries
directly concerned with fishing in north-
ern waters; (6) Norwegians understand
the Danish position in proposing a re-
gional conference and will participate to
protect Norwegian interests if a confer-
ence is held, but doubt that open formal
negotiations will lead to agreement; and
(7) if negotiations fail, a situation might
arise in the fall of 1958 forcing Norway
to take measures to ''protect fishing
banks along our own coast against re-
sults of trawlers from many countries
being denied access to traditional fish-
ing areas in the western part of the Nor-
wegian Sea.'' (U. S. Embassy, Oslo, dis-
patch of June 19, 1958.)

ok ok oe ok Ok

SHRIMP FISHERY:

About 1954 a large increase took place
in the shrimp fishery in Rogaland, Nor-
way. Before that, shrimp were landed
with an annual value of about 3 million
kroner (US$420,000). Since the fishery
began on the Skudesnes grounds, shrimp
have been landed with an annual value of
8-9 million kroner (US$1.1-1.3 million),
and this prominent fishery continues.
The shrimp fishermen, however, have
taken to sea, and quite a number of them
have made good catches. Frequently
shrimp fishermen have landed catches
of 1,300-1,800 pounds in two-day trips,
and those really fortunate have landed
more than 2,200 pounds. As prices rise
in the course of the winter to 5-6 kroner
per kilogram (32-39 U. S. cents a pound)
heads on, even small catches may give
reasonable incomes to the fishermen.

Before the Skudesnes grounds were
discovered, most of the shrimp catches
were landed in Egersund. Since that
time a number of shrimp landing stations
have been erected. On the Karm@y there
now exist three such shrimp landing sta-
tions, two in Skudesneshayn, and one in
Aakrehayn, with 150 workers employed
during the better part of the season,

Vol. 20, No. 9

The number of vessels participating
in the shrimp fishery has also increased--
200 shrimp trawlers are operating onthe
shrimp grounds in spring and summer,
and a good half of the fleet belongs to
Karméy. In the southernmost part of the
Rogaland County there also exists a num-
ber of landing stations for shrimp, first
of all in Egersund, where several land-
ing stations and shrimp plants are situ-
ated but also in Store Sirevaag where a
considerable quantity of shrimp is land-
ed every year.

One year ago a prominent exporting
firm established its own landing station
and freezing plant in Stavanger, where
all kinds of fish are received for distri-
bution to the different markets inland and
abroad. Production of fish fillets is an
important part of the activities of this
prominent sales organization. Thisfirm
had a record-breaking year in 1957, with
a total sales turnover of 17 million kron-
er (US$2.4 million), apportioned between
shrimp, fish, and lobster,

Very great quantities of shrimp are
found off the North Sea grounds, some-
times far at sea, and at other times quite
near the shore. When the shrimp fishery
started on the Skudesnes grounds, the
shrimp were caught just one hour's jour-
ney west of Geitungen; later on, however,
the shrimp trawlers went to the Reef.
Thus, the favorable places for the fish-
ery changes. The shrimp fishery depends
to a rather large extent on fair weather
conditions. A number of Egersund trawl-
ers are carrying on the shrimp fishery
all year round, and those most successful
may have shares of about 11,000 kroner
(US$1,540).

Shrimp trawling also yield a consider-
able quantity of mixed fish catches, which
supply one half of the feed necessary for
the important Norwegian mink-breeding
industry, which operates with export fig-
ures of some 60 million kroner (US$8.4
million) a year.

The failure of this winter's herring
fishery willcertainly leadto anincreased
activity inthe Norwegian shrimp fishery.

(Norwegian Fishing News, no. 1, vol. V,
1958)

a Ge Be ake at

September 1958

Norway (Contd.):

WHALING FIRMS TERMINATE AGREE-
MENTS WITH OFFICERS AND CREWS:
Press reports from Norway state that
all Norwegian whaling companies have
sent termination notices to their officers
and crews, totaling some 5,000 men,
The reasons given by the companies for
this action are that the whale-oil market
has become increasingly weaker in re-
cent years, that more than half of last
year's production is still unsold, and
that the prospects for further sales in
the near future are not bright. Refer-
ring to the enormous costs of sending
whaling expeditions to the Antarctic,
each company stated in its notices that
its participation in the 1958/59 season
isuncertain. One whaling company stated
to the press that the action was a means
of giving the companies a free hand in
a situation of uncertainty. The company
declared, however, that there will still
be some Norwegian whaling.

The whaling companies are in a dif-
ficult situation. With large stocks of
unsold whale oil and a declining market,
they are increasingly reluctant to invest
the large sums required each year to
outfit expeditions to the Antarctic (Unit-
ed States Embassy in Oslo, dispatch
dated June 6, 1958).

Pakistan

FISHING VESSELS TO BE

EQUIPPED WITH DIESEL ENGINES:
The program for mechanization of

Pakistan's commercial fishing fleets

was accelerated following the arrival

(about April 1958) of 70 Danish marine

Diesel engines purchased under the U.S.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International Cooperation Administra-
tion's (ICA) commodity aid program for
Pakistan,

Fifty of the engines were delivered
to Karachi for installation in West Paki-
stan fishing vessels and 20 have arrived
in Chittagong for use by East Pakistan
fishermen, according to the Pakistan
publication Dawn.

93

The 70 marine engines, of 10, 20, and
30 horsepower, will be allocated to in-
dividual fishermen by a committee set
up by the Central Fisheries Department.
Ten additional similar small engines
were due to arrive in Karachi and 81
more engines with larger horsepower
ratings were due to arrive in July or
August 1958.

The engines and spare parts imported
under the ICA program at a cost of
US$500,000, will provide several impor-
tant benefits to Pakistan, They will per-
mit fishing vessels to go farther to sea,
where they can explore new fishing
grounds and the boats will be able to re-
turn to port faster with fresher catches.

Also, it is expected that boats equip-
ped with the Diesel marine eggines will
be able to double their catch of edible
fish, bringing more cash income to the
fishermen and providing more high pro-
tein food for the consumers (Trade News,
Canada's Department of Fisheries, May
1958).

2)

rc
Philippines
CANNED FISH RETAIL AND

WHOLESALE PRICES, JULY 1, 1958:

Retail and wholesale prices onJuly 1,
1958, for canned sardines in Manila
were:

Product Wholesale

} US$/cs. US¢/can |
(Canned Sardines: | (48 15-0z. cans) (15-0z.) |
We So Bel 5 456 4 | 15.25 | 32.5-35
Japan brand .....) 10.90 | 22.5-27.5 |
anned Salmon: | (16-oz.)

| (48 16-0z. cans)
\ 30.25

70-75
70-75

31.50

Portugal

CANNED FISH EXPORTS,
JANUARY-APRIL 1958:

Portugal's exports of canned fish dur-
ing January-April 1958 amounted to 17,875
metric tons (1,127,000 cases), valued at

94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Portugal (Contd.):

US$10.0 million, as compared with 13,253
tons, valued at US$8.5 million, for the
same period in 1957, Sardines in olive
oil exported during the first four months
of 1958 amounted to 12,496 tons, valued
at US$6.9 million.

Sardines in olive oil .......
Sardinelike fish in olive oil ...
Sardine & sardinelike fish in brine
Tuna & tunalike fish in olive oil .
Tuna & tunalike fish in brine . .

17, 875 9,998

During January-April 1958 the lead-
ing canned fish buyer was Germany with
2,784 tons (valued at US$1,598,000), fol-
lowed by Italy with 2,312 tons (valued at
US$1,240,000), Great Britain with 2,141
tons (valued at US$1,141,000), the United
States with 1,894 tons (valued at

US$1,375,000), and Belgium-Luxembourg

with 1,324 tons (valued at US$708,500).
Exports to the United States included
663 tons of sardines and 977 tons of an-
chovies. (Conservas de Peixe, June
1958.)

mK OK 3 OK OK

CANNED FISH PACK,
JANUARY-FEBRUARY 1958:

The total pack of canned fish for Jan-
uary-February 1958 amounted to 3,037
metric tons as compared with 3,129tons
for the same period in 1957. Canned
sardines in oil (1,986 tons) accounted
for 65.4 percent of the January-Febru-
ary 1958 total pack, higher by 11.4 per-

Portuguese Canned Fish Pack, January-February 1958
Product Net Canners
ne Weight

In Olive Oil:
H Sardines
lmSardine likeutish'temratementoitsiteit cits
Anchovy fillets .......
INONEY Go oowu 8
| Other species (incl
In Brine:

‘ Sardinelike fish...

Other species

1,986

". shellfish

3,037 1,921
8.75 escudos equals

INote: Values converted at rate of
US$1,

Vol. 20, No. 9

cent than the pack of 1,782 tons for the
same period of 1957, the June Conservas
de Peixe reports.

DEVELOPMENT PLAN
FOR FISHERIES PROPOSED:

The proposed Second Six-Year Development Plan for
Portugal provides for the investment of 550 million escudos
(approximately US$19,250,000) in the fishing industry
during the period 1959-1964,

The bulk of the estimated investment will be devoted to
modernizing and enlarging the various fishing fleets.
While possible overproduction in certain sectors and over-
fishing in certain areas placed limitations on development
of some fleets, maintenance of employment of fishermen
called for consideration in others.

Construction and improvement plans contemplate in-
creased production both for domestic consumption and for
export with major emphasis on cod for domestic consump-
tion and tuna for export.

The proposed development plans for the tuna and sardine
sectors follow:

Sardine Industry: The proposal estimates that 20 mil-
lion escudos (US$700,000) will be invested in the construction
of 20 sardine vessels during the 1959-1964 period. All of
the new vessels will be replacements for old ships and no
increase in fleet capacity is anticipated. In fact, the pro-
posal points out that the present number and tonnage of the
ships in the sardine fleet exceeds present requirements.

In order that productivity and income of the sardine
fleet may be increased, certain improvements are to be
made. The 25 percent of the fleet not yet so equipped will
be fitted with echo-sounding devices. The 40 percent of
the fleet presently without radiotelephone will be equipped
with TSF devices. Because of their light weight, durability,
low maintenance cost, and greater capturing power, the
production and use of synthetic fiber nets is recommended
by the proposal. In addition, the fleet is to be equipped
with mechanical devices for hauling in nets. This equip-
ment is to be of the type used by the California sardine
fleet.

It is expected, the proposal states, that the number of
shipowners will decrease by reason of the merger of com-
panies into more economical units.

Expansion of the sardine canning industry is not depen-
dent upon the acquisition of greater quantities of fish by the
fleet since the canners absorb something less than half of
the annual catch, The problem for the canning industry,
the proposal points out, is to obtain sardines at more favor-
able prices and without being subjected to the uncertainties
of the auction system. Decree Law No. 40,787, which was
published on September 7, 1956, but which has not yet been
put into effect, attempts a solution to the problem. The
first paragraph of that Decree-law provides that the sardine
shipowners guild will enter into a contract with the sardine
canning and industrial guilds for the purchase and sale of
fish at an agreed price. In the event the guilds can not
agree, the Minister of the Navy and the Minister of Economy
are authorized to establish the conditions of sale. The pro-
posal is silent as to why this Decree-law has not yet been
put into effect.

Since purchasers of sardines for fresh consumption are
direct competitors with canners for supplies, the proposal
takes a look at the probable demand for sardines for fresh
consumption. Population growth and increased per capita
income naturally point to an increase in demand by fresh
sardine consumers. This increased demand may be tem-
pered to some degree, the proposal notes, by a shift in con-
sumer tastes resulting from a higher standard of living.
The proposal ventures no forecast in this regard, however,
and appears to conclude that the demand for sardines for
fresh consumption will increase during the 1959-1964
period.

September 1958

Portugal (Contd.):

Tuna Industry: The proposed Second Development
Plan points out that Portugal presently produces about one
percent of the total world production of tuna. This percent-
age is expected to be doubled by reason of an investment
of 92 million escudos (US$3,220,000) in the tuna industry
during 1959-1964.

Investments include the acquisition of 6 large vessels of
the tuna-clipper type, 17 vessels for local and coastal fish-
ing, and the construction of freezing facilities. The 6 large
clipper-type vessels are to be capable of extending their
fishing operations as far as Angola while based in Portugal
or the Azores.

Freezing facilities, of unspecified size, are to be built in
the Azores and northern Portugal. These facilities would
be utilized for freezing tuna landed by the coastal vessels
during four months of the year. In addition, the freezing
facilities in the Azores would be used during the remaining
months as storage warehouses for meat produced in the
islands pending shipment to markets where meat may be
in short supply.

The proposal observes that the important development
in the tuna industry is to change from traditional coastal
fishing to long-distance, high-seas fishing in order that the
industry may profit from Portugal’s ‘‘privileged position’”’
and the favorable conditions under which it can compete
in foreign markets. The freezing of tuna, the proposal con-
tinues, has increased the advantage of fishing nations in
supplying raw materials to canning nations. No difficulty
is foreseen in selling frozen tuna abroad because the United
States market is considered to be far from saturated and
recently European markets, especially Italy and France,
have been paying better prices for fish received directly
from fishing vessels.

The discussion of the development of the tuna industry
during the period of the Second Development Plan tends to
reflect the intention for Portugal to concentrate on becom-
ing a supplier of raw materials (frozen tuna) rather than a
supplier of the finished product. The proposal points out
that the majority of nations which do not produce sufficient
tuna for their canning industry do not tax imports of frozen
tuna. On the other hand, however, imports of canned tuna

are subject to import duties which are sometimes very high.

The proposal concludes with the observation that the eco-
nomical exploitation of the frozen tuna trade would free
Portugal from the vagaries and uncertainties inherent in the
exploitation of other products for which the more industri-
alized nations do not have such a ‘‘prime need.’’

Cod-Fishing Industry: The government proposes an in-
vestment of 210 million escudos (US$7,350,000) for the con-
struction of 10 new cod-fishing vessels during the Second
Six-Year Development Plan. The 10 vessels will add about
9,000 metric tons of dried cod to the present production.

This estimate of cod-fishing fleet requirements is based
upon a 1957 per capita consumption of cod of 8.4 kilograms
(18.5 pounds) and an anticipated annual net population in-
crease in continental Portugal of 56,000 people. The pro-
posal estimates that by 1964 not less than 74,000 metric
tons of dried cod must be made available to mainland con-
sumers annually, of which the Portuguese cod-fishing in-
dustry should supply 63,800 metric tons. In view of the
fact that national production during the 1957/58 season
yielded 54,049 metric tons of dried cod, an 18-percent in-
crease will be required to achieve the desired goal.

Of the 10 cod-fishing vessels to be launched by the end
of the Second Development Plan, six are to be line trawlers
and four otter trawlers. The proposal takes notice of the
tendency for advanced fishing countries to increase the
tonnage of its fishing vessels for greater operating effi-
ciency and comments that this argues in favor of building
otter trawlers rather than line trawlers. In the case of
Portugal, however, because of the need to provide employ-
ment for ‘‘the great surplus of fishermen that exists along
the Portuguese coast,’’ plus the fact that a higher per-
centage of larger fish can be captured by trawl line

methods, the decision was made to build both types of
vessels,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 95

Although no funds are earmarked for that purpose, the
proposal states that, as a logical corollary to the develop-
ment of the fishing fleet, three new cod-drying installations
are to be constructed during the period of the plan. These
three new installations, together with the five which already
exist, would assure regularity in the supply of dried cod-
fish.

The government concludes its proposal for improve-
ments in the cod-fishing industry by stating that the in-
dustry should give prime consideration to the construction
of a cod research and exploration vessel. Funds for the
construction of such a vessel, the government says, would
be supplied not only by the owners of the cod-fishing fleet
and the various cod organizations, but also by other segments
of the fishing industry.

Trawl Fishing: The otter trawl fishing industry supplies
the Portuguese market with all types of fresh and frozen
fish for domestic consumption, except sardines. The trawl-
er fleet is made up of high-seas trawlers and coaStal trawl-
ers.

The government proposes an investment of 202 million
escudos (US$7,070,000) in the trawl fishing industry during
the 1959-1964 period. This investment would result in the
construction of ten high-seas trawlers and five coastal
vessels.

At the present time, eight large high-s@as trawlers are
under construction and will be completed before the end of
1958. These vessels are not included in the Second Develop-
ment Plan. These eight trawlers will have an annual pro-
duction capacity of 14,400 metric tons of fish which, the
proposal points out, is 30.2 percent of the total capacity of
the present fleet. With the addition of the ten vessels to be
constructed during the period of the second plan, the fleet
will have a total annual production capacity of 83,636 metric
tons. This constitutes an increase of 75.5 percent over the
present annual capacity of the fleet.

Although some of the new ships to be constructed will
replace others now in operation, since the new vessels are
bigger, faster, and better equipped, the proposal antici-
pates a substantial increase in ability to capture greater
quantities of fish under more economical conditions. In fact,
the proposal points out that the goal set constitutes the maxi-
mum expansion that is practicable without resulting in over-
production.

As concerns coastal fishing, ten vessels are presently
under construction and will be put into service during the
1957/58 fishing season. Five more vessels are to be con-
structed during the course of the Second Development Plan.
The total annual capacity of these 15 vessels is estimated
at 9,600 metric tons. Although the net increase in annual
capacity of the coastal fishing fleet will be somewhat less
than 9,600 metric tons because some of the new ships will
replace older ones, the increase is considered to be the
maximum permissible in view of the preliminary indications
of overfishing on the continental shelf.

Shellfish: A total of 6 million escudos (US$210,000) are
to be invested in the development of the crustacean and bi-
valve industry. While no specific projects are elaborated,
the general aim is to intensify the capturing of lobsters and
other crustaceans and possibly to build an oyster-treating
station should local demand warrant.

Whaling Industry: A total of 8 million escudos (US$280,000)
are to be invested in the whaling industry during the Second
Development Plan. Part of these funds will be derived
from loans and part will be investments by whaling ship-
owners.

Of the total amount to be invested in the whaling in-
dustry, 6 million escudos (US$210,000) will be used to
acquire equipment for reduction of whaling byproducts.
This equipment will be installed in vessels presently
without it. The balance of the investments will go to-
ward re-equipping the Terceira and San Miguel whaling
zones in the Azores.

Local Fishing; So-called local fishing is carried on
by individual owners of small craft in the immediate vicin-
ity of the fishing ports. Each fisherman works on his own

96 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Portugal (Contd.):

account or in cooperation with a co-owner of the craft.
The proposal notes that because of inadequate boats and
means of capture these fishermen receive very mediocre
and uncertain earnings. This type of fishing, the proposal
observes, is important to Portugal primarily because of
the number of fishermen involved--approximately

45,000. For this reason, and despite the fact that in-
comes are low, this type of fishing should not be discon-
tinued.

Several of the organizations which are akin to fisher-
men’s syndicates to date have granted loans to local fish-
ermen for the purchase of motors and fishing gear and
have established fish-selling services. Of 486 loans made
during the first two years of the landing scheme, no diffi-
culties in repayment have been encountered. Experience
to date, however, had indicated that the 3,000-escudo
(US$105) loan ceiling is too low to enable local fishermen to
build and repair boats, install motors, or buy gear. The
proposal raises this ceiling to 6,000 escudos (US$210) and
sets the investment for this purpose at 6 million escudos
(US$210,000).

An additional sum of 6 million escudos is to be provided
to enable local fishermen cooperatives to build new boats.

The development plan also provides for aid to the cod
industry, the whaling industry, the inshore local fishery,
and the shellfish industry, points out a United States
Embassy dispatch from Lisbon, dated May 13.

oy RR ES OES

FISHERIES TRENDS, APRIL 1958:

Sardine Fishing: During April 1958,
the Portuguese fishing fleet landed 6,070
metric tons of sardines (valued at
US$336,000 ex-vessel or $55.37 a ton).
In April 1957, a total of 2,775 tons of
sardines were landed (valued at
US$327,061).

Canneries purchased 24.0 percent or
1,456 tons of the sardines (valued at
US$81,000 ex-vessel or $55.63 a ton)
during April. Only 45 tons were salted,
and the balance of 4,569 tons, or 75.3
percent of the total was purchased for
the fresh fish market.

Matosinhos lead all other ports in
April landings of sardines with 2,391
tons or 39.4 percent, followed by Setubal
1,650 tons (27.2 percent), and Peniche
971 tons (16.0 percent).

Other Fishing: The April 1958 land-
ings of fish other than sardines consist-
ed of 418 tons (value US$55,652) of chin-
chard, and 477 tons (value US$35,582) of
anchovies. (Conservas de Peixe, June
1958.) Ae

Vol. 20, No. 9

Spain

BILBAO FISHERIES TRENDS,
MARCH-MAY 1958:

Cod Fishing: Two recently establish-
ed cod-drying plants located in the inland
province of Navarra have modernized and
enlarged their installations to enable
them to cure a combined total of 7,000

Landings of Fish by Vizcaya Fishing
Fleet During March-May 1958

1,000 Lbs.

Note: Values converted at rate of 42 pesetas equal US$1\]

metric tons of cod per year. It has also
been announced that they plan to import
the fresh or wet-salted fish from abroad
rather than from local sources because
of the high prices which presently pre-
vail in the Spanish market. A ton of wet-
salted fish in Spain sells for 20,000 pe-
setas (US$476), while the imported fish,
including import duties plus transporta-
tion and insurance costs from Iceland

or the Faroe Islands, amounts to 17,860
pesetas (US$425) per ton. The imported
fish, moreover, is both larger and better
cured than the local product.

The Spanish cod fishing fleet operates
on the banks off Newfoundland and Lab-
rador where the cod is much smaller
than that found in the waters off Iceland,
Faroe Islands, and Norway. Because of
the distance from its home port and the
lack of fresh water on journeys lasting
about three months, the Spanish fleet is
not able to clean, store, and refrigerate
newly-caught fish as well as those who
set out to sea one day and return to port
the next with their catches.

Wet-salted cod immediately after be-
ing caught, are split and breaded,
thoroughly washed, and packed in salt.
They are then stacked on piles 6-7feet
high, and after a period of one week the
stack is turned over in order to drain
off some of the excess water. The con-
version of wet-salted fish into dried fish
can be done by the sun-drying process
or the hot-air evaporation method.

September 1958

Spain (Contd.):

In the first method the sun in northern
climates during the late spring and sum-
mer months is well suited for drying or
curing the wet-salted fish, which are
placed on stone slabs for drying. The
Icelandic trade name for dry fish is
"Klipfisk'' (stone fish). The sun slowly
evaporates the excess water so that the
Klipfisk contains about 42 percent mois-
ture. This fish is whiter, has a better
appearance, and tastes better than cod
artificially cured by hot-air, the only
drying process possible in Spain, This
method is also utilized in Iceland, Nor-
way, and the Faroe Islands when there
is little sunshine. Drying by evaporation
in hot-air tunnels requires about 3 to 4
days.

Spain produces approximately 50,000
tons of dried cod annually, and also im-
ports 20,000 tons during the same period,
All of the imported product enters Spain
through the Port of Bilbao and is stored
in warehouses in this city and in Barce-
lona. Last year the imported dry cod
was purchased from the Faroe Islands
(7,000 tons); Norway (6,000 tons); Iceland
(4,000 tons); Newfoundland (2,000 tons);
and Greenland (1,000 tons).

Fish Landings: During the months
of March, April, and May of this year
over 15,391 tons of fish, valued at ap-
proximately 76 million pesetas (US$1.8
million), were caught within the province
of Vizcaya as compared with 18,283 tons,
worth about 81 million pesetas (US$1.9
million), for the same period in 1957.
The decrease this year was due to the
scarcity of anchovies in local waters dur-
ing March, In April they came in regu-
larly and in great quantities, although not
as much as in the neighboring ports in
Santander province where canneries ur-
gently hired farmers, housewives, mine
workers, and children to handle the enor-
mous quantities of anchovies.

kk ok

VIGO FISHERIES TRENDS, MAY 1958:

Fish Exchange: Landings at the Vigo, Spain, Fish Ex-
change amounted to 9.0 million pounds during May 1958,
an increase of about 0.9 million pounds over the preceding
month, and about the same amount above May 1957. The
May 1958 landings were valued at US$1,059,000, an in-
crease of about 27 percent in value over May 1957. The
increased value this May was due to the inflationary trend

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

97

in fresh fish prices and to larger catches of the more ex-
pensive species.

Leading species sold over the Fish Exchange were large
and small hake (2.1 million pounds), horse mackerel (1.3
million pounds), and sardines (1.0 million pounds). Sardine
landings increased 422 metric tons over the May 1957
figure of 20 tons,

Fish Canning and Processing: Fish canners were en-
couraged by the better catches of sardines and hake and
hoped for further improvement over the relatively good
1957 landings in 1958. During May 1958 canners bought
over the Exchange 438 metric tons of fresh fish, only
54 more tons than in April, but 268 more tons than in May
1957. Fish bought for drying, smoking, and Salting,
totaled 452 tons, an increase of 232 tons from April 1958
purchases.

Tinplate Allocations: At a recent intersyndical meeting
(fruit, metal, fish, cattle, and olive syndicates) revisions
were made in coefficients for the distribution of tinplate
imports and domestic production. Tinplate ordered by
canners using foreign exchange earned through their own
exports was exempt from the new revision. At the mo-
ment, exporters draw from the Foreign Exchange Insti-
tute 20 percent of their foreign exchange earnings for their
own commercial use. These new tinplate quotas are ten-
tative, and subject to further study. The new revision is
necessary because it was agreed in Dece r 1957 that
the agreement reached then was to be proviSional. Also
agreed was that imported tinplate which varied in price
would be distributed equitably.

Exports: Under an accord between the Foreign Ex-
change Institute and the Rumanian State Bank (dated Jan-
uary 28, 1958), Spain will ship to that country $500,000
worth of canned fish products. The accord will run for
a period of one year.

Landings 1957: The National Economic Council esti-
mates the Spanish fisheries landings at 810,182 metric tons
for the year 1957, an index of 124.8 using the 1953/54
season as a base. This compares with an index of 116.6
in 1956 and 118.1 in 1955.

Foreign Exchange: Lack of machinery for mod-
ernization and tinplate fabrication continues to create
an incessant demand on the part of the fishing and fish-
canning industry for more foreign exchange. Members
of the industry claim that they have done everything possi-
ble to augment production and accelerate modernization,
and all that can be done now is to import new machinery.
The only way to achieve this they say is to increase the pre-
mium now granted on exports (3 pesetas over the official
rate of 42) to a level where it is more realistic, or at the
free market rate.

Local Taxes Affecting Fishing and Fish Cannin
Industry: e Tribun entencioso-Administrative
Provincial’’ in October 1957 approved the decision of the
Ministry of the Treasury that the tax exemption on canned
fish products be raised from 60 to 90 percent, and on cod
from 60 to 100 percent. This was done to avoid double tax-
ation on raw materials and processing by the provincial
government, similar taxes having been imposed by the cen-
tral and municipal governments,

Provincial inspectors have chosen to interpret the 90 per-
cent figure as a maximum figure, leaving it to each fabri-
cator to prove lot by lot that he has exhausted his 90 per-
cent exemption on the net worth.

Lawyers for the industry maintain that the basic law
reading ‘‘in no case shall the exemption be less than 40 per-
cent'' reveals the legislative intent, and that the new revision
reading, ‘‘the exemption shall be 90 percent’’ should be in-
terpreted inthat light. Opinion is that the prima facie figure
of 90 percent will be accepted administratively, and that
recourse to the courts will not be necessary.

Improvement of Markets: In a recent article in
the trade journal Industria Conservera, Spanish coopera-
tion with the European Organization for Economic Coop-

eration was lauded as offering industry an opportunity for
closer economic relations with the 17 participating coun-

98 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Spain (Contd. ):

tries. The article stressed that Spain is not committed to
a free exchange of goods, but only to enlarging present ex-
changes.

The magazine also discussed the possibilities of new
markets for fish products behind the Iron Curtain. This
great potential market, said the magazine, is another good
reason for exporters to organize and present a united
front, or the buyers (the Iron Curtain Countries), will have
the bargaining advantage.

This theme of reorganizing the fishing and fish-canning
industry is gaining more and more ground. Many people
are of the opinion that something drastic must be done to
reverse the downward trend which the industry has experi-
enced in the last few years. Efforts must be made to organ-
ize so that the industry is no longer fragmented, individual-
ized, and as the Spanish put it, atomized at the base. Rec-
ommendations are that more scientific practices must be
used to reduce production costs, canners must concentrate
on the faster selling items and publicize them adequately,
containers must be standardized and the fabricators of them
unite, and quality control must be stressed for those inter-
ested in wider foreign markets (United States Consul at
Vigo, Spain, dispatch dated June 16, 1958).

Surinam

SHRIMP FISHERY TRENDS, MAY 1958:

Problems of net repairs and a single
vessel operation continued to beset the
Surinam shrimp fishery in May. The
Coquette made four trips with twonights
of trawling for each trip. Catches for
each trip were 450 pounds, 300 pounds,
140 pounds, and 220 pounds, respective-
ly; a total of 1,110 pounds.

Work on the ice plant at the Para-
maribo shrimp-processing plant con-
tinues and the refrigeration equipment
is now on hand. Construction is expect-
ed to be completed in two months. Work
on the pier has been started.

A United States citizen was in Suri-
nam during this period looking over the
shrimp fishing prospects. His discus-
sions have indicated some interest inthe
Trinidad-Belem area, possibly using
Paramaribo as a base.

The Director of the Surinam Fisher-
ies Service and the local biologist work-
ing here for the Dutch Foundation, held
a press conference early in June to dis-
cuss research results of the last year or
so. Reference was made to the survey
results of the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries exploratory fishing ves-
sel M/V Oregon and the locally-owned

Vol. 20, No. 9

vessel Coquette, the United States Consul
at Paramaribo reported on June 11,1958.

wee

Sweden

COOPERATIVE ACTION IN
SETTING FISHING LIMITS ADVOCATED:
Because of the recent Icelandic de-
cree on the fixing of Iceland's fishing
waters at 12 nautical miles, the Swedish
Government on July 10 submitted a note
of protest to the Icelandic Government.
It draws the attention to its consistently
upheld view that no state has the right to
take unilateral action to extend its ter-
ritorial waters beyond their present limit,
said limit having been recognized by in-
ternational law and that it may not es-
tablish additional zones in which it re-
serves special rights.

In the view of the Swedish Government
measures taken in violation of these regu-
lations constitute an infringement on the
open seas, and the Swedish Government
has continually felt obliged to lodge its
protest and to reserve to itself its rights
as soon as it learns of decrees or proc-
lamations to this effect.

At the recently concluded Conference
on the International Law of the Sea, the
Swedish Government presented a pro-
posal for universal control of territorial
water limits, it is further said in the note.
Leaving certain exceptional cases out of
account, this proposal stated that every
country could lay claim to maximum ter-
ritorial waters of six nautical miles.

At the closing stage of the Conference
the Swedish Government, in seeking to
help reach a compromise settlement, felt
that it could give its support to a United
States proposal which granted states the
right to claim territorial waters of six
nautical miles and a fishing zone of six
nautical miles outside these waters.
This proposal, however, carried a pro-
viso stipulating that countries, which in
the past five years had conducted fishing
within the said zone, had the right to
continue such fishing. Inasmuch as the
proposal was not adopted by the Confer-
ence, the Swedish Government has re-
verted to its previous standpoint.

September 1958

Sweden (Contd.):

The Swedish Government recommends
that the measures which may be found de-
sirable for the control of fishing in the
areas under question should be princi-
pally achieved by cooperation between
the states which conduct fishing in these
waters and which therefore have a com-
mon interest in the matter. It therefore
hopes that the Icelandic Government will
consider the possibility of negotiations
between the countries most directly con-
cerned with the aim of reaching a solu-
tion satisfactory to all parties. (The
Swedish-International Press Bureau,
Stockholm, July 16, 1958.)

oy

UNDERWATER LIGHTS FOR SARDINE
FISHING FLEET PLANNED:

The Government of Tunisia plans to
equip all of its sardine fishing fleet with
new-type underwater lights for night
fishing. According to a report from an
official of the Food and Agriculture Or-
ganization (FAO), it is expected that the
proposed project--which is a result of
underwater experiments performed with
the assistance of FAO experts--will re-
sult in a considerable increase in the
sardine catch and will also reduce the
fishing fleet's expenditures by about
$2,800 per night of fishing.

Tunisia

The FAO representative in Tunisia
stated that the Tunisian Government
plans to equip one-third of its fishing
fleet this year and the rest of the fleet
next year. He added that during this
year, the Government will equip some
30 or 40 vessels with Diesel generators
and about 60 other vessels with the new-
type underwater lights. Next year, he
continued, the rest of the fleet will be
equipped according to plan.

At present, approximately 1,000 Tu-
nisian fishermen are engaged in sardine
fishing at night. Government-supported
loan facilities make it possible for the
fishermen to buy the new equipment
through fishery cooperatives.

During 1957, FAO fishery experts
demonstrated to Tunisian fishermen

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 99

the methods of fishing with underwater

lights. :
-
aS

Union of South Africa

PILCHARD-MAASBANKER INDUSTRY,
JANUARY-MARCH 1958:

With another good month in March,
the Union of South Africa Cape west coast
pilchard and maasbanker (jack mackerel)
catch for the first quarter of 1958 totaled
57,640 metric tons--56,104tons pilchards
and 1,536 tons maasbanker. Also landed
during the first three months of thisyear
were 18,256 tons of mackerel.

Returns released by the Division of
Fisheries show that 23,321 tgns of pil-
chards, 77 tons of maasbanker, and
1,346 tons of mackerel were caught in
March. These figures compare with
24,208 tons pilchards, 709 tons maas-
banker, and 49 tons mackerel in March
1957; and 39,593 tons pilchards and
4,043 tons maasbanker in March 1956.

The March fish catch yielded 4,354
tons fish meal, 126,753 gallons fish body
oil, 908,775 pounds canned pilchards,
768 pounds canned maasbanker, and
279,984 pounds canned mackerel.

United Kingdom

EXPORTS OF FROZEN COD FILLETS
TO U.S. 5. R. INCREASED:
Quick-frozen cod fillets will be ex-
ported from the United Kingdom to the
U.S. S. R. in larger quantities than orig-
inally expected. Early this year, a com-
bination of eight firms located at the
ports of Hull, Grimsby, and Fleetwood,
contracted to export 4,000 long tons of
frozen cod fillets between March 1 and
September 1. This amount was then
stepped up by 550 tons. Now, the con-
tract has been extended by 1,500 tons,
bringing the total amount to 6,050 tons.

It has been proposed that provision
of the additional cod fillet exports should
initially be divided between the Hull and
Grimsby firms in the ratio of five tothree,

100

United Kingdom (Contd.):

respectively, since the Fleetwood firms
may not be able to supply more than the
amount agreedtointhe original contract.
Thus, of the total amount exported un-
der the new contract, Hull will supply
about 57 percent, Grimsby about 35 per-
cent, and Fleetwood, 8 percent.

Terms of the new contract have not
yet been disclosed but it is understood
that the ex-vessel price of the cod will
be lower than the minimum summer
price. Disposals of cod for freezing
and export have been a means of ab-
sorbing unsold summer surpluses. (The
Fishing News, July 11, 1958.) a

x OK OK OK 3K

FISH CATCH WILL BE SERIOUSLY
AFFECTED BY 12-MILE
FISHING LIMITS:

In reply to questions raised in the
British Parliament during the week of
June 16, 1958, concerning the effect of
the proposed Iceland and Faroe Islands
12-mile fishing limits, the British Mini-
ster of Agriculture, Fisheries, and Food
stated that the effect would be very se-
rious.

According to the Minister, about 40-
to 50-percent of the British fish catch
comes from fishing grounds around Ice-
land and the Faroes, and about 13-per-
cent of the total catch is taken within
the proposed 12-mile fishing limits.

*K Ok Ok KOK

PARLIAMENT RAISES QUESTIONS
ON PROPOSED ICELANDIC
FISHING LIMIT:

On July 2 there were a number of
questions in the British House of Com-
mons addressed to the Foreign Secre-
tary concerning unilateral actions by
certain Governments, particularly Ice-
land, to extend territorial waters with
respect to exclusive fishing zones. In
his reply to these questions the Foreign
Secretary stated that the British Govern-
ment had made it absolutely clear that
it would not accept unilateral declara-
tions of this character and that any
changes must be arrived at by negotia-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

tion. He said that such negotiations
might take the form of an international
conference covering all the countries of
the world, a regional conference, or bi-
lateral negotiations. He also said that he
was anxious to arrive at a solution of the
problem by any one of these three meth-
ods of negotiation.

He added that the Icelandic regula-
tions do not come into force until Septem-
ber 1958 and that it was the hope of the
British Government that in the interven-
ing time ''we shall arrive at a mutually
acceptable settlement by negotiation."

OK OK 3k

PROGRESS IN UNDER-
WATER RESEARCH:

One of the great difficulties about im-
proving the performance of the fishing
trawl is that everything has to be done
by trial and error, for no one knows just
how a trawl behaves on the bottom of the
sea in deep water.

An underwater camera.has, however,
been developed and is now being carried
by the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries
and Food fishery research vessel Ernest
Holt, which sailed with it in mid-June for
the Bear Island fishing grounds on anoth-
er scientific expedition.

The camera, which uses ordinary 35
mm, film, is fitted with electronic flash
gear and devices which enable it to be
set to take a series of pictures at fixed
intervals. It can be set to be triggered
off by a plummet device when it is the
right distance above the sea bottom or
it can be set to start taking pictures at
any set depth.

Already most successful pictures
have been taken of the bottom of the sea
at 100 fathoms, and shoals of fish which
had been detected by the echo-sounder
have also been photographed and did not
appear to have been disturbed by the
momentary flashes.

At the moment the camera does not
indicate the approximate size of the fish
so pictured, but the device is being deve-
loped and there is little doubt thatthis slight
drawback will be successfully overcome.

September 1958

United Kingdom (Contd.):

The camera opens up tremendous
possibilities in deep-water fishery re-
search work.

Among the exhibits at an exhibition
of fishery research work held at Grims- |
by in mid-June was a mostingenious but |
almost ridiculously simple device for
recording ocean currents at the bottom
of the sea.

|

A bottle slightly smaller than a med- |
icine bottle is partly filled with a kind
of jelly which has a small compassfloat- |
ing init. The bottle is dropped over- |
board from the research ship with a
sinker to take it to the bottom and a line
and buoy for subsequent recovery. The
bottle floats just above the sea bottom
and the velocity of the current tilts it as
it is anchored. |

The coldness of the water sets the
jelly and when the bottle is recovered, |
the angle of tilt of the solidified jelly
enables the scientists to measure the
speed of the current, while the compass
set in the jelly gives the direction.

Apart from the cost of the compasses,
about US$2 each, the cost is almost neg-
ligible and it works far better than the
scientific instruments previously used
which cost more than US$840 each and
were moreover not accurate on a re-
search ship tossing and rolling in heavy
seas.

In the past the Ernest Holt has had to
determine the density in the fish shoals
and even their presence by the trial
method of experimental trawls. More
recently, however, these trial hauls have
been supplemented with echo- sounder
observations, and from the experience
gained the scientists are now obtaining
the bulk of their information from the
"echometer blips,'' thus being able to
cover far more ground than by the old
method.

This, however, has entailed a constant
watch and the recording of all ''blips'’ on
the screen continuously for as long as a
week. This work is of so exacting a na-
ture that the scientists had to take short
watches in turn at the instruments.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

101

Now they have devised an apparatus
to record the ''blips'' automatically and
so release the highly-trained team of
scientists from a wearisome, exhausting
and exacting duty.

REACTION TO ICELAND'S
FISHING LIMITS EXTENSION:

Iceland's proposed extension of her
territorial waters fishing limits from 4
to 12 miles effective September 1, 1958,
was discussed at a meeting between rep-
resentatives of the British Trawlers
Federation and the Minister of Agricul-
ture, Fisheries, and Food in London on
June 5. A joint statement, issued after
the meeting, which was also attended by
the Minister of State for Foreign Affairs,
said that the trawler owners phasized
that they would support any proposal for
discussions ''aimed at securing a just
and lasting solution, in the interests of
all concerned, to outstanding fishery
problems in the north Atlantic,'' accord-
ing to a press report of June 6, 1958.

The President of the British Trawl-
ers Federation, who attended the meet-
ing, said: ''We believe that restraint
must be exercised, and that in the end,
to get any lasting solution, it must be
done by consultation and discussion round
atable. This cannot go on as a running
sore,"

The Britisn Government had said that
they would provide protection for fishing
vessels operating within the Icelandic 12-
mile limit. 'I cannot discuss what form
of protection would be provided,'' said the
Federation President. ''Certainly be-
tween now and September our members
will fish where they normally do'' (U. S.
Embassy in London, June 1958 dispatch).

sk ole se kk
KOK XK OK OK

WHITE FISH AUTHORITY LOAN
INTEREST RATES REVISED:

The British White Fish Authority an-
nounced that as a result of recent changes
in rates of interest charged to them by
Her Majesty's Treasury, their own rates
of interest were changed on loans as of
June 6, 1958.

The new rates are: on loans of not
more than 10 years, 54 percent; on loans

102

United Kingdom (Contd.):

for more than 10 years, but not more
than 15 years, 6 percent; on loans for
more than 15 years, 6% percent.

The new rates do not apply, however,
where the finalinstalment of aloan, or in-
terim instalments, in current cases, were
paid by the Authority before June 6, 1958.
The other terms and conditions of the Au-
thority's arrangementsfor loans are un-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

The Authority's loans are connected
with: the building of new fishing vessels
of not more than 140 feet; the purchase,
in certain circumstances, ofnew engines
and nets and gear for inshore vessels;
the construction of equipment and of
processing plants; and the formation
and development of cooperative organ-
izations. (Fish Trades Gazette, British
fishery trade periodical, of June 21,
1958.)

changed.

ie SEPTEMBER--CANNED FOODS MONTH

This year's ''September is Canned Foods Month" was sponsored by the canned foods indus-
try. Fishery products play an important part in the canned foods industry.

The canned fishery products industry has a wide variety of delicious
foods available for the housewife. While items such as canned tuna,
salmon, sardines, shrimp, andclams are well knowntonearly everyone,
there are many additional and somewhat less known delicacies on the
grocers' shelves or in speciality food stores for many consumers to try
for the first time.

The U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries lists the following items
which are canned by the domestic fishing indus-
try: king salmon, chum salmon, pink salmon,
red salmon, silver salmon, steelhead salmon;

Maine Sardine
albacore tuna, bluefintuna, skipjack tuna, yellow-
fin tuna, tonno tuna, and the tunalike fishes, bonito
and yellowtail; alewives; mackerel; anchovies;
shad; alewife roe; shad roe; cisco roe; groundfish
roe; lumpfish caviar, sturgeon caviar, salmon cav-
iar, whitefish caviar; blue crab, dungenesscrab,
king crab; soft clams, razor clams, hard clams;
fish cakes; fish flakes; gefilte fish; smoked or kip-
pered salmon, finnan haddie, sturgeon, and tuna
with noddles, beans, sherry, vegetables, and shad;
creamed sauces; clam spread, cakes, pie, sauce,
soups, and stews; conch meat and chowder; crab
cocktails, deviled, soft-shelled, smoked, spread,
soups, and stews; lobster meat, knuckles, spread,
soups, and stews; smoked oysters, and oyster
stew; oyster bisque, cocktails, and soup; shrimp
cocktails, soups, and stews; squid; terrapin and
turtle meat, soup, and stews. Other specialties
are: cod; herring; mullet; salmon livers; saury;
wahoo; creamed finnan haddie, antipasto, and
chowder; crawfish bisque; scallops in sauce; frog
legs; sea mussels, and unclassified soups and
stews.

Pacific Mackerel

In 1957, 644 million pounds of canned fishery
products were packed in the United States and the

Territories; worth over $300 million to the pack- aie Crab
ers.

King Crab

September 1958

ig
i an % ee
> ei! T 4

Federal Trade Commission

NORTHWEST SEAFOOD CANNERS AND
BROKERS CHARGED WITH MAKING
ILLEGAL BROKERAGE PAYMENTS:

A number of Northwest packers and brokers of
canned salmon and other seafood were charged
during August by the Federal Trade Commission
with making illegal brokerage payments to some
customers in violation of Sec. 2(c) of the Clayton
Act, as amended by the Robinson-Patman Act.

Named in separate complaints on August 18
were: one firm in Seattle, Wash. (complaint 7201),
one packer in Bellingham, Wash. (complaint 7202),
and one packer in Astoria, Ore. (complaint 7203).
Each is charged with granting favored buyers dis-
counts or allowances in lieu of brokerage. Accord-
ing to the complaints, the Astoria and Bellingham
packers generally sell through primary brokers in
the Seattle area, and also through field brokers who
handle transactions in other areas. Both companies
customarily pay primary brokers a 5-percent fee,
and field brokers usually are paid 23 percent com-
mission by the Bellingham packer and varying a-
mounts by the Astoria packer. In addition to sell-
ing its own pack, the Seattle packer acts as prima-
ry broker for other packers, usually through field
brokers.

Both the Astoria and Bellingham packers, the
complaints say, have made substantial sales to cer-
tain direct buyers without utilizing either type bro-
ker. The complaints allege that in many of these
transactions they have given illegal price reduc-
tions approximating the brokerage fees whichoth-
erwise would have been paid.

The Astoria packer also has made occasional
sales involving only field brokers and reduced the
selling price by about the amount of the commissions
which would have been earned by primary brokers,
the complaint charges.

According to the complaint against the Seattle
packer, this company has made unlawful payments
by (1) allowing certain buyers, or their agents,
price reductions offset wholly or partly by cutting
the field broker's fee, and (2) granting price con-
cessions reflecting brokerage where no brokers
handle the sales.

Another Seattle packer (complaint 7209) was
charged by the Commission on August 18 with giv-
ing illegal discounts on canned salmon to a large
retail chain buyer. The complaint says the packer
has made a substantial number of sales direct to
"at least one'' large chain at a lower net price re-
flecting the 5 percent brokerage normally paid to
brokers for negotiating the firm's sales. The law
prohibits paying or granting to buyers for their
own account a discount or allowance in lieu of bro-
kerage. This packer, the complaint says, is a

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

@ FEDERAL q
ACTIONS 42

. wholly-owned subsidiary of a Canadian corpora-

103

tion located at Vancouver, B. C.

In addition, a Seattle primary broker of seafood
products (complaint 7204) was chargedon August 18
by the Commission with granting illegal brokerage
to some of its customers. A Commission com-
plaint alleges that the owner of the firm has favor-
ed certain buyers, or their agents, with large al-
lowances in lieu of brokerage through price con-
cessions or rebates. A part or all of these unlaw-
ful rebates, the complaint says, were not charged
back to his packer-principals but were taken from
brokerage earned by the Seattle pacKer and the
field brokers involved. (A fieldbroker is employed
to handle transactions in other marketing areas
and usually is paid half of the Seattle broker's cus-
tomary 5-percent brokerage fee.) The Seattle broker
is alleged to have used these typical means to make
the unlawful payments: (1) selling at net prices
lower than those accounted for to his packer-prin-
cipals; (2) granting price deductions by way of allow-
ances, rebates, or other payments, whollyor partly
not chargedback to his packer-principals; and (3)
making payments as or in lieu of brokerage to at least
one agent of certain buyers, which came from his bro-
kerage earnings and were not charged back.

The Commission on August 15 charged that a
Hammond, Ore., packer and its Eastern broker at
New York City (complaint 7210) have illegally fa-
vored certain buyers of the packing company's sea-
food pack by payments, allowances, or rebates in
lieu of brokerage. The complaint alleges that both
the packer and broker illegally did the following:
(1) reduced net prices to favored buyers by approx-
imately the same amount as the brokerage or com-
mission on such sales, (2) gave favored buyers re-
bates or payments out of brokerage earnings for
part of agreed advertising or promotional allow-
ances, and (3) agreed to pass on a part of thebro-
kerage in sharing price reductions granted to cer-
tain buyers in the form of promotional allowances.

A second count of the complaint alleges that the
Hammond packer violated Sec. 2(d) of the Robinson-
Patman Amendment by giving $50-per-month ad-
vertising and promotional allowances to afavored
customer in Pennsylvania without offering its com-
petitors proportionally equal payments. It also
was alleged that the packer had agreed to a flat
$750 special advertising allowance to a favored
customer in New Jersey. The complaint said that,
of the $750, the packer had paid $500 and the bro-
ker had paid $250. No suchpayments, the complaint
said, were offered competing customers.

The granting of illegal price reductions in lieu
of brokerage was charged by the Commission on
August 18 in a complaint also against another Seat-
tle seafood firm (complaint 7208). This Seattle
firm, which is both a canner and distributor of sea-
food products, also negotiates sales of such prod-
ucts as a primary broker for packer-principals in

104

the Northwest, including the State of Alaska. When
acting as a primary broker, it usually receives
brokerage of 5 percent of the net selling price of
the products by deducting the brokerage from the
proceeds in its account of sale to its packer-prin-
cipals. Field brokers acting for the firm usually
get 23 percent of the net selling price, although
some get 3} percent. The complaint charges that
the firm has granted allowances in ''substantiala-
mounts" in lieu of brokerage to certain buyers for
their own account. It also has made, the complaint
says, substantial grants in lieu of brokerage by af-
fording price concessions or rebates, a part or all
of which were not charged back to packer-princi-
pals but were taken out of the firm's brokerage or the
commission earnings of its field brokers.

In addition, on August 18 three seafood canners and
their exclusive sales agent (complaint 7200) were
charged on August 18 by the Commission with favoring
chain-store buyers with prices reduced through illegal
absorption of brokerage. The firms pack and sell
canned salmon, tuna, crabmeat,andclams. The
complaint charges that the respondents have offered
certain chain stores reduced prices which reflect
brokerage or granted discounts andallowances in
lieuof brokerage. This they did, the complaint al-
leged, either acting on their own or through their ex-
clusive salesagent. The complaint charged further
that the sales agent also favored illegally certain buy-
ers when it was acting as primary broker for other
seafoodpackers. This, the complaint said, was done
(1) by selling at net prices less than those accounted
for to its packer principals; (2) by giving allowances
or rebates, a part or all of which were not charged back
to its packer principals; and (3) by taking reduced bro-
kerage or commissions on sales.

All the firms involved were granted 30 days in
which to file answers to the complaints anda hearing
before aCommission examiner were scheduled for
each firm.

3k OK Ok Ok ok

TWO SEATTLE SEAFOOD BROKERS
DENY CHARGES OF MAKING
ILLEGAL BROKERAGE PAYMENTS:

Two Seattle primary brokers of canned salmon
and other seafood products, on August 13 (answer
7151) and on August 25 (answer 7154), respectively,
denied Federal Trade Commission charges of mak-
ing illegal brokerage payments to favored customers.

In its complaint of May 20, 1958, the Commission
alleged that one of the firms granted certain buyers
substantial allowances in lieu of brokerage inviola-
tion of Sec. 2(c) of the Robinson-Patman Amend-
ment to the Clayton Act. Typical methods cited by
the complaint in making these payments were: (1)
selling at net prices lower than those accounted for
to packer principals; (2) granting price deductions,
wholly or partly not charged back to the packers;
and (3) taking reduced brokerage on sales involving
price concessions. The firm's partners stated
that ''. . . they do not have sufficient knowledge or
information to forma belief as to saidallegations."'

The Commission's complaint of May 26 charged the
firm and its president, with violating Sec. 2(c) of the
Amended Clayton Act by granting certain buyers re-
bates in lieu of brokerage or price concessions re-
flecting it. These illegal rebates, the complaint said,
were either absorbed by the firm from its customary
5-percent brokerage fee, or shared by it and the field
broker involved, out of the 25-percent commission

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

eachreceives. Flatly denying these allegations, the
respondents ask that the complaint be dismissed.

HR OK OK OK

CONSENT ORDERS PROHIBIT SEATTLE
SEAFOOD BROKERS FROM MAKING
ILLEGAL BROKERAGE PAYMENTS:

The Federal Trade Commissionon August. 11
approved consent orders (6977-6982 inclusive, can-
ned seafood) prohibiting six Seattle, Wash., prima-
ry brokers of canned salmon and other seafood
from making illegal brokerage payments to buyers.

The orders, agreed to by the brokers and the
Commission's Bureau of Litigation, were contained
in Hearing Examiner Joseph Callaway's separate
initial decisions, which the Commission adopted.

Alleging violation of Sec. 2(c) of the Robinson-
Patman Amendment to the Clayton Act, the Com-
mission's complaints of December 12, 1957,
charged all the brokers with granting certain buy-
ers discounts or allowances in lieu of brokerage.
In addition, two of them were charged with receiv-
ing brokerage fees on purchases made for their
Own accounts, and one was charged with granting
allowances to field brokers purchasing for their
own accounts. (Field brokers are selling agents
employed by the primary brokers to handle trans-
actions in market areas other than Seattle, and u-
sually are paid half of the primaries' customary
5-percent brokerage fee.)

The complaints alleged that these brokerage
firms give some buyers illegal price concessions
and rebates in lieu of brokerage, and absorb these
allowances out of brokerage earnings. Typical
methods cited were Selling at lower prices than those
accounted for to their packer -principals, and grant-
ing rebates but not charging them back to the packers.

The order forbids these practices in the future.
The agreements are for settlement purposes only
and do not constitute admissions by the respond-
ents that they have violated the law.

Department of the Interior

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

REVISED FISHERIES LOAN
FUND REGULATIONS ISSUED:

Revised regulations governing the granting of
loans made from the Fisheries Loan Fund were
issued and published in the Federal Register of
August 13 as follows:

TITLE 50—WILDLIFE

Chapter I—Fish and Wildlife Service,
Department of the Interior

Subchapter J—Fisheries Loan Fund
Part 160—LOAN PROCEDURES

Notice was published in the FEDERAL
REcIsTER on June 26, 1958 (23 F. R. 4700)
that pursuant to the authority vested in
the Secretary of the Interior by section
4 of the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956
(70 Stat. 1119, 1121; 16 U.S. C. sec 742c),
it was proposed to adopi the regulations

September 1958

set forth below as a revision of Part
160—Loan Procedures. Interested per-
sons were invited to submit in writing
any comments, suggestions or objections
relating to the proposed regulations
within thirty days of the date of publi-
cation of the notice in the PepERaL REc- |
IsTER. No comments, suggestions or ob-

jections were submitted within the thirty
day period.

The purpose of this revision is to clar-
ify the meaning of several sections of
the regulations, to include fishery mar-
keting cooperatives as qualified loan ap-
plicants, to delete the provision allowing
a person using a fishing vessel or fishing
gear under his controt on a lease or share
basis to be a qualified applicant for fi-
nancial assistance, and to specify addi-
tional purposes for which applications
for financial assistance cannot be con-
sidered.

The revised regulations are hereby |
adopted without change and are set forth
below.

Dated: August 7, 1958.

Frep A. SEATON,
Secretary of the Interior.

Sec.
160.1 Definition of terms.
160.2 Purposes of loan fund.
160.3 Interpretation of loan authorization.
160.4 Qualified loan applicants.
160.5 Basic limitations.
1€0.6 Applications.
160.7. Processing of loan applications.
160.8 Approval of loans.
160.9 Interest.
160.10 Maturity.
160.11 Security.
160.12 Books, records, and reports.
160.13 Penalties on default.
AvTHOoRITY: §§ 160.1 to 160.13 issued under

sec. 4, 70 Stat. 1121; 16 U.S. C. 742c.

§ 160.1 Definitions of terms. For the |
purposes of this part, the following terms

shall be construed, respectively, to mean |

and to include:

(a) Secretary. The Secretary of the
Interior or his authorized representative.

(b) Administrator. Administrator of
the Small Business Administration or his
authorized representative.

(c) Person. Individual, association,
partnership or corporation, any one or
all as the context requires.

(d) State. Any State, the Territories
and possessions of the United States, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the
District of Columbia.

§ 160.2 Purposes of loan fund. The
broad objective of the fisheries loan fund
created by the Fish and Wildlife Act of
1956 is to provide financial assistance
which will aid the commercial fishing
industry to bring about a general up-
grading of the condition of both fishing
vessels and fishing gear thereby con-
tributing to more efficient and profitable
fishing operations.

(a) Under section 4 of the act, the
Secretary is authorized, among other
things:

(1) To make loans for financing and
refinancing of operations, maintenance,
Teplacement, repair and equipment of
fishing gear and vessels, and for research
into the basic problems of fisheries.

(2) Subject to the specific limitations
in the section, to consent to the modifica-
tion, with respect to the rate of interest,
time of payment of any installment of
principal, or security, of any loan con-
tract to which he is a party.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

(b) All financial assistance granted by
the Secretary must be for one or more of
the purposes set forth in paragraph (a)
of this section.

§ 160.3 Interpretation of loan author-
| ization. The terms used in the act to
|describe the purposes for which loans
|may be granted are construed to be
limited to the meanings ascribed in this
‘section.

(a) Operation of fishing gear and ves-
| sels. The words “operation of fishing
‘gear and vessels’ mean and include all
|phases of activity directly associated
| with the catching of fish and shellfish
for commercial purposes.

(b) Maintenance of fishing gear and
‘vessels. The words “maintenance of
|fishing gear and vessels” mean the
'normal and routine upkeep of all parts
|of fishing gear and fishing vessels, in-
eluding machinery and equipment.
| (c) Replacement of fishing gear and
| Dessels. The words “replacement of fish=
|ing gear and vessels” contemplate the
| purchase of fishing gear or equipment,
| parts, machinery, or other items incident
|to outfitting for fishing to replace lost,
|damaged, worn, obsolete, inefficient, or
discarded items of a similar nature, or
| the purchase or construction of a fishing
| vessel to operate the same type of fishing
| Bear @S a comparable vessel which has
| | been lost, destroyed or abandoned or has

become obsolete or inefficient. Any ves-
'sel lost, destroyed or abandoned more
| than two years prior to the date of
|receipt of the application shall not be
| considered eligible for replacement.

(d) Repair of fishing gear and vessels.
| The words “repair of fishing gear and
| vessels” mean the restoration of any
|worn or damaged part of fishing gear
|or fishing vessels to an efficient operating
| condition.

(e) Equipment of fishing gear and
vessels. The words “equipment of fish-
|ing gear and vessels’ mean the parts,
|machinery, or other items incident to
|Outfitting for fishing which are pur-
|chased for use in fishing operations.
| (f) Research into the basic problems
lof fisheries. The words “research into
| the basic problems of fisheries” mean in-
| vestigation or experimentation designed
|to lead to fundamental improvements in
|the capture or landing of fish conducted
jas an integral part of vessel or gear
operations.

| §160.4 Qualified loan applicants. (a)
| Any person residing or conducting busi-
{ness in any State shall be deemed to be
|a qualified applicant for financial assist-
ance if such person;

(1) Owns a commercial fishing vessel
|of United States registry (if registration
is required) used directly in the conduct
|of fishing operations, irrespective of the
type, size, power, or other characteristics
of such vessel;

(2) Owns any type of commercial fish-
ing gear used directly in the catching of
fish or shellfish;

(3) Owns any property, equipment, or
facilities useful in conducting research
into the basic problems of fisheries or
possesses scientific, technological or
other skills useful in conducting such
research.

(4) Is a fishery marketing cooperative
engaged in marketing all catches of fish
or shellfish by its members pursuant to
‘contractual or other enforceable ar-

105

rangements which empower the coopera-
tive to exercise full control over the con-
ditions of sale of all such catches and
disburse the proceeds from all such sales.

(b) Applications for financial assist-
ance cannot be considered if the loan is
to be used for:

(1) Any phase of a shore operation.

(2) Refinancing existing preferred
mortgages or secured loans on fishing
gear and vessels, except in those in-
stances where the Secretary deems such
refinancing to be desirable in carrying
out the purpose of the Act.

(3) Paying creditors for debts previ-
ously incurred, except for marshalling
and liquidating the indebtedness of the
applicant to existing lien holders in those
instances where the Secretary deems
such action to be desirable in carrying
out the purpose of the Act.

(4) G) Effecting any change in own-
ership of a fishing vessel (except for re-
placement of a vessel or purchase of the
interest of a deceased partner), (ii) re-
plenishing working capital used for such
purpose or (iii) liquidating a mortgage
given for such purpose less than two
years prior to the datesof receipt of the
application.

(5) Replacement of fishing gear or
vessels where the applicant or applicants
owned less than a 20 percent interest in
said fishing gear or vessel to be replaced
or owned less than 20 percent interest in
a corporation owning said fishing gear
or vessel: Provided, That applications
for a replacement loan by an eligible ap=
plicant cannot be considered unless and
until the remaining owners or share-
holders shall agree in writing that they
will not apply for a replacement loan on
the same fishing gear or vessel.

(6) Repair of fishing gear or vessels
where such fishing gear or vessels are
not offered as collateral for the loan by
the applicant.

(7) Financing new business ventures
involving fishing operations.

§ 160.5 Basic limitations. Applica-
tions for financial assistance may be con-
sidered only where there is evidence that
the credit applied for is not otherwise
available on reasonable terms (a) from
applicant’s bank -of account, (b) from
the disposal at a fair price of assets not
required by the applicant in the conduct
of his business or not reasonably neces-
sary to its potential growth, (c) through
use of the personal credit and/or
resources of the owner, partners, man-
agment, affiliates or principal stock-
holders of the applicant, or (d) from
other known sources of credit. The
financial assistance applied for shall be
deemed to be otherwise available on
reasonable terms unless it is satisfac-
torily demonstrated that proof of refusal
of the desired credit has been obtained
from the applicaint’s bank of aecount:
Provided, That if the amount of the loan
applied for is in excess of the legal lend-
ing limit of the applicant’s bank or in
excess of the amount that the bank nor-
mally lends to any one borrower, then
proof of refusal should be obtained from
@ correspondent bank or from any other
lending institution whose lending capac-
ity is adequate to cover the loan applied
for. Proof of refusal of the credit ap-
plied for must contain the date, amount,
and terms requested. Bank refusals to
advance credit will not be considered the

106

full test of unavailability of credit and,
where there is knowledge or reason to
believe that credit is otherwise available
on reasonable terms from sources other
than such banks, the credit applied for
cannot be granted notwithstanding the
receipt of written refusals from such
banks.

$160.6 Application. Any person de-
Siring financial assistance from the fish-
eries loan fund shall make application to
the Fish and Wildlife Service, Depart-
ment of the Interior, Washington 25,
D. C., on a loan application form furn-
ished by that Service except that, in
the discretion of the Secretary, an ap-
plication made other than by use of the
prescribed form may be considered if the
application contains information deemed
to be sufficient. Such application shall
indicate the purposes for which the loan
is to be used, the period of the loan, and
the security to be offered.

§ 167.7 Processing of loan applica-
tions. If it is determined, on the basis
of a preliminary review, that the appli-
cation is complete and appears to be in
conformity with established rules and
procedures, a field examination shall be
made. Following completion of the field
investigation the application will be for-
warded with an appropriate report to the
Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of
the Interior, Washington 25, D. C.

§ 160.8 Approval of loans. Loan
agreements shall be executed on a form
approved by the Secretary. The Secre-
tary will evidence his approval of the

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1958,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

loan by issuing a loan authorization
covering the terms and conditions for
making the loan. Such loan authoriza-
tion shall be referred to the Adminis-
trator who will direct the closing of the
loan with the applicant in the field and
render services involving the collection
of repayments and such other loan serv-
icing functions as may be required. Any
modification of the terms of a loan agree-
ment following its execution must be
agreed to in writing by the borrower and
the Secretary.

§ 160.9 Interest. The rate of interest
on all loans which may be granted is
fixed at five per cent per annum.

§ 160.10 Maturity. The period of ma-
turity of any loan which may be granted
shall'be determined and fixed according
to the circumstances but in no event
shall the date of maturity so fixed exceed
a period of ten years.

§ 160.11 Security. Loans shall be ap-
proved only upon the furnishing of such
security or other reasunable assurance of
repayment as the Secretary may require.
The proposed collateral for a loan must

be of such a nature that, when consid-
ered with the integrity and ability of the
management, and the applicant’s past
and prospective earnings, repayment of
the loan will be reasonably assured.

§ 160.12 Books, records, and reports.
The Secretary shail have the right to
inspect such books and records of the ap-
plicant as the Secretary may deem nec-
essary. Disbursements on a loan made

Vol. 20, No. 9

under this part shall be made only upon
the agreement of the loan applicant to
maintain proper books of account and to
submit such periodic reports as may be
Tequired by the Secretary during the
period of the loan. During such period,
the books and records of the loan appli-
cant shall be made available at all rea-
sonable times for inspection by the
Secretary,

§ 160.13 Penalties on default. Unless
otherwise provided in the loan agree-
ment, failure on the part of a borrower to
conform to the terms of the loan agree-
ment will be deemed grounds upon
which the Secretary may cause any one
or all of the following steps to be taken:

(a) Discontinue any further advances
of funds contemplated by the loan
agreement.

(b) Take possession of any or all col-
lateral given as security and the property
purchased with borrowed funds.

(c) Prosecute legal action against the
borrower.

(d) Declare the entire amount ad-
vanced immediately due and payable.

(e) Prevent further disbursement of
and withdraw any funds advanced to the
borrower and remaining under his con-
trol.

These regulations shall become effec-
tive thirty days after date of publication
in the FEDERAL REGISTER.

Issued at Washington, D. C., and dated
August 7, 1958.
Frep A. SEATON,
Secretary of the Interior.

Committee for Reciprocity Information

STATEMENTS INVITED FOR FALL GATT CON-
SULTATIONS ON IMPORT RESTRICTIONS:

Views were invited from United States traders,
business firms, labor organizations, and individ-
uals or associations which have an interest in ex-
porting to certain countries which are to meet in
Geneva on October 16 during the Thirteenth Ses-
sion of the GATT. The consulting countries were
expected to be Australia, Ceylon, Ghana, Malaya,
United Kingdom, and the Federation of Rhodesia
and Nyasaland. The first five have been important
markets for United States fishery products, but this
trade has been adversely affected by import restric-
tions imposed by those countries in recent years.

The consultations will center around the applica-
tion of import restrictions maintained for balance-
of-payments reasons by certain of the GATT contrac-
ting parties. During the consultations these parties
will (1) review each consulting country's financial
and economic situation; (2) discuss opportunities for
relaxation of import restrictions. They will also
explore the possibilities for moderating prac-
tices and policies which are burdensome to
exporters.

Written statements setting forth trade prob-
lems in the consulting countries were to besub-
mitted before September 15, 1958, to the Com-
mittee for Reciprocity Information, Washington
206 DEG.

September 1958

Eighty-Fifth Congress
(Second Session)

Public bills andresolutions which may
soe uly: or indirectly affect the fisheries
and allied industries are
reportedupon. Introduc-
tion, referral to commit-
tees, pertinent legisla-
tive actions, hearings,
andother chamber ac-

tions by the House and
Senate, as wellas signature into law or
other final disposition are covered.

The Second Session of the Eighty-Fifth Congress
adjourned sine die on August 24, 1958. Bills in-
troduced in either the first or second session of
the 85th Congress which failed to pass during eith-
er session will have to be reintroduced in the 86th
Congress (which convenes in January 1959) if they
are to be considered and acted upon.

ANTIDUMPING ACT OF 1921: H.R. 6006, a
bill to amend the Antidumping Act of 1921, and for
other purposes. The conference report on this bill
was accepted by the Senate on August 4 and by the
House on August 7, and the bill was cleared for the
President. The bill was signed by the President
on August 14, 1958 (P. L. 85-630).

Principally, the legislation writes into the Anti-
dumping Act a new set of definitions for use in de-
termining the value of imported merchandise, so
that the Bureau of Customs will be enabled to uti-
lize similar standards in the calculation of ordi-
nary duties and dumping duties. Under the Act,
whenever the Secretary of the Treasury determines
that a class or kind of foreign merchandise is be-
ing or is likely to be sold in the United States at
less than its fair value, he is required to so advise
the Tariff Commission, Within three months, the
Commission is required to determine whether an
industry in the United States is being or is likely
to be injured, or is being prevented from being es-
tablished, by reason of the importation of such
merchandise. Under P. L. 85-630, the Commis-
sion will be deemed to have made an affirmative
finding if the Commissioners are evenly divided,
and the findings of the Treasury Department and
the Tariff Commission must be published. When-
ever there has been a determination that imported
merchandise is being sold at less than fair value
and that such sales are or are likely to be injuri-
ous to domestic industry, the dumping duties to be
collected are to be equal to the amounts by which
the prices paid for the goods by American pur-
chasers are less than the foreign market values
(first, the price at which sold or offered for sale
in the principal markets of the country from which
exported, or second the price at which sold or of-
fered for sale for home consumption) or the con-
structed value. The amendments to the Act made
by Ee P. L. 85-630 define the terms to be used in

aking such valuations.

H. Rept. No. 2352, Antidumping Act, 1921 (Au-
gust 1, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session) to ac-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

107

company H. R. 6006), 3 pp., printed. Presents the
report and recommendations of the Committee on
Conference on the disagreement of the two houses
on the amendments to the bill.

CHEMICAL ADDITIVES IN FOOD: H. R, 13254
to protect the public health by amending the Fed-
eral Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act so as to pro-
vide for the safety of chemical additives in food,
was reported favorably by the House Interstate
and Foreign Commerce Committee (H. Rept. 2284)
on July 28. Under suspension of rules the bi
passed the House on August 13.

H. R, 13254 was reported in the Senate on Au-
gust 18 by the Senate Labor and Public Welfare
Committee (S. Rept. 2422). The bill was passed
over by the Senate on August 20 when it came up
on the calendar. Senator Dirksen on the same day
also submitted amendments, intended to bé pro-
posed by him, and they were ordered to lie on the
table and to be printed. Passed by the Senate with
amendments August 22. Signed by the President
September 6, 1958 (P. L. 85-929).

The House on August 23 clear@d H. R. 13254
for Presidential action after it voted to agree to
Senate amendments.

S. Rept. No, 2422, Food Additives Amendment
of 1958 fanpuat 18, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Ses-
sion, to accompany H. R. 13254), 19 pp., printed.
This report of the Senate Committee on Labor and
Public Welfare contains an explanation of the bill;
its history and principal provisions; the report of
the Secretary of Health, Education, and Wel-
fare on the companion bill S. 4193; explains the
amendments to the bill made by the Committee;
and presents the sections of Acts now in effect as
they would be changed by the bill.

H. Rept. No, 2284, Food Additives Amendment
of 1958 (July 28, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session,
to accompany H. R,. 13254), 28 pp., printed. House
Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce
in this favorable report points out the purpose, his-
tory, principal provisions, and changes in existing
law.

The Act has as its objective the correction of
two deficiencies in the existing laws to assure the
safety of the foods sold. In the first place, requires
the processor of foodstuffs who proposes to add to
the food any new chemical additive to first prove
that the proposed addition will be safe. Underpres-
ent law the burden of proving any particular addi-
tive poisonous or deleterious to humans lies with
the Food and Drug Administration. This Act re-
quires that no new additives be used without their
safety having first been established. The burden
of proof is placed on the concern which intends to
add the chemical to the food.

The second change in existing law permits
American industry to promote new technological
developments in food handling calculated to make
foods more tasteful and appetizing, to enable them
to be kept longer, or to otherwise improve them,
through the use of additives now proscribed under
a blanket provision of existing law. This Act,
which has the approval of the Food and Drug
Administration, would permit the use of additives
at safe levels in order to advance food technology.

108

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA FISH AND GAME
LAWS: S. 532, a bill to revise and modernize the
fish and game laws of the District of Columbia,
and for other purposes. The House Committee on
the District of Columbia reported H. R. 10160 sim-
ilar to S. 532) on August 7, 1958, and on August 12
passed S. 532 in lieu of H. R. 10160. The bill au-
thorizes the Board of Commissioners of the Dis-
trict of Columbia to promulgate appropriate regu-
lations to revise and modernize the fish and game
laws of the District of Columbia. The bill (S. 532)
was passed by the Senate with amendments on
March 17, 1958. S. 532 was cleared for the Presi-
dent and signed August 23, 1958 (P. L. 85-730).

H. Rept. No. 2522, Revising and Modernizing the
Fish and Game Laws of the District of Columbia
(August 7, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to
accompany H. R. 10160), 8 pp., printed. This re-
port of the House Committee on the District of
Columbia analyzes the bill section by section and
points out the changes in existing law.

DOGFISH SHARK BOUNTY: H. R. 13478 (Pelly) |
introduced in the House on July 21, 1958, a bill to
provide for payment of bounties on dogfish sharks
to control the depredations of this species on the
fisheries of the Pacific Coast; to the Committee
on Merchant Marine and Fisheries.

S. 2719 (Magnuson) introduced in the Senate on
July 8, 1958, a bill to provide for the payment of
bounties for the control of certain predators on
salmon and halibut of the Pacific coast and Alaska.
Predators named are dogfish sharks, lamprey eels,
hair seals, and sea lions. Reported in Senate by
the Interstate and Foreign Commerce Committee
on July 28 (S. Rept. 1979). Passed the Senate on
July 31.

H. J. Res. 678 (Tollefson) introduced in the
House on August 7, 1958, authorizing and direct-
ing the Secretary of the Interior to investigate and
eradicate the predatory dogfish sharks and to pro-
vide for the payment of bounties on dogfish sharks
to control the depredations of this species on the
fisheries of the Pacific coast, and for other pur-
poses. Provides for investigations of the abun-
dance and distribution of dogfish sharks, experi-
ments to develop control measures, and a program
of elimination and eradication; also provides for
the payment of a bounty on dogfish sharks. Also
H. J. Res. 697 (Pelly) introduced in the House on
August 13, 1958, similar to H. J. Res. 678.

S. Rept. No. 1979, Bounties on Dogfish Sharks
(July 28, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to ac-
company S. 2719), 7 pp., printed. This reportfrom
the Senate Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce discusses the purpose of the bill and
presents the comments of several Federal agen-
cies.

House Committee on Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries on August 14 reported S. 2719, with amend-
ment (H. Rept. No. 2628). Passed by the House as
amended on August 22, 1958, and returned to the
Senate for concurrence.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The Senate on August 23 cleared S. 2719, by
concurring in House amendments. As amended by

Vol. 20, No. 9

the House, the bill does not provide for the pay-
ment of bounties. It authorizes the Secretary of
the Interior, for a period of not to exceed 4 years
from the date of approval of the act, to conduct in-
vestigations of the abundance and distribution of
dogfish sharks, experiments to develop control
measures, and a program for the elimination and
eradication or development of economic uses of
dogfish. Not to exceed $95,000 a year is authorized
to be appropriated to carry out the purposes and
objectives of the bill.

H. Rept. No. 2628, Authorizing and Directing
theideerstarioithentecios to Investigate and
Eradicate the Predatory Dogfish Shark (August 14,
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
S. 2719), 2 pp., printed. This report from the Com-
mittee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries explains
the purpose of the bill and shows the amendment
which provides for a study of the dogfish shark but
eliminates the bounty provided by the bill as origi-
nally introduced.

Sent to the President for signature August 25,
1958, and signed by him September 2, 1958
(P. L. 85-887).

EXEMPT TRUCK USE: S. 3778, a bill to amend
the Interstate Commerce Act so as to strengthen
and improve the national transportation system, in-
cludes an exemption for fresh and frozen fishery
products from I. C. C. motor carrier regulations.
House asked for a conference on this bill onJune 27,
1958. A conference report was filed July 24, 1958

(H. Rept. 2274).

H. Rept. No. 2274, Transportation Act of 1958
(July 24, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to ac-
company S. 3778), 16 pp., printed. Report and
recommendations of Committee of Conference on
disagreements of the two houses to amendments to
S. 3778. The conferees recommended with respect
to the exemption from regulation of motor carrier
transportation that exempted from economic regu-
lation is the transportation of ''cooked or uncooked
(including breaded) fish or shellfish when frozen
or fresh, but not including fish and shellfish which
have been treated for preserving, such as canned,
smoked, pickled, spiced, corned, or kippered prod-
ucts.

Senate and House agreed to conference report
on July 30, 1958, and the bill was cleared for Presi-
dential action. The President signed the bill on Au-
gust 12, 1958 (P. L. 85-625).

Known as the ''Transportation Act of 1958," it
contains the provision that exempted fromec ‘om-
ic regulation is the transportation of cooked 01 un-
cooked (including breaded) fish or shellfish when
frozen or fresh (but not including fish and shellfish
which have been treated for preserving, such as
canned, smoked, pickled, spiced, corned, or kipper-
ed products). ...'' This language plus the colloquy
on the floor of the Senate on June 11 between Sena-
tors Smathers and Kennedy clearly indicates the in-
tent of Congress that ''such fishery products as cod-
fish cakes, deviled crab, fish with sauce, fish din-
ners and similar seafood products, even though they
are shown as 'non exempt! in I.C.C. Rule #107" are

September 1958

exempt from I. C. C. regulated motor carrier regu-
lations. Although the original House version listed
salted fish as one of the preserved products not en-
titled to exemption, the Conference Committee de-
leted ''salted'' from the final language and, there-
fore, it is also exempt.

FISH AND WILDLIFE DEVELOPMENT AID IN
WATERSHED PROTECTION AND FLOOD PRE-_
VENTION PROJECTS: H. R, 5497, a bill to amend
the Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention
Act to provide for financial assistance to local or- |
ganizations for the institution of works of improve-
ment for recreational and fish and wildlife devel-
opment. This bill reported by the House Agricul-
ture Committee on August 5, 1957 (H. Rept. 990). |!
Passed by the House on February 17,1958. S.1164, |
similar to H. R. 5497, was passed over by the Sen-
ate August 23, 1958. H. R. 5497 was reported in
the Senate May 26, 1958, by the House Agriculture
and Forestry Committee (S. Rept. 1630). Passed
by the Senate, amended, August 18, 1958. House
agreed to Senate amendments August 20, 1958,and |
the bill was cleared for Presidential action. Itwas
signed September 2, 1958 (P. L. 85-865).

S. Rept. No. 1630, Recreational aspects of
Watershed Protection Projects (May 26, 1958,
85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany H. R.
5497), 4 pp., printed. Report from the Senate Com-
mittee on Agriculture and Forestry, which repeats
the explanation of the bill contained in the report
from the House Committee on Agriculture.

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE SUPPLEMEN-
TAL APPROPRIATIONS: H. R. 13450, a bill mak-
ing supplemental appropriations for the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1959, and for other purposes, in-
cludes supplemental funds for certain Fish and
Wildlife Service activities. Reported by the House
Commiittee on Appropriations July 18, 1958 (H._
Rept. No. 2221). Bill was passed by the House
July 22, 1958.

H. R. 13450 was reported in the Senate by the
Committee on Appropriations on August 13, 1958
(S. Rept. 2350), Passed Senate, amended, Au-
gust 15, 1958. Senate asked for a conference Au-
gust 15, 1958. House agreed to a conference Au-
gust 18. Conference report filed August 19 (H.
Rept. 2677). House agreed to conference report
August 20. House receded and concurred in cer-
tain Senate amendments, but insisted on its disa-
greement to certain Senate amendments on Au-
gust 20, 1958.

H. Rept. 2221, Supplemental Appropriation Bill,
1959 (July 18, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session,
to accompany H. R. 13450), 62 pp., printed. This
report from the Committee on Appropriations
presents a summary of the bill, and in detail pre-
sents the supplemental funds to be provided for
various agencies, including the Bureau of Sport

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

| cur in House amendment in disagreement.

Fisheries and Wildlife and the Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries of the United States Fish and Wild-
life Service, and the Outdoor Recreation Resources
Review Commission.

S. Rept. 2350, The Supplemental Appropriation
Bill, 1959 (August 13, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd
Session, to accompany H. R. 13450), 66pp., print-

ed. This report from the Committee on Appropri-
ations gives details on the funds to be provided for

109

various agencies, including the Bureau of Sport
Fisheries and Wildlife and the Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries, and the Outdoor Recreation Re-
sources Review Commission.

H. Rept. 2677, Supplemental Appropriation Bill,
1959 (August 19, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Ses-
sion, to accompany H. R. 13450), 14 pp., printed.

Presents the recommendations of the Committee
of Conference.

H. Rept. 2686, Supplemental Appropriation Bill,
1959 (August 21, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session,

| to accompany H. R. 13450), 2 pp., printed. Presents

the recommendations of the Committee of Confer-
ence on two amendments on which there still was

| disagreement.

H. R. 13450 was cleared for the President's
signature, on August 21, when Senate adopted fur-
ther conference report thereon and adopted to con-
Further
conference report on H. R. 13450 was filed on the
same day in the House (H. Rept. 2686). After fur-
ther discussions on certain disagreements on a-
mendments, the House suspended thefrules and a-
greed to the conference report, and sent the bill
to the Senate. Conferees had previously agreed to
file a second conference report on the differences
between the Senate- and House-passed versions.
This bill includes funds to finance for six months
the inspection and certification services for fish,
shellfish, and related products ($85,000) as finally
agreed upon by both houses; funds for the adminis-
tration of the Alaska game law and Alaska fisher-
ies; and funds for the Outdoor Recreation Resources
Review Commission,

For the Outdoor Recreation Resources Review
Commission, the House amended the amount pro-
vided from $100,000 to $50,000. Senate in adopting
conference report on H. R. 13450 concurred in
House amendments on the funds for the Commission.

FISHERIES ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1958: S. 3229 (Sal-
tonstall), a bill to provide a five-year program of assis~
tance to enable depressed segments of the fishing industry
in the United States to regain a favorable economic Status,
and for other purposes. Amendments (in the nature of a
substitute) were introduced on July 16, 1958, and referred
to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce,
The amended bill would provide for the following:

(1) An increase of $10 million to the fisheries loan fund.
The Secretary of the Interior would be authorized to make
loans under more liberal conditions and for terms of not
more than 20 years. In addition, the Secretary would be
authorized to reduce any of the terms and requirements
for repayment of loans previously granted. “(2) Appropri-
ate the sum of $5 million to be used by the Secretary in
making loans to processors of fishery products within
segments of the fishing industry found by the Secretary
to be in a distressed condition. Such loans shall be made
for the improvement and modernization of plants and upon
terms of not more than 20 years and at interest rates of
not less than 3 percent. (3) Subject to the specific limi-
tations and under such terms and conditions as he may
prescribe, the Secretary may pay to or cause to be paid
on behalf of any fishing vessel owner a construction-dif-
ferential subsidy to aid in the construction of new fishing
vessels. No such subsidy shall be paid by the Secretary
until he determines: that the applicant will aid in the de-
velopment and improvement of the fishery trade and will
declare his readiness to use his new vessel in the fisher-
ies intended to be aided by this Act; that the applicant
possesses the ability, experience, financial resources,
and other qualifications necessary to enable him to oper-
ate and maintain the proposed new vessel; and that the
applicant is engaged in the fishery trade within segments

110

of the fishing industry found by the Secretary to be ina
distressed condition.

The construction-differential subsidy payable by the
Secretary may equal, but not exceed, the excess of the
bid of the shipbuilder constructing the proposed vessel,
over the fair and reasonable estimate of cost, as deter-
mined by the Secretary, of the construction of the pro-
posed vessel] if it were constructed under similar plans
and specifications in a foreign shipbuilding center which
is deemed by the Secretary to furnish a fair and repre-
sentative sample for the determination of the estimated
foreign cost of construction of vessels of the type pro~
posed to be constructed, The construction-differential
approved by the Secretary shall not exceed 33-1/3 per-
cent of the construction cost of the vessel, except that in
cases where the Secretary possesses convincing evidence
that the actual differential is greater than that percentage,
the Secretary may approve an allowance not to exceed 50
percent of such cost. The sum of $10 million to carry out
the provisions of the vessel construction subsidy is au-
thorized. (4) The Secretary may pay or cause to be paid,
under such terms and conditions as he may prescribe, to
or on behalf of any fishing vessel owner a construction dif-
ferential subsidy to aid in the reconstructing or recondi-
tioning of any fishing vessel where such reconstruction or
reconditioning is for the purpose of modernizing the fish-
ing vessel, rendering it more safe, or improving the over-
all efficiency of such a vessel. No such subsidy shall be
paid by the Secretary until he determines: that the appli-
cant will aid in the development and improvement of the
fishery trade and will declare his readiness to use his
vessel in the fisheries intended to be aided by this Act;
that the applicant possesses the ability, experience,
financial resources, and other qualifications necessary
to enable him to operate and maintain the vessel, and
that the applicant is engaged in the fishery trade within
segments of the fishing industry found by the Secretary
to be in a distressed condition. The reconstruction-dif-
ferential subsidy payable by the Secretary for the purpose
of reconstructing or reconditioning any fishing vessel
shall not exceed 33-1/3 percent of the fair and reasonable
estimate of the cost of such reconstruction and recondi-
tioning: PROVIDED, That if the Secretary shall determine
that the reconstruction or reconditioning, if completed ina
foreign shipbuilding center, would exceed the fair and
reasonable estimate of the cost as determined by the Sec-
retary, the Secretary may approve an allowance not to ex-
ceed 50 percent of such cost. The sum of $5,000,000 would
be authorized to carry out these reconstructing or recondi-
tioning provisions.

(5) Amend the title so as to read: ''A bill to supplement
the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, and for other purposes."

The amended version of S. 3229 was reported in
the Senate on August 12, 1958, by the Committee on In-
terstate and Foreign commerce (S. Rept. 2334).

S. Rept. No. 2334, Fisheries Assistance Act of
1958 (August 12, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session,
to accompany S. 3229), 15 pp., printed. This re-
port from the Senate Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce explains the purpose of the bill;
presents certain pertinent data on the fishing in-
dustry in general and New England in particular,
fish prices, and fishermen's operating costs in
Alaska; discusses the bill as amended; presents
comments from various Federal Government agen-
cies; and also the dissenting views of two members
of the Committee.

Also H. R. 13528 (MacDonald) was introduced in
the House on July 27; similar to amended version
Ot 5. 3228).

Failed to pass after it was passed over by the
Senate on August 23, 1958.

Senator Saltonstall on the floor of the Senate on
August 15 called attention to the need for aid for
the New England groundfish industry and the status

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

of S. 3229. In his statement he pointed out: "'.. .It
is with great disappointment that I must report to
the Senate the demise of proposed legislation to
aid this critically distressed and vitally important
American industry.

"The House Committee on Merchant Marine and
Fisheries yesterday tabled the Federal Fisheries
Assistance Act of 1958, a companion bill which is
now on the Senate Calendar. ....

"Unfortunately, Mr. President, this proposed
legislation will not be enacted during the 85th Con-
gress. But conditions in the industry may soon de-
teriorate to a point where assistance by the Govern-
ment will be too late. On behalf of the New England
delegation, in both the House and the Senate, I state
emphatically that in January we will renew our ef-
forts to obtain the enactment of legislation which
will be of benefit to this vital industry, which has
had to take some very hard blows in the interests
of the national security."

An amendment, intended to be proposed by Sen-
ator Lausche (for himself and Mr. Thurmond) joint-
ly, was submitted to S. 3229 to provide a 5-year
program of assistance to enable depressed seg-
ments of the fishing industry in the United States
to regain a favorable economic status, and for oth-
er purposes. The amendment was ordered to lie
on the table, and to be printed.

Companion house bills on which hearings were
held have not been reported out by the House Com-
mittee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries.

FISHERY EXTENSION SERVICE: S. 2973, abill
to authorize the Secretary of the Interior to estab-
lish a fishery extension service in the Fish and
Wildlife Service of the Department of the Interior
for the purpose of carrying out cooperative fishery
extension work with the States, Territories, and
possessions, was the subject of hearings by the
Senate Interstate and Foreign Commerce Commit-
tee on July 16, 1958. The Committee reported the
bill to the Senate on Juiy 30, 1958 (S. Rept. 2063).
On August 4, 1958, the bill was passed by the Sen-
ate as amended. It was referred to the House Mer-
chant Marine and Fisheries Committee on August5,
1958.

S. Rept. No. 2063, Establishing a Fishery Exten-
sion Service (July 30, 1958, 85th Congress, 2ndSes-
sion, to accompany S. 2973), 7 pp., printed. This
report from the Committee on Interstate and For-
eign Commerce discusses the purpose of the bill,
the type of extension service contemplated, and the
need for the legislation. The report also gives the
Committee amendments and presents the reports
of other Federal Departments.

Failed to pass.

FISHING VESSEL RIGHTS ON HIGH SEAS: 5S,
1483, to amend the act of August 27, 1954, relating
to the rights of vessels of the United States on the
high seas and in the territorial waters of foreign
countries, was passed over by the Senate on Au-
gust 23, Failed to pass,

HAWAII STATEHOOD: H. R. 49, a bill to pro-
vide for the admission of the State of Hawaii into
the Union, with amendment, was reported to the

September 1958

House by the Interior and Insular Affairs Commit-
tee on August 23 (H. Rept. No. 2700). Failedto
pass. S. 50, companion bill to H. R. 49 inthe Sen-
ate, was passed over by that body on August 23 and
30, 1958, and failed to pass.

H. Rept. No. 2700, Hawaii Statehood (August 23,
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
H. R. 49), 78 pp., printed. This favorable report
of the House Interior and Insular Affairs Commit-
tee liststhe Committee's amendments; discusses
the background, history, and major provisions of
the legislation; presents data on Hawaii and state-
ments by various Federal agencies; contains the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Constitution of the State of Hawaii, changes inexist- |

ing law, and a minority report.

IMPORTS OF POLLUTED SHELLFISH PRO-
HIBITED: S. 4245 (Jackson and others), a bill to
prohibit the importation into the United States of
polluted shellfish, introduced on August 7, 1958;
to the Committee on Finance. No action.

INSECTICIDES STUDY OF EFFECT UPON FISH
AND WILDLIFE: S. 2447, a bill to authorize and
direct the Secretary of the Interior to undertake
continuing studies of effects of insecticides, herbi-
cides, and fungicides upon fish and wildlife for the
purpose of preventing losses of those invaluable
natural resources following application of these
materials, and to provide basic data on the various
chemical controls so that forests, crops, wetlands,
rangelands, and other lands can be sprayed with
minimum losses to fish and wildlife; was referred
to the House Merchant Marine and Fisheries Com-
mittee on June 2, 1958. Reported by the Commit-
tee to the House on July 16, 1958 (H. Rept. 2181).
Passed the House as amended on July 21, 1958.
Senate agreed to House amendments July 23, 1958,
and the bill was cleared for Presidential action.
The President signed the bill on August 1, 1958
(P. L. 85-582).

The sum of $280,000 is authorized to be appro-
priated to carry out the objectives of the Act.

H. Rept. 2181, Authorizing Research on Insecti-
cides, Herbicides, Fungicides, and Other Pesti-
cides by the Secretary of the Interior (July 16,
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
S. 2447), 5 pp., printed. This report from the Com-
mittee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries explains
that the purpose of the bill is to express the intent
of Congress that the Secretary of the Interior in-
crease his efforts to determine the effects upon
fish and wildlife of the many lethalforms of insecti-
cides, pesticides, and fungicides presently being
developed in aid of agriculture. Statements on the
bill from the Agriculture and Interior Departments
are also presented.

LOAN FUND FOR FISHERIES: House Commit-
tee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries on August 14
reported S. 3295, an act to amend the Fish and
Wildlife Act of 1956 in order to increase the au-
thorization for the fisheries loan fund established
under such Act from $10 million to $20 million;
without amendment (H. Rept. No. 2629). S. 3295
was passed by the House on August 22 and was sent
to the President for signature August 25, 1958. It
was signed by the President on September 2, 1958
(P. L. 85-888).

111

H. Rept. No, 2629, Amending the Fish and Wild-
life Act of 1956 to Increase Authorization for Fish-
eries Loan Fund (August 14, 1958, 85th Congress,
2nd Session, to accompany S. 3295), 2 pp., printed
The House Committee on Merchant Marine and
Fisheries in this report explains the purpose of
the bill and points out the changes in existing law.

H. R. 13528 (MacDonald), a bill to supplement,
the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, and for other
purposes; was introduced on July 24 in the House;
similar to S. 3295.

LOBSTER INTERSTATE TRANSPORTATION:
S. 237, a bill to regulate the interstate transporta-

| tion of lobsters, and to define the term "lobster"
for the purpose of the Federal Food, Drug, and
, Cosmetic Act; reported favorably with amendment

by the House Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce August 15, 1958 (H. Rept. No. 2652).

H. Rept. No. 2652, Regulating the Interstate
Transportation of Lobsters (August 15,1958, 85th

| Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany H. R. 2445),

10 pp., printed. The House Interstate and Foreign
Commerce Committee reported favollably on the
bill and its report explains the purpose of the bill,
and presents data and comments submitted by Fed-
eral Government agencies.

Senate Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce reported S. 237 to the Senate on July 30,
1958 (S. Rept. No. 2062).

S. Rept. No. 2062, Interstate Shipment of Lob-
sters (July 30, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session,
to accompany S. 237), 14 pp., printed. The Senate
Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce
reported favorably on the bill and its report ex-
plains the purpose of the bill and presents com-
ments from Federal Government agencies.

Failed to pass after it was passed over by the
Senate on August 23.

MARINE MAMMAL PROTECTION ON THE
HIGH SEAS: H.R. 13444 (Saylor) introduced in
the House on July 17, 1958, a bill to revise the
Alaska game law and provide for the protection
of marine mammals on and off the coast of Alaska;
to the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs.
Similar to S. 4115 introduced on July 9, 1958. No
action.

MARKETING FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT ACT:
H. Res. 485 (a resolution to limit debate and bring
H. R. 4504 before the Whole House), reported to the
House by its Committee on Rules on February 25,
1958. H. Res. 485 failed to pass July 24, 1958.
H. R. 4504 (to encourage the improvement of mar-
keting facilities for handling perishable agricultural
commodities) failed to pass,

MIGRATORY BIRD HUNTING STAMP ACT:
S. 2617, a bill to amend the Migratory Bird Stamp
Act of March 16, 1934, as amended. Reported (H.
Rept. No. 2182) by the House Committee on Mer-
chant Marine and Fisheries on July 16, 1958, and
referred to the Committee of the Whole House.
This bill was passed by the Senate in June 1958.
Passed by the House on July 21, with amendments.
Provides for an increase from $2 to $3 in the cost

112

of a duck stamp and restricts the use of receipts
from the sale of duck stamps to purchase or lease
of wetlands, potholes, etc. Areas to be purchased
would include marsh and fresh-water areas along
the coasts which would benefit fish and shellfish by
protecting important spawning and nursery areas
that may be lost through various types of develop-
ment. This bill was cleared for the President on
July 23, 1958, and was signed by the President Au-
gust 1, 1958 (P. L. 85-585).

H. Rept. 2182, Migatory Bird Hunting Stamps
(July 16, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to ac-
company S. 2617), 8 pp., printed. House Merchant
Marine and Fisheries Committee favorable report
which explains the purpose of the bill, presents
statements of Federal agencies, and points out
changes in existing law.

OUTDOOR RECREATIONAL RESOURCES RE-
VIEW COMMISSION: S. 846, a bill to create a
Commission to study the outdoor recreation re-
sources of the public lands and other land and wa-
ter areas of the United States, and for other pur-
poses. The bill was signed by the President on
July 9, 1958 (P. L. 85-470). The Commission is
empowered to appoint an Advisory Committee which
will include one member from the commercial fish-
ingindustry. The Commission isto inventory nation-
al recreational resources, project expected recrea-
tional usage into the years 1976 and 2000, andrecom-
mend means of meeting anticipated needs, reporting
finally by September 1, 1961. (Also see under Fish
and Wildlife Service Supplemental Appropriations.)

POLLUTED SHELLFISH IMPORTS PROHIBIT-
ED: S. 4245, a bill to prohibit the importation into
the United States of polluted shellfish, introduced
in Senate August 7, 1958. No action.

POWER PROJECTS FISHERIES RESOURCE
DEVELOPMENT: H. R. 13138, a bill to amend the
Act of March 10, 1934, to provide for a more ef-
fective intergration of a fish and wildlife conserva-

tion program with Federal water-resource develop-

ments and for other purposes. This bill which re-
places 12 or more bills previously introduced was
reported (H. Rept. No. 2183) by the House Commit-
tee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries on July 16,
1958, and referred to the Committee of the Whole
House. The bill passed the House on July 21,
1958, with amendments. This bill (Coordination
Act Amendment) is closely related to several other
bills which have received some attention in both
Houses during the first and second sessions of the
85th Congress.

H. R. 13138 was reported in the Senate by the
Interstate and Foreign Commerce Committee on
July 28 (S. Rept. 1981). Passed Senate July 31,
1958, and cleared for Presidential action. Signed
by the President August 12, 1958 (P. L. 85-624),
known as the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act.

H. Rept. 2183, to Amend the Coordination Act
(July 16, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to ac-
company H. R. 13138), 14 pp., printed. In this re-
port the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries indicates the changes which would be made
in existing law and presents statements by Federal
agencies.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

S. 3185 was reported (S. Rept. 2040) by the
Senate Committee on Interstate and Foreign Com-
merce on July 29, 1958. S. Rept. No. 2040, Con-
servation of Migratory Fish and Game (July 29,
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
S. 3185), 11 pp., printed. The purpose of the bill
is explained, proponents arguments for and argu-
ments against the bill are presented, statements
by several Federal agencies and changes in exist-
ing law are also included.in this report from the
Senate Committee on Interstate and Foreign Com-
merce.

S. 3185 (Neuberger), a bill to promote the con-
servation of migratory fish and game by requiring
certain approval by the Secretary of the Interior
of licenses issued under the Federal Power Act
was passed over by the Senate August 23. S. 3185
failed to pass.

SALMON IMPORT RESTRICTIONS: H. R.
10244, a bill to facilitate the application and opera-
tion of the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, and for
other purposes; reported favorably to the House
by the Merchant Marine and Fisheries Committee
on July 14, 1958 (H. Rept. No. 2154). This bill
would make it unlawful to import, for market and
distribution within the United States or its posses-
sions, salmon in any form taken on the high seas
of the North Pacific Ocean and adjacent seas, by
nets or other means, or at times, places and under
conditions or methods of fishing which would be un-
lawful if practiced or performed by citizens of the
United States or of the States of Washington, Ore-
gon, or California.

H. Rept. No. 2154, Facilitating Application and
Operation of Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 (July 14,
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
H. R. 10244), 3 pp., printed. In its favorable re-
port the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries shows how the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956
would be amended and presents a report by the
U. S. Tariff Commission on the bill.

H. R. 10244 was formally withdrawn in July by
its author in a letter to the Chairman of the House
Merchant Marine and Fisheries Committee. "It
is our conclusion, Congressman Pelly said, ''that
salmon conservation would not suffer by a delay
until early next year.'' The move came after con-
ference with Senate supporters.

SEAWEED DUTY EXEMPTION: H. R. 13010
(Nicholson) introduced in the House on June 18,
1958, a bill to amend the Tariff Act of 1930 to place
ground, powdered, or granulated seaweed on the
free list. The bill would amend paragraph 1722 of
the Tariff Act (19 U. S. C. sec. 1201) by adding
after ''not especially provided for'' a semicolon
and the words ''but including ground, powered, or
granulated seaweed, by whatever named called."

No action.

SMALL BOAT REGULATION: H. R. 11078, a
bill to promote boating safety on the navigable wa-
ters of the United States; to provide coordination
and cooperation with the States in the interest of
uniformity of boating laws, and for other purposes.
The bill passed the House under suspension of the
rules (H. Res. 626) on July 18, 1958.

September 1958

H. Rept. No. 2039, Small Boat Safety (June 26,
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
H. R. 11078), 35 pp., printed. This report from
the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries
gives the Committee's amendments, purpose of the
bill, background of the legislation, investigations
of the Committee, legislative action, a section-by-
section analysis of the bill, conclusions of the Com-
mittee, estimated annual cost for the work required
by the bill, changes in existing law, and statements
by several Federal agencies.

H. R. 11078 was reported in the Senate August 12,
1958, by the Senate Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce (S. Rept. 2340). Passed the
Senate, amended, August 18, 1958. Senate asked
for a conference August 18, 1958. House agreed
to Senate amendments August 20, 1958, and bill
was cleared for Presidential action. The Presi-
dent signed it September 2, 1958 (P. L. 85-911).
Provides for the numbering of all undocumented
vessels powered with more than 10 horsepower.
Under it all undocumented vessels propelled by
machinery of more than 10 horsepower using the
navigable waters of the United States must be num-
bered, by the States in those States which adopt the
over-all numbering system, and by the Federal
Government otherwise. While the Federal num-
bering system under Federal law applies only to
undocumented vessels with more than 10 horse-
power, there is nothing in the bill to prevent the
States from numbering all undocumented vessels
including those of 10 horsepower and less. While
the Federal authorities will not number undocu-
mented vessels of 10 horsepower or less, the Coast
Guard will still enforce the provisions of the Motor
Boat Act of 1940, which have to do with running
lights, fire prevention and lifesaving equipment,
negligent and reckless operation, etc., with regard
to all mechanically-propelled boats regardless of
how small or of how little power.

Under the bill the Secretary of the Treasury,
probably through the Coast Guard, will establish
an over-all numbering system which will apply to
all vessels which the Federal Government will
number and which may be adopted by each of the
several States so desiring, for vessels propelled
by machinery of more than 10 horsepower.

Any State has the power to enforce its laws on
its own intrastate waters. The adoption of the over-
all numbering system will qualify a State to en-
force its laws on the navigable waters of the United
States within such a State. It must, of course,
thereafter number undocumented vessels of over
10 horsepower in accordance with the over-all
numbering system.

The bill includes the provision for the collec-
tion of statistics with regard to accidents and their
compilation in the office of the Secretary for whom
the Coast Guard will probably act.

Under the bill there will be available to the
Coast Guard the right to use the simplified civil
penalty procedure ordinarily comparable to State
procedures in connection with very minor offenses
including violation of the laws against reckless and
negligent operation of small boats of all sizes pro-
vided for in the Motor Boat Act of 1940. In addi-
tion, and in other respects, civil penalties under
H. R. 11078 are changed sufficiently to make them

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

113

more effective. Heretofore, the penalty of $10 for
failure to number a vessel required to be number-
ed was not always sufficient to cause a person to
wish to avoid the penalty.

H. R. 11078 primarily is an enabling act which
will permit the several States to have concurrent
jurisdiction with the Federal Government over the
navigable waters within their respective boundaries
and to enforce their respective laws on all the wa-
ters within such boundaries whether they be inira-
state waters or navigable waters of the United
States. The States can assume the responsibility
for numbering undocumented vessels propelled by
machinery and for the passage and enforcement of
laws regarding small boats.

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PERMA-
NENT STATUS: H.R. 7963, a bill to amend the
Small Business Act of 1953 (title Il of Public Law
163, 83rd Congress), as amended. The House on
July 10, 1958, adopted the report of the Committee
on Conference by a voice vote. The bill as finally
approved by the House provides for an interest rate
of not more than 54 percent (the bill.as passed by
the Senate set a limit of 6 percent). *ihe Senate
recommendation of an increase from $250,000 to
$350,000 for a single loan was accepted by the
House. The Senate on July 10 agreed to conference
report, and the bill was cleared for Presidential
action. The bill was signed by the President July 18,
1958 (P. L. 85-536).

H. Rept. No, 2135, Small Business Act (July 9,
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
H. R. 7963), 6 pp., printed. Contains the recom-
mendations of the Committee of Conference.

Provides that the Small Business Administra-
tion, which was set up in 1953 as a temporary agen-
cy, now becomes a permanent, independent Federal
agency. The ceiling on the individual loans which
the Small Business Administration may grant has
been raised from $250,000 to $350,000. Further-
more, the interest rate has been reduced from 6
percent to 54 percent.

SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT CORPORA-
TION: S. 3651, a bill to establish a Small Business
Investment Corporation to furnish needed equity
capital to small business concerns in the United
States; and for other purposes, was passed by the
House July 23, 1958, with amendments.

Senate on July 29, 1958, disagreed to amend-
ments by House and appointed Conference Commit-
tee members. House agreed to a conference on
July 30, 1958. Conference report filed August 6,
1958 (H. Rept. 2492). House and Senate agreed to
conference report August 7, 1958, and the bill was
cleared for Presidential action.

H. Rept. No. 2492, Small Business Investment
Bill of 1958 (August 6, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd
Session, to accompany S. 3651), 7 pp., printed.
Recommendations of the Committee of Conference

contained in this report.

S. 3651 was signed by the President August 21,
1958 (P. L. 85-699).

Sets up a fund of $250 million to be added to
existing funds of the Small Business Administra-

114

tion. Equity and long-term capital loans are avail-
able to small business through privately-owned
investment companies. The Small Business In-
vestment Corporation would furnish up to 50 per-
cent of the capital for the investment companies,
who in turn would issue debenture-type securities
for small businesses needing additional capital.
Loans could be made for 20-year terms and be
extended for another ten years under some condi-
tions, It has been provided that these funds will
not go directly to individual business but to invest-
ment concerns that will in turn allocate the long-
term capital to small companies. Investment com-
panies must be formed by at least 10 persons and
have a minimum capital of $300,000, one half of
which may be secured from the Small Business
Administration.

SMALL BUSINESS TAX RELIEF: H, R. 13382
(Mills) and H, R. 13383 (Reed) introduced in House
on July 14, 1958, bills to amend the Internal Rev-
enue Code of 1954 to provide tax revision for small
business; to the Committee on Ways and Means.

H. R. 13382 is a Committee bill and replaces nu-
merous other bills introduced in both Sessions of
the 85th Congress.

H. R. 13382 was reported to the House by the
Ways and Means Committee July 16, 1958 (H. Rept.
2198). Rules suspended and passed the House
July 21, 1958.

H. R. 13382 was reported to the Senate with
amendments by its Finance Committee August 6.
The language of this bill was included in H. R.
8381, and the latter bill was passed by the Senate
on August 12, 1958, with an amendment that added
a new title (Small Business Tax Revision Act of
1958) to the bill. The amendment provides the pro-
posals of tax relief for small-business that were
included in H. R. 13382. The Senate requested a
conference with the House and appointed conferees.
The bill was sent to conference, and the report of
the Conference Committee was adopted by Senate
and House August 15, and the bill cleared for the
President. The President signed it September 2,
1958 (P. L. 85-866).

H. Rept. No. 2198, Small Business Tax Revision
Act of 1958 (July 16, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Ses-
sion, to accompany H. R. 13382), 50 pp., printed.
This report from the Committee on Ways and
Means summarizes the provisions of the bill, dis-
cusses its purpose, explains it section by section,
presents the changes in existing law, and gives
supplemental views of two members of the Com-
mittee.

Provides for (1) faster tax write-offs on new
equipment in the first year after its purchase;
(2) extension from 2 to 3 years ofthe time for
which a loss may be applied against previous in-
come to gain a retroactive tax refund; (3) tenyears
instead of 15 months in which to pay estate taxes
on a business held by a few persons; (4) anincrease
from $60,000 to $100,000 on the amount of earnings
that may be retained instead of being distributed
without high tax charges.

STEELHEAD TROUT INTERSTATE TRANS-
PORTATION REGULATION: S. 4180 (Magnuson)
introduced in the Senate on July 23, 1958, a bill to
regulate the interstate transportation of steelhead

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

trout; to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign
Commerce. No. action.

TRADE AGREEMENT POLICY COMMISSION:
S. 4272 (Flanders, for himself and 8 other Senators),
a bill to establish a Commission on International
Trade Agreement Policy, introduced in the Senate
on August 12, 1958. No action.

TRADE AGREEMENTS ACT EXTENSION: H.R,
12591, a bill to extend the authority of the Presi-
dent to enter into trade agreements under section
350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, and for
other purposes. Reported by the Senate Commit-
tee on Finance with amendments on July 15, 1958.
As amended by the Senate Committee the authority
of the President to enter into trade agreements
would be extended for a three-year period, instead
of five years as approved by the House. Authority
to reduce tariffs would be limited to 15 percent in
stages of 5 percent. The House approved a reduc-
tion of 25 percent in stages of 10 percent in any one
year. The Senate also recommended that aPresi-
dential decision to over-ride a favorable decision
of the Tariff Commission be subject to a majority
vote of Congress; also, a tie vote by the Commis-
sion would be considered affirmative; and that con-
flicting recommendations by the Commission as to
a remedy, the recommendation which in the opinion
of the President provided the greatest relief to in-
dustry would prevail. The Senate Committee's
recommendations also included the establishment
of a 9-member bipartisan Commission to be com-
posed of 3 members appointed by the President
(none from the Executive Branch) and three each
from the House and Senate Committees on Ways
and Means. The Commission would investigate and
report on the international trade agreement policy
of the United States and recommend improvements
in policies, measures, and practices. An interim
report would be filed on or before June 30, 1959,
and a final report on or before June 30, 1960.

The Senate on July 16, 1958, adopted the amend-
ments made by House Committee on Ways and
Means to the bill and as passed by the House and
proceeded to debate the bill on the Senate floor for
further amendments. The bill passed the Senate
July 22, 1958. Senate asked for a conference
July 22, 1958. House agreed to a conference
July 23, 1958. Conference report filed August 6,
1958 (H. Rept. 2502). House agreed to conference
report August 7, 1958. Senate agreed to confer-
ence report August 11, 1958, and the bill wasclear-
ed for Presidential action.

H. R. 12591, was signed by the President on
August 20, 1958 (P. L. 85-686).

H. R. 12591 renews the authority of the Presi-
dent to enter into trade agreements for 4 years--
from the close of June 30, 1958, through June 30,
1962. During the 4-year period the President would
be granted new authority to reduce individual tariff
rates to the lowest rate obtainable by any one of
three alternative methods, as follows:

Reducing the July 1, 1958, rate by not more than
20 percent. The President would be authorized to
make reductions gradually in not more than four
annual stages. Ten percent of the total reduction
would generally be the maximum reduction that
could be made effective in any one year.

September 1958

Reducing the July 1, 1958, rate by not more than
2 percentage points. Such reductions would also
take effect in not more than four stages, and no
reduction of more than 1 percentage point would
generally be made effective in any one year, This
alternative authority, which has not been provided
for in previous trade agreements legislation, would
be significant in cases where 2 percentage points
would permit a larger reduction than the maximum
reduction obtainable under the first alternative
method. Thus, if the July 1, 1958, rate were 5
percent, the second method would permit a reduc-
tion to 3 percent, whereas the first method would
permit a reduction to 4 percent.

Reducing an existing rate which is higher than
50 percent ad valorem to not less than 50 percent
ad valorem. Similar authority was granted in pre-
vious trade agreements legislation. Reductions
under this method would also have to be made
gradually by stages. One-third of the total reduc-
tion would be the maximum reduction that would
be made effective in any one year. This alterna-
tive method would be significant in cases where
rates exceed 62 percent, where it would permit a
greater reduction than that obtainable under the
first alternative method.

With respect to the above three alternative
methods, in no case may there be more than 4
stages, nor may separate stages be less than a
year apart, nor may the last stage be later than
3 years after the first stage. There is no loss
(lapse) of reduction authority if not put into effect
before July 1, 1962, the expiration of the Presi-
dent's authority to enter into new agreements, but
a later cutoff date (June 30, 1966) is provided.
Under this provision the President can enter into
a trade agreement, using the full authorized reduc-
tion authority and provide in the agreement that
such reduction shall be put into effect either dur-
ing the 4-year period ending June 30, 1962, or
thereafter. But no part of a reduction may be put
into effect for the first time after June 30, 1966--
i.e., 4 years from the expiration of the new extend-
ed period of authority to enter into trade agree-
ments.

As in previous trade agreements legislation,
proposed changes in United States tariff rates
would be subject to the peril-point provisions.
These provisions direct the President, before en-
tering into negotiations, to furnish the Tariff Com-
mission with a list of articles imported into the
United States, the rates or other customs treat-
ment of which may be considered for possible mod-
ification. The Commission, in turn, is directed to
make an investigation and report to the President
within 120 days its findings as to (1) the peril-
point or rate below which U. S. duties may not be
reduced without resulting in serious injury to do-
mestic industry; and (2) the minimum increases in
U. S. duties or additional import restrictions re-
quired to avoid serious injury. H. R. 12591 pro-
vides for the continuation of these provisions, but
extends the period of time that the Commission
has to make its investigations and reports to the
President from 120 days to 6 months to permit
the Commission to make more extensive investi-
gations.

H. R. 12591 also amends the peril-point provi-
sions by directing the Tariff Commission, as pre-
vious legislation did not, to start an escape-clause

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

115

investigation promptly whenever it finds, during
peril-point investigations, that an increase in the
existing duty or additional import restrictions is
required to avoid serious injury. This applies to
any article on the list on which a tariff concession
has been previously granted. The purpose of this
amendment is to provide for more prompt and ef-
fective consideration of serious injury cases and
determination of whether escape-clause action is
needed.

The bill also contains a new provision which
lists certain price information and import data
that the Commission, to the extent practicable and
without excluding other factors, is to develop dur-
ing peril-point investigations.

The escape-clause provisions put into effect by
previous legislation are also continued, but with
the addition of several new amendments.

Under previous legislation, the Tariff Commis-
sion was required, upon application of an interest-
ed party, to make an investigation to determine
whether imports of a particular commodity subject
to a trade agreements concession were causing or
threatening serious injury to a domestic industry.
If the Commission found evidence of injury, it was
required to submit a report to the President with-
in 9 months with a recommendation for remedial
action. The President made the final determina-
tion regarding the acceptance of a Tariff Commis-
sion recommendation that a duty be raised or a
quota be imposed on imports.

These procedures are continued under H. R.
12591 except that if the Congress decides that the
action recommended by the Commission and disap-
proved by the President should be put into effect
such action must be put into effect in the event that
the Congress--within 60 days of the President's
disapproval--adopts a concurrent resolution by a
two-thirds vote of each House approving the Com-
mission's recommendation. Under the new pro-
cedure, any such resolution would be given privi-
leged status in order to expedite Congressional
consideration.

Another amendment reduces the time that the
Tariff Commission has to make escape-clause in-
vestigations and reports thereon from 9 months to
6 months.

Under another new provision, the powers of the
Tariff Commission to obtain information by sub-
poena, and related powers, are extended and ex-
panded. They would be applicable to Commission
investigations under the trade agreements and oth-
er legislation.

H. R. 12591 further provides the President with
authority in escape-clause cases to impose a duty
as high as 50 percent ad valorem on a duty-free
item which has been bound in a trade agreement.
The President's authority to provide relief under
previous legislation was limited because the law
forbade transfer by the President of articles from
the free list to the dutiable list. The new provision
would expand relief measures available to domestic
industry being seriously injured by duty-free imports.

Finally, it is provided that organizations or

groups of employees are eligible as interested

116

parties to file an application for an escape-clause
investigation. This provision was added in order
to make it clear that such bodies could make ap-

plication even though management was not a party
to the application.

The national security amendment of the previ-
ous legislation is retained in H. R. 12591 but in
modified form. Under the terms of the amendment,
the President may not decrease duties on imports,
but may restrict imports, that are found to threat-
en the national security. More detailed standards
and criteria are provided for the guidance of the
President and the Director of the Office of Defense
and Civilian Mobilization (ODCM). A provision
was inserted requiring that the ODCM issue regu-
lations for the conduct of investigations under this
section. In addition, procedural changes were
made toward eliminating multiple investigations
possible under the previous legislations and re-
quiring that a report be made and published on the
disposition of each national security case.

H. R. 12591 authorizes the President to raise
duties as much as 50 percent over the rates which
existed on July 1, 1934. In the case of specific
duties the President, where necessary, would be
able to convert such duties to their July 1, 1934,
ad valorem equivalent, using 1934 value, and in-
crease such equivalents to 50 percent. Previous
legislation provided the President with authority to
increase rates as much as 50 percent over the
rates existing on January 1, 1945. Since on many
items the 1934 rates were substantially higher than
the 1945 rates, this change in the base date would
increase the extent to which duties on such items
could be raised where necessary to avert serious
injury to domestic industry.

H. R. 12591 continues the requirement that the
President submit to the Congress an annual report
on the operations of the trade agreements program,
but in addition, directs him to include in such re-
ports a statement on results of action taken to ob-
tain the removal of foreign restrictions, including
discriminatory restrictions, against United States
exports; and the measures available to seek the
removal of remaining restrictions.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

H. R. 12591 declares it to be the sense of the
Congress that during the course of negotiating a
trade agreement, the President should seek infor-
mation and advice from representatives of Ameri-
can industry, agriculture, and labor with respect
to such agreement.

TUNA IMPORT REGULATION: H. R, 13411
(Wilson of Calif.), introduced in the House on
July 16, 1958, a bill to regulate the importation
of tuna; referred to the Committee on Ways and
Means.

Failed to pass.

TUNA INDUSTRY STABILIZATION ACT: H. R.
13410 (Wilson) introduced in the House on July 15,
1958, and H. R. 13425 (Utt) on July 16, 1958,
bills to stabilize the tuna fishing industry; both re-
ferred to the Committee on Merchant Marine and
Fisheries.

Failed to pass.

UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF IN DEPRESSED
AREAS: §, 3683, a bill to establish an effective
program to alleviate conditions of substantial and
persistent unemployment and underemployment in
certain economically depressed areas; passed the
House, amended, August 15, 1958. It was cleared
for Presidential action August 25. Pocket vetoed
by President.

H. Rept. 2099, Area Redevelopment Act (July 1,
1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Session, to accompany
S. 3683), 41 pp., printed. Report from the House
Banking and Currency Committee recommends
passage of the bill with amendments. It pointed
out that many industrial and rural areas through-
out the United States have suffered from a high
level of unemployment and underemployment, year
after year, in good times and bad. The bill "is de-
signed to help these areas lift themselves out of
this situation, to transform themselves into pro-
ductive communities. ...'' The report discusses
the background of the bill, the need, the major pro-
visions, differences between Senate and House ver-
sions; and presents a section by section analysis
and changes in existing law.

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe

Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, Helen Joswick, and Vera Eggleston

1 2k

Photograph Credits:

Ske
76

Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-

tographer for each photograph in this issue. Photographs on pages not mentioned
were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

P, 47--Basil L. Smith System, Philadelphia 1, Pa.; p, 49--Martin Kane, J. Walter Thompson Co.,
New York, N. Y.; p. 52--Kenneth G, Ollar, Tacoma, Wash.; pp.66 & 67--A. D. Sokolich; p. 74--
J. Pileggi; outside back cover picture--N. B. Wigutoff.

September 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

7

CHART |

SHERY
_INDICATORS .

crear racers cum

FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, AND RHODE ISLAND

CUMULATIVE DATA

. "mS 1938 - 363.3
1957 - 383.6
3 1957 - 972.8

JAN FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NORTH CAROLINA, SOUTH CAROLINA, AND GEORGIA
70

CUMULATIVE DATA

60 Z nes
te

1958 - 121.2]_
1957 - 103.1
1957 - 2680.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FLORIDA

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 QS. 1958 90.
a, 1957 90.3

12 " 1957 - 158.2

CALIFORNIAL!
CUMULATIVE DATA
7 mgs. 1958 - 301.5

Tg) 957) = S71
12 1957 - 654.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

T/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

LEGEND:

= 1955

== — — 1957

NEW JERSEY AND NEW YORK

168

CUMULATIVE DATA

1
6

JAN FEB

-——

ALABAMA, LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI, AND TEXAS
Tea See)

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

———

CUMULATIVE DATA

ul “ie
2

1958 - rede
1957 - 290.3
= ey) - 513.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

y MgS. 19:
M 1559
12 1957

JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

Y

JAN FEB

MAR _APR_MA

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

118 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MgS. 1958 - 75.0
7G 1957, =
12 1957 - 116.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

L/ SHRIMP
(Gulf States~including Florida West Coast)

CUMULATIVE DATA
7 MgS. 1958 - 77.9

View 1957 - 82.8
12 1957 - 166.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-
PLETE.

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)
CUMULATIVE DATA
8 Ms.

8
12

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY._AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LEGEND:

OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE DATA

.- 1958 - 89.8
1957 - 73.1
1957 - 133.4

es 1958
ee 12957

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)
DATA
1958 - 43.0

1957 - 74.2
1957 - 120.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

In Thousands of Tons

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA
7 mgs. 1958 - 9.1

at

a iWGey = Sree)
¢ 12 1957 - 70.9

f

\
\
\
\
\
\

In Thousands of

PILCHARD
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

1957/58 SEASON,
AUG. - JAN.
1956/57 SEASON,
AUG. - JAN.

- 20.5
- 31.7

LEGEND:

_- 957/58
rannars: 956/57

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FisH2/

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1958 - 129.5
Wo 2 eee 2 Ges)

12 1957 - 198.7

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

September 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

119

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS

of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS?!

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

B/OH10, IND., ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, MO.,

WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

N. DAK., NEBR. & KANS.

LEGEND:

es fs

——— — 1957

. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

1 ;
8 mgs. 1958 - 211.9 |__
8 , 1957 - 219.8

12 1957 - 314.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY, JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE & SOU#H ATLANTIC HOLDINGS2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGS#/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV
4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN.

CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

* Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products.

120 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds

RECEIPTS2/ AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS2/
(Fresh and Frozen) NEW YORK

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MgS. 1958 - 108.4 _e CITY
AS - 1957 - 113.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/\NCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.
AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET

(Fresh and Frozen) CHICAGO

CUMULATIVE DATA

B MQS. 1958 - 60.7
8 , 1957 - 58.7
12 1957 - 91.2

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEATTLE BOSTON

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA
Mgs. 1958 - 53.4 |_

1957 - 54.8
1957 - 95.8

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

EGEND:

es 1958

—— — = 1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FISH OIL
(In Millions of Gallons)
CUMULATIVE DATA

FISH MEAL
In Thousands of Tons)
CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1958 103.6
7 |, 1957 - 125.4
12 1957 - 262.5

7 MQS. 1958 - 9.6
UL a Wee Ss 2
12 1957 - 20.1

I
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 121

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

LEGEND:

2/

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA MACKEREL - CALIFORNIA

= 1958
Se mc 957, CUMULATIVE DATA

Tugs. 1958 - 139.4
7 1957 7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ANCHOVIES - CALIFORNIA SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MgS. 1958 - 53.0
7, 1957 = 503.1
12 1957 - 549.9

8 mgs. 1958 - 2,899.1
» 1957 - 2,292.3
12 1957 - 2,441.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

STANDARD CASES

Variety No.Cans Designation Net Wet.
SARDINES..... 100 + drawn 32 oz.
SHRIMP teen 48 5 oz.
UNA etaereiste 48 #3 tuna 6&7 oz.
PILCHARDS... 48 # 1 oval 15 oz.
SALMON...... 48 1-lb. tall 16 oz.
ANCHOVEES... 48 $-lb. 8 oz.

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA

1958/59 SEASON,
AUGUST - 681.8

CUMULATIVE DATA

TOTAL 1957/58
SEASON - 497.8

TOTAL 1956/57 B= /CarSER SON) - Se
SEASON - 732.7 coe en
TOTAL - 579.5

oe alee .
AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

122 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

CHART 7- U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (including Ocean Perch) FILLETS
Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP FROM MEXICO
(Fresh and Frozen)
CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA
Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA

6 Mgs. 1958 - 74.1
6 ,, 1957 - 64.9

12 1957 - 139.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH
in Oil and in Brine

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1958 - 27.2

6, 19:
12 1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

LEGEND:

mos 1959
— — — - 1957

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH
(Fresh and Frozen)

CUMULATIVE DATA

6 QS. 1958 - 31.1
6 , 1957 - 29.8
12 1957 - 63.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LOBSTER AND SPINY LOBSTER
Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1958 - 27
6 1957 - 28

12 1957 - 50.5

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1958 - 11.5
7 , 1957 - 9.6
12 1957 - 55.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(in Oil and not in Oil)
CUMULATIVE DATA

6 mgs. 1958 - 12.4

6 § lays Os

12 1957 - 24.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

September 1958

te
es TB a oe ee ote

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
1CE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

FL - FISHERY LEAFLETS.

SSR.- FISH. SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
LIMITED DISTRIBUTION).

SEP.- SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

REVIEW.

Number Title

CFS-1779 - Maine Landings, 1957 Annual Summary
by County and Gear, 10 pp.

CFS-1793 - Shrimp Landings, 1957 Annual Sum-
mary, 16 pp.

CFS-1817 - Florida Landings, 1957 Annual Sum-
mary (revised), 10 pp.

CFS-1820 - New Jersey Landings, April1958, 3 pp.

CFS-1823 - Fish Mealand Oil, April 1958, 2 pp.

CFS-1826 - Shrimp Landings, February 1958, 6 pp.

CFS-1827 - Florida Landings, April 1958, 7 pp.
CFS-1829 - North Carolina Landings, May 1958,

3 PP.
CFS-1830 - Alabama Landings, April 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1832 - Texas Landings, March 1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1834 - New Jersey Landings, May 1958, 3 pp.

FL-452 - Fishery Motion Pictures, 18pp., illus.,
processed, 1958. This leaflet lists the commer-
cial fishery motion pictures produced and distrib-
uted by the U. S, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.

SSR-Fish. No. 238 - Marquesas Area Oceano-
graphic and Fishery Data, January-March1957,
by Robert C. Wilson and Murice O. Rinkel,

141 pp., illus., September 1957,

SSR-Fish. No, 248 - Physical Oceanographic, Bio-
logical and Chemical Data--South Atlantic Coast
of the UnitedStates, M/V TheodoreN. Gill,
Cruise 5, by William W. Andersonand JackW.
Gehringer, 223 pp., illus., January 1958.

Sep. No. 517 - Chemical and Enzymatic Hydrolysis
of Fish Scales,

Sep. No. 518 - Amino Acid Composition of the Pro-
tein and Inorganic Constituents of the Ash of Pol-
lock FishScales,

Sep. No. 519 - Gloucester's Trawl Fishery for In-
dustrial Fish,

Sep. No. 520 - Inspection and Certification of Fish-
ery Products by U. S, Department of the Interior.

Sep. No. 521 - Research in Service Laboratories
(August 1958): Contains these articles--"'Changes

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SS s 9. 0+"

123

Ee a PEE a

wa # pp eeane-

in Composition of Sole During Refrigeration;"
"Bacterial Content of Processed Shrimp Under
Study;" "Fish Stick Quality Improved by Better
Packaging; and "Oxidative Enzymes in Fish Tis-
sue.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY
FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED.

California Fishery Products and Byproducts Bro-
kers and Importers, 1958, (Partial List), ‘SP
List 1, 5 pp. (Market News Service, U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg., San
Pedro, Calif., June 1958.)

(Chicago) Monthly Summary of Chicago's Fresh
and Frozen Fishery Products Receipts and
Wholesale Market Prices, June 1958, 12 pp.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 565 W. Washington St., Chicago 6,
ll.) Receipts at Chicago by species and by
states and provinces; fresh-water fish, shrimp,
and frozen fillet wholesale market prices; for
the month indicated,

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products in Selected
Areas of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mary-
land, June 1958, 4 pp. (Market News Service,
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 18 So. King
St., Hampton, Va.) Fishery landings and pro-
duction for the Virginia areas of Hampton
Roads, Lower Northern Neck, and Eastern
shore; the Maryland areas of Crisfield, Ocean
City, and Cambridge; and the North Carolina
areas of Atlantic, Beaufort, and Morehead City;
together with cumulative and comparative data;
for the month indicated.

(New York) Brokers and Importers of Fisher
Products, New York City, 1958, “7 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and V Wildlife Service,
155 John St., New York 38, N. Y., June 20,
1958.)

(New York) Monthly Summary - Receipts of Fish-
ery Products at the New York City Wholesale
Salt-Water Market, May 1958, 15 pp. (Market

News Service, Sune S. Fish and Wildlife Service,

155 John St., New York 38, N. Y.) Receipts

in the salt-water section of the Fulton Fish

Market by species and by states and provinces

for the month indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,
June 1958, 8 pp. (Market News Service, U. S.

Fish and Wildlife Service, Pier 42 South, Seat-
tle 4, Wash.) Includes landings and local re-
ceipts, with ex-vessel and wholesale prices in
some instances, as reported by Seattle and

124

Astoria(Ore.) wholesale dealers; alsoNorthwest
Pacific halibut landings; for the month indicated.

Production of Fishery Products in Selected Areas

of Virginia, Maryland, and North Carolina,
1957 (As Reported to Hampton Fishery Market
News Office), by William N. Kelly, 43 pp.,
processed. (Available free from the Market
News Service, 18 So. King St., Hampton, Va.)
A summary of commercial landings of fish and
shellfish and the production of crab meat and
shucked oysters as reported by producers and
wholesalers from selected principal fishing lo-
calities of Virginia, Maryland, and North Caro-
lina, Included are ex-vessel prices for the
principal food finfish and wholesale prices for
crab meat and shucked oysters. The statistics
contained in this annual summary represent
partial commercial fisheries production only
and do not represent complete commercial land-
ings or production for a given area, individual
state, or the Chesapeake Bay area as a whole,
The statistics, however, do give an indication
as to the trend in fisheries production for the
specific areas designated and do reflect the
over-all production trend by species, localities,
and by states,

Annual Report of the Gulf Fishery Investigations

(for the Year Ending June 30, 1958), 109 pp.,
illus., processed. (Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Galveston, Texas.) Includes a summary of the
Gulf fishery investigations for the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1958, and a symposium on red
tide. Also includes discussions of the follow-
ing projects: ecology of brown and white shrimp;
shrimp bait fishery; Tortugas pink shrimp fish-
ery; shrimp marking; and morphology of shrimp.
The section on pelagic fishincludes discussions
of the age and growth of menhaden; menhaden
development; menhaden populations; and zoo-
plankton, The section on red tide includes dis-
cussions on nutrition of red tide organisms;
compounds toxic to red tide organisms; occur-
rence of red tide organisms; hydrography re-
lated to red tide; large-scale experimental con-
trol of red tide; copper ore experiments for red
tide control; and toxicity of copper to marine or-
ganisms. Special projects cover the effect of in-
secticides on marine organisms; barnacle attach-
ment rates at Galveston, Texas; toxicity of
Gonyaulax monilata to fish; histological tech-
niques for Gymnodinium sp.; Chlorinity sam-
pling and storage; phosphorus content of marine
organisms; and determination of organic com-
pounds in sea water,

Fishery Technological Laboratory Brochures:

Fishery Technological Research and Services
for the Pacific Coast Fishing Industry, 5 pp.,

brochure, printed (Fishery Technological Lab-

Demonstrations, Publications, Assistance,

4 pp., brochure, printed (Fishery Technologi-
cal Laboratory, P. O, Box 128, College Park,
Md.); Technological Services, 3pp., processed
(Fishery Products Laboratory, 622 Mission St.,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

Ketchikan, Alaska); The Fisheries Technology
Laboratory, 8 pp., brochure, processed (Fish-
eries Technology Laboratory, 289 Frederick
St., Pascagoula, Miss.); and Serving Industry
Through Research, Technical Assistance, Ad-
visory Services, Demonstrations, Publications,
12 pp., brochure, processed (Fishery Techno-
logical Laboratory, 61 Sumner St., East
Boston 28, Mass.). Informational brochures
on services available to industry from the Fish-
ery Technological Laboratories.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND ARE

INGTON 25, D. C.

Anadromy in North American Salmonidae, by

George A. Rounsefell, Fishery Bulletin131(From
Fishery Bulletin of the Fish and Wildlife Service,
vol. 58), 17 pp., illus., printed, 20 cents, 1958.

Experimental Exploitation of Fish Populations, by

Ralph P. Silliman and James S. Gutsell, with
the technical assistance of Clarence E. Dunbar
and Saufley B. Friddle, Fishery Bulletin 133
(From Fishery Bulletin of the Fish and Wild-
life Service, vol. 58), 40 pp., illus., printed,
20 cents, 1958. The primary objectives of the
work, described in this report, were to learn
as much as possible about the reaction of fish
populations to different rates of exploitation, to
discover the relation between equilibrium yield
and exploitation rate, and to establish princi-
ples of exploitation which would be applicable
to commercially-utilized fish populations. An
additional objective was to find how many of the
known facts regarding population changes would
be revealed by the conventional measures of
total catch, catch per unit of effort, and mean
length of fish in the catch, Four laboratory
populations of guppies were grown in small
aquariums under controlled light, temperature,
and food supply. Two of the populations were
selected by lot as controls; the other two were
used as experimental populations for application
of various fishing pressures. Successive appli-
cation of fishing rates of 25, 10, 50, and 75
percent per triweekly period produced major
changes in the experimental populations not
duplicated in the controls. The general effect
of exploitation was to produce a decrease in the
size of the population, the amount of the de-
crease varying upward with the exploitation
rate, until at the 75-percent rate the test popu-
lations were extinguished. Abundance and size
composition of the stocks followed classical
conception derived on theoretical grounds. Equi-
librium yield was found to be related to fishing
rate in the manner of ahumpedcurve, with max-
imal yield at fishing rates between 30 and 40
percent, when the populations were at approxi-
mately one-third their asymptotic weight. The
yield of fish flesh at the maximum represented
about one-fifth the weight of the food consumed,
The conventional fishery measures--catch,
catch per unit of effort, and average fish length--
were calculated and were found to yield a large «
amount of information about populationsize and
results of changes in rate of exploitation.

September 1958

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OR-
GANIZATION ISSUING THEM. CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUBLICA-
TIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE OR-
GANI ZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES, IF
READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

ALGAE:
tok Atoll, Marshall Islands, by EH. Yale Daw-
son, Contribution No. 87, 41 pp., illus., print-
ed. (Reprinted from Pacific Science, January
1957.) Hawaii Marine Laboratory, University
of Hawaii, Honolulu 14, Hawaii.

CALIFORNIA:

California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Inves-
tigations, Progress Report, 1 July 1956tol Jan-
uary 1958, 57 pp., illus., printed. State Fish-
eries Laboratory, California Department of Fish
and Game, Terminal Island, Calif. Thisreport
consists of three parts: a review of the activi-
ties of the California Cooperative Oceanic Fish-
eries Investigations for the periodJuly 1, 1956,
to January 1, 1958; a scientific paper, ''Studies
of the California Current System," by Joseph L.
Reid, Jr., Gunnar I. Roden, and John G, Wyllie;
anda list of publications arising from the program,

Fish and Game Code Annotated of the State of
California (Deering's California Codes), Adopt-
ed May 21, 1957, 666 pp., printed. Bancroft-
Whitney Co., McAllister & Hyde Streets, San
Francisco 1, Calif. Includes all laws affecting

commercial and sport fishing.

Statistical Report of Fresh, Canned, Cured, and
Manufactured Fishery Products, 1957, Circular
No. 32, 18 pp., printed. Department of Fish
and Game, Sacramento, Calif., 1958. Presents
statistics on the landings of fish, mollusk, and
crustacean by California's commercial fishing
fleet--statewide and by general regions; general
origin of the commercial catch and the volume of
shipments of fish received for canning and pro-
cessing; total case pack for each variety of fish
according to container size and type of pack;
volume of canned and smoked sport-caught fish;
sardine landings and manufactured sardine prod-
ucts; and total annual case pack of anchovy,
tuna, bonito, and yellowtail in various sizes of
containers, equated to the most common pack
size for each variety.

CANADA:
The Effect of the Prevailing Winds onthe Inshore

search Board of Canada, vol. 14, no. 6, pp. 945-
952, 1957.) Fisheries Research Board of Can-
ada, Pacific Oceanographic Group, Nanaimo,
B. €., Canada.

Fisheries Statistics of Canada, 1956 (Quebec),
73 pp., illus., printed in French and English,
50 Canadian cents. Queen's Printer and Con-
troller of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada, 1958.
Consists of tables giving the quantity and value

of the principal species of fish and shellfish in

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

125

Quebec in 1949-56; quantity and value of land-
ings by species and fisheries districts, 1955-56;
quantity and value of manufactured fishery prod-
ucts by species and fisheries districts, 1955-56;
capital equipment in the primary fisheries op-
erations by fisheries districts, 1955-56; and
number of persons engaged in the fisheries by
fisheries districts, 1955-56,

Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Can-
illus., printed. Queen's Printer and Controller
of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada. Contains the
following articles: "Incidence of the Ascarid
Porrocaecum decipiens in the Stomachs of Three
Species of Seals Along the Southern Canadian
Atlantic Mainland,'' by D. M. Scott and H. D.
Fisher; 'Round Haddock Landings in Newfound-
land: Quantity and Quality Relative to Gutted
Haddock," by Wilfred Templeman and A, M,
Fleming; ''A Preliminary Study of the Feeding
Habits of the Japanese Oyster Drill, Ocinebra
japonica,'' by Kenneth K, Chew and Ronald
Eisler; "The Effect of Various Lighting Condi-
tions on the Efficiency of 'Candling' Cod Fillets
for Detection of Parasites,'' by H® E. Power;
"Artificial Drying of Salt Fish by Thermocouple
Control," by R. Legendre; ''The Composition of
the Fatty Acids Liberated from the Phospholipids
in the Preparation of Salted Codfish, '' by A.
Cardin, M, A, Bordeleau, and A. Laframboise;
"Toleration of Fish to Toxic Pollution," by
T. W. Beak; ''Hyperactivity as a Lethal Factor
in Fish, '' by Edgar C. Black; and ''The Effect
of Temperature on the Cruising Speed of Young
Sockeye and Coho Salmon," by J. R. Brett, M.
Hollands, and D, F, Alderdice,

no. 69, 39 pp., illus., printed in French and
English. Queen's Printer and Controller of
Stationery, Ottawa, Canada, May 1958. Con-
tains, among others, the following articles:
"Comparative Effects of the Insecticides DDT
and Malathion on Young Atlantic Salmon," by
Miles H. A. Keenleyside; ''Control of the Boring
Sponge on Oyster Beds,'' by F. E, Warburton;
"Do Lobsters Move Offshore and Onshore inthe
Fall and Spring?" by D. G, Wilder and R. C.
Murray; ''Lath-Spacing in Lobster Traps,'' by
W. Templeman; "White Crystals of Sodium Phos-
phate on Salt Fish,'' by W. J. Dyer, Doris I.
Fraser, and J. R, Dingle; and''First-Year Ef-
fects of Mesh Regulations on Northern New Bruns-
wick Dragger Fishery," by W. R. Martin and
Y. Jean.

CRAWFISH:

"The Refrigeration and Storage of Crawfish, "' by
N. GolovkinandI, Parshina, article, Kholodilnaya
Tekhnika, no. 1, 1958, pp. 26-27, printed in
Russian with English summary. Kholodilnaya
Tekhnika, 1 Astradamskitupikl-a, Moscow A-8,
U. S. S. R. Reports on the methods for refrig-
erating crayfish and on conditions for storage
in the frozen state, For prolonged storage dur-
ing periods of 8-9 months, the authors propose
a blast-freezing method and storage of crayfish
at temperatures of -20 to -29° C. Forstorage
periods of 1-2 months, temperatures ranging
from -6 to-10 C. are recommended,

126

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

CUBA:

the Gulf of Batabano, Cuba), by Pedro Pablo
Duarte-Bello, Laboratorio de Biologia Marina,
Monografia no. 4, 30 pp., illus., printed inSpan-
ish. Universidad Catolica de Santo Tomas de
Villanueva, Apartado No. 6, Marianao, Havana,
Cuba, March 1958.

"ILos Recursos Naturales Renovables en el Mar
Cubano" (The Renewable Natural Resources in
Cuban Marine Waters), by Dr. Mario Sanchez
Roig and Federico Gomez de la Maza, article,
Mary Pesca, vol. II, no. 2, April1958, pp. 23-28,
illus., printed in Spanish. Instituto Nacional
de la Pesca, Malecon 59, Havana, Cuba, Re-
ports on the economic importance of Cuba's pro-
duction of fish, mollusks, crustaceans, and
fishery byproducts, and discusses the possibil-
ities of increasing fishery production by (1) the
use of a system of flexible fishing seasons; (2) an
increase of biological and oceanographic studies
of Cuba's marine resources; (3) the use of more
modern gear, vessels, and fishing methods;

(4) repopulation of marine waters with species
that have been overfished; (5) international co-
operation in measures for conservation of ma-
rine fauna; (6) Cuban representation at interna-
tional conferences on fisheries; (7) control meas-
ures to avoid harmful pollution; (8) prevention
of illicit fishing methods, especially the use of
explosives; (9) extensive publicity to inform the
populace of the advantages of eating fish, to in-
crease consumption; and (10) the forthcoming
construction of a large and modern fishery ter-
minal at the-port of Havana.

EEL-GRASS:
by A. R. A. Taylor, General Series Circular
No. 23, 3 pp., illus., printed. Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada, Atlantic Biological Sta-
tion, St. Andrews, N. B., Canada, February 1954.

EXPORTS:

United States Exports of Domestic and Foreign
Merchandise (Commodity by Country of Desti-
nation), Calendar Year 1957, Report No. FT 410,
processed, Part I, 257 pp., $1.25; Part II,

428 pp., $2. Bureau of theCensus, U. S. De-
partment of Commerce, Washington, D. C.,
April 1958. (For sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, Washington25, D. C.) Thestatistics
in Part I cover exports of domestic andforeign
merchandise (including fishery products and by-
products) under group 00 to group 5 from the
United States to foreign countries. Part II cov-
ers merchandise under group 6 to9(some items
of interest to the fishery and allied industries
are included).

ISHES:
and Alaska, by W. B. Scott, 31 pp., processed,
35 Canadian cents. Royal Ontario Museum, Di-
vision of Zoology and Palaeontology, 100 Queens
Park, Toronto 5, Ontario, Canada, Febru-
ary 1958.

FISH FLOUR:

"Fish Visceral Flour Reported Satisfactory as
Swine Supplement," article, Feedstuffs, vol. 30,
February 22, 1958, 1p., printed. Feedstuffs,
Miller Publishing Co., 118 S. 6th St., Minneap-
olis 2, Minn.

"The Production of Edible Fish Protein (Fish
Flour) from Cod and Haddock," by A. Guttmann
and F, A, Vandenheuvel, article, Progress Re-
vember 1957, pp. 29-31, printed. Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, Fisheries Techno-
logical Station, Halifax, Nova Scotia.

FISH MEAL:

"Fish Meal. 4--Condition of Pilchard at Walvis
Bay,'' by G. H. Stander and J. P. Matthews,
article, Annual Report of the Fishing Industry
Research Institute, 1955-1956, vol. 9, pp. 21-22,
printed. Fishing Industry Research Institute,
South Africa, Union of South Africa.

"Fish Meal. 7--Preliminary Comparisonof Var-
ious Cooker-Press Combinations," by G. M.
Dreosti and G. H. Stander, article, Annual Re-
port of the Fishing Industry Research Institute,
1955-1956, vol. 9, 1 p., printed. Fishing In-
dustry Research Institute, Cape Town, Union of
South Africa.

"Fish Meal. 10--Storage of Fish Meal at Elevated
Temperatures,'' by G. M. Dreosti andR. J.
Nachinius, article, Annual Report of the Fishing
Industry Research Institute, 1955-1956, vol. 9,
p. 27, printed. Fishing Industry Research In-
stitute, Cape Town, Union of SouthAfrica. Des-
cribes experiments with canned fish meal stored
at temperatures ranging from 32° to 300° F.

"Fish Meal. 11--Spontaneous Heating of Fish
Meal,'' by G. M. Dreosti, A. N. Rowan, and
A. M. Lewis, article, Annual Report of the Fish-
ing Industry Research Institute, 1955-1956, vol. 9,
pp. 27-28, printed. Fishing Industry Research .
Institute, Cape Town, Union of South Africa.

"Fish Meal. 13--Test Shipment of Fish Meal,"
by R. J. Nachinius, article, Annual Report of the
Fishing Industry Research Institute, 1955-1956,
vol. 9, pp. 29-30, printed. Fishing Industry
Research Institute, Cape Town, Union of South
Africa. Reports on experiments with fish meal
‘shipped in bags under test conditions intwo nor-
mally ventilated holds of a ship.

"Fish Meal. 17--The Biological Evaluation of South
African Fish Meals," by J. S. Willmer, article,
Annual Report of the Fishing Industry Research In-
stitute, 1955-1956, pp. 31-32, printed. Fishing
Industry Research Institute, Cape Town, Union of
South Africa.

"North Dakota Tests Substitution for Fish Meal in
Turkey Diet, article, Feedstuffs, vol. 30, Janu-
ary 25, 1958, 1p., printed. Feedstuffs, Miller
Publishing Co., 118S. 6thSt., Minneapolis 2, Minn.

FLATFISH:

Condition and Composition of the Stock of

September 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 127

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

P. A. Moiseev, 12pp., processed. (Preliminary
translation by W. E. Ricker from Zoologicheskii
Zhurnal, vol. 25, no. 5, pp. 451-457, 1946.)
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada, 1956.

FLORIDA:

1958.) Curator of Biological Sciences, Florida
State Museum, Seagle Bldg., Gainesville, Fla.

Report on the Marine Biological Museum, Janu-
ary 1958, 11 pp., illus., processed. The Marine
Laboratory, University of Miami, 1 Rickenbacker
Causeway, Virginia Key, Miami 49, Fla.

FLOUNDER:

"Frozen Storage of Plaice for Subsequent Thawing
and Filleting, ''byW. J. Dyer, W. A. MacCallum,
and Doris I. Fraser, article, Progress Reports
1957, pp. 9-12, printed. Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Re-
ports on experiments to learn if frozen plaice
or sea dab (Hippoglossoides platessoides) can
be stored for thawing and filleting at a later date.
Results indicated that discoloration occurs be-
neath the skin of the plaice (gutted and ungutted),
after a very short time in frozen storage.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION:

"Plans for the European Common Market and
Their Possible Repercussions on Exporters of
Agricultural Commodities,'' by R. Freire, ar-
ticle, Monthly Bulletin of Agricultural Economics
and Statistics, vol. VII, no. 4, April1958, pp. 1-
17, printed, single copy 2s. 6d. (50 U. S. cents).
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, Rome,
Italy. (For sale by Columbia University Press,
International Documents Service, 2960 Broad-
way, New York 27, N. Y.) Describes the Treaty
which established the European Economic Com-
munity, usually referred to as the Common Mar-
ket, and discusses many of the basic problems
of implementing the Common Market. The
Common Market comprises six countries: Bel-
gium, France, Western Germany, Italy, Lux-
embourg, and the Netherlands. This article
discusses trade of the six countries, agricultural
imports (including fishery products), possible
quantitative restrictions to trade inagricultural
commodities, availability of agricultural com-
modities the six also produce themselves, the
Common Market and the development of agri-
culture in the six countries, possible effects of
Common Market on imports of commodities also
produced by the six, imports from associated
Territories and overseas departments, effects
of the Common Market on imports which suffer
competition from overseas Territories, and
other aspects of the association of dependent
Territories to the Common Market. Statistical
tables show imports of agricultural commodities
of the six countries, by origin, 1954-56 average;
production and availability of agricultural com-

modities produced in the six countries, average
1954/55-56/57; and agricultural exports of the

six countries, annual average 1954-56. These

tables include data on fishery products.

2nd World Fishing Boat Congress, 16 pp.,
April 5-10, 1959, Rome. Prospectus. Food
and Agriculture Organization of the United Na-
tions, Rome, Italy. (Available at United States
Mission to the United Nations, 2 Park Ave.,
New York 16, N. Y.)

The Food and Agriculture Organization has pub-
lished reports describing that Agency's activities
under the Expanded Technical Assistance Pro-
gram for developing the fisheries of many coun-
tries. These reports have not been published
on a sales basis, but have been processed only
for limited distribution to governments, librar-
ies, and universities. Food and Agriculture
Organization, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla,
Rome, Italy. .

Report to the Government of Yugoslavia on-Fish
Consumption and Marketing, based on the work
of John Fridthjof, FAO Report No. 619, 39 pp.,
processed, 1957. Assistance was provided the
government of Yugoslavia to conduct a general
survey of the marketing and distribution of fish-
ery products and to advise and assist the gov-
ernment on the introduction of measures de-
signed to (1) achieve a more economic utilization
of fish supplies, and (2) improve the level and
pattern of fish consumption. This report dis-
cusses the problems encountered, the general
objectives of the study, the work accomplished,
governmental measures in support of the work,
and recommendations. Statistical dataare given
on landings of fish in Yugoslavia by Republics
and by species; monthly landings and utilization
and annual landings of fish in Croatia; costs of
catching and distributing fresh sardines; costs
for operating a sardine fishing unit; and cost of
receiving anc distributing fish in Belgrade.

FRANCE:

Peches Maritimes et de la Conchyliculture en
1957 (Report on the Production of the Marine
Fisheries Industry and Shellfish Cultivation,
1957), 56 pp., processed in French. Comite
Central des Peches Maritimes, Paris, France,
Presents statistical tables covering France's
production of fresh fish, saltedcod, crustaceans,
frozen fishery products, shellfish, and shell.

GENERAL:

Progress Report on Fisheries Engineering Re-
search Program, November 1956(North Pacific
Division, Corps of Engineers, U. S, Army),
179 pp., illus., processed. North Pacific Divi-
sion, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, Seattle,
Wash. The present summary of progress is a
brief account of the methods, purpose, andpres-
ent results of the separate projects which com-
prise the fishery engineering research program
begun in 1951. This interim summary is acom-
pilation of the following individual reports, each
prepared by the agency performing the study:
"A Review of Studies in Guiding Downstream

128

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

may

Migrating Salmon with Light;'''' Determinationof
the Normal Stream Distribution, Size, Time, and
Current Preference of Downstream Migrating Sal-
mon and Steelhead Trout in the Columbia and Snake
Rivers;''''The Effect of Sound Waves on Young Sal-
mon;''''Powerhouse CollectionSystem and Trans-
portation Flows, Bonneville Dam;"'''The Status of |
Field Scale Electrical Fish Guiding Experiments;"
"Effect of Structures at MainColumbia River Dams
on Downstream Migration of Fingerlings;" ""Buoy- |
ant Submerged Orifice Research;"'"'Study of the Ef-|
fect of Magnetic Fields onSalmon;" "Fishway At-
traction Water Supply Study;"' "Submerged Orifice
Research Powerhouse Fish Collection System,
Bonneville Dam;" ''The Control of Downstream Mi-
grants by Means of Mechanical Screens;'' ''Re-
search Relating to Mortality of Downstream Mi-
grant Salmon Passing McNary Dam;'' "Research
Relating to Study of Spawning Grounds in Natural
Areas;" "Investigation of the Rate of Passage of
Salmon and Steelhead Trout through Bonneville
Dam and The Dalles Dam Site as Compared to Un-
obstructed Sections of the Columbia River;"' "In-
vestigations and Field Studies Relating toNumbers
and Seasonal Occurrence of Migratory Fish Enter-
ing the Columbia River above Bonneville and the
Snake River and Their Final Distribution among
Principal Tributaries Thereto;" "Enumeration
Study --Upper Columbia and Snake Rivers; "'Re-
searchon Fishway Problems;''''A Study to Inves-
tigate the Effects of Fatigue andCurrent Velocities
on Adult Salmon and Steelhead Trout;"' ''A Study to
Determine the Effects of Electricity onSalmon and
Steehead Trout;'' ''Determination of the Vertical
and Horizontal Distribution of Seaward Migrants,
Baker Dam;' and ''Guiding Downstream Migrant
Salmon and Steelhead Trout--A Research Sum-
mary."

GERMAN FEDERAL REPUBLIC:

Sea-Fish Marketing in the Federal Republic of
Germany, by Klaus-Hinrich Krohn and Arnold
Alewell, FAO Fisheries Study No. 6, 152 pp.,
illus., printed, $1.50 (For sale by Columbia
University Press, International Documents
Service, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.)
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Rome, Italy, 1957. This study surveys
the supply and marketing conditions of the fish
industry in the Federal Republic of Germany,
and considers in particular the promotion and
expansion of marketing. The first chapter on
the sea fishery of the Federal Republic of Ger-
many covers an outline of historical development
in the coastal and smalldeep-seafishery, large
herring fishery, and trawler fishery; the impor-
tance of the German sea-fish industry; aims of
fishery policy; main sources of supply; pattern
of landings; and products of the fish industry.
Other chapters cover technical facilities and
maintenance of quality of fish from catch tomar-
keting; demand for fish; fish marketing; promo-
tion of fish marketing; and a summary of the re-
port which describes the structure and the pres-
ent economic situation of the fish industry in
the Federal Republic.

HERRING:
La Campagne Harenguiere, 1956-57 (24 juillett
1956 - 19 janvier 1957), (The Herring Campaign,
1956-57--July 24, 1956 - January 19, 1957), by

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

Charles Gilis, 30 pp., printed in French and
Dutch. Institut d'Etudes Maritimes, Rue du
Midi, 16, Ostende, Belgium, 1957. Presents:
statistics on Belgium's herring fishery in the
North Sea. Also reports on biological studies
of herring banks and populations in the NorthSea
and the English Channel.

The East Anglian Herring Season, 1957, 5 pp.,
illus., processed. Ministry of Agriculture,
Fisheries and Food, Fisheries Laboratory,
Lowestoft, England, 1958.

ring, by R. S. Glover, 53 pp., illus., printed,
13s. (about US$1.85). (Reprinted from Bulletins
of Marine Ecology, vol. V, no. 39, pp. 1-43,
Plates I-VIII, December 1957.) The Scottish
Marine Biological Association, Oceanographic
Laboratory, Edinburgh, Scotland.

The Status of the Major Herring Stocks in British
Columbia in 1956-57, by F. H. C. Taylor, A. S.
Hourston, and D. N. Outram, FRB. No. 500,
33 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from the
Report of the British Columbia Department of
Fisheries, 1956, pp. 45-77.) Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada, Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B. C., Canada, 1957. This report is
the tenth of a series of annual reports on the
results of herring research carried out at the
Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C., by the Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada. Continuing
the policy of the past three years, the degree of
integrity, present status, and level of abundance

f each of the major British Columbia herring
stocks in 1956-57 are discussed.

NDIANA:

A History of the Study of Fishes in Indiana, by
Shelby D. Gerking, Contribution No. 505, 11pp.,
printed. (Reprinted from Indiana Academy of
Science, vol. 66, 1957.) Department of Zoology,
Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana.

INTERNATIONAL LAW COMMISSION:

June 28, 1957, A/3623 (GAOR, 12thsess., suppl.
no. 9), 15 pp., printed, 20 U. S. cents. United
Nations, New York, N. Y., August 1957. (For
sale by the International Documents Service,
Columbia University Press, 2960 Broadway,
New York 27, N. Y.)

IRRADIATION:

Preliminary Design Study of a Food Irradiation
Reactor--Phase 2 (AECU-3320), 98pp., printed,
$2.50. U. S. Department of Commerce, Wash-
ington25, D. C. (For sale by the Superintendent
of Documents, U. S, Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C.) Preliminary design study
of the reactor type selected for use in govern-
ment process.

JAPAN:
Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido
University, vol. 8, no. 4, 102 pp., illus.,
printed in Japanese and English. Faculty of

September 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 129

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

Fisheries, Hokkaido University, Hakodate, Ja-
pan, February 1958. Contains, among others,
the following articles: ''Report from the Oshoro
Maru on Oceanographic and Biological Investi-
gations in the Bering Sea and Northern North
Pacific in the Summer of 1955--IV. Diatom
Standing Crops and the Major Constituents of
the Populations as Observed by Net Sampling,"
by Kohei Karohji; "Studies in the Bacteriologi-
cal Chemistry of Shark Muscle--IV. On the Ef-
fects of Temperature upon the Urea Decompos-
ing Ability of the Urea-Splitting Bacteria Iso-
lated from Spoiling Shark Muscle, '' by Takahisa
Kimura; ''A Note on the Age and Race of the Red
Salmon in the North Pacific Ocean,"' by Tatsuro
Kubo; and ''Chemical Studies on Herring Meat,"'
by Shigeo Sasa.

Bulletin of Tokai Regional Fisheries Research
Laboratory, No. 17, 98 pp., illus., printed in
Japanese with summaries-in English. Tokai
Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory, Tsu-
kishima, Chuo-Ku, Tokyo, Japan. Includes,
among others, the following papers: ''An Index
to Relative Size of Fish Population and Effective
Fishing Effort,'' by S. Tanaka; ''Studies of the
Anchovy Scale. I--Difference in the Scale Char-
acters from Various Body Areas, with a Con-
sideration on Ecological Significance of the
Grooves," by K. Kondo; "Growth of the Japan-
ese Anchovy. IV--Age Determination with the
Use of Scales," by S, Hayashi and K. Kondo;
"Study on Bait for Tuna Long Line. II--Preser-
vation of Bait Squid, '' by T. Koyama; and"'Hy-
draulic Resistance of Glass-Ball Floats Enwrap-
ped in Protective Nets, '' by T. Koyama.

Progress Report of the Cooperative IWASHI Re-
sources Investigations, 1954, 177 pp., illus.,
printed in Japanese with summary in English.
Fisheries Agency, Japan Sea Regional Fisheries
Research Laboratory, Niigata, Japan, August
1957.

LOBSTERS:

The Lobster Fishery of Massachusetts, by
Charles L. Wheeler and John T. Hughes, 3lpp.,
illus., printed. Department of Natural Resour-
ces, Division of Marine Fisheries, 15 Ashburton
Place, Boston, Mass. Describes the more in-
teresting and important aspects of the life history
of the American lobster, together with the meth-
ods of capture and some of the problems asso-
ciated with the lobster fishery of Massachusetts.
The authors explain what is being done to promote
the welfare of the lobster fishery.

MASSACHUSETTS:

The Ocean Fishery (Massachusetts! Oldest Indus-
try), 27 pp., illus., printed. Department of
Natural Resources, Division of Marine Fisher-
ies, 15 Ashburton Place, Boston, Mass. Pre-
sents a brief description of the growth and de-
velopment of the Massachusetts' fishing industry
from its beginning in the 17th century. Itcovers
the historical background of the fishing industry,
the difficulties encountered by the bank fisher-
men, and the early whale fishery. Included are
descriptions of the industry, otter trawl, purse
seine, pound nets, line fishing, gill nets and

harpoons, lobster fishery, bay and sea scallop
fishery, quahaug fishery, clam fishery, oyster
fishery, and other shellfish. Recent develop-
ments and the future of the industry also are
discussed,

MAURITANIA:

"La Langosta Blanca de Mauritania" (The White
Spiny Lobster of Mauritania), by Miguel
Massuti Oliver, article, Puntal, vol. V, no. 49,
April 1958, pp. 12-15, illus., printed inSpanish.
Puntal, Apartado 316, Alicante, Spain. Presents
a brief summary on the biology and feeding hab-
its of Mauritania's white lobster (Palinurus
mauriticus Gruvel).

MARKETING:

Marketing Costs for Food, Miscellaneous Publi-
cation No. 708, 15 pp., illus., pMcessed, 15
cents, Agricultural Marketing Service, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
(For sale by the Superintendent of Documents,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D. C.) This leaflet summarizes recent trends
in food marketing costs and in the distribution
of the consumer's food dollar. Although not di-
rectly aimed at the fishing industry, the prob-
lems and findings in many cases are applicable
to the fishing industry or fishery products.

NEMATODES:

"Nematodes in the Fillets of Cod and Other Fishes
in Newfoundland and Neighboring Areas, '' by
Wilfred Templeman, H. J. Squires, and A, M,
search Board of Canada, vol. 14, November
1957, pp. 831-897, printed. Queen's Printer
and Controller of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada.

NEW HEBRIDES:
Preliminary Recommendations, by H, vanPel,
33 pp., illus., processed, South Pacific Com-
mission, Nouema, New Caledonia, 1956. Con-
tains a general description of New Hebrides,
imports of preserved fish, exports of green
snail and trochus shells, existing fisheries and
fishery resources, and a brief list of certain
species of fish. Also contains observations and
recommendations for the development of the
fisheries; draft regulation for the trochus fish-
ery; and descriptions of the inland fisheries,
tuna industry, fishing gear, and preservation
of fish.

NORWAY:

Fiskeflaten, 1956 (The Fishery Fleet, 1956),
Arsberetning Vedkommende Norges Fiskerier,
1956, No. 13, 37 pp., printed in Norwegian.
JohnGriegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1957.

NUTRITION:

"Nutritive Value of Fish. I--Nicotinic Acid, Ri-
boflavin, Vitamin B;9, and Amino Acids of Var-
ious Salt-Water Species,''by A. E, Teeri, M. E.
Loughlin, and D. Josselyn, article, Food Re-
search, vol. 22, March-April 1957, pp. 145-
150, printed. Food Research, Department of
Food Technology, University of California,
Davis, Calif.

130

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUJNG THEM.

"The Nutritive Value of Marine Products. XVI--
The Biological Value of Fish-Flesh Proteins,"
by J. M. R. Beveridge, article, Journal of the
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 7,
February 1947. Journal of the Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada, Queen's Printer and
Controller of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada.

OCEANOGRAPHY:

Las Investigaciones Maritimas (Marine Investi-
gations), Laboratorio de Biologia Marina, Pub-
lication no. 1, 15 pp., illus., printed inSpanish.
Universidad Catolica de Santo Tomas de Villa-
nueva, Apartado No. 6, Marianao, Habana, Cuba,
February 1958. Discusses the simple funda-
mentals of oceanography, and the relationship
of oceanography to fishery resources.

OCTOPUS:

A First Record of OCTOPUS MACROPUS Risso

ior, Color, Feeding, and Gonads, by Gilbert L.
Voss and Craig Phillips, Contribution No. 203,
10 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from the
Journal of the Florida Academy of Sciences,
vol. 20, no. 4, 1957, pp. 223-232.) The Marine
Laboratory, University of Miami, Coral Gables,
Fla.

OYSTERS:

Epidemic Oyster Disease and Rehabilitation Trans-
fers in 1957, by R. R. Logie, General Series
Circular No. 31, March 1958, 2 pp., printed
in English and French, Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Biological Station, St. Andrews,
N. B., Canada. Epidemic oyster disease was
discussed in two earlier circulars in this se-
ries--Circulars 28 and 29. The present circu-
lar is a further report on epidemics and also
describes rehabilitation transfers carried out
in 1957. It discusses the established epidemics
in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, new epidem-
ics, effect on production, resistance experi-
ments, rehabilitation transfersin1957 and 1958,
and prospects for recovery of the mainland
fisheries.

PORTION CONTROL:

"Portion Control Seafoods Head for Biggest Year
as Users Jump on Profit Bandwagon," article,
Quick Frozen Foods, vol. XX, no. 10, May
1958, pp. 83-84, printed. E. W. Williams Pub-
lications, Inc., 82 Wall St., New York 5, N. Y.
According to this article, ''A special survey of
institutional frozen seafood processors revealed
that institutional seafood packers experienced a
15 percent sales increase in 1957 over 1956,
with much of the gain attributed to a broader sell-
ing job and snowballing popularity of portion
control products with servers and consumers."

PORTUGAL:

Bacalhau, Relatorio e Contas do Exercicio de
1957 e Orcamento para 1958 (Cod Fishing Vessel
Owner's Guild, Statement of Operations for 1957
and Budget for 1958), 36 pp., printed in Portu-
guese. A Comissao Revisora de Contas, Lis-
bon, Portugal.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

Relatorio e Contas do Exercicio de 1957 e Or-
camento para 1958 (Trawler Owners' Guild,
Statement of Operations for 1957 and Budget for
1958), 50 pp., printed in Portuguese. A Comis-
sao Revisora de Contas, Lisbon, Portugal.

Relatorio e Contas do Exercicio de 1957 e Or-
camento para 1958 (Sardine Vessel Owners!
Guild, Statement of Operations for 1957 and
Budget for 1958), 21 pp., printed inPortuguese.
Comissao Revisora de Contas, Lisbon, Portugal.

PROTEINS:

"Denaturation of Fish Proteins," by A, F. M. G.
Luijpen, article, Nature, vol. 180, December
21, 1957, pp. 1422-1423, printed. Macmillan
and Company, Ltd., St. Martins Street, London,
WC2, England. Reports on the influence of the
freezing-rate on the denaturation of fish held in
frozen storage. Describes experiments per-
formed with irradiated samples of fish.

QUALITY:

"Trimethylamine Test for Evaluating the Quality
of Rosefish Fillets,"' by H. P. Dussault, article,
No. 67, November 1957, pp. 23-25, printed.
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Fisheries
Technological Station, Grande-Riviere, Quebec,
Canada.

RADIATION PRESERVATION:

"Radiation Processing of Foods--2. A Commen-
tary on Present Research," by R. S, Hannan
and Margaret J. Thornley, article, Food Man-
ufacture, vol. 32, December 1, 1957, pp. 559-
562, printed. LeonardHill, Ltd., Stratford
House, 9 Eden Street, London, NW1, England.

REFRIGERATION:

Heat Transfer Measurements on Refrigerated-
Food Trailers, AMS-250, 13 pp., illus., pro-
cessed, Marketing Information Division, Agri-
cultural Marketing Service, U. S. Department
of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. This study
is part of a broad program of research to im-
prove the design and performance of transpor-
tation equipment used in the movement of agri-
cultural products, as a means of improving and
expanding the marketing of farm products. The
report states that, "To date there has been no
standard method to measure the performance,
or efficiency, of a refrigerated-food trailer
body. This study is a basic step in the devel-
opment of a practical method to rate these trail-
ers in order that they may provide the protection
that will prevent the deterioration and spoilage
of perishable foods in transit to market." This
report describes cooperative research work
done on ways of measuring heat transfer char-
acteristics of refrigerated trailers. Tests
showed wide variations incharacteristics of vehi-
cles and performance of their refrigerating units.
Findings emphasized need for standard techniques
for rating vehicles for transporting frozen foods.
Although not directly aimed at the fishing industry,
the problems and findings inmany cases are appli-
cable to the fishing industry or fishery products.

September 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 131

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

SALMON:

Contributions to the Life-History of the Sockeye
Salmon, by D. R. Foskett and D, W. Jenkinson,
Paper 42, FRB. No. 501, 20 pp., printed. (Re-
printed from the Report of the British Columbia
Department of Fisheries, 1956, pp. 25-44.)

Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Biological

Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada, 1957.

The Movements of Salmon Tagged in the Sea,

~ Montrose, 1954, 1955, by W. M, Shearer, Scott-

ish Home Department ‘Freshwater and Salmon
Fisheries Research No. 20, 13 pp., illus.,
printed, 4s. (56 U. S. cents). Her Majesty's
Stationery Office, Edinburgh, Scotland.

apt! Learning of a Constant Course by Travel-
ing Schools of “Juvenile Pacific Salmon, by _
William S S. Hoar, 24 pp., , illus., , printed, (Re-

search Board of Canada, vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 251-

274, 1958.) Fisheries Research Board of Cana-
da, Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada,

Research on Guiding Young Salmon at Two Brit-
ish Columbia Field Stations, by J. R. Brett and
D. F. Alderdice, Bulletin No. 117, 84 pp.,
illus., printed, 75 Canadian cents. Queen's
Printer, Ottawa, Canada, 1958,

Translation Series No. 120, 48 pp., processed.

(From Izvestiia TikhookeanskovoN auchno-Issle-

dovatelskovo Instituta Rybnovo Khoziaistva i
Okeanografii, vol. 37, pp. 69-108, 1952, Vla-
divostok; and translated by the Bureau for Trans-
lations, Foreign Language Division, Department
of the Secretary of State of Canada, edited by
W. E. Ricker.) Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C.,
Canada, 1957.

Some Effects of Temporary Exposure to Low
~ Dissolved Oxyge en Levels onPacific Salmon Eggs,
by D. F. Alderdice, W. P. Wickett, and J. R.
Brett, 22 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from
the Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 229-250, 1958.)
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Biological
Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.

SALMON ROE:

"Pasteurization and Storage Life of Salmon Roe,"
by I, I. Lapshin, article, Food Manufacture,
vol. 32, November 1, 1957, 1 p., printed. Food
Manufacture, Leonard Hill, Ltd., Stratford
House, 9 Eden St., LondonN, W. 1, England.

SARDINES:

"le Commerce de la Sardine dans le Monde"
(World Sardine Commerce), by Geep, article,
La Peche Maritime, vol. 37, no. 963, June 1958,
pp. 324-327, illus., printed in French. La
Peche Maritime, 190 Boulevard Haussmann,
Paris, France. Gives information on world sar-
dine production and sardine processing in many
countries,

West Coast, 1953-56, by D. H. Davies, Inves-
tigational Report No. 30, 40 pp., illus., printed.
(Reprinted from Commerce and Industry, No-
vember 1957.) Division of Fisheries, Beach
Road, Sea Point, Cape Town, Union of South
Africa,

The South African Pilchard (SARDINOPS OCEL-
LATA) and Maasbanker (TRACHURUS TRA-
CHURUS)--Young Fish Survey, 1955-54, by
D. H. Davies, Investigational Report No. 29,
36 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from Com-
merce and Industry, October 1957.) Division of
Fisheries, Beach Road, Sea Point, Cape Town,
Union of South Africa.

|
{

SCALLOPS:
The Inshore Scallop Fishery of the Maritime

~ Provinces, by J. S. MacPhail, General Series
Circular No. 22, 4 pp., illus., printed. Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada, Atlantic Bio-
logical Station, St. Andrews, N. B., Canada,
February 1954, This circular describes the Bay
of Fundy giant or sea scallop fishery and the
variations in gear and fishing methods. It des-
cribes types of scallop gear which fishermen
have found to be most satisfactory for the par-
ticular area in which they are used. Inaddition,
it discusses fishing operations, shucking proce-
dure, and handling of the meats at sea and
ashore,

SEA LIONS:
‘The Abundance and Distribution of the Northern
Sea Lion (EUMETOPIAS JUBATA) on the Coast
of British Columbia, by Gordon C. ‘Pike and

Brian ian E. Maxwell, 13 pp., illus. * printed. (Re-

search Board of Canada, vol. 15, no. 1, pp. 5-
17, 1958.) Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.

SEAWEED:

(Institute of Seaweed Research) Annual Report
for 1957, 23 pp., printed. Institute of Seaweed
Research, Inveresk, Midlothian, Scotland. This
report covers the activities of the Institute dur-
ing 1957, its information and technical assist-
ance services, and ecological research studies,
It also gives a summary of the work carried out
under extramural contract andon acollaborative
basis during 1957 covering algal chemistry,
plant physiology, microbiology, and other appli-
cations of seaweed and algal chemicals.

SHELLFISH:

"Survival and Growth of Clam and Oyster Larvae
at Different Salinities,'' byH. C, Davis, article,
The Biological Bulletin, vol. 114, June 1958,
pp. 296-307, printed, single copy $2.50. The
Biological Bulletin, Marine Biological Labora-
tory, Woods Hole, Mass,

SHELLS:

"American Shell Market is Not Too Bright," by
J. P. Shortall, article, Pacific Islands Monthly,
vol XXVIII, no. 10, May 1958, pp. 61, 63,
printed. Pacific Publications Pty, Ltd., Tech-
nipress House, 29 AlbertaSt., Sydney, Australia.

Discusses the various influences that control

132 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 9

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

the future of the Pacific mother-of-pearl and
trochus shell market in the United States.

SHIPWORMS:

Sea Water Intrusion into the Fraser River and
its Relation to the Incidence of Shipworms in
Steveston Cannery Basin, by Susumu Tabata and
Robin J. LeBrasseur, 23 pp., illus., printed.
(Reprinted from Journal of the Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada, vol. 15, no. 1, pp. 91-
113, 1958.) Fisheries Research Board of Can-

ada, Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C., Canada.

SHRIMP :

"Biochemical and Bacteriological Methods for
Determining Shrimp Quality, '' by C. R. Fellers,
M. Gagnon, and R. Khatchikian, article, Pro-
Institute, Ninth Annual Session, November 1957,
pp. 23-26, printed. Gulf and Caribbean Fish-
eries Institute, 1 Rickenbacker Causeway, Vir-
ginia Key, Miami, Fla.

"Controlled Culture of Shrimp Seen on Horizon on
a Commercial Scale,'' article, Frosted Food
Field, vol. XXVI, no. 6, June 1958, pp. 3, 9-10,
printed. Frosted Food Field, 321 Broadway,
New York 7, N. Y. According to this article,
"The controlled culture of shrimp on a commer-
cial scale is at present probably only two or
three years away.'' This article describes ex-
perimental work being done on cultivating and
growing shrimp in sheltered salt-water inlets,
bayous, rice paddies, and artificial salt-water
ponds. Itpoints out that, ''pond culture of shrimp
is, in itself, not a new idea, It has for a con-
siderable number of years been practiced com-
mercially in a number of Asian countries, such
as India, Java, Sumatra, and the Philippines,
as well as in Italy."' This article lists the fol-
lowing advantages offered by shrimp farming:
(1) Shrimp processors would no longer have to
depend on existing shrimp beds, but could obtain
shrimp in almost unlimited quantities; (2) The
shrimp in the ponds could be grown and harvest-
ed independently of weather conditions. Many
fishing days are lost at sea due to weather haz-
ards; (3) The use of large trawlers requiring
expensive maintenance would be eliminated;

(4) If the right amounts of shrimp larvae are
stocked and predators are controlled, mortality
of the shrimp inthe ponds would be low; (5) Since
harvesting seasons could be extended over a pe-
riod of months, the shrimp could be shipped to
market at whatever time of year conditions are
most favorable; (6) Shrimp couldbe available for
processing without being subjected to a longtrip
at sea; and (7) Since inland water acreage is
available at low cost, presently unutilized land
would be converted to profitable operations.

"Effect of Delayed Handling Upon Shrimp Quality
During Subsequent Refrigerated Storage, "' by
E. A. Fieger, M. E. Bailey, and A. F. Novak,
article, Food Technology, vol. 12, no. 5, June
1958, pp. 297-300, printed, single copies of pe-
riodical--domestic US$1.50, foreign US$1.75.
(Published by the Institute of Food Technolo-
gists.) The Garrard Press, 510 North Hickory,
Champaign, Ill. Two experiments are described

which were designed to determine the effects of
delayed handling upon subsequent ice storage
quality of shrimp. Evidence presented stresses
the need for rapid processing of freshly-caught
shrimp. For superior quality retention during
ice storage, shrimp should be removed from
trash fish and headed within an hour or as soon
as possible after being caught. This treatment
should result in removal of sand veins, high in
bacteria, and may retard melanosis appreciably
duringice storage. Adequate washing after head-
ing should also contribute a beneficial effect on
the ice storage life of the product.

SPOILAGE:

The Effect of Spoilage and Handling on the Bacte-
rial Flora of Fish, by J. M. Shewan and D, L,
Georgala, DSIR Food Investigation Memoir
No. 1090, 2 pp., printed. (Symposium of The
NutritionSociety onClean Food, April 20, 1957--
Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Nutrition
Society, vol. 16, no. 2, 1957, p. 161.) Depart-
ment of Scientific and Industrial Research, Food
Investigation Organization, Torry Research Sta-
tion, Aberdeen, Scotland.

"2-Thiobarbituric Acid Method for the Measure-
ment of Rancidity in Fishery Products. II--The
Quantitative Determination of Malonaldehyde, "
by Russell O, Sinnhuber and T. C,. Yu, article,
Food Technology, vol. 12, January 1958, pp.
9-12, printed. Food Technology, The Garrard
Press, 510 North Hickory, Champaign, Ill.

TERRITORIAL WATERS:

United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea.

United Nations, New York, N. Y. The following
processed reports have been issued:

A/CONF.13/5/Add.3. 4pp., March 3, 1958.
Addendum to comments by governments on the
articles concerning the law of the sea prepared
by the International Law Commission at its 8th
session. Preparatory Document No. 5.

A/CONF, 13/5/Add.4. ---. 3 pp., March 18,
1958.

A/CONF.13/21/Corr.1. 1 p., English only,
February 14, 1958.

A/CONF.13/21/Add.1. 5 pp. Addendum to Ref-
erence guide to resolutions and records con-
cerning the law of the sea adopted by world-wide
or regional international conferences and meet-
ings. Preparatory Document no. 16. By the
Secretariat of the UN.

A/CONF. 13/34, Agenda. 1 p. February 26, 1958.

A/CONF. 13/35. 19 pp., February 26, 1958. UN
Conference on the Law of the Sea. Rules of pro-
cedure.

A/CONF.13/36. 5 pp., including annex, Febru-
ary 28, 1958. Memorandum concerning Art. 66
of the articles concerning the law of the sea,
adopted by the International Law Commissionat
its 8th session. Submitted by the World Health
Organization.

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 133

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

TIDES: to show the requirements for the new vessel and
Tide Tables--East Coast, North and South Amer- details concerning the choice of the propulsion
ica (including Greenland), 1959, 271pp., print- system, the winch drive, the constant-current
ed, 50 cents. U. S. Department of Commerce, control system, bridge control, the high-speed
Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington 25, D. C. engines, the engineroom, the trawl winch, and
This publication contains tables on daily tide other notable features of the ship.
predictions for 44 reference stations and differ-
ences for about 1600 stations in North and South TROUT:
America, approximate height of tide at anytime, Experiencias Sobre Alimentacion de Truchas en
local mean time of sunrise and sunset, reduc- Rio Blanco (Some Findings on the Food of Trout
tion of local mean time to standard time, moon- in Rio Blanco), by Antonio Bories Valenzuela
rise and moonset for eight places, and astro- and Alberto Schifferli Chaumont, 12 pp., pro-
nomical data. Explanatory notes to facilitate cessed in Spanish. Ministerio de Agricultura,
usage of each table are included. Also contains Direccion General de Pesca y Caza, Santiago,
a list of Coast and Geodetic Survey publications Chile, April 1957,
relating to tides and tidal currents,
TUNA:
TRADE AGREEMENTS AND TARIFFS: "La Campagne Thoniere d'Hiver 1957-1958 a Da-
Operation of the Trade Agreements Program kar" (The 1957-1958 Winter Tuna Fishery at
10th Report, July 1956-June 1957, 276 pp., pro- Dakar), article, La Peche Maritime, vol. 37,
cessed, United States Tariff Commission, Wash- no. 963, June 1958, pp. 346-348, illus., printed
ington 25, D, C., 1958. Although the Contract- in French. La Peche Maritime, 190 Boulevard
ing Parties to the General Agreement on Tariffs Haussman, Paris, France.
and Trade did not sponsor any multilateral tar-
iff negotiations during the period covered by this "Datos Sobre el Desarrollo de la Biescadel Bonito
report, the United States engaged in limited en Cuba y su Industrializacion" (Information on
trade-agreement negotiations, under the Gener- the Development of the Fishery for Bonito and
al Agreement, with Cuba and with the United Its Industrialization in Cuba), by Ignacio
Kingdom and Belgium. The report describes Palomera, article, Mar y Pesca, vol. II, no. 2,
the negotiations with those countries and ana- April 1958, pp. 34-35, illus., printed in Span-
lyzes the concessions that the United States ish. Instituto Nacional de la Pesca, Malecon59,
granted to and obtained from Cuba, as well as Havana, Cuba. A brief review of the fishery
the compensatory concessions that it grantedto for bonito in Cuba, which has increased steadily
the United Kingdom and Belgium. This report since 1942. Reports on the bonito canning in-
also covers other important developments that dustry which uses materials manufactured en-
occurred during 1956-57 with respect to the tirely in Cuba,
trade agreements program. These include the
praposed legislation concerning United States Geographical Distribution of the Annual Catches
participation in the Organization for Trade Co- of Yellowfin and Skipjack Tuna from the Eastern
operation; the major developments relating to Tropical Pacific Ocean from Vessel Logbook
the general provisions and administration of the Records, 1952-1955, by Bell M. Shimada, 77
General Agreement; the actions of the United pp., illus., printed in English and Spanish.
States relating to its trade agreements program (Reprinted from Inter-American Tropical Tuna
(among the activities under the escape clause Commission Bulletin, vol. I, no. 7, pp. 289-
is included the third investigation on groundfish 363) Inter-American Tropical TunaCommission,
fillets); developments with respect to European La Jolla, Calif., 1958.
economic integration, such as the Common Mar-
ket and the proposed European free-trade area; La Peche Maritime (Marine Fishery), vol. 37,
the relationship to the General Agreement of no. 962, May 1958, 63 pp., illus., printed in
the various multilateral associations and re- French. Les Editions Maritimes, 190 Boule-
gional groupings of countries that have grown vard Haussmann, Paris, France, Contains ar-
up since the war; and the changes made in quan- ticles on various aspects of marine fisheries,
titative trade restrictions and exchange controls including the following articles on tuna: "Re-
by countries with which the United States has gards sur l'Evolution de l'Industrie du Thon"
trade agreements. (Notes on the Evolution of the Tuna Industry),
by L. Plouas; ''Le Marche International duThon
TRAWLERS: et des Conserves de Thon" (International Trade
The Design of the 'Sir William Hardy," by G. C. in Tuna and Canned Tuna), by Geep; ''Le Prob-
"Eddie, DSIR Food Investigation Memoir No. 1087, leme du Thon dans la Conserverie'' (The Prob-
6 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from The lem of Tuna in the Canning Industry), by A. de
Shipbuilder and Marine Engine Builder, August Torquat; ''Concarneau et le Thon Tropical"
1957) Department of Scientific and Ind Industrial (Concarneau and Tropical Tuna); ''Resultats de
Research, Food Investigation, Torry Research l'Annee 1957 et Prespectives pour la Prochaine
Station, Aberdeen, Scotland. The purpose of Campagne du Thon a Saint-Jean-de-Luz" (Re-
this article is to set forth the considerations sults of the Year 1957 and Prospects for the
which governed the design and specification of Next Tuna Season in Saint-Jean-de-Luz), by G.
the first British Diesel-electric trawler--the Pommereau; ''Dakar, Premier Port Thonier de *
Sir William Hardy, which is equipped for re- l'Union Francaise en 1957'' (Dakar, the Princi-
search in the field of fish preservation. The pal Tuna Port of France), by A, Sahut-Morel;

work of the Torry Research Station is outlined and 'L'Utilisation du Froid dans la Peche au

134

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 9

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

FROM THE ORGANIZATION JSSUING THEM,

OBTAINED

Thon" (The Use of Refrigeration in the Tuna
Fishery), by Pierre-Henri Lecler.

Proposed Kauai Tuna Cannery, 8 pp., printed.
Kauai Engineering Works, Ltd., Kauai, Terri-
tory of Hawaii.

A Study of the Dynamics of the Fishery for Yel-
~ lowfin Tuna in the Eastern Tropical Pacific O-
cean, by Milner B. Schaefer, 41 pp., illus.,
printed in English and Spanish, (Reprinted from
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission
Bulletin, vol. I, no. 6, pp. 247-285.) Inter-
American Tropical Tuna Commission, La Jolla,
Calif., 1957.

UNITED KINGDOM:

Scottish Sea Fisheries Statistical Tables, 1957,
48 pp., printed. Her Majesty's Stationery Of-
fice, 13a Castle St., Edinburgh 2, Scotland,
1958. Contains 23 statistical tables of the fish
landed and cured, vessels and fishermen, and

creek returns, Tables 1 through 16 cover quan-
tity and value of fish landed by British and for-
eign vessels; landings of British vessels accord-
ing to methods of fishing from 1938 through 1957;
quantity, value, and average value of each kind
of fish landed by British vessels in 1913, 1938,
and 1950-1956; quantity and value of each kind
of fish landed in specific districts by British
vessels of various types; quantity of each kind
of fish landed from and expenditure of fishing
effort in each fishing region by British vessels;
quantity of each kind of fish landed by foreign
vessels from each fishing region and quantity
and value of fish landed by each nationality; and
seasonal landings of herring. Tables 17 through
23 cover quantity of herring cured from 1913
through 1957; quantity and value of whitefish
cured and herring curedineachdistrict, accord-
ing to method of cure; fishing vessels; fishermen
employed; greatest number of vessels and per-
sons employed by districts in herring fishing;
and vessels, fishermen, and quantity and value
of fish landed in creeks.

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page
FOREIGN (Contd. ):
Portugal (Contd.):
Canned Fish Pack, January-February 1958 . . 94
Development Plan for Fisheries Proposed. . . 94
Fisheries Trends, April 1958 ......... 96
Spain:
Bilbao Fisheries Trends, March-May 1958 . . 96
Vigo Fisheries Trends, May 1958 ...... 97
Surinam:
Shrimp Fishery Trends, May 1958 .....-. 98
Sweden:
Cooperative Action in Setting Fishing Limits
Advocate dimreuiieuiiieitenein silica ment itis 98
Tunisia:
Underwater Lights for Sardine Fishing Fleet
Planned ONO IONO OKO ONO ONO OSichOr0 Geb 99

Union of South Africa:
Pilchard-Maasbanker Industry, January -
Wiech TIS) G-Go5 016 900.00 00 0'0:0.0 99
United Kingdom:
Exports of Frozen Cod Fillets to U. S. S. R.
Ihcreasedier-jy-melneircns : 99
Fish Catch Will be. Seriously Affected by

12-Mile Fishing Limits ........+..-. 100
Parliament Raises Questions on Proposed

Icelandic Fishing Limit .......2e.e-. 100
Progress in Underwater Research ....... 100
Reaction to Iceland's Fishing Limits Extension 101
White Fish Authority Loan Interest Rates Re-

Waist! 5 6:96 6 dla 0 Guu O16 BOB On O06 101

Page
REDERALVAC TIONS: 9 faye) oh ou= st ie)reltclicinenieiveire 103
Federal Trade Commission:
Northwest Seafood Canners and Brokers Charged
with Making Illegal Brokerage Payments . . 103
Two Seattle Seafood Brokers Deny Charges of
Making Illegal Brokerage Payments .... 104
Consent Orders Prohibit Seattle Seafood Brokers
from Making Illegal Brokerage Payments. . 104
Department of the Interior:
Fish and Wildlife Service:
Revised Fisheries Loan Fund Regulations
Tsswediiruemcurit-iiiiailelleiesien iil nisi mome 104
Committee for Reciprocity Information:
Statements Invited for Fall GATT Consultations
on Import Restrictions ..........-. 106
Eighty -Fifth Congress (Second Session) .... 107
FISHERY INDICATORS: .. sitetiehiterte 117
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States . 117
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries .. . 118
Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings
of Fishery Products .........-+.s-+e-. 119
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings
of Fishery Products at Principal Distribution
Centersiemen ep e-eire aie @WSeb folits 120
Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production -U.S.
EnGUUNED ENG Go bis dioon obo Globo Gd 6 120
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery
SES Gn coos boo ce oe Oo addon 121
Chart 7 - U. S. Fishery Products Imports .. . 122
RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: ....... 123
Fish and Wildlife Service Publications. .... 123
Miscellaneous Publications ......«.se+- 125

September 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 135

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page Page

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd. ): FOREIGN (Contd. ):

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations (Contd. ):
Whiting Tagged and Length Frequency Samples

International (Contd. ):
Trade Agreements:

Collected (M/V Albatross III Cruise 114) .. 49 U.S.S.R.-West German Trade ees

Haddock Fishery Future to be Assessed by IVANGESINEN 5556 G00obOD0ND0 OG 77
IMY/eAlbatrossMUllirsiielic) ie elec ec) « 6s « 6 49 Whaling:

Haddock Samples Collected for Ecological Antarctic Whale Limit for 1958/59 Season. . 77
Studies (M/V Silver Mink) ... ° > 50 Australia:

Haddock Ecology Studies Continued (m/v Tuna Catch for 1958 Season Sets Record ... 78
Shirley and Roland) ........ a Si Belgium:

Life History Studies of Industrial Fish atl Proposed Extension of Fishing Limits by Iceland
Scallops (M/V Jacquelyn Cruise July 18) .. Si CreatesiProblemsimememeileitelts lia -menene ce ee 78

Life eel Studies of Fish and Scallops (M/V Canada:

GruiseyAugust 18). 2 320s. 3. 52 Fish-Visceral Flour Used as Protein Supplement
Nowa = Exploratory Fishery Program: WINS GaaodunboHnod 0000 poo 0 79

Shrimp and Scallop Survey Started in Alaska Marine -Oil Output Drops stletaMolfoeiololleyicie 79

(M/V John N. Cobb Cruise 39) ....... 52 Herring Research in North Pacific .. . 50 79
Oysters: New Containers for Shipping Lobsters by Air

Use of Plastics for Collecting Oyster Set, by Developedivaemencmopene Poth oa 6.0 Bo 80
Wem eploosanotf \. = +). «+ Sudo000 52 Newfoundland Fisheries Act in Force 50000 80

Spring Freshets Killed Virginia's James River Salmon Research in North Pacific, 1958 ... 81
SeGil oo pou dono coaga00 . 54 Ceylon:

Industry Problems Subject of Remarks at Oys- Fishing Fleet Mechanization Improves Eamings 81
ter Institute of North America Meeting ... 54 Colombia:

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations: Fishery Landings Increased Considerably in 1957 82

Annual Report for Fiscal Year 1958. ..... 56 Cuba:

Underwater Photographic Equipment Tested Cod Fishing Vessel Purchased .....-+-2- 82
and Tuna Feeding Behavior Studies (M/V Contract with Cuban-Japanese Tuna Fishing
Charles H, Gilbert Cmise 39) ........ 61 Company to be Terminated ........-. 83

Observations to Delineate Northern Boundary of Open and Closed Seasons on Some Marine
Down-Stream California Current Type Water Species Announced. ...+-.-.ee- : 83
Near Hawaiian Islands (M/V Charles H. Seasons on Bull Frogs, Snappers, and “Crabs
Gilbert Cruise 40) .......... d0 62 Revasedtan cme sion cn cn ciol iio Mm acl ie 83

Portion Control Automatic Machine for Fish a0 63 Denmark:
Red Tide: Faroes! Proposal for 12-Mile Fishing Limits Sup-

Federal and State Biologists SeekMeansofControl 63 peut Go ooooooOcaoooDbDOdS o0 84
Salmon: Rondelrout)IndustrysaemeieniisiiontoM oll ol oe 84

Alaska's Afognak Fishway Brings Large Red German Federal Republic:

Salmon Run to Once Barren Watershed ... 64 Imports of Japanese Canned Tuna Increasing . . 85
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act Fisheries Projects: Hong Kong:

Allocation of Funds for Commercial Fisheries Exports of Fishery Products, 1957 ....... 85
OGEMAS Gg 5566000000 DD00 G00 65 Iceland:

Tuna: Export Fund Bill Passed . 2... .2-ee-eeees 85

More Details on New Development in Freezing Fishing Limits Extended to 12 Miles by Decree 86
Techniques on Purse Seiners .. 66 India:

California's Pack of Canned Tuna for January - Offshore Experimental Fishing Plan Initiated. . 87
Nulyeto5evatiRecordiHigh) 9. << s'+ + «6 » 67 Israel:

United States Fishing Fleet Additions ,..... 68 Recent Developments in the Fisheries ..... 87
United States Fishery Landings: Mexico:

Down 11 Percent During First Seven Months of 1958 69 Cooperation of U. S. Shrimp Vessels Fishing
WimoeeashiotickyProduction| =. « «» 0 « « © « Wik off Coast Requested ......+-- 06 88
United States Commercial Fisheries Gear ... 71 Veracruz Fisheries Trends, April -June i958 88
U.S. Foreign Trade: Netherlands:

Groundfish Fillet Imports, July 1958 ..... 72 Antarctic Whaling to be Continued . : 89

Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Prod- Fishing Associations Protest Iceland's Fishing
lcts;mjanuary—May1958) 6) 2) 2) 0s © 6 5) «6 73 TeimatspExXtensionuee ella} islielelivllellsilelislielts|ietic 89

Imports of Canned Tuna in Brine under Quota. 73 Herring Catch Lower in 1957 .....+-+--s 89

Imports of Edible Fishery Products, March 1958 74 New Hebrides:

Imports of Edible Fishery Products, April 1958 74 Tuna Fishing Industry Trends ......+.2-+-s 89
Wholesale’Prices; July 1958 2 2. . .J. . 3 =» 74 Norway:

FONMENG oo 600000 nDD0 Soado00 0 76 Cod Fisheries Trends Through June 7, 1958 . . 90
International: Fisheries Trends, January-April 1958 ..... 90

Food and Agriculture Organization: Exports of Fishery Products, 1957 ....+-- 91

Naval Architect Reports on World Markets Fishing Limits Problem Considered by Storting 91
for and Design of Fishing Boats and Engines 76 Shrimp Fishery ........ qDODOUeC 92

(North European) International Fisheries Con- Whaling Firms Terminate Agreements with
vention: Officers and Crews .. 22+ + e+e ee eee 93
Permanent Commission to Meet in Dublin 76 Pakistan: j ;

International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Fishing Vessels to be Equipped with Diesel En-
Commission: gines FOUGadR OOS OO SD OD ob OOS SG 93
Prospects for 1958 Run of Fraser River Sock- Philippines:

CV CMMICMIN A SPIecmtey sie) (ohel eilells: <el a). ef iene: es 77 Canned Fish Retail and Wholesale Prices,

Sealing: Wipe SER ooo ao aaqg0ooododboND 93
Norwegian-U. S. S. R. North Atlantic Agree- Portugal: ;

PEN NAtITe Ci elai eh lcci ells elell el) ells) silo! « 77 Canned Fish Exports, January-April 1958 ... 93

Contents Continued Page 134.

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C.

WFO052

SEAFOOD SUGGESTIONS FOR PARTIES

The successful hostess will give careful thought to planning party refreshments, which usually con-
sist of a tasty beverage and hors d'oeuvres and canapes,

She should allow about six hors d'oeuvres
and canapesfor each guest, plus olives, mixed
nuts, potato chips, etc. The canapes should be
varied in color, flavor, texture, and shape. If
possible, she shouldplan to serve some hot and
some cold. They should be the type that most
of the preparation can be done ahead of time.
The canapes should be arranged artistically on
attractive trays.

VIEW OF TABLE SNACKS,

Fish and shellfish lend themselves very
well for interesting and appetizing canapes. A varied assortment touse are clams, crabs, Maine sar-
dines, shrimp, tuna, and frozen prepared fish sticks. They may be obtained fresh, frozen, canned, or
in specialty packs,

The home economists of the U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries suggest using the following
recipes for your holiday hors d'oeuvres and canapes.

Drain clams. Save liquor. CLAM AND CHEESE SAUCE
Soften cheese at room temper- 1 CAN (7 OUNCES) MINCED CLAMS 1 TEASPOON WORCESTERSHIRE SAUCE
ature. Combine all ingredients 2 PACKAGES (3 OUNCES EACH) CREAM CHEESE 3 DROPS TABASCO
except potato chips and liquor; 1 TEASPOON SALT 2 TEASPOONS CHOPPED PARSLEY
blend into apaste. Gradually 2 TEASPOONS GRATED ONION POTATO CHIPS
add about one-quarter cup clam 2 TEASPOONS LEMON JUICE

liquor and beat until consistency
of whipped cream, Chill. Serve in a bowl surrounded by potato chips. Makes about one pint dip.

PRECOOKED FISH BITES

One package (8 or 10 ounces) precooked fish sticks. Cut each fish stick in four pieces and place

ina single layer in abaking pan. Bake in ahot oven, 400° F., for 15 to 20 minutes or untilheated through

and crisp. Spear each piece with a colored toothpick and serve with a cocktail sauce. Make 32 to 40
fish bites.

COCKTAIL SAUCE

; CUP CATSUP 6 DROPS TABASCO
@ CUP_LEMON JUICE 3 TABLESPOONS FINELY CHOPPED
£ TEASPOON SALT CELERY

Combine all ingredients and chill. Makes about one cup dip.

MAINE SARDINE CHEESE BALLS Drain sardines and mash.

1 CAN (34 OUNCES) MAINE SARDINES 1 TEASPOON GRATED ONION Add cream cheese and mix until
2 PACKAGES (3 OUNCES EACH) CREAM CHEESE 1 TEASPOON SALT smooth. Add the next five in-
1 TEASPOONS PREPARED MUSTARD DASH CAYENNE PEPPER gredients and mix well. Chill
1 TEASPOON LEMON JUICE 3 CUP FINELY CHOPPED SaLTeD NUTS OVEFrnight. Portion sardine mix-
4 ture with a teaspoon. Shape in-

to small balls. Rollin nuts Chill. Serve using colored toothpicks, Makes about 60 balls.

Remove any shell or cartilage CRAB CANAPES
from crab meat. Combine mayon-

5 s ae 1 POUND CRAB MEAT DASH PEPPER

naise, seasonings, lemon juice, and |e: espoons MAYONNAISE OR SALAD 1 TABLESPOON LEMON JUICE
crab meat. Remove crusts and DRESSING 12 SLICES WHITE BREAD

toast bread. Spread crab mixture |, s.espoon PREPARED MUSTARD 1 CUP GRAFED> PARMESAN CHEESE
on each slice of toast. Combine 4 TEASPOON SALT 2 TABLESPOONS DRY BREAD CRUMBS

Cheese and crumbs, sprinkle over
top of each slice of toast. Cut each slice into 6 pieces. Place on a broiler pan about three inchesfrom
source of heat. Broil for two to three minutes or until brown. Makes approximately 72 canapes.

Drain tuna. Flake. Add celery

HANG YSTUNARCANSIEES and mayonnaise; blend intoa paste.

1 can (620R 7 OUNCES) TUNA 3 CUP BUTTER OR MARGARINE Combine butter and horseradish.
1 TABLESPOON FINELY CHOPPED CELERY 3 TABLESPOONS HORSERADISH Spread horseradish-butter on crack-
3 TABLESPOONS MAYONNAISE OR SALAD 32 ROUND CRACKERS ers. Top with tuna mixture. Garnish
DRESSING CHOPPED PARSLEY with parsley sprinkled over the top.

Makes 32 canapes.

COMMERCIAL REUIEW
FISHERIES AG GL08

Vol. 20, No. 10 Si guee & OCTOBER 1958

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
United States Department of the Interior

W ashington, D.C

UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

FRED A, SEATON, SECRETARY

BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR

DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH
AND SERVICES

HAROLD E. CROWTHER, CHIEF

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

ARNIE J. SUOMELA, COMMISSIONER

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES.

Joseph Pileggi, Editor
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not
responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.

Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source is appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,

Contents Continued Page 99

May 21, 1957. 5/31/60
COVER: The new docksite for the research vessels of the U. S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations and the Hawaiian
Board of Agriculture and Forestry at Kewalo Basin, Hawaii (see pp. 35-36 of
this issue).
Page
A New Method of Handling Long-Line Gear Using a Rotating Tub, by Herbert J. Mann.......--...-22-2- eee ee eeeee 1
Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES:..........- 9 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.)
Technical Note No. 46 - Method for Removing Blood North Atlantic Fisheries and Gear Research:
from Halibut to Improve Appearance of Frozen Steaks, Safety Program and Gear Research Studies (M/V
by David T. Miyauchi, and Richard W. Nelson...... 9 (M/V Delaware Cruise 58-4) .............+:. 30
Studies on the Relationship of Fish Oils to Circulatory North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations:
Diseases mnitiated= < ee cjesie ele (ella lel ope =) ae =) els) ae 12 Vertical Distribution of Post-Larval Ocean Perch
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: ..............-.-. 13 in Gulf of Maine Studied (M/V Albatross IIL
Alaska; Canice Wil) oes Sebo dooonmeomoomoes ao < 31
Silvers Return Home to Ketchikan Hatchery ....... 13 North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program:
Southeastern Lake Systems Rehabilitated for Use in Exploratory Fishing for Shrimp off Alaskan Coast
ChibM EN INCEDINS sola bo OG ond op aeuCs dono NOS 13 (M/V John N. Cobb Cruise 39)...°.....-+...-. 32
California; Oysters:
Pelagic Fish Distribution and Abundance off Southern Joint Research Program on Standards ..........- 34
California Surveyed (Airplane Spotting Flight 58-8) . . 14 Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations:
Aerial Scouting Continued to Study Pelagic Fish Popu- Albacore Tuna Survey in Central North Pacific
lations and Census of Commercial and Sport Fishing . 14 Completed (M/V Hugh M. SmithCruise46) ...... 34
Channel Catfish Spawning Experiments Successful ... 18 New Docksite Facility Opened..............-. 35
Dungeness-Crab Distribution, Abundance, and Size Stud- Sport Fishing:
ies Continued (M/VN. B. Scofield Cruise 58-S-3-Crab). 18 Program for Improving Sport Fishing .........- 36
Yellowfin Tuna and Skipjack Tagged Along Baja Cali- Swordfish:
fornia Coast (M/V Independence Cruise 58-C-1-Tuna) 19 Evidence that Broadbill May Be Wide-Ranging ..... 37
New Type Fish Screen Proves Successful ......... 19 Tuna:
Tag Returns Show Increase in Striped Bass Fishing . . 20 Tag Returns Reveal Migration of Albacore in Pacific. 37
Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products January-June 1958 20 U. S. Foreign Trade:
Croakers: Groundfish Fillet Imports, August 1958 38
Croaker Tagging Program in Chesapeake Bay ...... 20 Edible Fishery Products, May 1958............ 38
Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: Imports of Canned Tuna in Brine Under Quota..... 39
Department of Defense Purchases, January-July 1958. 21 Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Products,
Great Lakes: EnV ie MON) 5 oan coc ooodoovodac cago 39
More Michigan Streams to be Chemically Treated to Virginia:
Destroy Sea Lamprey Larvae ............---- 22 Crab Kills Caused by Lack of Oxygen..........-- 39
Great Lakes Fishery Investigations: Washington:
Survey of Western Lake Erie Fish Populations Con- Salmon Fish Farming Shows Promise ........-.- 40
tindedibyalVl/tviCISCOMN pein ienenene nee men ae ieane 22 Wholesale Prices, August 1958 41
Western Lake Superior Herring and General Fishery INDWHACKHE bs ou secon DORI oDaooo as 208 43
Survey Continued by M/V Siscowet............-- 24 International:
Irradiation Research in Foods.................+. 25 World Exports of Fish and Fish-Liver Oils Lower
Louisiana; ANRUO5 Vane tary pean ste cee: hele tiet eee ace ake ead rar ae 43
Shrimp Regulations Revised Effective July 1, 1958... 27 Food and Agriculture Organization:
Maine Sardines: More Fishery Officers for Latin America....... 43
New-Style Canned Packs Exhibited at Fair......... 28 International Pacific Halibut Commission:
Massachusetts: Area 3A Closed August 31 ......-....+.++-- 43
July-August 1958 Boston Landings Lowest in 36 Years. 28 Territorial Waters:
National Fish Week: Resolution of Western European Fishery Conference
Fish Promotion Campaign Aided by Interior Department. 29 Condems Icelandic Unilateral Extension of Fish-
Fishing Industry Promotes Fish and Seafood Week ... 29 . hil bethi wen ern A ed omorteo 2G ae ua cic Hee ee 44
Fish Week Supported by White House ............. 30

(el)

October 1958 Washington 25, D.C. Vol.20,No.10

A NEW METHOD OF HANDLING LONG-LINE GEAR
USING A ROTATING TUB

By Herbert J. Mann*

CONTENTS
: Page Page

Introduction cOn0DcDAaDOD On DOORN 1 Operation of the Gear: .... 0000 7. 6
Recent innovations: . 2... ss 6 2 © 2 Setting Operation” 2) 5s 2 2s. © «ee 7
Construction of the tub ...... G09 5 BEI) Googe on oD 008 7
The setting trough ood0D od bann Gog 6 Discussion: ....s.eeesese 7
The long-line hauler .......26.- 6 Evaluation of the method... 7
DAMA cooodboaoo Do oooD oO 7

Viteratirercited iw m-memel sme eielcelsiiaiielts 8

ABSTRACT

A considerable savings in manpower may be effected by operating tuna long-line
gear from a rotating tub rather than by handling it in the conventional manner. Instead
of using individual baskets of line which must be separated and joined together for each
day's fishing, a continuous mainline is set from, and hauled into a wooden storage drum.
Conventional gear requires but few changes to fit it for the new method of operation.

INTRODUCTION

This is the third report on the construction and operation of the long-line gear
used by the Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations (POFI), U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, in a program of exploratory tuna fishing in central Pacific waters. It de-
scribes a new technique for handling long-line gear called the "tub'' method, which
saves manpower as compared with conventional long-line fishing methods. Earlier
descriptions of the design and operation of long line, as developed at POFI, were
given by Niska (1953) and Mann (1955).

In this report, "long-lining" refers to the set-line method of fishing used in the
Japanese and Hawaiian high-seas fisheries for tunas and spearfishes. The gear is
constructed so that a series of baited hook droppers is suspended from along main-
line, usually several miles in length; the mainline is buoyed up at regular intervals
by buoys and floatlines. Unanchored, the gear drifts with wind and current with the
hooks fishing at 100 to 500 feet below the surface.

The Japanese have found long-lining to be an effective way of harvesting tuna,
and a large part of the Japanese commercial tuna catch is taken by this means.
The long line, however, is not utilized to any great extent by United States fisher -
men. Two major drawbacks to this method of fishing, as now practiced, have pre-
vented its general acceptance by the American industry. First, the method is non-
selective, as far as catch is concerned, so that fish of various species and sizes
are taken on the gear. This presents no hindrance in a fresh-fish economy suchas
Japan possesses, in which there is a steady market demand for fresh fish of all
types, but it does present some problems to the United States canning industry ac-
customed to dealing with fish of uniform size and species. Secondly,a comparatively

*Fishery Methods and Equipment Specialist, Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries, Honolulu, T. H.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

large number of men are required for long-lining. The relatively low concentra-
tion of tuna in most regions of the open sea makes it necessary to set a large a-
mount of gear over a wide area in order to insure a commercial return. Japanese
vessels, fishing from 1,200 to 1,500 hooks a day, require more than 20 men for as-
sembling, baiting, setting, hauling, and restowing the gear. An American purse
seiner or live-bait vessel of comparable tonnage usually has a crew of about 12 men.

! FLOATLINE

—

Aaa wees

~

! | igaktetti
PS

HOOK DROPPERS

2-FATHOM PENNANT
BAMBOO POLE
D- RING’ SHEET
BEND a
CHAFING
1X7 WIRE GEAR CHAFING GEAR
A.K. SNAP BEAD ET Ce —
9/0 TUNA gs5
HOOK HOOK DROPPER <= =
oe hy BUOY
STAINLESS STEEL
OXYGEN TANK
mou (
D RING FITTING SHOWING

METHOD OF ATTACHING
DROPPERS TO THE MAINLINE

Fig. 1 - Schematic diagram of one basket of tub gear.

POFI has made several attempts to modify the long line so as to reduce the
number of men necessary to operate the gear. For example, a ''drum line," which
consisted of a mainline in one continuous length reeled on a wooden drum instead of
being broken down into separate units was tried experimentally. In another scheme,
wire rope was substituted for cotton twine for the mainline, and high-speed multi-
ple-drum winches were used to set and retrieve the gear. In both of these methods
difficulty was experienced with winch inertia problems and with the devices for at-
taching droppers to the mainline in the setting operation. Neither scheme offered
enough promise to justify the continuation of its development.

RECENT INNOVATIONS

The latest modification of tuna long-lining, the tub method described here, has
proven successful in experimental fishing. With this method, the mainline, in one
continuous length, is set from, and hauled into the wooden storage tub that gives
this method its name. The droppers and floatlines are detachable and are removed
from the mainline during hauling operations and reattached during the setting process.

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

By eliminating the handling of the mainline, a considerable saving in labor is
effected. Fishing cruises aboard the Bureau's research vessels John R. Manning
and Commonwealth, during which the new method and the conventional method of
handling gear were compared, showed that the usual POFI set of from 60 to 100 bas-
kets of gear could be made by 5 men, or less, using the tub method, whereas, the
full crew of 11 men was necessary to operate conventional gear.

Shown in figure 1 is a schematic representation of one basket of POFI experi-
mental long line. Except for the 'D"' ring (shown in the insert, lower left), the gear
is of the standard POFI design described in detail in a previous report (Mann 1955).
The "D"' ring, a nonstandard fitting designed by POFI, is also a new development.
Its function is to provide free-swivelling action between dropper and mainline at any

OVERSIDE ROLLER

om _O

GAP_IN_BULWARKS —— ___

5

—.*
t
———
AELIISS Srp p, =
4
zZ
io

Too OF
we! iss
[i hes See = Tae

|
=
= aa / IN

ne STERN PROFILE

Fig. 2 - Installation of the line-stowage tub on the John R. Manning.

angle of pull. Formerly the AK snaps were clipped directly to the wirebridle. This
means of attachment ordinarily permitted the dropper to swivel around the mainline
and thus prevented tangles of dropper and mainline, when the gear was being hauled

il

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

aboard the vessel, but it frequently failed to function properly when large fish pull-
ed the dropper parallel to the mainline. At acute angles under strong tension, the
snap ceased to have any swivelling action and sometimes was pulled out of shape

or broken.

TURNTABLE

DRAIN HOLES 21N DIA

33 SETTING PINS AT EQUAL INTERVALS

rus

DETAIL OF
< Seas PIN

STRAP _3/8X 3 IN

—— =
3
IAIN. PLYWOOD

SIDING

2X4’ UPRIGHTS SPACED AT 2 FT
INTERVALS

SQLTOM 3/4""_ PLYWOOD

=
Zp

L Ls 3]

BEARING
CIRCULAR REINFORCING PLATE 1/4 IN.

TURNTABLE ROLLERS, 8 EA. SPACED AT EQUAL
INTERVALS UNDER TUB

PROFILE

Fig. 3 - Construction details of line storage tub.

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

The new ''D'' ring maintains proper swivelling action with the dropper leading
in any direction. The rings are fabricated from a section of stainless steel tubing
qz-inch outside diameter and x inch inside diameter. The lower section of zi-inch
diameter stock is formed in a U-shape and welded to the tube section. The rings
are threaded on a wire bridle made up of a 6-inch length of 33-inch diameter 7x7
stainless steel wire rope. Wire loops holding brass swivels at each end of thebri-
dle are made by pressing Nicopress fittings on the wire with a hand tool. Swivels
are used to relieve torque which develops while the long line is being brought inby
the hauler.

CONSTRUCTION OF THE TUB

Figure 2 is a schematic rep-
resentation of the experimental
long-line tub installed on the M/V
John R. Manning. The tub is
mounted on the stern turntable in
the space normally occupied by
the purse seine on this type of ves-
sel. Ample work space is left on
all sides between the tub and the
railing. A heavy combination
thrust and side bearing, bolted to
the main deck, permits the tub to /
rotate in either direction. The f EFLECTOR
bottom rim of the tub, reinforced
with a circular steel plate, runs on
a set of 8 cast-iron rollers former-
ly used to support the purse-seine
turntable. The deck gratings and
railing on top of the turntable pro-
vide a safe working space above
the wash of the seas and make the
tub easily accessible during fish-
ing operations. rCCONTROL

SETTING PIN

Figure 3 shows construction
details of the tub. Inner and outer
shells of the tub consist of panels
of j-inch marine plywood with the
grain running vertically. The two
shells are separated by 2x 4-inch
uprights. The bottomis construct-_
ed of two panels of z-inch plywood.
Two-inch drain holes are spaced
at intervals around the bottom. | :
The tub is strengthened by circu- Fig. 4 - Arrangement of the tub and long-line hauler.
lar steel bands of g-x 3-inch strap
welded to form rings around the outside walls.

Setting pins, of $-inch diameter x 12-inch length, made from stainless steel
rod, are spaced at equalintervals around the rim inside the tub. ‘The pins are thread-
ed into stainless steel bases firmly mounted on the step. These pins are securely
mounted because severe strains are exerted on them during hauling operations
when the mainline is packed down into the tub by trampling upon it.

The tub on the John R. Manning is 113 feet inside diameter and 4 feet in height.
This size allows for storage of 100 baskets of POFI mainline gear. The tub, as
presently designed, is rotated by hand. If large amounts of long-line gear are tobe
fished commercially, some system of turning the tub by power is desirable.

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

THE SETTING TROUGH

‘The setting trough (fig. 2) is a demountable sheet metal form used to con-
fine and guide the outgoing mainline during the setting process. In general appear-
ance it is similar to the type used in the halibut fishery of the eastern North Pacif-
ic. The inboard lip of the trough is mounted above the tub edge and slightly in-
board of the setting pins. In the original installation, some difficulty was experi-
enced in getting the ''D" rings to lift smoothly from their setting pins. It wasnec-
essary, therefore, to make the trough easily adjustable in height and distance in
respect to the tub edge so that the proper relation between pin and trough could be
established.

THE LONG-LINE HAULER

The gear is hauled by a conventional Japanese long-line hauler. This type of
winch, turning at high speed with low inertia, is especially adapted to the long-line
operation in which the mainline must be stopped frequently so that droppers can
be removed.

The hauler is mounted on the turntable as close as possible to the edge of the
tub. Because of the projecting gear shift lever of the winch, the hauler cannot be
mounted with its inboard sheave over the tub and a deflector plate is used to bridge
the gap between hauler and tub (see fig. 4). This plate is adjustable so that the in-.
coming line can be thrown at various angles by changing the height of the inboard
end of the plate.

The hauler is controlled by a foot clutch mounted at the rail, so that the winch
operator has a clear view of the line coming aboard. To aid in landing fish, the line
is led through overside rollers mounted on the starboard side of the main deck.
The droppers and floatlines are detached at this lower level.

On POFI vessels the long-line hauler is driven by a3hp. electric motor through
a 5:1 gear reduction, or by a 14 hp. hydraulic drive. An input speed of 300 revolu-
tions per minute yields a line speed of about 1,000 feet per minute in high gear and
_ 500 feet per minute in low gear.

OPERATION OF THE GEAR

Before leaving on a fishing cruise, baskets of mainline are knotted together and
fed through the line hauler and stowed in the storage tub. No attempt is made to
coil the line down uniformly
but it is distributed on the
bottom of the tub by changing
the angle of the deflector
plate from time to time so
that line is thrown from one
side of the tub to the other.

As the 'D" rings pass
through the hauler they are
caught by one fisherman and
threaded on the setting pin
nearest the winch (see fig. 4).
All rings for one basket are
placed on a single pin and
the cloverleaf knot marking the end of the basket is looped on top. The tub is then
turned by hand until an alternate pin comes in line with the winch. (Rings of suc-
cessive baskets are threaded on alternate pins to prevent lines from piling up too
much in one place.) After the tub has made one complete revolution the process is

29:

Fig. 5 - Dropper stowage box.

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW u

repeated until three layers of 33 baskets each are in place. The tub is covered by
a tarpaulin to keep the line from being disarranged before setting.

SETTING OPERATION: When setting the gear, the vessel is steered on a de-
sired course at speeds up to nine knots. The tub is turned until the setting pin of
the top basket lines up with the center of the setting trough. The end of the main-
line is led through the setting trough. The floatline and buoy with pole are attached
and the assembly is thrown overboard. Thereafter the drag of the end basket pulls
the mainline from the tub.

The hook droppers are baited with sardines or herring. The AK snap, at the
upper end of the dropper, is snapped on to the ''D" ring without removing the ''D"
ring from its pin, and the dropper is then laid in the trough with the bait dangling
overboard. The outgoing mainline snatches the ring and dropper from the pin and
carries them overboard. Floatlines are snapped on in the same manner.

HAULING: The gear is hauled in the normal fashion by running the mainline
through the longline hauler and into the tub. As the droppers come aboard, the
winch is stopped momentarily and the snaps are removed from the 'D'' rings. The
droppers are coiled and packed in specially designed plywood boxes (fig. 5). These
have sloping ends to facilitate stowing the coils on edge. The hooks and snaps are
secured to opposite sides of the box as shown. The "'D" rings are threaded on pins
as described before. Fish are gaffed and brought aboard through the gap in the rail
shown in figure 2.

DISCUSSION

EVALUATION OF THE METHOD: Although still in the experimental stage, and
with a great deal of developmental work yet to be done, the tub method appears tobe
commercially practicable. When employing the usual methods, POFI crews, con-
sisting ordinarily of 11 men, fishing 60 to 100 baskets of gear, must break out, as-
semble, disassemble, and restow from 1 to 2 tons of wet line for each day's fishing.
By eliminating the handling of the mainline, the size of the fishing crews may be re-
duced by more than one-half. Operation times for both methods are about the same,
averaging about 34 minutes per basket for hauling gear and 23 minutes for setting.
Thus, by this new method it would appear practicable for a small vessel, carrying
4 or 5 men, to fish 100 or more baskets of gear a day.

DEFECTS: It should be emphasized, however, that the method has only been
tried experimentally and that additional testing and experience with the gear are
necessary to insure satisfactory commercial application. Only a few defects in de-
sign have been noted so far, but these appear to be minor. One anticipated difficul-
ty, that of fouling of the mainline in the tub during setting operations, failed to ma-
terialize. Indeed, less fouling by the tub method was experienced than when as-
sembling and setting baskets by hand.

The most serious drawback noted so far is the excessive wear and tear on the
mainline at the bridles caused by the impact of the ''D' rings on rollers and long-
line hauler during hauling operations. In an effort to overcome this, the rollers
have been made larger in diameter and the ''D"' rings have been reduced in size.

To eliminate the difficulty altogether, a method of joining the droppers to the main-
line by a system which swivels as freely as the ''D"' ring method, but which has less
bulk, is needed.

Another defect of the present gear is that the knots which join the mainline
sections abrade rapidly by passage through the haulers, so that the line at the knots
needs recutting and splicing before the mainline itself is worn out.

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

LITERATURE CITED

MANN, H. J.
1955. Construction Details of Improved Tuna Long-Line Gear Used by Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations. Com-
mercial Fisheries Review, vol. 17, no. 12 (December), pp. 1-10. (Also Separate No. 422.)

NISKA, E. L.

1953. Construction Details of Tuna Long-Line Gear Used by Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations. Commercial
Fisheries Review, vol. 15, no. 6 (June), pp. 1-6. (Separate No. 351.)

7

NUMBER OF TAGGED HADDOCK CAUGHT MORE THAN ONCE

In the July 1958 issue (p. 18) of Commercial Fisheries Review appeared a
report of a tagged skipjack tuna caught three times within 16 days. Two biolo-
gists of the North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations, U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries, Woods Hole, Mass., report two similar experiences with tagged
haddock.

One haddock was originally tagged June 30, 1956, from one of the Bureau's
research vessels about 85 miles off the Massachusetts coast, near Crashes
Ledge. It was one of 250 haddock tagged at that location as part of astudy
of the definition of stocks and migrations of the species. Long-line gear was
used to capture the fish.

On November 2, 1957, the same haddock was again captured, this time in
the otter trawl of the Bureau's research vessel Albatross III, but still in the
same area near Cashes Ledge. The fish was measured and released.

The fish was captured for the third and final time by the Boston commer-
cial otter trawler Arlington on June 15, 1958, about 95 miles south of the Cash-
es Ledge area on the western side of Georges Bank. In the two years that had
elapsed from the original tagging to its capture by the M/V Arlington, the had-
dock had grown in length a total of 6.2 centimeters (2.4 inches) in spite of his
hazardous existence.

Also a cod tagged from the commercial line trawler Alice and Nancy
on the Pollock Rip grounds on March 5 was captured a second time on
March 11 by the same boat. The skipper, familiar by now with tagging opera-
tions, re-released the fish after noting the tagnumber. Thecodwas taken
for the third and last time by another line trawler in the same general area on
April 4. The cod had taken the hook three times in just one month.

The biologists report that they have recorded many similar experiences

with tagged fish.

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

YW IN SERVICE LABORATORIES WNX&
Kt == Sy mane BIW ‘
TECHNICAL NOTE NO. 46 - METHOD FOR REMOVING BLOOD

FROM HALIBUT TO IMPROVE APPEARANCE OF FROZEN STEAKS
INTRODUCTION

The attractive appearance of fish steaks oftenismarredbybloodstains. These
stains are especially noticeable when frozen white meat, such as that of halibut, is
-thawed, but the stains
also are evident even j
in the reddish-orange i *
meat of salmon.

The blood causing
most of this discolor-
ation comes from the
large blood vessel that
runs down the length
of the fish adjacent to
the backbone. This
blood can be observed
readily if certain fro-
zen halibut and salm-
on steaks are exam-
ined. When these
steaks are thawed,
an objectionable dark
red stain usually is
found in the meat sur-
rounding the blood
vessel. The drip, or
free liquid released
by the frozen meatas
it thaws, also maybe
discolored red by the Fig. 1 - Piece of meat cut from tail section of a halibut to expose blood vessel, In
blood. These stains commercial practice, the cut need only be large enough to allow water that is
make the product under pressure to flow through it.
much less appealing to the consumer.

This problem can be overcome by a simple procedure. The purpose ofthis
paper is (1) to describe this procedure and (2) to report on its effectiveness.

PROCEDURE

While the belly cavity is being washed prior to freezing the fish, remove
the blood as follows:

1. Make a small cut to expose the blood vessel at the tail (fig. 1).

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

2. Attach to a water hose an adapter that reduces the diameter of the water out-
let to about $ inch (fig. 1).

Fig. 2 - Location of blood vessel in belly cavity of halibut. The knife is used here simply as a pointer, for the blood
vessel already was exposed at the time the fish was eviscerated. In order that the opening to the blood vessel could be
photographed, the belly wall was cut farther than is usual in commercial handling.

3. Insert the adapter into the opening of the blood vessel in the belly cavity
(figs. 2 and 3).

4, Using a stream of water, flush the blood out through the cut in the tail section.

This procedure has been used only with halibut. It should be applicable, how-
ever, to other fish, such as the large salmon used in mild-curing, where it is de-
sirable to get rid of all possible blood.

EFFECTIVENESS

We found that this simple operation could be carried out simultaneously with
the washing of the belly cavity. Inasmuch as the industry already customarily wash-
es the belly cavity of halibut prior to freezing them, the removal of the objection-
able blood therefore requires very little additional time. Furthermore, this opera-
tion resulted in no loss of the edible portion of the halibut and did no damage to the
edible meat.

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

Fig. 3 - Method of inserting water cock into blood vessel.

When frozen steaks cut from halibut that had been experimentally washed were
thawed and closely examined, none of the steaks were found to have blood stains.

CONCLUSIONS

A stream of water from a water hose can be used to remove the blood from the
large blood vessel in the tail section of halibut. This method is rapid and simple;
yet it effectively keeps blood stains from forming in halibut steaks.

--By David T. Miyauchi and Richard W. Nelson, Chemists,
Fishery Technological Laboratory,
Division of Industrial Research and Services,
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Seattle, Wash.

x Sng oH

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

STUDIES ON THE RELATIONSHIP OF
FISH OILS TO CIRCULATORY DISEASES INITIATED

A research project to study the relationship of fish oil in the diet to cholester-
ol deposits in the circulatory system of the body has been authorized by the U. 8S.
Department of the Interior, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. The research is ex-
pected to contribute to the fund of information being compiled on various phases of
arteriosclerosis, particularly the coronary types.

It is the unsaturated fatty acids (unstable and susceptible to chemical change)
which abound in fish oil that are the center of attention. Studies already made un-
der the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act for the improvement of domestic commercial fish-
eries have shown that fish oils contain a greater amount and a greater diversity of
these unsaturated fatty acids than do many other food fats. The current investiga-
tions are also being made with funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act.

In one experiment miniature pigs are being used to determine the deposition of
cholesterol in the body. Fish oil fatty acids of known degrees of unsaturation will
be fed to the test animals. Ultimately the animals will be killed and the arteries
examined to evaluate the effects of the several diets employed.

Another test will be made on rats to determine which of the many fish oilfatty
acids are essential to physiological welfare. One objective is to determine the re-
lationship of fish oils to metabolism and fat transport in the body, while still anoth-
er is probing the properties of fish oil that may have pharmaceutical applications.

SALMON CLUB SANDWICHES

Canned salmon is a type of sandwich filling that is tasty and colorful and
particularly appetizing. The flavor combines excellently with other foods and
the texture is firm and moist.

Here is a special recipe for ''Salmon Club Sandwiches" kitchen tested by
the home economists of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

SALMON CLUB SANDWICHES

1
1 CAN (16 OUNCES ) SALMON 2 CUP MAYONNAISE OR SALAD DRESSING
3 TABLESPOONS CHOPPED CELERY 18 SLICES BUTTERED BREAD
3 TABLESPOONS CHOPPED SWEET PICKLE} 4 TOMATOES, SLICED
3 TABLESPOONS CHOPPED ONION 12 LETTUCE LEAVES

Drainsalmon. Flake. Combine withcelery, sweet pickle, onion, and mayon-
naise. Spread 6 slices of bread with salmon mixture; cover each with a second
slice of bread and place tomatoes and lettuce on each; cover with remaining 6 |
slices of bread. Fasten sandwiches with toothpicks. Cut intoquarters. Serves 6.

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

Sore | REN DSS sa

- AND li

E DEVELOPMENT

Alaska

SILVERS RETURN HOME TO KETCHIKAN HATCHERY: A total of 114 adult
silver (coho) salmon had returned up to September 8, 1958, to the pond at the Ketch-
ikan Deer Mountain Hatchery according to the Director of the Alaska Department
of Fish and Game.

These salmon could be identified as they were all marked by the removal of
the adipose and left ventral fin when they were released from the hatchery as finger-
lings in 1957. The fish are the progeny of eggs taken from seven female silvers at
Reflection Lake in October 1955,

—

The District Biologist in the Ketchikan area who has been in charge of this
project said that more silvers are now in Ketchikan Creek and would probably be
entering the hatchery pond for at least another month.

The salmon returning to the hatchery from salt water enter Ketchikan Creek
and proceed upstream to a ladder which leads the fish by a series of pools into the
hatchery pond. These are the same ponds in which the fish were reared to down-
stream migrants. The ladder was constructed by the Alaska Department of Fish
and Game in 1957 to take advantage of the fact that salmon normally return to the
area in which they were hatched and reared. This procedure saves much time and
costly effort over the usual weir installations and seining used by most hatcheries.
The fish are held in the pond areas until ripe when the eggs are taken from them.

The returning silvers are part of an experiment to determine if a suitable
brood stock can be produced to return to the hatchery and thus provide a surplus
of fry. These salmon fry will be used to start runs in areas which have been open-
ed by fishways and in planting lakes which have been chemically treated to remove
the competing and predaceous fish.

SOUTHEASTERN LAKE SYSTEMS REHABILITATED FOR USE IN SALMON
REARING: Six lakes were chemically treated during the late summer by the Alaska
Department of Fish and Game in the Petersburg-Wrangell and Ketchikan areas to
remove all resident fish, the Director announced on September 8, 1958.

These lakes, three in Ideal Cove and three in the Tsa Cove system in George
Inlet, will be planted with salmon when clear of the chemical (toxaphene). These
experiments will test the capabilities of the lakes for rearing salmon with the com-
peting and predaceous fish removed. The Alaska Commercial Fisheries Division
inaugurated this series of applied research experiments to determine the feasibility
of using toxaphene as a tool in salmon management. "It is conceivable that a whole
new concept of fresh-water salmon rearing will result from experiments such as
these,'' the head of Division stated.

A previous experiment performed in the Afognak Island area using a different
chemical, rotenone, indicated production can be raised as much as 30 times. Toxa-
phene, which was used in the Southeastern Alaska experiments has the advantage

14

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

over rotenone of costing about one-fiftieth as much to treat the same amount of

water.

California

PELAGIC FISH DISTRIBUTION AND ABUN-
DANCE OFF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SURVEYED
(Airplane Spotting Flight 58-8): The mainland coast
from Long Beach to La Jolla, Calif., was surveyed
on the afternoon of May 28, 1958, by the California
Department of Fish and Game Beechcraft plane to
observe the distribution and abundance of pelagic
fish schools. Only 13 hours of flight time was pos-
sible, so only a cursory inspection could be made
of the inshore area from Long Beach to La Jolla.

Scattered schools of anchovies were observed at
most localities between Seal Beach and La Jolla,
but school groups were noted only in the Hunting~
ton Beach-Newport Beach and Oceanside-La Jolla
areas. The Huntington Beach-Newport Beach con-
centration consisted of 60-80 schools in a band ex-
tending from the surf line to one mile offshore.
The Oceanside-La Jolla group contained 150-200
schools and was located between the surf line and
a point about two miles offshore. In both groups,
the offshore schools were typically small and med-
ium in size while those in the surf zone were
larger. Some of the size differences noted between
inshore and offshore schools may have been a re-
flection of horizontal dispersal of fishes within a
school in the shallow inshore areas as compared
to a vertical distribution in deeper water.

OK OK

AERIAL SCOUTING CONTINUED TO STUDY
PELAGIC FISH POPULATIONS AND CENSUS OF
COMMERCIAL AND SPORT FISHING: : Inshore —
Area from San Diego to San Francisco Bay (Flight

58-10, Cessna "170" 1359D): The iaaore: area
from San Dieg Diego to San Francisco Bay was surveyed
by the California Department of Fish and Game
airplane spotting flight 58-10 between June 17-20,
1958. The survey was designed to determine the
distribution and abundance of pelagic fish schools,
and to assess the numbers and distribution of clam-
mers, abalone pickers, skin divers, and hook-and-
line fishermen.

With the exception of one day, during which visi-
bility was poor, weather conditions were good, both
for low-level shoreline counts and higher-level pel-
agic fish spotting. Pelagic fish spotting was con-
ducted during the entire four-day flight. During the
last two days low-level shoreline and pier surveys
were made along most of the coast from Point Ar-
guello to San Francisco.

PELAGIC FISH: On the first day of the survey,
scattered anchovy schools were observed from
San Diego to Point Vicente. The only area in which
schools occurred in large numbers was between
Long Beach and Newport Beach where 250 schools

As the result of a recent Signal Hill refinery
fire, heavy oil and chemical pollution was in evi-
dence at the mouth of the San Gabriel River.

Legend:
- Area of pollution

- Anchovy school

group.
- Area surveyed

- Single anchovy
school

Airplane Spotting Flight 58-8 (May 28, 1958).

* OK

were counted. These schools were concentrated
very close to shore, and many appeared as large,
irregular spots in the surf. The Los Angeles-
Long Beach harbor contained a scattering of large
schools, with a particularly good concentration out-
side the Fish Harbor breakwater.

Poor visibility during the morning of June 18
made it impossible to scout the area from Point
Vicente to Point Mugu. Small school groups were
scattered between Point Mugu and Morro Bay, and
moderate-sized groups (80-150 schools) were seen
at Ventura, Oceano-Pismo Beach, and Avila.

No schools were seen between Morro Bay and
Carmel, but a very heavy concentration was ob-
served throughout Monterey Bay and north to Pi-
geon Point. Over 2,000 schools were tallied in this
area. This major concentration could very well be
the result of a southern movement of the large
school group reported off San Francisco and Point
Reyes during May. The final day of scouting did
not reveal any fish from Pigeon Point to San Fran-
cisco.

SHORELINE AND PIER SURVEY: During the
two days devoted to a survey of shoreline activity,

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

Ss

(San Francisco

Legend: Legend:

- Area surveyed,

- Area surveyed.

- Anchovy school group,

- Anchovy school
group.

- Single anchovy
school.

‘
’
A - Single anchovy school
'
1
h
1

Ano Nuevo

santa Cruz

Airplane Spotting Flight 58-10 in lower California area (June 17 through
20, 1958).

-. Santa Cruz

- Anchovy school
group.

- Number of
shore fishermen.

Arguello

Airplane Spotting Flight 58-10 in Central California area (June 17
through’ 20, 1958).

- Area surveyed

- Anchovy school
group.

- Single anchovy
school.

Monterey

_Cape San Martin

/; \0 Pt. Arguello

x Pt. Conception

San Diego

(Airplane Flight 58-12, Santa ‘Cruz to Point Conception (July 12, 1958).

Airplane Spotting Flight 58-11 (July 7 through 9, 1958).

16

one low tide period occurred, making it possible to
tally the beach clammers as well as shore and pier
fishermen,

Inshore Area Between the Mexican Border and
San Simeon Bay (Flight 58-11, Cessna "170" 1359p):
This survey was made (July 7-9, 1958) to assess
the distribution and abundance of pelagic fish
schools in the area between the Mexican border
and San Simeon Bay.

Russian River

Legend:

- Anchovy:
school group.

(63 ~ Number of
63
shore fishermen.

Pt.Reyes

Berkeley

Ey
Half Moon
Bay

!3°Moss
Landing

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Monterey
+

Airplane Flight 58-12, Russian River to Monterey (July 13, 1958).

Weather conditions were poor throughout the
range of the flight. Low clouds and haze prevailed
between Santa Monica Bay and San Diego while low
clouds and fog hindered observations between Santa
Monica Bay and San Simeon. Some breaks in the
weather made spotty observations possible in cer-
tain areas, but in general, good coverage of the
coast was not possible.

On July 7, 1958 a total of 520 anchovy schools
was counted between San Diego and Point Mugu, in-
cluding 155 very close to shore in the vicinity of
Santa Monica harbor, 138 close to shore at Hunt-
ington Beach, and 87 off La Jolla and Point Loma.
The remainder of the schools were scattered in
groups of 30 or fewer between San Onofre and Del
Mar and in Santa Monica Bay. Extensive patches
of red water were observed between Los Angeles
Harbor and Point Loma.

On July 8, 1958 only in the area from Gaviota
to Point Arguello was the visibility good enough
to permit aerial observations. No fish schools
were seen between Point Conception and Point Ar-

Vol. 20, No. 10

present from about five miles offshore to inside
the kelp line.

On July 9, 1958 despite the fact that fog ob-
scured several sections of the coast between Los
Angeles and San Simeon, 817 anchovy schools were
noted, including 277 between the Ventura River
and Goleta, 262 off Gaviota, 215 off Avila, and 58
in the vicinity of Cayucos. All schools counted
during this flight appeared to be composed of north-
ern anchovies.

Inshore Area Between Point Conception and the
Russian River (Flight 58-12, Cessna "170" 1359D):
This survey was made(July 12-14, 1958) to assess
the numbers of sport fishermen, pelagic fish schools,
and commercial salmon trollers in the area be-
tween Point Conception and the Russian River.

Persistent low-lying fog prevented scouting for
shore fishermen between Cayucos and Cambria and
from Carmel to Monterey. Scouting conditions
were not adequate for pelagic fish and salmon trol-
lers except in the areas from the Russian River to
San Francisco, Point Arguello to Point Conception,
and from Cape San Martin to Point Sur.

__>~ - Area surveyed for

pelagic fish schools ||
S - Anchovy schgol
group.

+ Number of fisher-
men.

Half Moon
Bay

Ano Nuevo
2

Moss Landing
6

guello, but 442 anchovy schools were tallied be-
tween Gaviota and Point Conception. These schools
varied in size from small to quite large and were

Monterey

Airplane Flight 58-13, Berkeley to Monterey (July 21, 1958).

PELAGIC FISH: Good coverage was made of
the area between the Russian River and San Fran-
cisco where 726 anchovy schools were tallied. Most
of the schools were large in size and close to the
shallow beach areas. The main concentrations
were off Bolinas and between Point Reyes and Bod-
ega Bay. Commercial salmon fishermen reported
these schools to be of the same size composition
(O- and 1-age group) as in the past two months.

October 1958

For the first time in five years anchovy schools
were sighted in the area between Carmel and Cape
San Martin. Seventeen very small schools were
seen in the Pt. Sur-Partington area.

COMMERCIAL SALMON TROLLERS: No ade-
quate census could be made of commerical trollers
as much of the fishing area was covered by fog.

SPORT FISHERMEN: The striped bass run a-
long the beaches from San Francisco South to Mon-
terey has been exceptional this year. The numbers
of surf fishermen have greatly increased in this
area--almost tenfold since the week-end flight of
March 2, 1958.

Inshore Area Between Monterey and Trinidad
Head (Flight 58-13, Cessna "180 3632); This

survey was made (July 21-23, 1958) to assess the
numbers of pelagic fish schools, sport fishermen,
and commercial salmon trollers between Monterey
and Trinidad Head.

Trinidad Head

|; - Salmon troller.

" Eureka

6 - Number of
fishermen.

Cape Mendocino

Punta Gorda

18 Fort Bragg

Pt. Reyes

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

San
9 [Francisco

"

Airplane Flight 58-13, TrinidadHead to San Francisco (July 22, 1958).

Although fog continued to hamper scouting ac-
tivity, all of the objectives were achieved during
the three days of this flight. This was the first
time since May 22 that an adequate pelagic fish
census could be made in Central California.

The results of flights 58-4, 58-10, and the pres-
ent flight indicate a possible movement of the great-
er mass of young anchovies from the Bodega Bay
region south into Monterey Bay. No sardine schools
were observed.

x

IY

PELAGIC FISH: An extremely large concentra-
tion of anchovy schools was sighted in Monterey
Bay. Nearly the entire area from the surf zone to
five miles offshore contained schools. The heav-
iest concentrations were observed off Santa Cruz
where over 4,000 schools were tallied. Bait fish-
ermen operating in Monterey Bay report these
schools to be composed of small fish (0- and 1-
age group). Similar size anchovies have been re-
ported from all along central California (Point
Conception to Eureka) by commercial and ocean
sport fishermen.

| Bolinas

zeal

- Area surveyed for
pelagic schools.

- Anchovy
school group.

- Number of
fishermen.

7 - Salmon troller.

aa)
Bue Half Moon"

Bay

4

alt
is, Pigeon Point

-: Ano Nuevo

Santa Cruz

fees]

Airplane Flight 58-13, Berkeley to Monterey (July 23, 1958).

The number of schools tallied on this flight can-
not be directly compared to the numbers sighted on
previous flights this year as the average size ofthe
most recently observed schools was much larger.
Actually, the increase in abundance since May is

| considerably greater than is indicated by the slight

* OK

| increase in number of schools.

The behavior of anchovies to first appear as
small schools several miles from the shoreline in
spring and then gradually form into large masses
and move into the shallow beach areas has been
noted for several years in southern California.
This phenomenon was observed in central Cali-
fornia in 1954 and again this spring.

COMMERCIAL SALMON TROLLERS: Relative-
ly few commercial trollers were noted on this
flight. In all, 51 were sighted: 16 in Monterey Bay
and 35 in the area from Elk to Eureka.

SPORT FISHERMEN: Striped bass fishermen
were observed in large numbers along the beaches
from the Golden Gate south to Pigeon Point. On
July 23, 371 surf fishermen were tallied in this
area. There were 115 surf fishermen on May 2
before the striped bass run had fully materialized
and 1,019 on July 13.

%*

18

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

CHANNEL CATFISH SPAWNING EXPERIMENTS | The fish were paired and placed in 14 pens in one

SUCCESSFUL: Channel catfish have been spawned
successfully for the first time at the Central Val-
leys Warmwater Fish Hatchery at Elk Grove, ac-
cording to the California Department of Fish and
Game.

The Department's channel catfish production
program was unsuccessful until a mechanical de-
vice was developed which ''fans"' the eggs until they
are hatched. In nature, the female keeps the eggs
in motion by fanning them with her tail until they
are hatched. From egg to fry usually takes about
3 or 4 days.

Fish used in the experiment were mostly 4-
year-olds and were trapped in the Honcut Slough
area of the Feather River and the Sutter Bypass.

of the hatchery ponds. Each pen contained a length
of tile 2 feet long by 18 inches in diameter. When
the eggs, which are all loosely connected, floated to
the surface, they were removed to the artificial in-
cubator where they were hatched.

The Department hopes to obtain 130,000 eggs
from which to hatch fingerlings for experimental
planting in suitable waters throughout the State.
Already 21,000 catfish fingerlings have been sched-
uled for planting in Southern California.

Fingerlings will be distributed to other regions
for similar experimental plantings as soon as they
are large enough to be planted. Central Valleys
Hatchery does not have facilities to hold these fish

beyond the fingerling stage.

* KK KK

DUNGENESS-CRAB DISTRIBUTION, ABUN-
DANCE, AND SIZE STUDIES CONTINUED (M/V
N. B. Scofield Cruise 58-S-3-Crab): To investi-
gate the distribution, relative abundance, and size
composition of dungeness crab (Cancer magister)
in areas beyond the operational range of the com-
mercial crab fleet was the principal objective of
the April 15-May 27, 1958, cruise of the N. B.
Scofield, a research vessel of the California De-
partment of Fish and Game, Other objectives
were (1) todetermine the relative savings of small
crabs for traps equipped with 4-, 44-, and 43-inch
circular escape ports; and (2) to tag crabs with
suture-type tags as part of the population, migra-
tion, and growth studies. The central and north-
ern California coastal waters from Pescadero
Point to the Oregon border was the area surveyed.

Distribution, Relative Abundance, and Size Com-
position: Seventy-two tows made with otter-trawl
gear caught 3,052 male and 4,274 female crabs;
26 other tows caught none. Each of these 98 tows
averaged 30 minutes in duration. Depths fished
ranged from 9 to 134 fathoms with the majority of
tows made in depths between 20 and 40 fathoms.
Best catches of male crabs were made off San
Francisco in 30 to 45 fathoms and off Trinidad
Head in 25 to 30 fathoms. Female crabs were in
greatest abundance in depths of 16 to 30 fathoms
between Trinidad Head and the Klamath River.
Shoulder widths (straight-line distance across the
carapace and immediately anterior to the outer-
most spines) of trawl-caught males ranged from
77 to 213 millimeters. Twelve percent of the males
were legal (at least 160 mm. in shoulder width or
7 inches in greatest width) and 88 percent were
sublegal. Shoulder widths of females ranged from
78 to 180 millimeters with the model group at 142
millimeters.

Twenty-seven traps with no provision for es-
capement, set in the Crescent City-Trinidad Head
area, caught 463 crabs. Thirty-two (7 percent)
were legal males, 30 (6 percent) were sublegal
males, and 401 (87 percent) were females. Thir-

teen similar traps in the Big Flat-Usal area caught

225 crabs. Of this total, 6 (3 percent) were legal
males; 66 (29 percent) were sublegal; and 153 (68
percent) were females.

31 TOWS
ao ©

1040 3173

Legend:
Trawl localities and
crab catch,
¢ - Male crabs.

27 TOWS
G. @

1949 646

M/V N. B. Scofield cruise 58-S-3 (April-May 1958).

October 1958

Escape Opening Studies: Fifty-seven sets each
were made with crab traps equipped with 4-, 44-,
and 43-inch escape ports. The results indicated
a reduction of only 16.7 percent in the catch per
trap of legal-size male crabs, but 87.5 percent
less sublegal male crabs per trap was caught in
the 43-inch escape ports as compared with the 4-
inch escape ports.

OK OK

YELLOWFIN TUNA AND SKIPJACK TAGGED
ALONG BAJA CALIFORNIA COAST (M/V Independ-
ence Cruise 58-C-1-Tuna): Fishing was conducted
(May 3-July 15, 1958) along the coast of Baja Cali-

TAGGING

AREAS

ACVILLA GIGEDO ISLAnos

110° fu 1
Tuna-tagging cruise 58-C-1-Tuna (April 30, 1958-July 15, 1958).

Te n 1 1

fornia and offshore around Alijos Rocks and the
Revilla Gigedo Islands by biologists of the Cali-
fornia Department of Fish and Game aboard the
commercial tuna fishing vessel Independence. The
purpose of this cruise was to tag yellowfin tunaand

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

19

Crab Tagging: A total of 1,054 male crabs was
tagged with the 'Van Engle" suture tag. This tag
consists of stainless steel suture wire with a
Peterson disc and is attached along the epimeral
line (line of separation of the carapace at time of
molting). The advantage of this tag is that it is
not lost at time of molting. Sizes of tagged crabs
ranged from 118 to 185 millimeters in shoulder
width. The majority of tagged crabs had shoulder
widths between 140 and 170 millimeters.

* OK

skipjack as a part of population, growth, and mi-
gration studies; to test a monel metal clamp, for
securing the ends of ''spaghetti''-type tags, in an
effort to shorten tag application time; to collect
marine organisms associated with the tuna fishery;
and to make limited oceanographic observations.

A total of 1,713 yellowfin and skipjack tuna was
tagged and released during this cruise along the
coast of Baja California and offshore the Revilla
Gigedo Islands. The yellowfin tuna were measured
to the nearest one-half centimeter, but the skipjack
were not measured. By the end of the cruise, 31 of
the tagged yellowfin and 10 skipjack had been re-
turned to the California State Fisheries Laboratory.
The most significant of these tag returns was a
yellowfin which was tagged at the Revilla Gigedo
Islands and recovered 46 days later off Baja Cali-
fornia, approximately 300 miles to the north. This
movement indicates that there may be an inter-
change of fish between these two important fishing
areas.

A small monel metal clamp was used in place
of a knot to secure 436 of the tags used on this
cruise. This clamp was considered superior in
ease of application to other clamps tried previous-
ly, but was slower to apply than a knot. There was
no obvious evidence that the holding quality of the
clamp is better than a knot.

Marine organisms were collected from live-
bait hauls, night-light stations, and by hook and
line at 21 different stations.

Sea-surface temperatures were recorded at all
fishing and baiting areas. There was no obvious
relationship between the,catch of tuna and the sur-
face temperatures (64.6 to 80.1 F.) encountered
on the fishing grounds. Surface temperatures in
the baiting areas ranged from 62.1 to 70.2 F.
Most successful bait hauls were made at the low-
er end of the temperature range.

KOK OK OK

NEW TYPE FISH SCREEN PROVES SUCCESS-
FUL: The Tracy Fish Screen, which is located at
the Tracy Pumping Plant on the Delta-Mendota Canal
in Central California and is designed to keep very
small fingerling fish from the destructive maws
of the giant pumps, is reported to be operating ef-
ficiently.

Preliminary reports on tests of the screening
system, an innovation in fish-saving facilities,
have shown that the device is doing exactly what
it was intended todo. Evaluation of the system

by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is nearing
the end of the second year of a two-year program.

The screen was designed and built by the U. S.
Bureau of Reclamation after four years of research
conducted by the Bureau and U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, with the California Department of Fish
and Game also assisting in the research.

The screen utilizes the biological fact that fish
fry float down stream tail first, instinctively avoid-

20

ing obstructions in their paths. Designed like a
giant venetian blind with vertical louvers, the
screen is placed ata 15 angle to the flow of water.
Each individual louver is placed with its broad

side 90° to the water flow.

The tiny fish, warned by the water turbulence
set up by the louvers, are able to swim against the
slow moving current while maintaining their down-
stream progress until they float into a bypass channel
which takes them past the dangerous pumps. Col-
lected, they are returned to the river at a down-
stream point, away from the pumps.

In the first year of testing, from February
through September of 1957, an estimated 3,541,000

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

fish, most of them as small as five-eighths of an
inch long, were rescued fromthe pumps. This year,
in only two months of testing, the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service reported 3,437,000 fish rescued.

Some 23 species of fish have been recognized in
the fish-holding tanks. The major species are
striped bass, catfish, salmon, and shad, but fresh-
water perch and smelt, as well as sturgeon also
have been rescued. Striped bass and catfish are
mostly in the fry category, averaging about five-
eighths of an inch in length, but they have ranged
up to 6-8 inches. Salmon rescued are from 13
inches to 5 inches long and sturgeon from 6 to 8
inches.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review for March 1957 p. 28 and November 1956 p. 49.

HOOK OK OK OK

TAG RETURNS SHOW INCREASE IN STRIPED
BASS FISHING: Ocean striped bass fishing in the
San Francisco area has not been merely exception-
al this year--it has been sensational, the Californ-
ia Department of Fish and Game states.

In all the previous striped bass tagging programs,
the Department has received only two tags from
ocean fishermen. A total of 76 tags has been re-
turned from the 1958 tagging program alone--10
tags from beach-side anglers.

The Department hopes to learn whether present
regulations adequately safeguard the popular striped)
bass fishery. It is also trying to learn more about

the fish's migrations, particularly its summer
movements.

To encourage the return of tags, the Department
has placed 150 ''reward"' tags, worth $5 apiece,
among the 4,500 striped bass tagged this year in
the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers. The white
tags, which have ''$5 reward" imprinted in red,
should be returned to the Department of Fish and
Game, 722 Capitol Avenue, Sacramento, Calif.

If any angler catches a tagged fish--reward or
not--he is asked to send the tag to the Department
at the above address, together with the date the
bass was caught, the place of catch, and the name
and address of the angler.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products January-June 1958

months of 1958.

Total shipments of metal cans during January-June 1958 a-
mounted to 47,211 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel
consumed in the manufacture of cans) as compared with 62,127
tons in the same period a year ago.
in January-June this year was confined largely to tuna.
were light for shrimp, mackerel, and sardines during the first six

Canning of fishery products
Also packs

Note: Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans. Reported in base boxes of
steel consumed in the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the factor:

23.0 base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel.

Croakers

CROAKER TAGGING PROGRAM IN CHESA-
PEAKE BAY: The possibility of catching a fish
tagged with a red disc in Tidewater Virginia is
"pretty good,'' biologists claim, for during the past
spring and summer 4, 093 marked croakers have
been released in Virginia rivers by fishery biologists
of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester
Point. Each disc carries a serial number and re-
turn address. When a tag is returned to the Lab-
oratory, its number can be checked against records

by the scientists, allowing then to determine the
direction in which the fish has moved and how long
it has avoided capture. This information is sent
promptly to the fisherman who has returned the
tag, and for his services, he receives a small re-
ward.

In general, croakers move up-river and up-bay
during the spring. Tagged fish released in the Low-

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

er Chesapeake Bay in April of this year have been | In mid-August over 600 croakers were tagged and
caught in Mobjack Bay, Lynnhaven Beach, and released in Chesapeake Bay with the hope that many
Beach Point on the Rappahannock River. One fish of them will be caught this fall and winter, and the
released at Tue Marsh Light, just off the mouth of tags returned, enabling biologists to trace the fall
the York River, was caught 12 days later at Par- migration. Croaker wintering grounds in the ocean
rott's Island in the Rappahannock River. may be identified by recaptures from trawl fisher-
men working on the continental shelf. If 1958 tags
Croakers made their longest runs in the Bay dur-| are recaptured in Chesapeake waters next summer
ing May. Fish tagged at the mouth of the Rappa- this will suggest that the same population of croak-
hannock were later caught in Maryland near Cove ers returns to the Bay from seasonto season. A
Point--above Patuxent River--Choptank River on the| few 1957 tags were recaught this summer in local
Eastern Shore, Annapolis, and Baltimore. One that | waters.
wandered south was caught in a haul-seine near
Walnut Point, N. C. The following numbers of fish have been tagged
this year: York River, 2,092; James River, 734;
In summer most croakers do not move far from | Rappahannock River, 546. Fifty-five of these tag-

the tagging locality. Last summer, one tagged at ged fish have been recovered by sport fishermen
Gloucester Point was recaptured on hook and line and the tags returned to the Laboratory. The co-
on the same spot by the same fisherman three times | operation of every fisherman contributes to in-
within six weeks. creasing knowledge of fish movements and habits.

COe>

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PURCHASES, JANUARY-JULY 1958: Fresh and
Frozen Fishery Products: For the use of the Armed Forces under the Department
of Defense, 3.0 million pounds (value $1.8 million) of fresh and frozen fishery prod-
ucts were purchased in July by the Military Subsistence Market Centers. This ex-

ceeded the quantity purchased in June by 30.6 percent and was 0.7 percent above the

Table 1 - Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased by Military Subsistence
Market Centers, July 1958 with Comparisons

Jan.-July

T,000

amount purchased in the same month a year ago. The value of the purchases this
July was higher by 38.5 percent as compared with the previous month and higher by
21.4 percent from July a year ago.

For the first seven months of 1958 purchases totaled 14.6 million pounds, val-

ued at $8.4 million--a decrease of 2.3 percent in quantity, but higher by 10.1 per-
cent in value as compared with the same period of 1957,

Table 2 -

Canned Fishery Products Purchased by Military Subsistence
Market Centers, July 1958 with Comparisons

QUANTITY

Jan.-Jul

Prices paid for fresh and frozen fishery products by the Department of Defense
in July 1958 averaged 60.6 cents a pound, about 3.4 cents more than the 57.2 cents
paid in June, and 10.3 cents higher than the 50.3 cents paid during July a year ago.

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Canned Fishery Products:

Vol. 20, No. 10

Tuna was the principal canned fishery product pur-

chased for the use of the Armed Forces during July 1958.

Note: Armed Forces Installations generally make some local purchases not included in the data given; actual total pur-
chases are higher than indicated, because it is not possible to obtain local purchases.

Great Lakes

MORE MICHIGAN STREAMS TO BE CHEMICALLY TREATED TO DESTROY

granted permission to chemically treat 18 additional streams in the upper penin-

sula of Michigan for the purpose of destroying sea lamprey larvae.
was given August 20, 1958, by Michigan's Conservation Department Director.

permit expires November 30, 1958.

Permission
The

The 18 new streams, all tributary to Lake Superior, bring to 30 the number of
Michigan rivers and creeks where lamprey poisoning may be conducted. Harlier
permits covered 5 streams flowing into Lake Superior, 5 flowing into Lake Huron,

and 2 tributaries to Lake Michigan.

The Chief of the Great Lakes Fishery Investigations of the U. S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries said the possibility of treating a number of streams this fall is

likely, with minimal stream runoff and favorable weather.

have been treated during the last year.

Several rivers andcreeks

The permit stipulates ''that no substance harmful to humans, domestic live-
stock, or wildlife at concentrations required in the streams will be used; also that
rigid controls will be exercised in the interest of protecting desirable wildlife."

Covered under the newest permit are: Waiska and Betsy Rivers, Chippewa
County; Little Two Heart and Two Hearted Rivers, Luce County; Seven Mile and
Beaver Creeks, and Miners and Au Train Rivers, Alger County; Big Garlic, Iron, and
Pine Rivers, Marquette County; Huron River, Baraga County; Little Gratiot River,
Keweenaw County; Traverse and Salmon Trout Rivers, Houghton County; Misery,
Firesteel, and Cranberry Rivers, Ontonagon County.

<a

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

SURVEY OF WESTERN LAKE ERIE FISH POP-
ULATIONS CONTINUED BY M/V "CISCO:™ Cruise
7: Trawling was conducted at [3 stations in west-
ern Lake Erie during the July 29-August 11, 1958,
cruise of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies research vessel Cisco. Adult yellow perch and
sheepshead were common in nearly every drag, as
were fry of several species. The most abundant
fry were yellow perch, white bass, and smelt, but
occasionally sheepshead, alewives, and gizzard
shad were also numerous. No adult smelt were
taken except at the easternmost and deepest sta-
tion where there was a bottom layer of cold water.
Very large numbers of smelt were caught there
(3,600 in one 10-minute tow). The largest catch of
a single species was of emerald shiners of which
more than 10,000 were caught in a 10-minute tow,
but this species was sometimes scarce. Some

emerald shiners and an occasional sheepshead
were in spawning condition. The following species
were also caught in the trawls: carp, goldfish,
spottail shiner, silver chub, trout-perch, logperch,
channel catfish, brown bullhead, smallmouth bass,
and very few yellow pike (walleye). White crappie
and mooneye were caught in Sandusky Bay only.

A limited amount of nighttime midwater trawling
was done southeast of Kelly's Island. Smelt fry and
emerald shiners were fairlynumerous at midlevels,
and white bass fry, gizzard shad, spottail shiners,
and yellow perch were also present.

In order to collect fish larvae, half-meter,
large-mesh (no, 32 grid gauge) plankton nets were
towed alongside the boat, and a smaller net was
often attached to the headrope of the trawl. Larvae

October 1958

were fairly numerous near the surface in several
areas. These fish larvae are as yet unidentified,
but are believed to be mostly emerald shiners,

Thermal conditions in western Lake Erie dur-
ing this cruise were little different from those of
the previous cruise, except for slightly higher sur-
face temperatures, which ranged mostly from,23 =
25 Ae as Pe: -17.0 ,F.). Extremes were 22.0 C.
(71.6 F.) and 26.7 C. (80.1 F.). There was no
pronounced stratification in water of depths less
than 6 fathoms. Oxygen concentrations remained
low (as low as 2.8 p.p.m.) below the thermocline
in the deeper areas visited. Concentrations of ox-
ygen at a depth of 12 meters appeared to undergo
little diurnal changes.

The M/V Cisco and M/V Musky of the U. S. Bu-
reau of Commercial Fisheries, and the vessel
SP-2 from the Ohio Division of Wildlife, cooperated
in three synoptic surveys of western Lake Erie
during August 5-7. Thevessels followed the courses
established during the synoptic surveys of May 13-
15 (cruise 3). Similar synoptic cruises are scheduled
for the fall of 1958. Surface temperatures and water
samples were obtained at 2-mile intervals by each
vessel. At intervals, 195drift bottles were re-
leased among the islands, especially near the De-
troit and Maumee River mouths and in Pelee Pas-
sage. Analyses for total alkalinity and turbidity
were made on most water samples taken by the
Cisco. Bathythermograph lowerings were made
at 4-mile intervals from the Cisco, and at 5 sta-
tions by the Musky. Fluorescein dye was released
from the SP-2 to obtain additional knowledge of
the complex currents around the islands. Wind
velocity and direction, wet and dry bulb tempera-
tures, barometric pressure, sea state, and cloud
coverage were recorded. Similar data were to be
obtained from various shore weather stations.

Of the total 195 drift bottles released, 21 have
been returned. Bottles released in the Detroit
River channel traveled eastward and were recov-
ered along the north shore from Colchester to the
Leamington, Ontario, light. Bottles released near
North Harbor Island Reef and 8 miles east were
found near Pelee Point. The recovery of several
bottles on Kelly's and South Bass Islands indicated
a northeast movement from their points of release.

Preliminary analyses of turbidity, total alkalin-
ity, and surface temperature measurements indi-
cate that the main outflow of the Detroit River
passed between Colchester and Middle Sister Is-
land on August 5. The southern edge of this cur-
rent extended further south on the second day and
was 2 miles north of West Sister Island by August
7. Detroit River water could be detected by its ,
slightly lower temperature, 23.2 -24.0 C. (HEQh >
75.0. F.), lower turbidity (3.2-4.3 p.p.m.), and to-
tal alkalinity (78-83 p.p.m.). The higher turbidity
(10-16 p.p.m.) and total alkalinity (93-122 p-p.m.)
northwest of Maumee Bay suggests a movement of
Maumee River water into this area. Dye released
among the islands moved in a northeasterly direc-
tion substantiating the movement established from
return of drift bottles. Exceptionally higher tur-
bidity (92 p.p.m.) and total alkalinity (128 p.p.m.)
occurred at the mouth of the River Raisin. This
was undoubtedly due to the dredging being done in
the area during the synoptic surveys.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

23

On August 6 the Cisco was caught in a violent
storm off Maumee Bay. Wind gusts of 70 m.p.h.
were recorded. Although the water depth was 15
feet, turbulence extended to the bottom within 20
minutes since the surface turbidity increased from
11.7-16 p.p.m. and total alkalinity from 101-121
p.p.m. during this time.

Cruise 8: Fishing operations, principally trawl-
ing, and collection of hydrographic data were con-
tinued in western Lake Erie by the U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries research vessel Cisco dur-
ing the August 19-30, 1958, cruise. All areas of
previous cruises were visited and additional trawl-
ing was conducted in Sandusky Bay and in deeper
water of the western basin.

Fish continued to be scarce in the far north-
western corner of the lake. Sheepshead and 2-
year-old yellow perch were abundant in most of
the other areas. Yellow pike (walleyes) were
scarce at all locations. Emerald shiner catches
were irregular, but large schools were occasion-
ally encountered throughout the island region.
Channel catfish were also common in the island
area. Large carp were present soutHof Middle
Sister Island where a 10-minute tow took 10 carp
weighing 117 pounds. Smelt, other than fry, were
still absent from the warmer waters of the western
basin and were confined to a habitat near the therm-
al discontinuity layer in deeper water. Several
perch and one sheepshead were caught at a station
north of Lorain, Ohio, where the oxygen content
‘was only 1.0 p.p.m. at 10 fathoms. Nearby at 9
fathoms, the discontinuity layer was very close to
the bottom with ample oxygen of 6.7 parts per mil-
lion present. A large catch of smelt and yellow
perch was obtained. Other species included ale-
wife, brown bullhead, gizzard shad, logperch,
smallmouth bass, silver chub, silver lamprey,
white bass, and white crappie.

Small fish fry were collected with large-mesh
plankton nets towed beside the boat and also at-
tached to the headline of trawls. Fry of most spe-
cies were large enough to elude the plankton nets,
and were collected in the trawl. These catches
indicated an abundance of alewife, gizzard shad,
sheepshead, and yellow perth. White bass fry
were exceptionally plentiful with catches of 1,000-
4,000 in a 10-minute tow.

Experimental nylon gill nets (mesh sizes 2-,
23-, 3-, and 4-inch) were set at three stations. All
sets were ''canned up" so the float line was 6 feet
below the surface. A gang set at 5:45 p. m. south-
east of Kelly Island and lifted at 11:00 p.m. the
same evening caught white bass, yellow pike (wall-
eye), channel catfish, and carp. This net was re-
set at 11:30 p.m. and lifted at 11:00 a.m, the follow-
ing day to gain information on the nocturnal habits
of fish. The second lift caught more fish of each
species, especially channel catfish, with the ap-
pearance of a few alewives and gizzard shad but
without any carp.

Surface, temperatures in the gpen lake Ganged
from 20.8 &: (69.4 o:) Vena (Gn (iio on), AN
low of 20.6 C. (69.0 F.) was recorded in Sandusky
Bay during the latter part of this cruise. Thermal
stratification was observed with the metalimnion
just off the bottom in areas as shallow as 9 fathoms.

ok ok KOK

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

WESTERN LAKE SUPERIOR HERRING AND GENERAL FISHERY SURVEY

CONTINUED BY M/V “SISCOWET:™ The fishery and environmental study of West-
ern Lake Superior was continued by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations.

Cruise 3 (July 21-30, 1958): The three index
stations established during cruise 1 were visited
during cruise 3 to obtain a midsummer measure
of fishery and environmental conditions. These
stations are located (1) north of Little Girls Point,
Mich., and (2) southeast of Stockton Island, and
(3) northeast of Bear Island (two of the Apostle Is-
lands, Wis.). In addition to these, afourth station
was established just northwest of the Porcupine
Mountains, Mich.

Fish were collected with gill nets and trawls at
each station, and samples were taken for analyses
of plankton, bottom fauna, and water chemistry.
Bathythermograph casts were made at each station.

Trawl tows were made in very shallow water at
depths of 1 to 3 fathoms in an effort to collect fry
or fingerling whitefish. Tows made over sandy
bottom southeast of Stockton Island caught several
menominee whitefish and smelt fingerlings. Even
more common in the catch were the slimy mud-
dler, ninespine stickleback, trout-perch, and johnny
darters. Tows were made indeeper water at depths
of 7-10 fathoms in the same area with essentially
the same catch composition. Several tows were
made at depths of 3-30 feet with an outboard-
powered boat pulling a small trawl in Big Bay on
the east side of Madeline Island. Catches consisted
of johnny darters, trout-perch, slimy muddlers,
and smelt fry. No lake trout were taken in trawl
tows during this cruise.

Gill-net catches at the three index stations were
similar to the catches made during cruise 1. In
water over 20 fathoms chubs dominated the catch.
In shallow water at depths of 2-18 fathoms, the
menominee whitefish was dominant. A gang, con-
sisting of 7 nets with mesh sizes from 1-33 inches,
set off the southeast shore of Stockton Island in
water from 2-13 fathoms made an interesting catch.
The smaller meshed nets were set in shallow water
with the larger meshed nets in deeper waters.

The menominee whitefish was the dominant fish in
the 14-, 21-, and 23-inch nets. These fish varied
in length from 3-18 inches. Many small (4-8 inch)
whitefish were taken in the small mesh nets.
Large whitefish, lake trout, longnose suckers, and
a few large menominee whitefish were taken in the
larger meshes.

Two identical gangs of gill nets were set at the
station off the Porcupine Mountains, one at depths
from 10-13 fathoms and the other at depths of 47-
50 fathoms. The mesh size of the nets varied from
14-34 inches. The shallow set (38 fish) caught ni-
gripinnis (blackfin), burbot, longnose suckers,
lake trout, and herring. The deeper catch (168
fish) was much larger with chubs dominating and
a few herring.

There was a marked temperature drop between
the surface and bottom at each station but sharp
thermoclines appeared at stations off Little Girls
Point and off the Porcupine Mountains. Surface
tempgraturgs at all stations were in the 60's
(61.2 ~68.0 F.) and bottom temperatures varied
from 39.7) -43.5 FE.

A newly-established station northwest of the
Porcupine Mountains was worked primarily for
current determinations. On July 26 and 27 sur-
face and subsurface currents were determined at
two stations, one inshore + miles northwest of the
shoreline below the Porcupine Mountains and one
offshore 2 miles northwest of the Porcupine Moun-
tains. Surface currents at the two stations were
determined by using fluorescein dye and specially-
designed metal drags that could be followed by
attachment to a surface float. Subsurface currents
were determined solely by the metal drag technique.
On both days the surface current was flowing to
the northeast at approximately 0.50 miles an hour.
The subsurface current at the inshore station at
50-foot depth was approximately 0.20 miles anhour.
At the offshore station the subsurface currents
ranged from 0.24 miles an hour at 50 feet to 0.12
miles an hour at 200 feet. Subsurface currents
flowed generally in the same direction as surface
currents. Currents in the area determined from
the geopotential topography also showed the north-
easterly drift. One hundred drift bottles were re-
leased, 10 at each of 10 stations one mile apart on
a line from the shore at the Porcupine Mountains
to the northwest. By August 18, 28 cards from
these releases had been returned and indicated
drift to the northeast at velocities of approximately
one-half mile an hour. One bottle.was recovered 8
miles east of Marquette, Mich., 190 miles from
its release point.

Cruise 4 (August 4-13, 1958): This cruise was
the second of four cruises planned to study the dis-
tribution of lake herring during the summer and
fall. That portion of Lake Superior just outside
the Apostle Islands was covered at all depths in
search of herring. Areas covered were (1) north-
west of Sand Island, (2) northeast of Devil's Is-
land, (3) north of Outer Island, (4) Squaw Bay south-
west of Eagle Island, and (5) northwest of Madeline
Island in the North Channel. Various types of gill-
net sets were made; floating bull nets at 6 feet
and 26 feet below the surface, oblique sets with
conventional 23-inch gill nets from the surface to
180 feet, and oblique sets using three bull nets of
2¢-inch mesh in the upper portion of the gang and
bottom sets with conventional 23-inch nets. Trawl
tows were made where possible at each station.

Trawl tows made at 30 fathoms north of Outer
Island caught three species of chubs, pygmy white-
fish, and slimy muddlers. Smelt were predominant
in the tows made in 5 fathoms at Squaw Bay. Trout-
perch, ninespine stickleback, longnose sucker, and
menominee were also taken in Squaw Bay. Fish
appeared on the fish finder at depths up to 30 feet
below the surface in 180 feet of water at one sta-
tion northeast of Devil's Island. An attempt to
capture these fish with the trawl was unsuccessful.

Lake herring were not taken in abundance at
any time during the cruise. At the station north-
west of Sand Island where herring were taken a-
bundantly during cruise 2, an identical set was
made with bull nets but only 26 herring were taken.
A few chubs were taken in nets set 26 feet below
the surface in 240 feet of water. An oblique set

October 1958

was made at this station using 3 bull nets at the
shallow end of the gang at depths of 0 to 90 feet
and conventional nets at depths of 90 to 180 feet,
Only 5 herring were taken in this set. Smelt were

taken at depths to 45 feet, chubs were taken through-

out the entire net, and 1 herring was taken at 165
feet. At Squaw Bay 3 bull nets were floated 6 feet
below the surface in water of 8 fathoms. Three
‘conventional nets were set parallel to the shore
and 3 nets set perpendicular to shore on the bot-
tom at 36-39 feet. Only 1 herring was taken from
the 2 gangs set on the bottom. The bottom set
caught 90 menominee whitelfish, 21 whitefish, 12

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

25

lake trout, and a few smelt and burbot. There ap-
peared to be no difference in the catch in the nets
set parallel or perpendicular to shore. The float-
ing bull nets caught mostly smelt, with lesser
catches of chubs and longnose suckers.

Fish taken in sets near Outer Island and Made-
line Island were predominately chubs and smelt.

Surface, temperatures during cruise 4 ranged
from 62.2 to 74.8 ¢: Bottom temperatures re-
mained at about 40° F.

EE

Irradiation Research in Foods

Four leading United States firms in the food and allied industries--Armour &
Co., Continental Can Co., Food Machinery & Chemical Corp., and General Food
Corp.--have joined forces with the U. S. Army Quartermaster Corps in actting up

Fig. 1 - Typical gamma reactor used for research purposes.

the world's first food radiation center, it was announced by the Defense Department.
This U. S. Army Ionizing Radiation Center (USAIRC), under a contract awarded by
the Quartermaster Corps, will be built at Sharpe General Depot, Lathrop, Calif.

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

In a joint statement explaining their interest in supporting the project, the pres-
idents of the four stockholder companies said:

"We share the conviction that the irradiation of foods opens an important
new frontier having significant possibilities not only for the Armed Forces,
but for the civilian population as well. We believe that it is important in the
national interest that the use of radiation in the handling, processing, packaging,
and protecting of food be developed as rapidly as possible, as is proposed by
the Quartermaster Corps. Furthermore, we believe that the skills of private

industry should be made available for this purpose in cooperation with the Gov-
ernment.

THE ARGONNE HIGH LEVEL
GAMMA IRRADIATION FACILITY

PANEL BOARD

ION EXCHANGE UNIT
WATER FILTER
PUMP

GEAR DRIVE
REMOVABLE GRATING
FUEL ELEMENT TONG
UNDERWATER LIGHT
PUMP

EMERGENCY WATER LEVEL VALVE
URN GRAB
IRRADIATION RACK
SAMPLE URN

URN BASKET

Fig. 2 - Cutaway drawing of Argonne National Laboratory high-level gamma irradiation facility. It is assumed that the
one being built at Lathrop, Calif., will be along similar lines.

©OGSOQHOGO9OHOOO®

"Because of our conviction as to the significance of this project and the
propriety of private industry sharing its resources of personnel and experience
with the Government to carry out the project, we are willing to detach skilled
employees from the important work they are now doing for our own companies
in order to make them available for employment by IPI."

It is anticipated that approximately 150 employees will be required to op-
erate the center during its first year. Employment in the second year is ex-
pected to reach 250.

October 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

Fig. 3 - View looking down into water-filled canal of Materials Testing Reactor at the National Reactor Station. Cyl-
inder holding-can of food being irradiated is on rotating rig in front of gamma-emitting used reactor fuel elements,

(3)

un

Louisiana

SHRIMP REGULATIONS REVISED EFFECTIVE
JULY 1, 1958: The Louisiana Wild Life and Fish-
eries Commission in a notice to shrimp trawlers
summarized the new regulations on shrimp fishing

in Louisiana waters effective July 1, 1958, as follows:

If you have already obtained a vessel license,
it will be necessary for you to apply for a 1958
trawl license for $10.00, $15.00, or $20.00 as in-

dicated below, depending on the size of trawl in use.

Be sure to show the length of your trawl as meas-
ured along the cork line on the application. Your

application must be sent in immediately if you are
now trawling in outside waters.

If you do not trawl in outside waters, your ap-
plication must be sent in and license obtained be-
fore you begin operations. Inside waters will be
open starting August 18, 1958.

Please observe these regulations carefully. The
penalty has been increased in order to preserve the
shrimp in Louisiana waters. Penalties for viola-

tions will be as follows: (1) Dlegal, unlicensed, or
improperly-tagged tackle shall be confiscated and
destroyed. (2) First Offense: $200 minimum fine,
$500 maximum fine or 15-30 days in jail, or both.
(3) Second Offense: $500 minimum fine, $1,000
maximum fine and 60-90 days in jail. (4) Third
Offense: $750 minimum fine, $1,000 maximum
fine and 90-120 days in jail, and the license shall
be revoked and shall not be reinstated at any time
during the period for which it has been issued and
for one year thereafter.

Shrimp Regulations (as per House Bill No, 572):
LENGTH OF TRAWL: Netting along cork line--
50 feet maximum inside waters.

OUTSIDE WATERS: (a) 3 miles beyond Continen-
tal Coast Line; and (b) except Cameron Parish,
which will be the Shore Line.

CLOSED SEASON: (1) December 21 through

April 20, inclusive; and (2) July 1 to third Monday
in August.

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

DURING CLOSED SEASON: (1) All trawls pro-
hibited from inside waters; and (2) cast nets, dip
nets, bait’traps, or shrimp seines less than 100
feet may be used. (To be manually operated on
foot only. No mechanical means or devices may
be used).

MINIMUM SIZE COUNTS: (1) May 1-June 30:
No minimum size limitation; (2) 3rd Monday in
August-November 14: 68 count on all species;

(3) November 15-December 20: 68 count on all
species, except no minimum count on brown or
Brazilians; (4) Sea Bobs: No minimum size limi-
tation during open season; and (5) Bait Shrimp: No
minimum size limitation during open or closed
seasons if taken with cast net, dip net, bait traps,
or seine 100 feet or less.

GENERAL TRAWL AND SEINE RESTRICTIONS:

(1) Only one trawl may be used at a time in in-
side waters; (2) Maximum trawl length, 50 feet;

Vol. 20, No. 10

(3) Mesh, 3 inch square or 13 inches stretched;

(4) Trawls prohibited in inside waters during closed
seasons; (5) Trawls prohibited in closed waters;
(6) Maximum length seine, 3,000 feet; and (7) No
trawl or boat license required for sportsmen using
trawls 16 feet or less for own bait purposes and
consumption only. Maximum of 100 lbs.

LICENSE FEES: COMMERCIAL (1) Trawls:
16 feet or less, $10; 16 feet-40feet, $15; and 40 feet-
50 feet, $20. (2) Shrimp Seines: 100 feet or less,
$10; 100 feet-500 feet, $15; 500 feet-2,000 feet,
$25; and 2,000 feet-3,000 feet, $30. (3) Vessel:
Fish or Shrimp: 40 feet or less, $5; and over 40,
$10. (4) Shrimp Freight Vessel: 40 feet or less,
$5; and over 40 feet, $10.

Further information may be obtained from the
Louisiana Wild Life & Fisheries Commission, 126
Civil Courts Building, New Orleans 16, La.

Maine Sardines

NEW-STYLE CANNED PACKS EXHIBITED AT FAIR: Several new-style can-
ned sardine packs were tested for consumer reaction at the Eastern States Expo-
sition in Springfield, Mass., by the Maine Sardine Council. Actual consumer tests
were conducted at a booth in the State of Maine Building with people selected at

random from the crowds participating.

The Council is seeking facts on consumer acceptability of experimental packs
of sardines in a variety of different flavored oils and sauces as compared with the

present standard-style packs.

Those that show promise will be market-tested in

the hopes of expanding the State's sardine sales.

The tests were conducted in the Maine Department of Sea and Shore Fisheries
exhibit under the direction of a New Products Specialist and a Merchandising Spe-

cialist, both of the Council's staff.

Participants were served the sardines and a careful record of reactions and

comments maintained for evaluation of the tests.

An effort was made to select a

good cross-section of people of all ages, nationalities, income levels, occupations,

and other factors.

Ly

SEE

(oe

Massachusetts

JULY-AUGUST 1958 BOSTON LANDINGS LOWEST IN 36 YEARS: Total land-
ings of fish at the Boston Fish Pier during July-August 1958 were the lowest since
1922. A haddock shortage on Georges Bank was added to the old ills of Boston's
fishing industry--fewer vessels, continually increasing operating expenses, and foreign
competition. Prospects are not bright for the immediate future and it is estimated
that 1958 landings at Boston will fall below the already low level of 1957.

Landings at the Fish Pier in July-August 1958 totaled only 19.9 million pounds
for the two months, the lowest summer landings since 1922. Inthat summer landings

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

totaled 18.1 million pounds, but then Boston's fishing industry was still undergoing

the transition from the less efficient line vessel to the more productive otter trawl-
er. Much progress has been made in the Nation's economy in these past 36 years,

but the Boston Fish Pier landings have gradually declined from a peak of 339.2 mil-
lion pounds in 1936 to the 1957 level of 135.6 million pounds.

The light landings at Boston this summer caused higher ex-vessel prices. The
total value received by vessel owners and fishermen was higher than in the past
few years, but hardly sufficient to keep pace with increased operating and living ex-
penses.

For both summer months this year landings were poor--the July total was only
9.8 million pounds and August 10.1 million pounds. Ten years ago in 1948, the to-
tal was 36.2 million pounds. Record landings for the two months were 62.1 million
pounds in 1936. The total in 1957 was 25.8 million pounds.

For the first eight months of 1958 fishery landings at Boston amounted to only
91.8 million pounds, 6 percent less than last year when 97.4 million pounds were
landed in the first 8 months.

Haddock is now almost the sole support of the Boston Fish Pier--ogly 12.3 mil-
lion pounds were landed in July and August as compared with 19.3 million pounds,
in the same two months of 1957. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries biologists at
Woods Hole have been for many years studying the haddock on Georges Bank where
the bulk of Boston's haddock originates. In a recent release, they reported ''The
stocks of Georges Bank haddock have been fished down to the point where the catch-
es depend upon large numbers of comparatively small fish... . In terms of age,
the fishery was once supported in large part by fish 5-9 years old but in recent
years 2-4 year-old fish have dominated the catches. The depletion of large fish
has placed the fishery in a precarious position."

--John J. O'Brien, Supervisory Market News Reporter,
Branch of Market News, Division of Industrial Research and Services,
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Boston, Mass.

National Fish Week

FISH PROMOTION CAMPAIGN AIDED BY INTERIOR DEPARTMENT: An in-
dustry-government program to direct the attention of the consumer to the uses of
fresh and frozen fishery products this fall will again have the support of the U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Assistant Secretary of the Interior Ross Leffler
announced on September 12, 1958.

This nationwide program, titled "National Fish 'n' Seafood Parade,'' will be aim-
ed at both institutional and home-consumer markets and will have its climax during
October 6-12.

The Assistant Secretary said that the Bureau will aid the industry effort with
schools, institutions, and food-trade groups. Educational activities will be increased
to stimulate consumer response.

OK KK Ok

FISHING INDUSTRY PROMOTES FISH AND SEAFOOD WEEK: The national
campaign of advertising and publicity for Fish and Seafood Week, October 6-12, was
in full swing by that date. Local committees in every section of the country had

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

laid the groundwork for food stores and restaurants to feature fish and shellfish
during the promotion.

According to the Chairman of the National Committee, the interest of the fish-
ing industry and the food trade in the 1958 Fish & Seafood Week (more popularly
known as Fish 'n' Seafood Parade) was far beyond expectations, and the nationwide
interest was reflected in chain stores everywhere.

As an illustration of local activities, the Philadelphia committee of fishing in-
dustry and food store members held a luncheon at the famous Bookbinders Restau-
rant on September 12 for food editors. This was followed by similar activities
throughout the country culminating with a dinner in Boston on October 2, at which
time 'Miss Seafood of 1958" was selected for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

A large fishery firm advised the National Committee in mid-September that
they were insuring their dealers for $5,000 during the Fish & Seafood Week to pro-
tect them from being trampled to death by customers who were expected to buy
their products.

MK OK OK OK OK

FISH WEEK SUPPORTED BY WHITE HOUSE: On September 11, President

Dwight D. Eisenhower sent the following message to the National Fish and Seafood
Committee:

"The White House, Washington, D. C., Sept. 11

"FM. Bundy, Chairman, National Fish and Seafood Week Committee, 1514
Twentieth St. NW., Washington, D. C.

"The Fishing Industry has long played a vital part in the life and economy of
our Nation. As our population continues to grow and as our land becomes more ful-
ly utilized, we will turn to the sea for more and more of the nutritive food require-
ments needed to maintain our American standard of living.

"During National Fish and Seafood Week, I salute the members of this industry
for a job well done and urge them to utilize every possible means of making their
products available as an increasingly attractive and abundant food for every Ameri-
can family."

/s/ “Dwight D. Eisenhower"

—= D>
= Sy

North Atlantic Fisheries and Gear Research

SAFETY PROGRAM AND GEAR RESEARCH STUDIES (M/V Delaware Cruise
58-4): A combined safety and gear research four-day cruise to the South Channel -
Western Georges Bank area was made by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies exploratory fishing vessel Delaware. The cruise ended on August 28, 1958.

Representatives of aNew Yorkfirm, engaged in the current fisheries safety
program, accompanied the boat and snapped over 100 photographs depicting var-
ious phases of otter-trawl fishing and operating equipment.

Tests were completed of the new double-barrelled winch head, pilothouse-
operated main engine throttle control, aluminum radar target, plastic floats, and

towing characteristics of trawls equipped with 3" and 45" stretched mesh size

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

he ends. Lookout watches for tuna schools were maintained during daylight
ours.

The new winch head worked perfectly when operated with the messenger wire
to lead the trawling cables to the towing block. Leading directly from the after fair-
lead to the winch head, the messenger was
hooked over the drum holding-stud, enabling
the winch operator to control the speed and
draw the wire smoothly and evenly up to the
towing block. The fish tackle, used to hoist
bags of fish up to 5,000 pounds, can also be
operated from this drum, precluding manual
handling of wires entailing two hazardous
operations.

While presently adapted for reversible
trawl winches, it appears that only slight
modifications in design are needed to allow
the device to be fitted on all types of winches.

The main engine throttle confrol was
thoroughly tested for emergency stops during
= = normal cruising runs and under actual fish-
MES erearentinmentdemoncta tion mar coniaet= ing conditions. Almost instantaneous action

ed on the dock and aboard the exploratory fishing resulted when the pilothouse lever was ac-
vessel Delaware in mid-August before this cruise. tuated. In addition to the safety aspect, this
: device could prove extremely valuable in
trawl net hang-ups on bottom obstructions when prompt action in slowing the ves-
sel's headway could avert excessive damage to the net.

The aluminum radar target was attached at a height of 12 feet above the water
to a bamboo staff while radar visibility tests were conducted. Results indicate that
this target would be extremely valuable for marking fishing buoys and for small
wooden craft during periods of low visibility. Conventional fishing buoys, with
cloth markers, cannot be picked up on the radar scope.

Submersion tests of a plastic-type float were made by securing the float to the
trawl net head rope during fishing tows conducted in depths ranging from 51 to 96
fathoms. The float presented no exterior change in appearance during the tows in
the upper depths, but was compressed considerably when subjected to pressures
found in the depths below 57 fathoms. Results indicate that the float is suitable for
pelagic fishing gear and has a relatively limited depth range.

With the exception of a few small pods of tuna, sighted about 25 miles southeast
of Cape Cod Light during the homeward passage on August 28, no tuna schools were
found during the trip. Rainy weather prevailed most of the time--not conducive to

tuna spotting.
li

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION OF POST-LARVAL OCEAN PERCH IN GULF OF
MAINE STUDIED (M/V Albatross III Cruise 116): Fifty-two tows were made at 11
stations in the southwest part of the Gulf of Maine with the Isaacs-Kidd mid-water
trawl. This cruise (completed August 1, 1958) of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries research vessel Albatross II] was made to investigate the vertical dis-
tribution of post larval ocean perch and other associated species in the Gulf of Maine.

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

Depths from 10 meters to 80 meters were sampled at 10-meter intervals. A few
tows were made with a one-meter plankton net. A bathythermograph drop was made
at each station.

Very few postlarval ocean perch were found, about 2 percent of the numbers
taken at similar stations last year. Extremely large numbers of young-of-the-year
haddock were taken, some at every station, with concentrations at 10 and 20 meters.
The haddock were at least 10 times as numerous as at the same stations last year.
The evidence is strong enough to suggest the presence of a very good year-class
from the 1958 spawning.

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program
EXPLORATORY FISHING FOR SHRIMP OFF ALASKAN COAST (M/V John N.

and coonstripe were reported abundant in the bays and inlets of Kodiak Island, Low-
er Cook Inlet, and along the southeast
side of Kenai Peninsula by the U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
exploratory fishing vessel John N.
Cobb, during an exploratory cruise
which ended September 5, 1958.

Best catches in the Lower Cook
Inlet area were in Kachemak Bay
which yielded shrimp at rates of
1,480 to 3,540 pounds an hour.
These catches were composed of
pink shrimp averaging 150 to
the pound (all counts heads on)
and a good quantity of large side-

} stripe and coonstripe shrimp rangiug
Soe eee i SSI from 27 to 53 to the pound. Other
Fig. 1 - Landing a catch of 700 pounds of shrimp aboard the ex- good catches made in the Cook In-

ploratory fishing vessel John N. Cobb in Nuka Passage, Kenai let-Kenai Peninsula area were as
Peninsula, Alaska, follows

Cape Douglas: Up to 1,200 pounds an hour of mixed shrimp, mostly pinks av-
eraging 112 count.

Nuka Passage: Catches up to 1,560 pounds an hour composed of about 50 per-
cent pinks ranging from 80 to 96 count, 40 percent sidestripes from 44 to 68 count,
and 10 percent coonstripes from 20 to 27 count.

Nuka Bay: Catches at rates up to 900 pounds an hour consisting predominately
of pink and sidestripe shrimp ranging from 67 to 109 and 23 to 59 count, respective-
IS,

Port Dick: Catches at rates to 1,440 pounds an hour. Pink shrimp, which dom-
inated these catches, ranged from 75 to 93 count, while sidestripes averaged 47
count.

During the last half of the cruise explorations were conducted in the bays, in-
lets, and offshore waters surrounding Kodiak Island. Excellent catches were made
in Marmot Bay, Izhut Bay, Kukak Bay, Raspberry Strait, Uganik Bay, and Alitak
Bay as follows:

October 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

33

Marmot Bay: Catches at rates to 2,800 pounds an hour of pink and sidestripe

shrimp. The pinks were relatively large, nus 59 to 172 count.

these catches ranged from 23

Sidestripes in

to 51 per pound.

Outer Izhut Bay: Catches at \
rates up to 2,600 pounds an hour, Ny
predominantly pinks, ranging
from 134 to 172 count.

Kukak Bay: A catch of 950
pounds of mixed shrimp ina 34-
minute tow was composed of ap-
proximately half pinks and half
sidestripes with counts of 117 | 1
and 32, respectively.

Uganik Bay: One 30-min- [~~ |
ute tow yielded 1,000 pounds of

an
ro

OICLEN

pink shrimp averaging 117 count.

'M/V John N. Cobb cruise 39 (July -August 1958),

Alitak Bay: Catches at rates to 1,800 pounds an hour of pinks, sidestripe,
and coonstripe shrimp. The average size of pinks was 118 to the pound, while

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

30° —— —
TRINITY ISLANDS.

M/V John N. Cobb cruise 39 (August-September 1958).

the sidestripes and coonstripes
averaged 41 and 63 count, re-
spectively.

Raspberry Strait: A 30-min-
ute tow yielded 650 pounds of pink
shrimp averaging 115 count.

Shelikof Strait: Best catches
were made between Shuyak Island
and Cape Douglas. Sidestripe and
pink shrimp, averaging 50 to 67
count, respectively, were taken at
rates to 600 pounds an hour.

Catches made during the ex-
plorations demonstrated that large
concentrations of shrimp are a-
vailable in Central Alaskan waters.
Good catches of larger shrimp
were taken in contrast to the
shrimp grounds off Washington
and Oregon, which yield only small
pink shrimp.

A total of 109 shrimp drags
was made during the explorations,
at depths ranging from about 15
to 150 fathoms. Most drags were
30 minutes with a 43-foot Gulf-of-
Mexico shrimp trawl; however, a
70-foot shrimp trawl was used
occasionally.

The shrimp exploration was
the fourth to be conducted by the
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10)

in 1958; three previous cruises were conducted offshore from the Washington and
Oregon coasts earlier this year.

:

SS

Fig.2 - Spilling catch of shrimp on sorting table on deck of John N. Fig. 3 - Cod end of shrimp trawl on the John N
Cobb in Lower Cook Inlet, Alaska. Cobb with catch of shrimp from Marmot Bay.
Kodiak Island, Alaska. ?
In addition to routine exploratory work, sam-

ples of shrimp and fish were collected for biological and technological study. O-
ceanographic and meteorological data were recorded throughout the cruise.

S

Oysters

reau of Commercial Fisheries --have agreed to a joint research program to develop
standards for oysters.

The oyster industry through the Institute agreed to bear its share of the cost of
the studies and to serve on a joint Committee of three to follow through on the pro-
gram.

Under this program all data available will be pooled and the entire work will be
under the direction of one outstanding scientist appointed jointly by the participants.
A Steering Committee of three persons--one from each organization--has been ap-
pointed to select a director, obtain a site for the work, and develop the aims of the
study and the projects to be studied. The Committee is composed of Charles Butler,
Chief, Branch of Technology, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries; Jonas L. Bas-
sen, Asst. Chief, Program Planning and Review of the U. S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration, and David H. Wallace designated as the industry representative.

>

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

ALBACORE TUNA SURVEY IN CENTRAL NORTH PACIFIC COMPLETED:
(M/V Hugh M. Smith Cruise 46): The return of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries nice ree anelin vessel Hugh M. Smith to Honolulu on September 9, 1958, from
a 51-day cruise to the central North Pacific brought the Pacific Oceanic Fishery
Investigations (POF1) study of the distribution and abundance of albacore tuna to a

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

close for the current season. The other vessel which participated in the survey,
the M/V Paragon, had returned to Seattle on September 7. The Hugh M. Smith was
primarily engaged in the collection of oceanographic and biological data while the
Paragon was engaged in an actual attempt to determine whether the albacore were
sufficiently abundant for gill-netting on a commercial scale.

The results of the survey were disappointing from the standpoint of the area's
potential as a commercial fishery, especially after the promising results of sur-
veys during the summers of 1955 and 1956. The catch of the Paragon was very
small, averaging less than one-half ton a day. There were only one or two small
areas wherethe catches approached commercial quantities.

The biological and oceanographic studies provided some explanation as to the
decline of fish. The environmental conditions were vastly different from those of
1955 and 1956. The most prominent of these differences was the lower surface wa-
ter temperatures in the area which resulted in a southerly shift in the area having
a suitable temperature for albacore.

The Paragon chartered to test the commercial feasibility of gill-netting alba-
core in mid-9cean, began gill-netting operations on July 27, 1958, at 41°42'N. lati-
tude and 157 10'W. longitude, or roughly 1,800 miles west of southern @regon, The
gill-netting for albacore was continued through August in an area between 155° and
160° W. longitude, and a disappointing total of some 15 tons of fish was taken.

Catches of albacore made by salmon gill-netters which fished along the north-
ern border of albacore water during 1955 were impressive. The survey conducted
by POFT in 1956 and in the same general area again showed good results, particu-
larly along 175° W. longitude. However, these earlier indications of the presence
of large concentrations of albacore were at variance with the relatively poor catches
during August of the Paragon. Obviously albacore were not in this area in the same
abundance as was true of the previous years when surveys were made. Oceano-
graphic conditions were also unusual and this may be the explanation of the poorer
than expected catches. This year the general distribution of albacore in the North
Pacific seems to have changed. Independent evidence of this is available from the
localities where the best albacore catches are now being made along the Pacific
coast. In general the coastal catch localities of good fishing have shifted northward.

* kK KOK

NEW DOCKSITE FACILITY OPENED: The Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investiga-
tions of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and the Hawaiian Board of

POFI'S new docksite facilities under construction at Kewalo Basin.

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

Agriculture and Forestry formally opened their new $70,000 Kewalo Basin docksite

facility August 11 with dedication ceremonies and a public open house.

There were

about 20 scientific and fishing exhibits on bait fish, deep-sea fish, skipjack (aku) re-
search, oceanography, tuna behavior, and fishing methods.

Built by the Territorial Board of Harbor Commissioners, the docksite is lo-
cated on the small peninsula of land on the Diamond Head side of the Kewalo Basin

channel entrance on the Island of Hawaii.

Work was started early this year and in-

stallation of fish tanks was about completed the first part of September.

Three research vessels will moor alongside the new facility: the Charles H.
Gilbert and Hugh M. Smith of the Bureau's Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations,
and the Hawaiian Fish and Game research vessel Makua.

Previously, the Bureau's vessels were docked at Pearl Harbor and the Makua
at Pier 12. The new docksite puts the Bureau's Investigations and the Territory
Division of Fish and Game in the center of island commercial fishing activities and

close to areas for tuna behavior studies.

The move also eases the coordination of

scientific projects between the two agencies.

The Bureau's Investigations has offices, a scientific laboratory, electronics
laboratory, net loft, machine shop, and warehouse in the new building while the Ter-
ritory of Hawaii has offices, laboratory, and storage space.

le

Sport Fishing

PROGRAM FOR IMPROVING SPORT FISHING:
A program designed to help meet the need for im-
proved recreational opportunities in the form of
sport fishing is being given impetus by the U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service.

The program, conducted by the Bureau of Sport
Fisheries and Wildlife, consists of helping other
Federal agencies develop better fishing through
the use of better management methods, rendering
technical assistance to states and public conserva-
tion agencies when such assistance is needed, and
in cooperating with states in fish restoration proj-
ects where a pooling of efforts is especially bene-
ficial.

The Service recognizes at the outset that the
regulation of sport fishing is primarily a respon-
sibility of the states and that Federal effort is de-
signed to complement that of the states and to help
make available information gained from research
and experience.

Among the numerous things about which fishery
management is concerned are: aquatic weed con-
trol techniques; stocking with the proper numbers
and species of fish to fit water conditions; proper
methods of fertilization; eradication of trash fish
or the reestablishment of a proper ratio between
game and forage fish; and recognition of common
danger signals on such things as fish population
imbalance, evidence of disease, and pollution.

Management biologists assist in the formulation
of cooperative fish-stocking programs and have a
continuing responsibility to insure the best possi-

ble use of fish produced at the Federal hatcheries.
It is extremely important that all efforts, both in
hatcheries and in the field, contribute materially
to fish restoration and better fishing.

A large part of the fishery assistance effort is
directed at such Federal installations as the Vet-
erans' Administration hospitals where fishing has
a therapeutic value in convalescence; military in-
stallations where it serves recreational functions;
national parks and forests where fishing vacations
are popular; and Indian reservations where both
fishing and’ the sale of fishing permits have an
economic meaning.

Statistics for 1957 show that technical advice
was given in 137 such areas, including 40 Air
Force bases. Eglin Air Force Base, Fla., for ex-
ample, has developed an outstanding cooperative
sport fishing program. In addition to preexisting
ponds and streams, 12 new ponds have been created
and managed for fishing under carefully prepared
plans. The public is allowed to fish upon payment
of a small permit fee and the receipts from such
fees go to support and enlarge the program.

Somewhat similar services were rendered at 33
Army bases including Ft. Sill, Okla., where there
are 52 ponds; and at 16 Navy and 4 Marine Corps
installations. Numbers of other Federal areas
upon which recommendations on managing the fish-
eries have been made include: Veterans' Admin-
istration, 8; national forests, 7; national parks, 4;
Indian reservations, 13; and national wildlife ref-
uges, 12. Such public conservation agencies as
the Upper Mississippi River Conservation Commit-

October 1958

tee and the Steering Committee for Roanoke River
Studies also were given certain technical assist-
ance.

Farm pond demonstrations were given in Ar-
kansas, North Carolina, New Hampshire, and Ohio.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

37

| Among the state-Federal cooperative programs is
one in Kentucky involving a study on the effects of
strip-mining on streams and the plant and animal
life normally supported by streams.

been noted by California Department of Fish and Game biologists at Terminal Island.
A long-line hook, used by Japanese fishermen, was recovered by a California com-
mercial fisherman July 17 off Santa Cruz Island. The hook was imbedded in the
jaw of a 350-pound broadbill caught by a fisherman from Corona Del Mar.

California biologists say the hook, about a size 8-0, can tell them almost as
much as a tag recovery can. The unique gear appears to be hand-forged and is

definitely the type used by Japanese west of Hawaii and in the long-line

round Wake and Midway Islands.

fishery a-

The fish apparently had been hooked by a Japan-
ese fisherman but escaped by breaking the line.

(News release of August 22 from

the California Department of Fish and Game.)
A

Tuna

TAG RETURNS REVEAL MIGRATION OF
IN PACIFIC: Two more albacore tuna, tagged by the
California Department of Fish and Game, have spanned
the vast Pacific to shed new light on a life history once
thought impossible to record. These fish traveled sever-
al thousand nautical miles to participate in the ocean
fishery of two great continents. California marine biol-
ogists tagged them near the California coast, one in Sep-
tember 1956 and one in July 1957. Both were caught off
Japan in June 1958 and their tags returned to the Cali-
fornia Department by Japanese fisheries agencies.

For many years, fisheries workers believed that the alba-
core resource inthe North Pacific was made up of three main
populations--one that lived along the west coasts of Baja
California and the United States, another near the Hawaiian Is-
lands, and a third off the coast of Japan. Conclusive proof
of this theory was difficult to obtain, but feelings onthe mat-
ter were pretty firm.

Then in 1952, marine biologists developed a tag with such
tremendous staying qualities that for the first time in re-
search history it became possible to study the migratory hab-
its of the mysterious oceanic albacore. California biologists
began to use these tags during 1952 and early returns re-
vealed the first of the albacore’s well-kept secrets~-during
the summer and fall it migrated northward from southern
Baja California and swam on up the California coast.

As it had during previous years, the coming of winter
marked the disappearance of the schools from California
waters and the end of the fishery for another season. Where
they had gone was anyone’s guess.

This riddle remained unsolved until June 23, 1953, whena
Japanese fisherman captured one of California’s tagged alba-
core in the waters near Japan. This history-making occasion
blazed the trail for a whole new trend of thinking regarding
North Pacific albacore stocks. One transpacific recovery,
howver, did not constitute positive proof that there was free
mixing between the California and Japanese populations,
Neither did it prove that Pacific albacore had usurped, from
the Atlantic eels, the title for the lengthiest migration ever
known in the fish world.

In 1954, two additional tagged albacore were recaptured
near the Hawaiian Islands, demonstrating an even more
closely knit relationship. Now for the first time, a close
association had been found between the California stocks and
those fished in the central Pacific.

Subsequent tagging has shed further light on these inter-
relationships,

By July 1958, a total of five albacore, tagged in Califor-
nia’s coastal fishery, had traversed this planet’s greatest
ocean and been recaptured in the Japanese coastal fishery,
and two had been recovered near the Hawaiian Islands. In
addition, 17 albacore had been recaptured on our coast one
and two years after they had been tagged and released here,
further pointing up theories that had been thought unprovable,
that these Pacific wanderers will visit California during
several successive seasons. (California Department of Fish
and Game news release, August 15, 1958.)

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

U. S. Foreign Trade

GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS, AUGUST 1958: During August 1958, imports
of groundfish and ocean perch fillets and blocks amounted to 13.5 million pounds.
Compared with the same month of 1957, this was a drop of 1.1 million pounds or 7
percent.

Canada continued to lead all other countries with 10.1 million pounds or 74 per-
cent of the month's total imports. Iceland was second with over 2.5 million pounds
or 19 percent of the total. Imports from Denmark, West Germany, Miquelon and St.
Pierre, the United Kingdom, Norway, and the Netherlands made up the remaining
926,000 pounds or 7 percent.

During the first eight months of 1958, imports of groundfish and ocean perch
fillets and blocks amounted to 100.0 million pounds--3.6 million pounds or 4 per-
cent above the quantity imported during the same period of 1957. Imports from
Canada represented 71 percent of the 1958 eight-months total. Iceland accounted for
16 percent, Denmark 8 percent, and the remaining 5 percent came from eight other
countries.

Note: See Chart 7 in this issue.

Ok kk OK

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS, MAY 1958: Imports of edible fresh, frozen, and
processed fish and shellfish into the United States during May 1958 were up 9.8 per-
cent in quantity and 14.4 percent in value as compared with April 1958. The increase
was principally
due to more im-
ports of frozen
groundfish and
other fillets,
shrimp, sar-
dines canned in
oil, fresh and
frozen sea scal-
lops, canned
and frozen spiny
lobsters, and .
canned tuna in
brine.

United States Foreign Trade in Edible Fishery Products,
May 1958 with Comparisons

Fish & shellfish:
Fresh, SAG &
iDeOCSSECCIEYG 6 6 616

Fish & shellfish: /
Processed only—
(excluding fresh &
frOZEM) Meee
1/ Includes pastes, sauces, clam chowder and juice, and other specialties.

Compared
with May 1957,
the imports this
May were higher by 22.0 percent in quantity and 9.3 percent in value because of
more arrivals of frozen groundfish and other fillets, canned sardines, canned salm-
on, frozen shrimp, frozen tuna, and canned tuna in brine.

United States exports of processed fish and shellfish in May were up 7.7 per-
cent in quantity and unchanged in value as compared with the preceding months.
Compared with the same month in 1957, the exports in May 1958 were lower by
74.5 percent in quantity and 70.0 percent in value, due primarily to below-normal
packs of California sardines, mackerel, and anchovies which curtailed the export
of these products.

OK OK ok ok

October 1958

IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA IN BRINE UNDER QUOTA:
The quantity of tuna canned in brine which may be im-
ported into the United States during the calendar year 1958
at the 12-1/2 percent rate of duty has been established as
44,693,874 pounds. Any imports in excess of this estab-
lished quota will be dutiable at 25 percent ad valorem.

OK

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY
PRODUCTS, JANUARY-JUNE 1958: Imports: GROUND-
FISH FILLETS AND BLOCKS: Imports of these products
for the first half of 1958 were 1 percent higher than dur-
ing the similar 1957 period. Imports of cod fillets were
up 9 percent owing to greater receipts from Canada and
Denmark, whereas imports of haddock, hake, pollock, and
cusk fillets declined by 14 percent due to lower receipts
from Norway and Canada. Imports. of ocean perch fillets
were 2 percent greater; increases in shipments from
Canada more than made up for a sizable decline from Ice-
land. Imports of blocks or slabs increased by 5 percent
with larger receipts of Danish products offsetting reduced
Canadian shipments.

FISH BITS: Available data on blocks of bits and pieces
of groundfish fillets showed almost 5 million pounds im-
ported from Iceland during the first six months of 1958.
During June, imports totaled 3.1 million pounds.

FROZEN TUNA: Imports for the first half of 1958 were
14 percent over the same 1957 period. Receipts in 1958 of
frozen yellowfin and skipjack from Japan more than doubled,
whereas receipts from Peru were Slightly less than half.
Imports of albacore tuna were 18 percent less than during
the first half of 1957.

TUNA LOINS AND DISCS: Reflecting the voluntary re-
strictive measures imposed by the Japanese, imports
January-June 1958 declined 53 percent from the similar
1957 period. However, trade reports from Japan indicate
that exports to the United States may be resumed some-
time in October 1958. Exports, under a check-price sys-
tem, up to 3,000 short tons will probably be scheduled
from October 1958 to April 1959. Imports of tuna
loins and-discs from Cuba continued to rise during June.

CANNED TUNA: For the first six months of 1958 im-
ports were 5 percent above those of the comparable 1957
period. Larger imports of canned tuna, other than albacore,
were responsible for the increase and also compensated
for reduced imports of canned albacore. The six-months
total for canned albacore imports was 27 percent less than
in the similar 1957 period; the decrease was partly due
to reduced summer albacore catches by Japan.

CANNED BONITO: Despite increased June receipts, im-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ports from Peru for the first half of 1958 were 17 per-
cent below the first half of 1957, principally due to a de-
cline in brine-packed imports.

a“

39

Imports from January 1-August 2, 1958, amounted to
26,636,243 pounds, according to data compiled by the
Bureau of Customs. This leaves a balance of 18,057,631
pounds of the quota which may be imported during the
balance of 1958 at the 12-1/2 percent rate of duty. Last
year from January 1-August 3 a total of 22,518,460 pounds
had been imported.

FRESH AND FROZEN LOBSTERS: Imports for the first
half of 1958 were 4 percent less than for the first six
months of 1957.

FRESH AND FROZEN SHRIMP: The continuing gains in
shipments from Hong Kong, in particular, and Ecuador off-
set declines from Japan and Panama. Total January to
June imports were 11 percent above a year ago.

CANNED OYSTERS: Owing to greatly increased receipts
from Japan, imports during the first half of 1958 rose 100
percent over those of the same 1957 period.

CANNED SARDINES: A 13-percent drop in imports of
sardines canned-in-oil during January-June 1958 was due
mainly to a decline in receipts from Norway, the principal
supplier. Imports of sardines not-in-oil in the same 1958
period were up 600 percent due mainly to the large gain in
shipments from the Union of South Africa.

CANNED SALMON: Large shipments of canned salmon
in June 1958 from Japan and Canada raised total imports.
during the first six months of 1958 to almost three times
those of the same 1957 period.

CANNED CRABMEAT: Imports for the first half of 1958
were 9 percent below the same period of 1957.

FISH MEAL: Imports for the first half of 1958 were 16
percent above the 1957 period. Increased receipts from
Angola, Peru, Chile, and the Union of South Africa more
than offset the sharp decrease in receipts from Canada.

Exports: CANNED SARDINES, MACKEREL, AND SAR-
DINES: Exports of these products January-July 1958 con-
tinued below those of last year. Declines reported were
as follows: canned sardines, 60 percent; canned mackerel,
88 percent; and canned anchovies, 90 percent. The drop
in exports was due to the light pack because of the scarcity
of fish.

CANNED SALMON: June exports were greater than those
of June 1957, but the half-year total was still 42 percent
less than for the same 1957 period.

FISH OIL: The total of fish-oil exports for the first six
months of 1958 were 45 percent below those of the same
1957 period. The large gain in shipments to Canada were
not enough to offset sharp declines in shipments to West
Germany and the Netherlands.

“
~

SSS

Virginia

CRAB KILLS CAUSED BY LACK OF OXYGEN:

A high mortality of crabs in

pots this summer hurt Virginia's crab industry. Biologists at the Virginia Fisher-
ies Laboratory at Gloucester Point say that the kills have been caused by lack of

oxygen in the water.

A member of the Laboratory's staff stated that crabs, oyste
aquatic animals, just like animals on land,

rs, fishes, and other
need oxygen to breathe, but that their

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

oxygen had to be obtained from the water. In summer, the deeper waters of Chesa-
peake Bay and the lower parts of some of the larger rivers become almost stagnant,
and the oxygen dissolved in these waters is used up rapidly by animals and bacteria.
It is thought that this summer the situation was worse than ever before.

Three things have combined to produce unusually serious conditions this year,
according to the Laboratory Director. He stated that (1) unusually heavy rains
brought more organic material than usual down from the farms, woodlands, and
marshes; (2) continued high-water temperatures speeded up the rate of decompo-
sition of organic material and the respiration rate of animals in the water; and
(3) calm weather prevented mixing by winds, the only way in which the deeper wa-
ters can renew their oxygen supply.

Working closely with the Chesapeake Bay Institute of the Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, Virginia's biologists have found that the deeper waters of the Chesapeake
Bay off Tangier Island and in southern Maryland are completely devoid of oxygen.
Oxygen-poor water is also prevalent in the Piankatank and Rappahannock Rivers in
Virginia and the Potomac and Patuxent Rivers in Maryland.

In the lower 30 miles of the Potomac, water deeper than 20 feet contains no
oxygen at all. This is true also of deep water at the mouth of the Rappahannock.
Below 30 feet in the Rappahannock, the water contains only one-tenth the amount of
oxygen it could hold, and it is in this deep water that crabbers are suffering losses.
Fish and crabs (not caught in traps) can move into shallower water to escape the
adverse conditions.

Water over oyster grounds in the Rappahannock still contains enough oxygen,
but conditions could rapidly become worse if heavy rains bring more organic ma-
terial from land and hot weather continues. This combination of circumstances,
following hurricanes ''Connie" and "Diane" in 1955, caused disastrous oyster kills
in the Rappahannock River.

Washington

SALMON FISH FARMING SHOWS PROMISE: The Governor ofthe State of Wash-
ington announced in July 1958 that he has received an optimistic report on fish farm-
ing with salmon from the Director of the State Department of Fisheries.

Nearly 4 million salmon have been reared and released under a program that
uses natural bays, estuaries, lagoons, ponds and lakes, the Director reported.

Since the State initiated the program in January 1958, the program has cost
$24,870, for land, construction, feed, and the eradication of predators.

The salmon are taken directly from fresh-water pools at the hatcheries and
placed in ponds, sometimes directly into salt water. The mortality rate is low.
The salmon are held in the natural basins until they reach the stage of growth where
they would begin to migrate and then they are released.

In some of the basins two "'crops'' can be raised in one year. Seven lakes and
lagoons have been planted with salmon or are ready to be planted. Thirty-five ad-
ditional sites are under investigation or are in line for the construction of gates
and hydraulic controls.

October 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

The success of fish farming will depend upon having sufficient spawn to incu-
bate and rear large numbers of young fish and a number of suitable lakes and la-
goons that are large enough and can be made ready for salmon rearing operations.

Areas under investigation are spread throughout the State, including Eastern
Washington, so that the benefits therefrom may be distributed to the salmon fish-

ing industry throughout the State.

The salt-water rearing program is expected to be accelerated following the ac-
quisition of some 8 additional lagoons presently under survey. These areas com-
prise only those that have been converted to natural salmon rearing ponds or are
concerned with fish-farm projects. As the program progresses, additional possible
salmon rearing areas are expected to be found that will be suitable for the expansion

of natural low-cost rearing areas.

The natural fish-farming program for salmon is carried out in conjunction with
fish reared and released from the State's 19 hatcheries and 2 salt-water research
stations (one at Pt. Whitney and the other at Bowman's Bay), This year's release of
young salmon is expected to approximate 65 million fish. Additional plantings of
salmon in Washington streams from Federally-operated stations amounted to about
48 million young salmon during 1957. This should be equalled this year.

Young fish marked and released from Columbia River, Grays Harbor, Willapa
Harbor, and Puget Sound stations are showing up in fisheries from Central Alaska
to Southern Oregon. A large percentage of Deschutes River-marked fish make up

the sport catch in lower Puget Sound.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1958 p. 47.

Wholesale Prices, August 1958

The August 1958 edible fish and shellfish wholesale price
index remained close to the near-record level of the pre-
ceding months and was only 1.6 percent below the 11-year
record of June 1958. Seasonal declines in the wholesale
prices of fresh and frozen shrimp and a drop inex-vessel
prices for haddock were primarily responsible for the
slight decline (one percent) in the index between July
and August this year. These lower prices more than
offset some increases in wholesale prices for fresh-
water fish, frozen fillets, and canned tuna. The Au-
gust edible fish and shellfish (fresh, frozen, and canned)
wholesale price index (129.9 of the 1947-49 average) was
12.0 percent above the same month a year ago.

Although landings of groundfish (principally haddock)
continued light in August, prices for large drawn haddock
at mid-August were down about 13.6 percent from the pre-
ceding month; fresh Western halibut prices declined about
7.5 percent as the fishing season approached its peak and
end. Increases of 5.7 percent in red king salmon prices,
40 percent for Lake Erie whitefish, and 9.3 percent for
Great Lakes yellow pike more than offset the drop in had-
dock and halibut prices. Thus the index for the drawn,
dressed, or whole finfish subgroup from July to August
1958 rose 1.1 percent. As compared with August 1957, the
subgroup index this August was up 35.3 percent because
August 1958 prices were substantially higher for all items
in the subgroup except for Lake Superior whitefish (down
12.3 percent).

The fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup index for
this August declined 4.7 percent as compared with the pre-
ceding month, but was up by 6.3 percent from August 1 957.
Because landings of East Coast shrimp improved during

August, prices at New York dropped 8.1 percent from the
previous month. Small haddock fillets at Boston were also
lower (down 2.5 percent) due to the lower ex-vessel prices.
But both of these items were priced higher this August
(shrimp was up 7.7 percent and haddock fillets up 26.2 per-
cent) than in August 1957.

The frozen processed fish and shellfish subgroup index
was unchanged from July to August this year, but increased
1.8 percent from August 1957 to August 1958. Price in-
creases from July to August of 2.5 percent for frozen had-
dock fillets and 4.7 percent for frozen flounder fillets were
offset by a drop of 5.4 percent in the price for frozen shrimp
at Chicago, Because of light production and very low in-
ventories at the beginning of the season, all frozen fillets
in the subgroup were priced higher (haddock up 20.8 per-
cent) in August this year as compared with the same month
a year ago, but shrimp was priced lower by 7.8 percent.

Canned fishery products prices this August were up
from the previous month by 1.1 percent and from the same
month of 1957 by 5.4 percent. Wholesale prices for canned
pink salmon and Maine sardines were unchanged from July
to August this year, but higher prices for canned tuna pushed
this subgroup index up by 2.6 percent. All canned fishery
products that make up this subgroup with the exception
of pink salmon were priced higher in August 1958 than in
August a year ago. The market remained firm for canned
tuna and Maine sardines, but a drop in the wholesale prices
of canned pink salmon was predicted as the month ended
due to the good pack of this variety in Alaska. Future
prospects for better catches of California sardines were
good and the 1958 pack is expected to be substantially
greater than in 1957.

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, August 1958 With Comparisons

Indexes
(1947-49=100)

Avg. Prices1/
($)

Fresh & Frozen Fish Ee produ, G00. 6, On etd 656 ocoh6
Drawn sDressedsorsWhole}Rinhish=)5 0 cyes) clon iol on remem ulsure micas ieanelcnne
Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh . . . .. | Boston
Halibut, West., 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz. | New York
Salmon, king, Ige, & med., drsd., fresh or froz. | New York
Whitefish,L, Superior, drawn, fresh . ... . | Chicago
Whitefish,L, Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh New York
Yellow pike, L. Michigan& Huron, rnd,,fresh . | New York

processed shresiy (ii sh{ccpShelifish) ls wenteie i eiett<ictl talcUtail-Mlei tei stl Woll teil
Fillets, haddock, sml,, skins on, 20-Ib, tins. . | Boston
Shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), headless, fresh . . | New York
Oysters, shucked, standards ,..... . . | Norfolk

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish):. . . .

Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-lb. pkg. . . 2 - | Boston
Haddock, sml,,skins on, 1-lb, pkg.. . . | Boston
Ocean perch, skins on, 1-ib, pkg. . . Boston

Shrimp, Ige, (26-30 count), 5-lb, pkg. . . . . . | Chicago

GannedthisherysProducts: imme tenis elciient sare ntautel i -eatctliaia steam omit
Salmon, pink, No. 1 tall (16 0z.), 48cans/cs. .. . | Seattle cs.
Tuna, It, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 02.),

AS icans//CShiteltemenisiteit oii FOMaO CO
Sardines ,Calif,, tom, pack,No. 1 “oval (15 0Z.),
24'cans/cS: ss cs 6) loys tan eiel “oye
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No, 1/4 drawn
(8=3//47022)nL00icans/csomen enema on enone eis

——— = ——.

Los Angelesjcs,

Los Angelesjics,

New York |cs.

'1/ Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs.
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level, Daily Market News Sery-
ice ‘‘Fishery Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices.

FISH ROE

In Canada, a satisfactory method has been
worked out for utilizing roes of cod, haddock,

and pollock which are usually thrown overboard.
The proteins and lipids are separated, resulting
in a tasteless and odorless roe meal with a high
protein content, andan odorless fish-egg lecithin
which is of value in the preparation of pharma-
ceutical products.

--Eighth Annual Report of the Nova Scotia
Research Foundation 1955

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

Intern ational 1953 the Union has imposed limits of 250,000 long tons each

on the pilchard-maasbanker catches of Union and South-
West African fishermen. The South-West Africans easily

WORLD EXPORTS OF FISH AND attain the quota each year, but the Union fishermen have

FISH-LIVER OILS LOWER IN 1957: not yet reached it. The catch was extremely low in 1956
World exports of fish oils (including fish-liver oils) in because of difficulties in locating fish. This was probably

1957 totaled 185,000 short tons, a decline of over 10 per- the reason for reduced exports that year. (Agriculture

cent from 1956 but slightly above the 1950-54 average. Department’s Foreign Crops and Markets of July 21,1958.)
Smaller shipments from the United States--the world’s Kk oe kK ok OK

leading fish-oil exporter--accounted for about two-thirds
of the decline. United States fish-oil output in 1957, at

74,450 tons, dropped one-fourth from 1956; and demand FO TU
abroad, particularly in West Germany and the Netherlands, | OD AND AGRICUL RE
was down. | ORGANIZATION
Shipments of fish oils from Norway-~-the second-largest .
exporting nation--fell 18 percent from last year because MORE FISHERY OFFICERS
dverse weath duced th int d i i
paucnee. weather reduce e winter and spring herring FOR LATIN AMERICA:

The Food and Agriculture Organiza-

Dutch exports were less than one-third those of the pre- tion is expanding its regular program

vious year; but imports also declined, indicating greater

use of domestically-produced oils. staff of fishery officers in Latin Amer-
Angola’s record-breaking exports in 1957 were more ica so as to provide more direct and de-
than double its 1956 shipments. West Germany is Angola's tailed assistance to the governments of
principal market. ‘ the R A inf O 6 hie
e Region in formulating fishery policies
The Union of South Africa’s fish oil exports were more and in realizing their plans for fishery
than twice those of 1956, but below those of 1955. Since
development.
Fish Oils (including Fish-Liver Oils): Exports from
Specified Countries and Estimated World Total Averages . . .
1935-39 and 1950-54, Annual 1955-57 FAO has fishery officers stationed,
respectively, at the FAO Regional Offices
onenee ANSEaee in Mexico City and in Santiago. A third

and 1/

Country 1957— | 1956 | 1955 | 1950-54] 1935-39 officer will be stationed at the FAO Re-

Baie. We ilooolsnontirons see gional Office in Rio deJaneiro in the near
future. In addition, there are nine techni-

0 cal assistance officers in Latin America at

2 the present time, according to a personal
communication from the Chief of the Pro-
gram Coordination Service, Fisheries Di-
vision, Food and Agriculture Organization,

North America:
Canadaeene..- 3.
7

11.6 12.
United States. . 1

42.2

53.8

ior 9.8 9.7) 14.2 6.3 2/29
Germany, West. | 14.3 9.3) 16.5 3.0 ='4.4 dated August 12. 1958.
Iceland....,. | 20.9 | 21.3] 16.3 19.6 24.5 2
Netherlands3/ 2.9 | 9.1) 5.4 14.5 0.2
Norway...... 35.3 | 42.2) 20.9 33.0 38.0 mk ek ook ok
Portugalenmeer. At OMe AGT) | eb e5, 3.8 4/
United Kingdom. 3.4 3.8 4.4 4.0 6.0

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC
HALIBUT COMMISSION

AREA 3A CLOSED AUGUST 31:

The closure of fishing in Pacific halibut Area 3A took
place on August 31 (6 a.m. P.S.T.). The International
Pacific Halibut Commission made the announcement on
August 12 since it estimated that by August 31 the catch

SS id limit of 30 million pounds for Area 3A would be reached.
World Total5/ The early closing of Area 3A caught most vessels by
surprise, but landings and weather conditions were good,
4/Preliminary. 4/Not available. and the rate of fishing was considerably better than last

Sig nonae ee ater e/Taclices estimates for minor exporting | year. In 1957 fishing in Area 3A ceased on September 22.
. countries.

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International (Contd.):

The Commission at the same time it announced the
closure of Area 3A also announced that halibut fishing in
Areas 3B and 1A were to continue until 6:00 a.m. (P.S.T.)
October 16, 1957. Also, the second season in Areas 2
and 1B commenced at 6 a.m. (P.S.T.) August 31, for a
period of 7 days without a catch limit, except that in
Area 2 the Cape Scott and Goose Islands grounds in
Queen Charlotte Sound at the north end of Vancouver Is-
land shall be closed to halibut fishing during the second
season. After the termination of the fishing seasons in-
dicated, all halibut areas will be closed to regular fish-
ing until the opening of the fishing season in 1959.

The official opening date for all halibut fishing in the
Pacific regulatory area this year was May 4 at 6:00 a.m.
(P.S.T.), except that fishing in Area 3B commenced on
April 1, 1958.

This year Area 3A was open to fishing for 119 days--25
days less than the 144 days in 1957 (the longest season
for this area since 1945 when the area was open to fish-
ing for 147 days). Prior to 1955 the trend had been
towards a shorter season, but since that year fishing
has been spread over a greater number of days due to
a combination of several factors: (1) a decline in the
number of vessels fishing for halibut; (2) labor-manage-
ment disputes; and (3) voluntary tie-ups by fishermen.
As compared to 119 days for Area 3A this year, Areas
3A and 3B were open for halibut fishing for 104 days in
1956, 81 days in 1955, 58 days in 1954, 52 days (shortest
on record) in 1953, 60 days in 1952, 56 days in 1951, 66
days in 1950, 73 days in 1949, and 72 days in 1948.

Area 1A includes the waters south of Heceta Head,
Oregon; Area 3A, the waters off the coast of Alaska be-
tween Cape Spencer and the Shumagin Islands; and Area
3B, the waters west of Shumagin Islands and in the Bering
Sea.

Areas 2 and 1B were closed to fishing on July 2 this
year when the quota of 26.5 million pounds for Area 2 was
attained.

Under authority of the Convention between Canada and the
United States of America for the Preservation of the Halibut
Fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea,
this year’s regulations became effective March 29, 1958.

KOK OK OK

TERRITORIAL WATERS

RESOLUTION OF WESTERN EUROPEAN FISH-
ERY CONFERENCE CONDEMNS ICELANDIC UNI-
LATERAL EXTENSION OF FISHING LIMITS:

The full text of the resolution unanimously adopted at
The Hague on July 14, when representatives of seven
European Nations met to discuss Iceland’s extension of
its fishing limits to 12 nautical miles, has now been
published. The representatives of the fishing associa-
tions of all seven nations declare that they will continue
to fish as before, and agree to urge their Governments
to protect their fishing activities off the Icelandic coast
after September 1, 1958.

The Resolution, submitted by the West German dele-
gation, was handed to the governments of those Asso-
ciations represented at the conference, and as the Asso-
ciations of Norway and Sweden did not attend, it was dis-
patched to them for transmission to their Governments.

The full text of the Resolution follows:

‘“‘The Western European Fishery Conference, as-
sembled at The Hague, on 14th July 1958, at which were
present representatives of Belgium, Denmark, France,
West Germany, The Netherlands, Spain, and the United
Kingdom, note with the greatest displeasure that the
Icelandic Government extended its fishing limit unilater-
ally to 12 nautical miles by decree on June 30th 1948.

Vol. 20, No. 10

‘The Icelandic Government decree is a clear offence
against International Law. The West European Fishery
Associations concerned therefore protest most strongly
against this unilateral action by Iceland and request their
Governments to take the necessary measures to ensure
that fishing vessels may as hitherto, fish up to the limits
previously agreed off the Icelandic coast. The represen-
tatives of the West European Fishery Associations re-
solved unanimously that:

“‘1, Because several other countries have much older
historic rights in these waters than the Icelanders, Ice-
land’s claim to a 12 nautical miles fishing limit is with-
out foundation. These other countries have fished there
since the 15th century. Modern trawler fishing in the
waters concerned was founded not by Iceland, but by
other countries, at the end of the last century.

“Tt was only just before the First World War that
Iceland began fishing with steam trawlers in the waters
now claimed by her. Before the turn of the century only
coastal fishing, near the coast, was carried on by Ice-
land, and that with small vessels. Therefore the coun-
tries who have fished off Iceland cannot give up their
legal rights to fish these grounds, as by so doing they
would be unable to maintain the supply of fish for the
population of Europe.

“2. There can be no question of over-fishing the waters
outside the recognized limits. If there were, Iceland
would have to forbid trawler fishing to its own vessels as
completely as it is forbidden at the moment within the
four nautical miles limit to all nations, including Iceland.
Nevertheless the West European Fishery Associations
are ready to accept amicable agreements with Iceland
on conservation measures in the waters off the Icelandic
coast.

‘*3. In conclusion the representatives of the fishing as-
sociations of the nations here assembled, declare that
they will continue to fish as before and agree to urge their
Governments to protect their fishing activities off the coast
of Iceland. In connection with this, they suggest that such
efforts of the Governments concerned might be coordinated,

‘4. Meanwhile, the West European Fishery Associations
are of the opinion that they should meet again before Sep-
tember 1 to discuss additional ways and means to protect
their industries against the effect of the unilateral action
by Iceland, if previously a satisfactory solution has not
been found,’’ (The Fishing News, July 25, 1958.)

KK OK OK XK

UNITED STATES-CUBA CONVENTION
FOR CONSERVATION OF GULF OF
MEXICO SHRIMP RESOURCES SIGNED

The Convention between the United
States and Cuba for the conservation of
the shrimp resources of the Eastern Gulf
of Mexico was signed at Havana, Cuba,
on August 15, 1958. The Convention con-
templates international cooperation be-
tween Cuba and the United States aimed
at developing and maintaining the maxi-
mum sustainable yield from these shrimp
resources, and fills geographic need for
preserving species valuable commer-
cially to both countries.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, February 1958,
p. 49.

7K OK OK OK OK

October 1958

International (Contd.):
WHALING

AGREEMENT REACHED ON NUMBER
OF CATCHER BOATS FOR
1958/59 ANTARCTIC SEASON:

An agreement has been reached be-
tween Norway, Great Britain, the Neth
erlands, andJapan whaling companies to
restrict the number of catcher boats to
215 during the 1958/59 Antarctic whal-
ing season. This total is one more than
the number of catcher vessels used dur-
ing the 1957/58 season. The nine Nor-
wegian expeditions are allotted 95 catch-
er vessels, the three British expeditions
37, the one Netherlands expedition 14,
and the six Japanese expeditions 69(an
increase of one over the number used
in 1957/58), the United States Embassy
in Oslo reports in an August 22, 1958,
dispatch.

kk Kk

TENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF
INTERNATIONAL WHALING COMMISSION:

The Tenth Meeting of the International Whaling
Commission was convened at The Hague, Nether-
lands, June 23, 1958, pursuant to the provisions of
the International Convention for the Regulation of
Whaling signed at Washington, December 2, 1946.

At this meeting, the Commission (1) approved
the expenditures for 1957/58 and the budget for
1958/59; (2) considered recommendations made by
its Standing Committees; (3) adopted amendments
to the Schedule annexed to the 1946 International
Convention for the Regulation of Whaling; and de-
termined that its eleventh meeting should be con-
vened at London, England, June 22, 1959.

Conclusions: A number of the more important
decisions during the Commission's Tenth Meeting
were:

The 1958/59 Antarctic limit should be 14,500
blue-whale units, the Netherlands Government dis-
senting. Should this dissent be followed at the ap-
propriate time by a formal objection by the Neth-
erlands Government to this Amendment, the Ant-
arctic limitation will automatically revert to
15,000 blue-whale units.

Extend for further period of five years (ending
November 8, 1964) the protection to humpbacks in
the North Atlantic Ocean by amending Paragraph
6 (1) of the Schedule.

Extend for a further period of five years (end-
ing November 8, 1964) the protection to humpbacks
in Antarctic Area II by amending Paragraph 6 (2)
of the Schedule. At the same time, the area of
protection was reduced by ten degrees of longitude
and will now extend from 0° to 60° West Longitude,
rather than to 70° West Longitude as before.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

; until November 8, 1960.

45

Rejected a proposal by Norway to extend the
open season for humpbacks in the Antarctic from
4 to 8 days (subsequently reduced to 6 days when
the vote was taken) by amending Paragraph 6 (3)
of the Schedule. Subsequently, the Commission
also accepted the withdrawal of the alternative
Norwegian proposal for establishment of a quota
of 1,250 humpbacks as a limitation on the Antarc-
tic catch.

The proposal by Japan and Norway to commence
Antarctic whaling prior to January 7 (the beginning
date now in force under Paragraph 7 (a) of the
Schedule) was withdrawn in view of inability to ob-
tain outside the Commission a limitation on the
number of catcher boats operating with a factory-
ship.

Rejected the proposal for an extension of per-
mitted whaling in the former Sanctuary (Area I)
This alteration of Para-
graph 5 of the Schedule may be reconsidered at the
Eleventh Meeting of the Commission since the pro-
hibition now in force does not expire until Novem-
ber 8, 1959.

Postponed decision on the extension for a fur-
ther period of five years (until February 24, 1965)
of protection to blue whales in the North Atlantic
Ocean in view ofthe reluctance of Iceland to abstain
from taking this species during the past period
when this prohibition has been accepted by Norway
and other Contracting Governments.

Inasmuch as instruments of ratification for the
Protocol containing a provision for ''Methods of
Inspection" have not as yet been deposited by Bra-
zil, Mexico, and Panama, the Protocol was not in
force during the Tenth Meeting of the Commission.
Consequently, the Agenda items relating to (a) the
appointment by the Commission of impartial ob-
servers on all whale factoryships, (b) the use of
helicopters in whaling, and (c) the inspection of
refrigerated ships were eliminated from further
consideration during the Tenth Meeting.

Adopted recommendations intended to increase
the recovery of whale marks and to insure adequate
publicity regarding the purpose and importance of
the whale-marking program.

Recommendations of the United States Delega-
tion. UNITEDSTATES' PARTICIPATION IN F fe
TURE CONFERENCES: The United States Govern-
ment convened the conference that negotiated the Inter-
national Convention for the Regulation of Whaling sign-
ed December 3, 1946, which provides for the establish-
ment of a permanent international organization,

the International Whaling Commission. The United
States has repeatedly demonstrated continued sup-
port and active interest in promoting sound conser-
vation policies in relation to the natural resources,
not only for our own country, but the entire world

as well. Whales, which formerly were found in all
oceans, are a world resource. This has become
depleted and is now in a precarious condition, and
that fact is recognized by the Contracting Govern-
ments. The Delegation recommends that the United
States give continuing support to international regu-
lation of the whaling industry. United States support
for and continued participation in the work of the In-
ternational Whaling Commission is regarded as one
of the essential factors for the successful operation
of the Commission and the conservation of the re-
maining whale stocks.

46

International (Contd.):

IMPLEMENTATION OF AGREEMENTS REACH-
ED: The three amendments to the Schedule of the
1946 Convention for the Regulation of Whaling adopted
by the Commission at its Tenth Meeting were in ac-
cord with the position of the United States. These
amendments, if accepted by the Contracting Govern-
ments, will (a) establish a 14,500 blue-whale unit
limitation for the 1959 Antarctic pelagic season, (b)
extend the protection of humpbacks in the North At-
lantic Ocean until November 8, 1964, and (c) extend
the protection of humpbacks in Antarctic Sector II
(0° to 60° West Longitude) until November 8, 1964.
Immediate effect should be given to these regulatory
amendments.

Objective Appraisal of the Tenth Meetin
of the Ciomninit ssion from the Point of View of
the United States: The position of the United |
States on the various items of the agenda, as inpre-
vious years, was determined from the point of view
both of the conservationally desirable and the prac-
tically possible.

The various limitations which have been imposed
through the medium of the International Whaling Con-
vention have provided a needed restraint on the ex-
ploitation of Antarctic whale stocks. Nevertheless,
the number of Antarctic expeditions has increased
from 15 factoryships and 147 catcher boats in 1947
to 20 factoryships and 237 catcher boats in 1958.
Furthermore, improvements in technology have
been introduced which have increased the efficien-
cy of both catcher boats and factoryships. There
have been continuing efforts on the part of the whal-
ing industry to obtain by private agreement a limi-
tation on the number of catcher boats attached to
each factoryship. During the 1957 Antarctic pe-
lagic season all of the participating countries, with
the exception of the U.S.S.R., agreed to a voluntary
reduction of the number of operated catcher boats,
and in 1958 a similar agreement was in effect
which included all the countries concerned except
for the U.S.S.R. and the Netherlands. Most seg-
ments of the whaling industry are anxious to arrive
at a further private agreement for limitation of the
number of catcher boats.

The view expressed in some circles of the whal-
ing industry is that a more economical operation
of the pelagic expeditions would result from such
methods of limitation. In this connection, certain
whaling interests have put forward the suggestion
that a private agreement be negotiated which would
have the effect of setting quotas for each country
engaged in pelagic whaling. Such an agreement, in
the eyes of the proponents, would, through setting
the maximum catch in advance, have the desirable
effect of making possible a limitation on the num-
ber of expeditions despatched by each country and
thus bringing about a more economical operation.
Under such a system, according to its proponents,
it might be possible to accept a considerably re-
duced over-all catch limit.

As was pointed out in the report of the United
States Commissioner to the Ninth Annual Meeting,
reconciling commercial necessity with biological
considerations and international conservation ef-
forts to maintain whale stocks is becoming increas-
ingly difficult in view of the mounting economic
pressures. A workable balance between these con-
flicting interests must be maintained if the prima-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

ry objectives of the 1946 Convention are to be a-
chieved. Nevertheless, the decisions taken by the
Commission in the Plenary Sessions reflected to

a marked degree approval of the conservational
recommendations made by the Scientific Committee.

Background: The International Whaling Commis-
sion was established in accordance with the Interna-
tional Convention for the Regulation of Whaling which
was signed at Washington, December 2, 1946, and
which entered into force November 10,1948. Itisthe
responsibility of the Commission, as conditions
warrant, to amend the provisions of the Schedule
annexed to the 1946 Convention, which are, in ef-
fect the regulations governing the conduct of whal-
ing by the Contracting Governments. These regu-
lations relate to the conservation and utilization of
whale resources and include fixing (a) protected
and unprotected species; (b) open and clesed sea-
sons; (c) open and closed waters, including the des-
ignation of sanctuary areas; (d) size limits for
each species; (e) time, methods, and intensity of
whaling (including the maximum catch of whales to
be taken in any one season); (f) types and specifica-
tion of gear and apparatus and appliances which
may be used; (g) methods of measurement; and (h)
catch returns and other statistical and biological
records.

The Commission is also charged with the re-
sponsibility for taking action, either independently
or in collaboration with other governments and
public or private agencies to: (a) encourage, rec-
ommend, or if necessary organize studies and in-
vestigations relating to whales and whaling; (b) col-
lect and analyze statistical information concerning
the current condition and trend of whale stocks and
the effects of whaling activities thereon; (c) study,
appraise, and disseminate information concerning
methods of maintaining and increasing populations
of whale stocks.

Included in the agenda for the meeting were:

(1) Report as to ratification of the Protocol for
the Amendment of the International Whaling Con-
vention 1946.

(2) Blue whales in the North Atlantic--report as
to Iceland; whaling in the North Pacific--question
as to further research.

(3) Review of the 1957/58 season's catch.

(4) The question of advancing the opening of the
baleen whale season in the water south of 40° south
latitude, raised by Japan and Norway.

(5) Opening of the Sanctuary.
(6) Discussion of the blue whale unit limit.
(7) Possible amendments to the Schedule.

The countries represented by Commissioners
were the United States of America, Australia,
Canada, Denmark, France, Iceland, Japan, Nether-
lands, New Zealand, Norway, Union of South Africa,
Sweden, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, and
the United Kingdom. Brazil, Mexico, and Panama
were not represented by Commissioners.

Portugal and Italy were represented by observers,
as were the Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations (FAO), the International Council

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

International (Contd.):

for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES), and the Inter-
national Association of Whaling Companies,

The United States Commissioner, Dr. A, Reming-
ton Kellogg, Director of the United States National
Museum, Washington, D. C., was assisted by Stuart
Blow, Foreign Service Officer, Office of the Special
Assistant for Fisheries and Wildlife, Department of
State, and Lieutenant Harry J. Gardener, Assistant
to Senior Coast Guard Officer, Europe, U. S. Coast
Guard, London, England.

Ratification of the Protocol for the Amendment
of the International Whaling Convention 1946: The
United States as the Depository Government notified
the Commission at its Ninth Meeting (1957) that in-
struments of ratification for the Protocol to the In-
ternational Convention for the Regulation of Whaling,
1946, containing a provision for ''Methods of Inspec-
tion,'' which was signed by the representatives of the
Contracting Governments at Washington on Novem-
ber 19, 1956, were deposited by the ambassadors of
Iceland on November 23, 1956, Australia on April8,
1957, Norway on April 15, 1957, Union of South Af-
rica on April 25, 1957, United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland on May 23, 1957, Japan
on May 24, 1957, Sweden on June 6, 1957, Canada
on June 14, 1957, and New Zealand on June 21,
1957. Inasmuch as all Contracting Governments
had not deposited instruments of ratification by
June 28, 1957, this Protocol was not in force dur-
ing the Ninth Meeting of the Commission.

Instruments of ratification for this Protocol
have been deposited since July 1, 1957, as follows:
U.S.S.R on July 3, 1957, Denmark on July 26,
1957, United States on August 30, 1557, The Neth-
erlands on December 23, 1957, and France on
April 14, 1958.

Instruments of ratification for this Protocol
have not as yet been deposited by Brazil, Mexico,
and Panama. Consequently, this Protocol was
not in force during the Tenth Meeting of the Com-
mission.

A motion by the Australian Commissioner, to
request all commissioners to bring to the attention
of their respective governments the desirability of
instructing their missions in Brazil, Mexico, and
Panama to stress the importance of prompt ratifi-
cation of the Protocol, was made. It was seconded
by the Canadian Commissioner and passed 12 in
favor and 2 abstentions.

--Abstracted from the "Report of the United States
Commissioner to the Tenth Annual Meeting of
the International Whaling Commission. . ."

Ne

FISHING INDUSTRY, 1957:

The production of canned fishery
products and fish meal and fish oil in
Angola increased during 1957 as com-

Angola

pared with the previous year. There
was a decrease, however, in the produc-
tion of dried fish (table 1).

Table 1 - Angolan Production of

Processed Fishery Products
and Byproducts, 1956-57

G@annedstilshwe-rese seme
Driedsiishteewea cma.
RE Shere ail ecm wren reyes
IB} Shao TGA ea weenie state

Angolan exports of dried fish for 1957
totaled 15,403tons, valued at US$2.7 mil-

Table 2 - Angolan Dried Fish and Fish
Meal Exports, 1957, by Destination

Product and :
Country of Destination Quantity) Value

Tons 1,000
Dried Fish:
S. Tome and Principe 1,550 257
Mozambique ...... 4,017 622
Federation Rhodesia &

INViasSaland seme menen 955 170
Belgian Congo ..... 6,963 PATH)
French Equatorial

iA firlic aa any eete Bie FEE 20.0 259)

lion. Fish meal exports amounted to
94,149 tons, valued at US$11.5 million.

golan Imports of
, 1957

_ 1,473

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Angola (Contd.):
Angolan imports of dried cod during

1957 amounted to 1,473 tons witha value
of US$886,000.

Table 3 - Angolan Imports of
Dried Cod, 1957

Country of Origin
US$

Note: Values converted at the rate of one conto (1,000
escudos) equals about US$35.

2k ok Ok ok ok

PLANS FOR REORGANIZATION
OF FISHING INDUSTRY:

The need for reorganization of the
fishing industry in Angola has long been
recognized, a dispatch (July 31, 1958)
from the United States Consulate at
Luanda points out. This has been em-
phasized in the last two years when the
value of exports of Angolan fish meal
was found to be below the prevailing
market price.

The fishing industry has been the
subject of detailed study, and results
show a great need for reorganization
and refinancing. Equipment was found
to be in need of replacement.

Action is being initiatedin Mocamedes|
where concerns incorporated in theMo-
camedes Fish Guild have agreed to con-
ditions which were imposed by the Over-
seas Ministry in Lisbon. The Ministry
has agreed to a loan of 90,000 contos
(US$3,147,000) of which 15,000 contos
(US$524,000) will be spent on an instal-
lation for the freezing and filleting of
fish, as well as for the purchase of ves-
sels and 12,000 contos (US$419,500) on
the enlargement, modernization, and de-
velopment of the canning industry. A
total of 63,000 contos (US$2,203,000) has
been earmarked for new units for the
processing of fish meal and fish oil.

The original agreement called for re-
payment in ten years at 5 percent inter-
est per annum, although an attempt is

Vol, 20, No. 10

being made to extend the repayment pe-
riod and reduce the interest rate.

&

Argentine Republic

FISHING SEASONS FOR
IMPORTANT SPECIES:

The fishing season for anchovies and
sardines began on September 1, 1958,
and will last until the middle of October.
The pack of these species is expected to
amount to 50,000 cases (about 88 pounds
per case net weight), according to a let-
ter received from Mar del Plata. Also
in that port, the season for Spanish mack-
erel will begin in November.

In the Patagonian port of Rawson, the
shrimp fishery will commence in Novem-
ber and last for 2 or 3 months.

Bahama Islands

FISHERIES TRENDS:

Despite some of the greatest fishing
waters available, productionof fish al-
most remained static. Spiny lobster was
the only commodity in any bulk, £.194,089
(US$543,449) of which was exported in
1957 to Florida. There are very few
companies, all very small, which buy
fish for local consumption or for export
other than spiny lobsters. An indication:
is the very low figure of £411 ($1,150)in
1957 gained by the export of scale fish.

Marine products of any quantity ex-
ported in 1957 include sponges £33,334
($93,335), marine curios £4,482 ($12550),
conch shells £4,443 ($12,440), andturtle
shells £5,036 ($14,100). (United States
consulate at Nassau, report dated May 28.)

Note: Values converted at the rate of L1 equals US$2.80.

cg.

REACTION TO ICELAND'S DECI-
SION TO EXTEND FISHING LIMITS:

Following Iceland’s decision to extend its territorial
waters fishing limits to 12 miles as of September 1, 1958,
a report of an interview with representatives of Belgian
fishing interests concerning their reactions to the Icelandic
decision appearedin a June 6 issue of a Brussels daily news-
Paper.

Belgium

October 1958

Belgium (Contd.):

The Belgian fishing fleet consists of 465 vessels of various
types and provides employment for 1,800-2,000 fishermen.
Together with allied industries such as shipbuilding, fish-
ing equipment, transportation, etc., the industry furnishes
directly or indirectly a livelihood for thousands of individu-
als. The director of one of the most important Belgian
fishing firms stated that the total annual volume of
business of the fishing and related industries amounts to
Spe eras 2 to 2.5 billion Belgian francs (US$40-50 mil-
lion).

In view of the magnitude of the volume of business in-
volved, the press report describes the Icelandic action as
‘‘provoking a feeling of veritable consternation’’ and having
“‘a serious economic repercussion in the country.’’

The industry director believes that the Icelandic measure
would be a serious blow to the Belgian fishing industry.
Inter Alia, it would force Belgian fishing boats into other
North Sea areas, many of which are already fished out, or
it would force the vessels to extend their areas of operation
to such places as the Bear Islands, Spitzbergen, the White
Sea, or the Greenland coast. If the latter becomes necessary
only the very few Belgian fishing vessels constructed to
operate at long distances could fish there, and their catch
would not be nearly sufficient to sustain the fishing and re-
lated industries,

Some Belgian fishing vessels have drawn the fire of Ice-
landic coast guard vessels, and have returned to port with
bullet-marked superstructures, As a result of the situation,
Belgian owners have now strictly prohibited their captains
from penetrating Icelandic waters except at their own risk.
Thus, if Icelandic court action is henceforth brought against
a Belgian fishing vessel, the owners will refuse to pay fines
and costs.

British Guiana

EXPLORATORY SHRIMP FISHING OFF
BRITISH GUIANA AND SURINAM:

The Adventurer, a 67-ton trawler,
was chartered in July 1958 by a firm in
Georgetown, British Guiana, for a sur-
vey of shrimp possibilities offshore
near the British Guiana coast. The ex-
ploratory shrimp fishing was done in
cooperation with a sistership from the
Orinoco River mouth to the Amazon.
Reports indicated that the best results
were achieved off the Surinam coast
outside territorial waters, states an
August 8 dispatch from the United States
consulate at Paramaribo.

Colombia

BASIC FISHING REGULATIONS
IMPLEMENTED:

e Colombian Government, by De-
cree No. 1409, July 31, 1958, authorized
the implementation of certain articles of
the basic fishing Decree 0376, Decem-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

ber 13, 1957, the United States Embassy
reports in a dispatch from Colombia,
dated August 6, 1958.

The December 13, 1957, decree was
primarily a broad general outline of Co-
lombian fishing regulations. The July 31,
1958, decree is more specific in purpose
and discusses in detail the general pro-
visions of the former. A summary of the
decree follows:

Article 1: Fishing ships flying a for-
eign flag will only be permitted to fish
in Colombian waters for certain fish, if
they are under contract to Colombian
canneries, which will sell part of their
production to internal markets. The
Colombian firms have one year in which
to invest in a plant and must provide a
financial guarantee of 100,000 pesos
(US$13,200).

Article 2: Companies with ships fly-
ing foreign flags must nationalize their
fleets at the minimum rate of 25 percent
a year.

Article 3: The Ministry of Agricul-
ture has the authority to certify fish for
export insofar as health and quality stand-
ards are concerned.

Article 4: Port officials have the au-
thority to approve exports of fish in ac-
cordance with export regulations.

Article 5: The Banco de la Republica
will fix the reintegro rate for exporters
of fish.

Article 6: Inspectors from the Min-
istry of Agriculture have the right to
board fishing ships at any time.

Article 7: Only ships flying the Co-
lombian flag and domiciled in Colombia
can fish for shrimp and certain other
shellfish in Colombian waters.

Article 8: In order to obtain a license
to fish for shrimp, the following condi-
tions must be met: (1) each licensee
must sign a 15-year contract with the
Ministry of Agriculture, and (2) provide
a bond of 150,000 pesos (US$19,800) plus
10,000 pesos (US$1,320) for each ship,
to guarantee the nationalization of the
ships within 6 months, and to guarantee

50 ' COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Colombia (Contd.):

the construction of installations for
processing fish.

Article 9: Other edible fish caught
while fishing for shrimp must not be
thrown overboard but must be sold in
Colombian markets.

Article 10: For the first five years
of the 15-year shrimp contract, the fish-
ing company is exempt from export
taxes.

Article 11: Only 100 percent Colom-
bian companies may fish for spiny lob-
sters, and the catch must be sold in Co-
lombian markets and not exported.

Article 12: No authorization will be
made for the processing of shellfish
aboard ship. However, during the first
two years, authorization may be granted
for processing aboard ship in the case
of tuna.

Article 13: Canning and packing
ships must be anchored in port.

Article 14: The canning and packing
of fish products aboard ships are sub-
ject to Colombian import regulations.

Article 15: Monies received through
fines will be used in the public interest
by the Fish Section of the Department of
Natural Resources.

Article 16. The tax exemptions for
fishing companies granted in Article 10
of the basic decree will also be extend-
ed to members of the firms.

Article 17; Starting from July 1, 1959, |

no licenses for shrimp boats will be
granted unless the boats are Colombian-
built and as far as possible constructed
of Colombian materials. Boats nation-
alized prior to the above date are ex-
empt from this regulation.

Article 18: Fines ranging from 1,000
pesos (US$132) to 100,000 pesos
(US$13,200) will be imposed for viola-
tions of this decree.

Note: Pesos converted at rate of 7.59 pesos equal US$1.

Vol. 20, No. 10

Cuba

CLOSED SEASONS ON LANE SNAPPER,
MUTTONFISH, AND SPONGES
TERMINATED:

The closed season on lane snapper
(''biajaba''), originally imposed on May 5,
1958, was terminated by the Cuban Na-
tional Fisheries Institute effective Au-
gust 8, 1958, according to a resolution
published in the Official Gazette, No. 152,
dated August 7, 1958.

Termination of the closed seasons on
muttonfish ("pargo criollo'') and sponges,
effective July 18, 1958, was announced in
Circular No. 153 issued by the Director
General of Customs on July 23, 1958.

(U. S. Embassy in Havana, dispatch, Au-
gust 15, 1958.)

Denmark

FISHERMEN PROTEST 12-MILE
FISHING LIMITS:

At its annual meeting Denmark's
largest fishermen's association, Dansk
Fiskeriforening (with a membership of
10,000) adopted a sharply-worded reso-
lution against expansion of the maritime
fishery limit. The resolution condemn-
ed both Iceland's decision to implement
such an expansion on September 1, and
the parallel action of the local Faroese
Government with respect to their own
waters. The resolution requested the
Danish Government to abandon its efforts
to support the Faroese expansion, unless
it could guarantee against detrimental
repercussions upon the sale of Danish
fish and fishery products which the as-
sociation fears will be the result of such
an expansion.

Alleging passivity on the part of the
Danish fishermen at the time the fishery
limits were discussed at the Geneva
Conference, the Minister of Fisheries
who has vaguely defended the Govern-
ment's attitude toward the Faroe Islands,
elicted the opinion of the other important
fishermen's association, Vestjysk Fisk-
eriforening (membership 4,000, almost
all engaged in North Sea fishing) on a
possible expansion of Danish fishing

October 1958

Denmark (Contd.):

limits to 12 miles. Referring to ‘the
many problems involved," the associa-
tion advised against such a move.

It is believed that what the fisher-
men's associations fear is not so much
the effects on their sales and landings
of fish in other countries, as the possi-
bility that West Germany will follow the
Icelandic procedure. Danish fishermen
draw a large part of their catch within
12 miles of the West German shores.

ROK OK OK OK

LOANS FOR FAROESE
FISHING FLEET:

The Danish Folketing has sanctioned
loans ofuptoKr.7 million (about US$1.0
million) spread over the next three years
towards the renewalof the Faroese fish-
ing fleet. About Kr. 36 million (US$5.2
million) is to be raised to buy 8 large

line vessels equipped with freezing plants, |

8 cutters of 80 tons gross, and 3 trawl-
ers, the latter already ordered from
Portugal, according to an economic re-
port on Denmark.

Local councils in the Faroese have
asked the Faroese Lagting to finance the
building of small cold storages in which
to store frozen fillets awaiting shipment
to the United States. (The Fishing News,
July 11, 1958.) oe

Va

TUNA CANNING AND
TUNA FISHING CONTROVERSY:

e French tuna canning industry and
the tuna fishing industry are in the midst
of a controversy, Since stocks of can-
ned tuna have been mounting too quickly,
the tuna fishing industry has beenurging
that controls be imposed to prevent de-
valuation in the market. The canning
industry, however, is against this and
favors price reductions, thereby in-
creasing consumption. France's annual
consumption has been approximately
20,000 metric tons, but the 1958 landings
are expected to yield 25,000 to 30,000
tons.

France

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

A committee will examine the situa-
tion and make final recommendations.

(World Fishing, August 1958.)

Se a
Honduras

NEW FISHING REGULATIONS ISSUED:

New temporary fishing regulations
aimed at protecting the marine fishing
resources of Honduras, especially in
the Atlantic Ocean, have been put into
effect by the Minister of Natural Re-
sources of Honduras, under the powers
granted by Article 10, Decree Law No. 8,
dated December 24, 1954. These tem-
porary regulations are to be in effect
until the National Congress enacts a
"Law of Sea Fishing,” which will be sub-
mitted for consideration during the next
session of the Legislature.

According to the new regulations,
fishing activities in the waters of Hon-
duras are prohibited unless previous
permission for such fishing has been
granted by the Ministry of Natural Re-
sources and the following conditions are

| observed:

1. Of the value of exports, 5 percent
must be paid to the nearest customs of-
fice.

2. An annual fee of £500 (US$250)

| must be paid to the Directorate of Social

Welfare.

3. Of the fishing crews employed, 90

| percent must be Hondurans.

4. Fishing vessels must be register-

| ed with the Ministry of Finance.

5. Fishery products sold in Honduras
must be sold at a price lower than the
wholesale export price.

6. Accounting records must be kept
in Spanish and submitted to the Honduran
authorities for inspection, as required.

52

Iceland

DECISION TO EXTEND
FISHING LIMITS REAFFIRMED:

At the meeting of a 3-day Scandina-
vian Fishery Congress, which opened on
August 13, 1958, Iceland's representa-
tive reaffirmed his Government's de-
cision to extend the fishing limits de-
spite pleas from other Scandinavian
countries for negotiation. The Icelandic
representative stated that his country
took the initiative for international ne-
gotiations ten years ago. He further
stated that Icelandhad waited long enough
and that it must now protect its own vi-
tal interests.

A representative from the Faroe Is-
lands indicated that it might ultimately
be necessary to take the matter to the
World Court at The Hague. He pointed
out that the Faroe Islands were entirely
dependent on fishing for a livelihood.

OOK OK OK *

FISHERIES TRENDS, 1957:

With the addition of three new facto-
ries, Iceland now has a total of 84 freez
ing plants, with a capacity to handle a
much greater output than presently pro-
duced.

Technical improvements include the
installation of 50 filleting machines and
widespread adoption of nylon nets and
lines.

The motorboat fleet has been aug-
mented; three new trawlers have ar-
rived in the last year to replace those
previously foundered, but financing is
being sought for the acquisition of ad-
ditional trawlers.

The 1957 fish catch was 1.7 percent
less in quantity and 5.7 percent less in
value than that of the previous year.

The quantity of frozen fish produced
rose, and that of salted and stockfish
declined as compared to 1956. The 1958
main winter groundfish season was con-
siderably better, however, and landings
for the first four months of 1958 were 26
percent above those for the same period
of 1957. Prospects for the summer her-
ring season were reported good.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

The Export Fund Law of May 31, 1958,
simplifies the previously complex system
of export supports to offset the handicap
of the officially overvalued krona, and
makes the Icelandic Export industries
liable for payment of an exchange sur-
charge on fuel and operational goods.
Recent trade agreements and export con-
tracts are likely to release somewhat
more fish from clearing countries for
sale in free currency markets.

Ok kk OK

FISH FREEZING AND PROCESS-

ING CAPACITY INCREASED:

Iceland has steadily increased its capacity for processing
fish, particularly frozen fillets, which have provided the
greatest foreign exchange profit. An expansion of freezing
capacity and a shift towards freezing, away from other
methods of utilization, occurred after the British fishing
industry imposed a ban in 1952 on the landing of fresh fish
from Iceland, Although the ban was lifted in 1956, the
trend, already under way continued in 1957.

Three new freezing plants were added in 1957, making a
total of 84, with a combined peak capacity of 1,200 tons of
fillets per 16-hour day, according to an article in Aegir,
the organ of the Fisheries Association of Iceland. This
capacity would make it.theoretically possible for the Ice-
landic industry to process for freezing a total of 1.2 mil-
lion metric tons of gutted whole fish a year (assuming 300 days
of annual operation and on the basis of fillets being the
equivalent of 31 percent of the weight of the whole fish).
But the entire 1957 catch, including herring, amounted to
436,327 tons of gutted fish (actually herring, which amounted
to 117,495 tons of that total, is weighed round), of which
only 192,000 tons were delivered to the freezing plants.
The rest were utilized either fresh or processed in other
forms.

On this basis, it would appear that the freezing plants as
a whole were used at only 16 percent of their annual capac-
ity. Actually, there are extenuating circumstances. For
one thing, the largest part of the catch is highly seasonal,
being concentrated in the first four months, Furthermore,
the plants do not work a 16-hour day except during periods
of peak deliveries from trawlers--when in some communi-
ties it is necessary to close the schools in order to get
sufficient staff. The Icelandic labor force is quite inadequate
to permit freezing plants being operated at anywhere near
their maximum mechanical capacity. The plants normally
operate a 10-hour day during the season, At this rate, the
total daily freezing capacity for Iceland is about 800 tons
of fillets, but the productive capacity of the plants is far
below this mechanical capacity, since it is limited by
three factors:

(1) The labor shortage, combined with the opposition of
the unions, makes it impossible to operate on a shift basis.
Even the normal 10-hour day involves two hours of overtime,
Some 5,000-6,000 workers were engaged in the plants
during the groundfish season ending May 10, but it was nec-
essary also to hire some 100 Faroese women workers for
the plants.

(2) The type of packing for fillets is alsoaconsideration. The
parchment-wrapped 7-pound packages for the Russian con-
tract are easy and inexpensive, but far more is involved in
preparing the one- and five~pound packs with more elaborate.
packaging of more carefully trimmed fillets, for the United
States market specifications.

(3) There has beena prevailing shortage of raw material.
Fish catches have been rising gradually during the last few
years (except for 1957), but have by no means kept pace
with the increase in processing capacity. Many freezing
plants, particularly those not associated with trawlers, have
been generally short of supplies. This has given rise to a
demand by some Icelanders that the long-standing prohibi-
tion on the local sale of foreign trawler fish should be lifted.

October 1958

Iceland (Contd.):

Such a course would seem particularly logical in the case
of herring factories, where overcapacity is even more
marked than in the case of freezing plants and where ample
herring for processing is caught by Norwegian boats off the
Icelandic coast and shipped back to Norway in motherships.
The law prohibiting the landing of fish from foreign vessels
was enacted initially in the 1930’s for the protection of Ice-
landic seamen. Opposition to its repeal now, when the need
for such protection has largely disappeared, seems to be
based mostly onthe fear that such repeal would encourage
further exploitation of inshore fisheries by foreign vessels.

Technically, the most important development in the in-
dustry during the last year and a half has been the intro-
duction of 50 German automatic fish filleting machines,
financed by a 5-percent West German loan. The 1956 pur-
chase contract for these machines amounted to DM8 million
(US$1.9 million), and the machines are to be paid for in four
years. Plant managers testify that the machines, which re-
sult in a net saving of at least 15 workers, have proved in-
dispensable during peak periods, because of the increasing
difficulty of getting adequate staff. Another advantage is that,
in the case of the cod-filleting machine at least, they have
been able to cut more closely than the average manual fil-
leter, with the result that there is an average yield of 1 to 2
percent more from the whole fish. On the other hand, it is
believed that the machines purchased by freezing factories
in some isolated ports, which are not favorably situated for
raw material supply and which were established principally
to give employment in smaller towns, have not yet proved to
be economical.

Israel

EXPANSION OF FISHERIES PLANNED:
In an effort to increase local con-
sumption_of salt-water fish, some de-
tails on fish consumption habits and on
Israel's fishing industry in general were
presented at a recent fish exhibition in
Tel Aviv sponsored by the Ministry of
Agriculture. Current average per capita
fish consumption in Israel totals 24.2
pounds ayear. Total domestic con-
sumption amounts to 22,000 metric tons,
of which 10,000 tons are being imported
at a cost of US$2.3 million. The im-
ported items are mainly herring and
fish fillets, and consumption is likely
to increase, once housewives who are
still reluctant to buy frozen salt-water
fish will realize that frozen fish com-
pare favorably with live pond carp, the
type of fish mostly consumed in Israel.
A five-year plan of the Fisheries Divi-
sion to expand the country's fisheries
is expected to boost the catch to 18,000
metric tons in 1963, as compared with
12,500 in 1958, which would also in-
crease the number of workers employ-
ed in this branch of the economy from
the present 3,500 to 5,000 by that time.

Israel fishermen will also operate in
the Atlantic Ocean and the Red Sea, and

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

by the end of 1958 the Kishon fishing har-
bor should be ready to shelter the fish-
ing fleet which is at present based at
Haifa port. There are now 17 companies
with 29 trawlers engaged in deep-sea fish-
ing in Israel.

Among other plans for expanding the
country's fishing industry is the estab-
lishment of a freezing plant and a factory
for the production of fish meal in Hilat.
The latter enterprise is planned to be
erected by a Belgian investor who intends
to operate five fishing trawlers in the
Red Sea, with the catch either to be sent
to northern Israel for marketing, or to
be processed into fish meal, It is also
contemplated to process lobster and
squid in northern Israel and it is expect-
ed that these products will find a ready
market in Western Europe and*the United
States. Some attempts to develop the ex-
port of canned fish products have already
been made with trial shipments of carp
to the United States and Australia, while
the possibility of canning tuna from fro-
zen tuna imported from Japan is also be-
ing considered. (United States Embassy
dispatch from Tel Aviv, dated August 14,

1958.) Ls
lly,
whe:
v)
GZ

Japan

ANALYSIS OF FISHING INDUSTRY:

Fishing is one of the oldest and most
important industries in Japan. It pro-
vides a livelihood for some 3 million
fishermen and has an annual output of
close to US$694 million.

Japan, which is situated in one of the
world's three richest fishing areas, ac-
counts for about 17 percent of the world's
total fisheries production, It ranks first,
followed by the Soviet Union, the United
States, and Norway.

Despite the recent increase in their
consumption of meat, eggs, and milk,
the Japanese still depend on fish and
shellfish for as much as 70 percent of
their total animal protein intake.

A part of the fisheries production is
exported, earning about US$167 million
in foreign exchange annually.

54

Japan (Contd.):

Ocean Operations: Fishing, as con-
ducted in Japan, can be classified into
coastal, offshore, ocean, river, and lake
fishing. Largest in scale is, of course,
ocean fishing.

In ocean operations, the fishing ves-
sels are usually organized into fleets,
each with a mothership. These mother-
ships, often of 10,000 metric tons or
more, are sea-going plants which proc-
ess the catches and also supply food and
fuel to the fishing vessels.

Notable examples of ocean fishing
are whaling in the Arctic and Antarctic,
salmon and crab fishing in the North
Pacific, cod fishing, tuna fishing in the
South Pacific, and pearl oyster gather-
ing in the Arafura Sea off Australia.
Trawl fishing in the East China Sea and
tuna fishing in the Indian Ocean and in
the Atlantic are conducted by individual
vessels.

Rehabilitation and Modernization: By
the end of the Pacific war, the total
number of fishing boats in Japan had
been reduced to 279,000. Rehabilitation
progressed so rapidly, however, that the
total reached 480,000 in 1950, surpass-
ing the prewar record. After that, the
rate of increase declined, chiefly due to
the shift of emphasis to modernization.

In 1945, only 20 percent of Japan's
fishing vessels were motorized. In1957,
the figure was 39 percent. The total
tonnage of fishing boats in Japan was
1,570,000 tons at the end of 1957, with
motor-powered vessels accounting for
1,340,000 tons.

Substantial progress has been made
also in the modernization of equipment.
For instance, fish detectors have helped
eliminate much of the uncertainty infish-
ing operations, while declinometers,
radar, and loran have made it possible
for fishing vessel crews to navigate un-
der every weather condition.

Remarkable improvements have also
been made in fishing nets. The synthetic
fiber nets now being used have proved to
be both more durable and easier to han-
dle than the conventional cotton yarn nets.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

Such modern equipment, however, is
for the most part limited at present to
larger-sized ships. Coastal fishing, con-
ducted mainly by small vessels, has been
left behind in the pace of technical pro-
gress.

Fishery Output: The annual catch of
the Japanese fishing industry, which
ranged from 4,200,000 metric tons to
4,300,000 tons (excluding whales) in the
prewar period, had dropped to 2,050,000
tons in 1945 when the war ended. With
the peace, fishery output steadily recov-
ered, topping the prewar record in 1952.
In 1957 it totaled from 5,300,000 tons to
5,400,000 tons.

In 1956, coastal fishing accounted for
about 48.7 percent, offshore fishing 33.9
percent, and ocean fishing 17 percent of
the total fish catch of the nation. Thus,
although its relative importance in the
Japanese fishing industry is waning,
coastal fishing still supplies nearly half
of the total Japanese fish catch.

The proportion of the total catch oc-
cupied by shellfish, crabs, lobsters,
shrimps, cuttlefish, and other such ma-
rine life was greater in 1957 than in
1936. The hauls of mackerel and pom-
pano have also increased considerably.
The catch of salmon and of tuna, espe-
cially important for export purposes,
have also exceeded the prewar level.

In contrast, sardines, which occupied
49 percent of the total fish catch in the
prewar period, declined to 19 percent.
Herring fishing in Hokkaido's coastal
sea has dropped sharply.

Size of Enterprises: Japanese fishing
enterprises range in size from giant cor-
porations, capitalized in excess of US$14
million, to small family enterprises.

Of the 250,000 fishing enterprises in
Japan, small family enterprises occupy
a dominant 92 percent while large firms
with more than US$277,777 in capital
can be counted on one's fingers.

The largest fisheries companies all
have several 10,000-ton class mother-
ships and operate on a large scale in
whale catching in the Antarctic Sea,
salmon and crab fishing in the Northern
Pacific, tuna fishing in the Pacific and

October 1958

Japan (Contd.):

large-scale trawling. Whale meat, can-
ned salmon and crab meat are mostly
the products of these big companies.

In contrast, family enterprises are
engaged in small-scale angling and net
fishing in the coastal waters with small
motorized or rowed boats. These fish-
ermen operating on their own resources
comprise about 80 percent of the total
labor population of the Japanese fishing
industry.

The central role in the Japanese fish-
ing industry is being played by medium-
size enterprises. They usually engage
in offshore and ocean fishing with ves-
sels ranging in size from 10 to 200tons,
and supply most of the fish consumed by
the Japanese.

Consumption of Marine Products:
Most of the nation's marine products is
consumed domestically, only 9 percent
being exported annually. About 87 per-
cent of the total supply to the Japanese
market is consumed as food, the re-
maining 13 percent as animal fodder and
fertilizer. Before the war, as much as
40 percent of the total catch was used
for nonfood purposes.

Fish and other marine products used
as food may be classified into those con-
sumed without processing and those con-
sumed after processing. The former
accounts for about 32 percent and the
latter, 68 percent of the total, showing
a decline in the percentage of the con-
sumption of processed fishery products,

Changes have also taken place in the
tastes of the Japanese. In urban centers
there was a remarkable increase in the
consumption of fresh, dried, and salted
fish until around 1953, but the rate of
increase slowed down somewhat after
that. From 1954 on, however, sales of
salted salmon, fish sausages and hams,
fish tempura, and canned fish have grown
steadily. Most remarkable has been the
increase in the sales of fish sausages,

a postwar innovation. Production was
about two million pieces in 1953 and
soared to some 200 million in 1956.

Another postwar development is the
large increase in the consumption of

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

55

fish foods in the rural areas. This is at-
tributed chiefly to the development of
motor-truck transportation and the rise
in the general living standard of rural
families.

Export of Marine Products: Marine
products exports have been continually
increasing and totaled some US$163 mil-
lion in 1956, or 6.5 percent of total Jap-
anese exports. Between 1934 and 1936,
the annual average was about 4 percent.
The exports of about 9 percent of the total
output, however, were considerably be-
low the prewar level.

A dominant portion--about 55 percent--
of marine products exports from Japan
in 1956 was canned fish, Frozen fish is
the single item which made the greatest
advance in export in the postWar period,
going to five times as high as the prewar
level, but the recent decline in price has
hampered a further advance in the total
value of this line of exports,

Fish oils and fats are also an impor-
tant item, amounting to some 13 percent
of total exports of marine products, Ex-
ports of pearls are steadily growing,
while those of salted goods and isinglass

are on the decline (Japan Report, vol. IV,
no, 16, August 15, 1923).

OK KOK K

EXPORTS OF TUNA LOINS AND DISCS
TO UNITED STATES MAY RESUME:

plan for resuming exports of tuna
loins and discs to the United States was
recently formulated by the Japan Frozen
Food Exporters Association and Japan
Frozen Tuna Producers Association, ac-
cording to trade press reports. Theplan,
adopted at a meeting on August 12, 1958,
resolved to make formal application im-
mediately to Japan's MITI and Fisheries
Agency to approve the resumption of ex-
ports. If the plan was approved, exports
were expected to begin in September
1958.

Contents of the plan had not yet been
published, but it is thought to contain the
following points:

(a) strict control to be exercised on
production and exports of loins and discs
to the United States; (b) the export quota
to be held within 3,000 tons during the

56

Japan (Contd.):

first year, with assignment of quotas to
be based on the business of the past 2
years; (c) export quotas not to be sepa-
rated as albacore or yellowfin, and as
loins or discs, but in the case of alba-
core loins, the amount will be deducted
from the round fish quota in the ratio of
2 to 1; (d) loins and discs to be produced
by plants designated by Japan's Pro-
ducers Association, with strict quality
control; (e) all products to be consigned
to a joint sales company; (f) all sales to
be handled by a "loins'’ committee of
Japan's Exporters Association, with
price cutting to be prevented, and the
embargo on sales to California to be re-
moved; and (g) request the Government
to establish a check-price system,
thought likely to be US$700 per ton for
albacore loins, US$550 for yellowfin
loins, and US$20 more on each for discs.

ROK OK KK

CANNED TUNA IN AGAR JELLY:

A new type of flavored canned tuna
in agar jelly, exported for the first time
last year to the United Kingdom, is find-
ing rapidly growing acceptance in for-
eign markets, particularly in West Ger-
many, according to trade press reports.
From January to July of this year ship-
ments amounted to 25,000 cases to West
Germany, 15,000 to Canada, 3,000 to the
United Kingdom, and 1,000 to the Neth-
erlands. In addition to that already ship-
ped, another 15,000 cases were sold to
West Germany, and it is believed that
100,000 cases can be sold by the end of
the year.

Of the amount sold so far this year,
about one-fourth was whitemeat tuna,
the rest lightmeat. Prices of US$5.15
a case for lightmeat tuna and US$6.25 a
case for whitemeat tuna are considered
low, but it is expected that once a regu-
lar market for this product is developed,
the price can be raised. The tuna injel-
ly sold to Canada has all been whitemeat,
and the price has been US$6.80 a case.
The demand from Canada is said to be
strong, but with the current shortage of al-
bacore, the questionis whether Canada will
accept lightmeat tunainthis type of pack.

The West German fishing industry has
asked the Government's Ministry of Food
and Agriculture to take measures to re-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

strict the rapidly growing imports of Jap-
anese tuna. Canned tuna from Japanmade
up 50 percent of West Germany's proc-
essed fish imports in December 1957, 64
percent in January 1958, and 70 percent
in February 1958, a dispatch (August 14,
1958) from the United States Embassy
from Tokyo reports.

The canned-tuna-in-jelly pack con-
sists of large irregular flakes and agar
jelly only slightly greater than the quan-
tity of oil usually found in the oil pack.
The flavor to one taster was strongly
reminiscent of Vienna sausage.

KOK 7K ORK OK

NORTH PACIFIC MOTHERSHIP SALM-
ON FISHING AS OF AUGUST 10, 1958:

The 15 Japanese North Pacific salm-
on fishing mothership fleets (432 catcher
boats) operating in the Aleutian area as
of August 10 had caught 85,116 metric
tons of salmon, Last year by July 25 the
14 motherships and 405 catcher boats
had achieved their quota of 87,000 tons
and had left the fishing grounds. The
quota for these 15 fleets for 1958 was
85,667 tons but was readjusted in July to
85,169 tons.

The one fleet (28 catcher boats) op-
erating this season in the Okhotsk area
achieved its quota of 6,498 tons as of Au-
gust 10. The quota for this fleet had been
set at 6,000 tons, but in July was read-
justed to 6,498 tons. Last year this fleet
achieved its quota of 13,000 tons by Ju-
ly 31.

The over-all quota for Japanese North
Pacific salmon fishing for 1958 is 110,000
tons: 85,169 tons for the fleets fishing in
the Aleutian area, 6,498 tons for the fleet
fishing in the Okhotsk area, and 18,333
tons for the shore-based salmon fleets on
Hokkaido Island (Hokkai Suisan, Special
Issue No, 9, August 12, 1958).

By July 31 this year the Aleutian area
fleets had caught 72,683 tons of salmon.
On August 3 the fleets were reported op-
erating approximately in the area bound-
ed by 47936' N,-51°924' N, latitude and
160°00' E.-167936' E. longitude. The
fleet operating in the Okhotsk area
(52930! N.-154930' E.) by July 31 had
caught 5,785 tons of salmon.

HK XK A

October 1958

Japan (Contd.):

EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS
TO THE UNITED STATES, JANUARY-APRIL 1958:
During the first four months of 1958, Japanese exports

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

57

of frozen tuna to the United States were valued at
US$4,702,000, a decrease of 2.5 percent as compared with
US$4,818,000 for the same period in 1957. Canned tuna
exports to the United States January-April 1958 were val-
ued at US$4,216,000, an increase of 4.6 percent over the
January-April 1957 value of US$4,029,000.

Japan's Exports of Selected Fishery Products to the United States, January-April 1958

Value

1958 1957

Item Apr.

tinasirOZenva. <
‘una canned

rab meat, canned
Other canned...

1957] 1958

Quantity

Apr. Jan.-Apr.

1958 |1957 1957

ar.
1958 | 1957

4,198 | 5,243

1,262
200
1,299

1,190
398
835

OK OK ke ok

SUMMER ALBACORE CATCH
UNEXPECTEDLY SMALL:

The summer albacore fishing season
off the Japan coast has ended with esti-
mated landings of only about 22,000 short
tons, the lowest since 1951 and little
more than half of last year's landings.
Of this total, freezers bought about 7,500
tons, and canners some 14,500 tons. Ex-
vessel prices have risen steadily
throughout the season from around
US$275 to $320-320 a short ton, and ap-
pear to have averaged about twice the
level of last year's low prices, Sales
of frozen round fish for export to the
United States at prices as high as US$350
per ton were reported in the first week
of July.

It appears likely that some sales con-
tracts for frozen fish for the United
States market will have to be cancelled

or filled with winter albacore or mother- |

ship fish, and that the planned canned
tuna production ratio of 65 percent white
meat (albacore) to 35 percent light meat
(other tuna species) may have to be
changed to 50 or 55 percent light meat.
(United States Embassy dispatch from
Tokyo, dated July 11, 1958.)

kK OK Ok

SALMON FISHING IN NORTH
PACIFIC BY MOTHERSHIP
FOR 1958 COMPLETED:

On August 9 and 10, 1958, the 15 Jap-
anese salmon fleets fishing the Bering
Sea and North Pacific east of Kamchatka
and the single fleet fishing the Sea of

Okhotsk completed their 1958 season.
This ended three months of tighing which
began on May 11. The rate of catch for
these fleets was much slower this year
than last, and gloomy predictions were
freely made during most of the season
that it would be impossible to fill the
catch quotas of 85,667 metric tons onthe
east side and 6,000 tons on the west side
of Kamchatka. The final total, however,
was 91,614 tons, only 53 tons short of
the goal.

This successful end to the seasonwas
only made possible, however, by the ac-
tion of the Japanese Fisheries Agency in
modifying the terms of the fleets' licenses
during the last week of fishing so that
those fleets which had completed their
individual catch quotas early could con-
tinue fishing and credit their excess
landings to the quotas of the fleets that
were falling behind. Similarly, catcher
boats that were close to their limit of
24,000 red salmon were allowed to con-
tinue fishing with the understanding that
fish of this species over the number of
25,200 (the original limit plus the 5-per-
cent leeway allowed) would be credited to
boats that were short. Financial settle-
ments among fleets and catchers after
their return to port are expected to pre-
sent some knotty problems.

This season marks the first time
since the high-seasNorth Pacific salmon
fishing was resumed in 1952 that such
extraordinary measures have had to be
taken to attain the catch goal, The filling
of the quota was regarded seriously be-

58

Japan (Contd.)

cause it was feared that a failure to do
so would be used by the Soviet Union as
evidence of depletion of the resource
and therefore as a reason for further
reductions in the catch to be allowed
Japan in future years. Ironically, one
of the biggest contributions to the late
season readjustment (498 tons) was
made by the fleet operating in the Sea
of Okhotsk, an area from which Japa-
nese fishing is to be barred after this
year onthe ground that salmonresources
there are badly depleted. The compar-
atively good fishing enjoyed by this fleet
has stimulated demands for a reconsid-
eration of the Okhotsk closure among
Japanese salmon fishermen, who are by
no means reconciled to the loss of these
rich grounds. It seems doubtful that the
Russians will be disposed to make any
concession there: the Chief of the Soviet
Fisheries Observation Team during a
tour of Japan frequently lectured the
Japanese on the sad state of the salmon
stocks of the Soviet Far East.

It is reported that the over-all catch
limit of 11 million red salmon was ex-
ceeded, but not by more than 5 percent
at most. Published estimates of the
mothership pack are 520,000 cases of
red salmon, 80,000 cases of silvers,
550,000 cases of pinks, and 180,000 cases
of chums. Chum and silver salmon fish-
ing was better than last year, but the
pink salmon catch fell below expecta-
tions.

The 460 gill-net boats which fished
for the 16 motherships are reported to
have earned for the most part between
$47,000 and $50,000 per boat for the
season, at prices (per fish) of 83 cents
for reds, 57 cents for silvers and kings,
35 cents for chums, and 21 cents for
pinks.

Returning fleet managers were quoted
as blaming the slow fishing this year on
the 5-day delay in sailing for the grounds,
bad weather during the season, unusual
migration patterns of the fish, and the
necessity for limiting the red salmon
catch, but they were emphatic in de-
claring that there was no evidence of a
real scarcity of salmon. The fish were

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol, 20, No. 10

simply not to be found in the same areas
where they were abundant last year.

All fleets returned to their base at
Hakodate between August 14 and 19, ac-
cording to an August 21, 1958, dispatch
from the United States Embassy in Tokyo.

KK ok
ESTIMATED SALMON PACK
AND EXPORTS FOR 1958:

On August 10, 1958, the 16 Japanese
salmon mothership fleets ended their
1958 fishing season with a total catch of
91,614 metric tons.

At the end of August the trade press
reported that salmon fishing by vessels
operating individually out of eastern
Hokkaido ports was also drawing to a
close for this season. In the land-based
fishery about 850 vessels of over 10
gross tons (490 gill-netters, 360 long-
liners) participated; including boats un-
der 10 tons, the fleet was estimated at
approximately 1,000 vessels. They land-
ed approximately 43,000 metric tons of
salmon (valued at $12.7 million), princi-
pally at the ports of Kushiro, Akkeshi,
Hanasaki, and Hiroo. Prices during the
season ranged from 10.5 to 13 cents a
pound for chum and 9.25 to 15 cents for
pink salmon,

With the mothership pack completed
and land packing nearly finished, esti-
mates of expected consignments to the
Canned Salmon Joint Sales Company can
now be made with some accuracy. These
estimates are currently running 1,880,000
to 1,910,000 standard cases, broken down
as follows: reds, 620,000-630,000; pinks,
860,000-880,000 (including 470,000 talls);
chums, 220,000-230,000; silvers and
kings, 120,000; and tidbits, 40,000-
50,000. This is a decline from last
year's 2,277,000 cases, especially in
red and pink salmon (respectively
1,074,000 and 1,057,000 cases last year).

Despite this year's lower production,
it is anticipated that the carryover into
the new fiscal year (beginning in April
1959) will be larger than this fiscalyear.
The large catch of pink salmon in Alaska
threatens to curtail Japanese sales of
that species in the United States, and

October 1958

Japan (Contd.):

their sales of chums in Belgium andthe
Netherlands are being held down by the
competition of lower-priced Canadian
fish, although a US$1 cut in the price of
chums to that area on August 20 may
help matters. With the new pack and
the present inventory of 520,000 cases,
the joint sales company will have 2.42
million cases to sell. It is said that the
most that can be hoped for in the way of
export sales by next March is about
50,000 cases to the United Kingdom,
500,000 cases (100,000 red and 400,000
pink talls) to the United States, and
300,000 cases to the ''C"' area (continen-
tal Europe, Australia, and elsewhere),
leaving 1.6 million cases to be carried
over into the 1959 production season,

With prospects for canned salmon
sales poor, the mothership operators
have increased the proportion of frozen
salmon produced this year, and this
product is reportedly selling well in the
United Kingdom, Sales contracted to
the end of May were estimated at about
2,900 tons, mostly dressed reds, andthe
total sales to the latter part of August
are estimated at around 5,000 tons, at
prices of about $940 aton. It is pre-
dicted that exports of frozen salmon this
year may approach 10,000 tons, about
three times last year's andfar above those
of any previous year.

7K OK OK

CANNED SALMON TRENDS:

Japanese trade sources indicated
that stocks of canned red salmon a-
mounted to about 200,000 cases as of
August 1958, as compared with approxi-
mately 600,000 cases in March and near-
ly 1 million cases at the beginning of
1958.

OK

Sales of canned salmon to the United
Kingdom were heavy during May-July
1958; sales to Belgium and the Nether-
lands (traditionally pink and chum salm-
on markets) amounted to 500 cases in
June and 200 in July.

The total pack of Japanese canned
salmon in 1958 is expected to amount
to approximately 1,850,000 cases as
follows: 550,000 cases red salmon,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

59

150,000 silver, 970,000 pink, and180,000
chum, Of this total pack, about 800,000
cases will probably be sold to the United
States and Canada, and about 400,000
cases are expected to be sold in Euro-
pean countries, Australia, and other na-
tions.

KK KOK

FISHERIES LOANS ACTIVITIES,
APRIL-JUNE 1958:

The fisheries trade press reports
that during April-June 1958 the Fisher-
ies Financing Fund of the Japanese Minis-
try of Agriculture and Forestry handled
254 requests for loans, totaling $3,552,638.
Loans were granted in 176 cases for a
total amount of $2,054,083, slightly less
than 58 percent of the amount requested,
In the two largest categories--vessel con-
struction and outfitting, #12 loans,
$1,782,722; and fishing port construction
and repair, 23 loans, $78,191--the total
amounts loaned were less than one-fifth
and one-tenth, respectively, of the sums
planned for the year. The generally low
ebb of loan business by the Fund is be-
lieved to indicate that the more conspic-
uous needs for financial assistance to the
fishing industry existing in the postwar
period have now been pretty well cover-
ed; the proportion of unsuitable projects
in loan applications is increasing; and
the operations of the Fund are due for a
general review in the near future.

Loans from the Fund bear interest
rates approximately two-thirds of those
charged by banks, and are used by the
Japanese Fisheries Agency to further
its policies for encouragement of cer-
tain fisheries and for redeployment of
fishing effort from others; for example,
last year financing of new vessel con-
struction was concentrated on smaller
boats (under 15 meters or 59 feet over-
all) as a measure for helping coastal
fishermen, and this policy is being con-
tinued in 1958, Some recent developments
in the Fund's activities are of indirect
interest to the United States fishing in-
dustry. On July 26 the Minister of Fi-
nance and the Minister of Agriculture
and Forestry approved modifications to
the Fund's operating rules which will
permit loans for certain new types of
fishing boat equipment and for trout rear -

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Japan (Contd.):

ing facilities. Under the new rules,
loans may be made to individuals and
companies, instead of being limited to
fishery cooperatives, as in the past.

The new vessel equipment items
covered by the Fund's loan program are
inflatable life rafts, gyro-compasses,
and weather chart facsimile receivers.
These items are of particular interest
to tuna boat operators, and applications
amounting to nearly $555,555 are ex-
pected in industry circles, For this
type of equipment, loans can be made
up to 80 percent of the cost to coopera-
tives and 60 percent to individuals and
companies.

Of particular interest is the empha-
sis placed on trout rearing by the new
loan regulations. Loans for this pur-
pose have hitherto been restricted to
cooperatives, but now loans of up to 80
percent of facility costs and $2,700 may
be made to individuals. Payment is to
be made over a 10-year period. The
reason for the encouragement of trout
rearing is the increase in exports of
trout in recent years and the belief that
the trade has a promising future. In
1956, 508 metric tons of trout were ex-
ported, and in 1957 exports rose sharp-
ly to 847 tons, valued at $729,710. The
Japanese Fishery Agency believes that
this trade, which is almost entirely to
the United States, can eventually amount
to 2,000 tons a year, (United States Em-
bassy dispatch dated August 6, from
Tokyo.)

ok ok Kk

INTERIM REPORT ON FISH MEAL FACTORY-
SHIP OPERATIONS IN THE BERING SEA:

The fish-meal factoryship Ginyo Maru, which began
working June 20 north of Dutch Harbor, as of August 5
produced 2,500 metric tons of fish meal, 100 tons of fish
oil, and 30 tons of liver oil from a catch of 12,600 tons of
Alaska pollock and flatfish delivered by her 20 trawlers.
Current plans were to continue until mid-November, with
a production goal of 10,000 tons of meal. Despite certain
difficulties in quality control, and production and recovery
rates (somewhat below original estimates), the operators
and other Japanese fishing companies are interested in out-
fitting additional ships of this type.

On August 5 the Ginyo Maru (9,636 gross tons) had
been out 60 days and on its fishing grounds in southwestern
Bristol Bay since June 20. The current production rate
was variously reported as 60 to 75 tons of meal, 5-6 tons
of fish oil, and 1.5 tons of liver oil a day, from a catch of
300-400 tons of fish a day--a recovery rate of 17-18 per-
cent. With recovery running below the planned rate of 20
percent and daily production below the planned 100 tons of

Vol. 20, No. 10

meal, the operators have apparently cut their target from
12,000 tons to 10,000 tons and intend to continue working
until mid-November instead of quitting at the end of Octo-
ber, as originally scheduled.

The factoryship is supplied by 8 sets of pair-trawlers and
4 boats fishing independently with gear resembling the
Danish seine. It appears that the pair trawlers are the more
efficient of the two types. They fish close to the factory-
ship and pass the filled cod-ends of their trawls directly to
the larger vessel for unloading, while the Danish seiners
have to brail their fish aboard and then transfer them to
the deck of the factoryship. The four Danish-type seiners
work farther from the factoryship, on trips of up to one
week's duration, and are used primarily for scouting new
grounds. The pair trawlers take 3 to 5 tons in a drag and
make up to 10 drags a day. The operators had counted on
the catch composition including 60 to 70 percent Alaska
pollock, said to produce meal of higher protein content than
flatfish, but the percentage of this species was under 30
percent up to mid-July and has only lately risen to 50 to 60
percent. The pollock have been averaging 45-55 cm.
(17.7-21.7 inches) fork length. The rest of the catch is a
mixture of several species of flatfish.

The fish-meal plant (of Danish manufacture) is of the
continuous process type in which screw conveyors and com-
pressed air conveyors send the fish through the cooker,
press, predrier, and revolving drier to the automatic
weighing and bagging machinery in a matter of 3 hours.
Along the way the stickwater from the press is centrifuged,
concentrated, and added to the meal, increasing its protein
content,

It was reported early in the operation that some trouble
was being encountered because the very fresh fish delivered
to the plant produced a meal that was too fluffy and light in
proportion to its bulk. This is being remedied by leaving
the fish on the deck of the factoryship up to 24 hours, which
crowds the deck and delays the productionprocess. Another
difficulty has developed as it has beenfound that addition of
the concentrated stickwater brings the salt content of the
finished meal above the 2 percent allowed by present Japanese
export standards. The operators have asked the Japanese
Fishery Agency to modify the standards to permit 3.5 per-
cent salt content in meal made aboard ship, and the Agency
is reportedly ready to make this change if the operators can
certify that European buyers will accept meal of this quality.

A tanker delivered 1,800 tons of fuelto the Ginyo Maru on
July 27 and then proceeded to San Francisco. Plans call
for the tanker to make two trips between California and the
fishing ground during the operation. The first carrier to
take fish meal from the factoryship, the 3,600-ton Eisei
Maru, arrived August 9. Transfer of meal to the carrier
has been badly hampered by rough weather and rain.

The Ginyo Maru has reported being passed close aboard
on four occasions by large Russian trawlers, one of which
observed the fleet’s work for two days from such short range
that it hadto be requestedto get outof the way. Three of the
four Russian boats had their gear under cover and showed
no signs of recent fishing activity; the fourth had fish on
deck,

Despite the evident difficulties met with in this new fish-
processing enterprise, the operating company has approached
the Japanese Fishery Agency for permission to outfit a
second fish-meal factoryship. Japan's two largest fishing
companies are also reported to have unofficially asked the
Agency’s approval of plans to enter the field. The Agency
is inclined at present to discourage any expansion of high-
seas fish-meal production until it is made clear from the
Ginyo Maru’s experience that such enterprises can be
made to pay. This type of operation has several tempting
advantages from the Japanese point of view. It yieldsa prod-
uct for export, utilizing a high-~seas resource which is be-
lieved to be of great magnitude, which is little exploited at
present, and whichhas not become the subject of international
controversy. Italso offers a chance for profitable fishing to
small trawlers, with which Japan’s home fishing grounds are
overcrowded. On the other hand, the importation of the nec-
essary machinery requires a large allotment of foreign ex-
change, and the world market for fish meal is unstable at
present with fluctuating prices making the export prospects
uncertain.

mK OK OK OK

October 1958

Japan (Contd.):

FISHERY AGENCY REQUESTS
TWOFOLD INCREASE IN 1959 BUDGET:

The Japanese Fisheries Agency has
requested a total of $13,545,288 for its |
fiscal 1959 budget as compared with the |
1958 budget of $7,804,630. Among the
major items for which large increases
are being asked are: fishery surveys
and investigations, $700,505 as com-
pared with $344,092 for 1958; measures
to increase production in existing fish-
eries, $3,352,975 as compared with
$826,867; $981,356 for control and guid-
ance of fisheries in distant waters and
development of new fishing grounds, as
against $552,424; promotion of foreign-
based fishing, $172,800, as compared
with only $14,193; and measures to im-
prove distribution and stabilize prices
of fishery products, up to $22,026 from
$21,074 in 1958.

The largest single item in the 1958
budget--$1,693,943 for reinsurance of
fishing vessels--is down to secondplace
in the 1959 requests at $1,552,010. Con-
struction of research and patrol craft, |
for which $648,138 was budgeted in1958,
continues to be a large item, with |
$844,983 requested. |

There are several interesting new
items in the proposed 1959 budget. A-
mong them are $124,090 for assistance
to the prefectural fishery experiment
stations, to enable them to improve their
research facilities; $105,420 for aerial
surveys of the coasts to provide basic
data for preventing tsunami and typhoon

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

waves damage; and $85,000 for a central |

fishery radio station to be installed atop
the Agriculture and Forestry building in
Tokyo. This station will enable the Agen-
cy to keep indirect touch with its 40-odd
patrol craft and with its inspectors aboard
motherships, as wellas to broadcast warn-
ings of typhoons, radioactive fallout, and
other emergency matters to the farflung
Japanese fishing fleets, an August 21 dis-
patchfrom the United States Embassy in
Tokyo reports.

OK OK OK OK

FISHING INDUSTRY TO ADOPT METRIC
SYSTEM AND STANDARDIZE FISH BOXES:

All Japan is scheduled to go on the metric system on
January 1, 1959, after which date the traditional ‘‘shaku’’
and ‘‘kan’’ units of measurement will have no legal status,

61

and the manufacture and sale of instruments calibrated in
these units will be prohibited. The Japanese Fishery
Agency has ordered the metropolitan central wholesale
fish markets of the country to lead the way in this drastic
change by adopting the metric system on September 1 of
this year. After that date, prices are to be quoted in terms
of kilograms and the monthly reports, which the central
markets are required by law to submit, will show the vol-
ume of their business in metric units. This drastic depart-
ure from tradition is being greeted with considerable mis-
givings by people in the fisheries trade, many of whom de-
pend for their livelihood on their ability to make rapid
judgments to buy or sell at prices quoted in the familiar
terms of yen per kan. In general, however, the dealers in
fishery products appear to be making a conscientious effort
to adopt the metric system.

The Japanese Fisheries Agency has used the changeover
to the metric system as an opportunity to attempt to estab-
lish a nationwide standardization of dimensions for fish
boxes. The Fisheries Society of Japan formed a committee
of 40 industry representatives in April 1958 to consider
this problem, and after due deliberation they arrived at
a preliminary plan in May, recommending an array of 10,
15, 20, and 30-kilogram (22, 33, 44, and 66-lb.) boxes and
35-kilogram (77-lb.) tubs. This plan was strongly opposed
in parts of the country where the receptacles traditionally
used for fish did not fit well into the proposed standards,
and regional committees were set up to see whether plans
acceptable to each region could be formulated, with the hope
of later working these regional plans together into a nation-
al standard. The work of the committees s@ems to be en-
countering considerable difficulty. Among the objections to
standardization, other than long-established custom, is the
fact that the boxes in use at present are adapted to the di-
mensions of fishing vessel holds, railway freight cars, and
the sizes of pans used for freezing fishery products, so that
changes in box measurements would entail many other cost-
ly changes.

Ok OK Ok
FISH MEAL FACTORYSHIP
OPERATIONS IN THE BERING SEA:
Current operations of the Japanese
fish meal factoryship eo Maru (9,600
tons gross) in the Bering Sea are attract-
ing attention in industry circles as the
first such Japanese venture since the
war. The ship, formerly the Finnish car-
go vessel Vassa, has been equipped with
a continuous production fish meal plant
of Danish manufacture at a reported cost
of over $190,000.

Departing from Yokohama on June 8,
the Ginyo Maru reached its initial oper-
ating position north of Unalaska (at
56041! N., 165915' W.) on June 20 and
began receiving Alaska pollock and flat-
fish from its fleet of 20 trawlers of 80-
120 ton size. Fishing is scheduled to
continue until November 5, with a produc-
tion goal of 12,000 tons of fish meal. The
meal plant has a rated capacity of 100
tons a day, but up to July 3 it had been
operating at less than 70 percent of ca-
pacity, and production as of that date was
650 tons, according to a dispactch from
the U. S. Embassy in Tokyo, dated July 29,
1958.

62

Japan (Contd.):

The Ginyo Maru carries two techni-
cians who are checking the operation of
the fish meal plant, an inspector from
the Japanese Fisheries Agency, who is
collecting biological data on the fish
taken, and an inspector from the Export
Inspection Office, who tests the fish
meal for compliance with the import
standards of its intended market, West
Germany.

An agreement has been made for the
Ginyo Maru to operate during the 1958/59
Antarctic whaling season with the Neth-
erlands' vessel, William Barentz, from
which it will buy whale meat for proc-
essing into meal for sale in Western
Europe. The plan includes stationing
25 men from the Ginyo Maru aboard the
Barentz to prepare the whale meat for
reduction.

The Ginyo Maru has reported con-
siderable fishing traffic in northern
waters. The vessel has passed through
much of the Japanese salmon mother-
ship fleet, been in radiotelephone con-
tact with the sperm whaling fleet about
140 miles to the southwest of its initial
operating position, and been hailed by a
Russian trawler on the fishing grounds.

A Japanese company, other than the
one operating the fish meal factoryship,
has a fleet consisting of the 535-ton Uji
Maru, two 100-ton trawlers, one 60-ton
gillnetter, and a 500-ton carrier working
in the Olyutorsk area northeast of Kam-
chatka. This fleet is scheduled to oper-
ate for a period of 103 days between May
and September, with a production goal
of 1,700 25-pound boxes of frozen king
crab and 34,150 boxes of cod fillets.

The company fished this area the year
before last, but made no money, and did
not send a fleet there in 1957. This
year's operation is viewed as a move to
hold on to the rights to the ground. Up
to June 21 a production of 50 tons of
frozen crab meat was reported, but cod
fishing was said to be poor and the oper-
ators were counting on the herring fish-
ing from July on to bring up the fleet's
over-all catch.

As an activity to fill in the time from
the end of salmon fishing to the begin-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

ning of the Antarctic whaling season,
three Japanese firms have sent mother-
ship fleets out for flatfish in the Bering
and Okhotsk Seas since 1954. Produc-
tion is aimed at providing low-priced
food fish for the domestic market. In
1957, four fleets were sent to the Bering
Sea and two to the Sea of Okhotsk. Al-
though they produced over 22,000 tons of
flatfish, prices were low and no profits
were made. In view of the intensive fish-
ing being done this year by the Ginyo
Maru fish meal fleet in the Bering Sank
and the poor financial record of the flat-
fish fishery, it is expected this year that
only two or three fleets will take part in
the flatfish fishery and that operations
will be concentrated more in the Sea of
Okhotsk than in the Bering Sea.

In an attempt to develop new fishing
grounds for small trawlers, the Jap-
anese Fisheries Agency is sponsoring
trawling for cod and flatfish by 20 ves-
sels from Hokkaido and northern Honshu
in waters of the northern Kuriles and the
central Maritime Province during July-
September. The fleet will be accompa-
nied by research vessels.

ok kk ok

FOREIGN FISHERIES DEVELOPMENTS:

The Japanese fishing industry, with its overcrowded
home waters, its great reserve of skilled and hardy fisher-
men, and its powerful diversified fishing enterprises, is an
enormous reservoir of potential fishing effort, ready to flow
out into any part of the world’s seas where the natural
resources and the absence of political or economic barriers
offer even a slight hope of success. The considerable
pressure within this reservoir is constantly expressed in
plans for new overseas bases, joint operations with foreign
interests, and exploration of distant fishing grounds, reports
a dispatch from the United States Embassy in Tokyo, dated
July 24, 1958.

According to trade sources, Japanese Fishery Agency
budget drafts for the fiscal year 1959 show greatly increased
support for overseas fishery expansion, preliminary figures
indicating an increase of 40 times, from *5 million
(US$13,800) in 1958 toover ¥200 million (US$555,555) in 1959.
Projected items include increased financial assistance to the
Kaigai Gyogyo Kyoryoku Kai (Overseas Fisheries Coopera-
tion Association), stationing of representatives abroad, and
sending an advisory group to Thailand and survey groups to
Singapore, Malaya, and Africa. In view of the difficulties
encountered in the past by small operators in getting into
overseas operations, about ¥80 million ($222,000) is _
planned for assisting with their fuel and fishing gear ex-
penses.

In Southeast Asia, the Japanese Overseas Fisheries
Cooperation Association is reported to be planning estab-
lishment of a corporation to engage in joint tuna fishing en-
terprises with interests in Singapore and Malaya. The
Singapore project, which is scheduled for realization first,
envisages refrigerated storage for 500 tons, ice-making
capacity of 30 tons, freezing capacity of 20 tons, anda
cannery, to be supplied bya fleet of ten100- to150-ton tuna
vessels. Meanwhile, the long-heralded plan for a tuna vessel
base at Tarutau Island in Thailand appears to be bogged
down with financial difficulties. Under pressure from tuna
fishermen’s leaders, the Japanese Fisheries Agency came up

October 1958

Japan (Contd.):

witha newplan during June 1958, which would cut down con-
struction time from 3 to 2 years, and the Agency is at pres-
ent working on financial plans to be presentedto the Finance
Ministry. The possibility of using private United States
capital has been mentioned in connection with the Tarutau
project.

An operating plan for a non-tuna fishery enterprise for
trawling off Australia was recently submitted for Fisheries
Agency approval. The operation would use one 1,000-ton
trawler and two 10Q-ton pair trawlers on fishing grounds
(at 14° -229S,, 114-125 E.) off northwestern Australia,
during September-October.1958. Production goal would be
26,000 boxes of frozen round and filleted ‘‘sea bream’’ of
several species. The Japanese Fisheries Agency is reported
tohave found no obstacle tothe operation in Australian fish-
ery law, but is hesitating to approve the plan because the
proposed fishing ground overlaps the pearling grounds by
some 10 miles. This couldcause difficulties with Australia,
which claims jurisdiction over the pearl oyster resources of
the continental shelf.

In the Middle East, a Japanese-Swiss enterprise based at
Haifa, Israel, was expected to materialize with the signing
of acontract inthe latter part of July. The enterprise plans
to use one 500-ton tuna long-liner to deliver 1,000 tons of
fish a year for consumption within Israel,

Considerable activity by Japanese fishing interests is re-
ported from the Atlantic and Caribbean areas. In Recife,
Brazil, completion ceremonies were held recently for a new
Japanese-Brazilian seafood processing plant. Theplant is
reported to have a 1,000-ton refrigerated storage capacity,
a 20-ton ice-making plant, a 10-ton freezing capacity, a
cannery capable of producing 500 cases a day, anda sausage
factory with an output of 30,000 pieces of Japanese-style
fish sausagea day. The firm reportedly has under contract
8 Japanese tuna-fishing vessels working out of Recife being
serviced by afreezer ship. Great hopes are held for future
expansion of the tuna industry in Recife, especially for ex-
port.

For the Caribbean area, it is reported that several large
tuna long-liners will supply fish to a United States cannery
in Puerto Rico after first landing the fish in Haiti. Specu-
lation is that volume will amount to about 2,000 tonsa year.
Meanwhile, another firm is said to be planning similar in-
direct exports to Puerto Rico through the Dominican Republic,
the tuna to be supplied by vessels of a firm operating in the
Atlantic. It is pointed out that large yellowfin tuna (over
100 lbs.) from grounds off Brazil are selling for US$330 a
short ton, gilled and gutted, on the United States east coast
as compared with only US$220-250 in the Italian market.

In the South Pacific area, representatives of Japanese
fishing and trading firms associated with United States
and local interests in Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides, were
to inspect the activities of their tuna fishing venture. It is
reported that 50 percent of the capital in this enterprise,
which started last October with 8 fishing boats and a cold
storage plant, is Japanese. The visit of the Japanese business-
men is believed to portend expansion of the refrigeration
facilities and possible development of fisheries other than
tuna. Present annual production schedule is saidtobe 3,000
tons of tuna (about 60 percent albacore), Experimental fishing
for shrimp and pearl shell is under way, and there are
possibilities of establishment of a diversified fishing base.

The Japanese fisheries press has recently reported that
negotiations are under way to bring two more ICA-financed
Korean tuna long-liners into operation at Samoa to join the
one which has been supplying fish to the United States- owned
cannery there since last autumn, Plans for bringing tuna
boats from Hawaii into the Samoan fishery are also reported.
With the Japanese government said to be reluctant to in-
crease the amount of tuna that Japanese vessels are allowed
toland at Samoa (saidto be 10,000tons a year), thereis fear
that any future expansion of production there will bring in-
creased participation of non-Japanese vessels in the opera-
tion.

Announced exploratory fishing plans for the Japanese
Fishery Agency’s 600-ton tuna research ship Shoyo Maru
in 1959 include working from January-March in the Aus-
tralian area, especially the Great Australian Bight. From
June-November 1959, a cruise will be made tothe Caribbean,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

with calls scheduled at Honolulu, Panama, Santo Domingo,
Venezuela, Haiti, Cuba, Ecuador, and Peru. Meanwhile, the
Shoyo Maru was scheduled to sail July 22, 1958, on a 72-
day tuna long-lining trip to survey tuna resources in
Hawaiian waters. It is explained that the concentration of
fishing vessels in that area is relatively light and fishing
there would not entail competition with United States fish-
ermen,

OK OK OK OK

KING CRAB CANNERY SHIP
COMPLETES 1958 SEASON
IN THE BERING SEA:

The single crab cannery ship, the
Tokei Maru, working in the Bering Sea
(Bristol Bay area) this year, returned
to Hakadate on July 11, 1958, after 97
days at sea and 72 days on the fishing
grounds. The ship's pack, as had been
predicted, was 59,850 cases of first-
grade king crab, equalling the 57,000-
case production quota plus the custom-
ary 5 percent leeway allowed the Jap-
anese government. It was reported that
the crabs were larger than last year, but
that the catch rate, 11.4 crabs per tan of
net, was slightly less. The fact that the
catch quota was completed several days
earlier than in 1957 and nearly a month
earlier than in 1956 indicates a healthy
state of the resource.

The Tokei Maru left Hakodate on
July 16 for Yokohama, where the pack
will be unloaded. The pack includes
30,084 cases of 1-lb. cans, and 29,765
cases of 3-lb. cans of king crabs, and
376 cases of red crab, states a July 30,
1958, dispatch from the U. S. Embassy
in Tokyo.

OK Ok KK

FOREIGN TRADE IN
MARINE OILS, 1956-57:

Exports by Japan of marine-animal

oils totaled 74,772 metric tons in 1957,
Table 1 - Japanese Imports and Exports

45
69
4 4
13 |22, 448 |60,955
- |49, 104 |13, 349

74,772 [78,892
1/From baleen whales.
2/Excluding oil from baleen whales.

Sperm2/ ;

64

Japan (Contd.):

a decrease of 5.5 percent as compared
with the 78,892 tons exported in 1956.
The decrease was due primarily to a

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

porters of all types of Japanese marine
oils in both 1956 and 1957, The United
States was the most important importer
of Japanese cod-liver oils in both 1956
and 1957. During 1957, the United States

Table 2 - Japanese Exports of Marine Animal Oils by Country o: Destination, 1956-57
od-Liver ark-Liver | Fish-Liver Fish WwW perm
Country ou Ou on | Ol ee
1957 1956 | 1957 956
See ee ne Le le Mee Rite bln cial Sine Ln en
United States. . 1,991 | 2,101] 117 102 | 254 244 = = = = = 9,787) 2,362]12,234
Canada...... 77 45 13 91 29 30 = = = = = - 119 166
INorway ..... 78 337 66 350 8 19 = = = = = = 152 706
Sweden ..... y 23 14 12 = 18 17 > = = = 5,080 = 5,133 31
United Kingdom 8 13) 30 21 44 34 = = = 16,728 | 11,322 3| 11,404] 16,799
[Netherlands .. 8 54 9) 100 35 15 = = 9,035 | 21,688 | 10,488 | 1,999) 19,575 | 23,856
INTERNE Go 555 18 54 & 40 98 51 = = = - = = 165 145
West Germany . = ae 2 = = - 563 |} 10,819 | 22,539 |19,345 | 1,560 | 30,164 | 24,666
|All others.... 138 4 = 2,594 = 2,869 = 5,698 226
Pretal boas payee aaa] 80s see ars [ep Bes] 22,448 [60,955 [49,104 |13,349

decline in the exports of oils derived
from whales.

West Germany, the Netherlands, and
United Kingdom were the largest im-

OK OK

SCALLOP PRODUCTION:

Of Japan's total scallop production,
normally about 75 percent is landed in
Hokkaido and most of the remaining 25
percent is landed in the Matsu Bay area
at the northern tip of Honshu. The total
scallop production in 1957 amounted to
33.4 million pounds of which 333,283
pounds were dried and 632,025 pounds
were frozen for export.

In Hokkaido, scallop fishing for 1958
began on July 11. Estimates of 1958
production by the Hokkaido Federation
of Fishery Cooperatives and the Hokkai-
do Government Fishery Products Section
are 24.9-29.4 million pounds raw weight.
The estimate is said to represent a de-
crease of about 10 percent as compared
with the 1957 landings. Production plans
for processed scallop products include
about 399,000 pounds of dried scallops
(as compared with 571,900 pounds last
year), 660,000 pounds frozen, and 48,500
cases canned. There are said to be 242
powered vessels, 222 nonpowered ves-
sels, and 1,550 fishermen engaged in the
Hokkaido scallop fishery.

Hokkaido producers are reportedly
worried over the effect on the market of

received about 3.2 percent of Japanese
exports of marine-animal oils as com-
pared with 15.5 percent in 1956,

OK

expected heavy landings from Mutsu Bay,
where fishing began on June 15, 1958.
This area is estimated to have produced
about 6.6 million pounds in June and July,
with a forecast catch for the 1958 season
of 15.8 million pounds. This extraordi-
narily large production is ascribed to
measures taken by the government in the
past few years to revive the scallop re-
source of Mutsu Bay, according to a dis-
patch from the U. S. Embassy in Tokyo,
dated August 6, 1958.

Kk kk

SOME NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN
FISHING VESSEL CONSTRUCTION:

Several interesting reports on new vessels have ap~
peared recently in the Japanese fisheries trade press.
The first of two 2,000-ton freezer-cannery ships built
under the Philippine reparations program was launched
on June 30. Christened the Magsaysay, the vessel has
a fish-hold capacity of 350 metric tons, ice-making
machinery for 10 tons a day, and canning equipment
capable of turning out 840 cases of fish a day. The
MagsaySay was built at a cost of over US$1 million,
and is equipped with freon refrigeration, radar, radio-
direction finder, and echo-sounder. Main engine horse-
power is given as 1,500 and speed as 10 knots. The ship
is scheduled for completion and delivery in mid-Sep-
tember, and will be used for sardine and skipjack can-
ning based at Iloilo, Philippine Islands. A sistership,
the Estancia, is to be launched at the end of August.
Each of these vessels are to carry a crew of 24 anda
cannery force of 153 workers. Negotiations are under
way to employ Japanese cannery technicians on these
ships.

Japan’s first and largest commercial stern trawler,
the 1,500-ton No, 51 Taiyo Maru, returned from her

October 1958

Japan (Contd.):

first trawling cruise on June 21 with about 500 tons of
frozen sea bream. The vessel, which served as a re-
frigerated carrier ship in the last Antarctic whaling
season, was completed last fall, its construction having
been inspired by the large German Stern trawlers. . On
her first dragging cruise, the Taiyo Maru fished in the
Gulf of Tonkin from April 1 to June 15, The ship's
officers reported that the stern trawling system was
particularly good in rough weather and that less gear
was lost than with side trawling, They expressed the
opinion that a trawler of this type could be built up to
3,000 tons and operate efficiently. The Taiyo Maru
sailed for a second trip in the Gulf of Tonkin on July 5.

The 1,200-ton Koyo Maru, a new training ship built
for the Japanese Government’s Shimonoseki Fisheries
Institute as a replacement for the 588-ton Shunkotsu
Maru was launched on June 19. Constructed at a cost
of US$1,166,000, the Koyo Maru is 218 feet long, has
45 cubic meters of fish holds, will make 14 knots
speed, and is equipped with an active rudder. The ship
is expected to be completed early in September, and
in October will take 45 fourth-year students of the In-
stitute out for training in tuna fishing. The destination
of the Koyo Maru’s maiden voyage is reported as
southeast of Hawaii and the Tasman Sea. (United States
Embassy dispatch from Tokyo, dated July 29, 1958.)

2K OOK KK 3K

TUNA BOAT OWNERS' FEDERATION
REVEALS PLAN FOR BASE
IN THAILAND:

With the Japanese Fishery Agency
reportedly stillexamininga plan for the
long-awaited tuna fishing base at Taru-
tau Island, Thailand, the Federation of
Tuna Fishing Associations has made
public the-plans worked out by its own
Advanced Base Promotion Committee,
apparently in the hope of spurring the
government on to a speedier decision
on the project. The boat owners' plan
envisages the setting up of an invest-
ment company in Japan, with paid-in
capital of $5.8 million, including govern-
ment funds, to take charge principally
of the construction of shore facilities.

A joint Japanese-Thai company would
be established in Thailand with paid-in
capital of $1.38 million (51 percent from
Japan, 49 percent from Thailand) to op-
erate the shore facilities and handle the
sale of fish and processed products. At
the start, the boat owners! federation
would contract to the joint concern 50
medium-sized tuna vessels, a number
which they consider the minimum that
would make participation in the project
worthwhile for them. Under an agree-
ment to be made with the Thai govern-
ment, the company would supply fresh
and frozen fish to the Thai armed forces
and other consumers within the country,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

while the canned tuna produced would be
exported. Manufacture of fish sausage
and fish meal is also planned. (United
States Embassy dispatch from Tokyo,
August 28, 1958.)

IAPANES. COVERNAENT

FX

(Kenya

JAPANESE TUNA FISHING

(OFF EAST AFRICA:

Japanese fishing vessels operating in
the Seychelles and Madagascar area ob-
tain their provisions at Mombasa. All
vessels have full refrigeration facilities
and load their catches, chiefly tuna and
shark, into a mothership which ferries
the fish back to Japan. No attempt ap-
pears to have been made to dispose of
any of the catch in Hast Africa, and no
Japanese fishing vessels have been oper-
ating in East African territorial waters,
reports the United States Consulate at
Nairobi in an August 15 dispatch.

Lebanon

IMPORT DUTY ON FISHING
NETS, ETC., AMENDED:

amendment to the Lebanese cus-
toms tariff, item No. 567--fishing and
hunting nets, net bags, and other similar
nets became effective on June 16, 1958,
states a dispatch from the U. S. Embassy
at Beirut dated July 15, 1958. Under this
decree (No. 732, dated June 13, 1958),
fishing and hunting nets, made of any
material, are assessed 25 percent ad
valorem under maximum tariff, and 11
percent under normal tariff. Formerly,
only such nets made of cotton were so
assessed, while those made of other ma-
terials were subject to 50 percent and 25
percent duty, respectively.

Libya

EXPORT DUTY ON SPONGES INCREASED:
The export duty on sponges was in-
creased from 110 milliemes (31 U. S.

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Libya (Contd.):

cents) to 150 milliemes (42 U. S. cents),
by the Libyan Customs Directorate on
July 31, 1958, states a dispatch from
the United States Embassy in Tripoli,
dated August 4, 1958.

OK OK OK OK

TRIPOLITANIA'S TUNA
SEASON DISAPPOINTING:
Tripolitania's tuna fishing season
through July 26 has proved very disap-
pointing. A series of local storms and
prolonged rough seas have handicapped
the fishing vessels, while a particularly
violent squall completely demolished
one large 'tonnara''net system at Zuara.
Current reports indicate that the tuna
catch will fall below the 1956 and 1957
levels despite the very promising be-
ginning made in late May. (UnitedStates
Embassy dispatch from Libya, dated
July 28, 1958.)

Mexico

ENSENADA FISHERY PRODUCTS
PRODUCTION, 1957:

The principal species of fish landed
in the Ensenada area of the Mexican
west coast were sardines--17.9 million
pounds. The largest quantity of crusta-
ceans landed were 5.7 million pounds of
abalone and 2.2 million pounds of spiny
lobster.

Ensenada's Production of Fish, Crustaceans, and
Other Marine Products, 1957 _

[Species | Quantiy [| Species _| Quantity |

1,000 Lbs.

Mackerel ..
(unalone
Rock cod . .
Pollock ...
| Corbina...
Barracuda . .
Jurel od
"Berrugata" .
Anchovy...
Mudsucker

| Marine turtle

Sargasso ...
Marine algae.
Fish meal

Fish oil 6
Fish fertilizer.

In addition to the above, small catch-
es were reported of flounder, smelt, ron-
ecador, pompano, sole, shark, cod, bonito,
red snapper, and white fish.

Vol, 20, No. 10

The Ensenada canneries are reported
to be operating at par, and recently the
local press has urged the establishment of
of additional canneries farther south in
the peninsula, closer to the fishing
grounds, states a July 2 dispatch from
the United States Consulate at Tijuana.

ok ok ok ok

MERIDA SHRIMP FISHERY
TRENDS, APRIL-JUNE 1958:

The east coast Mexican shrimp fishing industry, operating
from the Merida area, exported approximately 3.7 million
pounds of shrimp during April-June 1958as compared with
3.9 million pounds for the same period in 1957. All ex-
ports of shrimp were made to the United States, according
to a dispatch (July 25, 1958) from the United States Consul
in Merida.

Heavy weather during the months of January,:-February,
and March caused the fishing fleet to remain in port for
extended periods of time, causing a considerable loss in
catch and in the production of frozen shrimp for export.
Many owners of fishing vessels have not yet financially
recovered their losses. This fact, along with reported
small catches made during the present quarter, is causing
a serious economic repercussion within the industry. If
the situation further deteriorates, there is speculation that
there may be a complete collapse in the industry.

It is believed that approximately 20 percent of the shrimp
catch is being sold illegally and that roughly 90 percent of
local crews are engaged in this ac ‘vity.

Netherlands

ELECTRIC CABLE FOR TICKLER
CHAIN USED BY TRAWLER OWNERS:
etherlands fishing trawler owner
has developed and intends to patent a
new method of electric trawl fishing, ac-
cording to local news sources, states an
August 14 dispatch from the United States
Embassy at The Hague.

The method provides an electric cable
replacement for the tickler chain, which
is usually attached to the mouth of the
standard trawl net, and which by scrap-
ing on the sea bottom serves to scare
the fish into the net. The cable produces
an electric current in front of the trawl
opening which not only scares fish into
the net more effectively but also prevents
them from leaving the net. In addition to
increased catches the new device serves
to reduce the net load drawn by a trawler
since the electric cable does not touch
the sea bottom.

A trawler out of the port of Ijmuiden
was expected to conduct experimental

October 1958

Netherlands (Contd.):

fishing with the new rig in the NorthSea
early in September.

kk ok Ok

EXPORTS OF SALTED HERRING
TO ISRAEL TO BE INCREASED:

The Netherlands Association of Her-
ring Dealers in Ijmuiden has concluded
a 1 million guilder (US$263,000) con-
tract with Israel for the supply of more
than 22,000 barrels of salt herring. The
fish will be shipped between October
1958 and March 1959. At the present
time there is an excess stock of herring
in The Netherlands and the Association
is presently negotiating with the East
Germans to dispose of some of this
stock, states an August 19,1958, dispatch
from the United States Consul in Am-
sterdam.

ROOK OOK KOK

IMPORTS OF JAPANESE CANNED SALMON
DECREASED FIRST SIX MONTHS OF 1958:

Netherlands imports of Japanese canned salmon during
January-June 1958 dropped sharply to only 292 metric
tons--a decline of approximately 75 percent as compared
with the 1,177 tons imported during the same period in
1957. A large part of the canned salmon from Japan is
repackaged and exported to France, states a dispatch
from the United States Embassy at the Hague, dated
August 11, 1958.

Netherlands orders for canned salmon have not been placed
in Japan pending the receipt of price quotations of United
States and Canadian salmon. It is reported that price
will be the most important factor determining where
Netherlands importers place their orders.

4
etherlands Imports of Canned Salmon, January-June 1958
———

January-June 1958 | January-June 1957

Metric
Tons

Note: Value converted at rate of 3.783 guilders equal US$1.

Kk kk ok Ok

SHRIMP AND HERRING
FISHERIES TRENDS:

The herring fishery in the Nether-
lands has yielded 120,539 barrels of
salted herring so far this year as com-
pared with 71,090 barrels for the same
period in 1957 and 117,776 barrels in
1956. Exports of lightly-salted herring

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

to Belgium, Germany, and Norway have
been good, according to a July 28 dis-
patch from the American Consulate at
Rotterdam.

The catch of shrimp (Garnalen) so
far this year has been very poor, a-
mounting to 2,233,260 pounds as com-
pared with 5,831,167 pounds for the
same period in 1957 and 7,716,100 pounds
in 1956.

Nicaragua

SHRIMP FISHERY BEING DEVELOPED:

Shrimp fishing, the latest industry in
Nicaragua, has so far attracted a num-
ber of fishing vessels and there is the
possibility that even more willl partici-
pate. The vessels now fishing fromNic-
aragua are operated by 6 United States
companies, 1 French company, and 3
Nicaraguan companies. All now operate
under temporary licenses that permit
them to export their catches without
foreign exchange restrictions.

Interest in fishing concessions--es-
pecially shrimp fishing--in Nicaraguan
territorial water has increased con-
siderably since approval by the Nicara-
guan Congress of the General Law on
Exploitation of Natural Resources (Ley
General Sobre Explotaciones de Recursos
Naturales), published April 17, 1958. As
of July 15, 1958, the Office of Natural
Resources of the Ministry of Economy,
which issues all types of concession li-
censes, had granted ten exploration li-
censes to fishing companies. These ex-
ploration licenses were issued originally
for six months, but recently, the Office
of Natural Resources decided that no ex-
ploration license would be valid after
December 15, 1958. After that date,
permanent exploitation licenses will be
granted.

The purpose of a temporary explora-
tion license, which is granted free, is to
give the licensee an opportunity to be-
come familiar with the nature of the fish
species and other marine fauna existing
in Nicaraguan territorial waters, In re-
turn, the licensee must keep records of
his operations and findings and give a

68

Nicaragua (Contd.):

copy of them to the Office of Natural Re-
sources. The copies will be used by the
Office of Natural Resources as the basis
for the beginning of an inventory of the
country's marine resources.

The Director of the Office of Natural
Resources stated that in order to obtain
an exploitation license after Decem-
ber 15, 1958, the applicant must show
evidence of an intention to establish
permanent installations on the Nicara-
guan mainland to process his catches.
The number of vessels that each appli-
cant will be authorized to use will be in
relation to the capacity of his proposed
land installation. As of July 15, thirteen
vessels were being operated by compa-
nies holding exploration licenses, but
there is a possibility that this number
will increase to 35-40 by December 1,
1958.

Firms now holding exploration li-
censes are free to export their catches
without restriction. The National Bank
of Nicaragua does not require that for-
eign exchange earned from the sale of
fish caught during the temporary explo-
ration period be surrendered for cordo-
bas in exchange for an export license,
although normally all foreign exchange
earned by Nicaraguan exports is sur-
rendered to the bank for cordobas.

Licenses permitting the exportation
of 40,000 pounds of shrimp had been is-
sued to a United States firm by July 1,
1958. This firm expects to be landing a
daily average of 10,000 pounds of shrimp
within a short time, according to a dis-
patch from the U. S. Embassy in Mana-
gua, dated July 31, 1958.

Norway

BALANCE OF ANTARCTIC
WHALE -OIL STOCKS SOLD:

e airman of the Norwegian whal-
ing companies' marketing organization
has recently announced that the balance
of the stocks of unsold whale oil from
the 1957/58 Antarctic whaling season,

some 68,000 metric tons, has been sold

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

at the price of £67 10s. a metric ton (8.6
U.S. cents a pound) to Norwegian refining
companies, Earlier this year, about
54,000 metric tons had been sold for E77
10s, a ton (9.8 cents a pound), making the
average price obtained for last season's
whale oil production just under 72 a
metric ton (9.1 cents a pound) as com-
pared with the average of £85 (10.8 cents
a pound) obtained during the last two pre-
vious seasons.

Recent sales of whale oil by the United
Kingdom and Japan have reduced unsold
Antarctic whale oil stocks to between
20,000 and 30,000 metric tons. (Oslo
United States Embassy dispatch, July 22,
1958.)

% ok ok ok

BULK-STORED FISH MEAL
TESTS SUCCESSFUL:

Experiments indicating that fish meal
can be stored successfully in grain silos
have recently been completed in Norway.
A report on the tests suggested that on
the basis of the results, other types of
protein feed might be stored in bulk.

The experiments were carried out to
analyze changes in the quality of herring
meal bulk-stored in silos, and to com-
pare its quality with that of herring meal
stored in paper bags. Feeding tests were
made after the storage period to deter-
mine the meal quality.

The tests compared herring meal of
extra quality, whole meal, and whole
meal of unground type. The meal of ex-

| tra quality was stored in a silo for 13
i months, the whole meal for 21 months,

and the unground type for 19 months.

Results of the silo-bag storage com-
parison indicated that there was a re-

| duced content of dry matter in the meal

stored in paper bags. On the other hand,
the tendency towards formation of free
fatty acids was more dominant in the
meal stored in silos. There was no oth-
er difference in the chemical composition
of the meal stored by these two methods.

In regard to the physical quality of the
meal, bulk storage in a silo seems to be
more advantageous because lumping can
be avoided more easily by rotation,

October 1958

Norway (Contd.):

Bulk storage and storage in paper
bags seem to have largely the same ef-
fect on the quality of the herring meal.
The report mentioned, however, that
with silo storage a more uniform quality
of herring meal is realized.

Quantities of whole meal bulk-stored
in silos and stored in paper bags were
used for feeding experiments with pigs
and chickens. These experiments show-
ed no difference regarding the rate of
growth of the animals and the quality of
the slaughter. (Feedstuffs, August 9,
1958.)

% OK OK OK 3K

CANNED FISH TRENDS, JULY 1958:

The Norwegian 1958 pack of brisling
sardine as of July 19 totaled 180,600
cases, a decline of 239,000 cases from
the pack of 419,600 cases during the
similar period of 1957. The decline in
the pack of brisling is attributed to poor
fishing rather than to economic condi-
tions. On the other hand, the pack of
small or sild sardines has shown some
improvement--309,000 cases as of
July 19, 1958, compared with 257,000
cases through July 19, 1957.

Exports of canned fish to the United
States (largest importer of Norwegian
canned fish products) amounted to 3,190
metric tons from January-April 1958,
This compares with 3,574 tons exported
to the United States during the same pe-
riod of 1957, the United States Embassy
in Oslo reports in an August 22, 1958,
dispatch.

kK OK OK

POSITION ON EXPANSION OF
TERRITORIAL FISHING LIMITS:

Norway's disapproval of unilateral
actions as they concern expansion of
territorial fishing limits was defined
again in a statement of August 1, 1958,
by the Norwegian Foreign Minister.

He pointed out that Norway's inter-
ests require that an expansion of the
now valid fishery boundaries take place
by international negotiations which can
lead to a world-wide agreement on this

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

question. The Foreign Minister stated
that ''Norway hoped the United Nations
General Assembly this fall will decide
to call a new conference early in 1959,
and that this conference will reach an
agreement on the principle which will
serve as the basis for future changes
in the fishery limits. It is the Govern-
ment's view not to undertake anything
as far as the Norwegian fishery limit
is concerned before it is clear whether
the United Nations will call a new con-
ference together and before it is clear
whether it will achieve results,"

The Norwegian Foreign Minister con-
tinued: ''Only if an actual critical situa-
tion should arise along our coast this
winter as the result of a mass invasion
of foreign trawlers which have been ex-
cluded from the fishing places westward
in the ocean could the Government be
forced to deviate from the lines it de-
sires to follow in this matter'' (United
States Embassy dispatch from Oslo,
dated August 2, 1958).

Peru

FISHERIES TRENDS:

Peru’s fishing industry is normally inactive uring the
second quarter of the year except for supplying domestic
consumption, The 1957/58 fishing season was so ad-
versely affected by warm ocean currents that there was no
noticeable drop in activity at the end of the season, Be-
ginning in June, however, the irregular condition of the
coastal waters resulted in a large concentration of tuna off
Chimbote and Piura (unique for this time of the year) that
provided heavy catches for some 30 United States-based
tuna boats as well as for Peruvian boats.

a Principal Peruvian Fishery Products Exports,
January~May 1958

+

Jan.-May 1958 Jan,~May 1957 |

|

Tons US$
{Canned bonito.... 4,819 4,700
IRishimeallas sssctats 39,152 2,684
Frozen tuna..... 1,773 453

(Frozen skipjack. . .
Spermiollen.ctelshele

Note: Values converted at rate of 19 soles equal US$1 for 1957; from January to May
1958 the rate changed to 22.7 soles equal US$1.

In the beginning of the 1957/58 season, Peruvian can-
ned bonito and tuna suffered from Japanese competition,
particularly in the British market, but as the season
progressed supplies of fish were so limited that Peruvian
canneries were unable to supply the demand. Frozen tuna,
all of which is exported to the United States, was also
short due to adverse fishing conditions.

Although exports of canned bonito and canned and frozen
tuna declined, exports of fish meal and sperm oil increased,
It is estimated that Peru will produce 10,000 metric tons
of sperm oil in 1958, (United States Embassy at Lima re-
ports ina July 18, 1958, dispatch.)

So

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Portugal

CANNED FISH EXPORTS,
JANUARY-MAY 1958:

Portugal's exports of canned fish
during January-May 1958 amounted to
22,027 metric tons (1,380,000 cases),
valued at US$12.1 million, as compared
with 17,143 tons, valued at US$10.9 mil-
lion, for the same period in 1957. Sar-
dines in olive oil exported during the
first five months of 1958 amounted to
15,397 tons, valued at US$8.4 million.

abortuguese Canned Fish Exports, January-May 1958

Sardine & sardinelike fish in brine, 5
‘una & tunalike fish in olive oil . .
una & tunalike fish in brine ,

ckerel in olive oil

During January-May 1958 the leading
canned fish buyer was Germany with
3,363 tons (valued at US$1.9 million),
followed by Italy with 3,028 tons (valued
at US$1.6 million), Great Britain with
2,519 tons (valued at US$1.3 million),
the United States with 2,070 tons (valued
at US$1.5 million), and Belgium-Luxem-
bourg with 1,740 tons (valued at US$0.9
million). Exports to the United States
included 740 tons of sardines and 1,081
tons of anchovies. (Conservas de Peixe,
July 1958.) oe

HOOK A OK IK

CANNED FISH PACK,
JANUARY-MARCH 1958:

The total pack of canned fish for
January-March 1958 amounted to 3,921
metric tons as compared with 3,823 tons

Portuguese Canned Fish Pack, January-March 1958

Weight| Value

Sardinelike fish
Anchovy fillets

Sardinelike fish
Other species

Vol. 20, No. 10

for the same period in 1957. Canned
sardines in oil (1,994 tons) accounted
for 50.9 percent of the January-March
1958 total pack, higher by 11 percent
than the pack of 1,797 tons for the same
period of 1957, the July Conservas de

Peixe reports.

OK OK OK OK

FISHERIES TRENDS, MAY 1958:
Sardine Fishing: During May 1958,
the Portuguese fishing fleet landed9,913

metric tons of sardines (valued at
US$735,521 ex-vessel or $74.20 a ton).
In May 1957, a total of 7,923 tons of sar-
dines were landed (valued at US$933,391
or $117.81 a ton).

Canneries purchased 34.1 percent or
3,389 tons of the sardines (valued at
US$270,716 ex-vessel or $79.88 a ton)
during May. Only 39 tons were salted,
and the balance of 6,485 tons, or 65 per-
cent of the total was purchased for the
fresh fish market.

Matosinhos lead all other ports in
May landings of sardines with 5,203 tons
or 52.4 percent, followed by Setubal
1,606 tons (16.2 percent), and Peniche
1,168 tons (11.7 percent).

Other Fishing: The May 1958 landings
of fish other than sardines consisted of
2,039 tons (value US$220,976) of chin-
chard, and 112 tons (value US$10,331) of
anchovies. (Conservas de Peixe, July
1958.)

Spain

VIGO FISHERIES TRENDS, JUNE 1958:

Fish Exchange: Landings at the Vigo, Spain, Fish Ex-
change amounted to 9.7 million pounds during June 1958,
an increase of about 0.8 million pounds over the preceding
month, but about 1.2 million pounds below the landings for
June 1957. The June 1958 landings were valued at
US$1,138,000, an increase of about 8 percent in value over
June 1957. The increased value was due to the increase in
fresh fish prices (over 25 percent for the more expensive
species).

Leading species sold over the Fish Exchange were large
and small hake (2.1 million pounds), horse mackerel (1.4
million pounds), and sardines (1.2 million pounds), Sar-
dine landings increased 385 metric tons over the June 1957
figure of 138 tons. Landings of albacore tuna declined 149
tons in June this year from the 318 tons landed in June
last year.

Fish Canning And Processing: Fish canning in June in-

creased seasonally, but continued to operate at about 25

October 1958

Spain (Contd.):

percent of capacity. During June 1958 canners bought
over the Exchange 536 metric tons of fresh fish, only 98
more tons than in May, but 106 tons less than in June 1957.
The decline in the purchases was attributed to the lower
catches this June as compared with June 1957.

Fishing Vessel Loans: The Treasury Committee of the
Spanish Cortes has approved a proposed extension of the
‘‘Law for the Protection and Modernization of the Merchant
Fleet’’ which was first passed on October 26, 1956. The
fishing fleet can now receive credits from the Instituto
Social de la Marina of about US$2.1 million for the con-
struction and modernization of fishing vessels, Further
credits may be extended as a result of studies under way
for the protection of the fishing fleet. These studies in-
dicate that US$7.7 million is needed annually for the next
10 years for construction and renovation.

Surinam

SHRIMP FISHERY TRENDS, JUNE 1958:
Operation of Surinam's shrimp trawl-
er Coquette continued to be limited dur-
ing June because the vessel was oper-
ating alone and net repair facilities were
not available. The vessel made four
trips--was out 14 days in all (7 actual
working days), and made only 26 drags.
Total catches amounted to 1,780 pounds
of large shrimp and 180 pounds of fish.

A Surinam shrimp-packing plant ex-
pected to ship 16,000-17,000 pounds of
frozen shrimp to the United States--
1,000 pounds of large shrimp, and the
remainder sea bob,

Improvements on the ice plant at the
Paramaribo shrimp-processing plant
were moving ahead rapidly, according
to a July 15, 1958, dispatch from the
United States Consul at Paramaribo.
The new flake-ice equipment had been
installed and was expected to be ready
to operate by the middle of August.
Work on the pier (164 feet in length)
was in process; and most of the piling
had been driven in. Trimming of the
piles, placement of stringers, and plank-
ing were also expected be finished by
the middle of August .

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

|
|

|

71

Uganda

FISHERY DEVELOPMENTS
REPORTED BY FAO EXPERT:

A fisheries expert of the Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations commented recently on the ef-
fects of mechanization of fishing craft
on the lakes of Uganda, which has re-
sulted in doubling the fish catch in six
years. He stated that the Uganda fish
catch in 1957 was about 48,500 metric
tons, double the catch of 1951. This in-
crease, he explainedis the result of the
introduction of nylon nets and outboard
motors, which was started late in 1953.
He further stated that presently there
are more than 1,200 outboards installed
in the fishing craft of the Uganda lakes,
a development which has taken place
largely as a result of the wark of the
Uganda Game and Fisheries Department,
with no direct financial aid from the Gov-
ernment.

The fisheries expert has surveyed the
fish marketing situation in Uganda. To
accomplish this, he stated that he set up
19 points for area surveys to gather in-
formation in key markets as to where the
fish came from, how they were transport-
ed and handled, what prices they fetched,
and what species were preferred by local
buyers. The information obtained, he con-
tinued, made it possible to see what
should be done to encourage develop-
ment of fish marketing. He said that he
found a flourishing fishery which will
continue to expand rapidly once a few
bottlenecks are cleared away.

He declared that as a start, he has
worked with the Government in organ-
izing eight pilot projects, financed by
the African Trade Development Fund.
These projects, he said, include setting
up primary fish markets, retail-whole-
sale markets with storage facilities and,
in three remote places, fish storage fa-
cilities, with a shop attached to each to
supply fishermen with equipment and
material. If these pilot projects are
successful, he stated, they will be de-
veloped on a larger scale.

The fisheries expert has also pro-
posed to the Government that ''feeder
roads'' should be built to give access to
remote parts of the lakes to open them

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Uganda (Contd.):

for fishing. As an example, he pointed
out that the southern end of Lake Albert
is rich in fish. Fishermen on the Bel-
gian Congo side of the lake take 6,000
tons of fish a year from it and have built
up a prosperous industry which includes
modern processing plants. He said that
he believes the Uganda fishermen could
eatch and market a similar amount of
fish once they have access to that part
of the lake. The Government has allo-
cated US$28,175 to build a road for this
purpose, he continued, and plans are
already being made by a private firm to
build a processing plant at the lakeside
as soon as the road is built.

At present, he explained, more than
20 percent of the Uganda fish catch is
sold in the Belgian Congo, providing a
good trade that brings in a hard curren-
cy, the Belgian franc. He added that
there is no reason why this trade should
not continue or be expanded. He stated
that, on the other hand, the lucrative
domestic market in central Uganda had
been neglected and this is the market
which could absorb all the increased
catch, especially as the population and
the incomes are steadily increasing.
He added that there are now about
5,750,000 people in Uganda, all Africans
except for some 9,000 Europeans and
56,000 Asians.

In conclusion, he stated that the most
interesting thing about the Uganda fish-
erman is that he is his own master, not
indebted to merchants or middlemen as
is so commonly the lot of fishermen in
Africa and Asia, and while generally
conservative, very shrewd, and progres-
sive.

Union of South Africa

PILCHARD-MAASBANKER INDUSTRY,
JANUARY-APRIL 1958:

Operating in three main areas ina
period of intensive fishing from early
April to the middle of May, the boats of
the Union of South Africa Cape west coast
caught more than 100,000 metric tons of
pilchards, maasbanker (jack mackerel),

Vol, 20, No. 10

and mackerel--nearly half the catch of
an average season and the best period
of almost continuous fishing in the 15-
year history of the industry.

Although bad weather interrupted
fishing in the second half of May, the
catch for the month of April had already
set a new record for the Cape West
Coast. The previous best month was in
January 1954 when 50,814 tons of pil-
chards and maasbanker were landed;
another good month was in March 1955
(50,229 tons); and in May last year the
remarkable maasbanker rush enabled
fishermen to land 50,440 tons.

These high figures have now been left
far behind by the 68,645 tons (54,736 tons

| pilchards and 13,909 tons maasbanker)

landed in April this year; also 2,032 tons
of mackerel, The catch was processed
by 13 large factories, two small canner-
ies, and a fish drying company. The
amount of fish processed during the
month ranged from more than 10,000
tons at one factory on the St. Helena

Bay coast to just over 50 tons at one
inland cannery. The average for the
larger factories was 5,000 to 6,000tons.
Total production figures show an output
in April 1958 of 12,319 tons of fishmeal,
1,000,860 gallons of fish body oil, and
6,105,752 pounds of canned fish (2,190,399
pounds canned pilchards, 3,336,926 pounds
maasbanker, and 578,427 pounds mack-
erel).

The April catch of 70,677 tons brought
the total for the first four months of 1958
to 146,573 tons--110,840 tons of pilchards,
15,445 tons of maasbanker, and 20,288
tons of mackerel.

In April 1957 a total of 16,895 tons of
pilchards, 2,843 tons of maasbanker, and
6,876 tons of mackerel were landed.
Landings in April 1956 amounted to 20,379
tons of pilchards and 3,574 tons of maas-
banker.

In the past four years the fishery has
become used to wide fluctuations over a
single season. Several months of bad
fishing have been followed by a sudden
rush, huge catches for some weeks, and
then another quiet period. Factory op-
erators and fishermen are, therefore,
cautious in their estimate for the remain-
ing half of the current season.

October 1958

Union of South Africa (Contd.):

From the start, the 1957 season seem-
ed more promising than the 1956 bad
year, but fishing was relatively quiet.
Then came the maasbanker rush. Echo-
sounders picked up huge shoals just be-
low the surface and in the second half of
May and the first half of June, the big-
gest maasbanker catches in the history
of the industry were made. It was ex-
pected that the 250,000-ton pilchard-ma-
abanker quota would be reached within a
few months of the May-June rush, but
catches were poor for the rest of the
year and 1957 ended withonly 211,742
tons of the quota.

This year, however, good months
have come early. In January, West Coast
boats were fishing in the False Bay area,
a journey of 12 to 15 hours from the fac-
tories. In February pilchards appeared’
in large shoals in the Dassen Island area
and even near Cape Town. Catches in
February and March were reasonably
good and by the end of the first quarter
the quota total was 57,640 tons--56,104
tons of pilchards and 1,536 tons of ma-
asbanker.

Then in April vast densely-packed
shoals of pilchards appeared off the
coast between Saldanha Bay and Cape
Town. Shoals have been so thick that it
has been difficult to move through them.
An echo-recording by one boat showed
a shoal at least 16 miles long and esti-
mated by the boat's skipper to be about
2 miles wide. Even with its 60- to 65-
foot boats and its larger, deeper nets,
the industry has only scratched at this
mass of fish.

Both nets and boats have put up some
outstanding performances. One boat
from Saldanha caught 220 tons of fish in
a single set and three boats loaded from
the net.

Later in April, boats moving south
from St. Helena Bay to catch pilchards,
found big shoals of maasbanker near
their factories in the area off Klein Ta-
felberg. As in the rush of 1957, these
shoals were just below the surface and
had to be found by echo-sounders. The
fish were again remarkably large for the
species and were extremely firm and
ideal for canning.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

| {1/Production for the Donkergat Station not included.

73

Thus the West Coast industry has been
able to fish for both pilchards and maas-
banker and has spread its operations over
nearly 100 miles of coastal waters. By
the end of May, boats were again out
making good catches and landings for the
month. Although below those of April,
the catch may well amount to more than
40,000 tons, (The South African Shipping
au uae Fishing Industry Review, June
1958.

ok ok He Xe

WHALING PRODUCTION:

The 1957 Antarctic offshore whaling
season catch totaled 2,500 whales, a sub-
stantial increase over the catches made
during previous seasons.

Union of South Africa Production of ale and
Sperm Oils and Whale Meat, 1953-57

Season | Whale Oil] Sperm Oil | Whale Meat |
TES R ACE (FROMM aol o ab oe

12,412 36, 355
9, 258 28,413
5,932 31, 835
5,436 21,544
1953 10,080 4, 637 8, 176 22, 893

With the sale of the factoryship Abra-
ham Larsen to Japanese interests, South
Africa has now withdrawn from Antarctic
whaling.

(UE Si noe R:

ICELAND'S TERRITORIAL
WATERS FISHING LIMITS
EXTENSION SUPPORTED:

The Iceland Foreign Ministry an-
nounced on June 6, 1958, that the Soviet
Ambassador had brought a message from
his Government saying that it had no ob-
jection to the proposed extension of Ice-
land's fishing limits from 4 to 12 miles
off Iceland's coasts, and that every Gov-
erment was free to fix such limits in the
waters off its coasts up to 12 miles, ac-
cording to the London Times of June 6.

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

United Kingdom

CANNED SALMON IMPORTS
FROM CANADA:

In reply to a question raised in the
British House of Commons on July 8,
1958, the President of the Board of
Trade stated that Great Britain had im-
ported 8,736,000 pounds of canned salm-
on from Canada for the 12 months end-
ing May 31, 1958. In his reply to the
question he also stated that during com-
parable periods of 1937 and 1938,
18,816,000 pounds (valued at US$1,960,000)
and 19,040,000 pounds (valued at
US$2,240,000), respectively, had been
imported (United States Embassy in
London dispatch, July 14, 1958).

KR OK OF OK OK

GOVERNMENT'S VIEWS ON
FAROESE FISHING LIMITS:

The British Government recently made a reply tothe
Danish Government’s Official backing of the Faroe Islands’
wish to extend their fishery limits to 12 miles from Sep-
tember 1, 1958.

Britain would be prepared to join in negotiations with
the Danes, the reply stated, but regarded formal nego-
tiations as premature as long as the fishery dispute with
Iceland remained unresolved.

Meanwhile the Danish Prime Minister had, in a broadcast
from Thorshayn in the Faroes, again affirmed his Govern-
ment’s backing for the Faroes, and said that he would have
further discussions with Britain.

The British note pointed out that a unilateral declaration
has no legal effect, and that if Britain agreed to cancel the
fisheries conventions of 1901 and 1955, which stipulated a
3-mile limit, this would not bind other nations.

The note also asked for the Danish Government’s views
on the desirability of holding a conference of nations using
the Faroese grounds. Such a conference, it stated, would
only be able to reach agreement on the lines of the pro-
posals most supported at the Conference on the Law of the
Sea held recently in Geneva.

Such decisions would give the Faroes less territorial
waters than they now claim, and it would be essential to
know whether the Faroes would accept the result. The
British Government was anxious that any agreement
reached should provide some degree of stability.

The note added that, as far as Britain was concerned, the
present 4-mile limit around Iceland remained unchanged
by Iceland’s unilateral declaration extending its limits to
12 miles.

It was reported from Bonn that the Icelandic decision was
felt to have created a new and serious Situation, and might
mean laying up part of the West German fishing fleet. It
was hoped there that there would be a conference of all
states bordering the Atlantic to find a successful solutionto
the problem.

Canada, too, expressed hope that another conference on
the Law of the Sea might be arranged. The Canadian External
Affairs Minister told the House of Commons in Ottawa that
Canada will not extend her own offshore fishing limits
at this time, and he said that Canada would regard Iceland’s
decision as provisional until September 1. He expressed
the hope that Britain and Iceland would be able to under-
take bilateral talks before that time. (The Fishing News,
July 11, 1958.)

% OK OK A OK

ICELAND'S 12-MILE
FISHING LIMIT OPPOSED:

Trawler captains in the United King-
dom in mid-August were briefed on sail-
ing within Iceland's new 12-mile sea
boundaries for fishing. This was a pre-
caution against incidents with Icelanders,
who intend to enforce the extension of
their territorial waters from 4 to 12
miles effective September 1, 1958.

Other North Atlantic Treaty Organi-
zation powers--West Germany, Holland
and France--have arranged to join the
United Kingdom in opposing the action
of Iceland, also a NATO member.

The British preparatory moves were
disclosed by officials of the Government
and the British Trawler Federation, as
backstage NATO efforts for a compro-
mise appeared to be slowing down.

OK KK

LOBSTER POT DEVELOPED
WITH FOLDING STEEL FRAME:

A folding lobster pot with an all-steel
frame, that reportedly can be erected in
seconds, is being produced by a York-
shire firm in the United Kingdom. The
folding pot, when collapsed, is said to

Folding lobster trap with metal frame.

require one-fifth of the storage space of
a rigid pot, thus facilitating handling to
and from shore and stacking on decks of
fishing vessels.

The folding pots, which are of the
Scottish creel type, are made with steel
frames of 35-inch and 47-inch thickness.

October 1958

United Kingdom (Contd.):

The frames are galvanized and protect-
ed against corrosion with bitumen paint.
The base of the steel frame is 18 by 24
inches, the height is 14 inches, and the
length when folded is 38 inches. The
frame weighs approximately 95 pounds.
With netting added, the frame weighs
about 11 pounds. Frames can also be
manufactured in special sizes and shapes.

The all-steel framework is designed
to make ballast unnecessary and reduce
resistance to the forces of tide and un-
dertow. Also, the strength of the steel
frame is said to withstand storm dam-
age, making it unnecessary to remove
the lobster pots during gales.

The pot frames are equipped with
manila-ropenetting but can also be sup-
plied with nylon netting. The netting is
made in two pieces to facilitate removal
for painting the frame or performing
other types of maintenance.

Tests made with the new lobster pots
indicate that they fish well and that the
merits of folding and endurance suggest
that they may well prove successful for
better fishing and long-term economy.
(The Fishing News, April 18, 1958, and
World Fishing, August 1958.)

ok kok ok

NEW FISH-SMOKING
MACHINE DEVELOPED:

A new fish-smoking machine, called
a 'fluidiser,'' was expected to be com-
pletely assembled by the end of Septem-
ber 1958. The machine, which employs
the technique of fluidization, has been
designed to ensure greater consistency
in the production of tasty, eye-appeal-
ing, and well-cured fish. Experiments
using both fish and bacon in the new de-
vice have proved very successful.

This invention comes as a climax to
several years of research at the Humber
Fisheries Laboratory of the United King-
dom's Department of Scientific and In-
dustrial Research. The fluidizationtech-
nique, which is used in other industries
such as oil refining, has been applied to
fish smoking for the first time in this
new machine. The device is about 7-8
feet in height and resembles a rocket in
shape, Inside the apparatus, a current

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

75

of air generates a sandstorm of toasted

sawdust, producing smoke which is then
regulated. (The Fishing News, August 8,
1958.)

2 ok ok ok ok ok

SUBSIDIES FOR WHITEFISH AND
HERRING INDUSTRIES:

Details of the amounts of subsidy paid
to the whitefish and herring industries of
the United Kingdom were given recently
by the Minister of Agriculture, Fisher-
ies and Food. The Minister stated that
the total amount authorized by the White
Fish and Herring Industries Acts, 1953
and 1957, for subsidies was £:17,000,000
(about US$47.7 million) which might be
increased by Order to £19,000,000
(US$53.3 million).

The total amount paid under these
Acts to June 30, 1958, was £12,523,690
(US$35.1 million). The amount still a-
vailable from July 1, 1958, was therefore
$4,476,310 (US$12.6 million) or £.6,476,310
(US$18.2 million) if the full amount of
£19,000,000 was made available.

Under the Acts of 1953 and 1957 the
whitefish subsidy had been payable since
August 1, 1953, and the herring subsidy
since May 13, 1957. (Fish Trade Gazet-
te, August 2, 1958.)

Venezuela

CANNED SARDINE EXPORTS TO
MEXICO UNDER CONSIDERATION:

The Venezuelan fishing industry is
considering the sale of large quantities
of canned sardines to Mexico, but the
matter is still in the initial stage of dis-
cussion, according to the President of
the Asociacion de Industriales dela Pesca.

The sale would necessitate Venezuelan
clearance for Mexican cartons and cans
which would be labeled in Mexico, im-
ported into Venezuela, packed with local
sardines, and then shipped back to Mexi-
co where the Venezuelan sardines would
be granted entry. The Venezuelan Gov-
ernment has not been approached regard-
ing the clearance, states a June 19 dis-
patch from the United States Embassy in

Caracas.

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Keegy

Li
—

.

y 7

Federal Trade Commission

CONSENT ORDER

APPROVED PROHIBITING

ILLEGAL BROKERAGE BY SEA

FOOD PACKER AND ITS SUBSIDIARY:
The Federal Trade Commission on

July 1, 1958, approved a consent order

(6942, canned seafood) prohibiting a

Bellingham, Wash., salmon packer and

its sales subsidiary from making illegal

brokerage payments to their customers.

The Commission adopted an initial
decision by Hearing Examiner Abner E.
Lipscomb containing an order agreed to
by the companies and the Commission's
Bureau of Litigation.

The concerns were charged in a Com-
mission complaint, issued Nov. 18, 1957,
with giving favored customers discounts
or allowances in lieu of brokerage on
purchases for their own account for re-
sale, which practice is prohibited by
Sec. 2(c) of the Robinson-Patman A-
mentment to the Clayton Act.

According to the complaint, the firm's
pack of salmon and other seafood prod-
ucts generally is sold by the subsidiary
through other brokers. However, many
direct sales are made to chains and
large buying groups without utilizing
brokers, and these favored customers
are charged less than buyers who pur-
chase through brokers, the complaint
stated. These reduced prices, it added,
reflect the 23-percent brokerage fee
ordinarily paid.

The order forbids this practice in the
future.

The agreement is for settlement pur-
poses only and does not constitute anad-
mission by the companies that they have
violated the law.

OrERALY
$é@ ACTIONS

Vol, 20, No. 10

Department of the Interior

AGREEMENT WITH ALABAMA
ON PROTECTION OF AQUATIC
LIFE DURING GULF OF MEXICO

EXPLORATORY OIL OPERATIONS:

A cooperative agreement has been
entered into between the Alabama De-
partment of Conservation and the U. S.
Department of the Interior covering the
protection and conservation of aquatic
life on the Gulf of Mexico outer Contin-
ental Shelf seaward of the submerged
lands of Alabama during geological and
geophysical explorations. The notice as
it appeared in the August 30, 1958, Fed-
eral Register follows:

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

Office of the Secretary
OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF
GEOLOGICAL AND GEOPHYSICAL EXPLORATION

Pursuant to the notice issued by the
Secretary of the Interior on September’
17, 1953, concerning geological and geo-
physical explorations in the outer Con-
tinental Shelf (18 F. R. 5667), a cooper-
ative agreement has been entered into
with the Alabama Department of Con-
servation covering the protection and
conservation of aquatic life. In accord-
ance with the provisions of the said no-
tice as supplemented by the cooperative
agreement, any person, as defined in sec-
tion 2 (d) of the Outer Continental Shelf
Lands Act of August 7, 1953 (67 Stat.
462), is hereby authorized to conduct
geological and geophysical explorations
in that part of the outer Continental
Shelf seaward of the submerged lands of
the State of Alabama upon condition (1).
that his operations shall be confined to
such area or areas as may be designated
and approved by the Regional Oil and
Gas Supervisor of the United States Geo-
logical Survey, (2) that he has obtained
appropriate permission for such explora-
tions from the Corps of Engineers, De-
partment of the Army, and (3) that, for
the protection and conservation of
aquatic life he files with the said Re-
gional Oil and Gas Supervisor and with
the Alabama Department of Conserva-
tion his stipulation agreeing to comply
with the requirements of the regulations
of the said Department governing the
methods and inspection of and restric-
tions upon geological and geophysical ex-
plorations in the submerged lands of the
State of Alabama, which regulations are
hereby adopted as the regulations of the

October 1958

Secretary of the Interior’ applicable to
that part of the outer Continental Shelf
seaward of the submerged lands of the
State of Alabama.

The enforcement of the regulations
hereby adopted is delegated to the Re-
gional Oil and Gas Supervisor of the
United States Geological Survey, and he
may accept the assistance of the State of
Alabama, in the enforcement of the said
regulations. This general authorization
to conduct geological and geophysical ex-
plorations is subject to termination upon
not less than 60 days’ notice published in
the FEDERAL REGISTER, and the authoriza-
ticn to conduct such explorations may be
terminated as to any person upon rea-
sonable notice.

Dated: August 25, 1958.

HATFIELD CHILSON,
Acting Secretary of the Interior.

Department of State

RENEGOTIATIONS UNDER THE
GATT WITH SEVERAL COUNTRIES:

On July 8, 1958, the U. S. Department of State released
the results of renegotiations under the General Agreement
on Tariff and Trades (GATT) held by Australia, New Zea-
land, Austria, Finland, and the Netherlands (for Surinam)
with the United States for the modification or withdrawal
of certain tariff concessions previously made by these
countries under GATT. The United States agreed to modi-
fication or withdrawal of certain concessions in return for
new concessions on trade items in whichithas an interest.
Insome cases, the United States was able, during the course
of the negotiations, to persuade countries to withdraw cer-
tain proposed modifications. No changes in United States
duties were involved in these renegotiations.

No fisheries products were involved except in the case
of the Netherlands for Surinam negotiations with the United
States. In this instance the duties on certain prepared or
preserved fish were scheduled to be increased from 20
percent to 40 percent. In the course of the negotiations,
Surinam and the Netherlands were persuaded not to raise
the rates on these fish products. While the concession on
fish had not been initially negotiated with the United States,
the United States is in the position of first supplier to
Surinam.

Specifically, the tariff item number, description of the
product, existing and proposed rates, and trade figures
(1954-56 average) for Surinam imports from the United
States are shown in the table.

Tariff
Item
Number] Description | Rate

during negotiations] |

Proposed Rebinding
Prepared or 20 40 48,600 (est.)
preserved fish,

Surinam Imports
From U.S.
(1954-56 Average)

(a)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

UU

Eighty-Fifth Congress
(Second Session)

Public bills and resolutions whichmay
directly orindirectly affect the fisheries
and allied industries are reported upon.

Introduction, referral to committees,
pertinent legislative actions, hearings,
and other chamber actions by the House
and Senate, as well as signature into law
or other final disposition are covered.

Additional actions taken prior to ad-
journment on August 24, 1958, and not
previously reported here were the follow-

ing:

CHEMICAL PRESERVATIVES DEFINITION:
H. R. 9521, a bill to amend paragraph (k) of sec-
tion 403 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
Act, as amended, to define the term "chemical
preservative’ as used in such paragraph. H. R.
9521 was reported (H. Rept. No. 2119) by the
House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Com-
merce on July 7, 1958. The House Committee on
Rules reported H. Res. 651 (H. Rept. 2302) on
July 29, 1958. The resolution, which had been
previously rejected, provided for consideration of
the bill under a limited debate rule. The bill was
passed by the House on August 20, 1958, but no fur-
ther action was taken by this session of Congress.
A similar bill (S. 2880) introduced in the Senate
on August 29, 1957, failed to clear the Senate Com-
mittee on Labor and Welfare.

DOGFISH SHARK BOUNTY: H. R. 13554 (Mack
of Wash.) introduced in the House on July 28, 1958;
H. R. 13612 (Wilson) and H. R. 13613 (Tollefson)
introduced on July 30, 1958; and H. R. 13656 (Nor-
plad) introduced on August 4, 1958; identical bills
to provide for the payment of bounties on dogfish
sharks to control the depredations of this species
on fishes of the Pacific Coast referred to the Com-
mittee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries. These
bills are similar to two other House bills, and
S. 2719, as amended, which was enacted into law
Public Law 85-887, signed on September 2, 1958).

H. J. Res. 685 (Tollefson), introduced in the
House on August 7, 1958, a joint resolution author -

78

izing and directing the Secretary of the Interior to
investigate and eradicate the predatory dogfish
sharks and to provide for the payment of bounties
on dogfish to control the depredations of this spe-
cies in the fisheries of the Pacific Coast, and for
other purposes; to the Committee on Merchant Ma-
rine and Fisheries.

Public Law 85-887, 85th Congress, S. 2719,
September 2, 1958: An Act authorizing and direct-
ing the Secretary of the Interior to investigate and
eradicate the predatory dogfish sharks to control
the depredations of this species on the fisheries of
the Pacific coast, and for other purposes. (72 stat.
1710.)

Be it enacted by the Senate und House of Representatives of the |
Unjted States of America in Congress assembled, That the Secretary Dogfish sharks, |
of the Interior is hereby authorized and directed to prosecute, for a eradication,
period of not to exceed four years from the date of approval of this
Act, investigations of the abundance and distribution of dogfish
sharks, experiments to develop control measures, and a vigorous pro-
gram for the elimination and eradication or development of economic
uses of dogfish shark populations.

Sec. 2. In carrying out the foregoing purposes und objectives the
Secretary of the Interior is authorized to cooperate with the official
conservation agencies of the States bordering on the Pacific coast,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

with the commercial fishing industry, and with other governmental
or private agencies, organizations, or individuals having jurisdiction
oyer or an interest in the fisheries of the Pacific coast.
Sec. 3. There is authorized to be appropriated from time to time, Appropriation.
out of any moneys in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such
sums as may be necessary not to exceed $95,000 per annum to carry
out the purposes and objectives of this Act.

Approved September 2, 1958.

(See Commercial Fisheries Review, September
1958, p. 108, for legislative history of S. 2719 and
related House bills.)

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE SUPPLEMEN-
TAL APPROPRIATIONS: H.R. 13450, a bill mak-
ing supplemental appropriations for the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1959, and for other purposes. Bill
was signed by the President on August 27, 1958
(P. L. 85-766). As passed it contains funds to fi-
nance for six months the inspection and certifica-
tion services for fish, shellfish, and related prod-
ucts ($85,000); funds for the administration of the
Alaska game law and Alaska fisheries; and funds
for the Outdoor Recreation Resources Review
Commission ($50,000).

-

reasonable.

Plentiful supplies of scallops are now available and prices are extremely
Because they are marketed in the form of dressed meat, most
people are unaware that they are a shellfish, with two shells, somewhat simi-
Its shells are rounded with a wavy, scalloped edge.

lar to the clam.
muscle opens and closes these shells.

There are two varieties of scallops, the small bay from inshore bay waters
and the large sea found on offshore banks of the North Atlantic.

TRY SCALLOPS--'THOSE LITTLE MORSELS OF GOODNESS"

This muscle is the only part of the scallop
which is eaten in America, although Europeans eat the entire scallop.

A large

Both have lean,

white, firm meatand a sweet flavor. They are suprisingly low in calories, high
in protein, and delectable when baked, broiled, or fried. Scallops are particu-
larly good when prepared in combination with other foods--suchas creamed or in
casseroles,

The home economists of the Fish and Wildlife Service suggest a combination
dish "Deviled Scallops" as a treat for the entire family.
DEVILED SCALLOPS
1 POUND SCALLOPS ut

= TEASPOON CELERY SALT
2

1 CLOVE GARLIC, CHOPPED TABLESPOONS CHOPPED PARSLEY

2 TABLESPOONS BUTTER, MELTED | 1 TABLESPOON LEMON JUICE

2 TABLESPOONS FLOUR DASH PEPPER

3 TEASPOON DRY MUSTARD 2 TABLESPOONS BUTTER, MELTED
2 TEASPOONS HORSERADISH $ CUP SOFT BREAD CRUM8S

Chop scallops. Cook garlicin butter until tender. Blend in flour and season-
ings. Add scallops and cook 4to 5 minutes, stirring constantly. Place in six well-
greased individual shells or six-ounce custard cups. Combine butter and crumbs;
sprinkle over top of eachshell. Bakeina moderate oven, 350° F., 15 to 20 minutes
or until brown. Serves six.

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 79

FISHERY
2 INDICATORS

Ss

a Re

CHART | - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, AND RHODE ISLAND LEGEND: NEW JERSEY AND NEW YORK
168

ee 155
CUMULATIVE DATA -_—_—— Bh cey CUMULATIVE DATA

6 MQS. 1958 - 363.3 |

Orn 1957 - 383.6
12 1957 - 972.8

JAN FEB MAR APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV

NORTH CAROLINA, SOUTH CAROLINA, AND GEORGIA ALABAMA, LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI, AND TEXAS

140

CUMULATIVE DATA T CUMULATIVE DATA
120 - 1958 - 323.2
7 1957 po B 1 1957 - 396.7
fe Er 1 \ 2 1957 - 513.0

JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB

CUMULATIVE DATA

—_—| 6 mgs. 1958
8 1957
12 1957 -

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
CUMULATIVE DATA

FLORIDA _ OHIO
8 mgs. 1958 - 101.6 v
8 |, 1957 - 102.8
12 1957 - 158.2 6

\

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CALIFORNIAL!

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1958 - 382.1
8 |, 1957 - 438.6

12 1957 - 654.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

A/ONLY PARTIAL--|NCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

80

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

LEGEND:

es 1955
me 1957

8 MQS. 1958 - 83.0

8, 1957 - 87.7
12 1957 - 116.9

JAN FEB MARU APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

L/ SHRIMP
(Gulf States~including Florida West Coast)
CUMULATIVE DATA

8 QS. 1958 - 99.3
8 |, 1957 - 105.8
12 1957 - 166.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/LA. & ALA, DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-
PLETE.

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)
CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MQS. 19 511.5
8 |, 1957 - 575.3
12 1957 - 841.6

In Thousands of

PILCHARD
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

1958/59 SEASON,

AUG, - SEPT. - 37.3
1957/58 SEASON,

AUG. - SEPT. - 5,3
1957/S8 SEASON,

TOTAL - 20.5

1958/59
1957/58

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY

Vol. 20, No. 10

OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1958 - 107.1
1957 - 90.3
1957 - 133.4

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 Mgs. 1958
8 , 1957

12 1957 -

In Thousands of Tons

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

4 8B MQS. 1958 - 10.7

OF Wey = Zeke)

12 1957 - 70.9

\
\
\
\
\
\
\

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MgS. 1958 - 162.1
8 |, 1957 - 142.6

12 1957 - 198.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

LEGEND:

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

= 055

——— — 1957

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY, JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE & SOU#H ATLANTIC HOLDINGS!

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGS2/

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGs2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN.

JAN FEB MAR _APR_ MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

S/OHIO, IND., ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, MO., N. DAK., NEBR. & KANS,

WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MAR) APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB

* Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products.

82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds
RECEIPTS2/ AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET

(Fresh and Frozen) NEW YORK
CITY

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS2/

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEO JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL |MPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.
AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET

(Fresh and Frozen) CHICAGO

CUMULATIVE DATA

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

9 MQS. 1958 - 70.0
9 |, 1957 - 67.9
12 1957 - 91.2

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

BOSTON

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

SEATTLE

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (Fresh and Frozen

8 MQS. 1958
8 |, 1957
12 1957 -

LEGEND:

ees 1955
1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FISH OIL
(In Millions of Gallons)
CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1958 - 13.7
8 yy 1957) = 1207
12 1957 - 20.1

FISH MEAL
In Thousands of Tons)

CUMULATIVE DATA

B MpS., 1958 - 144.4] —
8 | 1957 - 168.2
12 1957 - 262.5

=
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

LEGEND:

MACKEREL! - CALIFORNIA

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA
me 1053
--—-— 1957

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1958 -
8 , 1957 - 805

1957 - 1,326.6

8 MgS. 1958
8 , 1997
12 1957

JAN FEB MAR _APR_ MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ANCHOVIES - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 mgs. 1958 - 53.8
8 , 1957 - 535.7
12 1957 - 549.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

STANDARD CASES

CUMULATIVE DATA

- 1958 - 1,643.0 5

4 mas. es = 12879:0 Variety No.Cans Designation Net Wet.

12." 1957 - 2,266.4
SARDINES..... 100 4 drawn 32 oz.
SHRIMP....... 48 a 5 oz.
eT. U NAST eisyelat= ie 48 # 5 tuna 6&7 oz.
PILCHARDS... 48 # 1 oval 15 oz.
SALMON...... 48 1-lb. tall 16 oz.
ANCHOVIES... 48 atl, 8 oz.

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA - SHRIMP - GULF STATES

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

1958/59 SEASON, =| ewe SEASON, as
AUG. 99. sees » - 157.
1957/58 SEASON, 1s SEASON tials
TOTAL ——— ol -- 4
1956/57 SEASON, 1957/58 SEASON, f Z
TOTAL 732. TOTAL - 584.3

co a le

‘AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC “JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY. AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

CHART 7- U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (including Ocean Perch) FILLETS
(Fresh and Frozen

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MQS. 1958
Sime eel 957
12 1957 - 141.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP FROM MEXICO
(Fresh and Frozen)

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1958 - 22.6
7, 1957 - 22.4
12 1957 - 47.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA
Fresh and Frozen

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 gS. 1958 - 95,0
Um. Wee S EES)
12 1957 - 139.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH
in Oil and in Brine

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 MQS. 1958 - 34.4

7 4 1957 - 33.0
12 1957 - 59.9

Ii~~

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH
(Fresh and Frozen)

CUMULATIVE DATA

MgS. 1958 - 36.5
n 1957 - 35.3
1957 - 63.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LOBSTER AND SPINY LOBSTER

Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA

7 mgs. 1958 -

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 QS. 1958 - 11.5
7 , 1957 - 9.6
12 1957 - 55.7

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEG

CANNED SARDINES

(in Oil and not in Oil)

CUMULATIVE DATA

7 mgs. 1958 - 17.3
TAMGS

1957 - 14.7
12 1957 - 24.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

RECENT

7 le a Che Bs 0s? a 0 wm + eta s po
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE CFS-1861 - New York Landings, June 1958, 4 pp.
CFS-1862 - Rhode Island Landings, April 1958, 3 pp.
PUBLICATIONS CFS-1863 - California Landings, March1958, 4pp.
CFS-1864 - California Landings, April 1958, 4 pp.
THESE PROCESSED BUBCICAUIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM CFS-1865 - Florida Landings, June 1958, 7 pp.
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV- CFS-1866 - Rhode Island Landings, May 1958, 3 pp.
TEER MUASHUNGT ON ZS, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG- CFS-1867 - Alabama Landings, May 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1873 - Ohio Landings, July 1958, 2 pp.
CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES CFS-1876 - Rhode Island Landings, June 1958, 3 pp.
AND ALASKA.
SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS. Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products (Revised):
sine Piet SSAGiAL COURTS REPORTS --FISHERIES SL= 8 - Pennsylvania,
Sy (LIMITED DISTRIBUTION) . SL-40 - Oklahoma, 1958. °
SEP.- SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW. FL-147 - List of Federal Fish-Cultural Stations,
7 pp., revised January 1958.
Number Title |
CFS-1773 - Massachusetts Landings, 1957 Annual FL-448 - Some Publications on Fish Culture and
Summary by Ports, 15 pp. Related Subjects, 11 pp., April 1958 (supersedes
CFS-1819 - Frozen Fish-Report, May 1958, 8 pp. FL-6, August 1950).
CFS-1825 - Massachusetts Landings, 1957 Annual |
Summary by Gear andSubarea, 15 pp. | FL-453 - Infectious Pancreatic Necrosis of Salmo-
CFS-1831 - Massachusetts Landings, February nid Fishes (Acute Catarrhal Enteritis), by S. F.
1958, 4 pp. Snieszko and Ken Wolf, 3 pp., July 1958. |
CFS-1833 - Fish Meal and Oil, May 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1835 - Frozen Fish Report, June 1958, 8 pp. FL-454 - Virus Disease of Sockeye Salmon, by
CFS-1836 - Alaska Fisheries, 1957 Annual Sum- Ken Wolf, 3 pp., July 1958.
mary, 8 pp.
CFS-1837 - Georgia Landings, May 1958, 2 pp. FL-455 - Blue-Sac Disease of Fish, by Ken Wolf,
CFS-1838 - South Carolina Landings, May 1958, 2 pp. 3 pp., July 1958.
CFS-1839 - Imports and Exports of Fishery Prod-
ucts, 1953-1957, 12 pp. FL-456 - White-Spot Disease of Fish EggsandFry,
CFS-1840 - Fish Stick Report, April-June 1958, by Ken Wolf, 2 pp., July 1958.
2 pp.
CFS-1841 - Maine Landings, May 1958, 3 pp. FL-457 - Soft-Egg Disease of Fishes, by Ken Wolf,
CFS-1842 - Shrimp Landings, March 1958, 6 pp. 2 pp., July 1958.
CFS-1843 - Florida Landings, May 1958, 7 pp.
CFS-1844 - New York Landings, May 1958, 4 pp. FL-458 - Lymphocystis Disease of Fish, by Ken
CFS-1845 - Mississippi Landings, May 1958, 2 pp. Wolf, 4 pp., July 1958.
CFS-1846 - Fish Meal and Oil, June 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1847 - Ohio Landings, May 1958, 2 pp. FL-459 - Freshwater Fish Diseases Caused by
CFS-1848 - Massachusetts Landings, March 1958, Bacteria Belonging to the Genera Aeromonas
4 pp. and Pseudomonas, by S. F. Snieszko, 6 pp.,
CFS-1850 - Frozen Fish Report, July 1958, 8 pp. July 1958.
CFS-1851 - Georgia Landings, June 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1852 - South Carolina Landings, June 1958, FL-461 - Columnaris Disease of Fishes, by S. F.
2 pp. Snieszko, 3 pp., July 1958.
CFS-1853 - Shrimp Landings, April 1958, 6 pp.
CFS-1854 - Massachusetts Landings, April 1958, FL-462 - Fin Rot and Peduncle Disease of Salmo-
4 pp. nid Fishes, by S. F. Snieszko, 2 pp., July 1958.
CFS-1855 - Middle Atlantic Fisheries, 1957 An-
nual Summary, 6 pp. FL-463 - Nutritional (Dietary) Gill Disease (and
CFS-1856 - South Atlantic Fisheries, 1957 An- Other Less Known Gill Diseases of Fresh-Wa-
nual Summary, 6 pp. ter Fishes), by S. F. Snieszko, 2 pp., July 1958.
CFS-1857 - New Jersey Landings, June 1958, 4 pp. FL-464 - Bacterial Gill Disease of Fresh-Water
CFS-1858 - aor Landings, May 1958, Fishes, by S. F. Snieszko, 4 pp., July 1958.
CFS-1859 - Maine Landings, June 1958, 4 pp. FL-466 - Ulcer Disease in Trout, by Robert G.
CFS-1860 - Ohio Landings, June 1958, 2 pp. Piper, 3 pp., July 1958.

86

FL-467 - Fish Furunculosis, by S. F. Snieszko,
4 pp., July 1958.

FL-468 - Excise Tax Exemptions Granted to Fish-
ermen, by Robert Hamlisch, 2 pp., July 1958.
Exemptions in the nature of tax relief are
granted to fishermen from the payment of cer-
tain excise taxes under both Federal and
State statutes.

SSR-Fish. No. 239 - Water Quality Studies in the
Columbia River Basin, by Robert O.Sylvester,
138 pp., illus., May 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 245 - Cod and Hydrography--A Re-
view, by John P. Wise, 20 pp., illus., May 1958.
The effect of hydrographic conditions on various
parts of the life cycle of the cod has often been
described in the literature. This paper is an
attempt to correlate many reports and to com-
pare them one with another. As a convenient
method of handling the information and relating
hydrography to the cod, the various phases in
the biology of the fish are taken up in turn--
spawning, eggs and larvae, feeding and growth,
distribution and abundance of mature fish, and
mortality. Under each segment of the life his-
tory the appropriate hydrographic phenomena
are considered.

SSR-Fish. No. 256 - Length-Weight Relation in the
Common or White Shrimp, Penaeus setiferus,
by William W. Anderson and Milton J. Lindner,
13 pp., illus., May 1958. In order to determine
the size at which a species can be most profit-
ably taken, the relation between increase in
mass weight of a shrimp population through
growth and recruitment and decrease through
mortality must be known. Information about
length and weight as attributes of growth are
essential in understanding this relation. This
paper covers the results of a study of the length-
weight relations for common or white shrimp
from Texas.

SSR-Fish. No. 258 - Progress Report on Alaska
Fisheries Management and Research, 1957,
28 pp., illus., June 1958. The U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service operates in Alaska under the
general authority provided in the Congressional
Act of June 18, 1926, commonly called the White
Act, to protect and conserve the fisheries of
Alaska. In accordance with the purposes out-
lined in the White Act, the administration of the
commercial fisheries of Alaska has three prin-
cipal functions: (1) To investigate the status of
the fisheries resources and determine by scien-
tific means whether they are yielding the max-
imum harvest and, if they are not, how this
might be done; (2) to translate the scientific
findings into management measures and regula-
tions in order to achieve the maximum sustain-
ed yield; and (3) to enforce the fishery laws and
regulations which apply in Alaskan waters. This
progress report contains a brief description of
the trends in the major Alaskan fisheries and

the preliminary results of the research being done.

Sep. No. 522 - A Practical Depth Telemeter for
Midwater Trawls.

Sep. No. 523 - Color and Quality of Canned Gulf
of Mexico Yellowfin Tuna as Related to Weight
of Fish.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

Sep. No. 524 - 1957: The Year of Warm Water and
Southern Fish off California Coast.

Sep. No. 525 - Research in Service Laboratories
(September 1958): Contains these articles--
"Enzymes in Fish Tissue Under Study," and
"Improved Handling of Fish Aboard Massachu-
setts Fishing Vessels."

Groundfish Industry, Circular 53, 22pp., July
1958. Presents background information which
was secured from processors, distributors,
and consumers of New England groundfish and
reports the conclusions and recommendations
developed largely from that background infor-
mation. The report is based on a study made
by a firm of marketing management consultants
under contract to the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries with funds made available by the
Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954.

A Market Development Plan for the New England

Regulations Governing Processed Fishery Prod-
ucts, July 1958 (First Issue), 26 pp.

United States Standards for Grades of FrozenFish
Blocks, July 1958 (First Issue), 6 pp.

United States Standards for Grades of Frozen Fried
Fish Sticks, July 1958 (First Issue), 5 pp.

United States Standards for Grades of Frozen Raw
Breaded Shrimp, July 1958 (First Issue), 5 pp.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAJLABLE ONLY
FROM THE SPEC|FIC OFFICE MENTIONED.

Production of Fishery Products in Selected Areas
of Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi,
and Texas, 1957, by Peter Disccona Siam
processed, July 1958. (Available free from the
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 609-611 Feder-
al Bldg., 600 South St., New Orleans, La.) The
first part reports on trends and conditions in
Gulf Coast fisheries during 1957 and gives a
resume of the individual fisheries. For the
shrimp fishery, a detailed account is presented
of general conditions, total landings by species
and states, composition of the landings by spe-
cies, total landings by sizes and species, con-
sumption data, prices, canned shrimp, sun-
dried shrimp, imports, and cold-storage data.
Discusses production and market conditions for
the oyster, blue crab, and finfish fisheries, as
well as the Gulf tuna fishery and imports of
fresh and frozen fish and shellfish. The second
part includes shrimp closed seasons in effect
in the Gulf States during 1957, minimum
shrimp size regulations, conversion factors
and container capacities, and shrimp sizes.
The second part also contains statistical ta-
bles showing total fishery products landings
by areas and species, by species and months
by areas and species by months; crab meat
production by areas and months; fishery im-
ports through the New Orleans Customs Dis-
trict and Port Isabel and Brownsville, Tex.;
and LCL express shipments from New Orleans
for 1957 by months and destination. Also in-
cluded are tables showing monthly range of
wholesale prices of fishery products on the
New Orleans French Market; Gulf States week-
ly oyster and shrimp packs, 1956/57 season;

October 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 87

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

Gulf States canned shrimp pack by seasons for
a 5-year period; summary of Gulf shrimp land-
ings for selected areas, 1956-57 and 5-year
averages; and fishery products market classi-
fications in the Gulf area. The areas covered
by the report are: Mobile and Bayou LaBatre,
Ala.; Apalachicola, Fla.; Pascagoula and Bi-
loxi, Miss.; New Orleans and Lower Mississip-
pi River, Golden Meadow, Houma, Chauvin,
Dulac, Morgan City, Berwick, Patterson, and
Delcambre, La.; and Port Arthur, Sabine Pass,
Galveston, Freeport, Port Lavaca, Palacios,
Aransas Pass, Rockport, Corpus Christi, Port
Isabel, and Brownsville, Tex.

Receipts of Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products at
New York City's Fulton Fish Market, 1957 (In-_
cludes Statistics and Marketing Trends), byT. J.
Risoli, 43 pp., processed. (Available free from
the Market News Service, U. S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries, 155 John St., New York 38,

N. Y.) The first part of this annual summary of
New York City's Fulton Market receipts of fresh

and frozen salt-water fishery products discuss-
es the marketing trends for 1957. The subjects
covered are: a comparison of New York City's
Fulton Market Salt-Water Section receipts of
finfish and shellfish, leading finfish species,
shad receipts and prices, general marketing
trends and conditions that affected the market-
ing of fishery products, New York City whole-
sale oyster prices, annual summary andanaly-
sis of receipts of finfish on New York City's
Wholesale Fresh-Water Market, and a number
of other related subjects. The second part of
this annual report consists of a series of statis-
tical tables giving the receipts of fish and shell-
fish in the Salt-Water Sectionof New York City's
Fulton Fish Market by months and method of
transportation; by species, method of transpor-
tation and states and provinces; and by points of
origin and methods of transportation. Also in-
cludes imports of selected fresh and frozen
fishery products for 1957 as compared with 1956.

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,
May 1958; June 1958; July 1958; 12 pp. each.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Post Office Bldg., San Pedro, Calif.)
California cannery receipts of raw tuna and
tunalike fish, herring, mackerel, anchovies, and
squid; pack of canned tuna, herring, mackerel,
anchovies, and squid; market fish receipts at
San Pedro, Santa Monica, San Diego, and Eureka
areas; California imports; canned fish andfro-
zen shrimp prices; American Tuna Boat Asso-
ciation auction sales; for the months indicated.

(Chicago) Monthly Summary of Chicago's Fresh
and Frozen Fishery Products Receipts and
Wholesale Market Prices, July 1958, 12 pp.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wuldlite
Service, 565 W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Ill.)
Receipts at Chicago by species andby states and
provinces; fresh-water fish, shrimp, andfrozen
fillet wholesale prices; for the month indicated.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments
of Fishery Products, June 1958; July 1958, 6 pp-
each. (Market News Service, U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, 609-611 Federal Bldg., New

Orleans 12, La.) Gulf States shrimp, oyster,
finfish, and blue crab landings; crab meat pro-
duction; LCL express shipments from New Or-
leans; and wholesale prices of fish and shellfish
on the New Orleans French Market; for the
months indicated.

Areas of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mary-
land, July 1958; August 1958; 4 pp. each. (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, 18 So. King St., Hampton, Va.) Fishery
landings and production for the Virginia areas
of Hampton Roads, Lower Northern Neck, and
Eastern Shore; the Maryland areas of Crisfield,
Ocean City, and Cambridge; and the North Car-
olina areas of Atlantic, Beaufort, and Morehead
City; together with cumulative and comparative
data; for the months indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products inSelected

New England Fisheries--Monthly Summary, June
1958; July 1958; 21 pp. each. (Market News

Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 10
Commonwealth Pier, Boston 10, ss.) Re-
views the principal New England fishery ports,
presenting food fish landings by ports and spe-
cies; industrial fish landings and ex-vessel
prices; imports; cold-storage stocks of fishery
products in New England warehouses; fishery
landings and ex-vessel prices for ports in Mas-
sachusetts (Boston, Gloucester, New Bedford,
Provincetown, and Woods Hole), Maine (Portland
and Rockland), Rhode Island (Point Judith), and
Connecticut (Stonington); frozen fishery prod-
ucts prices to primary wholesalers at Boston,
Gloucester, and New Bedford; and landings and
ex-vessel prices for fares landed at the Boston
Fish Pier and sold through the New England
Fish Exchange; for the months indicated.

155 John St., New York 38, N. Y.) Receipts in
the salt-water section of the Fulton Fish Mar-
ket by species and by states and provinces; for
the month indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,
July 1958, 8 pp. (Market News Service, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Pier 42 South,
Seattle 4, Wash.) Includes landings and local
receipts, with ex-vessel and wholesale prices
in some instances, as reported by Seattle and
Astoria (Oregon) wholesale dealers; also
Northwest Pacific halibut landings; for the
month indicated.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND
ARE AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT_OF DOCUMENTS ,
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.

of fishery products, employment in the fisher-
ies, quantity of gear operated, the number of

88

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION |[SSUING THEM.

fishing craft employed in the capture of fishery
products, and certain information on the pro-
duction and value of manufactured fishery prod-
ucts and byproducts. The statistical surveys,
conducted during 1957 for 1956 data, covered
all sections of the United States. The catch of
fishery products in all sections of the United
States and Alaska during 1956 totaled approx-
imately 5.25 billion pounds valued at $369 mil-
lion ex-vessel--an increase of 10 percent in
quantity and 10 percent in value as compared
with 1955. Menhaden landings continued to
climb and soared above 2 billion pounds, estab-
lishing a new record as the greatest annual
catch of a single species ever made by United
States fishermen. Shrimp was again the most
valuable single item taken by domestic fisher-
men. The catch of these shellfish totaled 224.2
million pounds valued at $70.9 million ex-ves-
sel. The Gulf of Mexico was again the major
shrimp-producing area, yielding 88 percent of
the value of the total 1956 landings; however,
commercial quantities of cocktail-size shrimp
from the Washington Coast became significant
in 1956, thus assuring further expansion of this
fishery. Several of the major food fish recorded
noteworthy increases during the year: tunaand
tunalike (up 59 million pounds); sea herring (up
129 million pounds); Alaska salmon (up 34.4
million pounds); jack mackerel (up 40 million
pounds); and Pacific mackerel (up 27 million
pounds). Increased landings were also made in
the fisheries for Pacific halibut and haddock,
and to a lesser extent, alewives, anchovies,
catfish, bullheads, and flounder. Gains were
also made in the landings of clams and crabs.
The only major fisheries showing decreases in
1956 were Pacific sardines (which totaled less
than half of the 1955 landings), ocean perch,
oysters, and shrimp. Although landings of oys-
ters and shrimp decreased, their value in-
creased over that of 1955 due mainly to excel-
lent consumer demand. The pack of canned
fishery products in the United States, Alaska,
Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and American Samoa in
1956 amounted to over 979 million pounds
valued at $350 million to the packers. Increased
packs of tuna, Alaska salmon, Maine sardines,
Pacific Coast mackerel, and fish packed for pet
food were responsible for the gain in the total
pack. Production of fresh and frozen packaged
fish in the United States totaled nearly 163 mil-
lion pounds valued at over $47 million to the
processors. This represented an increase of
about 4 million pounds and $3 million over
the 1955 production. United States foreign
trade in fishery products during 1956 was val-
ued at $321 million of which $281 million rep-
resented imports and $40 million the value of
exports. The value of imported fishery prod-
ucts in 1956 established a new record over 1955,
the former high year. Some of the most impor-
tant imports during 1956 were fresh and frozen
groundfish fillets and steaks (including blocks
and slabs), shrimp, canned salmon, and canned
tunainbrine. The value of exports in 1956 were
almost the same as for 1955, but there were de-
creases in exports of canned salmon, canned
sardines, cured fishery products, and fish and
marine-animaloils. The economic data pre-
sented in this report are essential for use by

persons engaged in commercial fishery and by
governmental agencies concerned with the reg-
ulation and protection of commercial fisheries.
Biological information included, which is im-
portant to sound fishery management, provides
detailed information of fluctuations in the com-
mercial catch by species, locality, and gear,
and type of craft operated. To assist persons
interested in reviewing historical statistics of
the domestic fisheries, this report contains a
bibliography listing the sources of data on the
fisheries of the various regions of the United
States for the years 1880 to 1956.

Uptake and Accumulation of Radioactive Zinc by

Marine Plankton, Fish, and Shellfish, by Wal-
ter A. Chipman, Theodore R. Rice, and Thom-
as J. Price, Fishery Bulletin 135 (From Fish-
ery Bulletin of the Fish and Wildlife Service,

vol. 58), 16 pp., illus., printed, 15 cents, 1958.

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND

WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OR-
GANIZATION ISSUING THEM.
TIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE OR-
GANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED,
ILy AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUBLICA -

DATA ON PRICES, IF READ-

ALASKA:

1956 Annual Report, Report No. 8, 118 pp., illus.,
printed. Alaska Department of Fisheries, Ju-
neau, Alaska. This report covers the activities
of the Alaska Fisheries Board and the Alaska
Department of Fisheries for 1956. Thestatis-
tical tables cover the preceding 10-year period,
while the financial statement is based on the
Territorial biennium from April 1, 1956, to
March 31, 1957. The 1956 activities of the Bio-
logical Research Division continued the three
field studies under way in 1955 on Taku River
salmon, Kitoi Bay red salmon, and Kodiak king
crab. A new research project was initiated on
silver salmon in Southeast Alaska. This report
also describes the education and information,
engineering, inspection, marine predator con-
trol, sport fish, and watershed management
programs. The statistical part of the report
contains data on the comparative values of can-
ned salmon by species, 1947-1956; number of
canneries and salmon pack, 1947-1956; salmon
catch by gear, species and district, 1947-1956;
poundage and value of Alaska fisheries landings,
1947-1956; and poundage and value of Alaska
fisheries products prepared for market, 1947-
1956. In addition to a financial statement, the
report concludes with a discussion of future
plans of the Department.

ANGLERFISH:

A Deep Sea Ceratioid Anglerfish of the Genus
GIGANTACTIS from Florida, by C. Richard

Robins and Walter R. Courtenay, Jr., Contribu-
tion No. 201, 6 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted
from Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and

October 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

89

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

Caribbean, vol, 8, no. 2, June 1958, pp. 146-
151.) The Marine Laboratory, University of
Miami, Virginia Key, Miami 49, Fla.

ANIMAL FEEDING:

"Feeding of Whale Meat," by Dr. A. J. Wood, ar-
ticle, National Fur News, vol. 30, no. 4, May
1958, pp. 12, 61, printed, single copy 35 cents.
Galen E. Boyles Co., Inc., 200 Clayton St., Den-
ver 4, Colo. A discussion of the use of whale
meat as a protein supplement in mink rations.
Some recent analyses are presented of certain
whale meats in comparison with various other
protein supplements used in mink feeding. An-
other table compares the ration costs of two
typical rations utilizing whale meat and horse
meat. ''To summarize," the author states, "it
seems safe to conclude that whale meat may be
canned to provide a completely safe and nutri-
tionally valuable source of protein for mink
feeding. The cost of this product when consid-
eration is given to savings in storage costs and
to protein quality will make it competitive with
many of the other mink protein supplements."

"Fish Feeding Experiments," by W. S. Gunn and
Ronald E. Howell, article, National Fur News,
vol. 30, no. 4, May 1958, pp. 13, 62-63, printed,
single copy 35 cents. Galen E. Boyles Co., Inc.,
200 Clayton St., Denver 4, Colo. Describes
mink-feeding experiments conducted at the Kel-
logg Research Farm, Michigan State University,
during the past five years. Controlled experi-
mental results support theoretical and practi-
cal evidence that certain fish can be used just
as effectively as horse meat in commercial
mink rations.

"Fishmeal and Fishflour in the Mink's Diet," by
William L. Loeschke, article, National Fur
News, vol, 30, no. 6, July 1958, pp. 10, 37, illus.,
printed. Galen E. Boyles Co., Inc., 200 Clay-
ton Street, Denver 6, Colo. Reports on experi-
mental studies of the nutritional value of fish
meal and fish flour in mink diets. The primary
purpose of these experiments is to establish
standards for evaluating mink feed products.

"Know Your Atlantic Ocean Fish," by Dr. Ken-
dall Dolge, article, National Fur News, vol. 30,
no. 4, May 1958, pp. 10, 50-51, printed, single
copy 35 cents. Galen E. Boyles Co., Inc., 200
Clayton St., Denver 4, Colo. The author dis-
cusses the major points in the use of Atlantic
Ocean fish in the feeding of mink. He gives the
following helpful suggestions to mink ranchers:
(1) Avoid spoilage of fish by careful handling
on your own ranch, and by careful selection of
your supplier; (2) If you feed fish known to con-
tain thiaminase, either cook the fish before
feeding or feed only on alternate days; (3) Don't
feed any single species at over 15-20 percent
until you know by your own experience it is
safe. Be especially careful not to feed toohigh
a percentage of hake; (4) Use a variety of fish
and fish products. There is safety in numbers;
(5) Know the composition of the fish you are
feeding and properly supplement it; and (6) Keep
up with the research being conducted at univer-
sities throughout the country. Help whenever and
however you can."

AUSTRALIA:

Fishing and Whaling, Australia, 1956-57, Statis-
tical Bulletin No. 3, 18 pp., illus., processed.
Commonwealth Bureau of Census and Statistics,
Canberra, Australia. A statistical report in
two parts. The first part covers fisheries for
1956-57 with comparative data for the previous
four years, presenting details on the quantity
and value of landings by states; total quantity
and value of landings; vessels, gear, and num-
ber of persons engaged in the fisheries; fish
processing; imports, exports, and consumption
of fresh and processed fish; production of fresh
fish; production of fish by species and states;
total production of fish by species; production
of major fish species; production of crustaceans
and mollusks by states; and pearl and trochus
shell production. Thesecondpart summarizes
Australian whaling statistics for five seasons,
1953-57.

BAIT FISH:

"The Intestine as a Diagnostic Character in Iden-
tifying Certain Clupeoids (Engratilididae, Clu-
peidae, Dussumieriidae) and asa Morphometric
Character for Comparing Anchoveta (Cetengrau-
lis mysticetus) Populations,’ by Wilhelm Har-
der, article, Inter-American Tropical Tuna
Commission, Bulletin vol. I, no. 3 1958, pp.
367-388, illus., printed in English andSpanish. .
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission,
La Jolla, Calif.

BLUE RUNNER:

Early Development and Larval Distribution of the
Carangid Fish, CARANX CRYSOS (Mitchell), by
Thomas W. McKenney, Elizabeth C. Alexander,
and Gilbert L. Voss, Contribution No. 207, 33
pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from Bulletin
of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean,
vol. 8, no. 2, June 1958, pp. 167-200.) The
Marine Laboratory, University of Miami, Vir-
ginia Key, Miami 49, Fla. Describes and illus-
trates the early development of the blue runner,
Caranx crysos. Also discusses distribution of
the species, its food habits, spawning, growth,
temperature, and the salinities and depths of
water in which it is captured.

BRAZIL:

Jangadeiros (Raftsmen), by Luis da Camara Cas-
cudo, Documentario da Vida Rural No. 11, 60
pp., illus., printed in Portuguese with summary
in English. Ministerio da Agricultura, Servico
de Informacao Agricola, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,
1957. Presents an account of fishing rafts and
raftsmen of Brazil. Raft fishing provides a
large amount of the fish consumed in Brazil.
The author gives details of the raft fishing and
describes the methods used for preparing food
fish in the north coast of Brazil.

BELGIUM:

Officiele Lijst der Belgische Vissersvaartuigen,
1958 (Official List of Belgian Motor Fishing
Vessels, 1958), 75 pp., printed in Dutch. Min-
isterie van Verkeerswezen, Brussels, Belgium.

CALIFORNIA:
The Marine Fish Catch of California (For the
Years 1955 and 1956), Fish Bulletin No. 105,

90

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVJCE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

104 pp., illus., printed. Department of Fishand
Game, Sacramento, Calif., 1958. Tables pub-
lished in this bulletin supply the complete avail-
able record of all fish, mollusks, and crusta-
ceans landed in California by commercial fish-
ing vessels or shipped into California for proc-
essing. Statistical data cover annual landings
and shipments, 1916-1956; commercial fish
landings and shipments, 1955 and 1956; value of
commercial fish landings and shipments, 1955
and 1956; licensed commercial fishermen; reg-
istered commercial vessels; originof shipments,
1955 and 1956; origin of commercial fish land-
ings, 1955 and 1956; monthly landings and ship-
ments, 1955 and 1956--statewide; monthly land-
ings and shipments, 1955 and 1956--by regions;
value and poundage, annual landings by regions,
1955 and 1956; value and poundage by ports and
regions, 1955 and 1956; sport catch, 1947-1956;
and live bait catch, 1952-1956. In addition to
the statistical data, this bulletin includes an ar-
ticle entitled ''Rockfish Review," by J. B. Phil-
lips; a list of common and scientific names of
fishes, crustaceans, and mollusks; and an ex-
planation of the tables.

CANADA:

Fisheries Statistics of Canada, 1956 (Ontario,
Prairie Provinces, and Northwest Territories),
71 pp., printed in French and English, 50 Cana-
dian cents. Queen's Printer and Controller of
Stationery, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1958: Con-
sists of tables giving the value of the principal
species of inland fish landed, 1949-56; quantity
and value of landings by species and fisheries
districts, 1955-56; capital equipment used in
the primary fisheries operations; and the num-
ber of persons engaged in the fisheries. This
information is presented separately for the prov-
inces of Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and
Alberta, andfor the Northwest Territories.

Operations of Modern Longliners and Draggers,
REEnae Seaboard, 1957, by John Proskie, Pri-

mary Industry Series No.1, vol.7, Part 2,62 pp.,
processed. Department of Fisheries of Canada,
Economics Service, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada,
1958. A statistical report covering the opera-
tions of modern fishing vessels in the Canadian
Atlantic provinces. Presents tables summariz-
ing the description of vessels, capital cost, fi-
nancing, and ownership; fishing activities; land-
ings and landed values; prices, receipts, expend-
itures, and net returns; fishing effort and returns;
geographic operational areas; and seasonal fish-
ing effort and landings.

"Some Observations on the Schooling Movements
of the Alewife in Lake Ontario,'' by Joseph J.
Graham, article, The Canadian Field-Naturalist,
vol. 71, no. 3, July-September 1957, pp. 115-116,
printed. Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club, Science
Service Building, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.

CANNING:

"Beretning fra Hermetikkindustriens Laboratori-
um 1953, 1954, 1955"' (Reportsfrom the Canning
Industry Laboratory, 1953, 1954, and 1955), by
E. Mathiesen, articles, Tidsskrift for Hermetik-
industri, vol. 40, 1954, pp. 560-564, 567-569; vol.

42, 1956, pp. 68-70, 73-79, 489-490, 492-494,
497-500, 503-505, printed in Norwegian. Her-
metikkindustriens Laboratorium, Stavanger,
Norway. Describes the work of the Norwegian
Canning Industry Laboratory at Stavanger, Nor-
way, during the years 1953, 1954, and 1955. Re-
ports on raw materials, pretreatment of raw
materials, auxiliary materials, containers used,
canned products and their manufacture, other
preserved products, machines and equipment,
and other activities.

"The Formation of Magnesium Ammonium Phos-
phate Crystals in Canned Sea Foods--UlI. The
Crystallizing State of Chemically Synthesized
Crystals at Various Temperatures; IV. Forma-
tion of the Crystals of MgNH4PO46H20 and its
Minimum Ion Concentration; and V. TheGrowth
of the Crystals of MgNH4PO46H92O in Glass Ves-
sel,'' by E. Tanikawa, Y. Nagasawa, and T.Sug-
iyama, articles, Bulletin of the Faculty of Fish-
eries, Hokkaido University, vol. 8, 1957, pp.
59-73, printed. Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido
University, Hakodate, Japan.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION:

The Biochemical Composition of Fish, by R. M.
Love, Department of Scientific and Industrial
Research, Memoir No. 1106, 17 pp., illus.,
printed. Department of Scientific and Industrial
Research, Food Investigation Organization, Tor-
ry Research Station, Aberdeen, Scotland.

CHESAPEAKE BAY:

"The Fishing Craft of the Chesapeake Bay," by
Robert H. Burgess, article, The Common-
wealth, vol. 15, no. 7, July 1958, pp. 19-22, 36-
37, illus., printed. The Virginia State Chamber
of Commerce, 111 North Fifth St., Richmond 19,
Va. Presents a historical review of the types of
vessels used, past and present, in the fisheries
of the Upper Chesapeake Bay. Discusses the
designs of vessels--especially oyster dredgers--
made to conform to the special demands of
weather and local conditions.

COD:

"Aspectos Tecnologicos da Preparacao de Bacal-
hau desde a Captura a Secagem--Elementos
Historicos'" (Technological Aspects of the Proc-
essing of Cod from Its Landing to Drying--His-
torical Elements), by Dr. A. Torres Botelho,
article, Boletim da Pesca, vol. 11, no. 59, June
1958, pp. 11-37, printed in Portuguese. Gab-
ingte de Estudos das Pescas, R. S. Bento, 644,
4." -Esq., Lisbon, Portugal.

Bear Is]and Cod--Prospect for 1958, Ministry of
Agriculture, Fisheries and Food Laboratory
Leaflet No. 19, 10 pp., illus., processed. Min-
istry of Agriculture Fisheries and Food, Fish-
eries Laboratory, Lowestoft, England, April 1958.

"Chemical Changes Occurring in Cod Muscle dur-
ing Chill Storage and Their Possible Use as Ob-
jective Indices of Quality," by J. M. Shewan and
N. R. Jones, article, Journal of the Science of
Food and Agriculture, vol. 8, 1957, pp. 491-498,
printed. Society of Chemical Industry, 14 Belgrave
Square, London, SW1, England.

October 1958

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

"Influence of Intermittent Short Storage Periods
at 15° F., as Encountered during Refrigerator
Car Transportation, on the Quality of Frozen
Cod Stored at O F.,"' by W. J. Dyer, D. I.
Fraser, D. G. Ellis, and W. A. MacCallum, ar-
ticle, Journal of the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, vol. 14, 1957, pp. 627-635, printed.
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa,
Ontario, Canada.

COMMISSION:

Annual Report 1957, International Pacific Salmon
Fisheries Commission, 44 pp., illus., printed.
International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commis-
sion, New Westminster, Canada, 1958. Areport
of the Commission, an international agency ap-
pointed under a convention between Canada and

the United States for the protection, preserva-
tion, and extension of the sockeye salmon fish-
eries in the Fraser River system. The ratifica-
tion of the Pink Salmon Protocol on July 3, 1957,
transferred the primary responsibility for pro-
tecting, preserving, and extending the pink salm-
on fishery of the Fraser River system to the In-
ternational Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commis-
sion. To permit the Commission to fulfill its
new terms of reference in respect to the pink
salmon, all of the responsibilities of the Com-
mission relating to sockeye salmon including
the right to regulate the fishery in Convention
waters, were broadened, effective immediately,
to include pink salmon. Since the pink salmon
occur in significant numbers in Convention wa-
ters only on the odd-numbered years and the
1957 run was due to start in a few weeks after
the ratification of the Protocol, only a cursory
examination of the available historical data was
possible prior to the formulation of the 1957 reg-
ulations. Discussed in this report are the var-
ious activities of the Commission during 1957
and the 1957 regulations. The sockeye salmon
report discusses the United States fishery, the
Canadian fishery, escapement, rehabilitation of
barren areas, and general investigations. The
pink salmon report discusses the 1957 pink
salmon fishery, escapement, and the manage-
ment research program.

CRAYFISH:

"Wisconsin Crayfish,"' by C. W. Threinen, article,
Wisconsin Conservation Bulletin, vol. 23, no. 7,
July 1958, pp. 13-15, illus., printed. Wisconsin
Conservation Department, Madison 1, Wisc.
Presents a brief report on the life history and
edibility of five species of crayfish common in
Wisconsin.

DEHYDRATION:

"The Effects of Dehydration on Actomyosin in
Fish and Beef Muscle," by Sheila M. V. Hunt and
N. A. Matheson, article, Food Technology, vol.
12, no. 8, August 1958, pp. 410-416, illus., print-
ed, single copies of periodical--domestic US$1.50,
foreign US$1.75. (Published by the Institute of
Food Technologists.) The Garrard Press, 510
North Hickory, Champaign, Ill. Changes which
occur in actomyosin of beef and cod muscle as
a result of dehydration are discussed. Ondehy-
dration, cod actomyosin becomes insoluble and
the muscle fibers may or may not lose their

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 91

power to contract, though about half the adeno-
sine triphosphatase activity is not destroyed.

DENMARK:

Fiskeribertning for Aret 1957 (The Ministry of
Fisheries Annual Report for 1957), 147 pp.,
illus., printed in Danish with English summary.
Fiskeriministeriet, I Kommission Hos G.E. C.
Gad, Copenhagen, Denmark. A report on the
Danish fishing industry for the year1957. Pres-
ents statistical data on the number of fishermen
fishing vessels, gear, and nets; landings of fish
and shellfish; trout produced in ponds; amount
of fish used for filleting, smoking, and canning;
fish meal and oil production; exports of fresh
and processed fishery products; and imports of
fish and shellfish.

FISHERY STATISTICS:

Purpose and Methods in Fishery Statistics (Re-
port of the First International Meeting on Fish-
ery Statistics held in Copenhagen, Denmark,
26th-30th May 1952), edited byG. M. Gerhard-
sen, 371 pp., printed in English witha few papers
in French. (Available from United States Mis-
sion to the United Nations, 2 Park Avenue, New
York 16, N. Y.) Food and Agriculture Organi-
zation of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. The
purpose of this report is to give a detailed ac-
count of the First International Meeting on Fish-
ery Statistics, which was organized by the Food
and Agriculture Organization of the United Na-
tions in Copenhagen, Denmark, on May 26-30,
1952. The report is based on papers which were
written for the meeting on purposes and meth-
ods in fishery statistics. The discussions and
papers have been grouped under the following
chapters: (1) Introduction and Summary Re-
port; (2) The Need for Fishery Statistics and the
Degree of Accuracy Required; (3) Collection of
Fishery Statistics; (4) Fishing Craft Statistics;
(5) Statistics on Fish Processing, Marketing,
and Distribution; (6) Fishery Products in Ex-
ternal Trade Statistics; and (7) Presentation of
Fishery Statistics with Special Reference in In-
ternational Comparison. ''The participants in
the meeting came largely from Europe and
North America, but many of the problems re-
ferred to are universal, and," states the editor,
"it is hoped that this symposium on fishery sta-
tistics will be found useful in all progressive
fishery countries of the world. Curzentinterest
in the development of fisheries which is likely
to become even more marked in the years to
come, points to the indispensable need for ac-
curate statistics for which a thorough knowl-
edge of the purpose and methods is an obvious
prerequisite. It is for this reason that this re-
port, though essentially a record of the proceed-
ings of a meeting is being made available not
only to participants but to all interested in its
subject matter."

FISH MEAL:

"Sulla Determinazione dell'Azoto Proteico nelle
Farine di Pesce" (The Determination of Pro-
tein Nitrogen in Fish Meal), by B. M. C. Ricotta
and R. Sara, article, Conserve e Derivati Agru-
mari, vol. 5, 1956, pp. 194-198, printed in Italian.

Centro Sperimentale per 1'Industria delle Conserve

Alimentari della Regione Siciliana, Palermo, Italy.

92

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION |SSUING THEM,

FLORIDA:

A Survey of the Number of Anglers and of Their
Fishing Effort and Expenditures in the Coastal
Recreational Fishery of Florida, by Robert W.
Ellis, Albert Rosen, and Alan W. Moffett, Tech-
nical Series No. 24, 50 pp., illus., printed. The
Marine Laboratory, University of Miami, Vir-
ginia Key, Miami 49, Fla., May 1958. Report
on a study of the sport fishing in the salt and
brackish waters of Florida made to determine
the importance of this fishery to the economy of
the State, to focus public attention on its im-
portance, and to obtain information which will
aid in the formulation of wise management laws.

FREEZING:

"Changes in the Myosin Fraction of Fish Muscle
due to Freezing, Storage, and Thawing," by
Olavi E. Nikkila, article, Nordisk Kjolemote,
1957, pp. 3-7, printed in Swedish. Fiskeridi-
rektoratet, Industriavdelingen, Postboks 188,
Bergen, Norway.

FREEZING FISH AT SEA:

The Development of a Quick-Freezing Plant for
Deep Sea Trawlers, by G. C. Eddie, R. T. Hales,
and D. W. Higman, paper read before Institute
of Refrigeration, London, March 1957, 9 fig.,
6ref. Institute of Refrigeration, London, England.

FROZEN FISH:
"The Basis of Fish Glazing,’ by A. Piskarev and
S. Gakichko, article, Bulletin of the Internation-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

"Temperature Measurements on Frozen Fish dur-
ing Road Transport," by D. L. Nichol and J.
Lawrence, article, Modern Refrigeration, vol.
59, 1956, pp. 316-319, printed. Modern Refrig-
eration, Victoria Road, Woking, Surrey, England.

GENERAL:

"Egyptian Conservation,'' by Ednard Waldo, ar-
ticle, Louisiana Conservationist, vol. 10, no.
7-8, July-August 1958, pp. 14-15, 19-20, illus.,
printed. Louisiana Wild Life and Fisheries
Commission, 126 Civil Courts Bldg., New Or-
leans, La. Discusses recent discoveries of an-
cient Egyptian bas reliefs and drawings which
show that 5,000 years ago Egyptians were ex-
pert at the art of raising game and food fish--
especially tilapia and Nile perch.

Journal du Conseil, vol. XXIII, no. 2, 169 pp.,
illus., printed. Conseil Permanent Internation-
al pour 1'Exploration de la Mer, Charlottenlund
Slot, Denmark, April 1958. Contains, among
others, the following articles: ''The World's
Southernmost Indigenous Cod,"' by John P. Wise;
"Reactions of Fish to Artificial Light, With
Special Reference to Large Herring and Spring
Herring in Norway,'' by Olav Dragesund; ''On
the Shape of Herring Schools," by G. C. Bolster;
and ''Diet-Induced Variation in the Free Amino
Acid Complex of Sardinops caerulea," by
David A. Farris.

al Institute of Refrigeration, vol. 35, 1955, p.
560, printed. (Reprinted from Kholod. Tekh.
(U. S. S. R.), vol. 31, no. 4, 1954, pp. 36-39.)
International Institute of Refrigeration, 177

Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris in, France.

"Effect of Glazing on Quality, Preservation, and
Extension of Storage Life of Frozen Fish," by
A. Piskarev, article, Bulletin of the Internation-
al Institute of Refrigeration, vol. 35, 1955, p.
130, printed. (Reprinted from Kholod Tekh.

(U. S. S. R.), vol. 31, no. 3, 1954, pp. 51-54.) In-
ternational Institute of Refrigeration, 177
Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris 17°, France.

"Esperimenti di Conservazione di Filetti di Pesce
Mediante Congelamento'' (Experiments on the
Preservation of Fish Fillets by Freezing), by
G. Botalla, O. Bruss, A. Daghetta, and A. Mon-
zini, article Annali della Sperimentazione
Agraria, vol. 10, 1956, pp. 1651-1661, printed
in Italian with English summary. Ministerio
della Agricoltura e della Foreste, Rome, Italy.

"Handling Frozen Sea Food," by C. Butler, ar-
ticle, Refrigerating Engineering, vol. 64, no. 8,
1956, pp. 52-53, printed. American Society of
Refrigerating Engineers, 234 Fifth Avenue, New
Wonks Nee

"Method of Heat Calculation in the Process of

Glazing Fish,'' by Ya. Shneider, article, Bulletin

of the International Institute of Refrigeration,
vol, 34, 1954, p. 472, printed. (Reprinted from
Kholod. Tekh. (U.S. S. R.), vol. 30, no. 2, 1953,
pp. 57-61.) International Institute of Refrigera-
tion, 177 Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris17-,
France.

Living Resources of the Sea, by Lionel A. Walford,
336 pp., illus., printed, $6. The Ronald Press
Co., New York, 1958.

This unusual book, by the former Chief of the
Branch of Fishery Biology of the U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, is the report of a study made
for The Conservation Foundation on the oppor-
tunities for research and for an expansion of
the harvest from the sea.

The author recognizes the urgency of the
need of increased and unfailing supplies of food
from the sea for the rapidly growing world pop-
ulation and starts his study with three basicas-
sumptions: (1) We have not yet learned how to
exploit the food resources of the sea fully; (2)
scientific research will show the way; (3) there
are gaps in present research programs which
need filling. He then proceeds for the next six
chapters to review the gaps rather than the sub-
stance of our knowledge in the several sciences
which contribute to fishery science. Heexplores
the popular hope that the ultimate food source,
the marine plankton, can be harvested and shows
the difficulties of fish farming in brackish wa-
ters. He points out the need for improvingold
methods of discovery and capture of fish--the
need of developing entirely new principles and
methods.

Part II of the book is a condensed review of
the character and suspected extent of the sever-
al classes of food sources, invertebrates, fish-
es, reptiles, mammals, and seaweeds. The last
chapter is a summing up and a looking forward.

The author takes a properly cautious and
conservative view of the prospects concluding

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93
THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

that there are vast opportunities for research,
too few researchers being trained, and, because

of geographic, economic, and ethnic difficulties,

little chance of a greator even an early increase
(by more than a factor or two) of the world's
food from the sea.

The book is very readable and entertaining
as well as informing and stimulating for the
thoughtful reader. The style is flowing, and the

whole book is remarkably free of minor errors.

It amply fulfills its principal aim of directing

and encouraging marine fishery research by ex-

tending the horizons of present-day thinking.

--Elmer Higgins
GREAT LAKES:

Great Lakes Fauna, Flora, and Their Environ-

Arbor, Mich., 1957. A bibliography on the
fauna, flora, and limnology of the Great Lakes,
compiled partly as a result of the international

and national interest in the Great Lakes thathas

grown in recent years due to the havoc wrought
by the sea lamprey on the fisheries. The pub-
lications listed are indexed under broad sub-
jects. The section on fish covers biology; par-
asites and diseases; taxonomy, catalogs, and
records; culture; and fisheries.

HERRING:

Luftfrysing av Sild--Undersokelse av Nodvendig
Frysetid (Anr=Blast Freezing of Herring--Re-

search on Freezing Time Needed), by Gustav
Lorentzen, Report on Technological Research
Concerning Norwegian Fish Industry, vol. II,
No. 9, 30 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian with
summary in English. A. S. John Griegs Bok-
trykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1958. The results
of a study of the content of fat and fat-free dry
material of the Norwegian winter herring,
based upon industrial analysis of a great num-
ber of separate catches during the years 1930-56.

Vintersildas Innhold av Fett og Fettfritt Torrstoff

i Arene 1930-1956 (Amount of Fat in Winter
Herring and Fat-Free Dry Material in the Year
1930-1956), by Sivilingenior Einar Flood, Re-
port on Technological Research Concerning
Norwegian Fish Industry, vol. III, no. 5, 9 pp.,
illus., printed in Norwegian with summary in
English. A. S. John Griegs Boktrykkeri, Ber-
gen, Norway, 1958. The results of a study of
the content of fat and fat-free dry material of
the Norwegian winter herring, based upon in-
dustrial analysis of a great number of separate
catches during the years 1930-56.

ILLINOIS:

What Fish is This? by Al Lopinot, 23 pp., illus.,
printed. [linois Department of Conservation,
Division of Fisheries, 121 State House, Spring-
field, 1. Consists of identification charts to aid
in identifying some of the fish caught in Dlinois.

INDEXES:

Index to the Publications of the Fishing Industry
Research Institute for the First Ten Years,
1947-1957, compiled by J. S. Dunn, 65 pp.,

printed. Fishing Industry Research Institute,

Cape Town, South Africa, 1958. This index

covers the publications issued during the first
ten years of the Fishing Industry Research

Institute's existence,

IRRADIATION PRESERVATION:

"Comportamento dei Filetti di Pesce Refrigerati
dopo Irradiazione con Luce Ultravioletta' (Be-
havior of Refrigerated Fish Fillets after Irra-
diation with Ultraviolet Light), by A. Monzini
and G. Botalla, article, Annali della Speri-
mentazione Agraria, vol. 10, 1956, pp. 1447-
1455, printed in Italian with English summary.
Ministerio della Agricoltura e della Foreste,
Rome, Italy. Describes experiments in which
fish fillets of hake (Merluccius merluccius),
sealed in cellophane bags, were irradiated forl
or 2 hours and then stored at1 C. (33.8 F.)for
up to 240 hours. Reports on the changes in the
external appearance and chemical composition
of the fish.

"Food Preservation by Radiation as Of 1958--A
Report to Management," by Kevin G. Shea, ar-
ticle, Food Technology, vol. 12, no. 8, August
1958, pp. 6-16, printed, single copies of period-
ical--domestic US$1.50, foreign US$1.75. (Pub-
lished by the Institute of Food Technologists.)
The Garrard Press, 510 North Hickory, Cham-
paign, Ill. Discusses the activities of the In-
terdepartmental Committee on Radiation Pres-
ervation of Food which was formed to coordi-
nate the government effort in food irradiation
and to bring radiation preservation into indus-
trial use. Contains a report on the work being
done on the preservation of food (including fish-
ery products) by irradiation.

LABORATORIES:

"New Marine Research Lab," article, Louisiana
Conservationist, vol. 10, no. 4, April 1958, pp.
4-5, 8, illus., printed. Louisiana Wild Life and
Fisheries Commission, 126 Civil Courts Bldg.,
New Orleans, La. Describes the dedication of
the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries'new
fishery laboratory at Pascagoula, Miss., which
will be a center of marine research in the Gulf
of Mexico. The new building houses laborator-
ies and offices for exploration and technological
work. Two vessels, the Oregon and the Silver
Bay, are also used to discover new fishery re-
sources and to develop improvements for gear
used by commercial fisheries. The basic pur-
pose of this laboratory is to assist the com-
mercial fishing industry in solving technical
problems in the processing of marine products,
in developing new products, and suggesting new
uses for products now in production. Anoutline
of the projects under way and plans for future
operations are discussed.

LOBSTER:

"Quick Frozen Scampi," by J. L. Rogers, article,
Food Trade Review, vol. 27, no. 8, 1957, pp. 15,
18, printed. Food Trade Review, Ltd., 7 Gar-
rick St., London W. C. 2, England. Describes
the harvesting, processing, and packing of

scampi, Nephrops norvegicus.

94

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

"Yellow Discoloration and Deterioration in Fro-
zen Lobster Meat,'' by E. G. Bligh, W. J. Dyer,
and D. C. Horne, article, Journal of the Fisher -
ies Research Board of Canada, vol. 14, 1957,
pp. 637-644, printed. Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.

MARITIME ACCIDENTS:

Convenio Internacional para la Unificacion de
Ciertas Reglas Relativas a la ae Penal
en Materia de Abordaje u Otros Accidentes de
Navegacion (International Conference on Some
Regulations Pertaining to Legal Competence in
Relation to Maritime Accidents)--Brussels,
May 10, 1952, 7 pp., printed in Spanish. Im-
prenta del Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores,
Madrid, Spain, 1953.

MENHADEN:

“The Bountiful Menhaden,'' by Bernard L. Gordon,
article, Nature Magazine, June-July 1958, vol. 51,
no. 6, pp. 322-323, 332, illus., printed, single
copy 50 cents. American Nature Association,
1214 16th St., NW., Washington, D. C. A de-
scription of the menhaden, Brevoortia tyrannus,
which is found in Atlantic waters from Nova
Scotia to Brazil. The author gives a brief his-
tory of the menhaden fishery, habits of the men-
haden, methods of capture, and manufacture of
menhaden oil, scrap, and meal. The menhaden
is the king of the industrial fish-processing in-
dustry and furnishes great quantities of oil that
is used in products like paint, printing inks,
soaps, and insect sprays.

"The Timourous Menhaden,'' by Anthony Higgins,
article, Monsanto Magazine, vol. 37, no. 3,Sum-
mer 1958, pp. 26-29, illus., printed. Monsanto
Chemical Company, St. Louis 24, Mo. A report
on the menhaden fisheries of the South Atlantic
and Gulf coasts, briefly covering their history,
economic importance, and fishery methods.

MOISTURE CONTENT:

""A Rapid Method for the Determination of Mois-
ture Content in Fish Meat--I. Relation Between
Error of Estimation and Fat Content," by Y.
Tsuchiya and Y. Sato, article, Tohoku Journal
of Agricultural Research, vol. 7, 1957, pp. 273-
276, printed. Tohoku University, Sendai, Japan.

tion and Economic Development, Trenton, N. J.
Reports on the activities of the Division of Fish
and Game during the fiscal year 1956/57; lists
the adopted regulations for the 1957 season,
known as the Fish and Game Code; and includes
a section on law enforcement. A section of the
report discusses the fisheries management
program, the propagation and distribution of fish,
the development of the Pequest River Trout
Rearing Station, research and experimentation,
Dingell-Johnson projects, population manipula-
tion, introduction of new forage species, li-
censes for commercial fishing, and miscella-
neous projects. Also includes statistics on to-
tal pounds of fish by species reported taken by
fish pounds, 1956; New Jersey landings by spe-
cies for the calendar year 1956; Hudson River
shad industry; and Delaware River shad indus-
try. A section is also included on wildlife
management.

NEW ZEALAND:

1958. This report contains, among others, a
section on the fisheries of New Zealand in 1957
which covers crayfish, fishing vessels and per-
sonnel, fish landings, methods of capture, land-
ings by ports, review of the principal fishing
ports, exports and imports, big-game fishing,
fish-liver oil, the 1957 whaling season, oysters,
toheroa, whitebait fishery, mussels, fresh-wa-
ter fisheries and research, marine research,
activities of the Fishing Industry Advisory
Council, legislation, and a list of the scientific
and common names of New Zealand's most im-
portant species of fish and shellfish. The sec-
tion concludes with a series of tables giving de-
tailed data on the fisheries.

NIGERIA:

Annual Report of the Federal Fisheries Service
for the Year 1956-57, 10 pp., illus., printed.
Federation of Nigeria Federal Government
Printer, Lagos, Nigeria, 1958. Reports on the
work of the Nigerian Federal Fisheries Service.
Describes proposals for future development of
the Service and discusses the results of re-
search projects in seafishing andfish culture.

OCEANOGRAPHY:
An Oceanographic Description of the Eastern
Tropical Pacific, by Warren S. Wooster and

MUSSELS:
"The Freezing and Cold Storage of Mussels," by

A. Banks and C. T. House, article, Modern Re-
frigeration and Air Control, vol. 61, no. 724, |
July 1958, pp. 686-688, printed. Maclaren
House, 131 Great Suffolk St., Londen, S. E. 1,
England. Describes experiments made on the
preservation of cooked mussel meats whichhave
shown that by the use of certain methods of cook-
ing, freezing, and cold storage, frozen mussel
meats can be kept in a virtually unchanged con-
dition for periods of 8-9 months.

Townsend Cromwell, Contributions from the
Scripps Institution of Oceanography No. 996,
116 pp., illus., printed, $5.00 paper. (Reprinted
from Bulletin of the Scripps Institution of Oce-
anography, vol.7,no. 3, pp. 169-282.) Univer-
sity of California Press, Berkeley, Calif., 1958.

OREGON:

Report of the Special Legislative Interim Fisher-
ies Committee for 1955-1957, to the Governor
of the State of Oregon and the Forty-Ninth Leg-

islative Assembly, 32 pp.. processed. Oregon
State Fish Commission, 307 State Office Bldg.
Portland 1, Ore.

OYSTERS:
Oyster Culture in Florida by Robert M. Ingleand
F. G. Walton Smith, Educational Series No. 5,

NEW JERSEY:
Annual Report, New Jersey Department of Con-
servation and Economic Development, Division
of Fish and Game (For the Fiscal Year Com-
mencing July 1, 1956, and Ending June 30, 1957),

68 pp., illus., printed. Department of Conserva-

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 95

26 pp., illus., printed. State Board of Conserva-
tion, Tallahassee, Fla. revised May 1956. The
objective of this booklet is to provide the infor-
mation necessary for the successful develop-
ment of the oyster industry throughout the State
of Florida. A section on the life history of oys-
ters describes how they live, breed, and how
fast they grow; the enemies of oysters; where
oysters are found and how they are collected.
Another section tells what the oyster indusiry

is worth and how it may be improved. Other
sections contain discussions of oyster cultivation
and food value, and recipes for cooking oysters.

"Vitamin Content of Fresh, Frozen Oysters," by
E. A. Fieger, article, Quick-Frozen Foods, vol.
19, no. 4, 1956, pp. 152, 155, printed E. W.
Williams Publications, Inc.. 82 Wall St., Yew
Yorks BIN YS o

QUALITY:

"Normes de Fraicheur du Poisson Frais--I. Ap-
preciation de 1'Alteration du Poisson Frais par
un Examen Organoleptique Systematique; and II.
Etat Moyen du Poisson Frais dans Quelques
Grands Centres Urbains" (Standards of Fresh-
ness of Fresh Fish--I. Assessment of the De-
terioration of Fresh Fish by a Systematic Or-
ganoleptic Examination; and II. Average State of
Fresh Fish in some Large Urban Centers), by
F. Soudan, A. Daknof, J. Bazin, G. Chapel, Das-
pet, and E. Seynave, articles, Annales de la Nu-

tre Nationale de la Recherche Scientifique, 45
Rue d'Ulm, Paris 5, France.

ROCKFISHES:

"Rockfish Review,'' by J. B. Phillips, article, The
Marine Fish Catch of California, Fish Bulletin
No. 105, pp. 7-25, illus., printed. California
Department of Fish and Game, Sacramento,
Calif., 1958. This article describes the past de-
velopments in the catch of rockfish (family
Scorpaenidae) and gives the total annual land-
ings in the Northern, Central, and Southern Cal-
ifornia areas for 1916-1956; and total landings
of rockfish along the Pacific Coast of North
America, exclusive of Mexico, for 1936-1956.

It also discusses the types of gear used incom-
mercial rockfish fishery off California, areas
of landing, importance of species, products,
regulations, research, and catch statistics. A
list of proposed standardized group names for
reporting commercial rockfish landings is

also included.

SALMON:

"Investigation and Management of Atlantic Salm-
on in 1957,"' article, Trade News, vol. 10, no.
12, June 1958, pp. 3-23, illus., printed. Depart-
ment of Fisheries of Canada, Ottawa, Canada.

A review of the progress made during 1957 in
Canada's Atlantic salmon research and manage-
ment program. Part I, by C. J. Kerswill, P. F.
Elson, and M. H. A. Keenleyside, deals with the
research program and covers Atlantic salmon
statistics; Miramichi salmon runs; recoveries
of salmon tags applied in 1957, Miramichiarea,
N. B.; the behavior of young salmon; smolt mark-

M THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY 6E

ing and recovery of marked adults; effects of DDT
spraying on other fishes; changes in Miramichi
River insect populations after DDT spraying; ob-
served effects of DDT spraying on food of young
salmon; effects of DDT spraying in New Bruns-
wick on future runs of adult salmon; relative tox-
icity of DDT and Malathion to salmon; introduc -
tion of aquatic insect larvae to the North Branch
Big Sevogle River, N. B.; hydroelectric develop-
ments and St. John River salmon; and studies
aimed at improving young salmon production.
Part Il, by E. W. Burridge, is a reviewof field
projects included in the general management
program to study and improve the salmon's
fresh-water habitat. This part discusses the
salmon river surveys; adult salmon enumeration;
downstream migrant sampling; early-late run
experiment; hatchery production; experimental
predator bird control; and adult salmon transfer.

"Japanese, U. S. Agree on Salmon," article, Busi-
ness Week, July 12, 1958, p. 127, illus., print-
ed, single copy 50 cents. McGraw-Hill Pub-
lishing Co., Inc., 99 N. Broadway,@Albany 1, N. Y.
Japanese and United States salmon packers have
agreed on new ground rules for the North Pacif-
ic salmon fishery. The Japanese industry a-
greed to move its limits 5 degrees of longitude
toward the west and to reduce its catch of fish
in the next 5 degrees westward. The interests
of the Pacific Northwest and Alaska salmon
have thus been protected with respect to the
1958 catch. In the fall, the United States, Ca-
nadian, and Japanese governments are scheduled
to resume their interrupted effort to settle the
matter on the diplomatic level. Meanwhile, a
1953 treaty among the three countries is stillin
effect, and the business pact is only as enforce-
able as a business "understanding."

"Relation of Adult Pink Salmon Size to Time of
Migration and Freshwater Survival," by Ber-
nard Einar Skud, article, Copeia, No. 3, Au-
gust 28, 1958, pp. 170-176, illus., printed. Amer-
ican Society of Ichthyologists andHerpetologists,
34thSt. and Girard Ave., Philadelphia 4, Pa.

SCOTLAND:

rine Research, 1958, No. 1, 24 pp., illus., print-
ed. Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 13A Cas-
tle St., Edinburgh 2, Scotland.

SEALS:

"Mutiny on the Rand," article, The Alaska Sports -
man, vol. XXIV, no. 9, September 1958, pp. 16-
i7, 26-37, illus., printed, single copy 35 cents.
Alaska-Northwest Publishing Co., Juneau, A-
laska. An account of the early days among the
sealers, with special reference to the sealing
schooner C, D. Rand.

SHRIMP:

"Biochemical Methods for Determining Shrimp
Quality--1. Study of Analytical Methods and 2.
Survey of Market Frozen Breaded Shrimp," by
Marcel Gagnon and Carl R. Fellers, article,
Food Technology, vol. 12, no. 7, July 1958, pp.

96

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

340-346, printed. The Garrard Press, 510
Hickory, Champaign, Ill. The first part of this
article reports on biochemical, organoleptic,
and bacteriological methods studied in relation
to developing an objective test for estimating
the degree of freshness in frozen breaded
shrimp. The second part describes a survey of
144 samples of frozen breaded shrimp at the re-
tail level by means of bacteriological and chem-
ical tests.

"Norwegian Prawns--Preparation, Packaging,
Freezing," by A. E. Hammond, article, Food,
vol. 26, October 1957, pp. 378-380, 5 figs.,
printed. Tothill Press Ltd., 33 Tothill St., West
minster, London, S. W. 1, England.

"Vitamin Content of Fresh, Processed Shrimp,"
by A. F. Novak, E. A. Fieger, and M. E. Bailey,
article, Quick-Frozen Foods, vol. 18, no. 12,
1956, pp. 64-65, printed. E. W. Williams Pub-
lications, Inc., 82 WallSt., New York 5, N. Y.

"What Became of the White Shrimp?" by Percy
Viosca, Jr., article, Louisiana Conservationist,
vol. 10, no. 7-8, July-August 1958, pp. 17-18,
illus., printed. Louisiana Wild Life and Fish-
eries Commission, 126 Civil Courts Bldg., New
Orleans, La. Reports on the decline of white
shrimp landings in Louisiana since 1954 and
discusses research being conducted to deter-
mine the causes. A preliminary theory under
investigation is that prevailing drought condi-
tions of recent years may have caused the
shrimp decline.

"Zur Borsaurefreien Haltbarmachung von Fris-
chen Speisegarnelen und Garnelenfleisch'' (The
Boric Acid-Free Preservation of Fresh Edible
Shrimp and Shrimp Flesh), by W. Ludorff, C.
Hennings, and K. E. Neb, article Z. Lebensmitt.
Untersuch. und -Forsch., vol. 106, 1957, pp. 96-
105, printed in German. Verlag M. 8 H., Schaper
Str. 20, Hannover, Germany. Reports on exper-
iments showing that maintaining a sufficiently
high temperature during the cooking of edible
shrimp--mainly Crangon vulgaris--on board
ship or on land, and aiding certain commercial
preservatives based on benzoic acid esters,
makes it practicable to dispense with the use of
boric acid for the preservation of shrimp.

SOUTH AFRICA:

Fishing Industry Research Institute, Eleventh An-
nual Report of the Director, lst January 1957-
31st December 1957, 54 pp., illus., printed.
Fishing Industry Research Institute, Cape Town,
South Africa. Includes functions and activities
of the Institute and brief accounts of the progress
in its program of research during 1957. Atten-
tion has been given to investigations covering
fresh, frozen, smoked, salted, and dried fish;
spiny lobster; fish canning; fish meal; fishflour;
and routine inspections and analysis.

SPINY LOBSTER:

The Spiny Lobster Industry of Florida, by F. B.
Walton Smith, Educational Series No. 11, 35 pp.,
illus., printed. State Board of Conservation,
Tallahassee, Fla., June 1958. This paper con-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

tains a description of the scientific research
which has been conducted on the spiny lobster
and gives a key for the identification of the
western Atlantic spiny lobsters. A section on
the biology of spiny lobsters covers their ap-
pearance, sexual characteristics, habitat, food
and enemies, breeding habits and life history,
migrations, measurements, moulting, and
growth. The paper also describes experiments
in the cultivation of spiny lobsters, the fishing
methods used, and extent and value of the spiny
lobster fishery. The section on spiny lobster
fishery regulations covers methods and pur-
poses of regulation, conservation of stocks, eco-
nomic conservation, sociological considerations,
enforcement of controls, and Florida regulations.

SPOILAGE:

"Changes in the Total Volatile Base, Volatile Re-
ducing Substances and Bacterial Count as In-
dices of Fresh Water Fish Spoilage,"' by M. N.
Moorjani, J. R. lyengar, K. Visweswariah, D.S.
Bhatia, and V. Subrahmanyan, article, Food
Technology, vol. 12, no. 8, August 1958, pp. 385-
386, illus., printed, single copies of periodi-
cal--domestic US$1.50, foreign US$1.75. (Pub-
lished by the Institute of Food Technologists.)
The Garrard Press, 510 North Hickory, Cham-
paign, Ill. Contains the results of an investiga-
tion which was undertaken to assess the quali-
ty gradings of fresh-water fish by determining
the changes in the volatile reducing substances
and the total volatile base content.

SPONGES:

The Taxonomy of American Commercial Sponges,
by M. W. deLaubenfels and John F. Storr, Con-
tribution No. 193, 19 pp., illus., printed. (Re-
printed from Bulletin of Marine Science of the
Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 8, no. 2, June 1958,
pp., 99-117.) The Marine Laboratory, Univer-
sity of Miami, Virginia Key, Miami 49, Fla.
Presents a revised taxonomy of American com-
mercial sponges. Describes four new species--
including one from the Mediterranean Sea--and
one new subspecies. Photographic plates of the
species covered are included.

TERRITORIAL WATERS:

The Icelandic Fisheries' Limits, 16 pp., printed.
Prentsmiojan Edda, Ltd., Reykjavik, Iceland,
August 1958. Contains the historical back-
ground of Iceland's fishing industry, and dis-
cusses the main points in connection with the ex-
tension of the Icelandic fishery limits and the
criticisms directed against it.

"The Law of the Sea? No! The Law of Survival,"
by H. S. Noel, and "Background to the Dispute"
(As Expressed by the Ministry of Agriculture
and Fisheries), articles, World Fishing, vol.7,
no. 7, July 1958, pp. 30-38, illus., printed. John
Trundell, Ltd., St. Richards House, Eversholt
St., London, N. W. 1, England. The first article
is a report on the organization of the fishing in-
dustry in Iceland and opinions of the Icelanders
on the need for a 12-mile fishing limit. This
article describes the background of Iceland's
fishing industry and fishing methods, and re-
views the reasons underlying the proposal for

October 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW oi

the new fishing limit. The author cites some of
the arguments for the 12-mile limit and states
that ''To summarize, Iceland regards an ex-
tension of her limits as an insurance for the fu-
ture, and as a domestic rather than an interna-
tional action. At the same time she is anxious
to maintain good relations with other North At-
lantic countries, and to avoid a swing of trade
and dependence to the East.'’ Catch compari-
sons in Icelandic waters give the figures for the
three principal countries engaged in the fisher-
ies around Iceland and show the changes that
have taken place in their respective shares of
the total catch. The second article gives the
background to the current dispute.

sea to the consumer. Data are also presented
on scientific and technological research in con-
nection with marine fisheries and with the or-
ganization that collects and diffuses statistical
and other economic information. This report
covers what services the Government provides,
how it provides them, and to some extent, why
it provides them, but it makes no attempt to ap-
praise the policies on which the services are
based or the techniques employed in adminis-
tering them.

White Fish Authority, Seventh Annual Report and
Accounts for the Year Ended 31st March, 1958,
48 pp., printed. Her Majesty's Stationery Of-
fice, London, England. Presents a general de-
scription of the White Fish Authority, its func-
tions, income, expenditures, and fishery loans.
Also includes sections on production of fishery
products, marketing and distribution, research
and experiments, training courses, and in-

TRAWL NETS:

"How to Match Trawl Size to Engine Power on
Inshore Vessels,'' by W. Dickson, article, World
Fishing, vol. 7, no. 7, July 1958, pp. 47-49,
printed. John Trundell, Ltd., St. Richards

House, Eversholt St., London, N. W. 1, England. vestigations. .
This article gives instructions for using the
correct size of trawl net in relation to the en- VESSELS:

gine of a relatively small vessel. = : Pe
25-Foot Motor Fishing Boat for Pacific Waters,"
by H. van Pel, article, SPC Quarterly Bulletin,
vol. 8, no. 2, April 1958, pp. 26-27, 51, illus.,
printed, single copy 30 U. S. cents. South Pacif-
ic Commission, Noumea, New Caledonia. Pre-
sents a description and diagram of a 25-foot
fishing boat, rigged for both motor and sail,
specially designed by a South Pacific Commis-
sionfisheries officer for use in the South Pacific.
The fishing boat is designed to incorporate the
following features: seaworthiness; adaptability
for a variety of fishing methods; safety incase
of mechanical breakdown, by having sail as well
as motor rigging; dry storage space for food
and personal effects of crew; facilities for stor-
fish for fairly long periods of time; and simplic-
ity of structure and mechanism to facilitate
local repairs and service.

TUNA:

"Vitaminer i Norsk Fisk--II. Vitaminer i Forsk-
jellige Organer fra Makrellst¢érje (Thunnus
thynnus) Fanget Untenfor Norges Vestkyst” (Vi-
tamins in Norwegian Fish--II. Vitamins in Dif-
ferent Organs from Tuna (Thunnus thynnus)
Caught off the West Coast of Norway), by O. R.
Braekkan, K. Hansen, and T. Skogland, article,
Fiskeridirektoratets Skrifter, Serie Tech. Un-
ders¢ékelser, vol. 3, no. 3, 1955, pp. 1-18, print-
ed in Norwegian with English summary. John
Griegs Boktrykkeri, Bergen, Norway.

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA: H
Fisheries Development Corporation of South Af-

rica--Thirteenth Annual Report (Covering Peri-
od Ist October, 1956 to 30th September, 1957),
16 pp., printed in English and Dutch. Fisher-
ies Development Corporation of South Africa,
Ltd., Sea-fare House, 68 Orange Street, Cape
Town, Union of South Africa. Presents brief
reports on the state of the fisheries industry;
research and general activities of the Corpora-
tion, including oyster culture; and financial data.

Use of the Pleuger Active Rudder in Fishing Ves-
sels, 4 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from
World Fishing, December 1953--Translated
from German and based on"'Erster Einsatz eims
Aktivruders in der Loggerfischerei,'' by F. Bus-
mann, R. Ismer, and E. Masur, Hamburg, Ger-
many, August 1952.) World Fishing, John Trun-
dell Ltd., Temple Chambers, Temple Ave.,
London, E. C. 4, England.

UNITED KINGDOM:
Governmental Services to the Sea-Fish Industr

of Great Britain, by F. M. G. Willson, FAO Fish-

eries Study No. 5, 127 pp., illus., printed, $1.25.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, Rome,
Italy, 1957. (Purchase from Columbia Univer-
sity Press, International Documents Service,
2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.) A com-
plete report of the services performed for the
marine fisheries industry of the United Kingdom
by its Government. Part I of the report de-
scribes the structure and organization of the
marine fishing industry as it is at present, the
governmental authorities which deal with the in-
dustry and the State. Part Il of the report dis-
cusses the governmental services in detail at
each stage of the progress of the fish from the

WHALES:

"Antibiotic Preservation of Whale Carcasses,"'
article, Chemistry and Industry, February 8,
1958, no. 6, pp. 167-168, printed. Chemistry
and Industry, Society of Chemical Industry, 56
Victoria St., London, S. W. 1, England.

WEATHER CHARTS:

Washington 25, D. C. (For sale by the Super-

98

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 10

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION [SSUING THEM.

intendent of Documents, U. S. Government Print-
ing Office, Washington 25, D. (G4)

WHITEFISH:

"The Lake Whitefish,’ by F. A. Westerman, ar-
ticle, Michigan Conservation, vol. XXVII, no. 4,
July-Aug. 1958, pp. 18-22, illus., printed.
Michigan Department of Conservation, Lansing,
Mich. Contains a description of the lake white-
fish of the Great Lakes region, its life history,
a brief account of the early whitefish fishery,
and the early attempts at artificial propagation.

this predator can be controlled to permit this
wonderful fish to reestablish itself in the Great
Lakes is a question only the future cananswer."

WISCONSIN:
Wisconsin Conservation Bulletin, vol. 23, no. 6,
June 1958, 31 pp., illus., printed. Wisconsin

Conservation Department, State Office Bldg.,
Madison 1, Wis. Contains, among others, the
following articles: 'Improvements in Carp Fish-
ing,'' by Lewellyn I. Peterson; and''What's New
in Fish Management,'' by C. W. Threinen.

In discussing the decline of the whitefish fish-
ery, the author states that ''Since the last peak
of production was 1948, when Michigan fisher -
men produced nearly 8,000,000 pounds, the

catch of whitefish has gone down progressively
and alarmingly, reaching an all-time low of

slightly over a quarter million pounds in 1957,
nearly all from Lake Superior. The cause this
time is undoubtedly the sea lamprey. Whether

ZOOPLANKTON:

Zooplankton of East Australian Waters, 1945-
1954, by Patricia Kott, Commonwealth Scien-
tific and Industrial Research Organization, Di-
vision of Fisheries and Oceanography Report 14,
36 pp., illus., processed. Marine Biological
Laboratory, Cronulla, Sydney, Australia, 1957.

WHALES DAMAGE SUBMARINE CABLES

Records of various cable companies show that at least 14 cases of damage
to submarine cables caused by whales have been reported. Ten of them were
off the Pacific coast of Central and South America, one was near Newfoundland,
two off the Atlantic coast of South America, and one off the west coast of India.

In six of the cases, the whales became entangled with the cables at a depth of
about 500 fathoms, with 620 fathoms the maximum depth reported. All the whales
identified were sperm whales; the cable was generally wrapped around the jaw
and sometimes around the flukes and fins. (Trade News, December 1957, of
Canada's Department of Fisheries.) ;

“Aly

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, Helen Joswick, and Vera Eggleston

x OK OK OK OK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-
tographer for each photograph in this issue. Photographs on pages not mentioned
were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

P. 25--QM Food & Container Institute, Graphic & Photographic Branch,
Chicago 6, I1l.; p. 26--Argonne National Laboratory, Lathrop, Calif.;
p. 27--Idaho Operations Office of the Quartermaster Corps. Station;
p. 31--M. Ruggiero, Woods Hole, Mass.

October 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

FOREIGN (Contd.):
International (Contd.)
United States-Cuba Convention for Conservation of
Gulf of Mexico Shrimp Resources Signed
Whaling:

Commission
Angola:
Digan Inelthian, MOK oo poo oboe moo one es bonS
Plans for Reorganization of Fishing Industry
Argentine Republic:
Fishing Seasons for Important Species
Bahama Islands:
INGEST WHE s ono oooeoeoon pen ooeen GS
Belgium:
Reaction to Iceland's Decision to Extend Fishing
iii sg goooop ooo hoooooo
British Guiana:
Exploratory Shrimp Fishing off British Guiana
Colombia;
Basic Fishing Regulations Implemented
Cuba:
Closed Seasons on Lane Snapper, Muttonfish, and
SHOU PESMUCLIMINAteC Meera stetseteleielelicliels| he <is) «1
Denmark;
Fishermen Protest 12-Mile Fishing Limits......
Loans for Faroese Fishing Fleet.............
France:
Tuna Canning and Tuna Fishing Controversy.....
Honduras:
New Fishing Regulations Issued..............
Iceland:
Decision to Extend Fishing Limits Reaffirmed 5
MSHeEclesMunenGs LO Olmmeneleh-asitelicleiicicleliclstict-ti-ti-A-
Fish Freezing and Processing Capacity Increased .
Israel:
Expansion of Fisheries Planned ............-
Japan:
Analysis of Fishing Industry................
Exports of Tuna Loins and Discs to United States
Wit VSRCBUIN Ci apeieietelisiisite ns! =| (iellens! isis! ie el= (* (e)\e)~! «
Canned Tuna in Agar Jelly
North Pacific Mothership Salmon Fishing as of
Arne: 1W)s MERE S Goo Solid oo 60 0 ob ODIO olde
Exports of Selected Fishery Products to the United
StatesmeanuanyoAprilel9oS-iemens lc heneleisien lene oie
Summer Albacore Catch Unexpectedly Small.....
Salmon Fishing in North Pacific by Mothership
form go s8iGompletedis cco.) = eles i es cus = 2
Estimated Salmon Pack and Exports for 1958
Canned Salmon Trends .........-+++-++-++:>
Fisheries Loans Activities, April-June 1958.....
Interim Report on Fish Meal Factoryship Opera-

tions in the Bering Sea .......---++-+-+-+-+-=>
Fishery Agency Requests Twofold Increase in 1958
RIG asooe tao op oben good d DOOD OG
Fishing Industry to Adopt Metric System and
Standardize Fish Boxes .......-.-.++--+++-+>
Fish Meal Factoryship Operations in the Bering
SEA ooopeogudso JOD CO DO Oa UU UNO Oud Cid
Foreign Fisheries Developments.........++.+-
King Crab Cannery Ship Completes 1958 Season In
the Bering Sea... ..---- +e -e ee ee ee eee ees
Foreign Trade in Marine Oils, 1956-57 ........
Scallop Production .......-.-+++++e+e-+:5
Some New Developments in Fishing Vessel Con-
PSEGUCTLON Mommas selellelel esters): Lenelrelobenelieiln/ (elle. (Ws
Tuna Boat Owners! Federation Reveals Plan for
Basepinedhallanden cee epee rhetel=t-e-l Ife) eels) «llelirl) = =
Kenya:
Japanese Tuna Fishing off East Africa.........
Lebanon:
Import Duty on Fishing Nets, Etc., Amended.....

Page

44

65

65

FOREIGN (Contd.)
Libya:
Export Duty on Sponges Increased ............
Tripolitania's Tuna Season Disappointing
Mexico:
Ensenada Fishery Products Production, 1957. ....
Merida Shrimp Fishery Trends, April-June 1958 ..
Netherlands:
Electric Cable for Tickler Chain Used by
CrawlerOwnersie ii). eee eieke
Exports of Salted Herring to Israel to be Increased.
Imports of Japanese Canned Salmon Decreased
IMDS See Wey Oe MEY ola geo po eo bans
Shrimp and Herring Fisheries Trends
Nicaragua:
Shrimp Fishery Being Developed
Norway:
Balance of Antarctic Whale-Oil Stocks Sold......
Bulk-Stored Fish Meal Tests Successful .
Canned Fish Trends, July 1958 ...........-..
Position on Expansion of Territorial Fishing Limits
Peru:
Fisheries Trends
Portugal:
Canned Fish Exports, Jan.-May 1958 ..........
Canned Fish Pack, January-March 1958 ........
Fisheries Trends, May 1958

Spain:
Vigo Fisheries Trends, June 1958 ....... mo
Surinam: .
Shrimp Fishery Trends, June 1958........... C
Uganda:

Fishery Developments Reported by FAO Expert. . .
Union of South Africa:

Pilchard-Maasbanker Industry, January-April 1958.

Whaling; Productiont ses) iamensmate- sent allot eisieli-Ueie leis
Ul SasiRe:

Iceland's Territorial Waters Fishing Limits Exten-

Sion Supported ta, cuovenaiehelciep =) seatet elite tela leB=/iallalcail=

United Kingdom:

Canned Salmon Imports from Canada ..........-

Government's Views on Faroese Fishing Limits. . .

Iceland's 12-Mile Fishing Limit Opposed........

Lobster Pot Developed with Folding Steel Frame ..

New Fish-Smoking Machine Developed a0

Subsidies for Whitefish and Herring Industries... .
Venezuela:

Canned Sardine Exports to Mexico Under Considera-

Federal Trade Commission:

Consent Order Approved Prohibiting Illegal Broker-
age by Sea Food Packer and Its Subsidiary......

Department of the Interior:

Agreement with Alabama on Protection of Aquatic
Life During Gulf of Mexico Exploratory Oil Opera-
LIONS ererenehonel oh atone aiceliou eMehateit tefee!sireltss inllete felis) (= a)=

Department of State:
Renegotiations Under the Gatt with Several Countries
Eighty-Fifth Congress (Second Session)......

Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States ....
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries........
Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings of
Fishery, Products ....---5--+ssssessececs
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of Fish-
ery Products at Principal Distribution Centers. ...
Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production--U. S. and
INECT CE Giginic old blo WO D Loon CeIn Oo bio CGlare
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery Products
Chart 7 - U. S. Fishery Products Imports........
RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: ........- A
Fish and Wildlife Publications ........... aye
Miscellaneous Publications .........++++++5+

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C. WuO58

99

OPERATION OF NORTH ATLANTIC TYPE OTTER TRAWL GEAR

Fishery Leaflet No. 445 (Operation of North Atlantic Otter Trawl Gear) describes
and illustrates in detail the method of side-trawl fishing. The basic principles of op-
eration apply to any size net or vessel since the
weight of the otter doors has no effect on the basic
procedure. Each step is given in the procedure of
setting the net, ''shooting"” the trawl, hauling the net,
and landing the catch. The leaflet is intended for
those unfamiliar with the side-trawlfishing method.
Excellent detailed drawings further explain the
method. This leaflet is a follow-up to FL. 437 (As-
sembly Methods for Otter-Trawl Nets). Theleaf-

fishing gear.

Efficient and profitable operation of any fish -
ing gear depends as much upon experience and
teamwork of the captain and fishermen as it does
upon any other factor. This is particularly true in
the case of the otter trawl, since its use
and operation frequently varies in accordance with
the weather and other changing conditions on
the vessel while on the fishing grounds. If certain
basic steps are followed, however, valuable fish-
ing time can be saved, and the energies of the crew can be directed toward profit-
able fishing rather than time-consuming net mending and clearing of snarls.

Fig. 1 - Hauling net. Note vessel and net
position with respect to wind direction.

Otter trawlers fishing off the Atlantic coast use the side-trawl method prima-
rily, and the vessels in that area are classed according to tonnages as listed below:

Size of
Trawler Tonnage

Gross Tons

pproximate Capacity
for Iced Fish

Small To 50 10, 000- 50, 000 2 to 5
Medium 51 to 150 50,000-100,000 6 to 8
Medium 51 to 150 100,000-180,000 11 to 15
Large 151 and up 180,000-500,000 15 to 18

The typical large modern otter trawler using this side-trawl type of gear is de-
signed for operation by six keymen per shift; each keyman is stationed at one of the
six predetermined key positions when setting or hauling in the net.

Free copies of FL. 445 may be obtained from the Division of Information, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D. C.

COMMERCIAL BEW EEE
FISHERIE SMMC LL UE

// BRIGHTEN YOUR MENU! )

| GERVE MORE FISH |
\\ e SHELLFISH ‘ea

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
United States Department of the Interior

W ashington, D.C.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

Long-run growth requires in our judgment a level of investment in new trawl-
ing equipment which probably will not be provided by the industry. Those changes
which have taken place in the industry, and have induced investment, have been on
the market and processing side, not to any great extent on the raw materials side.
Thus we do not expect, under present circumstances, that most of the industry as
presently constituted, with its present attitudes and prospects, is willing in the im-
mediate future to meet the challenge and take the risks which are involved in con-
version to freezing-at-sea. Yet many of the changes which conversion to freezing
fish at sea would impose on the industry are beginning to emerge already, and
others may well emerge in the future.

PD PPPDS MELLIN DME LL REEELRE

ne)

RAPID FREEZING AND THAWING PROCESSES FIT EASILY INTO NORMAL OPERATIONS AT
SEA AND ASHORE.

is
4

9 x4

4 UNLOADING THE FREEZER " STOMAGE IM HOLD AT OF :

3 ‘AT se

W ENGLAN a :
4 $ Sa Be 5 STORING FROZEN TiSH
4 f ASHORE <
4 PREVENTS DETERIORATION OF FISH ON BOARD TRAWLER, ENABLING VESSEL TO REMAIN AT

4 SEA UNTIL A FULL LOAD 1S OBTAINED. b

4 ce PRODUCES A SINGLE UNIFORM GRADE OF PRIME-QUALITY FISH. y

3 1 SH pND PRODUCES FIRM. EASY-TO-FILLET FISH. i

o F pil FE 4 PERMITS STORAGE OF FISH RECEIVED DURING GLUT PERIODS FOR EFFICIENT PROCESSING

# Wi L ic 4 DURING SLACK PERIODS. F:

¥ SE RV PERMITS RECOVERY OF VALUABLE FISH WASTE WHICH IS NORMALLY DISCARDED AT SEA. is

ene RIT etre icy BLN na MR OOo Preeti Pte SE ee, a menurten at

COMMERCIAL-SCALE FREEZING-FISH-AT-SEA
TRIP MADE BY DEL ii IRE

th Hoye 10

Fig. 1 - Display pointing out the advantages of freezing fish at sea.

Among these is the tendency of some firms to tie more closely together their
trawling and processing operations. Even those firms which specialize in one or
the other branch of operations frequently maintain close financial ties with the other,
so as to secure the economic advantages of intergrated operations.

The initiative, as well as the ability to survive, seems to be turning more and
more with the large companies, those most likely to adopt freezing-at-sea if it is
to come into commercial operation.

Many changes remain to be made, however, before freezing-at-sea will recommend
itself to interests able to act. New handling processes, especially in unloading fish

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

from trawlers, and new kinds of labor are needed. Yet we know that resistance to
the elimination of existing costly, inefficient methods is stubborn and deep-rooted,
Fishermen will resist the imposition of longer trips, despite the financial incentives

Fig. 2 - The U, S. Fish and Wildlife Service research vessel Delaware, equipped with an original expérimental freezer,
demonstrated the feasibility of freezing fish in brine on a fishing vessel atsea in studies conducted several years ago. °

offered, if past experience is any guide. And a troubled history of labor-management
relations will increase the difficulty of securing agreement on this and related cru-
cial matters.

New methods, requiring new investments, will increase the risk of loss if ac-
cidents or bad weather (perennial risksinfishing) strike. These risks have always
operated to limit, and to make unique, the men involved in fishing; for this reason
the fishing industry is more dominated by tradition and history than most others.
Such an industry offers more
than the normal resistance to new
ideas and methods. Only the most
persuasive arguments, coupled
with extreme economic pressure,
are likely to prove effective.

We conclude that the returns
from freezing-at-sea are neither
so great, so sure, nor so devoid
of risk as to attract the firms
presently dominant in the indus-
try. It is important to note that
some of the large national corpo-
rations involved in fish market-
ing and processing have watched
with care the development of the
freezing-at-sea technique. Such i, : f :
firms are, in our judgment, most .\% ‘ pot ee
likely to lead the way when and 9 ¥/: : ne
if the returns justify such a step.

‘My Mebereas
Fig. 3 - A 2,000-pound load of haddock about to be frozen round
Although we are not optimis- aboard the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research trawler Dela-
tic as to the likelihood of adoption aa
in the near future, the long-run prospect is more favorable. The sea should furnish
an increasing share of protein foods as populations continue to grow. At the same
time, certain crucial advantages of foreign over domestic fisheries should diminish

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

as time passes; already some foreign costs have risen sufficiently to reduce the at-
tractiveness of United States investment abroad. It may turn out that freezing-at-
sea has been developed ahead of its time in the United States, but will prove, at the
proper time, a readymade solution to the problems of this industry.

BACKGROUND

The New England fishing industry has experienced growing economic difficulties
in recent years. In an attempt to find a solution to these difficulties, the U. S. Bu-
reau of Commercial Fisheries tested and developed between 1948 and 1955 techniques
and equipment for freezing whole groundfish at sea. The result of these experi-
ments was a method which, in the judgment of the Bureau, could readily be applied
to the offshore fleet of large otter trawlers operating out of the Fish Pier in Boston,
Mass., and to the processing firms which process and freeze most of the catch of

... haddock, scrod, and other ground-
aca fish. Once the technical problems
were solved, the question arose
whether this new method would
prove economically sound. This
investigation was designed to an-
swer that question.

The analysis included an ex-
amination of:

1. The effect of freezing-at-
sea on domestic landings and
prices, on the quality of the end
product, on costs, and on earnings
of the fishing fleet.

ee
Bae pce oy
evi
HED ACY sage
a a

2. The size of investment
which would be needed to convert

ie ll the present fleet, and present pack-
Fig. 4 - a a 9 Suiwed sound fish nom the experinentel Gaves aging plants, to the new method,
tank in the Bureau's Boston ery Technolog ra en
several years ago it studied the problems encountered in freezing and the probable sources of such
fish at sea. investment.

pe

3. The effect which conversion might have on the ability of the domestic indus-
try to compete with foreign sources of supply.

4, The attitude of key segments of the industry to the new method.
The conclusions of the study briefly were:

1. Adoption of freezing-at-sea would serve to smooth out the seasonal varia-
tion of catches and prices. It would thus make possible more efficient utilization
of trawlers and packaging equipment, at lower cost and at higher rates of return
than prevail under present conditions.

2, The investment needed to convert large trawlers presently operating out of
Boston, on the basis of 1956 estimates, would be a minimum of $60,000 and a maxi-
mum of $87,500 if compression-type refrigerating equipment were used; a minimum
of $58,750 and a maximum of $62,500 if ammonia-absorption equipment were adopt-
ed. On the other hand, the average age of the present fleet makes unlikely any in-
vestments of this size because they represent a range of 29.4 percent to 49.1 per-
cent of the depreciated value of trawlers now in use.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

3. Incorporation of freezing-at-sea equipment in new trawlers, if such are
added to the fishing fleet in the future, would not materially increase the cost of
such trawlers. In this case the total costs are so great that such new investment
is unlikely without some assistance from the Federal Government.

4. Imports have grown steadily through 1956, an indication that the share of
the market for domestic production will, under present conditions, continue to de-
crease. While precise comparisons of the costs of fishing and filleting abroad with
those which could prevail in the donfestic industry using freezing-at-sea are not
possible, it is clear that the substantial savings in costs which the new method could
make possible would improve the competitive ability of the domestic industry.

5. Facing a discouraging record of poor profits, unstable earnings for labor,
and high costs of new capital equipment, few segments of the industry foresee a-
doption of the freezing-at-sea method in the foreseeable future, without substantial
outside assistance. Fewer still were found who themselves would seriously con-
sider adopting this new method.

ANALYSIS OF THE INDUSTRY

GENERAL DESCRIPTION: In recent years fishing activity in Boston has been
dominated by the large otter trawlers. These ocean-going vessels, capable of stay-
ing at sea for up to 12-14 days at a time, sail as far as the waters off northern Nova
Scotia. These vessels have the capacity to hold up to 320,000 pounds of iced drawn
(gutted) fish, or an estimated average of 220,000 pounds. The port's fleet of large
otter trawlers has decreased steadily, from 59 in 1947 to 30 in 1956. Landings at
Boston by the large otter-trawler fleet declined from 142.0 million pounds in 1950
(83 percent of the total landed at the Boston Fish Pier) to 92.0 million pounds in
1956 (63 percent of the total landed). Thus the fleet of large trawlers continues to
supply the bulk of the fish landed at Boston, though to a diminished degree.

Fish in Boston is processed by 42 firms. The bulk of their output, which has
fallen in recent years, is in the form of frozen fillets, though there is a consider-
able local demand for fresh fish which varies seasonally.

In both trawling and processing, it is unlikely that greater efficiency and lower
costs could be achieved with present methods. In processing, for example, increas-
ing mechanization has apparently failed to increase the annual output per worker,
because of large seasonal fluctuations in the volume of production. The same is
true of trawling, which is also burdened by aging equipment, lack of new entrants
into the labor force, and the necessity to travel farther in search of dwindling sup-
plies of groundfish.

After a period of decline and demoralization, the industry in 1955-56 began to
show evidence of new vigor. Average catches for Boston large trawlers improved
in 1956; a Federal loan fund for repair and maintenance of vessels and gear was
provided; a new processing and marketing cooperative came into existence; plans
for redevelopment of the Boston Fish Pier and related facilities were worked out.
Nevertheless, in 1956 as in previous years, the long-range outlook remained un-
favorable.

RECENT TRENDS IN LANDINGS AND PRICES: Total United States production of
groundfish (including ocean perch) fillets rose from 1947 to 1951, but has declined since
then. Production in 1954 was 122.4 million pounds, compared with 148.8 million
pounds in 1951. The decline affected all species of groundfish. The decline in land-
ings at the Boston Fish Pier by large offshore otter trawlers, the focus of this study,
is thus a part of the general decline in domestic landings of groundfish. But the de-
cline in the activity of this sector of the industry has been larger since 1951 than
the over-all decrease in domestic groundfish landings.

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 10

Prices received by fishermen and vessel owners for catches of large and scrod
haddock on the Boston Fish Pier were fairly stable, on an annual basis, during the
period 1947-1954, except for a decline in 1955. Since 1954, average annual at-vessel
prices received by the large offshore otter trawlers have been slightly (about 2 per-
cent) below the general at-vessel price level on the Boston Fish Pier, while in 1953
they were over nine percent above the general level.

Although annual average at-vessel prices have been fairly stable, seasonal fluc-
tuations-are great in both landings and prices. In 1956, for example, landings in
January were only 39 percent of landings in April, the peak month. In other years
there is a similar range from the lowest to the highest month: in 1955, the mini-
mum was 52 percent of the maximum; in 1954, the minimum was 37 percent of the
maximum; in 1953, the minimum was 58 percent of the maximum; in 1952 the mini-
mum was 49 percent of the maximum. Analysis confirms that these fluctuations
are truly seasonal, within a stable secular pattern.

In 1956, at-vessel prices varied greatly as well. The highest average ex-vessel
price, $10.98 per hundredweight, occurred in January, as compared with a low of
$5.26 in April. Thus the minimum average price in Boston was 48 percent of the
maximum in 1956, as compared with 56 percent in 1955 and 58 percent in 1954.

On a month-to-month basis, prices fluctuate somewhat less than do landings,
so total sales revenue of the fishing fleet follows changes in landings more than
prices. This suggests that measures which can stabilize the level of fishing activi-
ty over the year would contribute more to stable incomes and economic operation
of trawlers than would measures intended principally to stabilize prices.

Retail haddock frozen fillet prices have tended to follow wholesale prices rath-
er than other retail prices or the general wholesale price index. While retail prices
and the general wholesale price index both were fairly stable in the period 1952-
1955, wholesale and retail haddock prices declined sharply and fairly steadily over
this entire period, except for some strength exhibited in 1953. By September 1955,
the index (1952 = 100) of retail prices of haddock had dropped to 90.6, while the Bu-
reau of Labor Statistics Cost of Living Index, converted to the same base, was
101.2, and the general wholesale price index was 100.1.

All large trawlers landing large and scrod haddock in Boston received average
monthly revenues of $821,700 in 1952; this declined in 1953 to $718,500, in 1954 to
$670,500, and in 1955 to $556,300. In 1956 there was a slight rise, to $649,600, a
level still below that of 1954 and previous years. The total decline from 1952 to
1955 was 32.8 percent, and from 1952 to 1956 it was 20.9 percent.

To the instability of prices, landings, and revenues still another destabilizing
feature of present operations must be added, namely, the ''sellover,'' a feature of
ex-vessel sales peculiar to New England. Under the regulations of the New Eng-
land Fish Exchange, there may be a resale of fish, after the original sale has been
made, if fish being unloaded from the vessel do not qualify as first quality. This
vague provision, which is at times invoked by buyers, tends to provoke controversy
and to worsen relations between the fishermen and vessel owners on one hand, and
the fish dealers on the other.

PROFIT AND EARNINGS: In offshore trawling there have been declines in both
employment and the number of trawlers in operation; yet, even in a declining in-
dustry there are often wide variations in the performance of individual firms. Our
analysis suggests that the profit position of some New England fishing establish-
ments is quite favorable; these would be the likely sources of new investment if
freezing-at-sea is deemed feasible.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW u

It is clear that the profitability of individual trawlers depends to a consider-
able degree on their ability to spend a large number of days at sea. Analysis of
detailed data available for the period 1950-1953 covering eight large otter trawlers
reveals how greatly profit depends on economizing on overhead costs through in-
tensive use of the trawler at sea:

1. There is a clear correlation between average annual profits before Federal
income taxes and days spent at sea, and a similar relationship, less close, between
net annual profits and total days
at sea for each of the three fish-
ing seasons.

2. Three of the eight trawl-
ers earned profits averaging
$15,210 per year before taxes,
or 10.3-11.5 percent of present
depreciated trawler values.

3. Average earnings for all
eight trawlers were well below
this figure; thus any average is
likely to conceal wide variations
in individual performance.

4, It is likely that similar
earning ability, depending on the
same basic factors, holds for the
entire large otter trawler fleet

f q Fig. 5 - Experimental freezing tank used for pilot-scale experiments
as well as for this small sample. to determine time required to freeze round fish in refrigerated brine
prior to sea experiments aboard the research vessel Delaware.

It is significant to note that
average annual earnings of the trawlers did not depend primarily on the total or
average catch of the trawler, but on the total time spent at sea, as indicated by
total trips. This was true whether the data were summarized for the entire three-
year period or analyzed separately for each year.
The estimates of "present value" used to compute rates of return were com-
puted using public statements showing original costs, annual rates of depreciation,
and present estimated values of trawlers in use in 1956. It was possible to derive
reasonable averages for all of these values, dividing the trawlers into two groups--
(1) those built before and (2) since World War II--and using two rates of deprecia-
tion, reflecting the accounting practice of those firms which use "high" and "aver-
age'' estimates. Thus rates of return could be calculated, using available income
data, on several alternative bases.

For the prewar group, for which a "standard" year of construction, 1937, was
adopted, the rates of return were as follows:

Average Net

Average Earnings, Before
Operating Profit

Federal Income Tax

Coco oD oOo Doo oO Oo WSS Oo 0 OD OND Oo oO

ANUL GRENTIGIES 5555556 6
Three best trawlers... 10.864 12.566

For the postwar group, with a ''standard" year of construction, 1946, rates of
return were as follows:

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

Average Earnings, Before Average Net
Federal Income Tax Operating Profit
High Rate of | Average Rate of| High Rate of |Average Rateo

Depreciation | Depreciation Depreciation] Depreciation

Bis & site repent daevawe aeee none (Percent), alien a Gin ay eee
/Nilil THEENMES 6 6 oo 6 6 4,227 | 3.894 5.893 | 5.428
Three best trawlers. . 12.052 11.101 13.929 12.831

These data are admittedly limited, and the conclusions are thus far from iron-
clad. It is difficult to escape the conclusion, however, that profits of a satisfactory
level can be and are being earned in trawling by some firms.

FINANCIAL RESOURCES: If freezing-at-sea is feasible, to what extent can in-.
vestment be expected from the fishing industry? To throw light on this question, we
analyzed the available sources of information concerning the recent history of in-
vestment in the industry, the willingness of banks to make investment capital avail-
able, and existing pools of liquid wealth directly concerned with the fishing industry.

We estimated that, between 1946 and 1955, four companies have invested a total of
$2.5 million in eight large trawlers intended for operation out of Boston. Individual com-
panies invested from $200,000 to more than $1,000,000 each. Ofthe 8vessels, 7are
known to have had bank financing, which, under prevailing lending practices, represented
40 percent to 50 percent of the total. Ofthe 8 trawlers, 2 proved unable to pay their way
and were sold. For the remainder, the probable expected rate of repayment of the
loan would have been about $2,000 per month per vessel, over a 48-month period,
and $1,200 over a 60-month period, exclusive of interest. At the normal proportion
of bank money to owners! equity, this implies a total earnings rate of about $3,000
per month for the shorter period, and $2,200 per month for the longer ‘one.

Today, in comparison, construction costs have risen greatly. At the same time,
the porportion of total costs which the banks in this area would be likely to furnish
has probably fallen. If we assume that a total investment of $1,600,000 would build
three large new trawlers equipped for freezing-at-sea, and with a hold capacity sub-
stantially higher than that of present vessels, it would appear likely that bank par-
ticipation would not exceed 30-35 percent. This suggests a minimum figure of in-
vestment capital of about $1.0 million.

Public data on file with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, for four large
firms with headquarters in Boston, showed liquid assets in 1954 equal to $3.5 mil-
lion, and current liabilities of $1.73 million. Thus $1 million for new investment
could be raised, though it would strain available resources. It should be noted that
for these companies as a whole net liquidity--the difference between current assets
and current liabilities--grew steadily between 1949 and 1954. These companies are
all closely held, and controlled by families long active in the local fishing industry
and, presumably, deeply interested in its survival. They are integrated concerns,
able to take advantage of the combined economies which freezing-at-sea would make
possible in both trawling and processing.

LABOR IN FISHING: Total employment in trawling out of Boston has declined
steadily since 1947; during the same period, as fewer men entered the indusiry each
year, the average age of the fishermen has risen. In 1955 we estimated that more
than one-third of the membership of the Atlantic Fishermen's Union were over 50
years of age, and two-thirds were more than 40 years old. Estimated employment
in 1947 was 3,764, as compared with only 2,657 in 1953.

About 40 percent of union members were born in the United States. Among
foreign-born union members 22 percent came from Newfoundland, 13 percent from
Iceland, and 9 percent from Nova Scotia. Thus the proportion of foreign-born in

this industry probably exceeds by a sizable margin that in other occupational groups
in New England.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

Earnings of fishermen have varied considerably more than those of manufac-
turing workers, and there has been a pronounced narrowing of the historical differ-
ential between them. Thus the inducement to younger men to enter fishing has been
greatly weakened.

IMPORTS AND THE NEW ENGLAND FISHERIES: The steady increase in im-
ports of groundfish fillets since 1945 has caused increasing concern within the local
industry, culminating in three full-scale inquiries by the U. S. Tariff Commission
in response to ''escape clause'' requests for tariff and quota relief by the industry.
None of these actions has resulted in tariff or quota changes.

Canada, Iceland, Denmark, Norway, and West Germany have become the prin-
cipal suppliers of fillet imports. Since 1954, fillet imports have exceeded the total
of domestic production. In 1956 fillet imports set a record of 138.6 million pounds.
Thus, in the period 1951-1955, while domestic fillet production was falling, the total
available supply (domestic production plus imports) rose steadily, with imports
representing in recent years the more significant share of the total.

Canada and Iceland together supplied about 90 percent of all fillet imports in
1954, 89 percent in 1955, and 92 percent in 1956. Canada's share rose sharply from
about 59 percent in 1954 to 73 percent in 1955, and remained at that figure in 1956.
Iceland's fillet exports to the United States rose in 1956, after a decline in 1955,

Groundfish fillet imports show fairly systematic seasonal variation; July and
October have generally been peak months, and September and November low points.
The fact that import quotas are imposed on a quarterly basis induces a falling off
of imports in the last month of each quarter, and a rise in the first month of the
subsequent quarter. March is the exception to this rule, apparently because of the
great Lenten demand for fish.

The U. S. Tariff Commission indicated in 1952 that costs in both Canada and
Iceland are below domestic costs in the production of both raw fish and manufactured
fillets. Canadian government expenditures to assist their fisheries have largely
gone for general development, education, research, and similar purposes. Direct
financial assistance to the fishing industry, as in the Fishermen's Indemnity Fund,
has not been great, and has been confined for the most part to smaller vessels
valued up to $7,500.

It should be noted that the dissenting opinion in the Tariff Commission's Re-
port for 1952, and the majority opinion in its report for 1954, do not consider that
direct subsidies constitute a major element in the competitive superiority of foreign
over domestic groundfish activities. This advantage arises rather from better ac-
cess to the fishing grounds, newer equipment, and more modern methods of fishing
and processing.

It is clear that imports have played and are likely to play an ever-increasing
part in the domestic market. Such dominance naturally tends to inhibit domestic
investment in fishing. This is particularly true with the large trawler, where
domestic investment has been small, because the large trawler is expensive and its
return notoriously uncertain.

FISH PROCESSING INDUSTRY IN BOSTON: In 1951 there were 47 processing
plants operating in Boston; this number had decreased to 42 in 1955. Total pro-
duction of fresh and frozen fillets in 1951 totaled 65.2 million pounds worth $16
million; in 1955, despite the introduction of fish sticks, total production was only
51 million pounds, worth $13.8 million. This was a decline in volume of 21.8 per-
cent, and in value of 13.7 percent. At the same time, average monthly employment
in fish processing fell from about 996 to 1951 to about 783 in 1955, a decline of
slightly more:than 20 percent.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No, 11

There has been a 40-hour week guaranteed the workers under union contract
since 1946, and the need for an even and regular flow of raw materials to the proc-
essing lines has been a primary problem. Yet the processing plants, which depend
on the trawling fleet for their raw material supplies, alternate between periods of
great pressure and overtime work on the one hand, and periods of drastic under-
utilization of capacity on the other, depending on the time of year and the volume of
fresh fish landed at Boston.

In these circumstances, steps so far taken to increase the mechanization of
fish processing have failed to overcome the handicap of sporadic and uncertain sup-
plies of raw material. Annual output per worker in fish processing in 1951 was ap-
proximately 65,420 pounds; by 1955; despite mechanization in filleting and related
operations, output per worker had dropped to 65,100 pounds.

While the average size of processing firms in Boston is small, some firms are
quite large. In 1955 the three largest firms produced 31 percent of all fillets, and
accounted for 41 percent of all fillet sales. And the 20 largest firms accounted for
84 percent of all fillets produced in the Boston area. Thus more than half the firms
in the industry together produced less than one-fifth of all fillets produced in 1955.

We estimated processing costs for a firm with a weekly capacity of 75,000
pounds of fillets, or 3.8 million pounds per year, assuming full use of capacity.
Such a firm would represent the significantly large, though not the very largest,
units in the industry. Direct or variable costs predominate; fixed costs in 1955
would have been 2.8-4.6 percent, material costs over 75 percent, and labor costs
10-14 percent of total costs at full capacity. If the plants in question actually op-
erated at 60 percent of capacity, a more realistic assumption, raw material costs
would have been only 67-69 percent of the total, and labor costs a maximum of 20
percent.

The two most important results of this cost structure are: (1) the incessant
pressure for lower fresh fish prices in order to lower raw material costs, and
(2) the need for full use of the labor force, at least on a weekly basis. As mechani-
zation grows, this will add to the pressure for full use of capacity not only on a
weekly, but on an annual basis.

Nevertheless, the economies of mechanized filleting under present operating
conditions are still so slight that it remains possible for small firms to enter the
industry, with relatively small amounts of capital, and to survive. :

The formation in 1956 of the Boston Fisheries Cooperative, Inc., symbolized a
growing awareness of the need for new attitudes, greater efficiency, and a larger
measure of cooperation than had hitherto prevailed if the industry is to prosper.
Experiments with new products, new processes, better packaging, more effective
advertising, and credit pooling arrangements reflect the attempts of the local in-
dustry to solve some of its most pressing problems. Yet the fundamental sources
of the difficulty remain in the two related operations of trawling and processing;
unless these can be invigorated and revived, other changes will, in the long run,
mean little.

ANALYSIS OF FREEZING-AT-SEA

With our analysis of the present state and recent past of the Boston fishing in-
dustry in mind, let us examine the impact on various elements of the problem of
the new method of freezing-at-sea, in an effort to determine whether, on balance, it
represents an effective solution to the problem of survival and growth.

INDUSTRY ATTITUDES: We interviewed a representative sample of industry
leaders, most of whom had some familiarity with the experiments conducted by the

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Leaders of the larger companies had considerable
detailed knowledge of the work and its results. Relatively few of those interviewed
doubted that the process is technically feasible; many of them, however, had serious
reservations about its economic advisability, and only one large processor-trawler
owner was willing to predict that his own vessels would some day be converted to
the new method. Most doubts arose because of the present age and relatively small
capacity of even the largest vessels now in use. Thus, for most industry spokes-
men, adoption is tied in with the problem of building new and larger trawlers. And
few members of the industry foresee that this will take place in the absence of sub-
stantial Government assistance. Some of them referred also to the expected un-
willingness of the labor force to spend greater time per voyage at sea than is now
the case; to the system of payment which, in their view, makes trawler operation
inherently uneconomical for the owners; to the backwardness of the industry gener-
ally; to high and unreasonable maritime insurance costs; and to other well-known
issues in support of their pessimistic views. Nevertheless, an informed minority
persisted in the view that adoption will come, and must come if the industry is to
be preserved.

LABOR ATTITUDES: The fishermen are a cohesive, aging group who have
lived for many years in an atmosphere of mutual distrust and suspicion in labor-
management relations. They have in many cases become accustomed togcertain
operating methods, and might well resist changes in fishing, handling, and storage
techniques. At the same time, most fishermen are stalwart union men who would
‘probably go along with changes supported by the union leadership. And some ele-
ments at least among the union leadership were, in 1955, enthusiastic about the
prospects under the new method. Still, transitional problems would certainly arise,
particularly the issue of the maximum time to be spent at sea. Our estimate as to
the probable average increase in trip duration is relatively small, however, so that
this issue should not represent an insuperable obstacle. Were the industry able to
attract a greater proportion of young new entrants, however, the problems of adapt-
ation to the new method would of course diminish considerably.

Adoption of freezing-at-sea would require the elimination of the 'lumpers,"
those workers who unload the trawlers. These men, although few in number, are
well paid and can be expected to offer strong resistance to the elimination or radi-
eal alteration of their jobs. Since they are members of the Atlantic Fishermen's
Union, the union leadership would have to recognize and deal with this problem.

As for the Seafood Workers! Union, representing the processing workers, they
would support an innovation if it promises to increase and stabilize employment.
Freezing at sea would not involve the use of factoryships, to which the union has
long been opposed.

EFFECT OF FREEZING-AT-SEA ON LANDINGS AND PRICES: The elimina-
tion of the "sellover,™ the first result to be expected from adoption of freezing at
sea, would be an unmixed blessing to the industry. Beyond that, pressure to sell
because of the perishability of the product, now a major cause of price instability,
would be removed if sellers could store their product for later resale. It is true
that costs of storage would have to be borne by the fishermen or the vessel owners,
and these in 1956 were estimated at 1.2 cents per poundfor one month, and 1.5 cents
per pound for two months! storage. But regular large-scale use of storage facilities
for round-frozen fish should make possible substantially lower unit costs, and the
inducement of price stability throughout the year would, in all likelihood, more than
compensate for the costs of storage. Thus freezing at sea should act to reduce
substantially the aggressive price competition which now takes place at the vessel
level, channeling competitive energies into more constructive efforts: quality im-
provement, more efficient processing methods, better trawling methods, greater
consumer acceptance, etc.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

It is difficult to say whether price stability would increase total annual sales of
round fish. Between 1947 and 1955 fluctuations in total sales closely paralleled
fluctuations in total landings; with prices changing relatively less than landings.
Revenues to the trawlers go up sharply when landings increase. Thus the question
turns in part on another: What will be the effect of freezing-at-sea on total land-
ings? If landings can be expeced to increase, then revenues should both become
more stable and increase. We may conclude that revenues certainly should not fall;
the expected greater stability of revenues would in itself be a useful and important
advantage, and this should in fact happen under freezing at sea.

EFFECT ON QUALITY: It was possible to test the effect of freezing-at-sea on
quality in two ways. We examined the results of scientific analysis which has been
carried on since 1952. Jn addition, a survey of consumer reaction enabled us to es-
timate whether consumers found fillets produced from commercially-processed
round-frozen fish better or worse than fillets produced from iced-drawn fish.

Conventional iced-drawn fish resist deterioration for a limited time only while
in the hold of fishing vessels. Deterioration takes place because of bacterial and
enzymatic action and because of the pressure of weight on fish first caught on a voy-
age and stored in the bottom of the holds. Freezing-at-sea eliminates both these
causes of deterioration. The lower layers of fish are solid and thus resist the pres-
sure of layers added later. More important, freezing inhibits bacterial action, and
thus makes possible longer trips without running the risk of spoilage in the hold.

In exhaustive tests, technologists of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service found
fillets from round-frozen fish more acceptable, fresher in appearance, and more
appealing in taste than fillets from iced-drawn fish. This superiority was judged
to hold for frozen fish stored up to six months.

In a test of consumer reaction conducted in 1955-1956, round-frozen haddock
were stored, later at various intervals processed into fillets, packaged, refrozen,
and the packaged fillets distributed through commercial channels. These fillets
were then packed together with fillets from iced-drawn fish under identical working
conditions. Consumers were asked to mark their reactions on a postcard enclosed
in the package, comparing the two fillets which were not identified as being from
different original stocks.

A total of 964 postcards were returned, of which the vast majority were com-
plete. Thirty-five percent of the responses indicated a preference for fillets from
round-frozen fish, 10 percent showed no preference, and 55 percent preferred fillets
from conventional iced-drawn fish. Thus, although there was no preference for fil-
lets from frozen fish, neither was there any overwhelming rejection of these fillets
in favor of the conventional type.

When the returns were analyzed by date of postmark and by state of origin,
substantial variations within this over-all pattern emerge. Thus, the degree of
preference for iced-drawn fish increased between December and January, but there-
after the proportion of those favoring the round-frozen fish rose steadily. As for
the separate areas from which answers came, the degree of preference for conven-
tional fillets varied considerably. In some states there was a preference for fillets
from fish frozen at sea, and in others there was no preference at all.

It is interesting to recall that objective tests rate fillets from round-frozen
fish superior in quality to the average run of fillets from iced-drawn fish. But the
typical consumer does not base his tastes and preferences on quality alone. It may
also be true that in this experiment, which was conducted by a firm with a reputa-
tion for quality, presented consumers with a better quality of conventional fillets
than would in fact be the case were we to compare fillets from round-frozen fish

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

with the average iced-drawn fillets produced by the local processing industry. It
should be emphasized that freezing-at-sea would promote a higher uniform standard
of quality than is now the case, and thus make possible a greater degree of general
consumer acceptance of fish products on which the market could grow. Such a high-
er uniform standard, which would be available to the entire industry, was one of the
deliberate goals of the research carried out on freezing at sea. The available evi-
dence suggests that this new technique does make the achievement of such a stand-
ard possible.

EFFECT ON COSTS AND EARNINGS: We earlier indicated that under existing
methods, profitability is most closely associated with ability to keep trawlers ac-
tively at sea. Freezing-at-sea clearly will increase this ability, and thus should
affect earnings prospects favorably. Moreover, the correlation between earnings
and trawler size is an argument in favor of freezing-at-sea, since this method is
clearly most adaptable to the larger trawlers, the group most likely to survive and
most able to take advantage of new developments in trawler technique.

The decided tendency for direct costs to fall as capacity utilization increases
is another factor favoring the adoption of freezing-at-sea. One of the chief advan-
tages of this method is that it permits the trawler to stay at sea on a given trip
until it hold capacity is fully or largely utilized. Lower unit costs are ipevitable
under these operating conditions.

We have estimated that, on a trawler of the M/V Delaware (U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service research vessel) class, about 65 percent of original capacity would re-
main after conversion to freezing-at-sea, allowing both for the loss of hold space
to the freezing equipment and for the smaller capacity per cubic foot of round-
frozen as against the more closely packed iced-gutted fish.

It is extremely difficult to predict how adoption of freezing-at-sea would affect
the composition and level of direct costs, so that we might make a direct compari-
son of costs under conventional and freezing techniques. We did calculate, for one
trawler hypothetically converted to freezing-at-sea, that total annual direct costs for
this trawler after conversion would be, on a conservative estimate, about 8.5 per-
cent below those fer the same trawler as she actually operated in 1955. However,
this trawler would have landed less fish than in fact were landed by her, so that
direct unit or per-hundredweight costs under conversion would have been about 10.1
percent higher. But this hypothetical comparison was for a trawler which had in
1955 a high actual degree of capacity utilization. And we showed earlier that, typi-
cally, large trawlers operate well below capacity, with consequent high unit costs.

As for overhead costs, we would expect greater use of capacity substantially
to reduce the burden of present overhead costs, which must be borne by relatively
small annual catches. Conversion to freezing would of course add new overhead
costs. We estimated, on the basis of costs for installation in 1955, that this addi-
tion would bring total overhead costs to $54,000 per year on the average, a figure
some $7,000-$10,000 above those prevailing in 1950-1953. Applying this figure to
the expected value of annual catches for vessels of various lengths, we estimated
that total overhead costs after conversion to freezing-at-sea would be 21.6 percent
of annual catch values for vessels 100 feet long, declining to 18.2 percent for ves-
sels 140 feet long. The actual range of overhead costs for eight trawlers examined
over the 1950-1953 period was from 13.3 percent to 24.4 percent, and the aggre-
gate total was 17.1 percent.

EFFECT ON PRICES AND REVENUES: We confined our analysis of price ex-
pectations to the assumption, well founded in our judgment, that freezing-at-sea
would produce an upward stabilization of prices equivalent, in its effect on average
prices, to eliminating the two lowest-price months of each year. This, for the peri-
od 1950-1954, would suggest an annual average price of $7.74 per hundredweight.

14 - COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

On this assumption, and using estimated annual catches of converted large trawlers,
we found that annual revenues would not be substantially above those now received
by large trawlers. On the other hand, new and larger trawlers specially designed
to use this method would bring in substantially larger annual catches than are now
possible, with consequent higher sales revenues. And both old and new trawlers
would benefit from the substantial reductions in direct per-unit cost of production
which would result from adoption of freezing-at-sea.

EFFECT ON THE PROCESSING INDUSTRY: Additional investment in process-
ing plants to handle round-frozen fish would be quite small--less than $3,000 for
thawing tanks able to handle 8,000 pounds of round fish a day. Handling would re-
quire more care than at present, which might raise labor costs by a modest amount.
The firm which actually processed round-frozen fish for the consumer survey de-
scribed earlier reported no appreciable increase in the costs of water, fuel, or
electricity. Despite additional handling required, we have no evidence that this af-
fected output per man-day. The principal effect of handling fish frozen at sea on the
processing industry would be its assurance that regular operations almost fully
utilizing equipment and labor could be carried on year-round. At the same time,
freezing-at-sea promises a more uniformly high-quality raw material for process-
ing than is now the case.

Although most processors do not have a direct interest in trawlers--in fact
their short-run interests, as buyers of raw fish, often directly oppose those of the
trawler owners and fishermen who sell the raw fish--it was encouraging for us to
note more and more recognition by processors that their own future well-being is
bound up with a stronger and more competitive trawler industry. They would wel-
come the steady flow of raw material from the storage plants to their processing
operations, and thus many elements in the processing industry support, inprinciple,

the adoption of freezing-at-sea.

COMMERCIAL USES FOR SHARKS

There is presently no commercial shark fishery in Florida. The shark
fishery of the United States has always been a relatively minor one, and the
lonly time it was of any importance was between the years 1939 to 1950. The
livers were used for their vitamins A and D content, and the carcass was dis-
carded. The synthesization of vitamins halted this industry. Shark skins have
always had some value, for the finished leather made from certain species is
extremely tough, resistant to abrasion yet very pliable. Most shark flesh, if

properly handled can be made into wholesome food. Shark oil that contains
little or no vitamin A is used in the tanning industry, this oil is occasionally
utilized forlow grade soaps and in tempering steel. Thefins find a ready mar-
ket in the Oriental trade where they are used in making soup. Other minor
products from the shark is meal from the carcass, and their teeth which can
be sold as curios. The market for all shark products is limited, and this is
the reason the fishery is not pursued.

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,
Univeristy of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

November 1958 - COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

CONTRIBUTION TO THE CHEMISTRY OF
THE KING CRAB (Paralithodes camtschatica)

By Harry L. Seagranx
ABSTRACT

Data are given on (1) yield of meat and waste from whole king crab;
(2) proximate composition of meat and waste portions; (3) amount of pro-
tein and nonprotein nitrogen in the meat and the amount of sarcoplasmic,
fibrillar, and stroma protein in the protein fraction; and (4) number, rela-
tive amounts, and electrophoretic mobilities of the protein components of
the sarcoplasmic fraction.

BACKGROUND

The widespread acceptance of king crab products by the American consumer
has been responsible for the recent and rapid expansion of an American fishery for
these giant crab. Prior to 1940, imports of canned Japanese king crab formed the
bulk of the domestic consumption of king crab meat. Since World War II, however,
the application of quick-freezing
techniques to the preservation of
king crab has stimulated the
growth of the American indus-
try. This growth has alsobeen
aided by investigations (Staff
1942) of the practical aspects
of the king-crab fishery.

It has been established
that techniques used in prep-
aration and handling are of
primary importance in
maintaining the quality of
the canned and frozen crab,
In addition, it has been rec-
ognized that such factors as habitat, age, moulting, and holding of the live crab all
influence the quality of the final product.

Although king crab meat is more suitable for freezing than is the meat of sev-
eral other species of crab, certain specific adverse changes in quality are occasion-
ally encountered. Dominant among changes that might be mentioned are loss of the
natural characteristic color and flavor during long holding periods; development of
a yellowish or a bluish discoloration caused presumably by oxidation of tissue pig-
ments; and undesirable texture changes and excessive drip, caused presumably by
denaturation of muscle proteins and breakdown of the cellular structure of the tis-
sue. Although studies (Dassow 1950) have been carried out to develop recommenda-
tions for processing procedures that would avoid such adverse changes in quality,
little work has been done on the basic problems associated with the canning and
freezing of king crab.

As part of a continuing investigation of fish proteins and associated technologi-
cal studies carried out at this Laboratory, the comparative chemistry of the crude
protein fraction of the meat of king crab has been studied. It was considered desir-
able to obtain such background information prior to investigating the specific tech-
nological problems that concern the industry. The present paper is a summary of
the results of this preliminary study.

The object of this work was physically and chemically to characterize king crab

and, in particular, to characterize the crude protein fraction of the edible meats.
% Biochemist, Fishery Products Laboratory, Division of Industrial Research and Services, U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Ketchikan, Alaska.

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

To achieve this purpose, the following determinations were carried out: (1) the raw
crab was partitioned physically to obtain data on yield, (2) proximate analyses were
made of the resulting meat portions and waste, (3) the major protein fractions of the
various meat portions were partitioned chemically, and (4) low-ionic-strength ex-
tracts of the various meat portions were analyzed electrophoretically.

SAMPLES

Male king crab (Paralithodes camtschatica) obtained in September 1956 from
Alitak Bay, Kodiak Island, Alaska, and in May 1957 from Pavilof Bay and Beaver
Bay, Alaska, were used in the present study. The crab were placed, while alive,
in a still-air freezer held at about -159 C. (5° F.) aboard the vessel. The frozen
crab then were individually
wrapped in polyethylene bags,
transferred to the laboratory
freezer at -30° C. (-22° F.),
and held for subsequent anal-
ysis. The individual whole
crab ranged in weight from
5.5 to 8.6 pounds with an
average weight of 7.3 pounds.

PHYSICAL PARTITION
OF CRAB

!
th

<q to ee a pect _ PROCEDURE: To obtain
:: ls aes re, / nap | data on yield, each one of
wT ee, oem “ Ss i four whole raw crabs was
Leics Mend physically partitioned, while
still frozen, into the follow-
ing samples: (1) first three
sections of all walking-legs,
(2) fourth and fifth sections of all walking-legs, (3) the four sections of both claw-
legs, (4) shoulder-joint sections from all legs, (5) all shoulder (body) meat, (6) butch-
ering waste, and (7) shell from samples 1 through 5.

Fig. 2 - Caverns for king crab.

RESULTS: The yield of meats from the four physically-partitioned whole king
crabs (table 1) indicated that, on the average, 51 percent of the total weight of the

Table 1 - Yield of Meat and Waste from Whole Raw King Crab

Yield+
Pama eae ae From Total Crab From Total Meat
P [Range [Average | Range |Average|

Meat from first three
sections of all walking-legs

2 Meat from fourth and fifth
sections of all walking-legs

35.5-41,1

3 Meat from four sections of 47.6-53.0

both claw-legs

LASTS. 7

Meat from shoulder-joint
sections from all legs

Meat from shoulder (body)
Butchering waste

15.0-16.2
12.9-16.8

26.4-36.0
11,0-26.0

Shell from samples 1-5
i/From four individually -analyzed crab.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 17

crab was edible meat, consisting of approximately 85 percent total leg meat and 15
percent shoulder meat, Other data, not reported here, collected on a composite
sample of six whole crab indicated a yield of 53 percent total meat, consisting of 84
percent total leg meat and 16 percent shoulder meat. The relative amount of meat
for any one sample also appeared to be quite constant.

PROXIMATE ANALYSES

PROCEDURE: After the data on yield were obtained, each sample was made
homogeneous by passing the frozen material through a prechilled electric grinder.
Proximate analyses (pro-
tein, oil, moisture, and
ash) were carried ‘out on
portions of each sample by
employing standard pro-
cedures of the Association
of Official Agricultural

Chemists (1955).

RESULTS: The prox-
imate analyses of the raw
king crab meat (table 2)
averaged 10.8 percent
protein, 0.67 percent oil,
86.2 percent moisture,
and 1.95 percent ash. It
was of interest to note
that, starting at the ex-
tremities of the walking
legs and progressing to
the shoulder, the protein content tended progressively to increase from 9.6 percent
to 12.1 percent; the moisture content tended progressively to decrease from 87.4percent
to 84.3 percent; and the ash content tended progressively to increase from 1.80 percent to

Fig. 3 - Typical crab pot used for nana an

Table 2 - Proximate Composition of Meat and Waste from Whole Raw ng Crab

<a

Sample Description Proximate Composition—
=a =a of Sample Protein Oii eee

First three sections vba si | il

of all walking-legs 7.4-11.3 : 5 . : : : : : d
Fourth and fifth sections

of all walking-legs 8.0-12.9 : : d : 3. . bs 4 : fc
Four sections of both

claw-legs 7.3-13.0 A b . ° . . . 6 . é
Shoulder-joint sections

from all legs 7.6-13.4 0.41-0.78 c : c i F
All shoulder (body) meat 6.9-14.8} 12.1 0.42-1,.14 aera Saeed 66 | 81.4-89.5 84,3 i

Total range and average | 6.9-14.8| 10.8 |0.41-1.72| 0.67 |81.4-90.7| 86.2 | apsee ves TS

Butchering waste 6.3- 9.4 7.9 0.74-2.46 1.54 81.7-85.8 83.4 4.7 -6.3 5.40
Shell from —— SS 1-5 |15.1-20.1} 16.8 0.24-0.48 0.32 | 46.5-63.7 54.6 |16.0 -22.4] 18.5

1 == ivich [{/From four individually analyzed crabasreportedintablel.O—O—SSOSOSSSC‘CSS

2.18 percent. The oil content remained fairly constant. The proximate composition
of the claw meat appeared to be more like that of the shoulder-joint meat rather than
to be like that of either the leg-section meat or shoulder meat.

The relatively high apparent protein content of the shell from the leg and shoul-
der sections (average, 16.8 percent; sample 7; table 2) and the low sum of proximate
constituents for this material (total, 90 percent; sample 7; not totaled in the table)

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

suggested that the normal proximate analysis scheme did not give an accurate pic-
ture of the crude constituents--particularly protein. One sample with a proximate
composition of 20.1 percent protein, 0.24 percent oil, 46.5 percent moisture, and
22.5 percent ash (total, 89.3 percent) gave the following data when corrected for
chitin nitrogen (Iverson 19561/) and reducing sugars (Hawk, Oser, and Summerson
1947): 18.9 percent protein, 0.24 percent oil, 46.5 percent moisture, 22.5 percent
ash, 2.6 percent chitin, and 9.8 percent reducing sugars (less chitin, calculated as
glucose), which totals 100.5 percent.

CHEMICAL PARTITION OF PROTEIN FRACTIONS

PROCEDURE: For the partition of the major protein fractions of the meats
(samples 1 through 5), a scheme patterned after that of Robinson (1952) was employ-
ed. Duplicate 10-gram samples were accurately weighed and transferred to 100-ml.
glass centrifuge tubes. Partition was effected as follows;

(1) Nonprotein Nitrogen and Sarcoplasmic Protein Nitrogen Fraction: To each
sample were added 10 ml. of phosphate buffer (0.0156 molar potassium phosphate,

Prote. Nitrogen

Ce Banepa Ty ea ee re

pacteis 5 2 eae Protein N zi eee
34.6 7.74 61.9 oie)

(2.92-6.27)
4.60
(3.29-5.45)
4,73
(2.50-6.27)
4.20
(2.99-6.86)

5.97
(4.11-7. pene

dibasic--0.0035 molar potassium phosphate, monobasic, pH 7.58, ionic strength
0.05) and a level teaspoon of Filter Cel washed in 0.1 normal hydrochloric acid.

ae : The samples were held over-
night, with occasional stirring,
at approximately 0° C. (32° F.).
They then were centrifuged
for 30 minutes at 0° C. (320F)
at 2,500times gravity, and the
supernatant fluids were filter-
ed through coarse sintered-
glass filters into 100-ml. vol-
umetric flasks. The above ex-
traction was repeated three
times, allowing approximately
1 hour for each extraction, The
extracts were diluted to volume
with the phosphate buffer. Du-
plicate 5-ml. aliquots were
taken for each sample from
the 100-ml. dilution for Kjel-
dahl-nitrogen determinations
(Hiller, Plazin, and Van Slyke
1948), the results indicating
total nonprotein nitrogen and sarcoplasmic protein nitrogen.

1/Unpublished.

Fig. 4 - Butchering king crab.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

In addition, duplicate 5-ml, aliquots were taken from each 100-ml. dilution and
added to 5 ml, of 5-percent trichloroacetic acid in 15-ml. centrifuge tubes. The
supernatant fluids, after being centrifuged, were filtered through paper and col-
lected in Kjeldahl flasks. The trichloroacetic-acid precipitated protein was washed
twice with 1-percent trichlo-
roacetic acid, the washing
being added to the first su-
pernatant fluid. Kjeldahl de-
terminations of nitrogen on
these filtrates gave the values
for nonprotein nitrogen and
sarcoplasmic protein nitro-
gen, was obtained by differ -
ence

(2) Fibrillar Protein
Nitrogen Fraction: The res-

idue remaining from (1) was ae
extracted three times with Pa

25 ml. of 0.1 normal sodium
hydroxide, allowing approxi- Po = Sg
mately 3 hours at roomtem- Se es iS \ baa ae ———
perature for each extraction, —- Be } Seeger aeaes ;

The samples were centri- ; Sees
fuged each time as indicated ge ; pee nat
aie (1) ainel Bikaner) through Fig. 5 - Frozen king crab legs being prepared for cold storage.
the original, coarse, sintered-glass filters into 200-ml, volumetric flasks and di-
luted to volume with 0.1 normal sodium hydroxide. Duplicate 10-ml. aliquots were
taken from each sample for Kjeldahl-nitrogen determinations, the results giving
total fibrillar protein nitrogen.

SSA F mal

(3) Stroma Protein Nitrogen Fraction: The residue remaining from (2) was
extracted for 2 hours with 10 ml. of 36 normal sulfuric acid over a bath of boiling
water and then was centrifuged and filtered as before into 50-ml. volumetric flasks.
The residue was washed twice briefly (10 minutes) with water. The combined su-
pernatant fluids and washings were diluted to volume with water and duplicate 10-
ml, aliquots were taken for Kjeldahl-nitrogen determinations, the results giving
total stroma protein nitrogen.

The sum of nonprotein nitrogen, sarcoplasmic protein nitrogen, fibrillar pro-
tein nitrogen, and stroma protein nitrogen indicated that 94 percent (average of 15
experiments) of the total nitrogen of the crab meat (determined separately) was re-
covered by the above procedure.

RESULTS: Regarding the total crude protein fraction of crab meat, it was de-
termined (table 2) that, on the average, over 24 percent of the total nitrogen was
composed of nonprotein nitrogen. This value is considerably larger than is thatfor
most species of fish (Hamoir 1955), being exceeded’ only by the elasmobranchs, the
muscles of which are known to contain appreciable amounts of trimethylamine oxide
and urea.

It is of interest to note that considerable amounts of free amino acids (4.4 mg.
nitrogen per gram of wet muscle) have been reported Camien, Sarlet, Duchateau,
and Florkin 1951) in North Sea lobster (Homarus vulgaris). In king crab, the aver-
age total nonprotein nitrogen was found to be approximately 4.6 mg. per gram of
wet meat.

As to the partition of the protein nitrogen, the average values (as percent of
total protein) were 33.3 percent sarcoplasmic, 63.4 percent fibrillar, and 3.1 per-

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

percent stroma, which appear to be quite comparable with those of fish muscle
(Hamoir 1955 and Bailey 1954). Although large differences in any one protein frac-
tion from sample to sample were not noted, it appeared that the claw and shoulder-
joint meats contained slightly more fibrillar but less sarcoplasmic protein than did
either the walking-leg or shoulder meats. The shoulder meat was appreciably lower
in stroma protein than was the other, more active, muscle.

ELECTROPHORETIC ANALYSES OF LOW-IONIC-STRENGTH EXTRACTS

PROCEDURE: For the electrophoretic analyses of low-ionic-strength extracts

of crab meat, the following method was employed: A portion of a frozen sample

SI aT WH BY Bae (samples 1 through 5) was
ee te added to an equal volume of

? ; "| the ice-cold, pH 7.58, ionic
strength 0.05, phosphate buff-
er. The mixture was allowed
to stand, with only occasional
stirring, overnight at 0°-2°C.
(329-35.6° F.). The resulting
mixture was centrifuged at
0° C. (32° F.) for 30 minutes
at 4,000 times gravity. The
supernatant fluid was dialyzed
against three changes (1/10,
v/v) of the pH 7.58 ionic
strength 0.05 phosphate buff-
er over a 48-hour period at
0° ta 2° C. The dialyzed pro-
tein was centrifuged at 0° C.
for 30 minutes at 24,500 times
gravity. The dialyzed, centri-
fuged protein was used for
electrophoretic analyses, the
final dialysate being used as
supernatant fluid in the electrophoresis cell and to dilute the dialyzed protein solu-
tion to below 4 mg. of nitrogen per ml. Electrophoresis was conducted in a Perkin-
Elmer Apparatus (Model 38A) at 19 C. (33.8° F.). The conductivity of the dialyzed
protein was measured at 0° C.

Fig. 6 - King crab meats being given a citric acid bath prior to canning.

RESULTS: Electrophoretic examination of low-ionic-strength extracts from
the various meats of king crab indicated (fig. 7) the presence of 11 distinct compo-
nents. Data on composition (table 4) for these components from the various sam-

Table 4 - Relative Amounts of Protein Components in Low-Ionic-Streng 0.05
Extracts of Raw King-Crab Meat

ample relative Amount of Componen |

Number | No. 1] No. 2

Percent of Total Area of Ascending Diagram

OPWN Fe

Note: The sample numbers corresond to those of tables 1, 2, and 3, and the component numbers correspond to those of
figure 7.

ples of meat and their electrophoretic mobilities (table 5) were calculated from the
ascending diagrams. Descending diagrams were not used for calculations because

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

considerable overlapping of adjacent boundaries occurred. Since the ascending mo-
bilities have not been corrected, they should be considered as being only approxima-
tions.

An obvious difference between low-ionic-strength extracts obtained from king-
crab meat and miscellaneous species of fish {Connell 1953) is that the muscle of
king crab contains a far greater proportion of proteins of high mobility (and by in-
ference, of lower molecular
weight) than does fish mus-
cle. It is also of interest to
note that the mean electro-
phoretic mobility of king-
crab proteins extracted at
low ionic strength is con-
siderably higher than is the
corresponding fractionfrom
fish muscle. This observa-
tion is in agreement with
the findings on lobster ex-
tracts (Dubuisson-Brouha
1953) and supports the theo-
ry (Hamoir 1955) that elec-
trophoretic mobility in-
creases progressively as
the evolutionary ladder is "1096 7 65 4 3
descended.

Fig. 7 - Ascending-limb electrophoresis diagram of an ionic strength 0.05,
Certain differences in pH 7.58 extract of raw king crab meat; field strength 12.0 volts/cm.,
. 2760 sec., sample 3 (table 1).
the relative amounts of any
one protein component throughout the crab were also observed. Since the division
of the diagrams into components is somewhat arbitrary, the significance of such dif-
erences is necessarily debatable and will not be enlarged upon at the present time.

Table 5 - Electrophoretic Mobilities of Components of Low-Ionic-Strength (0.05) Extracts of Raw King-Crab Meat
ample Mobility of Component
umbers Cyn a One! No. No. 6 No. 7 No. 0. Om 0.
Pe eee Ah Weep caseko ad Saacukseteei oak (x 10 NTE eae ae Lae OE ies:

5 11.2 8.5 w3 6.8 5.6 4.8 4.2 3.6 2.7

a (11.3-12.2) |(10.4-11. 7-8.6) |(7.0-7.6) | (6.4-7.1) | (5.1-5.7) | (4.5-4.9) | (4.1-4.3) | (3.4-3.7) | (2.5-2.9)
Note: The sample numbers correspond to 0! SOLED 5 ie component numbers correspond to thore of table 4 and figure 7. The numbers in parentheses give the
(a aeeee other figures give the average values.

SUMMARY

1. King crab used in these studies ranged in weight from 2.5 to 3.9 kilograms
and averaged 3.3 kilograms (7.3 pounds). The yield of meats from physically -parti-
tioned raw whole king crab indicated that approximately 52 percent of the total weight
of the crab is edible meat, consisting of approximately 85 percent leg meats and 15
percent shoulder meats.

2. Proximate analyses of the raw meats averaged 10.8 percent protein, 0.67
percent oil, 86.2 percent moisture, and 1.95 percent ash.

3. Of the total nitrogen fraction of the raw meats, over 24 percent proved to be
nonprotein nitrogen. The total protein fraction of the meats consisted of 33.3 per-
cent sarcoplasmic protein, 63.4 percent fibrillar protein, and 3.1 percent stroma
protein,

4, Electrophoretic examination of low-ionic-strength extracts (sarcoplasmic-
protein fraction) of the raw meats of king crab indicated the presence of 11 distinct

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

components. Composition and mobility data calculated for these components indi-
cated that the sarcoplasmic fraction from king crab muscle has a higher mean elec-
trophoretic mobility and contains a much greater proportion of proteins of high elec-
trophoretic mobility than does the corresponding fraction from fish muscle.

LITERATURE CITED
ASSOCIATION OF OFFICIAL AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTS DUBUISSON-BROUHA, A.

1955. Official Methods of Analysis of the Association 1953. Bulletin de L'acad'emie Royale de Sciences
of Official Agricultural Chemists. Eight Edi- de Belgique, vol. 39, pp. 121.
tion, Washington, D. C., pp. 309-317.
HAMOIR, C.
BAILEY, K, 1955, Fish Protein. Advances in Protein Chemistry,
1954, Structure Proteins. If. Muscle. The Proteins, vol. 10, Academic Press Inc., New York,
vol. 2, part B, Academic Press Inc., New N. Y., pp. 227-288.

York, N. Y., pp. 951-1055.
HAWK, P. B.; OSER, B. L.; and SUMMERSON, W. H.

CAMIEN, M. N.; SARLET, H.; DUCHATEAU, G.; and 1947, Practical Physiological Chemisty. Twelfth
FLORKIN, M. Edition, the Blakiston Co., Philadelphia, Pa.,
1951. Non-Protein Amino Acids in Muscle and Blood pp. 523.
of Marine and Fresh Water Crustacea. The
journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 193, HILLER, A; PLAZIN, J.; and VAN SLYKE, D. D.
pp. 881-885. 1948. A Study of Conditions for Kjeldahl Determina-
tion of Nitrogen in Proteins. The Journal of
CONNELL, J. J. Biological Chemistry, vol. 176, pp. 1401-1420,
1953. Studies on the Protein of Fish Skeletal Muscle.
1. Electrophoretic Analysis of Codling Ex- ROBINSON, D. S.
tracts of Low Ionic Strength. The Biochemi- 1952. Changes in the Protein Composition of Chick
cal Journal, vol. 54, pp. 119-126. Muscle During Development, The Biochemi-

cal Journal, vol, 52, pp. 621-627.
DASSOW, J. A.

1950, Freezing and Canning King Crab. U. S. Fish STAFF
and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial 1942. The Alaskan KingCrab. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Fisheries, Fishery Leaflet 374, May, 9 pp., Service, Fishery Market News, vol. 4, no. 5a
Washington, D. C, (supplement), Mays 107 pp., Washington, D.C.

NOTE: Acknowledgments: The author wishes to express his appreciation to King Crab Investigations, Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, for supplying the crab for this study, and to Russel L. Brown, JohnL.
Iverson, and Lydianne Kyte, who assisted in certain parts of the work.

Zo SS
Sy <e)
oa S

ANTIOXIDANT TO PROTECT SALTED SALMON
FROM DETERIORATION

Experiments conducted in Japan have shown that out of several an-
tioxidants examined, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA) was found to be
the most suitable for protecting salted salmon from deterioration due
to the oxidation of its oil. The antioxidants were tested in the form of
mixtures with common salt. Thawed samples of salmon, after remov-
ing the viscera and gill arches, were salted with the various salt mix-
tures, respectively, up to 40 percent of their weights. After keeping
the salted samples for 10 days the adhering salts were removed, the
fish being buried anew in batches of fresh salt that amounted to 10 per-
cent of the initial fish weights. The fish treated with the salt mixture
of appropriate BHA-content were recognized to bein a satisfactory con-
dition even after 60 days' storage in respect of their organoleptic prop-
erty as well as the character of their oil, while untreated ones deteri-
orated badly in 17 days. The optimum quantity of BHA to be used is in
the range of 0.005 to 0.02 percent of the weight of raw fish (Bulletin of
the Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries, vol. 22, no. 3, 1956)...

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

Z IN SERVICE LABORA TORIES”

jy
4 Wllbieranee ee rt arene

FISH SPOILAGE

I - Determination of Bacterial Metabolites by Gas Chromatography
INTRODUCTION

The formation in fish of bacterial metabolites (chemical compounds) that have
unpleasant odors and flavors is called spoilage. One of the principal approaches to
the study of such spoilage has been through the identification and estimation of the
metabolites formed. There is need, however, not only for identificatiom and quanti-
tative determination of me-
tabolites, but also for a
study of their spoilage pat-
tern; that is, for a study of
the sequence in which the
metabolites are formed un-
der controlled spoilage con-
ditions.

The development of new
analytical methods for meas-
urement of bacterial metab-
olites would be an important
aid to these studies. Since
gas chromatography--arel-
atively new analytical tool--
promises to be useful in a
problem of this nature, the
objectives of the present
research were (1) to inves-
tigate the use of gaschro-
matographic techniques in
the study of spoilage pat-
terns and (2) to fractionate,
by gas chromatography, the volatile nitrogen constituents (a major group of metabo-
lites) of fish.

Fig. 1 - The injection of a liquid sample onto the chromatographic column.

USE OF GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY IN THE STUDY OF SPOILAGE PATTERNS

METHODS: Gas chromatographic techniques offer a method in which qualita-
tive and quantitative information can be obtained on a mixture of volatile compounds.
These techniques thus can be used to fractionate and estimate the individual volatile
bacterial metabolites from fish. The sequence of formation of the metabolites, with
reference to spoilage time, would describe the pattern of spoilage.

There are acidic, basic, and probably neutral volatile bacterial metabolites
formed in spoiling fish. Since a low-temperature-distillation method was chosen

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Vo. 20, No. 11

to remove the volatiles from fish and since the acidic volatiles have high boiling
points, attempts were made to separate only the neutral and basic volatiles.

Removal of Volatiles: Samples of ground cod and halibut were spoiled under
controlled conditions for various periods of time. To remove the volatiles, the
samples were adjusted to a pH of 9.3 and distilled at a temperature of 30° C. (86° F)),
30 millimeters pressure, for 2 hours. To aid in the removal of the volatiles, nitro-
gen gas was bubbled through the fish slurry and then passed through a series of
traps that were maintained at temperatures of 0°, -77°, and -195° C. (32°, -106.6°,
and -319° F.). The condensate from the -195° C. (-319° F.) trap was chromatog-
raphed immediately after collection. (Tests had shown that only water was collect-
ed in the traps held at the two higher temperatures.)

Gas Chromatography: After testing a number of column packings, Carbowax
1,000 was found to give the best separation. Volumes of 0.005 to 0.03 milliliter of
condensate were chromatographed at 1009 C. (212° F.) and a flow rate of helium of
60 milliliters per minute.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: A chromatogram of the volatiles removed from
fish (in alkaline media) showed 3 to 4 incompletely separated components. Owing
to this incomplete separation, it was not possible to determine the identity of the
components or to determine if qualitative differences occurred in the chromatogram
during the period of spoilage. Too few components were separated to describe the
state of spoilage adequately. A correlation was observed, however, between the de-
gree of spoilage of the fish and the quantity of individual volatiles. Fairly consistent
results were obtained on duplicate samples, but the distillation method gave low re-
coveries on test volatile solutions of known composition.

CONCLUSIONS: Attempts to use the chromatograms of volatiles removed from
fish (invarious Stages of spoilage) to describe the state of spoilage were only partial-
ly successful because the chromatograms gave insufficient information. It appears
that gas chromatography might better be used in spoilage studies for the fractiona-
tion and estimation of specific classes of bacterial metabolites, rather than of heter-
ogenous groups of metabolites.

Limiting the study to specific classes would permit use of a column material
that is specific for a particular class of compounds. As a result, more efficient
fractionation could be expected.

FRACTIONATION OF THE VOLATILE NITROGEN
CONSTITUENTS BY GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY

METHODS: The principal constituents of the volatile nitrogen of fish are tri-
methylamine (Me3N), ammonia (NH3), dimethylamine (MejNH), and methylamine
(MeNH92). James, Martin, and Smith (1952) successfully separated ammonia and
the low-molecular-weight aliphatic amines by gas chromatography. They used a
column that was packed with celite No. 545 coated with a mixture of 85 percent
hendecanol (5-ethyl-2-nonanol) and 15 percent paraffin oil, Hughes (1958) separated
trimethylamine, ammonia, dimethylamine, and methylamine from herring meat, us-
ing the procedure of James, Martin, and Smith. Burks (1957) found that triethanol-
amine supported on C-22 firebrick gave more complete separation of ammonia and
of some of the low-molecular-weight aliphatic amines than did the column packing
used by James, Martin, and Smith. These various investigators introduced the
amines and ammonia onto the column as the hydrochloride salts and liberated the
bases by reaction with alkali. This procedure eliminated a large amount of the wa-

ter that would have been introduced into the column had the bases been analyzed in
free form.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

Since it was desired to analyze the ammonia-amine mixture from fish as the
free base, different column materials were tested for their efficiency of separation
of these compounds in the presence of large amounts of water. After examining a
number of materials, it was found that a mixture of 75 percent triethanolamine and
25 percent Amine 220 (1-hydroxyethyl-2-heptadecenyl glyoxalidine) gave fair sepa-
ration of trimethylamine, ammonia, dimethylamine, and methylamine.

Column Preparation: Six grams of triethanolamine and 2 grams of Amine 220
were dissolved in 30 milliliters of acetone, and the solution was mixed with 14grams
of GC-22 Super-support. The solvent was removed from the packing material by
heating on a water bath under reduced pressure. The material was poured into a
6-foot-long, 0.25-inch-outside-diameter aluminum tubing and packed with the aid of
a vibrator.

Chromatography of Fish Volatile Nitrogen: The constituents that make up the
volatile nitrogen were removed from fish meat by extracting 60 grams of ground
meat with 100 milliliters of 60-percent ethanol for 3.5 minutes in a blender. The
extract was made alkaline with 4 grams of sodium borate, and the free bases were
steam distilled into dilute hydrochloric acid. The solution of amine and ammonium
hydrochlorides was concentrated to a volume of several milliliters by distillation,
made alkaline with 10-percent potassium hydroxide solution, and quickly#¥steam dis-
tilled into a receiving flask cooked with dry ice. The solidified distillate was melt-
ed by placing the flask in cool water, and the solution was chromatographed imme-
diately.

Peaks on the chromatograms were tentatively identified by comparing their
elution times with those of known compounds. The elution time was determined by
measurement of elapsed time between the appearance of the air peak and the maxi-
mum of the component peak. The concentration of material represented by a chro-
matographic peak was determined by measurement of the area of the peak.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: The elution times of trimethylamine, ammonia,
dimethylamine, methylamine, propylamine, butylamine, and water were, respec-
tively, 2.1, 3.3 to 3.8, 5.5 to 5.6, 6.6 to 7.1, 13, 24, and 41 minutes. The column
was operated at 130° C. (266° F.) with helium flowing at the rate of 24.5 milliliters
per minute. The high elution time obtained for water permits the use of this col-
umn for the detection of the higher aliphatic amines (C2 to C4). The relationship
of peak area to concentration of component was determined for trimethylamine,
ammonia, dimethylamine, and methylamine; and a satisfactory linear relationship
was obtained for trimethylamine, ammonia, and dimethylamine.

When the volatile nitrogen from refrigerated-brine-chilled cod was fraction-
ated, three peaks were found with elution times of 2.1, 4.1, and 5.6 minutes. These
peaks apparently corresponded to those of trimethylamine, ammonia, and dimethyl-
amine, respectively. The elution time for the peak that was thought to be that of
ammonia is greater than that found for the known compound. This discrepancy
might be due to the variability of elution time and peak shape when low concentra-
tions of material are chromatographed.

The total volatile nitrogen fractionated by gas chromatography was compared
to the total volatile nitrogen obtained by the method of Stansby, Harrison, Dassow,
and Sater (1944). Taking the latter method as a standard, 90 percent of the volatile
nitrogen could be accounted for in samples containing a large amount of nitrogen,
and 76 percent could be accounted for in samples containing small amounts of vola-
tile nitrogen.

CONCLUSIONS: 1. Using known compounds for preliminary test purposes,
trimethylamine, ammonia, dimethylamine, methylamine, propylamine, and butyla-

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20; No. 11

mine were fractionated by gas chromatography by means of a column made of a
mixture of 75 percent triethanolamine and 25 percent Amine 220 applied to GC-22
Super-support.

2. The volatile nitrogen from cod meat was fractionated into three components
that appear to be trimethylamine, ammonia, and dimethylamine. The recovery of
the total volatile nitrogen chromatographed from fish meat ranged from 90 percent
for samples high in volatile nitrogen to 76 percent for samples low in volatile ni-
trogen.

LITERATURE CITED

BURKS, R. E., JR. JAMES, A. T.; MARTIN, A. J. P.; and SMITH, G. H.

1957. Study of Flavor and Chemical Changes in
Foods during Sterilization by Irradiation.
Contract DA 19-129-OM-740, S-530, Re-
port no. 4, March 1-April 30.

HUGHES, R. B.
1958. Volatile Amines of Herring Flesh. Nature,
vol. 181, no. 4618, May, p. 1281.

1952. Gas-Liquid Partition Chromatography: The
Separation and Microestimation of Ammonia

and Methylamine. The Biochemical Journal,
vol. 52, no. 2, October, p. 238.

STANSBY, M. E.; HARRISON, R. W.;DASSOW, J. and
SATER, M.
1944, Determining Volatile Bases in Fish. Industrial

and Engineering Chemistry, Analytical Edi-
tion, vol. 16, September, p. 593.

--By Herman S. Groninger, Biochemist,
Fishery Technological Laboratory,
Division of Industrial Research and Services,
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Seattle, Wash.

aoef Sng ote

TECHNICAL NOTE NO. 47 - STEELHEAD TROUT - DESCRIPTION
AND PROXIMATE COMPOSITION

ABSTRACT

The average proximate chemical composition of steelhead trout
fillets analyzed in this study was 21.3 percent protein, 9.7 percent oil,
68.2 percent moisture, and 1.3 percent ash. The yield of fillets, which
varied from 49 to 73 percent, averaged 62 percent.

BACKGROUND

The steelhead trout (Salmo gairdnerii) is similar to salmon in that it ascends
rivers of the Pacific Coast to spawn. Its spawning habits and pattern of migration

vary greatly from one area to another. The steelhead near Ketchikan ascends the
streams from late winter to early

summer. It is unlike the salmon,
however, in that it feeds while in
fresh water and it may return to
the sea after spawning. The fin-
gerlings migrate to the ocean aft-
er spending 1 or 2 years in fresh
water,

The steelhead varies greatly
in size from one habitat to another.
While in salt water, it often asso-
ciates with migrating salmon and
may be difficult to distinguish from
them. The mature steelhead, when
in marine waters, is a metallic-
blue on the dorsal surface turning

Fig. 1 - A steelhead trout caught in Alaska.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

to a silver on the sides and silver-white on the ventral surface. The steelhead may
be distinguished from similar fish by the trout-like head and the black spots on its
dorsal surface and tail, It inhabits coastal streams from southern California to
southeastern Alaska, A

There is little information available on proximate composition of fish indigenous
to Alaska, This paper therefore presents proximate analyses made on 15 steelhead
trout caught in salt water, 4 of which were made available to the Laboratory in 1954
and 11 of which were made available in 1957.

PROXIMATE COMPOSITION

A representative portion of one fillet (skin on) was taken from each fish and
was analyzed for proximate composition, using standard techniques of the Associa-
tion of Official Agricultural Chemists (1950 and 1955), The average yield of fillets,
which varied from 49 to 73 percent, was 62 percent (table 1), The average proxi-

Table 1 - Proximate omposition of Fillets from Steelhead Trout
(Salmo gairdnerii) Caught in Salt Water Near Ketchikan, Alaska

Date 1/ nea Tprstein (On REL. GSE:

August 1953 8.6 68.2 1.34
2 16.4 62.8 1.23

3 8 4 the

4 1 8 1.

1 2 0 16

2 2 2 aN

3 sil at 1%

4 .6 A) 1.

5 7 6 iS

August 23, 1 6 0) ihe

1957 2 4 2 ie

3 1 5 1

4 2 8 il

5 8 4 ih

6 12 8.3 1.4
encores aan? | ea ee ae eT eee pa

1/Each ne is a representative portion of one fillet (sida on) from one fish.

mate chemical composition of the fillets was 21.3 percent protein, 9,7 percent oil,
68.2 percent moisture, and 1.3 percent ash. The larger fish tended to give a higher
yield of fillets and to contain a higher content of oil than did the smatLler fish, al-
though individual samples varied considerably in oil content. This variation is prob-
ably related, at least in part, to their particular time of spawning. Steelhead trout
caught at another time and at another location might differ somewhat in proximate
composition,

LITERATURE CITED

ASSOCIATION OF OFFICIAL AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTS
1955. Official Methods of Analysis. Eighth Edition, Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, P. O. Box 540,
Benjamin Franklin Station, Washington 4, D. C., 1008 pp.

--By John L. Iverson, Chemist,
Fishery Products Laboratory,
Fisheries Experimental Commission,
Ketchikan, Alaska

Sy

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

POSSIBLE NEW USE FOR OYSTER LIQUORS

It was brought to the attention of the Bureau's Pascagoula Fishery Technologi-
cal Laboratory that large quantities of highly-nutritive natural juices, expressed
from oysters when they are steamed prior to shucking, are lost each year in the
shucking plants, In an effort to utilize this juice, an acceptable canned oyster stew
using the juice, milk, and oysters has been developed. A major technological prob-
lem was surmounted in the prevention of curdling when the canned stew was steri-
lized in the retort. This was accomplished by careful control of the quantities of
salt and protein used in relation to the processing times and temperatures, This
development may have significance because, at the present time, soups containing
quantities of milk are not normally marketed in a canned unfrozen state.

oy

ay

CLUE TO CAUSES OF ODOR IN FISH OIL

Workers at the Hormel Institute, Austin, Minn., under a contract with the Bu-
reau, have developed a new approach to the problem of chemistry of fishy odors.
Two fish oils, one having a strong fishy odor and one a bland odor, are under inves-

_tigation, The one having the fishy odor was found to contain about 200 times asmuch
nitrogen as the other. The form in which the nitrogen occurs is now under investi-
gation, If, through this research effort, a solution to the development of undesirable
odors in fish oil can be found, a much broader marketing base may be available for
this important industrial fishery product.

THE FISH PARASITE ARGULUS LATICAUDA AS A FORTUITOUS
HUMAN EPIZOON

In June 1955 I was called upon to remove a foreign object from the eye of a 10-year-old
boy who was suffering intense discomfort. The irritant, a parasitic copepod, was moving
vigorously about on the surface of the eyeball. The copepod persistently resisted dislodgment,
but was finally detached and preserved for identification. According to his account, the patient
had been struck while swimming open-eyed in the clear inshore waters of the Tred Avon River
(average summer salinity, 12 0/oo) off Oxford, Maryland. Several days later while crabbing
across the river from Oxford, I captured a toadfish, Opsanus tau, which bore several argulids
externally. These copepods were also preserved.

The argulids from human and fish were tentatively identified as Argulus laticauda, an
ubiquitous ectoparasite of North Atlantic fishes. This identification was confirmed by Dr.
David G. Causey of the University of Arkansas. Numbers of toadfishes are present in these
inshore estuarine areas and it seems likely that the copepod had been attracted to the first
moving object after accidental dislodgment from its normal fish host.

Although a single occurrence of this nature is of little general parasitological or medical
consequence, it is believed noteworthy as a rare record of a parasitic copepod occurring on a
human, albeit temporarily. (Contribution No. 77 from the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory.) —
WiitaAM J. Harcis, Jr., Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester Point, Virginia.

(Reprinted from The Jourmal of Parasitology,
February 1958, vol. 44, no. 1, p. 45.)

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

POW == SQ
4 a ae — =e rhitnn
— Se

= AND = |

Ze DEVELOPMENTS &

Boston Fishing Fleet

AVERAGE AGE OF VESSELS IN TRAWLER FLEET EXCEEDS 20 YEARS: The
number of otter trawlers landing regularly at the Boston Fish Pier has been de-
clining steadily in recent years andthe average age of the vessels is increasing due
to the slow rate of replacement. As of September 1, 1958, the fleet of large, medi-
um, and small otter
trawlers fishing out
of Boston totaled 72 ZZ
vessels and the aver- ai
age age was 20.8
years. The fleet of
large and small
trawlershas declined
steadily since the end
of World War II, but
the fleet of medium
vessels has increased
slightly in recent
years, according to
a study by the Boston
Market News Service.

3 = — —— —

Fig. 1 - Typical Maine-built medium-size otter trawler.

At the beginning
of World War II many fishing vessels were requisitioned by the Armed Forces for
use as small patrol boats, subchasers, and small transports. As the war progress-
ed, shipyards were able to meet
the needs of the Armed Forces
and due to the shortage of protein
foods materials were made avail-
able for fishing-vessel construc-
tion. During this 1942-45 period,
9 large and 15 medium otter trawl-
ers were added to the Boston fleet
of trawlers. During the 13-year
period, 1946-58, only 7 large and
7 medium otter trawlers were
added to the Boston fleet.

The large otter trawlers fish-
ing out of Boston as of Septem-
ber 1, 1958, consisted of 28 ves-
sels with an average age of 18
years. The oldest (three) vessels
were built in 1928 and the newest
(one vessel) was added in 1952.

No new large otter trawlers have
been added to the Boston fleet
since 1953. Only two vessels have been added since 1950.

Fig. 2 - Unloading catch from a large otter trawler at Boston Fish Pier.

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 11

The fleet of 36 medium trawlers fishing out of Boston with an average age of
19 years in 1958 increased from 33 vessels in 1957 to 36 vessels in 1958. Many
trawlers of this size claim Gloucester and New Bedford as a home port, but land
regularly at the Boston Fish Pier. Some observers predict that the Boston Fish
Pier in the future will be dependent on these medium trawlers for fish supplies.
Vessels of this size group (1) are cheaper to build; (2) have crews of 10-12 men
as compared to 15-17 on large trawlers; and (3) are more economical to operate
because of the limited catches per boat on the fishing grounds within a practical
range (about 600 miles). The oldest medium trawler was built in 1900 and the last
addition was made in 1957. The increase in the number of medium trawlers has
not been due to new construction, as only seven vessels were added between 1946
and 1958. The increase merely indicates that a number of trawlers have left the
Gloucester ocean perch fishery and the New Bedford flatfish or scallop fishery for
the haddock fishery out of Boston.

The oldest trawlers in the present fleet at Boston are the small or under 50-
gross ton class--as of September 1 this fleet of 8 vessels had an average age of 39
years. The oldest small trawler was built in 1890 and the newest addition was made
in 1944. Vessels of this size are limited to inshore waters and, as a rule, will fare
better fishing out of Gloucester for whiting, out of New Bedford for yellowtail floun-
ders, or out of either port for varieties used for reduction or animal feeding.

Large otter trawlers generally are over 150 gross tons; medium trawlers, 50-
150 gross tons; and small trawlers, under 50 gross tons.

<z

California

AERIAL CENSUS OF COMMERCIAL AND Saniieanclans,
SPORT FISHING CONTINUED (Airplane Spotting ENE
Flight 58-15): The inshore area between Carmel Beaaenege
and Trinidad Head was surveyed (August 17-19) “A 96
from the air by the California Department of Fish oe Ue sas
and Game Cessna 3632C to determine the number es Sharp Park ae peared
of pelagic fish schools, sport fishermen, and com- ‘ S TASTE
mercial salmon trollers in the area surveyed. : Count of total shore sport
Fog hampered scouting more during this flight ae \Waes tection ofcouts

than on any previous flight this year. The area
from Monterey to San Francisco and from Trini-
dad to Usal were adequately surveyed but only half a
of the area between San Francisco and Usal could : *\Q\ Martins Beach
be surveyed. a

Pelagic Fish: Anchovy school groups were lo-
cated in the same areas of the coast as on the last

flight with the largest concentrations occurring in
Monterey and Half Moon Bays.

The schools were much larger than on previous x
flights; in fact, some schools in Monterey Bay were A 26 naa
of such large size and irregular shapes that acount ;
of schools was impractical, Some schools up to
mile in length would have equaled the abundance of
hundreds of schools as they appeared in early
spring. Since area (sq. ft.) determinations were
not made, a subjective estimation of the abundance
of anchovies would indicate a similar number as
on the previous flight, except inside Humboldt Bay
where schools were observed for the first time
this year.

not covered

Fog prevented scouting the offshore section of
Monterey Bay where schools of sardines were re-

Airplane Spotting Flight 58-15 (August 17 and 18, 1958).

November 1958

ported by commercial fishermen. No sardine or
mackerel schools were observed on this flight.

Commercial Salmon Trollers: Only two com-
mercial trollers were observed in Monterey Bay
and fog prevented an adequate census of the area
from Fort Bragg to Cape Mendocino where most

«of the fleet was operating.

2 ok

ARTIFICIAL REEFS ESTABLISHED:

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

Sport Fishermen: The striped bass run was
continuing along the beaches from San Francisco
to Monterey. Greater catches were reported from
the more southern area of the run from Half Moon
Bay to Monterey. Aerial counts of surf fishermen
on this flight demonstrated a relatively greater
surf-fishing intensity in this area, especially in
Montetey Bay.

Ok

Half a dozen old street cars, heavily bal-

lasted to prevent their movement on the ocean floor during storms, were dumped in
60 feet of water off the California Redondo-Palos Verdes coastline during Septem-
ber 1958 to form the third artificial fishing reef experimentally established by the
California Department of Fish and Game in its Ocean Fish Habitat Development

Project started in June 1958,

The old street cars, weighing about six tons each, were donated by a metal sal-
vage company. A tug and barge from the Long Beach Naval Shipyard transported
them from Terminal Island to the dumping site.

The new artificial reef was created in an area where diving surveys by biolo-
gists of the Department had shown the ocean floor to be almost barren of fish and

plant life or other shelter for fish.

The sunken street cars are intended to attract many of the marine organisms
on which game fish feed, and in turn to provide food and shelter for game fish. Kelp
will be transplanted on the new reef to further enhance the area's fish habitat.

Diving surveys have shown that 20 old auto bodies dumped earlier this summer
in an area of barren ocean floor off Paradise Cove, near Malibu, are already at-
tracting large numbers of game fish including kelp bass, sheep-head, and several
species of perch. Another such artificial reef was created by dumping large artifi-

cial rocks in an area off Huntington Beach.

The Department's Ocean Fish Habitat Development Project, being carried out
with Dingell-Johnson Act Federal Aid funds, will be continued for at least three

years.
ects.

The program's future will depend on the results produced by the pilot proj-

ok ok ok ok

EXPERIMENT PLANNED WITH KOREAN FISH: The Associate Professor of
Fisheries at Humboldt State College, Calif., has been given a permit by the Cali-
fornia Fish and Game Commission to import and experiment with the eggs of a
small salmonlike fish from Korea called the "ayu."'

The Professor told the Commission he will use the State College fish hatchery
for experiments in culture of ayu eggs to be sent to him from a colleague in Korea.
If the experiments are successful, he said he will request authority to attempt es-
tablishing this species in one or more of Northern California's coastal rivers.

The Commission recommended approval of the request after learning that the

ayu will not compete with native species.

The ayu is primarily a plant feeder and

will not become a predator in California waters.

KK KK OK

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SAN DIEGO CONDUCTS BIOLOGICAL STUDY
OFEFFECT OF MUNICIPAL WASTE DISCHARGES
ON HABITAT OF ITS OFFSHORE WATERS: Tak-
ing its cue from long-range ocean research now
being conducted by the California State Water Pol-
lution Control Board, the City of San Diego has
launched an impressive study of its own. A team
of scientists is scouring the ocean surface, waters,
bottom, and shoreline in a 135-square-mile area
extending from the Mexico-United States border to
the mouth of the San Diego River. From their
probings will be developed the most complete com-
bined physical and biological descriptions of this
portion of the Pacific Ocean ever made.

Arrangements for the study began after discus-
sions between the city and State Water Pollution
Control Board people. San Diego is now in the
final phases'of solving one of its major problems,
the pollution of San Diego Bay.

For a number of years, engineering reports
have recommended removal of all municipal waste
discharges from the Bay as the only practical
method of meeting in-bay waste discharge require-
ments.

Design of a system to divert treated effluent
out into deep ocean water is now being pressed
forward and it is anticipated effluent will be dis-
persed at some point within the ocean study area
beginning in 1962 or 1963.

Aware of the enormous recreational and eco-
nomic value of its offshore waters, San Diego is
also aware that life and other conditions are now
rather poorly cataloged. What type of small ani-
mals inhabit the ocean floor throughout the zone
being investigated? How do their numbers and
health vary with location, depth, temperature, sa-
linity, season? Just how abundant is plant life,
from the giant kelp to the algae clinging to rocks
in the tidal pools? How much do we know or can
we find out about the variety and number of free-
swimming forms, from the fishes to the tiny plank-
ton? Is the bottom clear sand or rock, or are por-
tions of it covered with mucky decayed vegetation,
similar to sewage solids?

The answers to these questions and many more,
presented in a report which relates each to the to-
tal picture, are essential if the effects of a future
discharge are to be assessed with any degree of
accuracy.

Research being carried on off the entire South-
ern California coast for the State Water Pollution

Vol. 20, No. 11

Control Board will, in a few years, provide some
of the answers. Begause of the range of the State
study--from the border to Point Concepcion--the
resulting data will not be published in final form

until 1962.

San Diego will follow this survey closely as it
progresses. At the same time, the city desires a
report on its ocean waters much sooner and, un-
derstandably, wishes to supplement the State pro-
gram with much more intensive sampling. The
two ventures will dovetail, rather than duplicate
each other,

Besides the chemical and physical characteris-
tics so important to a healthy and favorable ma-
rine habitat, the actual ocean flora and fauna will
receive very close attention. Again, the purpose
will be to describe conditions as they exist before
the ocean discharge of treated sewage is initiated.

Equally important, however, is the need to com-
pare the abundance and type of marine life present
to the physical and chemical condition of the ocean
and, if possible, to relate changes which are con-
stantly taking place in the dynamic organization of
life in the sea to naturally changing conditions of
the ocean's waters.

In addition to amassing facts on the complex
physical-chemical-biological organization which
contributes to support of fish life, San Diego will
include in the picture a record of fish caught off
the metropolitan area, State Department of Fish
and Game fish catch statistics forthe study period
will be entered in the report. Recognizing that a
myriad of factors other than waste discharge may
vary the availability of fish at any particular time,
the city is asking the scientists to relate fish caught
per unit effort to conditions bearing upon the catch,
if possible.

After the first year of the study has been com-
pleted, its scope and details will be broadened or
restricted. Whether the project will become larger
or smaller depends upon what is determined during
the year's work, recommendations of the city's con-
sulting engineers, recommendations of the Board
of Consultants of the State Water Pollution Control
Board, and the ocean waste discharge requirements,
yet to be established by the regional board.

Three firms of oceanographic scientists, all of
La Jolla, have pooled their talents to carry out the
survey. A $133,000 contract for the first year was
announced by the city in May.

HK FE OK KK

SARDINE POPULATION SURVEY OFF COAST
OF BAJA CALIFORNIA (M/V Alaska Cruise 58-A-
4): The coast of Baja California from SanJuanico
Bay to Cape Colnett was surveyed by the Califor-
nia Department of Fish and Game's research ves-
sel Alaska on August 4-21, 1958. The objectives
were:

(1) to sample the population cf sardines from
the summer spawning group in Sebastian Viscaino
Bay in order to determine its age and length com-
position and to attempt to distinguish differences
between fish that spawn at different seasons in this.
area;

(2) to assess the relative abundance of sardines
resulting from the February-March 1958 spawning
in central Baja California; and

(3) to collect live sardines for genetic studies
being conducted by the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries.

Of the 49 light stations which were occupied,
15 yielded sardines, 2 Pacific mackerel, and 1
jack mackerel.

Sardines were most abunant in the areas be-
tween San Hipolito and San Cristobal Bays andfrom

November 1958

Playa Maria Bay to Punta Baja. Most of the fish
samples were over 150 mm. standard length (5.9
inches), There were very few sexually-maturing
fish; however, all stages of maturity were repre-

Legend:

EACH MARK REPRESENTS ONE SAMPLE

@ - Sardine.
A

Czpe Colnett

- Pacific mackerel.

- Jack mackerel,

+» ~ Vessel track.

. Canoas

oo
CEDROS |

S&S Ballenas Bay
Se
SS

M/V Alaska Cruise 58-A-4 (August 4-22, 1958).

sented in the samples taken, Young fish spawned

in the spring of 1958, from 90 to 120 mm. inlength

(3.5 to 4.7 inches), were scarce throughout the sur-

vey area, Larval and postlarval fish from the sum-

per spawning group were dip-netted at Cedros Is-
d.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

| for studies ashore.

33

A total of 394 miles was scouted during which
time 110 schools of sardines and 20 unidentified
schools were counted. A large number of school
groups was present in a small area near Bluff
Point, Other species of pelagic fish were scarce
and no schools of mackerel or anchovies were
positively identified. Except for one lampara net
haul, all samples of sardines were collected with
the blanket net. Sardines were readily attracted
to light and tended to remain near the surface calm-
ly milling in a compact group. Over two-thirds of
the blanket net sets made on sardines produced 50
or more fish. Some catches up to 3,000 fish ahaul
were made.

Approximately 6,500 live sardines were deliver-

| ed to the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries at

San Diego. A total of 968 sardines was preserved
Several specimens of barra-

cuda and black sea bass were collected for other

investigations.

A limited amount of effort was expended on col-
ored-light experiments. A red 150-watt surface
floodlamp was used in conjunction with a white
1,500-wattlamp. After attraction with the white
light, it was turned off and the red light turned on.
Sardines came closer to the surface or disappear -
ed when the red light was turned on. It was appar-
ent that the red light was not of sufficient intensity
to hold the fish; therefore, this phase of the experi-

| ment was terminated. A more favorable reaction

was observed when a Diesel fuel torch was used in
the same manner as the red light. The net was not
as visible as under the white light. Several sizable
catches of sardines were made by setting the net
under the torch.

Sea-surface temperatures ranged from 60.4° F,
at Punta Baja to 79.0° F, at San Juanico Bay. Tem-
peratures from 689 to 72° F, prevailed over most
of the areas covered. Bathythermograph and re-
versing thermometer casts were made on stations
where depths were greater than 10 fathoms.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-July 1958

Total shipments of metal cans during January-July 1958, amount-
ed to 62,978 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel consumed
‘in the manufacture of cans) as compared with 73,968 tons in the same
period a year ago. Canning of fishery products in January-July this
year was confined largely to tuna, salmon, and Maine sardines. Packs

were below average for shrimp, mackerel, and sardines during the first seven

months of 1958.

Note: Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans. Reported in base boxes of
steel consumed in the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the
factor: 23.0 base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel.

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

Consumer Studies

MOTIVATION SURVEY OF CANNED FISH PREFERENCES: The U. S. Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries has awarded a contract to a Philadelphia firm to conduct
a motivation survey covering special aspects of household consumers! preferences
for canned fish and shellfish.

The basic objectives of the study will be to ascertain the homemaker's decision-
making processes affecting the purchase of canned salmon, tuna, sardines, and oth-
er canned fishery products. Respondents will be asked to furnish detailed answers
to inquiries about why they buy or do not buy these canned fish items; whether they
buy on impulse; how shoppers are motivated by advertisements; preferences for
size of can, type of package, and kind of oil used in certain canned fish products.

The survey will also examine the influence of income on buying habits and price or

other motivating factors affecting preference for domestic versus foreign canned
fish.

The study involves personal interviewing of homemakers in each of three ur-
banized areas: Boston, Mass., Detroit, Mich., and Birmingham, Ala. The contract
calls for a probability sample of 875 households and a minimum of 700 completed
interviews in each of these urbanized areas. The survey will use depth probing to
elicit useful answers. Questions of the open-end type will be followed by appropri-
ate nondirectional probing questions to obtain the fullest response.

The project is being financed by funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy
Act of 1954.

KK OK Ok Ok

STUDY OF INSTITUTIONAL CONSUMPTION OF FROZEN PROCESSED FISH-
ERY PRODUCTS INITIATED: A study of frozen processed fish and shellfish con-
sumption in institutions and public eating places in 10 selected cities has been ini-
tiated by the U. 8S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.

A contract for $57,000 has been awarded by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, to Crossley, S-D Surveys, Inc., of New York City. The survey will be
financed from funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954 to increase
production and markets in the domestic fishing industry.

Since the mass feeding industry is among the best of all potential markets for
frozen fishery products, the Bureau proposes to obtain information through this
study which will benefit the fishing industry in finding ways to diversify and increase
the use of fish and shellfish in these establishments.

The cities involved in the survey are Atlanta, Ga., Chicago, Ill., Cleveland,
Ohio, Denver, Colo., Houston, Tex., Los Angeles, Calif., New York City, Omaha,
Nebr., Portland, Ore., and Springfield, Mass. They have been selected because
they are fairly well distributed geographically and account for a good proportion of
the consumption of frozen fish and shellfish by mass-feeding establishments.

"Mass-feeding'' establishments include: (1) restaurants, cafeterias, and eat-
ing places in hotels, (2) eating places inschools, dormitories, industrial plants, and
office buildings, (3) hospitals, prisons, and other similar public and private institu-
tions, and (4) department stores or drugstores serving food, lunchrooms, etc.

The survey is scheduled for completion within 10 months.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PURCHASES, JANUARY-AUGUST 1958: Fresh
and Frozen Fishery Products: For the use of the Armed Forces under the Depart-
ment of Defense, 1.6 million pounds of fresh and frozen fishery products were pur-
chased in August by the Military Subsistence Market
Centers. This was lower than the quantity purchased | Table 1 - Fresh and Frozen}
in July by 45,8 percent and 23,6 percent less than the | Fishery Products Purchased
amount purchased in the same month a year ago, by Military Subsistence
Market Centers, August 1958
with Comparisons

QUANTITY
August

1958 | 1957

e © co eo \AUUYU L4050e/]/ « © © © © ©

For the first eight months of 1958 purchases
totaled 16,2 million pounds, a decrease of 5.3 per-
cent in quantity as compared with the same peri-
od of 1957,

Canned Fishery Products: Tuna and sardines
were the principal canned fishery products purchased

for the use of the Armed Forces
(Table 2 - Canned Fishery Products Purchased by| during August 1958. For the
Military Subsistence Centers, August 1957 first eight months of 1958 can-
with Comparisons ned fish purchases Were close

QUANTITY to 5.0 million pounds--an in-

Species [August [ J

an. - . crease of 91.4 percent in quan-
9 tity as compared with the first

5 seen cclehtmonthslot N95) hhevhitohi—
er purchases for the January-
August 1958 period over a simi-
lar period of 1957 were due
primarily to a sharp rise in
the purchases of canned tuna,

Note: Some local purchases are not included in the data given. Actual total purchases are higher than indicated, but it
is not possible to obtain local purchases.

Fisheries Loan Fund

LOANS THROUGH SEPTEMBER 8, 1958: As of September 8, 1958, a total of
476 applications for fisheries loans totaling $17,090,490 had been received since the
inception of the Fisheries Loan Program, Of these, 252 ($6,476,791) have been ap-
proved, 151 ($4,481,670) have been declined, 31 ($1,446,589) have been withdrawn,
and 42 ($3,857,519) are pending. As several of the pending cases have been deferred
indefinitely at the request of the applicants and collections have been increasing,
sufficient funds have been available to process all other applications. Congress re-
cently increased the loan fund authorization from $10 million to $20 million but has
not yet appropriated the additional $10 million,

The following loans have been approved between July 14, 1958, and September 8,
1958:

New England Area: Margaret E. Sinegra, Gloucester, Mass., $3,666; Aadland
Fishing Corp., New Bedford, Mass., $43,463; Boat Laura A, Inc. New Bedford, Mass.,
$58,400.

South Atlantic and Gulf Area: Landon J, Alario, Golden Meadow, La,, $18,250;
Wendell H. McGill, Naples, Fla., $32,000.

California: Larry Fitzpatrick, Eureka, $12,500.

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No, 11

Pacific Northwest: Roy Furfiord, Westport, Wash., $30,000.

Alaska: Hans E. Jacobsen, Juneau, $4,300.

Pay

Fur Seals

ALASKA FUR-SEAL MEAL PRICE HIGHER: Bids for the purchase of the fur-
seal meal produced by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries during the sum-
mer of 1958 on the Pribilof Islands, Alaska, were opened on September 26. The ac-
cepted bid, offered by a New York City firm, specified a unit price of $1.67 per pro-

tein unit.

Although the offering of about 323 tons of meal was smaller than the 374 tons
sold in 1957, the return to the Government from this year's sale will exceed the
revenue obtained for last year's production. This year's sale totaled about $35,000
as compared with $30,780 for 1957 when a unit bid of $1.25 per protein unit was ac-

cepted,

Georges Bank

DIVERS ATTEMPT TO SOLVE RIDDLE OF MIGRATING
SAND RIDGES: During a special oceanographic research
project, which got under way when the survey ship Hydro-
grapher sailed from Boston on August 4, 1958, oceanog-
raphers of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. S. Depart-
ment of Commerce, attempted to unravel the mystery of
the apparent migration of underwater sand ridges on
Georges Shoal about 120 miles off Cape Cod. The project
also included measurements of the currents at the edge of
the continental shelf 600 feet beneath the surface.

Recent surveys of Georges Shoal revealed a change in
position for the elongated underwater sand ridges that
cross the crest of this offshore bank. This apparent
movement may be the result of more accurate surveying
methods, adopted since the last survey 26 years ago, but
Bureau oceanographers are confronted with other infor-
mation which suggests actual movement of the ridges,
some of which are 4 miles long, up to 40 feet hign, and
rise to within 20 feet of the surface.

Although the strong currents existing in the area
(nearly 3 knots) uphold this theory, systematic sampling
and visual observations have never been possible. Dur-
ing the survey, two scientists who are experienced aqua-
lung divers, will attempt to solve this mystery.

Armeu with movie cameras and colored dyes the divers,
working in 40 feet of water, planned to inject the zolored
dye into the submerged ridges and photograph the move-
ment on color film for future study in the office. Their
underwater activities also include sediment samplings
from specific parts of the ridges.

This research in the shadow of Texas Tower No. 2, is
of obvious importance to the Coast and Geodetic Survey
which is charged with charting the bottom topography of
our coastal waters.

During the second week of the project the 165-foot
Hydrographer moved to a position at the edge of the
continental shelf (approximately 41°00! N., 66°28' W.)
where instruments, suspended from two buoys placed ten

miles apart, were to be used to check the currents on the
ocean floor near the edge of the shelf,

There is speculation among oceanographic authorities
that currents along the outer edge of this underwater
plateau should be stronger than those closer inshore, but
actual measurements are lacking. Besides answering an
academic question, these ocean bottom current measure-
ments will provide data on an important technical problem
now facing this country, the role of bottom currents in
transporting and dispersing any atomic contaminants that
might find their way into the sea.

Three torpedo-shaped current meters were to be sus-
pended from each buoy. The meters were to be near the
surface (15-foot depth), mid-depth, and as close to the
bottom as practicable. They were to measure the direc-
tion and velocity of the currents’ movement at the three
levels for both stations. This information is automati-
cally radioed to the Hydrographer which will be stand-
ing by between the two stations.

Georges Shoal is the shallow crest of the more extensive
Georges Bank whose inshore edge is only 60 miles east of
Cape Cod and Nantucket. The bank extends eastward to the
edge of the continental shelf where the bottom slopes to a
depth of 1,000 fathoms (6,000 feet) in a distance of only 7
miles. It covers an area of about 15,000 square miles in-
side the line, which is referred to in nautical terminology,
as the 100-fathom curve. Georges Bank, which includes
about 5,000 square miles of water, shallower than 30 fath-
oms (180 feet), has become famous as a fishing ground
for vessels out of Boston and other New England ports.

The shape of the sand ridge formations, which are the
subject of this research, was first determined during a
survey of the banks in 1931-32, but their presence was
overshadowed by the discovery of several submarine can-
yons, 900 to 2,600 feet deep, along the eastern fringe of
Georges Bank.

The ship Hydrographer is no newcomer tothe Georges
Bank area since it took part in the 1931-32 survey and
in 1957 it began a resurvey of the area.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

Gill nets with graded mesh sizes from 1 to 6 inches were set at each station.
Water temperature, bottom, and plankton samples were also taken. Because of
rocky and uneven bottom, trawling was attempted only in Siskiwit Bay and Amygda-
loid Channel.

One 15-minute trawl tow in Siskiwit Bay took about 150 pygmy whitefish in 100-
115 feet of water. The only other fish caught were 12 slimy muddlers. Two 15-
minute tows made in Amygdaloid Channel took only 6 slimy muddlers.

Catches in the gillnets varied within the location and depth of the set, The set
made in Rainbow Cove 2-6 fathoms of water took 66 menominee whitefish, 47 long-
nose suckers, 4 lake trout, 7 herring, and 3 burbot. Three nets set north of Thomp-
son's Island took 45 lake trout, 14 herring, and 6 chubs. Four nets in Siskiwit Bay
at depths of 43-45 fathoms yielded 146 chubs and 17 lake trout. Four nets off Mena-
gerie Island in 62-86 fathoms of water took 104 chubs and 3 siscowets (Salvelinus
namaycush siscowet). With a large sample of chubs it was possible to make positive
identification of the three species--Leucichthys hoyi, L. kiyi, and L. zenithicus.
Hoyi were taken at depths from 25-70 fathoms. Kiyi were taken at depths greater
than 42 fathoms, They were most abundant in the deepest net set at 78 fathoms.
Zenithicus were taken from depths of 26-78 fathoms but were most common in the
deeper nets.

Nine gill nets set south of Mott Island took 431 chubs (262 L., zenithicus, 105
L. kiyi, and 64 L, hoyi) and 3 lake trout, A gang of 10 nets set northeast of Gull Is-
land were on an extremely uneven bottom. Depths varied in the set from 7-42 fath-
oms, with one net covering a depth range of 17 fathoms. This gang took 77 lake
trout, 39 chubs (35 L. hoyi, 4 L. kiyi), 11 herring, and 7 burbot. Three nets set in
Amygdaloid Channel and left two nights because of high winds took 141 herring, 16
longnose suckers, 14 lake trout, and 9 burbot. An additional set was made north of
Thompson's Island for chubs. Lake trout made up the larger percentage of the catch.

Bathythermograph casts were made from the Apostle Islands to Isle Royale,
The surface temperature 10 miles northeast of Outer Island was 61,2° F, and from
there it dropped continuously over the entire distance to Isle Royale where it reach-
ed 54,79 F, Temperatures below 30 feet were consistently 39°-40° F.

Commercial fishermen in the Isle Royale area reported schools of herring near
the surface throughout the summer whereas this situation has not occurred in waters
adjacent to the Apostle Islands. The fact that surface temperatures are higher inthe
Apostle Island region may account for the lack of surface schools of herring during
the summer,

Bottom samples in the Isle Royale area showed mainly bed rock or silty bottom
types. Few bottom organisms were found.

eK Kok ok
SURVEY OF FISH POPULATIONS IN WESTERN vessel Cisco from September 9-22, 1958. Adult
BASIN OF LAKE ERIE CONTINUED (M/V Cisco yellow perch and sheepshead continued to predomi-
‘Cruise 9): Otter trawling in 9 areas in the western| mate among the larger fish in the catches. Young-
{basin of Lake Erie and one area in the centralba- of-the-year of yellow perch, alewife, gizzard shad,
sin off Lorain, Ohio, was continued by the U. S. | sheepshead, and white bass were common to abun-

Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research | dant in most of the catches. The young fish had at-

38

tained the following approximate average total
lengths in western Lake Erie: yellow perch, 3.7";
alewife, 3.9"; gizzard shad, 4.0''; sheepshead, 3.8";
white bass, 3.2''. The latter two species, however,
had wide length ranges. Smelt fry averaged about
2.6". Other species taken commonly were carp,
emerald shiner, spottail shiner, and troutperch.
Caught only occasionally were mooneye (only 1),
adult smelt, white sucker, goldfish, silver chub,
channel catfish (one large catch near South Bass
Island), brown bullhead, stonecat, burbot, white
bass adults, yellow pike (walleye), logperch, and
fry of white crappie and black crappie.

ee are

aie oi

M/V Cisco, research vessel of the Service's Great Lakes Fisheries In-
vestigation.

Of special interest were changes in fish stocks
and environmental conditions at the station off Lo-
rain, Ohio, in the central basin. During the previ-
ous several cruises there has been a sharp ther-
mocline just off the 10-fathom bottom with a scar-
city of oxygen below the thermocline. Fish catches
have been extremely small, consisting only of a
few smelt, yellow perch, and sheepshead. When
the station was visited during this cruise, however,
the thermocline was not present, oxygen was plen-
tiful at the bottom, and perch and fry of white bass
and alewives were takeninverylarge numbers. Sev-
eral other species were also taken in less quantity.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

In a special study to obtain information regard-
ing time of feeding of yellow perch, sheepshead,
spottail shiners, and troutperch, trawl hauls were
made east of South Bass Island at 8:30 a.m., 12:00
noon, 3:30 p.m., and 10:00 p.m. The spottail shin-
ers and troutperch were preserved for future ex-
amination, but the yellow perch and sheepshead
stomachs were examined aboard the Cisco. The
percentage of stomachs of yellow perch older than
yearlings containing food at the various times were
as follows: 8:30 a.m., 47 percent; 12:00 noon, 68
percent; 3:30 p.m., 54 percent; 10:00 p.m., 9 per-
cent. Thus the indications are that during the study
period the yellow perch fed mostly during the morn-
ing. The same was true of yearling yellow perch,
but to a lesser degree. Most all young-of-the-year
yellow perch had full stomachs in all collections.
No definite changes were noted in the sheepshead
stomachs,

Nylon gill nets of several mesh sizes were set
southeast of Kelly's Island in 6} fathoms, south-
west of the Detroit River Light in 3fathoms, and just
north of the Monroe entrance channel in 3 fathoms.
All nets were set so that their float lines were 6
feet below the surface. The catch off Kelly's Is-
land was largely gizzard shad (61 weighing 50 pounds
in 300 feet of 25-inch mesh). Three yellow pike and
little else were taken off the Detroit River Light.
The set off Monroe, which contained 600 feet each
of 24- and 34-inch mesh, caught 80 perch, 17 yellow
pike, 31 carp, 22 gizzard shad, and a few sheeps-
head, alewives, goldfish, and channel catfish.

Shore seining operations were carried out in one
area near Sandusky, Ohio, and two areas near Mon-
roe, Mich. Catches consisted mostly of young of
the year of several species.

The water in Lake Erie continued to cool very
slowly. Surface temperatures ranged from 18.49
to 21.3° C. (65.1° to 70.3° F.). There was no ther-
mal stratification at any location visited.

Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program

DISTRIBUTION AND AVAILABILITY OF BOTTOM FISH INSIDE 100-FATHOM
CURVE OF NORTHERN GULF OF MEXICO RESURVEYED (M/V Silver Bay Cruise
11): To gain further information on the distribution and availability of bottom fish
(primarily snapper and grouper) to modified otter-trawl gear was the principal ob-
jective of a 28-day exploratory bottom-trawling trip of the M/V Silver Bay. This
vessel, chartered by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries for exploratory

work, returned to Pascagoula,

GULF OF MEXICO

Legend:
O - Fish trawl station.

M/V Silver Bay Cruise 11 (Aug.

30-Sept. 28, 1958).

Miss., on September 29, 1958.
Fishing was conducted on the
Continental Shelf of the northern
Gulf of Mexico,

A total of 136 trawling sta-
tions were made between the Dry
Tortugas and Freeport, Tex., in
depths ranging from 8 to 90 fath-
oms, using a 41"' mesh nylonfish
trawl equipped with 70 feet of roll-
ers and standard V-D rig.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

The first half of the trip (August 30-September 13) was directed toward explo-
ration of the Continental Shelf adjacent to the Florida west coast between Cape San
Blas and the Dry Tortugas. Inthisarea78 trawling stations were made at depths of
8 to90 fathoms. Catches of snapper, grouper, etc., were generally poor with indi-
vidual catches of 0 to 200 pounds of snapper and 0 to 400 pounds of grouper per one-
hour tow, The total catch for this area was 1,697 pounds of grouper (five species),
and 1,298 pounds of snapper (seven species). Moderate catches of noncommercial fish
(predominantly pinfish and grunts) resulted from all tows within the 50-fathom curve
with a pronounced reduction in catch of all species beyond 50 fathoms. No difficulty
was experienced in trawling over bottom which had previously been considered un-
trawlable due to prevalence of loggerhead sponge and coral formations.

Surface schools of unidentified tuna’and sardine-like fish were observed daily
throughout this period.

The primary objective of the second half of the cruise (September 14-Septem-
ber 19) was to obtain additional information on the seasonal availability of snappers
in the north and northwest Gulf,

A total of 58 tows were made between Cape San Blas and Freeport, Tex., in
depths ranging from 20 to 56 fathoms, Individual catches ranged from Q to 175
pounds of red snapper. Total catch for this area was 1,699 pounds ofr snapper.
Best fishing was again confined to the 40-50 fathom depth range south of Galveston,
Tex., where the fish were noticeably larger, averaging 17 pounds each,

Catches from the second phase of the trip were generally poorer than those ob-
tained from previous cruises, in other seasons, on these same grounds.

Moderate amounts of noncommercial fish, primarily porgies and small butter-
fish, were caught in all tows. Numerous subsurface schools were observed daily on
the vessel's fish finder, and were tentatively identified as chub mackerel, scad, and
round herring,

Samples of various species of food and trash fish were collected for laboratory

study by the Bureau's Technological Section.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1958, p. 27, andJune 1958, p. 30.

sie le v
He 3K oe ok oe

stretches of the northeast coast of South America by the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries exploratory fishing vessel Oregon during a cruise from August 15-
October 14, 1958. But catches of brown shrimp in the same area were spotty.

The cruise was planned to obtain more detailed fishing information on pink
shrimp (Penaeus duorarum) and brown shrimp (Es braziliensis), which were ob-
served over wide areas off the Guianas during cruise 47 in November 1957. Atotal
of 178 40-foot trawl drags were made between the north coast of Trinidad and off
Cayenne, French Guiana, chiefly in depths of 20 to 40 fathoms,

Shrimp catches of commercial interest were located in three general areas
(see chart), Area ''A,'' centered off Chandler Point, British Guiana, yielded night-
time catches up to 500 pounds of whole shrimp, consisting of 65 percent 26-30 count
(headless) brown shrimp, 31 percent 16-20 count, and 9 percent 50-60 count (head-
less) pink shrimp, using a twin 40-foot trawling rig. This trawling area appeared
to be quite extensive, and the exploratory coverage was not sufficient to either de-
lineate the best grounds or provide good potential production estimates, In 30-35

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No, 11

fathoms, the catches were 98 percent pink shrimp and 2 percent brown shrimp. In
29 fathoms, the two species were present in equal quantities. In 28 fathoms, the

catches were exclusively browns.

= SS

Service's exploratory fishing vessel, M/V Oregon.

Area ''B" provided the best catches of
the trip. One night of twin-trawling in 29-
31 fathoms yielded 488 pounds, and one
night of twin trawling in 27-29 fathoms
yielded 576 pounds of 16-20 count (headless)
pink shrimp. Trawling in the 14-25 fath-
oms range yielded nightly catches of 171 to
303 pounds (headless) of mixed pink and
brown shrimp and sea bobs (Xiphopenaeus),

Trawling in Area ''C" yielded individual
catches of 15-count (headless) pink shrimp
of up to 100 pounds (110-minute tow), with
a 40-foot trawl, but a 4- to 5-knot current
rendered many drags ineffective.

Bottom conditions were found quite
suitable for shrimp trawling in all three
areas. Although minor tear-ups were not
infrequent, no gear was lost due to bad bot-
tom anywhere east of Trinidad.

Several drags were made in 100-150
fathoms, off Surinam and French Guiana,
in an attempt to locate concentrations of a
reddish-brown shrimp (Solenocera vioscai).

All catches contained less than 10 pounds of heads-on shrimp.

One drag, made in 185-200
fathoms off northern Trinidad,
caught 75 pounds of 15-count
(headless) royal-red shrimp (Hy-
menopenaeus robustus), 150 pounds
of 50-count Penaeus megalops, 40
pounds of 30-40 count striped
shrimp (Plesionika), and 5 pounds

of large red Plesiopenaeus ed-
wardsianus.

Good signs of red and lane
snapper were observed in 20-50
fathoms east of the Orinoco River.
Several catches contained from 15
to 25 snappers, averaging $ to 1
pound each. Occasionally, indi-
vidual red snappers of 15-20
pounds were caught. Other drags

Cie BW AN

: 2 10baco
°
= s ait TRINIDAD
= fs 109
Cees
VENEZ a io
EZUEL A al y;
eS RAC
priisn) \ ha ¥ oom
Legend: i —_ Ca
© - Single shrimp trawl a ) mo
tation

station.
@ - Double shrimp trawl
station.

FRENCH

M/V Oregon Cruise No. 53 (Aug. 15 to Oct. 4, 1958).

caught large individuals of white sea trout, croakers, porgies, cobia, bluefish, and

grouper.

Surface schools were, for the most part, Spanish mackerel, which appeared
quite commonly off eastern British Guiana. Several, weighing 1 to 2.5 pounds each,
were caught in the shrimp trawls in the 35-fathom range. One individual was in

ripe spawning condition.

a

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

National Fish Week

method of cooking fish and shellfish was stressed. Properly prepared fish and shell-
fish are delicious, nutritious, and add variety to the menu.

The home economists of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries gave 34
fish-cookery demonstrations for TV and 2 for the First Annual Food-O-Rama in
Miami, Fla. In these demonstrations, 1 to 6 recipes, depending on the time, were
prepared for the viewers or audiences. These recipes featured local fishery prod-
ucts, whenever possible, including fresh or frozen fish, fresh or frozen shellfish,
and canned fishery products.

The recipes prepared in all of these demonstrations are included in the special
Fish 'n' Seafood Week publication Tips on Cooking Fish and Shellfish, copies of
which are made available to the audiences and TV viewers upon request.

In addition to the above activities for Fish 'n' Seafood Week, the home econo-
mists participated in the September meeting of the Washington Restaurant Associa-
tion where ''Standards, Inspection, and Certification of Fishery Products!' were dis-
cussed. Also they appeared on six radio programs and one home economist attend-
ed a special promotional dinner for food editors in Boston, Mass., on October 2,
1958.

In all the home economists had Fish 'n' Seafood Week activities scheduled in
19 States and the District of Columbia.

Xk 2K ak ok ok

RADIO AND TELEVISION FEATURED "'FISH 'N' SEAFOOD PARADE" ON
PUBLIC SERVICE PROGRAMS: The U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries ar-
ranged many public-service appearances of staff Home Economists and Fishery
Marketing Specialists as part of its participation in the 1958 ''Fish 'n' Seafood Pa-
rade.'' Industry members appeared on many of the programs with Bureau person-
nel.

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

SURF-CLAM EXPLORATION IN NANTUCKET SOUND AREA BY M/V "'SUNA-
PEE:” A survey of hard-shell and surf-clam resources in Nantucket Sound and ad-
jacent areas was begun by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries charteredves-
sel Sunapee on June 2, 1958. The surf-clam, Mactra solidissima, phase of the Bu-
reau's jet-dredging exploratory survey was initiated on August 4, 1958, in the wa-
ters south of Martha's Vineyard. Depths from 38-53 feet, in the area from longi-
tude 70°39' W., east to Muskeget Channel, were first explored by the Sunapee.
Commercial concentrations were not found in this area due to hard sand, rocks,
and clay bottom.

Dredging operations were then moved to the area longitude 70°03! W., south of
Nantucket Island, west to longitude 70°15' W., in depths of from 34-78 feet. Surf
clams in this area were not found in commercial quantities. Considerable dead
shells were present, and the bottom was found to be of hard sand.

The most encouraging area for commercial production of surf clams was found
from longitude 70°15' W., west to Muskeget Channel in depths from 43-54 feet, hay-

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

ing a bottom of brown sand and some gravel. The best tows were within the follow-
ing Loran Station 1H-4 and 1H-5 coordinates: 1H4-6330, 1H4-6321, and 1H5-1222,
1H5-1228,

Tows of 10-15 minute
duration were made inaSsW.
direction and produced from
9-16 bushels of surf clams,
having an average size of
160 millimeters (6.3 inches),
indicating a very good com-
mercial potential.

Some mahogony quahogs,
Artica islandica, were found
on both sides of Muskeget
Channel in depths of 41-48
feet, on a mixture of mud
and sand.

Weather conditions and
the state of the sea south of
Nantucket Sound were found
to be very important factors
in the jet-dredging operation,
Any amount of wind from the
east, south or west, and the
resulting swells, made fishing operations very difficult, due to the exposed position
of the fishing grounds.

Fig. 1 - Dredging equipment being hauled in aboard the U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries chartered vessel Sunapee,

Some changes in the
gear were made to allow
for the difference in fishing
conditions in Nantucket
Sound for hard clams, Ve-
nus mercenaria, versus _
offshore for surf clams:
(1) the cutting blade was
lowered to 8 inches from
the 55 inches previously
used in the Nantucket
Sound hard-shell clam sur-
vey; (2) an additional 50
feet of 5-inch hose was
added because of the in-
crease in water depth; (3)
the towing line was length-
ened; and (4) water pres-
sures on the jet manifold
were adjusted to the range

from 75-90 pounds with 80 Co aoe f
pounds giving the bestresults. Fig. 2 - Sorting clams dredged by the M/V Sunapee.

Bottom water temperatures ranged from a high of 71° F, to a low of 60° F.,
and surface temperatures ranged from a high of 71° F. to a low of 64° F,

Bottom types were found to consist mainly of sand with some mud, with the ex-
ception of the area west of longitude 70939' W., which has a mixture of sand, rocks,
and clay.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

The survey was concluded on August 31, 1958, with the termination of the chart-
er contract, and the vessel Sunapee was returned to its owner at New Bedford, Mass.

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

SELECTIVITY OF SCALLOP DREDGES AND LIFE HISTORY STUDIES CON-
TINUED (M/V Dartmouth Cruise 1): A three-day cruise (September 9-16, 1958) of
the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel Dartmouth was conducted
on Georges Bank to compare selectivity of scallop dredges made of 3, 34, and 4-
inch rings (inside diameter) with a dredge made up of 2-inch rings; census scallop
stocks; test metered roller; and make spawning observations. The metered roller
was used to measure the distance the dredge travels over the ocean bottom.

Forty-six tows were made, of which 18 were with a metered roller. Scallops
obtained in each tow were measured, Spawning and hydrographic observations were
made in each work area. Drift bottles were released periodically. Tows were made
in the area in which scallops were tagged and released on a previous cruise.

Six tagged scallops were recovered. Length-frequency data totaling 32,400
scallops were collected from 4 important fishing localities. The data obtainedfrom
the metered roller are to be checked for accuracy.

2 ok ak ok ok

VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION OF OCEAN PERCH STUDIED ON GEORGES BANK
AND IN GULF OF MAINE (M/V Albatross Ill Cruise 117): This cruise of the U.S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel Albatross III (completed Septem-
ber 16, 1958) was made to investigate the vertical distribution of ocean perch on the
southern edge of Georges Bank
and in the Southwestern Gulf of
Maine; and run an International
Geophysical Year hydrographic
section across Georges Bank.

Six tows of the No. 4ltrawl
and 9 tows of the Isaacs-Kidd
midwater trawl were made in
200 fathoms of water near Cor-
sair Canyon,

A section of 19 hydrograph-
ic stations were occupied from
off Cape Sable, Nova Scotia, southwesterly across Georges Bank to the edge of the
Continental Shelf. Twenty-two tows of the Isaacs-Kidd midwater trawl were made
at 4 stations in the southwest part of the Gulf of Maine.

Service's research vessel Albatross LI.

A sample of large 35-42 centimeter (13,8-16.5 inches) ocean perch was collect-
ed near Corsair Canyon. Twenty baby haddock were taken from the bottom in 200
fathoms of water. The hydrographic section was run without trouble. Twenty-nine
bathythermograph casts were made and 136 water samples collected. Small num-
bers of ocean perch and haddock and large numbers of postlarval whiting were col-
lected in midwater at each of the 4 stations fished in the Southwest Gulf of Maine.

CaS

44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No, 11

North Atlantic Herring Research

HERRING LARVAE SURVEY SCHEDULED FOR GEORGES BANK AND GULF
OF MAINE: The U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries exploratory fishing vessel
Delaware was scheduled to depart from East Boston, Mass., on October 6, 1958, to
conduct a two-week offshore plankton survey in cooperation with the Bureau's North
Atlantic Herring Investigations.

Objective of the operation is to measure the abundance and distribution of her-
ring larvae in the Gulf of Maine and Georges Bank areas, Also, the temperature
and general circulation pattern of water in the Gulf of Maine and Georges Bank will

be investigated.

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

SHRIMP SURVEY IN DEEP
WATER OFF WASHINGTON-ORE-
GON COASTS PLANNED (M/V
John N, Cobb Cruise 40): Explora-
tory shrimp fishing off the coasts
of Oregon and Washington was
| planned for the U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries explorato-

ae | ry fishing vessel John N. Cobb
rags ca from October 6 to November 7,
1958.

Exploratory fishing operations

he POE ‘| were to be confined to the offshore
WASHINGTON waters between Yaquina Bay, Oreg.,
|e < and Cape Flattery, Wash., atdepths ~
PACIFIC 4 We between 100 and 500 fathoms--600

to 3,000 feet.

The objectives of this cruise
were to determine the distribution, |
ye varieties, and abundance of shrimp

in deep water, and assess whether
commercial quantities are avail-
_able at these depths. Oceanograph-
.|ic data were to be collected to
evaluate physical and chemical
i LEGEND: factors which may influence shrimp
Rarer" Peuanneo ana 7 / distribution.

OREGON

OF OPERATIONS

Standard commercial Gulf-
of-Mexico-type flat shrimp trawls
were to be used to conduct the
fishing activities.

122°

125° Yiza” (23°
M/V John N. Cobb Cruise 40 (Oct. -Nov. 1958), planned area of
operations.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

Oregon

AGREEMENT REACHED ON BROWNLEE DAM FISH PROBLEMS: Agreement by
representatives of Federal and State fishery agencies and the Idaho Power Company
on matters pertaining to fishery facilities at Brownlee and Oxbow Damson the Snake
River, Ore., was announced on September 19, 1958, by the U. S. Department of the
Interior.

The announcement was made after an informal meeting in Washington, D. C.,
among representatives of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the Oregon Fish Com-
mission, the Oregon Water Resources Board, the Idaho Power Company, and staff
members of the Federal Power Commission (FPC).

A synopsis of the matters agreed upon follows:

The fishery agencies commended the Idaho Power Comapny for its efforts in
handling emergencies which arose as the result of erosion damage to the fish pas-
sage facilities at the Oxbow Dam site, downriver from Brownlee. The Power Com-
pany has in operation emergency facilities designed to handle the fall run of chinook
salmon now proceeding up the Snake River. Special entrapment facilities have been
installed, and the fish are being transported by trucks to the waters above Brownlee
Dam to continue their annual migrations. :

The Idaho Power Company stated that it is assuming responsibility for the op-
eration and maintenance of the fish passage and fish handling facilities at the proj-
ect

The Company agreed to make an immediate payment of approximately $75,000
in a lump sum to the Secretary of the Interior for use by the Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice and the State Fishery Agencies in the conduct of fish and wildlife studies in ac-
cordance with the project license. The Company has already advanced $175,000 for
this purpose. Differences of opinion had arisen about whether certain items of com-
pany expense could be considered as part of the $250,000 to be made available un-
der the license, Clarification of this matter resulted in the agreement on the amount
still due for the studies.

The Company agreed to make divers available under the direction of the fishery
agencies for the inspection of the Brownlee forebay fishery net and other fishery
protective facilities.

All parties agreed that the Idaho Power Company should be permitted to con-
tinue operation of its first turbine at Brownlee Dam until October 1, and announce-
ment was made that the FPC has transmitted the necessary order. The original
FPC orders relative to the turbines stated that the fish protective facilities should
be in operation before the starting of the turbine. Because of labor difficulties these
protective facilities were not ready on scheduled time, and the Company has been
operating one turbine on agreement with the fishery agencies and under specialord-
ers from the FPC. It was agreed that the Company would have the right to test a
second turbine before October 1.

The Company announced that it had been informed by the contractors that the
protective facilities at Brownlee Dam would be in place September 26, and would be
inspected and operating by September 30. The Company also reported that the con-
tractor had informed it that repair of the fish facilities at Oxbow Dam would be com-
pleted by September 30.

It was also agreed that the effectiveness of the fish passage facilities would be
fully evaluated and that some continuing program in this connection would be neces-

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

sary. It was not determined whether the Company would carry on the program it-
self or would furnish the Fishery Agencies the funds for this work.

The Fishery Agencies stated that the $250,000 made available by the Company
through the FPC for research on fishery problems might not be sufficient to com-
plete the task.

The States of Washington, Oregon, and Idaho and the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service are directly concerned with Columbia River Basin fishery problems. The
Service is the coordinating agency.

a ok ok ok ok

BROWNLEE DAM FISH BARRIER INSPECTED BY DIVERS: SCUBA divers
were due to dive 120 feet below the surface of the lake behind Brownlee Dam on
September 238, 1958, to give final inspection to the fish-net barrier recently placed
in operation by a power company, the Director of the Oregon Fish Commission
announced on September 22.

Checking of the barrier net by divers will be under the direction of a fishery
engineer of Everett, Wash., who serves as consultant to the Commission and other
fishery agencies. On inspecting the net before it was lowered into place, the fish-
ery engineer found numerous small defects. The final testing by divers will deter-
mine whether these have been satisfactorily repaired.

The ''skimmer" net is one-half mile long and 120 feet deep, riding on floats in
the forebay waters of Brownlee Dam. It is made of wire and saran mesh with holes
small enough to prevent the passage of downstream migrant fingerling salmon and
steelhead. They are induced into traps behind the barrier where they are to be si-
phoned into tank trucks which haul them below Brownlee and Oxbow Dams so they
may proceed downriver to the Pacific Ocean.

"Everyone is watching the operation with the greatest of interest,’ said the Di-
rector, ''The Snake River runs of adult salmon and steelhead depend on the success
of the salvage operations at the damaged Oxbow fish trap. The 'skimmer' device at
Brownlee Dam is just as important for the fingerlings as the Oxbow trap is for the
spawners. Both must function well to accommodate one of the finest fall king salm-
on runs in recent times," he said.

ak Kok kek

BIOLOGISTS OBSERVE SALMON SALVAGE OPERATIONS AT THE OXBOW
Oregon Fish Commission biologists continued to observe operations and advise the
power company on biological aspects of fish-salvage operations at the Oxbow dam-
site on the Snake River until passage problems were resolved.

Diversion of the river back through the tunnel above the now-repaired fish trap
was scheduled about October 6, 1958. This was expected to influence the fish mov-
ing upstream and those which were already present in the Oxbow area.

Biologists were hoping that the thousands of fish then in the area below the
Oxbow cofferdam would retreat with the water downstream around the Oxbow to the
repaired trap as the attraction water is cut off from the main channel and sent
through the diversion tunnel,

If the early-run chinook salmon remained in the pools below the cofferdam, they
would have to be trapped and lifted by temporary and makeshift devices to tank trucks
waiting to release them into the river above Brownlee Dam.

a ok ok ok ok

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

STATE HATCHERY PROGRAM TO BE EVALUATED: In keeping with the pres-
ent stepped-up interest in halting the general decline of Pacific Coast salmon runs,
the Oregon Fish Commission announced on July 30, 1958, that it will launch a com-
prehensive evaluation of past and present Commission hatchery activities. The State
Fisheries Director said a significant feature of the new program will be a historical
review of the Commission's hatchery program, dating back to 1887.

He stated, ''In order that the project move as rapidly as possible, the present
Director of Fish Culture will be appointed to the newly-created position of consult-
ing analyst, effective August 1. This new assignment will permit the consulting an-
alyst to devote full attention to a topic with which he is thoroughly familiar.'' The
new appointee has been actively employed in all phases of salmon hatchery opera-
tions for more than 36 years. He has been in charge of the Fish Commission's
hatchery program since 1945,

"Artificial propagation of salmon is the largest single activity in which the
Oregon Fish Commission is now engaged," the State Fishery Director pointed out.
Almost two-thirds of the Commission's $5 million biennial budget is directed to-
wards hatchery construction and operation.

He also said it is possible that hatcheries may be the only practical means of
preserving particular segments of the region's sizable salmon runs if certain fish-
power problems cannot be solved. ''Changing stream environments brought about
largely by dam construction today pose a serious threat to the future of salmon in
the Pacific Northwest. Hatcheries may be the only answer in some situations," the
Oregon Fisheries Chief explained.

"On the other hand," he continued, ''there are several questions relating to salm-
on propagation in Oregon that the Commission feels must be answered. He said
there have been instances where Fish Commission hatcheries apparently have not
come up to expectations due to disease, diet, and other technical problems,

"We hope the proposed study will open up new avenues of approach towards im-
proving the efficiency and economy of salmon hatchery operations," he concluded,

FN
ZzN

Oysters

LONG ISLAND SOUND HAS GOOD OYSTER SET: There has been an exception-
ally good oyster set along the Connecticut coast of Long Island Sound from Norwalk
to New Haven, reports the Acting Director of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries'
Milford (Conn.) Laboratory. This represents the first good, general setting in this
area since 1945. Previous years of successful reproduction were 1930, 1939, 1940,
and 1944,

The sudden appearance of ready-to-set oyster larvae in plankton samples, when
previous samples in the same area contained no earlier stages, indicates that the
larvae that set in the Bridgeport-Millford-New Haven area are not from local par-
ents but are carried in by currents from other areas, Information concerning the
circulation pattern in Long Island Sound and the effect of minor storms is necessary
to determine (1) the location of the parents of these young oysters, and (2) where
spawning beds should be placed to produce a set in a desired area.

The excellent set of oysters this year could restore the Long Island Sound oys-
ter industry if it were not for the fact that starfish resulting from the successful
1957 year-class are still extremely abundant. Attempts by the industry to remove

48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No, 11

starfish from seed oyster beds and to prevent further invasion have been only mod-
erately successful. The oystermen are pessimistic about the chances of saving a
significant quantity of this excellent set.

The efficiency of starfish control methods now in use by the industry was evalu-
ated by four biologists using diving apparatus. These direct observations disclosed
much new information concerning the behavior of starfish which indicates that con-
trol of this predator may be even more difficult than previously believed. Paths
through an oyster bed which had been cleared of starfish by dredges or mops be-
came reinfested within half an hour. The movement of the starfish was found to be
much more rapid than previously believed because of the fact that they are so easily
carried or assisted in their movements by water currents.

K ok x Ok ok

STUDY OF STARFISH PREDATOR PROBLEM IN LONG ISLAND SOUND DE-
fs one factor which has made the starfish a serious predator of the Long Island
Sound, oyster biologists of the Milford, Conn., Laboratory of the U. 8S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries report. Another factor, they pointed out, is that the current star-
fish population on the oyster grounds is as high as 14 per square yard, or about 3
every 2 square feet.

These two factors have combined to render ineffective much of the equipment
used by oystermen to protect their resource from this predator, Final word on the
effectiveness of other means of predator control awaits completion of a current
study.

The Milford Laboratory has several oyster-research projects under way but a
summer ''special'' was ordered on the starfish menace off Long Island. Four of the
Bureau's divers equipped with SCUBA (self-contained underwater breathing appara-
tus) were used in the study. The divers worked in about 30 feet of water and the

following conclusions were reported:

1. The mechanical implements used to protect the oyster beds from the star-
fish--the suction dredge, the oyster dredge, a turtle dredge, and the starfish mops--
do not give the desired protection and only serve to reduce the population to some
extent.

2. The dredges clean a path around the oyster bed but within half an hour the
starfish from the side have moved in and the path is again filled with the predators.

3. The chemical applicators--quicklime spreaders--are still being observed,
but they appear to hold more promise for controlling this predator than do the
dredges.

4, The starfish is attached to the bottom, apparently, only when feeding.

5. It is buoyant enough to remain just above the floor of the Sound, moving on
very short, tubular legs or feet.

6. The starfish moves on its own power 6-8 inches a minute, with a light cur-
rent, across the current, or against a current.

7, A strong current naturally will affect the speed of the predator.

8. The highest population found was 681 starfish to 50 square yards.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

The SCUBA-equipped divers learned that the mops and dredges are only about
50 percent efficient, having the tendency to push about half of the starfish to one
side instead of capturing them. This defect can be remedied to a considerable ex-
tent now that it is known. But even with the mechanical equipment working at top ef-
ficiency the numbers of starfish present and their ability to move results in the
quick reinvasion of a cleaned path.

There are several kinds of dredges, some using the vacuum-cleaner principle
and others more or less scooping the starfish from the bottom. The mop is a hori-
zontal bar to which is appended several long-strand cotton mops. As the bar moves
across the floor of the Sound the fibers tend to extend upward. The starfish, routed
from the bottom by the bar, are caught in the fibers.

Two types of quicklime spreaders are being observed in action. These operate
near the bottom and eject quicklime which reaches the starfish and sets up a condi-
tion which destroys the predator.

The reason why starfish periodically ''explode" into tremendous populations is

not known.

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

Ms SS SSS SSS Cw SS SS SS So

(POFT) a at Paia, Maui, produced s some 195,000 fry during August 1958, an amount of
fry that when reared to bait size should equal about 195 buckets or scoops of bait.
The Maui project was designed to test the economic feast oH raising tilapia as
tuna bait and the production rates to date rs

would indicate that the results of this pi-
lot plant will be favorable. The bait when
reared to suitable size is being delivered
to commercial tuna vessels fishing from
Maui ports, and the results of the utili-
zation of this bait by these vessels are
being carefully observed by a POFI sci-
entist.

While utilization of tilapia bait atsea PE ag Aer
from this plant has resulted in only a few peepee (Tilapia mossambics)
fishing trips to date, the catches made suggest that this live bait may be converted
to tuna at the rate of 50 pounds of tuna to 1 pound of bait. This high conversion rate
stems in part from the hardiness of the tilapia, since unlike most wild live bait fish-
es they will live indefinitely in the wells, permitting the fishermen to use them on
schools of their choice. In contrast, wild bait fish, at least the species available in
Hawaii, will not live long in a bait well, and fishermen are therefore under pressure
to use their bait on any school encountered. If none are found, the bait then dies in
afew days. The hardiness of tilapia gives promise of eventual full utilization of mid-
ocean tunas as well as freeing fishermen from the vagaries of capturing and holding
wild bait-fish species.

oe ak eo
TUNA TAGGING PROGRAM PROVIDES INFORMATION ON GROWTH RATES:
There were two albacore tag recoveries reported to the U. S. Bureau of Commercial

Fisheries Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations Laboratory during August, These
were the 13th and 14th recoveries from a total of 1,201 albacore tagged and released

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 11

in the North Pacific between January 1954 and July 1958. The recovery rate now
stands at 1.2 percent. The 13th recovery was of a fishtaggedlast summer, July 16,
1957, by the Bureau's M/V Hugh M. Smith at 44047' N. latitude, 130904! W. longi-
tude. It was retaken by the Mv Bernard Pedro, a San Diego, Calif., albacore boat,
at about 32° N. latitude, 122° W. longitude, on August 22, 1958. This fish grew at

the rate of about 8 pounds a year. The 14th recovery, also by a San Diego boat, the
M/V Paul C., was made on August 23, 1958, at 32015' N., 122930' W. This fish had
been tagged by the Bureau's M/V Charles H. Gilbert on November 14, 1956, at 38°N,
128°25' W. This albacore grew at a computed rate of about 11 pounds a year. There
have been a sufficient number of tag recoveries to make reasonably accurate esti-
mates possible of albacore growth. These estimates indicate that the albacore prob-
ably grows at a less rapid rate than some of the other tunas for which growth rates
are known, such as the skipjack and the yellowfin tuna.

The skipjack tagging program conducted in Hawaiian waters has been an out-
standingly successful one. During this month some 13 tags were recovered, of which
all but 2 were released during the year. The two long-term recoveries were fish re-
leased during the first week of September 1957 off Hilo, Hawaii, and were recovered
off the Kona coast of Hawaii after 11 and 12 months at liberty. Based on an average
weight of 4 pounds at the time of release, these fish had increased in weight 0.9 and
0.7 pounds a month, respectively. Since May 1957 a total of 12,684 skipjack have
been tagged, of which 1,226 have been recovered for an over-all recovery rate of 9.7
percent. The longest period between release and recovery has been 1 year, and the
greatest distance traveled has been 330 miles from Hawaii to Niihau. The principal
value of this tagging program has been in the information it has provided on the
growth rate of skipjack since all tags were put on fish in Hawaiian waters and were
recovered from fish in Hawaiian waters. Aside from local movements within the
Hawaiian archipelago this tagging program has not provided much information on
migration of skipjack in the central Pacific.

DP =>)

Philadelphia
NEW WHOLESALE MARKET FOR FISH UNDER CONSTRUCTION IN PHILA-

project, ground was broken late in July for a second section of the market at the new
Food Distribution Center, located on the east side of Lawrence Street above Pattison
Avenue, in South Philadelphia. The second unit will be the new Seafood Market. It
will occupy an area of about eight acres, will cost a little over $1 million, and will
house 25 individual fishery stores which have been leased to the Wholesale Seafood
Merchants Association of Philadelphia. The Association has in turn subleased the
stores to individual wholesale fishery dealers. This new market will provide up-to-
date facilities for receiving, shipping, and wholesaling fishery products in Phila-
delphia. ;

Sardines

EARLY SEASON LANDINGS IN CALIFORNIA WATERS BETTER THIS YEAR:
Reports that Monterey Bay, Calif., once again is yielding enough sardines to herald
a return to ''the good old days'' are encouraging, but brought a note of caution from
the California Department of Fish and Game,

The Marine Resources Chief for the Department said that during August (first
month of the open season north of Pt. Arguello) Monterey Bay produced only 500

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

tons of sardines--better than the almost zero mark of the last decade, but muchless
than the 37,000 tons in August 1945, the last good year of the California sardine
fishery.

Up to September 12, he pointed out, Monterey Bay itself has been yielding little
or no tonnage and the processing plants along ''Cannery Row" have had to depend on
the 200-400 tons a day trucked in from Avila and Morro Bay. By contrast, in 1945
the September tonnage from Monterey waters alone reached a peak of 49,000 tons--
then dropped off to the vanishing point in later years.

This year's August tonnage handled by Monterey canners totaled 4,200 tons,
with Morro Bay and San Simeon waters producing most of it. This figure, the Ma-
rine Resources Chief explained, was little more than a one-day catch when sardines
were plentiful in Central California,
"In former years, too," he said, ''canners wouldnot accept the small fish they're
glad to get now. This year's sardine catch has been averaging a bit over eight inch-
es (mostly year-old fish).

"A normal fish population includes many age groups so that one or two poor
spawning years would not greatly harm the fishery." ''Now, however,'' h@reported,
"the sardines need achance to rebuild their numbers in Central and Northern Cali-
fornia waters without being exploited the moment they show signs of revival.

"There is some concern among informed fishermen and canners,'' he warned,
"that by heavily harvesting the year-old sardines we may be 'killing the goose! be-
fore it has a chance to lay its golden egg."

a

le

Shrimp

THREE TYPES OF SHRIMP NETS TESTED OFF CALIFORNIA AND OREGON
COASTS (M/V N. B. Scofield Cruise 58-S-4): An exploratory survey of the conti-
nental shelf from Coos Bay to Winchester Bay, Ore., and from Trinidad Head to
Redding Rock, Calif., was made by the California Department of Fish and Game re-
search vessel N. B. Scofield from June 16-July 19, 1958, to test the incidental fish
catch made with three types of shrimp nets: (1) semi-balloon trawl having 60-foot
head rope, furnished by the Oregon Fish Commission and the Washington Depart-
ment of Fisheries; (2) flat trawl having 40-foot head rope, furnished by the States
of Oregon and Washington; and (3) beam trawlhaving 20-foot beam, furnished by
California, Other objectives of the cruise were: (1) to take a systematic series of
bathythermograph casts coincident with trawling; (2) collect live ocean shrimp,
Pandalus jordani, for observation and experimentation; and (3) collect specimens
as requested by other departmental investigations.

Areas of Study: Two general study areas were established. The initial area
was situated northwest of Coos Bay, Ore. This site was chosen for two reasons:
(1) the Coos Bay area approximated the geographical center of distribution of the
ocean shrimp (P. jordani); and (2) this region represented a centrally-located work-
ing area for the three state agencies of Washington, Oregon, and California partici-
pating in the study of the ocean shrimp fishing-gear problem, The second study area
was situated off Trinidad Head, Calif.

Each area of study was divided into a series of numbered blocks which were
constructed to include an area inshore of the shrimp grounds, the shrimp grounds,
and an offshore area,

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 10, No. 11

The Oregon shrimp grounds were divided into a series of 10 blocks, each five

nautical miles square.

The California shrimp area was divided into 24 blocks, each

24 nautical miles square. The block plan was designed to facilitate assessment of

the most diverse shrimp-fish relationships as possible,

It was not anticipated nor

intended that shrimp would be captured in every tow.

Coos Bay

Legend:

O - Indicates 3
comparative tows|

OREGON:

S BLOCKS COMPLETED
1S COMPARATIVE TOWS

CALIFORNIA:
20 BLOCKS COMPLETED.
60 COMPARATIVE TOWS

OREGON

FATHOMS.

QOS ine
=

\

CALIFORNIA

Trinidad
Head

| Ge i
M/V N. B. Scofield Cruise 58-S-4
(June 16-July 19, 1958).

Gear Operations: For the net tests to be con-
sidered comparable the following criteria were used:
(1) within each block area the fishing sequence for
the three types of shrimp nets was randomly select-
ed; (2) within each block all three units of gear were
fished on the same date; (3) the fishing sequence for
the blocks within a general study area was deter-
mined by random selection; and (4) the course head-
ing, depth, and distance each net traveled was rea-
sonably approximated.

Catch Records: The catch of each tow was seg-
regated by species. Weights were then taken of three
general groups--shrimp, fish, and miscellaneous in-
vertebrates. Fish specimens were enumerated and
measured, Samples of shrimp were taken for study
ashore,

Work Summary: A total of 83 tows was made,
8 of which were considered not comparable; thus,
there were 25 comparable tows made with each type
of shrimp gear.

Comparative tows were made at depths ranging
from 36 to 110 fathoms.

Over 90 miles of ocean bottom was covered in
the 83 thirty-minute tows. Over 48,000 individual
fish were captured and of this number 23,700 were
measured, Of the total number of fish taken, 18,750
were slender sole, Lyopsetta exilis, a commercially-
unimportant species.

Seventy-six of the 83 tows contained shrimp.
The calculated catch per hour ranged from zero to
640 pounds, Seventeen sample tows captured shrimp
in quantities greater than 100 pounds per 30 minutes
of fishing time.

Preliminary examination of the data indicates that the catch composition of the
three gear types was similar with the exception of groundfish (rockfish, Sebastodes

sp., hake, Merluccius productus, and sablefish, Anoplopoma fimbria).

The semibal-

loon trawl captured a higher proportion of these fish than did either of the other two
types of gear, probably because the mouth of the semiballoon trawl had a greater
fishing height and thus captured more of the fish that lie just above the bottom.

Five of the 10 Coos Bay shrimp area blocks were completed. Twenty of the 24

California blocks were fished.

Failure of the bathythermograph to record prevented completion of the bottom

temperature Series,

Live shrimp and fish species were delivered to Steinhart Aquarium, Calif.

Academy of Sciences.

oe

November 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

South Carolina

FISHERIES BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH PROG-
RESS, JULY-SEPTEMBER 1958: Oyster Research:
Seed oyster studies were an important part of the
activities during this year's third quarter at the
Bears Bluff Laboratories, Wadmalaw Island, S.C.
The value of different types of cultch as collectors
of seed oysters was reconsidered. Longevity of
wire netting used in troughs and seed oyster bas-
kets was compared with cotton webbing.

An experimental shipment of finger-nail size
young oysters was made to an oyster firm of Long
Island, N. Y. These seed were shipped in a truck
to New York and despite the mid-July heat plus an
unscheduled delay arrived in good condition.

Another experimental shipment of seed was
made to St. Thomas in the Virgin Islands, Excel-
lent cooperation of a domestic airline made it pos-
sible to send the young oysters in a pressurized
cabin. They withstood the shipment in good condi-
tion but unfortunately did not long survive preda-
tion in West Indian waters from oyster drills. A
second shipment of seed sent as air freight in an
unpressurized compartment did not survive trans-
portation.

Still other South Carolina seed oysters were
shipped to the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory
of Maryland where a biologist will recheck his
earlier conclusions that South Carolina seed thrive
best in northern waters when shipped early in the
season.

Under the impetus of the Hughes Foundation
Grant, work is continuing on the pond cultivation
of oysters. Plantings of seed under control and
experimental conditions were carried out. The
constant flight to control blue crabs and mud
crabs--the most serious deterrent to pond cultiva-
tion-~-#s never-ending. A careful survey of vari-
ous diseases in pond-cultivated oysters was made
during a visit to the Laboratories by an outstand-
ing authority on oyster diseases. With his advice
and cooperation new experiments in the ponds are
being conducted which may shed light on the age-
old question as to why oysters in South Carolina,
Georgia, and northeastern Florida are almost en-
tirely intertidal.

In August leased and ''wild'" oyster beds in the
Toogoodoo, Leadenwah, and Wadmalaw Rivers were
inspected with an oyster biologist from British
Columbia. The Canadian biologist, with years of
experience in growing and importing seed oysters
from Japan to the northwest coast of North Amer-
ica, expressed the opinion that South Carolina had
a great potential as a seed-oyster producing State.

Shrimp Research: Offshore exploratory work
was limited during the quarter. However, one
cruise made in July was very productive of rock
shrimp from 2 to 6 inches in length witha modal
length of 3.5 inches. Along the 20-fathom curve
a series of 4 drags during the night of July 10 and
11 yielded 25 pounds of rock shrimp per 30-min-
ute drag with a 20-foot net. Had full size commer-
cial gear been available and drags made for one

hour or so instead of 30 minutes, it seems likely
that 6 or 8 boxes of shrimp could have been taken
that night. Unquestionably much of the success of
these drags were due to the new deep-water echo-
sounder now in operation on the research vessel
T-19,

All regular trawling stations (established in
1953) at sea, in the sounds, and in the rivers were
regularly visited again during the quarter. The
index of availability of commercially-valuable fish,
blue crab, and shrimp taken in experimental tows
this year can be compared with those made from
1953 through 1957. Commercial fish such as gray
sea trout (weakfish), king whiting, croaker, and
spot are about as abundant this year as in previous
years. Blue crabs, on the other hand, were almost
twice as numerous during this 1958 quarter as they
were during similar periods from 1953 through
1957. White shrimp are 4 or 5 times fewer and
appeared much later this year. The number of
white shrimp found in offshore waters was extreme-
ly scarce, and it was not until the Matter part of July
that tiny white shrimp made their appearance in the
inshore waters. These shrimp were first found in
water as low as 4 parts per thousand salinity, or
about one-eighth sea strength. Brown shrimp were
a little late in appearing but were about 3 times
more numerous than in previous years. Not only
do the Laboratory records indicate this, but shrimp
landings in South Carolina as reported by the U.S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries show that almost
a half million pounds more of shrimp were landed
in July 1958 than in July of 1957,

Pond Cultivation of Shrimp: In this quarter an
inconclusive experiment was made to test the pos-
sibility of breeding shrimp in ponds. Seven female
and 5 male brown shrimp, Penaeus aztecus, were
introduced into a quarter-acre experimental pond
which had been filled with strained and filtered salt
water. Since no larval or post-larval shrimp have
been found, it is clear that these shrimp did not
successfully spawn in the pond. Thisisbynomeans
offered as proof that shrimp cannot be bredinponds,
but it suggests that this method of stocking shrimp
for cultivation will be quite difficult.

Other pond experiments, some of which are still
continuing, were carried out on the mortality of
stocked shrimp; growth differences between fed
and unfed shrimp; and differences of growth and
survival of stocked shrimp in ponds with different
substrata, All this adds to the growing collection
of information on cultivating shrimp in ponds.

After a visit to Bears Bluff by the Director of
Inland Fisheries Research for Indonesia and by the
Director of Inland Fisheries for Thailand, certain
structural changes suggested by these men are now
being made to control ingress of shrimp into one of
the Laboratory's larger ponds. Both Directors re-
affirmed the fact that in many Oriental countries
two crops of shrimp can be produced a year, and
that a yield of 500 pounds of shrimp per acre was

not impossible. (Progress Report No. 37, July-
September 1958, of fe Bears f Laboratories.)

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No, 11

Standards

MEETING HELD ON PROPOSED HADDOCK AND HALIBUT STANDARD: Fro-
zen halibut steaks and haddock fillets may soon be added to those fishery products
for which voluntary Federal quality standards are promulgated, according to the
present plans of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.

Laboratory research by the Bureau on the proposed standards has proceeded
to a point permitting preliminary discussions with interested segments of the fish-
ing industry, distributors, and consumers. These discussions were held in four
key cities.

Following the preliminary discussions the formal Notice of Proposed Rule
Making will be issued. Such notice will provide for a 30-day period to permit fur-
ther consideration by the industry and others, after which the formal standards and
the effective dates will be announced.

The cities in which the discussions were held follow: Boston, frozen haddock
fillets, October 7, 1958; New York City, frozen haddock fillets and halibut steaks,
October 8; Chicago, frozen haddock fillets and halibut steaks, October 10; Seattle,
halibut steaks, October 15.

Promulgation of voluntary quality standards and maintenance of an inspection
service were transferred from the U.S. Department of Agriculture tothe U.S. Depart-
ment of the Interior on July 1, 1958. Previously standards had been developed by
the Department of the Interior, but promulgation of the standards and the inspection
of fishery products had been the legal responsibility of the Department of Agriculture.

Standards already in effect apply to frozen fried fish sticks, frozen raw bread-
ed shrimp, and frozen fish blocks (which are the raw material from which fish sticks
are made). Fish sticks and shrimp which have been processed in accordance with
these standards may be identified by the consumer as ''Grade A"' or ''Grade B,"' both
of which meet rigid standards of wholesomeness and workmanship and have been
processed under sanitary conditions.

e

There are many fishery products for which standards have not yet been estab-
lished. These can not be given a ''grade'' designation, but if they have been process-
ed under continuous inspection they are so marked,

Since this inspection service is something for which the processor must pay, he
has the choice of marketing his product with or without the inspection symbol. ''Lot
inspection" is available should a processor desire only occasional inspection of his
product. In such a case the package may bear the following statement: ''This pack-
age is one of a lot from which samples have been inspected by the United States De-
partment of the Interior."

Up to the present time, the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries reports, 16 large
processing plants are operating under continuous inspection, requiring the services
of 22 trained inspectors.

FROZEN TUNA TRANS-SHIPMENTS FROM PERU TO UNITED STATES: Trans-
shipments of frozen tuna (some caught by United States flag vessels operating out of
Peru) from Peru to the United States by specially-built or converted refrigerated
carriers are being stepped up with the addition of a new vessel, the German-owned
and operated Ingred Hern.

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

The addition of the Ingred Hern, a modern 700-ton refrigerated vessel now on
its maiden voyage, brings the number of reefer vessels operating to four: the Ice-
flower under the Norwegian flag; the Puerto del Sol under the Panamanian flag; and
the Beatriz sailing under the Peruvian flag. While not identical in construction,
each of these vessels carries approximately 700 tons of refrigerated tuna. They
are Diesel-powered, with speeds of 10-11 knots, which enables them to make round
trips from Peru to the United States west coast ports of San Pedro or San Diego
every 30 days if sufficient fish are available.

These refrigerated reefer vessels pick up tuna from various ports in Peru and
Ecuador, where the tuna are held in shoreside freezers. Cargos are made up from
tuna landed by Peruvian or Ecuadoran vessels, and tuna landed by American flag
vessels based in Peru or Ecuador, These vessels land their catches at the freezers,
where they are graded for quality, with the better fish consigned to canners in San
Pedro and San Diego, Calif.

From January 1 through August 31, 1958, these vessels delivered 7,680 tons of
tuna to California canneries--2,634 tons of which was caught by United States flag
vessels and 4,996 tons caught by South American vessels. Cargo vessels with limit-
ed refrigeration facilities, on regular runs, also carry frozen tuna, but their capac-
ities are limited andif any volume is to be shipped the regularly - scheduled vessels
cannot handle the fish.

United States Fishing Fleet+/ Additions

JULY 1958: A total of 78 vessels of 5 net tons and over were issued first docu-
ments as fishing craft in July 1958. Compared with the same month of 1957, this
was an increase of two vessels. The Gulf States continued to lead with 29 vessels,
the Pacific area was second with 18, and the South Atlantic third with 15.

Table 2-U.5S. Vessels Issued
First Documentsas Fishing

Sala? ES] | January-July | Craft, by Tonnage, July 1958
1958 [1957 | 195827 | 19572

New Diaglamcl 55 | 2 | 2 i) 10 |} 18 f° Re | WOw WO ooooe
Miele Average. | A i By) By Me Was |) BO PO 554.
OVS oo 5 | Mi | Oo) BR GO |) MOze |) Bio) te Si) 5 5 ae

oe fe ee

Fishing craft that were
issued documents as fishing

craft during the first 7 months
of 1958 totaled 442 vessels--
an increase of 80 vessels as compared with the same period of 1957. Of the vessels

documented for fishing, 40 percent were reported from the Gulf States.

1/Includes both commercial and sport fishing craft.

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

U. S. Foreign Trade

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS, JUNE 1958: Imports of edible fresh, frozen,
and processed fish and shellfish into the United States during June 1958 were up 15.0
percent in quantity and 14.3 percent in value as compared with May 1958, Increases
in June this year over the preceding month were due primarily to a sharp rise inthe
imports of fresh and frozen tuna (15.3
million as compared with 7.4 million
pounds). Seasonal shipments of fresh
and frozen salmon from Canada also
accounted for 1.7 million pounds of the
increase during this period.

Table 1 - United States Foreign Trade in Edible Fishery
Products, June 1958 with Comparisons

Nee ————————————————
Quanti
Item une Year [June _{ Year|

1958 | 1957
(Millions of Lbs.)

. (Millions of $) .
Imports:
Fish & shellfish:

Fresh, frozen, & As compared with June 1957, the

processedl/ . . 837.0 | 25.5 | 19.0 |248.4| imports this June were higher by 43.2
Exports: percent in quantity and 34.2 percent in

Fish & shellfish:
Processed only
(excluding fresh &

value. This was due to higher imports
for fresh and frozen tuna (up about 8.7
insides pastes, sauces, clam chowder and aces acca een pouasls), Caine! eile: 1 pins

canned salmon (up about 2.4 million
pounds), and increases of about 1.0 million pounds each in the imports of groundfish
fillets and blocks, frozen shrimp, and lobster tails.

Exports of processed fish and shellfish in June 1958 were up by 34.9 percent
in quantity and 100.0 percent in value as compared with May 1958. Compared with
the same month in 1957, the exports in June 1958 were down by 72.4 percent in quan-
tity and 53.8 percent in value. The sharp decreases in both quantity and value this
June as compared with the same month in 1957 were due primarily to a shortage of
canned Pacific and jack mackerel, and California sardines.

Ok Kk Ok

GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS, SEPTEMBER 1958: Imports of cod, haddock,
hake, pollock, cusk, and ocean perch fillets (including blocks) into the United States
during September 1958 totaled 11.0 million pounds--an increase of 2.1 millionpounds
or 24 percent compared with the same month of 1957. Although Canada dropped 1.8
million pounds below August 1958 as supplier, it still ranked first in volume with
8.3 million pounds,

During the first nine months of 1958, imports of cod, haddock, hake, pollock,
cusk, and ocean perch fillets (including blocks) amounted to 111.0 million pounds.
This was a gain of 5 percent compared with the same period of last year. Imports
from Canada accounted for 71 percent of the total followed by Iceland with 15 per-
cent, and Denmark with 8 percent. The remaining 6 percent was comprised of im-
ports from eight other countries.

Note: See Chart 7 in this issue.

3 ok ok ok ok

States during the calendar year 1958 at the 123-percent rate of duty has been estab-
lished as 44,693,874 pounds. Any imports in excess of this established quota will be
dutiable at 25 percent ad valorem.

Imports from January 1-August 30, 1958, amounted to 31,034,647 pounds, ac-
cording to data compiled by the Bureau of Customs. This leaves a balanceof

November 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

13,659,227 pounds of the quota which may be reported during the balance of 1958 at
the 124-percent rate of duty. Lastyear from January 1-August 31a total of 27,259,296

pounds had been imported.

2 aK ok ak Ok

_ IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY PROD-
UCTS, JANUARY-JULY 1958: Imports: GRO ISH FIL-
LETS AND BLOCKS: Imports for the first seven months of
1958 were 5 percent above those of the similar period of
1957. July 1958 imports of cod fillets were 76 percent
higher than in July 1957, whereas imports of haddock, hake,
pollock, and cusk fillets were down 41 percent. Imports of
ocean-perch fillets showed an 80 percent gain over those of
July 1957; shipments from Canada were nearly double those
of last year. Seyen-month imports of blocks and slabs were
higher than during the comparable period of 1957, due main-
ly to increased receipts from Denmark and Norway.

FISH BITS: Nearly 8 million poundsiof this new groundfish
product were imported from Iceland during April-July 1958.

FROZEN SALMON: A 46-percent increase in July receipts
brought the 1958 seven-month total 29 percent above the com-
parable 1957 total.

FROZEN TUNA: July 1958 imports of yellowfin and skip-
jack tuna from Japan were 44 percent above those in July
1957; seven months imports were 38 percent higher than for
the comparable 1957 period. Imports of frozen albacore
tuna were 11 percent lower during July and 16 percent lower
for the seven-month period.

TUNA LOINS AND DISCS: Total imports through July were
down 51 percent from the similar 1957 period.

CANNED TUNA: A-56-percent gainin July shipments brought
imports for the first seven months 14 percent above the com-
parable 1957 period, The Japanese tuna industry initiated a
canned tuna advertising campaign in the United States ona
small scale.

FRESH AND FROZEN LOBSTER: July imports of common
lobster from Canada fell 28 percent below those of July 1957;
imports of spiny lobster from the Union of South Africa drop-
ped 32 percent. Largely because of the lower July receipts,
seven months imports were 3.0 million pounds below those of
the comparable 1957 period.

FRESH AND FROZEN SHRIMP: Imports in July were 18
percent higher than in July 1957; the total for the seven months
of 1958 was 12 percent higher than for the similar 1957 period.

CANNED SALMON: Imports during the first seven months
of 1958 were 179 percent above the corresponding 1957 period.

CANNED SARDINES: July imports of canned sardines not-
in-oil were 1.0 million pounds over those of July 1957; ship-
ments from the Union of South Africa were higher. Total
receipts during the first seven months were 164 percent a-
bove those of the 1957 period. On the other hand, imports of
canned sardines in-oil were 1.1 million pounds under July
1957 owing to lower shipments from Norway. Total receipts
during the first seven months were 20 percent below the
similar 1957 period.

The Union of South Africa declared a closed fishing sea-
son in territorial waters between August 31 and December 31
on shoal fish. These include pilchards used in the canned
sardine industry. This was the first year that this fishery
reached the 250,000-toncatch quota set in 1952. As a result
of the favorable fishing season, exports of sardines from
South Africa have increased.

CANNED OYSTERS: Increased receipts from Japan raised
imports through July 1958 by 99 percent above the corre-
Sponding 1957 period,

FISH MEAL: July imports were 88 percent above those
of July 1957; imports through July this year were 25 percent
above the similar 1957 period. —

Peru continued to be the leading source of fish meal
imports. Recently, the Peruvian Government initiated an
investigation of the effect of the increased intensity of fish-
ing for anchovetas (now used in the production of fish meal)
on the guano industry.

Exports: CANNED SARDINES, MACKEREL, AND AN-
CHOVIES: Exports of these products continued to be much
below those of 1957, owing to reduced domestic packs of
sardines, mackerel, and anchovies.

CANNED SALMON: Total exports for the seven months
were 29 percent below those of the similar 1957 period.
The United Kingdom has announced the removal of its
restrictions on the importation of canned salmon from all
areas except the Soviet Zone.

FISH OIL: Despite an increase in exports during July
1958 over those of July 1957, seven monthstotals were still
44 percent below exports during the similar 1957 period.

bat
af fh
Wholesale Prices, September 1958

The September 1958 edible fish and shellfish (fresh,
frozen, and canned) wholesale price index remained about
unchanged from the high levels of the two preceding months.
At 130.1 percent of the 1947-49 level, the index was 0.2 per-
cent higher than for the preceding month and up by 8.4 per-
cent as compared with September a year ago. .Price trends
for the four fishery products subgroups in September 1958
were mixed. Increases for some of the whole or drawn
fresh finfish and fresh and frozen fillets more than bal-
anced out decreases in wholesale prices for fresh and
frozen shrimp and some of the canned items.

___ Landings of haddock at Boston in September 1958 con-
tinued the below-normal trends noted in recent months and
good quality Great Lakes whitefish was also scarce. Prices
in mid-September 1958 for large drawn haddock were up
33.6 percent from August and fresh whitefish increased 13.1
to 21.5 percent during the same period. These increases
in September of this year were partially offset by slight de-
clines in halibut and salmon prices (changes were due pri-
marily to a shift from fresh to frozen prices during the
month) and a 21.6-percent drop in fresh-water yellow pike
prices, The net result was an increase of 3.5percent in the
index for the drawn, dressed, or whole finfish subgroup from
August to September 1958. As compared with September 1957,

the subgroup index this September was up by 12.5 percent due
mainly to 55.2 percent higher fresh drawn haddock prices.
Both western halibut (down 16.8 percent) and Lake Superior
drawn whitefish (down 10.4 percent) were lower this Septem-
ber as compared with the same month a year ago.

The fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup index
for September 1958 was up by only 1.0 percent from August,
but was close to 9.3 percent above the same month in 1957.
Higher fresh haddock fillet prices (up 20.8 percent) and
slightly higher prices for fresh shucked oysters (up 4.4 per-
cent) were just about offset by a seasonal drop in fresh shrimp
prices at New York. As compared with September a year
ago, prices this September were higher by 36.7 percent for
fresh haddock fillets and 14.3 percent for fresh shrimp;
oyster prices were unchanged.

__ The subgroup index for frozen processed fish and shell-
fish was about unchanged from August to September this
year, but increased by 15.2 percent from September 1957 to
September 1958. All frozen fillet prices in September this
year were higher as compared with the preceding month and
the same month in 1958. Frozen haddock fillets were up by
12.8 percent from August and higher by 33.9 percent from
September a year ago, Frozen shrimp prices at Chicago

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

this September were down about 2.8 percent from August,
but were higher by 9.5 percent when compared with the same
month in 1957,

Canned fishery products subgroup prices were lower by
3.6 percent this September from a month ago and reflected
the much better supplies of canned California sardines and
Pacific Coast canned salmon available this year. A lighter
1958 season pack of Maine sardines helped to raise the in-
dex for this product by 6.3 percent from August to September
this year. Wholesale prices for canned tuna were about un-
changed during this period. All canned fishery products
with the exception of canned pink salmon were priced higher

Vol. 20, No. 11

in canned salmon prices (down 8.7 percent) in September

of this year marks the first drop in a period of 12 months
or longer. However, the higher prices for canned tuna and
Maine and California sardines resulted in an increase of 2.3 per-
cent in the index for the whole subgroup from September
1957 to September 1958. As of the end of September this
year, prices at the packers’ level for Maine sardines were
firm and the market for canned salmon was firming due to
the removal by the British of the restrictions on the im-
ports of this item, The relatively heavy pack of California
Sardines after a long period of light production was creating
a marketing problem and another record-breaking pack of
tuna was tending to depress prices for this product.

in September 1958 than in September a year ago. The drop

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, September 1958 With Comparisons

Point of Avg. Prices1/ Indexes
Pricing Unit ($) (1947-49=100)

Sept. Aug, Sept.
1958 1958 1958

Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification

130.1

ALL FISH & SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Canned)... 2... ee use eee cee

158.1 152.7 | 151,0 | 140.5

reshic pro ZeniShenys TONES Sime ici em enen tai enn siliciee aril elioik al siirehteia ieee Miele
Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish: ......

ee 2 © © ©

Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh . . . .. [Boston
Halibut, West,, 20/80 Ibs., drsd., fresh or froz. |New York
Salmon, king, Ige. & med,, drsd., fresh or froz, |New York
Whitefish,L, Superior, drawn, fresh ..... Chicago
Whitefish,L, Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh New York
Yellow pike, L. Michigan&Huron,rnd.,fresh . |New York

b. | 47] 239
ib, | .88| 91
gal, 6.00} 5.75

eo © © © © © © © © © ©

Processed,Fresh (Fish & Shellfish):
Fillets, haddock, smi, skins on, 20-Ib, tins. . {Boston
Shrimp, lge. (26-30 count), headless, fresh . . |New York
Oysters, shucked, standards ...... .. |Norfolk

Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-Ib. pkg. ....
Haddock, smL,skins on, 1-Ib, pkg... .
Ocean perch, skins on, 1-Ib. pkg. . . .
Shrimp, Ige, (26-30 count), 5-lb. pkg. .....

Canned Fishery Products:
Salmon, pink, No.1 tall (16 oz.), 48cans/cs. ...
Tuna, lt. meat, chunk, No, 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 oz.),

AB Cans /CSeVe Santen atrentet fate aaa Re hues retits
Sardines, Calif,, tom, pack,No. 1 oval (15 o2z.),

DA Cans ESE Me lemisneime vel sla note setter ettenrehie
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No, 1/4 drawn

1/Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs.
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level. Daily Market News Serv-
| ice ‘‘Fishery Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices.

November 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

59

FOREIGN

International

DANGERS OF DEPOSITING RADIO-
ACTIVE WASTES IN OCEANS

Warnings of possible dangers resulting from *
the disposal of radioactive wastes from atom fac-
tories, now and in the future, were sounded Sep-
tember 11 at a session of the Second United Nations
International Conference on the Peaceful Uses of
Atomic Energy at Geneva. Half of 56 papers on
‘environmental aspects of large-scale uses of
atomic energy’’ submitted dealt with the oceans
and their use as a kind of radioactive rubbish dump.

Dr. B. H. Ketchum (United States), in a paper
dealing with researches into the biological factors
invoived in dumping radioactive wastes, pointed
out that many of the radioactive isotopes would be
incorporated in the marine biological system and
would be transferred from organism to organism
in the various steps of the food-chain.

One of the arguments for disposing of waste
products in the depths of the ocean was that it
would take centuries for the bottom layers to mix
with the upper layers and that in that time most of
the activity would have died. Dr. Ketchum, how-
ever, altered this picture by introducing a kind of
biological ‘‘elevator.’’

He showed how plant and animal life in the sea
would pick up and concentrate radioactivity at one
level and move vertically, or horizontally, taking
it with them. The radioactivity could thus be trans-
ferred upward or downward, regardless of the phy-
sical transport of the currents. Moreover, when
the sea life which had concentrated the radioacti-
vity died, the radioactive remains would sink to~
ward the bottom. He insisted that far more work
should be done on the study of this accumulation and
transfer of contamination through the biological
system. :

Another warning was delivered by Dr. E. M.
Kreps (U.S.S.R.), who reported on Soviet investi-
gations of deep-sea trenches in the world’s oceans.
There are 19 such trenches whose depths exceed
4.5 miles. Some of them are hundreds and even
thousands of miles in length. Fifteen of them are
in the Pacific, one in the Indian Ocean and three
in the Atlantic Ocean.

The U.S.S.R. has investigated 12 of these trench-
es and the report contended that they were unsuitable
places for the disposal of radioactive waste. Theas-
sumption that they were stagnant ponds in the oceans
was untrue because investigation had shown that the
mixing of the upper and lower waters could take place
in as short a time as five years.

He produced evidence of change in temperature,
the distribution of oxygen and phosphate, and the
character of the organic life of the Tonga trench
which runs southward for nearly 800 miles from
the Samoan Islands and which had been regarded
as one of the likeliest ‘‘dumps.”’

He concluded by stating, ‘‘The radioactive
waste compounds dumped into the trench and dis-
solved will inevitably be brought to the upper lay-
ers of the ocean on which man depends for his
food. Consequently the dumping of radioactive
materials in deep-sea trenches will constitute a
real menace in the very near futung."

Dr. H, J. Dunster (United Kingdom) reported
on five years of experimental discharges of radi-
oactivity from Britain’s Windscale atom factory
into the coastal waters of Cumberland. These are
low-activity wastes and not of the same order of
hazard as those for which deep-sea dumps were
sought. At every stage the behavior of the dis-
charges had been studied and samples of fish, sea-
weed, and sand regularly taken and their activity
assessed. The results were reassuring, but ques~
tions were raised as to the ultimate undesirability
of allowing even such dilute forms of radiation in-
to open waters.

At the press briefing, the Chairman and the
participants in the session were questioned at con-
siderable length not only as to what might happen
in the future but what is already happening.

The British and Americans conceded that radi-
oactive materials have been dumped in Atlantic
deeps--off the continental shelf--for the past eight
years. The British dumping had consisted of con-
taminated machinery which was too clumsy to be
packaged and buried like other radioactive waste,
and the total disposed of in the Atlantic represent-
ed about 600 curies while international experts
were considering experiments with 1,000,000 cu-
ries of radiation to find out what actually happens
to the exchange of waters in the seas.

The consensus of the experts was that up tonow
the disposal had been well within safety limits.
What they were considering was the large-scale
disposals which might be involved in the expansion
of the atomic energy industry.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE
ORGANIZATION

WORLD FISHERIES MEETING

HELD ON COSTS AND EARNINGS:

The first international meeting on
Costs and Earnings of Fishing Enterprises

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International (Contd.)

opened in London on September 8. The
meeting, called by the Food and Agri-
culture Organization of the United Na-
tions (FAO), was expected to be attended
by more than 50 experts from some 22
countries. They discussed 22 technical
papers dealing with the various problems,
questions, and investigations concerned
with costs and earnings in the fishing
industries of their countries.

The meeting focused attention on many
questions of crucial interest to all sections
of the world's fishing industries. Sub-
sidies, credit schemes, tax and duty con-
cessions, port and shore facilities, in-
surance, price support, and marketing
schemes, are some examples of govern-
ment participation in the fishing industry.

The interest of the fishing industry
itself has led to much investigation of
costs and earnings, especially in the
countries possessing important and
highly-developed fishing industries. But
there has been little collaboration or ex-
change of ideas and information between
the investigators, so they have not bene-
fited from each other's work. The meet-
ing will enable the experts to exchange
views and experience and discuss the
methods used to study the subject in
various countries.

The problems and difficulties en-
countered in the investigation of costs
and earnings in the fishing industries
are in themselves a hindrance to the
rational development of fisheries. The
meeting shoulddo much to point the way
in many countries towards finding the
facts about costs and earnings and should
helpto make possible the planning of
realistic programs for the development
of fisheries on a sound, economic basis.

The countries represented at the
meeting were Belgium, Canada, Den-
mark, El Salvador, Finland, France,
German Federal Republic, Ghana, Guate-
mala, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Malaya,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal,
Sweden, Turkey, Uganda, United King-
dom, and the United States.

The agenda included these general
topics for discussion;

Vol. 20, No. 11

1. Point of view of Governments and
of other public authorities.

2. Point of view of those in the fish-
ing industry.

3. Concepts, definitions, and conven-
tions in present inquiries in different
countries and general conclusions.

4. Merits of different kinds of investi-
gational methods.

5. Methods of analysis of collected
accounts,

6. Effects of regulation of the fisher-
ies on costs and earnings of fishing en-
terprises.

GREAT LAKES
FISHERY COMMISSION

MEETING HELD IN MARQUETTE, MICH.:

A meeting of the Great Lakes Fishery
Commission was held at Marquette, Mich.,
on June 10, 1958. Besides the Commis-
sioners, the Advisory Committee of the
American Section also was in attendance.

The Commission met primarily to con-
sider reports onthe progress of sealam-
prey control to date and to discuss the pro-
gram for fiscal year 1959 and the budget
for fiscal year 1960. Scientists present
for bothnations reported great progress
on the sealamprey-control program. Be-
cause of low water in both Canadian and A-
merican streams, the biologists have been
able to install their electrical barriers
earlier than normal and atotal of 130 of
these are now in operation on Lakes Michi-
ganand Superior. Alsoreported were
three successful tests of sealamprey con-
trol by chemical treatment of streams.

On June 11 the Commissioners, Ad-
visors, and others in attendance viewed
a fourth successful demonstration of the
chemical method in Silver River, which
is about 70 miles from Marquette. At
test stations where the larval lampreys
were confined in cages all specimens
were dead within four hours of the ap-
pearance of the chemical on the site.
The poison used in these tests is sold
under the commercial name of 'LLamp-
ricid 2770." It was introduced into the
stream at the rate of three parts per

November 1958

International (Contd.)

million. Because of the success of the
chemical tests the Commissioners have
decided to gradually shift the emphasis of
the control work from electrical barriers
to chemical treatment. This was reflected
in adecisionto award aresearch contract
tothe U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service call-
ing for 50 barriers instead of the original -
ly planned 64. The funds so released will be
applied to the chemical-control program.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, June 1958,
p. 54.

INTERNATIONAL
LABOR ORGANIZATION

FISHERMEN LABOR PROBLEMS
CONSIDERED AT CONFERENCE:

The International Labor Organization (ILO) at
its 42nd Conference in Geneva, Switzerland, from
June 4-26, 1958, considered three draft instru-
ments pertaining to fishermen: (1) Minimum age
for admission of fishermen to employment; (2)
medical examinations for fishermen; (3) articles
of agreement for fishermen employed on fishing
vessels.

The proposed Instrument on minimum age sug-
gests that no child under the age of 15 years should
be employed or work on fishing vessels. Fishing
vessels, for the purpose of this Convention, include
all ships and boats of any nature whatsoever, wheth-
er publicly or privately owned, which engage in
maritime salt-water fishing. As proposed it pro-
vides no exemption either for very small fishing
boats or for children who are members of the same
family operating the fishing vessel. During the
discussions at the 1958 conference, this point was
discussed in detail in the committee stage and the
committee adopted an amendment which would ex-
clude from the Convention those vessels upon which
only members of the same family are employed.
The spokesmen of the workers' delegations, who
for the most part represented labor organizations
concerned with trawlers and other deep-sea fish-
ing enterprises, were strongly opposed to the a-
mendment adopted by the Committee and when the
issue was raised in the plenary session of the con-
ference the amendment was defeated. Since the
conclusions reached at the 1958 conference are not
binding, this question will undoubtedly be a matter
for further consideration at the 1959 conference.

The proposed Instrument concerning medical
examination of fishermen suggests that no person
should be engaged for employment in any capacity
on a fishing vessel unless he produces a certifi-
cate attesting to his fitness for the work for which
he is to be employed at sea, signed by a medical
practitioner who shall be approved by the compe-
tent authority. The draft Convention does provide
exemption in relation to vessels which normally
remain at sea for periods of less than three days.
This Instrument did not create a great deal of con-
troversy. Under this same Instrument consider-
able discussion did arise concerning the frequency
of required medical examination after entry into
the industry, particularly for young persons under
the age of 21, but since this question appeared to

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

61

be essentially one requiring the advice of the med-
ical profession the matter was set aside for fur-
ther study prior to the next conference.

The proposed draft for a Convention concerning
fishermen's articles of agreement followed closely
a similar Convention covering seafarers generally
and provides for exemption of the types and sizes
of vessels which might be exempted by the compe-
tent authority after consultation with the fishing-
boat owners and fishermen's organizations where
such exist. Also when the competent authority is
satisfied that the provisions of this Instrument are
adequately covered in collective agreements be-
tween the fishing-boat owners, or fishing-boat
owners! organizations, and fishermen's organiza-
tions, it may exempt fishing vessels and fisher -
men covered by such collective agreements. There
was some feeling that the proposed articles were
not as all inclusive as they might be but consider -
ation had to be given to the fact that the proposed
Convention had been drafted with both developed
and underdeveloped countries in mind. On this
particular point the committee did recommend,
and the Conference approved, the resolution re-
questing the governing body of L to consider the
possibility of setting up a special committee with
a view to continuing or initiating studies by the In-
ternational Labor Office in cooperation where ne-
cessary with international agencies on the follow-
ing questions affecting employment conditions on
fishing vessels: (a) safety; (b) certificate of com-
petency; (c) holidays with pay; (d) accident, unem-
ployment, and sickness insurance; (e) accommoda-
tion on board; (f) medical care on board; (g) voca-
tional training.

Background: Fishermen's Conditions of Em-
ployment were first considered by the Internation-
al Labor Organization in 1920 when the Second
(Maritime) Session of the International Labor Con-
ference at Genoa adopted the Hours of Work (Fish-
ing) Recommendation, 1920. Since that date the
Maritime Sessions of the Conference and the Joint
Maritime Commission have on several occasions
expressed concern with the problems of fishermen,
who in most cases are expressly excluded from the
scope of the Maritime Conventions. A resolution
adopted at the 28th (Maritime) Session of the Inter-
national Labor Conference (Seattle, 1946) requested
the International Labor Office, in consultation with
the interests concerned, to make the necessary
studies and preparations with a view to consider-
ing the possibility of the adoption of international
standards for fishermen similar to those which
have been adopted by the International Labor Con-
ference in regard to merchant seamen and which,
taken together, form a comprehensive International
Seafarers' Code. The ILO decided at its 123rd Ses-
sion (Geneva, November 1953) to set up a Commit-
tee of Experts on Conditions of Work in the Fish-
ing Industry, which met in October-November 1954.
The Committee's conclusions were summarized in
three resolutions: (1) minimum age of entry to
employment; (2) Medical Examination on entry and
periodically thereafter; and (3) Articles of agree-
ment--which the Committee determined were ripe
for international action.

United States members of the Committee on Ex-
perts were: Harold E. Lokken, Manager, Fishing
Vessel Owners! Association, Seattle, Wash., on be-
half of employers, and Captain Pat McHugh, First
Vice President, Seafarers' International Union of

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International (Contd.)

North America, Boston, Mass., on behalf of work-
ers. The record indicates that neither the United

States employer or worker representative concur-
red with the majority of the Committee of Experts
that the time was ripe for international action.

At its 133rd Session the Governing Body of ILO
decided to include the question in the agenda of the
1958 Ordinary Session of the Conference beginning
on June 4.

The Committee of Experts consisted of 12 per-
sons: 4 employers, 5 workers, 3 government (one
of whom was a Judge of a Labor Court). Three of
the 4 employers represented vessel owners and 1
represented exporters.

Of the 4 persons who ''accompanied'' members
of the Committee, 2 were from the International
Transportworkers' Federation, 1 from its affiliate,
the Belgian Transport workers' Union, and 1 from
the Norwegian Seamen's Union.

Only nine out of the 79 member countries of
ILO were represented on the Committee of Experts,
as follows: 5 European countries, 1 North Ameri-
can, 1 South American, and 2 Asian countries. The
4 professional worker organizers who ''accompa-
nied'' committee members were all from Europe.

Upon completion of the work of the Committee
of Experts in November 1954, Harold Lokken,
United States Employers' representative, submit-
ted a report to the United States industry. Ex-
cerpts from his report follow:

"The principal difficulty faced by the members
from the United States was the problem of recon-
ciling the European system of regulation which
featured participation by Governments in industry
affairs with that of the United States where Govern-
ment plays a minor part in conditions of employ-
ment on fishing vessels.

"The four subjects discussed were Minimum
Age for Admission of Fishermen to Employment
on Fishing Vessels, Medical Examination of Fish-
ermen, Articles of Agreement of Fishing Vessels,
and Accident Insurance for Fishermen.

"Instrument 1 - Minimum Age of Employment of
Fishermen... The main purpose of the instru-
ment is to prevent the employment of children un-
der 15 years of age on fishing vessels. Both Fed-
eral Law and state laws in the U. S. prohibit the
employment of children in most cases of under 16
to 18 years of age. The proposed instrument would
have no affect in changing existing legal practices
on American fishing vessels. This instrument was
unanimously approved by all members of the Com-
mittee of Experts.

“Instrument 2 - Medical Examinations of Fish-
ermen... Little opposition was expressed to the
provisions in this instrument by members of the
Committee other than those from the United States,
due to the fact that these requirements are already
in practice in the European countries from which
most of the members of the Committee came.

" « . . .
. . . The instrument concerning medical exami-

nations of fishermen was approved by the Commit-

Vol. 20, No. 11

tee over the objections of the two members from
the United States. They objected to the instrument
on the basis that comparable labor in the United
States were not covered by similar requirements.
The instrument, if approved by the United States,
would require over 100,000 men to hold medical
certificates. These certificates would be of doubt-
ful value due to the fact that most examinations
would be of a cursory nature only and wouldnot re-
veal the disabilities sought to be found by the in-
strument. It would be impractical to require
100,000 persons to undergo a detailed medical
examination sufficient to prove fitness or unfit-
ness for the many types of employment on fishing
vessels.

"Instrument 3 - Articles of Agreement of Fish-
Ceessels . . Both of the U. S. members of the

ommittee agreed to the instrument on Articles of
Agreement as there was no basis for opposing the
concept that each fisherman is entitled to know the
terms of his employment prior to engaging in such
employment.

"Instrument 4 - Accident Insurance - This in-
strument was considered separately from the three
preceding instruments. The first three instruments
were submitted to the Committee as final drafts to
be revised by the Committee for consideration by
upper levels of ILO procedure, but the fourth instru-
ment was submitted on a tentative basis only..."
(Note: Accident insurance was not on the agenda
for consideration at the 42nd Session of ILOin June
1958).

"Outside of the provision requiring medical ex-
aminations for fishermen, there is not much in the
four instruments which will bother the American
fishing industry. There is, however, a basic ques-
tion which the U. S. industry has to decide, i.e.
whether or not it believes that the ILO is a proper
agency to draw up conditions of employment which
will affect conditions on American vessels which
are considered to be of domestic concern only. This
is important, as the ILO has plans to consider in
the future questions concerning safety of fishermen,
certificates of competency, unemployment insurance,
sickness insurance, fishermen's accommodations,
medical care on board, and vocational training.

"All segments of the U. S. fishing industry should
watch the deliberations of the ILO very closely as
actions by this body can ultimately affect American
industry even though the United States does not par-
ticipate in its work, The actions of the ILO can, in
time, influence working conditions in countries
which have not participated in formulating such
conditions,"

June 1958 Meetings of Committee on Fishermen:
Under general discussion, a United States Govern-
ment member stated the United States would prefer
Recommendation rather than Convention form of
instruments. This was also the position of the Unit-
ed States Employer member. The United States
worker member supported the Convention form.
The Japanese Government member stated that Ja-
pan, after reconsidering the matter, concluded that
Recommendations were preferable, and he would
vote for Recommendations rather than Conventions
as originally indicated.

The Committee decided provisionally by 33 votes
to 29, with 2 abstentions, that the proposed instru-

November 1958

International (Contd.)

ment concerning Minimum Age for Admission of
Fishermen to employment should take the form of
Convention.

A series of amendments were offered to clarify
the scope of the proposed instrument by a closer
definition of the term ''fishing vessels.' All amend-
ments were defeated when voted upon, except for two
amendments.

An amendment offered by the Government mem-
ber of the Federal Republic of Germany, Paragraph
2, Art. 1, reading as follows, was adopted by a vote
of 34 for, 30 against, with 2 abstentions:

"Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, na-
tional legislation may permit the issuance of certifi-
cates allowing children of at least 14 years of age
to be employed in cases where an educational or
other appropriate authority appointed under na-
tional legislation is satisfied, with due regard to
the health and physical condition of the child as
well as the present and prospective material ad-
vantages that the proposed employment could en-
tail, that such employment is in the child's inter-
est.

An amendment was offered by the United King-
dom Government member who proposed that the
following be added after the word ''vessels'':

"Other than vessels upon which only members
of the same family are employed."

The United States Government member men-
tioned that in the United States 16 years was the
minimum age limit for employment in commercial
fishing on the high seas. It would be undesirable
to extend such restrictions to recreational fishing
in coastal waters, and for that reason she would
support the United Kingdom amendment.

The amendment was adopted by 1 vote, 31 for,
30 against, 4 abstentions, by the Committee. Em-
ployers were unanimous in support.

On June 11 a vote was taken on the instrument
as a whole, ''Minimum Age of Fishermen." In the
debate it was pointed out by the Netherlands' Gov-
ernment member and the Workers' member that
the proposed instruments would not apply to per-
sons fishing for sport or recreation, but on the
other hand the crew members employed on board
fishing vessels engaged in fishing for sport would
be covered. The text of the instrument as a whole
was adopted by a vote of 60to0, with 5 abstentions.
The United States Employers' member abstained
on the ground that the Committee had provisionally
decided on a Convention form of instrument rather
than Recommendations.

Discussion followed on Draft International In-
strument concerning the Medical Examination of
Fishermen on June 12. The United States Em-
ployers' members stated in part:

"In reading the report of the Committee on Ex-
perts, it is noted that it was the European members
who took the lead in discussing Medical Examina-
tions for Fishermen. This was natural since med-
ical requirements are already in practice in these

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

63

countries and probably have been in effect for many
years. That is not the case, however, in most
countries of the world, even though it must be an
objective for the future when local conditions per-
mit. In the United States medical examinations for
fishermen are provided for in collective bargain-
ing agreements, similar to that of other industries.
Likewise certain medical facilities are provided
for fishermen by Federal and state governments.
Medical examinations for fishermen are thus pro-
vided for in our major fisheries. There has been
no demand for an extension of these services tothe
hundreds of small fishing communities in the Unit-
ed States and Alaska where fishing is a family or
local partnership enterprise or a cooperative en-
deavor. In many of these communities doctors are
not available, yet these fishermen venture far to
sea for periods that extend for longer than 3 days.

"It is estimated that under the provisions of this
proposed Instrument, perhaps 100,000 or more
fishermen would require examination, and frankly
it is simply not practical. This is true of other
North, Central, and South American countries and
indeed in most of the countries of the world....

"The United States industry fé€ls that our prog-
ress in the field of medical examination for fisher-
men has been quite satisfactory and this is evi-
denced by the fact that there is no demand either
by workers or employers for a more rapid pace.

"We believe that we must have an opportunity
of developing further in this field on a domestic
basis rather than at the International level.

"For that reason, I shall vote against the Instru-
ment."

The instrument on Medical Examinations of
Fishermen was adopted by a vote of 36 votes to 8,
with 21 abstentions, by the Committee.

The Committee decided by a vote of 34 to 29,
with 3 abstentions, that the instrument take the
form of a Convention.

On June 13 the Instrument on Articles of Agree-
ment were debated at length. The United States
Employers' member stated that before a vote was
taken on the form of the instrument, he wished to
record that United States employers approved the
principles contained in the instrument but were op-
posed to a Convention.

The Committee voted adoption of the text as a
whole by 48 to 7, 9 abstentions. The United States
Employers' member voted against.

The Committee also voted for a Draft Conven-
tion form by 35 votes for to 26 against, with 4
abstentions. The United States Employers' mem-
ber voted against Convention form.

On June 14 consideration of resolution concern-
ing standing machinery for Fishermen's Questions
in the ILO was submitted to the Committee by rep-
resentatives of the Workers' group.

In part the resolution was:

"Requests the Governing Body of the ILO to
consider the possibility of:

64

International (Contd.)

(a) setting up a standing tripartite subcommittee
of the Joint Maritime Commission to deal with fish-
ermen's questions within the ILO;

"(b) instituting new studies or continuing studies
already in progress into the following questions:

(i) Safety of fishermen at sea and on
board.

(ii) Competency certificates for fish-
ermen,

(iii) Continuous employment schemes
for fishermen.

(iv) Holidays with pay for fishermen.

(v) Accident and sickness insurance
for fishermen.

(vi) Accommodation on board fishing
vessels.

(vii) Medical care on board fishing
vessels.

(viii) Vocational training for fishermen.

"(c) referring the above-mentioned questions
for consideration to the subcommittee proposed in
subparagraph (a) of this resolution."

The objective of the resolution was that stand-
ing machinery should be established in the shape
of a tripartite subcommittee of the Joint Maritime
Commission. Secondly, the draft resolution urged
that new or continuing studies be taken on the spe-
cific aspects of fishermen's conditions which had
been recommended by the Committee of Experts,
and which were based mainly on questions which
had already been dealt within the case of seafarers.

The United Kingdom representative referred to
an alternative resolution proposed by the Employ -
ers, Which follows:

"The General Conference of the International
Labor Organization,

"Recalling that the ILO Committee of Experts
on Conditions of Work in the Fishing Industry at
its meeting in 1954 adopted a resolution which re-
quested the ILO to study a number of aspects of
fishermen's conditions of work and welfare in ad-
dition to those now under consideration by the Con-
ference,

"Requests the Governing Body of the ILO to con-
sider the possibility of continuing or initiating
studies by the International Labor Office, in coop-
eration where necessary with other appropriate in-
ternational agencies, on the following questions af-
fecting employment conditions on fishing vessels:

(i) Safety.
(ii) Certificates of Competency.
(iii) Holidays with pay.

(iv) Accident, unemployment and sick-
ness insurance.

(v) Accommodation on board.
(vi) Medical care on board.

(vii) Vocation training."

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

The resolutions raised two rather different
problems. The first was the work of the Office in
making further studies on fishermen's questions,
and here there was a very large measure of com-
mon agreement in both resolutions. Indeed, the
only essential difference was that whereas the
Workers! resolution mentioned "continuous employ-
ment schemes," the Employers! resolutions dealt
with unemployment within the context of social
security. The second problem was the question of
setting up machinery to deal with fishermen's ques-
tions. The Employers' view was that it would be
premature even to consider this matter at the pres-
ent stage. If, however, the majority of the Commit-
tee did not share this view, then it would be neces-
sary to consider the question of form. The Employ-
ers were also opposed in principle to standing ma-
chinery of a tripartite nature since the value of bi-
partite discussions had clearly been proved in the
past: if there were only two parties to a discus-
sion they would normally take full responsibility
and endeavor to reach agreement, but the introduc-
tion of a third party inevitably encouraged each side
to press exaggerated claims and to shuffle off their
own responsibility. As regards the size of any
standing machinery that might be created for deal-
ing with fishermen's questions, the cost of large
industrial committees was likely to be a factor
which might weigh adversely with the Governing
Body, in addition to the fact that several other in-
dustries were also pressing their claims for sep-
arate machinery. Finally, the Employers felt that
there would be no point in recommending the es-
tablishment of either standing or ad hoc machinery
to deal with fishermen's questions until the basic
factual information had been gathered through the
further studies to be carried out by the Office.

The Workers requested a recess to consider
the alternative resolution, and upon returning to
the room agreed to the Employers' resolution if
it were amended by inserting in line 2 of the opera-
tive paragraph the words, "setting up a special
committee with a view to.'' A recess was granted
the Employers and upon returning to the room, the
amendment offered by the Workers was accepted,
and the Employers' resolution as amended was
adopted unanimously.

Adoption of the Employers' alternate resolution
means postponement for at least one year the es-
tablishment of a committee and of machinery with-
in the ILO office to study fisherman's employment
and social problems. It is certain the Workers will
be prepared next year to push for setting up ma-
chinery and if successful, it means an eventual fish-
ermen's division or section in ILO.

On June 16 the report of the Drafting Committee
was considered. Paragraph 24 of the report cleared
up a number of questions raised in Committee. It
reads as follows:

"The full text of the draft international instru-
ment concerning the minimum age for admission
of fishermen to employment, as amended, was a-
dopted by the Committee by 60 votes to 0, with 5
abstentions. The United Kingdom Government
member explained that he had voted in favor of the
draft text on the understanding that the instrument
does not apply to fishing in ports and harbors or in
the estuaries of rivers, nor to those individuals
fishing for sport or recreation. The United States
Government and Employers' members associated
themselves with the reservation made by the United

November 1958

International (Contd.)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

65

clams if he proposed to peddle the clams among
his friends and neighbors. I cannot believe a gov-
ernment would go so far, yet the definition could

Kingdom Government member. The Workers' meM-| ph. so construed

bers also agreed with this understanding and ex-
pressed the view that fishermen engaged in fishing
for sport were not covered by the provisions of the
instrument, but only the crews of such vessels en-
gaged for work. This was also the view of the Gov-
ernment member of the Netherlands, who had been
Chairman of the Committee of Experts. The work-
ers requested that it be noted they had voted in
favor of the instrument on the understanding that
they reserved the right to submit an amendment
concerning family vessels to the text in plenary
sitting. The Government member of Australia ab-
stained in the vote as it was not clear to him wheth-
er pearl and other similar types of fishing were
covered by the instrument."

Some alterations and additions were agreed to
and the report was adopted.

Plenary Sitting, June 17, 1958: The report of
the Committee on Fishermen was considered in
Plenary on June 17. The Employers' Vice Chair-
man of the Committee made a report on behalf of

the 8 Employer members, concluding his remarks
as follows:

"In our opinion the draft Convention concerning
articles of agreement is based too much on condi-
tions in Europe, to the exclusion of a considera-
tion of conditions in other parts of the world. Al-
though we object to some of the detailed provisions
of these draft Conventions we put forward no a-
mendment at this stage, because this is only the
first reading. We shall of course vote against the
drafts as a whole, because in our view they should
be drawn up in the form of Recommendations and
not Conventions."

The United States Employers! adviser stated:
The United States Employers believe in the prin-
ciple of protecting young persons of age 15 and un-
der from engaging in employment, as the term
'employment' is commonly understood. We have
supported legislation to this end in the United
States, as well as compulsory education. We be-
lieve, however, that it is in the best interests of
the youth of the world that laws and regulations be
sufficiently flexible to permit some types of em-
ployment during vacation periods from school at-
tendance, such as newspaper sale and delivery,
production of garden and other agricultural plant
and animal life, or in family farms and other part-
time employment, including the catching of fish and
shellfish from fresh water and also from salt wa-
ters along the coast, such as clams and lobsters,
and the sale of such products in local communities.

"The United States Employers, however, do not
advocate flexibility of minimum age laws on em-
ployment for the purpose of seeking loopholes for
the exploitation of youth. Definitions adopted by
the majority of the Committee on Fishermen in
Articles 1 and 2 of the proposed draft Convention
concerning minimum age for admission of fisher-
men to employment are not clear. Some might re-
gard them as so restrictive that if adopted and
strictly observed a 14-year-old lad who happened
to be an orphan, or whose family did not own afish-
ing vessel, would be denied the right to use a row-
boat in shallow coastal salt waters in order to get
himself to a nearby clam bank to engage in taking

"Amendments were introduced in committee to
clarify these definitions, but they were rejected.
There was considerable doubt as to the meaning

of the term 'maritime fishing in salt waters.'
Various interpretations were expressed during the
Committee's sessions and I want to make it per-
fectly clear just how I interpret Article 1 of the
proposed draft for a Convention concerning the
Minimum Age for Admission of Fishermen to Em-
ployment. I quote from the Provisional Record,
No. 15, page IV, paragraph 24, the following: ‘that
the instrument does not apply to fishing in ports
and harbors or in the estuaries of rivers, nor to
those individuals fishing for sport or recreation.
The United States Government and Employers'
members associated themselves with the reserva-
tion made by the United Kingdom Government mem-
ber. The Workers! members also agreed with this

| understanding and expressed the view that fisher-

men engaged in fishing for sport were not covered
by the provisions of the instrument, but only the
crews of such vessels engaged for work. This was
also the view of the Government member of the
Netherlands, who had been Chairman of the Com-
mittee of Experts.'

"The Committee made provision, however, in

| Article 2 for children under the age of 15 years to
be employed or work on fishing vessels upon which
only members of the family are employed. The
majority of the members agreed to support this
principle.

"Throughout the history of fishing in the world
the relationship between father and son on board
fishing vessels has traditionally been the means
of crew recruitment for fishermen. If this prin-
ciple is now to be abandoned through the means of
such loose definitions on an international level the
world of the future will have less fishermen. The
majority of the nations of the world are now prac-
tising the father and son relationship on board fish-
ing vessels as now provided in Article 2. There
has been no evidence to justify any change in the
historic father and son relationship on board fish-
ing vessels. I appeal to your good judgment to
avoid any further weakening of a definition already
so weak that governments, employers and workers
alike must assume responsibility during the en-
suing year to avoid language that is so restrictive
that the whole purpose of this ILO endeavor will
come to naught. :

"On behalf of the Employers of the Committee,
we oppose the amendment suggested by the Work-
ers! delegates. ..."'

The United States Government adviser stated,
"In the Committee the United States supported the
amendment to the draft Convention which would ex-
clude from its coverage vessels upon which only
members of the same family are employed. We
voted in this way because we felt that in calm and
shallow waters there were certainly advantages in
allowing a boy to engage in recreational fishing
with his father.

"Our reaction resulted from the report of the

‘Committee of Experts, which Committee agreed

66

International (Contd.)

that the words 'in salt waters' after 'maritime fish-
ing' would cover all types of fishing to which the
proposed Article should apply, including river es-
tuaries but excluding lakes and river courses.

"Subsequent to the vote on the amendment that
would exclude family-owned operations, the matter
was clarified, and the report of the Committee of
Experts was interpreted to exclude estuaries. Had
this clarification taken place prior to our vote on
this amendment, as I stated in the Committee, our
vote might have been different. In fact, we would
have abstained. In the light of strong feelings on
the part of some nations where the family type of
employment of children in fishing may be prevalent,
the United States will abstain on this vote, leaving
to those countries concerned the decision in the
matter."

In Paragraph 1, Article 2, in the Proposed Draft
for a Convention concerning the Minimum Age for
Admission of Fishermen to Employment, the Work-
ers proposed deletion of the words "other than ves-
sels upon which only members of the same family
are employed.'' This language had been adopted
in Committee by a margin of one vote. In plenary,
however, the words were deleted by a vote of 102
to 58, with 32 abstentions.

The proposed Drafts for Conventions concern-
ing the employment of Fishermen as approved by
the 42nd ILO Conference follow:

PROPOSED DRAFT FOR A CONVENTION
CONCERNING THE MINIMUM AGE
FOR ADMISSION OF FISHERMEN TO EMPLOYMENT

Article 1

For the purpose of this Convention, the term "fishing
vessel" includes all ships and boats, of any nature what-
soever, whether publicly or privately owned, which are
engaged in maritime fishing in salt waters.

Article 2

1. Children under the age of fifteen years shall not
be employed or work on fishing vessels.

2. Provided that national laws or regulations may
provide for the issue in respect of children of not less than
fourteen years of age of certificates permitting them to
be employed in cases in which an educational or other
appropriate authority designated by such laws or regula-
tions is satisfied, after having due regard to the health
and physical condition of the child and to the prospective
as well as to the immediate benefit to the child of the
employment proposed, that such employment will be
beneficial to the child.

3. Young persons under the age of eighteen years shall
not be employed or work on coal-burning fishing vessels
as trimmers or stokers.

Article 3
The provisions of Article 2 shall not apply to work
done by children on school-ships or training ships, pro-
vided that such work is approved and supervised by public
authority.
Article 4

The competent authority shall adopt regulations for the
enforcement of these provisions.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

PROPOSED DRAFT FOR A CONVENTION CONCERNING
THE MEDICAL EXAMINATION OF FISHERMEN

Article 1

1. For the purpose of this Convention the term "fishing
vessel" includes all ships and boats, of-any nature whatso-
ever, whether publicly or privately owned, which are en-
gaged in maritime fishing in salt waters.

2. The competent authority may, after consultation
with the fishing-boat owners' and fishermen's organizations
concerned, where such exist, permit exceptions in the ap-
plication of the provisions of this Convention in relation to
vessels which normally remain at sea for periods of less
than three days.

Article 2

No person shall be engaged for employment in any ca-
pacity on a fishing vessel unless he produces a certificate
attesting to his fitness for the work for which he is to be
employed at sea signed by a medical practitioner, who
shall be approved by the competent authority.

Article 3

1. The competent authority shall, after consultation
with the fishing-boat owners! and fishermen's organizations
concerned, where such exist, prescribe the nature of the
medical examination to be made and the particulars to be
included in the medical certificate.

2. When prescribing the nature of the examination
due regard shall be had to the age of the person to be ex-
amined and the nature of the duties to be performed.

3. In particular, the medical certificate shall attest
that the person is not suffering from any disease likely to
be aggravated by, or render him unfit for, service at sea
or likely to endanger the health of other persons on board,

Article 4

1. In the case of young persons of less than twenty-one
years of age, the medical certificate shall remain in force
for a period not exceeding one year from the date on which
it was granted.

2. In the case of persons of twenty-one years of age
and over the competent authority shall determine the
period for which the medical certificate shall remain in
force.

3. If the period of validity of a certificate expires in
the course of a voyage the certificate shall continue in
force until the end of that voyage.

Article 5

Arrangements shall be made to enable a person who,
after examination, has been refused a certificate to apply
for a further examination by a medical referee or referees,
who shall be independent of any fishing-boat owner or of
any organization of fishing-boat owners or fishermen.

PROPOSED DRAFT FOR A CONVENTION CONCERNING
FISHERMEN'S ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT

Article 1

1. For the purpose of this Convention, the term "fish-
ing vessel" includes all registered or documented ships
and boats of any nature whatsoever, whether publicly or
privately owned, which are engaged in maritime fishing
in salt waters, except the types and sizes of vessels which
might be exempted by the competent authority from ap-
plication of the provisions of this Convention, after con-
sultation with the fishing-boat owners' and fishermen's
organizations concemed, where such exist.

November 1958

International (Contd.)

2. When the competent authority is satisfied that the
provisions of this Convention are adequately covered in
collective agreements between fishing-boat owners, or
fishing -boat owners! organizations, and fishermen's organi-
zations, it may exempt from individual agreement owners
and fishermen covered by such collective agreements.

Article 2

For the purpose of this Convention, the term ''fisher-
man" includes every person employed or engaged in any
capacity on board any fishing vessel and entered in the
ship's articles. It excludes pilots, cadets and duly in-
dentured apprentices, naval ratings, and other persons
in the permanent service of the government.

Article 3

1. Articles of agreement shall be signed both by the
owner of the fishing vessel or his authorized representative
and by the fisherman, Reasonable facilities to examine
the articles of agreement before they are signed shall be
given to the fisherman and also to his adviser, Where both
owner and fisherman are covered by collective agreements,
individual signatures will not be required.

2. The fisherman shall sign the agreement under con-
ditions which shall be prescribed by national law in order
to ensure adequate supervision by the competent public
authority.

3. The foregoing provisions shall be deemed to have
been fulfilled if the competent authority certifies that the
provisions of the agreement have been laid before it in
writing and have been confirmed both by the owner of the
fishing vessel or his authorized representative and by the
fisherman,

4. National law shall make adequate provision to en-
sure that the fisherman has understood the agreement.

5. The agreement shall not contain anything which is
contrary to the provisions of national law.

6. National law shall prescribe such further formalities
and safeguards in respect of the completion of the agree-
ment as may be considered necessary for the protection of
the interests of the owner of the fishing vessel and of the
fisherman.

Article 4

1. Adequate measures shall be taken in accordance
with national law for ensuring that the agreement shall not
contain any stipulation by which the parties purport to con-
tract in advance to depart from the ordinary rules as to
jurisdiction over the agreement.

2. This Article shall not be interpreted as excluding a
reference to arbitration.

Article 5

A record of employment of every fisherman shall be
maintained by the competent authority. A copy of this
record shall be handed to the fisherman concerned or en-
tered in his service book. The form of this record, the
particulars and other necessary details to be entered there-
in shall be determined by national laws and regulations.

Article 6
1. The agreement may be made either for a definite

period or for a voyage or, if permitted by national law,
for an indefinite period.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

67

2. The agreement shall state clearly the respective
rights and obligations of each of the parties.

3. It shall contain such of the following particulars
as are not already included in other documents regarded
under national laws or regulations as fulfilling the provi-
sions of this Article:

(a) the surname and other names of the fisherman,
the date of his birth or his age, and his birth-
place;

(b) the place at which and date on which the agree-
ment was completed;

(c) the name of the fishing vessel or vessels on board
which the fisherman undertakes to serve;

(d) the voyage or voyages to be undertaken if this
can be determined at the time of making the
agreement;

(e) the capacity in which the fisherman is to be
employed;

(f) if possible, the place and date at which the fish-
erman is required to report on beard for service;

(g) the scale of provisions to be supplied to the fish-
erman unless some alternative system is pro-
vided for by national law;

(h) the amount of his wages, the amount of his share
if he is to be remunerated on a share basis, or
the amount of his wage and share if he is to be
remunerated on a combined basis, and any a-
greed minimum wage;

(i) the termination of the agreement and the con-
ditions thereof, that is to say--

(i) if the agreement has been made for a defi-
nite period, the date fixed for its expiry;

(ii) if the agreement has been made for a yoyage,
the port of destination and the time which
has to expire after arrival before the fisher-
man shall be discharged;

(iii) if the agreement has been made for an in-
definite period, the conditions which shall
entitle either party to rescind it, as well as
the required period of notice for rescission:
Provided that such period shall not be less
for the owner of the fishing vessel than for
the fisherman;

(j) any other particulars which national law may re-
quire.

Article 7

If national law provides that a list of crew shall be car-
ried on board the agreement shall either be recorded in or
annexed to the list of crew.

Article 8

In order that the fisherman may satisfy himself as to the
nature and extent of his rights and obligations the compe-
tent authority shall lay down the measures to be taken to
enable clear information to be obtained on board as to the
conditions of employment.

Article 9
An agreement entered into for a voyage, for a definite

period, or for an indefinite period shall be duly terminated
by--

68

International (Contd. )

(a) mutual consent of the parties;
(b) death of the fisherman;
(c) loss or total unseaworthiness of the vessel;

(d) any other cause that may be provided for in national
law.

Article 10

National law, collective agreements or individual agree-
ments shall determine the circumstances in which the own-
er or skipper may immediately discharge a fisherman.

Article 11

National law, collective agreements or individual agree -
ments shall also determine the circumstances in which the
fisherman may demand his immediate discharge.

Article 12

National law shall provide the measures to ensure com-
pliance with the terms of the present Convention.

RESOLUTION CONCERNING THE SETTING UP OF
A SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON
CONDITIONS OF FISHERMEN

The General Conference of the Intemational Labor Organi-
zation, recalling that the ILO Committee of Experts on Condi-
tions of Workin the Fishing Industry, at its meeting in 1954,
adopted a resolution which requested the ILO to study a number
of aspects of fishermen's conditions of work and welfare in ad-
dition to those now under consideration by the Conference; Re-
quests the Governing Body of the ILO to consider the possibi-
lity of setting up a special committee with a view to con-
tinuing or initiating studies by the International Labor Of-
fice, incooperation where necessary with other appropriate
international agencies, on the following questions affecting
employment conditions on fishing vessels:

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

(a) safety;

(b) certificates of competency;

(c) holidays with pay;

(d) accident, unemployment and sickness insurance;
(e) accommodation on board;

(f) medical care on board;

(g) vocational training.

Note: This final resolution isin accord with Article 39 of
the Standing Orders of the International Labor Conference.
The Office of the ILO must now prepare 3 Conventions,
submit them to member Governments for further consider-
ation and reply, after which the Office will prepare a final
report on the text of the Conventions and submit same to
the Governments not less than 3 months before the open-
ing of the next ordinary session of the ILO.

After final discussion takes place at the 1959 conference,
any or all of these Instruments may be adopted as Conven-
tions (binding on those countries which ratify the Conven-
tions) or as Recommendations (voluntary).

RESOLUTION CONCERNING THE PLACING ON
THE AGENDA OF THE NEXT ORDINARY SESSION
OF THE CONFERENCE OF THE QUESTION OF THE

CONDITIONS OF WORK OF FISHERMEN

The General Conference of the Intemational Labor Or-
ganization, having approved the report of the Committee ap-
pointed to examine item VIlonits agenda, having in particu-
lar approved as general Conclusions, with a view to consulta-
tion of governments, proposals for a Convention concerning
the minimum age for admission of fishermen to employment,
for a Convention concerning the medical examination of fish-
ermen, andfor a Convention concerning fishermen's articles
of agreement; Decides to place on the agenda of its next Or-
dinary Session the question of the conditions of work of fisher-
men with a view to a final decision on three Conventions on
this question.

Notes: (1) Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958, p. 53.
(2) Part of this article was abstracted from a report on "Conditions of Employment for Fishermen, "' by Chas. E,
Jackson, United States Employers' adviser to the 42nd ILO Conference.

JAPANESE AND SOVIET FISHERY SURVEY TEAMS EXCHANGE VISITS

The Japanese fisheries observation
team of 13 men, headed by the research
chief of the Japanese Fishery Agency,
returned to Hakodate on August 17, 1958,,
aboard the Toko Maru, completing a
5,000-mile survey of Russian fishery
installations in Siberia, Sakhalin, and
Kamchatka. The survey team arrived
at Nakhodka on July 15, and from there
visited Khabarovsk, Okhotsk, Icha-Bol-
sheretsk, Ozernaya, Petropaylovsk, and
Neberisk, inspecting the hatcheries,
laboratories, and ''people's economic
councils.'' The Russians made every
effort to make the trip a success--sup-
plied cars, planes, helicopters, and
horses, and even built a new road on Oz-
ernaya for the party's visit. The team
was impressed by the dedication of the

:

Soviet researchers who spend years in
shacks on inaccessible river banks pa-
tiently studying salmon. Conservation
measures were being practiced--some
streams being closed for specified days
of the week during the fishing season, and
some for longer periods.

The survey team gathered that the
over-all salmon production goal was a-
bout 120,000 tons for 1958, but the Soviets
claimed at the present rate they would
not produce more than one-third this
amount. It was found that the catch of
all species, including salmon was down,
and that the canneries were idle or were
salting and freezing cod, and flatfish.
Many complaints were heard of net-
marked and hook-bearing fish found in
the catch. The Japanese were interested

November 1958

International (Contd.)

in checking the effect on spawning streams
of great Kamchatka volcanic eruptions
and the earthquakes of 1955/56.

The team found the Soviets studying
Japanese fisheries intently, as the Kam-
chatka economy depends on fishing. Sak-
halin has 27 salmon hatcheries, and soon
will increase to 50 (including Kuriles).
Hatchery facilities, and techniques were
reported to be old-fashioned. A full re-
port of the team's observations is ex-
pected to be presented at the Japan-
Soviet fishery negotiations in January
158).

A reciprocal Russian 13-man mis-
sion, headed by the chief of the Kamchat-
ka Economic Council, arrived at Hako-
date, Japan, on August 7, 1958, and in-
spected ice plants, cold storages, can-
neries, netting factories, and research
and educational facilities in northern
Japan. The Soviet mission visited the
salmon mothership Koyo Maru at Hako-
date, the processing plants, laboratories,
and schools in Tokyo, and then the Shiz-
uoka tuna ports and western Japan. At
numerous press conferences emphasis
was made of the bad state of Soviet salmon
resources, and Russia's ambition to en-
ter the tuna and saury fisheries. Japan
has shown some concern over the pros-
pect of Soviet mothership fleets fishing
saury off northern Japan.

Returning mothership managers re-
ported Soviet inspection on high seas un-
usually thorough this year. Most fleets
were visited 2 or 3 times, and in sever-
al cases by Naval vessels.

Other Japanese-Russian fishery ob-
servation surveys have been planned
with the hope that they will contribute to
mutual understanding. (United States
Embassy report from Tokyo, dated Au-
gust 29.)

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC
FISHERIES COMMISSION

U. 5S. S. R. ADHERES TO CONVENTION:
The U. 8S. S. R. notified the Deposit-

ary Government (United States) on

April 10, 1958, of its adherence to the

International Convention for the North-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

west Atlantic Fisheries. By this action
U., S. 5S. R. has become a member of the
Commission, which now includes 12
countries: Canada, Denmark, France,
West Germany, Ice-
land, Italy, Norway,
Portugal, Spain, U-
nited Kingdom, U-
nited States, and

WW, Sb Sb I,

Uses Reshas
during recent years
carried out some ex-
ploratory fishing in the Convention Area,
especially in the Newfoundland Bank re-
gion. In 1958 this developed into a fish-
ery of some extent; about 12 U. 5. S. R.
trawlers, some of them very large ves-
sels, have been reported to be fishing on
the Grand Bank.

In the latest years U. S. S, R. has been
invited to send observers to the Commis-~-
sion's Annual Meetings. Several observ-
ers from Russia have, following the in-
vitation, attended the 1956 Meeting in
Halifax, and the 1957 Meeting in Lisbon.
(Newsletter No. 28, dated June 2, 1958,
issued by the Commission for the months
of April-May 1958.)

ok ok Ok ok

EIGHTH ANNUAL MEETING:

The Commission held its Eighth An-
nual Meeting at Halifax, Canada, June 4-
14, 1958. The Standing Committee on
Research and Statistics and various
Groups of Advisers met June 4-7. The
Annual Meeting proper commenced on
June 9 with an opening plenary session
and continued through until June 14 when
the last plenary session was held.

Commissioners, most of them ac-
companied by advisers, were present from
all 12 member countries. In the year
preceding the Meeting, the Federal Re-
public of Germany and U. S. S, R. be-
came members of the Commission and
representatives from these two countries
for the first time participated as com-
missioners. Both countries had been
represented at earlier meetings by ob-
servers.

The U. S, S. R. delegates informed
the Commission that their country wished

mo

International (Contd.)

to take panel memberships in Panels 1,

2, and 3, i. e. the panels which are con-
cerned with the West Greenland, Labra-
dor, and Newfoundland waters. The Com-
mission unanimously agreed to admit

U. S. S. R. to these panels. There were
no other changes in Panel memberships.

The Standing Committee on Finance
and Administration proposed a budget of
C$50,000 for 1958/59. The Commission
adopted the budget. It was further decided
that the Ninth Annual Meeting should be
convened in Montreal, Canada, on June 1,
1959.

The problems concerned with the reg-
ulations of trawl fisheries for cod and
haddock in Subareas 3, 4, and 5, i. e.
the waters off Newfoundland, off the Can-
adian Maritime and Quebec Provinces,
and off New England were considered by
the Panels concerned, by the Standing
Committee on Research and Statistics,
and by the Commission as a whole. The
member countries concerned reported
on the implementation of the regulations
for their fisheries, which were now ef-
fective for all countries. It was decided
that the Commission should collect more
detailed information on the implementa-
tion of the regulations, and that such in-
formation should be considered by a
special ad hoc committee at future annual
meetings.

In connection with the regulations,
the operation of stern trawlers was con-
sidered and it was agreed that in im-
plementing the regulations minor modi-
fications in the terms could be intro-
duced to suit the condition of operation
of these special trawlers.

The fishery for sea scallops by Can-
ada and the United States has during
recent years grown considerably and is
now of major importance. This fishery
is carried out mainly in international
waters off the coasts of New England
and the southernmost part of the Canadian
Maritimes, The results of extensive
researches were reported by Canada
and the United States and the question
of the possible need for regulations to
conserve the fisheries was raised. In
considering this problem, the Commission

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES. REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

agreed to the opinion that the words ''fish"
and "fisheries,'' as used in the Conven-
tion, should be understood to include mol-
luscs.

Reports on the fisheries and the re-
search work carried out in ICNAF sub-
areas were heard by the five panels. The
existing procedures for collecting statis-
tics and sample data and plans for future
research were reviewed and where nec-
essary revised. A major revision was
that in order that the statistics on land-
ings and efforts of the fishery in the Cab-
ot Strait area might more accurately
refer to separate stocks, it was agreed
to subdivide statistical Subdivisions 3P
and 4V intonorthern and southern portions
and that statistical data should be col-
lected and reported to the Commission
by these new subdivisions.

The Committee on Research and Sta-
tistics and its various subcommittees
considered especially:

1. The collection of statistics on
landings and efforts.

2. Problems associated with the data
on the sizes and quantities of fish dis-
carded at sea.

3. The sampling of the lengths, ages,
etc., of commercially-caught fish.

4. Continued studies of gear selection.

5. Assessment of current and possi-
ble future mesh regulation.

6. Researches on sea scallops.

7. Development of a plankton re-
search program for the ICNAF Area.

8. Elaboration of plans for an ICNAF-
ICES symposium on ocean perch in Co-
penhagen 1959, and consideration of a
possible symposium on marking tech-
niques.

At a special meeting Dr. Carl Sinder-
mann, United States, lectured on The
Place of Serology in Fisheries Research
and on the Significance of Diseases of
Marine Organisms; and Dr. Ju. Ju.
Marti, U. S. S. R., on researches in the

eee -

November 1958

International (Contd.)

North Atlantic by U. S. S. R. (News-
letter No. 29, dated August 14, 1958,
issued by the Commission for the months
of June-July 1958.)

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, June 1958,
p. 56.

TERRITORIAL WATERS

EIGHT-POWER MINISTERIAL
MEETING ON FISHING LIMITS
PROBLEM CALLED BY DENMARK:
Concerned at the failure of Iceland
to agree to the proposal on Iceland's 12-
mile fishing limits worked out by the 8-
nation expert group in Paris, the Danish
Government took the initiative in an e-
mergency Cabinet meeting August 30, to
request NATO's Secretary-General to
call an immediate meeting of the same
eight countries on a ministerial level
to make ''new efforts'' to reach a solu-
tion. At the same time the Government
sought support for such a move in all
eight capitals and the United States.

Immediately thereafter, the Danish
Acting Prime Minister issued a state-
ment advising the press of the move and
stating that the Danish Government "in
collaboration with Faroese local admin-
istration recommends that Danish and
Faroese fishermen, pending the forth-
coming negotiations, refrain from fish-
ing off the Icelandic coast within the 12-
mile limit,'' a September 2 United States
Embassy dispatch from Copenhagen
states.

However, a September 6 communica-
tion points out that the meeting failed
to materialize. Therefore, in view of
the growing unrest on the Faroe Islands,
the Danish Government on September 5
formally asked the United Kingdom for
an immediate meeting to revise the 1955
Dano-British agreement on Faroese fish-
ing limits. The Danes will, of course,
askfor12miles. If as expected the U-
nited Kingdom agrees to the talks, a four-
man Danish delegationis prepared to im-
mediately proceed to London.

KOK OK OK OK

NORDIC FISHERIES CONGRESS
DISCUSSES 12-MILE FISHING LIMIT:

At the Nordic Fisheries Congress held August 11-13,
1958, at Hindsgavl, Denmark, discussions were held

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Til

concerning Iceland’s decision to expand its territorial
waters fishing limits to 12 nautical miles. Danish,
Swedish, Norwegian, and Faroe Islands spokesmen de-
clared that changes in fishing limits should be arrived
at through negotiation, and not through unilateral de-
cisions. According to press reports, the Icelandic
representative declared that his country had waited long
enough since it took the initiative in asking for interna-
tional negotiations within the United Nations ten years
ago and that his country is now forced to safeguard its
vital interests.

The Swedish delegate stated that Sweden specifies a
4-mile limit, but could accept the imposition of a 6-mile
limit by other countries. He also emphasized Sweden's
opposition to unilateral rulings and stated that fishing
limits must be fixed through international negotiation.
He further stated that Sweden had already lodged a pro-
test against the 12-mile limit announced by Iceland.

The Danish representative stated that Denmark has al-
ways in principle advocated freedom of the seas and the
3-mile limit but that under the circumstances prevailing
at the Geneva Law of the Sea Conference, Denmark ac-
cepted the 6-mile limit and possible 12-mile limits for
special cases such as the Faroes, Greenland, and Ice-
land. He emphasized that Denmark favors solution

| through negotiations and considers unilateral extensions

improper.

The Faroe Islands representative to the Congress en-
dorsed negotiation as a possible solutiogto the problem,
but stated that. if this did not prove succéssful, it might
be necessary for the Faroe Islands to appeal to the World
Court at The Hague. He added that foreign trawling near
the Faroes is very active and that the islands must protect
their existence,

Norway’s representative stressed the importance of the
fishing industry in his country and in Iceland, which pro-
vides 20 percent and 90 percent, respectively, of their
total export incomes. He stated that coastal fishing was
most important in Norway and that the increasing amount
of foreign trawling outside of Norway’s 4-mile limit has
caused his country to consider the 12-mile limit as an ad-

| vantage. He further stated that he feels an agreement on

fishing limit expansion could be reached through interna-
tional negotiations, but that certain states should be allowed
to make certain concessions within fixed limits. He concluded
by saying that Norway's viewpoint is that solution must be

| sought through negotiations and that Scandinavian countries

should try to set a joint standpoint for united action at future
conferences.

| TRADE AGREEMENTS

EXTENDED CZECH-ICELANDIC
TRADE AGREEMENT INCLUDES FISH:
The Czech and Icelandic Governments
signed a protocol on August 28, 1958, ex-
tending the Trade and Payments agree-
ment of October 1, 1957 for another year,
until September 1, 1959. The delivery
quotas for frozen fish fillets, herring,
and fish meal are the same as last year,
and the only significant increase is in
the quota forfishoil. The over-all agree-
ment, valued at about 34,600,000 Czech
crowns (US$4.8 million) for goods each
way, is some Ckr 2 million (US$277,312)
above that of last year. (United States
Embassy dispatch dated September 4,
1958, from Reykjavik.)

Note: Values converted at the rate of 44.21 Czech crowns
equal 100 Icelandic kroner, and 1 Icelandic kroner equals
US$0.0613.

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International (Contd.)

UNITED NATIONS

UNITED KINGDOM SIGNS LA W-
OF-THE-SEA CONVENTIONS:

The United Kingdom on September 9 signed the four in-
ternational conventions and an optional protocol which
were adopted by the United Nations Conference on the Law
of the Sea in Geneva last April. The Permanent Representa-
tive of the United Kingdom to the United Nations signed the
documents in the office of the United Nations Legal Counsel.

With this action, the United Kingdom is the 22nd country
to sign the Convention on the Territorial Sea and the Con-
tiguous Zone; the 25th signatory of the Convention on the
High Seas; the 22nd to sign the Convention on Fishing and
Conservation of the Living Resources of the High Seas; the
23rd to sign the Convention on the Continental Shelf; and
the 19th nation to sign the Optional Protocol of Signature
concerning the compulsory settlement of disputes.

The Convention on the Territorial Sea and the Contiguous
Zone was previously signed by Argentina, Canada, China,
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic,
Ghana, Guatemala, Haiti, Holy See, Iceland, Iran, Israel,
Liberia, Nepal, Panama, Thailand, Uruguay, and Yugosla-
via.

The Convention on the High Seas was previously signed
by Argentina, Canada, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba,
Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ghana, Guatemala, Haiti,
Holy See, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Israel, Lebanon, Li-
beria, Nepal, Panama, Switzerland, Thailand, Uruguay, and
Yugoslavia.

The Convention on Fishing and Conservation of the Living
Resources of the High Seas was previously signed by Argen-
tina, Canada, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark,
Dominican Republic, Ghana, Haiti, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran,
Israel, Lebanon, Liberia, Nepal, Panama, Thailand, Uru-
guay, and Yugoslavia,

The Convention on the Continental Shelf was previously
signed by Argentina, Canada, China, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ghana, Guatemala,
Haiti, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Israel, Lebanon, Liberia,
Nepal, Panama, Thailand, Uruguay, and Yugoslavia.

The Optional Protocol was previously signed by Canada,
China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican
Republic, Ghana, Haiti, Holy See, Indonesia, Israel, Li-
beria, Nepal, Panama, Switzerland, Uruguay, and Yugo-
slavia.

3! Ske se
ms Sh Ee BS ES

UNITED STATES SIGNS
CONVENTIONS ON LAW OF THE SEA:

The United States on September 15 signed the four in-
ternational conventions dealing with the territorial sea
and the contiguous zone, the high seas, fishing and con-
servation, and the continental shelf. The chairman of
the United States delegation to the United Nations Con-
ference on the Law of the Sea at which the conventions
were adopted in April 1958, signed the documents in the
office of the United Nations Legal Counsel.

The United States became the 23rd nation to sign the
Convention on the Territorial Sea and the Contiguous
Zone, which proclaims the juridical character of terri-
torial waters, cities criteria for delimiting the territori-
al sea, and sets forth rules and conditions dealing with
the right of innocent passage of ships.

The Convention on the High Seas, of which the United
States is the 26th signatory, regulates the general re-
gime of the high seas, including such matters as pre-
vention of pollution of waters by radioactive waste and
jurisdiction over vessels.

The United States is the 23rd country to sign the
Convention on Fishing and Conservation of the Living

Vol. 20, No. 11

Resources of the High Seas, which establishes regula-
tions on the conservation of fisheries.

The Convention on the Continental Shelf, which has now
been signed by 24 countries, deals with the seabed which
constitutes the prolongation of a continent.

Also signed by the United States was the Optional Pro-
tocol of Signature, dealing with the compulsory settle- _
ment of disputes, which was adopted at the Conference
on the Law of the Sea. The United States is the 20th na-
tion to sign the Optional Protocol,

All instruments adopted by the Conference on the Law
of the Sea will remain open for signature at United Nations
Headquarters until October 31. Signatures have to be fol-
lowed by ratifications. Accessions by countries which have
not signed will be accepted at any time.

Twenty-two ratifications or accessions are required for
any of the conventions to enter into force. No nation has
yet deposited instruments of ratification or accession to
any of the conventions.

WORLD FISHERIES

RUSSIAN FISHERY
LANDINGS EXCEEDED
UNITED STATES LANDINGS IN 1957:
According to preliminary estimates,
Russia in 1957 displaced the United States
as the world's second largest producer
of fishery products. Russia reports fish-
ery landings (round-weight basis) in 1957
of 6,283 million pounds as compared to
6,043 million pounds for the United States.
Japan continues to hold first place.

In 1956 Japan led all nations in the
landings of fishery products with 10,500
million pounds, followed by the United
States with 6,524 million pounds, Com-
munist China with 5,820 million pounds,
Russia with 5,769 million pounds, and
Norway with 4,693 million pounds.

In 1957 Japan continues to lead with
11,900 million pounds, followed by Rus-
sia with 6,283 million pounds, and the
United States with 6,043 million pounds.
Although no accurate data are available
from Communist China, there are indica-
tions that her production of fishery prod-
ucts in 1957 also increased considerably
and it may be possible that the United
States may be in fourth place instead of
third if Communist China's landings in
1957 exceeded 6,043 million pounds.

Angola

EXPORTS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS
DECLINED IN JANUARY-APRIL 1958:

Angolan exports of fishery products for the first four
months of 1958 amounted to 36,986 metric tons (valued at

November 1958

Angola (Contd.)

approximately US$4.5 million) as compared with 41,785 tons
(valued at US$6.4 million) for the same period in 1957--a
drop of about US$1.9 million in value. Prices for fish pro-
ducts were high in the first half of 1957, particularly for
fish meal and fish oil, but declined in the last months of the
year.

Exports of Fishery Byproducts, January-April 1958

Quantity Value!/
Product Jan,-Apr. Jan.-Apr.

1958 1957 1957

(Metric Tons) (US$1,000)
[ishemlealicpenerenleten =i 30,687 31,461 | 3,337 4,111
Agel Go soGgadee 2,039 5,967 305 1,109
prise fishperstetenetel i= 3,566 3,610 634 684
annedifish........ 362 747 198 451
IFish guano ........ 332 = 36 =
Sotalew-w.a 36,986 41,785 | 4,510 6,355

‘alues converted at rate of one conto equals approximately US$35S.

The greatest decrease in the first part of 1958 was in the
export of fish oil and canned fish as compared with January-
April 1957.

There is no significant difference in the quantity of fish
meal exports, although the value received so far in 1958
has dropped approximately US$734,000. The reason for
the lower value is actually due to poor processing result-
ing in a substandard product, states a July 22, 1958, dis-
patch from the United States Consulate at Luanda. The
United States and Germany, the largest purchasers of
Angola’s fish meal, have drastically reduced purchases of
fish meal for that reason. A further decline in fish meal
and other fish products is anticipated.

sd

JAPANESE PEARL-SHELL FLEET
OPERATIONS FOR 1958 SEASON:

The arrangements under which the
Japanese pearl-shell fleet is operating
in northern Australian waters this sea-
son were announced by the Australian
Minister for Primary Industry.

Australia

The fleet (15 luggers and an inspec-
tion ship) began operations at the end of
June 1958.

The arrangements were made under
the Provisional Regime agreed upon by
the Australian and Japanese Governments
in 1954. The Japanese had to comply
with all the requirements of Australian
legislation, including taking out licenses
and furnishing returns.

"Two subareas in Northern Territory
waters have been closed to all pearling
this year to conserve pearl-shell sup-
plies, in addition to those closed last
year,'' the Minister stated.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

He also stated: ''This means that four
subareas are now closed to pearling op-
erations in those waters. The Japanese
will be permitted to operate in the re-
maining subareas north of Arnhem Land
and in those west of Torres Strait which
were available to them last year, but an
upper limit has been placed on the quan-
tity of shell that may be taken from two
of the subareas.

"The prohibition against Japanese op-
erating within 10 miles of the Australian
mainland or of inhabited islands will a-
gain apply this year, and all operations
will be supervised.

"The licensed Australian pearl-shell
fleet in Western Australia has the capac-
ity to take the maximum amount in the
areas off the northwest coast of Western
Australia that can be permitted having
regard to conservation considerations.
The Japanese fleet will not be allowed to
operate in Western Australian waters
in 1958,'' according to the August 1958
Australian Fisheries Newsletter.

REVIEW OF 1957 WHALING SEASON:

During the 1957 Australian whaling
season (June-September) the five stations

WHALE HARPOON GUN

now in operation took 1,961 humpback
whales. Although the catch was lower
than a year earlier, production of oil
was slightly higher, and reached the
record total of 4,118,640 Imperial gallons
(about 4,944,060 U. S. gallons). In addi-
tion, 116 sperm whales were taken off
the south coast of Western Australia,
yielding approximately 1,000 long tons

of sperm oil. The stations also produced
8,214 tons of meal, solubles, and meat
for pet foods. The oil production of the
Byron Bay station in Northern New South

tes

Australia (Contd.)

Wales and the station at Norfolk Island
has been retained for consumption in
Australia, but the remainder was ex-
ported to overseas destinations (princi-
pally the United Kingdom). :

The reduction in the total catching
quota was due to the lower quota in op-
eration for the Norfolk Island station,
which had been granted 150 whales for
the first year of operation in 1956 to
facilitate establishment of the under-
taking. For subsequent years the quota
allotted to this station was only 120
whales, and accordingly, the total Aus-
tralian quota was reduced from 1,990 in
1956 to 1,960 in 1957. One extra whale
was taken with special permission,
bringing the 1957 catch to 1,961 hump-
back whales.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The supply and distribution (including
Norfolk Island) of whale oil in Australia
during the fiscal years 1955/56, 1956/57,
and estimated 1957/58 are shown in
table 1.

Table 1 - Whale Oil: Australian Supply and Distribution,
1955/56, 1956/57 and Estimated 1957/58

1957/58 1956/57 1955/56

5, 181, 455 | 4,945, 881 | 4, 126, 11

4, 300, 000f 3, 428, 066 | 3, 110, 976
540,000] 540,000] 250,000
341,455| 977,815] 765,141

1/ With the exception of production data all figures
estimated.

2/ Estimated, no official stock data available.

3/ Estimated, consumption data not available

As shown in the supply and distribution
table, consumption of whale oil increased
sharply during 1956/57 as a result of
larger consumption by the margarine in-
dustry. Stocks were rather high during
1956/57, mainly due to the fact that the
1956 oil production from Norfolk Island,
which could not be shipped to the mainland
for some time, had to be storedthere. Ex-
ports were at aconsiderably higher level
during 1957/58, however, and it is believed
that by the end of this fiscal year stocks will
bedowntoamorenormal quantity.

Exports and imports of whale oil by
country of origin or destination are
shown in table 2.

Vol. 20, No. 11

Table 2 - Whale Oil: Australian Imports and Exports by
Country, 1955/56 and 1956/57

337, 897 70, 333
1956/57 1955/56

1,497,062] 1,583,271

- 952
913, 122
235,991

- 377, 640
| 3,428, 0663, 110,976 |
1/ Norfolk Island which is outside of Australian Customs
administration is treated as a foreign country in Aus-
tralian foreign trade statistics

The price of whale oil in April 1958
to the United Kingdom was approximately
E75 Sterling (US$210) c.i.f. per long ton,
United Kingdom ports.

2 ok Ok Ok Ok
SPINY LOBSTER
CONSERVATION MEASURES:

At the request of Australian States of
Victoria and Tasmania, the Australian
Government on September 1, 1958, in-
troduced in extraterritorial waters (be-
yond the control of the States) off those
States the following two measures for
the conservation of the spiny lobster in-
dustry: (1) a minimum legal length of
43 inches (carapace); and (2) a closed
season for all spiny lobsters from Sep-
tember 1 to October 15 inclusive.

Action has been taken in the form of
notices issued by the Minister for Pri-
mary Industry under the Fisheries Act
1952-56,

The legal length is already in force in
the territorial waters of both States:
Tasmania has a closed season, and Vic-
toria is about to take similar action.

The two measures were approved at
the annual conference of Commonwealth
and State fisheries officers held at Can-
berra in July. (Australia's Fisheries
News Letter, August 1958.)

November 1958

Belgium

FISHING FLEET REQUESTS
PROTECTION WHILE
FISHING OFF ICELAND:

The Belgium trawler association,
according to a newspaper article of Sep-
tember 2, requested the Government to
furnish naval support to their trawlers
fishing off the Icelandic coast. The re-
quest stems from the Icelandic intention
to enforce their 12-mile fishing limit.
However, the Belgium Government had
not stated its intentions as of the date of
the news release.

Another newspaper reported on Sep-
tember 5 that the Ostend Maritime Fish-
ing Office of the Belgian Ministry of
Agriculture had advised Belgium trawl-
ers to stay provisionally outside the Ice-
land 12-mile limit. Thenewspaper stated
that this advice "respects the new limit
without recognizing it'' and that the prob-
lem continues to be under study by the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

rk OK kK Ok

IMPORTS OF JAPANESE CANNED
SALMON LOWER FIRST PART OF 1958:

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

75

believed the Belgian market was over-
stocked, accounting for the decline in
1958 imports. This importer gave the
following wholesale prices for Japanese
red salmon: case of 48 one-pound cans,
B. F. 1,776 (US$35.52); case of 96 3-
pound cans, B, F,1,920 (US$38.40).
tail prices for Japanese red salmon:
B. F. 28 (US$0.56) for a $-pound can and
B. F. 52 (US$1.04) for a one-pound can.

Re-

The Brussels importer gave the fol-
lowing comparison between Antwerp
c.i.f. pricesfor Canadian and Japanese
pink salmon: Canadian one-pound cans 48
to a case, C$20.85 less 2 percent; Japan-
ese B, F,.892 (US$17.84) net.

It is believed that no substantial quan-
tities of Japanese canned red salmon
came into Belgium during the early
months of 1958 and that there were no
significant changes up to September.

Brazil

TUNA CANNERY TO BE
ESTABLISHED BY JAPANESE FIRM:

Belgium importers and distributors
stated early in September 1958 that the
imports of canned salmon from Japan so
far this year were lower as compared
with 1957. This is partially confirmed
by the latest available official import
statistics. Belgian imports of Japanese
canned salmon during January-April 1958
amounted to 1,775,000 pounds, valued at
28.3 million francs (US$567,000) as com-
pared to 3,835,000 pounds, valued at 57.8
million francs (US$1,159,000) for the
same period in 1957.

According to a leading Brussels im-
porter of Japanese canned salmon, im-
ports from Japan have been between
100,000 and 150,000 cases annually, of
which about 2 percent is red salmon. He
said the local preference was for Alas-

A Brazilian Presidential Decree early
in August specially authorized a Japan-
ese fishery company of Miura, Japan,

| whose fishing fleet already fishes for

tuna off the northeast Brazil coast, to
can Brazilian tuna for export. In addi-
tion, the company is authorized to salt
and dry various types of fish. The Jap-
anese company will put up within two
years a tuna canning plant and a refrig-
erating plant in the State of Sao Paulo.
The Brazilian-Japanese Cooperativa de
Cotia with Brazilian private capital will

| be associated in the enterprise, a United

States Consular dispatch (August 14,
1958) from Sao Paulo points out.

kan red salmon, imports of which he esti-| Cqnada

mated at some 7,000 cases a year. He
was not aware of any special Japanese
effort to dispose of the 1957 pack.

One of the largest salmon importers
in Antwerp stated that his firm imported
more salmon in 1957 than in 1956 and he

MARKET FOR ARCTIC
CHAR DEVELOPED:

Canada's Department of Northern Af-
fairs recently announced a successful
reception by hotels and restaurants in
marketing Arctic char (Silvelinus alpinus)

76

Canada (Contd.)

from Frobisher Bay. A sample 300-
pound shipment, flown in straight from
Eskimo nets on South Baffin Island, al-
ready has restaurants in Montreal, Tor-
onto, Quebec City, and Ottawa looking
for additional supplies.

Arctic char, with a delicate red meat
and attractive flavor, is a gourmet's
item. However, it is unlikely ever to be
in abundant supply; growth of fish is
slower in northern waters than in regions
of higher temperatures. Tastewise, char
combines the flavor of brook trout and
salmon. Weight of the fish ranges from
2-8 pounds.

A second shipment of 1,200 pounds
reached Montreal quite recently, and like
the first, the freshly-caught char, packed
in snow, was delivered to a local fish
broker for distribution to wholesalers.

To protect the Arctic's first com-
mercial fishing enterprise, a quota of
12,000 pounds has been set, and it is
hoped to build up a reserve of char in
Montreal before this season's run ends
in September. Eskimos are to be trained
to take over the management. The North-
ern Affairs Department expects that a
community fish freezer will be set up
later this summer at Frobisher (Fish
Trades Gazette, September 8, 1958).

BH rs SS Bh Se

NET WEIGHTS FOR
CANNED FISHERY PRODUCTS
STRICTLY ADHERED TO:

In reply to a question on procedures
to be followed in determining net weights
of canned shrimp, Canada's Director of
Inspection and Consumer Service of the
Department of Fisheries stated that the
guiding principal on the inspection of
weights is protection of the Canadian
consumer. The question arose due to
the difficulty United States packers of
canned shrimp have had in meeting the
Canadian label-weight requirements due
to the many sizes of shrimp that are
canned. Under this principal, as stated
by the Director, if the container has
less than full weight it must be rejected
(some exception in special cases). He
also emphasized that the principal of full

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

weight applied with equal force to both
imported and Canadian canned fishery
products. Under the Canadian regula-
tions there can be no balancing of over-
weight cans against underweight ones to
obtain an over-all average, a practice
followed for some products in the United
States.

Section 26 (1) of the Meat and Canned
Foods Act states: ''All cans of fish and
shellfish imported into Canada shall be
correctly labeled so as to indicate in a
plain and conspicuous manner...

(b) the minimum weight in avoirdupois
of the contents of the cans in the case of
canned shellfish; ..."

In the past, the Director stated, sever-
al large United States shrimp canners
had worked out a solution to the under-
weight problem by adopting the practice
of under-labeling the weight content so
as to give a wider margin for error.
For example, cans containing 5 ounces
of shrimp would be labelled 4% ounces.
He also added, that recently this device
had proved to be self-defeating as some
companies have a tendency to shave the
margin.

ok ok ok ok

NEW ENGLAND GOOD
MARKET FOR CANADIAN FISH:

The potential of the New England mar-
ket for Canadian fish was brought to the
attention of Canadians in an article which
appeared in that country's periodical
Foreign Trade (September 13, 1958).

With reference to New England im-

ports of Canadian fish, the article points

out that the Canadian Atlantic Provinces
are by far the principal foreign supplier
to the New England market; in 1957 they
shipped 4 percent more fish products to
New England than in 1956. Cod, haddock,
and ocean perch, lobsters, and fish meal
were the leaders, although fish meal ex-
ports tumbled 10 percent because of in-
creased production in New England.

The New England fish-stick industry
continued to rely on Canada as the main
supplier of groundfish blocks and slabs.
Regular orders were also being shipped
to New England from Scandinavian sup-
pliers. Imports from Canada of ocean

November 1958

Canada (Contd.)

perch, haddock, hake, and pollock were
down slightly in 1957. There was no
significant alteration of imports from
Canada of fresh and frozen lobsters; in
fact, the demand exceeded the quantity
offered.

A certain share of the imports from
Eastern Canada consists of orders placed
by New England fishing corporations with
their Canadian affiliates. A number of
New England's big fish-packing compa-
nies have purchased packing plants and
contracted fishing fleets on the Canadian
side to assure a steady supply for their
processing plants in New England. Some
of these companies have the finances and
facilities to follow the fish from boat to
final buyer; their own organization at-
tends to the distribution and sales pro-
motion of well-advertised fish brands.

If a Canadian fishing company prefers
to sell direct to a single account, there
are a number of independent importers
located along the Boston Fish Pier who
are anxious to consider offers from new
suppliers, states the periodical. These
firms can arrange cold-storage facilities
to take care of heavy supply periods.
The importer accounts for all sales and
reports cold-storage holdings on a pre-
arranged periodic basis.

Most of the brokers who handle East-
ern Canadian fishery imports are located
in Boston. These small firms sell on
commission to wholesalers, institutions,
supermarkets, the corner stores, and the
few remaining fish markets. Sales ar-
rangements with foreign suppliers are
nonexclusive and the sales territory
contracted is governed by the supply.
Most of the Boston brokers can provide
national coverage if required, continues
the article.

The United States is an enormous
market for any food product that appeals
to the consumer but it is wise for the ex-
porter to enter it progressively, one
region at a time, says the article. Then
supply and demand can remain in bal-
ance. A huge advertising budget should
not be necessary to sell a quality fish
product but attractive packaging is im-
portant. Supermarkets are by far the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

UU

principal outlets for fish fillets and shell-
fish, and colorful containers greatly in-
fluence the housewife's selection.

Although New England fish production
is expected to improve with a fleet mod-
ernization program (which to date has
not materialized), the growing local and
national market will still need the pres-
ent flow of imports and possibly more.
The food value and easy preparation of
fish are becoming better known through
advertising and public relations programs
sponsored by Government and trade or-
ganizations. Canada can maintain her
present favorable sales position and even
increase exports for certain species with
a rise in supply. Thanks to the expand-
ing demand, sales prospects for both
domestic and foreign suppliers are
promising, concludes the,article.

e
Chile

NEW REGULATIONS FOR
FOREIGN FISHING VESSELS ISSUED:

In an endeavor to encourage the es-
tablishment of a national fishing fleet,
the Chilean Government has issued (June
21, 1958), new regulations affecting the
operation within its territorial waters of
foreign-flag fishing vessels operated by
residents. In the future, fishing permits
for foreign-flag vessels issued to Chil-
eans or foreigners living in Chile will
be granted for two years only. The per-
mit will date from the time of publica-
tion of the permit in the Official Gazette.

Existing permits will be valid until
their expiration date, but if the expira-
tion date is less than one year from the
date of the present decree, the permit
holder may request an extension for a
further year.

The new permits will be for a once-
only operation and at the end of the two
years the vessels will either have to be
registered under the Chilean flag or
return to their country of origin.

All vessels will be subject to inspec-
tion by officials of the Ministry of Agri-
culture and their operation will be re-
stricted to the terms and conditions of

78

Chile (Contd.)

the permit. In addition, before a fish-
ing permit is issued for a foreign-flag
vessel, the vessel will have to meet the
standards laid down by the Chilean Mer-
chant Marine and the Maritime Com-
mission, These regulations will not ap-
ply to permits which are now in existence.

Wooden vessels more than five years
old and steel vessels more than ten years
years old will not be granted a license
under the new regulations (Canada's
Foreign Trade, September 1958).

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review June 1958,
p- 65.

REVIEW OF THE FISHERIES, 1954-57:

Landings of fish and shellfish in Chile during 1957
amounted to approximately 470 million pounds as com
pared with 415.2 million poundsin1956. This was an
increase of 54.8 million pounds or 13.2 percent over
1956. Landings in 1957 were 0.5 percent less thanin
1955 but 48.5 percent more than in 1954. This is in-
dicative of the growing importance of the fishing in-
dustry in Chile. The best year in Chile's fishing in-
dustry history was 1955, and 1957 was almost as good.

During 1954-57, hake or whiting (Merluccius ——
comprised the largest part of the fish landings. the
total quantity of fish landed in 1957, 51.7 percent con-

sisted ofhake. Duringprevious years, 1954-56, hake

also comprised over 50 percent of the total fish landed.

Most of this species was either consumed freshor
processed as fishmeal. Anchovies, sardines, Span-
ish mackerel, jack mackerel, and haddock-like fish
werenextinimportance. Tuna landings only amount-
ed to about 1.1 million pounds.

Shellfish landings have increased steadily during
1954-57. The total shellfish production in 1957 a-
mounted to 123 million pounds. The largest produc -
tion of shellfish during 1954-57 occurred at Puerto
Montt and Valparaiso. In Valparaiso, the production
of langostinos--which has more than quadrupled since
1954--has become very important. Shrimp landings
in 1957 only amounted to 284,000 pounds. (Boletin In-
formativo No. 53, January 1958.) i)

Government Provisions for the Industry: Though
Chile "s geography is such that ithas always had con-
siderable fishing activity, no code of applicable laws
and regulations has ever been drawn up.

In the case of foreign fishing firms registered in
Chile seeking permits to operate one or more craft in
Chilean waters, the Government has a comparatively
well defined procedure. The proprietor must present
to the Ministry of Agriculture a separate application
covering each vessel, and containing details of its
size and capacity, and indicating the period during
which fishing activities would be carried on in Chilean
waters. Aregistration fee of $100 plusa charge of
$12 per ton weight is levied on eachvessel. If approv-
alis granted, fishing activities may be carried on for
a period not exceeding a year; the operator must a-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

gree to permit technical authorities or experts to
board the vessel whennecessary and must agree to
sale of the catch in Chilean ports for local consumption
as food or for industrialization. Technically these
permits arenot renewable. Inpractice, foreign firms
are usually able to have the period of validity extended
whennecessary. A bill which would change certain
details of this procedure but would not affect it basi-
cally is at present being drawn up by the Ministry of
Agriculture. ;

Decree Law 208 of August 3, 1953, exempting in-
dustry members from certain taxes and according
several other benefits, is stillonthe books. However,
its most important benefit--that authorizing export-
ers of fish and fish products to sell their exchange
earnings on the free market--was cancelled by the in-
troduction of the single exchange rate in 1956. Anew

; bill, which would return this privilege to the industry,

was presented to Congress at the beginning of 1957.

| It remained in Committee throughout the year and on

into 1958. This law, which would authorize conver-
sion on the free exchange market of the proceeds of ex-
port sales, and would exempt the industry's exports
from all taxes and other charges and its imports from
taxes, tariffs and guarantee deposits, is mentioned in
the press frequently and some industry representa-
tives still cling to the hope that Congress will act onit.
The report of the Committee of three experts from the
Food and Agriculture Organization (F AO) due for sub-
mission to the Chilean Government prior to the close
of 1957, has not yet been presented. This initselfhas
tended to delay action on legislation, since the Presi-
dent intended from the start to base any new legisla-
tive action on the conclusions and recommendations
ofthe FAO experts.

The Chilean Government has taken the following
steps to protect and foster the industry:

1. Prohibition of fishing imports: fresh and
dried fish and all types of industrialized fish are
excluded from the list of authorized imports. Thus
all foreign competition is automatically excluded.

2. Facilitation of import of machinery and
equipment: the import guarantee deposit on these
items has been maintained at 5 percent, although the
number of items included in this lowest-deposit
category has been greatly reduced.

3. Exportfacilitation: Articles 93, 94, and 95 of
Law 12861 of February 7, 1958, provided for the ex-
emption of exports from export taxes and along list of
other charges. Implementation of this provision of the
law has been postponed until the details of its applica-
tion have been agreed upon by the interested Minis-
tries. When it becomes effective it should constitute
a further incentive to industry expansion.

4. Price policy: The Government has removed
fish from the list of items whose price is controlled.
Prices have risen considerably since the termination
of price control, and dealers report that volume of
sales has remained low. However, inview of the Gov-
ernment's policy of decontrolling the prices in anum-
ber of sectors, itis unlikely that controls will again be
placed on this item.

Labor: Various estimates of the number of
people employed by the industry have been offered.
The most authoritative figure on the number of
professional fishermen is 2,000; persons employed
on the crews of fishing boats are said to number

November 1958

Chile (Contd.)

800. Workers in the fish-processing industry are
estimated to number 7,000. The work of all these
groups is largely seasonal and the average yearly
income is lower than in most other industries.
However, it is understood that most members of
the industry augment their income by helping them-
selves to what they consider their share of the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

.be utilized in the feeding of animals.

Table 1 - Chile's Landings of Fish and Shellfish, 1954-57

79

and cold-storage facilities, an undetermined per-
centage of the fish destined for use as food had to
Hence, al-
though the official figure on annual per capita con-
sumption of fish is 35 pounds, the highest in Latin
America, the actual figure may be considerably
lower, The importance of fish in the local diet is
being emphasized of late because of the low pro-
tein content in the typical Chileandiet. Nutrition ex-

Species

English and Chilean Name Scientific Name BERN moo AEBS | ne
ish eh ee |Seeate Spe ak PT PER cia temo omer ae 1sbS3) Seis oe
Hake or whiting (pescada) . Merluccius gayi 179,439 172,409 207,175 123,659
Anchovies =). 2.) - - -i* Engraulis vingens 44,738 24,459 16,559 2,919
Sardine siycueestel eked ey eiera Sardinops sagax 35,714 19,980 48,956 34,147
Spanish mackerel (sierra). Thyrsites atun 26,111 30,213 38,205 21,064
Jack mackerel (jurel)... Thachurus sp. 10,338 3,107 2,581 4,301
Haddock-like (robalo)... Eleginus maclovinus 8,487 8,254 7,054 4,061
Black cusk-eel (congrio

WEY) 4b 6 6 Ol DO O OND Genypterus chiliensis 4,782 5,942 5,838 6,559
Red cusk-eel (congrio Se at

Colorado) m-palenetese rene n= Genypterus blacodes 7,328 10,045 8,309 5,246
Golden "eel" (congrio dorado) = 321 563 405 659
Mackerel (cojinova) .... Seriolella sp. 5,083 2,506 1,823 1,576
leteyeehtey Coe oO oO BO ONO Sarda chiliensis 4,727 9,117 16,535 9,711
Black drum (corvina) ... Cilus montti 4,226 4,278 3,912 3,159
Smelt (pejerrey).......- Basilichthys sp. 2,658 3,124 3,031 1,803
Rockfish (cabrilla)..... - 1,736 2,246 2,014 1,127
anh, (Eriko o5-5 oo 4 oo - 1,073 2,303 2,049 1,831
Swordfish (pez espada) . . =- 786 850 522 737
Herring (machuelo)..... - 256 486 296 555
Otherpishewccen-eeeie ols - 9,234 12,719 8,911 7,004

(Rotaletis hee Pen iE ea ena ad ea aoe 347,032 312,601 374,175 230,118
ellfish:
Sea mussels (cholgas) Mytilus sp. 333135 28,766 30,654 24,895
Langostinos Cerromunida johni 25,097 12,579 4,517 5,828
Sea mussels (choritos) Mytilus sp. 20,475 18,566 21,282 19,683
Mussels (locos) Macha sp. 8,700 7,447 6,672 4,245
Sea urchins (erizos) Ericius sp. 8,010 8,629 8,076 529
Clams (almejas) = 7,620 6,890 6,773 4,530
Crabs (apancoras) = 2,555 2,592 2,776 i
Spiny lobsters (langostas) - 264 270 224

| Shrimp (camarones) - 284 254 151

Other shellfish = 16,833 16,587 17,208 19,223

PROLAlYS Nelitiis Hee wwe ene eee eee ieee Bodin olor 122,973 102,58 98,333 86,2

Grand totale Road Orie eso bie ern ibe thetic lene 470,005 415,181 472,508 316,365

catch; they dispose of it informally and there is no
means of knowing what portion of over-all produc-
tion this 'workers share" represents.

Industrial Organization: The industry consists
of a somewhat limited number of firms--approxi-
mately 60, about a dozen of which may be defined
as large, and of about 8,000 independent fishermen
who sell their catch to organized industries. The
activities of both groups are supervised and co-
ordinated to a limited degree by the Fish and Wild-
Life Sector of the Ministry of Agriculture.

The lack of a well-organized distribution sys-
tem in the industry results in inefficiency and loss
of revenue.

Utilization: The greater part of the total catch
was put to industrial use--approximately 60 per-
cent. Most of this went into fish-meal production
and the remaining small part was canned. The 40
percent which did not go into industrial production
was consumed as food in the fresh state or frozen
for shipment to other parts of Chile, also used as
food. Because of the inadequacy of refrigeration

perts estimate that an average annual consumption
of 26 kilos per person would compensate for most of
the present protein shortages in the Chilean menu.

Exports: Chile markets fish and fish products
in neighboring countries, in the United States, and
in several European countries. Sales abroad were
particularly good in the past few years, business
having been spurred by the provision in Law 208
whereby exporters of these products could exchange
the proceeds of their foreign sales at the free rate
of exchange. The peak year for export sales was
1955, during which approximately 22.8 million
pounds were exported. A sharp drop was noted in
1956 and the figure for this latter year was only
slightly increased in 1957,

Chile's exports of fishery products during 1957
amounted to approximately 13.0 million pounds, a
slight increase as compared with 12.9 million
pounds in 1956. Of the total quantity of exports in
1957, 4.6 million pounds (35.8 percent) was shipped
to the United States. This represented a slight in-
crease as compared with 4.3 million pounds (33.7
percent) of the 1956 exports. The value of exports

80

Chile (Contd.)

to the United States in 1957 was approximately ;
US$900,000, an increase of 44.2 percent (due pri-
marily to increased exports of langostinos) as com-
pared with US$400,000 for 1956.

Production, Methods, and Techniques: Members
of the trade assert that the methods and techniques
of Chilean fishermen are antiquated but that this

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Table 2 - Chilean Exports of Fishery Products, 1956-57

Vol. 20, No. 11

cently visited Chile to make a survey of fishing
vessel needs has estimated that, to modernize the
nation's fleet, over 200 boats designed for both
trawling and purse-Sseining should be added. If
the firm is successful in working out financial ar-
rangements, it plans to undertake construction of
a number of fishing vessels in Chile. The tight
credit situation and the lack of Chilean capital are
such, however, that loans from abroad are said to
be essential to the development of these moderniza-
tion projects.

Product

| Table 3 - Chilean Exports of Fishery Products to the
United States, 1956-57

=

Product

Langostinos ...

Shrimp

Spiny lobster

Other fish &
shellfish

9
a3
8

8

453.9| 8,802.

Puna ealledevceess

Langostinos ....
Sloutielsy Goo agas
Spiny lobster
Other fish and
shellfish

Salted fish

265.5 166.4
Fish meal 2

12,958.2 1,407. 8]12,862.

33.5

= = 8.9

2,318.8 96.2 | 2,377.5

Total 4,645.6 | 906.2 | 4,339.9

Note: Values for 1957 converted at rate of 690 pesos equal US$1.
Values for 1956 converted at rate of 547 pesos equal US$1.

fact is to be attributed in large measure to the age
and condition of available equipment. They argue
that the introduction of new equipment would im-
prove techniques immediately and increase per
capita production considerably. Present average
production, despite the general condition of equip-
ment is said to compare favorably with that of
many other fishing nations. During 1957, 38 trawl-
ers landed an average of about 14.9 million pounds
of fish as compared with 16.2 million pounds landed
by 33 trawlers in 1956.

It is estimated that, at any given time, at least
50 percent of all equipment is out of use for repair.
Representatives of the industry and of the Govern-
ment both report that much of this equipment is so

Note: Values for 1957 converted at rate of 690 pesos equal US$1.
Values for 1956 converted at rate of 547 pesos equal US$1

Natural Resources and Conclusion: Estimates
of Chile's maritime resources vary greatly. The
report to be submitted by the FAO Mission on fish-
eries is expected to contain authoritative and defin-
itive data of this aspect of the industry. It is held
by many, both within the industry and outside, that
comparatively minor changes in industry setup and
administration, and the investment of reasonable
sums in training, equipment, and gear, could re-
sult in a marked increase in the returns from fish-
ing. Potential foreign investors, including some
United States boat manufacturers, appear to sup-
port the theory. At the present time, at least, two
proposed foreign investment projects are being
prepared jointly by domestic industry representa-
tives and potential foreign investors. Some in-

Table 4 - Types, Tonnages, and Flags of Vessels Engaged in Chilean Fisheries, 1957

Hull

Gross Tonnage

Flag

29 52 5 17
2 2 = =
1 1 = =

13 13 = 8
6 6 = 1
1 1 = =
1 1 = =
1 1 1 =

5 77 6 26

old and worn out that it should be replaced. Al-
though little new equipment has been purchased

of late, some firm owners are at present studying
projects to replace their old fishing vessels. Also,
the Association of Independent Fishermen in Tal-
cahuano is preparing to buy new equipment. In
both instances United States equipment has been
described as most adaptable to the industry's needs.
The president of one United States firm who re-

centive to these latter stems from the fact there
is special Chilean legislation which permits the
free importation of capital goods for new indus-
tries and exempts foreign capital from the pay-
ment of certain taxes during an initial organiza-
tion period, but no real expansion is predicted for
at least another year or two.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, May 1958, p. 60.

Selo

November 1958

Cuba

COD-FISHING
VESSEL LANDS FIRST TRIP:

The Arktis, a 319-ton German-built
cod-fishing vessel acquired by the Cu-
ban National Fisheries Institute (Insti-
tuto Nacional de la Pesca), arrived in
Havana from Europe and Newfoundland
on August 28, 1958. The vessel deliver-
ed a fish cargo (mostly frozen cod) some-
what under its refrigerated capacity of
180 tons, since its first voyage was
primarily intended as a shakedown
cruise to test the ship's installations,
including its refrigerating facilities.

The Arktis, which was acquired by
the Institute through a financing arrange-
ment with the Cuban Economic and So-
cial Development Bank, will be operated
by a private Cuban concern. The Insti-
tute is reportedly considering the ac-
quisition of other deep-sea vessels that
could also be used for fishing cod and
training of Cuban fishermen.

Two Spanish technicians, a shipowner
and an industrialist, are collaborating
in the development of a Cuban cod in-
dustry. A local plant will be used to
produce dried cod as well as a better-
tasting semidried product and cod fillets.

Trade sources have privately indi-
cated that the Arktis may be used as a
collecting ship to gather cod from Span-
ish cod vessels operating in the St. Pierre-
Miquelon area, the United States Em-
bassy in Havana reported in a Septem-
ber 8, 1958, dispatch.

Denmark

DANISH REPRESENTATIVES
DISCUSS FAROE LIMITS
WITH BRITISH GOVERNMENT:

The British Government agreed to
consult with Danish representatives on
September 12 regarding revision or pos-
sibly cancellation of the Danish-British
Treaty of 1955 regulating the territorial
waters around the Faroe Islands. The
Danish representatives included the
Finance Minister, Director General of
the Foreign Office, Department Chief in

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

the Prime Ministry, and Office Chief in
the Foreign Office.

In a public statement the Danish Prime
Minister stated that ''Under present cir-
cumstances it is impossible for the
Faroes to continue to content themselves
with the fishing territory agreed upon
with the British in 1955. For the Faro-
ese people the fishing question is so vi-
tal and decisive for their whole exist-
ence that the Danish Government has
done and will do its utmost to secure the
most favorable position possible for the
Faroe Islands.'' The Prime Minister
said he ''would try to establish prerequi-
sites for reaching a solution satisfactory
to the Faroes in conformity with the Lag-
ting's (local legislature) decision of
June 6 to extend its fishing limits to 12
miles on September 1.'' (Urftited States
Embassy dispatch from Copenhagen,
dated September 9, 1958.)

Kk ok ok 5k
NEW LOANS FOR
FAROESE FISHING FLEET:

The Danish Folketing has sanctioned
loans of up to 7 million Kr. (about US$1.0
million) spread over the next three years
towards the renewal of the Faroese fish-
ing fleet. About 36 million Kr. (US$5.2
million) is to be raised to buy 8 large
line vessels equipped with freezing plants,
8 cutters of 80 tons gross, and 3 trawl-
ers, the latter already ordered from Por-
tugal, according to an economic report
on Denmark.

Local councils in the Faroese have
asked the Faroese Lagting to finance the
building of small cold storages in which
to store frozen fillets awaiting shipment
to the United States. (The Fishing News,
July 11, 1958.) Teer

Egypt

COMMERCIAL FISHING
INDUSTRY POTENTIALITIES:

With the exception of a small shrimp-processing
industry in Alexandria and small commercial ex-
ploitation of sponge resources along the Mediter-
ranean Sea near Marsa Matruh, there is no com-
mercial fishing industry in Egypt. Possibilities
for such an industry, however, seem promising.

82

Egypt (Contd.)

The possibility of albacore tuna in the Red Sea,
and perhaps sardines and tuna in the Mediterrane-
an, offer the best opportunities for development.

The fishery resources presently exploited are
in (1) the Mediterranean, (2) the inland lakes along
the Mediterranean coast and Lake Karoun in the
Fayoum, (3) the Nile River and its tributaries, and
(4) the Red Sea. The total recorded catch is about
65,000 metric tons per year, of which 15,000 tons
come from the Mediterranean, 5,000 tons from the
Red Sea, 40,000 tons from the lakes, and 5,000
tons from the Nile River and its tributaries. Sta-
tistics on the catch, however, are not entirely re-
liable, and it is believed that the total catch is from
80,000-100,000 tons, most of the unrecorded amount
coming from the inland lakes and Nile waters.

The entire catch, with the exception of a good
part of the shrimp, is consumed locally, usually as
fresh fish, although some drying and salting of mul-
let takes place in Alexandria. Several attempts
have been made to process and can sardines in the
past. A factory of this kind was established at
Aboukir near Alexandria. It is understood, how-
ever, that this factory has been partially disman-
tled and the little canning now done there is con-
fined to vegetables.

Steps are being taken to ascertain the exact na-
ture of the resources and the best methods for ex-
ploitation but the work has not yet advanced to the
stage of actually fishing. It is understood that from
4-6 modern Yugoslav fishing vessels will soon
start fishing in the Mediterranean and the Red Sea
to ascertain what can be taken with gear usually
employed in fishing. The main possibilities at this
time appear to be that albacore will be plentiful in
the Red Sea, In the Mediterranean there are sar-
dines. The sardine situation is not entirely prom-
ising because of their seasonal appearance in E-
gyptian waters. In their peregrinations around the
Mediterranean basin, the sardine appears in the
area of the Nile Delta only at the period of the Nile
flood to feed upon the food carried by the flood wa-
ters. When the flood is over, the sardines move
on to other feeding areas.

Another possibility in the Mediterranean is tuna.
Tuna appears in some quantity on the coast between
the Libyan border and Marsa Matruh, and the Hydro-
biological Institute has not yet determined the rea-
son why they turn back at that point. Exploitation
of these resources, consequently, would require
modern efficient fishing vessels.

The Red Sea, where the main commercially im-
portant species is the albacore is understood to be
teeming with fish of all kinds. Reports indicate
that plankton is abundant in the Red Sea which pro-
vides a medium in which all kinds of underwater
life thrive. Exploitation of these resources, which
have not yet been thoroughly investigated is very
limited. The only fishing now done in the Red Sea
area takes place in the Gulf of Suez by trawlers
which catch fish destined for local consumption in
the Suez area and the Cairo market, Fish caught
in the Suez Gulf are transported to Cairo in refrig-
erated trucks.

Development of the Red Sea as a commercial
fishing area would require the use of modern ef-
ficient fishing vessels, and the establishment of

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

processing plants and facilities along the coast or
at Suez.

Egypt's foreign trade in fishery products is not
large. In earlier years, importation of preserved
and canned fish and fish preparations of all kinds
was comparatively much greater than now. The
reduction in imports of fishery products is due
primarily to the increase in prices since 1956.
Restrictions on imports of canned goods and other
food items in general also has had the effect of
reducing the importance of Egypt as a market for
preserved and canned fish.

Shrimp, either fresh frozen or boiled frozen, is
the only significant export. The annual production
for export amounts to about 700-800 tons produced
by three firms in Alexandria, and a very small one
in Port Said. The demand for this luxury product
abroad is strong, and the possibilities for profit-
able development are good, if efficient fishing ves-
sels for shrimp and additional processing facilities
are made available.

The development of Egyptian fisheries will de-
pend on (1) acquisition of modern efficient fishing
vessels and training local fishermen in their use,
and (2) creation of processing installations and
efficient means of distribution.

A thorough investigation of Egypt's fishing re-
sources seems well on the way with the firm proj-
ect of Yugoslav vessels coming to fish both the
Mediterranean and the Red Sea in a modern and
efficient manner. The Egyptian Government has
also embarked on a number of schemes designed
to train Egyptian fishermen in the use of modern
fishing equipment and gear. Another indication of
an appreciation of Egypt's potentialities as a fish-
ing nation by the Government is the apparent will-
ingness to encourage the acquisition of modern
fishing vessels by private firms and the facilities
granted for this purpose. (United States Consulate
dispatch from Alexandria, dated August 15, 1958.)

Ss

El Salvador

FISHING INDUSTRY EXPANDS:

The Salvadoran fishing industry has
expanded substantially in recent months,
an August 8, 1958, dispatch from the
United States Embassy at San Salvador
reports. There are now some 16 boats
operating out of the Salvadoran ports of
El Triunfo and La Union as compared
with 4-6 at the same time last year.
Most of this increase in the fleet is at-
tributed to the formation of two local
fishing companies with both Salvadoran
and foreign capital participation. (The
1955 Salvadoran Fisheries Development
Law specifies that waters within a 12-
mile limit may be fished only by Salva-
doran nationals or companies formed in
El Salvador with a minimum of 50-per-
cent Salvadoran capital.) To date, the
first of these companies has brought in

November 1958

El Salvador (Contd.)

6 boats previously operated in Panamanian
waters by Portuguese owners, while the
second has brought in 3 Mexican-owned
boats previously operated off the Mexican
coast. Additional boats have not been
brought in so far because of the recent es-
tablishment by the Salvadoran Government
of alicensing requirement for the opera-
tion of additional boats. Bothfirms are ex-
porting fresh shrimp to the United States
by air, and selling fish on the local market
toamuchlesser extent. Total catches of
shrimp are reported to have ranged from
60,000 to 100,000 pounds (mostly heads-
off but includes some heads-on) monthly.

It is reported that these firms are planning
to build badly-needed shore installations --
ice plants and alanding mole at La Union,
and a freezing plant and pier at El Triunfo.
(A small freezing plant in San Salvador has
been exporting to the United States frozen
shrimp caught by a couple of local boats.
The plant also sells shrimp and some fish
in the local market.)

France

DETACHABLE COD END DEVELOPED

FOR MOTHERSHIP CATCHER-VESSELS:

Anovel method of increasing the poten-
tial catch of trawlers working in fleets and

a

RS

a
Rings for attachment
to net body.

served by a ''mothership"is described in
a French fishery periodical.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

The trawl nets are made with easily de-
tachable cod ends being attached to the body
of the net by aline running through a double
row of rings.

At the end of a haul the trawl is brought
to the catcher-vessel's side and the cod end
detached and left inthe sea, marked by two
buoys, one of which carries a flashing light
and ametal reflector screen which can be
picked up on the mothership's radar.

A supply of spare cod ends is carried on
each trawler and anew one quickly fitted to
the trawl as it lies alongside so that fishing
continues almost constantly. The mother-
ship, advised by radio of the position of
the cod ends, picks it up.

In working a fishing ground the trawl-
ers proceed in echelon and fishina zig-zag
course which enables them to cover the
ground effectively and to drop their cod
ends more or less in a straight line.
(The Fishing News, September 26, 1958.)

HOOK OK OK OK

DOES NOT RECOGNIZE
UNILATERAL DECLARATIONS
EXTENDING FISHING LIMITS:

The French Government on September
12 issued this communique regarding rec-
ognition of extensions of fishing limits:

During the last few weeks several coun-
tries made known their decision or their in-
tention of extending either their territorial
waters, or their exclusive fishing zone be-
yond the traditionally-recognized three-
milelimit. The French Government wishes
to state explicitly that it cannot itself rec-
ognize the validity of decisions designed to
modify either unilaterally or by means of
agreements to which it has not given its ad-
herence, the generally accepted limits.
This statement was reported by the United
States Embassy in Paris in adispatch dated
September 12, 1958.

Greenland

SEAL-SKIN AUCTION:

The annual auction of Greenland seal
skins by The Royal Greenland Trade De-
partment took place in Copenhagen, Den-
mark, on September 3, 1958. The total
number of skins offered was sold, which
included 21,370 ringed-seal skins, 1,630
harp-seal skins, 5 adult harp-seal skins,

84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Greenland (Contd.)

and 21 bladdernosed-seal skins. The
skins brought in a total of 1,490,285
Danish kroner (US$216,091), a Septem-
ber 4 dispatch from the United States
Embassy at Copenhagen reports.

The auction was attended by a num-
ber of foreign buyers. The United King-
dom and West Germany are traditional-

ly the principal buyers.

Note: Danish kroners converted at rate of 1 krone equals
US$0.145.

Hong Kong

SHRIMP FISHING INDUSTRY:

There are two main Hong Kong shrimp fishing seasons,
states an August 29, 1958, dispatch from the United States
Consulate atHong Kong. Hong Kong shrimp trawlers operate
in the waters around the Colony from April through the
end of the typhoon season in September. The primary area
for shrimp fishing lies south and east of the Lama chain of
islands, held by the Chinese Communists, where the sea bot-
tom falls off very gradually, beginning at about 20 fathoms.
A secondary area is in the Urmston Roads off Castle Peak,
within Colony waters. Hong Kong shrimp trawlers must
proceed northeast from Hong Kong, along the China main-
land coast, during the rest of the year, from October
through March. Some trawlers are away for a month at a
time during this season, going as far as 600 miles up the
coast to grounds off Fukien Province.

For the most part, Hong Kong’s shrimp trawlers are
sail-powered. Only 280 out of the 769 shrimp trawlers
based in the Colony are motorized. Both types of trawlers
use beam trawls with about a 10-foot spread, dragging
either 7 or 9 such trawls from booms on either side of the
boat and from the mast.

The principal species of shrimp landed at Hong Kong is
Metapenaeus monoceros. Varieties of less importance
are Penaeus monodon, Penaeus japonicus, and Penaeus
orientalis. The latter species flourishes in waters colder
than those surrounding the Colony and are landed by the

_trawlers that fish off the China coast in the winter months.
Most of the Penaeus orientalis that is marketed in Hong
Kong, however, is imported from Communist China.

It is reported that official statistics on landings of crusta-
cea and mollusks have been kept by the Hong Kong Govern-
ment’s Fish Marketing Organization since June 1957 and
that in the ten-month period, June 1957 through March 1958,
a total of 1,730 metric tons of shrimp were marketed
through this governmental organization. Reports indicate
that this figure has been rising recently, because of an
increased demand for frozen shrimp from the United
States.

CK OK OK OK

SHRIMP FISHERY
TRENDS, APRIL-JUNE 1958:

During the April-June quarter of
1958, satisfactory catches of shrimp
were reported by the Hong Kong Fish
Marketing Organization. The bulk of
the shrimp were sold to exporters for
sale to the United States. Only shrimp

Vol. 20, No. 11

sold through the Marketing Organization
are eligible for the Comprehensive Cer-
tificate of Origin required by the U. S.
Treasury Department for shrimp to be
exported to the United States.

Iceland

DISPUTE WITH BRITISH OVER
12-MILE FISHING LIMITS:

Iceland's attempt to enforce the 12-
mile fishing limits and Britain's action
in challenging it by giving naval protec-
tion to trawlers fishing within the new
limits have given rise to a series of in-
cidents which have roused Icelandic tem-
pers and seriously strained relations be-
tween the two countries, a September 4,
1958, dispatch from the United States
Embassy at Reykjavik reports.

Zero hour, midnight on August 31,
1958, found11 British trawlers, with
others in reserve, ready to move inside
the new limits and begin operations.
Icelandic patrol ships moved up to the
12-mile line, with orders to record vio-
lations, but to avoid use of force and
particularly of firearms. West German
and Belgian trawlers, according to Ice-
landic sources, withdrew to the high
seas--a step which Icelanders chose to
interpret as de facto recognition of the
12-mile limit.

The first incident occurred on the
morning of September 1, when the Ice-
landic cutter Odinn attempted to ap-
proach a trawler, but a British frigate
cut in between them. A more serious
encounter occurred the following night.
Taking advantage of fog, 9 crewmen from
the Icelandic Coast Guard vessel Thor
boarded a trawler and were attempting
to bring it into port when the British
frigate Eastbourne came up and ordered
the boarding party to leave. When the
9 crewmen refused they were removed
to the Eastbourne, which tried to take
them backto the Thor. The captain of
the Thor refused to receive them, say-
ing they belonged on board the trawler.

Another minor incident took place
when an Icelandic patrol boat collided

November 1958

Iceland (Contd.)

with a British trawler on September 3,
but no serious damage was reported.
An fcelandic source also reported that
an Icelandic crew was on the verge of
boarding a British trawler but was dis-
suaded by British seamen.

The Icelandic motor boat operators
won a victory over the trawler owners
when the Minister of Fisheries issued
a regulation on August 29 whereby fish-
ing by Icelandic trawlers within the 12-
mile limit is severely restricted. Many
trawler owners have expressed their
dissatisfaction with the regulation. The
Minister of Fisheries has somewhat
strengthened his position by making Ice-
landic as well as foreign trawlers sub-
ject to the measures which Iceland justi-

fies as necessary on conservation grounds.

The Ministry of Fisheries appointed a
committee of 13, under the chairman-
ship of the Director of Fishery Affairs,
to consider the matter and the proposal
that was finally accepted received 9
votes to 3 for two other resolutions.

OK ok ok ok

FOREIGN MINISTER GIVES VIEWS
ON 12-MILE FISHING LIMITS:

The results of an interview on Sep-
tember 13 with the Icelandic Foreign
Minister, before his departure to at-
tend the United Nations General Assem-
bly in New York, regarding Iceland's
extension of her fishing limits to 12
miles, appeared in Althydubladid, an
Icelandic newspaper.

The Foreign Minister stated that ''the
Icelandic fishery extension issue as such
is not on the Agenda and it has not been
referred to the U. N. for a ruling. On
the other hand, the Geneva Conference
is on the Agenda and therefore, as a
matter of course, the Icelandic fishery
issue will come up for discussion. We
are prepared for this and we have al-
ready explained our policy that the U-
nited Nations General Assembly should
issue general regulations applicable to
all nations regarding fishery limits and
other related matters which the Geneva
Conference was unable to deal with--

rather than call another conference... ."'

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

"We may expect a long stiff fight in
New York," said the Foreign Minister.
''To begin with, there will be a discus-
sion as to whether the General Assembly
should issue regulations on fishery lim-
its for all countries or whether they
should be deferred, so as to call a new
Geneva Conference. There will probably
be many who hold different views from
those of our own. The decision reached
now is that it will be necessary to work
for the greatest support for the 12-mile
limit. It is expected that the session
will last for a period of one to two
months."

Sk) ok) ike oc) kc

FISHING LIMITS EXTENSION TO
BE CONSIDERED BY UNITED
NATIONS GENERAL ASSEMBLY:

The United Nations General Assembly,
which convened in New York on Septem-
ber 16, 1958, has on its agenda the Gen-
eva Conference on Law of the Sea. Thus
the Icelandic fishing limit extension ques-
tion will be discussed, according to a
statement issued to the Icelandic press
in Reykjavik on September 10 by the Ice-
landic Foreign Minister. He stated, ''It
always has been and still is the policy of
Iceland that the United Nations General
Assembly should determine the law of
the sea for all nations. It was decided,
against the vote of Iceland, to convene
the Geneva Conference and this decision
was supported by the argument that the
United Nations Assembly lacked tech-
nical knowledge.

"After the Geneva Conference it can
no longer be maintained that specialists
have not sufficiently dealt with this
question. It is therefore purposeless
to refer question to a new conference of
specialists.

"It has been and still is our opinion
that the General Assembly shoud re-
solve the questions upon which the Gen-
eva Conference could reach no agree-
ment.

"It will therefore be the proposal of
Iceland that the General Assembly, which
is now about to meet, does not refer the
question to a special conference but it-
self resolves it.

86

Iceland (Contd.)

"This opinion of the Icelandic Gov-
ernment was presented at the Ministeri-
al Meeting in Copenhagen. On the other
hand, the fishing limit question was not
substantively discussed at the meeting."

Iceland's Foreign Minister is sched-
uled to state Iceland's case for a 12-mile
limit at the United Nations General As-
sembly session.

2k ok Kk
EXPORTS OF FISH FILLETS
TO THE UNITED STATES
UP FOR JANUARY-MAY 1958:

The effect of increased demand in
the United States for frozen fish fillets
from Iceland during January-May 1958,
and reduced commitments to the Soviet
Union has become apparent in the dis-
tribution of total exports from Iceland
to the United States and Soviet bloc mar-
kets. While the United States share of
total Icelandic exports has risen to 14.5
percent during January-May 1958 as
compared with 10.4 percent for the
same period in 1957, that of the Soviet
Union has dropped by one-third during
the same period. The proportion going
to the Soviet bloc as a whole, however,
remains practically unchanged for the
first 5 months of 1958 as compared with
the same period a year ago. The rea-
son is that deliveries to the satellite
countries have had to be accelerated to
meet serious deficits in the clearing
accounts, states a dispatch from the
U. S. Embassy in Reykjavik, dated July
29, 1958.

He OK OK ke

FISHERIES RESEARCH
VESSELS TO BE PURCHASED:
Preparations for the purchase of a
fisheries research vessel are being
made by the Government of Iceland as
a result of an annual appropriation of
Ikr.1,000,000(US$61,500) which has been
provided for fisheries research by a
minor provision in the Export Fund Act
of May 31, 1958, according to a dispatch
from the U. S. Embassy in Reykjavik,
dated July 25, 1958.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

At a meeting of Icelandic, Norwegian,
and Russian ichthyologists at Seydisfjor-
dur, during July 1958, it was agreed that
regional division of research survey ac-
tivities be performed in waters north of
Iceland but that Icelandic researchers
have been handicapped by the lack of an
adequate research vessel. Icelandic ich-
thyologists have had to use fisheries pa-
trol vessels for their research activities.

2k ok ok ok

FISHERIES TRENDS, JANUARY-MAY 1958;

Icelandic landings of fish during January~May 1958 a-
mounted to 230,927 metric tons, an increase of 19.4 per-
cent as compared with the 193,384 tons landed during
the same period in 1957. Increases occurred in landings
of all principal species except haddock, which declined
slightly. The largest increase occurred in landings of cod
which amounted to 180,015 tons, an increase of 20.4 per-
cent over the 149,505 tons landed in January~May 1957.

Of the total quantity of white fish landed in January-
May 1958, 127,463 tons were utilized for freezing. This
was an increase of 27.2 percent as compared with the
100,228 tons frozen during the same period of 1957.

The quantity of herring frozen during the first five
months of 1958 amounted to 1,648 tons, a decrease of
49.3 percent as compared with 2,461 tons frozen in Jan-
uary-May 1957; however, the amount of herring used in
the manufacture of meal and oil in January-May 1958 in-
creased to 1,572 tons as compared with only 405 tons
during the same period of 1957. (U.S. Embassy in Reyk-
javik dispatch, July 25, 1958.)

Icelandic Landings of Principal Species of Fish, ~]
January-May 1958

Species

Blo-nioiaie (Metric Tons)......
(Cel Soo Holo O65 174,320
Haddockierasied-mslenatte 10,752
Ite SoCo GD OOOO Pg)
Catfish eiegewetens tame 4,616
(Ocean perch ..... 7,041
Coalfishyey-t eters 7,603
CHE Hs ocold oes 2,589
ira Godooeae Pe
Othersteregemenca enters 1,284

2k ok ok ok

SUMMER HERRING FISHERY TRENDS:

Iceland’s summer herring season, which started off the
north coast about the middle of June 1958 has prospects
of exceeding the value of last year’s catch. Although the
total quantity landed as of July 19, 1958, was only about two-
thirds of the quantity landed as of the same date last year,
the volume of herring of salting grade has been far higher.
Since salted herring has about 2.8 times the export value of
a similar quantity of herring used for reduction to oil or
meal, it is estimated that the catch to July 19, 1958, would,
on the basis of 1957 prices, be worth about 20 percent more
than the larger catch to the same date in 1957.

Since the summer herring season continues until the
end of August, it was still too early to predict the results
with assurance. The herring have again returned to the
North Coast after a week’s disappearance, and Icelanders
are hopefully expecting that 1958 will be a good year.

The supply of labor both for the boats and for the pack-
ing centers generally has been adequate because the North
Coast herring season occurs in the summer, when the work

November 1958

Icelandic Utilization of Summer Herring Landed,
June-July 1958

June 15-July 19
Utilization

....(Metric Tons)...

force is augmented by students and by otherwise employed
persons taking summer vacations. Trawlers, however, now
fishing for ocean perch or salt cod in Greenland waters, are
experiencing difficulty in filling their crews, more partic-
ularly since most of the 900 Faroese seamen who Signed on
for the winter season have now returned to their home is-
lands. A large number of the Faroese usually leave Iceland
at the end of the main season, but some have also stayed on
for the ocean perch trawling this year; however, since the
Faroese seamen were Subject to a 55 percent currency sur-
charge on their foreign exchange (under the Export Fund

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

87

Japan

STUDIES SHOW BLUE OR GREEN
LIGHTS ATTRACT MOST SHELLFISH:

Tests conducted over a long period in Japan have pro-
duced some results which tend to prove that the introduc-
tion of a light source can increase the catch of shellfish
considerably.

Writing in the Bulletin of the Japanese Society for Fish-
ing Science, the Chief of the Japanese Fisheries Research
Department gives some impressive figures.

Tests were first made with a group of three nets, the
center one of which alone had a lamp situated at its base
and so mounted as to throw the light towards the mouth.

A lamp using current of 6 volts 50 cycles was used and the
nets were employed at varying depths from 1/2 to 1-1/2
fathoms. It was found that the plankton and small fry
were immediately attracted by the light and within one
minute the shellfish, too, had arrived.

Tests were commenced at sunset and the contents of the
three nets were compared at dawn. While no fish at all
were in one of the unlit nets and the other had three crabs
only, the illuminated net contained no less than four crabs

Law of May 31, 1958),they have been returning home at the and 22 lobsters.
urging of their union.
It was at first believed that the attraction was what is

described as an ‘‘alimentary reflex,’’ e.g. that the light
makes the fish hungry and voracious forfood; but it is now
thought that it is the light alone which aftracts them phy-
sically and the presence of food is only secondary.

Further tests were conducted in a salt-water lake.

Here it was possible to note the behavior of the shellfish
more closely and it was found that if the light was switched

. off the fish quickly dispersed but returned within moments
India when the light was turned on again.

Another method tried out was to have a number of nets
joined together in ‘‘v’’ formation with several lamps set
at different distances, up to 60 feet, from them, These
were switched on one after the other starting with the one
furthest from the nets, and the catch noted at regular in-
tervals.

NORWAY AIDS FISHERIES:

The Norwegian Parliament has ap-
proved a grant of 5 million kroner (about
US$700,000) for the year 1958/59 tothe
Indo-Norwegian Fisheries project in
Kerala State, according to The Hindu,
an Indian newspaper of June 12, 1958.
The Norwegian’ Foreign Affairs Minis-
ter stated that to complete the project
Norway intends to spend 15 to 20 mil-
lion kroner (about US$2.1 to $2.8 mil-
lion) more during the next 3 or 4 years.
The total amount of money Norway has
spent on the project to date is 35 mil-
lion kroner (about US$4.9 million). The
Indo-Norwegian Fisheries project direc- af ead ah ye
tor indicated that the annual expendi- #
tures on the project during the last few Rl eee OPERATIONS AN FIL
years were about 5-6 million rupees A Japanese fishing company’s tuna mothership (No. 3
(US$1.0-1-3 million) ang thay pal tates | folaibyle tans taken aloard om Reet of 2 an lng
a United States Embassy dispatch from

liners a total of 3,443 short tons of fish, which yielded 3,041
Madras, dated June 18, 1958.

tons of frozen products. The breakdown by species and the
lote: Values converted at the rate of 1 Norwegian kroner

yield was as follows: 1,690 tons of yellowfin (1,155 tons
frozen round, 39 tons of fillets); 645 tons of albacore; 554
equals 14.U, S. cents, and 1 Indian rupee equals 21
U. S. cents.

They also tried out a long line of lamps which were
dragged along the bottom at a speed somewhat slower than
that of the nets. It was noticed that in every case the
fish followed the light until they entered the trap.

But the best results, which have now been carried out
by the Japanese into their commercial shellfish fishing
industry, were obtained by the use of a light coming from
the base of the net and directed to its mouth. By the use of
that method their catch has more than doubled.

The color of the light is important also, the Japanese
think, Opinion appears divided between whether a blue or
a green light is best. (The Fishing News, August 15, 1958.)

tons of other tunas (393 tons of other frozen products); 335
tons of spearfishes (174 tons of fillets frozen); 194 tons of
shark; and 21 tons of miscellaneous species, At that time the
fleet was centering its operations around 15 S.175 E., east
of New Hebrides,

According to news reports, the company was hoping for an
increase in the proportion of albacore in the catch, as ithad
contracted the Tenyo Maru’s production of this species to a
7 United States tuna canner, to make up for its inability to fill
sales contracts with summer albacore. At the latest report
(to August 28) there was evidence of success in increasing
the albacore catch. With the center of operations shifted

88

Japan (Contd.)

south and east to 17° 30’S., 176° 22’ E. (south of Fiji), the
total landings as of August 28 were 5,334 tons, of which1,616
tons (30 percent) was albacore and 2,261 tons (38 percent)
was yellowfin tuna. The fleet had only 868 tons more to
catch to attain its planned goal.

The 2,940-ton mothership Kaiko Maru, owned by another
large Japanese fishing company, working far to the east and
slightly north of the Equator, was taking a far smaller pro-
portion of albacore. As of July 27 the composition of the
catch of this fleet was reported to be 57 percent yellowfin,
18 percent big-eyed, 5.5 percent albacore, and 13 percent
spearfishes. At the end of August the Kaiko Maru’s 18
catcher boats had delivered 2,522 short tons of fish, of
which 55 percent was yellowfin and only 4 percent albacore.
The center of the fleet’s fishing at that time was reported
as 6°56’ N., 157° 14’ W., which would put it in the vicinity of
Kingman Reef and almost due south of Hawaii.

diel ok) ak Kc

WHALING DEVELOPMENTS:

The sperm-whale fleet and the baleen-
whale fleet which Japan sends to the Ber-
ing Sea each year successfully completed
their catch quotas in August 1958. At
the same time shore-based whaling by
large catcher boats was in progress in
the East China Sea and off northeastern
Honshu, with whales reported abundant
in both areas.

Japan's 13,792-ton whaling mother-
ship No. 2 Tonan Maru sailed May 20,
1958, to catch sperm whales in the Ber-
ing Sea with 6 catcher boats belonging
to 5 companies and 1 cooperative assoc -
iation. After 50 days on the grounds,
this fleet's catch limit of 1,300 whales
was reached on July 15. An increase
of 200 whales in the quota was requested
by the operators, who argued that a 1-
foot increase in the average length of
the whales taken (to 45.5 feet) as com-
pared with last year indicated that the
population was not being overfished;
that there was good demand from the
United States for sperm oil and’ frozen
sperm whale meat; that the No. 2 Tenyo
Maru, which was fueling the fleet at sea
and taking on whale oil, needed more
oil; and since the Russians were fishing
unrestricted for sperm whales, the con-
servation measures were useless. The
request was turned down by the Japan-
ese Fishery Agency, and the fleet headed
from its final gperating position at
ot 33! N., 1755 19!) (near Kalska) to-
ward Yokohama, where it arrived on
July 25. Production amounted to 10,977
metric tons of sperm oil, 1,254 tons of
frozen meat, 1,375 tons of salted meat,
and 47 tons of liver oil. It was reported

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No.11

that 1,000 tons of frozen meat was sold
to the United States for animal feed at
$170 a ton, and most of the sperm oil was
expected to go to the same market. The
salted meat was sold in Japan.

The 11,448-ton Kyokuyo Maru was the
factoryship for this year's northern ba-
leen-whale fleet. Working with 9 catch-
er boats, the Kyokuyo Maru reached its
catch limit of 800 blue-whale units on
August 15, after 85 days of hunting, 45
of them spent on west longitude grounds
and 40 in east longitudes. Last year 98
days were required for the same catch.

Table 1 - Catch of the Japanese Baleen-Whale Fleet

d/mLotalien S00 Mublaeswhalerinites ;
2/ Total of 800.16 blue-whale units.

The Kyokuyo Maru's production from
this catch is reported as 11,413 tons of
whale oil, 16,227 tons of frozen meat,
1,105 tons of salted meat, and 43 tons of
liver oil. After finishing its baleen
catch off Cape Navarin, the fleet moved
south and on August 18 began working on
its quota of 200 sperm whales. The
sperm whale catch limit was reached on
August 25.

Two Japanese companies began whaling
in the East China Sea from their shore sta-
tions inthe GotolIslands on June 27, each
company using one catcher boat of the
400-ton class. The catch limit in this
area was 150 whales for each company,
and as of August 27 each had slightly
over one-third of this quota. Land-
based whaling by large catcher boats
was also in progress off Cape Kinkazan
in northeastern Honshu, where the same
two companies have shore stations. Five
whaling companies have catcher boats
working there, and the catch reported
up to July 15 was 3 blue, 53 fin, 309 sei,
3 humpback, and 477 sperm whales.

Since the return of the Japanese dele-
gates from the Tenth International Whal-
ing Convention, held at the Hague late in
June, the chief question agitating the
Japanese whaling industry has been that

November 1958

Japan (Contd.)

of the number of catcher boats to be as-
signed to each fleet in the coming Ant-
arctic whaling season, In July, the
Norwegian and British operators pro-
posed that catcher boat limitations be
dropped and that instead each country
be assigned a whale-catch quota. The
Japanese rejected this as unworkable,
and proposed in return that the maxi-
mum number of catchers for each fleet
be set at 12, with the factoryship No. 2
Tonan Maru being allowed to have this’
maximum number as compared with 11
last season. The British and Norwe-
gians objected, but the Japanese com-
panies took a strong stand and it was
finally decided that the No. 2 Tonan
Maru will have 12 catchers, with rights
for 1 being purchased from Norway for
about $40,000. Thus the total number of
catchers working in the Antarctic in
the 1958/59 season will be 215, with
Japan operating 69 of them, 1 more than
last year.

The Japanese industry usually as-
cribes its growing ascendancy in world
whaling to the more profitable use that
it can make of the catch--the sizable
domestic demand for whale meat for
human consumption. The supply of
meat--currently over 100,000 tons a
year--is constantly threatening to ex-
ceed the demand, however, and despite
intensive advertising by the three big
whaling companies the price is low and
inventories are large. When it was re-
ported in June, therefore, that the So-
viet Union proposed to export whale
meat to Japan and that two Japanese
trading companies were interested in
handling it, the big three whaling com-
panies promptly protested to the Ja-
panese Fishery Agency, which asked
the Ministry of Trade and Industry to
remove whale meat from the list of im-
ports entitled to automatic approval un-
der the exchange control system. This
request was granted and Soviet whale
meat has ceased to be a threat to the
Japanese producers.

JAPANESE GOVERNMENT

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

89

Libya

TUNA AND SPONGE FISHERIES:

In the Tripolitania section of Libya
the tuna fishing season began in May 1958
and showed considerable promise as an
unusually high proportion of large (300-
400-pound) tuna were caught. No statis-
tics on the landings were available; how-
ever, other fishing operations continued
at a satisfactory pace and according to
Tripoli port authorities, the catch brought
into Tripoli during January-April 1958
totaled 117.7 metric tons as compared
with 100.3 tons during the same period
of 1957.

In Cyrenaica, the fishing season for
sponges began early in May 1958. A
good sponge fishing season was predicted,
as Greek officials reported that over 100
Greek ships were expected to fish in Lib-
yan waters. A large fleet of Greek ves-
sels, augmented by some Italian and
Yugoslay trawlers, arrived in Cyrenaica.
The Cyrenaican officials promptly in-
creased the fishing license fee from the
customary £1100 to EL500 (US$ 280 to
US$1,400), consequently there were only
15 license applications. As a result, it
is thought that this year's sponge fishing
season will have disappointing revenue
returns for Cyrenaica. (U. S, Embassy
in Tripoli dispatch, July 14, 1958.)

Malaya

JAPANESE EXPERT TO STUDY
TUNA RESOURCES OF
THE EASTERN INDIAN OCEAN:

The services of a Japanese expert on
tuna fishing were made available to Ma-
laya for one year under the Colombo
Plan Technical Assistance Scheme to
conduct a survey on the resources of
the eastern part of the Indian Ocean, to
carry out fishing experiments, and to
train local fishermen in modern tuna
fishing methods.

The Japanese expert arrived in Kuala
Lumpur, Malaya, and left immediately
on a tour of the East Coast fishing vil-
lages accompanied by the Minister of
Agriculture and the Director of Fisheries,

90 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Malaya (Contd.)

states a dispatch from the United States
Embassy at Kuala Lumpur, dated Sep-
tember 5, 1958.

Morocco

POLISH FISHERY MISSION
VISITS CASABLANCA:

From August 2-6, 1958, a Polish mis-
sion composed of members of the Polish
Institute of Fishing Science visited Casa-
blanea for the alleged purpose of study-
ing the Moroccan fishing industry. Ac-
cording to the press the vessel Birkut
(100 feet long, 180 tons, crew of 13) ar-
rived unexpectedly. The spokesman for
the group attributed their visit to Mo-
rocco to the enthusiasm of their host in
France during their immediately pre-
ceding visits to Boulogn-sur-Mer, Brest,
Bayonne, Biarritz, and St.-Jean de Luz.

The mission included the following:
the Director General of the Folish Insti-
tute, ichthyologist; a representative of
the Polish fishery ''Dalmor;" and a rep-
resentative of the company ''Arka" of
Gdynia. These members were augment-
ed by a motion picture cameraman and
two underwater photographers.

The Casablanca Polish vice-consul
described the trip as a genuinely scien-
tific expedition, and the possible prelude
to the arrival of Polish fishing vessels
off the Moroccan coastline, as the Pol-
ish fishing industry was giving consid-
eration to exploiting the tuna and sar-
dine resources beyond the territorial
waters of Morocco, according to a Au-
gust 18, 1958, dispatch from the United
States Consul in Casablanca.

Netherlands

MARKET FOR CANNED
AND FROZEN SALMON:

The Netherlands last year bought sub-
stantial quantities of fisheries products,

Vol. 20, No. 11

mainly canned and frozen salmon, crab
meat, and frozen eels from Canada. How-
ever, the value of such imports continued
to decline and Canadian suppliers of can-
ned salmon are failing to hold their own
against increasing price competition.
Thus, while the Canadian share of the
Dutch canned salmon market has dwindled
from 38 percent in 1955 to 7 percent in
1957, Japan's share has risen from 46 to
84 percent. United States suppliers have
also lost ground to Japan, but during 1957
they managed to ship 25 tons more than
in 1956 and now come close to Canada as
the second-ranking supplier. The U.S.S.R.
has also entered the Dutch market, sup-
plying 26 tons of canned salmon in 1957.
In view of the growing emphasis on price,
local traders predict a further rise in
purchases of Japanese canned salmon at
the expense of all other suppliers. For
this reason, suppliers wishing to dobusi-
ness in any volume will probably have to
rely increasingly on the demand for their
low-priced grades of canned salmon.

In past years Canada has sold some
mild-cured salmon in Holland, but more
recently the trend has been towards the
fresh and frozen trade. Because of the
price and quality, Canadian frozen salm-
on is used principally for smoking or can-
ning for the restaurant and hotel trade.
(Baltic salmon does not retain the de-
sired color for this purpose and is sold
mainly fresh or frozen or as smoked
sides.) It therefore seems likely that
the demand for frozen salmon will con-
tinue on much the same scale as before-- :
that is, about 30 to 40 metric tons a year.
(Canadian Foreign Trade, August 16, 1958.)

B

New Caledonia

FISHING INDUSTRY, 1957:

During 1957, New Caledonia's fishing
industry remained inactive and of purely
local importance, states an August 14
dispatch from the United States Embassy
at Noumea. Some 20 small individually-
owned vessels supplied about 15 to 20
tons of fish each month to the Noumea
market. Despite its favorable geograph-
ical location, New Caledonia found it
necessary to import 267 tons of canned
fish in 1957 to fill local needs.

November 1958

New Caledonia (Contd.)

Local interest is being directed to-
ward the possibilities of developing a
tuna canning industry in New Caledonia,
as a result of research by the Orsom III,
avessel of the Institute Francais‘d'Ocean-
ie, and by the apparent success of a fish-
eries company at Santo, New Hebrides.

2 ok ok Ok
TROCHUS SHELL INDUSTRY:
~~ New Caledonia's exports of trochus
shells, declining steadily since 1954, al-
most reached the vanishing point in 1957,
states a United States Embassy dispatch
(August 14, 1958) from Noumea. Ex- |
ports during 1957 were valued at about
US$25,695, compared to US$142,750 the
previous year, and US$215,838 in 1955.
Overfishing during the immediate post-
World War II period is still being felt.

In the face of the depletion of stocks,
local officials and specialists from the
Institute Francais d'Oceanie have co-
operated in a conservation program
looking forward to the eventual replen-
ishment of stocks. They have, among
other things, recently limited the size of
trochus taken to 8 and later 10 centi-
meters (about 3.1-3.9 inches). Experts
hope that by the end of 1958 stocks will
be sufficiently replenished to enable the
industry to regain lost ground. The in-
dustry is centered among a number of
native tribes, and some 2,000 people
find employment on a part-time basis.
During the first half of 1958, about 125
tons of shell, valued at US$31,068, were
exported, an indication that trochus ex-
ports may increase in the immediate
future
Note: Values converted at the rate of 175 CFP francs

equal US$1.
i A

New Hebrides

MORE ON TUNA FISHERY ENTER-
PRISE OPERATED WITH JAPANESE:

A tuna fishery has been established
out of Santo, New Hebrides, conducted
by Japanese long-liners and crews, A
wharf at which to land the fish and build-
ings to handle the tuna have been built.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Seven Japanese tuna long-liners are
operating out of Santo, according to the
latest reports.

The long-liners are between 80 and
150 tons, carry an average of 20 men and
catch 40 tons of fish in about three weeks.

They work in fishing grounds up to 600
miles away from base, keeping in touch
with each other and the base by radio.

The lines are generally set once a
day, either at dawn or sunset, when the
fish are believed to be most likely to
snap at the bait.

The bait consists of Japanese frozen
mackerel-pike, and it apparently takes
two pounds of bait to produce one tuna
of 100 pounds. One ton of bait therefore
produces 50 tons of tuna if fishing is,
good,

It takes 43 hours to set the lines and
they are left in the water 24 hours. It
takes 13 hours to haul them in and col-
lect and stow the fish in the ice holds.

After that the men sleep for three
hours, when it is time to set the lines
again. This goes on for three weeks, as
a rule, by which time the hold is full and
the vessel can return to base.

If the vessel holds 40 tons of fish, the
vessel ties up for 24 hours to allow the
fish to be unloaded, weighed, and stowed
in the freezer; the vessel is then fueled,
is iced, and off she goes for another
three weeks.

If the catch from a big vessel amounts
to 90 tons, it gets two days in port, for
the catch has to be handled and frozen in
two lots.

At Santo the wharf has three berths:
one for unloading the fish, which travels
on conveyor belts to the freezer doors;
an inside berth for loading the crushed
ice and fuel oil; and an outside berth for
overseas ships, bringing oil fuel and
frozen bait, and taking away frozen tuna
for the United States market, and other
factory products to Japan.

The Santo fishery establishment was
planned in 1953, but was held up for

92

New Hebrides (Contd.)

sometime by political objections
from Australia.

At present the base employs 34 Jap-
anese ashore, helped by 35 natives and
5 local Europeans.

The 34 Japanese will be slowly re-
placed by natives, if it proves possible
to keep them long enough to train.

The fishing base has been built and
put into operation during the last three
years by a combination of interests:
two Japanese companies, a United States
fishery firm, and a local organizer.
These four interests are to be joined by
a French firm which is being registered
in Vila to build a cannery at the base to
can the tuna for sale to Pacific Islands
and overseas countries, except the United
States.

Most of the tuna caught is yellowfin,
big-eyed, and albacore. Only the latter
is sent to the United States and all fish
over 100 pounds are cut in half as fillets.
A lot of the fish are 200 pounds each.

Besides the tuna there are other large
fish caught, such as black marlin, king-
fish, and Spanish mackerel. These are
shipped frozen to Japan after being fro-
zen or salted. The remainder is con-
sumed by the inhabitants of New Hebri-
des.

All species of fish caught must be ac-
cepted by the plant for the fishermen
are paid on the basis of the total weight
of the catch.

The Santo plant consists mainly of a
freezer capable of holding about 700 tons
of fish. It is built at the wharf, with the
fish unloading berth pointing at the main
freezer doors.

Apart from the main freezers there
is an ice-making plant which makes ten
tons of ice at a time.

Space has been left near the freezer
for the canning factory of the French
company, which would have a conveyor-
belt loading line to the overseas vessel
berth.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Monthly, July 1958.)

Vol. 20, No. 11

Most of the oil for the vessels and
machinery comes in the company's own
ship from Japan, but as this is not suf-
ficient, some oil is imported by other
ships and an occasional tanker. Over
100 tons of oil a month is used at pres-
ent, because the company must generate
all its own electricity, and this will be
increased when the canning factory is in
operation.

A slipway is being constructed along-
side the works to take vessels up to 150
tons. This will provide for all the fish-
ing vessels and also any local small ships
requiring docking.

The actual fishery establishment at
Palikulo stands on the site used by the
United States forces as an auxiliary port
installation, and this greatly facilitated
the building of the base.

Apart from the main freezer building
and engineroom at Palikulo, the company's
main enterprise was the building of a
special ship to bring supplies from Ja-
pan and to deliver the frozen albacore
tuna to the United States.

This ship is the M/V Santo Maru of
about 1,000 tons, carrying 600 tons of
tuna. She makes the round trip between
Japan, Santo, and San Francisco in 55
days.

From Japan she brings the frozen
mackerel-pike bait, and 150 tons of oil
a trip. She takes back to Japan the fro-
zen tuna, the smoked fillets of mixed
species, and other byproducts. Her
speed is 14 knots. (Pacific Islands

Qe

Norway

FISHERIES TRENDS, JANUARY-JUNE 1958:

A total of 787,252 metric tons of fish were landed in
Norway during the first six months of 1958as compared
with 1,183,140 tons during the first six months of 1957.
The failure of the winter herring fishery was largely re-
sponsible for this decrease, The winter herring shoals,
which were not as dense as formerly, arrived unusually
late this season, and followed irregular courses in the
sea. The weather, furthermore, was cold and stormy dur-
ing most of the season,

November 1958

Norway (Contd.)

These factors give rise to fears that the present herring
cycle, which has lasted nearly 70 years, is nearing the end.
In any case, the landings amounted to less than half of the

1957 landings and less than a third of those in 1956. In an
f Norwegian Landings and Utilization of neath Products,
eeieei ioe: We _January-June 1958
January-
How January-June 1958 June 1957
Utilized _[Capelin] Cod [Herring] Other| Total | Total
So ouneananabun (Metrickl ons) Merreperseent rte
Fresh con- |
sumption = 19,882|) 33,790] 42,635) 96,307! 115,613
Freezing = 5 40,182 | 24,496] 64,678] 63,248
Drying = 84,898 = 38,268) 123,166 88,025
Salting = 31,243/ 80,321] 22,562)134,126] 140,730
Canning = 788) 15,713 6,506 23,007 30,375
Reduction 91,595 > 218,452 | 25,404|335,451| 736,196
Bait 9,709 | 782| 10,517) 8,957)
Total ...| 91,621 | 136, Bil | 398,167 160,653] 787, 252) 1,183,144]

effort to make up for the poor herring catch in Norwegian
waters, intensive herring fishing is being carried on in
waters off Iceland, an August 13, 1958, despatch from the
United States Embassy at Oslo states.

ook
PRESSURE FROM FISHING
INDUSTRY FOR 12-MILE
FISHING LIMIT CONTINUES:

According to Norwegian press reports,

the National Council of the Norwegian
Fishermen's Association has sent an ur-
gent appeal to the Government calling
for a new international conference to
consider the rights of riparian States to
proclaim a 12-mile fishing limit.

If such a conference cannot be held,
and if the question is not settled in some
other way in the meantime, the Council
demands that the Government declare
that Norway will extend her fishing limit

to 12 nautical miles from January 1,1959,

the appeal concluded. The press reports
added that the decision to send the mes-
Sage was taken by a Council vote of 7 to
5. The Minister of Fisheries rejected
the January 1 deadline, and is reported
by the press to have said that Norway
does not depart from her position that
any expansion of the fishing boundary
must be based on international agree-
ment.

The Minister of Fisheries, on behalf
of the Norwegian Government, advised
Norwegian fishing vessels against fish-
ing within 12 nautical miles of Iceland.
While not having the force of law, the
advice appears to have been followed.
There have been no reports of Norwe-
gian vessels fishing within the area in
question. The press has reported the
Fisheries Minister as having said that

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

93

the bulk of the Norwegian catch off Ice-
land had always been taken more than 12
miles offshore. (United States Embassy
dispatch from Oslo, dated September 5,
1958.)

REVIEW OF THE FISHERIES, 1957:

Norway's total commercial fish catch in 1957
was 1,556,650 metric tens valued at 618.5 million
kroner (US$86.6 million), or 429,650 tons and 100.3
million kroner (US$14.0 million) less than in 1956.
(Does not include catch in fresh waters, including
salmonandtrout.) The decrease was partly due to
bad weather conditions and to unfavorable variations
in fish stocks during the seasonal fisheries.

Table 1 - Norwegian Landings! / of Fishery
Products, 1953-57

uantity | Ex-vessel Value

Metric | Million | Million
Tons Kroner US$
Bie ss on cet 1,556,650 | @L5.5° 86.6
Bech tert od Iyoo 1,986,300 Meld eo 99.6
0! DOF -ooo0. o 1,646,872 609.7 85.4
Suda aod 1,904,881 567.8 79.5
PAienetints eee ee at. 1,398,397 486.0 68.0

Does not include fresh-water fisheries, including salmon and trout.

Herring and Sprat: Among the individual her-
ring fisheries, the winter herring fishery is the
principal and most productive of all Norwegian

fisheries. Last year's winter herring production
[Table 2 = Norwegian Landings and Production of Fishery Products,
Species uantity Ex-Vessel Value
In Metric USS
English Norwegian Tons Kroner 1,000
Capelin Lodde 70,022 46
Greenland halibut | Bleakveite 3,861 2,303 322
Halibut Kveite 4,695 15,257 2,136
Witch Wareflyhdre 30 49 “if
Plaice Rddspette 1,072 1,605 225
Flatfish, other Annen Flyhdre 86 105 15
Cusk Brosme 11,340 6,869 962
Haddock JES 41,198 22,818 3,195
Spawning cod Skrei 59,497 43,648 6,111
Finmark cod Loddetorsk 52,143 36,032 5,044
‘Cod, other Annen Torsk 109,306 86,499 12,110
Whiting Hvitting 103 95 13
(Pollock L 2,646 1,953 273
Saithe Ser 73,037 35,013 4,902
Hake Lysin, 50 47 if
Blue ling Blaalzn e 196 112 16
Ling Lange 9,071 7,039 985
Liver:
Spawning cod Skreilever 5,589 3,284 460
Finmark cod Loddetorsklever’ 4,112 2,159 302
Roe, spawningcod reiro, 3,509 2,868 402
hwintecinerates Vin saat 795,582 183,066 25,629
Fat herring Feitsild 45,315 10,565 1,479
‘Small herring maasild 129,663 23,356 3,270
Fjord herring jordsi 1,145 840 118
Trawl herring raals 7,907 2,476 347
Icelandic herring Tslandssild 30,898 23,056 3,228
Sprat ee 9,507 13,630 1,908
Mackerel Makre 11,366 7,138 999
Tuna Makrellst¢rje 4,955 8,243 1,154
Sand eel Tobis (sil) 3,221 742 104
Redfish Uer 4,003 2,562 359
[Wolffi: h Steinbit 2,556 1,074 150
\Dogfis aa 18,506 6,774 948
Crab abbe 2,558 1,657 232
Lobster Mummer 648 6,595 923
Norway lobster reps 188 239 33
eep-water prawn| Reker 6,971 20,251 2,835
Liver, other Annan lever 12,944 7,030 984
Roe, other Annan rogn 48 327 46
ex meee 16,671 = 3,459
BE Cr as ee ee > » ,

amounted to only 795,580 tons as compared to
1,145,860 tons in 1956. Total landings of herring
and sprat in 1957 and 1956 were 1,017,400 and
1,380,130 tons, respectively.

94

Norway (Contd.)

Cod Fisheries: The landings of cod and byprod-
ucts of cod were much lower in 1957 than in 1956,
the respective figures being 241,290 and 307,190
tons. Among the cod fisheries the spawning cod
fisheries are usually the most important. They
also comprise the Lofoten fishery, which last year
failed to a serious extent. Owing to adverse hy-

Table 3 - Disposition of Norwegian Landings
of Fishery Products

Herring] Other
& Sprat |Fis | Bees
Bas a03 (Metric Tons).....
62,823 113,071] 175,894
51,441 29,874 81,315
108,340 125,815] 234,155
159,842] 159,842
38,882 6,189 45,071
741,731 103,542} 845,273
14,185 667 14,852
1,017,402 539,000/1,556,40

drographical conditions only a small stock of cod
appeared on the usual grounds. The catches at
Lofoten, consequently, amounted to only 23,040
tons against 65,920 tons in 1956. Landings of
spawning cod in all districts reached a total of
only 59,500 tons as compared with 110,350 tons in ~
1956.

On the other hand the Finnmark young cod fish-
ery was very successful. The landings in 1957
were 52,143 tons against the average of 40,050
tons between 1954 and 1956. Of deep-sea cod and
fjord cod the combined catches were 110,380 tons
as compared with 118,880tonsin1956. Lastyear's
long-line operations off Iceland accounted for a
sizable portion of the deep-sea catch.

Production of Processed Fish: The disposition
made of the commercial fish catch in 1957 is shown
in Table 3; however, the disposition of approximately
250 tons is not accounted for. The herring and
sprat used for reduction yielded 165,000 tons of
meal and 65,000 tons of oil.

Commercial Fishing Fleet: As of July 1, 1957
the registered commercial fishing fleet totaled
38,571 vessels and craft as compared to 37,601
one year earlier. As of July 1, 1958, 12,583 were
deck-covered vessels, 25,728 were open motor-
boats, and 260 were motorless craft. The num-
ber of covered vessels of steel and open motor-
boats showed increases of 41, and 1,021, respec-
tively. The number of covered vessels of wood
decreased by 71.

The average lengths of the various types of
vessels as of July 1, 1957, were deck-covered
vessels of wood, 40.2 ft.; deck-covered vessels

Species

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Average hx-Vessel Pricesper Metric Ton for Some Nor
957 1956

Vol. 20, No. 11

of steel, 107.1 ft.; and open motor boats,
PPA? iit,

Number of Fishermen: The number of fisher-
men continues to drop. As of the beginning of
1957 there were in all 87,267 fishermen as com-
pared with 90,499 at the beginning of 1956. Of the
87,267, 28,544 had fishing as their sole occupation,
32,790 as their main occupation, and 25,933 as a
secondary occupation.

[Table 4 - Norwegian Exports of Fishery Products and Byproducts1/,1957
=

Product Quantity | Value
Metric 1,000 U
Tons Kroner 1,000
Fresh and iced herring........ 57,138 E .
Brozenvhecringe-scgcsieisiel-yen-nenete 45,686 28,634 4,009
Fresh and iced fish .......... 26,375 45,836 6,417
Fresh and iced fish fillets . . 316 714 100
Whole frozen fish........ 00 6 7,872 29,657 4,152
Brozenifish fillets) ye nee els 17,318 44,552 6,237
Shellfish (including lobster:

Esty) sana soooorodoeas 2,897 28,813 4,034
Stockfish (dried fish) ......... 36,040 155,517 21,772
Klipfish (salted and dried)...... 42,193 143,270 20,058
Salted herring... ....5.5...-.. 62,883 59,863 8,381
REGEN Coon ccuootensece 9,942 16,601 2,324
Smoked fish (including herring) . . 4,004 5,948 833
Other processed fish (not including

Cannedtfish) serene nner ne 10,943 15,443 2,162
Saltedicodgroemnniiisien-a-iilcnea- its 1,387 1,709 239,

616 00.0.0°0 0. 7,000-0 0 D'o.9 31,938 158,014
paar oe O86 Ao eo olla 134,699 156,614
Doo onan eos 918,604

Fresh-Water and Salmon Fisheries: There are
no statistics available on the fish catch in fresh
waters. However, a conservative estimate of the
annual yield of Norwegian fresh-water fisheries
will be in the vicinity of 3,000 tons. The salmon
and trout fisheries, which are mostly commercial,
produce between 1,000-2,000 tons of fish a year.

ine 5 - Norwegian Exports of Selected Fishery Products an‘

Byproducts to the United States, 1957
Product

Kroner

2,797
711
7,822

53,273

3,681

te: Exports of shellfish, including shrimp, are not available by country of destination;
however, it is believed that some shrimp were exported to the United States in 1957.

The combined value of the fresh-water and
salmon fisheries is estimated at about 25 to 30
million kroner (US$3.5-4.2 million) annually, split
about evenly between the two.

Foreign Trade: Exports of fishery products--ex-
cludingtich oil and meal --totaled 356,932 tons valued
at 761,990 kroner (US$106,679) f.0.b. Norwegian port
in 1957 as compared with 375,279 tons valued at
764,057 kroner (US$106,968) in 1956 (tables 4 and 5).

Prices: Ex-vessel prices during the first half
of 1957 increased on an average of about 5 percent
over the corresponding period in 1956. The mini-
mum price for dressed cod over 43 centimeters

wepian Fish, 1954-57

Kroner
220
740
451
544
666

1,628

2,775

412.72

November 1958

Norway (Contd.)

(about 17 inches) in length was, like the previous
year, 70 gre per kilogram (4.5 U. S. cents a pound)
in Lofoten and 68 ¢re per kilogram (4.3 U. 8. cents
a pound) in Finnmark, while the average price ac-
tually paid in Lofoten was 76 ¢re per kilogram

(4.8 U. S. cents a pound) and in Finnmark 67 ¢re
per kilogram (4.3 U. S. cents a pound). The price
in Lofoten was 5 gre (0.3 U. S. cents) higher than
in 1956 while the price in Finnmark remained un-
changed.

The poor Lofoten catch resulted in demand for
extraordinary support for the fisheries. Some 7
million kroner (US$980,000) were appropriated
from State funds for fishermen who had made un-
successful trips and were unable to finance new
equipment. In addition, an extraordinary grant was
made from price regulation funds of 5 ¢re per kilo-
gram (0.3 U. S. cents) for dressed cod, coalfish,
etc., which had been caught along certain areas of
the coast.

During the Finnmark cod fishery an average of
69 ore per kilogram (4.4 U. S. cents a pound) was
paid, or 2 gre (0.1 U. S. cents) more than in the
preceding season. The average price for live cod
in the Norges Levendefiskelag district dropped
from 87 ¢re per kilogram (5.5 U. S. cents a pound)
in 1956 to 85 gre per kilogram (5.4 U. S. cents a
pound) in 1957. For live coalfish there was a fall
from 49 ¢re (3.1 U. S. cents) to 48 ¢re per kilo-
gram (3.0 U. S. cents a pound).

Under the new price regulation rules for cape-
lin the maximum price was fixed at 9.40 kroner
per hectoliter (60 U. S. cents per 100 pounds) for
the first 16 days after the fishing began and at 7.75
kroner per hectoliter (about 50 U. S. cents per 100
pounds) for the remainder of the fishing period.
The average price paid to fishermen was 8.95 kro-
ner per hectoliter (about 57 U. S. cents per 100
pounds), or somewhat less than in the previous
season.

Following negotiations, a guaranteed price of
22.50 kroner per hectoliter (US$1.54 per 100 pounds)
was fixed for large herring and 19.50 kroner
(US$1.33) for spring herring. The fishermen on the
average received 23.39 kroner per hectoliter
(US$1.60 per 100 pounds) for large herring and
19.45 kroner per hectoliter (US$1.33 per 100 pounds)
for spring herring.. For winter herring as a whole
the price rise amounted to about 6 percent.

Under agreement between the herring market-
ing cooperatives and the canning industry, the price
of brisling of the size 9-11.5 centimeters (3.5-
4.5inches) and with minimum 7 percent fat, was
raised to 28 kroner (US$3.92) per bushel. The
prices were raised for other qualities as well.

The average ex-vessel price paid for brisling in-
creased in 1957 from 17.34 kroner (US$2.43) per
bushel in the last season to 25.00 kroner (US$3.50).

The ex-vessel price changes in the last few
years for some species of fish are shown in table 6.

Position of Fishing Industry in the Economy:
With some 61,300 persons having fishing as their

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 95

sole or main occupation, fishermen comprise a-
bout 4 percent of the total labor force. The fish-
ing sector of the economy accounted in 1957 for
1.9 percent of the gross national product and for
15 percent of total exports, exclusive of fish meal.

Panama

REVIEW OF THE FISHERIES, 1957: Summary:
Shrimp is the only marine resource of Panama which
is fully exploited. The shrimp industryis Panama's
second industry. The extraordinary expansion ex-
perienced from July 1956 to September 1957 has
halted. Risk capital is no longer attracted to the in-
dustry as itis not the lucrative business of a year ago.
However, the concern that the country's shrimp
resources are being overfished and are in danger
of depletion is not substantiated by either a decline
in the total take or an increasing number of young
shrimp in boat catches. Two foreign technicians
have been asked by the Governm@nt to appraise this
possibility. The trade has increased processing to
enhance the value of its product and introduce’ new
gear on its boats to increase the shrimp catch.
Shrimp fishing possibilities of new areas are being
explored.

The fish-meal industry was developed to make
use of the nonmarketable or scrap fish caught in
the shrimp nets. When it did not prove practical
for the shrimp boats to save their fish except for
the last day out, the industry was left without an
adequate supply of raw fish. The two plants are
presently served by three purse seiners. The raw
fish supply of both plants must be increased sub-
stantially if the fish meal industry of Panama is to
operate at a commercial level.

The fresh and frozen fish industry for finfish is
dependent on fish caught by the shrimp boats for
its major supply. The fresh fish market is sup-
plemented by catches of individual fishermen, but
there are no boats engaged in commercial fishing
for finfish. Frozen fillets are processed by only
one shrimp packer from select but small fish
brought in by its shrimp boats. The demand ex-
ceeds supply but it is not likely that other packers
will enter this field in the near future. Fish caught
by the shrimp boats customarily are used to pay
the fifth hand of the crew. Loss of the select fish
would cut earnings of the crew whose income has
been sharply reduced this last year by the decline
in the shrimp take per boat.

The bait-fishing industry should produce in-
creased income for the Government of Panama if
year-round fishing is possible. An increase in the
fleet of purse seiners serving the fish meal plants
may affect this industry.

The lobster-fishing industry possibly could be
developed commercially if properly organized with
sufficient capital. Current supply is not adequate
to attract the necessary capital.

The boat-building industry must find new mar-
kets now that the expansion of the shrimp fleet has

96

Panama (Contd.)

leveled off. Panamanian-built boats are now fish-
ing in waters of El Salvador, Honduras, Colombia,
and Brazil. This industry should be able to com-
pete as to quality and price in the export market.

Government Policies and Programs: In March
1957, a Fisheries Department was established
under the Secretary of Commerce of the Ministry
of Agriculture, Commerce and Industries. The of-
fice is headed by a trained technician and has an
allotment of $5,625 under the FY 1958 budget. The
fisheries expert provided by United Nations Organ-
ization for Food and Agriculture returned to the
United States because of illhealth. This technician,
provided under contract, is to be replaced shortly.
The National Fisheries Laboratory, now directly

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

special permits. By Decree 148 of June 12, 1953,
the tuna bait-fishing season is fixed as February 1
to October 31 of each year, with the season's li-
cense priced at $11 per net registered ton of the
fishing vessel. The price of the special closed sea-

son permit was $4 per net ton registered for the ves-
sel.

The shrimp industry, which has enjoyed the
privileges and concessions of Law 12 of May 10,
1950, was made subject to income tax as of Janu-
ary 1, 1958. The agreement between the Govern-
ment and companies provides that 50 percent of
earnings, even though accruing from sales abroad,
shall be subject to tax, payable quarterly.

Shrimp Industry: The extraordinary expansion,
| which began in mid-1956 and swelled capital in-

Table 1 - Panamanian Landings of Shrimp, Fish, and Other Fishery Products
from the Gulf of Panama

~ 19561

Type

Quantit

Value

,000 US
2 Lbs 1,000
Shrimp (heads off)=
Se MR APR ANAT LN 6,645.0 | 2,5
GEN Aas Spee AEG aN ta 1,315.0
CER AEA RAMA eo ete of Sh (/
Oysters & clams 9.1
citer ee he pawns pion ous 7,972.8

1/ Revised.

2/ Total Panamanian shrimp landings are estimated at almost 10 million pounds heads off.
Note: Statistics for 1954 based on registrations at customs--Port of Panama, Arraijan, and Tocumen. Beginning with 1955 data based on information

ceiyed from shrimp companies,

under the Chief of the Fisheries Department, has
continued its shrimp-farming project. The arti-
ficial lake, formed by means of an earth dam a-
cross existing mud flats off Chame, has been in ex-
istence for approximately a year. A recent check
netted around 2,000 larvae in five minutes seining.
The quantity of larvae is considered good but it is
too early to judge the commercial feasibility of
this pilot project, which is the Laboratory's first
development work.

The Fisheries Office presently is concentrating
on compiling reliable data with respect to total
catch and types landed. Until such data are avail-
able, the Government cannot regulate intelligently
the exploitation of its fisheries resources, partic-
ularly the shrimp industry. The Government has
resisted the shrimp industry's desire for a limita-
tion on the shrimp fleet since there is no data to
substantiate the general fear that the large white
shrimp are being overfished.

Decree No. 172 of August 5, 1953, restricts com-
mercial fishing in Panamanian waters to boats con-
structed in the Republic. Foreign-built boats fish-
ing as of the effective date of the Decree were ex-
empted. The purpose of the legislation was to re-
serve the exploitation of marine resources in the
Gulf of Panama for Panamanians. The effect of
the Decree was to give a complete monopoly to a
nonexistent industry, which has developed under
its protective umbrella.

On the recommendation of the Inter-American
Tropical Tuna Commission the Government author-
ized tuna bait fishing in Pacific waters during No-
vember and December 1957 and January 1958 under

vestment in the industry to over $6 million by June
1957, tapered off rapidly in the latter part of the
year and had practically halted by January 1958,
To the extent possible expansion programs were
held in abeyance until the future of the industry
could be reassessed. Much of the investment capi-
tal from outside the industry, which was the princi-
pal. contributor in the increase of the fleet, with-
drew when reduced catches brought earnings sub-
stantially below anticipated income.

A July 1958 estimate by the Department of Fish-
eries placed capital investment in shrimp boats
and plants at just under $8,500,000. The industry
provides permanent employment to some 1,500
workers and part-time work for some 400 more.

Shrimp landings for the year July 1, 1957-June 30,
1958, were estimated at near 10 million pounds
(heads off), about 1 million pounds more than the
previous year. Local markets and the Canal Zone
consumed an estimated 700,000 pounds and the bal-
ance entered the United States market. Peeled-and-
deveined shrimp made up a substantially larger
portion of the shipments than in previous years.

Panama's shrimp fleet totaled 217 trawlers on
June 15, 1958, as compared with 157 a year ago.
There were 42 more boats under construction, 32
of which will join the Panama fleet. The increase
of 60 trawlers represents an even greater increase
in the fishing power of the fleet as the new boats
are larger and have more power. There are seven
packing plants now processing shrimp. One other
plant is under construction.

A number of the new companies organized be-
tween September 1956 and June 1957 have not con-

November 1958

Panama (Contd.)

tinued with plans to establish freezing plants. The
majority have contracted their fleet of trawlers to
one of the established packing companies. Several

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

oO

maximum productivity, the increase in the fishing
power of the fleet (more and larger trawlers) of
approximately three times, should result in a de-
cline in the take per boat. Moreover, the extended
severe drought in 1957 is believed to have disturbed
fishing patterns all along the Pacific Coast.

Table 2 - Panamanian Shrimp Exports by Months
5 me

RETENS|

1958 1957 1956
Quantity Value il Quantity | Value Quantity Value
Lbs. US$ Lbs. US$ | _Lbs. US

ich. 8 | Cro o CLONE CRED RTEA 414,654 332,153 567,199 403,354 365,143 221,158

AeBt OROr D DLs th CUM oamed xe 378,997 307,421 823,513 562,992 324,266 197,968

A ona AM healed ha kewercas nd Lo 648,635 480,673 776,557 420,013 522,786 341,990
Se nee 1,442,286 |1,120,2 2,167,269 [1,386,359 1,212,195 761,116 |

MEA Cia ne Geen tae 789,068 561,108 | 753,146 541,205 431,978 288,333

6 1G, ONS. Cha Lob Ch CNG ckenc: Ee MeL peo 815,413 535,591 961,023 779,891 800,938 395,883

non na a Ren oo ee bea = = 819,639 612,015 842,722 556,449

Rorale2ndi@ tees = 2,533,808 | 1,933,111 | 2,075,638 | 1,240,665

fRofaliéhnoste eee ee = - 4,701,077 | 3,319,470 | 3,287,833 ,001,781
Uy ee EERE en. alee = = 585 641, 695,102 | 518,366 |

WSUS time marcia su ccrcnteide sects, se = = 602,202 526,709 628,891 471,028

\FOUSTAIOP 6 ooo oo bo Bold o = dL = 515,925 515,197 396,563 400,623
PROtalesrdl@tr een ens = = 1,945,985 | 1,683,153 | 1,720,556 | 1,390,017 |

CLO Erie enn Sets cones = = 438,790 343,752 373,898 305,836

OvjemIDe Ta Aled fei, se ieuley-stiehel oh © oe = 549,500 414,767 369,502 319,828

eCem bers gitar art wollneusucne aces | = = 531,725 | 425,513 414,729 342,669

MROtAlE4A thy@ treme = = 1,520,015 | 1,184,032 | 1,158,089 968,333

Wears otal eerie naan = = 8,167,077 | 6,186,655 | 6,166,47 4,360,131

Year's Total (Revised)... . = = =a 8,263,701 | 6,183,584 | 5,977,257 | 4,427,116

Note: Official monthly statistics are based on exporter's anticipated shipments filed with request for export license, Data based on shipping manifest

companies have their catch packed for sale under
their own brand name. Little change is expected
in the organization of the industry in the near fu-
ture. If the catch of large whites does not improve
and should the pinks fail to appear again next dry
season, one or more of the packing companies may
shift operations to another country. Reportedly,
the catch of jumbo whites has been very good in
Ecuadoran and Colombian waters.

Currently, 60 to 70 percent of the total shrimp
catch is of the small species, titi, indio, tiger,
known as ''camarones."' (Most of the small brown
shrimp move into the market under the trade name
"titi.'') Titi landings have been heavy this season,
the height of which is May, June, and July. This
shrimp was discarded until mid-1955 when a United
States soup company contracted to buy the small
brown shrimp tails, peeled and deveined. There is
considerable concern among packers that the U-
nited States price may break as stocks of "titi'' in
New York are known to be heavy.

The boat take of white jumbo shrimp or "'lango-
stino'' has dropped sharply within the last 16
months. The average boat tripis around 100 pounds
aday. For a 5- to 8-day trip a boat averages 400
to 600 pounds as compared to 1,500 to 2,400 pounds
a year ago. White shrimp are taken the year around,
but the best trawling is the rainy season, particular-

are compiled only on an annual basis (year's total, revised). Usually exporter's estimates exceed quantity actually shipped but are lower than the ac-
tual value of shipment. Monthly data sufficiently accurate to reflect seasonal trend in catch.

ly April-September.

Both Government and industry are concerned
that the sharply-reduced catches of the boats per
trip may indicate that the white jumbo shrimp is
being overfished. Absence of data on total catch
by type makes it impossible to determine if the to-
tal catch as well as the average boat catch is dim-
inishing. Assuming that total take was nearing

The pink of "roja'' shrimp failed to come in
within reach of the fleet this season. During the
upwelling of cold water in the Gulf, which brings
water temperature down, the pink shrimp appear
in great abundance in the shallow water of the Gulf
within easy reach of the shrimp fleet. The heavy
run usually comes in the latter part of February
or early March. There was a good take on Feb-
ruary 28, and it appeared the run had started.
However, the northeasterly wind did not continue,
the water temperature rose, and the pinks disap-
peared. Some boats went out to deeper water to
try and find them, but those located were in rocks,
resulting in costly net damage. The 1958 total take
of pink shrimp is estimated at 250,000 pounds
(heads off) as compared withan estimated 2,500,000
pounds taken in 1957.

The jumbo whites are beheaded at sea. Packers
are paying about 15 cents a pound under the sale
price. The value of the catch of company-owned
boats is estimated on the same basis. The catch
averages 33 percent under 10 tails, 50 percent 11-
15, 10 percent 16-20, and seven percent over 20 or
broken. Some very large whites weighing five to
six tails to the pound have been landed recently.
The smaller species of shrimp usually are landed
whole; however, when runs are heavy a premium
price may be paid by a packer to crews of its own
boats to induce them to behead at sea. Currently,
packers are purchasing the titi at 10 cents a pound
and the larger varieties at 30 cents a pound, whole.

Most trawlers average three trips a month of 5
to 8 days. Packers prefer the shorter trips as they
permit more orderly handling of shrimp at the
plant, ease the load on freezing equipment, and re-
duce losses from spoilage. Reduced catches per
boat over the last year have encouraged captains
to extend the trip and range as far west as the

98

Panama (Contd.)

Costa Rican border. The general feeling is that
the catch has not justified the 15-21 day trip. Re-
portedly, some boats have lost their entire catch
because of failure of refrigeration equipment. Even
with refrigeration, spoilage offsets a large part of
the gain after the tenth day out. Boats fishing Co-
lombian waters are out 21 days and the catch is
averaging 4,000 to 5,000 pounds. Exploratory runs
have been made offthe Atlantic coast, particularly
off Bocas del Toro. There is also an exploratory
trip scheduled for the San Blas area. One com-
pany proposes to establish a fleet of about 10trawl-
-ers in the Gulf of Chiriqui and send one trawler
back to Panama City with the entire catch. To date
the commercial shrimp industry has been confined
entirely to the Pacific side of the Isthmus.

The Panamanian shrimp fleet had 217 trawlers
in the water as of June 15, 1958, representing a
capital investment roughly estimated at $6,800,000.
At this time 42 additional trawlers were under con-
struction, 32 of which expected to join the Panaman-
ian fleet. Eleven trawlers have moved within the
year to other fishing grounds; 6 to El Salvador, 4
to Honduras, and 1 to Colombia. The 12 now fish-
ing in Colombian waters eventually will be trans-
ferred to Colombia and are not included as part of
the Panamanian fleet. The Panamanian shrimp
fleet is expected to level off around 250 trawlers.

Construction for the last two years has been
more or less standardized to a modified ''V'' bot-
tom, 53-foot draft, 60-foot length (boats under 65
feet may transit the Canal without a pilot), and 18-
foot beam. All are equipped with 150 to 200 horse-
power Diesel motors and carry 25 tons. The 60-
foot wooden trawler equipped with refrigeration
costs between $30,000 and $40,000 and an additional
$5,000 to $7,000 set to fish. Several steel boats
have been constructed locally and are now fishing
in the fleet. One fishing company reports construc-
tion costs of its steel boats to be approximately the
same as the wooden ones. Commercially-built
trawlers, reportedly, have cost about $10,000 more
than the same boat in wood. Only boats built in the
Republic may engage in shrimp fishing in Panaman-
ian waters unless fishing as of August 5, 1953.

The boats should be pulled out at least three
times annually for cleaning and painting and the
engine overhauled once a year. However, Panama
has no commercial marine railroad which dis-
courages proper maintenance. Most boats are
beached for cleaning, repair, and painting. One
fishing company has its own marine railroad, which
permits repair of trawlers of its own fleet, but its
present facilities are limited. Work on its marine
yard on Taboga Island has been stopped for the
present. The new shrimp company now under con-
struction will have a marine railroad but its use
will be restricted to its own boats. There is a dif-
ference of opinion in the industry as to the Saving
in maintenance costs on the steel trawler. Report-
edly, maintenance costs have increased sharply
with the employment of untrained crews. One pack-
ing company has initiated an incentive program de-
Signed to encourage cleanliness and better mainte-
nance of its trawlers by the crew.

The shrimp boats are using nets of 75 to 125
feet in length, the average being 90 feet. The tend-
ency has been toward the bigger nets as catches de-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

clined over the year. This trend, however, may be
reversed. The United States fishing expert, brought
down by one of the packing companies, persuaded
several captains on company boats that the smaller
flat net would get as much shrimp, less scrap, and
put less wear on the boat's motor. On the basis of
the experience of these captains, other captains
have requested that their boats be equipped with
this 77-foot flat trawl. Nets are worked from a
single beam with a side winch equipped with some
12,000 feet of steel cable, which permits fishing to
a depth of 30-35 fathoms. Some boats have been
equipped with 24,000 feet of cable which will permit
fishing up to 80-90 fathoms.

One fishing company had redesigned a trawler
for exploratory fishing to handle two nets, one off
each side but worked from a single winch located
in the center of the boat. The nets are 45-foot
flat nets with 24,000 feet of steel cable which will
permit trawling at 90 fathoms. One net will lead
the other by 25 feet.

A large number of the trawlers, estimated at 40
percent of the total fleet, are now equipped with re-
frigeration. Most packers have a strong preference
for ice over the refrigerated brine. Ice, however,
is expensive at $9-$10 a ton and the boats, which
require from 10-12 tons, can be supplied only at
high tide. Refrigeration permits longer trips but
lack of trained crew engineers able to make quick
repairs has resulted in high losses.

A standard crew is captain, engineer, and two
seamen. The crew is entitled to 35 percent of the
value of the catch, which is divided 12 percent to
the captain, 9 percent to the engineer and 7 per-
cent each to the seamen. Most boats take on an
extra hand known as the ''pacotillo'' who is paid
by the other members of the crew or with fish
caught in the shrimp nets. Some independent boat
companies, temporarily, have increased the earn-
ings of their crews by using a higher unit price in
establishing the value of the catch. In this manner
boat owners hope to hold good captains until shrimp
fishing improves.

The rapid expansion of the fleet placed a pre-
mium on experienced reliable captains and trained
fishing crews. Many of the boats were placed under
newly-licensed captains, whose past experience
was that of a seaman, and untrained fishing crews.
Catches per boat dropped sharply with the increase
in the fleet and earnings of the crew were cut pro-
portionately. Bootlegging of shrimp over-the-side
or at ports of the ''Interior"' developed to a critical
point in the six months period of September 1957-
March 1958. The shrimp was easy to sell and guilt
was difficult to prove. The organized ring was un-
covered in March with the theft of shrimp estimated
at $50,000 monthly. Arrests include one packer
and a number of boat captains, including some of
the better ones.

Local consumption, including sales in the Canal
Zone market, probably did not exceed 700,000
pounds within the year in view of the high price and
short supply. Shipments for the year July 1, 1957-
June 30, 1958 are estimated at 7,677,000 pounds of
frozen shrimp. The jumbo whites made up about
40 percent of total exports. The smaller species,
peeled and deveined, represent 60-70 percent of
current shipments, and about 60 percent of the
year's exports.

November 1958

Panama (Contd.)

The large white tails are sorted by size, in most
instances mechanically, layer-packed in five-pound
boxes, frozen, then given a heavy glaze. These are
shipped in steel-banded master cartons holding 50
pounds. One packer is processing large white tails,
peeled and deveined and frozen separately. These
tails are arranged on large metal trays and placed
in the blast-freezing room for approximately 40
minutes. They are finished with a heavy glaze and
packed in 23-pound units and shipped 25 pounds to
the master carton. The loss in processing is about
20 percent. Another packer is processing large
whites, unpeeled, frozen separately. No individual-
ly brine-frozen shrimp are being processed at this
time.

All packers have increased the processing of
the small species of shrimp in an effort to offset
the loss of the pink this year and the reduced take
of whites. Generally speaking, tails up to 60 to the
pound are layer-packed in five-pound boxes, frozen,
and glazed in the same manner as the large whites.
All under 60's are peeled and deveined, packed in
five-pound plastic bags, jumbled, placed in five-
pound boxes and frozen. No glaze is necessary.
Currently, packers are peeling and deveining all
the brown shrimp which available labor permits.

A one-pound plastic package of peeled and devein-
ed shrimp is processed in both "titi'' and large
browns for the local market and the Canal Zone.

Peeling and deveining and packaging is done on
a piecework basis. Peelers receive 3 to 4 cents a
pound. The more skilled workers may earn up to
$25 a week with the average earning 20 to 30 cents
an hour. An estimated 400 persons are permanent-
ly employed in the processing plants with some 400
additional peelers employed on a part-time basis.

All packers ship by the Panama Line which sails
from Cristobal for New York ona 7-, 11-, 7-day
schedule. The frozen shrimp, packed in 50-pound
master cartons (frozen white jumbo ''separates"
have same packing as layer-packed tails but weigh
only 25 pounds per master carton), is shipped by
the Panama Railroad to Cristobal dockside in ac-
cordance with the sailing date of the Panama Line.
The mechanical refrigerator cars, placed in serv-
ice on the transisthmian railroad by the Panama
Canal Company in October 1957, have met with fa-
vor by all packers. The refrigerator car, which
may travel as part of the passenger train, permits
orderly movement of the frozen shrimp from the
holding room of packing plants to the refrigerated
hold of the ship. Formerly, all shrimp moved by
refrigerated trailers across the Isthmus.

The Grace Line is the regular carrier for frozen
shrimp moving to the United States west coast and
and carries occasional shipments to the Atlantic
Coast. No air shipments have been made since the
emergency shipments in February 1957.

Most sales are made f.o.b. Cristobal to United
States importers. None of the packing companies
have found it necessary to deal through brokers.

Reduced catches and increased processing facil-
ities have held the price of fresh shrimp high.
Packers purchase the shrimp of independently-
owned boats on a scaling ex-vessel price ranging

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

99

from 12-20 cents under current sales prices. The
value of the catch of company-owned boats is es-
tablished on the same basis. Currently packers
are paying 80 cents a pound for heads-off whites,
and 10 cents a pound for titi with heads, 20 cents
heads off. The indio and tiger shrimp are pur-
chased at 30 cents a pound heads off.

The f.o.b. Cristobal price averages 90-95 cents
a pound for frozen jumbo whites, 45 to 55 cents a
pound for frozen peeled and deveined "'titi'' and 55
to 65 cents a pound for peeled and deveined tails of
the larger brown species.

Checks of local public markets in August 1958 in-
dicated that the supply of shrimp offered has been lim-
ited. The local market favors the whole shrimp. Wa-
ter from the smashed cooked head is used to flavor a
native rice dish. Moreover, vendors customarily be-
head day-old shrimp. Supermarkets and select meat
markets offer frozen, peeled, and deveined titi in one-
pound bags, jumbled, for $1.05 apound. The large
types of frozen brown peeled and deveined shrimp
were priced at $1.30 a pound package. No jumbo whites
were available in markets checked, New shrimp prod-
ucts: breaded, cooked, and smoked®-were available.
Breaded fantails were 75 cents a ten-ounce frozen
package. Two-ounce packages of shrimp rounds
(balls) and smoked "'titi'' were priced at 31 and 32
cents, respectively. Dried "titi'' tails were avail-
able at the checkout counter in small cellophane
packages at 10 cents a package. The latter are
served as cocktail tidbits or eaten as salted pea-
nuts might be in the United States.

The Canal Zone currently is purchasing fresh
jumbo whites without heads at $0.88 a pound. Peeled
and deveined tails of the larger brown species,
frozen, are purchased at $1.05 a pound and the
smaller ''titi'' at 75 cents a pound. Frozen breaded
fantails and shrimp rounds are available at 50 cents
a ten-ounce box, 25 cents less than the price in
Panama City supermarkets.

Shrimp continued to be Panama's second export
product. Official statistics report exports of
8,263,701 pounds with a declared value of $6,183,584
for calendar year 1957. For the first five months
of 1958, exports totaled 2,046,768 pounds valued at
$2,216,946 as compared to 3,881,439 pounds valued
at $2,707,455 for the same period in 1957. Export
shipments for the 12 months, July 1, 1957-June 30,
1958, were estimated at 7,676,800 pounds net of
frozen shrimp as compared to 7,023,658 pounds
net for the previous 12 months, indicating a near
10-percent increase in spite of the absence of the
pinks this season. Similar estimates for the seven
months period, January-July 1958, compared with
the same period 1957 indicates a decline of less
than four percent although the take of pinks this
season did not exceed 250,000 pounds as compared
to 2,500,000 pounds taken in the first four months
in 1957. Furthermore, a greater proportion of the
shrimp is being peeled and deveined, which involves
a weight loss in processing of 20 percent for large
whites and 35 percent for the smaller species.

The impact of the importation of Colombian
shrimp for processing will be reflected in Panama's
exports for the last half of 1958. On the basis of
current boat takes this traffic should amount to
some 336,000 pounds of large whites, heads off,
in the six months period granted a Panamanian

100

Panama (Contd.)

shrimp company in its arrangement with the Co-
lombian Government.

Panama continues to import a small amount of
shrimp, dried or salted and canned. Imports in
1957 increased substantially over the quantity im-
ported in 1956, due to withdrawal of Zone Commis-
sary privileges of Panamanian Zone workers. The
United States was the principal supplier for canned
shrimp and Hong Kong for shrimp dried and salted. |
United States canned shrimp in August 1958 was
priced in Panama City supermarkets at 84 cents
a 43-ounce can of jumbo and 62 cents a 44-ounce
can of small browns; Norwegian peeled shrimp
52 cents a 23-ounce can.

Fish Industry: The fresh fish industry contin-
ued primarily in the hands of one firm which sup-
plies Panama and Canal Zone markets on both
sides of the Isthmus, particularly hotels, clubs,
and restaurants. Independent fishermen supple-
ment the supply of vendors in the public markets.

A cooperative fillets and freezes select fish
caught in the shrimp nets such as corbina, snook,
flounder, and red snapper. Production is limited
and the fillets are small since the fish are caught
incidental to shrimp fishing. Production present-
ly is off, but the company has processed as high
as 15,000 pounds of fish a month within the year.
The entire production is sold to select Panamanian
markets and the Canal Zone. Demand continues to
exceed supply.

For fish, in the public market corbina in August
1958 was selling for 25-30 cents a pound. A num-
ber of other smaller varieties of fish weré offered
at 10-15 cents each. The supply of fish fillets was
limited although such choice fish as red snapper,
snook, pargo, Spanish mackerel, and sierra are
usually available. Supermarkets and select meat
markets offer frozen fillets of corbina at 50 cents
a pound and melo at 35 cents a pound. The Canal
Zone currently purchases fresh fish at 25 cents,
first grade, and 15-18 cents, second grade. Froz-
en corbina is priced at 36-40 cents a pound and
flounder at 25-27 cents a pound.

A small amount of fish is dried and sold locally
as cod. Flounder, which is not acceptable as a
fresh fish because of its double eye on one side
finds a ready market dried as cod. Young shark
is also used. Interior markets offer sun-dried
fish which is processed locally. Imports of dried

cod in 1957 exceeded 1956 by 90,000 pounds. Can-
ada was the principal supplier.
There are no canneries in Panama. Plans of

the two shrimp companies who considered estab-
lishing canneries have been indefinitely deferred.
There are no boats fishing commercially for fish.
Most shrimp companies permit crews to keep the
fish caught in the nets to pay the "'pacotilla'' or
sell to increase their own income. There is little
likelihood that other packers will process frozen

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

fish fillets, at least for the near future.

Panama's imports in 1957 of canned sardines
exceeded 1,400,000 pounds valued at $274,391. Im-
ports of tuna were three times 1956 purchases and |

Vol. 20, No. 11

salmon imports doubled. The increase reflects
the increased demand in the Panamanian markets
as of January 1, 1957, when Zone workers lost
commissary privileges.

Fish-Meal Industry: Panama's second fish-
meal plant was completed in April 1957 at a cost
of some $300,000 and was in commercial operation
in the latter part of the year. The plant is located
on Taboga Island in the Gulf of Panama and is
owned by a shrimp company. Used plant equip-
ment purchased in the United States was supple-
mented by new equipment imported or constructed
in the company's shops. The plant is under the
management of an experienced German technician.
Capacity of the plant is 9-10 tons of raw fish an
hour with the fish-meal recovery about 20 percent
of the raw fish content. The meal runs about 60
percent protein and sells at $6.50-$7.00 a 100-
pound bag ($130-140 a short ton).

Production of the Taboga plant as well as that of
another plant established in February 1955 is very
restricted by the lack of fish. The older plant lost
one of its three purse seiners and is dependent on
two boats for its fish supply. The Taboga plant has
one purse seiner in operation under a Peruvian
captain experienced in the use of the purse Seine.
Three other boats are under construction and will
be equipped with purse seines and placed under ex-
perienced captains when completed. The plant's
raw fish supply is supplemented by noncommercial
fish from the company's shrimp boats. Noncom-
mercial fish caught the last day or two of a shrimp
trip is purchased from the crew at $10 a ton.

Panama consumes about one-half of the total
meal production, primarily in commercial hog feed-
ing; the balance is exported. In 1957 exports to-
taled 842,157 pounds valued at $40,500 as compared
to 1956 exports of 225,791 pounds valued at $13,780.
All shipments moved to the United States.

Both fish-meal plants are large and neither has
been able to secure enough raw fish to operate at
a quarter of plant capacity. There are some 50
varieties of noncommercial fish in the Gulf of Pan-
ama but fishing for these fish only is costly. Lim-
ited deck space on the shrimp trawler makes it
impracticable to save fish caught in the shrimp
nets except on the last day out. The company with
the Taboga plant proposes to use a fleet of landing
barges to pick up daily the fish from its shrimp
boats. As yet this plan has not been put in opera-
tion. The future of the fish-meal industry is depend-
ent on a solution of the problem of raw fish supply.

Bait Fishing: The United States tuna fleet con-
siders the area around Chepillo Island and the
mud flats east of Panama City one of the better
"baiting" grounds for the anchovetta sardine. Since
the anchovetta spawns within the first year and us-
ually dies shortly thereafter it may be considered
an annual crop.

The Government of Panama requires commer-
cial tuna boats to purchase a bait-fishing license
for the nine months season, February 1-October 31.
The cost of the license is $11 per registered net
tonnage of the fishing vessel. Some 71 tuna boats
obtained bait fishing licenses for the regular 1957
season at a cost of $140,888. Requests were well
above the 57 licenses obtained in 1956 at a cost of
$117,485. Panama has received an average annual

November 1958

Panama (Contd.)

income of $135,129 for the last five years from the
sale of bait-fishing licenses.

On the advice of the Inter-American Tropical
Tuna Commission, Panama permitted tuna boats,
under special permits, to bait-fish during the three
months! closed season, November and December
1957 and January 1958. Reportedly, the Commis-
sion does not believe that bait fishing throughout
the year in the Gulf entails any danger of depletion
to the anchovetta. The price of the special permits
was $4 per registered net tonnage of the fishing
vessel. Some 27 boats obtained permits at a cost
of $19,888. Requests for bait-fishing licenses for
the current season as of June 30 were well behind
1957 sales.

There was some concern expressed at the an-
nual reunion of the Inter-American Tropical Tuna
Commission over the use of the anchovetta by the
two fish-meal plants of Panama. The manager of
Taboga plant, however, reported that the anchovetta
made up less than 10 percent of the plant's supply
of raw fish. Reportedly, Costa Rica has obtained
Panama's consent to take anchovetta for use in re-
stocking its waters of the Gulf of Nicoga.

Spiny Lobster Industry: The principal grounds
for spiny lobster fishing are Playa Grande on the
Pacific side and Bocas del Toro on the Atlantic
side of the Isthmus. Transportation is the limiting
factor as both locations are distant from the cen-
ters of consumption--Panama City, Colon, and the
Canal Zone.

A small company, organized in 1957 to exploit
lobster resources of Bocas del Toro, has ceased
operations. The company purchased lobsters caught
by divers for $3 a dozen and transported them by
air to Panama City for processing at a local shrimp
plant. The lobsters weighed from one to 13 pounds,
heads on, The catch averaged 4,000 pounds month-
ly. All were sold locally. The organizer of the
company feels that a freezer boat is needed to op-
erate profitably.

The shrimp packing company installed large
cooking kettles for use in processing, lobster for
the export market. The company received around
4,000 pounds of fresh lobster a month from Bocas
del Toro. Both the whole lobster and tails only
were processed for export. Operations have been
discontinued on the basis that the supply was too
small.

Operations at Playa Grande on the Pacific were
practically destroyed when most of the traps were
broken loose and lost in a high wind. The traps
have not been replaced and there is no organization
to present limited operations.

The supply of lobster in the local market is er-
ratic. There were none in August 1958 in Panama
City markets. The Canal Zone currently pays 40
cents a pound for live spiny lobsters weighing from
1 to 4 pounds, but has no regular source of supply.

Exports of spiny lobsters in 1957 amounted to
1,382 pounds valued at $680. All were shipped to
the United States market.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

101

Boat-Building Industry: Panama's boat-building
industry developed under the protection of Decree-
Law 172 of August 5, 1953, and flourished with the
extraordinary expansion in the shrimp industry.
Boat builders, who in July 1957 were unable to ac-
cept additional orders for new boats, are now look-
ing for orders. As of June 15, 1958 there were 38
boats under construction in the 11 boatyards and 4
being built on the beach. Several boatyards have
closed. In the past six months the industry has had
cancellations of orders and even stop orders on
boats under construction. New speculative capital,
the principal contributor in the expansion of the
shrimp fleet, withdrew quickly when boat catches
declined and earnings dropped below anticipated
income. The investor, who had used borrowed
money, has had difficulty maintaining his boats in
-operation with the reduced catch per boat, further
aggravated by theft of the shrimp and failure of the
pink shrimp season.

The Panama shrimp fleet is expected to level off
at 250trawlers. There were 217 in the water June 15
and 32 under construction which expect to join the
fleet.

The future of the boat-buildin industry appears
to depend on an export market. One boat yard has
an order for 10 boats for the Brazilian fleet. Three

Table 3 - Panamanian Imports of Fishery Products

by Commodity and Country, 1957
[Product & Country of Origin] Quantity | Value
1,000 Lbs.| US$1,000
Shrimp, dried or salted:
United states as rien. 1.5 1.5
ELON Sato nce ee eae 26.5 17.0 |
INMOEUFENAME 65 5 5 oto 3 GO 2.2 1.0
Colombiave lane 1.8 0.6
bes Total TE | ao
rimp, canned:
United States! ..: 2.5; 7.2 8.1
1aKOy ONES IONE? GGG bo ooo | 0.3 0.2
WyneeyZOne esse eneeoe | 0.9 | 0.9
Total | 8.4 9.2
(Cod, dried: i
United States ....... 10.5 | 2.9
Canadae yea rae ers iba!) (55 242.4
TRAN CY nos ca eee ante 70.7 19.8
Great Bigitain gene aen nee 59.0 10.6
celandiiert tan en ae 12.4 2.8
Others including .....
INGO ADV bo oo oon 19.9 4.0
| RoOtalyaey Oak ee 1,388.1 282.5
‘una, canned: ia T
WnitedEStatesteeeyee een 17.0 9.8
EP EIQUS geccecny fy ciecP mee ieee 169.4 43.8
BE Cuadoneieae an ) aor 2a.9 | 4.0
Others including .....
HGeeEZOn Ci ieneie nen: 13.0 3.8
IUGUAN 5 ¢ cio 6 o bab oe 223.3 [61.4
Sardines, canned:
Notlavailableni eo 1,428.8 274.4
Salmon canned:
Not available

have been completed and exported. Within the year
11 boats have been withdrawn from Panama's shrimp
fleet and moved to neighboring republics. An addi-
tional 12, presently fishing Colombian waters, will
be assigned permanently to Colombia.

The Panamanian trawler has been more or less
standardized to a modified ''V'' bottom with 54foot

102

Panama (Contd.)

draft, 60-foot length and 18-20-foot width. It is

of heavy construction with a dead weight of 50 tons.

Native woods are adaptable to boat building and
have proved successful in tropical waters. The
wood is impregnated with poison to deter attack by
insects. New wooden trawlers are priced at $30,000-
$40,000.

One commercial boatyard has constructed steel
boats: 8 were on order a year ago; 9 have been
completed; and 2 are under construction. One
shrimp company also is building for its own use 4
steel boats. The completed one was converted to
a purse seiner. Commercially-built steel boats
are priced at $40,000-$50,000 but the shrimp com-
pany maintains that its construction costs are ap-
proximately the same on the steel as on the wood-
en ones,

In spite of the expansion of the boat-building in-
dustry there is no commercial marine railroad.
Lack of these facilities discourages proper care,
and maintenance on the trawlers runs high. An
appropriate area for the location of a marine rail-
road is limited in and around Panama City. One
fisheries company in Panama has suspended con-
struction of its marine yard and shops on Taboga
Island, which included plans for marine railroads
to accommodate 10 to 12 shrimp boats.

A number of the present boatyards are expected
to operate primarily in repair and rebuilding of
existing shrimp boats. One proposes to introduce
a small 36-foot trawler which will be able to get
into rivers and on the mud flats. Several of the
larger companies should be able to compete in the
export market.

Peru

SPERM WHALE PRODUCTION, 1957:
Preliminary estimates indicate that
during the 1957 whaling season in Peru,
2,363 sperm whales were captured, from
which 7,802 metric tons of sperm oil
were extracted. It is expected that the
1958 sperm-whale production will be
double that of 1957 due to the installation
of a new plant for processing sperm oil.
(Boletin Informativo, No. 53, January

1958.)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

Portugal

CANNED FISH EXPORTS, JANUARY-JUNE 1958:

Portugal’s exports of canned fish during January-June
1958, amounted to 26,959 metric tons (1,673,700 cases),
valued at US$14.6 million, as compared with 18,943 tons,
valued at US$12.0 million, for the same period in 1957.
Sardines in olive oil exported during the first six months
of 1958 amounted to 19,183 tons, valued at US$10.4 mil-
lion.

During January-June 1958, the leading canned fish buyer
was Germany with 4,298 tons (valued at US$2.4 million),
followed by Italy with 3,860 tons (valued at US$2.0 mil-
lion), Great Britain with 3,070 tons (valued at US$1.6
million), the United States with 2,472 tons (valued at
US$1.8 million), and Belgium-Luxembourg with 2,021
tons (valued at US$1.8 million). Exports to the United
States included 1,245 tons of anchovies. (Conservas de
Peixe, August 1958.)

Portuguese Canned Fish Exports al
=
Species January-June 1958
Metric US$
Tons" 1,000
Sardines in olive oil. ....... 19,183 10,355
Sardinelike fish in olive oil ... 2,925 2,006
Sardine & sardinelike fish in
SIS 5 oD DOO ooo OOOO UOS 495 121
Tuna-& tunalike fish in olive oil 730 582
Tuna & tunalike fish in brine .. 279 133
Mackerel in olive oil ....... 2,739 1,242
Ouse MII Groagoopeso DDS 608 180
MEA 5 5.5'6.05-0009-099 26,959 14,619
OK OK Kk Ok

CANNED FISH PACK,
JANUARY-APRIL 1958:

The total pack of canned fish for Jan-
uary-April 1958 amounted to 5,424 met-
ric tons as compared with 4,818 tons for

‘Table 1 - Portuguese Canned Fish Pack, January -April 1958

Sardines sence
Sardinelike fish
Anchovy fillets

75,424

Note: Values converted at rate of 28. 75 escudos equals
US$\.

the same period in 1957. Canned sar-
dines in oil (2,876 tons) accounted for
53.0 percent of the January-April 1958
total pack, higher by 27.4 percent than
the pack of 2,258 tons for the same peri-
od of 1957, the August Conservas de
Peixe reports.

2k ok ok ok

November 1958

Portugal (Contd.)

FISHERIES TRENDS, JUNE 1958:
Sardine Fishing: During June 1958
the Portuguese fishing fleet landed 8,002

metric tons of sardines (valued at
US$696,696 ex-vessel or $87.07 a ton).

In June 1957, a total of 6,934 tons of sar-
dines were landed (valued at US$926,086).

Canneries purchased 35.8 percent or
2,864 tons of the sardines (valued at
US$264,939 ex-vessel or $92.51 a ton)
during June. Only 3 tons were salted,
and the balance of 5,135 tons was pur-
chased for the fresh fish market.

Matosinhos lead all other ports in
June landings of sardines with 6,334 tons
or 79.2 percent, followed by Peniche
1,004 tons (13.0 percent), and Lisbon
211 tons (2.6 percent).

Other Fishing: The June 1958 land-
ings of fish other than sardines were
principally 4,672 tons (value US$378,191)
of chinchards, and 882 tons (value
US$108,522) of anchovies. (Conservas
de Peixe, August 1958.)

Singapore

CENTRAL FISH MARKET
PLANNED FOR SINGAPORE:

Leading merchants and auctioneers
plan to invest a million dollars in a cen-
tral fish market in order to organize the
marketing of marine products in Singa-
pore. In the past the market has been
scattered and irregular and the market-
ing of fish has been unsatisfactory.

The new scheme envisages the es-
tablishment of an auction center, a
wholesale market equipped with new
modern handling facilities, and an ice
factory, as well as a boat landing for
fishing craft. It is hoped that the new
market will result in better quality fish
being marketed at lower prices. Fish is
an important source of protein for the
people of Singapore, points out an Au-
gust 26 dispatch from the United States
Consulate in that Colony.

Se oe ok
KOK OOK

mK OK

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

103

FISHERIES IN 1957:

The total catch of fishery products
in Singapore during the year 1957 was
estimated at about 13,593 metric tons.

Very little of the domestic catch is
processed. During the early part of the
northeast monsoon, part of the anchovies
caught is boiled in brine and sold as
"boiled fish."’ The total volume of fish
consumed in Singapore in 1957 was esti-
mated as about 37,000 tons. Imports of
fish during 1957 amounted to 25,577 tons
of fresh fish and 12,944 tons of dried fish.
Exports of fish amounted to 2,171 tons of
fresh fish and 11,637 tons of dried fish.
The number of fishing vessels licensed
in 1957 were: 2,122 non-powered vessels;
488 vessels powered by outboard motors;
and 156 vessels powered by inboard en-
gines. A total of 1,924 licemses were is-
sued in 1957 to fishing gear operators.

aes

LSS
Spain

VIGO FISHERIES TRENDS, JULY-AUGUST 1958:

Fish Exchange: Landings of fish for the month of
July 1958 at the Vigo Fish Exchange rose to 6,768.6 metric
tons, an increase of 2,390.7 tons over the previous month,
and a slight increase of 87.3 tons over July 1957. Primarily
responsible for the increase were the landings of albacore,
tuna, which rose from 169 tons in June this year to 2,660 tons
in July (July 1957 catch: 1,963 tons). Sardine landings a-
mounted to 547 tons, an appreciable increase over the 42
tons of July 1957. Other major species passing through the
exchange were horse mackerel (944 tons), and small hake
(538 tons).

Landings this July were valued at US$1,987,000 (at the
official rate of US$1.00 = 42 pesetas), almost an 80 percent
increase in value over June due to larger landings of the ex-
pensive albacore. Fresh albacore ex-vessel prices aver-
aged 15 U.S. cents a pound during the month,

August 1958 fish landings were a disappointment after
July. Total catches dropped 1,199.6 tons, and were also
381 tons less than August of 1957. Albacore landings were
1,343 tons, a.drop of 1,317 tons from the preceding month,
but considerably higher than the 831 ton figure for August
1957. Sardine landings dropped from 547 tons in August
1957 to 405 tons landed in August this year. Other leading
species for the month were horse mackerel (1,228 tons),
and small hake (418 tons). The total August catch was valued
at US$1,390,843.

Fish Canning and Processing: Cannery production in-
creased sharply in July with 2,597 tons of fresh fish processed
followed by a drop in August to 1,640 tons. The increased
activity reflected the larger catches of albacore and sardines
for the two-month period. The sardine fishery continues to
be a disappointment because of the light catches, and because
of the small size of the fish.

The new premium for the export of canned fish products
represents an approximate 11l-percent increase, and puts
Spain in a much more favorable competitive position with its
two chief rivals, Japan and Portugal. Principal exports
are Sardines, anchovies, tuna, and albacore; with Italy, the
United States, Cuba, and Switzerland buying almost 80 per-
cent of the total.

The largest foreign market for Spanish fish products is
Italy which in 1957 bought 19 percent of the sardines, 92.87

104

Spain (Contd.)

percent of the other tuna and albacore, and 71.85 percent of
the anchovies, for a total of 61.02 percent of Spanish exports
(United States share: 6.37 percent). Although refusing to
‘raise its quota on tuna imports, Italy recently extended its
commercial accord with Spain for one year (to April 1, 1959),
reportedly agreeing to buy nearly 23 million pounds of all
types of fish, a sizable 20 percent increase over the previous
agreement.

Prospects of increased exports this year due to the
new export premiums depend on various factors. Stocks are
adequate, but sardines, the main export product, have failed
again to appear in sufficient quantities. Anchovies are not
canned until late winter when other activity has ceased. The
only bright spot in the picture are the catches of albacore
which are running much higher than last year. Exports will
go up, stated an industry representative, but how fast and
how much cannot be predicted.

Increased dollar earnings will depend on the sales of tuna,
anchovies, albacore, and sardines to the United States, which
purchased 1,781,572 pounds valued at US$627,000 in 1957.
Exporters would particularly like to increase tuna and alba-

core sales.

SHRIMP LANDINGS
DOWN SHARPLY IN 1957:

Shrimp landings in Surinam during
1957 amounted to approximately 804,700
pounds, a decrease of 50.0 percent as

Surinam

Surinam's Shrimp Landings, 1952-

ear Quantity Year a
1 “O00 LES: 1 Ee
LOR? ||| TRO 1954
1956 1,622.6 1953 gata :
1955 1 (234, 6 1952 661.4

compared with 1.6 million pounds in 1956.

The drop in landings was attributed to
abnormally high temperature and salin-
ity of the waters in river mouths and
near the coast. (U. S. Consulate in Par-
amaribo dispatch August 16, 1958.)

rN

Sweden

CONSUMPTION OF FISH
AND FISHERY PRODUCTS, 1957:

Total Swedish consumption of fish and
fishery products during 1957, according
to preliminary figures of the Swedish
State Agricultural Marketing Board, a-
mounted to 135,100 metric tons, valued
at 412 million Swedish crowns (US$79.5
million), as compared with 134,700 tons
valued at approximately 400 million
crowns (US$77.2 million) in 1956.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

Fresh and frozen fish consumed in
1957 amounted to 88,700 tons, valued at
249 million crowns (US$48.1 million);
canned and cured fish amounted to 46,400
tons valued at 163 million crowns (US$31.5
million).

Consumption of fresh fish has steadily
increased during the past years, while
the quantity of canned and cured fish con-
sumed has decreased in each of the last
two years. In 1957 this decrease was
confined to imported products as opposed
to 1956, when the decline was exclusively
in domestic products.

Consumption of frozen fish fillets to-
taled 18,000 tons in 1957 as against
18,100 tons in 1956. This very small
decrease of 100 tons is chiefly of interest
because it breaks a steadily rising trend
of some years duration.

Consumption of Fresh, Canned, and Cured Fish in
Sweden, 1954-57

Domestic salt-water fish:
Fresh fish & fish fillets. .
Frozen fish fillets ....

Imported salt-water fish:
Fresh fish & fish fillets

Frozen fish fillets ....
Fresh-water fish

Domestic Saree

Despite the drop in total frozen fish
fillet consumption, the amount supplied
by domestic products rose. In other
words the drop was absorbed by the im-
ported frozen fish fillets which fell to
11,400 tons in 1957 as compared with
12,300 tons in 1956.

Imports during the past years have
amounted to between 20 and 25 percent of
the total fresh fish consumption, includ-
ing frozen fish fillets, and for a consider-
ably larger part of the consumption of
canned and cured fish.

The per capita consumption of fresh
fish increased from 26.0 pounds in 1956
to 26.2 in 1957, while the consumption of
canned and cured fish dropped from 14.3
pounds to 13.7 pounds.

November 1958

Sweden (Contd.)

The average retail price for fresh
fish increased during 1957 and amounted
to 2.86 crowns a kilogram (25 U. S. cents
a pound), as compared with 2.72 crowns
a kilogram (24 U. S. cents a pound) in
1956. The price of canned and cured fish
on the other hand decreased from 3.44
crowns a kilogram (30 U. S. cents a
pound) in 1956 to 3.34 crowns a kilo-
gram (29 U. S. cents a pound) in 1957.
(United States Consulate dispatch from
Goteborg dated August 28, 1958.)

Note: Values converted at the rate of 1 Swedish crown

equals US$0. 193.
EI

a
Union of South Africa

AUREOMYCIN TESTS WITH HAKE:

The use of aureomycin in fish preservation was
tested earlier this year by the South African Fish-
ing Industry Research Institute. Describing these
experiments in their Bulletin No. 31, the findings
were:

(1) Preliminary microbiological assays showed
that a commercial antibiotic preparation, received
from the United States some time before, was of
correct ''potency.'' Further assays showed that it
was possible, by following closely the manufactur-
er's instructions, to prepare crushed ice contain-
ing between 2 and 5 p.p.m. aureomycin.

At sea, such ice was used for the storage of
hake and the spoilage of these hake was followed
for 13 days. Both bacteriologically and organo-
leptically the aureomycin ice had a marked bene-
ficial effect; after 13 days, fish in ordinary ice
were considered inedible while those from aureo-
mycin ice were considered quite edible and of much
better appearance. At earlier stages during stor-
age (e.g. after 5 and 8 days in ice) the differences
between the two batches were not organoleptically
apparent, but bacterial counts on fish in ordinary
ice were 10 or more times higher than the counts
on fish in aureomycin ice.

(2) Hake were dipped in a 50 p.p.m. aureomycin
in sea water solution, then stored in the aureomy-
cin ice. Only a slight extra beneficial effect fol-
lowed the use of the aureomycin dip in conjunction
with storage in aureomycin ice, when compared
with fish dipped in sea water alone and then stored
in aureomycin ice.

(3) Because the industry might find it desirable
to use aureomycin ice on only part of the catch,
after it is landed, this aspect required investiga-
tion. Hake were held three days in ordinary ice
and then switched to aureomycin ice containing
3-3.9 p.p.m. antibiotic. Control fish were held
in ordinary ice all through the experiment. It was
found that the use of aureomycin ice in this way
had no beneficial effect until some time between

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

105

the 10th and the 15th day of storage. By the 15th
day the fish from both types of ice were considered
inedible, despite the far lower bacterial counts on
fish from aureomycin ice.

After 13 days' storage in aureomycin ice the
outer (subcutaneous) layer of the muscle, toa
depth of 1.5 cm., in fish treated as in (1) or (2)
carried aureomycin concentrations of between 0
and 0.09 p.p.m., as determined by microbiological
assay.

After 18 days' storage in aureomycin ice, two
similar muscle samples from fish treated as under
(3) carried aureomycin concentrations of 0,12. and
0.4 p.p.m. respectively, and a skin concentration
of 1.35 to 0.067 p.p.m.

From the foregoing experiments, it appears
that aureomycin ice is of practical benefit only if
it is brought into contact with the fish immediately
after catching. Further experiments are planned
to determine whether some variation in the meth-
od of antibiotic application might allow treatment
to commence 3 to 5 days after catching.

In the above experiments, it was found that the
residual aureomycin in the fish, even after pro-
longed storage, was at such a low level as to be of
no danger to the consumer's health. A short cook-
ing of the fish further reduced the antibiotic's con-
centration, if not destroying it altogether. (The

South African Shipping News and Fishing Industry
Review, August 1988)

CAPE WEST COAST
PILCHARD-MAASBANKER
INDUSTRY, JANUARY-JUNE 1958:

The pilchard-maasbanker boats of the
Union of South Africa Cape west coast
landed 243,450 metric tons of fish during
the first six months of 1958, consisting
of 162,210 tons pilchards, 60,285 tons
maasbanker (jack mackerel), and 20,955
tons mackerel. By the end of June
222,495 tons of the 250,000-ton pilchard-
maasbanker quota for the season had
been landed.

The Cape West Coast fishcatchin June
was 39,501 tons pilchards, 2,851 tons
maasbanker, and 79 tons mackerel. The
month's total catch of 42,431 tons yielded
7,321 tons fish meal, 487,698 gallons fish
oil, 1,349,976 pounds canned pilchards,
1,074,141 pounds canned maasbanker,
and 21,264 pounds canned mackerel.

The moon period early in July follow-
ed by a temporary shift of the pilchard
shoals south from the Dassen Island area,
caused a drop in the Union of South Af-
rica west coast fish catch in that month.

106

Union of South Africa (Contd.)

The estimated total of about 25,000 tons
should, however, bring the 1958 total
catch to about 270,000 tons, and that for
pilchards and maasbanker to just under
the 250,000-ton quota.

With another month of fishing in Au-
gust, the industry is well set to pass

250,000 tons for the first time since 1952.

The Union of South Africa's pilchard
and maasbanker harvest this season may
be the best since the record year of 1952.
The waters of the Cape west coast have
erupted in a rich gleaming mass of the
fish. Fourteen factories, 1,000 fisher-
men, and 175 boats are reaping the glis-
tening harvest.

"It has become a season of fantastic
abundance; day and night boats return
to the factories with full holds over-
flowing on to the decks. The boats are
bigger, the nets deeper, and they catch
all they can. But they make little im-
pression on the packed shoals which
seem to increase rather than diminish
with the catching."'

May yielded 55,164 metric tons of
pilchard, maasbanker, and mackerel. At
the end of May this year a total of 122,709
tons of pilchards, 57,434 tons of maas-
banker, and 20,876 tons of mackerel had
been landed.

Six years ago, when a record catch of
300,000 tons was attained, fishery scien-
tists became alarmed and feared that the
abundant waters of the Cape were in dan-
ger of being overfished. A 250,000-ton
quota was introduced and later an agree-
ment between factories and fishermen
restricted the capacity of the fishing fleets.
Since then the industry has struggled and
failed to reach its 250,000-ton ceiling.
Each year the catch decreased until in
1956 the quota total of pilchards and
maasbanker dropped toa meager 134,874
tons.

Big boats roamed 100 miles and more
from their factories searching for the elu-
sive shoals. Then the echo sounder was
introduced, and in mid-1957 a huge rush
ef maasbanker, found by echo sounders,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

helped to improve the catch to 211,742
tons.

As the boats went out for the 1958
season factories prepared for the long-
range fishing of the previous few years.
Then, early in February pilchard shoals
appeared off the coast, and the run to and
back from the grounds was reduced to a-
bout six hours. In April the shoals were
so thick that it was often difficult tomove
through the packed mass of fish. Catches
were made withina few miles of the coast,
often within sight of the factories.

In all, the fishing industry of the Union
and South-West Africa has landed nearly
400,000 tons of pilchards in the first six
months of fishing this year.

The improvement in fishing has been
matched by good sales of South African
fish products abroad. The most out-
standing increase has been to the Far
East and the Philippines--more than
13,000 tons, including one order of 3,500
tons, probably the largest single load of
canned products ever taken from South
Africa. Large exports of fish meal in-
cluded several cargoes of bagged meal
to Britain, the Continent, and the United
States.

At Walvis Bay in South-West Africa in
June 44,961 tons of pilchards were land-
ed to bring the total for the first six
months of 1958 to 135,961 tons. The
South-West Africa quota is also 250,000
tons. (The South African Shipping News
and Fishing Industry Review, August 1958.)

ok Kk kK
PILCHARD-MAASBANKER FISH-

ING SEASON ENDED AUGUST 31, 1958:
The fishing season for pilchards and
maasbankers in the Cape West Coast wa-
ters of South Africa ended on August 31,
1958, and will not reopen until January 1,

1959. This action was taken by the Un-

ion's Division of Fisheries after it be-
came evident that the total combined
catch of pilchards and maasbankers had
passed the 250,000-ton quota. The fish-
ery this year was the best since 1952
and the quota was reached for the first
time since 1953. The estimated catch of
pilchards and maasbankers for the 1958

November 1958

Union of South Africa (Contd.)

season is 275,000 tons as compared with
300,000 tons in 1952, states a September
16, 1958, report from the United States
Embassy in Pretoria.

br a a

SHARK FISHERY PROSPERS:

Sharks are bringing prosperity to
Gansbaai, a small bay about 90 miles
from Cape Town, South Africa. Fish-
ermen are already well on the way to
beating their record of 60,000 sharks
last year. Inthis season, which started
on April 1, they have already caught
more than 50,000. In June alone they
caught over 15,000, against 10,000 for
the previous June. For some fisher-
men the haul means anything up to
US$56 a day. On some days more than
2,000 sharks have been delivered to the
Gansbaai Fishery Cooperative.

The Cooperative sells the livers to
a pharmaceutical manufacturing com-
pany which has set up an oil-extracting
plant in the village. The carcassesare
dried and sold to the Belgian Congo,
Ghana, and Mauritius, and the dried fins
are exported to China.

The shark is the ''vaalhaai,'' which
grows to about 6 feet, and averages about
40 pounds in weight. It is also known as
the tope, school shark, or liver-oil shark.

The fishermen catch them on hand
lines, using any scraps of fish or meat
as bait. As the sharks are boated they
are dispatched with a club. For each
shark carcass, the fisherman receives
about 35 U. S. cents and for the liver he
gets about 14 U. S. cents a pound. As
the average weight of a liver is 4 pounds,
the total value of the shark is close to
91 U.S. cents. An official of the Co-
operative said: ''We sell the livers to
the pharmaceutical company for about
16 U. S. cents a pound. The carcass is
gutted, headed, and split down the spine.
It is then rolled in salt and placed in
brine vats for two days.'' (World Fishing,
September 1958.)

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

107

U. S. S. R.

DEVICE SHOWS AMOUNT OF FISH
IN TRAWL BEFORE HAULING:

One third of the time of a trawler is
devoted to setting and hauling in thetrawl.
And it often happens that, when hauled,
it is not full or sometimes is overfilled.
Equipment has now been devised to check
the amount of fish in the trawl before it
is hauled, according to an item in Fisk-
aren, a Norwegian trade paper.

The device was constructed by an in-
stitute for fishery research in the Soviet
Union. It consists of an ultrasonic trans-
mitter in the forward part of the trawl
and a fish-measuring apparatus. The
equipment has a battery which functions
continuously for 25 hours. The device
was tested toward the end af last year
during severe storms in the Northwest
Atlantic and under the most difficult
circumstances maintained contact be-
tween the trawl and the vessel and indi-
cated the exact amount of fishin the trawl.

FISHERY LANDINGS, 1957:

The total quantity of fishery products
landed at U. S. S. R. ports during 1957
amounted to 2,850,000 metric tons, ac-
cording to a recent report published in
a French magazine. Landings of fish
from off the Soviet coasts and from the
Caspian Sea were lower; however, land-
ings of fish from the North Sea, and the
North Atlantic, and Antarctic oceans in-
creased considerably.

Production of frozen fishinthe U.S.S5.R.
increased in 1957 as compared with 1956.
Canned and smoked fishery products
production was also higher.

The increased fishery landings are
partly due to the addition of 9 new trawl-
ers to the Soviet fishery fleet. These
trawlers (each 3,700 gross tons) are
equipped to remain at sea for periods of
as long as two months. In addition, re-
ports indicate that Russia has 2,000
modern trawlers fishing (some of these
are fishing on the Grand Banks). Asa
result, the Soviet fisheries in the Antarc-
tic Ocean and waters of the Far East
have expanded considerably. (Industria
Conservera, Vigo, Spain, June 1958.)

108

UA ISSs Re (Contd)

NEW TRAWLERS EQUIPPED
WITH REFRIGERATION PLANTS:

For the freezing of fish and fish fil-
lets in tunnels and for their storage in
the holds, the new Russian trawlers are
equipped with a two-stage ammonia
plant. The plant is designed for the
freezing of 20 metric tons of fish fillets
and of 10 tons of fish at an evaporation
temperature of -40 F. within 24 hours
and for the storage of the frozen fish at
an air temperature of -0.4 F. in the
holds.

The freezing plant is made of 3 two-
stage ammonia ''V'' compressors, with
4 cylinders. Freezing occurs in 2 tun-
nels in which air is blown by fans; this
air passes at first through the direct ex-
pansion batteries. The fish is placed
into the tunnels, and loaded into the lock-
ers. Every tunnel is designed for 4 lock-
ers full of fish. In each locker 900-1,000
pounds of fish may be loaded. Four hours
are necessary for freezing and the inter-
vals between loadings are 15 minutes.
(Rybnoe Hozjajstvo, U. S. S. R., Jan.
1958, No. 1.)

oa) $9 FAQ BN SR

OCEANOGRAPHIC SURVEY VESSEL
TO VISIT UNITED STATES PORTS:

The U. S. Department of State on Sep-
tember 22, 1958, informed the Soviet
Embassy that the United States Govern-
ment would permit the Soviet oceano-
graphic survey vessel Vityaz to call at
San Francisco in November and Honolulu
in December 1958, for the purpose of
replenishing its stores of fresh water,
fuel, and food products, and to allow
scientific personnel and officers and
men of the ship's crew to go ashore.
The Vityaz is engaged in scientific in-
vestigations in the North and South Pa-
cific Oceans which are a part of the pro-
gram of the International Geophysical
Year. It is assumed that the data col-
lected will be made available to scien-
tists of the other nations participating
in the IGY.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

|

Vol. 20, No. 11

United Kingdom

CONTROLS ON IMPORTS OF
CANNED SALMON LIFTED:

The British Government announced
on September 17, 1958, that controls
would be lifted shortly on imports of
canned salmon from all sourees except
the Soviet Bloc, according to a U. S. De-
partment of Commerce release.

Later information revealed that Brit-
ish licensing of foreign purchases of can-
ned salmon was ended.

Sle ok ook
3K OOK 3K

Be Be

EFFECT OF ARTIFICIAL LIGHTS ON FISH STUDIED:

The Scottish Home Department has been carrying out ex-
periments and research into the effect of artificial lights
on fish and other marine organisms at sea.

Artificial lights are used extensively in fishing opera-
tions in different parts of the world. Their use is probably
greatest in Japan, where important ‘‘light’’ fisheries for
a number of species of fish have existed from the earliest
times.

Lights are also used extensively in the Mediterranean,
especially in the sardine fisheries.

Hitherto, however, the use of lights in the other Euro-
pean Sea fisheries has been on a relatively limited scale.
Jenkins (1927) reports that lights were used by Dutch fish-
ermen to attract herring in the 15th century but they are
not used by those fishermen today.

Norwegian fishermen use them in their purse-seine
fishery and they are sometimes used by the Scottish ring-
net fishermen to drive herring away from inaccessible
places near the shore.

Experimental and commercial techniques for catching
fish aggregated by lights are described by various work-
ers, While most techniques require the positive attrac-
tion of fish to the light, a repellent action in adult herring
is used by Scottish ring-net fishermen.

Lift nets or blanket nets for catching the aggregated
fish are used off Japan and in other regions. The use of
a fish pump associated with an electrical fishing appara-
tus for sucking up small herring 7 to 8 cm. (about 3 inches)
long aggregated by lights has been described by Smith
(1955) and a fish pump is also described by Borisov
(1956) and Nikonorov (1957).

Since the war a number of experimental studies have
been made in the North Sea and adjacent waters on the
effect of artificial lights on fish. Experimental work with
lights on Atlantic herring did not yield any positive re-
sults in the last century (Mitchell 1864). Krefft and
Schubert (1950) reported the attraction of young herring
to the surface by a 100-watt light.

The objectives of work with lights, guided by the above
data, carried out from Aberdeen since 1952, have been:
(a) to study the behavior of fish in response to lights and
other factors; (b) to investigate the possibilities of using
lights to attract or repel fish, particularly herring, as an
aid to commercial fishing: (c) as a secondary objective,
to assist in interpreting echo-traces.

Fifty-nine experiments have been carried out in the
period 1953-57 in addition to others before this series was
started. Thirty-one of these experiments were conducted
off the east coast of Scotland and 28 off the Scottish west
coast. The depth of water varied from 2 to 60 fathoms, the
most usual depths being between 13 to 33 fathoms.

November 1958

United Kingdom (Contd.)

The detailed results of the experiments by the Scottish
Home Department appear in the booklet ‘‘Effect of Artifi-
cial Lights on Fish and Other Marine Organisms at Sea,”’
Marine Research 1958 No. 2.

Seok ok ee
pd ba3 pd 6-4) £3

EXPERIMENTSON USE OF
LIGHT TO ATTRACT LOBSTERS:

The use of light under water to at-
tract lobsters has been attempted experi-
mentally in East Fife, Scotland. Asmall
battery-powered torch is used with a
waterproof-wrapping to keep the battery
dry while under water.

This light is inserted in the lobster
pot which thus becomes an illuminated
trap. Initial tests with such illuminated
traps have shown good returns; one trap
took two lobsters, one of 33 pounds, and
the other of 2 pounds, within a three-
hour period.

OFFICIAL VIEWS ON
ICELAND'S EXTENSION OF
FISHING LIMITS TO 12 MILES:

The British Minister of Agriculture
and Fisheries spoke on September 9,
1958, at Hull, England, on the dispute
regarding Iceland's extension of fishing
limits to 12 miles in order to make a
distinction between economic and legal
problems.

On the economic side, he pointed out
that Icelandic fishermen are now catch-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

109

ing over 23 times the prewar quantities
of fish and that the total catch is increas -
ing yearly. The British Minister acknowl -
edged Iceland's special dependence on
fisheries and that Iceland is entitled to
preference. Headded, however, that the
needs of others should not be disregard -
ed and pointed out that the United King-
dom catches 25 percent of all its fish in
the high seas around Iceland, but the
catch has not been increasing. He also
pointed out that the United Kingdom
shares Iceland's concern for the proper
conservation of fish stocks, and that the
Convention on Fishing and Conservation
was adopted at the Geneva Conference.
He stated that ''This country will not be
backward in accepting whatever measures
scientists show to be needed," :and that
if Iceland has evidence fish stocks are
being endangered it shouldgbe brought to
the conference table and the United King-
dom ''will do what is necessary."

On the legal side, the British Minis-
ter pointed out that no recognition of a
12-mile fishing limit was made at the
Geneva Conference, and said that it was
not right for any country to take the law
into its own hands, but still no country
should be expected to abandon its own
convictions. The United Kingdom has
not asked Iceland to abandon her claim
to 12 miles, yet Iceland demands the
United Kingdom to admit her claim. The
British Minister believes that Iceland
should be willing, along with other inter-
ested countries, to accept the judgment
of a second world conference in regard
to this dispute.

CANADIAN CONSUMERS PREFER ALUMINUM CANS
FOR CANNED SARDINES

Recently, a chain store organization in Canada conducted a con-
sumer survey to determine what the consumers thought about sardine
cans. A consumer panel received two cans of sardines unidentified ex-
cept for a code letter and were asked to fill in a questionnaire giving

their opinions on the relative merits of the two cans.

as follows:

The results were

83.7 percent preferred the aluminum can because it was

more easily opened, had no sharp jagged edges, and was cleaner look-
ing inside. On external appearance, the aluminum can received an 81-
percent vote of confidence because of its clean, attractive, and hygienic
look. (World Fisheries Abstracts, January-February 1958.)

110

Federal Court of Appeals

PROMOTIONAL ALLOWANCE RULING
REVERSED BY UNITEDSTATESCOURT:
Section 2(d) of the Robinson- Patman
Act makes unlawful the granting of a pro-
motional allowance to one customer which
is not available on proportionally equal
terms toallother customers competing
in the distribution of such products or com-
modities. Over the past two decades, some
confusion has existed as to whether the
phrase 'such products or commodities"
embraced the complete line of goods offer-
edbyaseller, or was to be limited only to
products of like grade and quality. There
was likewise some confusion as to whether
the availability of promotional advertising
allowances was to be inany way related to
the time of sales.

In a recent decision a Federal Court
of Appeals reversed the Federal Trade
Commission which had held that an ad-
vertising allowance given to one customer
to promote the sale of canned ham required
that proportionally equal allowances be
givento customers purchasing wholly dif-
ferent pork products. Thecourtheld that
Section 2(d) required proportionally avail-
able advertising allowances only on goods
of like grade and quality. This ruling con-
firms the practice of many canners in li-
miting their cooperative advertising pro-
grams to one canned food, or having dif-
ferent cooperative advertising promotions
on different canned foods.

The decision likewise establishes that
an advertising allowance offered to one
customer during a particular monthdoes
not require that a proportionally equal
advertising allowance be given to other
customers purchasing five months later.
In other words, the decision confirms
the practice of many canners of limiting
promotional allowances to sales made
during particular periods of time.

ST

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

FY FEDERAL §
™ IDz AGTIONS

Vol. 20, No. 11

Federal Trade Commission

SEAFOOD CANNERS AND THEIR
SALES AGENT DENY FAVORING
CHAIN STORE BUYERS:

Three Seattle, Wash. , seafood canners
and their exclusive sales agent have de-
nied categorically Federal Trade Com-
mission charges of favoring chain store
buyers with reduced prices reflecting
illegal absorption of brokerage (Answer
7200, Seafood).

The complaint of July 18 alleged that,
acting ontheir ownor throughtheir sales
agent, the canners granted certain chains
discounts or allowances in lieuof broker-
age or lower prices whichreflectit. The
complaint further charged that the sales
agent granted or passed on unlawful bro-
kerage to certainbuyers while acting as
primary broker for other seafood packers.
These practices, the complaint said, vio-
late Sec. 2(c) of the Robinson-Patman A-
mendment to the Clayton Act, which forbids
the payment of brokerage on purchases
for the buyer's own account.

Denying these allegations in their
joint answer, the respondents asked dis-
missal of the complaint.

CONSENT ORDER PROHIBITS ILLEGAL
BROKERAGE PAYMENTS BY SEAFOOD
PACKER AND SELLING AGENT:

- The Federal Trade Commission on
August 11 approved a consent order
(7021, Canned Seafood) requiring aSeat-
tle, Wash., seafood packer and its affil-
iated selling agent to stop making illegal
brokerage payments to their customers.

The action represents the adoption by
the Commission of an initial decision by
Hearing Examiner Joseph Callaway based
on an order agreed to by the concerns and
the Commission's Bureau of Litigation.

November 1958

The complaint of December 31, 1957,
charged the companies with granting
some customers discounts or allowances
in lieu of brokerage, or reduced prices
reflecting brokerage. These arrange-
ments violate Section 2(c) of the Robin-
son-Patman Amendment to the Clayton
Act, the complaint alleged.

For example, the complaint said, on
direct sales not involving field brokers,
the price to favored customers is re-
duced by the 23 percent whichordinarily
would be paid as brokerage fees; and in
transactions handled through field bro-
kers, favored customers are allowed
discounts under the guise of advertising
allowances, accomplished by cutting the
brokers' normal commission.

Joined in the order forbidding these
practices in the future are the officers
and partners of the two firms.

The agreement is for settlement pur-
poses only and does not constitute an
admission by the respondents that they
have violated the law.
SEAFOOD CANNER AND BROKER
DENIES GRANTING ILLEGAL
PRICE REDUCTION:

A Seattle, Wash., seafood canner and
broker on September 19, 1958, denied
(Answer 7208, Seafood) Federal Trade
Commission charges of granting favored
buyers illegal price reductions in lieu
of brokerage.

The Seattle firm not only cans and
distributes its own seafood pack, but al-
so acts as a primary broker for other
packers, usually receiving a 5-percent
brokerage fee for its services. All the
field brokers employed by the firm are
paid a 23-percent commission, except
one which gets 35 percent.

The firm denies the charges in the
Commission's complaint of July 23,1958,
that, either as a packer or primary bro-
ker, it has allowed brokerage to certain
buyers for their own account, or given
them price concessions in lieu of bro-
kerage. The complaint alleged that these
practices violate Sec. 2(c) of the Robin-
son-Patman Amendment to the Clayton Act.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

111

The company asked that the complaint
be dismissed.

Kk kK OK Ok ok

CANNED SEAFOOD PACKER AND ITS
BROKERS CHARGED WITH PAYMENT
OF ILLEGAL BROKERAGE:

The Federal Trade Commission on
September 25, 1958, charged aSeattle,
Wash., seafood packer and its exclusive
brokers with granting illegal brokerage
to some of their customers.

Cited in the Commission's complaint
(7249, Canned Seafood) are the packer

| and its president and treasurer, and the

brokerage firm and its president.

The complaint charges the firms with
granting favored buyers digcounts oral-
lowances in lieu of brokerage, in viola-
tion of Sec. 2(c) of the Robinson-Patman
Amendment to the Clayton Act. Typical
methods used by the firms, the com-
plaint charges, were: (1) granting buy-
ers price reductions where either a pri-
mary or field broker, or both, were not
used or, if used, took a reduction in their

| fee; and (2) selling at net prices lower

than those accounted for to the packer-
principal.

The complaint states that prior to
August 1956, the packer sold its seafood
products directly and through primary
and secondary brokers, who received 5
percent and 23 percent of the net selling
price, respectively. In August 1956, the
complaint continues, the brokers entered
into a joint venture with the packer, be-
coming his exclusive primary brokers,
with certain direct sales excepted.
They shared the packer's facilities and
clerical personnel, the complaint adds,
and all shared the brokerage earnings.
In 1957 the brokers became brokers
for the packer's entire stock and for
other packers. The packer has con-
tinued to share in their fees, the com-
plaint alleges.

The parties were granted 30 days
in which to file answer to the com-
plaint. A hearing before a Commis-
sion hearing examiner was scheduled
on November 24 in Seattle, Wash.

112

Department of the Interior
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

PROPOSED REVISION OF NORTHWEST
ATLANTIC HADDOCK AND COD REGULATIONS:

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

of September 19, 1958, to replace Part 155 - Had-

dock and Cod Fisheries of the Northwest Atlantic

In accordance with Section 4(a) of the Northwest
Atlantic Fisheries Act of 1950, amendments to ex-
isting regulations which are now being proposed
to implement the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries
Commission's proposals, were submitted to the
Advisory Committee to the United States Commis-
sioners on the International Commission for the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries on February6, 1958,
and were again reviewed with the Advisory Com-
mittee on May 28, 1958. Revised regulations as
proposed have thus received the approval, in prin-
ciple, of the Advisory Committee.

Notice was given that the Commissioner of Fish
and Wildlife proposed to recommend to the Secre-
tary of the Interior the adoption of the regulations

set forth in tentative form in the Federal Register

[50 CFR Part 155]

NoRTHWEST ATLANTIC COMMERCIAL FISH-
ERIES; HADDOCK AND COD PROVISIONS

NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULE MAKING

At its Fifth Annual Meeting held in
Ottawa, Canada, June 6-11, 1955, the
International Commission for the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, a body
created pursuant to Article II of the In-
ternational Convention for the North-
west Atlantic Fisheries signed at Wash-
ington, D. C., under date of February 8,
1949, adopted three proposals recom-
mending that the Contracting Govern-
ments take appropriate action to—

(1) Prohibit the taking of haddock
and cod in Sub-area 3 of the Convention
Area with a trawl net having a mesh
size of less than four inches;

(2) Prohibit the taking of haddock
and cod in Sub-areas 4 and 5 of the Con-
vention Area with a trawl net having a
mesh size of less than four and one-half
inches;

(3) Permit persons to take haddock
and cod in Sub-areas 3, 4, and 5 of the
Convention Area with trawl] nets having
a mesh size less than that proscribed
so long as such persons do not have in
possession on board a vessel fishing pri-
marily for other species, haddock or cod
in amounts in excess of five thousand
pounds for each species or ten percent
by weight for each species of all fish on
board such vessel, whichever is greater;
and

(4) To prohibit the use of any means
or device which would obstruct the
meshes of the trawl net or which other-
wise would have the effect of diminish-
ing the size of the meshes of the net, ex-
cept that the use of a protective cover-
ing (chafing gear) might be permitted
to reduce and prevent damage to trawl
nets so long as such protective covering
is used in conformity with conditions
prescribed by the Commission.

In each of the three Commission pro-
posals, the recommended restrictions on
the mesh size of a net are stated in terms
of a trawl not constructed of manila
twine, with the provision that when
trawl nets other than manila are used
they shall have a selectivity equivalent
to that of a four-inch manila trawl net
or a four and one-half inch manila
trawl net, as the case may be.

The proposal relating to Sub-area 5
adopted at the Commission's Fifth An-
nual Meeting had the effect of super-
seding a proposal initially adopted at a

Commission meeting held m St. An-
drews, New Brunswick, Canada, June
30-July 9, 1952, which had recommended
mesh size restrictions applicable only
to haddock fishing in Sub-area 5 of the
Convention Area. The three proposals
adopted at the Commission’s Fifth An-
nual Meeting recommended mesh size

restrictions for cod fishing, as well as
haddock fishing, in Sub-area 5 and, for
the first time, recommended the insti-
tution of mesh size restrictions appli-
cable to both haddock fishing and cod
fishing within Sub-areas 3 and 4 of the
Convention Area.

At its Sixth Annual Meeting held in
Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada, June 11-
15, 1956, the Commission amended the
proposal relating to Sub-area 5 which
had been adopted at its Fifth Annual
Meeting to provide for an alternative
to the “five thousand pound-ten per-
cent” exemption per fishing trip. The
alternative exemption so proposed was
limited in application to the taking
of haddock and cod in Sub-area 5 only.
Under the alternative provided by the
Commission’s amended proposal all
Contracting Governments might also
exempt from the mesh: size restriction
any person fishing in Sub-area 5 who
does not catch, in any period of twelve
months, haddock or cod in quantities in
excess of ten percent for each species
of all the trawl-caught fish taken by
such person during such period of twelve
months.

Acceptance of the proposal relating
to Sub-area 5 adopted at the Commis-
sion’s Fifth Annual Meeting, as amended
by the Commission at its Sixth Annual
Meeting, was completed by the Govern-
ments of the United States and Canada
on November 26, 1956., Accordingly, in
accordance with the provisions of the
International Convention for the North-
west Atlantic Fisheries, the proposal as
adopted and amended entered into
force with respect to all Contracting
Governments on March 26, 1957. Subse-
quently, the proposal was implemented
with respect to persons under the juris-
diction of the United States engaged in
fishing within Sub-area 5 through a
revision of Part 155, Title 50, Code of
Federal Regulations, issued on Septem-
ber 6, 1957 (22 F. R. 7426).

At its Seventh Annual Meeting held
in Lisbon, Portugal, May 20-25, 1957,
the Commission amended each of the
three proposals adopted at its Fifth An-
nual Meeting to impose additional re-

Commercial Fisheries Regulations.
minor editorial changes, the regulations proposed for
adoption differ from existing regulations in three
major respects in that they will extend trawl net
mesh-size restrictions to Subareas 3 and 4; will give
additional specifications for twines eligible for
certification as having a dry-before use meshsize
equivalent to that of a wet-after use mesh size; and
will modify the restrictions applicable to the fas-
tening of chafing gear to cod ends used in taking
haddock and cod in Subarea 5.

Aside from

Prior to the final adoption of the proposed regula-
tions, consideration was given to any written data,
views, or arguments relating thereto which were re-
ceivedby the Director, Bureauof Commercial Fish-
eries, U.S. Fishand Wildlife Service, Washington 25,
D.C., onor before October 15, 1958.

The proposed regulations, scheduled to become
effective about November 1, 1958, as printed inthe
Federal Register follow:

strictions on the manner in which chaf-
ing gear may be fastened to the cod ends
of trawl nets. Since Canada and the
United States are the only Contracting
Governments participating in Panel 5
for Sub-area 5, and both Governments
having accepted the amendments made
at the Commission’s Seventh Annual
Meeting, the amendment relating to
Sub-area 5 will become effective on Sep-
tember 28, 1958, for all Contracting
Governments to the Convention. Ac-
ceptance of the amendments for Sub-
areas 3 and 4 not having been completed
by all Contracting Governments par-
ticipating in Panels 3 and 4, the effective
dates of the amendments to the pro-
posals for Sub-areas 3 and 4 are inde-
terminate. In the circumstances, the
provisions of the 1955 Commission pro-
posals governing the manner of fasten-
ing chafing gear to cod ends employed
in fishing for haddock and cod in Sub-
areas 3 and 4 thus far remain
unchanged.

On November 29, 1957, the two pro-
posals adopted at the Commission's
Fifth Annual Meeting recommending
mesh size restrictions to govern haddock
fishing and cod fishing in Sub-areas 3
and 4 became effective for all Contract-
ing Governments, except for paragraph
IV (restricting the use of chafing gear)
which did not become effective until
January 1, 1958.

In accordance with section 4 (a) of the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Act of 1950,
amendments to existing regulations
which are now being proposed to imple-
ment the Commission's proposals, as de-
scribed above, were submitted to the Ad-
visory Committee to the United States
Commissioners on the International
Commission for the Northwest Atlantic
Fisheries on February 6, 1958, and were
again reviewed with the Advisory Com-
mittee on May 28, 1958. Revised regu-
lations as herein proposed have thus re-
ceived the approval, in principle, of the
Advisory Committee.

Notice is hereby given, pursuant to
section 4 (a) of the Administrative Pro-
cedure Act of June 11, 1946 (60 Stat. 238,
5 U.S. GC. 1003), that the Commissioner
of Fish and Wildlife proposes to recom-
mend to the Secretary of the Interior the
adoption of the regulations set forth in
tentative form below to replace Part
155—Haddock and Cod Fisheries. Aside
from minor editorial changes, the regu-
lations proposed for adoption differ from

November 1958

existing regulations in three major re-
spects in that they will extend trawl
net mesh size restrictions to Sub-areas
3 and 4; will give additional specifica-
tions for twines eligible for certification
as having a dry-before use mesh size
equivalent to that of a wet-after use
mesh size; and will modify the restric-
tions applicable to the fastening of
chafing gear to cod ends used in taking
haddock and cad in Sub-area 5.

The proposed regulations, to become
effective on or about November 1, 1958,
are to be issued under the authority con-
tained in section 7 (a) of the Northwest
Atlantic Fisheries Act of 1950 (64 Stat.
1067, 1069; 16 U. S. C. 986).

Prior to the final adoption of the pro-
posed regulations set forth below, con-
sideration will be given to any written
data, views, or arguments relating
thereto which are received by the Di-
rector, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington

145, D. C., on or before September 30, 1958.

Dated: September 16, 1958.

ARNIE J. SUOMELA,
Commissioner of

Fish and Wildlife.
Sec.
155.1
155.2
155.3
165.4

Meaning of terms.

Registration certificates.

Restrictions on fishing gear’

Temporary suspension of registration
certificates.

155.5 Certain persons and vessels exempted.

§ 155.1 Meaning of terms. When
used in this part, unless the context
otherwise requires, terms shall have the
meanings ascribed in this section.

(a) Convention area. The term ‘‘Con-
vention area” means and includes all
waters, except territorial waters, bounded
by a line beginning at a point on the coast
of Rhode Island in 71°40’ west longitude;
thence due south to 39°00’ north lati-
tude; tnence due east to 42°00’ west
longitude; thence due north to 59°00’
north latitude; thence due west to 44°00’
west longitude; thence due north to the
coast of Greenland; thence along the
west coast of Greenland to 78°10’ north
latitude; thence southward to a point
in 75°00’ north latitude and 73°30’ west
longitude; thence along a rhumb line
to a point in 69°00’ north latitude and
59°00’ west longitude; thence due south
to 61°00’ north latitude; thence due west
to 64°30’ west longitude; thence due
south to the coast of Labrador; thence
in a southerly direction along the coast
of Labrador to the southern terminus
of its boundary with Quebec; thence in
a westerly direction along the coast of
Quebec, and in an easterly and southerly
direction along the coasts of New Bruns-
wick, Nova Scotia, and Cape Breton Is-
land to Cabot Strait; thence along the
coasts of Cape Breton Island, Nova
Scotia, New Brunswick, Maine, New
Hampshire, Massachusetts, and Rhode
Island to the point of beginning.

(b) Regulatory area. The term “reg-
ulatory area” means and includes the
whole of those portions of the Conven-
tion area which are separately described
as follows:

(1) Sub-area 3. The term “Sub-area
3” means that portion of the Convention
area, including all waters except terri-
torial waters, lying south of the parallel
of 52°15’ north latitude; and to the east
of a line extending due north from Cape
Bauld on the north coast of Newfound-
land to 52°15’ north latitude; to the
north of the parallel of 39°00’ north lati-
tude; and to the east and north of a
rhumb line extending in a northwesterly
direction which passes through a point
in 43°30’ north latitude, 55°00’ west
1/ The Federal Reqister of October 4 1958, a-

mended the data for submitting written data,
views,or arguments to October 15, 1958.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

longitude, in the direction of a point in
47°50’ north latitude, 60°00’ west longi-
tude, until it intersects a straight line
connecting Cape Ray, on the coast of
Newfoundland, with Cape North on Cape
Breton Island; thence in a northeasterly
direction along said line to Cape Ray.

(2) Sub-area 4. The term ‘‘Sub-area
4” means that portion of the Conven-
tion area, including all waters except
territorial waters, lying to the west of
Sub-area 3 as described in subparagraph
(1) of this paragraph, and to the east
of a line described as follows: Beginning
at the terminus of the international
boundary between the United States of
America and Canada in Grand Manan
Channel, at a point in 44°46'35.34”
north latitude, 66°54’11.23’’ west longi-
tude; thence due south to the parallel
of 43°50’ north latitude: thence due west
to the meridian of 67°40’ west longitude;
thence due south to the parallel of
42°20’ north latitude; thence due east
to a point in 66°00’ west longitude;
thence along a rhumb line in a south-
easterly direction to a point in 42°00’
north latitude, 65°40’ west longitude;
thence due south to the parallel of 39°00’
north latitude.

(3) Sub-area 5. The term “Sub-area
5’* means that portion of the Convention
area, including all waters except terri-
torial waters, bounded by a line be-
ginning at the terminus of the interna-
tional boundary between the United
States of America ane Canada in Grand
Manan Channel at a point in
'44°46'35.34’’ north iutitude, 66°54’11.23”
west longitude; thence due south to the
parallel of 43°50’ north latitude; thence
due west to the Meridian of 67°40’ west
longitude; thence due south to the par-
alle] of 42°20’ north latitude; thence due
east to a point in 66°00’ west longitude;
thence along a rhumb line in a south-
easterly direction to a point in 42°00’
north latitude, 65°40’ west longitude;
thence due south to the parallel of 39°00’
north latitude; thence due west to the
Meridian of 71°40’ west longitude;
thence due north to a point three miles
off the coast of the State of Rhode Is-
land; thence along the coasts of Rhode
Island, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,
and Maine at a distance of three miles
to the point of beginning.

(c) Haddock. The word “haddock”
denotes any fish of the species Melano-
grammus aeglefinus.

(d) Haddock fishing. The words
“haddock fishing” mean and include (1)
the catching, taking or fishing for or the
attempted catching, taking or fishing for
fish of the species Melanogrammus aegle-
finus; and (2) the outfitting and de-
parture of a vessel for or the return of
a vessel from haddock fishing.

(e) Cod. The word ‘‘cod” denotes any
fish of the species Gadus callarias.

(f) Cod fishing. The words “cod fish-
ing” mean and include (1) the catching,
taking or fishing for or the attempted
catching, taking or fisting for fish of
the species Gadus callarias; and (2) the
outfitting and departure of a vessel for
or the return of a vessel from cod fishing.

(g) Fishing vessel. The words ‘‘fish-
ing vessel” denote every kind, type or de-
scription of watercraft subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States used
in or outfitted for catching or processing
fish or transporting fish from fishing
grounds.

(h) Trawl net. The words “trawl net”
mean any large bag net dragged in the
sea by a vessel or vessels for the purpose
of taking fish.

(i) Cod end. The words “cod end”
mean the bag-like extension attached to
the after end of the belly of the trawl
net and used to retain the catch.

§ 155.2 Registration certificates. (a)
Unless permitted to do so by § 155.5,
after the -------- CER ee 1958,

no person shall engage in haddock fish-
ing or cod fishing within the regulatory
area, nor shall any person possess, trans-
port or deliver by means of any fishing
vessel haddock or cod taken within such
area except under a registration certifi-
cate issued and in force in conformity
with the provisions of this part.

(b) The owner or operator of a fishing
vessel may obtain without charge a regis-
tration certificate by furnishing, on a
form to be supplied by the Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries, information
specifying the names and addresses of
the owner and operator of the vessel,
the name, official number and home port
of the vessel, and the period for which
the registration certificate is desired.
The form shall be submitted, in dupli-
cate, to the Regional Director, Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries, Gloucester,
Massachusetts, who shall grant the reg-
istration certificate for the duration
specified by the applicant in the form but
in no event to extend beyond the end of
the calendar year during which the reg-
istration certificate is issued. New
registration certificates shall similarly
be issued to replace expired, lost or muti-
lated certificates. An application for
replacement of an expiring registration
certificate shall be made in like manner
as the original application not later
than ten days prior to the expiration
date of the expiring certificate.

(c) The registration certificate issued
by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
shall be carried at all times on board the
vessel for which it is issued and such
certificate, the vessel, its gear and equip-
ment shall at all times be subject to
inspection for the purposes of this part
by officers authorized to enforce the pro-
visions of this part.

§155.3 Restrictions on fishing gear.
(a) No person shall possess at any time
on board a vessel for which a registration
certificate is in force, or use or attempt
to’ use from such vessel, a trawl net or
nets, parts of nets, or netting of manila
twine having a mesh size, as defined in
this section, of less than four and one-
half inches, or a trawl net or nets, parts
of nets, or netting of material other than
manila twine unless it shall have a se-
lectivity equivalent to that of a four
and one-half inch manila trawl net:
Provided, That any person who shall
have first obtained a special permit, is-
suable by the Regional Director, Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries, Gloucester,
Massachusetts, authorizing such posses-
sion and use for haddock fishing or cod
fishing in Sub-area 3 of the regulatory
area may possess on board a vessel for
which a registration certificate is in
force and may use from such vessel while
engaged in haddock fishing or cod fish-
ing within Sub-area 3 only, a trawl net
or nets, parts of nets, or netting of ma-
nila twine having a mesh size; as defined
in this section, of not less than four
inches, or a trawl net or nets, parts of
nets, or netting of material other than
manila twine having a selectivity equiva-
lent to that of a four-inch manila trawl
net.

(b) As used in this section, the term
“mesh size” shall mean: (1) With re-
spect to any part of the net except the
cod end, the average of the measure-
ments of any twenty consecutive meshes
in any row located at least ten meshes
from the side lacings measured when
wet after use; and (2) with respect to
the cod end, the average of the measure-
ments of any fifty consecutive meshes
running parallel to the long axis of the
cod end, beginning at the after end of
the cod end, and being at least ten
meshes from the side lacings or, if the
cod end is less than fifty meshes in
length, the average of the measurements
of the meshes in any series of consecu-
tive meshes running the full length of
the cod end, parallel to the long axis of
the cod end and located at least ten

113

114

meshes from the side lacings, such
measurements of the cod end to be made
when wet after use, or, at the option of
the user, a cod end which has been ap-
proved, in accordance with paragraph
(d) of this section, by an authorized em-
ployee of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, as having a mesh size when
dry before use equivalent to not less than
four and one-half inches when wet after
use.

(c) All measurements of meshes shall
be made by the insertion into the meshes
under pressure of not less than ten nor
more than fifteen pounds of a flat wedge-
shaped gauge having a taper of two
inches in eight inches and a thickness of
three thirty-seconds of an inch.

(d) For the purpose of approving a
dry cod end before use, as contemplated
by paragraph (b) of this section, the
average mesh size of such cod end-shall
be determined by measuring the length
of any single row of meshes running the
length of the cod end, parallel to the
long axis of the cod end and located at
least ten meshes from the side lacings,
when stretched under a tension of two
hundred pounds, and dividing the length
by the number of meshes in such row:
Provided, That not more than ten per

Type of twine

Manila, double strand:
4-ply 45-yard__
4-ply 50-yard__

Manufacturer’s specifications

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

cent of the meshes in such row shall

be more than one-half inch smaller when”

measured between knot centers than
the average of the row. A cod end so
méasured which is constructed of one
of the twines and is of not less than the
average mesh size specified in the table
below for such twine may be approved
for haddock fishing or cod fishing by
any authorized employee of the Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries by the attach-
ment to such cod end of an appropriate
seal. The omission from the table of
one or more specifications of twines shall
not preclude the continued use of cod
ends constructed from such twines where
the cod ends received approval pursuant
to the provisions of this part as the
same were in efiect between the dates of
January 1, 1954, and October 24, 1956.

(e) The alteration, defacement or re-
use of any seal affixed to a cod end in
accordance with this section is pro-
hibited.

(f) The repair, alteration or other
modification of a cod end to which a
seal has been aixed in accordance with
this section shall invalidate such seal
and such cod end shall not thereafter
be- deemed to be approved for haddock
fishing or cod fishing. Nothing con-

Average mesh size

5,625 inches (558”’).
-} 5.625 inches (556).
5.625 inches (554’”).
5.500 inches (5}3’’).

4.250 inches (414). |

Synthethie:

400/3 twisted twine, double
strand, 840 denier 3x 4x 3.
200/3 twisted twine, single
strand, 840 denier 6x 4x3.

4.375 inches (476).
4.500 inches (4}2/”).

No. 400 Single Braid_--.-.---__-

Piexs/inch, 26.3.
Core yarn, 7 ends.

nylon.

3 ply twist
5 ply twist
Double strand _--------------]--
Single strand __
No. 550 Single Braii

Bi

Ficks/inch, 25.8.
Core yarn, 8 ends.

Double strand___------------
Single strand ____
Flat Tubular Braid,

strand.

Linear

8 ply .5 ‘2’ twist.

brig!
I)

Picks/inch, 10.7.

Lincar donsity, 78.38 yards/lb.
Average ¢irctimference, 0.493.
Outside braid construction, 32 ends, _

225 denier/68 filaments/3 ply continuous filament

nylon. .
Ply twist, 5.0 T. P. I. of “Z”’ twist.
Single twist, 85 T. P. I. of “S’’ twist.

225 denier/68 filaments/3 ply/5 ply continuous filament

a Y, 71.00 y Mb. 5
Average circumference of outside braid, 0.5’.
Outside braid construction, 32ends. _

225 denier/68 filaments/3 ply/5 ply continuous filament

nylon. ;
Ply twist, 5.1 T. P. I. of “Z"' twist.
Single twist, 0.85 T. P. I. of ‘‘s’’ twist.

3 ply twist 6.4 T. P. I. of “Z” twist.
5 ply twist 1.1 T. P. I. of ‘S’’ twist.

sity, 36.33 y
16 ends consisting of 13 ends nylon, 3 ends dacron—per-
centage composition of braid:
77.12% bright nylon filament.
22.82% bright dacron filament.
12 ends $40 denier/140 filaments/2 ply/3 ply nylon.
3 ply 7.0T. P. I. “2” twist.
2Qply.5T.P.1. “2 twist. ie
1 end 210 Cenier/34 filaments/8 ply/3 ply nylon’ bright.

3 ply 6.5 “S” twist.
3 ends 250 denier/34 filaments/10 ply/3 ply dacron

‘ht.
10 ply. 1.0 T. P. I. “Z”’ twist.
3 ply 6.0 T. P. I. “S’’ twist.

4.375 inches (434’9.
4.125 inches (4$8’).

---| 4.375 inches (436").
-} 4.125 inches (443°).

4.500 inches (4}4").

Vol. 20, No. 11

tained in this paragraph shall preclude
the continued use at the option of the
user of a cod end having an invalidated
seal affixed thereto if such cod end after
repair, alteration or other modification
does not have a mesh size of less than
four and one-half inches as defined in
paragraph (b) of this section.

(g) For the purposes of this section,
a cod end constructed of twine other
than manila and not subject to approval
and certification when measured dry be-
fore use as provided in paragraph (d)
of this section shall be deemed to have
a selectivity equivalent to that of a four
and one-half inch manila trawl net if
such cod end has a mesh size of not less
than four and one-quarter inches when
measured wet after use in the manner
prescribed in paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion.

(h) The use in haddock fishing or cod
fishing within the regulatory area of any
device or method which will obstruct
the meshes of the trawl net or which
otherwise will have the effect of, dimin-
ishing the size of said meshes is pro-
hibited: Provided, That (1) a protective
covering of canvas, netting, or other ma-
terial may be attached to the underside
of the cod end only of the net to reduce
and prevent damage and (2) a rectangu-
lar piece ot netting may be attached to
the upper side of the cod end only of
the net to reduce and prevent damage
so long as the netting attached to the
upper side of the cod end conforms to
the following conditions:

Gi) Such netting shall not have a mesh
size less than that specified in this sec-
tion. For the purposes of this paragraph
the required four and one-half inch
mesh size when measured wet after use
shall be deemed to be the average of the
Measurements of , twenty consecutive
meshes in a series across the netting,
such measurements to be made with a
like gauge inserted into the meshes as
specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(Gi) Such netting shall not exceed
sixteen meshes in length counted parallel
to the long axis of the cod end and the
width of the netting shall be at least one
and one-half times the width of the area
of the cod end which is covered; such
widths to be measured at right angles to
the long axis of the cod end.

Gii) Such netting may be fastened to
the cod end of the trawl net only along
the forward and lateral edges of the net-
ting and at no other place in the netting
and when used in Sub-area 5 of the
regulatory area the netting shall be fas-
tened in such a manner that it extends
forward of the splitting strap no more
than four meshes and ends not less than
four meshes in front of the cod line mesh.

§ 155.4 Temporary suspension of reg-
istration certificates. (a) The owner or
operator of any fishing vessel which is
proposed to be used in haddock fishing
or cod fishing beyond the limits of the
regulatory area or is proposed to be used
in fishing within such area for species of
fish other than haddock or cod, may
obtain a temporary suspension of the
registration certificate issued for such
vessel for the specified period during
which such nenregulated fishing is to be
conducted.

€b) Temporary suspension of regis-
tration certificates shall be granted upon
oral or written request, specifying the
period of suspension desired, by an au-

November 1958

thorized officer of the State of Maine or
or the State of Massachusetts or by an
authorized officer of any one of the
following agencies: Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries, Coast Guard, Bureau
of Customs, Post Office Department.
Such officer shall make appropriate en-
dorsement on the certificate evidencing
the duration of its suspension.

§ 155.5 Certain persons and vessels
exempted. Except as otherwise provided
in this section, nothing contained in
§§ 155.2 to 155.4 shall apply to:

(a) Amy person or vessel authorized by
the Secretary of the Interior to engage
in haddock fishing or cod fishing for
scientific purposes.

(b) Any vessel documented as a com-
mon carrier by the Government of the
United States and engaged exclusively in
the carriage of freight and passengers.

(c) Any person who in the course of
taking fish other than haddock or cod,
takes and possesses a quantity of had-
dock or cod not exceeding five thou-
sand pounds for each, or ten percent by
weight for each, of all fish on board the
vessel from which the fishing is con-
ducted whichever is the greater.

(d) Any person who, while engaged in
fishing within Sub-area 5 of the regu-
latory area, does not take in any period
of twelve months haddock or cod in
quantities in excess of ten percent by
weight for each of said species, of all
the trawl-caught fish taken by such per-
son within such period of twelve months.
Any person desiring to avail himself of
the exemption provided in this para-
graph shall first obtain a certificate of
exemption and shall comply with the
following eonditions:

(1) The owner or operator of a fish-
ing vessel proposed to be operated under
the exemption authorized in this para-
graph may obtain without charge a
certificate of exemption by furnishing,
on a form to be supplied by the Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries, information
specifying the name and address of the
owner and operator of the vessel and the
name, official number, and the home port
of the vessel. Each such application
must be accompanied by a written state-
ment, certified by the applicant to be cor-
rect, listing by weight, species, and
catch by month, the total quantities of
all fish taken within Sub-area 5 of the
regulatory area by means of the vessel to
be exempted during a period of twelve
months immediately preceding the date

Note:

Department of Labor

NEW SCHEDULE OF HEARINGS FOR
AMERICAN SAMOA, VIRGIN ISLANDS,
AND PUERTO RICO MINIMUM WAGE

REVISIONS:

A revised wage-order review program
for industries in the island territories of
American Samoa, Puerto Rico, and the
Virgin Islands provides for wage-rate re-
view on a biennial rather than an annual

Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, November 1957, p.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

of application. The application form
and the certified statement shall be sub-
mitted, in duplicate, to the Regional Di-
rector, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Gloucester, Massachusetts, who shall
grant a certificate of exemption valid
for a period of twelve months from the
date of issue and authorizing during such
period the use of the vessel for which is-
sued in the ‘taking of haddock or-cod
within Sub-area 5 of the regulatory area
without regard to the registration re-
quirements and restrictions on fishing
gear imposed, respectively, by §§ 155.2
and 155.3, so long as the vessel and its
fishing gear are not used to take haddock
or cod within Sub-area 5 in quantities in
excess of ten percent by weight for each
species of all the trawl-caught fish taken
by means of such vessel during the 12-
month period covered by the certificate.
Duplicate certificates of exemption shall
be issued to replace lost or multilated
certificates. An application for renewal
of an expired*certificate of exemption
Shall be made in like manner as the
original application not later than 15
days prior to the expiration date of the
expiring certificate, but no renewal shall
be granted if it is determined by said
Regional Director that the vessel for
which a renewal is sought was used to
take quantities of haddock or cod in ex-
cess of the allowable percentages during
the 12-month period covered by the ex-
piring certificate of exemption.

(2) The certificate of exemption is-
sued by the Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries shall be carried at all times on
board the vessel for which it is issued,
and such certificate, the vessel, its gear
and equipment, and records pertaining
to the catches of fish made by means of
Such vessel shall at all times be subject
to inspection for the purposes of this
part by any officer authorized to en-
force the provisions of this part.

(3) The owner or operator of a fish-
ing vessel for which a certificate of
exemption is in force shall furnish on a
form supplied by the Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries, immediately following the
delivery or sale of a catch of fish made
by means of such vessel, a report, certi-
fied to be correct by the owner or opera-
tor, listing separately by species and
weight the total quantities of all fish so
sold or delivered. Such reports shall be
delivered or mailed, in duplicate, to the
said Regional Director.

(4) The owner or operator of a fishing
vessel for which a certificate of exemp-

e word expired should read expiring an

115

vion is in force, who proposes to use such
vessel in fishing primarily for haddock
or cod during any period of time within
the 12-month period covered by the cer-
tificate, may obtain a temporary suspen-
sion of such certificate in like manner as
provided in § 155.4 and may make appli-
cation to engage finishing*for haddock
or cod under a registration certificate as
provided in § 155.2. Any haddock or cod
taken. by mearis of a vessel for which a
registration certificate is in force and by
means of haddock fishing or cod fishing
conducted in conformity with the re-
strictions on fishing gear prescribed by
§ 155.3 shall be excluded from the total
of all trawl-caught fish taken during the
applicable 12-month period when com-
puting the ratio of haddock or cod to the
trawl-caught fish taken during such
period. For the purposes of computing
the quantities of haddock or cod so to be
excluded, the owner or operator of a fish-
ing vessel covered by a’suspended certifi-
cate of exemption and taking haddock
or cod while operating under a registra-
tion certificate shall submit catch reports
in like manner as provided in subpara-
graph (3) of this pamasraph.

The following correction to the
proposed Revision of the Northwest
Atlantic Haddock and Cod regula-
tions was published in the Federal
Register of September 25, 1958.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
[50 CFR Part 155]

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC COMMERCIAL FIsSH-
ERIES; HADDOCK AND Cop PROVISIONS

NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULE MAKING
Correction

In F. R. Doc. 58-7652, appéaring at
Page 7323 of the issue for Friday, Sep-
tember 19, 1958, the following changes
should be made:

1, In the second paragraph of para-
graph (4) on page 7323, the word “not”
in the 4th line should read “net”.

2. In the table on page 7325, the av-
erage mesh size figure for No. 400 Single
Braid—Single strand should read ‘4.125
inches (4%’’).”

e word fishing should read in fishing,

61; October 1957, p. 37.

basis. This revision was announced by

the U. S. Department of Labor on Sep-
tember 13, 1958, news release to conform
with a recent amendment to the Fair La-
bor Standards Act.

The Act authorizes special industry
committees to recommend minimum
hourly wage rates for industries in the
above territories now operating at orbe-
low the $1.00 statutory minimum that

116

applies for continental United States. The
committees are appointed by the Secretary
of Labor to include representation of em-
ployers, employees, and the public from

both the mainland and the island concerned.

The committees, following hearings, file

a report of their findings and recommenda-

tions withthe Administrator of the Wage
and Hour and Public Contracts Divisions
of the Department of Labor. Committee
recommendations usually become effec-
tive 15 days after publication in the Fed-

eral Register.

The new schedule of hearings for the
biennial period ending June 30, 1960,
was announced to give interested parties
ample time to prepare for hearings in
whichthey maybe interested. Itreplaces
the schedule announced on March 13,
1958.

Hearings for AmericanSamoa(Com-
mittee No. 3), including fish canning and

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

processing, are scheduledfor July 1959.
For the Virgin Islands (Committee No. 6),
hearings are to be held in May 1960.

The Puerto Rican Industry Com-
mittee No. 41-B, Food and Related
Products, concluded its hearings in
Puerto Rico about September 15, 1958.
Minimum rates recommended by that
Committee for the fish canning and
processing industry were 85 cents an
hour, an increase from the present
rate of 65 cents an hour. The pub-
lished findings and recommendations of
the Committee will be available from
the Department of Labor earlyin Octo-
ber. Under the revised schedule, no
further review of the Puerto Rico
wage-order program is scheduled dur-
ing the biennial period ending June 30,
1960. Hearings for Puerto Rico are to
be scheduled at some time during the
following biennial period.

Ci: =)

FISHING FACTORYSHIPS

In designing a fishing factoryship, it is necessary to consider the
amounts and quantities of fish to be processed, the flexibility of produc-
tion methods, and the state of the market in order to make a profit.
Thus, the basic production of sucha ship should consist of fillets and
whole fish frozen by air-blast and contact freezing.

How to cool fish before freezing, the advantages and disadvantages
of each system, the characteristics of filleting plants and some data on
machinery used in current factoryships are discussed in some detail.
("Freezing in the Fish Industry" --

quero,'' Rev. Frio, Spanish, July-Sept. 1957, vol. 2, no. 3.)

"La Congelacion en el Negocio Pes-

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe

Llustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, Helen Joswick, and Vera Eggleston

MOK AK AE OK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-
tographer for each photograph in this issue. Photographs on pages not mentioned
were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

P. 2--U. S. Army photograph; p. 26--Ray Woolford; p. 29--Fig. 2 - G.

Sundstrom; p. 43--Bob Munns.

ee ee Re ee ee ee ee ee

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 117

INDICATORS |

PEL A tet

CUMULATIVE DATA
. 1958
1957

1957 .-

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT

NORTH CAROLINA, SOUTH CAROLINA, AND GEORGIA ALABAMA, LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI, AND TEXAS

lint ale
CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1958 - 155.3
Le 1957 - 140.5
12 1957 - 280.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV

FLORIDA

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 mgs. 1958 - 115.6 | _
9, 1957 - 113.1
12 1957 - 158

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CALIFORNIAL!

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MpS. 1958 - 499.5 8 mgs.
9 | 1957 - 498.0 EB
12 1957 - 654.9 ue

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

I/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

118

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Wol, AO, INO, bi

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

9°MQS. 1958 - 90,1
9, 1957 - 97.8
12 1957 - 116.9

JAN FEB

MAR_APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1. SHRIMP
(Gulf States~including Florida West Coast)

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 Mgs. 1958 - 120.6
9 , 1957 - 124.2
12 1957 - 166.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

I/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-
PLETE.

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 1958
9, 1957 - 691.0
2 1957 - 841.6

1

In Thousands of

PILCHARD
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

1958/59 SEASON,
AUG. - OCT.
1957/58. SEASON,
AUG. - OCT.
1957/58 SEASON,
TOTAL

- 70.7

- 11.6

- 20.5

LEGEND:
—=—=

1958/59
1957/58

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

LEGEND: OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

ees 1955
= 1957

9 mgs. 1958 - 123.0

In Thousands of Tons

9 | 1957 - 105.4
12 1957 - 133.

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1958 - 79.5
9 |, 1957 - 110.6
12 1957 - 120.0

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MgS. 1958 - 163.4
9 |, 1957 - 163.5
12 1957 - 198.7

0
JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 119

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS aaa U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

me: 1055
——— — 1957

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1958 - 249.3
9 | 1957 - 253.4
12 1957 - 31

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT JAN FEB MAR APR MAY, JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDINGs2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGs2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

S/OH10, IND,, ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, MO., N. DAK., NESR, & KANS.

W ASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

it)
UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

* Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products.

120 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 11

CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds

RECEIPTS! AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS 2!
22 (Fresh and Frozen)

CUMULATIVE DATA

20 }]10 mgs. 1951 8.
10) 1957 - 142,
12 1957 67.

18

)
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

1/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL IMPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.
AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS
(Fresh and Frozen) CHICAGO

CUMULATIVE DATA
10 Hie 1958 - 78.7

10
12

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEATTLE BOSTON

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& aaa Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MgS. 1958
9 1957 - Se 5
12 1957 - 95.8

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

GEND:

es 1955

oe 1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CHART 5- FISH MEAL and OIL PRODUCTION - U.S and ALASKA

FISH OIL
(In Millions of Gallons)
CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1958
Qf way
12 1957 -

FISH MEAL
In Thousands of Tons)
CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1958 - 177.6
9 4 1957 - 19
12 1957 - 262.5

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEG

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 121

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA =
eae

CUMULATIVE DATA —_—— 1957

1958
1957
1957 - 9,509.9

8,921.4

9 MQS.
9

12"

FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

a

ANCHOVIES - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

Mgs. 1958 - 53.8
1957 - 535.7
1957 - 549.9

9
9 "
12

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MACKEREL2! - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 mgs. 195
9 e 1957
12 1957 - 1

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
/\NCLUDES PACIFIC MACKEREL ANO JACK MACKEREL.

SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 Qa. 1958 - 2,989.3
Q , 1957 - 25441..9
12 1957 - 2,441.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 M
v@ =
12

. 1958 - 1,850.0
1957 - 231
1957 - 2,2

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA

CUMULATIVE DATA

1958/59 SEASON,
AUG. - SEPT.
1957/58 SEASON,
AUG. - SEPT.
1957/58 SEASON,

TOTAL

- 880.4

- 114.6

- 497.8

TAUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

STANDARD CASES

Variety No.Cans Designation Net Wet.
SARDINES..... 100 3 drawn 32 oz
SHRIMP Sees 48 =< 5 oz.
CN Ae 48 #4 tuna 6&7 oz.
PILCHARDS... 48 # 1 oval 15 oz.
SALMON...... 48 1-lb, tall 16 oz
ANCHOVIES... 48 > lb. 8 oz.

SHRIMP - GULF STATES
CUMULATIVE DATA

——J| 1958/59 SEASON,

1957/58 SEASON,

+—

Fi sy

ee oe et
MAR APR MAY. JUNE JULY.

AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB

122 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CHART 7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (including Ocean Perch) FILLETS
(Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA
9 mgs. 1958 - 11

» 1957 - 105.3
12 1957 - 141,

Vol. 20, No. 11

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH
(Fresh and Frozen)

CUMULATIVE DATA

B mgs. 1958 - 41.1 | —_
QA 1957 - 40.9
12 1957 - 63.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP FROM MEXICO
(Fresh and Frozen)
CUMULATIVE DATA

QS. 1958 - 26.7
#) MCEW Sess)

8M
8
12 1957 - 47.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA

Fresh and Frozen

CUMULATIVE DATA
1958

1957 06.0
1957 - 139.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH
in Oil and in Brine

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

——:

LOBSTER AND SPINY LOBSTER
Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA

5 MQS. 1958 - 34.4
ele Wey = <nsv
12 1957 = 50.5

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 QS. 1958 - 16.9
8 | 1957 - 21.7
12 1957 - 59.7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CANNED SARDINES
(in Oil and not in Oil)
CUMULATIVE DATA

8 QS. 1958

1957

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG) SEPT OCT NOV DEC

November 1958

y wt

=

Ca ae

— ao © Mh A ee + Al a ee Os + -

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DEVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
1CE, WASHINGTON 25, 0. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DE8IG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.

SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS.
FISHERY LEAFLETS,

CFS -

FL -

SSR.- FISH. - SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
(LIMITED DISTRIBUTION).
WL - WILDLIFE LEAFLET.
SEP.- SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW.
Number Title

CFS-1836 - Alaska Fisheries, 1957 Annual Sum-
mary (Revised), 1 p.
CFS-1849 - North Carolina Landings, June 1958,
2 pp.
CFS-1868 - Mississippi Landings, June 1958, 1 p.
CFS-1869 - Fish Meal and Oil, July 1958, 1 p.
CFS-1870 - Frozen Fish Report, August 1958, 7 pp.
CFS-1871 - Georgia Landings, July 1958, 1 p.
CFS-1872 - South Carolina Landings, July 1958, 1p.
CFS-1874 - North Carolina Landings, July 1958,
2 pp.
CFS-1877 - Texas Landings, April 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1878 - Florida Landings, July 1958, 5 pp.
CFS-1882 - Shrimp Landings, May 1958, 5 pp.

CFS-1883 - Alabama Landings, June 1958, 1 p.
CFS-1884 - Texas Landings, May 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1885 - Texas Landings, June 1958, 2 pp.

Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products:

SL-27 - Indiana (Lakes nea 1958 (revised).

SL-45 - Mississippi (Mississippi River and Tri-
butaries Area), 1958.

SL-46 - Texas (Mississippi River and Tributaries),

1958.

FL-460 - Fungus or Saprolegnia Infestation of In-
cubating Fish Eggs, by Ken Wolf, 4pp., July
1958.

FL-465 - Kidney Disease of Salmonid Fishes (Bac-
terial), by Ken Wolf, 4 pp., July 1958.

FL-472 - The Shrimp and the Shrimp Industry of
the Southern United States, by William W. An-
derson, 9 pp., illus., July 1958. A description
of the various species of shrimp and where the
principal fisheries are located. More is known
about the white shrimp, Penaeus setiferus, and
a brief outline of its life history is given as an
example of penaeid shrimp development. The
author also discusses briefly the nutritive value
of shrimp, iodine shrimp, and methods of cap-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

RECE

123

2

<—f-

=a /2Z,, —

oe

NT

ture, and gives a list of publications which con-
tain further and more detailed information on
the shrimp and shrimp industry of the southern
United States.

SSR-Fish. No. 255 - Rapid Counting of Nematoda
in Salmon by Peptic Digestion, by Joseph A.
Stern, Diptiman Chakravarti, Joseph R. Uzmann,
and Mary N. Hesselholt, 5 pp., May 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 257 - Serological Differentiation of
Populations of Sockeye Salmon, Oncorh chus
nerka, by G. J. Ridgway, J. E. Cushing, and
G. L. Durall, 9 pp., August 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 263 - Jack Mackerel Eggs, Pacific
Coast, 1951-54, by David A. Farris, 44 pp.,
July 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 264 - English Translations of Fish-
ery Literature--Additional Listings, 1958, by
Leslie W. Scattergood, 33 pp., July 1958.

SSR-Fish. No. 266 - Species Composition of Indus-
trial Trawl Landings in New England, 1957, by
Robert L. Edwards, 23 pp., July 1958. Presents
data on the species composition of the industrial
trawl fish catch landed in 1957 at the New Eng-
land ports of Point Judith, R. I., and New Bed-
ford and Gloucester, Mass. The information
given covers percent by weight and pounds land-
ed for each of the principal fishing areas, by
month and port.

WL-398 - Fur Catch in the United States, 1957, 3
pp., September 1958. Presents statistics on the
wild fur catch for the 1956/57 season, including
the fur-seal catch in the Pribilof Islands, Alaska.

Sep. No. 526 - A New Method of Handling Long-line
Gear Using a Rotating Tub.

Sep. No. 527 - Research in Service Laboratories
(October 1958): Contains these articles--"'Tech-
nical Note No. 46 - Method for Removing Blood
from Halibut to Improve Appearance of Frozen
Steaks;" and ''Studies on the Relationship of Fish
Oils to Circulatory Diseases Initiated."

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY
FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED JN THE REVIEW,

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,
August 1958, 14 pp. (Market ae Seniceat? S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg.,
San Pedro, Calif.) California cannery receipts
of raw tuna and tunalike fish, and sardines; pack
of canned tuna, mackerel, anchovies, and sar-
dines; market fish receipts at San Pedro, Santa
Monica, Eureka, and San Diego areas; California

124 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

imports; canned fish and frozen shrimp prices;
American Tuna Boat Association Auction sales;
for the month indicated.

Vol. 20, No. 11

technical assistance of Clarence E. Dunbar and
Saufley B. Friddle, Fishery Bulletin 133 (From
Fishery Bulletin of the Fish and Wildlife Serv-

ice, vol. 58), pp. 215-252, illus., printed, 20
Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments cents, 1958.
of Fishery Products, August 1958, 6 pp. (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, 609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans 12,
La.) Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and
blue crab landings; crab meat production; LCL sponsored by the canned foods industry, this
express shipments from New Orleans; whole- bulletin presents information on fishery prod-
sale prices of fish and shellfish on the New Or- ucts. Reports some facts concerning canned
leans French Market; and sponge sales; for the Pacific Coast shrimp, salmon, tuna, clams, and
month indicated. Maine sardines. Also includes some selected
canned fish recipes which have been developed
and tested by home economists of the Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries.

September is Canned Foods Month, Fisheries Mar-
keting Bulletin, 15 pp., illus. As part of the
"September is Canned Foods Month" promotion,

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products Production
in Selected Areas of Virginia, North Carolina,
and Maryland, September 1958, 4 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
18 So. King St., Hampton, Va.) Fishery land-
ings and production for the Virginia areas of
Hampton Roads, Lower Northern Neck, and
Eastern Shore; the Maryland areas of Crisfield,
Ocean City, and Cambridge; and the North Car-
olina areas of Atlantic, Beaufort, and Morehead
City; together with cumulative and comparative
data; for the month indicated.

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND
WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OR-
GANIZATION ISSUING THEM. GORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUBLICA -
TIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE OR-
GANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES, IF

READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN.

New England Fisheries-- Monthly Summary, August
1958, 21 pp. (Market News Service, U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, 10 Commonwealth Pier,
Boston 10, Mass.) Reviews the principal New
England fishery ports, presenting food fish land-
ings by ports and species; industrial fish land-
ings and ex-vessel prices; imports; cold-storage
stocks of fishery products in New England ware-
houses; fishery landings and ex-vessel prices
for ports in Massachusetts (Boston, Gloucester,
New Bedford, Provincetown, and Woods Hole),
Maine (Portland and Rockland), Rhode Island
(Point Judith), and Connecticut (Stonington); fro-
zen fishery products prices to primary whole-
salers at Boston, Gloucester, and New Bedford;
and landings and ex-vessel prices for fares landed
at the Boston Fish Pier and sold through the New
England Fish Exchange; for the month indicated.

ANCHOVIES:

"Algunas Apreciaciones Relacionados con la An-
choveta Peruana (ENGRAULIS RINGENS J.) y
su Fecundidad'' (Some Estimates in Relation to
the Peruvian Anchovy, ENGRAULIS RINGENS
J., and its Fecundity), by Jorge Minano M., ar-
ticle, Boletin de la Compania Administradora
del Guano, vol. 34, February, 1958, pp. 9-17,
printed in Spanish. Compania Administradora
del Guano, Casilla 2147, Lima, Peru.

"Algunas Apreciaciones Relacionadas con la An-
choveta Peruana (ENGRAULIS RINGENS J.) y
su Fecundidad"' (Some Estimates in Relation to
the Peruvian Anchovy, ENGRAULIS RINGENS J.,
and its Fecundity), by Jorge Minano M., article,
Boletin de la Compania Administradora del
Guano, vol. 34, March 1958, pp. 11-24, printed
in Spanish. Compania Administradora del Guano,
Casilla 2147, Lima Peru.

(New York) Monthly Summary - Receipts of Fish-
ery Products at New York City's Wholesale
Salt-Water Market, July 1958; August
1958; 15 pp. each. (Market News Service,

U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 155 John St.,
New York 38, N. Y.) Receipts inthe salt-wa-
ter section of the Fulton Fish Market by species
and by states and provinces; for the month indi-
cated.

AUSTRALIA:
Tasmanian Farm Dams in Relation to Fish Cul-
ture, by A. H. Weatherley, Technical Paper No.
4, 24 pp., illus., printed. Division of Fisheries
and Oceanography, Commonwealth Scientific and
Industrial Research Organization, Melbourne,
Australia, 1958.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,
August 1958, 8 pp. (Market News Service, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Pier 42 South, Seattle
4, Wash.) Includes landings and localreceipts,
with ex-vessel and wholesale prices in some in-
stances, as reported by Seattle and Astoria
(Oregon) wholesale dealers; also Northwest Pa-
cific halibut landings; Seattle Salmon Exchange;
Alaska troll salmon landings and ex-vessel
prices; and Washington shrimp landings; for
the month indicated.

BONITO:

"A Novelty in Bonito Canning" (Torik Konser-
vesinde Venilik), by Fehmi Ersan, article, Balik
ve Balikcilik, vol. 6, no. 4, April 1958, pp. 13-
14, printed in Turkish. Et ve Balik Kurumu
Umum Mudurlugu, Kat 5, Yene Valde Han Sir-
keci, Istanbul, Turkey. Describes a newmethod
of bonito canning at the Fishery Research Cen-
ter of Turkey's Meat and Fish Office.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND ARE
AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS, WASH-
INGTON 25, D. C.

BRAZIL:
Producao de Pescado, Segundo Especies © Uni-
dades da Federacao, 1955/56 (Production of Fish

Experimental Exploitation of Fish Populations, by
Ralph R. Sillimanand JamesS. Gutsell, with the

November 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

125

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

by Species and Districts, 1955/56), 10 pp., proc-
essed in Portuguese. Ministerio da Agricultura,
Servico de Estatistica da Producao, Rio de Ja-
neiro, Brazil, April 1958.

BYPRODUCTS:

"Application of Conversion Factors for the Deter-
mination of Vitamin A in Fish Liver Oils," by
S. Balasundaram, H. R. Cama, P. R. Sundaresan,
and T. N. R. Varma, article, Journalof Scientific
Industrial Research, vol. 16C, 1957, pp. 8-11,
printed. Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore,
India.

"Chitosan--Useful Chemical from Shrimp Shells,"
by Ted F. Meinhold and Paul C. Thomas, arti-
cle, Chemical Processing, vol. 21, April1958,
pp. 121-122, printed. Putnam Publishing Co.,
111 E. Delaware Place, Chicago, Ill. Describes
the operations of a processing plant at Bruns-
wick, Ga., which is daily manufacturing 500
pounds of dry chitosan from 10,000 pounds of
wet shrimp shells.

"Determination of the Lipide Content of Fish
Meals," by Dominica Montequi and Ma. D. Gar-
cia, article, Boletin del Instituto Espanol de
Oceanografia, no. 78/9, 1956, 13 pp., printed in
Spanish. Instituto Espanol de Oceanografia,
Madrid, Spain.

"Determination of Vitamin A by Conversion to
Anhydrovitamin A,'' by P. Budowski and A. Bon-
di, article, The Analyst, no. 82, November 1957,
pp. 751-760, printed. W. Heffer & Sons, Ltd.,

3 and 4 Petty Cury, Cambridge, England.

"Fish Meal Package Plant,'' by H. A. Carsten, ar-
ticle, Canadian Fisherman, vol. 45, January
1958, pp. 20-21, printed. National Business
Publications, Ltd., Gardenvale, Quebec, Canada.
Discusses a newly-developed self-contained fish
meal package plant which has undergone exten-
sive trials in the ports of Hull and Grimsby in
England. This new package plant is unique in
that it must be used in combination with a gas
turbine which provides the hot air for drying the
fish meal. As a result of the compactness of the
plant, foundation, building, and erection costs
are reported to be quite low, and it is indicated
that the unit can be moved to new locations or
even set up as a mobile installation.

"New Type Fish Meal Shows Promise in Missis-
sippi Tests," article, Feedstuffs, vol. 30,
March 29, 1958, p. 52, printed. Miller Publish-
ing Co., 118S. 6th St., Minneapolis 2, Minn.
Reports on a new type of fish meal that has been
manufactured from whole trash fish and which
has shown favorable results as a source of pro-
tein, vitamins, and unidentified factors when
used in experimental poultry rations. The new
type meal is made by grinding and steam-dehy-
drating whole trash fish that until recently were
being. dumped back into the ocean by shrimp fish-
ermen. In tests conducted at Mississippi State
College, the new fish meal was found to be equal
in protein value to either menhaden or sardine
meal. Approximately 100 tons of this type of
meal is being produced monthly at Vancleave,
Miss.

CANADA:

A Checklist of the Freshwater Fishes of Canada
and Alaska, by W. B. Scott, 30 pp., printed, 35
U. S. cents. Royal Ontario Museum, Division of
Zoology, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Presents the
first up-to-date listing since 1913 of fresh-wa-
ter fish of Canada and Alaska.

Maintaining Quality of Inland Fish," by James
Kinloch, article, Trade News, vol. 11, no. 2,
August 1958, pp. 3-6, illus., printed. Depart-
ment of Fisheries, Ottawa, Canada. The De-
partment has recently opened Inspection Labora-
tories at Toronto and Winnipeg to increase ef-
ficiency of its operations in connection with
maintaining quality of inland fish. These labora-
tories not only are equipped for routine in-
spection of fish and fishery products, both those
produced in Canada and those imported from
other countries, but can also be used to assist
in solving the unusual technological problems
which continually arise in any enterprise deal-
ing with food. This article des@ribes the in-
spection tests that are conducted at the labora-
tories and the services the laboratories pro-
vide for plant inspection.

CANNING:

Ultraviolet Irradiation of Sea Water for Fish Can-
neries, by M. K. Rowan, Fishing Industry Re- _
search Institute Progress Report No. 30, printed.
Fishing Industry Research Institute, University
of Cape Town, Rondebosch, South Africa.

COMMISSIONS:

International Commission for the Northwest At-
Iantic Fisheries, Statistical Bulletin for the —
Year 1956, 58 pp., illus., printed. International
Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisher-
ies, Halifax, N. S., Canada, 1958. This bulletin
is divided into two parts as follows: Part 1
summarizes the statistics on landings of the
past five years, and Part 2 gives the tables of
statistics dealing with the fisheries in the Con-
vention Area in 1956. Following last year's pro-
cedure, the presentation of the basic statistical
data was designed to place emphasis on area
and month of fishing. Includes a summary ofall
the landings by country and statistical subdivi-
sion; landings of cod, haddock, ocean perch, hal-
ibut, and flounder for each kind of gear; total
quantity of each species landed in each subarea;
and all the basic statistics for 1956 on fishing
effort and on the landings of cod, haddock, ocean
perch, halibut, the flounder group, and the other
groundfish group that were reported according
to the Commission's statistical requirements.
A summary of the national statistics is given,
and this table also includes certain supplemen-
tary information which was reported by the mem-
ber countries.

Tenth Annual Report of the Pacific Marine Fish-

sion, 340 State Office Bldg., 1400 S. W. Fifth
Avenue, Portland 1, Ore. Briefly reports the
specific activities of the Pacific Marine Fisher-
ies Commission during 1957 and presents a re-
view of long-term developments in the fields of
research, regulations, and coordination.

126

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM,

Describes research on ocean salmon, sablefish,
the otter-trawl fishery, crabs, oysters, and
marine water pollution.

CONSERVATION:

"The Conservation Partnership,'' by Ross Leffler,
article, Louisiana Conservationist, vol. 10,no.9,
September 1958, pp. 8-9, illus., printed. Loui-
siana Wild Life and Fisheries Commission, 126
Civil Courts Bldg., New Orleans, La. This ar-
ticle discusses the problems confronting the
wise utilization and conservation of our fish and
wildlife resources, and points out the necessity
for close teamwork between the Federal Gov-
ernment, the state fish and game departments,
and private agencies ''which will eliminate waste
effort and make our combined contribution as
effective and as fast as is humanly possible."

EELS:

Mystery of the Eel Unfolded by Scientists" by
Roger Latham, article, South Carolina Wildlife,
vol. 5, no. 3, Summer 1958, pp. 2-3, 18-19, illus.,
printed. South Carolina Wildlife Resources De-
partment, Columbia, S. C. Describes the strange
and mysterious life history of the American eel
(Anguilla rostrata Le Seuer) and presents com-
parative data on the European eel (Anguilla vul-
garis). Explains the effects of the American
eel as a predator, clarifying, however, that the
American eel is not the same as the dreaded sea
lamprey. In summarizing the commercial value
of the eel fishery in the United States, the author
points out that the eel remains greatly under-
utilized because United States consumers have
not learned of its fine food quality.

FISH COOKERY:

"The Effects of Oven Temperature on Certain
Characteristics of Baked Salmon," by Helen
Charley and Grayce E. Goertz, article, Food
Research, vol. 23, January-February 1958, pp.
17-24, printed. The Garrard Press, 119-123
West Park Ave., Champaign, Ill. Reports on the
results of a study of the cooking losses and pal-
atability of large pieces of baked silverside

salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch).

FISHES:
Fiskarna i Farg (Fishes in Color), 3rd edition,
197 pp., 64 color plates, illus., printed. Almq-
vist and Wiksell, Stockholm, Sweden, 1957.

FLORIDA CURRENT:

A Technical Report of Investigation for the Peri-
od of June 25, 1956, to May 7, 1957, by Frank
Chew and L. P. Wagner, Report 58-3, 57 pp.,
illus., processed. The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla., Sep-
tember 1958. A report for the period of
June 25, 1956, to May 7, 1957, on a study of the
kinematics, dynamics, and variation in the heat
transport of the Florida current.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION:
Ecuador: Emergency Legislative Decree No. 11
Amending the Sea Fishing and Hunting Act, Food
and Agricultural Legislation, vol. VI, no. 4,
XVL5/57.3, 5 pp., printed. Food and Agricul-
ture Organization of the United Nations, Rome,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

USUALLY MAY BE

Italy. (For sale by Columbia University Press,
International Documents Service, 2960 Broad-
way, New York 27, N. Y.)

General Fisheries Council for the Mediterranean,
Agenda and Notes, 5th Meeting, October 13-18,
1958, 32 pp., processed in French and English.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, Rome,
Italy, 1958.

Netherlands: Act Specifying New Rules for Pro-
moting the Production, Sale and Equitable Price-
Fixing of Agricultural and Fisheries Products
Specifically on Behalf of the Purchasers of Such
Products (Agriculture Act), Food and Agricul-
tural Legislation, vol. VI, no. 4, I/57.1, 19 pp.,
printed. Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations, Rome, Italy. (For sale by
Columbia University Press, International Docu-
ments Service, 2960 Broadway, New York 27,
N. Y.)

El Salvador: Decree No. 111 Adding a Paragraph
to the Regulations Made Under the Sea Fishing
and Hunting Act, Food and Agricultural Legis-
lation, vol. VI, no. 4, XVI.3/57.2, 2 pp., printed.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Rome, Italy. (For sale by Columbia
University Press, International Documents
Service, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.)

FRANCE:

"Une Etude Economique sur l'Industrie des Con-
serves de Poisson en France Metropolitaine"
(An Economic Study of the Fish Canning Indus-
try in France), article, La Peche Maritime, vol.
37, no. 965, August 1958, pp. 480-482, illus.,
printed in French. Editions Maritimes, 190
Boulevard Haussmann, Paris, France.

"Jua Pesca Maritima Francesa en el Cuadro del
Mercado Comun" (France's Marine Fisheries in
Relation to the Common Market), by L. A. Boite-
aux, article, Industrias Pesqueras, vol. 32, no.
752, August 15, 1958, pp. 6-7, printed inSpan-
ish. Industrias Pesqueras, Policarpo Sanz,
21-2, Vigo, Spain.

FREEZING:

"Characteristics of the Histological Changes in
Fish on Freezing," by A. Piskarev, G. Krylov,
and L. Lukyanitsa, article, Kholodil'naia Tekh-
nika, U. S. S. R., No. 4, 1958, pp. 48-52, 8 fig-
ures, illus., printed in Russian with English
summary. Kholodil'naia Tekhnika, c/o Four
Continent Book Corp., 38 W. 58th St., New
York 19, N. Y. Histological studies have shown
that in the freezing of fish not only the freezing
rate, but also the before-freezing quality of the
fish due to post-mortem changes, affects the
character of crystal formation. The size of the
ice crystals and the amount of injury to the tis-
sue as revealed histologically increase with the
time of storage of the fish prior to freezing. In
view of this fact, crystal size and histological
structure of the tissue are insufficient for char-
acterizing the rate of freezing and for dividing
the fish into quick- and slow-frozen categories.
Fine crystals are undoubtedly a criterion of

November 1958

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION |SSUING THEM.

quick-freezing but large crystals are not ex-
clusively indicative of slow freezing. Quality
freezing is considered such freezing wherein
no damage occurs to the muscle fiber sheaths
despite ice formation in the interfibrillar spaces.

"La Congelacion en el Negocio Pesquero, VI
Parte'' (Freezing in the Fishing Industry), by
Jose Manuel Casal Lopez-Valeiras, article,
Revista del Frio, vol. 3, no. 1, January-March
1958, pp. 19-28, 12 figures, illustrated, printed
in Spanish with English summary. Centro Ex-
perimental del Frio, Serrano, 150, Madrid,
Spain. The rules to which the operation of
forced air-flow freezer must be adapted are de-
scribed. Description also covers the difficul-
ties met in achieving high productivity infreez-
ing, and the means for overcoming them. In
this connection, some tunnels installed on fac-
toryships are described as well as the type best
adapted to the particular ship. In view of the
advantages of processing on shore part of the
product frozen on board, the technical difficul-
ties of this method and the means of eliminating
them are indicated, particularly in production of
fillet blocks for fish sticks. The method for fish
glazing in the tunnelisalso established.

"Experiments on the Preservation of Fish Fillets
by Freezing," by G. Botalla, O. Bruss, A. Dag-
hetta, and A. Monzini, article Annali della Sper-
imentazione Agraria, vol. 10, pp. 1651-1661,
printed. Ministerio dell' Agricoltura e della
Foreste, Rome, Italy, 1956. Presents the re-
sults of experiments on hake, perch, and mack-
erel fillets which were wrapped in Cryovac,
Neothene (a polyethylene film), or cellophane
film and storedat -18°C. (-0.4° F.) for 6 months.
The chemical changes which appeared to be
most injurious to the quality of the frozen fish
are those concerned with the lipids, and espe-
cially those which lead to the oxidation of unsat-
urated fatty acids. The fish fillets kept in good
condition for 4 months.

"Sobre la Congelacion de Mariscos" (On the
Freezing of Shellfish), by Jose Antonio Munoz-
Delgado Ortiz, Antonio Valdecantos Jimenez, and

Manuel Estada Girauta, article, Revistadel Frio, |!

vol. 3, no. 1, January-March 1958, pp. 13-18,
printed in Spanish with English summary. Cen-
tro Experimental del Frio, Serrano, 150, Ma-
drid, Spain. A study is made of the freezing
processes applied to lobsters, spiny lobsters,
shrimp, oysters, and crabs, and the conditions
most favorable to this type of handling. There
is also an analysis of the most frequent changes
occurring during the freezing of these products
and suggestions on the means to be used to pre-
vent, as far as possible, such changes.

FROZEN FISH:

"Effect of Glazing on Quality, Preservation and
Extension of Storage Life of Frozen Fish," by A.
Piskarev, article, Kholodil'naia Tekhnika, vol.
31, no. 3, pp. 51-54, printed. Kholodil'naia
Tekhnika, c/o Four Continent Book Corp., 38 W.
58th St., New York 19, N. Y., 1954. Results of
tests conducted on quality, preservation, and
extension of storage life of frozenfish, Stur-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

127

geon, carp, and other fish were ice-glazed, and
stored at -18° to -20°C.(-0.4° to 4° F.); similar
fish were stored unglazed as controls. The
sturgeon were piled as glazed; whereas the oth-
er fish were placed in paper-lined cases. All
fish were examined after 4, 7, and 11 months of
storage. Glazing prolonged the storage life of
the fish by 4to5months. Fish stored at-18° C.
(-0.4° F.) will keep for 8 to 10 months if the
weight of the glaze is 7 to 8 percent of the
weight of the fish, or for 4 to 5 months if the
glazeis4.5to5percent. Spratsfrozeninblocks
and glazed kept for 4 months at -18° C. (-0.4° F.).

"Handling and Care of Fresh Unfrozen Fish," by
W. A. Empey, article, Food Preservation Quar-
terly, vol. 18, March 1958, pp. 6-11, printed. —
Division of Food Preservation and Transport,
C.S.I1. R. O., 314 Albert Street, East Mel-
bourne, Australia. Reports on the deterioration
of quality in unfrozen fish, shellfish, and crus-
taceans caused by enzymatic activity, oxidative
reactions, and bacterial activities. Lists the
identifying characteristics of various types and
degrees of spoilage. Presents suggested meth-
ods of extending storage life of unfrozen fish,
especially against bacterial activity which is the
most important cause of deterioration.

GEAR:

"The Nylon Propeller in 1958,'' by Johannes
Hojsgaard, article, World Fishing, vol. 7, no. 9,
September 1958, pp. 45-47, illus., printed.
John Trundell Ltd., St. Richards House, Ever-
sholt St., London, N. W. 1, England. A report
on the performance of nylon propeller blades
and the construction of molds for casting the
propeller blades. This article also contains a
report on the efficiency of nylon propellers as
compared with a smooth bronze propeller. The
author states that ''We are now sure that our
nylon blades are doing a very good job and only
the high prices of molds will hold us back inour
program to supply these blades in all common
fishing vessel sizes."

"In Operating a Danish Seine Net is Starboard or
Port Side Best?" by Ichiro Saito, article, Ca-
nadian Fisherman, vol. 45, January 1958, pp.
11, 13, 15, printed. National Business Publica-
tions, Ltd., Gardenvale, Quebec, Canada.

Ring Nets Made of Synthetic Fibres, by Gerhard
ust, General Fisheries Council for the Medi-

terranean Studies and Reviews No. 4, 18 pp.,
illus., processed. Food and Agriculture Organ-
ization of the United Nations, Viale delle Terme
di Caracalla, Rome, Italy, September 1958. De-
scribes and illustrates the different types of
surrounding nets--lampara, purse seine, and
ring net. Also discusses synthetic fibers,
choice of synthetic twines for ring nets, and
some experiences with surrounding nets made
of synthetic fibers.

GENERAL:
The Effect of Artificial Lights on Fish and Other

Marine Organisms at Sea, by J. H. S. Blaxter
and B. B. Parrish, Scottish Home Department
Marine Research No. 2, 1958, 28 pp., illus.,

128 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 11

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION |SSUING THEM.

printed, 8s. (about US$1.15). Her Majesty's
Stationery Office, Edinburgh, Scotland. The
author describes briefly the utilization of arti-
ficial lights in fishing operations in different
parts of the world. He also describes indetail
a series of experiments with artificial lights
which were conducted around the coast of Scot-
land between 1953 and 1957. The principalaims
of these experiments were to investigate (1) the
behavior of fish in relation to light stimuli and
(2) the possibility of using artificial lights com-
mercially as an aid to catching fish. Particular
attention was paid to identification and sampling
the fish in the aggregations obtained by lights.
Data were also obtained on the horizontal extent
of aggregations and the effect of other factors
such as tide, turbidity, and moonlight on the be-
havior of fish. The author states that "In as-
sessing the value of lights in commercial fish-
ing the following conclusions were reached.
Lights might be of advantage in fishing for whit-
ing by hand and long line in the Scottish inshore
fisheries or encircling nets might be adapted to
catch aggregated fish. Lights would not be like-
ly to benefit trawl or seine fisheries unless ex-
periments showed that lights attached to these

gears would prevent fish escaping round thenets.

Although few experiments were carried out on
adult herring, no evidence is available that they
will aggregate in response to artificial lights.
Lights might be of use in the sprat and juvenile
herring fisheries, particularly in areas where
the water is clear. It is probable that the most
effective means of catching aggregations of such
fish would be by pumping devices but the ring-
net or purse-seine fishing techniques might a-
gain be adapted to this end."

Pathfinder of the Seas, by J. L. McHugh, Contri-
bution No. 80, 7 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted
from Bulletin of the International Oceanographic
Foundation, vol. 4, no. 2.) Virginia Fisheries
Laboratory, Gloucester Point, Va. A brief bi-
ography of Matthew Fontaine Maury, author of
"The Physical Geography of the Sea,"' published
in 1855, and founder of scientific oceanography.

Requirements of the United States Food, Drug,
and Cosmetic Act (A Guide for Foreign Manu-
facturers and Shippers), FDA Publication No. 2,
1958 Revision, 62 pp., printed, 20 cents. (For
sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S.
Government Printing Office, Washington 25,

D. C.) Food and Drug Administration, U. S. De-
partment of Health, Education, and Welfare,
Washington, D. C.

HALIBUT:

The Occurrence of Plerocercoid Larvae of GRIL-
LOTIA ERINACEUS (van Beneden) in Halibut,
by Bennet B. Rae, Scottish Home Department
Marine Research No. 4, 1958, 34 pp., illus.,
printed, 10s. 6d. (about US$1.50). Her Majesty's
Stationery Office, Edinburgh, Scotland.

HERRING:

Prospects for the 1958-59 Herring Fishing Sea-
son, Circular No. 49, 8 pp., illus., processed.
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Biologi-
cal Station, Nunaimo, B. C., Canada, July 1958.

This is the fourteenth in an annual series of
circulars dealing with the prospects of the
British Columbia herring fishery. These fore-
casts are made to aid in the formation of effec-
tive management policies and to help the indus-
try use the resources more effectively. The
forecasts are derived from prediction of the
carry-over from the estimated population a-
bundance in the previous season and the expect-
ed new recruitment.

INDIA:

Survey of the TCM Fisheries Program in India,
by Richard Van Cleve, 46 pp., processed. In-
ternational Cooperation Adm., 815 Connecticut
ave., NW., Washington 25, D.C., March 1957.

IRAN:

Societe Anonyme des Pecheries Iraniennes (Iran
Fisheries Carporatisnl 10 pp., illus. in color,
printed in French. Iran Fisheries Corporation,
Teheran, Iran. A publication prepared for dis-
tribution at the Brussels World Fair. Presents
information on the production of sturgeon cav-
iar, sturgeon, and other fishery products and
byproducts by the Sor Reraiaee including ex-
port statistics for 1956-57 by quantity and coun-
try of destination. Contains colored illustrations
of the most commercially-important fish of
Iran's Caspian Sea fisheries. The Iran Fisher-
ies Corporation is Government-operated. In
1953 it took control of the Iranian-Soviet joint
fishery company in Iran.

JAPAN:

Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido
University, vol 9, no. 1, 88 pp., illus., printed.
Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University,
Hakodate, Japan, May 1958. Contains, among
others, the following articles: ''Onthe Decrease
of Buoyant Force of the Float (1),'' by Shuzo
Igarashi; ''An Experiment ona Mid-Water Trawl.
V. Experiment on Full-Sized Mid-Water Trawl
Gear at Sea,'' by Kiichiro Kobayashi and Naoichi
Inoue; ''Ecological Analysis of the Catch in a
Set-Net Fishing Ground Near Hakodate, Hok-
kaido,'' by Yoshihide Nomoto; 'On Measured
Appearing Distances of the Sea Clutter Echoes
That Interfere with Radar Watching by Means of
Corner Reflectors,'' by Shoji Saito and Takeji
Fujii; ''Studies on the Complete Utilization of
Squid (Ommastrephes sloani pacificus). XVI.
On the Manufacture of Dried Squid Meat. (8) A-
mines Produced in Dried Squid Meat,'' by Hiichi
Tanikawa and Terushige Motohiro; and ''Model
Experiment on the Tidal and Ocean Currents
through the Strait of Tsugaru," bySeiti Yamaguti.

Studies on Fishing Ground, Fishing Gears and
Fishing Technique in One-Boat Medium Trawl
Fishery, by Ichiro Saito, Memoirs of the Facul-
ty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University, vol. 5,no.
1, 90 pp., illus., printed. The Faculty of Fish-
eries, Hokkaido University, Hakodate, Japan,
1957. Presents a complete report on the one-
boat medium trawl fishery which was developed
in Japan. In the section covering investigation
of the fishing grounds, the author discusses the
application of the echo-sounder in the trawl fish-
ery, the vertical distribution and density of the

November 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

129

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

population of demersal fish in the sea northwest
of Hokkaido, and the value of fishing grounds for
the trawl fishery in Musashi Bank and its sur-
rounding waters. Also reports on the results of
studies made on the gear and methods employed
in the one-boat medium trawl fishery.

KENYA:

Report on Kenya Fisheries, 1957, 16 pp., printed.
Ministry of Forest Development, Game and
Fisheries, Fisheries Division, Nairobi, Kenya,
1958. A complete review of Kenya's fisheries
for 1957. Reports on work at a tilapia culture
farm and at a trout hatchery, and developments
in the trout and other inland fisheries. A sec-
tion on the marine fishing industry covers: gen-
eral developments in progress, trade, explora-
tory work, demand, and fishery legislation; fro-
zen, dried, and salted fish trade; sedentaryfish-
eries; green turtle and crayfish fisheries; and
exploratory and experimental work in fishing
gear and methods. Several tables of catch sta-
tistics are included as appendices.

LAW OF THE SEA:

Situation, Documents and Commentary on Recent
Developments in the International Law of the
Sea, by Bronson MacChesney, U. S. Naval War
College, International Law Situation and Docu-
ments, 1956, vol. 51, 629 pp., printed, $2.75.
(For sale by the Superintendent of Documents,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washing-
ton 25, D. C., 1957.) A book in three parts.
Part I covers the problems of a hypothetical 'In-
ternational Law Situation.'’ Part II, which com-
prises the largest part of the book, presents a
collection of treaties, municipal laws, and oth-
er materials relating to recent developments in
the international Law of the Sea. One lengthy
section of this part is devoted to a review of
significant national legislation and unilateral
claims concerning the high seas, the territorial
sea, the continental shelf, and fisheries, along
with representative protests that some states
have made to recent national claims. Through-
out this part of the volume, introductory notes
are provided with each section, presenting ad-

ditional background information with references |

to documentary sources, guides to recent litera-
ture on pertinent topics, and a detailed table of
contents. Part Ill presents recent national
claims and agreements providing for defensive
air and sea zones.

MIDWATER TRAWLING:

A Method of Determining the Depth of Midwater
Trawl Nets, by W. E. Barraclough, Circular No.

_ 48, 6 pp., illus., processed. Fisheries Research

’ Board of Canada, Biological Station, Nanaimo,
B. C., Canada, August 1958. A useful and rela-
tively simple method for determining the depth
of midwater trawl nets involves the measure-
ment of the angle the warp makes with the hori-
zon at the stanchion block on the stern of the
vessel and the length of the warp. There is con-
siderable controversy about the accuracy of this
method, according to the author, because changes
in the tide and wind, alterations of the vessel's
course, and sag in the warp all tend to upset
calculations of the depth of the gear. ‘While

this method is not entirely accurate,'' states the
author, "it was found during our fishing exper-
iments that it is sufficiently accurate at depths
less than 60 fathoms to be of considerable val-
ue in midwater trawling for herring during the
winter months."' The author describes the
method and apparatus used in the fishing exper-
iments and illustrates the procedure.

'"Midwater Trawling for Cornish Pilchards,"' by
H. J. May and J. P. Bridger, article, World
Fishing, vol. 7, no. 9, September 1958, pp. 36-
38, illus., printed. John Trundell Ltd., St.
Richards House, Eversholt St., London, N. W.1,
England, Single-trawl experiments conducted
by the research vessel Chichester Lass inCor-
nish waters show that under certain conditions
the modified Canadian herring trawl has many
advantages over drift netting. This article de-
scribes the gear used in these experiments, the
way the gear was worked, and the results
achieved. .

MISCELLANEOUS:

Journal du Conseil, vol. XXIII, no. 3, pp. 321-517,
illus., printed, single copy Kr. 16 (US$2.32).
Messrs. Andr. Fred. H¢st & Sdn, Bredgade,
Copenhagen, Denmark, July 1958. Among the
articles presented in this journal are the fol-
lowing: ''Plankton in the Western Barents Sea
and the Year-Class Strength of the Arcto-Nor-
wegian Cod," by John Corlett; ''Cod Growth and
Temperature,'' by Clyde C. Taylor; "Results of
English Cod Tagging in the Barents Sea," by
Geoffrey C. Trout; On the Interpretation of the
East Anglian Herring Data, 1923-1955," by W.C.
Hodgson; ''Fat Cycles of North Sea Herring," by
R. J. Wood; ''Seasonal Fluctuations in the Catch-
es of Salmon in the Baltic,'' by Gunnar Alm;
"Notes on Recent Atlantic Salmon Investigations
in the USSR," by G. Nikolsky; and ''A Device for
Rapid Single-Handed Measurement of Shellfish,"
by Peter J. Warren.

NEW ENGLAND:

"How New England Buys Fish," by F. B. Clark,
article, Foreign Trade, vol. 110, no. 6, Sep-
tember 1958, pp. 16-18, illus., printed, single
copy 20 Canadian cents. Department of Trade
and Commerce, Ottawa, Canada. A brief de-
scription of New England's.fishing industry,
production by regions, and what is being done to
help the industry solve some of its problems.
The author discusses imports in the New Eng-
land area and gives some suggestions for Ca-
nadians who want to sell their fishery products
in this area, The author states that "Although
New England fish production is expected to im-
prove with the fleet modernization program, the
growing local and national market will stillneed
the present flow of imports and possibly more."

NEW GUINEA:

"SPC Fisheries Survey in Netherlands New Guin-
ea,"' by H. Van Pel, article, SPC Quarterly Bul-
letin, vol. 8, no. 3, July 1958, pp. 28-29, illus..
printed, single copy 30 U.S. cents. South Pa-
cific Commission, Box 5254, G. P. O., Sydney,
Australia. A brief report describing a two-
month survey by the South Pacific Commission

130

of the marine and inland fisheries resources of
Netherlands New Guinea. Investigations of the
marine fisheries resources produced good catch-
es of red snapper, Spanish mackerel, barracuda,
trevally, jobfish, dolphin, tuna, and shark. The
main purpose of the inland fisheries survey was
to find ways of increasing the aquatic food re-
sources, especially crayfish.

NORWAY:

"Over 84,000 Fishing Vessels on a 3,000-Mile
Coastline--That's Norway," by Gregory Haines,
article, World Fishing, vol. 7, no. 9, September
1958, pp. 42-44, 70, illus., printed. John Trun-
dell Ltd., St. Richards House, Eversholt St.,
London, N. W. 1, England. The author's im-
pression of the Norwegian fishing industry, and
descriptions of the Lofoten cod fishery, whaling
market, tuna fishery, and the failure of this
year's herring season.

Praktiske Fiskefors¢k, 1957 (Practical Fishery

Research, 1957), Arsberetning Vedkommende
Norges Fiskerier 1957, Nr. 9, 78 pp., illus.,
printed in Norwegian. A.S. John Griegs Bok-
trykkeri, Bergen, Norway, 1958.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. il

region. In October 1955 the Commission im-
ported by air from the Philippines an experi-
mental consignment of tilapia. They quickly
multiplied, and successful transplantings have
since been made to many Pacific territories.
This article describes briefly a similar trans-
fer of fingerlings of four species of edible pond
fish--carp, sepat, dalag, and gourami--which
were transported by air from the Philippines to
New Caledonia in January 1958. Species which
multiply successfully will be used to stock nat-
ural waters in Pacific territories, to provide
supplementary protein in the diet of islanders.

PORTUGAL:
Lista de Embarcacoes das Pescas Industriais
(List of Vessels Engaged in Industrial Fisher -

ies), 800 pp., illus., printed in Portuguese,
US$8.75. Gabinete de Estudos das Pescas, Lis-
bon, Portugal, 1956. Presents information on
the number, tonnage, and types of registered
vessels engaged in Portugal's commercial fish-
eries. The vessels are listed separately as fol-
lows: (1) trawlers engaged in high seas and
coastal fishing, (2) tuna fishing vessels, (3) cod
fishing vessels, (4) whaling vessels, and (5)
sardine fishing vessels. Preceding each listing

NYASALAND:
Annual Report of the Department of Game, Fish
and Tsetse Control for the Year Ended 31st De-

are colored illustrations of the identifying flags
used on Portuguese fishing vessels and a cor-
responding key to the firms that own them.

PRESERVATION:

"Assessment of Quality of Iced White Fish," ar-
ticle, Report of the Food Investigation Board,
1956, pp. 5-6, printed. Food Investigation
Board, London, England, 1957.

Printer, Zomba, Nyasaland, 1958. The section
on fisheries discusses the state of the fish
stocks, the non-African fishery, the African fish-
ery, fish trade, developmental and experimental
work, fisheries research organization, trout
fishing, and fish farming. Statistics are also
given on landings of the different species of fish
in the non-African and African fisheries.

"The Chlortetracycline (CTC) Content of CTC-
Treated Fish and of ''Kamaboko'' Made from the
Treated Fish," by T. Tomiyama, Y. Yone, and
A. Tsuda, article, Bulletin of the Japanese Soci-
ety of Scientific Fisheries, vol. 23, no. 9, 1957,
pp. 568-571, printed. Photostat copies or micro-
films may be purchased from the library of the
Institut International du, Froid, 177 Boulevard
Malesherbes, Paris 17°, France. Describes
cold-storage tests made on ''kamaboko"'--a mix-
ture of croaker and sea eel.

OYSTERS:

"Riboflavin, Niacin, and Thiamine in Apalachicola
Bay Oysters,'' by Jane Wentworth and Harvye
Lewis, article, Food Research, vol. 23, March-
April 1958, pp. 194-197, printed. The Garrard
Press, 119-123 West Park Ave., Champaign, Ill.

PHILIPPINES:

The Philippine Journal of Fisheries, vol. 4, no. 1,
January-June, 1956, 83 pp., illus., printed. De-
partment of Agriculture and Natural Resources,
Manila, Philippines. Contains, among others,
the following articles: ''The Stake (Patusok)
Method of Oyster Farming in the Dagat-Dagatan
Lagoon, Rizal Province," and ''Assay of the
Goby Fry (Ipon) Fisheries of the Laoag River and
its Adjacent Marine Shores," by Guillermo J.
Blanco.

"The Chlortetracycline (CTC) Content of Trawl
Catch Treated on Board and Residual CTC in
Edible Part on Cooking and Processing of Treat-
ed Fish,'"' by T. Tomiyama, Y. Yone, and A.
Tsuda, article, Bulletin of the Japanese Society
of Scientific Fisheries, vol. 23, no. 9, 1957, pp.
572-578, illus., printed. Photostat copies or
microfilms may be purchased from the library
of the Institut International du Froid, 177 Boule-
vard Malesherbes, Paris 17°, France.

POND FISH:

"New Introduction of Edible Pond Fish from Phil-
ippines,'' article, SPC (South Pacific Commission)
Quarterly Bulletin, vol. 8, no. 2, April 1958, p.
19, illus., printed, single copy 30 U.S. cents.
South Pacific Commission, Box 5254, G. P. O.,
Sydney, Australia. The introduction of carefully-
selected species of edible pond fish to Pacific
territories for stocking inland waters forms an
important part of the Commission's long-term
program for the development of fisheries in the

"Spoilage of Whole Fish and Fillets,"' article, Re-
port of the Food Investigation Board for 1956,
pp. 8-9, printed. Food Investigation Board, Lon-
don, England, 1957. Discusses the differences
in spoilage patterns of whole or fillets of white
fish. Reports the effectiveness of (1) washing
fillets in tap water, (2) dipping fillets in antibi-
otic solutions, and (3) wrapping fillets in poly-
ethylene bags, onthe over-all spoilage rate. Al-
so reports confirmed findings that the keeping

November 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

131

BUT USUALLY MAY BE

—_—_—==>— see ee eee ee eee SE,

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATIONS ISSUING THEM.

quality of prepackaged white fish fillets held at
32° F., is the same as the keeping quality of un-
wrapped fillets.

"Storage of Fish in Cold Water" (Sohranenie Pyby
v Ohlajadennoi Vode), by P. G. Zukovskij, arti-
cle, Rybnoe Hozjajstvo, no. 7, July 1957, pp.
35-37, illus., printed in Russian. Photostat cop-
ies, translations, or microfilms may be pur-
chased from the library of the Institut Interna-
tional du Froid, 177 Boulevard Malesherbes,
Paris 17°, France. Describes tests carried out
in 1956 to determine the cooling rate of salmo-
noid fish and their keeping life in cooledsea
water.

PRESERVATION BY IRRADIATION:

International Institute of Refrigeration, Annexe
1957-3, Supplement au Bulletin de l'Institut In-
ternational du Froid, 176 pp., illus., printed in
French and English. Institut International du,
Froid, 177 Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris 17 ,
France. Included, among others, are the fol-
lowing papers on the treatment of foodstuffs by
ionizing radiations: ''The Possible Use of Ion-
izing Radiations in Food Preservation," by J.
Kuprianoff; 'International Co-operation in the
Fieid of Applications of Isotopes and Radiations
in Agricultural Research," by R. A. Silow; ''Ra-
diations Processing: A Summary of Activity in
Britain,'' by R. S. Hannan; ''The Present Situa-
tion of the Application of Radiation to Food Pre-
servation in Federal Republic in Germany,'' by
J. Kuprianoff; 'Ionizing Radiations as Applied
to Food Preservation--Present Situation in
France,'' by P. Vidal; ''Preservation of Chicken
Meat: Observations on the Use of Cathode and
Gamma Rays," by M. J. Thornley; and ''Some
Problems in Irradiation of Foodstuffs," by L.
Roussel and P. Vidal. These papers were pre-
sented at a meeting of the Institute in Switzer-
land, September 23-25, 1957.

PROTEINS:

"Analysis of the Protein Constituents of Drip from
Thawed Fish Muscle," by Harry L. Seagran, ar-
ticle, Food Research, vol. 23, March-April 1958,
pp. 143-149, printed. Department of Food Tech-
nology, University of California, Davis, Calif.

"Evaluation of Protein Quality--I. The Signifi-
cance of the Problem," by Leo Friedman, arti-
cle, Journal of the Association of Official Agri-
cultural Chemists, vol. 41, February 15, 1958,
pp. 188-191, printed. Association of Official
Agricultural Chemists, Inc., Box 540, Benjamin
Franklin Station, Washington 4, D. C.

"Evaluation of Protein Quality--II. Methods,'' by
Philip H. Derse, article, Journal of the Associa-
tion of Official Agricultural Chemists, vol. 41,
February 15, 1958, pp. 192-194, printed. Asso-
ciation of Official Agricultural Chemists, Inc.,
Box 540, Benjamin Franklin Station, Washing-
ton 4, D. C.

SARDINES:
"Marginal Notes on the Problem of Frozen Sar-
dines'' (Remarques en Marge du Probleme de
la Sardine Congelee), article, R. Conserve, vol.

13, no. 1, January-February 1958, pp. 81-83,
printed in French. Photostat copies, transla-
tions, or microfilms may be purchased from
the library of the Institut International, du Froid,
177 Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris 17~, France.
Presents the recommendations of a group of
United States and Yugoslav researchers for im-
proving the quality of canned sardines made
from frozen sardines.

"Refrigerating Tests on Sardines with Sea-Wa-
ter'' (Essais de Refrigeration des Sardines a
l'Eau de Mer), article, R. Conserve, March
1958, p. 107, printed in French. Photostat cop-
ies, translations, or microfilms may be pur-
chased from the library of the Institut Interna-
tional du Froid, 177 Boulevard Malesherbes,
Paris 17°, France. Presents preliminary find-
ings on four tests made on the Storage of sar-
dines in chilled sea-water at 0° and -3° C.
(32° and 26.6° F.). Results of the tests indicate
that this process of chilling, which has been
used successfully in conservimig the freshness
of herring, mackerel, and tuna for at least one
week, does not seem suitable for the storage of
sardines.

SCALLOPS:

"Scallops in Leiisiana,'' by Ednard Waldo, arti-
cle, Louisiana Conservationist, vol. 10, no. 9,
September 1958, p. 21, illus., printed. Louisi-
ana Wild Life and Fisheries Commission, 126
Civil Courts Bldg., New Orleans, La. Arecent
survey, one of a series being made which cov-
ers an area extending from behind North Island
to the Chandler Light, revealed beds of bay
scallops which, according to the author, may
lead to a new industry in Louisiana. Skindivers
brought up quantities of the bay scallops which
were tested for edibility and found to be of ex-
cellent quality and taste. An aerial survey
showed that submarine gardens, of the type in
which scallops thrive, covered a strip some 50
miles in length and varied in width from about
half a mile to some 8 miles, the latter in the
vicinity of the Free Mason Islands.

SHARKS:

"Dogfish," by H. L. A. Tarr, article, Progress
Reports of the Pacific Coast Stations, No. 110,
p. rs printed. Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, Pacific Fisheries Experimental Sta-
tion, 898 Richards St., Vancouver, B. C., Cana-
da, April 1958. On the west coast of Canada, at-
tempts have been made to utilize dogfish but
with no lasting success. The various avenues of
utilization that have been explored are (1) direct
use in human food, for example, as fresh or
canned dogfish, (2) use in production of liver oil,
and (3) use in production of oil and meal. This
article describes briefly the experimental work
that has been done on the utilization of dogfish.

SPINY LOBSTER:

"The Refrigeration and Storage of Crawfish"
(Holodil'naja Obrabotka i Hranenie Recnyh Ra-
kov), by N. Golovkin and L. Persina, Holodil'naja
Tehnika, no. 1, 1958, pp. 26-27, printed in Rus-
sian. Photostat copies, translations, or micro-
films may be purchased from the library of the

132

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 11

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

Institut International du, Froid, 177 Boulevard
Malesherbes, Paris 17°, France.

SPOT:

A Study of the Biolo and Life History of the

~ Spot, LEIOSTOMUS XANTHURUS LACEPEDE,
with Special Reference to South Carolina, by
CG. E. Dawson, Contributions from Bears Bluff
Laboratories No. 28, 48 pp., printed. Bears
Bluff Laboratories, Wadmalaw sland, S. C.,
September 1958.

TROCHUS:

Selected Annotated Bibliography of Trochus, by
R. Gail and L. Devambez, Technical Paper No.
111, 27 pp., illus., printed, 2/6 stg. (about 35
U.S. cents). South Pacific Commission, G. P.O.
Box 5254, Sydney, Australia. The first part of
this bibliography on trochus shell gives refer-
ences in alphabetical order of authors' names.
Brief summaries of the publications are also
included. In the second part, the territory or
country where the research has taken place is
used as a subheading, and only the bibliographical
reference is given. A map of the South Pacific
Commission area, showing the natural and arti-
ficial distribution of trochus, is appended.

TUNA:

"Tue Marche du Thon Tropical d'Origine Francaise"
(The Market for Tropical Tuna of French Ori-
gin), by A. Sahut-Morel, article, La Peche Mari-
time, vol. 37, no. 965, August 1958, pp. 473-479,
illus., printed in French. Editions Maritimes,
190 Boulevard Haussmann, Paris, France.

TURKEY:

"Catching Periods of Sarda sarda in Different
Seasons and Years" (Torik-Palamut ve Sarda
sarda larin Mevsim ve Senelere Bagli Av
Peryotlari), by Iham Artuz, article in 3 parts,
Balik ve Balikcilik, Part I - vol. 6, no. 4, April
1958, pp. 1-5; Part II - vol. 6, no. 5, May1958,
pp. 1-6; Part III - vol. 6, no. 6, June 1958, pp.
7-11; printed in Turkish. Et ve Balik Kurumu
Umum Mudurlugu, Kat 5, Yene Valde Han Sir-
keci, Istanbul, Turkey

"The Girgir-Seines'' (Girgir Agi), bySitki Uner,
article, Balik ve Balikcilik, vol. 6, no. 7, July
1958, pp. 22-26, illus., printed in Turkish. Etve.
Balik Kurumu Umum Mudurlugu, Kat 5, Yene

Valde Han Sirkeci, Istanbul, Turkey. Describes
the Girgir seines used by Turkish fishing boats.

"The Place of Turkish Fisheries in the Mediter-
ranean Countries and in the World" (Memleke-
timiz Balikciliginin Dunya ve Akdeniz Balik-
ciligindaki Veri), by M. Ilham Artuz, article in
3 parts, Balik ve Balikcilik, Part I - vol. 6, no.
7, July 1958, pp. 18-21; Part II - vol. 6, no. 8,
August 1958, pp. 7-11; Part III - vol. 6, no. 9,
September 1958, pp. 16-22; printed in Turkish.
Et ve Balik Kurumu Umum Mudurlugu, Kat 5,
Yene Valde Han Sirkeci, Istanbul, Turkey.

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA:

Department of Nature Conservation, Report No.
14, 1957, 108 pp., llus., printed. Department of
Nature Conservation, Provincial Administration
of the Cape of Good Hope, Cape Town, Union of
South Africa. A complete report on the activi-
ties of the Union of South Africa's Department
of Nature Conservation. The section on Re-
search and Field Surveys contains, among oth-
ers, a report on inland fisheries and an article
entitled ''The Tidal Waters of the Rivers of the
Cape Province," by G, F. van Wyk. This article
describes a survey which has been undertaken
chiefly with the object of providing fair legisla-
tion which will not deprive commercial fisher-
men and anglers of reasonable catches but which
will at the same time prevent needless wastage
of fish and fish bait. The section covering the
Division of Inland Fisheries discusses the work
being done at the Jonkershoek Hatchery, Pirie
Trout Hatchery, Tsolo Fish Farm, and the
stocking of public waters. Also included is a
brief report on the Inland Fisheries and Fauna
Administration and the figures on the game li-
censes issued in 1957.

VITAMINS:

"Assay of Vitamin A Oils," by E. Brunius, article,
Nature, vol. 181, February 8, 1958, pp. 395-396,
printed. Macmilland and Company, Ltd., St.
Martins Street, London W. C. 2, England.

YEARBOOKS AND DIRECTORIES:

Fisheries Yearbook and Directory, 1958, edited
by Harry F. Tysser, illus., printed, 20s. (about
US$2.80). British-Continental Trade Press
Ltd., London, England.

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page

FISHERY INDICATORS (Contd.): ;
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of Fish-

ery Products at Principal Distribution Centers ..... 120

Chart 5 - Fish Mealand Oil Production - U.S, and Alaska .
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery Products. .

Page

FISHERY INDICATIORS (Contd.):
Chart 7 - U. S. Fishery Products Imports ......... 122
RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: .............. 123
Fish and Wildlife Service Publications ........... 123
Miscellaneous Publications ..............-...- 124

November 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.):
U. S. Foreign Trade:
EdiblesHishery Products, June 1958'-.............-
Groundfish Fillet Imports, September 1958 ........
Imports of Canned Tuna in Brine Under Quota, January-
AES G05 IEDs oo Soon eno oe pop oo uD eeoOdS
Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Products,
Jannnaiaohy WEEE oo nb boo Ome o ooo obo amo ood
Wholesale Prices, September 1958
IMORMDIGNS choocodcatdgbooaoododeuoadeondoS
International:
Dangers of Depositing Radio-Active Wastes in Oceans .
Food and Agriculture Organization:
World Fisheries Meeting Held on Costs and Earnings
Great Lakes Fishery Commission:
Meeting Held in Marquette, Mich...............
International Labor Organization:
Fishermen Labor Problems Considered at Conference
Japanese and Soviet Fishery Survey Teams Exchange
WIGS cassacdgdagosougoueobODUudougUbDS
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Commission:
Uas.i9-.k. Adheres)to Convention..............
Eighth Annual Meeting
Territorial Waters:
Eight-Power Ministerial Meeting on Fishing Limits
Problem Called by Denmark ...........2.--.-
Nordic Fisheries Congress Discusses 12-Mile Fishing
Iti. Ss oollo oOo boob OOo oo OOo On poled Do GOlolG
Trade Agreements:
Extended Czech-Icelandic Trade Agreement Includes
INjGN cooonoooCoODNOgoO UO oO OOO UDIDO oOo
United Nations:
United Kingdom Signs Law-of-the-Sea Conventions
United States Signs Conventions on Law of the Sea
World Fisheries:
Russian Fishery Landings Exceeded United States

Lenehags fini MB? os ccotdooebonodceoapooboS
Angola: 3
Exports of Fishery Products Declined in January-April
MBE scot scunebopoooUUmDO DO dDOooOUOD
Australia:
Japanese Pearl-Shell Fleet Operations for 1958 Season
Review of 1957 Whaling Season.........-22+.-0%
Spiny Lobster Conservation Measures..........+..
Belgium:
Fishing Fleet Requests Protection While Fishing off
WESC socoaseedo OS OOo ood 0 oD OOo Odo Ss
Imports of Japanese Canned Salmon Lower First Part
OF WE cacoobogngodg5D deaarscngos sadn
Brazil:

Tuna Cannery to be Established by Japanese Firm
Canada:
Market for Arctic Char Developed
Net Weights for Canned Fishery Products Strictly
ANEFEN® oooocosusoagegpeobdon nO OOo Udddo
New England Good Market for Canadian Fish
Chile:
New Regulations for Foreign Fishing Vessels Issued. .
Review of the Fisheries, 1954-57
Cuba:
Cod-Fishing Vessel Lands First Trip
Denmark:
Danish Representatives Discuss Faroe Limits with
British Government
New Loans for Faroese Fishing Fleet

Egypt:
‘commercial Fishing Industry Potentialities
El Salvador:
Fishing Industry Expands
France:
Detachable Cod Ends Developed for Mothership Catcher-
WEEEGI poo oconpsbos ates oagcgoogedonooo
Does Not Recognize Unilateral Declarations Extending
Fishing Limits
Greenland:
Seal-Skin Auction
Hong Kong:
Shrimp Fishing Industry
Shrimp Fishery Trends, April-June 1958........--
Iceland:
Dispute with British over 12-Mile Fishing Limits... .
Foreign Minister Gives Views on 12-Mile Fishing Limits
Fishing Limits Extension to be Considered by United
Nations General Assembly
Exports of Fish Fillets to the United States up for Jan-
uary-May 1958
Fisheries Research Vessels to be Purchased ... -
Fisheries Trends, January-May 1958 ........-
Summer Herring Fishery Trends

Contents Continued Page 132.

Page

FOREIGN (Contd.):

India:

Norway Aids Fisheries
Japan;

Studies Show Blue or Green Lights Attract Most Shellfish

Tuna Mothership Operations in Fiji and Line Islands

Area S| SUCCESSLU aan tete kombat st atenel-neticbettliaNe lx tales icles

Whaling Developments). - 2. 0 tt ewan ee ©
Libya:

Tuna and Sponge Fisheries .................4.-.
Malaya: j

Japanese Expert to Study Tuna Resources of the East-

ern Indian Ocean

Morocco:

Polish Fishery Mission Visits Casablanca
Netherlands:

Market for Canned and Frozen Salmon
New Caledonia:

Hishingalndustry jlo ofp wetevelevekken=k-aall-telalols lei -l-t=laits

Trochus Shell Industry
New Hebrides:

More on Tuna Fishery Enterprise Operated with Jap-

ANESE Ree weet ciel cd oNch eke tone ciale es i-koke Nelle ts te ltsKome rst
Norway:

Fisheries Trends, January-June 1958 ..........-.

Pressure from Fishing Industry for 12-Mile Fishing

Toimiti Continuestorsalcielstsiomerslisielist-aateWellelielel-i/Releils

Review of the Fisheries, 1957........-..---+.----
Panama: .

Review of the Fisheries, 1957.......-.05-+e-e:
Peru:

Sperm Whale Production, 1957 ............+.-+4-
Portugal:

Canned Fish Exports, January-June 1958 .........

Canned Fish Pack, January-April 1958

Fisheries Trends, June 1958 ....-......2222+6
Singapore:

Central Fish Market Planned for Singapore........

Fisheries in@1957) cocci. . epeqeie «= oles oie nine =
Spain:

Vigo Fisheries Trends, July-August 1958 .........-
Surinam:

Shrimp Landings Down Sharply in 1957.......----
Sweden:

Consumption of Fish and Fishery Products, 1957 ....
Union of South Africa:
Aureomycin Tests with Hake
Cape West Coast Pilchard-Maasbanker Industry, Jan-
uary-June 1956
Pilchard-Maasbanker Fishing Season Ended August 31,
Io Ano ooo goon nemo cde bonobadong obo
Shark Fishery Prospers
106 SS BS tse
Device Shows Amount of Fish in Trawl before Hauling.
Fishery Landings, 1957
New Trawlers Equipped with Refrigeration Plants
Oceanographic Survey Vessel to Visit United States
Ports
| United Kingdom:
Controls on Imports of Canned Salmon Lifted
Effect of Artificial Lights on Fish Studied.........
Experiments on Use of Light to Attract Lobsters ....
Official Views on Iceland's Extension of Fishing Limits
to 12 Miles
FEDERAL ACTIONS:
Federal Court of Appeals:
Promotional Allowance Ruling Reversed by United
States Court
Federal Trade Commission:
Seafood Canners and Their Sales Agent Deny Favoring
Chain Store Buyers
Consent Order Prohibits Dlegal Brokerage Payments
by Seafood Packer and Selling Agent
Seafood Canner and Broker Denies Granting [egal
Price: Reduction
Canned Seafood Packer and Its Brokers Charged with
Payment of Illegal Brokerage
Department of the Interior:
Fish and Wildlife Service:
Proposed Revision of Northwest Atlantic Haddock and
Cod Regulations
Department of Labor:
New Schedule of Hearings for American Samoa, Virgin
Islands, and Puerto Rico Minimum Wage Revisions. .
FISHERY INDICATORS: .......--- 22s eeeeeee
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries..........
Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings of Fish-
ery Products

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., WO 545

133

Page

102
102
103

103
103

103
104
104
105
105

106
107

107
107
108
108
108
109

109

115

118

119

DOUBLE-RIG SHRIMP TRAWLING IN THE GULF OF MEXICO

describes with specifications and detailed drawings the double-rigged shrimp trawl
now used inthe shrimp fisheries of the Gulf of Mexico and the South Atlantic Coast.
In this development a vessel tows two smaller nets simultaneously rather than a
single large one ashas beenthe practice in the past. This new method is generally
referred to as ''double-rig trawling."

The immediate purpose of
this leaflet is to provide owners
of conventionally-rigged shrimp
trawlers with basic information
required for conversionto dou-
ble-rigtrawling. For this rea-
sonthe materialis presented
with the assumption of athorough
knowledge of conventional
shrimp vessel rigging and fish-
ing practices. Information given
here does not necessarily apply
to vessels equipped for other
types of fishing.

It is reported that first at-
tempts to develop the double-rig
method inthe Gulf were made by
shrimp fishermen at Rockport,
A double-rigged Key West shrimp vessel without additional trawling Tex., late in 1955. Following
boom srengienmg: these initial efforts, others inthe
industry became interested and many have subsequently contributedto the success-
ful development of the method. The evolution of the double-rig method, while
necessarily one of trial and error, has been marked by free exchange of ideas,

The benefits inherent inthis methodof shrimp trawling were early and rapid-
ly recognized and accepted, and by 1957 a major trend toward conversion was
under way at Aransas Pass andother Texas ports. The popularity and acceptance
of conversion soon spread to Florida and to Mexico, where many conversions to
the double rig have been made.

Although this method of shrimpinghas reached a successful stage in its de-
velopment, it is still evolving, and improvements are frequently made by the
shrimp fishing industry.

Copies of Fishery Leaflet No. 470 (11 pages) are available free from the Divi-
sion of Information, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington oa). ID) (Cie

ar at i

/ |
A4YE> X

COMMERCIAL BEY IEW
FISHERIESNLG GGG

te

Vol. 20, No.12 | i DECEMBE

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
United States Department of the Interior

ee bt

R 1958

Washington, D.C.

UNITED STATES BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR

FRED A, SEATON, SECRETARY
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE AND SERVICES
ARNIE J. SUOMELA, COMMISS/ONER HAROLD E. CROWTHER, CHIEF

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES.

Joseph Pileggi, Editor
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not
responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.

Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source is appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
May 21, 1957. 5/31/60

CONTENTS

COVER: Lifting the cod end of a trawl net full of Pacific ocean
perch onto the deck of the M/V Tordenskjold off southeastern
Alaska in 1957. The Tordenskjold, a Seattle commercial trawl-

er chartered by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, and

the Bureau's exploratory fishing vessel John N. Cobb explored
for commercial quantities of bottom fish off southeastern Alaska

in the fall of 1956 and the spring of 1957 (see p. 9 of this issue).

aa aT ALT Page
Certification and After-Use Measurement of Manila Otter-Trawl Cod Ends, by Ernest J. Medico..............+++005 1
Bottom Trawling Explorations off Southeastern Alaska, 1956-1957, by Melvin R. Greenwood ...............+-++2-:: 9
Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: .........- 22 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENT (Contd.)
Technical Note No, 48 - Pacific Ocean Perch - Maine Sardines:
Proximate Composition, by John L. Iverson ...... 22 Study Indicates Sales Exceed Imported by a Wide Margin 39
Chlorinated Sea Water Helps to Improve Quality Marketing:

of Fish Aboard Fishing Vessels.............. 25 Edible Fishery Products Prospects Winter 1958-

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: ............... 26 Sercnysy WERE) S olbn nag ecco no sooo eae ecg OD 40
California: North Atlantic Fisheries and Gear Research;

Aerial Census of Commercial and Sport Fishing Exploratory Trawling for Commercial Quantities of
Continued (Airplane Spotting Flight 58-17)....... 26 Sand Launce Continued (M/V Delaware Cruise 58-6)... 40

Containers Tested for Oceanic Disposal of Radio- North Atlantic Herring Research:
active Waste (N. B. Scofield Cruise 58-S-5-Waste Air-Bubble Curtain Directs Sardines Into Seine
Nees) ab Sh obodopABUdopoooPssooudED 26 Snccesstullyayye rei eer mene tee ene 41

Halibut Survey Off Baja California Coast (N. B. Herring Larvae Sought in Gulf of Maine-Georges Bank
Scofield Cruise 58-S-6-Halibut),............. 29 Area (M/V Delaware Cruise 58-5)............-. 41

Pelagic Fish Distribution and Abundance off Southern Oregon:

Galiforniaysunviey ecduinucmscehenaki-i-iensimial natal mas 29 Third Experimental Project Established for Rearing

Stocking of State Waters With Yellow Pike Under Salmon Under Natural Conditions .............. 42
(CLoYNCKEMOM odogGaoccdndoobaoooddoaNdN 31 Oysters:

Yellowfin and Skipjack Tuna Tagged Along Baja Standards of Identity Research Program Initiated for
California Coast (M/V Cape Beverly Cruise Shuckedi@Oystens?.ei-uoieis ene ea haar reenter aa 42
BEACH) Goh b uo doaa wee morob coop oon D 31 Survival of 1958 Long Island Sound Oyster Set

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January- CPM Gorogococodconasabudskooonne duos 43

ENG AN ET SLE: a bio (gue obese Gia0o| 0.6 cs Ola bedeo a:a,0-4 © 32 Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations:

Croakers: Albacore Tuna Fishing With Gill Nets and Trolling Gear

Scarcity in Chesapeake Bay Predicted .......... 32 Mested bys Ml/Vegbava Sonus mu. yan irn neat eae een 43

Federal Aid Funds for Sport Fish and Wildlife Central North Pacific Albacore Tuna, Oceanographic,
Restoration Apportioned to States for Fiscal and Plankton Surveys (Hugh M. Smith Cruise 46)... . 44
Ceram EE rem midic’escic-cae ed ODO micsd Oo gimrcrceo Glorcia 34 Marquesan Sardine Reproduced in Hawaiian Waters ... 44

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: Second Tilapia Bait-Rearing Project Initiated ......., 46

Department of Defense Purchases, January- Skipjack Tuna Behavior Studies Provide a Possible
Neptembensudosm.uetyapana er ame eerste mee meena setters 35 Key to New Fishing Methods (M/V Charles H. Gilbert

Fisheries Loan Fund: Gruisera li) eter en cecie) cae eee ee 46

Loans Through October 20, 1958.............. 35 Pacific Salmon Investigations:

Fishery Research Laboratory: Tests on ''Endless'' Fishway to Cut in Construction Costs 47

New Shellfish Laboratory to be Built on Chesapeake Safety on Board Fishing Vessels;

De (any AaB ChE ECan OED REE EOREROAE iG icec cameneridiosas 36 New Winch-Head Contributes to Trawler Safety...... 48

Great Lakes: Unsafe Conditions Aboard New England Trawlers
Increase in Alewife Population Raises Problems ... 37 NLS ines a oreo oiaio oe Go Gee Bo gibid Gala bore oneal 49

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations: Unsafe Practices Aboard New England Trawlers

Survey of Western Lake Erie Fish Populations Listed OuOure hole oOeaiT: or ceck ty Ocaovoko: Megagsoue aoc om 49
Continues by M/V Cisco (Cruise 9).......... 37 Sea Trout:

Western Lake Superior Herring and General Fishery Tagging to Study Migrations and Growth Rate........ 50
Survey Continued (M/V Siscowet Cruise 6) ...... 38 Shad:

Inspection for Fishery Products: Biologists Discover Shad Pass Safely Through Turbines

U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Program in hi (Cloyeloyebelefey IDEM Kobo H Ga ako a daon hana d ac aon 51

IMM EMA G ho obdonbopaghaond ou bpooe aoe 39

Contents Continued Page 103.

Vol. 20, No. 12

December 1958 Washington 25, D.C.

CERTIFICATION AND AFTER-USE MEASUREMENT
OF MANILA OTTER-TRAWL COD ENDS

By Ernest J. Medico*

CONTENTS

Page Page
Abstract . eMeMetlaMetieltalielielielicllelicl ste} elicits 1. 1 Wet after-use cod-end measurements oo.0 5
Inert 6.6 0 0610.6 6-00 ODO Go 06 O 1 Observations sem emeneueemokeien ci cncicimeicmeicne 7
New dry cod-end measurements for certification 2 Bibliography arwepemene enone lien omic eneie ae 8

ABSTRACT

Describes the development and summarizes some results of the program for certify —
ing manila twine cod ends used by the United States trawling fleet in the fishery for had-
dock, Melanogrammus aeglefinus (Linnaeus), in Northwest Atlantic Fishery Convention
Subarea 5. To implement international treaty agreements concerning this fishery and to
assist the industry in complying with mesh-size regulations, a program was developed for
certifying new dry cod ends, which met certain tests, as having meshes equivalent to 41
inches when wet after use. Measurements were made of these manila cod ends, after G
varying amounts of use in the haddock fishery, to determine changes in after-use mesh
size.

In June 1953 when regulations implemented the use of meshes for otter trawls fishing
in Subarea 5, a mesh size of inches (dry, knot center to knot center) was recommend-
ed for new before-use cod ends, Upon further study the before-use mesh size was lowered
to se inches, because the meshes stretched after use to a greater degree than anticipated.

INTRODUCTION

To effect a joint approach to the problems arising in the fisheries of the North-
west Atlantic Ocean, the United States convened a conference of 11 governments at
Washington in January 1949. The work of this

E. ee aa

conference resulted in opening for signature on

February 8, 1949, the International Convention for =
the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries whichhas as its 1Oy,
objective the conservation of the fisheries of the SANS Hg

Northwest AtlanticOcean. The Convention entered J I
into force on July 3, 1950, and the International i

PORTLAND ans
Commission provided for in Article Iheld its first &
meeting in April1951. Today 12 nations are mem- ov i
bers of thiscommission: Canada, Portupal, Den- ‘
mark, Spain, France, UnitedKingdomof -reat Brit-
ain and Northern Ireland, Iceland, United States,
Italy, U. S. S. R., Norway, and West Germany.

BROWNS “*
BANK

t
CASHES

GLOUCESTER
BOSTON

CAPE COD (42020) |

NEL

MGEORGES

DS)
The otter trawlisthe major type of fishing gear

used in the North Atlantic Ocean and in many in-

stances trawls constructed of small meshes catch

sOuUTH

and cause to be destroyed fishes that are below the
proper size for maximum utilization. Reduction of
the losstothe fishery of these small fish may be
achieved through mesh-size regulations asthereis
ample demonstration of the ability of fish to escape

SUB-AREA 5

39°00'N

Fig. 1 - International Convention for the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Subarea 5
where haddock regulations are in effect.

rough cod ends when an appropriate larger mesh
we ery Methods and Equipment Specialist, North Atlantic Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research, Division of Industrial

Research and Services, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, East Boston, Mass.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 12

size is selected. Therefore, in an attempt to bring about proper management meas-
ures in the otter-trawl fishery for haddock, the United States and Canada accepted
a proposed experimental mesh-size regulation. To this end the Secretary of the In-
terior published in the Federal Register on December 30, 1952, a Notice of Proposed
Rule Making which, when effective, would prohibit fishermen of the United States
from taking haddock in Convention Subarea 5 (fig. 1) with a net having a mesh size
of less than 45-inches internal measure when wet after use. Because net fibers
shrink after immersion in water and meshes enlarge due to tightening of knots when
hoisting catches, this measurement cannot be used as a specification for a new dry
net. Since fishermen engaged primarily in haddock fishing use 5-inch or 6-inch
mesh sizes in the forward parts of their nets, the emphasis of the regulation was
placed on the cod ends in which 80 percent or more of the fish escapement QOL S
The mesh sizes of cod ends in use before regulations became effective were of 34
inches or smaller. Fishery biologists conducted experiments at sea aboard large
otter trawlers using manila cod ends of several mesh sizes ranging from 45 to 62
inches. The results of these experiments revealed that the 5L- inch mesh size was
optimum at that time.

Because sufficient before-use data had not been developed, the original mesh
regulation made no provision for the certification of new nets; however, it was felt
that the fishermen could not be expected to determine what mesh size in a new cod
end would shrink or stretch to the required minimum of 45 inches after use. The
regulation wentinto effect at midnight May 31, 1953, and the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service recommended a mesh size for new before-use double manila twine cod ends
of 5g inches per mesh,

During June 1953, Fish and Wildlife Service personnel held numerous discus-
sions with vessel owners, fishermen, twine dealers, and manufacturers. It was
found that a number of different weights of manila, cotton, and some synthetic twines
were being used in the cod ends of haddock trawls. These are made primarily of
manila for the large trawlers and of cotton and synthetics for the smaller boats.
Manila was mostly used, because of its ease of repair and its relatively inexpensive
replacement compared with cotton or synthetics. All manila cod ends in use were
made of double twine and were imported from either the Netherlands or England.
Cotton and synthetic double and single twines used were manufactured in the United
States.

Due to the increase in mesh size, it was found that heavier twine was necessary
to maintain strength because there are fewer meshes and consequently a reduced a-
mount of twine in a large-mesh cod end. This simplified the problem by eliminating
the use of lighter-weight twines in the manufacture of large-mesh cod ends. The
favored weights of manila were 45, 50, 75, and 80-yard, four-ply twines, cotton
120/3 and nylon 400/3.

In July 1953, because the after-use behavior of natural and synthetic fibers
could not accurately be predicted, a series of tests were made by Service personnel
to evaluate the uniformity of individual mesh sizes within a section of hand-knitted
cod-eénd netting and to develop a method for certifying cod ends. Blocks of netting
of varying dimensions were stretched under 50, 100, 150, and 200 pounds of tension
and each mesh, including one knot, was measured longitudinally. The 200-pound
tension gave the most uniform results and was recommended for adoption in the sys-
tem of dry-mesh measurement for certifying new cod ends,

NEW DRY COD-END MEASUREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION
In September 1953, a program of measuring and marking cod ends with certifi-

cation tags was started. This was done to permit use of cod ends of known before-
use dimensions, while research was conducted to determine proper new mesh sizes.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

Certification tags are made of brass, 2-inch wide, 1j-inches long, and 3ys-inch
thick; the initials ''F.W.S."" (Fish and Wildlife Service) and a serial number are
stamped on each. The metal strips are rolled into tubes with a small opening for
insertion of the twine. After each tagisplacedon the twine, it is squeezed firmly so
that it doesn't slide; the a ane ae are ae ery FEC Fs ed
overlapping ends ofthe strip
are then soldered with lead =
(figure 2).

The procedure followed
in measuring new dry cod
ends is described as fol-
lows: A single series of
meshes at least midway be-
tween the lacings is stretch-
ed under 200 pounds tension
measured on a spring scale.
While under this tension,
the length of the row is
measured in inches; neither
the first half mesh nor the
last half mesh is consider-
ed because of distortion.
The average mesh size is then found by dividing the number of full meshes measured
into the measured length of the row.

Fig. 2 - Certification tag. A - unattached. B - attached to mesh.

From September through
the end of 1953, wet-mesh
measurements of 50-yard,
four-ply manila twine cod
ends used by the commercial
fishing fleet and built on the

-inch specifications showed
that almost 80 percent were
oversize. Experimental cod
ends with 55-inch meshes and
cod ends with 5£-inch meshes
were inch under and + inch
over the required 44-inch min-
imum. These findings justi-
fied a lowering of the new
mesh size to 5g-inches in ear-
ly 1954.

The amended regulation,
which became effective Jan-
uary 1, 1954, specified a be-
fore-use mesh size for 50-
yard, four-ply double manila
twine cod ends of 53 inches,
and for 80-yard, four-ply dou-

PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL NUMBER
(556 COD ENDS)

5) 565) 5.60 5.65 5.68 ble manila twine cod ends a
AVERAGE PER MESH IN INCHES specification of 52 inches per
mesh, It further provided for
Fig. 3 - Distribution of the average mesh size of 556 50-yard, 4-ply the attachment ofa seal to such

poor eehaeicod ends. netting which removed the lia-

bility of the fishermen for the action of the twine during use.

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

In 1954, from April through December, 556 new 50-yard, four-ply manila twine

cod ends were measured for certification.

Cod ends made of this size twine aver-

aged 522 inches per mesh, & inch under before-use specifications of 52 inches
g 64 8

(fig. 3).

A total of 145 new 80-yard, four-
ply manila twine cod ends were meas-
ured for certification. The over-all
average was 5% inches, slightly over
before-use specifications of 54 inches
(fig. 4).

All the 50- and 80-yard manila
twine cod ends measured were manu-
factured in England and the Nether -
lands,

The greatest problem in meas-
uring new cod ends stems from the ir-
regularities caused by hand braiding.
One worker tightens knots well when
making meshes, while another makes
looser knots. This has a bearing on
the final over-all 200-pound tension
measure. A cod end that in all proba-
bility would meet specifications at the
manufacturer's loft, would not meet
specifications in the United States due

fa
jaa}
=
=)
z
Hq
n
aI
aa
Om
Q
fa
hs
lin
o
a5
H
fa
3)
2
ica}
uy

5.10 5.49 5.57 5.71
AVERAGE PER MESH IN INCHES

Fig. 4 - Distribution of the average mesh size of 145 80-yard,
4-ply manila twine cod ends.

primarily to the loosening of knots in transit. Once knots are loosened, it is a prob-

Legend:
—--- Cod ends measured late 1954.
300 ee Cod ends measured mid 1954,
via ‘
XN o™é
a Wee PRS
aN

90 \ ne
n Na
isa
ja
1)
a
Lal
A 80
G
ial
16)
a
ie]
J

70

265

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NUMBER OF COD ENDS MEASURED

Fig. 6 - English 80-yard, 4-ply manila twine cod-end
measurements compared.

idem to retighten them for proper measure-
ment as there is a great amount of resist-
ance and shearing action in this type of
twine. Day-to-day variations in humidity
also affected the over-all dimension of ma-
nila twine cod-ends. Experiments made
over a 30-day period revealed that a ma-
nila cod end of 2853 inches in total length
changed 54 inches, The contraction per
mesh amounted to approximately = inch
below and the stretch 74 inch above the
initial average mesh size at an average
relative humidity of 66.8 percent. Since
these changes are so slight and no toler-
ances are allowed, cod ends are not meas-
ured for certification under extremely damp
conditions.

The manufacturers were notified that
cod ends had to meet specifications or they
would not be certified. This led to an in-
creased mesh size by the manufacturer in
order to insure certification by U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service agents.

Cod-end specifications for 50-yard,
four-ply manila twine manufactured in

England were increased 4 inch by the importing net dealer to assure certification

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

upon tightening of knots. Netherlands manufacturers increased their specifications
by 4 inch for this weight manila twine.

_A comparison of measurements was made on eight Netherlands 50-yard, four-
ply manila cod-ends in mid-1954 with eight received later in the year, after the man-
ufacturer increased his dimension (fig. 5). The average mesh size ranged from
5.80 to 6.12 inches.

Legend:
—---- Measured at Grimsby, England.
—— - Measured at Boston, Mass.

Manufacturers in Grimsby,
England, were requested to meas-
ure and mark each cod endplaced
in a bale for shipment to the Unit
ed States. Ten cod ends were
constructed of 80-yard, four-ply
manila twine and each net was
marked with the measurement
made by the manufacturer. Up-
on arrival they were measured
by U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice agents to compare results
(fig. 6).

LENGTH IN INCHES

During the first 6 months of
1955, 153 50-yard four ply and
164 80-yard four-ply manila
twine cod ends were measured,
Most of these were above the Fig. 6 - English 80-yard, 4-ply manila twine cod-end measurements
required specifications because compared
of manufacturers' increaseddimensions. The average mesh size in the Grimsby
cod ends made from 50-yard manila twine ranged from slightly over 52 inches to
slightly over 53 inches new, before use, as the manufacturer decreased his specifi-
cations to Bie inches per mesh, Netherlands cod ends averaged between 52 and 5¢
inches per mesh.

7 9

3 4 5 6 8
NUMBER OF COD ENDS IN ONE SPECIFIC BALE

WET AFTER-USE COD-END MEASUREMENTS

The gathering of wet, after-use data was accomplished by boarding the trawlers
and measuring the trawls on completion of fishing trips.

‘Sey

All measurements of wet meshes for after-use datawere
made with a flat, wedge- shaped, spring-loaded gauge having
a taper of 2 inches in 8 inches and a thickness of s-inch.
Measurement was made by inserting the blade of the gauge
into the mesh under a pressure of not less than 10 pounds
nor more than 15 pounds,

Because the average life of original webbing in manila
cod ends is approximately 3 trips, and seldom over 4 trips,
considerable difficulty was encountered in gathering suffi-
cient reliable data, that is, data from cod ends that are iden-
tifiable in their entire original lengths by Fish and Wildlife
Service certification tags. Heavy fishing causes the after
part of the cod end to stretch more rapidly than the forward
part, This led to cutting off the stretched meshes in the after
part of the cod end, the area of greatest tension from the
hoisting strap to the end. A corresponding number of new
; - meshes would be put on to replace those taken off. The for-
Fig. 7 - Measuring gauge. ward part of the original cod end would be used on several

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

more trips because load tension is less in this area and meshes will not stretch un-

til the useful life of the twine is practically gone. These lower meshes may be re-

placed several times before the entire cod end is replaced. Other factors are severe
abrasion which weakens the twine

Legend: and major alterations through

— - After 25 meshes. mending. Differences of mesh

<7 > ROBWENE 2H ASSES. sizes in forward and after sec-

tions can be as much as + inch.

Rope lines were fastened di-
agonally across the cod end from
one side, lacing to the other from
just above the hoisting strap to the
end of the cod end. The purpose
of these lines from the fisherman's
point of view isto retard stretching
and to prevent the cod end from
bursting while lifting large quan-
tities of fish. These lines and re-
placing of lower meshes introduce
additional bias into the after-use
data, as eScapement equivalents
are based upon the average useful
RMDP life of the net. Alterations made

Fig. 8 - Comparison of the changes in size of forward and after meshes during that period nullify data up-
of 50-yard, 4-ply double manila twine cod ends. on which certification is based.

BETWEEN KNOTS IN INCHES ~

Of several hundred cod ends that could be identified and measured during 1954,
more than half were under 4} inches after use. Much of this was due to renewal of
after-end meshes
or one-trip codends.
Under normal con-
ditions, the knots
in the twine are not
sufficiently tighten-
ed to give true |
measure in one
trip. Those that
exceeded specifi-
cations ranged a-
round 4¢inches
per mesh,

AREA OF LESS TENSION AREA OF GREATEST
UNDER NORMAL CONDIT1ONS TENSION

BECKET

Figure 10
demonstrates dis-
persion about the
mean of 44 inches
for meshes in 15
manila cod ends.
These cod ends
were selected be-
cause they had not
been cut to replace
after-end meshes
or altered in any BECKET COD-END!
way. Thesemeas- | LINE
urements were e
taken after one Fig. 9 - Otter-trawl cod end.

FORWARD END

SPLITTING STRAP SIBLE GS

December 1956 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

trip (at which time after-cod-end meshes are still elongating) through 3 trips, or the
average life of a manila cod end under reasonable loads.

After-use data gather-
ed through the years 1955,
1956, and 1957 revealed
that codends made of 50-
yard, four-ply manilatwines
were practically all within

the specifications after use.

Unmodified codends, iden-
tifiedby F. W.S. tags, used
onl through 4trips showed
oversize meshes.

OBSERVATIONS

The consensus of those
engaged primarily in the
haddock fishery is that the
regulation is beneficial.
Those engaged in the catch-
ing of other species includ-
ing haddock are critical of
the regulation. Their mar-

3.750 3.875 4.000 4.125 4.250. 4.375 4.500 4.625 4.750 4.8755.000 51125 5.250 5.375 5.500
BETWEEN KNOT MEASUR@ IN INCHES

Fig. 10 - Dispersion about the mean of 4.500 inches of after-use measure-
ments of 15 50-yard, 4-ply double manila twine cod ends.

ketable catch is composed of all sizes and species, such as whiting and ocean perch,
which either escape or gill in regulation-size haddock meshes.

n x x
SI x
= 70) x
Qe 10%
=} ) RK
Zz F i
n
& .60 :
z x
po)
az x
a .50| xx :
x
5 i x
jaa} x
A S x
x
xk
.30 R
x
a
e2
x
4.15) 5 $
{ TRIPS

Fig. 11 - Regression of unmodified pooled data of 50-yard, 4-
ply double manila twine cod ends, 1955-1957.

To manufacture cod ends with
meshes of specified minimum before-
use size and not have the meshes
much larger than the specified mini-
mum after fabricating is quite diffi-
cult. Keeping meshes to the size they
were when manufactured is virtually
impossible. Loosening of knots caused
by handling, packing, and shipping re-
sults in a much smaller mesh and con-
versely the tightening loose knots will
allow a gain of severalinches inthe
total cod-endlength. Because of this
problem, manufacturers have increased
mesh sizesto insure certification.

Rapid or slow enlargement of
meshes is governed by the way. in which
a cod end is used. Hoisting of extreme-
ly heavy quantities of fish over the
trawler's side would naturally stretch
the meshes short of the shearing point
more quickly, and only intermittent
use with light loads will result in less
stretch.

The mesh regulation is recognized
by all who work with the fishery asa
requirement for the use of an average

mesh size designed to accomplish the primary objective of releasing haddock of a
size sufficient to allow the maximum utilization of the resource.

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BEDFORD, B. C. AND BEVERTON, J. H.
1956. Observations on Mesh Measurement. Interna-
tional Commission for the Northwest Atlantic
Fisheries, Symposium Biarritz, France, Cir-
cular Series No. 353 B-40.

BOEREMA, L. K,
1956. Some Experiments on Factors Influencing Mesh

Selection in Trawls, Journ. du. Cons.,
vol, 21, no. 2,

BRANDT, A. Von
1956. Measurement of Meshes of Trawl Nets. Inter-
national Commission for the Northwest At-
lantic Fisheries, Symposium Biarritz, France,
Circular Series No. 353 B-42.

CLARK, J. R.
1952. Experiments on the Escapement of Undersize
Haddock through Otter Trawls. Commercial
Fisheries Review, vol. 14, no. 9 (September).
(Also Sep. No. 321.)

1952. Further Experiments on the Escape of Under-
size Haddock through Otter Trawls. Com-
mercial Fisheries Review, vol. 14, no. 12
(December). (Also Sep. No. 335.)

ELLIS, R. W.
1951. Further Experiments on the Shrinkage of Trawl
Cod-End Meshes, Paper presented to Fishing
Gear Subcommittee, Intemational Council
for the Exploration of the Sea.

GRAHAM, H. W.

1952. Minimum Net-—Mesh Size for the New England
Haddock Fishery, Commercial Fisheries Re-
view, vol. 14, no. 12 (December). (Also
Sep. No. 334.)

1954, United States Research in Convention Sub-Area
5 During 1953. International Commission for
the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Ann. Proc. 4,

and PREMETZ, E. D.

1955. First Year of Mesh Regulation in the Georges

Bank Haddock Fishery. U. S. Department of
the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Spe-
cial Scientific Report--Fisheries No. 142.

KLUST, G.
1956. Changes of Length of Net Lurnes by Water.
Protokolls zur Fischereitechnick Bd. 4 inDruck,
(17), Hamburg, 1956.

MARGETTS, A. R.

1956. Definitions and Testing of Light Trawls. Inter-
national Commission for the Northwest Atlan-
tic, Symposium Biarritz, France, Circular
Series No, 353 B-45.

PARRISH, B. B.

1950. Experiments on the Shrinkage of Trawl Cod-
End Meshes. Paper presented to Compara-
tive Fishing Sub-Committee, International
Council for the Exploration of the Sea.

tively slowed down.

9(2) 78-82, 1958):

from 60

to reach 33°

COOLING FISH FILLETS

The fishing industry has falseideas about the cooling ability of crushed
ice; also too many believe that a little ice will do a lot.
seems to be that once a fish, a can, or a plastic bag offillets has been sur-
rounded, even lightly, with crushed ice, irrespective of the thickness of the
fish itself or the container of fillets, that rapid chilling and no further spoil-
age is assured. More often than not, such is not the case. at
lets happens to be thick and their temperature warm, say 60 F., it may
take hours for the temperature to drop to where bacterial activity is effec-
Meantime, spoilage is taking place at a rapid rate.
The answer to this situation is to ice heavily and use thin lots of fillets.

The effectiveness of icing thin layers is vividly shown by the follow-
ing data taken from an English report (GE Science Food and Agriculture
"When the packages of fillets were cooled with
plenty of ice on both top and bottom, a 3-inch layer starting at 40 F. cool-
edto 38 F.in 23 hours; a 6-inch layer took 10 hours. A 3-inchlayer start-
ing at 60° F. cooled to 33° F, in 4 hours; while a 6-inch layer was cooled
F, to 36 F. in 10 hours and several more hours would be needed

The general idea

If the lot of fil-

F.'' Thus the thickness of the layer is of very great importance. ,

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

BOTTOM TRAWLING EXPLORATIONS OFF
SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA, 1956-1957

By Melvin R. Greenwood*
SUMMARY

Explorations to determine quantities and species of bottom fish available to
commercial trawling gear in the offshore waters of Southeastern Alaska between
Dixon Entrance and Hazy Islands were conducted by the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries during the fall of
1956 and spring of 1957. Thefall
investigation was made by the Bu-
reau's exploratory fishing vessel

ae LEGEND:
John N. Cobb, and the spring in- ABN ¥ eer ans Pretas
vestigation was made by the Tor- af BY COMMERCIAL TRAWLERS
i s : st), . . AREA EXPLORED BY JOHNN.COBB
denskjold, a Seattle commercial £) Oe i *__AND TORDENSKvoLO

trawler chartered by the Bureau
for this work with Saltonstall-
Kennedy Act funds.

A considerable amount of
clear trawling bottom was found
throughout the area investigated
at depths ranging from 50 to 200
fathoms, Alaska coral growths
were encountered on much of
otherwise clear bottom, but did
not pose a serious problem to
fishing efficiency and gear dam-
age was usually slight. In some
areas, however, the bottom to-
pography precluded any possi-
bility of trawling.

Pacific ocean perch was the
most abundant food species caught,
and many catches of more than
1,000 pounds per hour were made
during the spring operations. Ar-
row-toothed flounder and Alaska
pollock dominated catches during
the fall exploration, and together
they comprised 60 percent of the
aggregate catches made by the
John N. Cobb. A limited number
of shrimp-trawl drags made by
the Tordenskjold revealed good
signs of pink shrimp and side-
stripe shrimp; however, addition-
alworkis necessary to accurately
determine the offshore shrimp
potential in this area.

| | i

135° 130° 125° S55
Fig. 1 - General chart of waters off Pacific Northwest showing pres-
ent commercial bottom-fishing areas and the area explored by the

Weather conditions during the jab No Cobb aid Tendenstiol,

fall exploration were adverse,

with strong winds and large swells predominating. The weather was generally fa-

vorable during the spring exploration.

% Fishery Methods and Equipment Specialist, Branch of Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research, U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries, Seattle, Wash.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

BACKGROUND

Exploratory fishing to determine quantities and species of bottom fish available
to commercial-type trawls in ocean waters off Southeastern Alaska between Dixon
Entrance and Hazy Islands was conducted by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies in 1956 and 1957. The exploratory activities were carried out from October 7 to

November 7, 1956, and
List of Common and Scientific Names of Fish and Shrimp Caught During from May 23 to June 30,

Bottom Trawling Explorations off Southeastern Alaska, 1956-1957 1957. The Bureau's ex-
ommon Names Scientific Names : Roy ©
Flat Fish: ploratory fishing vessel
Soles Dover: Me Ly Sekhar. 7 pean lee Microstomus pacificus John N. Cobb was used
erably Sag Go ol oo Doo O00 Parophrys vetulus for the earlier cruise
Eee coabo mb oso oF DOD Hippoglossoides elassodon. and a chartered com-
REX fave ci cen sey ay eye he ee Glyptoce alia zachirus mercial trawler, the
FROCK: Vibe ay atMe reviews eheltetteite le reonele Lepidopsetta bilineata Tordenskjold, was used
Slende ns ici icin aie ae enone 00 Lyposetta exilis to carry out the work in
Halibutya girepsireietsyres. s)\aiveare, eh sieaibel (sewer Hippoglossus stenolepis
Arrow-toothed flounder (turbot) ...... theresthes stomias 1957. Funds for the

i charter were provided
Houndpeten: by the Saltonstall-Ken-

TGInip COIs orca desleh ste. ayiey entcuaces cual caectpeaenene Ophiodon elongatus

Maiskaipollock’ 40) oy. 6.0 cca eee Theragra chalcogramma nedy Act of 1954.

Sablefisha(blackycod)) syne cneionienenonene Anoplopgma fimbria

AbD oye (EMER? COGC)) Goo bo6 0000 ogo Gadus macrocephalus The otter-trawl
Rockfish: fishery of the Pacific

ISEASG MEGS Co oo op GOD Oo Clea edo 4 Sebastodes melanops Northwest began in the
wellow-taile ds miss. c sei nner Sebastodes flavidus early 1920's in the wa-
Pacific ocean perch ebastodes alutus y a a
faXsBo el Coua lo ic: of vouune 6) bo Ss al erage
Red: Black-throated ‘Sebastodes aleutia Leiner 8 nl
ed: ack=throatedi ayaraeleicneasionnens ebastodes aleutianus : : .
Idiot (spiny-cheeked) ........ Sebastolobus alascanus Since its inception, the
Green-stripedyyaaie + oe eee Sebastodes elongatus fishery has expanded to
Ollive—backe dey igen awe mear Sebastodes saxicola include grounds from
ISIE SG opp Oa OO dd OOO b Sebastodes mystinus off southern Oregon to
Hees Salam onginy.ccncutcn enone Sebastodes paucispinis northern Hecate Strait,
CEN ob ono o Sok Oo OM OOO 6a OO Sebastodes rosaceus aver
Spanish flag (banded) ........ Sebastodes nigrocinctus British Columbia (fig.
: 1). The expansion of
ther Fish: i
DOPLISHUS Means tek suns chistes eois-tel miliestchie orews Squalus acanthias fishing grounds follow-
Ratfish awe sic cient iene ne attermncie lect Hydrolagus colliei ed increased market
ShEROR IEE SG atolo a 610 610061000100 0.00 Raja binoculata demands for bottom fish

LOMVEMONA Solano sbnoooodo Raja rhina era) ine inability of the
: original areas exploited
600 0 ao 68660 00000600000 Pandalus borealis

onloo-o DiOONb oO 6 OOO OOO OS Pandalopsis di spar to produce the quantities
PAC rel ASR EER ON CRORE OL Gee Oca. tenn 6 Pandalus platyceros required, ‘

In 1951 and 1952 exploratory trawl fishing was carried out aboard the John N.
Cobb in deep water (mostly over 100 fathoms) off the Oregon and Washington coasts
(Alverson 1951 and 1953). Commercial quantities of Dover sole, sablefish, and Pa-
cific ocean perch were found outside the areas then being utilized by the fishery.
These grounds are currently being fished by the Washington and Oregon trawl fleets.

The need for the expansion of trawling grounds is ever-present because of the
steadily increasing demand for bottom fish. Investigations to determine the com-
mercial potential of bottom fish resources off Southeastern Alaska were suggested
by Pacific Northwest fishermen. The area explored was chosen because of its prox-
imity to grounds presently being fished in northern Hecate Strait and because of the
possibility of future markets developing in nearby Alaskan cities.

Fishing operations were carried out between latitudes 54°20' N. and 55°48' N.
(Dixon Entrance to Hazy Islands) and from approximately 5 to 35 miles offshore at
various depths from 56 to 208 fathoms. A total of 30 drags was made by the John N.
Cobb in the fall and 85 drags by the Tordenskjold in the spring.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

VESSELS USED

The general design of the John N. Cobb is that of a West Coast purse seiner, as
are most vessels of the Pacific Northwest trawl fleet. The vessel has an over-all
length of 93 feet with a beam of 25 feet and a mean-load draft of 9 feet (Ellson 1950).

On a seine-type trawler, the net is set and towed from the stern and hauled over the
starboard side.

The Tordenskjold, a schooner-type =
vessel, was designed and built for hali- < Se Sat: iar
but fishing (Sundstrom 1957), but was Fig. 3 - The chartered vessel, Tordenskjold, a schooner-

rigged for trawling in 1942. This vessel Baa loos

has an over-all length of 75 feet, a beam of 18 feet, and a mean-load draft of 9 feet.
The net is set and hauled over the starboard side on this type of schooner-trawler
and, as in the case of seine-type trawlers, is towed from the stern.

FISHING GEAR

A standard 400-mesh western otter trawl, similar to that described by Alverson
(1951), with a 44-inch meshl/ cod end and a 400-mesh eastern otter trawl (fig. 4)
with a 35-inch mesh cod end were used for the bottom-fish investigations. During
the 1957 exploration, the last 6 feet of the cod end of the otter-trawl were lined with
15-inch meshnetting. The purpose of the liner was to retain shrimp encountered
during otter-trawl drags. Areas which yielded significant quantites of shrimp when
the cod end with the liner was used were subsequently fished with a 43-foot flat Gulf
of Mexico-type shrimp trawl. This trawl had a 15-inch mesh cod end and was tow-
ed from a single cable using a 25-fathom bridle arrangement ahead of the doors
(Schaefers & Johnson 1957).

A Dietz-LaFond type bottom sampler was used near the end of each drag. The
subsequent bottom sample, in conjunction with the contents of the net and/or the
type of gear damage sustained, was the basis for determining the type of bottom re-
corded for each drag.

TRAWLING BOTTOM
SUITABLE TRAWLING BOTTOM: A considerable amount of clear trawling bot-

tom was located between the 50- and 200-fathom depth contours (fig. 5). Abundant
1/A1l mesh sizes referred to in this report are stretched measure, including one knot,

No. 12

Vol. 20,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

12

“EYSELY UWlayseayNOS FO suotzEIO[dxe Ystjz- UI0}30q Joy pasn [MEH 190 odAy-urLaysea ysout-QOP prepurys v Jo sivieq - 7 ‘6tq

‘adosj003
ayy uo Fz 0} Suny aut Suyduey jo For “eurr Buysuey
BTJUeM pearty TZ UO FOr 0} Suny sxeq F :BuyM aA]
vado.j0oj uo ,,), 0}
Buny auyy Buyduey ayy jo ,F6 ‘aury SuyBuey ete
peammp-1z uo Fg 0, Suny saysaur fF :mosoq aMoT'**- adoajo0g
‘sduyduey tg 0) saysaur f Suny wosog
‘sduyduey |. oy ereq p dung eduyyy " adoz pray

S}9N 4jOm Jo SujsueH

GN3)-d0>

1
|
'
!
|
!
i)
1
!

wos wos

*saUuTT qiz apye uot 0} ATTeuoSeyp Suyuuns wo0y30q

pure do} uo wosoq yora je Sr1aUIOD ay} WIOIy aUO

pure ‘za}ua0 u10}}0q pte do} Suore auo pue ureas

youa SJuoje auo ‘auqy e[jueu peammj-pz jo‘yoeag “‘"**""*** B9uTT qIY
*auT] B[yueW puammy-g mT padderm

adox aay pazquvated fi jo ‘saXa Buypnyouy 4995 1

‘auTy wpe pearmy-).z mT padderm

adoz arth paztueated #zxg ,¢ JO ‘Bade BNI 3995 $6
*auTy eyyuew pearyy-9 iT padderm

adox axjm pazueated g1xg ,,f so ‘Behe and yeay TL 77" tt

‘> souyy jeerg

adosj004

duyqqam uoyoo qsaur
Zuyqqam uoyoo ysout
Buyqqom uoy00 ysour

pue-poo
an * ayBypaursa3zuy
++ > ktjaq ‘orenbs ‘s3uyy

Suyqqa uojj09 ysom te ‘peer 96 “°C pua pop
Aujqqam woy309 ysatm ‘te ‘peas gL 7°77 ayeypeurzequy
Buyqqem uo}j09 yeau Fh ‘pear gp’ * * ATIaq ‘arenbs ‘sBuyM

Vv

JdAL NUIISWI HSIW OOF

133401

JUWNDS:

W tLt
433461

-——— wos

1334 76-3d0U1L003

NOILIIS WOLL08

4234 14-3adOUGV3H

NOILO9S dOL

December 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

/
growths of Alaska coral were encountered over much of the grounds fished, but
these areas proved productive in spite of the nuisance of the minor gear damage

sometimes incurred.

Clear Trawling
Bottom: One of the

largest areas free of
snags was located
from 4 to 17 miles
west of Baker Island.
This area measures
about 12 by 18 miles.
The bottom is com-
posed of green mud
and sand, for the most
part, with sand and
gravel found in the
shallower eastern
portion of the area.
No hang-ups were ex-
perienced within this
area during 17 otter-
trawl and 6 shrimp-
trawl drags made at
depths from 56 to 94
fathoms. Hazardous
grounds, however,
were encountered to
the south, east, and
west of the area.

Another large
area free of snags was
located off Iphigenia
Bay. This area is
somewhat pear-shaped
being about 5 to 10
miles wide inshore and
from 15 to 20 miles
wide in the deeper off-
shore part. The bot-
tom topography is
characterized by a
trough or gully which
extends offshore from
Iphigenia Bay and fans
out to form a deep ba-
sin at its outer ex-
tremity. Green mud
and sand were found

NEG S|

N

DIXON ENTRANCE x

+

LEGEND:

Clear trawling.
lear except for Alaska coral
ntrawlable bottom.

GRAHAM |
21.1332

Fig. 5 - Chart depicting: (1) areas free of snags, (2) grounds where Alaska coral
growths were encountered, and (3) areas unsuitable for trawling.

throughout the region with some gravel noted on the southeast slope of the basin and
in parts of the gully. A total of 20 otter-trawl drags was made in this area at depths
ranging from 87 to 165 fathoms with minor gear damage experienced during only two
drags which were made on the north slope of the gully near Iphigenia Bay.

A small clear basin, about 6 miles in diameter, lies 5 to 11 miles south of Cape
Bartolome. It is separated from the Baker Island clear grounds mentioned above by
2/Alaska coral is a soft coral and is related to the tropical soft corals (sea fans etc.). It is not similar to the stony corals

normally encountered in tropical waters.

14

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

a narrow strip of uneven bottom. Two otter-trawl drags and 5 shrimp-trawl drags

were made at depths from 84 to 93 fathoms in this basin without encountering ob-
structions.

Another small clear area was found next to the western boundary of the halibut
nursery grounds off Noyes Island. The bottom in this region is composed of green
mud and sand. Five otter-trawl drags made in this area at depths from 77 to 97

fathoms encountered no snags. Other areas found to be free of snags are shown in
figure 5.

Alaska Coral: A large amount of the ocean bottom off Southeastern Alaska would
be excellent for trawling except for considerable growths of Alaska coral. This growth

co \ 80 % % 5 3 80 et
100 \ 100 ies Cae
SO ORNS ad OP as |
a Ma. 3. J a . _
3 140 = : :

140

140
160

180

UREN SM POTS Pe eS ERTIES MHS ERR re pegged a a
220

Fig. 6 - Depth recordings made aboard the John

'N. Cobb off Southeastern Alaska. (A) Tracing made during drag
which hung up solid, probably on Alaska coral. (B) Typical bottom trace made in gully between Forrester and Dall

Islands. (C) Tracing made in Dixon Entrance during drag which resulted in the loss of the complete net and one
door.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

_is not easy to detect with commercial echo-sounding equipment (fig. 6-A), but is
prominent enough to hang up a trawl and stop a vessel, even one the size of the
John N. Cobb. Slight gear damage usually resulted from such hang-ups and occa-
sionally no damage at all occurred to the net. Some hang-ups, however, resulted
in damage requiring several
manhours to repair the gear,

In addition to actual
specimens taken in the net
(fig. 7), the type of gear
damage experienced gave
further evidence that Alaska
coral was the chief cause of
snagging. Theupper leading
edge of the net, particularly
on the wings, received the
most wear; and brokenhang-
ings, lost floats, badly chafed
"dandy lines,'' and chafing of
the headrope were common
types of damage suffered.

A substantial portion of
the localities showing Alaska
coral in figure 5 are trawl-
able, although a risk of in- ; ; Mae
curring minor gear damage Fig. ie Alaska coral picked up during exploratory trawling by the Tor-
exists. It was sometimes densigel.
found possible to work the gear free from coral snags and continue towing. Evident-
ly the fishing ability of the net is not greatly affected by the presence of Alaska coral.
Two drags which encountered snags yielded catches of 3,000 and 3,700 pounds of Pa-
cific ocean perch. Several other drags which hung up solidly caught fish at rates in
excess of 1,000 pounds an hour.

v. aa : ge : BO sok

UNTRAWLABLE AREAS: Localities found unsuitable for trawl operation in-
cluded: (1) all areas explored inside the 50-fathom depth contour, (2) Iphigenia Bay,
(3) inside the 100-fathom depth contour immediately south of Hazy and Coronation
Islands, (4) the 110-fathom edge off Cape Bartolome, and (5) the continental slope
at depths ranging from about 200 to 400 fathoms. The gully and adjacent slopes be-
tween Forrester and Dall Islands also offered little in the way of suitable trawling
bottom (fig. 6-B).

Although navigational charts and depth recordings (fig. 6-C) indicated favorable
trawling bottom in Dixon Entrance east of Learmonth Bank at depths of over 100
fathoms, of the two drags made, one resulted in the loss of the complete net and one
door. Because of strong currents, speed and directional control were difficult and
it was apparent that not enough time was available to obtain significant results. A
careful analysis of currents and tides would be necessary along with the possibility
of having to wait for slack water to accomplish the actual trawling.

FISHING RESULTS

Positions of otter-trawl and shrimp-trawl drags made during the two cruises
are shown diagrammatically in figures 8 and 9, and the catches and particulars for
each drag are given in tables 2, 3, and 4. Drags in which snags or torn gear were
encountered have been plotted on the charts for quick reference,

Pacific ocean perch were caught in commercial quantities during both explora-
tions with the best catches in the spring; and several good catches of black rockfish

HAZY 1S.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

CLOSED AREA

PL Mort

eS

}
Nope

SNAG ENCOUNTERED (hung-up)

CATCHY (slight tears)~

LEGEND:

OTTER-TRAWL DRAG=-~

134*|00) S

Fig. 8 - Exploratory otter-tr:
ber 1956.

awl drags made

off Southeastern Alaska

: Sli all
by the M/V John N. Cobb

--October and Noyem -

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 17

CLOSED AREA

Halibut Nursery Grounds

Cape ada{ngton

EM LR ANCE

L 0am MONTH

wane

0 2,
: hem

LEGEND:

OTTER-TRAWL DRAG =——
SNAG ENCOUNTERED (hung up)— ——4
CATCHY (slight tears) ————- ——+#+—
SHRIMP-TRAWL DRAG =

GRAHAM ISLAND

He: Pi 133°] 00!

Fig. 9 - Exploratory otter-trawl and shrimp-trawl drags made by the chartered vessel Tordenskjold--May and June 1957.

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

were made. Industrial species, namely arrow-toothed flounder3/ and Alaska pol-
lock dominated catches made during the fall investigation.

PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH: Pacific ocean perch was the most abundant food fish
encountered and good catches were made throughout most of the area explored dur-
ing the spring cruise. Thirty-six otter-trawl drags, fished an average of 53 minutes
each, at depths ranging from 87 to 152 fathoms, yielded from 100 to 5,250 pounds of
Pacific ocean perch per drag, These catches averaged 970 pounds per drag (table 1).

Table 1 - Pacific Ocean Perch Catches of 100 or More Pounds an Hour, Spring Exploration
Average |Percentage | Marketable
Iphigenia

Lbs. m7 Minutes} Ibs.
87-122] 9,975 1,665 1,665
Ray
Basin, off
pee ae ie 105-152] 3,585
79, 8
Edge, 30 miles off
Cape Ty 75 110-113 120
Bartolome
Edge, 25 miles off 46, 47,
Wolf He 29 106-116} 8,050} 1,610 1,610 1,465
Rock
Edge, 15 miles off ]j 19, 20, 21,
Forrester 22, 23 25, | 110-139 | 7,625 845 515 890 95% 845
Island 26, 27, 37
Spit, south of 28, 29, 30,
Forrester AR 33, 112-140] 5,500 1,050
Island 34, 35

ale or teeter

The best catches of Pacific ocean perch were made in the following localities: (1)
the sully outside of Iphigenia Bay at depths from 87 to 122 fathoms; (2) off Wolf Rock
and Forrester Island at depths from 106 to 139 fathoms; and (3) on the spit south of
Forrester Island at depths from 112 to 140 fathoms.

Gully, off

A number of Pacific ocean perch catches contained a notable amount of small
fish. Pacific ocean perch were considered of marketable size when measuring 104
inches or over. Fish smaller than this are not generally accepted by Pacific Coast
processors. Small Pacific ocean perch were prevalent in the drags made off Iphi-
genia Bay. The marketable portion of catches in this area contained fish that aver-
aged about 1 pound each, Catches made off Wolf Rock contained fewer small fish,
with the average size of the marketable fish being about 15 pounds each. The mar-
ketable-size fish caught south of Forrester Island averaged nearly 2 pounds each.

BLACK ROCKFISH: Black rockfish (mostly Sebastodes melanops) were caught
in commercial quantities in the area west of the halibut nursery grounds off Noyes
Island at depths from 84 to 90 fathoms. Two 1-hour drags (numbers 69 and 81)
made by the Tordenskjold in this area caught a total of 4,000 pounds of black rock-
fish. Other drags which yielded catches of black rockfish at a rate of 1,200 pounds
or more an hour included one drag (number 32) made by the Tordenskjold south of
Forrester Island in 112 to 113 fathoms and another drag (number 15) made by the
John N. Cobb at depths from 131 to 141 fathoms off Iphigenia Bay.

3/Commonly referred to as turbot by Pacific Coast fishermen,

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

Smaller amounts of black rockfish were taken in many tows made by both the
Tordenskjold and the John N. Cobb indicating their wide distribution throughout the
area investigated. Black rockfish | ae during the explorations ranged in weight
from 24 to 6 pounds and averaged 34 pounds.

Nhe

OTHER ROCKFISH:
Miscellaneous species of
red rockfish were taken
during both seasons in small
amounts ranging up to an
aggregate total of 380 pounds
an hour. Most of the catch-
es of red rockfish were tak-
en at depths exceeding 100
fathoms.

FLAT FISH: Catches
of Dover sole, English sole,
petrale sole, and rock sole
were made in amounts up
to 250, 60, 150, and 175
pounds an hour, respective-
ly. Flat fish were general-
ly more available during
the fall exploration than
during the spring. Flatfish
were most prevalent on the
flat off Baker Island, west of Iphigenia Bay, and west of Forrester Island.

Fig. 10 - Spilling the last lift of a good catch of marketable size Pacific
ocean perch aboard the Tordenskjold.

ROUND FISH: Sablefish were taken in 9 drags in amounts of 50 to 580 pounds

an hour, Except for 1 catch (drag number 20 in the fall) the sablefish caught were
: : less than marketable size,

averaging about 1 pound each,
True cod in amounts ranging
from 50 to 175 pounds anhour
were caught in 7 drags during
the spring cruise. Only 2
drags made during the fall
yielded catches of true cod
exceeding 50 pounds an hour.
Lingcod catches were insig-
nificant during both cruises,

ARROW-TOOTHED
FLOUNDER AND ALASKA
POLLOCK: Arrow-toothed
flounder and pollock dominated
catches made during the fall
cruise, Although these spe-
cies are not normally market-
ed as food fish along the Pa-
cific Coast, their use as ani-
= : ae: aR aie a mal food has increased con-

ig. 11 - Second split of a "2 splits and a lift" catch of mostly arrow- | siderably during the past few
poo tied <lcunder|2board the John N-/ Cobb: years. Rao taathied floun-
der comprised 36 percent and pollock 24 percent by weight of the aggregate catches
made by the John N. Cobb. These species were most prevalent on the grounds ex-
plored off Baker Island and northward.

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 12

OTHER INDUSTRIAL FISH: Ratfish was taken over much of the area covered
during both phases of the explorations but was not caught in significant amounts.

®
<

©)
©)

y,
525 ©)

\7

AAA
ones,

(AAA KAA KF
KKK
2
°
$52525252525

oO
uv
e
=)
°o
a
c
ES
Co)
—
ing
[=)
a
WW
a
x
oO
Ee
<
oO
Ww
oOo
a
ec
WwW
>
a

.%..

SS

vy,
0

°
S25
o5eee,
0.0.0

ARROW-TOOTHED FLOUNDER POLLOCK

Fig. 12 - Arrow-toothed flounder and pollock catches of 100 or more pounds an hour made during explorations off
Southeastern Alaska--1956 and 1957.

Dogfish and skate catches were small, amounting to less than 35 pounds in any sin-
gle drag.

SHRIMP: No attempt
was made to ascertain the
shrimp potential during the
fall cruise, and only a few
shrimp drags were made in
the spring as the main ob-
jective of the explorations
was to define the quantities
and the types of bottom fish-
es available. Catches made
in the spring with the lined
otter trawl revealed some
quantity of pink, side-stripe,
or spot shrimp throughout
the area explored. Pink
shrimp were caught at depths
ranging from 68 to 157 fath-
oms, side-stripe shrimp at
depths from 77 to 190 fath-
oms, and spot shrimp at s y &
depths between 88 and 140 Fig. 13 - Catch of mostly pink shrimp caught 7 miles south of Cape Barto-
fathoms. The Gulf shrimp lome. Note the scarcity of miscellaneous fish.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

trawl, used in areas where the otter trawl gave promising signs, made catches of up
to 340 pounds of pink shrimp per 30-minute tow (drag number 62). The best shrimp
catches were made in the small basin south of Cape Bartolome (fig. 13).

WEATHER

Weather conditions encountered during the two seasons were entirely different.
An almost continuous wave of storms buffeted the Southeastern Alaska coast with
winds clocked up to 75 knots during the fall of 1956. Between storms, a heavy south-
westerly swell often made exploratory fishing impracticable. Air temperatures, re-
eondcd at the beginning of each drag, ranged from 40° F. to 50° F. and averaged
45.0° F.

During the spring exploration of 1957, the weather was mostly favorable. Other
than moderate afternoon and evening winds, only 3 brief storms were encountered.
Air temperatures recorded during the spring dragging operations ranged from 44° F,
to 61° F, and averaged 51.5° F,

APPENDIX

Detailed fishing logs are not included in the Review, but are available upon re-
quest as an appendix to the reprint of this article. Request Separate No. 532. The
reprint which contains the appendix includes these tables:

Table 2 - Fishing Log or Otter-Trawl Drags Made off Southeastern Alaska from
Dixon Entrance to Iphigenia Bay--October, November 1956--U. S. F. W. S. M/V
John N. Cobb.

Table 3 - Fishing Log of Otter-Trawl Drags Made off Southeastern Alaska from
Dixon Entrance to Hazy Islands--May, June 1957--U. 5. F. W. S. Chartered Vessel

Tordenskjold.

Table 4 - Fishing Log of Shrimp-Trawl Drags Made off Southeastern Alaska
from Dixon Entrance to Baker Island--June 1957--U. S. F. W. S. Chartered Vessel
Tordenskjold.

LITERATURE CITED

ALVERSON, DAYTON L. Service, Department of the interior, Washing-
1951. Deep-Water Trawling Survey Off the Coast of ton 25, D. C., October, pp. 1-11.
Washington (August 27-October 19, 1951).
Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. 13, no. SCHAFFERS, EDWARD A., and JOHNSON, HAROLD C,
11 (November), pp. 1-16. (Also Separate 1957. Shrimp Explorations Off the Washington Coast,
No. 292.) Fall 1955 and Spring 1956. Commercial Fish-
eries Review, vol. 19, no. 1 (January), pp.
1953. Deep-Water Trawling Survey Off the Oregon 9-25. (Also Separate No. 465.)
and Washington Coasts (August 25-October 3,
1952). Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. SUNDSTROM, GUSTAF T.
15, no. 10 (October), pp. 5-15. (Also Sepa- 1957. Commercial Fishing Vessels and Gear. U.S.
rate No. 359.) Fish and Wildlife Service Circular 48, pp.
1-48.
ELLSON, J. G.

1950. The Exploratory Fishing Vessel John N. Cobb.
Fishery Leaflet 385, U. S. Fish and Wildlife

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

TECHNICAL NOTE NO. 48 - PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH -
PROXIMATE COMPOSITION

ABSTRACT

The Pacific ocean perch is a fishery resource that could be utilized commercially in
Alaska if suitable markets can be developed. This fish has good organoleptic and cold-
storage qualitites. The average proximate chemical composition of Pacific ocean perch
fillets, as determined in the present study on 16 individual specimens, was 17.6 percent
protein, 1.3 percent oil, 79.0 percent moisture, and 1.2 percent ash.

BACKGROUND

The Pacific ocean perch (Sebastodes alutus) is a species of the rockfish family
that ranges from southern California to northwestern Alaska (figs. land2). It isa
bright carmine-red on the dorsal surface and a lighter color on the ventral surface,
with a silvery sheen. It has
black markings on the dorsal
surface and a long lower jaw
(Clemens and Wilby 1954).

This species of fish is tak-
en to a limited extent by trawl-
ers (figs. 3and4) in waters off
Washington and Oregon. It is
not utilized commercially from
Alaskan waters, although ex-
ploratory fishing vessels of the
U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries have found Pacific
ocean perch to be present in
ae / commercial quantities in Prince

2S : ee William Sound and in waters of

ene eid” a southeastern Alaska. Schaefers,
; ite Smith, and Greenwood (1955),
Fig. 1 - Catch predominantly of Pacific ocean perch. from observations aboard the
Bureau's exploratory fishing

vessel John N. Cobb, reported catches up to 6,000 pounds an hour in Prince William
Sound and found the area generally to be favorable for dragging. Catches ranging

up to 3,150 pounds an hour were made on the M/V Tordenskjold in waters off Prince

of Wales Island, in southeastern Alaska, with little damage to gear.1/

The Pacific ocean perch has been compared with other species of rockfishes
and has been found to have good organoleptic and cold-storage qualities (Stansby
1951). It has an initial palatability that is better than is that of other Pacific Coast
rockfishes. The fillets do not have the disagreeable darker surface areas present
in many of these species, and they maintain their good color, when properly stored,

fora longer period of time than do most other rockfishes. The fillets have a storage
1/ Cruise Report. Exploratory Cruise No. 32, Chartered Vessel Tordenskjold, U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, —
October 18, 1957, unpublished.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

Fig. 3 - A trawler of the type that could be used in an Alaskan
commercial fishery for Pacific ocean perch. eict= the otter-
trawl boards at the stern of the vessel.

Fig. 2 - Catch of Pacific ocean perch in an otter-
trawl net. These fish live on the floor of the ocean.
Owing to the low pressure at the surface of the wa-
ter in contrast to the high pressure at the depth they
live, their air bladders expand markedly when they
are brought to the surface, and they therefore gain
considerable buoyancy. Fishermen call a catch of
this type a "floater."

life of 8 months at 0° F. Their deteriora-
tion in cold storage presents no forseeable
technological problem.

REPORT OF ANALYSES

Physical data, yield of fillets, and proxi-
mate composition (protein, oil, moisture,
and ash) of 16 trawl-caught Pacific ocean
perch are presented in table 1. Proximate
composition was determined using stand-
ard techniques of the Association of Offi-
cial Agricultural Chemists (1955). The
fish were taken from two drags on June
29, 1957, by the M/V Tordenskjold, which
was engaged in exploratory trawling in
waters off the west coast of Prince of Wales
Island. The fish in one drag (sample num- Ma. ia r Viewiot otter trawler from the stern with a
bers 1-8) were larger than were those se- So a
cured from the other drag(sample numbers 9-16). Aninspection of the data, however,
indicates that the chemical composition or yield of fillets in the group of larger fishdiffers
little from that inthe group of smallerfish. The average proximate chemical composi-
tion of the fillets of Pacific ocean perch described in this report was 17.6 percent pro-
tein, 1.3 percent oil, 79.0 percent moisture, and1,2 percent ash. The average yield of

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

Table 1 - Proximate Chemical and Physical Composition and Fillet Yields of Pacific
Ocean Perch (Sebastodes alutus) Taken in Two Drags Off
Prince of Wales Island, Southeastern Alaska, on June 29, 1957

: Fillet Proximate Composition
Da cng a ene tale eee sda
Number! Inches Pounds | a Saeerrn snee Percent) .6 «oe es nee
Drag A:
1 12.5 Les 29 17.6 1.41 78.0 1.24
2 13.0 1.5 30 17.8 0.93 78.0 1.13
3 13.5 2.1 31 16.3 0.69 79.6 1.15
4 13.0 1.9 27 15.1 0.97 Tg)e il 1.13
5 13.0 1.8 30 16.6 2.20 78.5 1.09
6 12.0 1.5 29 17.8 1.36 78.0 1.08
7 13.0 1.9 26 18.2 idles 78.8 1.08
8 12.0 Weg 27 18.6 2.86 76.9 1.14
Average 12.8 TS 29 17.2 1.44 1.13
9 0 0.7 29 17.7 0.77 1.26
0 0.8 27 18.4 1.17 iL, ie
0 0.9 30 18.4 1.21 1.19
0 0.8 27 18.2 1.41 1.25
0 0.9 29 18.5 1.35 1.20
0 0.7 31 18.4 0.86 1.12
5 0.7 30 18.1 1.35 1.15
0 0.7 30 16.0 1.38 ; 1.32
3 Ue LE 18.0 ipa
Average of
{two drags | 11.0 1.3 17.6 1532 79.0 Ly
Fillet waste from two drag 13.6 7.0 69.9 SOS ora]

[7 Each sample number represents one fish.

fillets was 29 percent. The fillet waste contained 13.6 percent protein, 7.0 percent
oil, 69.9 percent moisture, and 6.0 percent ash. The fish averaged 11 inches in
length and 1.3 pounds in weight. Pacific ocean perch caught at another time of the
year and from another geographic location, however, might differ somewhat in com-
position from those reported here.

--By John L. Iverson, Chemist,
Fishery Products Laboratory,
Fisheries Experimental Commission,
Ketchikan, Alaska

LITERATURE CITED

ASSOCIATION OF OFFICIAL AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTS
1955. Official Methods of Analyses, Eighth Edition, Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, P. O. Box 540,
Benjamin Franklin Station, Washington 4, D. C.

CLEMENS, W. A., and WILBY, G. V.
1949, Fishes of the Pacific Coast of Canada, Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Bulletin No. LXVII, pp. 215-216.

SCHAEFERS, E. A., SMITH, K, A., and GREENWOOD, M. R.
1955. Bottom Fish and Shellfish Explorations in the Prince William Sound Area, Alaska, 1954. Commercial Fish-
eries Review, vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 6-28. (Also Separate No. 398.)

STANSBY, M. E.
1951. Technical Note No. 13-Acceptability and Keeping Quality of Pacific Ocean Perch Fillets. Commercial Fish-
eries Review (Technological Supplement), vol. 13, no. iia, pp. 36-38.

SX Sng ow

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

CHLORINATED SEA WATER HELPS TO IMPROVE QUALITY OF
FISH ABOARD FISHING VESSELS

The value of chlorinated sea-water in preserving the high quality of fish aboard
fishing craft has been demonstrated by a series of tests in the North Atlantic trawl
fishery. The experiments were conducted by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries On a cooperating commercial fishing vessel. Equipment fabricated by the Bu-
reau's Technological Research Laboratory in Boston was used in the tests.

It was found that fish washed in a spray of chlorinated sea water immediately
after evisceration, and transported in holds which had been thoroughly washed by a
similar solution, were cleaner and fresher than fish coming from trawlers using
only ordinary sea water. The trawler using chlorinated sea water left port at the
same time, fished the same waters, and returned at the same time as other fishing
vessels; therefore comparisons between the old and the new techniques were readily
made.

As a result of these findings owners of more than a dozen New England fishing
vessels have evidenced an interest in installing chlorinating equipment.

According to Bureau staff members, the equipment is inexpensive Sand easily
installed. It consists of a hypochlorinator metering pump and an electric motor.
The chlorinated water from this assembly can readily be introduced into the exist-
ing ''wash-down" system of the vessel.

The chlorine is provided by an eight-percent solution of sodium hypochlorite
which is metered into the ''wash-down"' system at the rate of 50 to 80 parts per
million parts of water for washing the holds and pen boards. By regulating the me-
tering pump, a solution of 10 to 20 parts per million can be used in rinsing the evis-
erated fish.

Fish dealers who nandled the fish from the experimental trip state that there
were no detectable odors of decomposition in the body cavity of the fish, and that
the fish were cleaner and fresher looking than those from other trawlers using the
nonchlorinated sea water.

MEANING OF TERM "FISHING MORTALITY"

USED BY FISHERY BIOLOGISTS |

"Fishing mortality" as used in fishery biology means rate of death
of fishes caused by fishing operations. It is used to distinguish this
cause of death from "natural mortality'' or death due to natural causes
such as starvation, disease, or being eaten by otherfish. The total rate
at which animals die or a captured or "total mortality'’ must be deter-
mined in order to understand the dynamic changes taking place in the
fish stocks. A knowledge of the rate of death by fishing, separated from
the rate of death from “natural'' causes, is often important for effective
fishery management.

--''Sea Secrets,''’ The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami

26

\ Hots
era yf
ina Ae

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

—————SS—_>_—_

stee | REN DS sa :

AND Ri

2 DEVELOPMENTS 222

Vol. 20,

No. 12

California

AERIAL CENSUS OF COMMERCIAL AND SPORT
FISHING CONTINUED (Airplane Spotting Flight 58-
17): The inshore area between Ft. Sur and Fort
Bragg was surveyed by the California Department

Bodega

Legend:

t ) - Anchovy school
group

_ Sardine school group.
@ (mixed with jack
mackerel)

Martins Beach
\ Pigeon Pt
Ano Nuevo

Davenport

Santa Cruz

Airplane spotting flight S8-17 (September 10-13, 1958).

of Fish and Game by airplane spotting flight 58-17
between September 10-13, 1958, to determine the
number and locations of sport fishermen and pe~
lagic fish schools in the area surveyed. Weather con-
ditions were ideal for aerial spotting. Clear skies
and very light or no winds were encountered through-
out the four days of scouting. Shore and pier fish-
ermen were tallied on each day of the flight. The
procedure on this flight was to cover the entire
area from Pt. Sur to Fort Bragg at least once for

sk sk Sk
So eS es

CONTAINERS TESTED FOR OCEANIC DIS-
POSAL OF RADIOACTIVE WASTE (N. B. Scofield
Cruise 58-S-5-Waste Disposal): Five types of cor-
tainers currently being used for the oceanic dis-
posal of radioactive waste were tested (July 21-22,
1958) by biologists of the California Department of

pelagic fish. This was accomplished by covering
a portion of the coast for pelagic fish on each of

the first three days. Part of the area--Monterey
to Sharp Park--was surveyed for pelagic fish on

two consecutive days.

Sport Fishermen: It was expected that with the
end of the vacation season the tally of sport fisher-
men would be considerably less than on flights con-
ducted during the vacation period. The week-day
flights on September 10, 11, and 12 showed some
decrease in sport fishing activity; however, on Sat-
urday, September 13, large numbers of fishermen
were tallied--between 5 to 6 times as many as on
each of the three preceding days and comparable
to the fishing intensity noted on week-end days dur-
ing the vacation period.

Pelagic Fish: Anchovies continued to dominate
the central California pelagic fish population.
Large concentrations were observed in the north-
ern section of Monterey Bay, between Martins
Beach and Half Moon Bay, between San Francisco
and Drakes Bay and off the Russian River. Again
as on the previous flight (August 17-19, 1958) many
of the anchovy schools were very large in size and
irregular in shape, thus precluding the use of the -
tally of schools as a significant measure of the
relative abundance of fish in comparison with the
numbers of schools observed earlier in the year.
In Monterey Bay, however, there were definitely
fewer schools than on the last flight, and more an-
chovies were observed in the Martins Beach and
Bolinas Bay areas.

Schools of jack mackerel and Pacific sardines
were observed in Monterey Bay and off Pt. Sur.
Some of the schools in Monterey appeared to be
of pure sardines; however, most were of jack
mackerel with some sardines. All the sardine-
mackerel schools were small in size--maximum
about 50 tons--and were located from the center
of Monterey Bay extending into the shallow areas
off Seaside and Fort Ord.

One white seabass school was observed off Pt.
Montara.

se ook
bab

Fish and Game in waters 15 miles southwest of the
Farallone Islands.

Duplicate units of each type of container were
made and tested. No cases occurred where there
was Significant difference between the results from

27

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

December 1958

| “sumoyyey OOP 32 eHbeurep burmoys q ody,

SULOPES OOF OF JUSDsap Jaye q odAy

SLTOSAY ONIMOHS SOLOHd
*susyyeq Aq eoeyd ur pray sucyres urearo ao

STV LAG NOILONULSNOO

‘amssaid suromey QO] 0 pasodxy
~) > .

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

the two sample containers prepared the same way.
The basic container for all the tests was a steel
drum of 55 gallons capacity. The sheet metal used
was 18 gauge (.0418 inch), This type of package

is the standard shipping container for lubricating
oil and many industrial liquids. The barrels used
by the waste disposal agencies in general come
from the ''war surplus'' stock of the nearest mili-
tary agency and are often dented and rusty.

Barrel A: This barrel was trash-filled and then
sufficient fine gravel added to bring the total weight
to 600 pounds. The lid was not sealed and six holes
of #-inch diameter were punched in the sides.

Some waste disposal agencies have planned to
use a lightly spring-loaded one-way valve to allow
the entrance of sea water for pressure equaliza-
tion.

This barrel showed no damage when sunk to 100
fathoms. With the balancing of interior and exteri-
or pressures there should be no damage to the
steel container regardless of depth.

Barrel B: This was also trash-filled and bal-
lasted to 600 pounds with gravel. Its lid, however,
was fitted with a rubber gasket and bolted down
watertight. With no pressure equalization this
container collapsed to the point where the lid seal
was broken, This bending-in occurred at less than
100 fathoms. After the air escapes and the water
pressures inside and out become equalized no ad-
ditional change would take place. None of the sol-
id contents of the container was released.

Barrels C, D, and E all depend on concrete for
integrity of their contents as the heads were cut
out of the barrels. All concrete used was five
sacks of cement to the cubic yard with ¢-inch maxi-
mum gravel. This represents a proportion of one
part of cement to three of sand plus three-and-a-
half of gravel. The mixing was done in a transit-
mix truck. The first pour of concrete was cured
in six days before adding the covering layer. The
second pour was cured five days before testing.

All cement embedded containers in the following
tests were left void. As the encasing concrete

will withstand a pressure of over 100 pounds per
square inch, the presence or absence of compress-
ible filler would not influence the results.

Barrel C: A five-gallon paint can was wired as
possible. The space between the paint can and the
drum was filled with concrete to a point halfway
up the drum. The paint-can lid had two holes made
in it so pipes could be inserted and extend upward
to above the top of the drum. One tube was soft
copper water pipe, 4-inch diameter. The end in-
side the can was hammered flat and folded over.
This was to act as a controlied pressure release
inward, allowing the enclosed paint can to fill with
enough sea water to equalize the pressures inside
and outside. The second connection of the can to
the exterior was a standard #-inch iron pipe capped
on the exposed end. A flange was welded to this
pipe to prevent seepage of water along the pipe or
endwise movement due to water pressure. This
tube was an inspection opening as water might
slightly open the seal on the copper tube and enter
without being evident from the exterior. Barrel C

Vol. 20, No. 12

was subjected to pressure of over 1,000 pounds a
square inch at 400 fathoms. The sealed copper
tube burst as planned and no damage was sustained
by the container.

Barrel D: This drum had concrete put in it to
a depth of eight inches. After this layer in the bot-

INSPECTION PIPE
O COPPER TUBE
v

SECOND POUR
D
1
6 - 23-GAL. |CE CREAM
CARTONS
re =| <—COLD JOINT
FIRST POUR
SECOND POUR
E
<—COLD JOINT
FIRST POUR

tom had hardened, 6 empty ice cream cartons of
23 gallons each were placed in the barrel as cen-
trally as possible and fastened in place with wood
battens. The remainder of void space was then
filled with concrete. Barrel D went 400 fathoms
deep. An obviously violent implosion crushed in
the side. The metal of the drum was ruptured along
two lines which could not happen if the water had
leaked slowly into the void spaces through gradual
cracking of the concrete and slow tearing of the
steel.

SECOND POUR

~~ COLD JOINT

FIRST POUR

Barrel E: This arrangement was the same as
Barrel C with the five-gallon paint can enclosed in
concrete. However, there was no connection be-
tween the enclosed paint can and the exterior.
When this test unit was sunk to 400 fathoms the
end collapsed with a cylindrical hole over the paint
can equal in diameter to the can. The concrete
was six inches thick over this area.

OK OK OK

December 1958

HALIBUT SURVEY OFF BAJA CALIFORNIA
COAST (N. B. Scofield Cruise 58-S-6-Halibut):
The coast of Baja California from the border to
Cedros Island was surveyed (Sept. 6-22, 1958) by
the California Department of Fish and Game re-
search vessel N. B. Scofield to secure a large

,

end:

- No. of halibut tagged

SAN BENITO IS,
os
CEDROS |S,

NATIVIOAD ISSO

M/V N. B. Scofield Cruise 58-S-6 (Sep. 6-22, 1958).

sample of California halibut for tagging purposes,
morphometric studies, and length-weight-age
studies. Other objectives were (1) to determine
what physical and oceanographic conditions pre-
vail in the areas where adult halibut, and their
eggs and young are found; and (2) to test the ef-
ficiency and practicality of trawling gear in Mexi-
can waters.

Sixty-one 15-minute hauls were made at vari-
ous locations from just below the border to a point
a few miles below Scammon Lagoon. In these hauls
216 sharks, skates, and rays were taken along with
284 bony fish. Halibut composed 60 percent of the
catch of bony fish, fantail sole 13 percent, and
diamond turbots 11 percent.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

| be flat and clear.

29

Approximately 170 halibut were taken in the
trawl nets; 132 of these were tagged, the remainder
preserved for routine laboratory examination.

Surface temperatures ranged from 73° F. toa
low of 60° F. at San Quintin Bay. In general, sur-
face temperatures averaged 70° F. in most areas.

It was found that favorable trawling conditions
exist at the following locations:

(1) Mexican border to Rosario River in 8 to
14 fathoms.

(2) Todos Santos Bay from a point beginning two
miles south of the Ensenada anchorage and extend-
ing an additional 5 miles southward in waters of 7
to 13 fathoms.

(3) Colnett Bay in water of 5 to 13 fathoms.
Snags are located about 1 mile south and 1 mile off
the Mesa Alta shoreline. Kelp patches appear in
this vicinity.

(4) San Quintin Bay--entire bay area appears to
San Quintin shoreline composed
of extensive shoals; a shallow draft vessel is nec-
essary to work this portion,

(5) Falsa Bay--small bay, approximately 2 miles
in length. Trawling conditions apparently favor-
able, as 4-15 minute hauls were made without snag-

ging.

(6) Playa Maria Bay--heavy concentration of
seaweed in 6 fathoms of water. Best trawling out-
side of this depth, and probably good inside under
calm conditions. *

(7) Sebastian Viscaino Bay--scattered trawling
starting at Morro de Santo Domingo, the northern
extremity of the bay, indicated that ideal trawling
conditions existed over most if not all of the exten-
sive shoreline.

(8) Black Warrior Lagoon--trawling possible in
channel areas; however, slack tide is best because
swift currents are constant during flood and ebb
tides. Small vessels, or shallow draft vessels
could operate in the side bays, or on flats adjacent
to channels. Sting rays are very abundant in shal-
low areas.

Snags were encountered at (1) Colnett Bay;
(2) Seven miles SE. of Punta Bunda--or 31°40! lat-
itude, 116940'15" longitude; and (3) Six miles SE.
of Santo Domingo River, 2 miles offshore (30037!
15" latitude, 116°4' longitude).

An excellent anchorage is available in Black
Warrior Lagoon, but the entrance channel must be
negotiated with caution

OK OK Ok OK

PELAGIC FISH DISTRIBUTION AND ABUN-
DANCE OFF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SURVEY-
ED: Airplane Spotting Flight 58-14: The inshore
area from the Mexican border to Point Conception
was surveyed by the California Department of Fish

and Game airplane spotting flight 58-14 between

August 15-18, 1958, to determine the abundance and
distribution of pelagic fish schools. Fair flying
conditions prevailed on August 15 and 18, but low
clouds and fog made it impossible to fly on the 17th.

PELAGIC FISH: In general, pelagic.fish schools
were not as plentiful as during preceding months.

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Small school groups of anchovies were present
from San Clemente to San Diego, and many large
"breezing' schools of anchovies were seen off Los
Angeles Harbor and in Santa Monica Bay. It was
difficult to make an accurate count of these schools
because they would alternately appear on the sur-
face for varying periods of time and then disappear
from sight. These schools were moving fast and
changing shape rapidly, apparently being harrassed
by bonito and/or barracuda which were reported

to be heavily concentrated in the Los Angeles-
Santa Monica area.

With the exception of one group of 40 schools
of anchovies observed close to shore near Santa
Barbara, no concentration of fish was apparent
north of Point Dume.

The large ''breezing'' schools seen off southern
California were positively identified as anchovies,
and the other scattered schools observed during
the flight were quite close to shore and exhibited
characteristics and behavior very typical of an-
chovy schools,

Santa Barbara
Ss Legend:

\\ _ Anchovy
school group.

Heavy
SANTA CRUZ IS- - "red water"
bloom.

Pt. Dume
Santa Monica
A)
U)
C)

San Pedro

v

SANTA CATALINA IS.

SAN CLEMENTE |S.

{\ Oceanside

a

San Diego

Airplane spotting flight 58-14 (August 15, 17, and 18, 1958).

Vol. 20, No. 12

During the August 15 flight, a total of 258 an-
chovy schools were sighted; on August 18, a total
of 309 anchovy schools were sighted.

RED TIDE: The''redtide'' which has persisted
in southern California throughout most of the sum-
mer was Still in evidence in some areas. Very
heavy plankton ''blooms,'' rusty-red in color, were
present in Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbor, off
Huntington Beach, La Jolla, and the Coronado
Strand. The water in Santa Monica Bay was gen-
erally dirty with a few patches of red dinoflagel-
lates. No heavy "'red tide'' was in evidence north
of Point Dume.

The Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbor break-
water system had a definite confining effect on the
organisms causing the red water. The entire har-
bor area from the shoreline to the outer harbor
breakwaters was the color of ''tomato soup." This
discoloration stopped abruptly at the breakwaters
and extended seaward only a short distance through
the two channel openings and the open southeast
end of the harbor.

Airplane Spotting Flight 58-16: The inshore
area from San Diego to San Simeon was surveyed
(Sept. 9-12, 1958) from the air by the California
Department of Fish and Game Cessna ''170"' 1359D
to determine the distribution and abundance of pe-
lagic fish schools and to assess the intensity of

San Simeon

Legend:
x _ Anchovy school
A group.
t+ - Sardine school.
aYf Yellowtail school.
: B)- Bonito school,

- Area surveyed.

Santa Barbara

Airplane spotting flight 58-16 (September 9, 10 and 12, 1958).

December 1958

shoreline fishing and clamming activity. Atmos-
pheric conditions were generally favorable for
aerial spotting during the three-day period of the
survey.

PELAGIC FISH: No heavy concentration ot anchovy
or sardine schools was in evidence within the range

of the flight, although moderate amounts of ancho-
vies were present off San Onofre (200 schools),
Huntington Beach (225 schools), Pitas Point (60
schools), and Avila (71 schools). In all four of the
above areas, the schools were close to shore and
motionless.

ed to be well dispersed and the schools were thin
and ragged.

Seventy large, deep-swimming schools were
seen during the three days, but species identifica-
tion was not possible, Three schools of yellowtail

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Individuals within these schools seem-

31

were noted one to two miles off the Coronado Strand
and about 10 sciiovls of bonito were sighted between
Laguna and the Newport breakwater.

WATER CONDITIONS: ''Red tide'' was present
south of Point Dume, witha particularly heavy out-
break observed between Redondo Beach and Malibu.
Although reduced in intensity compared to August
observations, red water still prevailed from Los
Angeles-Long Beach Harbor to Newport Beach.
Other areas of the coast were free from heavy con-
centrations of red water.

SHORELINE AND PIERSURVEY: Acount of fisher -
men on piers and beaches and beach clammers was
| made from San Simeon to Point Arguello. As com-
pared to earlier summer months, very little fish-
ing activity was observed.

A OK OK OK OK

STOCKING OF STATE WATERS WITH YELLOW PIKE UNDER CONSIDERA-

TION: A request to experiment with the introduction of fresh-water yellow pike (
(walleye) to two reservoirs in San Diego County was one of the highlights of avaried
*

agenda at an October 23, 1958 meeting
of the California Fish and Game
Commission,

The yellow pike or wall-
eye, the largest member of
the perch family, is common
in the Great Lakes and other
eastern lakes. It ranges be-
tween 14-20 inches in length
and occasionally reaches a
length of 30 inches

Yellow Pike
(Stizostedion vitreum vitreum)

The California Department of Fish and Game asked the Commission to approve

the experimental introduction of yellow pike

into San Vicente and El Capitan Res-

ervoirs. The proposed project is to obtain eggs from the eastern lakes, fly them

to California, and rear the fish to a size of 13

to 2 inches in southern California

ponds. The Department says there is some doubt that yellow pike will reproduce
in San Diego reservoirs, but explains there is no way of knowing for sure until they

have been stocked.

The purpose of the experiment is to introduce a new predatory game fish that
will prey upon small bluegills and threadfin shad, which are abundant in these res-

ervoirs.

The Department hopes the yellow pike will not only provide an additional

fish to catch but will also reduce the numbers of bluegill enough to enable them to
increase in size and thereby become a more desirable fish.

OK OR Ok OK

YELLOWFIN AND SKIPJACK TUNA TAGGED
Beverly Cruise 58-C-2-Tuna):
) along the outer coast of Baja California by biologists of the

September 8,

COAST (M/V Cape
95

ALONG BAJA CALIFORNIA
Fishing was conducted (July 5-

California Department of Fish and Game aboard the commercial tuna fishing vessel

Cape

The purpose of this cruise was to tag yellowfin and skipjack tuna as

ever
part of population, growth, and migration studies; to collect and identify marine or-

ganisms associated with the tuna
vations.

fishery: and to make limited oceanographic obser-

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

A total of 1,399 yellowfin and skip-
San Diego _y.S-4- jack tuna were tagged with Type G, yel-
low, spaghetti tags and released off the
Baja California coast.

The yellowfin tuna (450) were meas-
ured to the nearest one-half centimeter.
Because the skipjack (949) unless return-
ed to the water immediately suffer a
heavy mortality rate, they were not meas-
ured. Six tagged yellowfin and seven skip-
jack had been captured and returned to
the California State Fisheries Laboratory
by other vessels prior to the return of
the tagging team.

MEXICO

Marine organisms were collected at
21 different stations. Sea surface tem-
peratures were taken at bait and fishing
stations. Bait hauls were made in tem-
Teens peratures ranging from 62.3 to 70.1 F.
The most successful hauls were made in
the lower temperature ranges. Most of
the bait consisted of northern anchovies,
Engraulis mordax. The most successful
catches of tuna were obtained in gempera-

tures ranging from 72.1 to 78.6 F.

Tuna-tagging cruise (58-C-2-Tuna), July 5, 1958-Sep-
tember 8, 1958.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-August 1958

Total shipments of metal cans during January-August 1958
amounted to 78,678 short tons of steel (based on the amount of
steel consumed in the manufacture of cans) as compared with
86,130 tons in the first eight months of 1957. Fish canning opera-
tions in August were about at an annual peak for salmon, Maine
sardines, and tuna. The California sardine fishing season opened

ae on August 1, and a pack twice that of 1957 was assured.
Note: Statistics cover all commercial and captive plants known to be producing metal cans. Reported in base boxes of

steel consumed in the manufacture of cans, the data for fishery products are converted to tons of steel by using the
factor: 23.0 base boxes of steel equal one short ton of steel. fe os 3

\
Croakers

__ SCARCITY IN CHESAPEAKE BAY PREDICTED: Recent observations made by
fishery biologists of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory at Gloucester Point indicate
that croakers will be scarce in Virginia for the next year or two. These scientists

have been making extensive studies of croakers in Chesapeake Bay and York River
since 1950.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

"During 1958 trawl samples taken from the research vessel Pathfinder and
samples collected from pound-net catches contained a larger percentage of older
and larger croakers than were caught in 1956 or 1957. Scarcely any croakers less
than.a year old were present in catches of
either gear," states a fishery biologist at
the Laboratory. He also says that
young croakers which hatched in the
fall and winter of 1957 should norm-
ally be abundant in samples now.
"Pinheads" (croakers about 4-6
inches long) return to the Bay
after a wi i i SS —

e winter in the Atlantic eso Fees ae

and often make up a large part 4 ; SZ ( ae
of the catch the following summer. “= soe ee

Phy) Dt
ey de

ie

Believing that abundance of young croakers in the rivers would be an indication
of the expected number of fish available to sport and commercial fishermen in later
seasons, the biologists have been sampling young fish at 16 different stations from
the mouth of Chesapeake Bay up into the fresh water of the Paumunkey River each
month since April 1956. Prior to that time a staff biologist did extensive sampling
over the same range. "

In August 1958 large numbers of young croakers appeared in the samples. This
was unusually early for them to be in the Bay and showed that spawning was unusu-
ally good. They were present in monthly samples through December 1957, but in
January 1958 there was a serious decline in numbers and in April 1958 no young
croakers were taken at all. In years prior to 1958 young-of-the-year croakers were
not abundant before October, but were found throughout the York River all winter
and the following spring. In May 1957, over 2,000 fish were taken in 16 samples,
whereas, in May of 1958 only one croaker was taken.

The sudden disappearance of young croakers which had been so abundant in the
fall of 1957 suggests that some catastrophe occurred in January 1958. Excessively
cold water may have killed most of the young. The biologist reports that during the
winter of 1957/58 water temperatures were lower and remained so for unusually
long periods of time. Lowest temperatures recorded during the past winter were
36° F. in January and 34 F. in February. The lowest temperatures recorded for
those two months prior to 1958 were 39 F. and 46 F.

Croakers spawn off Chesapeake Bay late in summer and continue spawning un-
til early spring. It has been found that soon after spawning the young fish migrate
up into the upper reaches of the river where they live during winter, spring, and
summer. By the end of the first summer ''pinhead'' croakers migrating to the ocean
are caught in pound nets. When they return to the Bay the following spring, they
make up a large part of the commercial catch.

Fishery biologists believe that the success of the croaker fishery depends in
large part on conditions prevailing in tributaries of Chesapeake Bay. Unfavorable
temperatures, lack of food, diseases, or pollution may destroy large numbers of
young. When nursery area conditions are at their best, large numbers of young sur-
vive, bringing good catches a year or two later.

VES

34

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

Federal Aid Funds for Sport Fish and Wildlife Restoration
Apportioned to States for Fiscal Year 1959

Federal Aid funds totaling $21 million have been
apportioned to the States for their fish and game
restoration programs for the year ending June 30,
1959, Assistant Secretary of the Interior Ross Lef-
ler announced on November 2, 1958.

The Federal Aid program is administered by
the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, United
States Fish and Wildlife Service.

This is a decrease of $306,000 from the fiscal
1958 apportionment--a loss of $574,000 on game
restoration and a gain of $268,000 for the restora-
tion of fish. Game restoration funds for fiscal 1959
amount to $16.4 million; fish restoration funds, $4.6
million.

With this announcement came the Assistant Sec-
retary's comment that in the apportionment to be
made next year Alaska, as a State, will receive ap-
proximately $1 million as compared with the annual
$165,000 it has been receiving as a Territory, a
condition which will affect amounts to be distributed
to individual states.

The Assistant Secretary pointed out also that the
$21 million apportioned this year includes the fourth
of five ''backlog" allotments of $2,693,494 each. Af-
ter the apportionment for 1960 this backlog money
will have been distributed and the total amount a-
vailable will be affected accordingly.

Federal Aid funds are derived from Federal ex-
cise taxes collected from the manufacturers--an
11-percent tax on
sporting guns and am-
munition for the res-
toration of game (Pitt-
man-Robertson Act,
approved September
2, 1937) and a 10-
percent tax on fishing
rods, reels, creels,
and artificial lures, baits and flies (Dingell-Johnson
Act, approved August 9, 1950).

The formulas upon which Federal Aid funds are
distributed are prescribed by law and are based
upon area and license holders, In the distribution
of game restoration money, half of the amount is
apportioned on the ratio of land area of a state to
total area of all the states and half on the ratio of
license holders. For fish restoration, land and
water area is used for the distribution of 40 per-
cent of the funds and 60 percent on license holders.

Maximum apportionment for each program is
five percent of the total; minimums are one-half
percent for game restoration and one percent for
fish restoration.

In the 1959 distribution Texas and Michigan.re-
ceived maximum amounts for the restoration of
game, $820,000 as compared with $848,700 which
each received as maximum payments for fiscal
1958. California received $230,000, the maximum
for restoration of fish, compared with the $216,600

it received in fiscal 1958. Minnesota, which re-
ceived the maximum amount last year fell short of
that goal in the 1959 distribution because its sales
of fishing licenses did not increase to the same
degree that sales did in several other states.

The minimum amount for game restoration for
fiscal 1959 is $82,000, received by New Hampshire,

Sport Fish and Wildlife Restoration,
Fiscal Year 1959

$594

Ra oC AA 364,661.
NIEOCAS Goo o e000 06 , 781, 272,938.
Califonniave spe ecco 230,000.00] 790,109.55
Colorado: cae erent 105,618.57) 436,366.14
Gonnecticut ss ean 46,000.00} 82,000.
Delaware ieee iien: 46,000.00 .
MWonidayeare sy ncmene crete 103,746.68] 234,066.25
Georgian Wee 91,363.77] 268,940.64
Id'ahotss: yeahs wae. 75,250.42] 314,351.29
HLLIn OTS sis~, tafe. ayoiteplel snus 147,339.34] 456,468.32
Indian aveuemmeletmslk-imeucl 138,546.15) 467,647.50
TOWal frye iaiel cilasis teh ere ter ates 84,192.81] 363,288.85
Kansas sah eee 74,208.16] 314,369.67
iKentuckyaan-wees ecw) oie 79,852.75] 261,040.76
TeOulSl anaes renee 58,656.23] 287,877.55
IEW GS Aroto o Glo elalb ols 51,135.33) 184,600.48
Maryland se. 2 ee a) omer 46,000.00} 112,772.63
Massachusetts....... 46,000.00 a
WME 5 ooo boo oo 209,575.76 ,
IMinmeSOtarpcseseaenen inane 221,163.25) 528,593.75
IMS SiS Si ppiteweien selene ene 53,362.20] 239,443.84
MESON. Gg Go ola 6 oan’ c 118,945.08} 395,325.02
Montana? 4 Sia. 4 ee 113,430.45) 505,016.19
Nebraskan apne ciene 68,673.04] 296,991.01
Nevadalsyahe\ che eureueurnice 67,715.81] 317,059.03
New Hampshire...... 46,000.00} 82,000.00
INGRI UGGS Gio oo 5606 46,000.00} 118,464.51
INEweViexiComma-niee as 80,263.28] 374,826.46
Newevorker earner ore 145,847.54] 695,907.06
North Carolina ...... 84,223.59] 339,779.61
North Dakotary cassie ane 48,588.95] 250,404.53
Ohiog sy eee tere ee 152,097.30) 516,203.15
Oklahomaleeeee ene $ 92,294.82) 284,221.35
Oregons Shh) thei can 103,056.95) 409,090.48
Pennsylvanial sense 125,814.03) 636,909.81
Rhodeyisland es eaea eae 46,000.00} 82,000.00
pouthiG@arolinay 9 ee 54,509.59) 174,101.39
South Dakotayenee ene 59,244.37) 295,569.58
MWENTOIISS Gooanacoe 114,702.57) 338,451.29
PREXa'S be. eRe on: aaa 207,027.78] 820/000.00
Utah sist ents ey linen ier 69,482.47] 319,329.75
Wenmontee ie iene 46,000.00} 82,000.00
Walle Sina oh ete ieee Site 77,320.23] 327,671.34
Wials hinictoniees naan 94,074.96] 338,035.45

EStaVare cin ae ne 46,000.00) 219,196.71
(MUSCOMSTNS 6 560060456 196,183.02] 508,281.47
(Mijomin erence 77,111.72] 326,006.24

46,000.00

82,000.00

Rhode Island, Connecticut, Delaware, Vermont,
and Hawaii. In 1958 the minimum was $84,870.
For fish restoration the minimum for 1959 is
$46,000 ($43,320 in 1958) and was received by Con-

December 1958

necticut, Delaware, Maryland, New Hampshire, |
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Rhode Island, Ver-
mont, West Virginia, and Hawaii. These same
states received the minimum amounts for 1958.

Guam (which became eligible for Federal Aid
in 1958), Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands each
received $12,000 for game restoration programs
and $10,000 each for fish restoration. Alaska has
been receiving a statutory $90,000 for game pro-
grams and $75,000 for fish work. Hawaii has been
receiving its funds on the regular State formula
because of congressional action, July 2, 1956,

Federal Aid money must be matched by state
money on the basis of $3 Federal Aid to $1 state
funds, although in actual practice the states carry
out all projects with their own funds, and are re-
imbursed for up to 75 percent of project costs.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

35

To obtain the benefits of the Federal grants,
the states submit project proposals to the Bureau
of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Such proposals
may consist of surveys, investigations, land ac-
quisitions, land and water development, manage-
ment of restoration areas, and maintenance of the
completed projects. Acting for the Secretary of
the Interior, the Bureau reviews these proposals
to determine whether they are substantial in char-
acter and design, within the meaning of the Acts.

When Federal Aid projects are approved by the
Bureau, the state fish and game departments pro-
ceed to carry out the plans, spending their own
funds. The states then submit reimbursement
claims for 75 percent of the costs of the project,
either periodically or at the completion of the work.
All equipment, lands, and structures become the
property of the states. All project workers are
hired by the states and are state employees.

ae

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products .

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PURCHASES, JANUARY-SEPTEMBER 1958:
Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products: For the use of the Armed Forces under the
Department of Defense, 1.7 million pounds of fresh and frozen fishery products were
bought in September by the Military Subsistence Market Centers--3.8 percent more

QUANTITY
Jan. -Sept.
1958

June

1958 1957

was about the only canned fishery
product bought for the use of the
Armed Forces during September
1958. For the first nine months

of 1958 canned fish purchases were
about 5.4 million pounds-~-92.3
percent more than the same peri-
od of 1957. Purchases of canned
tuna were up 166.3 percent for
January-September i958 as com-
pared with the first nine months of 1957,

Table 1 - Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products
Purchased by Military Subsistence Market
Centers, September 1958 with Comparisons

1957

than the preceding month and 4.3
percent more than in September
IST.

For the first nine months of
1958 purchases of fresh and frozen
fishery products totaled 17.9 mil-
lion pounds, 4.5 percent less than
in the same month of 1957.

by Military Subsistence Market Centers,
September 1958 with Comparisons

=F

Fisheries Loan Fund

LOANS THROUGH OCTOBER 20, 1958: As of October 20, 1958, a total of 482
applications for fisheries loans totaling $17,228,290 had been received. Of these
260 ($6,924,252) were approved, 163 ($4,923,938) were declined, 36 ($1,564,126)
were withdrawn, and 23 ($2,914,514) are pending. As several of the pending cases

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

have been deferred indefinitely at the request of the applicants and collections have
been increasing, sufficient funds have been available to process all other applica-
tions when received. Funds are expected to be available to assure prompt handling
of new applications.

The following loans have been approved between September 8, 1958, and Octo-
ber 20, 1958:

New England Area: Lester Falkingham, Beals, Me., $3,000; Boat Sea Ranger,
New Bedford, Mass., $12,556; Nils Risdal, Fairhaven, Mass., $78,000.

South Atlantic and Gulf Area: Wendell H. McGill, Naples, Fla., $32,000; Isaac
Daigle, Morgan City, La., $18,000.

California: American Tunaboat Association, San Diego, $100,000; Frank M.
Perry, San Diego, $160,000.

Pacific Northwest: George T. Moskovita, Astoria, Oreg., $36,000.

Fishery Research Laboratory

NEW SHELLFISH LABORATORY TO BE BUILT ON CHESAPEAKE BAY: A
new Federal shellfish research laboratory will be built at Oxford, Md., the U. S.
Department of the Interior announced on October 2, 1958.

The site was selected by Interior's Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, after in-
spection of nearly 50 possible sites along the eastern shores of Chesapeake Bay.
The site of about 13 acres was donated by Arthur J. Grymes, Jr., owner and mana-
ger of Tidewater Inn at Easton, Md. It is located on the outskirts of Oxford on Bach-
elor's Point at the junction of the Tred Avon and Choptank Rivers. The site has a
400-foot frontage on the Tred Avon River.

The initial projects of the laboratory will relate to oysters and soft-shell clams.
The oyster projects will include work on the artificial propagation of that shellfish,
causes for mortality, andasearch for improved methods of obtaining seed oysters.
The laboratory will consist of a building with the equipment necessary for the proj-
ects and several ponds which will be used in the study of oyster culture. Any re-
search vessels attached to the laboratory will utilize a boat basin which will be
dredged from the Tred Avon River.

The site was selected because it was found that the salinity of the water there
was right for oyster culture, the water was clean with no indications of pollution in
the future, and there are few or no predators. The oyster drill and the starfish,
master enemies of the oyster, are lacking entirely because of the brackishness of
the water. A six-inch fresh-water line is on the edge of the property and electric-
ity for lights and power is available.

Congress has made an initial appropriation of $180,000 for the construction of

the laboratory. Work on the plans is proceeding and bids will be called for as soon
as possible.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37

Great Lakes

INCREASE IN ALEWIFE POPULATION RAISES PROBLEMS: The sharp in-
crease of alewife (Fomolobus pseudoharengus) in Lake Michigan and Lake Huron
prompts the question: Is this the sign of a biological explosion?

Four years ago no mention was made of the alewife in Michigan statistical rec-
ords. In 1957, 33,625 pounds of this so-called nuisance fish were taken from Lake
Michigan and an additional 1,868 pounds from
Lake Huron, according to Michigan Con-
servation Department reports.

A member of the herring
family, the alewife came to the
Great Lakes from salt water.
To date it has little commer- f
cial value and its alarming in- A Newife
crease in Michigan's waters is ‘NS (Pomolobus pseudoharengus)
causing considerable concern et ee ee
among fishermen and conservationists. pS eek
Not only is the fish a nuisance in the nets of the fishermen, but it seems to be taking
the place of the valuable lake herring. As the alewife increases, the herring seems
to decrease in almost the same proportion.

Concern is also being expressed over the presence in Lake Huron of the giz-
zard shad (Dorosoma cepedianum), another salt-water newcomer and another mem-
ber of the herring family. Although the increase of the gizzard shad is not spectacu-
lar, its presence troubles fish biologists.

AO

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations

SURVEY OF WESTERN LAKE ERIE FISH POP-
ULATIONS CONTINUED EY M/V “CISCO:"Cruise
9: Trawling was continued during the September
9-22, 1958, cruise of the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries research vessel Cisco in 9 areas in
the western basin of Lake Erie and one area in the
central basin off Lorain, Ohio. Adult yellow perch
and sheepshead continued to predominate among the
larger fish in the catches. Young-of-the-year yel-
low perch, alewife, gizzard shad, sheepshead, and
white bass were common to abundant in most of
the catches, The young fish had attained the follow-
ing approximate average total lengths in western
Lake Erie: yellow perch, 3.7 inches; alewife, 3.9
inches; gizzard shad, 4.0 inches; sheepshead, 3.8
inches; and white bass, 3.2 inches. The latter two
species, however, had wide length ranges. Smelt
fry averaged about 2.6 inches. Other species taken
commonly were carp, emerald shiner, spottail

Emerald Shiner
(Notropis atherinoides }

shiner, and trout-perch. Caught only occasionally
were mooneye (only 1), adult smelt, white sucker,

goldfish, silver chub, channel catfish (one large
catch near South Bass Island), brown bullhead,
stonecat, burbot, white bass adults, walleye (yel-
low pike), logperch, and fry of white crappie and
black crappie.

Of special interest were changes in fish stocks
and environmental conditions at the station off
Lorain in the central basin. During the previous
several cruises there has been a sharp thermo-
cline just off the 10-fathom bottom with a scarcity
of oxygen below the thermocline. Fish catches
have been extremely small, consisting only of a
few smelt, yellow perch, and sheepshead. When
the station was visited during this cruise, however,
the thermocline was not present, oxygen was plenti-
ful at the bottom, and perch and fry of white bass
and alewives were taken in very large numbers.
Smaller quantities of several other species were
also taken.

In a special study to obtain information regard-
ing time of feeding of yellow perch, sheepshead,
spottail shiners, and trout-perch, trawl hauls were
made east of South Bass Island at 8:30 a.m., 12:00
noon, 3:30 p.m., and 10:00 p.m. The spottail
shiners and trout-perch were preserved for future
examination, but the yellow perch and sheepshead
stomachs were examined aboard the Cisco. The
percentage of stomachs of yellow perch older than

38

yearlings containing food at the various times were
as follows: 8:30 a.m., 47 percent; 12:00 noon, 68
percent; 3:30 p.m., 54 percent; 10:00 p. m. 9
percent; indicating that during the study period the
yellow perch fed mostly during the morning. The
same was true of yearling yellow perch, but toa
lesser degree. Most all young-of-the-year yellow
perch had full stomachs in all collections. No def-
inite changes were noted in the sheepshead stom-
achs.

Nylon gill nets of several mesh sizes were set
southeast of Kelly's Island in 64 fathoms, south-
west of the Detroit River Light in 3 fathoms, and
just north of the Monroe entrance channel in 3
fathoms. All nets were ''canned"' so that their float
lines were 6 feet below the surface. The catch off
Kelly's Island was largely gizzard shad (61 weigh-
ing 50 pounds with 300 feet of 23-inch mesh). Three

yellow pike (walleyes) and little else were taken off
the Detroit River Light. The set off Monroe, which
contained 600 feet each of 23- and 33-inch mesh,
caught 80 perch, 17 yellow pike (walleyes), 31 carp,
22 gizzard shad, and a few sheepshead, alewives,
goldfish, and channel catfish.

Shore-seining operations were carried out in
one area near Sandusky, Ohio, and two areas near
Monroe, Mich. Catches consisted mostly of young
of the year of several species.

The water in Lake Erie continued to cool ver
slowly. Surfage temperatures ranged from 18.4 -
21.3 C. (65.1--70.3> F.). There was no thermal
stratification at any location visited.

Cruise 10: Trawling at the regular stations in
western Lake Erie was continued during the Sep-
tember 30-October 13, 1958, cruise. Four of the

KK

WESTERN LAKE SUPERIOR HERRING AND
GENERAL FISHERY SURVEY CONTINUED (M/V
Siscowet Cruise 6): The fishery and environmen-
tal study of Western Lake Superior was continued
in the Apostle Island area by the U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries research vessel Siscowet
during cruise 6 (September 15-24, 1958), Six sta-
tions were visited during the cruise: (1) southeast
of Michigan Island, (2) northwest of Madeline Is-
land, (3) northwest of Sand Island, (4) south of Sand
Island, (5) southeast of Madeline Island, and (6) north-
west of Michigan Island. Sweeps were made with a
special fish-magnifying fathometer at each station
in an attempt to locate schools of lake herring.
When a school of fish appeared on the fathometer,

a gill net was set obliquely from the surface to the
bottom. Bull nets 300 by 20 feet with 23- and 2}-
inch mesh were used. Plankton samples were col-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

areas. designated as ''index stations" were fished
with trawls by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries research vessels Cisco and Musky, and
a 16-foot boat equipped with outboard motor, the
latter confined to very shallow water. These areas,
which are southwest of the Detroit River Light,
southeast of the Toledo Harbor Light, east of Cedar
Point, Ohio, and east of South Bass Island, have
been worked in the same manner by the three boats
twice previously this year. They will be worked
systematically in future years in an attempt to

gain enough information to follow annual fluctua-
tions in fish stocks.

Trawl catches contained fewer adult sheeps-
head and young-of-the-year white bass and more
adult smelt than similar catches made during the
previous cruise. Apparently, the sheepshead and
white bass have dispersed rather widely into the
deeper portions of the lake. The smelt have begun
to move westward into the cooling water of the
western basin but not yet in large numbers. The
most abundant species were yellow perch, emerald
shiner, spottail shiner, trout-perch, and young-of-
the-year sheepshead and alewife. Gizzard shad,
smelt fry, white suckers, carp, goldfish, silver
chub, channel catfish, brown bullhead, yellow pike
(walleye), logperch, black crappie fry, and white
crappie fry were less common. Single northern
redhorse, stonecat, sauger, and rock bass fry were
also captured.

Experimental nylon gill nets were set in 3 fath-
oms of water southwest of the Detroit River Light
and 23 fathoms north of the Monroe entrance chan-
nel. The nets were ''canned"' so that their float
lines were six feet below the surface. The catch
was predominately yellow perch in the net off Mon-
roe, 254 being taken in one 300-foot section of 23-
inch mesh. In the set near the Detroit River Light
the catch was largely young-of-the-year gizzard
shad, taken mostly in the 2-inch mesh. Eleven
walleyes (yellow pike) were taken in the two sets.

The water in western Lake Erie had cooled ap-
preciably since the previous cruise, with the cold-
est recorded around river mouths, gqhe teymnpera-
ture range was 13.0 -18.6 C. (55.4 -68.5° F.).
No thermal stratification was observed.

cis
4%

lected at each station and trawling was done where
possible.

_ Catches in trawl hauls were generally muddlers,
ninespine sticklebacks, and young-of-the-year
smelt. One 15-minute tow northwest of Sand Is-
land in 30 fathoms took 94 chubs, Extensive trawl-
ing with the outboard-motorboat rig was conducted
just south of Sand Island, where the water is ex-
tremely shallow (3-13 feet), and it was hoped that
young-of-the-year lake herring or possibly white-
fish could be captured. Results were negative--a
few muddlers and johnny darters made up the en-

tire catch. No lake herring were taken with the
trawl during cruise 6.

Lake herring were taken in abundance with the
bull nets southeast of Michigan Island and south-

December 1958

Chubs and smelt were predominant in the sec
made northwest of Sand Island, with lesser catches
of burbot and only 10 herring. The set northwest of
Madeline Island was made to identify a large school

Lake Herring
(Leucichthys artedi)

east of Madeline Island. These fish averaged 13
inches in length and nearly 10 ounces in weight.
Other species taken in these nets were longnose
suckers, burbot, smelt, lake trout, and chubs.

of fish which appeared on the fish-magnifying fath-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

ometer. One 300-foot conventional gill net (23-

incn mesh) took 78 longnose suckers weighing 81
pounds.

The set northwest of Michigan Island was again
made to identify large schools of fish which ap-
peared on the fathometer. Five bull nets were set
on the bottom which varied in depth from 36 to 150
feet. The catch was predominately longnose suck-
ers (226 fish weighing 259 pounds) and burbot (64
fish weighing 29 pounds). Other fish taken were

herring (14), smelt (43), menominee whitefish (13),
and lake trout (5).

Surface temperatures ranged from 54 5° F. at
the station northwest of Madeline to 59.0 F. south-

east of Madeline. Bottom temperatures remained
at about 40° F.

Inspection for Fishery Products

U.S. BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES PROGRAM IN
FULL SWING: It is estimated that an average of over one-
third million pounds of fishery products a day is produced
under the continuous inspection of Government fishery in-
spectors supplied by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries. The inspection staff is combining the grading and
inspection experience of the Agricultural Marketing Serv-
ice (A. M. S.) and the commercial fisheries experience of
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. When the latter Bu-
reau assumed responsibility for the fishery inspection serv-
ices on July 1 of this year, it took over several experienced
agricultural fishery plant inspectors. Furthermore, the
A.M. S. officials have been quite helpful with advice and sug-
gestions based on their years of grading and inspecting food
products. 5

The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries inspection service
now has 20 inspectors and 2 field supervisors; another super-
visor is to be added in the near future. Sixteen seafood proc-
essing plants are now operating under the continuous inspec
tion of Bureau personnel. Essentially all of the production
of these plants can now bear the certification that it was

‘‘produced under continuous government inlfpection’’ and sat-
isfied the requirements of the inspection service. Further-
more, most of the breaded shrimp, fish sticks, and fish
blocks produced can also bear the official ‘‘U. S. Grade A’’
or ‘‘U. S, Grade B’’ shields. Only three products can now
use the grade shields because so far there are only three
official grade standards for fishery products. The Govern-
ment and industry are now working actively to develop addi-
tional standards. Two, those for haddock fillets and halibut
steaks, may be official by the first of next year. Although
only three products are now graded, something like 75 dif-
ferent fishery products are prepared under continuous in-
spection,

In addition to the 16 plants having continuous inspection,
another 15 or 20 firms have on one or more occasions em-
ployed the Government inspectors to inspect and grade spe-
cific lots of fishery products. Although the packages in these
lots can not be imprinted with a ''‘U. S. Grade’’ shield or with
a ‘‘continuously inspected’ shield, they can indicate that they
have been lot-graded and certificates covering the inspection
and grading results can be supplied buyers and sellers.

Maine Sardines

STUDY INDICATES SALES EXCEED IMPORTED BY A WIDE MARGIN: Sardines
canned in Maine are currently outselling imported brands by a ratio of 8 cans to 2
and the California type by 8 cans to 1 in the United States market, according to sur-
vey data released by the Maine Sardine Council on Oc-
tober 17, 1958. The survey was made by a national re-
search organization employed by the Council.

The survey also revealed that Maine has 68 percent
of the market in can volume as compared with 21 per-
cent for imported packs and 11 percent for the Californ-
ia sardine.

The Maine industry's sales had been showing a steady gain for the past 12
months and much of this was attributed to the mandatory State-grading program
which went into effect at the start of the present season. Voluntary grading had
been in operation for the previous three years and this has also been a major factor.

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Wool, AO, INO, 12

The grading program is under the direction of the Maine State Department of Agri-
culture and is designed to improve the over-all quality and merchandising of the

State's sardine pack

Marketing

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS PROSPECTS WINTER 1958-SPRING 1959: U-
nited States civilian per capita consumption of fishery products from now to mid-
spring 1959 is expected to be a little above the year-earlier rate. The prospective
increase will be in the canned items; use of the fresh and frozen products will likely
differ little. Retail prices of fishery products may be close to those of a year ear-
lier, though some easing in prices of canned fish could occur because of heavier
supplies.

Prospects are for somewhat more edible fishery products to be available from
fall to spring this season than last. Supplies of frozen fishery products in the con-
tinental United States are expected to be about the same as a year earlier, but those
of the fresh products will be seasonally low until the new catch season begins next
spring. More canned fishery products than a year ago will be available in the next
several months because of the larger packs of salmon, tuna, and sardines. Output
of canned tuna may set a record this year. The pack of California sardines (pil-
chards) may be the largest in several years, but that of Maine sardines is smaller
than in 1957. As usual, imports will supplement domestic production of canned fish-
ery products, though maybe not to the extent that they did in the past year.

Exports of fishery products during the next several months may be somewhat
greater than a year ago. Canned salmon and California sardines are the major items
among the fishery products we usually export, and our supplies of these two items
will be larger in the months ahead. The United Kingdom recently removed restric-
tions on imports of canned salmon from the United States and Canada. Therestric-
tions had been imposed in the late 1940's to conserve dollar resources.

This analysis appeared in a report prepared by the Agricultural Marketing Serv-
ice, U. S. Department of Agriculture, in cooperation with the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior, and published in the former agency's
November 5, 1958, release of The National Food Situation (NFS-86).

North Atlantic Fisheries and Gear Research

EXPLORATORY TRAWLING FOR COMMERCIAL QUANTITIES OF SAND LAUNCE
CONTINUED (M/V Delaware Cruise 58-6): In order to find out about the commer-
cial potential of sand launce (sand eel), the second in a series of cruises off the New
England coast was made October 22-30, 1958, by the exploratory fishing vessel Del-
aware of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. The commercial potential for
industrial fishing on this species in the New England area is unknown at the present
time, though an extensive fishery exists for this species in the North Sea.

Experimental trawling was conducted in cooperation with local fishermen in the
Point Judith, R. I., area. Coordinated trawling between the Delaware and a com-
mercial trawler was done, each vessel being equipped with a 100-foot Holland sand
launce trawl of a type identical to that now being used in Europe.

Note: See Commercial Fisheries Review, August 1958 p. 39.

COR

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

North Atlantic Herring Research

_AIR-BUBBLE CURTAIN DIRECTS SARDINES INTO SEINE SUCCESSFULLY:
Promising seine catches of sardines (herring), were made by commercial fisher-
men in Casco Bay, Me., with the aid of the compressed air-bubble curtain developed
by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries North Atlantic Herring Research Sta-
tion at Boothbay Harbor. Tests were first conducted on the air-bubble curtain in

Air-bubble curtain diverts and guides fish.

the late summer and fall of 1957. During September 1958 commercial fishermen
and Bureau personnel operated cooperatively to demonstrate that the air-bubble
curtain can be employed to direct sardines from deep water into areas accessible
to seine gear. Catches of 1,000 and 3,000 bushels were made when the air curtain
was set in conjunction with a seine. The curtain of air bubbles extended from the
shore to the middle of the channel, and diverted fish into the seine that would other-
wise have been inaccessible to any kind of net. Later the offshore end of the air
curtain was towed ashore sweeping in fish remaining between it and the shoreline.

Maine sardines this year have not been readily available for capture by stand-
ard procedures. Through use of the air-bubble curtain, at an estimated total instal-
lation cost of $4,000 per vessel, one operator stated he could recover this entire
cost (ex-vessel price of sardines about $1 a bushel) in one set of his seine.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review for December 1957 pp. 28-29 and January 1958 pp. 40-41.

ae OK OK OK OK

HERRING LARVAE SOUGHT IN GULF OF MAINE-GEORGES BANK AREA
(M/V Delaware Cruise 58-5): The purpose of the cruise was to locate and measure
the extent of spawning on the offshore spawning grounds of sea herring (Clupea har-
engus) and to sample the newly-hatched herring larvae.

On October 14, 1958, the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries exploratory
fishing vessel Delaware completed a 1,391-mile offshore plankton and oceanograph-
ic cruise in the Gulf of Maine-Georges Bank area. A total of 34 oblique one-meter
plankton tows were made at designated stations, 408 drift bottles were released,

76 salinity samples were collected, and 156 bathythermograph casts were made dur-
ing the nine-day cruise. Hardy plankton recorders were towed over the entire cruise

line.

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

Oregon

THIRD EXPERIMENTAL PROJECT ESTAB-
LISHED FOR REARING SALMON UNDER NATURAL
CONDITIONS: Construction of an experimental nat-
ural “fish farm" for salmon on the east fork.of the
Millicoma River in Coos County was announced on
October 3, 1958, jointly by the Oregon Fish Com-
mission and one of the largest timber companies
in the Pacific Northwest. It will be the third and
largest such project in the State's efforts to sup-
plement and establish fish runs in coastal streams.

The half-mile long ''oxbow"' in the river was
created when the timber company recently changed
the original channel in re-locating a private log-
ging road.

The principle of fish farming is not new, having
been practiced in Europe and the Orient for centu-
ries. The experiment in Oregon is designed to
compare relative merits of artificial feeding and
raising of migratory fish in hatcheries with the as-
yet-unproven natural holding pond methods.

The Commission Director explained that the 10-
acre pond will hold some 500,000 salmon finger -
lings with supplemental feeding under natural con-
ditions. When they are approximately one year of

age, the fish will be released from the pond into the
river to pursue their ocean-bound course.

The experiments are designed to lower current
costs of raising fish in hatcheries by placing fin-
gerlings in impounded waters with a natural food
supply. Three ponds leased for the consideration
of one dollar from a plywood company by the Com-
mission have been in operation for several years
on the nearby south fork of the Coos River.

At a cost of more than $5,000, the timber com-
pany installed culverts and other modifications in
two earth fills to accommodate the holding pond.
"In addition,'' the Director stated, ''the company
has voluntarily spent approximately $8,000 to
modify the new channel bed as a fisheries protec-
tion measure.'' The pond will be stocked with sil-
ver salmon fry by the Commission Hatchery Divi-
sion.

"The timber companies have expressed a gen-
uine interest in the improvement of our fisheries
resource," the Director added. ''There was no
other reason for them to cooperate with the Com-
mission in these projects.'' The company will lose
an acv'e of tree-growing land on the east fork be-
cause of the rearing pond.

STANDARDS OF IDENTITY RESEARCH PROGRAM INITIATED FOR SHUCKED

OYSTERS: A Steering Committee--composed of a representative from each of the
three cooperating organizations, Oyster Institute of North America, U. S. Food and
Drug Administration, and U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries--has made pro-
gress toward establishing the basis for a joint study for future standards of identity
of shucked oysters.

A number of meetings have been held to select a site for the work and a Direc-
tor for the program. Efforts were made to formulate the aims of the investigations
and to outline, where possible, specific projects.

It was agreed that there will be three research workers. Each of the organiza-
tions will be responsible for the financing of one of the scientists.

The laboratory work will be centered at the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory,
Gloucester Point, Va. Excellent facilities are being made available there for these
studies. This is almost an ideal location for the research work. There are._many

oyster plants within a radius of 25 miles and there are oyster beds in the York Riv-
er close by the laboratory.

Studies of washing, blowing, etc., will be made in plants in various parts of the
Chesapeake Bay. Packers will be asked to make available space in their plants
from time to time. Also oysters will be requested to be used in the studies.

The industry has agreed to supply plant space for tests, and oysters on which
the tests can be made both in the plant and in the laboratory.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

The oyster industry for the first time in modern history has an opportunity to

become an equal partner to develop the basis f i i i
SS aera p asis for standards which will be sound, fair,

HOOK OK OK ok

SURVIVAL OF 1958 LONG ISLAND SOUND OYSTER SET QUESTIONABLE: In
August of 1958 there were indications that nature had been kind to Long Island oys-
ter growers and that a general set had been obtained. Survival of such a set would
have brought about a recovery in production, which was down substantially because

of many successive set failures, disastrous storms, and the recent starfish inva-
sion,

The optimism was short-lived due to attacks by the 1957 crop of starfish. Con-
stant mopping and suction dredging on the limited grounds still being farmed were
inadequate to repel the invading starfish hordes.

It is the hope of the oyster industry that the Long Island growers may find some
areas which are free of starfish to which the new set canbe transplanted. This seems
to be the only recourse open to the Connecticut and New York oyster growers,

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

ALBACORE TUNA FISHING WITH GILL NETS
AND TROLLING GEAR TESTED BY M/V "“PARA- F
GON": Studies to determine the feasibility of fish- i oo T T =F Aa
ing albacore tuna with gill nets supplemented with POSITIONS OF GILLNET SETS (1-30) |

43°

trolling gear were conducted (July 26-August 30,
1958) by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
chartered vessel Paragon.

Grounds Fished: Effort was expended primarily
on two grounds. The first centered around 41°40' N.,
157 11' W. and 6 sets were made in and around
this position from July 26 to July 31 (fig.1). With
the failure of this area, which was on the warm
(62° F.) side of a temperature front, sets 7 and 8
were made in the cold (57° F.) water to the north
and northwest. Exploration was then extended
westward with sets 9 through 14 and culminated in
set 15 (fig. 2). Ten sets were made in this second
area, which showed promise. Expectations were
not realized and the remaining 5 sets were made
en route to and in the first area fished (fig. 3).

Albacore Gill-Net Catches: The total catch
from 30 sets of gill nets, comprised of 40 shackles, SECOND 15 SETS SHOWING CATCHES PER SHACKLE
was 1,617 fish; of these 1.0 percent (17) were lost
during retrieving and 5.8 percent (94) were shark-
damaged. The weight of fish placed in the hold was
estimated at 26,532 pounds. The average catch
per shackle for all 30 sets was 0.6 with extremes
of 0 to 5.7. The first area fished was the more
productive yielding half the total tonnage in 5 sets.

ry
w

NORTH LATITUDE

1g 91)

164° 162° 160° 158° 156°
Albacore Troll Catches: Ignoring a few fish WEST LONGITUDE

taken en route to and from the above area (fig. 1),

212 fish were taken in conjunction with gill-net

sets. This represented 1.1 fish per hour within

M/V Paragon cruise (July 26-August 30, 1958).

194% hours trolled and 1.5 fish per 10 line hours Other Fishes Taken: Seventeen blacktuna, Thun-
within 1,421 line hours trolled. Individual catches aus orientalis, were captured in the nets and all,
ranged from 0-7.4 per hour during a given day. estimated at 435 pounds, were placed in the hold.

Total weight was estimated at 2,938 pounds. Most of these were small fish averaging about 15

44

pounds each, but one large fish was taken estimated
at 195 pounds. Eighteen broadbill swordfish,
Xiphias gladius, were captured, but two were lost
in attempting to board them. An estimated ton
was placed in the hold. Sharks varied in catch as
much as albacore, but not necessarily within sets.
A total of 2,026 shark, mostly great blue shark,
Prionace glauca, was taken in the 30 sets. This
represented an average of 1.7 per shackle with
extremes of 0.3-5.4 per shackle.

Temperature, Secchi Disc Measurements: The
average temperature fished for, albacore, was
60.1. F. with extremes of 57.4 F.-64.0 F. Great-
est success was had generally in the upper and the
poorest in the lower portion of this range. The
surface temperature front shown in figure 1 was
located 2. to 3. south of its normal position dur-
July and August. Thirty bathythermograph lower-
ings to 180 feet were made. All but one were at
gill-net stations; the lowering at station 2 was

> ok Ok

CENTRAL NORTH PACIFIC ALBACORE TUNA
OCEANOGRAPHIC, AND PLANKTON SURVEYS
(M/V Hugh M. Smith Cruise 46): An oceanographic
and plankton survey and albacore fishing with troll
ing, gill-net, and long-line gear in the central nortl
Pacific area were conducted by the U. S. Bureauof
Commercial Fisheries Pacific Oceanic Fishery In-
vestigations research vessel Hugh M. Smith from
July 21-September 9, 1958.

The observation at the International Geophysical
Year station at 21 11'N., 158 19' W. consisted of
two oceanographic casts; a 15-bottle cast to 1,400
meters was made at the time of high water at Hono-
lulu Harbor and a 10-bottle cast to 500 meters was
made at low water. Two oblique 0-60 meter plank-
ton tows with a 1-meter net were made at 2300 and
2330 local zone time and bathythermograph casts
were made at 1-hour intervals between the oceano-
graphic casts.

The program for the remainder of the cruise
was divided into two phases. Outside the primary
albacore area which was defined roughly by the
66-55 F. surface temperatures, the program was
limited to data which would be sufficient to permit
the comparison of oceanographic and plankton con-
ditions with those of previous years. Oceanograph-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

ic observations consisted primarily of 13-bottle
casts to 1,200 meters at approximately 90-mile in-
tervals on the N.-S. transect and bathythermograph
casts at 30-mile intervals. Semples from each
bottle were analyzed on board for dissolved oxygen
and inorganic phosphate and salinity samples were
preserved for laboratory analysis. The biological]
program consisted of a 30-minute 0-140 meter
oblique tow and a 30-minute surface tow and in-
cidental trolling.

Inside the albacore tuna survey area, the pro-
gram was considerably more detailed and observa
tions were more closely spaced. The 55 -66 F.
temperature band was farther sguth than was an-
ticipated. Instead of the 42 -48 N. limits given
in dhe cruise plan the area was actually between
39°30'N. and 46 30'N.

Within the area 13-bottle casts to a depth of
1,200 meters were made at intervals of not great-

Vol. 20, No. 12

omitted. Each was accompanied by Secchi disc
readings. The average depth of the readings was
9 fathoms with extremes of 63 to 11 fathoms.

Night Light and Daylight Surface Observations:
A {00-watt bulb extending about I foot from the
ship and 10 feet above the water was turned on for
a period of 30 minutes to one hour during darkness
following the setting of the nets. The general ab-
sence of organisms under the light was striking.
A close watch was kept during daylight hours to
record the presence of life in the surface water.
Although whales, seals, birds, and scattered sun-
fish were not uncommon, smaller organisms such
as saury, vellela, and pelagic barnacles were rarely
seen.

Weather: Conditions were generally good for
setting the nets and only three days were lost be-
cause of bad weather.

mK OK

er than 60 miles on the N.-S. transects and bathy-
thermograph casts were made at approximately
15-mile intervals and before and after gill-net
and long-line sets. Oceanographic casts were

FSS

® - Gill-net station.
a - Long-line station.
AL - Albacore.

SJ - Skipjack. *

M/V Hugh M, Smith cruise 46.

made on either side and bathythermograph casts
were made at 1-mile intervals across a tempera-

December 1958

ture front centered at 41°30' N., 175°07! W. The
temperature change in the front was from 61.5 F.
to 63.5" F. in 4 miles.

Nineteen gill-net sets consisting of 10 shackles
of 43" to 73" mesh net each were made at surface
temperatures between 53.0 F. and 65.7 F. Alba-
core were taken in only 7 of the sets and the total
catch was only 97 fish. The best catches were 49 at
the station at 42°47' N., 175°08' W. and 26 at
43° 29'N., 174 48' W. Repeat sets at these stations
yielded only 7 and 3, respectively. The catches at
the other three stations were 3, 4, and 5. Twenty
skipjack (13 at one and 7 at the other) were taken
in the two southernmost sets along 170 W. Other
catches were 194 sharks, mostly great blue, a few
bramids,, boarfish, sguid, and two fur seals in the
set at 46 34'N., 164 44' W.

Seven sets of the surface long-line gear were
made. All sets either preceded or followed a gill-
aet set. Each set consisted of 20 baskets of 12-
hook gear having a buoy on each dropper so that
the depth at which each hook fished depended sole-
ly on the dropper length. Each basket had 3-12 ft.,
3-24 ft., 3-48 ft., and 3-96 ft. droppers. Only two
albacore were taken, one on a 24-ft. and one ona
48-ft. dropper at the station at 42°48' N., 175°08'W.
A total of 226 sharks (221 great blue, 4 mackerel, andl
mako) were taken; the largest single station shark
catch was 66 great blues at 42°13'N., 170 11' W.
Two alepisaurus were the only other fish taken.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

45

Trolling was also very unproductive. Except
for the run back to Honolulu five lines were trolled
at approximately 6.5 knots during all daylight runs
in waters having surface temperatures between
52° F. and 72 F. but only 13 albacore were taken.
Although the vessel circled after each strike, they
were taken individually except for two catches of
2 fish each. Only three of the albacore were tagged
and released. Only one albacore schoo}, was sight-
ed during the cruise--at 45 08'N., 174 47' W.
while patrolling a long-lineset. Although three
albacore had been taken the night before in a gill-
net set in the area, none was taken on the long-line
set or the trolling lines.

Twenty-nine 0-140 meter oblique and 25 surface
plankton hauls were made with the 1-meter net,
and seven surface hauls were made with the 45-
em. net. Five of the latter were, made across the
front centered at 41° 30'N., 175 O7' W.

Settled volume estimates of the 1-meter net
nauls made in the field revealed a marked east-
west change in both the content and volume of the
samples from the eastern and western limits of
the albacore survey areas. For example along
160° W. longitude the 140-meter hauls averaged
280 cc. (range 135-360 cc.) and were composed of
a mixture of euphausids, chaetognaths, and coelen-
terates and had no concentration of crustacea.
Along 170° W. longitude the 0-140 m. hauls aver-
aged 600 cc. (range 300-1200 cc.) and were mostly
euphausids and calanus.

3K OK OK 2K ok

MARQUESAN SARDINE REPRODUCES IN HA-
WADIAN WATERS: In 1955 the Pacific Oceanic
Fishery Investigations (POFI) began introducing a
sardine from oceanic waters near the Marquesas
Islands into those near the Hawaiian Island of Oahu.
Plants were made at the end of seven research
cruises, withnumbers ranging from 3,000 to 53,000.
The most recent release was on June 23, 1958.

The scientists and fishermen found that these
small fish of the herring family are abundant in
the Marquesas and are very good bait for tunas.
The releases into waters around Oahu were made
in the hope that these sardines would spawn and
thus augment the presently insufficient supply of
bait for the local skipjack fishery.

Through the cooperation of cormmercial fisher-
men, there have been several recoveries of these
introduced fish. Until the fall of 1958, these re-
coveries were all from waters near Oahu, the
general area of the plantings. Recently, fisher-
men seining for bait near the islands of Kauai and
Maui caught numbers of the Marquesan sardines.
Although some of these recoveries could have been
from recent releases, the small size of most of
them is definite evidence that these Marquesan
sardines have found Hawaiian waters to their liking
and have successfully spawned.

Whether the sardine will become abundant enough
to be economically significant should be answered
in the next two or three years. If it does become
abundant, the tuna bait supply in the islands might

be doubled or tripled, for the sardine seems to
orefer sandy, rocky beaches rather than the slight-
ly brackish bays generally utilized by the local
nehu.

Even more significant is the hardiness of the
sardine as contrasted with the delicate nehu. Prop-
erly handled, the sardine can withstand long ocean
voyages and would permit Hawaiian fishermen to
venture farther afield.

Additional benefits might accrue to reef fisher-
men for the sardine will augment the food supply
of such fish as ''ulua,'' opening the way to larger
populations. In effect the sardine will convert zoo-
plankton drifting by the islands into usable form
for game fishes.

Aside from the commercial implications, the
introduction represents an interesting zoogeograph-
ical experiment. The fish fauna of the Hawaiian
(slands is poor in species compared to island groups
to the southwest. Some authorities argue that the
great distance to Hawaii is the controlling element.
Others argue that suitable habitats for many species
are absent here. Introduction circumvents the dis-
tance factor, and the early success of the trans-
planted sardine indicates that distance was the

‘reason for its absence here.

Of additional interest is the fact that the intro-
duction of the sardine to Hawaii is the first known

instance of successful transplanting of a purely
|marine species of fish.

% 3 OK ok ook

46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

SECOND TILAPIA BAIT-REARING PROJECT
INITIATED: As a result of the success obtained
by U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries biolo-
gists with the commercial pilot-plant tilapia tuna-
bait rearing project at Paia on the Island of Maui,
an experimental tilapia rearing plant was estab-
lished at POFI's Kewalo docksite headquarters in
August 1958 to investigate the effects of various
diets on the rate of production of young and the ef-
fects of various sex ratios also on the rate of pro-
duction of young. This plant produced about 54,000
young fish in September, and the results already
obtained relate in an interesting way to the various
factors being tested. Sex ratios of 1:2 and 1:3
(males to females) have been highly productive,
whereas ratios of 1:4 and 1:6 were not. In addition,
concentrations of 30 and 50 adult fish per tank of
about 50 square feet bottom area produced many
more young than 70 or 90 fish per tank. Of the
three feeds being tested, one appeared much better
in terms of young fish being produced than the other
two.

While conclusions based only ona single month's
operation can hardly be considered final, neverthe-
less these results indicate that the experimental
design is sound and that the variables being inves-

Vol. 20, No. 12

tigated are of real significance in the design of any
commercial tilapia bait-rearing project. It is of
interest that the particular sex ratios chosen for
the Paia plant, aratio of 3females permale, seems

ot) ron, am
wel CH OB pe ae

Tilapia (Tilapia mossambica) *

to be one of the better ratios as indicated by the
Kewalo experiments. Additionally, the food chosen
for the fish at the Paia plant seems to be one of the
better foods insofar as giving a high production of
young fish.

HE Ok ok oe ok

SKIPJACK TUNA BEHAVIOR STUDIES PRO-
VIDE A POSSIBLE KEY TO NEW FISHING METH-

ODS(M/V Charles H, Gilbert Cruise 41): The U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries' research vessel
Charles H. Gilbert returned to Honolulu on Sep-
tember 27 after completing a 52-day cruise in Ha-
waiian waters, according to the Director of the
Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations. Thecruise

The Service's research vessel Charles H, Gilbert.

was designed to study the behavior of skipjack, also
known as aku in Hawaii, in their natural environ-
ment, and measure certain variables in the envi-
ronmentitself. The cruise was part of a continu-
ing program to determine the relationship between
changes in the environment and changes in the a-
bundance of skipjack in Hawaiian waters. As on
earlier cruises, part of the observations were con-

centrated in a small area off leeward Lanai, where
at certain times the tuna tend to congregate. Skip-
jack were very scarce in this area during the
cruise as compared to earlier cruises, and this
provided contrasting conditions of fish abundance
useful in comparing changes which may be noted
in the sea itself.

A portion of the cruise dealt with a study of the
reaction of skipjack to different conditions and
substances. The biologists were making these ob-
servations from a caisson suspended from the side
of the vessel. This caisson, a metal cylinder fitted
near the lower end with glass ports, permits an ob-
server to record the activities of the skipjack and
bait on film, and to do so while remaining relative-
ly comfortable and dry. During these behavior
studies, the reaction of skipjack to blood, red dye,
and certain skipjack skin extracts was recorded.
In addition, the response of skipjack to a promis-
ing new bait fish, the threadfin shad, was tested.

It appeared that the shad are indeed acceptable to
the skipjack, as they were eaten up almost as soon
as they hit the water. The importance of develop-
ing a reliable auxiliary bait supply is well known
to all segments of the fishing industry and the
threadfin shad is one of two fish being tested at
present, the other being the tilapia.

Once during August and once during September
the Charles H. Gilbert participated in the Interna-
tional Geophysical Year program by conducting
hydrographic stations off Barbers Point, Oahu.

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47

Pacific Salmon Investigations

TESTS ON "ENDLESS" FISHWAY TO CUT IN CONSTRUCTION COSTS: An end-
less fishway has been installed at the Fisheries Engineering Research Laboratory
at Bonneville Dam and is being used in experiments in Seattle.

The endless ladder, first of its kind ever built, seeks to answer the questions:
To what height will a salmon ascend a fishway? How fatigued does a fish become in
climbing a large number of pools? What is the comparison in swimming perform-
ance in various steepness of fish ladders?

There are two endless fishways, one of standard slope (a rise of one foot every
16 feet) and the other steeper (a rise of one foot in eight feet). The fishway struc-
tures are rectangular units with a lock that connects the highest pool to the lowest
pool. The fish enters the lock and the water is exhausted to the lowest level in the
fishway from which the salmon starts his passage. The cycle will be repeated as
many times as the fish continues to climb the watery treadmill.

Upon completion of the fishway runs, biochemists will make studies to deter-
mine the state of fatigue in the salmon.

No one knows how high a fish will ascend a fishway as there are ng dams in the
Columbia River at present that require salmon to ascend more than 100 feet. In
the experimental fishway there is no limit to how high a fish can go other than phys-
ical abilities and inclination of the fish. It is hoped the fish will ''climb" at least
100 pools without showing signs of undue fatigue.

Tests to date at the Bonneville Laboratory show promise of reducing costs of
future fishway construction. These narrower and steeper fishways would, of course,
be a tremendous saving in costs of future fish passage facilities at proposed dam-
sites.

In the short period of opération, many interesting facts and sidelights on the
anadromous runs of fishes in the Columbia River have been observed by the scien-
tists. For example, the steelhead trout chose a darkened passageway to a light one
in the preference tests; they could even swim very rapidly in the dark without visual
reference; and they could swim in very fast water (up to 16 feet per second) that
stopped salmon movement. The biologists had to build an extension wooden fence
on top of an eight-foot high cement wall to keep the steelhead from jumping over at
the entrance to the laboratory and one fish demonstrated his jumping skill by leap-
ing some eight feet from the holding pool and breaking a large 1,000-watt mercury-
vapour lamp overhead.

The king salmon registered some likes and dislikes with the biologists too. Some
climbed six pools in the experimental ladder in 46 seconds while some loitered ina
single pool for nearly three hours. They preferred the walls to the center of the
pool when passing a weir, and they showed their sense of smell is keen. If a worker
accidentally placed his hand or foot into the water the fish would take to the bottom
and not move for a half hour or so. (Outdoor California, September 1958, of the
California Department of Fish and Game.)

48

Safety Aboard

NEW WINCH-HEAD CONTRIBUTES TO TRAWL-
ER SAFETY: Operational methods used to handle
the heavy fishing gear employed in otter trawling
have remained practically unchanged since the in-
troduction of this fishery in Boston in 1905. Im-
provements in trawler construction and design,
more efficient propulsion machinery, and naviga-
tional aids and fishing equipment have progressed
steadily, while trawl-net setting and hauling opera-
tions on board the offshore trawling fleet differ but
slightly today from those performed by the fishing
crews over the past 30 years.

In an effort to eliminate manual handling of wire
cables in two of the most hazardous operations con-
nected with this fishery, the U. S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries recently installed a new type
winch-head on board the Bureau's exploratory fish-
ing and gear research vessel Delaware.

Records indicate that many serious accidents
occur at the winch-heads when fishermen are using
the messenger wire or fish tackle to "hook-up" the
towing cables or hoist inboard the fish catch in the
cod end of the trawl net. Both operations entail
wrapping the wires around a revolving winch-head
with the friction of the wire on the drum producing
the power point for the lifting operation. Depend-
ing on the weight and strain involved, from4 to 7
complete turns of the wire are needed to hook up
the towing wires or to hoist the fish bag inboard.

Even under ideal weather conditions, perform-
ance of these tasks are considered dangerous, with

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

Fishing Vessels

The inner drum of the winch is flange-protected
to guard against excessive wire build up, witha
holding stud fitted into the center ot the drum for
attaching the eye splice in the end of the wire.

Fig. 1 - Conventional-type winch-head used aboara the
exploratory fishing vessel Delaware prior to installation
of the new one.

Testing of the device was carried out during a
recent trip of the Delaware, Both operations were
handled speedily ana smoothly on the new drum
without manual guidance of the wires.

Application of this device is limited at present
to boats equipped with trawling winches capable of

Fig. 2 - New double-barrelled winch-head with holding
stud recently installed on the M/V Delaware.

greatly increased hazards when carried out during
rough weather conditions prevailing on the offshore
banks at least 25 percent of the season. Substi-
tution of mecnanical for manual nandling of these

dunes should eliminate two especially hazardous
asks.

Fabrication of a new type winch-head was com-
pleted recently and installed on board the Delaware.

Fig. 3 - Hook-up operation completed--messenger wire
on new winch-head on the M/V Delaware.

reversing action. Because of the difficulty in re-
moving the wire from the drum, the winch must be
reversed unless sufficient slack is present to al-
low the wire to be slipped off the drum. Modifi-
cations are indicated before the device can be a--
dapted for use on boats with nonreversible winches.

Ok ok ok ok

December 1958

UNSAFE CONDITIONS ABOARD NEW ENGLAND TRA WL-
ERS LISTED: The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries New Eng-
land safety program staffhas prepareda list of unsafe condi-
tions found on New England large and medium otter trawlers.
The list is ‘‘far from complete,’’ but elimination of these haz-
ards and conditions could contribute greatly towards reducing
the present accident rate, and save both lives and money.

trawlers.

2. Trawl-Wire Spooling Mechanism: Installed on a very
few of the large trawlers--should be mandatory on all large

te

Ponsa 9 LW)

Fig. 1 - Various nonskid materials which could be
used to improve deck-footing conditions on fish-
ing vessels. These were exhibited this past sum-
mer at the dock of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries exploratory fishing vessel Delaware prior
to sailing gn a safety cruise.

and certain medium-size trawlers. Situation not too critical

in small otter-trawl fleet.

3. Towing-Block Snubbing Chain: Instail chainonall
blocks to prevent block from flying inboard when trawling
wires are released. Recommend this be made mandatory
for all large trawlers.

4. Installation of Pilothouse Winch Control Switch (Elec-
tric-Driven Winches Only): Should be installed within easy
reach of man in pilothouse for use in emergencies only. Would
provide a double check on winch operator and introduce extra

safety factor to a potentially-dangerous operation.

5. Inadequate Guards on Chain-Driven Power Takeoffs:
Many medium trawlers operate trawl winches by means of a
direct-chain drive from main engine. Invariably, the chain
drives are poorly guarded and jammed up in an almost inac-
cessible location. Recommend a complete guard enclosing all
chain drives.

6. Smooth Deck Surfacing: Injuries resulting from falls
on shipboard comprise a large part of all fishing fleet insur-
ance claims. While deck footing conditions during actual fish-
ing operations are admittedly hazardous, addition of abrasive
material to main deck working areas would assure safer foot-
ing. Applicatiort of skid-resistant materials presents an in-
expensive means of combating shipboard injuries from falls,
and should be required on all fishing vessels.

7. Insufficient Clearance on Mast Ladders: Inspection
of mast ladders show that many are set too close to the mast
with insufficient toe room for climber. Ladders should be

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

49

positioned for ample foot clearance for climber and s
ace to
allow leg entry between ladder and mast. i

8. Unlighted Boat Launching Areas: Lifeboat launching
areas should be adequately lighted--preferably witha battery-
operated light independent of vessel’s main power supply.

9. Fuel Supply Shut-off Valve: A fuel su =

ipply off ; pply shut-off
valve should be located outside of main eneinecaen for emer-

gency stops in the event that access to the engineroom is
blocked.

10. Carbon Tetrachloride and CCL, Formula Fire

) Ex-
tinguishers: Should not be carried on shipboard where fires

Fig. 2 - Trawl-wire spooler on display at a safety ex-
hibit.

are invariably fought in enclosed spaces. Replace with dry
powder or CO,-type extinguishers.

11. Rigging of Lifelines During Heavy Weather: When
vessels are jogging or running in heavy weather, lifelines
should be rigged from forecastle to breakdeck and further
aft to galley entrance if indicated.

12, Pyrofax Gas Burners in Galley and Engine Room:
Gas heavier than air and highly explosive--extremely dan-
gerous when leaks occur and gas settles in bilges.

13. Worn or Slippery Companionway Steps: Frequently
found on medium and small boats and unnoticed until an ac-
cident happens. Addition of treads to steps would afford
maximum protection.

14. Unvented Fuel Filling Pipes: Vent pipes should be
required for all fuel-filling lines to prevent overflow of
fuel into bilges.

15, Inspection Standards for all Commercial Fishing
Vessels: Fishing vessels should be subject to official in-
spection and maintenance standards, with certification by
marine surveyors. With the cooperation of the fishing indus-
try and insurance companies, standards can be developed for
‘various classes of boats, based on tonnage, type of fishing, or
combinations of both factors. Major subjects would include--
hull construction, engine installation, deck and fishing equip-
ment condition and layout, fire-fighting equipment, safety ap-
pliances, life-saving equipment, and periodic inspections.

ok ok ok

UNSAFE PRACTICES ABOARD NEW ENGLAND TRAWLERS LISTED: The U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries New England Safety Program staff has prepared a
list of unsafe practices found on New England large and medium otter trawlers. The
list is "far from complete," but elimination of these hazards and practices could
contribute greatly towards reducing the present accident rate, and save both lives

and money.

50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

1. Crossing Over Trawl Wires While Wires are in Motion: It is common prac-
tice for the men to step over the trawl wire during setting and hauling of the trawl
net. This is an extremely dangerous act particularly during net setting when the
wires are speeding through the deck bollards, and a slip would throw the man onto
the wire and through the bollard. This act should be outlawed on all large and medi-
um vessels. Guard rails for deck bollards, similar to the type now found on the
Bureau's M/V Delaware, and the trawlers Luckimee and Cashmeer, should be made
mandatory equipment on all large and medium trawlers.

2, Hand-Steering of Trawl Wires on Winch Drums: An extremely dangerous
situation in which men stand directly in front of trawling winch and by means of
heavy steel bars attempt to evenly spool incoming wire onto winch drum. Many ac-
cidents have resulted from this hazardous arrangement. Installation of a steering
arrangement operated by the winch operators from back of the winch should be made
mandatory on all large otter trawlers.

3. Winch Operator Leaving Station During Hauling Operation: A common prac-
tice, especially on the medium trawlers, is for the winch operator to leave his post
at the controls while the trawl wire is being retrieved. While the operator may not
stray more than a few feet away from his post, this could result, and has in the past
resulted, in serious accidents both to personnel and equipment, due to operator's
delay in reaching the winch-stop control.

4, Using Improper Tools to Release Towing Wires from Hook-Up Block: Dur-
ing fishing operations the trawling wires are locked into a towing or hook-up block
attached to the stern quarter of the vessel and held in the block by a hinged steel
section secured by a heavy locking pin. Release of towing wires prior to hauling the
net is done by removing locking pin and prying or knocking hinged section upwards.
In many cases a short wrench or spanner is used and the violent spring of the re-
leased block strikes the tool or hand of the operator. A long heavy bar is indicated
for this operation and should be provided and used for this act.

5. Use of Improvised Platform to Reach Trawl Doors in Gallows: Use of wood-
en rollers, boxes, or similar items, placed under the forward gallows to allow men
to reach fishing gear is a common practice on large vessels. This presents an in-
secure footing and can be eliminated by installing a steel platform at the base of the
gallows, of sufficient height as needed..

6. Leaving Deck Bunker Plates Open and Unattended: Many vessels have deck
bunker plates for loading fish below deck and also used to unload fish at dockside.
Occasionally, the openings are left unguarded and present a definite hazard to the
unwary--this is especially dangerous when allowed during unloading operations when
other than regular crew members are working on board.

Sea Trout

TAGGING TOSTUDY MIGRATIONS AND GROWTH
RATE: In order to study the migrations and growth
rate of spotted sea trout (Cynoscion nebulosus),
biologists of the Marine Laboratory of the Univer-
sity of Miami at Coral Gables, Fla., have tagged
414 fish, 201 of which were tagged in the Fort My-
ers area and the rest around Cedar Keys.

The tags being used in this program are not
visible from the outside as they are placed inside
the body cavity of the fish. This causes no perm-
anent injury as the tag is inserted through a very
small incision cut in the fish. The tags have been

used successfully on Pacific sardines, Atlantic gray
sea trout, and other species.

The tags (green in color) made of plastic, 1.25
inches in length and 0.25 inch wide, can be seen as
soon as the fish is caught and eviserated. Instruc-
tions are printed on the tags for their return to the
nearest commercial fish dealer, where the finder
will receive a reward of 75 cents for each tag.

Spotted sea trout were tagged from Fort Myers
to Pensacola. However, it is quite possible that
these tagged fish may be caught far afield and fish-

December 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

ermen are requested to examine all spotted sea '

trout caught. This tagging program is part of the work being

done by the Laboratory for the Florida State Board
of Conservation.

f

Shad

BIOLOGISTS DISCOVER SHAD PASS SAFELY live. The spillway gates were not open between

THROUGH TURBINES OF CONOWINGO DAM: The
preliminary phase of the 3-year Susquehanna fish-
ery study is well under way, according to the Chair-
man of the Advisory Committee and Director of
the Maryland Department.of Research and Educa-
tion, Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Solomons,
Md. The project is designed to provide a sound
biological basis for deciding whether or not pas-
sage should be provided for migratory fish at Con-
owingo Dam which is located near the confluence
of the Susquehanna River and Chesapeake Bay in
Maryland.

Shad planted in Conowingo Reservoir were able
to pass successfully out of the impoundment and
through the turbines of the dam, according to the
five-man Advisory Committee which recently re-
viewed the work of biologists on the Susquehanna
fishery study project during 1958.

A total of 2,983 shad were tagged, of which 2,086
were planted above the Conowingo Dam last spring
to determine whether they would survive, spawn,
and successfully negotiate the dam on their down-
stream migration. Tags received by biologists
from fishermen who caught the fish below the dam
amounted to 6 percent of the shad planted above
the dam. The 83 fish that passed through the tur-
bines confirmed earlier evidence that fish would

the dates of tagging and recapture.

Two of the tagged shad were reported caught at
Cape Charles, Va., one 8 days and the other 28 days
after being released. Another tagged shad was
taken in the Potomac River 14 days after tagging.
Recaptures of most of the tagged fish, however,
were concentrated in the area of Chesapeake Bay
between Baltimore and the Susquehanna River. An
angler caught one of the shad above the dam.

_- —=.~-Shad 2 a
-\~~zz (Alosa sapidissima)
Balloons and shad seem unrelated, and yet some

interesting information was obtained by attaching
them to the fish with long nylon lines in an attempt
to follow their movements after release. The shad-
ow of the railroad bridge across the mouth of Con-
owingo Creek apparently appeared to act as some-
what of a barrier to the shad tagged with balloons.

AO

Standards

MEETINGS HELD ON PROPOSED HADDOCK AND HALIBUT STANDARDS: Hali-
but steaks and frozen haddock fillets are due to be added to those fishery products

for which quality standards are promulgated, according to the present plans of the

U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.

Laboratory research by the Bureau on the proposed standards has proceeded to
a point that permitted preliminary discussions with interested segments of the fish-
ing industry, distributors, and consumers. These discussions were held in four key

cities.

Following the preliminary discussions, the next stop is the formal Notice of
Proposed Rule Making. Such notice provides for a 30-day period to permit further
consideration by the industry and others, after which the formal standards and the

effective dates will be announced.

The meetings were held on the dates indicated in the following cities: Boston,
frozen haddock fillets, October 7, 1958; New York City, frozen haddock fillets and
halibut steaks, October 8; Chicago, frozen haddock fillets and halibut steaks, Octo-
ber 10; Seattle, frozen halibut steaks, October if).

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

Promulgation of quality standards and maintenance of an inspection service are
responsibilities transferred from the Department of Agriculture to the Department
of the Interior on July 1, 1958. Previously standards had been developed by the De-
partment of the Interior but promulgation of the standards and the inspection of fish-
ery products had been the legal responsibility of the Department of Agriculture.

Standards which are already in effect apply to frozen fried fish sticks, frozen
raw breaded shrimp, and frozen fish blocks, which are the raw material from which
fish sticks are made. Fish sticks and shrimp which have been processed in accord-
ance with these standards may be identified by the consumer as ''Grade A or Grade
B,"' both of which meet rigid standards of wholesomeness and workmanship and have
been processed under sanitary conditions.

There are many fishery products for which standards have not yet been estab-
lished. These can not be given a ''grade'' designation but if they have been proces-
sed under continuous inspection they are so marked.

Since this inspection service is something for which the processor must pay, he
has the choice of marketing his product with or without the inspection symbol. "Lot
inspection" is available should a processor desire only occasional inspection of his
product. In such a case the package may bear the following statement: ''This pack-
age is one of a lot from which samples have been inspected by the United States De-
partment of the Interior."

Up to the present time, the Bureau reports, 16 large processing plants are op-
erating under continuous inspection, requiring the services of 22 trained inspectors.

«eb

Transportation

PAPER STRIPS REVEAL TEMPERATURE CHANGES
IN PERISHABLE PRODUCTS WHILE IN TRANSIT: Simple
and inexpensive, heat-sensitive recorders show whether
perishable products are subject to excessive temperature
and how much, A Milwaukee yeast company is monitoring
shipments with ‘‘paper thermometers’’ that travel withthe
products to give warning of harmful temperature fluctuations,
But so far whether this will work with frozen products is
not known,

strips of specially-treated paper. The strips are glued to
the back of a mimeographed, self-addressed postcard, which
gives brief instructions for marking and mailing.

An additional alerting tab, in the form of a sleeve, bears
the note; ‘‘Fill in This Card and Mail.’’ This further serves
to protect the paper thermometer against undue friction,

The company places a cardina single package or in several
units of alarge shipment, Whengoods reach their destination,

Dispatchers and carriers of perishable products know
that high shipping temperatures speed deterioration. And
they generally take steps to minimize such hazards, even
calling for special routing. But does your own control of
product quality extend beyond the shipping dock?

Specifically, if your heat-sensitive goods were to be re-
ceived in substandard condition, could you quickly tell wheth-
er they were inferior before shipment or were damaged by
high temperature in transit?

The company uSing the ‘‘paper thermometers”’ ships heat-
sensitive materials from one plant to another, from plant to
customer, and from distribution points and sales areas to
laboratories for examination and study, Before instituting the
monitoring system, certain atypical variations were noted in
goods arriving by rail, truck, and air carrier. Although im-
proper conditions in transit were suspected, adequate evi-
dence and proof were lacking.

Asa result, an inexpensive thermal monitor calledthe
“‘Thermonitor’’ was designed. It consists of three different

consignee notes the strips’ colors in the spaces provided on
card, then returns it to sender or central laboratory for re-
cording and filing.

During the past three years, this technique has revealed

-temperatures above 120 F. in several truck, parcel post,

and express deliveries.

As would be expected, high temperatures intrucks usually
occur during summer months. However, overheating in par-
celpost and express shipments can happen during any season,

Hereis howthe paper strips indicate excessive shipping
temperature:

Normally, they are pearl-gray incolor, but turn black when
exposed at or beyond their designated temperatures. They
also tend to blacken under compression caused by friction
and stamping, but this shading can readily be distinguished
from the ‘‘melted’’ appearance of an overheated strip. (Food
Engineering, August 1958.)

[December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

\U. S. Fish Stick Production

JULY-SEPTEMBER 1958: The United States production of fish sticks during
the third quarter of 1958 amounted to 13.7 million pounds, an increase of 588,000
pounds (or 4 percent) as compared with the third quarter of 1957. The peak month
of the 1958 third quarter was September when 5.1 million pounds were reported,
and July and August followed with 4.3 million pounds each,

Table 2 - U. S. Production of Fish Sticks, by Areas,
uly -September 1958 and 1957

Table 1 -

. S. Production of Fish Sticks,
uly -September 19581/

1958
Pn (OOO; L bs) areas Area 1,000

260 bo bo 6 Hoo Bub ND 3,964 3701 4, 334! of Firms| Lbs. | of Firms

ng Ob BOD OG) b 1600 3, 832 437] 4,269 Atlantic Coast States 21 10975323 10, 868

bono OOH 6 4,570) 566 | 5, 136 Inland & Gulf States . 4 1,759 4 1, 207

Pacific Coast States . 11 PHL 11 1,076

Total 3rd quarter 1958....
Total 3rd quarter 1957... .
Total first 9 months 1958. . .
Total first 9 months 1957. . .
1/ Preliminary.

11,752 1, 399 } 13,151
oie tela
3,819 | 38, 855

13,739[ 38 [13,151
1/ Preliminary. 2/ Revised.

Cooked fish sticks (12.4 million pounds) accounted for 90 percent of the total
production, while uncooked fish sticks (1.4 million pounds) made up the remaining
10 percent.

—

The Atlantic Coast States led all other areas with 10.8 million pounds (or 78
percent) of the total production. The inland and Gulf States were second with 1.8
million pounds (or 13 percent), followed by the Pacific Coast States with the remain-
ing 1.2 million pounds (or 9 percent).

During the first nine months of 1958, a total of 44.5 million pounds of fish sticks
was produced--an increase of 5.6 million pounds over the same period of 1957.
Cooked fish sticks were up 15 percent as compared with the quantity reported for
the same period of 1957, and uncooked fish sticks were 9 percent above last year.

PS

United States Fishery Landings, January-September 1958

Landings of fish and shellfish in the United States and Alaska the first nine
months of 1958 were only one percent below those for the same period of 1957. By
the end of August 1958, landings were seven percent below those for last year, but
in September large catches of sardines in California and menhaden in Delaware and
Virginia closed most of the gap.

Sardine landings in California were 120 million pounds greater through October 23
this year than for the same period of 1957. Salmon landings in Alaska in the 1958
season were up 45 million pounds. Tuna landings in California for the first three
quarters of 1958 were nearly 21 million pounds higher than for the same period of
the preceding year. Ocean perch landings in New England were up 18 million pounds.

Menhaden landings, which were 128 million pounds behind at the end of August,
improved in September. This year's landings at the end of that month were only 61
million pounds below the first nine months of 1957. Jack mackerel landings contin
ued light and totaled less than three million pounds for the first nine months this
year, During the same 1957 period, landings amounted to over 65 million pounds.
Herring landings in Maine (106 million pounds) were practically the same as last
year. Herring production in Alaska, however, was short by 35 million pounds. Land-
ings of anchovies in California and whiting in New England were both down around
29 million pounds.

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

Table 1- United States Fishery Landings of Certain Species | Table 2 - United States Fishery Landings by States for Periods
for Periods Indicated, 1958 and [ee eeelediietes Bevel Indicated, 1958 and 1957 PO ee ee ay
Total | Total
1957 Period 1958 1957 1957

prorat svete OOONEDS:) eyevetets elelehel tel (s000)1DS:)/nenererenete

Species Period

Anchovies, Calif, 9 mos,
Cod:

202,722] 290,528

Maine....... {8 mos. 2,355
IBIS ooogco |) ™ 13,112 “Boston ...-. 108,241
Gloucester ... |9 ” 2,315 + 207,599

New Bedford . 19,969

Provincetown . 19,017

Total Cod .. 17,782

Haddock:
Maine....... 2,973
BOSTON etenereiene @) 710,477
@) © 8,342

Gloucester ...

Total haddock 81,792

Halibut 2/;
"Wash, , &Oreg. 9 mos, 15,411
Alaska ......- gy 19,888
Total halibut 35,299 36,163] Alabama .....
Herring: Mississippi ...

WEIS 655606000
Alaska ......
Industrial fish,
Maine& Mass. 3/
Mackerel: 7
UES Sood b66
aciticueiieiere

Ocean perch;

Maine were.
Bostonieyereieere
Gloucester....

401,695} 529,391
35,752 86,862

eee) 447 [ees | 253

eee eer22

Total ocean perch
Salmon:
Washington ... 9 mos.
QONEYIN go5g000 «|
VAlals aWeret stolons Year
Sardines, Pacific to Oct, 23
Scallops, sea, New

Bedford ..... 9 mos.
Shrimp (heads-on),
South Atlantic and
Gulf States...
Squid, California ,

Atlantic, Chesapeake,
South Atlantic, and

16,461 Halibut 4/....

Salmon.....

lela

Total all above items 3,234,627 | 3,267, ues 4, eat ee

Others not listed ——e "469,927
BoSfonueye ere

Gloucester ... 76,521] 1/Preliminary.

seal eal 2/Excludes menhaden landings,

Total whiting 58,886 87,558] 93 al ‘3/Includes catch of: anchovies, jack and Pacific mackerel,
Total a above items Pacific sardines, squid, and tuma. Data on sardines are

through October 23.

Grand Total Sie [3,267,8 aor NE a x 4/Dressed weight,

|1/Preliminary. 2/Dressed weight, 3/Excluding menhaden. '5/Data not available,

Note: Data principally represent weight of fish and shell-
fish,

Maine.......

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55

U. S. Foreign Trade

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS, JULY 1958: Im i

: | b : ports of edible fresh, frozen,
and processed fish and shellfish into the United States during July 1958 were up 21.2
percent in quantity and 11.0 percent in value as compared with the preceding month.
Increases in July over June this year were due primarily to a sharp increase in the

Table 1 - United States Foreign Trade in Edible Fishery Products, apo nts ot groundfish tillers sand
uly 1958 with Comparisons

blocks (28.9 million as compared
Copmmis rien WAR HS). erento fpourcley)s Bae! Cen
Lone ned tuna in brine and frozen alba-
1958 | 1957 11957 1957
Millions of Lbs. Millions of $ CORD HAMEL HHO VEEN,

Item

Imports:
Fish & shellfish:
Fresh, frozen, &
coo gn 6 100.9} 89.1

As compared with July 1957,
imports this July were higher by
13.3 percent in quantity and 10.1
percent in value. Imports were
higher for fresh and frozen tuna
‘up about 2.6 million pounds), can-
ned tuna in brine (up about 2.1 mil-
lion pounds), frozen salmon (up a-
; bout 1.0 million pounds), and ground-
fish fillets and blocks (up 6.4 million pounds). Imports of lobster andgspiny lobster
were lower by 2.7 million pounds this July as compared with July a year earlier.

ports:
Fish & shellfish:

37.0| 28.3 | 25.7 | 248.4
Processed only1/
(excluding fresh

We, G6 9 6 eo ean 1.9

1/ Includes pastes, sauces, clam chowder and juice, and other
specialties.

United States exports of processed fish and shellfish in July 1958 were lower
by less than one percent in quantity but higher by 66.7 percent in value as compared
with June 1953. Compared with the same month in 1957, exports in July 1958 were
down by 50.6 percent in quantity and unchanged in value. Exports this July as com-
pared with the same month in 1957 were made up primarily of higher-priced prod-
ucts such as canned salmon.

Exports of canned California sardines, anchovies, and mackerel were down sub-
stantially because of the very light packs of those products the last half of 1957 and
the first half of 1958.

XK OK OK KK

IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA IN BRINE UNDER QUOTA: The quantity of tuna
canned in brine which may be imported into the United States during the calendar
year 1958 at the 125-percent rate of duty has been established as 44,693,874 pounds.
Any imports in excess of this established quota will be dutiable at 25 percent ad

valorem.

Imports from January 1-October 4, 1958, amounted to 38,069,410 pounds, ac-
cording to data compiled by the Bureau of Customs. This leaves abalance of 6,624,464
pounds of the quota which may be imported during the balance of 1958 at the 125-
percent rate of duty. Last year from January 1-September 28 a total of 30,034,996
pounds had been imported.

de OK Ok OK OK

FISHERY PRODUCTS EXPORTS LOWER IN 1957:
Foreign markets bought less fishery products from the
United States in1957than in 1956. Principal declines oc-
curred in trade with the Philippines, West Germany, and
the Netherlands. The decline was mainly due to reduced
exports of canned sardines and fish oil.

United States fishery industries depend on foreign mar-
ket outlets for many of their products. During 1957, about
289 million pounds of United States fishery products were
exported to foreign markets. These products were valued
at $36 million. During 1956, 325 million pounds, valued at
almost $40 million, were sold abroad.

Canada, the Philippines, and West Germany were the
three leading markets in 1957, taking fishery products valued
at $8.3, $6.0, and $5.0 million, respectively. Canada’s trade
increased slightly over that of 1956; that with the Philippines
declined by $2 million; and West Germany trade dropped by
about $1 million. The Netherlands, among the leaders in pre-
vious years, in 1957 dropped behind the United Kingdom
which was in fourth place in dollar value of trade.

Canned salmon was the most widely-distributed fishery
product in our 1957 export trade; this product was sent to 73
countries, and exports were up about 25 percent from 1956.
Canned shrimp was exported to 47 countries; canned sardines

56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

to 41; canned tuna to 26; frozen salmon to 21; and fish oil to
23 countries.

Trends by Country: In 1957, Canada spent more dollars
for United States fishery products than any other country.
The value of United States shipments to Canada totaled $8.3
million. Frozen and canned shrimp, valued at nearly $3.0

Table 1- Value of United States Exports of Fishery Products,
by Principal Country of Destination, 1956-57

Vol. 20, No. 12

this area. Exports to Latin America have declined in recent
years as a result of reduced shipments of California sar-
dines. The decline was due in part to lower domestic packs
of sardines.

Commodity Trends: Fish and fish-liver oils valued at
$10.7 million were the largest item in the 1957 export trade.
This was a substantial decline from the $12.9 million exported
in 1956 (see table 2).

Table 2 - Value of United States Exports of Selected
Country Fishery Products, 1956-57
....- ($1,000)..... dit
Allicountriesi a wrscwan veut a. 0: 35,952 39,503 Commegs.
Ganadayeen AiG ceo oe bine 8,288 7,990 Beene ($1000) eeeaeee
Philippineswer erie tene ren MCS Os 8,058 Fresh or frozen:
West Germany....... oood || S008 6,118 inSalanion :. 5. 2 eee A ae ee eee 446 694
United Kingdom . coD0oD .- | 3,708 2,204 Oysters, shucked ...... a 589 521
Netherlands. .......---- 2,969 278 Shrimp Ais sb caoeee beac ool teil 1,202
Sweden... . 1,682 843 a = ~
Norway. . - 970 OES ild- yl clases 226 399
a aat le 720 727 Mild-cured salmon.... .
JAPAN ere ole 669 537 c d:
Venezuela . 572 ae salmon metre eens ..| 4,740 3,606
Belgium . . 578 Sardines, inoil ...... : 6 125 84
Italy.. .. ZED Sardines, not inoil..... .. | 2,654 6,417
France... 431 Munaeeereterets COdDOOOO8 oon 202 136
Ecuador ... Mackerel... 5. ee eeeess es 0++| 2,146 335
N. Antilles Other fish (mainly anchovies) . sol) Blew 2,836
Panama oi Gisinivns wale od oo -.| 2,410 2,650
eece... lfish i 5 m0 0.0 63 1,932
RIG ee Other shellfish (mainly squid) 1,632 |
- Fish and fish liver-oils... ++ {10,725 12,869
million, were the principal commodities in this trade. Next Oysters and other shells for fee
in value were fur-seal skins (dressed or dyed) valued at $1.9 Shells, unmanufactured ...
million, Pearle ssencerr.nonenatsitet sits

The Philippines in 1957 imported products valued at $6.0
million, consisting principally of canned anchovies, mackerel,
sardines, salmon, and squid. Shipments to the Philippines
in 1957 declined by $2.0 million from 1956, mainly owing to
reduced shipments of canned sardines. Canned mackerel ex-
ports, however, increased by $1.7 million in value from 1956.

West Germany, the principal market for the United States
fish oils, imported fishery products in 1957 valued at $5.1
million, and indirectly, was believed to be the ultimate desti-
nation for a large part of the fish oils sent to the Netherlands
valued at $2.5 million.

The United Kingdom in 1957 bought fishery products val-
ued at $3.7 million, of which canned salmon made up $3.4 mil-
lion.

Exports to Latin American countries in 1957 totaled $3.2
million, Cuba and Venezuela were the two largest outlets in

Canned salmon exports in 1957 totaled $4.7 million, an
increase of $1.1 million from 1956. Most of this gain repre-
sented increased shipments to the: United Kingdom.

Canned sardine exports in 1957 fell to $2.7 million in
1957, a decline of $3.8 million. Most of this drop was sus-
tained in decreased shipments to the Philippines,

Canned mackerel exports in 1957 were valued at $2.1
million; canned anchovy exports were also about this level.
Canned mackerel exports were $1.8 million above their
1956 level, almost entirely accountable to increased ship-~
ments to the Philippines,

During 1957 canned shrimp exports were valued at $2.4
million, down slightly from 1956; frozen shrimp exports a-
mounted to $1.5 million, a small gain from the previous
year.

7 OK OK OK OK

VALUE OF IMPORTS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AT NEW
HIGH IN 1957: Anewrecord value for fishery products im-
ported into the United States was reached in 1957 when prod
ucts valued at $297 million (at the foreign port of shipment)
exceeded those of 1956 by 4 percent. Since 1950, there has
been an increase of 50 percent in the annual value of fishery
imports.

Althougha new highin the value of imports was attained
in 1957, the quantity was second largest on record, about

Table 1 - Value of United States Imports of Fishery Products,
by Principal Country of Origin, 1956 and 1957

Country

soos oH) 65565

All Countries . . Ree wae (2977448 281,197
Canada ..... boa aol WUE! 95,483
Japan,,..... opoosocll Tee 70,800
Mexico ..... Sopa] 2h 27,815
Norway..... So0ooc oO] MaleKt 13,620
IPM o Soo 9000 p000g00 9,167 7,320
Union of South Africa......... 8,554 8,039
Panamateyeseyeneneenate ODO OO 6,291 4,247
GCubateger-t-nen-iene pielieiedfatialte 6,282 5,814
Iceland ...... sooocaall Gee 6,200
Portugal ..... 0.0.0 010.0:0 5,507 4,906
Denmarkiercacneyoretenctcnonnceenehe nets 3,463 2,887

1.1 billion pounds. This was greater than the quantity re-
ceived in 1956 but considerably less than the quantity im-
ported during the record year 1952, when imports of fish

meal were about 2-1/2 times those of 1956.

Fishery products imported for food purposes increased
to a new record level of 884 million pounds (valued at $251
million) during 1957, surpassing the previous record year
of 1954 by 80 million pounds, and of 1956 by nearly 100 mil-
lion pounds,

Although the total value of fishery imports rose for the
eighth consecutive year, the value of non-food products fell
to $46.5 million in 1957, the lowest value since 1950. This
decrease resulted from reduced fish meal imports, which
reached a four-year low value of $9.4 million in 1957.

The United States is the world’s leading importer of
fishery products. Imports of groundfish fillets contributed
about 59 percent of the groundfish used in the United States
during 1957; 36 percent of the tuna used in canning, 16 per-
cent of the canned tuna, 42 percent of the lobsters, 35 per-
cent of the shrimp consumed, 14 percent of the canned salm-
on, and 24 percent of the fish meal.

Trends by Countries: During 1957, Canada, Japan, and
Mexico, supplied products which made up two-thirds of the
total value of all fishery imports.

Canada, the primary source, supplied products valued
at $97.4 million at the foreign port of shipment, an increase

December 1958

of almost $2 million from 1956. Among the many products
from Canada were frozen fillets, frozen and canned salmon,
fresh-water fish, and fish meal.

_Japan was second in value with products worth $77.2
million, an increase of $6.4 million from 1956. During 1957,
44 percent of the value of fishery products emanating from
Japan consisted of tuna. Canned crabmeat, frozen and
canned salmon, canned oysters, and pearls were other im-
portant products,

Mexico supplied products valued at $25.2 million, a de-
cline of $2.5 million from 1956, owing to reduced shipments
of frozen shrimp. Imports from other Latin American
countries totaled $30.7 million.

Products imported from Norway were valued at $11.1
million, a $2,5 million drop from 1956. Peru supplied prod-
ucts valued at $9.2 million; the Union of South Africa, $8.6
million; Panama, $6.3 million; Cuba $6.3 million; and Ice-
land $6.0 million.

Trends by Commodities: Valuewise, fresh or frozen lob-
sters were the leading item in the import trade, contributing
$36.8 million dollars to the exchange balance of the countries
supplying this product. Fresh or frozen shrimp (including
Some canned and dried) was next in value with imports valued
at $35.4 million. Groundfish and ocean perch fillets and
blocks were third with $25.7 million, followed by canned tuna
valued at $17.0 million and frozen tuna, $16.8 million.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

[iar Table 2 - Value of United States Imports of petected |

Fishery Products, 1956 and 1957
= [= =—=—=
Commodity 1957 1956
bon oo ($1,000) .....
faete IMO oOo onobDAKdOd4DOS 297,443 281,197
Sa ||
Fresh or frozen:
Lobsters . 34,285
Shrimp 32,986
Tuna 15,337
Groundfish and ocean perch
fillets and blocks 25,987
Canned:
Salmmiongargeesesneeeenene 11,650
pardines meee O ob a3 7,110
Crabhmeatenee i aremere 5,318
lobster aan reaen meen 5,031
ANDEL OSG hoOa00 GGSH0000D 14,998
Salted cod, haddock, hake,
pollocktjandicuskiee-peaenenene 5,587 5,858
IRN Good ooo COO OD aoe ODO 9,989 8,651
Fish meal wees 9,717 11,518
1/Value of the foreign port of shipment.

Duties Collected: Duties collected on United States im-
ports of fishery products during 1957 totaled nearly $16.0
million,

Wholesale Prices, October 1958

Price trends for fishery commodities from September

to October this year were mixed over a narrow range, but

from October 1957 to October 1958 wholesale prices for
some products were sharply higher. The October 1958
edible fish and shellfish (fresh, frozen, andcanned) whole-.
sale price index (129.6 percent of the 1947-49 average) was
down slightly (only by 0.4 percent) from the previous month,
But it was up 8.6 percent when compared with October a year
ago.

Prices in mid-October 1958 for the drawn, dressed, and

whole finfish subgroup were 1.3 percent higher as compared

with September. An increase of about 3 cents a pound in
fresh and frozen salmon prices more than offset the drop
in prices for frozen halibut, fresh-water fish, and large

drawn haddock. As compared with October 1957, the subgroup

index this October was up 19.3 percent due primarily to
higher prices for fresh haddock (up 26.3 percent), fresh

and frozen West Coast salmon (up 12.1 percent), and Great
Lakes yellow pike (up 15.7 percent). But wholesale prices

this October were lower for frozen halibut (down 3.1 percent)
and Lake Erie whitefish (down 7.3 percent) compared with
the same month of 1957.

The fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup index
for October 1958 was down 2.1 percent from September.
Higher fresh haddock fillet prices (up about 7.5 percent) were
more than offset by a 5.1-percent drop in fresh shrimp
orices. The index this October when compared with October
1957 was higher by 5.2 percent due to a 28.2-percent increase
for haddock fillets anda 7.0-percent increase in fresh shrimp
prices.

The index for frozen processed fish and shellfish declined
1.2 percent from September to October this year due to a
drop of 3.7 percent in wholesale shrimp prices at Chicago.

Fig. 1 - Buyer examining fresh West Coast halibut at
Fulton Fish Market, New York City.

Fig. 2 - Barrels of bagged scallops ready for market. Scal-
lop dragger being prepared fornext trip at Fulton Fish Mar-
ket, New York City.

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

That drop was partially offset by higher frozen fillet prices. just about offset a drop of 18.8 percent in California sardine
This subgroup price index this October was up 11.6 percent prices. Higher prices for canned Maine sardines (up 27.4
as compared with the same month of 1957 because prices percent), canned light meat tuna (up 4.4 percent), and
for all items in the subgroup were up from 42.0 percent for California sardine (1.2 percent) resulted in a 2.1-percent
frozenhaddcck fillets to only 0.3 percent for frozen shrimp. increase in the subgroup index from October 1957 to October
Ocean perch fillet prices were up by 11.0 percent and this year. During the same period canned salmon prices
flounder fillets by 7.7 percent. were down about 5.4 percent. The packing season for Maine
sardines and Pacific salmon was about over by the end of Oc-

Canned fishery products prices in October this year were tober, but tuna canning continued ata record level and the
about unchanged from the preceding month, but were 2.1 California sardine pack increased so rapidly that it has
percent above October 1957. From September to October created a serious marketing problem,

this year an increase of 3.6 percent in pink salmon prices

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, October 1958 V'ith Comparisons

Avg. Prices1/ Indexes
(3) (1947-49=100)

Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification

141.2
113.7

Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh . . . .. | Boston

Halibut, West., 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz. } New York
Salmon, king, lge. & med., drsd., fresh or froz. | New York
Whitefish,L. Superior, drawn, fresh . . . . . | Chicago

Whitefish,L, Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh | New York
Yellow pike, L.Michigan& Huron, rnd.,fresh . | New York

rocessed, Rreshi(Bishid-pshellfish)= lire mremeireitei situa sill ilciliteileitatala tomtom
Fillets, haddock, sml,, skins on, 20-Ib. tins . 4

Shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), headless, fresh . .

Oysters, shucked, standards ........

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish):. . . .
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-Ib. pkg. ....
Haddock, smL,skins on, 1-Ib. pkg... .

Ocean perch, skins on, 1-Ib. pkg. . ..
Shrimp, lge. (26-30 count), 5-Ib. pkg. . . . .

Boston
Boston
Gloucester

Chicago

GannedjRishenygProducts:sie wane enirninoneiione
Salmon, pink, No.1 tall (16 0z.), 48cans/cs. ...
Tuna, lt, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 oz.),

AS CANS CSM ier Sime meeie eine bitaty eee
Sardines, Calif., tom, pack, No. 1 oval (15 oz.),
ZATCANS/ CSS v.. MeWi scttcwhetees tenis ay Teu tir ects
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn
(353/4[0Z2) 51 OOkcans/CStae setts ieur- iit erantene 8.22 87.5 | 3/87.5

11.95 86.2 86.2

5.30 100,4 123.7

/ Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs,
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level, Daily Market News Serv-
ice ‘‘Fishery Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices,

'2/Revised.

3/Revised,

December 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

International

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE
ORGANIZATION

REPORT ON MEETING ON COSTS AND
EARNINGS OF FISHING ENTERPRISES:

The first international meeting on Costs and
Earnings of Fishing Enterprises, called by the
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations (FAO), was held in London, September 8-
13, 1958. Experts from 20 countries attended and
discussed technical papers dealing with the various
problems, questions, and investigations concerned
with costs and earnings in the fishing industries of
their countries.

The meeting focused attention on many questions
of crucial interest to all sections of the world's
fishing industries. It is of special interest to gov-
ernments which are deeply involved financially in
the maintenance and development of fishing indus-
tries. Subsidies, credit schemes, tax and duty con-
cessions, port and shore facilities, insurance, price
support and marketing schemes, are some exam-
ples of Government participation in the fishing in-
dustry.

The interest of the fishing industry itself has
led to much investigation of costs and earnings,
especially in the countries possessing important
and highly developed fishing industries. But there
has been little collaboration or exchange of ideas
and information between the investigators, so they
have not benefitted from each other's work. The
meeting enabled the experts to exchange views and
experience and discuss the methods used to study
the subject in various countries.

The problems and difficulties encountered in
the investigation of costs and earnings in the fish-
ing industries are in themselves a hindrance to the
rational development of fisheries. The meeting
should do much to point the way in many countries
towards finding the facts about costs and earnings
and should help to make possible the planning of
realistic programs for the development of fisheries
on a sound economic basis.

Represented at the meeting were Belgium, Can-
ada, Denmark, El Salvador, Finland, France, Ger-
man Federal Republic, Ghana, Guatemala, Iceland,
Ireland, Italy, Malaya, Netherlands, Norway, Po-
land, Portugal, Sweden, Turkey, Uganda, United
Kingdom, United States, and FAO.

The first item of the agenda was concerned with
the interest of government authorities and of those
in the fishing industry in studies of costs and earn-
ings. Most of the representatives present had par-
ticipated in the discussion and it was clear that

costs and earnings studies were necessary for a
great variety of purposes. Many were related to
government intervention in the industry, both with
the object of enhancing the welfare of fishermen
and others working in the industry and with the
regulatory functions of government. In some cases
there were statutory requirements to be met; in
others the results of costs and earnings studies
were required to develop government policy and

to judge success in its im-
plementation. Use of costs
and earnings studies incon-
nection with managerial de-
cisions within fishing en-
terprises and other rela-
tions within the industry
such as, for instance, price
share and wage agreements,
was not yet as well develop-
ed as the governmental use
of these studies. There was
general agreement that such studies need to be de-
signed with a specific purpose firmly in mind. With
regard to methods used in studying costs andearn-
ings, there were considerable differences between
fisheries conducted mainly by small boats skipper-
ed by their owners and those using large vessels,
normally owned by corporations, particularly in
highly-developed long-distance fisheries.

Discussion of concepts, definitions, and conven-
tions used in inquiries into the costs and earnings
of fishery enterprises occupied the meeting for a
considerable time and brought to light a number of
problems encountered in various countries. Among
them was that of defining a fishing enterprise, the
allocation of earnings between fishing and other
activities in mixed enterprises, and the treatment
of such cost items as depreciation, interest, and
insurance. There was general agreement that a
more standardized approach to these concepts
would be highly desirable, and the suggestion was
made that FAO should, in conjunction with experts
from the various countries concerned, work out
proposals in this regard for eventual discussion
by a similar meeting of experts.

The meeting next dealt with the respective mer-
its of different methods of investigation used in
studies of costs and earnings of fishing enterprises,
Participants related their experience with both con-
tinuing and periodic studies, and discussed the ad-
vantages and disadvantages of entrusting the con-
duct of such studies to government agencies, indus-
try organizations and universities, and research
organizations,

The methods to be used in the analysis of the
results of studies of costs and earnings were the
subject matter for the sessions this morning. The
last business session of the Conference discussed
a paper on the effect of fishery regulations oncosts
and earnings of fishing enterprises. It was con-

60 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International (Contd.):

cluded that, in the past, fishery regulations had
been framed mainly with a view to their biological
efficiency and ease of administration; and that de-
velopment of costs and earnings studies and joint
analysis of their results by biologists, administra-
tors, economists, and fishing operators might make
it possible to take more account of the effect of
these regulations on the operating results of fish-
ing enterprises.

The following 22 papers were submitted by the
various delegates attending the meeting:

1. Purposes of Costs and Earnings Studies in
Fisheries: The Government's Point of View (W. C.
MacKenzie, Canada).

2. The Need and Value of Costs and Earnings
Studies in the Fishing Industry as Basis of Govern-
ment Action in the United States (R. A. Kahn, Unit-
ed States).

3. Costs and Earnings in the West German
Deep Sea Fishery (G. Meseck, Germany).

4. Research on Commercial Fishing Industry
Costs and Earnings in the United States (W. H.
Stolting and A. T. Murray, United States).

5. Costs and Earnings Studies in Fisheries in
the Netherlands (A. G. U. Hildebrandt, Nether-
lands).

6. Fundamental Activities of the State in Polish
Fisheries (S. Laszczynski, Poland).

7. The Point of View of Governments and Other
Public Authorities (Ministry of Agriculture, Fish-
eries and Food, and Scottish Home Department,
United Kingdom).

8. Analysis of Costs and Earnings in Polish
Fisheries (B. Noetzel, Poland).

9. The Collection of Data Related to the Costs
and Earnings of British Herring Catches (Herring
Industry Board, United Kingdom).

10. Concepts, Definitions and Conventions in
Present Inquiries (Ministry of Agriculture, Fish-
eries and Food, and Scottish Home Department,
United Kingdom).

11. Concepts, Definitions and Conventions in
Costs and Earnings Studies of the Fisheries Indus-
try (C. C. Osterbind, United States).

12. Costs and Earnings of Fishing Enterprises
in Canada: Concepts, Definitions and Conventions
(J. Proskie, Canada).

13. Statistical Information Required by Commer-
cial Fishermen of British Columbia on Costs and
Earnings of Fishermen and Fishing Enterprises
(United Fishermen and Allied Workers! Union of
British Columbia, Canada).

14, Concepts, Definitions and Conventions (E. S.
Holliman and A. E. Ovenden, United Kingdom),

Vol. 20, No. 12

15. Method and Enforcement of Costs and Earn-
ings of Fisheries Industry in Japan (Matsuya Onda,
Japan).

16. Merits of Different Kinds of Investigational
Methods (E. S. Holliman and A. E. Ovenden, United
Kingdom).

17. Methods of Analysis of Collected Accounts
(E. S. Holliman and A, E. Ovenden, United King-
dom).

18. Interpretation of Detailed Statistics (K. O. H.
Michielsen, Belgium).

19. Statistical Analysis of Costs and Earnings
in the Fishing Industry (A. G. U. Hildebrandt,
Netherlands),

20. Statistical Techniques for the Analysis of
Costs. and Earninrs (A. Zellner, United States).

21. Types of Fishery Regulation and Some Eco-
nomic Implications (R. J. H. Beverton, United King-
dom).

22. Costs and Earnings Studies in Fisheries in
Denmark: Concepts, Definitions and General Con-
clusions (S. N. Sorensen, Denmark),

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Reyiew, July’ 1958, p. 52.

2 OK OK Kk

WORLD MEETING ON SARDINE
BIOLOGY SCHEDULED FOR 1959:

A WorldScientific Meeting on the Biology of Sardines
will be held at Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)
Headquarters in Rome, Italy, from September 21 to 28,
1959.

The holding of this meeting next year was proposed
by scientists of several countries concerned with sar-
dine research, who considered that the time had arrived
to have an international gathering for the discussion of
common problems concerned with the biology of sardines
and their environment.

A Prospectus, issued by FAO, gives an agenda,
program, some details of these problems, a full expla-
nation of why such a meeting is regarded as necessary,
and the results expected of it.

The meeting should bring together not only Govern-
ment participants, but scientists and other persons from
private institutions engaged in the study of the biology of
sardines and their environments, their commercial fish-
eries, and the effect of those fisheries on the sardine
stocks. Special attention will be given to the problem of
fluctuations of sardine populations and catches. It is ex-
pected that the meeting will make recommendations for
future international cooperation in forecasting fluctuations
and how such cooperation could be made possible. Partic-
ipants are expected to present written contributions for
discussion and these, subject to decisions of the meeting,
may eventually be printed.

The proposed program of the meeting includes these
subjects for discussion: (1) Past andpresent techniques
of studying fluctuations in the size of Sardine pcpulations.
(2) Review of fluctuations in catches of sardines andtheir
possible causes. (3) Possible future approaches to the
study of fluctuations in catches of Sardines. (4) Recom-
mendations for future international cooperation in fore-
casting and means whereby such cooperation could be made
possible.

Further details may be obtained from H. Rosa, Jr.,
Secretary, World Scientific Meeting on the Biology of Sar-
dines, Fisheries Division, FAO, Rome, Italy.

December 1958

International (Contd.):

GENERAL AGREEMENT ON
TARIFFS AND TRADE

ANNUAL SESSION REVIEWS
IMPORT RESTRICTIONS:

The 13th Session of the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade (GATT) opened in Geneva on Oc-
tober 16, 1958. The session was expected to con-
tinue for four to six weeks. The GATT is recog-
nized as a basic instrument governing commercial
relations between the United States and the princi-
pal trading nations of the free world.

Harry Shoeshan, International Activities Assist-
ant, Technical Review Staff, represented the U. S.
Department of the Interior on the United States
delegation as an adviser for fishery and other mat-
ters of Departmental interest.

Of particular concern to American trade circles
are this year's consultations with countries that
are still imposing import restrictions to safeguard
their balance of payments. These consultations,
proposed by the United States, are intended to ex-
plore the need for and the methods used in apply-
ing quantitative restrictions. The views of United
States exporters were invited in August.1958, so
that the delegation would be fully informed of their
trade problems. By discussion of this subject at
the GATT, the United States seeks to reduce dis-
crimination against American exports and to pro-
mote greater freedom of trade.

At a GATT meeting that ended May 2, 1958, the
six signatories to the Rome Treaty that establish-
ed the European Economic Community (Common
Market) agreed to consult with countries that were
concerned over the possible effects of that Treaty
on international trade. Discussions on this subject
were also expected to be undertaken during the
current GATT session.

Other matters, such as customs administration,
disposal of agricultural surpluses, and primary
commodity situations, were reviewed by the Con-
tracting Parties during the current session.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958, p. 52.

INTERNATIONAL FISH MEAL
MANUFACTURERS CONVENTION

Representatives of the fish meal in-
dustries of Great Britain, Norway, Bel-
gium, France, Denmark, Holland, Spain,
and Iceland gathered in Cape Town, South
Africa, in November for the Internation-
al Fish Meal Manufacturers Convention.
About 25 delegates were expected to at-
tend the convention, which met from No-
vember 16-18, 1958.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC SALMON
FISHERIES COMMISSION

ELECTRIC BARRIER AT ADAMS
RIVER MOUTH TO DIVERT
POOR-QUALITY SOCKEYE
SALMON SPAWNERS:

An electric sockeye or red salmon di-
verter was ordered installed at the mouth
of the Adams River, subject to approval
of the Canadian Government, by the Inter-
national Pacific Salmon Fisheries Com-
mission in an emergency session on
October 29, 1958.

A proper escapement of about 1,750,000
top-quality spawners had been obtained
and late migrating fish of poor-quality
were starting to arrive. ''This unprece-
dented action appears essential if we are
to forestall a serious decline in the re-
turning run in 1962,'' the chairman of the
Commission said. Field reports indicated
that a major share of the late-run sock-
eye salmon would never reach the spawn-
ing grounds but would die either en route
or in the side tributaries where they were
stopping because they had run out of body
energy. Thousands of Adams River sock-
eye were sighted in Spuzzum Creek, 10
miles below Hell's Gate Gorge, and oth-
ers were seen in streams as far down the
Fraser River as Maria Slough, near Agas-
ciz, British Columbia.

The Commission heard staff reports
that, despite the large natural mortality
of late sockeye en route to the Adams
River, a serious danger existed from
those that tardily arrived to spawn in the
already adequately seeded areas of the
Lower Adams River. It was estimated
that the fence would be in operation this
weekend and that the latecomers would
be diverted to the gravel beaches of Shus-
wap Lake where they could do no harm.

LAW OF THE SEA

IRELAND SIGNS CONVENTIONS:

Ireland on October 2 signed the four internation-
al conventions which were adopted by the United
Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea in Geneva
last April. The Irish Minister for External Af-
fairs signed the documents in the office of the Unit-
ed Nations Legal Counsel.

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International (Contd.):

Ireland became the 24th nation to sign the Con-
vention on the Territorial Sea and the Contiguous
Zone. This Convention was previously signed by
Argentina, Canada, China, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ghana, Gua-
temala, Haiti, Holy See, Iceland, Iran, Israel, Li-
beria, Nepal, Panama, Thailand, United Kingdom,
United States, Uruguay, and Yugoslavia.

Ireland is the 27th signatory of the Convention
on the High Seas. This Convention was previously
signed by Argentina, Canada, China, Colombia,
Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic,
Ghana, Guatemala, Haiti, Holy See, Iceland, Indo-
nesia, Iran, Israel, Lebanon, Liberia, Nepal, Pana-
ma, Switzerland, Thailand, United Kingdom, United
States, Uruguay, and Yugoslavia.

Ireland is the 24th nation to sign the Convention
on Fishing and Conservation of the Living Resources
of the High Seas. This Convention was previously
signed by Argentina, Canada, China, Colombia,
Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican Republic,
Ghana, Haiti, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Israel, Le-
banon, Liberia, Nepal, Panama, Thailand, United
Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, and Yugoslavia.

Ireland is the 25th signatory of the Convention
on the Continental Shelf. This Convention was pre-
viously signed by Argentina, Canada, China, Co-
lombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Dominican
Republic, Ghana, Guatemala, Haiti, Iceland, Indo-
nesia, Iran, Israel, Lebanon, Liberia, Nepal, Pan-
ama, Thailand, United Kingdom, United States,
Uruguay, and Yugoslavia.

MARINE OILS

WORLD EXPORTS EXPECTED
TO BE LOWER IN 1958:

Exports of marine oils in 1958 by the
major producing countries will fall short
of the 1957 year's volume chiefly because
of Norway's poor 1958 herring catch,
The expected trade in whale oil, which
continues fairly constant from year to
year, reflects largely the restrictions
on the Antarctic pelagic catch imposed
by the International Whaling Agreement.
An increase in the exports of sperm oil
is likely because of the increased sperm
whaling in the Antarctic prior to the reg-
ular 1957/58 whaling season (Foreign
Crops and Markets, September 25, 1958).

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC
FISHERIES COMMISSION

EIGHTH ANNUAL MEETING REPORT:

Research into the vast fishery resources of the
Northwest Atlantic--with particular emphasis on
gathering "on-the-spot" data--will be accelerated
by scientists of the 12 nations which make up the
International Commission for the Northwest At-
lantic Fisheries. The vessels of those nations

Vol. 20, No. 12

fish in the nearly one million square miles of wa-
ter comprising the Atlantic fishing area in which
the Commission has supervisory responsibility.
That was one of the main decisions by delegates
of member countries attend-
ing the Eighth Annual Meeting
of the Commission in Halifax
in June 1958.

This year marked the offi-
cial welcoming of West Ger—
many and Russia as fullpart-
ners to the 12-nation Conven-
tion. West Germany signed
the Convention in 1957, while
Russia became a signatory this year. The Com-
mission now embraces Canada, Denmark, France,
Iceland, Italy, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, United Kingdom, the
United States, and the German Federal Republic.

The Canadian Minister of Fisheries pointed out
that the fish resources of the Northwest Atlantic
were a most valuable and important source of pro-
tein food and there was a serious responsibility,
on all nations that fish in this area, to make cer-
tain that the resources were maintained and even
expanded for future generations.

The Commission area encompasses the marine
expanse, except territorial waters, from Rhode
Island in the south to the west coast of Greenland
in the north, and east to the 42nd meridian. This
area is divided into five subareas, each having a
panel consisting of the member nations which fish
in it. One of the main aspects of the meeting was
the discussion of the panel groups. i

Panel I discussions were held under the chair-
manship of Portugal. Other countries participat-
ing were Denmark, France, West Germany, Ice-
land, Italy, Norway, Spain, United Kingdom, and
Bae Wi Hs Bo 18.

The Norwegian Commissioner told members
that his country was also ready to step up its re-
search work in the panel area, which includes West
Greenland waters. Norway's new research vessel
would be of great assistance in increasing the re-
search effort, he said. France reported it planned
to send observers aboard fishing vessels operating
in the area. Denmark urged the collection of full-
est information on tagging recaptures in time for
inclusion in yearly research reports.

Acting Chairman of Panel 2--waters off the
east coast of Labrador--was the Canadian Commis-
sioner. Besides Canada, other countries repre-
sented on the panel were France, Italy, Portugal,

Spain, andthe U.S. S. R.

The panel's report noted that cod was the only
species fished substantially in that area. While it
was felt that progress had been made in sampling
cod fisheries in the offshore waters, there had been
no recent sampling of stocks from inshore waters.
In 1938 the inshore cod fishery produced 78,000
metric tons of cod as opposed to only 12,000 tons
in 1957. The catch for the whole area in 1957 was
32,000 tons.

The report stated: ''This creates a situation
where, because of the presumed increase in nu-

December 1958

International (Contd.):

merical substance of cod through lack ofa fishery,
there may be adecrease inthe growth rate. Studies
to determine this would be extremely valuable."

The panel report noted that Canada is doing
work on ocean perch distribution in the Hamilton
Inlet Bank area and that this work would be ex-
panded when the new research vessel gets into
operation. It was generally felt that knowledge of
the area would certainly increase with the addition
of the new Canadian research vessel, and of the
research vessels now in the planning stage for
France, Portugal, and Spain.

Fishing grounds south and east of Newfoundland
(including the Grank Bank) comprise the Panel 3
area. Canada, France, Italy, Portugal, Spain,
U.S. S.R., United Kingdom, and United States
are members.

The report of the panel's scientific advisers
stated that while considerable progress had been
made in collection of data on the sizes and ages of
haddock and cod "landed," there was need for more
sampling of sizes and ages of those species
"caught" to supplement the landing information
from the area.

On the subject of increased research the panel
was told Canada would enlarge its program of
commercial sampling when more staff became
available. France will have one or two observers
on her fishing vessels next year, while Spain will
continue to take samples from her commercial
craft.

Discussing the study of selectivity of gear other
than otter trawl, the panel believed more informa-
tion was necessary and that direct experiments
should be carried out, where possible, for compar-
ing relative sizes of fish caught by different types
of fishing gear fishing the same grounds at the
same time.

Mesh sizes formed an important topic in dis-
cussions in Panels 3 and 4. The latter panel has
to do with fishing grounds adjacent to the Maritime
Provinces. On this subject a report elaborated on
the effect of larger-size meshes on both cod and
haddock.

The Canadian investigators reported that long-
term observations of landings and fishing effort on
the Georges Bank area provided an excellent back-
ground for the assessments of the effect of the 45-
inch mesh on the fishery. It was already clear,
the report stated, that the numbers of haddock dis-
carded at sea had been reduced to negligible pro-
portions of the total catch. It had also been dem-
onstrated that more large haddock were caught
with the same amount of fishing effort, because of
the efficiency of large-mesh nets. However, the

report added, investigations of changes in the quan~

tities and sizes of fish caught and landed must be
continued for several years before it could be es~
tablished definitely whether or not stocks of fish of
commercial size have been increased as a direct
result of mesh regulations. Since the minimum
mesh size only became effective on Canadian ves-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

sels last year in the Gulf of St. Lawrence area,
the effects of mesh regulations are just beginning
to appear.

Since the end of World War II, it was reported,
otter trawling has become the dominant method of
fishing for groundfish along the southwestern At-
lantic coast. Asa result of this conversion from
line fishing to otter trawling, a more continuous
supply of fish is now caught with less work by
fishermen. Otter trawls outfish baited hooks,
mainly because they catch small-mouth as well as
large-mouth groundfish. The greater catches in-
clude not only added species, such as small-mouth
ocean perch and flounders but also smaller sizes
of larger-mouth species, such as cod and haddock.
While otter trawling is efficient, it can be wasteful.
Large quantities of fish have had to be discarded at
sea because they were unmarketable. The latter
was particularly true for small sizes of haddock
and cod. Commonly, half the catch by numbers
has been discarded as dead or dying fish from the
decks of otter trawlers.

The practice of catching and discarding small
fish was wasteful in two ways, the report contin-
ued. Firstly, fishing operations were less effi-
cient than they should be, and, secondly, the des-
truction of small fish led to reduced landings of
marketable sizes in later years.

Canada and the United States--the only coun-
tries holding Panel 5 (waters off New England)
membership=-focused attention on the Georges
Bank scallop fishery. The bank is the biggest off-
shore scallop resource on the Atlantic coast. U-
nited States fishermen in 1957 landed about 20
million pounds from operations in the area, while
Canada landed about 1.8 million pounds, nearly
half its 1956 total. The panel described the fish-
ery as of "great and growing economic importance
to the United States and Canada and n this basis
alone deserves the serious consideration of the
Commission."

Two main recommendations, both endorsed by
the Commission, resulted from discussions on
scallops:

1. That routine samples for abundance should
be taken year after year with the same vessel or
vessels and gear so that experimental measures
of catch per unit of effort will not be affected by
variations in fishing power.

2. That serious consideration be given the need
for use of a research vessel of fishing power sim-
ilar to those now engaged in the commercial fish-
ery. The committee felt that the data required to
support and follow up the effect of a regulation are
sufficiently important to justify such a step.

A main point in the scallop discussion was
whether it was advisable at this time to regulate
sea scallop fishing. While the scientists agreed
that the time wasn't ripe to implement large ring
sizes in scallop gear, they unanimously agreed
that more study be given the subject.

Montreal has been selected as the site for the
1959 meeting of the International Commission for
the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries,

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

International (Contd.):

The Soviet Union's scientific spokesman des-
cribed research carried out by his country in the
Convention area and indicated that this was to be
increased this year. Three trawlers, Odessa,
Kreml, and Novorossiysk will carry out research
work in the regions of the Grank Banks, Flemish
Cap, Labrador, and along the western coast of
Greenland. Soviet fish landings from the two
banks off Newfoundland in 1957 totaled 70,000
metric tons. Two 1,800-ton trawlers were em-
ployed. The catch was divided between 19,200
tons taken on the Grand Banks and 50,121 tons on
Flemish Cap.

The report of the Research and Statistics Com-
mittee incorporated recommendations of the var-
ious subcommittees under specific headings. Some
of the main recommendations were:

Statistics Collection and Analysis: The Com-
mittee recommended that the biologist-statistician
commence his work next year of analyzing the sta-
tistics now provided by the Commission to assess
more precisely their value for current. research
needs, especially in population studies.

Sampling: The Committee recommended that
all countries should engage sea observers to ac~
company commercial vessels fishing in the Con-
vention area to provide data on fish for each of the
statistical areas fished. Such data would include
information on length and age of the entire catches,
including the fish discarded as well as those re-
tained.

Ocean Perch: The Committee recommended
that the symposium onQcean Perch Systematics
and Biology, approved at the Commission meeting
in 1957, should be held in Copenhagen in Septem-
ber 1959. Solutions of the problems of fundamen-
tal systems and biology were described as of
major importance for accurate assessments of pop-
ulation dynamics of ocean perch stocks.

Gear Selection: Calling attention to gaps in
knowledge of gear selection in the Convention
areas, the committee recommended that gear se-
lection research should be placed on the agenda of
the next meeting of the Committee to devise means
for filling these gaps.

Marking Techniques: Considering that the stage
has been reached for a collective assessment of
the marking methods used in the Convention area
and of the experiences of workers elsewhere, the
committee recommended that a symposium on
marking should be held when the Commission
meets next year.

Assessment of Current and Possible Future
Mesh Regulations: Noting that experiences since
the introduction of mesh regulations in the subarea
5 haddock fishery have shown that the regulation
has achieved its short-term objectives and that
most of the predictions of benefit made prior have
been realized, the Committee recommended that
United States scientists should continue to pursue
this measurement using hitherto untried methods;
that the licensing of small-mesh study boats be
held in abeyance, and that the United States should
consider increasing the size of mesh used in the

Vol. 20, No. 12

Georges Bank haddock fishery to allow the release
of haddock to the age of three years.

Research on Sea Scallops: The Committee
recommended that investigations of the population
dynamics of the exploited scallop stocks, now in
progress in the United States and Canada, be con-
tinued and expanded. It recommended in particu-
lar that: (1) catch and improved effort statistics
for the Canadian and United States vessels fishing
in the area be collected for as small time and
area subdivisions as are practicable; (2) consider-
ation be given to measuring catch and effort of a
selected portion of the commercial fleet and to the
use of a special research vessel to improve under-
standing of factors influencing the catch per unit
of effort; (3) tagging experiments be undertaken for
estimating mortality; (4) experimental fishing in-
cluding underwater photography and television be
conducted to measure catching efficiency of the
gear and to estimate fishing mortality; (5) research
on the biology of the scallop and on the environ-
ment to determine elements influencing occurrence,
behavior, and survival be instituted.

Environmental Studies: The identification and
measurement of the effects of fluctuations in
plankton and hydrographic factors on the distribu-
tion and abundance of exploited fish stocks are
fundamental facets of applied fishery biology in-
vestigations. Hitherto, the extent of plankton and
hydrographic studies in the Convention area has
been limited and generally inadequate for achiev-
ing these aims.

The Committee considered that there should be
a serious stocktaking of current progress and fu-
ture requirements in these studies. It recommen-
ded that: (1) A survey should be made of present
information on plankton in the Convention area;
(2) that participating countries bring plankton spe-
cialists to the next annual meeting to plan a coor-
dinated Convention area plankton program; (3) that
present programs of environmental studies should
be continued, and if possible intensified, in antici-
pation of the development of a fully coordinated
Commission program.

TERRITORIAL WATERS

FAROES REJECT BRITISH PLAN
TO RESOLVE CONFLICT OVER
12-MILE FISHING LIMITS: :

e Faroe Islands have rejected Brit-
ain's ''six plus" fishing proposal, ac-
cording to a September 24, 1958, report
from Thorshayn and Copenhagen. Brit-
ain proposed a six-mile fishing limit and
a further six-mile belt in which fishing
could go on by special arrangement. The
five political parties in the Faroes re-
iterate their claim to a 12-mile limit,
the report stated. They do not, however,
oppose new negotiations between Denmark
and Britain for a new agreement super-
seding the 1955 Anglo-Danish agreement.

The Faroes local government will con-
sider appointing representatives to help

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

International (Contd.):

the Danish delegation in new negotiations
with Britain, Denmark manages Faroes'
foreign affairs,

Ae

Argentina

DEVELOPMENT OF TUNA
CANNING INDUSTRY IN PROSPECT:

The recent discovery of schools of tuna in South Atlantic
waters near Argentina has caused speculation that the Argen-
tine fishing industry is on the verge of taking a great step
forward, points out the Buenos Aires La Nacion of June 12,

The Mar del Plata area is the principal fishery center
of Argentina because it has the largest number of vessels,
the greatest amount of fishery landings, the greatest num-
ber of canneries, and the facilities for processing fishery
products. Despite all this, the financial situation of the
fishing industry of Mar del Plata is not good. The increases
in the costs of containers, raw materials, salaries, and other
operating expenditures have seriously hurt the canneries
financially.

Tuna were found by the fishing vessel Foca during a
cfuise on February 27, 1958. Soon after that, reports were
made to the Director of Fishery Investigations of the Argen-
tine Ministry of Agriculture, and a second trip was made by
the Foca with good results, The catch of the Foca was
processed locally with good results, oT

From French technical studies, it was ascertained that
‘*white’’ tuna in the South Atlantic spawned in the area
east of Pernambuco (Brazil), then after remaining for a
time in the area of their birth, the young tuna migrated in
a perimeter of approximately 1,000 miles before starting
their migration towards the east and eventually as far as
South Africa.

Speaking of the promising aspects of a tunaindustry, the
President of the Mar del Plata Chamber of Fishery Indus-
trialists stated that tuna occupied one of the most important
placesin the exports of various nations, He further stated
that the local production of good-quality olive oilplaces Ar-
gentina in avery advantageous position inregardto canning
tuna, since other nations of the Americas lack this important
ingredient. For this reason, he added, it isa certainty that
the tuna industry will develop into an important source of
much-needed wealth for Argentina. If it is possible, he con-
tinued, to catch tuna during June-September, the canneries
of Mar del Plata~-which are usually idle during this season
due to a scarcity of fish for canning--could remain active
during the winter.

A member of Argentina's Honorary Fishery Commission,
manifesting optimism of the effects of a tuna industry upon
the economy, recalled that Peru, in little more thantwoyears,
has developedits fishing industry considerably, He further
stated that it should not be forgottenthatin recent years Ar-
gentina dropped from first place among the fishing nations of
South America to its present position of fourthplace, behind
Chile, Peru, and Brazil.

Inconclusion, he stated that the recent tuna finds permit
the contemplation that once the local fishing fleet becomes
adequate, tuna will become a sure and permanent source of
wealth, due to the apparent proximity ofthe fishing grounds
and the processing capacity of the Mar del Plata canneries.

The United States is considered to be one of the potential
markets for Argentine tuna. The tuna industry provides a
hope not only for the improvement of local industry, but al-.
so for aiding Argentina’s economy.

According to local producers, the Government must
facilitate exports of canned fish. This would eventually
bring about improvements in fishing methods and the fish-
ing vessels of the Mar del Plata area.

Belgium

IMPORTS OF JAPANESE CANNED
SALMON, JANUARY-JULY 1958:

Imports of Japanese canned salmon
into Belgium January-July 1958 amount-
ed to about 2,811,000 pounds, valued at
US$891,638, as compared with 4,545,000
pounds, valued at US$1,394,000, for the
first six months of 1957.

Although total imports for the first
six months of 1958 remain considerably
below those for the same period in 1957,
the months of May, June, and July, wit-
nessed an over-all increase in the quan-
tity and value of importations over 1957.
This was, however, not sufficient to over-
come the low level of imports during the
first three months of 1958. The import
figures for canned salmon are not broken
down into pink or red salmon, but it is be-
lieved that the drop in imports occurred
for all types.

Canada

DISEASE~-RESISTANT OYSTERS
TRANSPLANTED TO RESTORE DEPLETED BEDS:

The restoration of depleted oyster beds in New Bruns-
wick and Nova Scotia is a current project of the Canadian
Department of Fisheries and the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada. Now in its second year it involves, over a three-
year period, the transfer of 10,000 barrels of healthy, dis-
ease-resistant oysters from Prince Edward Island to areas
of the two other Maritime Provinces where the species native
tothose districts has beenalmost wiped out by natural mor-
talities.

The second phase of the operation was carried out in
May and June 1958 when 4,500 barrels of the Prince Ed-
ward Island oysters were transferred to the affected areas.
Last year 1,500 barrels were transplanted, and 1959 will
see the transfer of 4,000 barrels.

The plan of restoration is based on substantial evidence
which shows that the circumstances causing the depletion
in the two mainland provinces are similar to those which
destroyed oyster stocks in the waters of Prince Edward
Island between the years 1915 and 1920. Experience has
shown that oyster stocks in devastated areas eventually re-
cover if left to themselves over a period of from 10 to 15
years. However, the recovery period can be greatly re-
duced, in some cases cut in half, by introducing relatively
small numbers of disease-resistant oysters. These serve
as a breeding stock and their progeny inherit the immune
characteristics of the parents, This device was used to re-
habilitate the Prince Edward Island oyster fisheries and
now all oysters in the waters of that Province are of the
disease-resistant strain,

Fisheries scientists emphasize that the disease which
caused the depletions of oyster stocks is not injurious to hu-
mans.

This year’s operation involved the transplanting of oys-
ters to the Shippegan, Miramichi Bay, Richibucto, Buctouche,
and Cocagne areas in New Brunswick and the Merigomish-
Pictou district of Nova Scotia.

The Department of Fisheries patrol vessel Cygnus car-
ried oysters from the shipping point at Summerside, Prince

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Canada (Contd.):

Edward Island, to the affected areas in Northumberland
Strait. There the boxes of oysters--two boxes make up a
barrel--were transferred to smaller boats of the Depart
ment’s patrol fleet. The crews of these then scattered the
oysters over specified areas.

The effect of the epidemic oyster disease has been dis-
astrous, with mortalities in some of the affected areas run-
ning as high as 97.8 percent. Since the disease first became
evident there has been a 70-percent drop in oyster production
in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. Last year the catch was
only 9,000 barrels, and this year’s production is expected to
be less than half that amount.

Last year the Department began its first mass transfer
of Prince Edward Island oysters--1,000 barrels to the Ship-
pegan area and 500 barrels to the Wallace-Malagash district
in Nova Scotia. Mortality to the end of 1957 was two percent
in Shippegan and six percent in Wallace-Malagash, A Fish-
eries Research Board biologist considered these losses to
be very low, saying: ‘We cannot be sure that these animals
are disease-resistant but results of the 1956 resistance ex-
periment give us good reason to think they are.’’

The Prince Edward Island oysters transferred to Mala-
gash in 1957 spawned and a few spat were caught. These
are being studied for disease resistance. The Shippegan lot
did not spawn, but spawning failures are common in that area
in coldsummers andthe summer of 1957 was cold throughout
the Maritimes.

Encouraged by the results of last year’s operation, the
Department this year increased its planned transfers from
the initially-proposed 3,500 barrels to 4,500.

The Board's biologist is of the opinion that by the end of
1959 most epidemics should have nearly run their course
andall important diseasedareas will have been planted with
disease-resistant Prince Edward Island brood stock, in plant-
ings dense enough to encourage vigorous spawning. If spat-
fall in all areas begins as soon after planting as it did in
Malagash, it can be expected that there will be a great reduc-
tion in the recovery period, as compared with that in Malpe-
que Bay following the earlier Prince Edward Island outbreak,
in which no rehabilitation effort was possible. The biologist
says: ''Early restoration of the commercial oyster fisheries
is promising if the oysters encounter favorable years for
reproduction. We estimate that with luck most fisheries
should be producing again in 1965.'' (Canadian Department
of Fisheries Trade News, August 1958.)

KK OK

EFFICIENCY OF ALUMINUM LOBSTER TRAPS STUDIED:

Further study of the efficiency of aluminum lobster traps
is being continued following the opening of the lobster fish-
ing season in Northumberland Strait on August 10. Thirty-
four traps built of aluminum were set in the fishing grounds
off Richibucto Cape, Kent County, New Brunswick.

Two fishermen are each fishing 17 traps. Records of
catches will be kept and will be compared with the catches
made by an equal number of the conventional wooden traps.

On the New Brunswick side of the strait the fishing area
extends from Eel River in Kent County to Bergman’s Point
in Cumberland County, N. S., while on the Prince Edward
Island side the fishing grounds extend from a point off the
northern tip of the island to Victoria Harbour, Queens
County.

The metal trap study off Richibucto was a prelude to a
large-scale operation in the cold waters of the Bay of Fundy
in the Yarmouth district this winter. There, 300 aluminum
traps will be fished by three fishermen in a full-scale test
of this type of gear. The traps are being provided by the In-
dustrial Development Service of the Department of Fisher-
ies, which instituted research into metal traps four years
ago.

Technicians of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada
at the Board’s Technological Station at Halifax are now con-
structing a model of an improved aluminum trap to be used
in the Yarmouth project. A total of 300 traps will be con-
structed after the model is tested for the large-scale study.

The ability of metal lobster traps to withstand punish-
ment by sea and winds that would demolish wooden traps has

Vol. 20, No. 12

been definitely established. That factor has been the main
spur to the Department’s program of investigating this new
type of fishing gear. The metal traps to be used in the ex-
periment are of the same design as the conventional wooden
traps.

If the efficiency of the metal lobster traps in catching
lobsters can be established definitely this winter, it would
provide part of the answer to the heavy trap losses suffered
by Canadian lobster fishermen, (Canadian Department of
Fisheries Trade News, August 1958.)

2 ok Ok ok ok

EXPORT BAN ON FRESH AND
FROZEN SOCKEYE SALMON LIFTED
UNTIL DECEMBER 31, 1958:

The export embargo on fresh and fro-
zen sockeye salmon was lifted on Octo-
ber 2, 1958, for the remainder of the cur-
rent season (until December 31, 1958) by
the Canadian Department of Fisheries.

Since there was a large number of
sockeye salmon at the entrance of the
Fraser River, it may be found that the
number is in excess of the optimum re-
quired for spawning purposes if all are
allowed to go upstream, the Department
pointed out. Should the International Pa-
cific Salmon Fisheries Commission de-
cide to reopen fishing, the temporary
lifting of the export ban will provide the
opportunity to export the anticipated sur-

plus.

The action taken is in line with the
procedure adopted under similar cir-
cumstances with the large run of Adams
River sockeye in 1954,

% OK Ie OK Xk

FRESH AND FROZEN FISHERY PRODUCTS
INSPECTION PROGRAM EXPANSION ANNOUNCED:

An expansion of Canada’s program of inspection of
fresh and frozen fish products and of fish processing
plants was announced by that country’s Fisheries Minis-
ter on September 22,1958. After January 1,1959, the Cana-
dian industry may offer the consuming public fish prod-
ucts which have been processed and packaged under rigid
standards.

This announcement was made inthe course of a speech dur-
ing which the Fisheries Minister officially opened ‘‘National
Fish Week’’ at a luncheon in Ottawa given by the Fisher-
ies Council of Canada. He prefaced the statement of his
Department’s new plans by saying that encouraging prog-
ress had been made during the past three years ina
voluntary program of inspection introduced in fish-proc-
essing plants in many parts of Canada. Before Department
inspection will be given any fresh or frozen fish product
under the new standards, processing plants must meet
specific requirements pertaining to construction, sanita-
tion, operation, and equipment. Once a plant has been ap-
proved any of its products, including round and dressed
fish, fillets, steaks, fish sticks, and similar items will be
eligible for inspection.

If a frozen fish product complies with clearly-defined
quality, processing, and packaging specifications, the

December 1958

Canada (Contd.):

packer may identify it with the designation ‘‘Canada {nspected’’
within a line drawing of a maple leaf marked on the wrap-

pers, labels, containers or, where practicable, on the whole
fish.

Inspected fish whichis tobe marketedin the fresh state
as whole fish, fillets, or steaks may be identified by having
the words ‘‘Processed under Government Supervision’’ with-
in a line drawing of maple leaf marked on the wrappers,
labels, or containers. There is no size limit on either of
these designations.

Retail stores selling fish products bearing either of
these two quality designations may publicize them by
display advertising or other promotional aids. Neces-
Sary steps will be taken by the Department to ensure that
the consumer will be protected against the purchase of
improperly-labelled fish products.

The Department expressed its gratitude for the ex-
cellent cooperation and assistance which had been
forthcoming from the fish-processing industry in all
parts of Canada in drafting the standards and specifica-
tions for quality control. The standards were near com-
pletion, he added, and the Department’s Area Directors
across Canada would soon be able to give advice to those
interested. Later, changes might be made from time to
time in the light of experience gained in putting the im-
proved inspection procedures into practice. Copies of
specifications will be available from the secretary of the
Canadian Government Specifications Board in Ottawa.

In concluding his reference to the proposed expanded
inspection program, the Minister said ‘‘I feel certain that
with this further step towards obtaining uniformity in the
quality of our fishery products across Canada, coupled
with the implications that it will have in promoting quality,
the fishing industry will have stronger arguments than
ever before in persuading the consumer that fish is for any-
one--any time.’’ He also expressed confidence ina
favorable consumer response to what he described as a
progressive step of making available in the retail stores
both fresh and frozen fish products prepared under the
most rigid sanitary requirements and which possess all
the factors of high quality demanded by today’s discrim-
inating buyer.

2 ok ok ak Ok

FRESH AND FROZEN FISHERY
PRODUCTS INSPECTION PROGRAM
EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 1959:

Definite dates for plant approval and
for product inspection on the new Cana-
dian inspection service for fresh and
frozen products have been announced,
Detailed surveys of plants will com-
mence on January 1, 1959, and the ef-
fective date of approval of plants which
meet the plant requirements will be A-
pril 1, 1959, Consequently, no fresh or
frozen fish products can be processed or
packaged for sale, with the new quality
designations, until April 1, 1959.

The specifications for plants and
products are now being finalized and will
be ready about November 1, 1958, These
specifications, known as 32 -GP-14la,
Fish; Fresh, Frozen and Prepared, will
be available from the Canadian Govern-
ment Specifications Board, National Re-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

67

search Council, Montreal Road, Ottawa,
at a nominal charge,

2 OK Ik ok

PROSPECTS FOR 1958/59 BRITISH
COLUMBIA HERRING FISHING SEASON:

The Fisheries Research Board of Canada Biological
Station at Nanaimo, B. C., in July 1958 issued a prediction
on the prospects for the 1958/59 British Columbia herring
fishing season. A summary forecast of fishing success in
the British Columbia herring fishing follows:

Subdistrict Forecast

Upper Catch expected to be
Queen Charlotte small
Islands (Area 2AE)

Size of Fish

No estimate

Lower
Queen Charlotte
Islands (Area 2BE)

Some increase in
catch expected

Larger than in
1957/58.

Northern No appreciable change| Smaller than in
in catch anticipated 1957/58.
Central Abundance at low lev- | Relatively small,

about the same
as in 1957/58.

el. No increase in
catch expected and
quota may not be tak-
en. Fishing may be
better in Area 6 than \
in 1957/58.
Upper East Coast Little increase in a-
bundance expected

Relatively small

Middle East Coast |The quota should be
taken but not greatly

exceeded

Smaller than in
1957/58.

Lower East Coast More effort may be About the same
required to take quota.|as in 1957/58.
Abundance relatively
low.

Lower West Coast | No improvement in a-
bundance can be fore-
seen,

Smaller than in
1957/58.

Area 25 - abundance _ |No estimate
has decreased, no
more than moderate
fishing can be expect-
ed.

Area 26-27 - expected
to remain poor.

Upper West Coast

we OK Ke KX

REGULATIONS CHANGED ON
DRAINED AND NET WEIGHT OF
FROZEN LOBSTER MEAT:

The drained-weight and net-weight
requirements of frozen lobster meat in
any container have been changed. The
Canadian Government on the recommen-
dation of the Minister of Fisheries or-
dered the change on August 18, 1958.
Order in Council P. C. 1958-1145 re-
vokes subsection (3) of section 68 of the
Canned Fish and Shellfish and Cannery
Inspection Regulations of the Meat and
Canned Foods Act made by Order in
Council P. C. 1954-1974 of December 16,
1954, as amended. The new section now
reads:

68

Canada (Contd.):

"(3) The drained weight and net
weight of frozen lobster meat in any
container shall be:

"(a) 24 ounces net weight to be 1
ounces drained weight; (b) 6 ounces net
weight to be 43 ounces drained weight;
(c) 8 ounces net weight to be 6S ounces
drained weight; (d) 14 ounces net weight
to be 113 ounces drained weight; (e) 16
ounces net weight to be 134 ounces drain-
ed weight; (f) 70 ounces net weight to be
56, ounces drained weight; (g) 112 ounces
net weight to be 89 ounces drained weight;
and (h) 144 ounces net weight to be 133
ounces drained weight."

2 ok ok ke ok

SALMON INDUSTRY TRENDS FOR 1958:

The record sockeye salmon run with 50 percent of the
fish coming through nonconvention waters off the north end
of Vancouver Island dominated the Canadian west coast
(British Columbia) fishing picture. The unexpected lifting
of import restrictions by the United Kingdom made it possi-
ble for canners to market the bulk of the Canadian salmon
pack in the United Kingdom.

Record Sockeye Catch: By far the most significant
aspect of the current fishing season is the record-breaking
sockeye salmon catch. This species of salmon returns
every fourth year to spawn in the Fraser River andits tribu-
taries. Onthebasis of current information it appears that
the sockeye catch this year may exceed the previous record
set in 1905. Over one million cases (48 1-lb. cans) were
packed through mid-September which is double the pack of
the last cyclical year of 1954. As a result the capacities
of the canneries were taxed to the utmost and the fishing
industry faced a problem of financing the record-breaking
catch. On the basis of $35 a case, the canneries were re-
quired to finance $35,000,000 to process the sockeye catch.

The route the sockeye took in reaching the Fraser
River created new and unexpected problems, In past years
the sockeye have customarily passed through the Straits of
Juan de Fuca en route to the Fraser River. This year, the
sockeye salmon out-guessed the fish biologists and 50 per-
cent passed through the north end of Vancouver Island and
through the Johnstone Straits to their spawning grounds.
This meant that one-half of the salmon migrated over a
route which placed them outside of the convention waters
set up by the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Com-
mission, permitting Canadian fishermen to catch this bo-
nanza harvest without the necessity of dividing this addi-
tional catch with the United States fishermen according to
the provisions of the Convention.

On September 12 an emergency meeting of the Inter-
national Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission was held at
Bellingham, Wash,, to explain the unusual fishing season.
The Director of Investigations for the Commission pointed
out that the change in the migratory pattern had imposed
difficult problems in dividing the catch between United
States fishermen and Canadian fishermen. ;

The Commission pointed out that equal catch division
was brought about only by the imposition of rigid closure
regulations on the Canadian fishermen while the Americans
were permitted to fish seven days a week for a long period
of time.

It was suggested that Canadian fishing efficiency was
better than American fishing efficiency. For example,
Canadian fishermen caught 2,868,477 fish in the Straits of
Juan de Fuca as of that date as compared with half that
number in 1954, The use of deep nylon nets was generally
attributed as the reason for the Canadians’ better harvest.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

In order to properly provide for the 1962 sockeye catch,
escapement at the right time of the proper number of fish
must be permitted. Escapement of between 1.5 and 3.0 mil-

Vol. 20, No. 12

lion sockeye is necessary to assure the success of the next
cyclical season. Escapement of less than 1.5 million will
not be sufficient to permit the reproduction of the harvest.
Escapement of an amount in excess of 3.0 million will re-
sult in excess pressure in the spawning area with the de-
posit of poor salmon eggs over good ones to the detriment
of the next cyclical catch. The Canadian fishing industry
announced late in September that it would not buy any
more sockeye since the late fish were of inferior quality
and there is no market for them, This may cause serious
complications in the management of the Fraser fishery.

Salmon Pack: Preliminary statistics released Septem-
ber 19 disclosed the British Columbia salmon pack as
1,762,705 cases of all species. Sockeye salmon account
for a majority of the catch and represent 1,064,578 cases.
Pinks accounted for 453,172 -ases, chums 130,882 cases,
and coho 92,746 cases.

Several weeks previous canners were seriously worried
about the marketing of the bonanza harvest. Their exports
to the United Kingdom, which usually take about 40 percent
and 50 percent of the pack, was limited by quota restrictions.
Australia, a traditional importer of Canadian salmon, was
facing dollar shortages. Accordingly, the fishing industry
was facing a serious marketing problem with the prospect
of a 2- to 3- year carryover, Plans were being laid for an
intensive domestic sales promotion campaign. Carryover
from last year’s pack was negligible, and the industry had
to import Japanese salmon for the domestic market while
continuing to export Canadian salmon in order to preserve
their foreign markets,

Lifting of British currency restrictions, at the Com-
monwealth Trade Conference at Montreal, changed the pic-
ture for British Columbia salmon exporters overnight.
Previously the British quota for the import of ‘‘dollar’’
salmon was pegged at $4.5 million. Within 24 hours the
British Columbia fishing industry announced that 700,000
cases of scckeye had been bought up by British importers
for a total of $26 million. Prices ranged from $37 to $40
a case and it was reported that one large British firm tried
to buy the entire pack. Approximately 300,000 cases are
being retained for the Canadian market. Previously
British Columbia sockeye, a British favorite, had been
a rarity in English stores. Orders were also placed for
pink and coho salmon.

It is expected that the main competitor for British
Columbia salmon in the British market will now be Japan.
The British restriction remains on Russian salmon,
American Salmon will also benifit from the British action;
however, American Salmon will not have the advantage of
the British Preferential Tariff.

It has been estimated that the landed value of the Ca-
nadian sockeye catch will approximate C$21 million with an
additional $10 million in other species. Canadian canners
are expected to realize C$38 million for the sockeye pack,
another $12 million for other canned salmon species, ‘and
$11 million from fresh, smoked, and frozen salmon,

Agreement on Ex-vessel Prices: As a result of a
union-industry agreement signed August 18 and retroactive
to the first day of fishing, the following guaranteed mini-
mum prices were agreed on for number one quality fish
net-caught (round): sockeye 28¢ a lb., coho and steelhead
16¢ a lb., pinks 9-1/4¢ a lb., chums (up to Aug. 31) 7-1/2¢
a 1lb., jack springs 20¢ a fish.

Colombia

REGULATIONS AFFECTING
SHRIMP INDUSTRY ANNOUNCED:

The Colombian Government by Reso-
lution No. 0930, dated August 22, 1958,
announced that all shrimp for export
must be packed in 452-gram (5-lb.) par-
affin-dipped boxes manufactured in Co-
lombia, The same resolution also ex-
tended the time limit for the construc-
tion of shore-based fish-processing
plants by Colombian fishing companies,

December 1958

Colombia (Contd.):

according to a September 19, dispatch
from the United States Embassy in Bo-
gota,

Cuba

CLOSED SEASON FOR TURTLES,
TORTOISES, SHRIMP, AND
OYSTERS ENDED:

The Instituto Nacional de la Pesca
(National Fisheries Institute), by Reso-
lutions published in the Official Gazette
of September 15,16, and October 3, 1958,
terminated the closed season originally
imposed onJune 15,1958, onthe capture
of turtles and tortoises, effective Sep-
tember 10, 1958.

As of September 15, 1958, the Insti-
tute ended the closed season originally
imposed on June 15, 1958, onthe capture
of shrimp and oysters.

On October 10, 1958, the Institute
ended the closed season originally im-
posed on July 15, 1958, on the capture
of moro crab, Cuban snapper (Cubera),
and gray snapper (Caballerote).

Ecuador

IMPORT REGULATIONS AFFECTING
FISH CANNING INDUSTRY RELAXED:
One of the major problems facing
producers of fish products in Ecuador
is the difficulty presented by Ecuadoran
Government regulations covering the
importation of essential raw materials.
In particular, these regulations had
proven burdensome to the operations of
Ecuador's only tuna-canning company
engaged in the export of canned tuna.
This company, a United States owned
enterprise, is located at the west cen-
tral seaport of Manta. Company officials
have complained bitterly in the past re-
garding difficulties they had experienced
in obtaining official permission for the
importation of such needed materials as
tin plate, soybean oil, and spare parts
and equipment for both fishing and pack-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

ing. The necessity of complying with
complicated regulations, in the compa-
ny's opinion, severely restricted efforts
to promote the development of both ex-
oorts of canned tuna from Ecuador and
an increase in domestic market sales,

Apparently as a result of repeated
company approaches to secure an im-
provement in these conditions, the Ec-
uadoran Government in mid-September
1958 approved an official decree pro-
viding for substantial relaxation in reg-
ulations affecting imports by fish can-
ning companies. According to Guayaquil
news reports, article one of the new de-
cree, which reportedly became effective
on September 18, provides that fishing
companies which have been duly author-
ized by the Government to operate inEc-
uador, and which are engaged in the ex-
port of fish products whichghave been
prepared and canned in Ecuador, shall
no longer be required to obtain the ad-
vance permission of the Exchange De-
partment of the Central Bank of Ecua-
dor in order to import, with their own
foreign exchange, equipment spare parts,
accessories, andother materials need-
ed for the development of their activities,
and which were previously classified in
the import lists annexed to existing for-
eign exchange regulations. News re-
ports regarding this decree also stated
that this relaxation in regulations had
been approved by the Government in or-
der to promote greater development of
the national fishing industry.

Company officials are hopeful that
with approval of this decree they will
have no further difficulty in maintain-
ing adequate stocks of both canning ma-
terials, spare parts, and accessories
for plant operations, states an Octo-
ber 22, 1958, dispatch from the United
States consulate at Guayaquil.

France

FORCED COLD-AIR DRAUGHT IN
FISH HOLDS CUTS ICE COSTS:

Savings in the cost of ice used ona trawler of as much
as 60 percent can be attained by the introduction of a forced
draught of refrigerated air into the holds. In addition, the
quality of the fish is much improved, according to claims
made by a French company specializing in the installation
of refrigerated holds in fishing vessels. They are based on
the results actually obtained in trawlers fitted out by the
company.

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

France (Contd.):

Methods in use, of course, keep the hold cool by the use
of a ‘‘cold bank’’ situated generally at the top of the hold.
But while this cools the air in its vicinity and to some ex-
tent the shelves nearby, the lower ones are relatively unaf-
fected.

In the process used by the French company, cold air
is forced through to every part of the hold, thereby keep-
ing the fish at a constant temperature throughout its mass.

In fact tests taken by plunging a thermometer into the
body of fish and recorded daily throughout the return trip
from the fishing grounds show a curve descending gradually
to 28° F. and rising slowly to 30° F, during the ten-day
voyage.

It is not generally knownthat a temperature slightly sub-
freezing is the ideal for fish preservation, particularly in
the case of fish caught in northern waters; for the fact is
that the colder the waters in which fish live, the more re-
sistant to refrigeration are the bacteria found on it. Sub-
freezing temperatures are impossible by the use of ice
alone,

When a hold is refrigerated by the French company's
process care is taken at the outset that the insulation is as
perfect as possible. A thickness of cork of 8-10 inches
or its equivalent in other material is the minimum that
should be permitted. The hold is then divided into com-
partments both laterally and horizontally, but with openings
at the top of each so that the cooled air can pass readily
from one to the other.

In effect, a current of refrigerated air is introduced
through trunking to the space between the outside of the hold
and the walls of the compartments, being forced through by
a powerful fan. This finds its way, indeed is forced through
by the constant pressure behind it, by way of the vents situ-
ated at the top of each compartment and eventually to the
opposite side of the hold whence it is led back to the refrig-
eration plant so that the cycle is continuous.

The evaporators which produce the cold air are situated
in the space immediately behind the hold. They consist of
a bank of gilled pipes made of brass and set into cubic
form. This way the heat-exchange co-efficient is high and
a rapid reduction in the temperature of the air passing
over them is possible. The fan motors can be supplied
either 24 volt d.c. or 110 volt a.c., single or 3-phase. It
is essential because of the humid atmosphere in which they
work that they are fully enclosed,

The whole of the plant, including the trunking and the
double walls to the hold which form the passageways for the
air current, are made and mounted in such fashion that
they can be taken down with ease to permit the necessary
cleaning between voyages.

The flow of refrigerated air does not dispense with the
use of ice in the hold; but by keeping the air circulating
round it at subfreezing temperature it reduces its melting
point to an extent that an ice saving of 60 percent is possi-
ble. It is important, too, to note that the temperature re-
corded in the interior of the fish was always below freez-
ing. When ice alone is used a difference of several de-
grees is often recorded.

The French company’s process is protected by a British
patent and arrangements are now being made forits ex-
ploitation in the United Kingdom. (The Fishing News, Sep-
tember 12, 1958. )

Greece

SPONGE FISHERY TRENDS:

Prices for this season's sponge catch
are expected to be about 4-7 drachmas
(about 13-23 U. S. cents) higher due to
the better quality of the sponges from
waters off Egypt and Cyrenaica.

The United States market for sponges
is overstocked and few sales of this sea-
son's crop are expected in that market,
according to the Greek fishery period-
ical Alieia. The western European
sponge buyers are expected to delay
purchasing in the hope of lower prices.
However, the demand for second- and
third-quality sponges by the eastern
European market is better.

German Democratic Republic

EAST GERMAN FISHING FLEET
CANNOT SUPPLY COUNTRY'S
FISH NEEDS:

In spite of its large fishing fleet, the
East German fishing industry can supply
only about 25 percent of the country's fish
needs, according toan article which ap-
peared in the West German fishery peri-
odical Allgemeine Fischwirtschaftszei-
tung. Technical deficiencies of the fleet
and the long trips which East German
fishing vessels must make to reach their
catching grounds are primarily the rea-
sons for the fleet's inability to supply the
needed fish. East German fishing ves-
sels, as a result, can utilize only 50 per-
cent of their present productive capacity.

The Russians have not given any heed
to requests made by the East German
Government for permission to use Mur-
mansk as a base of operations for their
fishing activities. The author of the ar-
ticle says plans have been made in East
Germany to build factory trawlers cap-
able of staying out at sea for twomonths,
but it may take until 1965 before such
vessels will be placed into service.

Se

FISHERY TRENDS:

During the past five years, two State-
owned fishery combines have been es-
tablished in Sassnitz and Rostock in the
Soviet Zone of Germany. The fishing
fleet operated by these combines is rel-
atively large: 200 deep-sea cutters, 35
luggers, and 24 trawlers. Besides the
two combines, there exist numerous fish-
ery cooperatives on the Baltic coast, op-

December 1958

German Democratic Republic (Contd.):

erating about 200 small wooden cutters.
However, these wooden cutters are suit-
ed only for coastal fishing operations.
Under present catching conditions, the
fishing fleet of the Soviet Zone has a
total catching capacity of about 130,000
metric tons of fish per year, In 1957,
actual landings, however, amounted to
only about 65,000 tons of fish, which
means that only 50 percent of the total
catching capacity of the fleet was uti-
lized. The reason for this was that about
one-third of the fleet was laid up on ac-
count of technical breakdowns.

If the catching capacity of the East
German fishing fleet could be utilized
up to 100 percent, only half of the actual
fish demand would be met in the Soviet
Zone, The demand for sea fish in the
Soviet Zone is estimated to amount to
260,000 tons. At present, the fishing
fleet can only meet one-fourth of the de-
mand. There is another reason why the
fish landings of the relatively large fish-
ing fleet are so small. East German
fishing vessels have to make exception-
ally long trips to reach their catching
grounds, i. e., the North Sea, the waters
off Iceland, the ''Rosengarten'' southeast
of Iceland, the banks off the Norwegian
coast, the waters off Bear Island, and
the Barents Sea. The small vessels of
the Soviet Zone fishing fleet can stay at
sea for an average of three weeks only--
14 days must be deducted from these
three weeks for the round trip to the fish-
ing grounds. This leaves only 8days to
catch fish. If the sea is rough, the small
boats are often unable to catch fish.
Therefore, they often return with small
catches.

In order to improve the results of the
catching trips, the crews of the fishing
vessels have demanded larger vessels
which are able to stay at sea for about
two months. Already the First Five-
Years! Plan, which expired in 1955, pro-
vided for the construction of such ves-
sels. However, they have not been built
yet. Under the Second Five-Years' Plan,
Such vessels are to be put into service
until 1960, in order to improve the pro-
ductivity of deep-sea fishing. It is plan-
ned to build the factory fishing vessels

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

71

in Soviet Zone shipyards. The modern
factory trawlers being built by shipyards
in the German Federal Republic will
serve as samples. The Second Five-
Years' Plan provides for the construc-
tion of five such factory trawlers to be
built until 1960. Since the time required
for the construction of each of the vessels
will be about two years, the new factory
trawlers will not be completed before
1965.

The small vessels of the East German
deep-sea fishing fleet might be able to
nearly fill the fish demand of the popula-
tion of the Soviet Zone, if the Soviets
would permit East German vessels to use
the port of Murmansk as a base for their
fishing operations in the Barents Sea. At
present, Soviet Zone luggers require 18-
20 days for a round-trip from the Barents
Sea to the ports of the State-owned fish-
ery combines in Sassnitz and Rostock. A
round trip from the same catching grounds
to Murmansk requires only 3 to 4 days.
Operating out of Murmansk, quite a num-
ber of other fishing grounds could also be
reached in considerably less time thanre-
quired now. The fish could be shipped in
refrigerated trains from Murmansk to the
Soviet Zone. Such transports would be 4
to 5 times faster than by vessel. In addi-
tion, each Soviet Zone lugger and trawler
would be able to make twice or three
times as many fishing trips, and increase
its production by as much as 400 to 600
percent, if it were permitted to land fish
in Murmansk during the Barents Sea fish-
ing season.

For years East German authorities
have been trying to improve the uncoop-
erative working methods in the fishing
trade of the ''socialist camp" in favor of
the Soviet Zone fishing fleet. All efforts
to come to an agreement with the Soviet
Union regarding the use of Murmansk
have been without avail.

<2

JAPANESE FISHING CONTRACT
APPROVED BY ASSEMBLY:

The Haitian Assembly on July 17,1958,
voted approval of a contract signed on
April 30, 1958, between the Government

Haiti

72

Haiti (Contd.):

and one of the largest Japanese fishing
companies, The Japanese company will
be permitted to operate deep-sea fishing
fleets from Haitian ports and to have the
exclusive rights to export from Haitifish
caught on the high seas by vessels based
in Haiti, the United States Embassy in
Port-au-Prince reported in a Septem-
ber 26 dispatch.

Information received prior to this
dispatch indicated that the Japanese
firm would start building a freezer in
Port-au-Prince within four months aft-
er the contract had been signed and that
the contract was for a term of 25 years,
In addition, the firm plans to concen-
trate on the long-line fishery for tuna.

Israel

TUNA FISHING COMPANY WITH
JAPANESE-SWISS PARTICIPATION
ESTABLISHED:

Following negotiations which were
initiated by Israel's Minister of Com-
merce and Industry during his visit in
Japan several months ago, a joint Isra-
eli-Japanese-Swiss fishing company has
been officially founded which will eu-
gage mainly in tuna fishing in the South
Atlantic and Indian oceans,

The new enterprise is reported to
own the M/V Shimu Maru, which left
Japan several weeks ago and is now en-
gaged in deep-sea fishing off the coast
of South-West Africa. The vessel isone
of a series that will be purchased in Ja-
pan by the company together with alarg-
er ship equipped with refrigeration fa-
cilities. The firm's initial capital is
understood to amount to US$100,000,
while a further sum of US$200,000 is to
be invested at a later date. The foreign
partners in the new venture are a Swiss
firm and a Japanese firm, reportedly af-
filiated with one of the largest Japanese
shipping companies.

A recent statement by a Japanese
representative of the new firm now visit-
ing Israel in the company of the Israeli

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

manager indicated that the joint fishing
enterprise will also be active shortly in
the Red Sea where good prospects are
said to exist for deep-sea fishing.

One of the fishing boats of the com-
pany will also serve as a floating plant
for the production of fish meal from fish
that are not used for human consumption.
There are also plans to cultivate pearls
in the waters of Eilat Bay, since its
steady warm temperature throughout the
year is believed to be very favorable for
pearl culture. Japanese experts are at
present in Hilat for the purpose of giving
the necessary instructions to Israeli fish-
ermen.

At the end of Uctober, the Shimu Maru
is due to arrive in Haifa and will take a-
board a complement of Israeli:fishermen
who will be trained in deep-sea fishing
methods. The first catch is expected to
be marketed in Israel, the United States
Embassy in Tel Aviv reported in a dis-
patch dated September 22, 1958.

Italy

REVIEW OF THE FISHERIES, 1957:

Italy's landings of fish and shellfish
from the Mediterranean Sea amountedto
175,047 metric tons in 1957 as compared
with 188,975 tons in 1956--a decrease of
7.4 percent.

Table 1 - Italy's Landings of Marine-/ and
Fresh-Water Fishery Products

[Year [Fish [Molluscs] Crustaceans [Fresh-Water Fish |
136, 997
150, 835
148, 388
165, 465
145,794
1/Mediterranean production only, and excluding sponge
production.

Imports of fishery products for 1957
amounted to 127,567 tons. Dried salted
cod from Norway and Canada were the
main imported fishery products, about
36 percent of the total imports. Exports
of fishery products average only about
1,240 tons annually.

Italian sponge production has decreased
considerably since 1951. Coral produc-

December 1958

Italy (Contd.):

tion has increased as compared with
1951, but decreased as compared with

the production in
1955 of Sponges and Coral

: [year | Sponge | Coral|
(Metric Tons) .
10

Italy's per capita} 1957
consumption of fish fee
in 1921 was 16.3 1954
pounds, dropped to |1953
14.6 pounds in 1941, | {902 ae
and rose to 15.7 :
pounds in 1955.

1/Data not available. i

The Italian fishing fleet in 1957 con-
sisted of 43,948 fishing craft, of which
11,136 were fitted with motors, In 1955
about 145,457 persons were engaged in
the fishing industry. (Information Bul-
letin, No. 14, August 1958, General Fish-
eries Council for the Mediterranean.)

Japan

EXPORT OF TUNA LOINS AND DISCS
TO THE U. 5, APPROVED:

Since mid-August 1958 the Japanese
fisheries trade press has been following
closely the cautious steps that have been
taken by the Japanese tuna industry and
Government agencies toward a reopening
of exports to the United States of cooked
tuna loins and discs. These semiproc-
essed products can be canned with less
than half the labor required for process-
ing whole fish, and it is easy for all
types of United States packers and others
to engage in tuna canning. These prod-
ucts were placed under an export em-
bargo in October 1957 because of the
protests of United States tuna canners.

Following a meeting on September 4
of representatives of the Japanese Minis-
try of Agriculture and Forestry, the Min-
istry of International Trade and Industry,
and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, at
which the reopening of loin and disc ex-
ports was finally approved, the Export
Tuna Freezers! Association held a spe-
cial meeting on September 5 and adopted
certain changes to its regulations to cov-
er the loin and disc trade. As these new

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

regulations were to take effect 20 days
after promulgation, it was considered
almost certain that export of loins and
discs would begin not later than October 1,
1958,

The new rules provide: (1) Totalloin
and disc exports to the United States to
March 31, 1959, will be 2,970 metric
tons, of which 2,850 tons will be allocated
on the basis of past production records,
90 tons will be allocated freely, and 30
tons will be held in reserve; (2) in calcu-
lating equivalence of loins and discs to
round fish, the ratio will be 2 to 1; (3)
minimum prices for sales to exporters
will be set by the directors of the As-
sociation; (4) members of the Associa-
tion must not produce loins and discs in
any plant not approved by the Associa-
tion.

In a press conference on*September 8,
the Director of the Japanese Fishery
Agency stated that the loin-and-disc ex-
port quota of approximately 3,000 tons in
the next 6 months did not necessarily
mean that exports of 6,000 tons a year
were envisaged. The situation, he said,
would be re-examined next April, the
United States Embassy in Tokyo report-
ed on September 18.

ke ok ok Ok

FISHING INDUSTRY FORESEES
INTENSIFIED COMPETITION FROM RUSSIANS:

The Japanese fishing industry is concerned that the
Soviet Union's sixth Five-Year Plan calls for an annual catch
of 4.2 million metric tons (9.3 billion pounds) by 1960. In
the Far East much ofthis production will have to come from
fishing grounds now exploited by Japan. Soviet fishery men
wno have visited Japan recently have expressed a strong and
inquisitive interest in Japanese fishing techniques, particu-
larly for saury and tuna. Soviet ‘‘Fisheries Minister’’

A. A, Ishkov is reported to have expressed the intention of
ordering between 15 and 20 tuna vessels of the 800- to
1,000-ton class, and of seeking the services of Japanese
experts to train the Russians in tuna fishing. These vessels,
according to Ishkov, would operate mainly in the Atlantic,
but he mentioned the possibility that one or two of them
might fish experimentally in the Pacific.

Late in September 1958 a Japanese fishing vessel re-
ported sighting an 80-ton Soviet steel vessel fishing for
saury 20 miles off Ochishi in eastern Hokkaido. The point
of this report that has excited the most interest is that the
Soviet fishing vessel was not using a stick-held dipnet, as
Japanese saury fishermen do, but was apparently pumping
the saury aboard with a fish pump. Several similar boats
have been seen fishing off Shikotan Island in the Kuriles,
which is believed to be their base.

Japanese press comment on this development has taken
two tacks. One is that a large-scale Soviet advance into
the saury fishery will necessitate reconsideration of Japan’s
regulations, particularly with regard to the-time of open-
ing of the season, in view of the possibility that the Russians
night decimate the schools before Japanese vessels are
allowed to begin fishing. A need for more intensive inves~
tigation of the resource and its ability to stand up under

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Japan (Contd.):

added fishing pressure is also foreseen. Ifthe Soviets should
pursue the saury south, into the main grounds of the
Japanese fishery, an extension of the Japanese-Soviet fish-
eries treaty to cover this species is seen as a possibility,
and one commentator has observed that in this case the
positions which the two countries occupy with respect to
salmon might be reversed, with the U.S.S.R. asking the Jap-
anese for an annual saury catch quota. Another commentator
has pointed out that it ill becomes the Japanese fishing
industry, which raises the battle-cry of ‘‘freedom of the
high seas’’ whenever objections are made to its own opera-
tions, to pull a long face at the prospect of foreign compe-
tition on the fishing grounds. The saury, it is pointed out,
are a high-seas resource and thus open to all nations.

Increased Soviet competition is also feared in the field
of whaling. Russia's whaling fleet, according to reports, is
being augmented by a mammoth whaling factoryship (46,000
gross tons), the Sovetskaya Ukraina, which is soon to be
launched at the Nosenko shipyards near Odessa, This ship
is 715 feet long, 108 feet in beam, and 1.5 times the tonnage
of the Slava, the factoryship which the Russians are using
in the Antarctic at present. As completion of outfitting
is estimated to require 6 months, the new ship cannot take
part inthe 1958/59 winter’s whaling, but it is considered certain
that she will be going to the Antarctic next year. (United
‘States Embassy dispatch from Tokyo, September 25, 1958.)

He HK KK 3K

NEW GOVERNMENT CORPORATION
ESTABLISHED TO PROMOTE EXPORTS:

On April 26, 1958, the Japanese Diet passed the ‘‘Japan
Export Trade Promotion Agency Law'' which provided for
the establishment of a new government corporation to suc~
ceed the Japan External Trade Recovery Organization and
to take over the functions, responsibilities, and facilities of
that organization. On July 8, the Diet approved additional
legislation which provided a capital fund of #2 billion (about
US$5.6 million) for the new organization. The new organi-
zation (Japan Export Trade Promotion Agency) was estab-
lished as of July 25, 1958, with headquarters at Kokusai Kanko
Kaikan Bldg., No. 1, Marunouchi 1-chome, Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo, Japan (the head office of the old Japan External Trade
Recovery Organization had been at Osaka),

The Agency will have the same broad responsibilities
for promotion of Japanese exports as did its predecessor
organization. However, the predecessor organization
operated as a quasi-~government agency in the sense that a
portion of its financial support was provided by Japanese
Government appropriations. The remainder came from
membership fees from about 300 members, comprising
trading firms, manufacturing companies, and banks, and do-
nations from prefectural and city governments. The new or-
ganization will operate as a wholly Japanese Government
corporation. Its working capital will come from interest ob-
tained from the capital fund, from yearly Japanese Govern-
ment appropriations, from sales of publications, and serv-
ices (for example, where some special service is provided
a private firm such as exhibiting the firm’s products at a
trade fair), and possibly from donations. The new Agency
is operating under a budget of approximately $4.7 million
for fiscal year 1958 (April 1, 1958-March 31, 1959).

The Minister of International Trade and Industry has
appointed a president, vice president, and a secretary-
general and auditor for the new organization and to date
has approved the appointment of four directors.

The law creating the new Agency, in addition to provid-
ing for officers and directors, provided that an operations
council should be established to act as a consultative body
for the president of the organization and to deliberate and
decide upon important matters concerning the operation of
the organization.

The new operational council met on August 18, 1958,
and approved an operating program for the new Agency that
includes establishment of new overseas trade centers, a
strengthened market research program, and participation
in international trade fairs.

Included in the program for the balance of fiscal year
1958 are (1) overseas market research; (2) overseas special
promotional work; (3) participation in international trade
fairs; (4) export promotion of Japanese agricultural and
aquatic products (includes concentrated market research to
be carried out in the United States on raw and canned tuna

Vol. 20, No. 12

and vitamin oils); (5) modernization and improvement of de-
sign for Japanese export merchandise.

The working organization with headquarters in Tokyo
will include these departments: (1) planning; (2) service;
(3) finance; (4) trade center; (5) overseas public relations,
overseas expositions, agricultural and aquatic products, ma-
chinery, and Brussels Exposition Administration. The work-
ing organization is set up to include overseas trade centers
and joint offices with export associations. A joint office
with the the frozen fish export association is located at Long
Beach, Calif.

7 KE OK OK

SAURY FISHING SEASON OPENS:

The saury, or mackerel pike (Cololabis saira), fish-
ing season in Japan opened legally for boats under 20 tons
gross on August 12, 1958, for 20-30 ton boats on September 1,
and for larger vessels on September 12, Fishing will con-
tinue into January of 1959,

This species, which is not fished commercially else-
where in the Pacific, is one of Japan’s most important food
fishes, and last year’s landings of 929.6 million pounds were
second only to anchovies in the Japanese catch. It provides
cheap fresh fish for the domestic market and raw material
for low-priced canned goods for export to Southeast Asia,
Africa, and the Near East, Last year’s average ex-vessel
price was 1.4 U.S. cents a pound. Saury is also important as
bait for tuna long-lining.

Landings have been increasing steadily since the war,
and annually run 6 to 7 times higher than the prewar record,
In the 1957/58 season, 1,909 vessels participated in the fish-
ery, 746 of them under 20 tons and 577 between 20 and 50
tons. This season ‘he number of smaller boats is down slight-
ly, but the number of large boats taking part in the fishery
has increased, This reflects changes in the size composition
of the fleets engaged in other fisheries, as saury fishing is
an off-season occupation for draggers, seiners, salmon
gill-netters, and small tuna boats. The saury is captured
primarily with a stick-held lift net (bokeami), the fish being
attracted over the net by light.

The schools of this small (12-18 inch) pelagic fish first
appear east of Hokkaido and move southward off the Pacific
coast of Honshu as the cold water spreads out during the win-
ter. Some saury are landed as far south as Kyushu, but the
bulk of the landings is concentrated in the areas north of
Tokyo, particularly in Fukushima and Chiba prefectures,
Early season scouting this year by 13 research vessels from
Hokkaido and 6 from northeastern Honshu have produced fore-
casts, based on the hydrographic picture and the pattern of
appearance of the schools, of another heavy catch. A com-
mittee of government and industry has been working, as it does
each year, to prepare transportation and marketing facilities
to handle the flood of saury and to prevent the disastrous
price breaks which too often result from heavy landings of
this species in ports far from the main population centers.
Special trains carrying saury from northeast Honshu to Tokyo
‘will begin running on September 15,

The Saury Export Canners Association, meanwhile, has
been laying plans for its new production year, which began
August 1. The initial plan, set up early in July, was for a
total of 830,000 cases, of which production was to begin as
soon as possible on 650,000 cases and the final decision on
whether or not to pack the remainder was to be left until the
end of August, after it was seen how sales were progressing.
The canners were reportedly eager to produce, while the
Canned Fish Joint Sales Co. wanted to hold back, in view of
the anticipated carryover of 170,000 cases of last season’s
Pack. The packers are said to have threatened that if they
did not get an additional quota of at least 100,000 cases, they
would be forced to produce saury in soy sauce for the Philip-
pines trade, an export which had been embargoed for 1 year
after August 1 because of the serious competition it was giving
Japanese canned sardines in that market. On August 29 it
was finally decided to authorize an additional quota of 150,000
cases, making a total of 800,000 cases for the year.

The Joint Sales Company, faced with a total of 930,000
cases to sell--the carryover from last year is now put at
130,000 cases--has set up the following sales goal: Egypt,
100,000 cases in water; Burma, 200,000 cases in tomato
Sauce; Singapore and Malaya, 120,000 cases in tomato sauce;
Ceylon, 90,000 cases in tomato sauce; New Guinea, 10,000
cases in tomato sauce, 80,000 cases in water; West Africa,
35,000 cases in tomato sauce; Indonesia, 20,000 cases in
tomato sauce; Philippines, 75,000 cases in tomato sauce,
175,000 cases in water; other markets, 16,000 cases in tomato

December 1958

Japan (Contd.):

sauce, 9,000 cases in water; totals, 476,000 cases in tomato
sauce and 454,000 in water.

_ Prices at the canners’ level this year for canned saury
in tomato sauce are: No. 1 cans, US$6.38; No. 3 caus, $7.20;
small No, 1 cans, $5.68; and No. 7 fruit cans, $3.60 acase. :
Prices for canned saury in water are: small No. 1 cans
US$5.12; and No, 4 cans $5.05 a case. This represents ‘a
drop of 27 U. S, cents a case on tomato sauce No. 3’s and
No. 4’s in water, and of 13 cents on No. 1's in water. The
No. 7 fruit can, which is a new pack, is set at 19 cents be-
low the price for sardines in the same size can. (Septem-
ber 15, 1958, dispatch from the United States Embassy at
Tokyo.)

JAPANESL GOVERNMENT

Mexico

ENSENADA FISHERY TRENDS, THIRD QUARTER 1958:

Shrimp Fishery: During July 1958, the catch of shrimp
in Sebastian Vizcaino Bay and the Puerto de Santo Domingo
on the west coast of Baja California by boats largely from
Sonora and Sinaloa was at a high level. In the middle of
the month 7-10 shrimp trips arrived daily in Ensenada,
selling at a reported 20,000 pesos a ton (about 72.6 U.S.
cents a pound). The Ensenada area prospered from the
good catch; shrimp were frozen and canned at the can-
neries; the vessels purchased so much ice as to exhaust
the supplies of the local ice plants; and crew members
helped to bolster retail store sales. At the end of the
month the shrimp moved south and with them left a flo-
tilla of 100 shrimp boats.

Spiny Lobster: The spiny lobster season was due to
open on October 15, 1958, and continue until March 1, 1959.
With the usual optimism, experts say that the season in
Baja California waters should easily surpass that of the
year before.

Canning: The sardine catch continued to be poor in
the third quarter of 1958, and except for seasonal work,
canneries at Ensenada complained that their business
was still in a slump, which has already lasted two years.
It is hoped that the anticipated good spiny lobster catch will
stimulate activity in these canneries.

New Fishing Company: A new company, 100-percent
Mexican-owned, which will engage in the catching, process-
ing, and sale of tuna, has been formed with a capital of a-
bout US$800,000. The firm will have six boats equipped with
refrigeration. In addition, the company expects to maintain
a well-equipped repair shop in Ensenada to service the ves-
sels. These vessels will give business to the canneries of
Ensenada, which, in addition to tuna, will can the lower-
priced jack mackerel and striped tuna (skipjack).

7K KK

MERIDA SHRIMP FISHERY TRENDS,
JULY-SEPTEMBER 1958:

During July-September 1958 shrimp
exports (almost all to the United States)
from the Merida area on Mexico's east
coast amounted to 4,752,000 pounds,
down about 4.4 percent from the
4,970,000 pounds exported in the third
quarter of 1957. The usual increase in
the landings of shrimp for this quarter
failed to materialize this year. Asa
result, both the Campeche and Ciudad
del Carmen boat owners were having
financial problems.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

75

Prices received for 15-20 headless
shrimp at Brownsville, Tex., during the
quarter averaged about 90 U. S. cents in
July, 96 cents in August, and 88 cents in
September. Smaller sizes brought from
5-8 cents less per pound for each small-
er size group.

At the end of the quarter the United
States market was weaker for frozen
shrimp, particularly for the large and
jumbo sizes. But shrimp prices often
decline seasonally during the fall when
landings on the United States Gulf of
Mexico coast increase.

In addition to shrimp, other fishery
products exported during the third quar-
ter in 1958 were frozen fish (24,400
pounds), shark fins (2,700 pounds), and
shark skins (18,200 pound).

Morocco

FISHING FLEET AS OF JANUARY 1958:
As of the end of 1957 the Moroccan
fishing fleet totaled 2,270 vessels, of
which 1,850 vessels or 81.5 percent
were under 5 tons in size. The number
of fishermen totaled 8,588. Of the 1,850
small trawlers and line vessels ("'palan-
griers''), only 129 were equipped with
motors. The trawlers vary between 30

Table 1 - Moroccan Fishing Fleet as of January 1958

Trawlers
4 Commercial Small Trawlers|
ORY (chatutiers_|Sardine Seine Fleet! | and Liners2
or et chalutiers=|""" (sardiniers") _| (''palangriers')
sardiniers'')
fumber] Tons umber Tons Number
=| S05 Te 2
7 6 104
3 37 67
1 83 98
44 /2,911 731 201
S 68 150
32 |1,126 2,347 245
1 256 196
30_|1,189 1,859 765
t 1i8 5,405

"T/18-ton average.
2/3.4-ton average-

and 70 tons. The seiners, employing
purse-seines ("'cerco"), average 18 tons.

Nylon purse-seine nets are now widely
used by the commercial sardine fleet and
a large nylon tuna purse-seine was re-
cently bought from Japan for experiment-
al purposes. Experiments are also be-
ing made with electric fishing.

There are five tuna trap nets (''mad-
ragues'') operating on the Moroccan
coast, and a sixth is to be installed dur-

76

Morocco (Contd.):

ing the course of this year, the United
States Embassy at Casablanca states in
a dispatch dated September 23, 1958.

SS

Norway

COD FISHING ON THE
NEWFOUNDLAND GRAND BANK:

The Grand Bank of Newfoundland is
now the scene of a greater internation-
al fishery than at any time in history.
Bolstering the traditional fleets from
Spain, France, Portugal, the United
Kingdom, Italy, the United States, and
Canada are fishing vessels from the
U.S. S. R., Norway, and the Faroe Is-
lands. Some of the latter countries have
appeared on the scene only in the past
year or two, for example the U. S. S. R.,
Norway, and the Faroese.

Three Norwegian long-liners arrived
in the port of St. John's, Newfoundland,
in June 1958. The biggest vessel was
348 gross tons and carried a crew of 22
men; the other vessels were approxi-
mately 220 tons and had a complement
of 20 men, They left Norway April 9
and returned with their first load by the
first week in July. After a two weeks'
stay in Norway, they set out for the west-
ern banks again and returned with asec-
ond load of cod in October. The work of
the crews is limited to catching, split-
ting, and salting the fish. Most of the
catch is cured in artificial dryers by the
company which buys their catch,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

The catching method employed by the
Norwegian fishermen is to use two lines
to atub. Each line is 75 fathoms in
length and has 100 hooks attached.
Thirty lines are joined together, which
gives a total length of 2,250 fathoms
(13,500 feet), They usually work two
strings at a time, and sometimes three.

The lines are set at night while the
crew rests. A good week's catch would
be 80,000 pounds of salt fish. Theprice
paid for top-quality salt cod is 124 cents
a pound and these fish must measure at
least two feet.

Vol. 20, No. 12

The average Norwegian fisherman
earns about 12,000 kroner (US$1,780).
Out of thishe pays 1,000 to1,200 kroner
(US$140-170) for his food.

Under the Norwegian method of proc-
essing, the fish are bled for two hours
as soon as they are caught. Then they
are split, salted, and stacked. After a
period of about seven days the old salt
is removed and the fish receive a light
sprinkling of clean salt and are restack-
ed. (Canadian Department of Fisheries
Trade News, July 1958.)

SE Se

FISHERIES TRENDS,
JANUARY-AUGUST 1958:

During the first eight months of 1958
landings by Norwegian fishermen totaled
927,579 metric tons as compared with
1,326,321 tons in the first eight months
of 1957. As arule about 85 percent of
the annual catch is landed during the first
eight months of the year; therefore, 1958
promises to be a relatively poor year for
the fishing industry as a whole.

In a closely divided vote, the National
Council of the Norwegian Fishermen's
Association decided to urge the Govern-
ment to proclaim a 12-mile fishing limit
effective January 1, 1959, unless the fish-
ing limits dispute between Iceland, the
Faroes, and the British is settled satis-
factorily before this date. The Govern-
ment favors settlement of the dispute
over fishing limits by means of an early
international conference under the aus-
pices of the United Nations. The Govern-
ment, however, has observed the newly
‘established Icelandic 12-mile limit by
cautioning Norwegian vessels about fish-
ing inside this limit.

He FE FE Ke He

GOOD SHRIMP RESOURCES FOUND
OFF WESTERN SPITZBERGEN;

The research vessel of the Troms¢d
Museum in northern Norway returned
recently from a trip to Western Spitz-
bergen with a report that it had trawled
for shrimp and found very good resources
in the Isfjorden and Forlandet areas. The
largest catch was 200 liters in a one-hour
drag or about 5.7 U. S. bushels. The en-

December 1958

Norway (Contd.)

tire catch was large fine shrimp, ac-
cording to a September 17, 1958, report
in Fiskaren, a Norwegian fishery trade
paper.

ae ke ok ok

SEALING OPERATIONS IN DENMARK
STRAIT TO BE ENDED GRADUALLY:
The Norwegian Minister of Fisheries
stated to the press in September 1958
that the Ministry has worked out a plan
to bring about a gradual cessation of
Norwegian sealing operations in the Den-
mark Strait, the channel between South-
east Greenland and Iceland. Under the
plan no new concessions will be granted
for sealing as old vessels are withdrawn
from the operation. The gradual cessa-
tion of sealing in the Denmark Strait is
being carried out in accordance with an
agreement between Norway and the Sovi-
et Union which the Storting ratified sev-
eral months ago. No time limit for the
cessation was stipulated in the agree-
ment, but out of consideration for Nor-
wegian sealing interests, the Soviet Union
has agreed to let it take place by means
of successive reductions over a period
of time, the United States Embassy in
Oslo reported on September 26, 1958,

kk OK ok

WHALING FLEET DEPARTS
FOR ANTARCTIC:

Of the nine Norwegian whaling expedi-
tions which will take part in the 1958/59
whale hunt, four left Norway during Oc-
tober for the 10,000-mile voyage to the
Antarctic. The others will depart before
November 10. Most of the ships are reg-
istered at Sandefjord, Ténsberg, and
Larvik, in the province of Vestfold, where
nearly 7,000 whalers have their homes.

Altogether 20 expeditions from 5 coun-
tries will participate in the coming whale
hunt, same as last year. The total in-
cludes 9 Norwegian, 6 Japanese, 3 Brit-
ish, 1 Dutch, and 1 Russian. The number
of catcher boats assisting the big factory-
ships is also the same as last season--
257, including those working out of the
three land stations. Norwegian expedi-
tions will have 92 catcher vessels, as a-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

UU

gainst 94 last season. Another 7 will be
operated by the Norwegian land station

at Husvik Harbor, on the Island of South
Georgia, which was closed last year,
giving Norway a total of 99 catcher ves-
sels. Altogether 6,830 Norwegian whalers
will be in the Antarctic during the coming
season, including 2,110 hired by British
and Japanese companies. Crews aboard
Norwegian whaling ships total 4,720, an
increase of 356 over last year's figure.

At the last meeting of the Internation-
al Whaling Commission it was decided to
limit the total catch quota for all nations
to 14,500 blue-whale units, each corre-
sponding to about 137 drums of oil. This
isthe same quota that applied to the two
preceding whaling seasons. The Nether-
lands, however, has protested that the
quota could safely be raised to 15,000
units. So far, no action haS been taken
on the Dutch proposal.

The Antarctic open season for fin
whales begins January 7, 1959, while the
blue-whale season will start on Febru-
ary 1. Last winter, the blue-whale quota
was filled in only 44 days, and the fin-

‘whale season was closed after 69 days.

Norway's share of the baleen whale catch
in 1958 dropped to 39.6 percent of the
total, as against 45.5 percent in 1957.
Norwegian expeditions processed some
125,000 metric tons of whale oil, over
29,000 less than in the preceding season,
and 19,800 tons of sperm oil, an increase
of 3,400 tons.

According to a dispatch to an Oslo
newspaper, Norwegian whaling operators
take a dim view of prospects for the com-
ing season. Among the adverse factors
are a drop in the price of whale oil on
the world market and higher wage scales
granted to Norwegian crews. On the basis
of the latest price for whale oil, 67-10.0
(about US$189) a long ton, the average
Norwegian expedition will have to process
over 15,500 tons to cover operating ex-
penses, estimated to total about Kr. 21
million (US$2,940,000). The result is
determined by weather and wind, the skill
of the crew and, not least, plain luck.
Norwegian whaling companies have an ad-
ditional handicap in relation to several of
their competitors. They are operated as
commercial enterprises and receive no

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Norway (Contd.):

state subsidies or special privileges
of any kind.

Norway has repeatedly taken the ini-
tiative to place whaling on a more ra-
tional and economic basis. Though there
is no international agreement to reduce
participation, the Norwegian government
has since 1948 rejected all applications
for building new factoryships or replac-
ing old ones. Since 1952, the number of
Norwegian expeditions has been reduced
from 10 to 9, whereas other nations have
increased their participation. On the in-
itiative of Norwegian whaling companies,
a voluntary reduction has been assured
in the number of catcher boats attached
to each factoryship. The Soviet Union,
which is not a party to the international
agreement, used 24 catcher boats for the
one Soviet expedition which took part in
the 1957/58 season, as against an aver-
age of 10.4 for each Norwegian expedi-
tion. And in the next three years, three
additional Soviet expeditions are sched-
uled to join the Antarctic whale hunt.
This prospect is a source of grave con-
cern in Norwegian whaling circles (News
of Norway, Oct. 23, 1958). wiaay

3k ok ok ok

WHALING INDUSTRY FEARS
INCREASED SOVIET
PARTICIPATION IN ANTARCTIC:

The Norwegian whaling industry is
reported by the press to be very con-
cerned over the prospects of increased
participation by the Soviet Union in
whaling operations over the next few
years. The Norwegian Whaling Council
held a meeting in Oslo recently to con-
sider what action should be taken to
meet the threat of added competition.
According to the press, consideration
was given to the advisability of Norwe-
gian withdrawal from the International
Whaling Convention, states an October 3,
1958, dispatch from the United States
Embassy at Oslo.

Vol. 20, No. 12

Peru

FISH MEAL PRODUCTION
DOUBLED IN 1957: .

The 1957 production of fish meal in
Peru amounted to 64,480 metric tons as
compared with 30,969 tons in 1956. Al-
though there is Government control over
the construction of new reduction plants,
expansion of the fish meal industry con-
tinues at arapid rate. Prices for fish
meal in September 1958, according to a
September 30 dispatch from the United
States Embassy in Lima, were about
US$145 a metric ton f.o.b. Callao.

There is some official concern over
the increasing drain on anchovy resources
as a source of fish meal. It is feared
that the guano industry will be damaged
as the large flocks of seabirds ("aves
guaneras'') are dependent on the anchovy
as a source of food.

Gy

RESTRICTIONS ON OTTER-TRAWL
FISHING PROPOSED:

The Philippine Undersecretary o
Agriculture and Natural Resources
stated in October 1958 that the Depart-
ment of Agriculture will issue an order
restricting otter-trawl fishing in Manila
Bay to certain areas to conserve the fish
supply. This policy resulted from the
charges of the small fishermen that trawl
fishing was depriving them of their liveli-
hood.

Philippines

The proposed ban on trawl fishing is
a recurrent problem which results from
political pressure from small fishermen.
The FAO fisheries consultant who recent-
ly completed a two-year study of com-
mercial fishing in Manila Bay and San
Miguel Bay, publicly stated that his stud-
ies had shown that trawl fishing, as prac-
ticed in the Philippines, did not deplete
the supply of fish. Commercial fishing
spokesmen claim that a shortage of fish
would result if trawl fishing were banned.
Officials state that one of the primary
causes of fish depletion is the use of dy-
namite, which is primarily used by small
fishermen.

QO0000000000°

December 1958

Portugal

CANNED FISH EXPORTS, JANUARY-JULY 1958:
Portugal’s exports of canned fish during January-July
1958 amounted to 32,868 metric tons (2,012,800 cases), valued
at US$17.7 million, as compared with 23,971 tons, valued
at US$15.0 million, for the same period in 1957. Sardines
in olive oil exported during the first seven months of 1958

amounted to 22,543 tons, valued at US$12.1 million.

During January-July 1958, the leading canned fish buyer
was Italy with 5,579 tons (valued at US$2.9 million), fol-
lowed by Germany with 5,225 tons (valued at US$2.8 mil-
lion), Great Britain with 3,496 tons (valued at US$1.8 mil-
lion), the United States with 3,085 tons (valued at US$2.2
million), and Belgium-Luxembourg with 2,435 tons (val-
ued at US$1.2 million). Exports to the United States in-
cluded 1,542 tons of anchovies. (Conservas de Peixe,
September 1958.) me

Portuguese Canned Fish Exports, January-July 1958

Species January-July 1958
5

Metric US$

Tons 1,000
erdiues inbOlivezolleyawenNelaletelst sions 22,543 12,062
ardinelike fish in olive oil ....... 3,589 2,464
ardine & sardinelike fish in brine . . 624 143
‘una & tunalike fish in olive oil .... 1,019 815
Tuna & tunalike fish in brine ...... 438 218
ackerebinvolive! Oils i). ic fee cle eles 3,919 1,744
Othersiishyepane cnciepelencver ele) ceu-k=teter 736 215
[ Wotal sveowelclleielelalfey ntell=\-h=xs 32,868 17,661

L

2 ok ok ok ok

CANNED FISH PACK, JANUARY-MAY 1958:

The total pack of canned fish for January-May 1958
amounted to 8,797 metric tons as compared with 9,204 tons
for the same period in 1957. Canned sardines in oil (5,066
tons) accounted for 57.6 percent of the January-May 1958
total pack, higher by 15.4 percent than the pack of 4,389 tons
for the same period of 1957, the September Conservas de
Peixe reports.

Portuguese Canned Fish Pack, January-May 1958
Net Canners’
Product Weight Value
Metric US
Tons 1,000
In Olive Oil:
andinesieresuenetere 5,066 2,739
Sardinelike fish . 371 176
Anchovy fillets. aie © 1,542 1,334
MEGS ogonoopsooHobones oO 810 604
Other species (Incl. shellfish). ... 206 | 145_|
In Brine: l
Sardinelike fish... 2.2... -0- 498 85
Othersspeciesinpai-neleheleledoh-henateins 304 115
MotalWe wale ekeleielicielisWeleleleNePe=hee 8,797 5,198
Note: Values converted at rate of 28.75 escudos equal US$1. J

He HK OK OE Ac

COD FISHING TRENDS,
OCTOBER 1958:

The Portuguese cod fishing fleet op-
erating on the Grand Banks and off Green-
land was ordered to return to Portugal
about the middle of October. The sea-
son's catch was estimated to be about
26,000 metric tons, or only about two-
thirds of the fleet's capacity. A scarcity
of cod and poor fishing weather con-
tributed to the lower catch this season.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

79

During the season six vessels were
lost at sea (all crew members were
saved) during the fishing season on the
Grand Banks and off Greenland. About
1,500 tons of green salted cod were lost
with five of the vessels (all of them more
than ten years old). The loss of these
vessels reduces the capacity of the Por-
tuguese salt cod-fishing fleet to about
38,600 tons.

2 ok ok ok ak ok

FISHERIES TRENDS, JULY 1958:

Sardine Fishing: During July 1958,
the Portuguese fishing fleet landed 8,706
metric tons of sardines (valued at
US$1,096,939 ex-vessel or $126 a ton).
In July 1957, a total of 7,556 tons of sar-
dines were landed (valued at US$1,184,382).

Canneries purchased 53,4 percent or
4,652 tons of the sardines (valued at
US$625,148 ex-vessel or $134.38 a ton)
during July. Only 2 tons were salted, and
the balance of 4,052 tons was purchased
for the fresh fish market.

Matosinhos lead all other ports in
July landings of sardines with 5,914 tons
or 67.9 percent, followed by Portimao
937 tons (10.8 percent), and Penichi 611
tons (7.0 percent).

Other Fishing: The July 1958 land-
ings of fish other than sardines were
principally 4,650 tons (value US$331,050)
of chinchards, 2,208 tons (value
US$238,306) of anchovies, 320 tons of
mackerel (value US$34,900), 93 tons of
tuna (value US$22,400), and 44 tons of
bonito (value US$6,800). (Consevas de
Peixe, September 1958.)

Republic of Korea

ACCOMPLISHMENTS OF
UNKRA IN FISHING INDUSTRY:

A report on the accomplishments of
the United Nations Korean Reconstruction
Agency (UNKRA) program of aid to the
Republic of Korea states that ''The fish-
ing industry was supplied with large quan-
tities of nets, other gear, and ice plant
and cold-storage equipment. UNKRA boat-
building materials resulted in 486 new fish-

80 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Republic of Korea (Contd.):

ing craft and repairs to more than 1,200
others. Ten deep-sea fishing trawlers
also were built in Hong Kong for Korea.
Two modern new fish canneries were
established with a total capacity of
300,000 cases a year, increasing can-
ning facilities by more than 50 percent."
(United Nations press release dated
October 13, 1958.)

UNKRA was established in 1950 ''to
help the Republic of Korea and its peo-
ple toward the restoration of their war-
wrecked economy. The latest report
(Doc. A/3907) marks the conclusion of
the Agency's operational activities, ex-
cept for a very few projects which will
be carried to completion by a small
staff of UNKRA personnel.

2k kK ok Ok

TUNA LONG-LINE VESSELS FISHING
FOR AMERICAN SAMOA CANNERY:

Vessels of South Korea's long-line
sea-fishing fleet are scheduled to fish
tuna for the tuna cannery located on
American Samoa, which is leased and
operated on that Island by a United States
west coast canner. One Korean vessel
has been fishing for the American Sa-
moa cannery since the spring of 1958.
In the meantime, another vessel wasre-
ported sailing for fishing off that Island
and another six long-line fishing re-
search vessels are scheduled to fishfor
tuna in the same area. (Ou Min Sinbo,
a Korean newspaper, dated September 9,
1958.)

en re

Spain

OFFSHORE FISHING FLEET
OPERATORS OPPOSE EXTENSION
OF TERRITORIAL WATERS:

The Syndical Council of the Spanish
Syndical Federation of Operators of
Long Range Fishing Vessels (Federa-
cion Espanola Sindical de Armadorese
de Buques de Altura) at a meeting in
Vigo on September 11-12 went on record
as opposing any extension of existing
territorial fishing limits.

Vol. 20, No. 20

The nongovernment organization also
voted to send a telegram expressing the
admiration of Spanish trawlermen to the
English Federation of Fishing Vessel
Operators in Grimsby, for the firmness
and tenacity with which it is defending
recognized fishing rights against the uni-
lateral decision of the Icelandic govern-

ment.
«)

Turkey

FISHING INDUSTRY EXPANDS:
Four-fifths of the tot ish produc-
tion in Turkey consists of salt-water fish

(90 percent are caught in the Black and

Table 1 - Turkey's Production o
Fishery Products, 1952-57
Salt- Fresh- Total

Water Fish | Water Fish
108,970
131,500
103,000
110,355
92,400
91,204

1/Dolphin production is not included.

Marmara Seas), and one-fifth fresh-wa-
ter fish. Of the total fish production, 75
percent is consumed on the local market

ess able 2 - Turkey's Fishing Fleet, 1954-57

[1957 [1956 [ 1955] 1954 |)
, 230 975| 950]
4,700 | 4,500

4, 300| 3,900]}
(70 percent as fresh fish, 30 percent as
frozen, dried, smoked, or canned); 10
percent is reduced into meal or oil; and
15 percent is exported.

Table 3 - Turkey's Exports of Fishery
Products and Byproducts, 1950-57

Year —Ss=s'sS Met ewTone
19,660

December 1958

Turkey (Contd.):

About 25,000 persons are employed
in the Turkish fishing industries, in-

cluding canneries, reduction plants, etc.

The export of fish--including fresh.

and frozenfish, smoked and canned fish,

fish meal and fish oil, and sponges,
etc.--has increased considerably.

The annual per capita consumption
of fish--including processed fishery

products--has increased to 3.5 kg. (7.7

lbs.) in 1957 as compared with 2.5 kg.

(5.5 lbs.) in 1952. (FAO General Fish-

eries Council for the Mediterranean,

Information Bulletin, No. 14, Aug. 1958.)

U.S.S.R.

RUSSIAN METHODS FOR FREEZING FISH-AT-SEA:

The development of efficient fish-freezing-at-sea meth-
ods, and the construction of appropriate installations to
effect this, are two ofthe mostimportant problems facing
the fishing industry, the British fishery periodical, The
Fishing News of Sept, 26, 1958, reports in a summary of
a paper presented by Soviet fisheries experts at a meeting
held in Moscow.

These problems have been studied in Russia since 1888
when barges were constructed for frozen fish, and today
about 300 large refrigerated fishing vessels are operated
in the U.S.S.R. These vessels include refrigerated float-
ing factories, non-powered floating refrigerators and fish-
freezing barges, fishing freezer vessels of the Druzhba
class, and large freezer trawlers.

Freezing in brine is usedon some ofthese, with air-
blast installations on others, including the freezer trawlers
of the Pushkin class.

In the former case, sometimes the fish are dipped in
cold brine, and sometimes it is sprayed over the fish,
Various types of conveyors are used, some having auto-
matically unloading baskets, others a wire-mesh conveyor
belt carrying fish through the brine spray.

Most of the vessels (as distinct from the floating fac-
tories) are, however, equipped with tunnel freezers of the
parallel air-blast type. The air coolers are located in
the bottom of the tunnel on the factoryships, and beside it
on the trawlers. The upper part of the tunnel has an over-
aead rail with a chain conveyor transporting the baskets of
fish, which are in the tunnel from 4-5 hours according to
size.

Aboard the trawlers, after unloading on to the upper
deck, the fish is delivered through a bunker on to a table
where six men are working. Each guts seven fish per min-
ute by hand, so that about 60-65 tons of fish are dressed on
the table each 24 hours. The gutted fish are placed on one
of two conveyors, one leading to the fillet production line,
the other for freezing drawn cod in blocks.

Machines are used on the filleting line for heading,
filleting, and skinning, the filleting machine having an output
of 20 fishper minute. Production of unskinned fillets is 42
percent of the whole fish, of the skinned 37.7 percent.

The fillets are washed in brine, packed into pans, the pans
loaded into trucks and run into the freezing tunnel. Even-
tually the fillets are taken from the pans and glazed with a
water spray. The blocks are then cartoned, weighed and
marked, and stacked in the hold.

There are four blast tunnels, each taking four trucks
containing about 1,100 pounds of fish each,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Cod less than about 20 inches long are frozen in the
round in blocks. After gutting and heading, the fish are
washed in a special machine and placed in pans holding
about 20 pounds, after which the freezing follows the same
process as above described. The output in this section is
about 35 fish per minute or 50 tons in 24 hours.

Comparative figures which have been produced show
that the most perfect freezing installations are those oper-
ating on the large refrigerating freezer trawlers and some
of the floating factories,

Even these, however, have certain faults which have yet
to be eliminated: for instance the uneven distribution of the
air current in the tunnel causing a variation in the freezing
of the fish; and the mechanization of the installations still
leaves much to be desired. Although baskets in the tunnel
freezer in some of the floating factories are moved by means
of a chain conveyor, as they leave the tunnel they must be
transported manually. The heavy and bulky pneumatic ma-
chine used in moving the baskets containing the fish on the
freezer-trawlers also needs simplification.

In all cases the use of removable pans to hold fish is
considered a drawback, They are subject to damage, and
floor space is taken up in their cleaning, repair and storage.
In this connection a new method was evolved last year by the
U.S.S.R. Scientific Research Institute for Refrigeration,
whereby these faults were eliminated. In some cases de-
frosting the coils and the draining of the melted ice caused
some trouble which needs investigation,

Those installations, including the trawlers, where the
pans are provided with covers, give better results than where
the pans are open. The covers reduce shririage (0.32 to
1.41 percent, reduced to 0.15 when covers are used), heat
exchange conditioas are improved, the upper surface of the
block flattened, and its volume thereby reduced.

Because of drawoacks found in the process no more
freezing-in-brine installations are being used in the U.S.S.R.
except for tuna fishing. It has been found that the surface of
the fish is salted, there is a great difficulty in maintaining
the necessary temperature, and the working conditions for
the personnel are unsatisfactory as they are in constant con-
tact with cold brine.

However, the process has certain advantages, so research
is continuing on the lines of finding an osmotically passive
solution with a sufficiently low freezing temperature, sothat
the method could be used satisfactorily on some vessels;

Research on a large scale is also proceeding in the
Soviet Union on methods of freezing by heat transfer by
direct contact of the fish with the cooling surfaces--inter-
mediate media, air and brine all being eliminated. Some
experiments along these lines include a compression of the
blocks which greatly increases the hold capacity. An ex-
perimental rotary quick freezer of this type has movable
hollow wall moulds from which the frozen fish block can be
removed without defrosting and the block is discharged auto-
matically from the freezer. This work appears tobe most
promising.

United Kingdom

CANNED SALMON IMPORTS
INCREASE SHARPLY WITH
LIFTING OF RESTRICTIONS:
Japanese salmon canners are to ex-
pand exports to the United Kingdom to
836,000 cases by the end of the year, an
increase of 300,000 cases as compared,
with last year's figure, according to a
September 29 report from Tokyo.

The decision was made in an attempt

to meet possible increased demands

from Britain following the recent easing

of import restrictions.

81

82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

United Kingdom (Contd.):

First arrivals of canned salmon since
the lifting of British restrictions on dol-
lar imports are expected towards the
end of November.

It is expected that the price to the
consumer for some grades of salmon
will be about 4s. 6d. a pound can (about
63 U. S. cents, and maybe much lower
in the larger cut-price shops.

The free import of Canadian salmon
is welcomed by the wholesalers who
feel that the end of the artificial market
for canned salmon is in sight. In the
past some firms, including caterers,
have been willing to pay exorbitant
prices, but the bottom has now been
knocked out of this market. The resale
market has already felt the impact and
at the time of writing the price per case
of 48 half-pound cans had dropped by
£2 (US$5.60).

Canned salmon sold heavily in the
industrial areas before the last war,
which soon made it a "luxury" food.
Liverpool handles most of the imports
and it seems likely that the bulk of the
trade will revert to the well-known pre-
war brand names. (London Financial

Times, September 30, 1958.)
2 ok Ok ok ok ok

EXPERIMENTS ON
TEMPERATURE OF FISH IN TRANSIT:

Tests to determine the temperature of fish while in trans-
it from the point of landing tothe inland point of destination
were conducted in June 1958 by the Humber Laboratory,
Hull, British Department of Scientific and Industrial Re-
search. These tests were part of a series of studies on
the temperature of fish at all stages of the distribution
chain begun in 1956.

Two observers were Stationed at Aberdeen, two at Lowes-
toft, and two at an inland depot at Wokingham. Those at
the ports measured the temperature of the fish as it was
packed into boxes and marked such boxes with a special
label. These boxes then traveled with all the rest of the
consignment by insulated trucks to the inland depot.

Here the other observers watched for them during un-
loading and measured the fish temperatures again. Finally,
some of_the boxes which had traveled from Aberdeen to
Wokingham were sent onto Lowestoft to simulate the journey
from the inland depot to the retailer, and the fish tempera-
tures measured for a third time.

While all this was going on, other members of the Humber
Laboratory staff remaining in Hull measured the tempera-
tures of herring arriving there from Scotland in boxes on
open trucks covered by tarpaulins,

This work was not simply a comparison between insulated
and uninsulatedtrucks. That was only one of the differences.
An important point which was noticed right at the beginning
of the experiment was that the fish in insulated trucks was

Vol. 20, No. 12

always very well iced, That is to say, not only was there
plenty of ice in each box, but it had been put in the right
places, namely, both at the top and the bottom, as recom-
mended.

Fillets, which at the time of packing in Aberdeen were
at temperatures of 41 to 45. F., arrived at Wokingham at’
between 32 F. and 32.5 F. These are the average tem-
peratures for the ‘‘best’’ and ‘‘worst’’ days, readings be-
ing taken for four days in succession.

Even when some of these boxes had been transferred
from one truck to another and made the further journey to
Lowestoft, their temperatures were between 33 F. and ,
35°F, Similarly, cod fillets, which left Lowestoft at 44° F_
46° F., arrived at Wokingham at 32°F.-33°F. In all cases
the temperature of a box was obtained by taking the aver-
age of 12 temperatures measured in the fish.

Herring are slightly more difficult to cool than white
fish, and although the average temperature of herring at
Aberdeen varied between 37 F. and 42 F., i.e., lower than
that of fillets, the average temperature gf herring at Wok-
ingham was a little higher--32 F.to 34 F. The dif-
ference, however, is very small. In all cases, for both
herring and white fish, there was ice left in the boxes on
arrival.

Many readings for other types of fish were also obtained
and these results were all very close to those already given.
In all, some 5,000 temperature measurements were made.

First of all there is no doubt that the fish had a good é
start on their journey. Herring, at a temperature of 37 F.-
42 F., suggest icing at sea as well as icing and quick han-
dling on the market. More recent observations at another
port have shown that it is quite possible for a drifter to
land herring with an average temperature of 50 F.

The temperature of the fillets at the start of their jour-
ney was also somewhat below the usual of about 50 F. A
freshly-cut fillet tends to be at a temperature very close
to that of the water used in filleting, and it is not easy in
practice to keep this much below 50 F. even with the use
of ice.

Thys with the present methods of the trade a temperature
of 40 F.-50 °F. in this stage of distribution is considered
inevitable. The important thing is to get the temperature of
the fillets down to 32° F. again as quickly as possible.

The most notable feature was the temperature at the end
of the journey. These were very close indeed to the ideal
figure of 32 F. In fact, some of them were slightly below
this, for although pure ice melts at 32° F., a mixture of
fish and ice can reach a slightly lower temperature (with-
out freezing) because of the small amount of salt in the
fish. Thus, although 32°F. is the ideal to aim at for wet
fish, it is possible to do perhaps 1 F. better.

These results in this specialized distribution system may
be compared with those obtained for herring arriving in
Hull on open trucks under tarpaulins. When the latter were
removed and the boxes unloaded it was found that 4 boxes
out of 5 had no ice in them at all, and that the fifth only
had one or two pieces.

As would be expected, the temperatures of the fish varied
a great deal and although there were a couple of readings
of 33° F. there were also several of 53 F. The over-all
average of 900 readings on 32 boxes was 46.5 F. and only
5 percent of the fish were below 40 F.

Now the reason for these high temperatures is not nec-
essarily the absence of insulation, although this will cer-
tainly be a contributory factor. More important still is the
use of enough ice in the right place. The purpose of using
ice is firstly to cool fish down, and secondly to stop it warm-
ing up again.

The amount of ice needed to cool the fish depends sim-
ply on the weight of fish and its temperature and has noth-
ing to do with insulation. The rate at which the fish cools
down depends on the way the ice is distributed. Where in-
sulation matters is that it affects the amount of ice needed
to keep the fish cool on the journey.

Within limits the more insulation the less ice. The man
who uses open trucks would get as good a result as the man
with insulated ones, but he would need to use more ice to do
it. But as far as DSIR experience goes, the reverse seems
usually to be the case.

December 1958

United Kingdom (Contd.):

The same sort of argument applies if one is considering
what thickness of insulation should be used. For any par-
ticular journey it should be possible to strike a baJance
between the cost of insulation and the cost of ice, oearing
in mind that we have to consider not only the cost of these
materials themselves but their effect on the payload of
the truck,

However, as far as wet fish is concerned, there is a
certain minimum amount of ice that we must have anyway,
and if this ice is not distributed in the right places, no
amount of insulation will give good results.

Of course, temperature is not the only thing that affects
the quality of fish, and even the best distribution system
cannot make fish any better than it was when it was landed.
What it can do is to minimize the deterioration that in-
evitably occurs between the wharf and the retailer. In this
respect there is much too big a difference between the best
and the average. From Fish Trades Gazette (August 30,

1958), a British fishery periodical.

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, July 1958,
p. 67.

MOK OK OK

SMALL FISH MEAL
PLANT DEVELOPED:

An engineering firm of Hull, England.

has developed an interesting range of
small fish meal plants, which are suf-
ficiently compact to be installed aboard
ship or in other confined spaces and are

also claimedtobe entirely self-contained.

The plants are designed for the pro-
duction of meal and oil from fish and
fish offal, shellfish, abattoir, and indus-
trial waste products, It is particularly
designed for service in isolated areas
and has its own power unit, a 60 hp. gas
turbine whose exhaust gases provide
heat for cooking and drying.

The standard unit in the range is
claimed to be suitable for all types of

gutted or ungutted fish and has a nominali

fishor fish waste capacity of up to 2,000
pounds anhour and 1,500 pounds an

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

hour for shellfish or shellfish waste, A
smaller plant has a capacity of 1,000
pounds an hour for fish or fish waste.

The working of the plant is described
as follows: ''The raw fish or waste is
fed to the scraper elevator which dis-
charges to the hogger, a machine special-
ly designed for the reduction of fish, of-
fal, and similar materials. From the
hogger, the reduced material falls into
a twin screw metering bin which feeds
the cooker with a steady, continuous flow
of raw material at a predetermined rate.

"The cooker is a horizontal tubular
vessel fitted with a jacket through which
a proportion of the hot gases from the
gas turbine are circulated. A special
form of screw conveys the material
through the cooker. "

"The cooked fish or offal is then light-
ly pressed in the new design, screw con-
veyor-press, which removes a proportion
of the free liquors. The press discharges
through a magnetic separator to a com-
bined dryer and grinder where the tur-
bine exhaust gases are introduced to pro-
vide latent heat. The time in the dryer-
grinder is about three seconds.

"The dried meal is drawn through a
cyclone separator and cooled in a further
cyclone system which incorporates an
adjustable cooling air intake and rotary
valve discharge. '

The standard fish-meal unit has a
gross weight of just over 30,000 pounds
and measures 21 feet long, 7 feet wide,
and 10 feet high. (The South African
Shipping News and Fishing Industry Re-
view, August 1958.)

2K ok ok ok

SUMMARY OF WHITE FISH AUTHORITY

LOANS TO FISHING INDUSTRY,
APRIL 1, 1957 TO MARCH 31, 1958:

Type of Loan

Fishing vessels

Loans
March 31

Engines

Improvements to vessels
Nets and gear

Processing plants
Cooperative organizations

Outstanding
1957

The loans outstanding under the Brit-
ish White Fish Authority program of fi-

nancial assistance to the fishing industry

Loans
Outstanding
March 31, 1958

Repayments
April 1, 1957-

ans
April 1, 1957-
March 31, 1958

March 31, 1958

84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

United Kingdom (Contd.):

increased about 55.6 percent from April 1,
1957, to March 31, 1958. During the
1957/58 year about 86.3percent of total

Wool, AO, IN©@, 2

loaned (US$10,665,000) tothe fishing in-
dustry was used for the construction of
new fishing vessels. (British White Fish
Authority, Annual Report and Accounts,
for the Year Ending March 31, 1958.)

Uruguay

FISH MEAL PLANT DONATED
BY UNITED NATIONS:

The Uruguayan Oceanographic and
Fisheries Service (Servicio Oceanogra-
fico y de Pesca), a government entity
which holds a monopoly on the fishing
industry, has been given a $20,000 fish-
meal plant. The plant was donated by
the United Nations Technical Assistance
Program. The cost of installation (esti-

mated at US$46,000 at the exchange rate
of 2.16 pesos to US$1) and technical
know-how will be supplied by Uruguay.

The new fish plant, manufactured by
a British firm, is expected to be in op-
eration by the end of 1958. Fish waste
will be converted into a meal for poultry
and hog feeding. Production at first will
only cover domestic needs, but it is an-
ticipated that eventually fish meal for
export will be available.

Ba = »
e 3
oe

"CHLORINE" BACTERICIDES IN FISHERY PLANTS

Although there are other bactericides which can be useful in a fish process-

ing plantunder certain conditions, the most common and the safest bactericides
depend on ''free chlorine" for their action, ''Free chlorine" solutions quite ef-
ficiently kill most surface bacteria, and at the same time they tend to destroy
undesirable odors. Suitable solutions of ''free chlorine'' may be prepared (1) by
mixing chlorine gas, directly from a steel cylinder, with water; (2) by diluting a
concentrated "liquid chlorine compound," similar to many household liquid
bleaches; or (3) by dissolving a ''solid chlorine compound," generally calcium
hypochlorite. A system using chlorine gas is efficient and effective, but it re-
quires special equipment designed andinstalled by experts. The liquid and solid
chlorine compounds can be purchased from any local chemical or sanitation
products supply house. The following is a rough guide for use of chlorine bac-
tericides:

Solid Compounds
with 50% Chlorine

Chlorine:
Water

Liquid Compounds

pee with 52% Chlorine

General plant use . 1:100,000 2 tbs. /40 gal.
Rinsing hands 1:10,000 2 tbs./4 gal.
Treating washed, Hi
| smooth surfaces . | 1:3,333 6 tbs./4 gal.
Treating washed,

rough surfaces 1:1,000 20 tbhs./4 gal.

1/Level standard tablespoons. Tbs. = Tablespoons.

Chlorine bactericides are of little value ondirty or slime-covered surfaces.
Visible dirt, slime, grease, etc., must first be washed away--best with deter-
gents. Then the chlorine can kill the bacteria, the invisible enemies of good
quality. (NFI Flashes, September 14, 1958.)

December 1958

Department of Commerce
BUREAU OF FOREIGN COMMERCE

NO EXPORT LICENSE NEEDED FOR
CERTAIN EXPORTS TO HONG KONG,
INCLUDING FISH OILS:

Exporters now may ship a number of
additional commodities to Hong Kong
without applying for individual export li-
censes, the Bureau of Foreign Com-
merce, U. S. Department of Commerce,
announcedon October 17, 1958.

Effective on that date, items addedto
the list of nonstrategic commodities
which may be exported under general li-
cense GHK without prior application to
the Bureau of Foreign Commerce in-
clude certain inedible animal and fish
oils, stearic acid, and gasoline out-
board motors of 15 horsepower and
under.

Time-limit license procedures were
also revised so that more than one con-
signee in Western Hemisphere destina-

tions may be covered on one application.

The purpose of a time-limit license is
so exporters can ship unlimited quanti-
ties of certain commodities to a named
consignee in a Western Hemisphere
country for 1 year under 1 license, in-
stead of having to apply for a license for
each shipment.

More detailed information is obtain-
able from the Bureau of Foreign Com-

Federal Maritime Commission

ALASKA SHIP-CARGO RATES
AND CHARGES INCREASED:

The Federal Maritime Board ruled
on October 9, 1958, in its Docket 828

y FEDERAL §
ACTIONS

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

(General Increases in Alaska Rates and
Charges), that the proposed increased
ship-cargo rates and charges, and reg-
ulations and practices of respondents
were found just and reasonable. The
ruling came about due to a petitionby the
Alaska Steamship Company and some of
the other large common carriers be-
tween United States Pacific coast ports
and ports in Alaska for a general 15-per-
cent increase in rates and charges.

The Federal Maritime Board, during
consideration of the proposals, heard
testimony submitted by the Territory of
Alaska, General Services Administration,
Department of Defense, Northwest Fish
Traffic Committee, and Associated
Grocers Incorporated. The decision to
allow the 15-percent increase in rates
and charges does not apply to carriers
not parties to the proceedings.

Prior to this final ruling by the Board,
a 74-percent increase in rates hadbeen
granted effective January 30, 1958, and
another 7$-percent increase effective
April 15, 1958. Therefore, the Octo-
ber 9 ruling by the Board makes per-
manent rate increases of 15-percental-
ready in effect since April 15, 1958.

Federal Trade Commission

FOOD INDUSTRY
INVESTIGATION LAUNCHED:

The Federal Trade Commission has
adopted a resolution directing an inves-
tigation and study of the food industry,
according to an October 13, 1958, news
release from that Agency.

In taking the action, the Commis-
sion pointed out that many complaints
have been received concerning the de-
velopment in recent years of concen-
tration of power, collusive price action,

86

and unfair competitive methods in the
industry.

The resolution also notes that a good-
ly number of all Commission antimonop-
oly investigations is of alleged law vio-
lations by industry members.

The investigation is directed toward
the integration and concentration of eco-
nomic power at the retail level of dis-
tribution in the industry. However, the
Commission emphasized, not only will
the practices of retailers be considered,
but also those of food wholesalers, man-
ufacturers, distributors, and brokers,
if relevant to the investigation.

ca tsa be Sea Ess

SEAFOOD PACKER DENIES CHARGES OF
ILLEGAL PRICE REDUCTIONS: f

A Bellingham, Wash., packing company, its
wholly-owned subsidiary, and the president of both
firms, have denied (Answer 7202, Seafood) Federal
Trade Commission charges of granting favored buy-
ers illegal price reductions inlieu of brokerage.

In answer to a Commission complaint issued
July 22, 1958, the subsidiary admits that it packs,
distributes, and sells canned seafoods, but the pack-
ing company and its president deny they are en-
gaged in this business.

The subsidiary company admits it has made sub-
stantial sales to certain direct buyers without uti-
lizing brokers but denies it gave illegal price re-
ductions approximating brokerage, or allowances,
which otherwise would have been paid. The com-
plaint had alleged that these practices violate Sec.
2(c) of the Robinson-Patman Amendment to the
Clayton Act.

The respondents further state that their records
were made available to a Commission examiner,
and they have never been advised of any violationas
alleged in the complaint.

The respondents asked that the complaint be
dismissed.

ok KKK

SHRIMP COMPANY CHARGED WITH PAYMENT
OF ILLEGAL BROKERAGE:

The Federal Trade Commission on October 27,
1958, charged (Complaint 7274 Shrimp) a New Or-
leans, La., shrimp firm with making illegal bro-
kerage payments to some customers on direct sales
of its shrimp.

A Commission complaint charges that the firm,
whose sales exceed $1 million annually, made ap-
proximately 60 percent of :uch sales direct to cer-
tain favored buyers without utilizing the services
of its brokers and, on these direct sales, granted
allowances which approximated and were in lieu
of brokerage or gave the buyers lower prices re-
flecting this brokerage.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

These practices, the complaint concludes, violate
Sec. 2(c) of the Robinson-Patman Amendment to the
Clayton Act.

The firm was granted 30 days in which to file
answer to the complaint. A hearing was scheduled
December 18 in New Orleans before a Commission
hearing examiner.

OK KOK

CONSENT ORDER PROHIBITING ILLEGAL
BROKERAGE BY SEATTLE CANNED

SALMON BROKER APPROVED:

The Federal Trade Commission on November 3,
1958, approved a consent order (7099, Food Prod-
ucts) prohibiting a Seattle, Wash., primary broker
of canned salmon and other food products from
making illegal brokerage payments to its customers.

The Commission adopted an initial decision by the
Hearing Examiner based on an order agreed to by the
company and the Commission's Bureau of Litigation.

The Commission's complaint, issued March 27,
1958, had alleged that the firm favored certain buy-
ers with substantial allowances in/lieu of broker-
age or price concessions reflecting brokerage.

According to the complaint, these typical means
were used to make such allowances to favored buy-
ers: (1) selling at net prices less than the amount
accounted for to the packer-principals; (2) granting
price deductions, a part or all of which were not
charged back to the packer-principals; and (3) tak-
ing reduced brokerage on sales involving price
concessions.

These practices, the complaint concluded, vio-
late Sec. 2(c) of the Robinson-Patman Amendment
to the Clayton Act.

The firm's president is joined in the order pro-
hibiting these practices.

The agreement is for settlement purposes only
and does not constitute an admission by the com-
pany or its president that they have violated the law.

Department of the Interior

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

HEARINGS ON ALASKA COMMER-
CIAL FISHING REGULATIONS:

Public hearings on the proposal to adopt
amendments to regulations for the protec-
tion of commercial fisheries in Alaska
were announced in the November 14, 1958,
Federal Register by the Department of the
Interior. —

Publication of the dates of the public
meetings in December followed the de-
cisionby Secretary of the Interior Fred A.

December 1958

Seaton on November 8, 1958, to propose
elimination of all fish traps except those
owned by Indian tribes or villages. Sec-
retary Seaton announced this decision in
Juneau, Alaska, on November 9.

The hearings were held in Seattle,
Wash., on December 4, 5, and 6; Juneau, A
laska, December 10, 11, and 12; and An-
chorage, Alaska, December 17, 18,and19.

The proposal to eliminate fish traps
in the pending regulations is in accord
with instructions from Secretary Seaton
to adjust our actions as quickly as pos-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

87

gard to the disposition of their natural
resources."

The use of fish traps in Alaskan waters
has been a controversial issue for many
years. Twice the people of Alaska have
voted inreferendum to abolishthem. The
first expression was in October 1948 when
the vote was 19,712 to 2,634 for the discon-
tinuance of the traps. The second came in
April 1956 when a second referendum fa-
vored elimination of the traps, 20,872, to
3,946.

The note as it appearedin the Federal

sible to the desires of the Alaskans inre-

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
[50 CFR Parts 101-115]
ALASKA COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
PROTECTION

Pursuant to the Administrative Proce-
dure Act approved June 11, 1946 (60 Stat.
237; 5 U. S. C. 100i et seq.), notice is
hereby given that the Secretary of the
Interior intends to adopt amendments to
existing regulations governing the time
during and the means and methods by
which commercial fish and shellfish may

be taken in the waters of Alaska.
Amendments to existing regulations for
the protection of the commercial fisher-
ies of Alaska are to be adopted under
the authority contained in the Act of
June 6, 1924, as amended and supple-
mented (43 Stat. 465, 48 U.S. C. 221 et
seq.), are-to become effective on or about
March 1, 1959, and are to continue in
effect thereafter until further notice.
Interested persons are hereby invited
to participate in the adoption of amend-
ments to the regulations by presenting
their views, data, or arguments in writ-
ing to the Director, Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries, Department of the Inte-

iL

Register follows:

rior, Washington 25, D. C., on or before
December 31, 1958, or by presenting their
views orally or in writing at a series of
open discussions scheduled to be held as
follows:
Seattle, Wash., December 4,5, and 6.
Juneau, Alaska, December 10, 11, and 12.
Anchorage, Alaska, December 17, 18, and 19.

The hour and place of each meeting
will, be announced by the local repre-
sentative of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries at the cities indicated above.

Dated: November 8, 1958.

FreEpD A. SEATON,
Secretary of the Interior.

Interstate Commerce Commission

RAIL EXPRESS RATES
AND CHARGES FOR MOST
FISHERY PRODUCTS UNCHANGED:
Most of the fishery products shipped
via the Railway Express Agency were
exempted from the general 15-percent
increase in rates and charges approved
by the Interstate Commerce Commis-
sion on October 13, 1958. This is the
seventh general increase in rates and
charges made effective since the end of
World War II.

This decision was rendered after ex-
tensive hearings in the Commission's
docket Ex Parte 210. A 15-percent in-
crease in class rates was approved, but
no increase was allowed in rates forless

than carload ''commodity rated!' fish and

EEFEELLEEE MUU
Is pitty

shellfish traffic which accounts for the
bulk of fishing industry express shipments.
No increase in the present minimum
charge of $2.01 was granted nor were
proposed increases on carload traffic al-
lowed. The exceptions to the above fish-
ery product exemptions includes isolated
shipments on routes where no commodity
rates exist which are billed at class rates
and for lobster shipments which are al-
ways billed at a percentage of the first-
class rate.

The Commission did allow a 15-per-
cent increase in reicing charges, but in
doing so stated ''We approve the pro-
posed increase in reicing charges. How-
ever, the respondent is admonished to
give prompt consideration to improving
its reicing service so as to remove ship-
per complaint with respect thereto."

Note: Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, February 1958, p. 81.

88

Small Business Administration

PROPOSED REGULATIONS FOR
SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT
COMPANIES ANNOUNCED:

- The Federal Register of October 29,
1958, announced the proposed regula-
tions governing the establishment and
operation of small business investment
companies chartered or licensed by the
Small Business Administration under the
Small Business Investment Actof 1958.

Interested persons were requested to
submit written comments or suggestions
to the Small Business Investment Divi-
sion, Small Business Administration,
Washington 25, D. C.

BU;
px Bhs,
vA

1953
NIST

Treasury Department

Ss
ra

BUREAU OF CUSTOMS

FINDS THAT NO SALES OF CANNED
PINK SALMON FROM CANADA WERE
MADE AT LESS THAN FAIR VALUE:
Bureau of Customs claimed that canned
pink salmon from Canada was being sold
in the United States at less than fair val-
ue within the meaning of the Antidump-
ing Act of 1921.

The Bureau has determined that can-
ned pink salmon from Canada is not

SALATON

FT
Y

wy
being, nor is likely to be, sold in the
United States at less than fair value with-
in the meaning of section 201 (a) of the

Antidumping Act, 1921, as amended (19
Wo Ss Go GOCE),

The Canadian companies concerned,
after being apprised of the complaint,
immediately took steps to revise their

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

pricing. As a result, no sales have
been made to the United States since
that time which could be considered
to have been made at a dumping price.
Assurance has been secured from the
Canadian companies involved that they
do not intend to sell in the future at
dumping prices.

This determination and the state-
ment of reasons therefor were pub-
lished pursuant to section 201(c) of the
Antidumping Act, 1921, as amended
(19 U.S. C.160(c)) in the Federal Reg-
ister of October 25, 1958.

White House
SUOMELA APPOINTED TO NORTH

| PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION:

The President of the United States on
October 10, 1958, appointed Arnie J.
Suomela, Commissioner ofthe U.S. Fish:

Arnie J. Suomela

and Wildlife Service, to serve on the
North Pacific Fisheries Commission.
Mr. Suomela replaces Ross L. Leffler,
Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wild-
life of the U. S. Department of the Interi-
or, who resigned from the Commission
because of the pressure of other duties.

The North Pacific Fisheries Com-
mission which consists of four repre-
sentatives from the United States,

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89

Canada, and Japan was established in Fisheries of the University of Washing-
1953 to promote the conservation of the ton. He was formerly Director of the
fishery resources of the North Pacific Oregon Fish Commission and has held
and to administer research programs. various positions with the U. S. Fishand
Wildlife Service. He is also a member
Suomela, from Ilwaco, Pacific Coun- of the International Pacific Salmon Fish-
ty, Wash., received his bachelor's and eries Commission.

master's degrees from the College of

ELECTRIC ALLY-KILLED SALMON REMAIN FRESH FOR
EXCEPTIONALLY LONG PERIOD

A system of electrical killing of salmon has no w been incorporated
in a fishing weir of a fishing company inIreland. The fish killed by
shock treatment have subsequently been shown to remain fresh for an
exceptionally long period. They remained fresh when held without icing
under conditions and for periods in which fish killed under the normal
system of clubbing would have started to deteriorate.

A prototype cardboard salmon box of anew type has also been de-

signed to replace the traditional wooden boxes. The cardboard contain-
ers are particularly suitable for the packing of grilse or the smaller
salmon (The Fishing News, May 24, 1957).

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page
FEDERAL ACTIONS (Contd.): FISHERY INDICATORS (Contd.):
White House: Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of Fish-
Suomela Appointed to North Pacific Fisheries ery Products at Principal Distribution Centers ....
Commission Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production--U. S. and Alask
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery Products.
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States .... Chart 7 - U. S. Fishery Products Imports
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS:
Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings of Fish and Wildlife Publications
Fishery Products Miscellaneous Publications

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, Helen Joswick, and Vera Eggleston

HK OK OH A OK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-
tographer for each photograph in this issue. Photographs on pages not mentioned
were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown,

Pp. 47 & 48--J. J. Murray; p. 49--M. Ruggiero; p. 57--J. Pileggi.

ee eee ee eee ee eee eS — ———_

90 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

INDICATORS

CHART I - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

In Millions of Pounds

LEGEND: NEW JERSEY AND NEW YORK

CUMULATIVE DATA Sas CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MQS. 1958 - 760.1
9 1957 - 794.5
1957 - 974.9

9 MQS. 1958 - 313.0
Sere 19: -S1
12 1957 - 621.9

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NORTH CAROLINA, SOUTH CAROLINA, AND GEORGIA
70
CUMULATIVE DATA
9 MgS. 1958 - 155.3

9 1957 - 140.5
1957 - 280.0

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 mgs. 1958 Boal
1957 - 490.8
1957 - 513.0

0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 mgs.
9
12

9 mgs. 1958
9 , 1957 - 113.1
12 1957 - 158.2

UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

CALIFORNIA 1/

CUMULATIVE DATA
CUMULATIVE DATA

9 MAS. 1958 - 50.6
9 , 1957 - 49.9
12 1957 - 56.6

10 mgs. 1958 - 619.5
10 |, 1957 - 567.2
12 1957 - 654.9

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

T/ONLY PARTIAL--IHCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS,

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

en

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 91

i ————

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

In Millions of Pounds

HADDOCK

Gist LEGEND: OCEAN PERCH
aine and Massachusetts) iosa (Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE DATA CSS SE CUMULATIVE DATA

10 mgs. 195! 96.6
10 | 1957 106.4
12 1957 - 116.9

10 mgs. 1958 - 133.7
1957 - 118.7
1957 - 133.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

L/ SHRIMP
(Gulf States~including Florida West Coast)

CUMULATIVE DATA

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)
CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MgS. 1958 - 145.9
10 | 1957 - 143
1957 - 166.7

10 MS. 1958 - 89,9
10 4, 1957 - 116.6
12 1957 - 120.0

= 0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC | JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-

Cate | In Thousands of Tons
|

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MgS. 1958 - 17.6
10 , 1957 - 57.9
12 1957 - 70.9

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)
CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MgS. 1958 - 684.7
10 |, 1957 - 786
12 1957 - 841.6

Ze \\
(i

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
| In Thousands of Tons

PILCHARD TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH2/

(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

1958/59 SEASON, nate 10 mgs. 1398 = Tee
AUG. - NOV. a . ss *

1957/58 SEASON, "1957 - 198.7
AUG. - NOV. - 17.4

1957/58 SEASON,
TOTAL - 20.5

LEGEND:
——— in
aie arent 1957/58

a 3 i
~ 0
AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC | JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

92 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS *

In Millions of Pounds

LEGEND: |
|

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS

= 1955 |
—— —1957 | CUMULATIVE

10 Mgs. 1958
10 ee 1957
1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY, JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

/

NEW ENGLAND HOLDINGS» MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDINGS2/

JAN FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
1/MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, AND CONNECTICUT. 2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH.

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS2/ GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDInGs2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN.

CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR _APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

* Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products .

December 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93

| CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds
1/ APD
RECEIPTS—' AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET ' 2/
es (RESanTEnaM ees) NEW YORK COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS=
CUMULATIVE DATA

m
20 }] 11 mgs. 1958 - 150.8 CITY
1 1957 - 155.1
1957 - 167.8

18

16

14

12

10

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
V/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL |MPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA.

JAN FEB MAR ‘APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS
(Fresh and Frozen) CHICAGO g

11 mgs. 1958
il a 1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEATTLE BOSTON

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 mgs. 1956
10

LEGEND:

ees 1958

ee = 1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FISH OIL
(In Millions of Gallons)

FISH MEAL
In Thousands of Tons)

1958 - 18.6
10 oF 1957 - 18.2
1957 - 20.2

10 Qs.
10 4 :
12 1957 - 262.5

= oo
UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

LEGEND: MACKEREL2! - CALIFORNIA

= 1958
——— 1957 CUMULATIVE DATA

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA

10 mgs, 1958
10 ue 1957

(a Gey?

0 =
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

ANCHOVIES - CALIFORNIA SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 mgs. 1958 - 2,989.3
10 |, 1957 - 2,441.9
12 1957 - 2)441.9

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MS. 1958 - 53.8
10, 1957 - 546.0
12 1957 - 549.9

UAN FEB) MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

—

STANDARD CASES

1958 - 1,850.0

1957 - 2,100.5 i : P 4

1957 - 2)266.4 Variety No.Cans Designation Net Wet.
SARDINES..... 100 + drawn 32 oz.
SHRIMP....... 48 oS 5 oz.
TUNA ccietie 48 #4 tuna 6&7 oz.
PILCHARDS... 48 # 1 oval 15 oz.
SALMON...... 48 1-lb, tall 16 oz.

ANCHOVIES... 48 +-1b, 8 oz.

SARDINES - CALIFORNIA Legend: SHRIMP - GULF STATES
j— 1958/59
CUMULATIVE DATA jem = 1957/58 CUMULATIVE DATA

1958/59 SEASON, 1958/59 SEASON,

AUG. - OCT. - 1,706.3 AUG. - OCT. - 279.6
1957/S8 SEASON, 1957/58 SEASON,

AUG, - OCT. - 270.3 AUG. - OCT. - 173.3
1957/58 SEASON, 1957/58 SEASON,

TOTAL - 497.8 TOTAL - 585.9

cat 3
JAUG SEPT OCT _NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY. AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY. JUNE JULY

December 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

95

CHART .7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (including Ocean Perch) FILLETS
Fresh and Frozen

CUMULATIVE DATA

—— —-1957

10 MQS. 1958 - 130.9
10 | 1957 - 12415
12 1957 - 141.3

i
T
a

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

SHRIMP FROM MEXICO

(Fresh and Frozen)
CUMULATIVE DATA
958 - 26.7

W to57 = 2503
1957 - 47.9

JAN FEB MAR _APR_MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

TUNA
Fresh and Frozen
CUMULATIVE DATA
8 mgs. 1958 - 121.2
8

1957 - 106.0
12) 4 1957)= 139.3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH
in Oil and in Brine

"AN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH
(Fresh and Frozen)

CUMULATIVE DATA

8 MQS. 1958 - 41,1

OF 1957
12 1957

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

LOBSTER AND SPINY LOBSTER
Fresh and Frozen

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

9-MQS. 1958 - 26.3
O45 1957 - 43.0
12 1957 - 55.7

JAN FEB

CANNED SARDINES
(in Oil and not in Oil)

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

96

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

CN gg ood ee ac age)
A oe ae Se, Su,
= ria -s

4

AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

FROM
SERV -
DES|G-

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE
1CE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA.
SL. - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BY/)RODUCTS.
FL - FISHERY LEAFLETS.
SSR. - FISH. - SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
(LIMITED DISTRIBUTION).
SEP. - SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW,
Number Title
CFS-1836 - Alaska Fisheries, 1957 Annual Sum-
mary (Revised), 8 pp.
CFS-1875 - Massachusetts Landings, June 1958,
5 pp.
CFS-1879 - Maine Landings, July 1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1880 - New Jersey Landings, July 1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1881 - New York Landings, July 1958, 4 pp.
CFS-1886 - Texas Landings, July 1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1888 - California Landings, May 1958, 4 pp.
CFS-1889 - Ohio Landings, August 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1891 - South Carolina Landings, August 1958,
2 pp.
CFS-1892 - Alabama Landings, July 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1893 - Georgia Landings, August 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1894 - Mississippi Landings, July 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1895 - North Carolina Landings, August 1958,
3 pp.
CFS-1896 - Fish Meal and Oil, August 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1897 - Louisiana Landings, February 1958,
2 pp.
CFS-1899 - Louisiana Landings, March 1958, 2 pp.
CFS-1903 - Maine Landings, August 1958, 3 pp.
CFS-1904 - Florida Landings, August 1958, 7 pp.
CFS-1906 - New York Landings, August 1958, 4 pp.

Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products (Revised):
SL- 7 - New Jersey, 1958.

SL-10 - Maryland, 1958.

SL-20 - Texas, 1957.

SL-26 - Illinois (Great Lakes Area), 1958.

SL-29 - Ohio (Great Lakes Area), 1958.

SL-30 - Pennsylvania (Great Lakes Area), 1958.
SL-31 - New York (Lakes Area), 1958.

FL-336LL - Commercial Fisheries Outlook, Oc-
tober-December 1958, 45 pp. processed. Cov-
ers the outlook at a glance; general business
conditions; the food situation; general fishery
situation; specific marketing situations as ap-
plied to salt-water fish, shellfish, fresh-water
fish, and industrial products; and market terms.

Spo abe Tae es ae Cah BI I a ep ee ae a w.7F.

FL-470 - Double-Rig Shrimp Trawling in the Gulf
of Mexico, 12 pp., September 1958. A recent
major development in the shrimp fisheries of
the Gulf of Mexico and the South Atlantic Coast
is the widespread conversion of conventional
trawlers from single-trawl to two-trawl rigs.
The immediate purpose of this leaflet is to pro-
vide owners of conventionally-rigged shrimp
trawlers with basic information required for
conversion to double-rig trawling. Although
this method of shrimping has reached a success-
ful stage in its development, it is still evolving,
and improvements are frequently made bymem-—
bers of the shrimp industry.

SSR-Fish. No. 259 - Age, Length, and Body Weight
of Salmon Caught by Japanese High Seas Fleets
in North Pacific, by George Tanonaka, 14 pp.,
illus., February 1957. Data on the age compo-
sition of red salmon caught by the Japanese
high-seas salmon fleets indicates the dominance
of 2-year-in-ocean reds in the even years and
3-year-in-ocean reds in the odd years. In1956
the majority of the chum salmon were 5 years
old and mostly mature. The pink salmon avail-
able to the fishery were all mature fish.

SSR-Fish. No. 265 - Physical Oceanographic, Bio-
logical, and Chemical Data--South Atlantic
Coast of the United States (M/V Theodore N.
Gill), Cruise 6, by William W. Anderson and
Jack W. Gehringer, 103 pp., illus., July 1958.

Sep. No. 528 - An Economic Analysis of Freezing
Fish at Sea.

Sep. No. 529 - Contribution to the Chemistry of the
King Crab (Paralithodes camtschatica).

Sep. No. 530 - Research in Service Laboratories (No-
vember 1958): Contains these articles--''Fish
Spoilage - 1 - Determination of Bacterial Metabo-
lites by Gas Chromatography;"' ''Technical Note
No. 47 - Steelhead Trout - Description and Proxi-
mate Composition;"'''Possible New Use for Oyster
Liquors;" and ''Clue to Causes of Odor in Fish Oil."

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY
FROM THE SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments
of Fishery Products, September 1958, 6 pp.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans 12,
La.) Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and
blue crab landings; crab meat production; LCL
express shipments from New Orleans; whole-
sale prices of fish and shellfish on the New Orleans

December 1958

French Market; and sponge sales at Tarpon
Springs, Fla; for the month indicated.

(Chicago) Monthly Summary of Chicago's Fresh
and Frozen Fishery Products Receipts and
Wholesale Market Prices, August 1958;
September 1958; 12 pp. each. (Market News
Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 565
W. Washington St., Chicago 6, Ill.) Receipts at
Chicago by species and by states and provinces
for fresh-water fish, salt-water fish and shell-
fish; and wholesale prices for fresh and frozen
fishery products; for the months indicated.

(New York) Monthly Summary - Receipts of Fish-
ery Products at the New York Cit Wholesale
Salt-Water Market, September 1958, 14 pp.
(Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, 155 John St., New-York 38, N. Y.) Re-
ceipts in the salt-water section of the Fulton
Fish Market by species and by states and by
states and provinces; for the month indicated.

(Seattle) Monthly Summary - Fishery Products,
September 1958, 8 pp. (Market News Service,
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Pier 42 South,
Seattle 4, Wash.) Includes landings and local
receipts, with ex-vessel and wholesale prices
in some instances, as reported by Seattle, As-
toria (Oregon), Alaska, and British Columbia
wholesale dealers; also Northwest Pacific hali-
but, shrimp, and salmon landings; for the
month indicated.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND ARE
AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS, WASH-
INGTON 25, D. C.

Analysis of Catch Statistics of the Hawaiian Skip-
jack Fishery, by Daniel T. Yamashita, Fishery
Bulletin 134 (From Fishery Bulletin of the Fish
and Wildlife Service, vol. 58), 28 pp., illus.,
printed, 25 cents, 1958. The catch statistics of
the Hawaiian skipjack fishery and its associated
live-bait fishery for the period 1900 through
1953 are brought together from all available
records. The various facts of the live-baitfish-
ery, the only important one in the central Pacif-
ic, the methods of data collection for the skip-
jack and live-bait fisheries, and the complete-
ness and accuracy of the catch records are an-
alyzed. A description of the 1953 fishing fleet
and the essential specifications of the sampans
in the Territory of Hawaii, information which
may be useful in evaluating future changes in
catch per unit of effort, are presented.

Relative Value of Ten Genera of Micro-Organisms as
Foods for Oyster and Clam Larvae, by Harry C.
Davis and Robert R. Guiilard, Fishery Bulletin
136 (From Fishery Bulletin of the Fish and
Wildlife Service, vol. 58), 16 pp., illus., printed,
15 cents, 1958. A report of the results of some
feeding experiments designed to determine the
relative food value to larvae of oysters and
clams of representatives from ten genera of
micro-organisms, and of one experiment de-
signed to test the effect on larval growth of five
different concentrations of the two micro-or-
ganisms that proved to be of most value as
foods. Findings show that the presence, or per-
haps thickness, of cell walls and the degree of
toxicity of the metabolites are probably impor-
tant factors in determining the usability of mi-
cro-organisms as foods for bivalve larvae.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

97

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND
WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OR-—
GANIZATION ISSUING THEM. CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUBLICA-
TIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE OR-
GANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES, IF
READILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN, $

BAIT FISH:

A Study of the Age, Growth, Sexual Maturity, and
Spawning of the Anchoveta (CETENGRAULIS
MYSTICETUS) in the Gulf of Panama, by Ger-
ald V. Howard and Antonio Landa, 79 pp., illus.,
printed in English and Spanish. (Reprintedfrom
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission Bul-
letin, vol. II,no. 9, pp. 391-467.) Inter-Ameri-
can Tropical Tuna Commission, La Jolla,
Calif., 1958. More than 27,000 fish from 231
collections captured in the Gulf of Panama be-
tween June 1951 and January 1956 are the ba-
sis of this study of the age, growth, sexual ma-
turity, and spawning seasqn of anchovetas in
that area. The collections came from three
sources, those made by California-based tuna
fishing vessels, collections by peFsonnel at the
Commission's laboratory in Panama, and sam-
ples obtained from a biologist of the Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations.
Estimates of age and rate of growth were made
by studying the temporal progression of modal-
size groups from monthly length-frequency dis-
tributions. A section of this report discusses
the methods for making age and growth esti-
mates, analysis of length-frequency data, and
relative abundance of age groups. Sexual de-
velopment and time of spawning were deter-
mined from gross examination of ovaries and
measurements of ovarian eggs. A section on
the sexual maturity and spawning discusses
methods for making estimates, time and fre-
quency of spawning, frequency of spawning with-
in a season, age at first maturity, age in rela-
tion to time of annual spawning, consideration
of a ''gonad index"' to sexual maturity, and ap-
plication of the gonad index.

CALIFORNIA:

Age and Length Composition, Pacific Coast Catch-
es Sardines and Pacific Mackerel, 1955-56 and
1956-57 Seasons, and the Northern Anchovy,
1954-55 Through 1956-57 Seasons, Fish Bulle-
tin No. 106, 72 pp., illus., printed. Department
of Fish and Game, Sacramento, Calif., 1958.
The age and length composition of the catches of
three of the more important pelagic marine
fishes of California are included in this bulletin.
The data are presented in four separate papers.

CANADA:

Progress Reports of the Pacific Coast Stations,
no. 111, 28 pp., illus., printed. Queen's Printer
and Controller of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada,
August 1958. Contains, among others, the fol-
lowing articles: 'The Magnitude of Herring
Spawn Losses Due to Bird Predation on the
West Coast of Vancouver Island," by D. N.
Outram; ''The Tagging of Spring and Coho Salm-
on in the Strait of Georgia in 1956," by D. J.
Milne and E. A. R. Ball; ''Adult Returns of Pink
Salmon from the 1954 Fraser River Planting,"
by W. Percy Wickett; ''The Recent Rise in Land-
ings of Whole Fish for Mink Feed in British

98

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVASLABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

Columbia," by C. R. Forrester; and ''A Com-
parison of the Nutritive Value of Condensed
Herring Solubles Prepared by Acid and Enzyme
Treatments," by B. E. March, Jacob Biely, J.
McBride, R. A. MacLeod, and D. R. Idler.

CANNING:

"A Bacteriological and Chemical Study of Certain
Problems in Lobster Canning,'' by Guilford B.
Reed and D. J. MacLeod, article, Contributions
to Canadian Biology, vol. 2, no. 1, 1924, pp. 3-29,
printed. University of Toronto Press, Toronto,
Ontario, Canada.

COD:

"Lipid Changes in Iced Cod. 1--Phospholipids,"
by J. A. Lovern, June Olley, and Helen A. Wat-
son, article, The Biochemical Journal, vol. 70,
no. 1, September 1958, pp. 2p-3p, printed.
Cambridge University Press, Bentley House,
200 Euston Road, London N. W. 1, England. A
report of research in which gutted cod were
stored in ice for up to 56 days, samples with-
drawn periodically, the flesh lipids extracted
and fractionated chromatographically on silicic
acid. Results showed that enzymic degradation
appeared to occur at the same rate in all the
various phospholipids present and to affect both
fatty acid ester linkages.

"Lipid Changes in Iced Cod. 2--Non-Phosphor-
ylated Lipids," by J. A. Lovern and June Olley,
article, The Biochemical Journal, vol. 70, no.
1, September 1958, p. 3p, printed. Cambridge
University Press, Bentley House, 200 Euston
Road, London N. W. 1, England. In experiments
carried on at Torry Research Station, Aberdeen,
Scotland, free sterol decreased throughout the
storage period, reaching about one-twelfth ofits
initial value after 56 days.

Studies on the Proteins of Fish Skeletal Muscle.
5--Molecular Weight and Shape of Cod Fibrallar
Proteins, by J. J. Connell, article, The Biochem- |
ical Journal, vol. 70, no. 1, September 1958, pp.
81-91, illus., printed. Cambridge University
Press, Bentley House, 200 Euston Road, Lon-
don, N. W. 1, England. The size and shape of
the cod fibrillar proteins are very similar to
those of the rabbit proteins. The unusual prop-
erties of the fish proteins cannot be explained
therefore on this basis, states the author in
conclusion.

CONSUMPTION:

"Fishing for Consumers," by J. Fridthjof, article,
United Nations Review, vol. 5, no. 1, July 1958,
pp. 42-44, printed. United Nations, New York,
N. Y. An expert tells how he made seafood pop-
ular in South America and Yugoslavia.

COOPERATIVES:

Cooperatives as a Means of Fostering Fishery
Development, FAO Fisheries Paper No. 9, 6
pp., processed. Fisheries Division, Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations,
Rome, Italy, June 1958. Extracts from the a-
genda and report of the Third FAO Regional
Conference for Asia and the Far East, Bandung,

October 8-19, 1956. Emphasis is placed on the

current programs, the middleman problem, ed-
ucation and training, and recommendations to
the Conference. The Conference discussed the
value of cooperative organizations in fisheries,
an investigation of the functions performed by
middlemen and cooperatives respectively and
their influence on fish production and trade; and
a training center in fisheries cooperatives and
administration to be conducted in 1957 under
FAO's Expanded Technical Assistance Pro-
gram. The training center was subsequently
held in Australia, December 1957-January 1958.

DISEASES OF FISH:
Diseases of Fishes of the Western North Atlantic.

and Shore Fisheries, Augusta, Me., December
1957. This paper is one of several reports re-
sulting from the herring investigation carried
on jointly by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
the Maine Department of Sea and Shore Fish-
eries, and the Maine Sardine Industry. Myxo-
sporidiosis (gross symptoms are opaque white
fusiform intramuscular cysts) of immature sea
herring is distributed discontinuously along the
Maine coast, with abundant infections in Casco
Bay and southward. The geographic distribu-
tion of this infection suggests absence of large-
scale movements of sardine herring along the
Maine coast, and a separation of suchimmature
fish from eastern and western Maine, at least
during the latter part of the first and much of
the second years of life, concludes the author.

FATTY ACIDS:

"Studies on the Conjugated Fatty Acids. Part
llIl--Fat Absorption and Distribution Study in
Fish--1. Application of the Conjugated Fatty
Acids for the Research on the Fat Metabolism
of the Carp, Cyprinus Carpio Linne," by Yas-
uhiko Tsuchiya and Mitsu Kayama, article, The
Tohoku Journal of Agricultural Research, vol.
IX, no. 1, March 1958, pp. 41-52, illus., printed.
Faculty of Agriculture, Tohoku University, Sen-
dai, Japan.

FISH COOKERY:

"Smoke Barrel Cookery," article, Institutions,
no. 42, June 1958, pp. 41-43, printed. Domes-
tic Engineering Company, 1801 Prairie Avenue,
Chicago 16, Ill. According to the author, con-
struction of a barrel for smoke-cooking fish is
quite simple, requiring only a minimum of work
and can be quickly done by the operator wishing
to serve such a luncheon. The principal com-
ponent is a 40-gallon charred oakbarrelor sim-
ilar container. Any non-resinous hard woed can
be used to produce the smoke. Although salmon
is often prepared in this way, the picturesque
"smoke barrel'' method can be used for many
other varieties of fish including cod, whitefish,
haddock, halibut, and lake trout.

FISHERY RESEARCH:
"Fishery Research," by Arthur D. Bradford, ar-
ticle, Pennsylvania Angler, vol. 27, no. 10, Oc-
tober 1958, pp. 2-6, illus., printed, single copy

December 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 99

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

10 cents. Pennsylvania Fish Commission, Har-
risburg, Pa. Includes definitions of fishery re-
search and discusses fish management re-
search, fish cultural research, and general re-
search projects conducted by the Pennsylvania
Fish Commission. The author discloses the
fact that last year, in this country, about $10
billion were spent on research of all types and
during this period, the combined outlays by all
the states and the federal government for all
types of fishery research amounted to less than
$6 million annually.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION:

2nd World Fishing Boat Congress, 16 pp., April
5-10, 1959, Rees Prospectus. Food and Ag-
riculture Organization of the United Nations,
Rome, Italy. (Note: The source for obtaining
this publication, shown in Commercial Fisher-
ies Review, September 1958, p. 127, was incor-
rect.) A. W. Anderson, Assistant Director,
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Wash-
ington 25, D. C., has been appointed by the Gov-
ernment of the United States to be the official
liaison officer with the Food and Agriculture
Organization for the forthcoming second World
Fishing Boat Congress, which will be held at
FAO headquarters, April 5-10,1959. U.S. Naval
architects, boat builders, marine engineers, and
others wishing to attend the Congress should
apply to A. W. Anderson for details.

Current Bibliography for Fisheries Science, 102
pp., processed. Food and Agriculture Organi-
zation of the United Nations, Rome, Italy, Sep-
tember 1958. Contains a taxonomic index, a
geographic index, anda references and author
index.

Fishery Programs in Relation to Agricultural
and Economic Planning, prepared by the FAO

Secretariat, FAO Fisheries Paper No. 10, 10
pp., processed. Fisheries Division, Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations,
Rome, Italy, June 1958. Report of the Third
Meeting of the Working Party of the Economic
Commission for Asia and the Far East on eco-
nomic development and planning. Covers spe-
cial considerations influencing fishery develop-
ment planning and includes sections on nutri-
tional aspects and demand, opportunities for
development, relationship between fisheries and
general economic development, social and in-
stitutional factors, and investment. The gen-
eral heightening of economic activity, including
the spread of industrialization accompanied by
urbanization and higher per capita incomes is
expected to increase the demand for fish prod-
ucts while providing more facilities for their
distribution.

Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council Proceedings, 6th

Session, Tokyo, Japan, 30th September-14thOc-
tober, 1955, Section I (188 pp.), Sections II and
III (274 pp.), illus., printed. Indo-Pacific Fish-
eries Council Secretariat, Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations, Regional
Office for Asia and the Far East, Bangkok,
Thailand, 1957. Section I describes the business
covered at the meetings and the work of the

Committees. Section II covers in detail the
technical papers presented. Section III presents
a report on the Symposium on Prawn Fishery
held during the 6th Session of the Council.

Fisheries Division, Food and Agriculture Or-
ganization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy,
July 1958. Extracts from the agenda andreport
of the Third Regional Conference for Asia and
the Far East, Bandung, October 8-19, 1956.
Contains sections on fishery policies and pro-
grams, government fishery services, and co-
ordination of government services.

World Fisheries: General Trends and Outlook
with Examples from Selected Countries, FAO
Fisheries Paper No. 12, 29 pp., printed. Re-
print from The State of Food and Agriculture -
1956, Chapter IV. Fisheries Division, July
1958. Food and Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations, Rome, Italy. Describes in de-
tail the characteristics of world fish production
and trade, Government policies®in relation to
the fishery industries, typical cases of fishery
development under different economic influences,
and current development programs and outlook.
Widespread radical changes are not expected to
occur in underdeveloped fisheries in the near
future, but this may be explained by the fact that
fishery policies are still far from being coordi-
nated with general economic and food policies,
that the available public services are weak and
inadequately staffed by comparison with agri-
culture, and that these are often more limiting
factors than the intrinsic technical difficulties
of introducing improvements.

GHANA:

Annual Report of the Fisheries Department, 1957,
22 pp., illus., printed, 2s.6d. (35 U. S. cents).
Government Printing Department (Publications
Branch), Accra, Ghana, 1958. A report of
Ghana's Fisheries Department on its activities
during 1957 in the sea and river fisheries.
Throughout the year the Department's chief re-
sponsibility was to extend and establish the op-
erations of the motor fishing fleet. Statistical
tables and graphs include data on trawl catches
by species of fish and shellfish and by months.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSIONS:

(International North Pacific Fisheries Commis-
sion) Annual Report for the Year 1957, 96 pp.,
illus., printed. University of British Columbia,
Vancouver 8, B. C., Canada, 1958. The Com-
mission was established by Convention between
Canada, Japan, and the United States for the
conservation of the fisheries resources of the
North Pacific Ocean, on June 12, 1953. This
report presents a summary of action taken by
the Commission at its 1957 annual meeting,
which was held in Vancouver, B. C., Canada,
from November 4-8, 1957, a summary of ad-
ministrative activities for the year, and progress
reports on research conducted by the member
governments under the Commission's program.
Research in 1957 was focused on the mid-ocean
area where previous studies showed that inter-

100

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

mingling of salmon from the two continents
would be most likely to occur. The investiga-
tions have disclosed that salmon are more or
less continuously distributed across the ocean
from Asiatic to North American shores. Anex-
tensive zone of intermingling of stocks from the
two continents was found in the central North
Pacific. Not all stocks from the two continents,
however, have been found in the area of inter-
mingling. Future investigations will be intensi-
fied and concentrated on the objective of defin-
ing the extent, nature, and variability of the in-
termingling of the continental stocks of salmon.
Investigations of the king crab (Paralithodes
camtschatica) of the Eastern Bering Sea are
being conducted for the Commission by agencies
of the United States and Japan, under the pro-
visions of Article III(1) (c)(i) of the Convention.
Studies of population size, growth rates, and the
effects of ocean currents on the distribution of
larvae are progressing.

INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCES:

Participation of the United States Government in
International Conferences, July 1, 1956-June 30,
1957. Department of State Publication 6670, 226
pp., printed, 60cents. Office of International
Conferences, Department of State, Washington,
D. C., 1958. (For sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C.) Describes, amongothers,
the following conferences: Indo-Pacific Fish-
eries Council; Seventh Session (May 13-27,
1957), Bandung; International Council for the Ex-
ploration of the Sea (ICES), Forty-fourth Coun-
cil Meeting and Special Symposium on the Com-
position of Herring Stocks (Sept. 25-Oct. 9, 1956),
Copenhagen; and International Whaling Commis-
sion, Eighth Meeting (July 16-20, 1956) and Ninth
Meeting (June 24-28, 1957), London.

ISRAEL:

Fishermen's Bulletin, no. 16, June 1958, 37 pp.,
illus., printed in Hebrew. Ministry of Agricul-
ture, Division of Fisheries, P. O. Box 699,
Haifa, Israel. Contains, among others, the fol-
lowing articles: ''Around the Fisheries of Isra-
el," by M. Shavit; ''The Israel Trawl Fishery in
1957," with summary in English, by E. Gottlieb
and S. Lipstadt; "Fishing Methods Prior to the
Use of Nets,'' by M. Nun; "Sardine Fishery Dur-
ing May 1958," by Y. Ariayv; and "Freezing and
Export of Ink Fish,'' by S. Siskin.

MARINE SCIENCE:

Las Investigaciones Maritimas (Maritime Inves-
tigations), publication 1, 16 pp., illus., printed
in Spanish. Universidad Catolica de Santo Tom-
as de Villanueva, Apartado No. 6, Marianao,
Havana, Cuba, Feb. 1958.

MULLET:

Growth of the Black Mullet (MUGIL CEPHALUS
1) in West and Northwest Florida, by Gor-
don C. Broadhead, Technical Series No. 25, 31
pp., illus., printed. State Board of Conserva-
tion, Tallahassee, Fla., June 1958. The Ma-
rine Laboratory of the University of Miami, at
the request of the Florida State Board of Con-
servation, has been engaged in a study of the
Florida mullet fishery since 1948. In 1948 the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 12

THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

industry felt that the stocks of mullet were de-
clining because of a lack of proper management
in the fishery. Complaints on overfishing, tak-
ing small fish, and on the capture of spawning
individuals were voiced from the industry. The
Board of Conservation provided the funds foran
evaluation of the biological and economic status
of the fishery. The mullet fishery is the most
valuable of the fin fisheries of Florida. Workon
the fishery covered the years 1948-1954. This
report covers the methods of sampling, growth
of tagged mullet, study of mullet scales, rela-
tionship of scale radius to fish length, validity of
the scale method for age determination of black
mullet, and growth rates of black mullet.

NORWAY:
"Fisket ved Vest-Gronland og Newfoundland

1957 '' (Fishery off West Greenland and New-
foundland 1957), article, Fiskets Gang, vol. 18,
no. 38, September 1958, pp. 487-496, illus.,
printed in Norwegian with English summary.
Fiskets Gang, Postgiro nr. 691, 81, Bergen,
Norway. In 1957, 53 Norwegian vessels fished
for cod and halibut off West Greenland and New-
foundland. Of these, 2 were trawlers while of
the other 51 long-line vessels, 5 were fishing
mainly for halibut. The landings amounted to
12,023.7 metric tons of salted cod, 771.7 tons of
frozen halibut, 33.9 tons of other fish, and 450.0
tons of cod-liver oil. The value to the fisher-
men of fish and byproducts totaled 21.7 million
kroner (US$3.04 million). Some 20-23 vessels
worked the Newfoundland banks during 1957. .It
is estimated that the Newfoundland area account-
ed for 5,390 tons of the landings of salted cod
and 363 tons of the landings of frozen halibut.
The trawlers operated off Greenland during the
whole season.

Norwegian Fishing News, vol. 5, no. 2, 1958, 27
pp., illus., printed. Norwegian Fishing News,
Ltd., Bergen, Norway. Contains, among others,
the following articles: ''Chemistry as a Source
of New Developments Within the Fishing Indus-
try;'' ''The Freezing in Alginate Jelly;'' and ''The
Development of Echo-Sounding and Echo-Rang-
ing,'' by Cmdr. R. G. Haines.

Oversikt over den Norske Fiskeristatistikken (Re-
view of Norwegian Fisheries Statistics), by Knut
Friis, Fiskeridirektoratets Smaskrifter No. 3,
11 pp., printed in Norwegian. (Reprinted from
Fiskets Gang, no. 29, 1958.) Director of Fish-
eries, Bergen, Norway, 1958.

PARASITES:

price 8s. (US$1.12). Her Majesty's Stationery
Office, 13A Castle Street, Edinburgh 2, Scotland.
The first part of this report deals with the biol-
ogy of Lernaeocera obtusa. The life historyof
this copepod parasite of haddock is discussed.
By an examination of the relative abundance of
various developmental phases throughout the
year and by the age composition of the parasite
population on the final host, its life span is es-
timated at about 13 years. Reproductive activity

December 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

101

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

and sexual behavior of larvae have been observed
by examining larval populations on the interme-
diate host, the lemon sole. The period spent by
the larvae on this fish has been estimated at a-
bout six weeks. The distribution of the parasite
is discussed and its dependence on the distri-
bution and abundance of the hosts considered.
The relationship between the abundance of lemon
sole and the degree of infestation of haddock is
demonstrated. The rate of infestation increases
with the size of the haddock. The parasite at-
taches itself mainly in the postero-lateral cor-
ner of the gills and from there penetrates the
wall of a major blood vessel, from which, in-
termittently, it extracts blood, its sole food.
The second part of the report is concerned with
the effects of the parasite on the haddock. These
effects consist of secondary anemia with assoc-
iated phenomena, loss of weight, and loss of liv-
er fat. All three factors undergo increase ini-
tially, but then show marked decreases. The
increase is probably caused by an overshooting
of a compensatory reaction. No retardation of
growth is observed. The possibility of a re-
tardation of sexual development is suggested,
but cannot be regarded as proved.

POISONOUS FISH:

"Peces Venenosos"' (Poisonous Fish), byDr. Bruce
W. Healstead, article, Mar y Pesca (Sea and
Fishing), vol. II, no. 3, August 1958, pp. 5-13,
illus., printed in Spanish. Instituto Nacional de
la Pesca, Malecon 59, Havana, Cuba.

PRESERVATION:

"Some Recent Experiments on Preservation of
Fish with Tetracycline Antibiotics," by B. A.
Southcott, R. Moyer, E. G. Baker, and H. L. A.
Tarr, article, Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, Progress Reports of the Pacific Coast
Stations, no. 110, April 1958, pp. 16-18, printed.
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa,
Canada.

PROTEINS:

"Fish Proteins--Nutritive Value," by K. S. Ambe
and K. Sohonie, article, Indian Journal of Fish-
eries, vol. 4, no. 1, April 1957, p. 113, printed.
Editorial Committee, Central Marine Fisheries
Research Station, Mandapam Camp, South India.

"High Proteins--Nutritive Value," by S. Konosu,
S. Katori, R. Ota, S. Eguchi, and T. Mori, arti-
cle, Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientif-

summary. Universidad Catolica de Santo Tom-
as de Villanueva, Apartado No. 6, Marianao,
Havana, Cuba, June 1958.

SPAIN:

Investigacion Pesquera (Fishery Investigation),
vol. XI, January 1958, 138 pp., illus., printedin
Spanish. Instituto de Investigaciones Pesqueras,
Universidad de Barcelona, Barcelona, Spain.
Contains, among others, the following articles:
"Cefalopodos de Cataluna" (Cephaalopods of
Catalonia), by E. Morales; ''Variacion Estacion-
al de la Composicion Quimica del Mejillon (My-
tilus edulis). II. Hidratos de Carbono" (Sea-
sonal Variation in the Chemical Composition of
the Mussel, Mytilus edulis, Il. Hydrocarbons), by
F. Fraga; ''Datos Climaticos del Puerto de Cas-
tellon y Termicos de las Aguas Costeras Su-
perficiales en Relaciones con la Pesca, en
1956"' (Climatic Data of the Port of Castellon
and Thermals of the Shallow Coastal Waters in
Relation to the Fish, 1956), by Juan Herrera;
and ''Componente Vertioal de los Movimientos
del Agua en la Ria de Vigo y su,Posible Rela-
cion con la Entrada de Sardina™ (Vertical Com-
ponent of the Tides in the Estuary of Vigo and
its Possible Relation to the Entrance of Sardine),
by R. Margalef and B.,. Andreu.

SPORT FISH:

"The Sport Fisheries of Great South Bay," by
Irwin M. Alperin, article, The New York State
‘Conservationist, vol. 13, no. 1, August-Septem-
ber 1958, pp. 10-12, illus., printed, single copy
50 cents. New York State Conservation Dept.,
State Campus, Albany, N. Y. For more than two
years now biologists of the Fish Research Unit
at the New York State Conservation Department's
Marine District Office, Freeport, Long Island,
have pried into the affairs of the fish and the
fishermen of Great South Bay. Along with the
biological studies, statistical data of the sport
fisheries, with particular attention to fluke (also
known as summer flounder or even fillet of sole
at your favorite restaurant), have been collected
and analyzed to keep abreast of the present uti-
lization of finfish resources in the study area.
From late spring to early fall 1957 anestimated
276,500 anglers tried their luck on Great South
Bay and of these 213,348 were fishing, at least
part time, for fluke.

TIDAL CURRENTS:
Tidal Current Tables, 1959 (Pacific Coast of

ic Fisheries, vol. 2i, no. 11, p. 1163, printed
in Japanese with English summary. Japanese
Society of Scientific Fisheries, Tokyo, Japan, 1956.

SHARKS:

Hakjerringa og hakjerring fisket (Nurse Shark
and Nurse Shark Fishery), by Levy Carlson,
Fiskeridirectoratets Skrifter, Serie Fiskeri, vol.
IV, no. 1, 36 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian.
The Director of Fisheries, Bergen, Norway, 1958.

Fishery), by Dr. Jose A. Suarez Caabro, mono-
graph 5, 15pp., processed in Spanish with English

North America and Asia), 238 pp., illus., proc-
essed, 50 cents. Coast and Geodetic Survey,
U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington 25,
D. C. Among the tables included in this volume
is one giving the predicted times of slack water
(no current) and the predicted times and veloci-
ties of strength of current for each day of the
year at 30 reference stations on the Pacific
Coast of North America and Asia. This infor-
mation can also be obtained for more than 2,100
other places through the use of a table of cur-
rent differences and other constants which is
also included.

Also contains a table for obtaining the veloc-
ity of the current at any intermediate time, a

102

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 12

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

table giving the duration of slack, and a table of
astronomical data for 1959. Coastal tidal cur-
rents, wind-driven currents, and the combina-
tion of currents are also discussed in the publi-
cation.

Aside from their obvious use as an aid to
marine navigation, the Tidal Current Tablesare
indispensable to the engineer engaged in the
maintenance and improvement of channels and
harbors, in marine construction and improve-
ment of beaches, and in the problem of sewage
disposal.

Current tables for the Pacific coast first ap-
peared in 1898 as a part of the tide tables. They
then consisted of brief directions for obtaining
the times of slack water for a few locations
from the times of high and low water. In the fol-
lowing year daily predictions of slack water for
two stations were given, and by 1923 the tables
had so expanded that they were then issued asa
separate publication. This year the tables are
continued under a format that was adopted for
the 1958 tables after an extensive survey among
maritime users.

Although tidal currents at all places are af-
fected by the moon, the declinational effect
(north and south of the equator) is so pronounced
at two particular stations--Unimak Pass, Aleutian
Islands, and San Bernardino Strait, Philippine
Islands--that separate pages are allotted for an
explanation of predictions at these stations.

of Oceanography, La Jolla, Calif. Contains the
annual report of the Commission and a report
of the Director on investigations during the year
1957. The annual report discussed the program
and progress of investigations, and publication
of research results. The Director's report dis-
cusses the compilation of current statistics of
total catch, amount and success of fishing, and
abundance of the fish population; current status
of the tuna populations; potential fishing power
of the fishing fleet; other studies of tuna catch
statistics; research on tuna population structure
and migrations; other aspects of tuna life history
and behavior; investigations of physical, chemi-
cal, and biological oceanography and tuna ecol-
ogy; and investigations of the biology, ecology,
and life history of bait fishes.

TURKEY:
La Peche aux Crevettes en Turquie (Shrimp Fish-

ing off the Turkish Coasts), by Dogan lyigungor,
6 pp., illus., printed in French with brief sum-
mary in English. (Reprinted from FAO Debats
et Documents Techniques, No. 4, pp. 63-68)
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, Rome,
Italy, 1957. The author states that ''Turkeyhas
important shrimp resources. Shrimp fishing is
still little developed. It has little importance
for the economy of the country. Gear used are
shrimp pots and baskets. Near Iskenderun,
shrimp are caught by means of trawls. It would
be necessary to use the efficient fishing meth-
ods and gear employed in other countries to de-
velop shrimp fishing in Turkey and in the Med-

TIDES:

Tide Tables--Central and Western Pacific Ocean
and Indian Ocean, 1959, 377 pp., printed, 75
eents. U.S. Department of Commerce, Coast
and Geodetic Survey, Washington 25, D. C. This

iterranean region."

UNITED KINGDOM:
Sea Fisheries Statistical Tables, 1957, 36 pp.
(mostly tables), printed, 4s. (56 U. S. cents).

volume contains the daily predictions of times
and heights of high and low waters, listed in the
same column in chronological order, for 72 ref-
erence stations. The tidal differences andother
constants, by means of which predictions canbe
obtained for about 1,500 other places listed in
the tables, are also given. Predicted heights
are determined from the data of soundings on
the largest scale chart of the locality. To find
the actual depth of water at any time, the height
of the tide should be added to the charted depth.
If the predicted height is negative it should be
subtracted. This publication contains a table for
obtaining the height of tide at any time, andoth-
er auxiliary tables that are useful to the navi-
gator. It is one of four tide tables which include
the entire maritime world. Together they con-
tain daily predictions for 188 reference ports
and differences and other constants for about
5,000 stations. Most of the predictions listed in
this etlition were furnished by cooperative hy-
drographic and geodetic agencies in Japan, Eng-
land, India, France, Thailand, and the Philip-
pine Islands.

TUNA:

Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission An-
nual Report for the Year 1957, 134 pp., illus.,
printed in Spanish and English. Inter-American
Tropical Tuna Commission, Scripps Institution

Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries, and Food,
London, England. (Available from Her Majesty's
Stationery Office, London, England.) Includes
statistics on the quantity, total value, andaver-
age value of fish and shellfish production in
England and Wales by species, region, and other
categories for 1957. Breakdowns by first-class
British vessels (steam trawlers), demersal
landings, and pelagic landings are presented.
Data on imports and exports are included. Also
given are the number of fishermen, number and
gross tonnage of vessels, and number of first-
class vessels by stations and type of gear.

WHALES:

"Frozen Whale Meat," by T. Tanaka and K. Tan-
aka, article, Refrigeration (Japan), vol. 32, no.
351, 1956, p. 6, printed. Japanese Society of
Refrigeration, No. 3, 1-Chome, Ginza Nishi,
Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan. According to the authors,
to obtain frozen whale meat of biochemically
superior quality which not only exudes a small
amount of drip but also has a good taste on thaw-
ing, freezing the meat is recommended at its
early stage of postrigor or at its prerigor state
and removing the contractability by keeping it
in a room at moderate temperatures (-2° C.to
-3° C. or 28.4” F to 26.6°F.) for a short period
(5 to 10 days) just before defrosting.

—foe=DEKO

December 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.)
Standards:
Meetings Held on Proposed Haddock and Halibut
Standards ..
Transportation:
Paper Strips Reveal Temperature Changes in Perish-
able Products While in Transit .
U. S. Fish Stick Production:

July-September 1958. nobocugUoDdDOoo Ooo dD
vaitee States Fishery Landings, January- ha ese
1958

U. S. Foreign Trade:
Edible Fishery Products, July 1958.......
Imports of Canned Tuna in Brine Under Quota
Fishery Products Exports Lower in 1957 ......
Value of Imports of Fishery Products at New High

aA EBS 6.6 aango.e Blo.o 6 2.ol0o0 Sobo mao 00
Wholesale Prices, October 1958 . 6 G16, e.cd
HORHIGN:eavensieuan-Matiene ite Hdoamod ooo ob oooRD 5
International:

Food and Agriculture Organization:

Report on Meeting on Costs and Earnings of Fishing

enterpriseshpeiei icin} n-reeicke mal -aetevlekelele wens

World Meeting on Sardine Biology Scheduled

for 1959 .
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade:

Annual Session Reviews Import Restrictions.....
International Fish Meal Manufacturers Convention. .
International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Convention:

Electric Barrier at Adams River Mouth to Divert

Poor-Quality Sockeye Salmon Spawners .
Law of the Sea:

Ireland Signs Conventions
Marine Oils:

World Exports Expected to be Lower in 1958.....
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Commission:

Eighth Annual Meeting Report....
Territorial Waters:

Faroes Reject British Plan to Resolve Conflict Over

12-Mile Fishing Limits...
Argentina:
Development of Tuna Canning Industry in Prospect.
Belgium:
Imports of Japanese Canned Salmon, January-July
UERB so cble Pob Oco ood
Canada:
Disease-Resistant Oysters Transplanted to Restore
Depleted Beds .... ‘ one bonet ome deneMette feiss
Efficiency of Aluminum Lobster Traps Studied
Export Ban on Fresh and Frozen Sockeye Salmon
Lifted Until December 31, 1958..... Fobongocé
Fresh and Frozen Fishery ‘Products Inspection Pro-
gram Expansion Announced. 5
Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Inspection Pro-
gram Effective April 1, 1959.
Prospects for 1958/59 British Columbia Herring
Fishing Season....... 0
Regulations Changed on Drained and Net Weight ‘of
Frozen Lobster Meat ...
Salmon Industry Trends for 1958.
Colombia:

Regulations Affecting Shrimp Industry Announced...
Cuba:

Closed Season for Turtles, Tortoises, Shrimp, and

Oysters Ended... 1-2 ee een e ee eee eee 05
Ecuador:
Import Regulations coe Fish Canning Industry
Relaxed .......- cobddbooooodS bog eo0 ee)
France:

Forced Cold-Air Draught in Fish Hold Cuts Ice Costs
Greece:
Sponge Fishery Trends .....-
German Democratic Republic:
East German Fishing Fleet Cannot Supply Country's
Fish Needs .
Fishery Trends .....----
Haiti:
Japanese Fishing Contract Approved by Assembly .
Israel:
Tuna Fishing Company with Japanese- Swiss Partici-
pation Established ...

Page

51

69

69
69
70
70
70

(il

72

FOREIGN (Contd.)
Italy:
Review of the Fisheries, 1957
Japan:
Export of Tuna Loins and Discs to the U. S. Approved. .
Fishing Industry Foresees Intensified Competition from
RUS SIAN Giapeeceelete ven epehshatasGeNelisielel this Newel leloteh es ispiedams
New Government Corporation Established to Promote
OXPOGES Breese ean ete tebe te tele dons Malai cbleasctetye fel vivelishive ctrehekte
Saury Fishing Season Opens
Mexico:
Ensenada Fishery Trends, Third Quarter 1958
Merida Shrimp Fishery Trends, July-September 1958. .
Morocco;
Fishing Fleet as of January 1958
Norway:
Cod Fishing on the Newfoundland Grand Bank.
Fisheries Trends, January-August 1958........
Good Shrimp Resources Found off Western Spitzbergen. :
Sealing Operations in Denmark Strait to be Ended
Gradual yaeucuienaemebekele) ena deWer-eel- ted ons MoE ym ii
Whaling Fleet Departs for Antarctic..............-
Whaling Industry Fears Increased Soviet Participation
in Antarctic
Peru:
Fish Meal Production Doubled in 1957
Philippines:
Restrictions on Otter-Trawl Fishing Proposed
Portugal:
Canned Fish Exports, January-July 1958. a,
Canned Fish Pack, January-May 1958
Cod Fishing Trends, October 1958.........-.-..-.-.-
Hisherniestsinendss JulyalO5 Shy. vtewes woienele inl -tuieu nel «=i
Republic of Korea:
Accomplishments of UNKRA in Fishing Industry .....
Tuna Long-Line Vessels Fishing for American Samoa
Cannery Pease iene
Spain:
Offshore Fishing Fleet Operators Oppose Extension
of Territorial Waters .
Turkey:
Fishing Industry Expands. .
U.S.S.R,:
Russian Methods for Freezing Fish-At-Sea
United Kingdom:
Canned Salmon Imports Increase Sharply with Lifting
OfsRestrictionShwer)ckenem= ch omels lolod nt Ean-M- Selle ian-
Experiments on Temperature of Fish in (Pransite nies
Small Fish Meal Plant Developed
Summary of White Fish Authority Loans to Fishing
Industry, April 1, 1957 to March 31, 1958.........-
Uruguay:
Fish Meal Plant Donated by United Nations
FEDERAL ACTIONS:
Department of Commerce:
Bureau of Foreign Commerce:

No Export License Needed for Certain Exports to Hong

Kong, Including Fish Oils. ..... +--+ +e eee eeeee
Federal Maritime Commission:
Alaska Ship-Cargo Rates and Charges Increased
Federal Trade Commission:
Food Industry Investigation Launched...........--
Seafood Packer Denies Charges of Illegal Price
ReductionSwwes seep -seleic easkeust ots alts hel dhe hd NaMalnelen-
Shrimp Company Charged with Payment of Illegal
Brokerage......
Consent Order Prohibiting Illegal Brokerage by Seattle
Canned Salmon Broker Approved.......-++++++5
Department of the Interior:
Fish and Wildlife Service:
Hearings on Alaska Commercial Fishing Regulations .
Interstate Commerce Commission:
RailExpress Rates and Charges for Most Fishery
Products Unchanged
Small Business Administration:
Proposed Regulations for Small Business Investment
Companies Announced...-.---+++-++eee50055
Treasury Department:
Bureau of Customs:
Finds That No Sales of Canned Pink Salmon From
Canada were Made at Less Than Fair Value

Contents Continued Page 89

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C.

103

Page

87

88

88

46645

FISHERY MOTION PICTURE

The following motion picture is available only from
the source given in the listing.

Fish Cookery with Savoir is a 16 mm. 14-minute
sound and color film of particular interest to young -
housewives. It was produced by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, as part of the Bureau's responsibilityfor more general appre-
ciation of the role fishery products can play in day-to-day meal preparation. Funds
provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy
Actof 1954(which provides, among
other things, for consumer educa-
tion as partof the general program
to promote the free flow of domes-
tically-produced fishery products
in commerce) were used to make
the film.

Unique in presentation, with
Monsieur Henri Savoir, an imagi-
nary and imaginative master offish
cookery, rendering invisible but
pertinent aid tothe perplexed
housewife, the picture emphasizes
the value of fishery products for
wholesome, tasty, and easy-to-pre-
pare meals.

This film, like other fishery
films produced bythe Bureau, is a-
vailable for free showings to large
or small groups. It is appropriate
for business, for educational pur-
poses, and other meetings attended
by housewives.

At the present time, the Bureau
ooo of Commercial Fisheries is distri-
. buting prints of 15 different educa-
tional and market development
films, most of which are suitable
for general audiences. Pictures
completed within the last two years, all sound-color, 16 mm. films, include Out-
board Fisherman USA, Fresh Out of The Water, Shrimp Tips from New Orleans,
and Sardines from Maine - Down-East Style. All of these films, with the exception
of Fresh Out of the Water, were financed by segments of the fishing industry.

Fig. 1 - Camera crew filming one of the scenes for the new
film --Fish Cookery with Savior.

Three other pictures are currently in production. One of these will portray
traditional outdoor fish cookery methods and is a Saltonstall-Kennedy Act project.
The other two, which will be supplemented by an informative full-color booklet, re-
late to the salmon industry in Alaska and the Pacific Northwest and are being fi-
nanced by the salmon industry.

Bureau of Commercial Fisheries' films are available on loan for free showings
through nearly 150 filmlibraries. Also, most of thefilms are clearedfor television.
To borrow any of the films, or for moreinformation about them, write to the Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries, U. 8. Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D. C.

COMMERCIAL BE WIE A
FISHERIES fue © Ge Be

I 7 Syuiee Sore me
O-C- [cra] -CH=CH-CH9 -CH=CH-CH, -CH=CH-CH, -CH
fe) 3

i
Ee [cH] 7~CH=CH -CHp ~CH=CH-CH» ~CH=CH-CHy -CHg

|) Menhade
| Purse Seine

= 5

lement

im

Vol.20, No.Ila ‘NOVEMBER - Supp

FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE
United States Department of the Interior

Washington, D.C.

UNITED STATES BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR
(AUS Mo Satuthin SEE uAN DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH

AND SERVICES
HAROLD E. CROWTHER, CHIEF

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

ARNIE J. SUOMELA, COMMISS|ONER

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES.

Joseph Pileggi, Editor
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not
responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.

Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source is appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
May 21, 1957. 5/31/60

CONTENTS

COVER: Fish oil research in U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries tech-
nological and university research laboratories has led to the isolation of
important chemical compounds for use as raw materials in the manufac-
ture of industrial and pharmaceutical products. As production of these
materials gains momentum, new and expanding markets for fish oils
are opened.

Page

The Nonsaponifiable Fraction of Menhaden Oil, William A. Mosher,
Wiley H. Daniels, Jack R. Celeste, and William H. Kelley ......... 1

Experimental Studies to Extend Uses of Fish Oils in the Leather Industry:
Part 1 - Experiments with Menhaden Oil, by Victor Mattei and
Wie Des ROG Yo SyaiSy8 saiiats, tore ieljeveysotarevel ctlele ie ioe) sept e eeee R eeeene 7

Significance of Ultraviolet Absorption Data of Fish-Oil Fatty Acids,
by Edward H.. Guuger PST adie < dcise's oc 2 csienisstasoane ee eee 12

Variation in Physical and Chemical Characteristics of Herring, Menhaden,
Salmon} and Tuna Oils) by, Raymond) ©: ‘Simmons ee eee eee eee

Chemical and Nutritional Studies on Fish Oils, by O. S. Privett,
Jo JR: Chipault, Ho. Schlenk; fandsw)- OF) Mundberpi seen ems

Fish-Oil Research at the Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory,
by Phillip: A.” Hart. 3ciccasicikis ys senate severe eee ee re ae eS

Progress on Studies in Utilization of Fish-Oil Derivatives in Ore Flotation,
LSD PO) biog SP che Serene ee OEE
Review of Progress on Oxidative Deterioration of Fish and Fishery
Products, by Maurice E. Stansby and W. D. Brown...............-- 24

Review of Basic Research on Oxidative Enzymes in Fish Tissue, by
W. Duane Brown, Michael R. Gumbmann, A. L. Tappel, and
Mp iicastansby Meirson iti ote

COMMERCIALB EY IEW
FISHERIESMBE buy

eh

7

Oe — Uae
woeCe [cH] -CH=CH ~CHp -CH=CH -CH, ~CH=CH-CHp ~CH=CH- [cu
5 3

ll
O-C- [cH] 7 CH=CH -CHp -CH=CH-CH» ~CH=CH-~CH, -CH,
fe)

Vol.20, No.Ila " NOVEMBER-Supplement 1958
~ FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE

United States Department of the Interior
Washington, D.C.

UNITED STATES BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR
BREDVALS SEATON RSECRETARY DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH

AND SERVICES
HAROLD E. CROWTHER, CHIEF

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

ARNIE J. SUOMELA, COMMISS|ONER

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES.

Joseph Pileggi, Editor
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not
responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.

Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source is appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
May 21, 1957. 5/31/60

CONTENTS

COVER: Fish oil research in U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries tech-
nological and university research laboratories has led to the isolation of
important chemical compounds for use as raw matertals in the manufac-
ture of industrial and pharmaceutical products. As production of these
materials gains momentum, new and expanding markets for fish oils
are opened.

Page

The Nonsaponifiable Fraction of Menhaden Oil, William A. Mosher,
Wiley H. Daniels, Jack R. Celeste, and William H. Kelley ......... 1

Experimental Studies to Extend Uses of Fish Oils in the Leather Industry:
Part 1 - Experiments with Menhaden Oil, by Victor Mattei and
WT, Roddy: vessiewerode tsuouateeceastotein heuer eescen islet sietone eRe i eee menencl ener 7

Significance of Ultraviolet Absorption Data of Fish-Oil Fatty Acids,
by Edward HiiGrugenyeditectates is diiensreicie + or ekebterehc iol emekcnen RRC neaetceoneneaene 12

Variation in Physical and Chemical Characteristics of Herring, Menhaden,
Salmon, and Tuna Oils, by Raymond O. Simmons .................. 15

Chemical and Nutritional Studies on Fish Oils, by O. S. Privett,
J. ke Chipault, Ho Schlenkijand Win @ lund ber simul rican tar ee nnn

Fish-Oil Research at the Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory,
by Phillip Av ‘Hart: irisiiasesuccs a hele ete eee ee ee CO Ee eee eae S

Progress on Studies in Utilization of Fish-Oil Derivatives in Ore Flotation,
bySF Ris Fi COOke ty Se ge eae). 2 solcverelaie @heteusiveueievarnioree le ini Se eS
Review of Progress on Oxidative Deterioration of Fish and Fishery
Products, by Maurice EF. Stansby and W. D: Brown...........-s0.0. 924

Review of Basic Research on Oxidative Enzymes in Fish Tissue, by
W. Duane Brown, Michael R. Gumbmann, A. L. Tappel, and
M. E. Stansby

ric

November 1958 -Supplement Washington 25,D.C. Vol.20,No.lla

THE NONSAPONIFIABLE FRACTION OF MENHADEN OIL

William A. Mosher, Wiley H. Daniels,
Jack R. Celeste, and William H. Kelley*

ABSTRACT

Methods of separating the nonsaponifiable portion from menhaden oil were evalu-
ated, and procedures for fractionating this portion then were investigated. In this latter
work, three principal fractions were obtained: (1) squalene, (2) cholesterol and other
steroids, and (3) color bodies.

INTRODUCTION

A fundamental study of the chemical identity of the components of fish-body oils
was one of the primary objects of the contractual research program started by the
U. S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries. One
phase of this study was
to determine the nature
of the components in the
nonsaponifiable fraction
of menhaden oil. Chem-
ical studies on sam-
ples of the body oil of
menhaden were con-
ducted at the Chemis-
try Department of the
University of Dela-
ware for a period of
two years.

EXPERIMENTAL
AND RESULTS

SEPARATION OF
NONSAPONIFIABLE
PORTION FROM OIL:
Initially, several meth-
ods of separation of the : ey
nonsaponifiable portion _ : : j
Silt eefini oils wer hed as gree mere Sn eiacacea ae) he ae
studied. These were
(1) saponification with barium hydroxide, aqueous potassium hydroxide, and meth-
anolic and ethanolic potassium hydroxide; (2) acid hydrolysis by means of the Twit-
chell" reagent, benzenestearosulfonic acid, and emulsifier that permits the acid
hydrolyzing agent to contact the oil intimately; (3) enzymatic hydrolysis by the use
of a lipase present in Ricinus castor bean, The same chemical products were ob-
tained by the three methods used to separate the nonsaponifiable portion. This

e ed in this paper was conducted at the University of Delaware, Department of Chemis-
ee Seren Rs. Beanie Commercial Fisheries. It was fieneed by funds made available under
provisions of Public Law 466, 83rd Congress, approved July 1, 1954, generally termed the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act.
‘This article was prepared by Dr. Donald G. Snyder, Biochemist, Fishery Technological Laboratory, U. S. Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries, College Park, Md. , from progress reports submitted by the contractor to the Bureau.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW > Vol. 20, No. lla

identity of products indicates that the nonsaponifiable portion is relatively stable to
acid, neutral, and strongly basic solutions.

EXPERIMENTAL AND RESULTS

SEPARATION OF NONSAPONIFIABLE PORTION FROM OIL: Initially, several
methods of separation of the nonsaponifiable portion of the fish oils were studied.
These were (1) saponification with barium hydroxide, aqueous potassium hydroxide,
and methanolic and ethanolic potassium hydroxide; (2) acid hydrolysis by means of
the ''Twitchell' reagent, benzenestearosulfonic acid, and emulsifier that permits the
acid hydrolyzing agent to contact the oil intimately; (3) enzymatic hydrolysis by the
use of a lipase present in Ricinus castor bean. The same chemical products were
obtained by the three methods used to separate the nonsaponifiable portion. This
identity of products indicates that the nonsaponifiable portion is relatively stable to
acid, neutral, and strongly basic solutions.

Of the methods studied, only the base-catalyzed hydrolysis of the fatty-acid
esters present in menhaden oil was technically promising. The recovered oils from
several hydrolyses were fractionally distilled and crystallized, but good isolation of
compounds could not be attained. Separation by chromatography on alumina appar-
ently was a more satisfactory and precise method.

The saponification of the oil for one hour with alcoholic potassium hydroxide
gave the best results and the cleanest handling material. Several large batches of
oil were saponified by this method. An average of 1.68 percent total materials un-
saponified by potassium hydroxide was obtained.

FRACTIONATION OF NONSAPONIFIABLE PORTION: Solvent extractions of
the unsaponifiable portion indicated that cholesterol and other sterols were present.
The total steroid fraction was determined to be about 15 percent of the unsaponifi-
able portion of the oil, and the squalene fraction, to be about 23 percent. The bal-
ance of the nonsaponifiable portion was determined by chromatographic methods to
consist of 'color bodies."

The chromatographic method consisted of freeing a solution of the unsaponifi-
able fraction from solids by chilling and then concentrating the fraction by evapora-
ting off the solvent on a steam bath. The ethereal extracts were dried and redis-
solved, and suitable aliquots were made for adsorption analyses on columns of alu-
mina. The solution then was developed with petroleum ether. By this method, three
distinct zones were noted: (1) bright yellow, (2) pink, and (3) faint yellow. Other
eluates yielded varying bands of colors.

During the course of this study, it was noted that the nonsaponifiable fraction of
the oil had a rancid, acrid odor entirely different from that of the whole oil. It was
found that this odor increased with age owing to autoxidation.

As a result of further studies, a very satisfactory method was perfected for
isolating the nonsaponifiable fraction of menhaden oil in large-scale laboratory ap-
paratus. The process involved saponification with potassium hydroxide in water-
ethanol for less than an hour. A continuous liquid-liquid extractor permitted con-
venient extraction of the nonsaponifiable fraction from the soap solution with ethyl

ether. These large-scale saponifications yielded about 1 percent unsaponifiable
material,

The steroid fraction was found to be about 90 percent cholesterol when deter-
mined by fractional crystallization from acetone and ethanol (2:3 v/v) and chroma-
tographic adsorption on an alumina column. About 10 percent of the nonsaponifi-
able fraction was determined to be a concentrated fraction of color bodies. This

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

fraction was separated by adsorption analysis on an alumina column into three dis-
tinct oily fractions, which variedfrom golden yellow to red-brown.

In an effort to determine the best chromatographic method of separating the un-
saponifiable fraction of menhaden oil preparatory to identifying the various fractions,
numerous trials were conducted with relatively small columns, using various ad-
sorbents and solvents. The adsorbents used were alumina, barium carbonate, silic-
ic acid, and magnesium trisilicate. Solvents investigated with these adsorbents in-
cluded petroleum ether, hexane, benzene, dichloromethane, ether, ethanol, ethyl
acetate, and acetone. In many of the trials, the results obtained from chromato-
graphic analysis with the various adsorbents and solvents could not be duplicated
exactly; and in some trials, the results appeared contradictory. This lack of pre-
cision indicated that the original materials were changing in composition before or
during the chromatographic procedures. Also, it was observed that fractionation of
the nonsaponifiable components from menhaden oil was complicated by autoxidative
changes during saponification and crystallization. These changes occurred even
when special precautions were taken. The characteristic absorption spectra of sev-
eral fractions were completely destroyed, for example, when the process was ex-
posed to air. Thus, an investigation was attempted to separate chromatographically
the entire nonsaponifiable fraction without the preliminary fractionation. A com-
plete retention of spectral characteristics was obtained only when chromatographic
experimental procedures were conducted under nitrogen.

Results from the initial study indicated no sharp separation of the steroid ma-
terials from the color body or carotene fraction, but the odor was reduced marked-
ly. Squalene, however, was readily separated by this procedure. During the course
of this work, it was found that a hydrocarbon and oxyginated fraction were obtained
by partitioning the carotenoids between petroleum ether and methanol (90 percent).

SQUALENE: A satisfactory chromatographic technique was selected for sep-
arating the squalene from the whole nonsaponifiable fraction. The squalene was
fractioned from petroleum ether on a column of alumina. The crude material was
separated by the formation of hydrochlorides into three isomers that were found to
be identical with squalene. The squalene was determined quantitatively in the eluates
by iodometric titration procedures after chromatography on alumina. The percent-
age of squalene in the unsaponifiable fraction was determined to be about 5 percent.

STEROL: Attempts to isolate an impurity obtained previously in the sterol
fractions were rather unsuccessful. Crude sterol fractions obtained from two re-
crystallizations were chromatographed on a column of alumina, and arbitrary eluant
fractions were collected from benzene and methanol. Small amounts of impurity
were obtained by this procedure. It was possible, however, that at least a part of
the material considered as an impurity may have been squalene that was occluded
in the crystalline mass of the crystallizing cholesterol. This possibility was like-
ly, since both squalene and the impurity were eluted very early from the columns
of alumina while one of the later arbitrary eluant fractions contained cholesterol of
very high purity. The fraction that contained the very pure cholesterol was eluted
with methanol and did not represent a 100-percent recovery of total cholesterol.

An attempt was made to determine total cholesterol in the unsaponifiable mat-
ter by precipitating gravimetrically the cholesterol with digitonin. Digitonin forms
a molecular complex with cholesterol in the molecular proportion of 1 to 1. Inthis
procedure, 100 grams of menhaden oil was saponified, and the unsaponified ma-
terial was collected after drying under a hot stream of carbon dioxide. This mate-
rial was dissolved in ether, and a small aliquot of the ether solution was dissolved
further in ethanol. The digitonin was added next, and the resultant precipitant was
dried to constant weight. By this method, the content of cholesterol in the unsapon-
ifiable matter was determined to be somewhat more than 25 percent.

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

As was mentioned before, the cholesterol fraction could not be separated en-
tirely from the color bodies or pigment fraction. At this time, other procedures
were attempted to afford this separation. Columns of aluminum silicate were used
with hexane, benzene, and methanol as developers. As it was determined, however,
_ that all of the eluant fractions contained some cholesterol, the aluminum silicate
was considered to be nonselective. No further work was attempted on the complete
separation of the sterol and pigment fractions by chromatographic techniques.

COLOR BODIES: Allfurther work consisted of trying to identify the pigment frac--
tions of the unsaponifiable material of the oil. A sample of the menhaden oil was saponi-
fied, and the unsaponified matter was partitioned between petroleum ether and methanol.
The petroleum ether layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was
by a Renco solvent evaporator. The residue then was dissolved in petroleum ether
and chromatographed in a column containing a 1 to 1 mixture of magnesium oxide
and celite. By this method, no colored zones or bands were detected visually, but
two bands were detected under ultraviolet light. These bands were eluted from the
column with petroleum ether. The solvent then was removed, and the solid mate-
rial was dissolved in petroleum ether as before. The spectra of these fractions in-
dicated that more than one substance was present in each fraction.

In an attempt to isolate the individual substances in each fraction, the first
fraction from above was rechromatographed on a column of alumina and developed
with petroleum ether followed by a 50-percent mixture of petroleum ether and ben-
zene. No visible results were observed when either of these solvents was used.
Methanol next was used as a developer, and two bands were developed. Oneof these
bands remained adsorbed on the column, and one eluted. The results from ananaly-
sis of the spectra of each band indicated that the materials still were not pure.

The band eluted from the column therefore was chromatographed on another
column composed, in this case, of calcium hydroxide and was developed with petro-
leum ether. A narrow band was noted that separated from the bulk of the material
and that was eluted from the column. Continued development with petroleum ether
effected elution of the other band. ,A spectral analysis of the two bands indicated
that the materials still were not pure. The band that initially was eluted from the
calcium hydroxide column therefore was chromatographed in a column of 50-percent
celite and magnesium and was developed with petroleum ether. One band was e-
luted, the solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in n-hexane, and the vis-
ible spectrum was determined. The adsorption peaks obtained corresponded to the
absorption peaks reported for alpha-carotene.

Testing the material dissolved in anhydrous chloroform with antimony trichlo-
ride resulted in the development of a blue color as is reported for alpha-carotene.
The band that was eluted later from the calcium hydroxide column was treated in
the same manner as was the first band that was eluted. Examination of the spectra
of this material indicated absorption peaks that corresponded to peaks reported for
gamma-carotene. The antimony trichloride test with this material also was posi-
tive. Thus, the presence of alpha and gamma carotene was indicated in the unsapon-
ifiable material of menhaden oil. The second fraction that was chromatographed on
the magnesium oxide-celite column and detected by ultraviolet light was not studied.

The material obtained in the methanol or hypophase during partition of the un-
saponifiable matter between methanol and petroleum ether was investigated next.
The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in petroleum ether. The
solution then was chromatographed in an alumina column, with the use of petroleum
ether as a developer. This step resulted in the development of six zones. Thefirst
four zones were close together and were removed physically from the column.
These zones were eluted from the column with methanol, the solvent was evaporated,
and the residue was dissolved in benzene. The residue dissolved in benzene was
developed chromatographically on alumina. Five zones were found of varied colors.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

Further development with benezene resulted in the elution of the two lower zones.
The zones that remained were developed with a 20-percent acetone-benzene solu-
tion. The top zone, a yellow one, eluted but lost color on standing for several days.
The second zone above split into a faintly yellow zone that remained and a yellow
zone that moved rapidly with the developer. The rapidly moving zone was isolated.

The spectrum obtained compared fairly well with the spectrum of xanthophyll in
petrol and in hexane,

Continued development with 20-percent acetone-benzene resulted in the elution
of a heavy yellow zone. No separation was obtained when this zone was rechro-
matographed in an alumina column with the use of benzene as a developer. When
5-percent acetone-benzene was used, however, five zones were developed. The
fifth zone was eluted by further development with 5-percent acetone-benzene. The
solvent was removed and replaced withn-hexane. The spectrum obtained compared
fairly well with violaxanthin in petrol. The fourth zone also was eluted fairly easi-
ly with the same developer. This zone was not studied.

Further development for 2 days with the same solvent system resulted in the
union of zones 3 and 2. When this united zone finally eluted, the fraction was arbi-
trarily split into two. Neither of these fractions was identified.

After this long period of development, the remaining zone on the column was
split into three zones. The column then was extruded physically, and the three
zones were separated and eluted separately with methanol. The spectra of the two
lower zones corresponded very closely to that of zeaxanthin. The top zone and the
various other zones obtained during the complete chromatographic procedure were
not identified.

During the course of this phase of the study, it was suspected that the intro-
duction of bulky groups into the carotenoid molecules would facilitate crystalliza-
tion of the carotenoid molecules and thus afford a purer sample for chromatog-
raphy. For this reason, the carotenoid molecules were acetylated. These acetyl-
ated carotenoids then were developed on alumina with various solvents, but none of
the fractions obtained was crystalline in nature. Violaxanthin and xanthophyll again
were indicated in certain fractions, but the absorption maximums apparently were
not affected by acetylation.

At this time an attempt was made to remove the cholesterol by a direct-adsorp-
tion process utilizing "Florisil," 1/ a magnesium silicate adsorbent. This attempt
was not successful.

SUMMARY

Chemical studies were conducted with samples of menhaden oil to determine
the nature of the components in the nonsaponifiable fraction of the oil. Initially,
three separate methods of hydrolysis were investigated to determine the best meth-
od of obtaining the nonsaponifiable fraction of the oil. Of these, alkaline hydrolysis
of the oil with alcoholic potassium hydroxide was assessed as giving the best re-
sults and the cleanest handling material. By this method, nearly 2 percent of un-
saponifiable material was obtained.

The unsaponified material was fractionated into three groups: (1) squalene,
(2) cholesterol and other steroids, and (3) pigments. These three fractions com-
prise nearly 75 percent of the total nonsaponifiable fraction of the oil. Thebalance
of the unsaponifiable material was in the form of oily substances that were not
characterized.

The squalene amounted to about 10 percent of the nonsaponifiable fraction of
the oil. Squalene may readily be separated from the fraction by chromatography
‘1/Floridin Co., Tallahassee, Fla.

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

from petroleum ether on columns of alumina. The crude material was separated by
the formation of hydrochlorides into three isomers that proved to be identical with
ordinary squalene. The squalene was determined quantitatively by an iodometric
titration procedure.

The steroid fraction amounted to about 30 percent of the nonsaponifiable matter.
Results obtained by gravimetrically precipitating the cholesterol with digitonin in-
dicate that the cholesterol comprises about 90 percent of the steroid fraction. A
second sterol apparently is present as a minor constituent, but it could not be iden-
tified. Crystallization of the cholesterol from methanol resulted in an impure
fraction, whereas chromatographic separation on alumina with methanol resulted in
a very pure fraction. Several attempts were made to separate by chromatography
the entire nonsaponifiable fraction directly without preliminary fractionation, but
the cholesterol fraction could not be entirely separated from the color body or pig-
ment fraction. Odor was reduced markedly, however, and color and the stability of
color were improved by adsorptive fractionation.

The remaining nonsaponifiable portion of the oil was the color-body or pigment
fraction. This fraction consists of a very complex mixture of substances of fairly
high molecular weight. Most of these are the carotenes. The following were ten-
tatively identified: alpha and gamma-carotene, zeaxanthin, violaxanthin, xanthophyll,
and two oxygenated carotenes of undetermined structure. These materials can be
separated by adsorptive fractionation procedures. The carotene pigments probably
contribute to much of the color in menhaden oil and to the poor stability of the color.

During the course of this study, it was noted that the nonsaponifiable fraction of
the oil had a rancid, acrid odor that increased with age, owing to autoxidation.

RED SNAPPER

The red snapper (Lutjanus aya) is a deep-water fish (found at depths
of 20-60 fathoms) and concentrated in relatively confined areas. Snap-
pers usually school a fewfeet off the sea bottom, but have been observed
to surface. It is believed that they remain in one locality for consider-
able lengths of time. The sea floor over which the fish are found com-
monly consists of patches of hard limestone covered withlive corals and
grass. The number of such habitats is relatively small. Irregular bot-
tom formations, such as depressions or elevations and folds, appear to
be preferred habitats for red snappers. The better known red snapper
fishing spots in the northern Gulf of Mexico are off Ft. Walton, Carra-
belle, and Pensacola in Florida, and off the Texas coast.

--The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami,
Coral Gables, Fla.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

; EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES TO EXTEND
USES OF FISH OILS IN THE LEATHER INDUSTRY
Part 1 - Experiments with Menhaden oil 1!
By Victor Mattei* and W. T. Roddy**

ABSTRACT

The work reported here indicates that a satisfactory fat liquor can be made with men-
haden oil. In the course of this work, a new technique for sulfating menhaden oil was de-
veloped. A public-service patent is being sought for this process.

INTRODUCTION

The leather industry requires large quantities of oils, greases, and waxes in
the tanning and dressing of various kinds of leathers. Cod oil, an imported indus-

Fig. 1 - Pilot plant drums are used for fat-liquoring leather.

trial cod-liver oil not produced in this country, is the only fish oil that is being used
at present in any quantity. Other oils have been tried experimentally but have not

: study was supported by made available er the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, awarded a contract for the study to the Tanners! Research Laboratory.

%* Research Associate (Tanners! Research Laboratory, | University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio.
%* Associate Professor

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

been considered satisfactory for one reason or another. A research program was
developed to determine possible value of menhaden oil, at present available in large
quantities, on fat-liquoring leather. Normally, both raw and sulfated oils are used
for fat-liquoring so the research was mostly concerned with sulfating menhaden oil
to reduce the rate of oxidation and polymerization which have previously caused diffi-
culties in the use of the oil. The results obtained thus far are summarized in this report.

FAT-LIQUORING

Fat-liquoring consists of treating tanned wet skins or hides with an oil-in-wa-
ter emulsion. The emulsion is taken up by the fibrous leather matrix, andthe emul-
sion breaks and deposits oil, mainly within a certain thickness in the outer portion
of the leather. During the drying of the leather, the deposited oil forms a film a-
round the fibers, giving the finished product flexibility and serviceability.

PROBLEMS IN THE USE OF MENHADEN OIL FOR FAT-LIQUORING

Many oils are capable of reducing the cohesion of the fibers, but all oils donot
produce the requisite feel, temper, and firmness in the leather. Tanners consider-
ed menhaden oil undesirable because of the high rate of oxidation and polymeriza-
tion. They have felt that such properties might tend to harden the surface’ of the
leather and unduly increase firmness. Furthermore, because of the susceptability
to oxidation, the filmed raw oil on chrome-tanned leather might cause spontaneous
combustion. Gummy-spew might also be formed by oxidation. The possible yellow-
ing of leather surfaces treated with fish oil might make the use of it undesirable in
the manufacture of white or pastel leathers.

Since most of these hypothetically undesirable properties of the oil areassoci-
ated with its chemically-unsaturated portion, the indicated approach was to reduce
the amount of unsaturation. Two possible ways of doing this are by epoxidation
and sulfation.

EPOXIDATION.

The work on epoxidation was suggested by staff members of the Bureau's Fish-
ery Technological Laboratory, College Park, Md. They pointed out that by partial-
ly lowering the iodine number of the oil, the product probably would be less reac-
tive and more desirable for use in fat-liquoring.

Epoxidized menhaden oils with iodine numbers of 156 and 117 were suppliedby
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. These products have not been completely e-
valuated at the present time. A British Patent (1958) describes the use of epoxi-
dized oils for oiling and waterproofing leather, indicating that possible uses exist
for epoxidized menhaden and other fish oils.

SULFATION

Generally, the content of oil in a fat-liquored leather is about 5 to 6 percent,
calculated on a dry basis. In fat-liquoring, sulfated oils are mixed with sufficient-
ly large proportions of raw oils to modify the properties of the mixture. Since
large quantities of sulfated oils are employed in the leather industry, the use of sul-
fated menhaden oil would enhance the chance of our finding new markets.

The work on the sulfation of menhaden oil first was carried out in the labora-
tory. The procedures developed in the laboratory then were tested on a larger
scale in the pilot plant.

LABORATORY STUDIES

The laboratory studies were designed to compare, before and after 9 months!
storage, the properties of leathers fat-liquored with menhaden oil, cod oil, and

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

neatsfoot oil. The aging of fat-liquored leather was considered necessary because
of the oxidation and polymerization properties of an oil such as menhaden. The oil
properties mentioned could produce a stiff leather with time as well as causing a
decrease in extractable grease. This could adversely change the physical proper-
ties of the fat-liquored leathers necessitating the evaluation at the end of nine
‘months! shelf storage. Both cod-oil and neatsfoot-oil fat liquors are presently used
in the leather industry (but for different types of leather). The oxidation and poly-
merization properties of neatsfoot oil are different from those of cod and menhaden
oil, andthe characteristics of the leather produced also differ. The danger of spon-
taneous combustion, formation of gummy spew at high concentration of oil, and yel-
lowing of leather surfaces exists with cod oil, though possibly to a lesser extent than
with menhaden oil. For these reasons, evaluation of menhaden-oil fat-liquored leather
as compared to cod-oil and neatsfoot-oil fat-liquored leathers should indicate
whether menhaden oil is satisfactory for use in fat-liquoring.

SULFATION OF MENHADEN OIL: Although a sulfated menhaden oil would be
a desirable product, industry personnel stated that this oil is difficult to sulfate by
regular plant procedures. They pointed out that special precautions must be taken
in order to prevent an extremely rapid reaction accompanied by excessive oxida-
tion. At the Tanners' Council Laboratory, a procedure was developed for sulfating
menhaden oil that reduced the hazards involved. A public-service patent is now
being sought for this process. .

PROCEDURE IN LABORATORY STUDIES: Chrome-tanned leather samples
were fat-liquored fo a 6-percent fat content on the basis of dry weight of leather.
The fat-liquors consisted of mixtures of 60 parts sulfated oil and 40 parts raw oil
(by weight) prepared from menhaden, cod, and neatsfoot oils.

RESULTS OF LABORATORY STUDY: The results of the laboratory study for
the new and aged leathers indicated that neatsfoot-oil fat-liquored leather produced
a leather that was softer to the feel2/, was less firm, did not yellow on the surface,
and showed less decrease in extractable grease after aging than did the leathers
treated with either cod oil or menhaden oil. The same tests for leather quality
when applied on a comparative basis between cod-oil and menhaden-oil fat-liquored
leathers indicated that no large differences existed between them. No important
differences were found in the strength properties of the differently fat-liquored
leathers. None of the three fat-liquored test leathers produced spews. On the ba-
sis of these encouraging results, pilot-plant fat-liquoring studies were conducted to
verify the laboratory findings.

PILOT-PLANT STUDIES

The pilot-plant fat-liquoring work was conducted at a commercial tannery. _
Four 100-pound batches of chrome-tanned hides were dyed black and fat-liquored, with
the following combinations:

Test 1. 60-40 mixture of sulfated menhaden oil and raw menhaden oil.
Test II. 60-40 mixture of sulfated cod oil and raw cod oil.

Test Ill. 60-40 mixture of sulfated menhaden oil and raw cod oil.

Test IV. Tannery control (neatsfoot-oil fat liquor).

ST Sy Se eee
Bnalytical Data on Sulfated Oils Used in Pilot-Plant Fat-liquoring Tests

Total| Acid Combined ~~
Alkali|Value | P#
5 1D Boye :

Oil Tested

. (Percent) .
2

ulfated menhaden oil of Test I.....---
ulfated cod oil of Test I] ...-.---+-+>-
Sulfated menhaden oil of Test 100 Gaaeceaicntc

2/Neatsfoot Oil is purposely used by tanners to produce a soft leather.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

The sulfated menhaden oils employed in this study were prepared on a pilot-
plant scale by a cooperating chemical company, using the procedure developed at
the Tanners! Council Laboratory. The sulfated menhaden oil of Test III differed
from that of Test I in that it was prepared to meet the specifications for the sulfated
cod oil used in Test II. The analytical data on the oils are presented in table 1.

RESULTS OF PILOT-PLANT STUDY: The purpose of the pilot-plant study was
to determine it a menhaden-oil fat-liquor produced a desirable leather in compari-
son to leather fat-liquored with the neatsfoot oil or with the cod oil now in common
use. Plant evaluation showed no significant difference between cod-oil and men-
haden-oil fat-liquored leathers, thus indicating that they have similar properties.
As was expected, the neatsfoot-oil fat-liquored leather was less firm than were the
test leathers fat-liquored with either cod-oil or menhaden-oil fat-liquors. Differ-
ences in firmness between the two test leathers treated with the fish oils were not
noticeable. None of the fat-liquored leathers produced spew. The menhaden-oil fat-
liquored leather had a fishy odor in the crust state, but this odor was not present
in the finished leathers.

The results of the pilot-plant study confirm the earlier observation made in the
laboratory that menhaden-oil fat-liquor is similar in properties to the fat-liquor of
cod oil and that menhaden oil therefore will make a satisfactory fat liquor.

SUMMARY

1. The leather industry offers a potential expanded use of fish oils, particular-
ly in fat-liquoring.

2. The process of fat-liquoring consists of treating tanned wet skins or hides
with an oil-in-water emulsion, which after the leather is dried, gives the finished
product flexibility and serviceability.

3. Although menhaden oil is the fish oil produced in largest quantity, the ease
of oxidation and polymerization poses certain problems for fat-liquoring.

4. Two possible ways of reducing the tendency of menhaden oil to oxidize and
polymerize are to epoxidize and to sulfate the oil.

5. The studies on epoxidation have not been completed, but the patent litera-
ture indicates that epoxidized oil can be used for oiling and waterproofing leather.

6. Sulfation of menhaden oil presents difficulties. The reaction is extremely
rapid by regular procedures and is accompanied by excessive oxidation. A proce-
dure developed during the present work and for which a public-service patent is
being sought, however, reduces the hazards involved.

7. In laboratory studies, chrome-tanned leather was fat-liquored with mixtures

of 60 parts sulfated oil and 40 parts raw oil prepared from menhaden, cod, and
neatsfoot oils.

8. Results of the laboratory study indicated, as was expected, that the neats-
foot-oil fat-liquored leather produced a softer leather. There was also less de-
crease in extractable grease on aging than when either cod oil or menhaden oil
were used. No important differences were found in the strength properties of the
differently fat-liquored leathers, and none of the leathers produced spew. No sig-

nificant differences were found between the cod-oil and menhaden-oil fat-liquor-
ed leathers.

9. To check on the favorable results obtained in these laboratory studies, the

experiments were repeated on a pilot-plant scale. The results were the same as
in the laboratory tests.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

10. Itis concluded thata satisfactory fat liquor canbe made from menhadenoil.

BIBLIOGRAPHY
ANONYMOUS

ORTHMANN, A, C.
1945, Tanning Process. Hide and Leather Publishing Company, Chicago, Ill., pp. 277-297.

WATSON, M. A.
1950. Economics of Cattle Hide Leather Tanning. The Rumpf Publishing Company, Chicago 6, Ill., p. 221.

WILSON, M. A.
1941, Modern Practices in Leather Manufacture. Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New York, N. Y. 482 and 490
Note: ACKNO y GEMENT: We gratefully acknowledge the aid given to us by Albert Trostel and Sons Conipaiy of
Milwaukee, Wisc., by NOPCO Chemical Company of Harrison, N, J., and by the Department of Applied Science in
Tanning Research Foundation, Tanners! Council of America, University of Cincinnati,

FISH OIL RESEARCH MAY SHED LIGHT ON HEART DISEASES
.

A research project to study the relationship of fish oil in the diet to
cholesterol deposits in the circulatory system of the body has been au-
thorized by the U. S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries. The research is expected to contribute to the fund of infor-
mation being compiled on various phases of arteriosclerosis, particu-
larly the coronary types.

It is the unsaturated fatty acids (unstable and susceptible to chem-
ical change) which abound in fish oil that are the center of attention.
Studies already made under the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act for the im-
provement of domestic commercial fisheries have shown that fish oils
contain a greater amount and a greater diversity of these unsaturated
fatty acids than do many other food fats. The current investigations are
also being made under the Saltonstall-Kennedy program.

In one experiment miniature pigs are being used to determine the
deposition of cholesterol in the body. Fish oil fatty acids of known de-
grees of unsaturation will be fed to the testanimals. Ultimately the
animal will be killed and the arteries examined to evaluate theef-
fects of the several diets employed.

Another test will be made on rats to determine which of the many
fish oil fatty acids are essentialto physiological welfare. One objective
is attempting to determine the relationship of fish oils to metabolism
and fat transport in the body, while still another is probing the proper-
ties of fish oil that may have pharmaceutical applications.

The nutritive qualities of fishin reference to heart disease and cur-
rent related dietary research is exploredin some detail inthe July 1958
issue of the Commercial Fisheries Review, published monthly by the
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Reprints of this article--Separate
515--are available through the Office of Information, U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, Washington 243), ID)5 (Ge

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

SIGNIFICANCE OF ULTRAVIOLET
ABSORPTION DATA OF FISH-OIL FATTY ACIDS

By Edward H. Gruger, Jr.*

ABSTRACT

Several ultraviolet absorption characteristics exist that are peculiar to the double-
bond character of polyunsaturated fatty compounds and that make ultraviolet absorption
measurements a means of evaluating the degree of unsaturation of compounds derived
from fish oils. Accordingly, when pure polyunsaturated fatty acids from fish oils become
available as analytical standards, a practical quantitative analysis will be possible.

INTRODUCTION

Fish oils are made up largely of triglycerides that contain straight-chain fatty
acid groups having both saturated and unsaturated carbon-carbon chain linkages.
The unsaturated fatty acids obtained from fish oils may possess from one to six
carbon-carbon double bonds per molecule. Experimental results indicate that these
double bonds are separated by single methylene (—~CH,—) groups. That is, the un-
saturated portions of the fatty acids have nonconjugated structures. An example of
a nonconjugated unsaturated fatty acid is 9,12,15-octadecatrienoic acid:

CH,CH,CH—CH__CH,CH—CH CH,—CH—CH(CH COOH (a)

2)7
The absorption of ultraviolet light at certain wavelengths is characteristic of
definite chemical structures. The ultraviolet absorption caused by carbon-carbon
unsaturation is brought about only by a conjugated double-bond system.- The fatty
acids in fish oils occur naturally with nonconjugated unsaturation. For the ultra-
violet absorption method of analysis to be effective with fish-oil fatty acids, the un-
saturation in these acids therefore must be converted to the conjugated form. For
example, the following equation (b) depicts the isomerization process of nonconju-
gated 9,12-octadecadienoic acid to the acid possessing conjugated unsaturation:

CH,(CH,) ,CH—CH__CH, _CH—CH(CH,),COOH alkali

heat (b)

CH,(CH,)4— CH, -CH—CH—CH—CH(CH COOH

2)7

ANALYTICAL METHOD: The double bonds in unsaturated fatty acids are con-
jugated by alkali-isomerization. The analytical procedure commonly employed is
that of the American Oil Chemists! Society Tentative Method Cd 7-48: An 80-milli-
gram sample of fatty material is mixed with 11 grams of 21-percent potassium
hydroxide in ethylene glycol that is preheated to 180° C. (356° F.) in a suitable iso-
merization flask. An atmosphere of nitrogen is passed over the mixture during the
entire isomerization process. The mixture is held at 180° C. for exactly 15 min-
utes, after which time the reaction is stopped by immediately cooling it to room
temperature. The cooled mixture is diluted with an appropriate solvent to a known
volume such that the concentration of isomerized material permits adquate meas-
urement of the ultraviolet absorption spectra.

Spectral absorption peaks at 233, 268, 315, 346, and 374 millimicrons are the
result of the presence within the molecules of two, three, four, five, and six conju-
gated carbon-carbon double bonds, respectively. From the relative heights of the
absorption peaks can be calculated spevific extinction coefficients. The extinction
coefficients are used to determine the quantity of material present in the analyzed

mixture which contribute to the particular absorptions. (This is discussed in the
next section.)

* Chemist, Fishery Technological Laboratory, Division of Industrial Research and Services, U. S. Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Seattle, Wash.
1/This figure is based on the unsaturation commonly found in commercial fish oils.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

The specific extinction coefficients are calculated from the equation

ne oe
e-1 (c)

where k is the specific extinction coefficient, A is the absorbance (or optical density)

Table 1 - Specific Extinction Coefficients of Pure Natural
: Polyunsaturated Fatty Acial

Fatty Acid pecific Extinction Coefficient

No. of No. of
DeublovBends 233 mY | 268m" | 315 m4} 346 mm! 1374 nw
18 2 91.6 = = =

Eicosapentaenoic
Clupanodonic
Docosahexaenoic

1/Herb and Riemenschneider, Anal. Chem, 25, 953 (1953). Isomerization in 21 percent KOH in ethylene glycol at 180° C.
(356° F.) for 15 minutes under nitrogen.

at a given wavelength, c is the concentration of isomerized substances in grams per-
liter, and 1 is the cell length in centimeters.
.

Listed in table 1 are specific eee SS)
extinction coefficients of pure nat-
ural polyunsaturated fatty acids.
These fatty acids were prepared
and studied by Herb and Riemen-
schneider (1953) in their workon
microanalytical determinations of
animal and vegetable oils at the
Eastern Regional Research Lab-
oratory of the U. S. Department
of Agriculture.

CONSIDERATIONS: Fishoils
contain fatty acid groups having
from 18 to 24 carbon atoms and
one to six double bonds. From ta-
ble 1, it would be expected that a
C., fatty acid with six double
bonds would have a lower extinction
coefficient at 374 millimicrons
than would a C,, fatty acid with
six double onde. This reasoning
is based on the fact that a Coo
fatty acid with five double bonds
has a lower extinction coefficient
at 346 millimicrons thanhasaC 0
fatty acid withfive double bonds.
Also, this decrease in extinction
coefficient can be explained by the
effect of increasing chain length, Fig. 1 - Chemist using an automatic-recording spectrophotometer to
which in turn increases the mole- measure the ultraviolet absorption characteristics of alkali-isomer-
cular weight. An increase in CSE PERSE En OTS
molecular weight causes a lowering of the molar concentration of double bonds fora
given weight of sample. This then lowers the spectral absorption due to the double
bonds and consequently lowers the specific extinction coefficient. These changes
can be seen by examining equation (c).

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1la

With mixtures of highly unsaturated compounds from fish oils, such as fatty
acids and fatty alcohols, the specific extinction coefficient calculated for a given
wavelength is an additive value resulting from each compound in the mixture. Also,
if six double bonds is the maximum number found in fish oils, there are no other ul-
traviolet absorptions at higher wavelengths contributing to the absorption at 374
millimicrons. One would expect, therefore, that a comparison of extinction coef-
ficients at 374 millimicrons to the value of 29.3 (in table 1) will give a fair quanti-
tative approximation of the content of heraenoic acids present. A pure Co fatty
acid of high unsaturation has not as yet been reported, thus the more comp ete anal-
ysis is not possible at this time.

One further matter to consider is the possibility of the existence of fatty acids
to C,, chain lengths having only two and three carbon-carbon double bonds.
FaPolse cohtrary has been unquestionably proven and reported, complete fatty acid
analysis by ultraviolet absorption will not be possible.

APPLICATIONS: The ultraviolet absorption data are valuable as a means of
determining the success of methods of separating fish-oil fatty acids or their deriv-
atives. The data also can be used to determine the effect of storage conditions on
the high degrees of unsaturation; that is, whether or not storage treatment has af-
fected the pentaene and hexaene content.

Extinction coefficients, from absorption data of the type described above, are
used in a set of simultaneous equations for solving quantitatively the percentage of
each compound contributing to the particular absorptions. For quantitative analy-
ses of this type to be accurate, however, pure compounds (the pure fatty acids in
the case of fish oils) must be available for use as reference standards. Contract
work being carried out by Dr. Orville Privett at the Hormel Institute, University of
Minnesota, Austin, Minn., is designed to prepare the necessary " standard" fatty
acids and to analyze the major commercial fish oilstor their fatty acid composition.
When this contract is completed, it will be possible to obtain a practical quantita-
tive measurement of the relative proportions of the different fatty acids of various
degrees of unsaturation present in all fish oils by the use of ultraviolet absorption
measurements.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

HAMMOND, E. G., and LUNDBERG, W. O. American Oil Chemists' Society, vol. 32,
1953. The Alkali Isomerization of a Methyl Docosa- pp- pp. 616-624.
hexaenoate and the Spectral Properties of Con-
jugated Fatty Acids. Journal American Oil OFFICIAL AND TENTATIVE METHODS OF THE AMERI-

Chemists! Society, vol. 30, pp. 433-438. __ CAN OIL CHEMISTS! SOCIETY
1956. Polyunsaturated Acids, Tentative Method Cd
HERB, S. F., and RIEMENSCHNEIDER, R. W. 7-48, Revised April ‘1956. American Oil
1952, Influence of Alkali Concentration and Other Chemists! Society, Chicago, I.

Factors on the Conjugation of Natural Polyun-
saturated Acids as Determined by Ultraviolet | RIEMENSCHNEIDER, R. W.

Absorption Measurements. Journal American 1954. Analytical Methods and Composition of Fatty
Oil Chemists' Society, vol. 29, pp. 456-461. Materials. Journal American Oil Chemists!

Society, vol. 31, pp. 517-523.
1953. Spectrophotometric Micromethod for Deter-
mining Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids. Analy- de SURVILLE, B. M. A.; RIVETT, D. E. A.; and

tical Chemistry, vol. 25, pp. 953-955. SUTTON, D. A,
1957. The Synthesis of a 1:5-dienoic Acid and Its
O'CONNOR, R. T. Behavior with Hot Alkali, Journal Chemical
1955. Ultraviolet Absorption Spectroscopy. Journal Society, pp. 3304-3305.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

VARIATION IN PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS
OF HERRING, MENHADEN, SALMON, AND TUNA OILS

Raymond O. Simmons*

ABSTRACT

Refractive index, iodine number, free fatty acid, saponification number, nonsaponi-
fiable matter, stearine fraction, and Gardner color index were determined for herring,
menhaden, salmon, and tuna oils. The data for menhaden oil are given for the various
geourapca areas along the East and Gulf coasts ranging from Long Island to the Mexi-
can er.

INTRODUCTION

Processing industrial products from fish is an extensive industry. During
1956, in the menhaden industry alone, for example, over 2 billion menhaden were
reduced to fish meal, solubles, and oil.

An adequate domestic market exists for the fish meal and solubles as compon-
ents of commercial mixed feeds for poultry and swine, but the domestic demand for
fish oils has declined during the last several years. One of the reasons for this de-
cline was the preconceived concept that commercially-available fish-Bedy oils var-
ied considerably in physical and chemical characteristics.

The purpose of this research project was to determine the normal variation in
physical and chemical characteristics of fish oils produced in the United States and
Alaska. This study is a part of the over-all research program on fish oils initiated
by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. The anticipated practical result is
to extend the market for fish oils through a better knowledge of their physical and
chemical properties.

EXPERIMENTAL

During the 1955 and 1956 season, samples of fish-body oils were analyzed for
refractive index, iodine number, content of free fatty acid, saponification number,
content of nonsaponifiable matter, and Gardner color number. During the 1956 and
1957 season these same analyses were made. In addition, the oils were separated
into a stearine-oil fraction and a winterized-oil fraction, and the relative amounts
were determined of these fractions. Also, the refractive index and iodine numbers
were determined for these fractions.

A Bausch and Lomb Precision Refractometer was used to determine refractive
index, and the Gardner color number of the oils was determined with the 1953 series

method using a reaction time of 1 hour. Commonly-accepted procedures as outlined
in the Official and Tentative Methods of the American Oil Chemists' Society were
used for the other determinations. Stearine was determined by a defined winteriz-
ing process that consisted of stepwise lowering the temperature of the oil to a Ge

and separating the solid phase and the liquid phase by centrifugation.

A total of 126 menhaden and 14 herring body oils and 12 tuna and 12 salmon
cannery byproduct oils were analyzed. The menhaden samples were received from
plants located on the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Coasts, extending from Port Mon-
mouth, N. J., to Port Arthur, Tex.; the tuna samples came from California, and the

ing and the salmon samples came from Alaska.
herr Department of Chemistry, under

this paper was conducted at North Carolina State College, : ;

i reue s. Fish and Wildlife Service. It was financed by funds made available under provisions of Public

Law 466, 83rd Congress, approved July 1, 1954, generally termed the Saltonstall -Kennedy ae This Fee was pre-

pared by Dr. Donald G. Snyder, Biochemist, Fishery Technological Laboratory, College Park, Md., from progressre-
ports submitted by the contractor to the Service.

Vol. 20, No. lla

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

16

S WORSeIF [TO- auypreeys

SLOF'T |B99F'T
TSS9F'T JOBSF'T
SBoF'T | TSF T

fuopoRsy [FO-pazprequr My /T

euyrea3s
pezyr9j0T A
2TOUm

i uowres

EEE | Lea

toast

z'98t oi
Leet eI y Ee]

o
Ses
oO
pee | go

6yOF'T |BE9FT
Soot |8por'T
LSOF'T | OFOP'T

auy.rea}s
pezyr9quT A

‘SoH

ZELPT| BSL¥T Brusos7TeQ)
LLOW'T | L9S¥'T auyreays
TOL¥'T | ELOF'T pazyraquyM 2yep
Lg9¥'T |z994'T aTOu pauyqaro5|

6S9¥'T auy1e9}S api0q
O69F'T pezjzajuym uBo;xeW 0}
bLOF'L atoum| ejyT@p jo 8am

in
le
cy

= £99F'T | BE9F'T auyreais B20
> B89F'T | ELOP'T pazjiajutm| ddyesyesyw
Sis6t EL9¥'T |Z99¥'T aTOUA
= ZLObI | SOFT ‘auyrea}S
7 £69F'T | ¥89F'T pazyaojuT A,
8°66 6L9F°I [69941 aTOUAL
2 3 3 T89F'T [zggrT auyara}S
ze = = BOL¥'T [TOLF'T pazysazuTA
LUT 9°61 861 aI Lbew'T |¥99F'T aTOUM

= - SUT Teas
: PeZyI9}UTA

9
¥O6T |e"
8

16'0 eee B'y6r

= TSOP auysea3s
7 = 069h'T pazjsajuyM | aaeMvteg pue
CHADS CCL 689F'T Aasisar yynog
= = 3 9 yeor'l |BLOF'T duyzesys| pues] duoq
ZILP'T | ITLb TE yPezssawuyM| pure kowsar

69°T zer I9'zor te ajouM | MAN urayI0N
*** (juadJag

=

4
Z
Ss

a

UoyjIeIT auyIBaIS xXOpuy PATIVAJON

JIVEW ATG UOdesuON JaquMN UopeoIsjuodeS

proy 484 9e15 Jaqumyy auypoy
svaty [eo}YydesFoaH juasass}q WOIj paj22T[0D BIO YBIA JO BuOTjIeIq sMoO;IeA jo Batjsedoig TeI}WeYD pue TeIsAYd IOS - T TGUL

November 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 17

RESULTS

In Table 1 are presented the data obtained in the present work. In addition to
the data reported here, data on analysis of oils from individual menhaden reduction
plants and data on time of catch of fish from which these oils were produced have
been analyzed statistically by a variance technique at the Department of Experimen-
tal Statistics of North Carolina State College at Raleigh. At present, these analyses
of the physical and chemical characteristics of the fish body oils are being corre-
lated with the many processing variables associated with the different lots of oiland
will be reported later.

<=) <I <y

WEST COAST SARDINE AND TUNA PURSE SEINER

In the Pacific Coast tuna fisheries, the purse seiners or netters are next
totuna clippers in importance. Purse seiners are not as large as the clippers
and have a smaller cruising radius and smaller cargo capacity. Bhey were
originally designed for sardine andmackerel fishing and usually pursue these
species during the fall. Larger purse seiners may fish tuna the year-around
and generally catch the same species as the clippers.

Sardine and Tuna
PURSE SEINER

PURSE SEINE

f ~~ 200 to 300 FATHOMS
_ 7 IN LENGTH

5 20 to 30 FATHOMS

HOISTING NET BY STRAP
(“STRAPPING IN“)

The purse seinersuse alarge net to encirclethe schools of fish. The nets
generally are about 1,800 feet long and 180 feet deep and generally cost about
$30,000 each.

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1la

CHEMICAL AND NUTRITIONAL STUDIES ON FISH OILS2/
By O. S. Privett,* J. R. Chipault,* H. Schlenk,** and W. O. Lundberg***

ABSTRACT

This paper reports progress on the following four projects: (1) determination of the
structure of fish-oil fatty acids and development of analytical techniques for determina-
tion of the fatty-acid composition of fish oils, (2) study of the chemistry of odor-produc-
ing compounds in fish oils, (3) study of the chemical reactions of fish-oil fatty acids, and
(4) study of the nutritional effects of fish oils.

INTRODUCTION

The Hormel Institute, a research branch of the University of Minnesota Grad-
uate School, currently is conducting four projects in the research program estab-
lished by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries with funds made available by
the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act.

The objectives and the early stages of the work in three of these projects were
described previously (Lundberg 1957). They are concerned with (1) determination
of the structure of fish-oil fatty acids and development of analytical techniques for
the determination of the fatty-acid composition of fish oils, (2) study of the chemis-
try of odor-producing compounds in fish oils, and (3) study of chemical reactions of
fish-oil fatty acids.

Since our last report was made, a fourth project, which is concerned with the
nutritional effects of fish oils, has been started. Progress in each of these four
projects since the time of the last publication in this journal is summarized in the
following paragraphs.

STRUCTURE AND ANALYSIS OF FISH-OIL FATTY ACIDS

Work on the structure and analysis of fish-oil fatty acids in the past year has
involved two main lines of endeavor: (1) the concentration and purification of the
principal polyunsaturated fatty acids of tuna and menhaden oils and (2) the complete
determination of structure of the main polyunsaturated fatty acids.

CONCENTRATION AND PURIFICATION: The more tedious task, the isolation
of pure individual polyunsaturated fatty acids, is nearing completion. Methylesters
of tuna and menhaden fatty acids have been subjected repeatedly to fractional dis-
tillation, urea fractionation, and low-temperature crystallization to obtain concen-
trates of relatively pure samples of individual acids. Separation into various chain
lengths has been achieved mainly by distillation through a spinning-band column.
Fractionation of each chain length into concentrates of the more important polyun-
saturated acids has been achieved by repeated urea fractionations and fractional
crystallizations. By these means, concentrates or relatively pure samples of C22
hexaenoic, C29 pentaenoic, and C1g and ‘Cjg tetraenoic acids have been prepared.
In the course of the separation of these acids, the materials have been characterized
by alkali-isomerization and chromatographic analyses.

Although C22 pentaenoic acid appears to be another important polyunsaturated
constituent of some fish oils, a suitable concentrate of this acid from either men-
haden or tuna oil has not been obtained. Other fish oils, therefore, are being in-
vestigated as possible sources of this acid.

STRUCTURE ANALYSIS: Considerable effort has been devoted to developing
a_ technique for determining the locations of double bonds in polyunsaturated fish-oil
1/ is study was supported by funds made available under the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act through a contract with the U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries.
* Associate Professor

*%* Professor Hormel Institute, University of Minnesota, Austin, Minn.
4 Director

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

fatty acids. A permanganate-periodate oxidation technique, developed in another
laboratory for less unsaturated fatty acids, has been modified satisfactorily for the
structure analysis of highly unsaturated fatty acids of fish oils.

A portion of quite pure methyl docosahexaenoate prepared from tuna oil was
subjected to such structure analysis. The iodine value of this sample was 441.5
(theoretical 444.7). The purity of the material was established further by chroma-
tographic analysis. By means of the permanganate-periodate oxidation technique,
it was demonstrated unequivocally that this is a 4, 7,10,13,16, 19, docosahexaenoate.

For the first time, it recently was reported by another laboratory that a
docosahexaenoate of this structure is present in pilchard oil. The fact that this
acid now has been shown also to be present in tuna oil is of interest from two points
of view: first, apparently this is the only docosahexaenoic acid that occurs in ap-
preciable quantities in ordinary fish oils; and second, the acid found in fish oils
evidently is identical with that obtained from land animals.

Only a small amount of work was done on the phase of the project concerned
with developing analytical techniques for the analysis of fatty acid composition of
fish oils. It is planned, however, that in the near future, when additional quantities
of the pure polyunsaturated fatty acids become available, the characteristics of the
individual acids in alkali isomerization will be determined, and spectngl constants
for fish-oil analysis will be established. On the basis of work done during the past
year, another possible technique for analysis of the fatty acid composition of oils
has come to light, involving a combination of distillation, ozonolysis, and paper
chromatography of the oxidation productions of ozonolysis. This method of analy-
sis will also be investigated because, if successful, it will yield more complete re-
sults than does the alkali-isomerization method.

CHEMISTRY OF THE ODOR-PRODUCING COMPOUNDS IN FISH OILS

Much of the work done on odoriferous materials in fish oil has been concen-
trated on the isolation, separation, and identification of carbonyl compounds because
such compounds previously have been found to be involved in the oxidative deterio-
ration of fish oils and because they also have been reported to be the cause, at least
in part, for the "reverted" odors of vegetable gils. The distillates obtained by vac-
uum-steam deodorization at 100 -120 C. (212 ~248 F.) and also by flushing the
oxidized oil with nitrogen at 35°-40° C. (95--104° F.) have been examined. Column
and paper chromatography have been used extensively in the separation and identi-
fication of the 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine derivatives of the carbonyl compounds.
These methods have been supplemented by ultraviolet and infra-red spectrometry.

MONOCARBONYL COMPOUNDS: Monocarbonyl compounds that have been shown
to be present in the steam-volatile distillates are formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, pro-
pionaldehyde, butyraldehyde, valeraldehyde, and hexaldehyde. Unsaturated alde-
hydes also have been detected.

UNKNOWN 2,4-DINITROPHENYLHYDRAZONE DERIVATIVES: The mono-
carbonyl derivatives, however, represent a relatively small proportion of the total
2.,4-dinitrophenylhydrazones obtained. Most of the hydrazones could not be chro-
matographed on paper by any of a number of methods that were tried. Most of the
nonmigrating compounds gave blue to violet colors when treated with strong alka-
li, suggesting that they are derivatives of the Greek letter ALPHA" A-dicarbonyl
compounds, but some of the nonmigrating fractions remain unchanged on treatment
with alkali.

From ultraviolet spectra, it has been determined that the unknown 2,4-dini-
trophenylhydrazone derivatives are quite different, in some cases, from those of
known mono- and dicarbonyl derivatives. Efforts therefore are being made to

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

separate and identify such carbonyl derivatives in a different manner. The volatile
compounds from fish oils have been neutralized with sodium hydroxide and subjected
to steam distillation to remove nonacidic compounds. These, in turn, have been
treated with silver oxide to oxidize the aldehydes to acids, which again have been
separated from the rest of the compounds by neutralization and steam distillation.
Preliminary examination by paper chromatography has indicated the probable pres-
ence of acetic, propionic, and suberic or azelaic acids in the acidic fraction. Some
mono- and dibasic acids that have not been identified have been detected in the acid
fraction formed by oxidation with silver oxide.

These studies show that a variety of volatile, saturated and unsaturated, mono-
carbonyl and dicarbonyl compounds contribute to the odor of oxidized fish oils.
Earlier studies showed that nitrogen compounds also contribute to the odor. Al-
though the steam distillates from the oxidized oils have strong, pungent, disagree-
able odors, they do not resemble the odor of the oxidized oil, and attempts to re-
produce the odor of fish oil by diluting the distillates with bland mineral oil have not
been successful. Thus, the compounds causing the characteristic ''fishy'' odor are
altered or destroyed during steam deodorization.

The volatile compounds removed from oxidized fish oil by bubbling nitrogen
through the oil at room temperature have therefore been collected by various de-
vices, including passage of the nitrogen and accompanying volatile compounds
through cold traps, 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine solutions, and charcoal. It has not
been possible to deodorize completely fish oils in this manner, and only small a-
mounts of volatile compounds have been collected. The eluate from the charcoal
trap, however, has been found to contain the characteristic fishy odor. The fact that
not all of the odor is removed by passage of the gases through 2,4-dinitrophenyl-
hydrazine suggests that other compounds may be as important as are carbonyl com-
pounds in the characteristic odor of fish oil.

A major part of the characteristic fishy odor produced by oxidation, resides, in
extremely small amount, in the more volatile fractions. Our future efforts will be
directed toward the fractionation, isolation, and identification of this material.

CHEMICAL REACTIONS OF FISH-OIL FATTY ACIDS

The aim in the study of the chemical reactions of fish-oil fatty acids is to pre-
pare new derivatives from the fatty acids occurring in fish oils, mainly by taking
advantage of their unsaturation. The work has involved a study of thiourea reac-
tions, halogen reactions, and fractionation by means of sulfur dioxide.

THIOUREA REACTIONS: The incidental finding mentioned in the previous re-
port in this journal--that thiourea reacts with hydroperoxides of autoxidized fatty
esters--has been investigated further. In menhaden oil, peroxide values up to 500
can be reduced to about 20 by treatment with a solution of thiourea in methanol at
0° C. (32> F.) or at room temperature. By this simple procedure peroxides are
converted into unsaturated hydroxy acids, while unsaturated components that have
not been autoxidized remain unchanged.

By using purified hydroperoxides of methyl oleate and linoleate, we found that
two peroxidic groups react with one thiourea molecule. In the course of the reac-
tion, the latter is converted into amino-imino-methane-sulfinic acid. Under these
mild conditions, between 90 and 95 percent of the peroxidic groups are reduced, but
the residual peroxides are not eliminated by repeating the reaction. Apparently,
different types of peroxides are present, or rearrangement takes place in the puri-
fied hydroperoxides to prevent part of them from reacting with thiourea. The re-
sulting sulfinic acid, and to some extent thiourea itself, is not stable in solvents at
50° to 70° C, (122~-158 F.). When the reaction is forced to completeness at ele-

vated temperatures, sulfurized compounds are formed from the secondary products
and from the highly unsaturated esters.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

HALOGEN REACTIONS: Although halogenated fatty acids often are used to
characterize unsaturated lipides, they have found little practical application. Fish
oil would be an excellent source of polyhalogenated lipides. Instead of following the
usual procedures by which halogens are introduced into unsaturated lipides, we
used reactions of chlorinated or brominated carbon compounds. The reactions of
double bonds with dihalocarbenes, which so far had been studied only with olefins of
low molecular weight, have been applied to olefins derived from fatty acids and to
unsaturated fatty alcohols and fatty acid esters. Chloroform or bromoform, when
reacted with potassium t-butylate, yields potassium salt and dichloro- or dibromo-
carbene. The latter are highly reactive, short-lived reactants that add to double
bonds to form derivatives of dichloro- or dibromocyclopropane. Octadecene-l, for
example, is converted in good yield into n-hexadecyl-2,2-dichlorocyclopropane.
The same reaction can be carried out with oleyl alcohol or oleic acid esters where
the double bonds are in the 9,10 position. Both double bonds of methyl linoleate
can be reacted, and 50 percent of the double bonds of menhaden-oil fatty acid methyl
esters have been converted into dichlorocyclopropane rings. Crude menhaden oil,
as received for the purposes of this project, was reacted without drying it or sub-
jecting 1t to preparatory processing. By varying the conditions, we could regulate
the extent of the reaction, and glyceride mixtures were obtained in which 20 to 50
percent of the double bonds were consumed.

The halogen atoms in the cyclopropane ring are remarkably resistant to chem-
ical agents. In accordance with their lowered level of unsaturation, the products
either autoxidize much more slowly than do the original oils, or do not autoxidize at
all. They are oily liquids like the unsaturated materials from which they have been
derived but are heavier than water.

FRACTIONATION IN SQg: Fish oils contain a considerable amount of saturated
fatty acids, and any efficient and economical process of refinement that will elimi-
nate them may enhance the commercial value of the oils. Crystallization, with or
without solvent, or liquid-extraction processes are the conventional means for lip-
ide fractionation. Separations are particularly difficult with fish oils because of
the great variety of chain lengths occurring in them and the various degrees of un-
saturation of their components. For several decades, petroleum chemists have
used sulfur dioxide to refine hydrocarbons, achieving thereby separation of the sat-
urated from the unsaturated cyclic and hetero-atomic hydrocarbons. The literature
reveals little on fractionation of lipides by means of SOg, and a study of this method
of fractionation therefore has been undertaken.2

The curves of solubility versus temperature of the common fatty acids and es-
ters in SOg were determined, which then made possible the selection of optimal
temperatures for fractional extractions of mixtures. The preparative experiments
were carried out with menhaden oil or distilled fractions of it, for which we had de-
tained analyses from previous work. Sulfur dioxide proved to be at least as efficient
as were the common organic solvents for such fractionations. Menhaden-oil fatty
acid esters, I. V. 151.5, could be separated by a one-step procedure into a satu-
rated fraction, I. V. 1.2, and an unsaturated fraction, I. V. 179. Methyl esters of the
C1g fraction of menhaden-oil esters, I. V. 105, were split into fractions having I. V.
1.4 (m.p. 36.5°-37° C.) and I. V. 134, respectively. As expected, traces of oleate,
linoleate, and linolenate could be demonstrated by paper chromatography in the sat-
urated fraction, but stearate could not be found in the unsaturated one. The amount
of stearate had been assayed previously by paper chromatography to be about 25
percent, while in this separation, 22 percent was isolated. In another experiment,
crude menhaden oil, I. V. 177, was separated into glyceride fractions having I. V.
112 and 210.

The structures of the lipides are not changed by the treatment with SO2, andre-
coveries are virtually 100 percent. Sulfur dioxide is not flammable, and it has a
~2/A detailed report on this investigation will be published in the near future.

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

boiling point of -10° c. (14° F.). It can be handled at low temperatures like any or-
ganic solvent, and it is easily recovered. For the laboratory investigator, its pun-
gent odor makes efficient ventilation necessary. The use of SOg on a large scale in
processing and at the same time as a refrigerant has been mastered with hydro-
carbons. The use of it with lipides should not present any greater problem. —

NUTRITIONAL EFFECTS OF FISH OILS

Our study on the nutritional effects of fish oils was started in the summer of
1957. It consists of three phases: (1) a determination of whether fish oils contain
significant quantities of essential fatty acids, (2) a study of the effects of the inges-
tion of fish oils in relation to atherosclerosis, and (3) an investigation of nutritive
factors in the minor constituents of fish oils.

ESSENTIAL FATTY ACIDS IN FISH OILS: When rats are fed a fat-free diet,
their growth is greatly retarded, and certain other deficiency symptoms develop,
including scaly skin and loss of hair. These symptons are relieved by the addition
to the diet of certain fatty acids or fatty esters, especially those of linoleic and
arachidonic acids. Linolenic acid restores growth but does not alleviate the dermal
symptoms. Fatty acids that are effective, partially or wholly, in relieving the symp-
toms are termed "essential fatty acids" (EFA).

The common belief, apparently based on little if any critical experimental
work, is that fish oils contain very little essentialfattyacids. The complete absence
of essential fatty acid activity in fish oils would be surprising, and wholly unantici-
pated, on the basis of the results of structure studies of fish-oil fatty acids suchas
those described above.

Several commercially-important fish oils are being fed to EF A-deficient rats,
and the effects of these fish oils on growth and deficiency symptoms are being ob-
served. Concentrates of several individual fatty acids occurring in fish oils are
also being fed to EF A-deficient rats, and the effects of these fatty acids are being
noted. Should it develop that some of the individual fatty acids exhibit a high degree
of EFA activity but that the fish oil themselves are lacking in this quality, an inves-
tigation will be made to ascertain what is causing the inhibition of the EFA activity
in the natural oils.

In a preliminary study, the methyl esters of tuna-oil acids were prepared by
conventional methods and separated into fractions consisting of methyl esters of
16, 18, 20, and 22 carbon atoms. These fractions then were fed to EF A-deficient
rats. All of the fractions restored growth, but to date, they have not alleviated the
dermal symptoms.

EFFECT OF FISH OILS AND FISH-OIL FATTY ACIDS IN ATHEROSCLERO-

tion of ingested fat with the deposition of cholesterol in the arteries. It has been
reported that unsaturated vegetable oils that contain large amounts of linoleic acid
lower blood cholesterol in animals and humans when incorporatedinthe diet. Since
the polyunsaturated fatty acids of fish oils are considerably more unsaturated than
are those of the common vegetable oils, it appears feasible to investigate their ef-
fect on blood levels of cholesterol and on other blood lipides.

Miniature pigs and rats will be used as the experimental animals. The pigs
will be fed a special diet designed to elevate the amount of cholesterol in the blood
and then will be fed diets containing representative fish oils. The results of such
fish-oil supplementation will be compared with the effects produced by vegetable
oils. Similar experiments will be conducted in which hypercholesteremic rats will
be fed concentrates of individualfish-oilfattyacidesters. The experiments withrats
are already under way, but results are not yet available.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

NUTRITIVE VALUE OF MINOR CONSTITUENTS OF FISH OILS: It has been
suggested that the unsaponifiable fractions of fish oils contain nutritionally impor-
tant minor constituents in addition to vitamins A and D. In experiments to test this
possibility, control rats will be fed synthetic diets in which all the fat consists of
resynthesized glycerides from purified fatty acids free from unsaponifiables. This
basal diet will be supplemented for experimental groups of rats with fish-oil un-
saponifiables. The effects of such diets on growth, reproduction, lactation, andoth-
er physiological activity will be noted.

This third phase of the program will not be studied until some time in the sec-
ond year of the project. It will be looked upon as secondary to the other two phases.
Possibly only a preliminary investigation can be made.

LITERATURE CITED
LUNDBERG, W. O.

1957. Fish Oil Research at the Hormel Institute. Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. 19, no, 4a (April Supple-
ment), pp. 5-8.

ef Sng

FISH-OIL RESEARCH AT THE SEATTLE FISHERY
TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY
By Phillip A. Hart
Fish-oil research at the Seattle Technological Laboratory has been directed

i i ili i tion found in fish oils.
rimarily toward utilization of the unique features of unsatura 1
(This pect appeared in Commercial Fisheries Review, April 1958, and is now a-

vailable as Sep. No. 508.)

ooooo00000

PROGRESS ON STUDIES IN UTILIZATION
OF FISH-OIL DERIVATIVES IN ORE FLOTATION
By S. R. B. Cooke
i i rocess e mechanism of collection, and
the ED eae earns ae arenes ueveiae eee eel i summarizes ex-

indi i This article appeared in
tal findings to date and outlines future work. (
Peel Misnenice Review, January 1958, andisnow availableas Sep. No. 499.)

ASLOSBSSBABKA

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

REVIEW OF PROGRESS ON OXIDATIVE DETERIORATION
IN FISH AND FISHERY PRODUCTS
By Maurice E. Stansby* and W. D. Brown**

ABSTRACT

A review of the history and accomplishments of a cooperative research program,
jointly sponsored by the University of California and the Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies, is presented. Oxidative deterioration in (1) extracted fish oils and (2) in the tissues
of fish, is being studied in terms of autoxidative and enzymatic mechanisms. Principal
findings to date include (1) analyses of conditions affecting the efficacy of antioxidants,
(2) catalytic effect of hematin compounds on the oxidation of and rancidification of fish
oils in situ and after extraction, (3) effects of lack of reducing vitamins in the meatup-
on the oxidative discoloration of the meat during the canning process, (4) carbonyl-
amine reaction and coupling plays a relatively minor part in the browning or "rusting"
of fish and (5) comparative rates of oxidation of different fish meals were shown to be
correlated directly with the relative contents of hematin compounds. A discussion of
research now under way is also presented.

INTRODUCTION

A cooperative program concerned with the oxidative deterioration that occurs
in fish and fishery products has been under way since September 1955 between the
Food Technology Department and
the Institute of Marine Resources,
both of the University of Califor-
nia, and the Seattle Fishery Tech-
nological Laboratory of the U. S.
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
(Brown 1956, Stansby 1957). The
purpose of the present report is
to review the accomplishments of
this program and to outline brief-
ly the nature of the current work..

That portion of this program
being carried outbythe Institute
of Marine Resources inthe Food
Technology Department at Berke-
ley is concerned primarily with
the mechanism of oxidation in ex-
tractedfish oils. Dr. H.S. Olcott
of the University of California is ; a cae
the projectleader. He is assisted Fig. 1 - Operation of Warburg equipment for measurement of oxygen
in the researchby Dr. Edwin J. Kuta, "pt#ke by fish oils.

Bureau of Commercial Fisheries chemist, andbytwo part-time Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries physical science aides, Miss Esther Edery and Miss Carol DeJong.

That portion of the program at the Food Technology Department at Davis is
concerned with oxidative deterioration occurring in the tissue of fish. Dr. A. L.
Tappel of the University is the project leader. He is assisted by Dr. W. Duane
Brown, Bureau chemist, and Mr. Michael Gumbmann, part-time chemist.

When the program first was started, in September 1955, it was carried out at
Davis. The work began as a general preliminary survey of the mechanism of oxi-
dation of the components (mainly oils and pigments) of fish tissue. Later, in July

1956, the presently-divided arrangement was made wherein the work onmechanism

*Chief, Pacific Coast and Alaska Technological Research, Fishery Technological Laboratory, Division of Industrial Re-
search and Services, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Seattle, Wash.

ene U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Department of Food Technology, University of California, Davis,
alif.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

of oxidation in extracted oils was set up as a related but independent project for
work under the then newly-established Institute of Marine Resourcesat Berkeley.

PRINCIPAL FINDINGS OF PROGRAM

Some of the most significant findings deal with the mechanism of oxidaticn in
extracted fish oils. Important observations have been made (1) regarding conditions
for applying antioxidants to such systems and (2) regarding the role of suchfactors
as the amount of free fatty acid in the oil. Since these results are discussed in an-
other report, no further mention of them will be made here.

HEMATINCATALYSIS: The first outstanding finding from this program was the
conclusive demonstration, previously shown for meat and other meat foods and now
shown for fish, that the oxidation of oil in the meat, which results in rancidity, is very
greatly accelerated by the presence of hematin compounds (Brown, Venolia, Tappel, and
Stansby 1957). This catalytic effect was brought out strikingly in experiments in which
the amount of oxygen adsorbed by cubes of dark meat and of light meat of fish was meas -
uredina Warburg apparatus. The dark meat contains most of the hematin compounds.
In these experiments, the light meat of such species of fishas salmon and tuna absorbed
no measurable amount of oxygen, whereas the dark meat absorbeda very considerable
amount.

These results were confirmed in other experiments in which See lene
containing purified fatty acids and proteins found in fish were tested for’adsorption
of oxygen. Again, it was demonstrated clearly that the presence of hematin com-
pounds increased the rate of oxygen adsorption many fold.

The content of hematin in a number of species of fish was measured. Halibut,
ocean perch, trout, and cod contained between 0.1 and 0.4 x 10-5 M. Rockfish and
lingcod contained 0.5 x 10-5 M; pilchard, 5.4 x 10-5 M; and tuna, 8.5 x 10-5 M. This
order of arrangement of species is, in a general way, in the order of increasing
susceptibility to oxidation, indicating that the content of hematin compounds is a
major factor in determining the rate of development of rancidity in fish.

It was shown that during oxidation of the oil in the meat of fish, the hematin
compounds decrease and are chemically altered. Thus, in one experiment (Brown
et al., 1957), the concentration of hematin compound decreased during the course of
the oxidation from 2.1 x 10-5 M to 1.0 x 107 Minthe light meat, andfrom 67.2 x 10-5
M to 49.6 x 10-5 M in the dark meat. At the same time, the spectral adsorption
curves of an aqueous extract of the samples before and after oxidation showed a
change in maxima from 542 to 500 millimicrons in the one case, and from 578 to
630 millimicrons in the other, indicating a transformation of oxyhemoglobin or oxy-
myoglobin to methemoglobin or metmyoglobin.

TUNA PIGMENT CHANGES: The work on hematin catalysis of oil oxidation in
fish tissue helped clarify an indirectly-related problem involving changes inhematin
pigments in tuna, which affect color and marketability of canned tuna. Normally,
the color of raw tuna changes during precooking from an indefinite gray to a light
pink. This change in color is considered desirable. Some occasional batches of
tuna, upon being precooked, do not become pink, however, but change to a variety of
colors ranging from a greenish gray to shades of orange, tan, or brown. Such tuna
are described as "green" tuna, and if the color is extreme, the fish are considered
to be unmarketable. In some cases, the discoloration is accompanied by changes in
texture, odor, and flavor. Before the present program was started, nothing was
known about the chemistry of the changes in the pigments of tuna causing these
changes in color.

Brown and Tappel (1957) now have shown that the pink color that normally de-
velops in precooked tuna is due to hemochromes whose non-heme constitutent is
either denatured globin or nicotinamide, or probably both. Brown, Tappel, and Ol-

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

cott (1958) have shown that the off-color (so-called ''green" tuna) was caused bythe
presence of a hemichrome pigment that can be transformed back into the pink hemo-
chrome by treatment with suitable reducing agents. A more rapid change occurs
with the use of sodium hydrosulfite as reducing agent, and a slower change occurs
with the use of ascorbic acid. In some lots of tuna, the restoration of the pink color
is enhanced by the use of nicotinamide with the reducing agent. These reactions
might be employed to ensure retention of proper color in the meat of fish during
commercial canning of tuna.

FISH MEAL: In initial survey experiments, Brown and coworkers (1957) used
samples of freeze-dried fish to simulate ideally-dried fish meal. They found that
the rate of oxidation of such samples varied greatly, depending upon the part of the
meat used and upon the species of fish. Thus the dark meat from freeze-dried pink
salmon oxidized nearly 9 times as fast as did the light meat from this species, and-
a freeze-dried sample of pilchard oxidized over 300 times as fast as did onefrom cod.

Experiments in which antioxidants were added to commercial fish meals show-
ed that use of BHA or BHT reduced the rate of oxidation to less than one-quarter
the rate for untreated samples and that use of Santoquin (not yet approved by Food
and Drug Administration) reduced the rate to less than one-eighth that of untreated
samples.

PROTEIN-OIL REACTION: The mechanism of browning such as occurs in fish
.meat and in the rusting of frozen fish as a result of polymerization, oxidation, and
the carbonyl-amine reaction has been investigated (Stansby 1957). The carbonyl-a-
mine reaction has been found to play a minor role in such browning (Venolia and
Tappel 1958),

CURRENT RESEARCH

The current research deals with (1) investigation of oxidative reaction mecha-
nism in extracted fish oils, (2) investigation of enzymatic oxidation in the tissue of
fish, and (3) further investigation of the alternation of pigment in tuna.

The investigation of oxidative reaction mechanism in extracted oils considers
such factors as the effect upon oxidation rates of the presence of natural antioxi-
dants and of contaminating heavy metals.

The investigation on enzymatic oxidation considers the enzymatic oxidation of
unsaturated lipides, carbohydrate metabolism, and the tricarboxylic acid cycle in
fish tissue. Each of these programs is discussed in separate reports, and accord-
ingly, will not be discussed further here.

Additional investigation of green tuna is continuing as samples become avail-
able. Most samples of green tuna are of the type that can be reversibly changed back
to the normal pink color bytreatment withareducing substance such as sodium hy-
drosulfite. Apparently, however, some lots of tunaare "green" because of some
quite different pigment reaction, and these may not be reversibly reduced to the nor-
mal pink color. Samples of this type are rare; so far, only one has been found.

Even for those samples that can be reversibly altered back to the pink color, it
is not entirely clear as to what factors in the handling of the fish determine whether
use of standard canning procedures will result in green or in normal color in the
precooked and canned product. In other words, do green tuna result from some fac-
tor before the fish are caught--for example, presence of some special feed--or do
they result from some handling conditions, and if so, what are these conditions?
Samples of tuna of known history are being obtained, and observations on effects on
greening are being made. As sufficient samples for which handling history can be
correlated with development of greening are obtained, the chemistry of pigment
changes will be investigated with relation to this history.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

DISCUSSION

The success of this program in obtaining results of practical value demon-
strates the importance of a basic approach in undertaking research in the field of
fishery technology. The initial planning in this program was based upon a rather
theoretical investigation of factors influencing oxidative changes occurring in fish
tissue. It was presumed that the first application of this basic research would be
in the control of rancidity. The possibility of applying such findings to the problem
of green tuna was not even considered when the program was started.

In a similar way, it is probable that work now at early stages of development
on enzymatic changes and oxidative mechanisms in extracted oils may lead to ap-
plications not even conceived of at present.

LITERATURE CITED

BROWN, W. D., and TAPPEL, A. L. cerning Mechanism of Oxidation of Oil in
1957. Identification of the Pink Pigment of Canned Fish Tissue. Commercial Fisheries Review,
Tuna. Food Research, vol. 22, pp. 214-221. Washington 25, D. C., vol. 19, no. 5a (May
Supplement), pp. 27-31.
eee tee see and OLCOTT PHS.
1958. The Pigments of Off-Color Cooked Tuna Meat. STANSBY, M. E.

Food Research, vol. 23 (in press). 1957. Oxidative Deterioration in Fish and Fishery
Products--Part I - Introduction. Commercial
; and STANSBY, M. E. Fisheries Review, Washington 25, D. C.,
1956. Oxidative Deterioration in Fish and Fishery

vol. 19, no. 5a (May Supplement), pp.

Products--No. 1. Commercial Fisheries Re- 24-26.

view, Washington 25, D. C., vol. 18, No. 2

(February), pp. 10-13. (Also Separate No. 430.) | VENOLIA, A. W., and TAPPEL, A. L.

1958. Brown Oxypolymers of Unsaturated Fats.

< ; VENOLIA, A. W.; TAPPEL, A.L.; and Journal American Oil Chemists’ Society
‘ANSBY (in press).

T. M.E,
1957, Oxidative Deterioration in Fish and Fishery
Products --Part II - Progress on Studies Con-

=> =p <=>

WATER PISTOL TECHNIQUE USED TO ANAESTHETIZE FISH

A new water pistol technique, developed by two American scien-
tists, involves an anaesthetic called ''M. S. 222."" A sea-water solution
of this drug is sprayed over afish thrashing on the end of the line, stun-
ning it within‘a minute. The technique was developed to capture sharks
and rays for use in scientific studies, but these findings might also be
useful to anglers who catch fish for food or exhibition. The drug has no
harmful effect on the fish, and does not spoil the flavor.

The drug, an amethan-sulphonate compound, is sprayed over the
fish by means of a water pistol, rubber bulb syringe, or small pump-
type handsprayer. Within 15 s econds the M. S. 222 solution begins to
take effect and, as a rule, even a 400-pound shark is anaesthetized ina
minute orless. The fish return to consciousness in 5 to 30 minutes after
being re-immersed in water, depending on their size and the amount of
spray they received (Irish Fishing and Fish Trades Gazette, August 17,
1957).

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

REVIEW OF BASIC RESEARCH ON
OXIDATIVE ENZYMES IN FISH TISSUE ~

W. Duane Brown, * Michael R. Gumbmann,* A. L. Tappel,**
and M. E. Stansby***

ABSTRACT

Basic research on oxidative enzymes in fish tissue now has been undertaken to lay a
sound foundation for effective applied research.

INTRODUCTION

Some aspects of the collaborative research program between the Department
of Food Technology of the University of California and the Seattle Fishery Technol-
ogical Laboratory of the U. S. Bu-
reau of Commercial Fisheries
have been described in the previ-
ous paper in this series (Stansby
and Brown 1958). The present
report deals specifically withone
of the newer phases of investiga-
tion; namely, a study of the oxida-
tive enzymes of fish. Knowledge
of such enzymes has most direct
application to two closely related
areas of interest to fishery tech-
nology; (1) the nature and prop-
erties of the enzymes that sur-
vive the death of the fish and (2)
the enzymes and pathways of in-
termediary metabolism in fish.

ee |

A knowledge of the nature Fig. 1 - Measuring activity of a glycolytic enzyme by spectrophoto-
and properties of surviving en- mee oc
zymes is needed because of the possibility that these catalysts may bring about
certain biochemical transformations, such as the oxidation of carbohydrate inter-
mediates in fishery products that are held under refrigeration. Such transforma-
tions could be either detrimental or beneficial to the final product. In either case,
an understanding of them is a prerequisite to the control of them.

A knowledge of the intermediary metabolism of fish would provide an under-
standing of the details of enzymic reactions involved in the synthesis and break-
down of proteins, fats, and carbohydrates. A fundamental investigation of these
pathways is essential. Because of the many enzymes involved and the detail re-
quired in such a study, it is neither brief nor simple. A thorough understanding of
the chemistry of fish metabolism, however, would be of great value because it would
afford a basis of understanding and application to problems found in fields of inves-
tigation such as fish nutrition and commercial handling, processing, and preserva-
tion. An example pertinent to this discussion is that an understanding of fish me-
tabolism is required in the study of surviving enzymes.

i/ This study was supported by funds made available under the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act through a contract with the U.S.
Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service.
Chemists, Branch of Technology, Division of Industrial Research and Services, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
Be ies, Food Technology Department, University of California, Davis, Calif.
Food Technology Department, University of California, Davis, Calif.

**%\Chief, Pacific Coast Technological Research, Fishery Technological Laboratory, Division of Industrial Research and
Services, U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Seattle, Wash.

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

Our initial research was directed specifically at a study of the surviving en-
zymes of fish. Preliminary studies were aimed at identifying such enzymes insev-
eral species of frozen fish, including yellowfin, albacore, and skipjack tuna, king
salmon, ocean perch, and black rockfish. It was apparent in the early stages of
this study, however, that knowledge of the fundamental pathways of metabolism in
live fish would contribute greatly to a study of surviving enzymes. Consequently,
this portion of the research has been suspended, pending completion of certain basic
studies on intermediary metabolism. The remainder of this report will deal more
specifically with the investigations of the enzymes of intermediary metabolism of
fish, with emphasis on oxidative enzymes.

Suitable test fish for use in the fundamental enzymic studies have to fulfill cer-
tain requirements, including continuous availability and ease of maintenance in
aquaria in a size suitable for laboratory manipulations. Members of the minnow
family (Cyprinidae), particularly the common carp, fulfill these requirements and
have been used in these studies. In addition to the routine use of the test fish, ex-
tensions have been and will continue to be made to various commercial food fishes
by using various species of them as test animals for the study of any enzyme orre-
action judged to be of particular importance, or simply by comparing various en-
zymic activities in commercial fish with those of our test carp.

PRINCIPAL FINDINGS ™
An examination of the literature revealed little in the way of information about
oxidative enzymes in fish. Reports that had appeared were widely scattered, and
no compilation of the existing material had been made. An extensive review of the
literature therefore was completed and now is being written. This material willbe
published shortly.

Although little information is available about intermediary metabolism in fish,
the literature contains an extensive biochemical background dealing with metabolic
pathways in other animals as well as in bacteria and in plants. It appeared likely
that the pathways occurring in fish would most closely resemble those found inoth-
er animals. Our initial approach, therefore, was to study certain selected areas
known to be of great importance in animal metabolism, using the techniques and en-
zymic assays developed by other investigators in this general area. Fish are di-
rectly compared to mammals; any differences revealed by the study can be explored
more intensively to gain a thorough knowledge of pathways peculiar to aquatic ani-
mals. The research to date on this problem has been concentrated on the two gen-
eral areas of carbohydrate metabolism and fatty acid metabolism. The general
plan of research in these studies has been to assay for activities of specific enzymes
known to be catalysts in the metabolic pathways that were of interest. In general,
the assay methods used for all the various enzymes follow the same type of proce-
dure and involve some measure of the rate of the enzyme-catalyzed reaction. Since
the majority of enzymes of interest are oxidative, for example, oxygen uptake could
be measured in a system that contained substrate, enzyme preparation, and any
necessary cofactors, all maintained in a suitably-controlled enviroment.

CARBOHYDRATE METABOLISM: Three main pathways in carbohydrate me-
tabolism are of particular importance: (1) glycolysis, (2) the hexose monophos-
phate shunt, and (3) the tricarboxylic acid cycle. In each pathway, multienzyme
systems catalyze a sequence of reactions resulting in the transformation ofa given
metobolite to chemical energy and products. Activities of many of the enzymes of
these pathways have been measured in our preparations, which usually were homo-
genates of fish tissue.

Glycolysis refers to several reactions in an organism that are catalyzed by a
multienzyme system and that result in the breakdown of starch or glycogen to py-

ruvic acid, with the accompanying production of compounds rich in energy. The

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. lla

pyruvate formed maybe transformed into lactic acid as is done in animal muscle.
Additionally, it may enter into the tricarboxylic acid cycle (see below) after having
been changed to an activated two-carbon form. In the over-all process of glycoly-
sis, a large number of individual enzymic reactions are involved. In our fishprep-
arations, assays have been made and activity found for the following glycolytic en-
zymes: lactic acid dehydrogenase, alcohol dehydrogenase, glyceraldehyde-3-phos-
phate dehydrogenase, aldolase, and two phosphohexoisomerases; namely phospho-
mannose isomerase and phosphoglucose isomerase. The presence of these repre-
sentative enzymes indicates that glycolysis is functioning in fish.

Glycolysis is generally considered to be the main pathway for the breakdown
of monosaccharides to pyruvic acid. It is now well recognized, however, than an
alternative pathway called the hexose monophosphate shunt exists in some organisms.
It was of interest to know if this pathway functioned in fish tissue; assays for two
of its enzymes therefore were made: glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 6-
phosphogluconic dehydrogenase. Activities of these enzymes were found, indica-
ting that this shunt pathway functions in fish. Additional research will tell us the
relative contribution to carbohydrate metabolism made by these two alternate routes.

The tricarboxylic acid cycle is of prime importance not only to carbohydrate
metabolism but to fat and protein metabolism as well, since it provides a means for
the various products of metabolism to be oxidized to carbon dioxide and water. This
unique and versatile cycle unites glucolysis, fatty acid oxidation, and amino acid
breakdown to one final oxidative mechanism. It occurs in a large number of organ-
isms, including animals, microorganisms, and higher plants. In our research, it
has been studied in more detail than has glycolysis. A majority of the enzymes
known to be involved in this cycle have been found to be present in fish. In some
cases, the products formed by the enzyme reactions have been measured, and the
effects of various activators and inhibitors have been studied. The enzymes of the
tricarboxylic acid cycle investigated to date are condensing enzyme, aconitase,
isocitric dehydrogenase, succinoxidase, fumarase, and malic dehydrogenase. The
evidence obtained so far in this study indicates that this cycle in fish is similar to
that in other animals.

FATTY ACID OXIDATION: Considerable attention has been paid in the past to
the fact that many fish contain relatively large amounts of highly unsaturated fatty
acids. The significance of these unique fatty acids is well recognized from the
commercial standpoint, owing to their desirability, for example, in fish-oil fractions
for some purposes; or to their undesirability, for example, in contributing to ran-
cidity in fresh or manufactured fish products and heating in fish meals. Unfortu-
nately, little or no research has been undertaken to elucidate, at the enzyme level
in fish, the biochemical basis of the synthesis and oxidation of these fatty acids.

Our initial experiments in this area have been patterned after the research of
investigators who used mammalian tissue. In general, this involved preparing a
cell-free fish-liver homogenate, which was fractionated by differential centrifuga-
tion into various particulate fractions. The enzyme-containing fraction (mitochon-
dria) then was added to a system containing fatty acid and various cofactors and
activators, and the consumption of oxygen was measured manometrically. Mito-
chondria were used as an enzyme source because most of the activity is localized
in these particles; additionally, their use enables the development of a more de-
fined system, since soluble substances are washed away, and furthermore, any in-
formation gained is at the more basic cellular component level.

The multienzyme system causing the oxidation of fatty acids in fish tissue has
been studied in detail. The requirements for the system have been defined, its
properties outlined, and the effect of numerous inhibitors and activators on the sys-
tem observed. The ability of the system to utilize a considerable number of fatty
acids has been ascertained. The fatty acids used as substrates include butyric,

November 1958 - Supplement COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

octanoic, palmitic, linoleic, linolenic, arachidonic, and a fish-oil fatty acid fraction.
In general, the behavior of this system resembles that observed in mammals, but
there are some differences in detail.

CURRENT RESEARCH

; Current research in this phase of the program is in two areas: (1) tricarbox-
ylic acid cycle and (2) fatty acid oxidation and synthesis. The nature of the re-
search in both these.areas is primarily an extension of the workoutlined above.

In the case of the tricarboxylic acid cycle, a continuation of the study will in-
clude assays for those members of the cycle not yet demonstrated in fish, as well
as detailed fundamental studies of specific enzymes or reactions of particular im-
portance. In this connection it may be pointed out that one of the enzymes of this
cycle, succinoxidase, is of great interest, since it is one of the more stable enzymes
and would be a surviving enzyme in refrigerated or frozen fish.

In the near future, the investigation of oxidation of the highly unsaturated fatty
acids will be intensified, because these are of such great importance in fish. We
propose an investigation on the synthesis of these unsaturated fatty acids by fish.
This particular problem has great general interest as well, since the mechanism of
biosynthesis of highly unsaturated fatty acids in any organism is not well defined.

.
DISCUSSION

The information gathered to date on this portion of our investigation has been
purposely presented in summary fashion. Much data have been accumulated; to
present even a portion of the information in detail, however, would make this re-
port too unwieldy to serve its purpose. The detailed results of these studies there-
fore will be presented for publication to a biochemical journal.

As was suggested in the introduction to this paper, the most immediate appli-
cation of these studies may well have to do with enzymic reactions that occur after
death of the fish and that affect the desired final product. As a hypothetical exam-
ple, use might be made of some surviving enzyme, for example, succinoxidase, to
act as an oxygen scavenger ina packaged frozen product and thus remove traces of oxy-
gen that might otherwise have undesirable effects on the color or flavor of the product.

It cannot be stressed too strongly that in order to develop any application, it
is necessary to understand the enzymes of fish at a basic biochemical level. Our
fundamental studies of certain of these enzymes are designed to provide such an
understanding and thereby to lay the basis for sound applied research.

LITERATURE CITED

STANSBY, M. E., and BROWN, W. D. m
1958. Review of Progress on the Program on Oxidative Deterioration in Fish and Fishery Products. (See p. 24 of this

issue. )
Cag Ging eA

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe [llustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom

Compositors--Jean Zalevsky and’Vera Eggleston

2 OK OK OK Ok

Photograph Credits: Page 7--Herndon Associates, Stratham, Ne Hi Bhoto=
graphs on pages not mentioned were obtained from the Service's file and the photo-

graphers are unknown.

INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C. 46214

USE OF FISH OIL IN LEATHER TANNING

The staff of the Tanners' Council Research Laboratory at the Uni-
versity of Cincinnati has been investigating the value of fish oils for
the lubrication of

leather since 1955.

This research was

performed under

contract for the U.S.

Bureau of Commer-

cial Fisheries and fi-

nanced by funds pro-

vided by the Salton-

stall-Kennedy Act of

1954. The research

was successfully

concluded July 1958.

Further results
of this contractual re-
search, not present-
ed in the article ap-
pearing inthis sup-

Fig. 1 - Oil Separators of the type used in fish oil production. plement, indicate
that satisfactory fatliquors also can be made from the oil of ocean
perch, herring, and salmon--as well as menhaden. These results, as
well as detailed presentation of all results obtained from this study,
have been presented in a series of three technical articles prepared by
Victor Mattie and W. T. Roddy of the Tanners! Council Research Lab-
oratory. These articles are entitled ''The Use of Fish Oils for Fat-
liquoring Leather. PartI. Menhaden Oil and Cod Oil Fatliquors; Part
II. Sulfation of Fish Oils; and Part II]. Menhaden Oil, Perch Oil, Her-
ring Oil, and Salmon Oil Fatliquors.'' These articles will be published —
in the Journal of the American Leather Chemists' Association.

Reprints of these articles when available will be sent to the more
than 400 members of the Tanners' Council--thus insuring optimum u-
tilization of information obtained.

839 Sau ae
83/07/96 198115 J yl

I LY tf} + \4 | pe GO GALEN | Vy PASAY om Ae CARO RENN esp FO gh Fe | ae
A PO Ma) 27 7 FOE NES 2 RS Ee A
54 = inose> > = aN = oN > =
2 7) Za 7) = Cr) : Zz nv

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHIINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSON

| = a) > o = i

u z w & = & =

4 ce yo - = = = =

4 < ve < = nes = <

4 ee = is = 7a = =

5 a 3 = 9 = S a

z ay Fa = = a 2 4
NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHL

Z T z iF = ey = |

2 = 2) ow 2 ass] =

= = x Ke xz e

3) a 5 =e >

= py = > EY > =

= 2 = 2 = 2 =

i we E 2 Z Z

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYEIT_ LIBRARIES

Ly,
NVINOSHLIWNS S3IUVYud!I

Zz (22) z (ap) rad wn z =<,
: xX <

e ws = 2 S& 5 3 E 2
> Ae a5 i [e) LES Be ro) 25, © : :
PR 8 2 NK 2 z g z
= YS 2 = : 2 E = E NS
= en Be S = es = > = .
p Se a See 7) Z 7) a
NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS Saluvudil LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOLMLILSNI_
UW 2 Ae WW A Ww } . a Ww =
; = LY z = =. ot fp = “i
SWS = Z a lf 3 < -
SY S = Gy 3 = S
i 2 es 2 Sip A = 2 )

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31UVYGI1 LIBRARIES SMITHSO!
a > »
© O° F E z — @
5 = YP be Se = E > =
zs = ee Ne ES E E Zz =.
n oD m ” n m n*

NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYVUAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSH:

NVINOSHLINS S31iuvudll

Dh ee ei os pt ee

: By 2 i Uy = 2 \g : 3

i La? & fe7ig SN 2 Wha AB

>) Wd tj}, = ° SS aN crc AAW OC <=

: Z zo a ies ;
_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVYsaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSO
2 = oO S wo uw a WwW

i S a = ce =

= = a

5 oe fo} a ro) 2 oS a

Z =; ZS aj z : a z a
NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHI
5 Se nS = 5 = S =

: 2 G& 2 o = is = a

= PSs BW S) a 5S). a 5 wm

= > \ E > — > r= ez)”

= e i ES -” fu = 3

Z a iz z Z B Z F

zt | B RAR | Bee UCONN NOt SNE NINOS RSs lyuvud Moti BRARI ES /,SMITHSO!
eer es z g < = = WE a
2 Ws 5 = = anaes = 2 Ws 5
7) WS “, an () ey (o) x= 9 SS x
EX 8 : S¢f 2 z 2M 2
= Ses = > = a S = >

: 77) Sy 7) 2 a Mh

pNOILALILSNI_ NWINOSHLIWS Ssaluvudiia LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSH.
Ww Z “SI 9 z2 2 = G z A
= as WS pa wo ‘ e

cc =! NS o = a. % ify < a 4

< ae WW’ < = ge ar < a

o 4 WS [0 ag Ss am GO oi: Cc a (=

aa) = oO — oo Ys at [a] a

- re) 2 fe) = Z, fe) = fs)

Zz Ss Th Zz a 2 a) z

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILLOLILSNITNYINOCHIING cCaluYuaIT TLIRPARIF CO eMITHEO

oe > SO eS Le pa NS Sin es ee ee
1 NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS” Saluy < ¢. = o VLILSNI~ earyy
SONIAN_ INSTITUTION “NVINOSHLINS S31NVYIT- LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3I1NVYSI7
ey, a 2 ze Ce) = “” 2 : ie
Yj, Bt < 7) w Ga w w
Lp, * 2 ‘N “ - “ = =
iy Joel SI S SQ = « = [s o
Phir e 5S WZXA cS = < fe oe
pe 5 a NS a e = 3 es

) = ares fo) oe fo) a 2

7a 2 =F z 3 =]

)SHLINS SAINVHNG@IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION

Saiuvugdit LIBRARIES
INSTITUTION NOILALILSN

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYdIT LIBRARIES SM

< 5 6 5 E z c ie
XS = = poet os ie E ie - ies) jae
LS: 2 LY : 2 5 z ae
S - - Gu, = ee) = ee) ee)
apa = = 7) oS n ; a)
RONAN ANSON NOMEN Sear IYVYGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ p NOMALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31 uvugl
Bm 2 Cx Z = ere x = g 2 g
= WKS z [Bene oy oe ae = > = Ss =
WEEN S i GY 3S 3 5 I z a
aN : 7 ee Z zi Z g.
111s3> Ss oS g = > a Ss > S > S >

7) ; wo Za 7) Oo 7) ~ 8 : a 2
Se Se pyVvygi s LIBRARI ES MITHSONIANS INSTITUTION NOLInUIES MISNENGSanns ree 1YVYGII_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTIOL
NOs — & = /f- fih ” = o ‘ & wW F uW 2
N= = a gap? : 2gN = g wee

SE : “Gig 2 = 2M 2 2 Se
No 5 a “= ZS) 2 a? a
Se 2 =) - 2 za 2 oS 2 a Z S
ISONIAN” INSTITUTION _NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTION _ NOLLNLILSNITNVINOSHLINS_S3 puvugs
Hp, 2 5 2 5 0 = 4, S = Ww) =
Af) : = : 5 2 LO: : 3 2
PJD Ps) — "14, ° AD _ Lise
a 5 : 5 : ue ; : ;

O z w Rate z nm z ie > mn SS 2
sre uvy G17 SLIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS,,S3 | uvuaiT LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTIO
oD NOP = g < = c-¢ : = c<@ = _ id : z= = me

ONS tty, = = S = ty, = = i = = <
z\ = 0 Gx O 35 \ 6G = iy, == a
"2 BE) SHED s Mei F25EDi FA? MES?
Xs ey zs = NS ; 2 = AS 3. Y fo Z - = f Ye f: = EAN \ = =
= 2 Fi wo z= » 8s = > = “we > =
ow on 2
ScNiaS 7) NOMALILSNI_ NVINOSHLS , $3 INVYSIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION /NOLLALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS.”
Uf 4, g = g = @ " fy, > ws a Ht
yy fo a a . = = a pie, = ra =
va : ewe : i OF 3 : SNE

3 fea) 5 “N o = mes = Oe PS = -

2 = ee Ss 3 = 3S = ora a
SHLINS S3IUVYGIT LIBRARIES S 7 = S =
: z 2 z MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOINLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31UVUGIT LIBRARIES _ SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTIO

3 ad E val A, a o . AN = wo = Plea)
SS vod 0] > %+’% fy a i= 2) ann RY E a iS ; tii Sg a

Sin
“isa i apa
fs Fak at 6
Punta aerce seat i tl
reste at ety ; q 5
sspingmenat
inf vessiats
i
sete
vege tne e
Fie ati at
eat chet
ie ee nS

Sree he han
itty h j
tat Age B a ‘
siapareastaieiatal He EO at tate tet seat AR
Enkrdte Fees aindali22 : fi Fa ‘ 4 . Mey ‘6
raietaaesronactgtctatetal : ‘ ‘ M iMatihatiteletiy a ifale into
necn

te
sraetatin Nae i aia a He hla B int
ib eerie ici rai hob dias
ted iy sheet psy

Ses tkereaahie court ic
Reba neehot fiel

i fyttdechal.

oo

bs On Me

Pesca sacra iolade a Phd et hed,

eB eae Ee eebtermaa nat etna vai
neeats anh oat led nh

Wa ete
ie Te ete g
caiiatiad oat e ; tine
ands

ai Dad ant b oko
Spree tehh

ibe rat
Bea ecrasieinre

Sets
eas

Stee

Saari a ates etree tite ta san
Lean ee beh
SST State Ser
pS go Seer eee
See

ehh
Pu Nardresarenmeass
Potts hin

eirane wrens
SHS,

ir pearerenvensenw se
Se oa eee
Eas AeA v

*
atUEY TA

me
sSeby recy nia
Start a tata cae

Orkney
emuryenrerae:

i
a ieimicariraraiee eee:
SSure ard eny
eee
ne

Sihaerneetss
ee
SeeateteeuT eee Sie

a
SE

aster (re
Sear Woe

Cznr
Coit